Full text of "Public opinion, 1935-1946"

See other formats

r, I

UNIVERSITY

OF FLORIDA

LIBRARIES

From the Library of

Charles D. Farris

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2011 with funding from

LYRASIS IVIembers and Sloan Foundation

http://www.archive.org/details/publicopinion19300unse

PUBLIC OPINION
1935-1946

PUBLIC OPINION

1935-1946

Under the editorial direction of
HADLEY CANTRIL

Prepared by Mildred Strunk

PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY

PRINCETON UNIVERSITY PRESS

1951

The facts recorded in this volume may be freely used

in other publications. For extensive

compilations or for reproduction of sections of the book,

inquiries should be addressed to the publishers.

Printed in the United States of America by
Tbc Colonial Press Inc., Clinton, Mass.

PREFACE

One of the reasons for establishing the Office of Public Opinion Research in 1940 was to
accumulate archives of survey data for research purposes. Almost as soon as it became known
that this material was being gathered together, we were besieged with requests for informa-
tion. Most of the requests were legitimate, coming as they did from social scientists, gov-
ernment officials, public servants, and other observers or students of the current scene. As
the years went on, the number and variety of requests mounted until it became quite impos-
sible to answer them adequately.

During a luncheon meeting several years ago with Datus Smith, Director of the Princeton
University Press, and Lloyd Free, then Editor of the Public Opinion Quarterly, ^c talked
about the nature of these requests and the potential value and usefulness this type of in-
formation could have for a wide range of people: historians, sociologists, political scientists,
economists, editors, policy makers, businessmen, labor leaders, and a host of others whose
professional lives are, in one way or another, concerned with public reaction to events. We
thought of the interest comparable information would have for us today if it had been gath-
ered during the period of the American or French Revolution, the Civil War, pre-Hitler
Germany, or the early days of the New Deal. And we thought, too, of the significance
information approximating this in reliability and inclusiveness would have if it were avail-
able from Soviet-dominated areas.

So it occurred to us that a service might be performed both for present and future social
scientists if we could somehow manage to put between two covers at somewhat regular
intervals the available results of carefully indexed surveys. The job seemed a logical one for
the Office of Public Opinion Research to begin. Accordingly, an appeal was made to the
Rockefeller Foundation, which provided funds to assist in the preparation of this volume.
As we got into the work, more and more data became available to us and the task assumed
even greater proportions than we had originally contemplated. The present volume covers
surveys from their beginning in 1935 through 1946 and includes material from 16 different
countries.

While any competent investigator knows that our methods for measuring and understand-
ing public opinion are still in their infancy, there is little doubt among those concerned with
empirical research in the social sciences that sampling techniques, combined with careful
questionnaire design and skilled interviewing, provide one of the most reliable instruments
so far devised for such research. The steadily increasing number of monographs and books
that have appeared in the past decade and that have been based wholly or in part upon sur-
vey material provides ample testimony of the function such material can have. Furthermore,
the increasing amount of money spent by hard-headed businessmen and by government
officials in acquiring special information via surveys can only reflect the demonstrated
reliability of such data for those concerned with policy decisions.

This is not the appropriate place to enter into any technical evaluation of methodology.
Readers interested in such problems are referred to the Public Opinion Quarterly or to the
International Journal of Opinion and Attitude Research. Nor is this the place to consider the
implications of public opinion polls for the democratic process. It might be pointed out,
however, that this scientific tool, like all others, is in itself neutral and can be used for good
or evil according to one's own definition and purposes. It should also be noted that there

[v]

[vi]

is a great difference between using survey results to make yourself intelligent and to make
yourself synthetic. It was our feeling in proposing this volume that a more precise under-
standing of public opinion, in so far as it can be obtained through survey results, would
increase the intelligence available both to scholars and to men in public affairs.

In the Introduction prepared by Mildred Strunk, the reader will find the necessary details
for use of the results: size of samples, the meaning of the date reference, of the various
symbols employed, etc. Anyone who uses this book for serious study or interpretation is
urged to read the Introduction carefully. And he is also urged to make his own cautious
evaluation of the adequacy of the questions asked as they bear on his own problem.

The responsibility for the actual preparation of this volume was largely that of Mildred
Strunk. With the help of expert librarians, she worked out the categories used. She kept in
constant touch with the appropriate personnel of the 23 organizations which so generously
cooperated with us, checking with them on technical matters and on translations. As
Director of the Office of Public Opinion Research, I am deeply indebted to her for her able,
patient, and meticulous handling of this undertaking. We are also indebted to the Interna-
tional Business Machine Corporation for the use of their machines and to the personnel
of the Trenton office for their cooperation and interest. Without the encouragement and
support of Datus Smith the volume would never have been conceived or born. Miriam
Brokaw of the Princeton University Press has given invaluable assistance in preparing the
manuscript for publication.

Mrs. Strunk was unable to continue work on this volume until its completion. The varia-
tion which may be noted in the final four hundred pages or more is due to this fact.

Hadley Cantril

Princeton, N.J.
February, 1950

INTRODUCTION

This book aims to present as many opinion poll results as possible, in a convenient and useful
form. The material presented has been collected from 23 organizations in 16 countries and
covers the period from 1935, when George Gallup and Elmo Roper began publishing results
obtained by the sampling method, through 1946. It is hoped that subsequent volumes
covering five-year periods may be compiled.

Although we have included most questions asked of national cross sections throughout
the w^orld, this collection by no means includes every question ever asked in a public opinion
poll. Market research material was not available, and because of space limitations we have
been unable to incorporate results from local polls.

The plan of the book is a simple one. In general, the classification and wording of both
subjects and cross references are based on the Library of Congress subject headings which
are the result of careful thought and wide experience. To insure uniformity, it seemed both
wise and economical to adopt a system that has long been tested in practice through its
wide use in libraries. Each question has been classified under the most specific subject that
could be assigned to it; under each subject, questions have been arranged in chronological
order except where questions on a single topic have been assembled for presentation in
tabular form, when the entire series appears under the date of the earliest question.

Many questions involve two, three, and sometimes more ideas or subjects. In these cases,
the choice of subject had to be arbitrary, but cross references have been provided in the
Table of Contents to connect such questions with all the subjects involved. To retain the
sense of filter questions, it seemed essential that they be kept with the questions that follow
and we have followed this practice since limitations of space prevented the publication of
any question more than once.

In some cases, questions on successive phases of a single topic have been classified under
different heads, for example "International organization" and "United Nations"; "World
War, 1939-1945: Food questions" and "Food relief." In the case of the United Nations,
the earliest questions are classified under "International organization." A break was made
with January 9, 1942, when the organization was given its present name — all questions after
that date are under "United Nations." Similarly, questions asked during the war about
food relief to Europe, etc., are classified under "World War, 1939-1945: Food question," and
questions asked after the war are under "Food relief." These are arbitrary divisions, really,
calculated partly to keep the size of the subject down to reasonable proportions, and partly
to separate the successive phases of a subject.

Cross references refer to questions and not to answers. To have referred also to answers
would have been impracticable. The subjects themselves are printed in capitals in the
Table of Contents; all other entries are cross references.

We have made few exceptions to the rule of using only results based on a national cross
section. The first survey made in France after the Allies took Paris was made only in Paris
for lack of travel facilities. In the Netherlands, the first survey covers only the three western
provinces — the rest of the country was still in the hands of the enemy. In Brazil, because
of the peculiarities of the country, the two large cities — Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo —
are the best cross section obtainable. A considerable number of surveys in Hungary were
only of Budapest and suburbs because of interviewing difficulties in the rest of the country.

[vii]

[ viii ]

The Czechoslovak Institute of Public Opinion had not succeeded in making arrangements
to cover Slovakia at the time of the crisis in February 1948, so results labeled Czechoslovakia
are results from Bohemia and Moravia only. The possible scarcity of material from either
Hungary or Czechoslovakia in the future has encouraged us to include what we had. The
material supplied by the American Military Government in Germany and the few questions
from the French Zone in Germany, of course, cover only the areas occupied by the United
States and France. The American Zone includes Bavaria, Hesse, Wiirtemberg-Baden; Berlin
was sampled regularly after March 1946.

Much as we should like to indicate the exact size of the sample used for each question
asked, this proved to be impracticable. As already mentioned, the data in this volume are
drawn from 23 organizations in 16 different countries with the result that a variety of
sample sizes and sampling designs are represented. It is possible, however, to indicate the
number of interviews usually conducted by each of the organizations in question. At the
Loxwood Hall conference in England in May 1947, where the International Association of
Public Opinion Institutes was formed, participating organizations reported on size of sample.
AIPO, the American Institute of Public Opinion for general purposes uses a nationwide
sample of 3,000, although on certain questions the samples are larger. Some questions are
included on two or more ballots, which increases the size of sample in units of 3,000. Thereby,
samples can be enlarged to as many thousands as are necessary to provide accuracy within
any breakdown tabulations desired. The Australian Public Opinion Polls (APOP) uses
2,000; the Brazilian Institute of Public Opinion (IBOPE) uses 1,500; the British Institute
of Public Opinion (BIPO) uses 2,000; the Canadian Institute of Public Opinion (CIPO)
uses 2,000 to 2,500; the Czechoslovak Institute of Public Opinion (CZIPO) uses 1,000 to
1,300; the Danish Gallup Institute (DGI) uses 2,600; the Finnish Gallup Institute (FGI)
uses 1,500 to 1,800; the French Institute of Public Opinion (FIPO) uses 2,500 to 2,800; the
Italian Institute of Statistical Research and Public Opinion (DOXA) uses 3,000 to 3,600;
the Netherlands Institute of Public Opinion (NIPO) uses 1,600 to 2,000; the Norwegian
Gallup Institute (NGI) uses 2,000; and the Swedish Gallup Institute (SGI) uses 2,000.

With the exception of the Czechoslovak Institute of Public Opinion, all the organizations
represented at the Loxwood Hall conference are now Gallup affiliates. The members of the
International Association of Public Opinion Institutes exchange information on techniques
and survey results. Each institute is organized and directed entirely in the country which
it samples — Dr. Gallup acts only in an advisory capacity. Through the chain, it is possible
to put the same question to cross sections in each of the countries and make a comparative
study of opinion. Following is a list of the Gallup affiliates with the dates of their founding
or affiliation: American Institute of Public Opinion, 1935; British Institute of Public Opinion,
1936; Canadian Institute of Public Opinion, 1941; Australian Public Opinion Polls, 1942;
Swedish Gallup Institute, 1943; French Institute of Public Opinion founded in 1939 but
suspended during the war, resuming late in 1944; Danish Gallup Institute, 1945; Finnish
Gallup Institute, 1945; Norwegian Gallup Institute, 1946; Brazilian Institute of Public
Opinion, 1946; Netherlands Institute of Public Opinion, 1947; and the Italian Institute for
Statistical Research and Public Opinion Analysis, 1947. The Czechoslovak Institute of Public
Opinion, which was also represented at the Loxwood Hall meeting, was formed under the
auspices of the Ministry of Information shortly after the liberation in 1945-

Fortune's Executive Forecast (FOR) is based on returns of an anonymous ballot mailed to
over 10,000 leading business executives who have previously accepted an invitation to

[ix]

membership in the Fortune Forum of Executive Opinion which was founded in 1940. The
ballot is also mailed to 9,000 prospective members. The number of returns tabulated varies,
the cutoff point being reached when a sufficiently high degree of internal consistency-
indicates that no significant changes in the results will be caused by tabulating additional
returns. In no case are less than 4,000 ballots tabulated.

The Fortune Survey (FOR) conducted by Elmo Roper was started in 1935 with a national
sample of 3,000. This was increased to 4,500 in 1936 and to 5,000 in 1937 in order to achieve
greater certainty in the breakdown of results. Until 1945 the sample remained at 5,000
except for one or two special surveys. In that year the size was reduced to 3,5CO because it
was felt that in the write-up of the survey, the breakdowns no longer needed such detailed
analysis, and that differences between groups would be mentioned only when the variance
was considerable. The sample has remained at 3,500 since 1945, except for certain political
surveys when a sample of 5,000 was used. Most results included in this publication from
Elmo Roper's column "What People Are Thinking" in the New York Herald Tribune (NYHT)
come from the same surveys as the material from the Fortune Survey.

The National Opinion Research Center (NORC) sample varies with the problem under
investigation. The usual sample for results included here is 2,500 to 3,500, although in
some cases samples as large as 7,000 have been used. This organization was started in 1941.

Crossley's state by state election polls (CP) represent results based on samples from
15,000 to 20,000 except in the surveys made in 1936, when each survey made before the
election represented approximately 30,000 interviews. The Office of Public Opinion Research
(OPOR), established in 1940, used samples ranging from 2,500 to 3,500.

The size of the sample used by the American Military Government in Germany (OMGUS)
has undergone considerable change since the first survey was made in October 1945. The
work was done by the Opinion Survey Section of the Intelligence Branch under the direction
of Frederick W. Williams. Small samples of the zonal population were originally designed,
and, as men and materials became available, the sample was enlarged. Berlin was sampled
regularly after March 1946. In August 1946 the sample was stabilized at approximately
3,000 cases for the Zone and 400 for Berlin. Surveys made between October 26 and Novem-
ber 26, 1945, are based on interviewing by American personnel whose language ability
was unquestioned. Succeeding surveys are based on field work by German interviewers
trained by these Americans. Surveys made between October 26 and November 26, 1945,
used a sample of approximately 400; December 1 to December 13, 1945, used about 500;
December 27, 1945, to March 29, 1946, used 1,000; April 5 to July 26, 1946, used 1,500;
beginning with the survey dated August 9, 1946, a sample of 3,000 was used.

The few questions from the French Military Zone in Germany (GMZFO) were released
by the French Institute of Public Opinion with no information on the size of sample or
construction of cross section.

When the Hungarian Institute of Public Opinion Research (HIPOR) was started in the
summer of 1945 with Paul H. Schiller of the University of Budapest as its director, the
Gallup organization was the model of its procedure. Results for surveys made in Budapest
are based on approximately 2,000 cases and national surveys on 5,000.

The Belgian Academic Institute for Social and Economic Information (INSOC) was
organized in 1946. We have been unable to get information on their size of sample. The
Netherlands Foundation for Statistics (NFS), an independent organization in Holland
founded in 1945, uses an average sample of 2,000.

[x]

Telegraphic surveys made by any organization naturally cover a smaller sample than
personal-interview surveys, although some use samples as large as 1,000. The proportion
of telegraphic results reported in this publication is very small.

Date lines before questions indicate the date the ballot was sent out only in the cases
of the American Military Government in Germany, the British Institute of Public Opinion,
the National Opinion Research Center, and the Office of Public Opinion Research. In the
case of the American Institute of Public Opinion the release date is used for published
data, otherwise the send-out date is used. Unless otherwise noted, all others indicate the
date of release and not the date on which the question was asked. Every effort has been
made to achieve uniformity in the presentation of the data.

For their cooperation in making possible the publication of this volume, the Office of
Public Opinion Research wishes to express its deep appreciation to the Academic Institute
for Social and Economic Information in Belgium; George Gallup and the American Institute
of Public Opinion in the United States; Australian Public Opinion Polls in Australia;
Brazilian Institute of Public Opinion in Brazil; British Institute of Public Opinion in Eng-
land; Canadian Institute of Public Opinion in Canada; the Crossley Poll in the United States;
Czechoslovak Institute of Public Opinion in Czechoslovakia; Danish Gallup Institute in
Denmark; Finnish Gallup Institute in Finland; Elmo Roper and the editors of Fortune and
the New York Herald Tribune in the United States; French Institute of Public Opinion in France;
the Opinion Surveys Section of the Intelligence Branch, Office of Military Government for
Germany (U.S.) in Germany; Hungarian Institute of Public Opinion Research in Hungary;
Italian Institute for Statistical Research and Public Opinion in Italy; the Military Govern-
ment for the French Occupation Zone in Germany; National Opinion Research Center
in the United States; Netherlands Foundation for Statistics and the Netherlands Institute
of Public Opinion in Holland; Norwegian Gallup Institute in Norway; and the Swedish
Gallup Institute in Sweden.

That the publication of such a volume as this is possible, is due to the spirit and patience
of the participating organizations, to the cooperation of such people as Henr)' Halpern,
who helped clarify some of the questions from the American Zone in Germany; to Julian
Boyd, who helped with classification problems; and to the loyalty and persistence of the
members of the staff who worked on the project at the Office of Public Opinion Research.
For their painstaking work, we also wish to thank Eleanor Atha, Adrienne Hall, Barbara
Hastorf, Josephine Hawk, Margaret Lewis, Eleanor Mount, Ann Stults, Kathleen Rogow,
Frances G. Rosenberg, and Elaine Whitley, without whose help the preparation of the
manuscript might well have taken another three or four years.

M. S.

Princeton, N.J.
June 1949

PARTICIPATING ORGANIZATIONS

American Institute of Public Opinion

16 Chambers Street, Princeton, New Jersey

110 East 42d Street, New York City 17, New York

Australian Public Opinion Polls
352 Collins Street, Melbourne, Australia

British Institute of Public Opinion
Aldwych House, London, W.C. 2, England

Canadian Institute of Public Opinion
130 Carlton Street, Toronto, Canada

Ceskoslovensky tJstav pro Vyzkum V'efejneho Mineni
Prague II, Narodni tfida lO/III. p., Czechoslovakia

Crossley, Inc.
330 West 42d Street, New York City, New York

Dansk Gallup Institut*
Dr. Tvargade 29, Copenhagen K., Denmark

Elmo Roper
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York City 20, New York

Fortune
350 Fifth Avenue, New York City 1, New York

Gouvernement Militaire Zone Frangaise Occupation
(Material released through Institut Frangais d'Opinion Publique)

Institut Fran5ais d'Opinion Publique
5 & 7, Rue du Faubourg Poissonniere, Paris 9, France

Institut Universitaire d'Information Sociale et Economique
Pare Leopold, Brussels, Belgium

Instituto Brasileiro de Opiniao Publica e Estatistica
Rio de Janeiro, Rua Mexico, 11, 18 andar, grupo 1802, Brazil

Istituto per le Ricerche Statistiche e

I'Analisi dell' Opinione Pubblica

4 Via Andegari, Milan, Italy

Magyar Kozponti Hirado Rt.
Budapest VIII, Sandor-Utca 5-7, Hungary

National Opinion Research Center

4901 South Ellis Avenue, Chicago 15, Illinois

280 Madison Avenue, New York City 16, New York

[xii]

Nederlands Instituut voor dc Publieke Opinie
Singel 90, Amsterdam, Holland

Nederlandsche Stichting voor Statistiek
Gcbouw "Hulp en Heil," Paviljoen 2, Leidschendam, Holland

New York Herald Tribune
230 West 41st Street, New York City 18, New York

Norsk Gallup Institutt A/S*
Akersgaten 49, Oslo, Norway

Office of Public Opinion Research
Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey

Opinion Survey Section of the Intelligence Branch, Office of the Director of Information

Control, Office of Military Government for Germany (U.S.)

Mailing address: Opinion Surveys Headquarters — ODIC

OMGUS (Rear), APO 757, c/o Postmaster, New York City, New York

Suomen Gallup O/Y*
Mikaelsgaten 9A, Helsinki, Finland

Svenska Gallupinstitutet A/B*
Kungsgatan 48, Stockholm, Sweden

* Coordinator for the four Scandinavian Institutes is Wahl Asmusscn, Scandinavian
Institutes of Public Opinion, N0rrc Farimagsgadc 3-5, Copenhagen K, Denmark

LEGEND

AIPO (American Institute of Public Opinion — U.S.)

APOP (Australian Public Opinion Polls — Australia)

BIPO (British Institute of Public Opinion — Great Britain)

CIPO (Canadian Institute of Public Opinion — Canada)

CP (Crossley, Inc. — U.S.)

CZIPO (Czechoslovak Institute of Public Opinion — Czechoslovakia)

DGI (Danish Gallup Institute — Denmark)

DOXA (Institute for Statistical Research and Public Opinion — Italy)

FGI (Finnish Gallup Institute — Finland)

FIPO (French Institute of Public Opinion — France)

FOR CFortum—V.S.y

GMZFO (Military Government for French Occupation Zone — Germany)

HIPOR (Hungarian Institute of Public Opinion Research — Hungary)

IBOPE (Brazilian Institute of Public Opinion — Brazil)

INSOC (Academic Institute for Social and Economic Information — Belgium)

NFS (Netherlands Foundation for Statistics — Holland)

NGI (Norwegian Gallup Institute — Norw^ay)

NIPO (Netherlands Institute of Public Opinion — Holland)

NORC (National Opinion Research Center — U.S.)

NYHT (New York Herald Tribune— U.S.')

OMGUS (American Military Government — Germany)

OPOR (Office of Public Opinion Research— U.S.)

SGI (Swedish Gallup Institute — Sweden)

* The symbol FOR is used for all m-i.terial from Fortune. Executive surveys are in-
dicated in the text; all other results come from surveys conducted by Elmo Roper.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A. A. A. See Agricultural Adjustment Act.
Ability. See Sex; Success.
Aborigines. See Indians of South America.
Abortion. See Birth control.

ABSENTEEISM (LABOR) 1

Abstract art. See Art.

Abyssinia. See Great Britain: Foreign relations.

Academic freedom. See Education, Higher; Teaching, Freedom

of.

ACCIDENTS: PREVENTION 1

Accidents, Automobile. See Automobiles: Accidents.

Acting. See Actors and actresses; Theater.

ACTORS AND ACTRESSES 2

See also Military service, Compulsory; Newspapers; Thea-
ter.
Administration. See Civil service; State governments; see also

subdivision Politics and government, under names of

countries.
Administration of justice. See Courts; Crime and criminals;

War crimes and trials.
Administrative ability. See Ability.

Administrative law. See Civil service; Local government.
Adult education. See Education of adults.
"Advance, Australia Fair." See National songs.
ADVERTISING 3

See also Newspapers; Nutrition; Posters; Radio advertising;

Religion; Signs and signboards; World War, 1939-1945:

U.S.
Advertising, Pictorial. See Posters.
Aerial navigation. See Airplanes: Piloting.
Aerodromes. See Airports.
AERONAUTICS 4

See also Air lines; Airplane industry and trade; Airplanes;

Airplanes, Military.
Piloting. See Airplanes: Piloting.
Study and Teaching 4

See also Airplanes: Piloting.
Aeronautics, Commercial. See Air lines; Airplane industry and

trade.
Aeronautics, Military and Naval. See Air defenses; Air raid

shelters; Airplanes: Military; War: Aerial operations;

World War, 1939-1945: Aerial operations.
Aeroplanes. See Airplanes.
A.F. of L. See American Federation of Labor.
Agnosticism. See Atheism.

Agricultural Adjustment Act. See Agriculture and state; Con-
trol of crops; Courts; U.S.: Politics and government.
Agricultural administration. See Agriculture and state.
Agricultural clubs. See Agricultural societies.
Agricultural income. See Income, Agricultural.
Agricultural labor. See Labor supply. Agricultural.

AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY 4

Agricultural population. See Population, Agricultural.
Agricultural prices. See Prices, Agricultural.
Agricultural problems. See Problems, Agricultural.
Agricultural production. See Production, Agricultural.

AGRICULTURAL SOCIETIES 5

Agricultural tools. See Agricultural machinery.

[xv]

PAGE

Agricultural wages. See Wages, Agricultural.

Agriculture. See Agricultural machinery; Agricultural societies;
Agriculture and state; Commerce; Control of crops; Eco-
nomic conditions; Farmers; Food supply; Gasoline; Meat;
Occupations; Republican party; Tires and rubber; U.S.:
Appropriations and expenditures; Vegetable gardening.

AGRICULTURE AND STATE 5

See also Control of crops; Income, Agricultural; Industry
and state: Canada: U.S.; Labor supply. Agricultural; Prices,
Agricultural; U.S.: Appropriations and expenditures: Poli-
tics and government; Wage and price regulation.

Aid to Britain. See Lend-lease operations; U.S.: Neutrality;
World War, 1939-1945: Naval operations: Supplies.

Aid to Canada. See Security: Canada.

Aid to China. See Lend-lease operations.

Aid to France. See U.S.: Neutrality; World War, 1939-1945:
Supplies.

Aid to Russia. See Lend-lease operations.

Aiken, George. See Presidents: U.S. (Election 1940).

Air conditioning. See Home economics: Equipment and sup-
plies.

Air corps. See U.S.: Army air forces.

AIR DEFENSES 8

See also Air raid shelters; Blackouts in war.

Air forces. See Armaments; Canada: Army air forces; U.S.:
Army air forces.

AIR LINES 9

Air pilots. See Airplanes: Piloting; U.S.: Appropriations and
expenditures: Defenses: Race question.

Air ports. See Airports.

AIR RAID SHELTERS 9

See also International cooperation.

Great Britain-France 369

See also International cooperation.

Great Britain-Poland 369

See also International cooperation.

Great Britain-Russia 369

See also International cooperation; International coopera-
tion: U.S. -Russia.

Great Britain-Spain 369

See also International cooperation.
Great Britain-U.S. See International cooperation: U.S.-
Great Britain.

Italy-Germany 369

See also International cooperation.
Poland-Great Britain. See International cooperation: Great
Britain-Poland.

[ XXXV ]

PAGE

Russia-Canada. See International cooperation: Canada-
Russia.
Russia-France. See International cooperation: France-Russia.
Russia-Great Britain. See International cooperation: Great

Britain-Russia.
Russia-U.S. See International cooperation: U.S. -Russia.
Spain-Great Britain. See International cooperation: Great
Britain-Spain.

U.S. -Canada 369

See also International cooperation.

U.S. -China 369

See also International cooperation; Problems: U.S.

U.S.-France 369

See also International cooperation; Problems: U.S.

U.S. -Great Britain 369

See also International cooperation; Problems: U.S.

U.S.-RussiA 370

See also International cooperation; Problems: U.S.

International exhibitions. See Exhibitions.

International federation. See International organization.

International finance. See Finance.

International language. See Language, Universal.

International law. See Aliens: Great Britain; International co-
operation; International organization; League of Nations;
Nationalism and nationality; Neutrality; Peace treaties;
United Nations; War.

International loans. See Finance.

International News Service. See News agencies.

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION 372

See also Commerce; International cooperation; Interna-
tional police; League of Nations; Problems: U.S.; United
Nations; World politics.

INTERNATIONAL POLICE 373

See also Security, International; United Nations.

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 375

See also Business cycles; Disarmament; Elections: Greece;
European War, 1914-1918: Peace; International coopera-
tion; International organization; International police;
Munitions; Nationalism and nationality; Neutrality;
Newspapers; Pan-American relations; Roosevelt, Franklin
D.; Security; Security, International; Truman, Harry S.;
U.S.: Politics and government; World politics; World
War, 1939-1945: Peace; also subdivisions Foreign relations
and Neutrality under names of countries.

International security. See Security, International.

Internationalism. See International cooperation; Nationalism
and nationality.

INTERSTATE COMMERCE 367

Other answers *

Don't know 1

(who thought the bomb made wars less likely) 64%
* Less than 0.5%.

9. (Great Britain Aug 26 '45) Now that the atomic bomb has
been invented, do you agree or disagree that each country

should abolish its armed forces, having them replaced by an
international force under a world government? (bipq)

Agree Disagree Don't know
National total 51% 29% 20%

Men . . .
Women.

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

Higher .
Middle.
Lower. .

■ SEX

54%

31%

15%

AGE

53%

28%

19%

)MIC STATUS

52%

40%

10. (us Sept '45) If you had been the one to decide whether
or not to use the atomic bomb against Japan, which one of
these four things do you think you would have done? Each
respondent was handed a card with the four alternatives, (norc)

Refused to use 4%

Where no people 27

One city at time 43

Wiped out cities 24

Don't know 2

11. (us Sept '45) In order to defend itself, do you think our
country should rely more on our own ability to make better
atomic bombs than any other country or on the ability of the
world organization to prevent any country, including our own,
from ever using such bombs in another war? (norc)

Our own ability World organisation Don't know

43% 48% 9%

12. (us Sept '45) If the world organization does try to pre-
vent any country from ever using atomic bombs in another
war, which one of these ways do you think would have the
best chance of working? Each respondent was handed a card
with the two alternatives, (norc)

World police force
31%

Pass law; use an FBI
54%

Don't know

15%

13. (US Sept '45) Do you think the United States should try
to keep the secret of how to make atomic bombs as long as
we can, or do you think we should let some other countries
also know how to make them? (norc) (Great Britain Nov 3
'45) Do you think that America should share the secret of the
atomic bomb with other nations now or should they try to
keep it as long as possible? (bipo) (Denmark Jan 5 '46) Do you
think the United States should keep the atom bomb secret to
itself or should it be shared with other countries? (dgi)

Share Keep

United States 12% 85%

Great Britain 59 25

Denmark 51 46

Men . . .
Women.

BRITISH OPINION BY SEX

23%
26

64%
54

Miscellaneous or
Don't know

3%
16
3

13%
20

BRITISH OPINION BY AGE

21-29 years 62% 25%

30-49 years 61 23

50 years and over, . . , 55 26

13%

[22]

Keep

Miscellaneous or
Don' t know

BRITISH OPINION BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 64% 30% 6%

Middle 62 28 10

Lower 58 23 19

14. (US Sept '45) Do you think the United States will be able
to keep for just its own use the secret of how to make atomic
bombs, or will other countries be able to find out by them-
selves how to make them? (norc)

Able to keep secret Others will find out Don t know

13% 82% 5%

15. (US Sept '45) About how long a time would you guess it'll
take before some other countries find out as much about atomic
bombs as we know now? Asked of 82% of the sample who
thought other countries would be able to find out how to make
atomic bombs, (norc)

Under 1 year 12%

I to 5 years 44

6 to 10 years 13

II to 50 years 4

Over 50 years *

Secret known 2

Don't know 7

82%
* Less than 0.5%-

16. (US Sept '45) If there is another world war, about how
much danger do you think there'll be of most city people on
earth being killed by atomic bombs: a very real danger, only
a slight da'nger, or no danger at all? (norc)

Real danger 83%

Slight danger 10

No danger 3

Don' t know 4

17. (US Sept '45) How much danger do you think there is of
the atomic bomb being used against the United States in the
next twenty-five years: a very real danger, only a slight danger,
or no danger at all? (norc)

Real danger 37%

Slight danger 29

No danger 23

Don't know 11

18. (US Sept '45) What country do you think would most
likely use atomic bombs against us? Asked of the 37% who
thought there was a real danger of the bomb being used against
the United States in the next twenty-five years and the 29%
who thought there was a slight danger, (norc)

Russia 28%

England 3

Germany 12

Japan 19

Mexico; South America; any South

American country 1

Near East; China; United Asia; yel-
low race 1

Other European countries 1

Internal war in the United States. ... *

No special country 12

Other countries; race war; not speci-
fied where *

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 66 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

19. (US Sept '45) Most scientists agree that within ten years
other countries will find out by themselves how to make atomic
bombs, even if we don't tell them. Do you think the United
States will be able to keep for just its own use the secret of
how to make atomic bombs, or will other countries be able to
find out by themselves how to make them? (norc)

Able to keep secret Others will find out Don't know

10';; 86% 4%o

20. (us Oct 3 '45) Do you think the United States can keep
this secret [of making atomic bombs] to itself, or do you think
other nations will develop atomic bombs? (aipo)

Can keep 22% Others develop 65% No opinion 13%

21. (US Oct 3 '45) Do you think the discovery of the atomic
bomb increases or decreases the possibility of another world
war? (aipo) (US Dec '45) Do you feel that the atomic bomb
has increased or decreased the chances of a future world war
or made no difference one way or the other? (for) (Australia
July 27 '46) Do you think the atomic bomb has increased or
decreased the possibility of another wt)rld war? (apop)

In- De- Nodif- No

creases creases ference opinion

United States Oct '45 18%, 47%o 20%, 15%

United States Dec '45 15.7 46.9 24.1 13.3

Australia Aug '46 30 31 23 14

UNITED STATES DEC '45 RESULTS BY OPINIONS AS TO FUTURE WARS

Those who think a big war

will come 23.3%o 33.7%, 30.4% 12.6%,

Those who think there is a

chance to avoid war ... . 11.2 58.5 21.0 9-3

UNITED STATES DEC '45 RESULTS BY AGE*

21-34 years 21.1%o 44.0% 23.9%, 11-0%

35-49 years 14.0 47.7 26.3 12.0

50 years and over 12.5 48.6 22.1 16.8

UNITED STATES DEC '45 RESULTS BY EDUCATION*

Grade school 12.0%o 46.9%o 17.3%o 23.8%

High school 18.4 48.7 25.1 7.8

College 16.8 43.4 33.3 6.5

* Additional breakdowns from New York Herald Tribune Nov 8 '45. '

22. (US Oct 3 '45) Do you think we can develop a way to
protect ourselves from atomic bombs in case other countries
tried to use them against us? (aipo)

Yes 49%, No 21%, No opinion 30%

23. (US Oct 17 '45) Do you think England, Russia, France,
United States, China, and other countries should all get to-
gether to agree that atomic bombs should never be used as a
war weapon? (aipo)

Yes 67% No 23% No opinion 10%

24. (US Oct 31 '45) Do you wish now that we had never dis-
covered the atomic bomb? (aipo)

Yes 29% No 62% No opinion 9%o

25. (US Oct 31 '45) Do you wish now that the atomic bomb
had never been discovered? (aipo)

Yes 34%, No 52%o No opinion 14%

26. (US Oct 31 '45) Some people say that with the discovery
of the atomic bomb armed forces, except those to handle the
bombs, are no longer useful. Do you agree or disagree with
this? A comparable cross-section was asked the question with
a slightly different beginning: With the discovery of the atomic
bomb, some people say that . . . etc. Results were combined.
(aipo)

[23]

Agree 13%

Disagree 67%

No opinion 20%

27. (US Oct 31 '45) Some people say that, if there is another
war, a nation can be defeated in one blow by atomic bombs
and the war will be over in a few days. Do you agree or dis-
agree with this? (aipo)

Agree Disagree No opinion
National total 36% 49% 15%

BV EDUCATION

College 30%

High school 38

Grade school or less . . 35

62%

12
19

28. (US Dec '45) Which of these comes closest to describing
how you feel about our use of the atomic bomb? (for)

We should not have used any atomic bombs at all 4.5%

We should have dropped one first on some unpopulated
region, to show the Japanese its power, and dropped
the second one on a city only if they hadn't surren-
dered after the first one 13-8

We should have used the two bombs on cities, just as
we did 53. 5

We should have quickly used many more of them before
Japan had a chance to surrender 22.7

Don't know 5-5

29. (US Dec '45) It took the United States about five years to
develop the first atomic bomb. About how long do you think
it will be before some other country will develop one if we
don't give them any help at all on it? (for)

Less More

than About than Don't

5 years 5 years 5 years Never know

National total.. . 52.7%, 12.9% 11.7% 4.5% 18.2%

21-34 years 54.3% 12.1% 13.6%

35-49 years 53.8 13.9 11.7

50 years and over. 50.2 12.6 10.0

3.7% 16.3%

4.3 16.3

5.4 21.8

BY EDUCATION

College 73.6% 9.6% 7.2%

High school 55.0 15.0 12.7

Grade school 37.5 12.4 13.3

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 66.4% 14.9% 3.8%

Upper middle 66.6 10.8 9.2

Lower middle 57.0 13.7 11.5

Poor 32.8 12.9 15.8

* Breakdowns from New York Herald Tribune Nov 1 '45.

2.5%

3.8

6.4

3.8%
3.7
3.7
6.3

7.1%
13.5
30.4

11.1%
9.7
14.1
32.2

30. (US Dec '45) Which nation or nations do you think will
be likely to be the first to develop the atomic bomb? (for)

Russia 40.4%

Germany 28.5

Great Britain 8.9

Japan 7.4

Other 1.7

None 4.5

Don't know 19. 0

110.4%'

* Results add to more than 100 because some respondents gave more
than one answer.

31. (Sweden Dec '45) Do you think that Russia should share
the atom bomb secret? (soi)

National total .

Yes
31%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 26% 60%

Middle class 28 58

Workers 35 45

DV POLITICS

Right party 24%

Liberal 22

Agrarian 12

Social Democrat 34

Communist 79

64%

Don't know

'7o

14%

12%
15
14
19
5

32. (Sweden Dec '45) Do you think that Sweden, alone, should
go seriously into the solution of the atom bomb problem? (sgi)

National total

55%

<5 ■?»-<

11%

13%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 55% 16% 13%

Middle class 56 11 13

Workers 55 10 13

12%

4% 8%

4 12

5 13

BY POLITICS

Right party 62%

Liberal 60

Agrarian 44

Social Democrat . 57

Communist 59

12%

9
13

7%
14
21
14

8
15
11

33. (US Dec '45) How much longer do you think the Japanese
would have held out if it had not been for the atomic bomb?
(for)

No longer 8.4%

1 month less 99

2-5 months 17.0

6 months 17.2

7-11 months 3.3

1 year 15-1

Over a year 17.6

Don't know 11.5

34. (Canada Dec 5 '45) Should Britain, Canada, and United
States tell Russia that they are ready to join a world govern-
ment and give this government all the secrets of the atomic
bomb, or do you think they should continue to try and keep
these details secret? (cipo)

Keep secret Share

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper. .
Middle.
Lower. .

56
64

34
26

Undecided
10%

7%
10
10

35. (France Dec 16 '45) Have the United States, Great Britain,
and Canada good reason to guard the secret of the atomic
bomb? (fipo)

Yes 45% No 41% No opinion 14%

36. (France Jan 16 '46) Is it your opinion that the atomic bomb
will be used in the next war? (fipo)

Yes 51% No 30% No opinion 19%

[24]

37. (France Jan 16 '46) Is it your opinion that France should
manufacture atomic bombs? (pipo)

Yes 56% No -^1% No opinion 12%

38. (US Feb 13 '46) This summer our navy plans to make tests
at sea to find out how effective the atom bombs would be in
naval warfare. Do you thinlc that representatives of other na-
tions should or should not be allowed to watch these tests?
(aipo)

Should Should not Undecided
National total 26%, 66% 8%o

BY EDUCATION

College 45% 49% 6%

High school 31 63 6

Grammar school or less 19 72 9

39. (US Feb 13 "46) Do you approve or disapprove of giving
other nations a complete report of the results of the [atom
bomb] tests? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove Undecided
National total 28%, 63%o 9%

BY EDUCATION

College 44% 50% 6%

High school 33 59 8

Grammar school or less 21 68 11

40. (US Mar '46) If the United States does fight in another
war within the next twenty-five years, do you thinlc atomic
bombs will or will not be used against American cities? (norc)
Will 75% Will not 15% Don't know 10%

41. (US Mar '46) Do you think the world organization should
pass a law, and be given power to enforce it, so that no country
in the world can make atomic bombs, or don't you think so?
(norc)

Should 72% Should not 20% Don't know 8%

42. (US Mar '46) If passing a law so that no country can make
atomic bombs meant that the United States would not only
have to stop making any more, but would also have to destroy
all atomic bombs now on hand, then would you be for or
against passing this law? Asked of 72% of the sample who
thought the United Nations should be empowered to and
should prevent any country from making atomic bombs, (norc)
For 56% Against 13% Don't know 3%o = 72%o

43. (US Mar "46) It has been suggested that the world organ-
ization have inspectors who could search any property in any
country at any time to see if anybody was making atomic
bombs. All inspectors would work in teams, having one Rus-
sian, one Englishman, and one American working together.
Do you think there should be such an inspection or not? (norc)
Should 75% Should not 17% Don't know 8%

44. (US Mar '46) Would you be willing for these [world-
organization] inspectors to search American property if it
meant that they would find out how we make atomic bombs,
or would that be going too far? Asked of 75% of the sample
who thought an inspection should be made for atomic bomb
manufacture, (norc)

Willing 39%, Going too far 33%o Don't know 3% = 75%,

45. (US Mar '46) If we ever suspect that a certain country is
planning to make a surprise atomic bomb attack on our coun-
try within a few days, which one of these two things do you
think we should do: we should try to keep from being the first
country to be bombed — even if this means starting an atomic
war on them as soon as we become suspicious; or we should

first try to prove if they're really planning this attack — even
if waiting means taking a chance that we'll be bombed first?
Each respondent was handed a card with the two alternatives.
(norc)

Try to keep from being bombed first 47%

Try to prove if attack is planned 43

Don't know 10

46. (US Mar '46) What other ways besides being dropped from
airplanes as bombs do you think atomic explosives might be
used in a surprise attack? (norc)

Sabotage 14%

Guided missiles 27

Water projection 11

Other feasible answers — balloons, long-range

guns, etc 8

Unfeasible answers and don't know 49

109%)*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more thari one answer.

47. (US Mar '46) Do you think atomic bombs more powerful
than those we dropped on Japan will be made in the next
twenty-five years, or do you think it'll take longer than that?
(norc)

In 25 years 85% Will take longer 6%, Don't know 9%

48. (US Mar 27 '46) Do you think the United States should
carry out the atom-bomb tests on Bikini Island, or should this
be given up? (aipo)

Hold CM off

the tests the tests Undecided

National total 43%o 37%, 20%o

World War II veterans 65 25 10

BY EDUCATION

College 53% 36% 11%

High school 52 32 16

Grammar school or less 35 40 25

49. (US Mar 27 '46) Some persons say that animals should not
be used in making atomic-bomb tests at Bikini Island. Do you
agree or disagree? (aipo)

Think Think

animals animals

should should not
he used be used Undecided

National total 42%o 42%o 16%o

World War II veterans 53 36 11

BY SEX

Men : 47% 40% 13%

Women 37 43 20

BY EDUCATION

College 53% 34% 13%

High school 46 42 12

Grammar school or less 36 44 20

50. (US Apr 10 '46) From what you have heard or read, what
do you think is the main purpose for the atom-bomb tests
which are to be held in the Pacific? (aipo)

No answer, don't know 19%

To see what it will do; to find out its destructive power 32

To see what it will do to a navy; its effect on sea warfare 20
Further experimentation and research; defense research;

defense 17

To show the world its power; to frighten other coun-
tries 7

To show how powerful we are; to prove the strength

of the US 3%

To outlaw war; to prevent war 1

To prepare for next war 2

Experiment for industrial use 1

Test effect on sea life, living things *

Miscellaneous 2

104%**

* Less than 0.5%-

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer,

51. (US Apr 10 '46) Should the United States continue to manu-
facture atom bombs? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 30% No opinion 9%

52. (US Apr 10 '46) Do you think any other country (ies) is
(are) already making atom bombs? (aipo)

Yes 42% No 40% No opinion 18%

63. (US Apr 10 '46) Which country (ies) [is (are) already mak-
ing atomic bombs]? Asked of 42% of the sample who thought
one country or more were already manufacturing bombs, (aipo)

No answer, don't know. . . . 5%

Russia 79

England 18

South America *

Germany 12

Spain 12

Japan 2

Canada 2

France 1

Argentina 2

They are trying *

Miscellaneous 4

137%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
one or more countries were already making atomic bombs and add to
more than 100 because some gave more than one answer.

64. (Canada June 8 '46) Do you think Russia's attitude in the
past few months has been due mainly to our withholding the
secret of the atomic bomb? (cipo)

Yes 25% No 56% Don't know 19%

55. (Canada June 8 '46) Do you think Russia has the secret of
how to make an atomic bomb or not? (cipo)

Has formula 31%

Has part of formula 30

No, hasn't formula 22

No opinion 17

66. (US July 24 '46) Did the atomic bombs in the recent
[Bikini] tests do more damage or less than you thought they
would? (aipo) (France Sept '46) On the whole was the destruc-
tive effect of the atomic bombs dropped on Bikini the same,
less, or greater than you expected? (fipo)

Greater Same Less No opinion

United States 18% 11% 53% 18%

France 3 11 58 28

57. (US Sept '46) Do you think the United States could become
so strong by making atomic bombs and rockets that no coun-
try would dare attack us, or do you think that regardless of
how strong we become, some day another country might think
she's stronger and attack us? (norc)

[25]

No country dare attack 19%

Another country might attack. . 74
Don't know 7

68. (US Sept '46) Suppose the United States should fight in
another war within the next twenty-five years, how much
danger do you think there would be of an atomic bomb being
dropped in the place where you live — a very real danger, only
a slight danger, or no danger at all? (norc)

Real danger 53%

Slight danger 29

No danger 14

Don't know 4

59. (US Sept '46) If the United States could do only one of
these two things during the next few years, which one do you
think would give us the best chance of keeping peace in the
world — should we try to keep ahead of other countries by mak-
ing more and bettet atomic bombs and rockets; should we try
to make the United Nations organization strong enough to
prevent all countries, including the United States, from making
atomic bombs and rockets? (norc)

Try to keep ahead of other countries 28%

Try to make the United Nations strong enough to

prevent countries from making atomic bombs . . 67
Don't know 5

60. (US Sept '46) Which one of these two things [trying to
keep ahead of other countries in atomic manufacture or trying
to strengthen the United Nations] do you think the United
States is doing at the present time? (norc)

Trying to keep ahead 34%

Making United Nations strong. . 35

Both 18

Don't know 13

61. (US Nov 13 '46) Do you think the United States should
stop making atom bombs and destroy all those we have now?
(aipo)

Yes 21% No 72% No opinion 7%

62. (US Nov 13 '46) Suppose the United States stopped mak-
ing atom bombs and destroyed those already made. Do you
think Russia would then agree to let a United Nations com-
mittee check to see that Russia does not make atom bombs?
(aipo)

Yes 13% No 72% No opinion 15%

63. (US Nov 14 '46) Do you think that the United States
should stop making atom bombs and destroy those already
made to prove our good intentions in asking for international
control of atomic bombs? (aipo)
Yes 19% No 65% No opinion 11% Qualified 5%

64. (US Nov 14 '46) Do you believe that this would help in
bringing about an agreement with Russia regarding interna-
tional control of atomic bombs? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 52% No opinion 20%

ATOMIC ENERGY

1. (us Aug 22 '45) Some people say that someday experiments
in smashing atoms will cause an explosion which will destroy
the entire world. Do you think this is ever likely to happen?
(aipo)

Yes 27% No 53% No opinion 20%

[26]

2. (US Sept "45 and Sept "46) In the long run, do you think
people everywhere will be better off or worse off because some-
body learned how to split the atom? (norc)

No Don't

Better off Worse off difference know

Sept '45 52% 22% 6% 20%

Sept '46 37 38 6 19

Men

Sept '45 57% 19%

Sept '46 46 34

Women

Sept "45 48 21

Sept '46 30 41

BY EDUCATION

6%
5

5%
4

College

Sept '45 67%

Sept '46 58

High school

Sept '45 56

Sept '46 40

Eighth grade or less

Sept "45 42

Sept '46 25

SEPT '46 RESULTS BY MILITARY STATUS

World War II vet-
erans 60% 30% 7%

34 39 6

Non-veterans.

17%
26

20
40

21
40

18%
15

25
23

11%
12

19
14

29
29

3%
21

3. (US Sept '45) Some say that splitting the atom will prove
the greatest invention in over a thousand years and will change
many of our ways of living. Do you agree with them, or do
you think they exaggerate its importance? (norc) (Great Brit-
ain Dec 14 '45) Some people say that splitting the atom is
man's greatest scientific discovery and will change many of
our ways of living. Do you agree with them or do you think
they exaggerate? (bipo)

Agree Exaggerate Don't know

United States 56% 25% 19%

Great Britain 52 24 24

BRITISH OPINION BY' SEX

Men . . .
Women .

57%
46

26%
22

BRITISH OPINION BY AGE

21-29 years 52%

30-49 years 54 "

50 years and over 48

23%

BRITISH OPINION BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 66% 29%

Middle 67 23

Lower 46 24

17%
32

25%

5%
10
30

4. (US Sept '45) What are some of the changes you think it'll
make in our ways of living? Asked of 56% of the sample who
thought that the atomic bomb would change many ways of
our living, (norc) (Great Britain Dec 14 '45) What are some
of the changes [that will take place in our ways of living as a
result of the discovery of the method of splitting the atom]?
Asked of 52% of the sample who thought that splitting the
atom would change many ways of our living, (bipo)

Opinions in United States

Changes in industry 25%

Changes in daily living, domestic aspect 19

Changes in social and economic aspect 5

Changes in transportation 16

Changes in medical science 3%

Changes in employment situation 3

Changes in international relations 1

Changes in further scientific research 1

Other answers 1

Don't know 14

88%,*
* Percentages add to more than 56 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Opinions in Great Britain
Will change industry and trade; provide cheaper power

and goods 16%

Change transport; speed it up and make it cheaper and

easier 9

Changes in daily living, domestic aspect 4

Will change all spheres of life for better 3

Too soon to say; change will not take place for years;
will not affect the lives of the present generation .... 2

Will help man conquer nature and the elements 1

Will change ail spheres of life for worse 1

Will change methods of warfare; make war cheaper; in-
crease capacity of smaller countries to make war 1

Diminish possibilities of war; make countries less likely
to wage war; make countries fear devastation by atom

bombs 1

Make countries more likclv to wage war 1

Changes in international relations 1

Miscellaneous 4

No reply, don't know 8

52%

5. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of
the proposal to put the control of atomic energy under the
United Nations Security Council? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know

National total 74%

Men . . .
Women.

82%
66

by AGE

21-29 years 77%

30-49 years 76

50 years and over 70

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher.
Middle.
Lower. .

80%

8%
8
10

11%
9

17%

10%
25

15%
16

9%
10
21

6. (Canada Jan 26 '46) Do you think the discovery of atomic
energy means that the end of the world is coming near, or do
you think it means that it is the beginning of a new age? (cipo)

End of the world 8%

New age 64

Qualified answers 7 .

Undecided 21 ;^

7. (US Mar 27 '46) 1. Do you think that the government
agency which handles the development and use of atomic en-
ergy should be under military or civilian control? A comparable
cross-section was asked: 2. Do you think that the development
and control of atomic energy should be under a government
body controlled by the militarv or by civilians? (aipo) (May
'46) Who do you think should have the most control over
atomic energy in this country — military leaders or civilian
leaders? (norc)

[^27]

Scien-
Mili- Civil- tific No

tary tan Both group Other opinion

First form March 51% 26% 7% 1% 1% 14%

Second form March. . . 44 31 7 1 2 15

May 49 27 12 — — 12

8. (Great Britain May '46 and Canada June 8 '46) In a long
run, do you think that releasing atomic energy will do more
good than harm or more harm than good? (bipo and cipo) The
Canadian question substituted "the discovery of" for the word
"releasing."

More good More harm Don't

than harm than good know Qualified

Great Britain 28% 46% 26% —

Canada 38 26 26 10%

BRITISH OPINION BY SEX

Men 36% 42% 22%

Women 20 51 29

BRITISH OPINION BY AGE

21-29 years 30% 44% 26%

30-49 years 30 46 24

50 years and over . 24 47 29

BRITISH OPINION BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 31% 48% 21%

Middle 37 40 23

Lower 24 48 28

9. (Great Britain June '46) In the present state of the world,
are you or are you not in favor of the full exchange of atomic
secrets between all countries? (blpo)

In favor 44% Not in favor 34% Don't know 22%

10. (Great Britain June '46) Do you think that such an ex-
change [of atomic secrets between all countries] would or would
not be desirable at a later date? Asked of 34% of the sample
who said they were not in favor of the full exchange of atomic
secrets, (bipo)

Would be 10% Would not be 19% Don't know 5% = 34%

11. (US June '46) Have you heard or read anything about the
official American plan for control of atomic energy which
Bernard Baruch presented to the United Nations recently?
(norc)

Yes 29% No 71%

ATOMIC POWER

1. (us Aug 22 '45 and Canada Oct 3 '45) Do you think that
atomic energy will be developed in the next ten years to supply
power for industry and other things? (aipo and cipo)

Yes No No opinion

United States 47% 19% 34%

Canada 37 24 39

2. (US Sept '45) How long do you think it will be before
atomic power is put to general everyday use in industry? (norc)

Under 1 year 3%

1-5 years . 25

6-10 years 23

11-50 years 21

Over 50 years 3

Don't know 25

3. (US Sept '45) Would you rather have the atomic power that
is manufactured for peacetime uses in the future controlled
mostly by government or mostly by business? (norc) (US Oct
17 '45) Do you think the government alone should keep strict
control of atomic energy, or should private business also be
given the secret and allowed to make atomic energy to supply
power for industry and other things? (aipo) (Great Britain Dec
14 '45) If atomic power is developed for peacetime use, should
control mostly be in the hands of the government or of private
business? (bipo)

Govern- Busi- Don't

ment ness Both know

US Sept '45 77% 11% 6% 6%

US Oct '45 66 20 — 14

Great Britain Dec '45 74 11 — 15

BRITISH opinion BY SEX

Men 79% 13% - 8%

Women 68 10 — 22

BRITISH opinion BY AGE

21-29 years 76% 10% — 14%

30-49 years 75 H — 14

50 years and over 70 12 — 18

BRITISH opinion BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 66% 26% - 8%

Middle 76 13 — 11

Lower 74 9 — 17

ATTLEE, CLEMENT

1. (Great Britain Aug 26 '45) Do you approve or disapprove

of Mr. Attlee as Prime Minister? (Oct '46 and Dec '46) Are you
satisfied or dissatisfied with Mr. Attlee as Prime Minister?
(bipo)

Satisfied Dissatisfied Don't

or approve or disapprove know
National total

Aug '45 66% 19% 15%

Oct '46 53 35 12

Dec '46 52 30 18

BY SEX

Men

Aug '45 69% 18% 13%

Oct '46 54 38 8

Dec '46 57 30 13

Women

Aug '45 63 20 17

Oct '46 52 32 16

Dec '46 50 28 22

BY AGE

11-29 years

Aug '45 68% 16% 16%

Oct '46 60 28 12

Dec '46 54 27 19

'iO-49 years

Aug '45 68 18 14

Oct '46.. 56 33 11

Dec '46 55 29 16

50 years and over

Aug '45 63 22 15

Oct '46 53 34 13

Dec '46 51 30 19

Satisfied Dissatisfied
or approve or disapprove

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher

Aug '45 49% 35%

Oct '46 41 52

Dec '46 32 58

Middle

Aug '45 56 25

Oct '46 47 42

Dec "46 44 41

Lower

Aug '45 71 15

Oct "46 60 28

Dec '46 59 22

Very poor

Oct '46 59 26

Dec '46 58 20

1946 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Conservative

Oct '46 27% 63%

Dec '46 21 63

Labor

Oct '46 78 15

Dec '46 80 10

Liberal

Oct '46 45 39

Dec '46 36 34

Other voters

Oct '46 44 39

Dec '46 52 28

N on- voters

Oct '46 49 30

Dec '46 45 27

DEC '46 RESULTS BY LABOR STATUS

Union members 67% 20%

Non-union members 48 33

AUSTRALIA

Don't

know

16%
7
10

19
11
15

14
12
19

15
22

10%
16

7
10

17
20

21
28

13%
19

Army

1. (Australia Mar '42) Do you approve the law which keeps
the militia in Australia and its territories — or should the gov-
ernment have power to use the militia anywhere to fight the
Japanese? Qune '42) Should the law be altered so that the
militia could leave Australia in an offensive against the Japa-
nese? (Sept '42) Should the law be altered so that the militia
could be sent outside Australia and its territories? (apop)

Alter Keep militia

the law here Undecided

Mar '42 51% 43% 6%

June '42 59 29 12

Sept '42 50 40 10

JUNE '42 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Labor 49% 38% 13%

Non-labor 70 19 11

SEPT '42 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 53% 39% 8%

Women 46 40 14

]

2. (Australia Sept '43) Do you think sending the AIF to the
middle East in 1940 was right or wrong? (apop)

Right 75% Wrong 16% Undecided 9%

3. (Australia Sept '43) What about the recall of the AIF after
Japan entered the war — was that right or wrong? (apop)

Right 80% Wrong 10% Undecided 10%

4. (Australia Sept '43) Would you approve or disapprove if
part of the AIF were sent overseas again in the near future?
(apop)

Approve 42%

Leave it to the authorities. . 26

Disa pprove 24

Undecided 8

5. (Australia June '44) The Japs have now been pushed back
as far as the militia can be sent. Do you think the militia
should now be used anywhere in the world or kept for home
defense? Quly '44) The Japs have been pushed back about as
far as the militia can be sent. Do you think the militia should
now be used anywhere against the Japs or kept for home de-
fense? (apop)

Yes No Undecided

June '44

Anywhere in the world . . . 47% 40% 13%

July '44

Anywhere against the Japs 55 37 8

6. (Australia May-June '46) It has been suggested that Aus-
tralia should have a permanent army, navy, and air force of
sixty thousand men costing an average of £15 a year for each
elector. Do you approve or disapprove that plan? (apop)
Approve 75% Oppose 17% Undecided 8%

Army and Militia (Unified Command)

1. (Australia Nov '42 and Dec '42) Should the militia and the
AIF be combined into one army able to go anywhere our gov-
ernment decides? The Dec '42 question used "the government"
instead of "our government." (Mar '43) Should the AIF and
militia be combined into one army able to fight anywhere the
government decides? (apop)

Yes No Undecided

Nov '42 67% 22% 11%

Dec '42 66 27 7

Mar '43 77 16 7

2. (Australia Dec '42) Should the militia be able to go any-
where in the Southwest Pacific? Asked of 27% of the sample
who opposed sending the militia anywhere the government
decided, (apop)

Yes 80% No 12% Undecided 8% = 100% of those

who opposed sending the mili-
tia anywhere the government
decided

Foreign Relations

1. (Australia Oct '41) Should Australia and Russia exchange
official representatives? (apop)

Favor 69%

Against 12

Undecided 14

No opinion 5

2. (Australia May '45) Which of these things would you like
Australia to do — join with Britain and the other Dominions
in a common foreign policy, or decide for herself how she will
deal with foreign countries? (apop)

[29]

Join Britain Decide
and the others herself Undecided
National total 64% 30%, 6%

BY POLITICS

Non-Labor %0% 16% 4%

Labor 54 39 7

Parliament

1. (Australia May '45) At present the Federal Parliament con-
sists of seventy-five members in the House of Representatives
and thirty-six in the Senate. Do you favor or oppose increasing
those numbers? (apop)

Opposed more members 74%

Favored increase 11

Undecided (mostly women). ... 15

2. (Australia July '45) On the reverse side of the card are the
names of some members of Parliament. If you had to choose,
who would be your first and second choice for leaders of both
Labor and non-Labor? Asked of a national cross-section of
non-Labor voters, (apop)

First choice

Menzies 59%

Fadden 15

Cameron 4

Harrison 3

McEwen 3

Others 3

No choice 13

Second choice

Fadden 49%

Cameron 12

Harrison 9

McEwen 9

Others 3

No choice 18

3. (Australia July '46) Which of these men is your first and
second* choice for leader of your party in the Federal Parlia-
ment? (apop)

BY politics

Liberal-Country

Labor

Chifley 55%

Evatt 31

Ward 5

Forde 4

Dedman 2

No answer 3

Menzies 44%

Casey 34

Fadden 10

Earle Page 5

Spender 3

No answer 4

* Second choice is omitted because complete figures were not avail-
able.

Politics and Government

1. (Australia Oct '41) Should all parties in the Commonwealth
Parliament join together in a wartime government? (apop)

Favor Against Undecided

National total, 78% 14% 8%

BY POLITICS

Labor voters 63%

Other voters 92

BY STATE

New South Wales .... 72%

Queensland 79

Victoria 82

South Australia 86

Western Australia and

Tasmania 90

2. (Australia Feb '42) Which do you prefer, the present gov-
ernment or an all-party government? (apop)

Prefer all-party government 45%

Prefer present government 45

Undecided 10

25%
4

12%
4

17%
17
10
7

11%
4
8
7

3. (Australia Oct '42 and Mar '43) Which do you prefer, the
present government,* a non-Labor government, or an all-party
government? (apop)

Present

government

answer.

All-party Labor

Non-

Minority

government government

Labor

groups

opinion

Mar '43 . .

■ 51% 35%

—

Oct '42. .

47 42

* The Mar '43 question was worded "the present Labor government."

4. (Australia Dec '42) Do you favor or oppose the states giving
substantial extra powers to the Commonwealth during postwar
reconstruction? (apop)

Favor 64%

Against 13

Undecided 10

No answer 13

6. (Australia Nov '43) For five years after the war the Com-
monwealth wants from the states power to make laws on both
employment and unemployment. Do you favor or oppose the
Commonwealth having both those powers? (apop)

Men . . .
Women.

Favor

Oppose

extra powers

them

opinion

BY SEX

62%

27%

11%

6. (Australia Dec '43 and Apr '44) Which of these statements

is nearest to the form of government you would like us

(Australia) to have? (apop)

Na-
tional

total Men Men Women
Dec '43 Dec '43 Apr '44 Dec '43

The present federal system, with
the Commonwealth having
no more power than before
the war 19%

The present federal system, but
with certain powers trans-
ferred from the states to the
Commonwealth 15

The Commonwealth the only
government with all powers,
some of which would be dele-
gated to provincial or state
councils 51

No opinion 15

17% 21% 20%

61
6

56
6

41
25

7. (Australia Sept '44) What do you consider the main reason
the Commonwealth is asking for the powers? (apop)

BY THE VOTE ON

Those who voted against

Socialize industry 30%

Industrial conscription . 20

Avoid depressions 9

Ensure full employment . 6

Abolish states 10

Control monopolies .... 8

Help returned soldiers . . 4

No idea (chiefly women) 13

THE REFERENDUM

Those who voted for

Avoid depressions 37%

Ensure full employment. 28

Abolish states 10

Control monopolies .... 10

Help returned soldiers . . 10

Socialize industry 5

8. (Australia Nov '44) The next question is to see if people
favor the Commonwealth having some of the powers of the
referendum. For instance, would you agree to the Common-

[30]

wealth having power over employment and unemployment?
(apop)

Yes 41%

No 47%

Don't know 12%

9. (Australia May-June '46) During the next few years, would
you like the policy of the federal government to swing to the
right or to the left — that is, be more conservative or more
socialistic? (apop)

Favor Favor Favor No

left '"',?'-'' middle opinion

National total 27% 28%, 30% 15%,

BY POLITICS

Labor 43% 14% 28% 15%,

Liberal-Country ... 12 49 29 10

AUSTRIA

Politics and Government

1. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following state-
ment: Austria is an independent agricultural unit and should
therefore be an independent country, (omgus)

No
Yes No opinion

American zone and Berlin. . . 69% 21% 10%
Berlin only 78 19 3

AUTHORS

1. (us July 12 '37 and June 12 '46) Do you have a favorite
author? Those who said they had a favorite author were asked:
Who is it? (aipo)

July 12 ■}? June 12 '46

Don't have a favorite author. . 69% 69%

Zane Gray 4 1

Kathleen Norris 2 1

Charles Dickens 1 —

Shakespeare 1 2

Harold Bell Wright 1 —

Sinclair Lewis 1 1

L. Douglas 1 1

Longfellow 1 1

Gene Stratton Porter 1 —

Mark Twain 1 —

Somerset Maugham — 1

James Whitcomb Riley — 1

Pearl Buck — 1

A. J. Cronin — 1

Others, miscellaneous 17 20

2. (Great Britain July 12 '43) Is any writer, dead or alive, in-
fluencing your views today? (bipo)

J. B. Priestley 2%

The Bible 2

Marx and Lenin . . 2

Shaw 1

Wells 1

Swaffer 1

Miscellaneous authors, dead 4

Miscellaneous journalists 3%

Miscellaneous authors, living not specifically

listed 2

Living statesmen \

Miscellaneous living religious writers 1

Do not read any books; read newspapers only 5

"I think for myself" 2

Dickens, Joad, Vernon, Bartlett, Burns, Sir
Philip Gibbs (less than 1% each, not in-
cluded above) 3

None, or no name given 70

AUTOMOBILE DRIVERS

1. (US Jan 25 '37) Do you favor jail sentence for drunken
drivers? (aipo)

Yes

No 12% = 100%

No opinion 5%

2. (US May 3 '37) Connecticut just passed a law requiring the
suspension of license and jail sentence for drunken drivers.
Would you favor such a law in this state? (aipo)

Yes 90% No 10% = 100% No opinion 4%

3. (US May 17 '37) Should every automobile driver be required
to take a physical examination each year? (aipo)

Yes 64% No 29% No opinion 7%

4. (Great Britain Oct '38) Do you consider that motorists
charged with driving offences are treated severely enough by
the courts? (bipo)

Too severe 16% About right 46% Not enough 38%

5. (US June 16 '39 and Mar 27 '46) Would you rather ride in
a car driven by a man or a woman? (aipo)

Kather Kather

drive drive No

with a with a differ- Quali- No

man woman ence Jied answer

June '39 60% 8% 32% — —

Mar '46 56 10 17 1%, 16%

JUNE '39 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 72% 4% 24% - -

Women 48 12 40 — —

6. (Canada Dec 19 '45) In general, do you think women make
better drivers than men, as good, or worse drivers? (cipo)

Better

drivers

As
good

Men 4%

Women 14

BY SEX

^- 35%

Worse

54%
28

No
opinion

1%
9

7. (Sweden Mar '46) Which of the following do you think
behave best in traffic — bus drivers, taxi drivers, truck drivers,
pedestrians, horse drivers, private-car drivers, or cyclists? (sgi)

[31]

Nat. Motor- Motor- Pecles-

total ists Cyclists cyclists trians

Bus drivers 30% 37% 30% 36% 23%

Taxi drivers 26 38 24 34 22

Truck drivers 6 12 5 13 4

Pedestrians 5 3 3 3 5

Horse drivers 4 2 4 3 3

Private-car drivers .3 5 2 — 4

Cyclists 1 — 2 — 2

No great difference 23 17 25 18 25

Don't know 11 1 11 4 18

109%* 115%* 106%* 111%* 106%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Expect Best

to buy appearance

AUTOMOBILES

1. (us July '35) When do you expect to replace your present
car? When you replace your present car, do you plan to buy
new or secondhand? Both questions were asked of a national
cross-section of car owners, (for)

Expect to replace car Plan to buy

This year 6.5% New 53.8%

Next year 10.4 Secondhand 10.0

Don't know 83.1 Don't know 36.2

2. (US July

'35; Oct

'35; Jan

'36; Api

r '36; Apr '37; Apr '38)

When you replace yo

ur present car, what mak

e of car

do you

plan to buy?

(for)

July

Oct

Jan

Apr

■35

'35

'i6

'36

'37

•38

Ford

34.5%

31.4%

29.2%

30.2%

22.3%

23.9%

Chevrolet . . .

25.1

24.0

24.7

24.8

28.4

256

Plymouth . .

12.6

11.7

12.8

14.0

12.0

11.8

Buick

5.0

6.5

7.0

5.8

8.3

9.5

Dodge

5.5

5.8

6.3

7.3

6.0

Pontiac

4.0

4.1

4.5

3.2

4.9

4.8

Oldsmobile .

2.4

3.9

3.8

4.1

4.5

4.6

Studebaker .

2.4

2.2

1.6

1.9

2.3

Chrysler. . . .

2.1

2.0

2.3

1.9

Packard ....

—

2.4

2.7

All others. .

6.4

8.3

8.1

7.7

5.7

6.9

100.0% 100.0% 100.0%, 100.0% 100.0%, 100.0%
Undecided.. 48.6% 39.4% 32.2%, 34.2%, 25.1%, —

In July '35 car owners were also asked: What make do you
own? And: Of the cars priced under $1,000, which do you think
has the best general appearance? 48.6% of the sample did not
know what make they will buy next, and 26.5% had no opinion
about which had the best appearance. Analysis of the results
of these two questions in comparison with the July '35 results
on the preceding question follows:

Ford

Chevrolet. .
Plymouth. .

Buick

Dodge

Pontiac. . . .
Studebaker.

ill owners

Expect

Best

now own

to buy

appearance

11.9%

34.5%

21.4%

21.9

25.1

18.7

6.6

12.6

16.4

6.6

5.0

5.3

9.0

3.9

4.0

12.8

3.6

2.4

3.0

All owners
now own

Chrysler 2.9%,

Oldsmobile 1.8

Other 19.5

* Negligible.

BY INTENTIONS OF OWNERS OF THE THREE LEADING MAKES

2.1%

2.4

6.4

13.0
5.7

Chevrolet owners.

Ford owners

Plymouth owners.

Will buy
same
make

44.2%

47.6

49.2

Will buy
other
make
10.2%
13.0
13.3

Don't

know

45.6%

39.4

37.5

3. (US July '35) Do you regard an automobile as a luxury or a
necessity? (for)

Men. . .
Women.

Luxury Necessity Both

17.2% 75.5% 7.3%
15.6 80.6 3.8

4. (US July '35) Suppose a car with the following specifica-
tions were for sale — full size, carrying four passengers, no ac-
cessories or fittings except those required for safety, top speed
of fifty miles per hour, thirty miles to a gallon of gasoline,
priced at $300 — would you buy such a car instead of any car
you could now get? (for)

Yes 49.8% No 40.7%o Don't know 9.5%o

5. (US Jan '37) Would you like to own a trailer and spend a
part of the year traveling in it? (for)

Yes 49.3%, No 46.3% Don't know 4.4%

How much do you think a good trailer, with comfortable
accommodations and facilities, should cost (not including the
car)? Asked of 49.3% of the sample who said they would like
to own a trailer.

$200 and under 8.0%

$200 to $400 21.9

$400 to $600 26.8

$600 to $800 11.8

Over $800 12.3

Don't know 19. 2

100.0% of those who
would like to
own a trailer.

6. (US Feb 26 '38) About how many miles did you go in your
car last year? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners.
(aipo)

Below 1,000 miles 1%

1,000 miles to 5,000 miles 31

5,000 miles to 10,000 miles 26

10,000 miles to 15,000 miles .... 15

15,000 miles to 20,000 miles .... 9

20,000 miles to 30,000 miles .... 6

30,000 miles and over 2

No answer 10

Median 9,000 miles

7. (US Feb 26 '38) What was the longest auto trip you made
last year? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners, (aipo)

Under 250 miles 20%

250 to 1,000 miles 45

Over 1,000 miles 22

No answer 13

Median 500 miles

[32]

8. (US Jan 6 '42) Do you own a car (or truck)? (aipo)

Yes, car or truck 58% No 42%

9. (US Jan 6 '42) It the government passes regulations which
make it impossible for you to use your car, would this make
any great difference to you? Asked of a national cross-section
of car owners, (aipo)

Yes 46% No 54%

10. (US Jan 6 '42) How [would the government regulation
making it impossible to use your car make a difference to you]?
Asked of 46% of a sample of car owners who thought the gov-
ernment regulation would make a difference, (aipo)

No answer 1%

Yes, needed for transportation 11

Yes, needed for business 28

No other means of transportation ... 6

46%

11. (US Jan 6 '42) About how many miles does your car go a
month? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners, (aipo)

Median 750 miles

12. (US Jan 6 '42) Have you made plans to cut down on the
number of miles you drive your car? Asked of a national cross-
section of car owners, (aipo)

Yes 53%, No 46%, Not using car 1%

13. (US Jan 16 '42) How much do you plan to cut down on
your car mileage? Asked of 53%, of a sample of car owners who
plan to cut down on the number of miles they drive their cars.
(aipo)

Median 45% reduction

14. (US Feb 10 '42 and Canada Mar 18 '42) Have you cut
down on your car mileage from what you would normally
drive at this time of the year? Asked of a national cross-section
of car owners, (aipo and cipo)

Yes No

United States 73% 27%

Canada 68 32

15. (US Feb 10 '42) About how much [have you cut down on
your car mileage]? Asked of a national cross-section of car
owners who have cut down — 73% of the sample is represented.
(aipo)

Median.

Approximately 25% to 30%

16. (US Feb 10 '42) Have you cut down on the speed of your
driving? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners, (aipo)

Yes 63'5

No 37%

17. (US Sept 16 '42) Do you have an automobile in your family
which is still being used? (norc)

Yes 70% No 30%

18. (US Sept 16 '42) Do you or your family use it [your car]
to get to work or in your business? Asked of a national cross-
section of car owners whose cars were still in use. (norc)

Yes 77'

No 23%

19. (US Sept 16 '42) Are you a member of a car pool — that is,
do you take turns driving your friends or neighbors to work,
or shopping, or any other places? Asked of a national cross-
section of car owners whose cars were still in use. (norc)
Yes 26%o No 74%

20. (US Sept 16 '42) If the government said you would have
to stop driving your car while the war lasts, would it be a
real hardship on you or your family? Asked of a national cross-
section of car owners whose cars are still in use. (norc)

Yes 38%o No 62% Don't know*

* Less thjn 0.5%.

21. (US Sept 29 '42) Would you be willing to take the bumpers
off your car and give them to the scrap metal drive? Asked of
a national cross-section of car owners. 55% of the sample is
represented, (aipo)

Yes 56%, No 38%, No opinion 6%,

22. (US Dec 11 '42) Do you have an automobile in your im-
mediate family? Those who had cars were asked: Is it still
being used? (norc)

Don' t own
Yes No a car

Old-rationed areas 52% 8% 40%

New-rationed areas 74 3 23

23. (US Dec 11 '42) Why aren't you using your car now? Asked
of those who were no longer using their cars — 8% of the sam-
ple in the old-rationed areas and 3% of the sample in the new-
rationed areas are represented, (norc)

Old-rationed Ntw-rationed

areas anas

Gasoline shortage 3% *%

Rubber shortage 2 1

No necessity 2 *

Expense 1 *

Miscellaneous 1 1

Not ascertainable * —

9%** 3%

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 8 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

24. (US Dec 11 '42) Does the rationing of gasoline mean a real
inconvenience to you? Asked of those who were still using their
cars — 52% of the sample in the old-rationed areas and 74%. of
the sample in the new-rationed areas are represented, (norc)

Yts No Don' t know

Old-rationed areas 22%o 29% 1%, = 52%

New-rationed areas 22 51 1 = 74

25. (US Dec 11 '42) Do you, or does anyone in your family,
have to use your car for necessary driving? Asked of those who
were still using their cars — 52% of the sample in the old-
rationed areas and 74% of the sample in the new-rationed areas
are represented, (norc)

Yes No

Old-rationed areas 44% 8%o = 52%

New-rationed areas 59 15 =74

26. (US Dec 11 '42) What sort of necessary driving? Asked of
those who had to use their cars for necessary driving — 44% of
the sample in the old-rationed areas and 59% of the sample in
the new-rationed areas are represented, (norc)

Old- New-
rationed rationed
areas areas

Transportation to and from work 15% 21%

Transportation during business hours. . . 22 29

Shopping 6 10

Health; invalids 2 3

[33]

Old- New-

rationed rationed
areas areas

Taking children to school 1% 3%

Visiting 2 1

Miscellaneous 2 3

Not ascertainable — *

50%** 70%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 44 and 59 respectively because some
respondents gave more than one answer.

27. (US Dec 11 '42) Would there be any other way (he, she,
they) could get around, or do you have to use your car? Asked
of the 44% in the old-rationed areas and the 59% in the new-
rationed areas who had to use their cars for necessary driving.
(norc)

Other No other No

way way answer

Old-rationed areas 9% 34% 1% = 44%

New-rationed areas 9 49 1 = 59

28. (US Dec 11 '42) Does your ration card allow you to get
all the gasoline you need for necessary driving? Asked of 52%
of the sample in the old-rationed areas and 74% of the sample
in the new-rationed areas who were still using their cars, (norc)

Yes No Don t know

Old-rationed areas 33% 18% 1% = 52%

New-rationed areas 48 22 4 = 74

29. (US Dec 11 '42) About how much longer do you think
your tires will last? Asked of 52% of the sample in the old-
rationed areas and 74% of the sample in the new-rationed areas
who were still using their cars, (norc)

Old-rationed New-rationed

areas areas

7 mos. or less 33% 20%

8 mos.-l year 25 34

13 mos. -2 years 27 31

Over 2 years 4 11

Not ascettainable 11 4

100%* 100%*

* 100% of those who had an automobile in their family that was
still being used.

30. (US July 23 '43) Do you think the ban on pleasure driving
is necessary, or should it be lifted? Asked only in areas where
pleasure driving was banned — 28% of a national sample is
represented, (norc)

Necessary 11% Should be lifted 15% Don't know 2% = 28%

31. (US July 23 '43) Why [do you think the ban is necessary]?
Asked of 11% of the sample who thought the ban on pleasure
driving in their area is necessary, (norc)

To conserve gasoline for the war, for armed

forces, for war work 5%

KjL. To save rubber tires 1

^p People should not go pleasure driving 1

There is a shortage of gasoline 1

People would take advantage of the situation

if there were no ban 1

Specific statement that ban should be enforced *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 1

* Less than 0.5%.

11%

32. (US July 23 '43) Why [do you think the ban should be
lifted]? Asked of 15% of the sample who thought the ban on
pleasure driving in their area should be lifted, (norc)

Should be allowed to use allotment as he
sees fit 7%

Need recreation because of hard work — helps
morale 4

Ban is not enforced anyway

Ban is not necessary — no shortage exists

Ban should be modified

Should be equality of sacfifice

Miscellaneous

Not ascertainable *

16%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 15 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

33. (US July 23 '43) Do you think there ought to be a ban on
pleasure driving around here? Asked only in areas where there
was no ban on pleasure driving — 72% of the sample is repre-
sented, (norc)

Yes 24% No 44% Don't know 4% = 72%

34. (US July 23 '43) Do you have an automobile in your im-
mediate family? Those who had cars were asked: Is it still
being used? (norc)

Yes 65% No 4% Don't own a car 31%

35. (US July 23 '43) Why aren't you using your car now?
Asked of 4% of the sample who had an automobile in their
immediate family which was not being used, (norc)

Because of gasoline shortage 1%

Because of rubber shortage 1

Because of no necessity 1

Driver of car no longer here *

Pleasure driving ban *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 1

5%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 4 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

36. (US July 23 '43) Do you, or does anyone in your family,
have to use your car for necessary driving? Asked of 65% of
the sample who had an automobile in their immediate family
which was still being used, (norc)

Yes 57% No 8% = 65%

37. (US July 23 '43) What sort of necessary driving [do you
have to use your car for]? Asked of 57% of the sample who
had to use their car for necessary driving, (norc)

Transportation during business day. . 31%

Transportation to and from work ... 20

Shopping 14

Health; invalids; etc 4

Civilian defense work 1

Visiting 1

Taking children to school *

Miscellaneous 3

Not ascertainable *

74%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to mote than 57 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

[ -'i-l ]

38. (US July 23 '43) Does your ration card allow you to get
all the gasoline you need for necessary driving? Asked of 57%
of the sample who had to use their car for necessary driving.
(norc)

Yes 41% No 15% Don't know 1% = 57%

39. (US July 23 '43) How many gallons [of gasoline] a week
would you need for necessary driving? Asked of 15%( of the
sample whose ration cards did not allow them all the gasoline
they needed for necessary driving, (norc)

4 gallons 1%

5 to 9 gallons 6

10 to 14 gallons 2

15 to 19 gallons 1

20 to 24 gallons 1

25 to 34 gallons 1

35 and over 1

Not ascertainable 2

•iJ/o

40. (US July 23 '43) Have you had any trouble getting parts
for your car? Asked of 65% of the sample who had an auto-
mobile in their immediate family which was still being used.
(norc)

Yes 9% No 53% Don't know 3% = 65%,

41. (US July 23 '43) Did you finally get them [the parts for
your car]? Asked of 9% of the sample who have had trouble
getting parts for their car. (norc)

Yes 4%, No 4% No answer 1% = 9%

42. (US July 23 '43) Have you had any trouble with garage
service in general? Asked of 65% of the sample who had an
automobile in their immediate family which was still being
used, (norc)

Yes 12% No 50% Don't know 3% = 65%

43. (US July 23 '43) What [garage service trouble have you
had]? Asked of 12% of the sample who have had trouble with
garage service, (norc)

Slow service 6%

Poor workmanship 3

Inability to get work done. . 3

12%

44. (US July 23 '43) Do you think your car has been hurt any
because it hasn't been driven so much? Asked of 65% of the
sample who had an automobile in their immediate family
which was still being used, (norc)

Yes 8% No 55% Don't know 2% = 65%

45. (US July 23 '43) How [has your car been hurt]? Asked of
8% of the sample who thought their car had been hurt because
it hadn't been driven much, (norc)

Battery trouble 5%

Cars deteriorate faster when not in use. ... 1

Tires deteriorate 1

Carbon collects in engine 1

46. (US Dec 18 '43) Do you have an automobile in your im-
mediate family? Those who had cars were asked: Is it still
being used? (norc)

Don't own
Yes No a car

Old-rationed areas 60% 6% 34%

New-rationed areas 65 3 32

47. (US Dec 18 '43) Why aren't you using your car now?
Asked of those who were no longer using their cars — 3% of
the sample in the newly rationed areas and 6% of the old-
rationed areas arc represented, (nouc)

Old-rationsd New-rationed

areas areas

Because of rubber shortage 1% 1% ^-

Because of expense * 1 ^H

Because of gasoline shortage 2 * ^H

Because of no necessity 1 * ^H

Driver of car no longer here 1 *

Miscellaneous 1 1

Don't know 1 *

7%** 3%

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 6 beciuse some respondents gave
more than one answer.

48. (US Dec 18 '43) Do you, or does anyone in your family,
use your car for necessary driving? Asked of those who were
still using their cars — 65% of the sample in the newly rationed
areas and 60% in the old-rationed areas are represented, (norc)

Yes No

Old-rationed areas 56% 4% = 60%

New-rationed areas 59 6 =65

49. (US Dec 18 '43) Do your ration coupons allow you to get
all the gasoline you need for necessary driving? Asked of 59%
of the sample in the new-rationed areas and 56%. in the old-
rationed areas who used their cars for necessary driving, (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Old-rationed areas 33% 22% 1% =56%

New-rationed areas 41 18 * = 59

♦Less than 0.5%.

50. (US Dec 18 '43) Is your car being used regularly in a car-
pool arrangement? Asked of 59% of the sample in the newly
rationed areas and 56%, in the old-rationed areas who used
their cars for necessary driving, (norc)

Yes No

Old-rationed areas 9% 47% = 56%

New-rationed areas 8 51 =59

51. (US Dec 18 '43) How many people are there in the car-pool?
Asked of the car-pool members — 8% of the sample in the new-
rationed areas and 9% in the old-rationed areas are represented.
(norc)

Old-rationed New-rationed
areas areas

2 people 2%o 1%

3 people 2 2

4 people 2 2

5 or more 2 2

Don't know 1 1

52. (US Dec 18 '43) Do all these people ride in the car pretty
regularly when it's used in the pool? Asked of the car-pool
members — 8% of the sample in the new-rationed areas and 9%
in the old-rationed areas are represented, (norc)

Yes No No answer

Old-rationed areas 7% * 2% =9%

• New-rationed areas 8 * * =8

* Less than 0.5%.

[35]

63. (US Apr 28 '44) Do you have an automobile in your im-
mediate family? Those who had cars were asked: Is it still
being used? (norc)

Yes 61% No 3% Don't own a car 36%

54. (US Apr 28 '44) Is your car being used regularly in a car-
pool arrangement? Asked of a national cross-section of car
owners whose cars were still in use. (norc)
Yes 16% No 84%

66. (US Apr 28 '44) Why [is your car] not [being used in a
car-pool]? Asked of 84% of a sample of car owners whose cars
were still in use but not in a car- pool, (norc)

Nature of work won't permit; hours; type of

work; etc .' 28%

No one near who goes to the same place at the

same time 19

Car is not used for essential driving 17

Car-pool is not necessary 5

Car-pool won't work; is not practical 3

Car used irregularly for work 2

Rides with someone else 2

Objection to car-pooling; inconvenient 2

Not in war work or essential work 1

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 6

87%''
* Percentages add to more than 84 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

66. (US Mar 22 '45) Do you expect the automobiles that are
put out about a year after the war is over will be quite different
fi:om the 1942 models or about the same? (nyht) (Canada
Aug 3 '45) Do you think the cars manufactured in the next
few years will be very different from what they were before
the war, or do you think they will be about the same? (cipo)

Different

United States 41.3%

Canada 42.0

Accidents

1. (US Dec 28 '35) As a means of reducing the number and
severity of automobile accidents, would you favor any of these
measures: strict driver's tests, including regular physical and
mental examination; installation of "governors" in cars pre-
venting speeds greater than fifty miles per hour; more severe
penalties for violations of traffic laws; special marking of cars
whose drivers have been at fault in accidents; compulsory auto-
mobile liability insurance in every state; uniform traffic laws
and regulations for all states? (Mar 2 '39) To reduce automo-
bile accidents, would you favor any of the following measures:
installing "speed governors" on motors so that cars could not
go faster than fifty miles an hour; jail sentences for drunken
drivers; strict laws against pedestrians crossing streets in the
middle of the block or against traffic lights; uniform traffic
laws for all states? A separate cross-section was asked about:
compulsory automobile liability insurance in every state; take
driver's licenses away from drunken drivers; more severe pun-
ishment for violation of traffic laws; strict drivers' tests includ-
ing regular physical and mental examination; special marking
for cars whose drivers have been at fault in accidents, (aipo)

ibout the

Undecided

same

or uncertain

52.7%

(>.Qf7o

44.0

14.0

Yes

OPINIONS ON SPEED GOVERNORS

National total

Dec '35 68% 32%

Mar '39 67 33

Yts No

Car owners

Dec '35 70% 30%

Mar '39 61 39

OPINIONS ON SPEED GOVERNORS IN
DEC '35 EY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 69% 31%

Middle Atlantic 66 34

East central 61 39

West central 71 29

South 72 28

Mountain 66 34

Pacific coast 58 42

OPINIONS ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC LAWS

National total

Dec '35 95% 5%

Mar '39 92 8

Car owners

Dec '35 95 5

OPINIONS ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC LAWS IN
DEC '35 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 94% 6%

Middle Atlantic 95 5

East central 94 6

West central 94 6

South 95 5

Mountain 98 2

Pacific coast 93 7

OPINIONS ON COMPULSORY AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE

National total

Dec '35 73% 27%

Mar '39 76 24

Car owners

Dec '35 71 29

Mar '39 72 28

OPINIONS ON AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE IN
DEC '35 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 73% 27%

Middle Atlantic 73 27

East central 79 21

West central 68 32

South 73 27

Mountain 61 39

Pacific coast 76 24

OPINIONS ON SEVERE PENALTIES

National total

Dec '35 82% 18%

Mar '39 69 31

Car owners

Dec '35 86 14

OPINIONS ON SEVERE PENALTIES IN
DEC '35 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 78% 22%

Middle Atlantic 73 27

East central 80 20

West central 82 18

South 89 11

Mountain 86 14

Pacific coast 83 17

OPINIONS ON STRICT DRIVERS' TESTS

National total

Dec '35 86% 14%

Mar '39 87 13

Car owners

Dec '35 84 16

Mar '39 86 14

[36]

Yes

OPINIONS ON STRICT DRIVERS TESTS IN
DEC '35 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 87% 13%

Middle Atlantic 86 14

East central 85 15

West central 84 16

South 89 11

Mountain 83 17

Pacific coast 86 14

OPINIONS ON SPECIAL MARKINGS

National total

Dec '35 70% 30%

Mar '39 50 50

Car owners

Dec '35 77 23

OPINIONS ON SPECIAL MARKINGS IN
DEC '35 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 61% 39%

Middle Atlantic 61 39

East central 65 35

West central 72 28

South 78 22

Mountain 73 27

Pacific coast 67 33

OPINIONS ON JAIL SENTENCES IN MAR '39

National total 90% 10%

OPINIONS ON STRICT LAWS AGAINST
PEDESTRIANS IN MAR '39

National total 89% 11%

Car owners 90 10

OPINIONS ON LICENSES TAKEN AWAY
FROM DRUNKEN DRIVERS IN MAR '39

National total 95% 5%

Car owners 95 5

2. (US Jan 25 '37) What do you consider the biggest cause of
automobile accidents? (aipo)

Carelessness 29%

Drunken diiving 24

Speeding 19

Reckless driving 9

Inexperienced drivers 4

Violations of traffic laws

Old cars

Young drivers

Poor roads '

Lax driving laws

All others 6

No opinion 4

3. (Great Britain May '39) What one thing do you think would
help most to reduce road accidents? (bipo)

Greater caution; common sense 28%

Lower speed limit 8

Wider roads; more by-passes 8

Cyclists' tracks; rear lights; taxing

cyclists 6

Stricter driving tests 5

Heavier penalties 5

Reduce number of cars 5

Taxing high-powered cars 4

Separate roads for fast traffic 4

Crossings 3

More police 3

Increase one-way traffic 2%

Bridges; subways 2

Better road lighting 1

Better brakes 1

No parking in busy streets 1

Miscellaneous 4

No opinion 10

4. (US June 16 '39) Have you ever had an accident while you
were driving? Asked of a national cross-section of car drivers.
(aipo)

National total.

Yes No

40% 60%

Men 44% 56%

Women 32 68

Laws and Regulations

Don' t knou

23.9%

27.0

193

5.8%
3.9

8.7

1. (US Apr '36) As a safety measure, would you be in favor of
having the speed of automobiles mechanically limited to fifty
miles an hour? (for)

Yes
National total. . . . 70.3%

Car owners 69. 1

Non-car owners . . . 72.0

2. (US Feb 14 '38) Do you ever give rides to hitch-hikers?
Asked of a national cross-section of car drivers, (aipo)

Yes 43% No 57%

3. (US Feb 14 '38) Do you think strict laws should be enforced
against hitch-hikers? Asked of a national cross-section of car
drivers, (aipo)

Yes 54% No 46% = 100% No opinion 12%

4. (US Dec 16 '38) Should motorists be required to hav^ their
headlights and brakes inspected every few months by a state
inspection service? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 90% 10%

By car owners 88 12

5. (US June 16 '39) What is a safe speed for driving on a normal
stretch of good str,aight road outside of town and without
crossroads? (aipo)

Median
National total 50 miles per hour

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 50 miles per hour

Middle Atlantic 50 miles per hour

East central 50 miles per hour

West central 45 miles per hour

South 45 miles per hour

West 50 miles per hour

6. (US June 16 '39) What is the fastest speed that you have
ever driven an automobile? Asked of a national cross-section of
car drivers, (aipo)

Median
National total 70 miles per hour

BY SEX

Men 75 miles per hour

Women 65 miles per hour

7. (US Sept 16 '42) Do you think there should be a law pre-
venting people from driving faster than thirty-five miles per
hour as long as the war lasts? (norc)

Yes 83% No 13% Don't know 4%

[37]

8. (US Nov 8 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of a thirty-
five-mile speed limit on the highways now? (norc)
Approve 93% Disapprove 6% Don't know 1%

9. (US Nov 8 '42 and Dec 11 '42) As you know, there is sup-
posed to be a thirty-five-mile speed limit all over the country.
Do you think practically everyone will obey this, or do you
think a lot of drivers will go faster? (norc)

Yes, will No, will Don't

obey go faster know

National total Nov '42 47% 50% 3%

Old-rationed areas Dec '42 38 58 4

New-rationed areas Dec '42. ... 57 42 1

10. (US Nov 19 '42) As you know, there is supposed to be a
thirty-five-mile speed limit throughout the nation. Do you
think this thirty-five-mile speed limit will do enough to save
tires without rationing gasoline all over the country? (norc)

Yes 43% No 44% Don't know 13%

11. (Sweden Apr '44) Do you think it desirable to change from
left-hand to right-hand traffic in Sweden? (sgi)

Desirable Undesirable No opinion
National total 25% 52% 23%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Country 21% 55% 24%

Towns 30 47 23

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 21% 48% 31%

Dalecarlia 18 53 29

Malar district 31 48 21

Stockholm 33 47 20

East Gotland 18 64 18

Skane 22 56 22

West Gotland 31 41 28

12. (Sweden Apr '44) Why [do you think it desirable or unde-
sirable to change to right-hand traffic in Sweden]? Asked of
25% of the sample who thought it desirable and 52% of the
sample who thought it undesirable, (sgi)

OPINIONS OF THOSE WHO WANTED TO CHANGE

For the sake of international unity; we should not differ

from the rest of Europe 20%

Other reasons 5

25%

OPINIONS OF THOSE WHO DIDn't WANT TO CHANGE

National

total Country Town

Unnecessary; just extra trouble. .. 24% 27% 20%

Risk of accidents 18 20 16

Too expensive 5 5 5

Other reasons 5 3 6

52% 55% 47%

13. (US Sept 19 '45) What do you think should be the auto-
mobile speed limit, if any, in this state now? (aipo)

15 miles and under 1%

20 miles per hour 1

25 miles per hour 2

30 miles per hour 3

35 miles per hour 19

40 miles per hour 18

45 miles per hour 14

50 miles per hour 25

55 miles per hour 2%

60 miles per hour 7

65 miles per hour 1

70 miles per hour 1

Don't know 6

Median 45 miles per hour

14. (US Sept 19 '45) During the war the automobile speed
limit was reduced to thirty-five miles an hour. Do you think
this limit should be kept, or should it be returned to what it
was before the war? (aipo)
Kept 49% Returned 43% No opinion 8%

16. (Canada Dec 19 '45) What do you think should be the
speed limit, if any, on open highways? (cipo)

Under 35 miles per hour. . . . 13%

40 miles per hour 29

45 miles per hour 8

50 miles per hour 25

Over 50 miles per hour 9

No limit 8

No opinion 8

16. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) Would you approve or disap-
prove of a speed limit on open roads? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don t know
National total 59%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

56%
62

21-29 years

30-49 years 57

50 years and over. . . 65

BY AGE

48%

33%

40%
26

44%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 56% 43%

Middle 54 43

Lower 61 28

BY CAR DRIVERS AND NON-DRIVERS

Drivers 47% 52%

Non-drivers 65 23

4%
12

8%
7
10

1%
12

17. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) What [speed limit would you
approve of]? Asked of 59% of the total sample who approved
of a speed limit, (bipo)

Under 30 miles per hour. . . . 3%

30 miles per hour 11

35 miles per hour 5

40 miles per hour 14

45 miles per hour 5

50 miles per hour 8

55 miles per hour 1

60 miles per hour 4

Over 60 miles per hour 1

No answer 7

59%

18. (Sweden Mar '46) In peacetime, buses and trucks are not
allowed to exceed a speed of fifty kilometers per hour, while
there is no such limit for private cars. Do you think this has
made the road less safe and that there should be a speed limit
for private cars also, or do you consider the present rules satis-
factory? (sGi)

[38]

Speed limit
for private

cars Not Not

desirable necessary desirable

National total 62% 23% 8%

BY METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION

Motorists 45% 36% 18%

Cyclists 67 21 5

Motorcyclists 39 44 16

Pedestrians 70 12 5

Don't

know

1%
7
1
13

BASEBALL

1. (US Oct 4 '37) Do you follow big-league baseball? The 41%
who said they were fans were asked: In your opinion, who
was the most valuable player in the big leagues this year? (aipo)

Don't follow the game 59%

Joe DiMaggio 9

Lou Gehrig 6

CarlHubbell 5

Joe Med wick 3

Vernon Gomez 2

Charles Gehringer 2

Charles Hartnett 1

All others 4

Didn't name anyone 9

2. (US Apr 13 '38) Do you follow big-league baseball? The
45% who said they were fans were asked: Which team do you
think will win in the American League? Which team do you
think will win in the National League? (aipo)

American League

Don't follow the game. . 55^

New York Yankees .... 28

Detroit Tigers 1

Cleveland Indians *

Chicago White Sox 1

Boston Red Sox *

St. Louis Browns *

Philadelphia Athletics. . 1

No opinion 14

*Less than 0.5%.

National League

Don't follow the game. . 55%

St. Louis Cardinals 13

Pittsburgh Pirates 13

Chicago Cubs 5

Brooklyn Dodgers 1

Philadelphia Phillies... 1

New York Giants *

Boston Bees *

No opinion 12

3. (US Oct 17 '38) Do you happen to follow big-league base-
ball? The 41% of the sample who said they were fans were
asked: Has the fact that the Yankees have won the world
series three years straight lessened your interest in big-league
baseball? (aipo)

Yes 9% No 32% Don't follow the game 59%

4. (US May 6 '41) Do you think big-league baseball players
should be exempted from the draft until the present season is
over? (aipo)

Yes 16% No 84% = 100% No opinion 7%

5. (Canada July 25 '42) In the United States, professional base-
ball games are played on Sunday. Would you approve or dis-
approve if professional baseball were allowed in Canada on
Sunday? (cipo)

Approve Disapprove Undecided
National total 49% 42% 9%

BY AGE

21-29 years 66% 25% 9%

30-39 years 59 33 8

40-49 years 50 40 10

50-59 years 41 49 10

60 years and over .33 61 6

BY RELIGION

Disapprove and Undecided
Roman Catholics. . . 52% 48%

Anglicans 52 48

United Church 34 66

6. (US Mar 24 '43 and Jan 17 "45) Do you think that profes-
sional baseball should be continued during the war, or should
it be stopped until after the war? In 1945 two comparable cross-
sections were used. The other was asked: Do you think that
professional baseball should be continued or discontinued dur-
ing the war? 1945 results were combined, (aipo)

Continued Stopped Undecided

Mar '43 59% 28% 13%

Jan '45 46 41 13

OPINIONS OF BASEBALL FANS

**Mar '43 85% 13% 2%

*Jan '45 69 29 2

1945 RESULTS BY AGE

21-29 years 57% 30% 13%

30-49 years 49 38 13

50 years and over, .37 49 14

1945 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 51% 38% 11%

Women 42 42 16

* 33% of the sample.
** 34% of the sample.

7. (US June 26 '46) Would you like to see baseball players join
labor unions? (aipo)

Would like Would not like
to see players to see players
join unions join unions

National total 21% 79%

Union members 34 66

8. (US Sept 11 '46) Do you follow major-league baseball regu-
larly? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 70%

9. (US Sept 11 '46) If the St. Louis Cardinals play the Boston
Red Sox in the world series, which would you like to see win?
Asked of 30% of the sample who said they followed the game.
(aipo)

Cardinals 38% Red Sox 55% Don't care 7% = 100% of

the baseball fans

10. (US Sept 11 '46) If the Brooklyn Dodgers play the Boston
Red Sox in the world series, which would you like to see win?
Asked of 30% of the sample who said they followed the game.
(aipo)

Dodgers 43% Red Sox 47%

Don't care 10% = 100% of
the baseball fans

[39]

BATHS

1. (Denmark July 2 '44) Have you done any sea-bathing this
summer? (dgi)

Yes 46.7% No 53.3%

2. (Hungary May '46) Do you visit open-air swimming pools
regularly or only sometimes? Asked of a cross-section of Buda-
pest residents, (hipor)

BY TYPE of income AND SEX

Regularly Sometimes

Fixed income

Men 60.8% 39.2%

Women 49.8 50.2

Variable income

Men 55.5% 44.5

Women 56.0 44.0

3. (Hungary May '46) Does open-air bathing promote people's
working ability? Asked of a cross-section of Budapest residents.
(hipor)

by type of income and sex

Yes No Partly
Fixed income

Men 77.0% 11.9% 11.1%

Women 87.7 7.3 5.0

Variable income

Men 83.7 10.0 6.3

Women 80.1 16.3 3.6

4. (Hungary May '46) Does open-air bathing replace the sum-
mer holiday? Asked of a cross-section of Budapest residents.
(hipor)

by type of income and sex

Yes No Partly

Fixed income

Men 36.3% 41.2% 22.5%

Women 33.6 40.1 26.3

Variable income

Men 36.5 43.0 20.5

Women 34.0 44.7 21.3

Feb

'39

Nov

'42

Nov

'43

BIBLE

1. (us Feb 23 '39) Have you, yourself, read the Bible or any
part of it within the last month? (aipo)

Yes 35% No 60% Read it every day 5%

2. (US Feb 23 '39) Have you read the Bible all the way
through? (aipo)

Yes 26% No 74%

3. (US Feb 23 '39) Which do you like better— the Old Testa-
ment or the New Testament? A comparable cross-section was
asked: Do you like the Old Testament or the New Testament
better? Results were combined, (aipo)

Old Testament 20%

New Testament 44

Same 15

No opinion 21

4. (US Feb 23 '39; Nov 17 '42; Nov 23 '43) What book or part
of the Bible do you think is the most interesting? (aipo)

New Testament Old Testament Unwilling to

or fart of it or part of it make a choice

27% 16% 57%*

30 23 47

29 26 45

* Includes 7% comprising too few mentions of parts of the Bible to
add to 0.5%.

5. (US Nov 17 '42 and Nov 23 '43) Have you, yourself, read
the Bible at home within the last year? (Nov 15 '44) Have you,
yourself, read any part of the Bible at home within the last
year? (aipo)

Yes No

Nov '42 59% 41%

Nov '43 64 36

Nov '44 62 38

OPINIONS BY AGE

Nov '42

21-29 years 48% 52%

30-49 years 58 42

50 years and over 71 29

Nov '43

21-29 years 57 43

30-49 years 60 40

50 years and over 71 29

6. (US Nov 17 '42; Nov 23 '43; Nov 15 '44) How often [have
you read the Bible within the last year]? (aipo)

Nov '41 Nov '43 Nov '44

Haven't read it in the last year. . 41% 36% 38%

Every day 11 13 10

More than 55 times a year 4 7 6

50-55 times a year 11 14 12

13-50 times a year 3 2 2

12 times a year 5 4 3

2-11 times a year 8 5 6

Once a year 1 1 3

Frequently 3 4 3

Seldom 9 11 12

Didn't say 4 3 5

7. (US Nov 17 '42 and Nov 23 '43) Have you changed your
Bible-reading habits since we got into the war? Those who said
they had changed their Bible-reading habits were asked: How?
(aipo)

Nov '42 Nov '43

Read it more often 5% 7%

Read it more seriously; depend on religion

more 1 2

Read it less often, too busy with other

things 1 2

Read it for its predictions (Revelation); read

it for a better understanding of the war;

Old Testament history, etc 1 1

Haven't changed reading habit 91 88

Don't know 1 —

8. (Sweden Aug '43) Do you think that what happened during
the war was prophesied in the Bible? (sgi)

Don't know
Don't that part of
Yes No know the Bible

National total 27% 32% 32% 9%

BY SEX

Men 19% 41% 30% 10%

Women 34 23 34 9

[40]

Yis

Don't know
Don't that part of
know the Bible

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 14% 53% 26% 7%

Middle class 29 32 31 8

Workers 26 30 34 10

9. (Denmark Mar '44) One of Moses' Ten Commandments is
Thou shalt honor thy father and mother. Which Command-
ment is it? (dgi)

Fourth Commandment 38.4%

Sixth Commandment 2.7

Third Commandment 2.6

Fifth Commandment 2.5

Seventh Commandment 1.7

First Commandment 0.9

Tenth Commandment 0.7

Second Commandment 0.6

Eighth Commandment 0.3

Ninth Commandment 0.2

Eleventh Commandment 0.1

Don't know 49.3

10. (Canada Sept 15 '45) Here are a few questions about the
Bible — just to see what the average Canadian knows about it.
Can you tell me in your own words what three of the Ten
Commandments are? What were the names of Adam's sons?
(cipo)

BY SEX

The Ten Commandments Men Women

Named three 62%

Named only two 19

Named only one 5

Couldn't name any 14

Adam' s sons

Named Cain 66

Named Abel 66

Named Seth 5

Named none 32

72%
18

74
6

169%* 179%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because most respondents named
more than one son.

11. (Czechoslovakia July '46) Do you own a Bible? (czipo)

Yes No

Total questioned 35.4% 64.6%

BY AGE

18-29 years 30.0% 70.0%

30-49 years 34.8 65-2

50 years and over 39.6 60.4

BY OCCLTPATION

Laborers 28.0% 72.0%

White-collar— higher grade 50.5 49.5

White-collar— lower grade ... . 25.0 750

Farmers 31.8 68.2

Business and professional 46.2 53.8

12. (Czechoslovakia July '46) Do you read the Bible? (czipo)

Regularly Sometimes Never
Total questioned 4.6% 28.0% 67.4%

BY AGE

18-29 years 3.3% 24.0% 72.7%

30-49 years 3.2 27.2 69.6

50 years and over 7.4 312 61.4

Regularly Sometimes Never
BY OCCUPATION

Laborers 3.5% 23.1% 73.4%

White-collar— higher grade ... 57 390 553

White-collar— lower grade .. . 0.6 22.5 76.9

Farmers 4.3 26.4 69.3

Business and professional 7.7 32.6 59.7

BICYCLES

1. (Great Britain Oct '38) Are you in favor of special tracks
for cyclists on main roads? (bipo)

Yes 75% No 13% No opinion 12%

2. (Great Britain Apr '39) Should cycles be required by law to
have red rear lamps? (bipo)

Yes 83% No 11% No opinion 6%

3. (Great Britain Oct '40) Do you think there should be a tax
on bicycles? (bipo)

Yes 55% No 38% Don't know 7%

4. (Great Britain Oct '40) How much should the yearly tax
[on bicycles] be? Asked of 55% of the sample who thought
there should be a tax on bicycles, (bipo)

2/6 54%

5/- 35

10/- 7

Other 4

100% of those who thought there
should be a tax on bicycles

5. (US May 30 '42) Do you or does someone in your family
own a bicycle? Those who said someone in their family owned
a bicycle were asked: How many [bicycles]? (aipo) (Great
Britain May '46) In your home, how many bicycles are there?
(bipo)

United States Great Britain

One 18% 29%

Two 4 20

More than two 2 12

None 76 39

6. (US May 30 '42) Does any member of your family use it
[bicycle] to get to work? Asked of 24% of the sample who
owned bicycles, (aipo)

Yes 5% No 19% = 24%

7. (US May 30 '42) Could you use it [your bicycle] for that
purpose? Asked of 19% of the sample who owned bicycles
but did not use them to get to work, (aipo)

Yes 10% No 8% No opinion 1% = 19%

8. (Sweden June '43) Do you have a bicycle of your own? If
so, how often do you use it? (sgi)

Daily or Daily or From time

practically practically to time. Have

daily all daily most seldom no

year round of the year or never bicycle

National total 33% 24% 18% 25%

BY SEX

Men 45% 25% 14% 16%

Women 21 24 21 34

[41]

Daily or Daily or From time

practically practically to time. Have

daily all daily most seldom no

year round of the year or never bicycle

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 25% 20% 21% 34%

Country 38 27 15 20

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 33% 31% 20% 16%

Malar district 22 29 21 28

East Gotland 38 25 15 22

Skane 57 14 17 12

West Gotland 37 25 18 20

9. (Sweden June '43) Is it necessary for you to have a bicycle
to get to work, or do you actually use it during your work?
Asked of a national cross-section of bicycle owners. 75% of
the sample is represented, (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 39% 57% 4%

BY SEX

Men 51% 46% 3%

Women 24 71 5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 21% 76% 3%

Middle class 33 61 6

Workers 46 51 3

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 40% 57% 3%

Country 39 56 5

10. (Sweden Mar '46) What do you think of the suggestion
that no one should be allowed to cycle in public thoroughfares
without having passed a test showing that he or she knows
the traffic regulations and can ride a bicycle? (sgi)

Should

Should be Unneces- not be Don't

carried out sary carried out know

National total 55% 28% 12% 5%

BY METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION

Motorists 53% 32% 13% 2%

Cyclists 54 29 13 4

Motorcyclists 62 24 13 1

Pedestrians 57 26 8 9

BIRTH

BILL OF RIGHTS

1. (us Nov '43 and Nov '45) What do you know about the
Bill of Rights? Do you know anything it says? Have you ever
heard of it? Results from the three questions are combined.
In Nov '45 only the first of the three questions was asked.
(norc)

Nov '43 Nov '45

Correct answers 23% 21%

Confused 7 4

Heard but don't know 39 36

Wrong 4 5

Part wrong, part right 4 3

Never heard of it 20 28

Don't know 3 3

1. (Sweden Mar '46) When you had your last child, did you
have it at home, at a hospital, or nursing home? Asked of a
national cross-section of mothers, (sgi)

At Nursing Other

home Hospital home places

National total 44% 49% 4% 3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 28% 68% 2% 2%

Middle class 42 50 4 4

Workers 47 46 4 3

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large towns 22% 76% 1% 1%

Other towns 38 53 4 5

Country districts:

*A 45 39 8 8

B 53 45 2 —

C 53 44 1 2

D 53 25 14 8

* A — districts where 75% of the population are farmers, farm work-
ers, etc.

B — districts where 50%-75% of the population are farmers, farm
workers, etc.

C — districts where less than 50% of the population are farmers,
farm workers, etc. and where there are thinly populated areas
comprising as much as two-thirds of the total population.

D — areas comprising at least two-thirds of the population.

BIRTH CONTROL

1. (US May 2 '36) Should the distribution of information of
birth control be made legal? (aipo)

Yes No opinion

National total 70% 30% = 100% 9%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farmers 61% 39%

Small towns 72 28

Cities 71 29

STATE BY STATE

Nevada 90% 10%

Arizona 90 10

Washington 82 18

Colorado 81 19

Montana 80 20

California 80 20

Oregon 79 21

New Mexico 78 22

Georgia 78 22

Connecticut 78 22

New Jersey 77 23

Florida 74 26

Texas 74 26

Maine 73 27

Vermont 73 27

New York 73 27

Delaware 73 27

Yes No

Nebraska 73% 27%

Tennessee 72 28

Arkansas 72 28

North Carolina 72 28

Alabama 71 29

Virginia 71 29

West Virginia 70 30

Mississippi 70 30

Idaho 70 30

Wyoming 70 30

Utah 70 30

Kentucky 69 31

Maryland 69 31

Louisiana 69 31

South Carolina 68 32

Ohio 68 32

Pennsylvania 67 33

Indiana 65 35

Illinois 65 35

Iowa 65 35

Missouri 64 36

Kansas 64 36

Oklahoma 64 36

Michigan 64 36

Wisconsin 63 37

New Hampshire. ... 62 38

Rhode Island 62 38

Minnesota 61 39

Massachusetts 59 41

North Dakota 54 46

South Dakota 53 47

2. (US July '36) Do you believe in the teaching and practice
of birth control? (for)

Don't
Yes No know

National total 63% 23% 14%

Roman Catholics only. . . 42.8 450 12.2

3. (US July 5 '37) Do you favor the birth-control movement?
(aipo) (Great Britain Jan '38) Are you in favor of birth
control? (bipo)

Yes No No opinion

United States 71% 29% = 100% 14%

Great Britain 69 31 =100 26

4. (US Oct 8 '38 and Dec 22 '39) Would you like to see a gov-
ernment agency furnish birth-control information to married
people who want it? (aipo) (Great Britain Mar '39) Should
responsible public centers for free information on birth control
be available to married people? (bipo) (US Dec 22 '39) Would
you like to see government health clinics furnish birth-control
information to married people who want it? (aipo) (US Jan
11 '40) Would you approve or disapprove of having govern-
ment health clinics furnish birth-control information to mar-
ried people who want it? (aipo) (US Aug '43) Do you believe
that knowledge about birth control should or should not be
made available to all married women? Asked of a national
cross-section of women aged 21-35 years, (for) (US Dec 15
'43) Would you approve or disapprove of having governmental
clinics furnish birth-control information to married people who
want it? (alpo) (US Nov 21 '45) Would you approve or dis-
approve of having government health clinics furnish birth-
control information to married people in this country who
want it? (Aipa)

[42]

No In No

opinion favor Against opinion

US Oct 8 '38 72% 28% = 100%, 14%o

Britain Mar 3 '39. 73 12 15 =100%

*US Dec 22 '39. . . 72 28 =100 11

**US Dec 22 '39 . . 80 20 = 100 11

US Jan 11 '40 77 23 = 100 11

US Aug '43 84.9 10.0 5.1=100

US Dec 15 '43. . 61 23 16 = 100

US Nov 21 '45. . 61 23 16 = 100

OPINIONS OF AMERICAN WOMEN IN JAN '40 BY AGE

Under 30 years .. . 85% 15% — =100%

Over 30 years 65 35 — = 100

OPINIONS OF AMERICAN WOMEN IN AUG '43 BY EDUCATION

College 92.6% 4.9% 2.5% = 100%

Grammar 70.2 18.2 11.6 =100

Catholic women . . 69.0 24.4 6.6 =100

* Government to furnish information.

** Government health clinics to furnish information.

5. (US Aug '43) Do you believe that knowledge about birth
control should or should not be kept away from unmarried
women? Asked of 84.9% of a national sample of women aged
21-35 years who thought that knowledge about birth control
should be made available to all married women, (for)

No
Should Shouldn't opinion
National total 23.3%o 69.8% 6.9% = 100%*

' BY EDUCATION

College women 15.5% 78.5% 6.0% = 100%*

Grammar school only . . 33.6 553 11.1 =100*

Catholic women 33.6 58.9 7.5 =100*

* 100% of the women who believe birth-control information should
be made available to all married women.

6. (Sweden Feb '45) Ought a woman under all circumstances
have the right to dispose of her child, i.e. have the right of
abortion with the help of a doctor, or should abortion be
allowed only in cases where the mother's life is in danger?
(sGi)

In all In case

circum- As of Don't

stances now danger know

National total 9% 70% 11% 10%

BY SEX

Men 11% 67% 12% 10%

Women 7 73 11 9

BY AGE

20-24 years , 12% 70% 9% 9%

25-29 years 9 64 19 8

30-49 years 11 70 12 7

50-64 years 6 72 8 14

65 years and over. . . 6 74 5 15

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Country 6% 77%o 7% 10%,

Large towns 15 51 21 13

Other towns 12 67 14 7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 7% 69% 19% 5%

Middle class 7 73 H 9

Workers 12 67 11 10

7. (Sweden Feb '45) Should abortion be legal for a girl who
has been seduced? Asked of 80% of total sample who thought
abortion laws should remain as they are or who said they
didn't know what should be done, (sgi)

[43]

Legal Illegal Don't know

National total 17% 66% 17% = 100%

of those
questioned

BY SEX

Men 20% 62% 18%

Women 15 69 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 12% 80% 8%

Middle class 13 70 17

Workers 22 60 18

8. (US Nov 21 '45) Should the United Nations organization
educate the German people in birth-control methods? (aipo)

Yes 39% No 34% No opinion 27%

9. (US Nov 21 '45) Should the United Nations organization
educate the Japanese people in birth-control methods? (aipo)

Yes 47% No 29% No opinion 24%

BIRTHRATE

1. (France June '39) What do you consi
(or causes) of the falling birthrate in our

a ^

•S ^

'S I

% %

Cost of living 52 49

Women working out-
side home 14 14

Lack of public assist-
ance for large fami-
lies 11 11

Uncertainty of eco-
nomic future 10 11

Unemployment 4 5

Selfishness of young

people 34 27

Other moral causes. . . 12 11

Lack of religion 4 3.5

Insufficient marriages. 3 3.5

International insecu-
rity 16 20

Belief there is no rea-
son to increase
birthrate 8 3.5

Lack of legislation fa-
voring large fami-
lies 1 1

Use of contraceptives. 5 4.5

Abortion 4 35

Poor health of parents 4 35

Poor health of chil-
dren 2 1

Spread of instruction . 2.5 2

Various other re-
sponses 7.5 4.5

No answer 4 —

Percentages... 198* 178.5* 187.5* 192.5* 222.5* 168.5*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (France June '39) What do
for this situation [the falling

you consider possible remedies
birthrate in France]? (fipo)

1 consi

idcr

be the

cause

our

country? (fipo)

O
•O

11.5

12.5

10.5

3.5

2.5

135

13.5

1.5

13.5

—

2.5

15.5 12

—

3.5

2.5

4.5

1.5

3.5

1.5

4.5

Public assistance.

General improve-
ment in economic
situation 19 10

Prohibition of femi-
nine labor, wives
stay home 18 12

Special taxes on sin-
gle persons and
childless couples. . 6 3

Privileges for fathers 4.5 5

Moral re-education

of young people. .11 3

General propaganda
in favor of family
spirit 9 10

Take measures to as-
sure international
security 14 14

Encourage agricul-
ture 55 2

Encourage families
by appointing fa-
thers to govern-
ment office 4 4

Develop a policy fa-
vorable to house-
holders, low cost . 3 5

Stamping out of
abortion, strict
control of the
medical profession 5 2

Increase of free medi-
cal services to nurs-
ing mothers and
infants 3.5 2

Spread knowledge of
child-rearing
among young girls .75 1

Prohibition of the
sale of contracep-
tives 75 1

There is no remedy. .5 5.

No answer 8 5.

12:

>»-

•o

23 25 16.5 11

10 15 15 27

5 4.5 4 7 12

5 2.5 35 3

5 10 12.5 15 22

3.5 7 15 5

16 19 9 11

2 8 3.5 3

.5 4.5 2.5 8 —

2 3 13

5 4 7 6

4.5 1.5 5 3

Percentages... 168* 142.5* 143.5* 159.5* 162.5* 163.0*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (US Mar 19 '41) What do you think are the main reasons
why couples do not have mote children? (aipo)

Economic reasons 57%

Interference with one's freedom 20

Uncertainty of the future 5

Poor health 2

Others 3

Dislike children 1

Too many children already 1

No answer 11

[44]

4. (Great Britain Apr '42) What do you think is the main
reason why parents nowadays are not anxious to have large
families? (bipo)

Incomes too small for large families . 26%

Can educate small family better 14

Insecurity of all kinds 6

War; why bring up cannon fodder. . . 13

Lack of faith in the future, 6

Young people want freedom 12

Too much responsibility and bother. 6

People have too much sense 1

Miscellaneous 9

No answer 7

5. (Sweden Dec '42) What do you think is the main reason
for the childbirth rate having sunk after the year 1900? (sGi)

? ? ^

'^ 2; *-

2 ^^'^

V ^ "^ ^*

">- -*; 5:0 $;

■a ^ Si '-'

"2
5

^ 3

National total... 16% 5% 3% 2% 8% 22% 3% 41%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 19% 8% 5% 2% 5% 20% 3% 38%

Country 14 3 2 2 10 23 3 43

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class . .
Middle class .
Workers

26% 13% 4% 3% 12% 9% 5% 28%
19 4 3 3 10 17 4 40
12 5 4 2 6 27 2 42

BY MARITAL STATUS

Married men. . . .

Married women .

Married people
with 1-2 chil-
dren

Married people
with 3 or more
children

18%
14

4%
4

2%
3

'% 22%
3 23

3% 38%
1 41

No children 17

6. (Sweden Dec '42) Do you know how many children are
needed per marriage to prevent the population from decreas-
ing? (sGi)

2 3^5 Don't

children children children or more know

National total ... 4% 25% 31% 8% 32%,

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 1% 29% 43%

Middle class 3 26 32

Workers 5 23 30

7. (Great Britain Aug 22 '43) Is there anything you think can
be done to encourage parents to have more children? (bipo)

Decent housing; better living conditions 18%

Family allowances 16

Social security; remove the fear of unemployment. . 13

Adequate income 9

State aid 6

This is a private matter; should be left to individ-
uals to decide for themselves 4

18%

Help for mothers; day nurseries; etc 3%

Fewer wars 3

Should not be encouraged; who wants children

nowadays 2

It would only be for cannon-fodder 1

Free education for all 1

Young people think only of dancing, a good time,

etc 1

No, a large family ties you down; a large family

is a millstone; etc 1

Miscellaneous 5

Don't know 17

8. (Australia May-June '44) What is the main cause of Aus-
tralia's low birthrate? (apop)

Selfishness; pleasure-seeking birth control 28%

Insecurity; fear of depression 15

Low wages; cost of living 14

Housing shortage; flat life 11

No encouragement; unhelpful government 5

No domestic help; no freedom 2

Women working 2

High medical costs 1

Educate small family well 1

Common sense; workers waking up 1

Other answers 6

No idea 14

9. (Australia Aug-Sept '44) What do you think is the main
cause of Australia's low birthrate? (apop)

Insufficient income; economic insecurity 37%

Selfishness; pleasure-seeking 31

Poor housing; flat life 18

Other answers 8

No opinion 6

10. (Australia Nov '44) What do you suggest would help
most to increase Australia's birthrate? (apop)

Economic security and full employment 22%

Better housing; lower rentals 17

Government allowances for families or marriage

loans 15

Better living conditions 10

Higher wages; cheaper living 9

No agreement on any particular solution 27

11. (Germany Feb '46) Why did National Socialism encourage
people to have lots of children? (omgus)

For war; to raise soldiers 45%

To expand; to colonize; spread German thought

throughout the world 12

Country is strong only with large population to

make people strong 22

For future strength of Germany; to build Germany

for after the war; make up for war losses 9

To have more party members 1

To build nazism on youth; needed more youth to

strengthen the party 8

Other.'! ' 1

Don't know, no opinion 10

No answer 2

110%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[45]

BLACK MARKET

1. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42) Would you approve or disapprove
if all persons convicted of black-market dealings in food were
sent to prison without the option of a fine? (bipo)
Approve 82% Disapprove 10% Don't know 8%

2. (US May 7 '43) There's been a lot of talk lately about black
markets in meat. Do you think these black markets are really
serious? Asked of a national cross-section of women, (norc)
Yes 56% No 11% Don't know 33%

3. (US May 7 '43) From what you've heard, how would you
say the black market works? Asked of a national cross-section
of women, (norc)

Meat is sold at exorbitant prices 32%

Meat is stolen 4

Meat is sold to consumer directly by farmer 2

Unlicensed or unauthorized dealer is involved .... 17

Ration coupons are not required 14

Meat is not governmentally inspected 12

Meat is of inferior quality 11

Unspecified illegal practices 4

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 40

137%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer,

4. (US May 7 '43) Who do you think is most to blame for
black markets? Asked of a national cross-section of women.
(norc)

People who buy 29%

The farmer 4

Meat slaughterers and packers 2

The wholesaler 2

The retailer 5

Not ascertainable — just people who sell 12

Racketeers 8

The government 5

Miscellaneous 5

Don't know or no answer 38

110%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (US May 7 '43) Can you think of one or two things you
yourself might do to try to put a stop to black markets in meat?
What? Asked of a national cross-section of women, (norc)

Don't patronize them 29%

Report illegal practices to authorities 13

Don't pay more than ceiling prices 10

Buy from reliable tradesman 9

Buy only government-inspected meat 7

Don't buy without ration points 4

Urge others not to buy from black markets 4

Keep consumption down 3

Miscellaneous 2

Respondent can't or won't do anything 3

No or don't know 35

No answer 1

6. (US May 22 '43) Have you come across any stores that are
charging higher prices than the government allows? (norc)
Yes 12% No 75% Don't know 13%

7. (US May 22 '43) On what sort of things [are stores charg-
ing higher prices than are allowed]? Asked of 12% of the
sample who said they had come actoss stores that were charging
higher prices than were allowed, (norc)

Meat in general 5%

Specific meats 1

Vegetables in general 2

Potatoes 2

Corn, peas, beans *

Other specific vegetables *

Fruits 1

Canned foods in general 1

Specific canned foods 1

Dairy products and shortening 1

Miscellaneous foods 3

Clothing 1

Soap *

Hardware and auto supplies *

Miscellaneous, other than food 1

Not ascertainable *

19%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percencages add to more than 12 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

8. (US May 22 '43) What did you do when you found out the
price was too high? Asked of 12% of the sample who said
they had come actoss stores that were charging higher prices
than were allowed, (norc)

Did nothing; paid the prices 3%

Expressions of futility or necessity 2

Showed knowledge that something should be done

but paid the price 1

Didn't buy — no mention of different store 4

Shopped around or changed stores 1

Complained to merchant 1

Complained to merchant unsuccessfully 1

Made official complaint *

13%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 12 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (Great Britain July 12 '43) Lord Woolton says that no
black markets exist in this country. Do you agree or disagree?
(bipo)

Agree 12% Disagree 72% Don't know 16%

10. (Australia Dec '43) Judging by your own experience, do
you think there are any serious black markets in Australia?
(apop)

Yes 42% No 58%

11. (Sweden Sept '44) Do you know anyone in your immedi-
ate surroundings who has been able to buy rationed goods
during the last six months without ration cards? (sgi)

Will not
Yes No answer

National total 16% 67% 17%

120%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

18% 66% 16%

14 68 18

[46]

Yes No

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 25% 53%

Middle class 18 65

Workers 14 69

Will not
answer

22%

12. (Sweden Sept '44) What commodity was concerned [in
black-market operations] the last time you heard of such a
thing? Asked of 16% of the sample who said they knew some-
one who had been able to buy rationed goods without ration
cards, (soi)

Eggs 9%

Butter 3

Coffee 3

Wheat flour 2

Sugar 2

Meat 1

Tobacco 1

Shoes 1

Rye flour; cereals 1

Will not answer 17

40%*
* Percentages add to more than 16 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

13. (Denmark Nov 12 '44) Have you ever bought anything
directly or indirectly from the black market? (dgi)

Yes 10.3% No 89.77o

14. (Denmark Nov 12 '44) Have you any sympathy lor any
form of black-market transactions? (dgi)

Yes 7.3% No 92.7%

15. (Denmark Nov 12 '44) What kind [of black-market trans-
actions are you in sympathy with]? Asked of 73% of the
sample who said they sympathized with some transactions.
(dgi)

Tobacco 22.4%

Sugar cards 17-3

Butter cards 12.1

Tires 11.2

Fuel cards 6.7

Stocking cards 6.4

Clothing 6.4

Footwear 5-2

Tea 3.0

Alcohol 33

Petrol 3.3

Coffee 2.7

100.0% of those who
sympathize with black-market transactions

16. (Denmark Nov 12 '44) What kind of goods are you most

tempted to buy on the black market? (dgi)

Tobacco 27.0%

Sugar cards 24.6

Butter cards 13. 1

Tires 12.2

Fuel cards 2.2

Stocking cards 31

Clothing 8.1

Footwear 1.4

Coffee 4.6

Sundries 3.7

17. (Denmark Nov 12 "44) Do you consider it as lawbreaking
if you deal directly or indirectly with the black market? (dgi)

Yes 67.4% No 25.8% Don't know 6.8%

18. (France May 1 '45) Do you think there should be an active
campaign against restaurants which (1) do a little black-
marketing; (2) are big operators in the black market? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

A little black-marketing 56% 39% 5%

Big operators in black-market-
ing 97 2 1

19. (US May 2 '45) Will you tell me briefly what you under-
stand by the term "black market"? (aipo)

Illegal sale outside of ration control; black market sells
at higher than ceiling prices and without coupons or

ration points 18%

Sale of goods at higher than ceiling prices 28

Sale of goods without coupons or ration points 17

A racket; illegal marketing; illegal practice 30

Profiteering 1

Miscellaneous 2

Didn't say .• 4

20. (US May 2 '45) Do you think that buying at black-market
prices is sometimes justified? (aipo)

Sometimes Not No

justified justified opinion
National total 21% 74% 5%

BY SEX

Men 23%,

Women 18

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farmers 18%

Towns under 10,000 population 21

10,000-100,000 19

Over 100,000 23

21. (US May 2 '45) Under what conditions do you think it
[buying in the black market] is justified? Asked of 21% of
the sample who thought that buying at black-market prices
was sometimes justified, (aipo)

When you have a real need for goods and can't get them

any other way, such as illness, etc 12%

When you can't get goods otherwise; where distribution

of goods has broken down 4

When the rationing board is unfair after an appeal 2

Miscellaneous 2

Didn't say 1

21%

22. (Netherlands Jan '46) Do you seriously object to the black
market? (nfs)

Yes 90% No 7% No opinion 3%

23. (Netherlands Jan '46) In your opinion, is there more, as
much, or less business being done in the black market now
than before the monetary clean-up? (nfs)

More 4%

As much 21

Less 63

No opinion 12

24. (Netherlands Jan '46) In what commodities and what
coupons is this black-market business carried on? (nfs)

71%

73%

[47]

Foodstuffs 58%

Luxuries 57

Other commodities 32

147%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

25. (Netherlands Jan '46) By which side are things mostly
offered [on the black market] — by shopkeepers, by acquaint-
ances, or by unknown people? (nfs)

Shopkeepers 9%

Acquaintances 20

Unknown people 49

No answer 29

107%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

26. (Netherlands Jan '46) What do you think of the action
taken against the black market — is it too strong, good, or
not strong enough? (nfs)

Too strong 3%

Good 27

Not strong enough 58

No opinion 12

27. (Netherlands Jan '46) Should stronger measures be taken
against the public buying in the Black market? (nfs)

Yes 56% No 31% No opinion 13%

28. (Germany Jan 31 '46; May 8 '46; July 1 '46) Do you think
that the black market has an influence on the economic situa-
tion? (OMGUS)

Yes No No opinion

Jan '46 64% 13% 23%

May '46 68 11 21

July '46 88 3 9

In January and in May '46, those who thought the black
market had an influence on the economic situation were asked:
What influence has it? 64% of the January sample and 68%
of the May sample are represented.

Jan '46 May '46
Will cause inflation; prices will go up; peo-
ple with money will be OK, while the

poor will have nothing 19% 19%

Will create shortages of food, etc.; nothing

left to buy in the open market 18 42

Will disrupt rationing and distribution

system 10 1

Bad idea 3 ■ 1

Can't do anything for money, must always

barter 10 5

Workers — people refuse to take jobs, black

market more profitable — 1

Other replies 1 —

Thought the black market had an influence

but didn't say what 4 2

65%* 71%*

* Percentages add to more than 64 and 68 because some respondents
gave more than one answer.

29. (Germany Jan 31 '46 and May 8 '46) Do you think that
the black market is responsible for your not being able to buy
many things you might otherwise be able to get? (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Jan '46 56% 24% 20%

May '46 51 26 23

In May '46 those who thought the black market responsible
were asked: What are you unable to buy because of the black
market? 51% of the sample was asked the question.
Thought the black market responsible but

didn't name any products 4%

Food 20

Clothing and textiles 22

Shoes 14

Tobacco 6

Household equipment; furniture; con-
sumer goods; etc 10

Farm and business equipment 2

Everything; can't buy anything 4

Other answers *

82%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 51 because some respondents named
more than one product.

30. (Germany Jan 31 '46; Mar 22 '46; May 8 '46) Do you
think there are black-market activities in your community?
In January and May those who said they thought thete were
such activities were asked: Are they considerable or unim-
portant? (oMGUs)

Yes, Yes, Yes, Don't

consid- unim- unspeci- Total know or

erahle portant fied yes No no answer

Jan '46 15% 24% 3% = 42% 51% 7%

Mar '46 — — — 30 53 17

May '46 17 19 8 = 44 29 27

In Mar '46 the 30% who thought there were black-market
activities in their communities were asked: What makes you
think so?
Because it's everywhere; there are black markets all

over Germany 4%

People talk about it; one hears a great deal about it;
many people talk and know all about the black-
market prices 12

One reads about it in the newspapers 2

Because there are things that people need but are un-
able to buy; because one can't get anything without
something to trade, can't get anything just for money 5
Because many people — foreigners, etc. — don't work and

at the same time have lots of money 1

Because you can buy American goods anywhere *

Because I've seen it; I'm a shopkeeper and naturally

know about it 4

Othet answers 1

Don't know, no opinion, can't say 1

No answer 1

31%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 30 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

31. (Germany Mar 22 '46) Where do the goods which are on
the black market come from? (omgus)

From other countries, from foreign countries 6%

From other zones 1

From the producers; from manufacturers, from facto-
ries; from farmers; goods that should go into regular
distribution channels but never get there 23

[48]

Stolen goods, from plundering and theft 16%

From the Americans; from the occupation troops 11

From people who have to sell things in order to live;

unemployed, etc 3

Don't know, can't say, no opinion 40

No answer 8

108%*

* Percentages adJ to more than ICX) because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

32. (Germany Mar 22 '46) What kind of people sell these

goods on the black market? (omgus)

Foreigners — Poles, etc 17%

Big-time operators and hustlers; low people; nobody
with any character 12

People who don't want to work; people who are al-
lergic to work 20

Shopkeepers 2

People who have the opportunity, anybody who has
the opportunity 1

Unemployed, people who have no jobs or professions;
those who have no other choice 3

Don't know, no opinion, can't say 32

No answer 9

106%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

33. (Germany Jan 31 '46 and May 8 '46) Do you think every-
thing possible is being done by the authorities to put an end
to black-market activities? (omgus)

No opinion
Yes No or no answer

Jan '46 60% 14% 26%

May '46 62 21 17

34. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Have you come across cases of
black-market dealings lately? (czipo)

Yes 59% No 41%

35. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Do you believe, on the basis of
your own experience, that the black market has grown, shrunk,
or remained the same during the past year? (cziPo)

Extended 21%

Shrunk 42

The same 19

Don't know 18

36. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Judging from vour own experi-
ence, what goods are most frequently sold on the black market
now? (czipo)

Textiles 43%

Foodstuffs 19

Cigarettes 10

Shoes 7

Other goods 6

Don't know 15

2. (Great Britain Dec '39) Would you still be in favor if it
[the blackout] increased the risk of an air attack? Asked of
75% of the sample who were in favor of curtailing the black-
out, (bipo)

Yes 37% No 50% Don't know 13%

3. (Great Britain Jan '40) Have you suffered any physical in-
jury because of the blackout? (bipo)

Yes 18% No 82%

4. (Great Britain Jan '40) In your opinion, is the blackout
properly observed in your neighborhood? (bipo)

Yes 71% No 24% Don't know 5%

5. (US Jan 22 '41) New York City is planning to have a prac-
tice blackout next month. Do you think all towns and cities
in your state should have practice blackouts every few months?
(aipo)

Yes 42% No 45% Don't know 13%

6. (Australia June '42) Do you think the brownout is too
severe, about right, or not dark enough? (apop)

Too severe 34%

About right 41

Not dark enough 12

Blackout or nothing 8

No answer 5

7. (Great Britain Aug 22 '43) Do you think the coming winter
will be the last winter of blackout in Europe? (bipo)

Yes 55% No 26% Don't know 19%

8. (Great Britain Nov '44) Having regard to the present war
situation, do you think that blackout restrictions should be
lifted entirely or left as they are? (bipo)

Lifted 64% Same 30% Don't know 6%

BONDS

Taxation

1. (us Feb '41) Do you think Congress should forbid any
further issuance of tax-exempt federal bonds without waiting
for a constitutional amendment to halt the issuance of tax-
exempt state and local bonds? Asked of a national cross-section
of executives, (for)

Yes 66.3% No 31.2% No answer 2.5%

2. (US Feb '41) Do you favor ending tax exemption on gov-
ernment bonds despite the fact that, if you are now rich or
have hopes of becoming rich, the elimination would deprive
you of any opportunity to escape the high-bracket surtaxes?
Asked of a national cross-section of executives, (for)

Yes 77. 9% No 20.1% No answer 2.0%

BLACKOUTS IN WAR

BOOKS AND READING

1. (Great Britain Dec '39) Are you in favor of the blackout
being made less strict? (bipo)

Yes 75% No 23% Don't know 2%

1. (US Mar 15 '37) Do you happen to be reading any book
at this time? (aipo)

Yes 29% No 68% No answer 3%

[49]

2. (US Mar 15 '37) What book [are you reading now]? Asked
of a national cross-section of those who were reading a book
at the time. 29% of the total sample represented, (aipo)

Gone with the Wind 21%

The Bible 3

Anthony Adverse 2

Green Light 2

The American Doctor's Odyssey. ... 1

Nine Old Men 1

Drums along the Mohawk 1

The Good Earth 1

It Can't Happen Here 1

White Banners 1

How to Win Friends and Influence

People 1

Magnificent Obsession 1

All others and no answer 64

100% of those
who were reading a book

3. (US July 12 '37 and Oct 18 '38) What is the most interesting
book you have ever read? (aipo)

July '37 Oct '38

The Bible 26% 19%

Gone with the Wind 22 16

Anthony Adverse 5 3

The Good Earth 3 1

Magnificent Obsession 2 —

Tale of Two Cities 2 1

Green Light 2

Les Miserables 2 —

BenHur 1 1

David Copperfield 1 —

The Citadel — 2

How to Win Friends and Influ-
ence People — 1

Northwest Passage — 1

Little Women — 1

All others 34 13

100%
No answer 55% 41

100%

4. (Great Britain Feb '38) What book of all you have read
impressed you most? (bipo)

The The Somll All No

Bible Citadel and Son others answer
National

total.... 16% 3% 2% 79% =100% 57%

BY SEX

Men 14% 3% — 83% = 100% 50%

Women... 19 2 4% 75 =100 65

5. (US Jan 25 '39) Do you intend to read the book Gone with
the Wind? (aipo)

Yes 23%

No 47

No opinion 8

Already read it 22

6. (US Jan 25 '39) Who do you think was the most interesting
character? Asked of 22% of the sample who had already read
Gone with the Wind, (aipo)

Scarlett 11%

Butler 8

No answer 2

Others 1

22%

7. (Great Britain Feb '40) Do you find time to read books?
(bipo)

Yes 62% No 38%

8. (Great Britain Feb '40) How did you get hold of the last
book you read? Cbipo)

Local public library 35%

Subscription library 9

A second-shop library 20

Bought it 15

Lent by a friend 21

9. (US Jan 23 '42) Have you read any play by Shakespeare
since you left school? (aipo)

Yes 18%

No 81

No answer 1

Still in school *

* Less than 0.5%.

10. (Sweden Feb '42) How many books have you read this
autumn and winter? (sGi)

More than
None 1-3 books 3 books
National total. . . 46% 21% 33%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns . .
Country .

Old men

Young men . . . ,
Old women .
Young women .

37%
52

BY SEX

48%
31
57
41

20%
21

20%
23
19
22

43%
27

32%
46
24
37

11. (Sweden Feb '42) Have you been a member of a reading
circle this winter? (sgi)

Yes No

National total 7% 93%

.... 7%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY
Towns 10%

Country 5

BY ECONOMIC status

Upper class 32%

Middle class 10

Others 3

90%
95

68%

12. (Sweden Feb '42) Do you buy or borrow books? (sgi)

National total.

Buy

16%

Borrow

Both

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 18% 31% 21%

Country 14 24 19

Neither
38%

30%
43

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 33% 17%

Middle class 17 22

Workers 13 31

42% 8^

24 37

14 42

[50]

13. (Sweden May '42) What was the name of the book you
read last? Asked of a national cross-section of young people.
(sGi)

BY SEX

Boys Girls

Do not read books 39.0% 35-0%

Books for the young 4.7 6.6

Adventure books 134 53

Exotic stories and travel 4.5 —

Detective stories 11.2 2.9

Historical novels of no real literary

value 6.7 97

Historical novels of literary value . . 67 —

Love stories of literary value 37 11.7

Love stories of no real literary value 6.3 11.6

Sigge Starck — 55

Biographies and memoirs 2.8 2.7

Social books of literary value 93 116

Social books; classics — 33

Jack London 35 —

Others 2.2 2.7

114.0%* 108.6%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (Sweden Feb '43) Have you read anything besides news-
papers during the past week? (sg:)

Yes No

National total 64% 36%

BY SEX

Men 61% 39%

Women 66 34

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper class 87% 13%

Middle class 68 32

Workers 59 41

15. (Sweden Feb '43) What have you read [besides newspapers
during the past week]? Asked of 64% of the sample who said
they had read something besides newspapers, (soi)

Novels; amusing books 25%

The Bible; other religious literature. 19

Trade literature 3

Topical political stuff 3

Poetry 2

Magazines; trade papers 30

82%*

* Percentages add to more than 64 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (US June 2 '43) Do you happen to know who wrote the
book One World? (aipo)

Yes 42.0% No 58.0%

17. (US June 2 '43) Do you intend to read it [One World]?
(aipo)

Yes 41.0% No 52.0% Akeady have 7.0%

18. (Sweden Feb '44) How many books — not borrowed — have
you in your home? (Including the Bible, hymnbooks, and
cookbooks) (sGi)

Fewer 6-10 11-25 26-100 101-300 Over
than 6 books books books books 500
National total . 7% 11% 25% 36% 17% 4%

Upper class . .
Middle class .
Workers

Fewer 6-10 11-25 26-100 101-500 Over

than 6 books books books books 500

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

- - 5% 16% 44% 35%

3% 7%> 18 40 26 6

12 16 30 34 8 —

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 5% 9% 18% 38%

Country 9 13 29 34

19. (Sweden Feb '44) What books, besides religious and trade
literature, have you read during the last fortnight? (soi)

24%
12

6%
3

^ ^
^ ^

% % %

% %

,5 »?: •^

% % %

Love stories with-
out literary pre-
tensions 3 2 4

Love stories of a
higher quality,
family and so-
cial novels 8 8 7

General reading. .3 2 3

Novels with pres-
ent war as back-
ground 2 2 2

Topical political
literatvire

Historical novels

Classical literature

Poetry

Travel books 1

Humorous books .

Adventure and spy
stories 1

Detective novels

Miscellaneous . .

Don't remember
titles

No fiction 71

Percentages 111.5* 109* 108* 110* 110* 105* 114* 102*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one book.

20. (Denmark Dec 10 '44) How many books have you in
your home? (dgi)

No books 20%

1-25 books 23

25-50 books 20

51-100 books 16

More than 100 books 21

21. (Denmark Dec 10 '44) Where did you buy the last book
you bought? (dgi)

Book shop 71%

Book agent 11

Publisher 4

Postal order 9

Miscellaneous 5

22. (France Dec 16 '44) Do you read detective stories? (fipo)

Often 15%

Rarely 37

Never 46

No answer 2

0.5

—

[51]

23. (US Jan 17 '45) Have you heard of a book called The Robe?
(aipo)

Yes 40% No 60%

24. (US Jan 17 '45) Can you tell me who wrote it [The Robe]?
Can you tell me anything else about it? Both questions were
asked of 40% of the sample who said they had heard of The
Robe. Results of both questions are tabulated below, (aipo)

Admitted never heard of . . . 2%

Don't know 41

Douglas 37

Christ: Robe 13

Best seller 1

Religious story 18

Roman 1

Life of Christ 11

Historical 1

All other answers 4

129%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who had
heard of The Robe and add to more than 100 because some gave more
than one answer.

25. (US Jan 17 '45) Do you intend to read it [The Robe]? Asked
of 40% of the sample who had heard of The Robe, (aipo)

Yes 33%

No 42

Have read 23

Admitted they had never
heard of it 2

100% of those
who had heard of The Robe

26. (US Jan 17 '45) Have you ever heard of a book called
Forever Amber? (aipo)

Yes 33% No 67%

27. (US Jan 17 '45) Can you tell me who wrote it [Forever
Amber]? Can you tell me anything else about it? Both questions
were asked of 33% of the sample who had heard of Forever
Amber. Results are tabulated below, (aipo)

Admitted never heard of . . . 14%

Don't know 42

Kathleen Winsor 12

Best seller 2

Life in England 4

English court 6

Romance 1

About a prostitute 21

Ail other answers 8

110%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who had heard
of the book and add to more than 100 because some gave more than
one answer.

28. (US Jan 17 '45) Do you intend to read it [Forever Amber]?
Asked of 33% of the sample who had heard of the book, (aipo)

Yes 40%

No 51

Admitted they had never
heard of it 2

Have read it 7

29. (Canada Mar 24 '45) Are you reading any book now, or
have you read any in the past week? (cipo)

Yes 40% No 60%

30. (Denmark Apr 15 '45) Have you read one or more books
of fiction this winter? (dgi)

Yes 54.8% No 45.2%

31. (Denmark Apr 15 '45) Which book did you like the best?
Asked of 54.8% of the sample who had read one or more
books of fiction this winter, (dgi)

After Dew Comes Rain 3.8%

That None Should Die 3.1

God's Blind Eye 1.6

Gone with the Wind 1.2

This Above All 1.8

The Son from the Vineyard 1.2

Tidal Waters 1.1

The Singing Woods behind Them 1.1

Morten Korch 1.1

The Robe 1.0

Kathrina 1.0

Others 48.7

Don't know 33. 3

100% of those
who had heard of the book

100.0%
of those who had read one or more books
of fiction this winter

32. (US Aug 22 '45) Have you had a chance to read a book
during recent months? (aipo)

Yes, read book 38% No 61% No answer 1%

33. (US Aug 22 '45) Is there any current book which you
would especially like to read? (aipo)

No 57%

Brave Men 3

Forever Amber 2

Story of the Bible 1

Here Is Your War 1

History of World War II . . . 1

The Robe 1

Valley of Decision 1

One World 1

A Lion in the Streets 1

Captain from Castile 1

A Tree Grows in Brooklyn . 1

So Weil Remembered 1

All others 13

No answer 15

34. (US Nov 10 '45) What recent books have you heard dis-
cussed most among your friends? (aipo)

None 52%

Forever Amber 10

A Tree Grows in Brooklyn . 3

Brave Men 3

Valley of Decision 1

The Robe 1

Immortal Wife 1

Here Is Your War 1

Black Boy 1

The Bible 1

Captain from Castile 1

Up Front 1

All others 10

No answer 14

36. (Germany Jan 21 '46) Have you read any books recently?

(OMGUS)

[52]

Yts No

Radio listeners 39% 61%

Non-listeners 34 66

36. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Have you read Meiti Kampp (omgus)

Yes, completely 7%

Yes, partly 16

No .' 76

No answer 1

37. (Germany Feb 14 '46) What kind of books do you like
best? (oMGUs)

None; not interested; don't like to read 15%

Novels; short stories; novelettes; love stories;

historical novels 44

Biographies 3

Religious books 10

Medical; chemistry; technical books 6

Travel; nature; mountain climbing stories. ... 9
Adventure; hunting; wildwcst; "whodunits" 3
Science and philosophy; reconstruction; future 8
Other: Nordic books; read everything; foreign

authors; lectures; art; drama; history books 10

Political books 2

No answer 6

116%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

38. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Which of the following subjects
would at present interest you most in a book? (omgus)

Technical books 1%

Politics 13

Farming and gardening. ... 23

Art 15

Music 13

Novels and stories 52

Books of current interest ... 13

Economics 17

Travel 25

Religion 23

Philosophy 5

Other answers 1

No answer 10

211%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one type of book.

39. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Have you read any books yet which
have appeared since the end of the war? (omgus)

Yes 3%

No 93

Don't know 2

No answer 2

40. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Is there a bookstore in this com-
munity where one can buy books which have been brought
out by German publishers? Those who said there was such a
store in their community were asked: Which have you bought?
(omgus)

No answer 2%

No 66

Don't know 20

No book, none, nothing ... 10

Bought one book 1

Bought more than one book 1

41. (Germany Feb 14 '46) German publishers intend to bring
out a number of books dealing with present-day problems of
Germany. Which of these problems would you like to see
handled in such books? (omgus)

No answer 30%

Reconstruction; future of Germany; future of

Europe 44

Food ' 2

Youth and education 6

Economic matters; trade (international, do-
mestic) 9

Labor problems; union organization 1

History of last twelve years; how war started;

what has happened during war 4

Problems of displaced and evacuated persons. . 2
Emigration from Germany; information about

United States *

Other: art; religion; future of our soldiers;

morale 8

Farmers' problems; technical books 2

Personal problems; women; family life 1

109%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

42. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Which books do you think are
harmful to German youth? (omgus)

No answer 2%

War books; militaristic books; soldier books;

hero-worshipping books 35 ,

Love stories; immoral; indecent; erotic; doc-
tor's books; too sophisticated books 25

Cheap literature; adventure; joke books; crim-
inal books 15

Nazi books; books written during war; during
Third Reich; Hitler's books 17

Political books; biased politics; communistic
books 7

Anti-religious books 2

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

43. (Hungary May '46) What books should be bought?*
Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hlpor)

Adults by Social Status and Sex

SMALL

educated bourgeois workers

Men Women Men Women Men Women
Old Hungarian

writers 81.8% 87.9% 81.8% 81.4% 57.5% 66.3%

New Hungarian

prose....''. 83.7 96.6 87.3 84.2 67.9 84.1

New Hungarian

poets 82.5 79.3 72.5 69.2 51.6 63.4

Translations from

French 46.2 51.0 36.2 37.1 17.5 20.0

Translations from

German 20.6 16.5 15-9 20.7 8.7 5.9

Translations from

English 36.2 57.5 34.6 38.5 20.8 32.6

Translations from

American 20.8 23.9 15.3 19.2 23.3 25.7

Translations from

Russian 13.1 7.6 14.8 12.8 14.1 8.9

[53]

EDUCATED

Men Women
Popular scientific

works 3.1% 7.6%

Sociology 26.8 35.8

Natural science. . . 18.1 10.9

Art 27.5 29.3

Travel 26.2 15.2

Technical 19.3 13.8

Other; no answer. 8.1 3.1

SMALL
BOURGEOIS

Men Women
4.9% 10.0%

WORKERS

Men Women

22.5
6.5
14.8
23.6
19.7

15.0
13.5
25.7
31.4
11.4
2.8

5.0%
20.4

5.8

8.7
19.6
21.6

3.3

6.9%

8.9

1.9
13.8
42.6

4.9

2.9

BUDAPEST AND SUBURBAN CHILDREN BY SEX

Boys

Girls
36.2%

Old Hungarian writers 32.9%

New Hungarian prose 39.1 37.0

New Hungarian poets 29.8 74.4

Translation from French 48.0 19.1

Translation from German 45.3 19.6

Translation from English 39-5 25.9

Translation from American 44.4 15.2

Translation from Russian 39.5 9.3

Popular scientific works 10.4 2.9

Sociology 34.5 7.2

Natural science 13.5 7.2

Art 22.8 18.6

Travel '. 16.2 8.4

Technical 22.6 7.2

Other; no answer 17.3 13.8

* Many respondents mentioned more than one type of book.

44. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46) Do you happen to be reading
a novel or other book at the moment? (bipo)

Yes Nc

National total 45%, 55%;

BY SEX

Men 44% 56%

Women 47 53

BY AGE

21-29 years 55%, 45%o

30-49 years 50 50

50 years and over 36 64

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher

Middle

Lower

Very poor

45. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46)
book you are now reading]? As
said they were reading a novel
(bipo)

69% 31%

62 38

38 62

29 71

What is it [the novel or other
ked of 45% of the sample who
or other book at the moment.

Modern fiction (general)

Detective stories; crime; mys-
tery; thrillers

Classic fiction; poetry

Biography; memoirs

Travel books

War books

Technical and scientific books. .

Politics; history; social science;
philosophy

Religious books

Miscellaneous

National

total

Men

Women

23%

16%

1^0

—

45%

44%

47%

46. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46) Did you borrow it [the book
you are reading] or is it your own? Asked of 45% of the sam-
ple who said they were reading a novel or other book at the
moment, (bipo)

Subscri^-
Public Id-shop tion Bor-
Own library library library rowed Total
National total . 12% 14% 5% 4% 10% 45%

BY SEX

Men 14% 14% 4% 4% 8% 44%

Women 10 15 7 4 11 47

BY AGE

21-29 years ... . 18% 17% 6% 3%, 11% 55%

30-49 years 12 16 6 4 12 50

50 years and

over 11 10 4 4 7 36

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 31% 11% 2% 12% 13% 697o

Middle 20 16 7 7 12 62

Lower 8 14 5 2 9 38

Very poor 6 11 5 1 6 29

47. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) How many books do you have
in your family library? (czipo)

None 17%

1-10 books 26

10-100 books 38

Over 100 books 19

48. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) How many books have you
bought this year? (czipo)

Two More
None One to five than five

Total questioned 50% 13%, 23% 14%

BY OCCUPATION

Laborers 61%, 16% 17%, 6%,

White-collar 31 10 33 26

Farmers 61 12 18 9

Business and professional. . 32 9 33 26

49. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) What prompted you to buy your
last book? (czipo)

Advertisement 5.0%

Press criticism 9.5

Shop window display 20.0

Recommendation of a friend 16.0

Book-cover notice 0.5

Other suggestions 20.0

No answer 29-0

50. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) Do you prefer books of Czecho-
slovak authors or translations of foreign writers? (cziPo)

No general No
Czechoslovak Foreign opinion answer

Total questioned... 46%, 6%o 43%, 5%o

BY AGE

18-29 years 39% 10% 46% 5%

30-49 years 47 6 42 5

50 years and over. . . 48 4 42 6

51. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) What book would you take with
you to a desert island? (czipo)

[54]

Don't know 37%

Works by well known Czechs 10

The Bible 8

Histories; encyclopedias; dictionaries. ... 8
Books by T. G. Masaryk or Eduard Benes 3

Robinson Crusoe 2

Gone with the Wind 2

The Rains Came 1

Books by Dostoyevski and Munthe 1

Other 26

BOOTS AND SHOES

1. (us July 11 '42) Do you ever wear overshoes, or rubbers,
or rubber boots? (norc)

Overshoes 45%

Rubbers 32

Rubber boots 13

Don't wear any 32

122%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US July 11 '42) How long have you had them [overshoes,
rubbers, rubber boots]? Asked of a national cross-section of
people who said they wore overshoes or rubbers or rubber
boots. 68% of the sample is represented, (norc)

Overshoes Rubbers Rubber hoots

Under 6 months 3% 6% 11%

6 months to 9 months 11 14 12

10 months to 1 year 20 23 24

13 months to 2 years 30 27 21

25 months to 3 years 16 14 9

37 months to 5 years 14 9 8

Over 5 years 5 4 9

Don't know 1 3 6

3. (US Oct 22 '43 and May 18 '44) Do you think the ration-
ing of shoes has been handled very well, only fairly well, or
poorly? The 1943 question was asked of a national cross-
section of women, (norc)

Oct '4i May '44

Very well 69% 76%

Only fairly well 15 10

Poorly 13 9

Don't know 3 5

4. (US Oct 22 '43 and May 18 '44) In what way hasn't it
[shoe rationing] been handled as well as it could have been?
The question was asked of those who thought shoe rationing
had been handled poorly or only fairly well — 28% of the 1943
sample of women and 19% of the 1944 sample are represented.
(norc)

Oct '4} May '44
Points too high, should have more points,

ration too small 4% 4%

Too few points for children, children need

more 19 11

Poor distribution * 1

Individual allotments arc unfair, unequal 2 —

Black-market practices * —

Rationing stimulated buying 1 —

Answers in terms of shortages 2 —

Rationing not necessary — 1

Miscellaneous

Not ascertainable or don't know.

Oct '43
1%

May '44

1%
2

29%** 20%**

* Less than 0.3%.

** Percentages add to more than 28 and 19 because some of the re-
spondents gave more than one answer.

5. (US Oct 22 '43 and May 18 '44) Who do you think is mainly
responsible [for the only fair or poor handling of shoe ration-
ing]? The question was asked of those who thought shoe
rationing had been handled poorly or only fairly well — 28%
of the 1943 sample of women and 19% of the 1944 sample are
represented, (norc)

Oct '43 May '44

General government bureaucracy 3% —

People in charge of rationing (national). . 3 5%

OPA 5 3

Big producers and packers 1 1

Small dealers and storekeepers * —

Consumers 1 1

Local ration board 1 1

Miscellaneous 1 *

Not ascertainable or don't know 13 8

28% 19%

* Less than 0.5%.

6. (US Dec 10 '43) Of course, we know there isn't enough for
everyone to have all he wants, but how about shoes? Does
your ration allow you and your family as much as you need,
less than you need, or more than you need? (June 2 '44) Does
your ration allow you to get all the rationed shoes your family
really needs? Both questions asked of a national cross-section
of women who did the family marketing, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44

As much 72% 72%

Less 24 27

More 4 1

Don't know or don't use * *

* Less than O.STe-

7. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) Have you ever tried to get
any extra allowances of shoes from your ration board? This
question was asked of those women marketers who said their
ration didn't allow them and their families enough shoes —
24% of the 1943 sample and 27% of the 1944 sample were
questioned, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44

Yes 5% 8%

No 19 18

Don't know — 1

24%

27%

8. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) What happened [when you
asked your ration board for extra shoe allowances]? This ques-
tion was asked of those women marketers who had asked for
extra shoe allowances — 5% of the 1943 sample and 8% of the
1944 sample are represented, (norc)

Dec '43

Got allotment asked for 3%

Got allotment but criticize procedure *

Only got part of allotment asked for *

Plea was denied 1

Plea denied and respondent feels unfairly

treated *

June '44

5%
1

[55]

Dec '43 June '44

Haven't heard from board — **

Miscellaneous * **

Don't know * 1%

. * = 1%

5% 8%

** Less than 0.5%.

9. (Netherlands Dec 12 '45) In general, are you satisfied or
dissatisfied with the system and working of the distribution
of boots and shoes? (nipo)

Satisfied 28% Dissatisfied 61% No opinion 11%

10. (Germany July 25 '46) How many pairs of shoes do you
have that are fit to wear? (omgus)

No answer 3%

1 pair 40

2 pairs 40

3 pajrs 12

4 pairs 4

5 pairs 1

6 pairs *

Have no shoes; borrowed them *

* Less than 0.5%.

11. (Germany July 25 '46) How many more pairs of shoes
do you have that could be repaired? (omgus)

1 pair 43%

2 pairs 13

3 pairs 2

4-5-6 pairs 1

Have no shoes 7

None that need repairing. . . 34

12. (Germany July 25 '46) How many pairs of shoes suited
for winter wear do you absolutely need to get through next
winter? (omgus)

Ipair 55%

2 pairs 33

3 pairs 2

4-5-6 pairs 1

Need none 9

13. (Germany July 25 '46) How many pairs of shoes fit for
winter wear do you have that you can use? (omgus)

Ipair 41%

2 pairs 11

r 3 pairs 2

I 4-5-6 pairs 1

> No shoes 46

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (Belgium July-Oct '46) When buying shoes are you aware
of, or do you take note of, the official price (maximum legal
price)? (iNsoc)

Don't

Always Often Rarely Never know

National total 40% 11% 11% 25% 13%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 39% 10% 11% 26% 14%

Rural 39 13 12 25 11

Industrial 42 12 11 22 13

Always Often l

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 34% 16%

Workers 37 11

White-collar 35 12

Businessmen 46 8

Professional 30 9

Living on income. . 48 9

Housewives 45 11

Don't

Rarely

Never

know

12%

27%

11%

16. (Belgium July-Oct '46) When buying [shoes] with ration
stamps or certificates of entitlement, do you ever have to pay
more than the fixed official price (maximum legal price)?
(iNsoc)

Don't

Always Often Rarely Never know

National total ... . 5% 11% 10% 42% 32%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 5% 11% 10% 41% 33%

Rural 6 14 11 40 29

Industrial 4 7 10 45 34

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 7% 18% 11% 34% 30%

Workers 4 10 10 39 37

White-collar 8 8 10 41 33

Businessmen 4 10 16 42 28

Professional 6 15 4 45 30

Living on income. . 4 11 11 46 28

Housewives 5 11 10 48 26

16. (Belgium July-Oct '46) Did you ever buy [shoes] without
ration stamps or certificates? (insoc)

Often Rarely

National total 23% 29%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 23% 27%

Rural 28 29

Industrial 14 33

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 39% 29%

Workers 17 29

White-collar 22 33

Businessmen 27 34

Professional 31 27

Living on income 15 24

Don't

Never

know

40%

41%

27%

BOUNTIES, MILITARY

1. (us Nov 2 '35) Do you favor immediate cash payment of
the soldiers' bonus? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 55% 45%

BY politics

Republican 49% 51%

Democratic 59 41

[5G]

Yes No

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 50.5% 49.5%

Middle Atlantic 56 44

East central 56 44

West central 53 47

South 57 43

Mountain 57 43

Pacific coast 52 48

2. (US Jan '36) Do you favor the payment of the bonus now
or when it is due in 1945? (for)

National total . .

Northeast

Midwest

Now
■ ■ 45.0%

GEOGRAPHICAL

. . 37.7%
. . 46.1

When clue
40.4%

SECTION

48.8%

40.1

32.3

34.7

44.1

38.8

Don' t know
14.6%

13.5%
13. 8

Southeast

Southwest

West

Pacific coast . . . .

. . 47.1
. . 56.5
. . 36.4
. . 46.0

20.6

8.8

19.5

15.2

3. (US Jan 4 '44) A bill in Congress provides that members of
the armed forces be given a certain sum of money by the gov-
ernment when they leave the service. Do you approve or dis-
approve of this idea? (alpo)

Approve 88% Disapprove 8% Undecided 4%

4. (US Jan 4 '44) Here are the amounts that have been pro-
posed for servicemen who have served outside the United States
—$500 for 18 months or more, S400 for 12 to 18 months,
$300 for less than 12 months; for servicemen who have served
only in the United States — $300 for 12 months or more, $200
for less than 12 months. Do you think these amounts are too
*arge, too small, or about right? (aipo)

Oppose any payment 8%

Too large 3

Too small 11

About right 64

Undecided 7

Qualified approval 7

6. (US Jan 4 '44) Would you, personally, be willing to pay
higher taxes in order to make these payments [to veterans]
possible? (aipo)

Yes 70% No 20% Undecided 10%

6. (US Mar 27 '46) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes
to have your state government pay a bonus to war veterans of
this state? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 52% 39% 9%

BY VETERAN STATUS

Veterans

Rest of population

63% 33%

4%
9

7. (US Mar 27 '46) How much do you think the [veterans']

bonus should be? (aipo)

Unwilling to pay higher tax for bo-
nus or no opinion on the subject. . . 48%

$100 and under 3

Over $100 to $200 4

Over $200 to $300 6

Over $300 to under $500 1

$500 9

Over $400 to under $1,000 2

$1,000 5

Over $1,000 to $2,000 2%

Over $2,000 1

Miscellaneous 5

Don't know or no answer 14

Median $200*
* This includes the views of the total sample.

8. (US Mar 27 '46) Would you favor or oppose a lottery run
by the state to pay veterans' bonuses? Asked of 52% of the
simple who would be willing to pay higher taxes to have the
state government pay a bonus to war veterans of the state.
(aipo)

Favor 25%

Oppose 21

No answer 2

No opinion 4

52%

BRAZIL

Appropriations and Expenditures

1. (Brazil Nov '46) If you were an official executive and had
to reduce governmental expenses by cutting down budgets of
three Ministries, at which of them wolild you rather do the
cutting? (ibope)

Ministry of War 23%

Air forces 17

Justice 15

Navy 14

Treasury 11

Labor 7

Transport 4

Health and education 4

Agriculture 2

State Department 1

Don't know 61

No cutting at all 1

Cut all of them 1

Increase all budgets 1

162%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (Brazil Nov '46) If you were an official executive in charge
of distributing a special appropriation, to which of the fol-
lowing would you distribute it? (ibope)

Foundation of new schools 44%

Foundation of new hospital 25

Construction of new highways 9

Agricultural implements 9

Steel and iron works 2

Oil research and drilling 1

Settlement of immigrants 1

Civil aviation > 1

Military equipment 1

Government staff 1

Don't know 6

3. (Brazil Nov '46) Do you think the money the government
invested in building up the steel and iron works of Volta
Redonda was well used or wasted? (ibope)

Well used 74% Wasted 6% No opinion 20%

[57]

4. (Brazil Nov '46) Do you think the money invested by the
government in building up the national factory of aviation
motors was well used or wasted? (ibope)
Well used 66% Wasted 11% No opinion 23%

BREAD

1. (Sweden Apr '42) Would you prefer that fewer kinds of
bread were made if this would mean lower prices? (sgi)

Yes No No opinion

National total . . . 57% 10% 33%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 68% 14%

Country 51 8

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 627o 12%

Middle class.
Others .

Men . . .
Women .

54
59

BY SEX

60%
55

10
10

10%
10

18%
41

26%

30%
35

2. (Sweden Apr '42) Would you prefer that fewer kinds of
cakes were made if this would mean lower prices? (sgi)

Yes 53% No 11% No opinion 36%

3. (Great Britain Jan 24 '43) Lord Woolton says that we must
eat less bread. Do you think people will cut down voluntarily,
or should there be rationing? (bipo)

Voluntary 47% Ration 42% Don't know 11%

4. (Australia Apr '43) Do you object to day-baking if it means
that bread baked yesterday is delivered today? (apop)
Don't object 64% Object 28% Undecided 8%

5. (Australia Oct '43) Do you find that zoning of bread and
milk is working out fairly well? Asked in the zoned districts.
(apop)

Satisfied with both 59%

Satisfied with bread 17

Satisfied with milk 3

Dissatisfied 16

Undecided 5

6. (Australia Oct '43) Would you like it [bread and milk
zoning] continued after the war? Asked in the zoned districts.
(apop)

Favored 34% Oppose 49% Undecided 17%

7. (Australia June-July '45) Would you like zoning of bread
to continue after the war? Asked in the zoned districts, (apop)
Opposed 55% In favor 30% Indifferent 15%

8. (Australia Nov '45) Would you mind if zoning of bread
continues? Asked in the zoned districts, (apop)

Men . . .
Women.

Opposed
69%
55

In favor

31%
45

M. Pincau 23%

The Ministers of Food 20

The De Gaulle government. 21

The farmers 12

The black market 3

The administration 2

The capitalists 1

The Americans 1

Other answers 4

No answer 16

9. (France Feb 16 '46) In your opinion, is anyone responsible
for the present bread crisis? Who? (fipo)

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (France Feb 16 '46) What quantity of bread do you con-
sider neces/ary for your nourishment each day? (fipo)

BY SEX

Men Women

Less than 350 grams 6% 17%

350-450 grams 30 43

450-550 grams , 40 30

550-650 grams 8 3

650-750 grams 5 2

750-850 grams 6 3

850 grams and over 5 2

Median 520 grams 450 grams

MEDIAN BY AGE

20-34 years 540 grams

35-49 years 520 grams

50-64 years 510 grams

65 years and over 470 grams

11. (US Mar 27 '46) Have you heard or read anything which
told exactly how much less bread you are to use? How much
less bread? Results for the two questions have been combined.
(aipo)

Yes 30% No 69% No answer 1%

Median 20% less bread

12. (Great Britain Apr '46) Would you approve or disapprove
if rationing of bread were introduced into this country? (bipo)
Approve 41% Disapprove 50% Don't know 9%

13. (Great Britain Apr '46) Do you think it would be possible
to make bread rationing work? (bipo)

Yes 51% No 35% Don't know 14%

14. (Great Britain Apr '46) What do you think would be a
reasonable weekly ration [of bread] for each person? (bipo)

2-3 lbs. per week 17%

4 lbs. per week 19

5 lbs. per week 13

6 lbs. per week 14

7 lbs. per week 21

More than 7 lbs 11

Don't know 5

15. (US Apr 10 '46) Have you heard or read anything which
told exactly how much less bread you are to use? How much
less bread? Results for these two questions have been com-
bined, (aipo)

Yes 27% No 62% Don't know 9% No answer 2%
Median 25% less bread

16. (Belgium July-Oct '46) Did you ever buy bread or flour
without ration stamps or certificates? (insoc)

[58]

Don't

Often Rarely Never know

National total 17.3% 23.4% 53.2% 6.1%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 15.2% 20.1% 57.1% 7.6%

Rural 21.6 23.7 50.0 4.7

Industrial 15.0 293 50.2 55

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 18.2% 19.6%, 57.7%o 4.5%

Workers 22.5 24.1 44.7 8.7

White-collar 14.5 25.5 52.6 7.4

Businessmen 12.2 291 511 7.6

Living on income 8.6 18.4 67.5 55

Professional 10.0 21.1 58.9 10.0

Housewives 17.3 22.5 59.0 1.2

17. (Great Britain Aug '46) How are you and your family
managing on bread rationing? (bipo)

Very Fairly With

well well difficulty Badly

National total 33% 43% 18% 6%

BY SEX

Men 34% 44% 17% 5%

Women 33 41 20 6

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 37% 48% 11% 4%

Middle 36 44 15 5

Lower 32 42 20 6

Very poor 29 41 22 8

BY POLITICS

Conservative 27% 46% 20% 7%

Labor 39 39 17 5

Liberal 32 47 15 6

Other voters 34 34 32 —

Non-voters 31 42 19 8

18. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46) If bread rationing stops, should
cakes also be off the ration, or should they still be rationed?

(bipo^

^ -^ Off Still Dotit

ration rationed know

National total 40% 50% 10%

BY SEX

Men 40% 43% 17%

Women 39 58 3

BY AGE

21-29 years • 38% 52% 10%

30-49 years 38 52 10

50 years and over 42 48 10

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 40% 43% 17%

Middle 39 52 9

Lower 40 50 10

Very poor 44 44 12

Housewives 37% 60% 3%

BUDGET

U.S.

1. (us Dec 18 '35 and Apr 12 '37) Do you think it necessary
at this time to balance the budget and start reducing the
national debt? (aipo)

No No opinion

30% = 100%
29 = 100

14%

Yts

Dec '35 70%

Apr '37 71

DEC '35 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 55% 45%

Republican 89 H

DEC '35 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 75%, 25%

Middle Atlantic 70 30

East central 72 28

West central 71 29

South 67 33

Mountain 70 30

Pacific coast 66 34

2. (US Dec 28 '35 and Apr 12 '37) Should this [balancing the
budget] be done by higher taxes, government economies, or
both? The question was asked of those who thought it neces-
sary to balance the budget and start reducing the national
debt— 70% of the 1935 sample and 71% of the 1937 sample
arc represented, (aipo)

Dec '3J Apr '37

Higher taxes 2%, 2%,

Government economies 80 72

Both 18 26

100%* 100%*

* 100% of those who thought it necessary to balance the budget and
start reducing the national debt.

3. (US Nov 13 '36) Do you think it necessary for the new
administration to balance the budget? (aipo)

Yes 70% No 30%

4. (US Nov 13 '36) In your opinion, whose responsibility for
balancing the budget is greater, the President's or Congress'?
(aipo)

President 38% Congress 62% = 100% No opinions 19%

5. (US Jan 25 '37) Do you believe it necessary to reduce the
national debt at this time in order to prepare for future emer-
gency borrowing? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 35% = 100% No opinion 25%

6. (US Jan 25 '37) In your estimation, how much is the na-
tional debt today? (Mar 29 '44) About how much do you
think the national public debt is now? (aipo)

iP37 results

Under 100 millions 3%

lOa 999 millions 1

1-9 billions 5

10-19 billions 5

20-29 billions 5

30-39 billions 23

40-49 billions 5

50-99 billions 4

100 billions and over. . . 1

No opinion 48

1944 results

In the millions 6%

Under 100 billions 18

100 to under 150 billions 12

150 to under 175 billions 5

175 to under 200 billions 3

200 billions (correct). . . 9
Over 200 including 225

billions 1

Over 225 including 250

billions 3

Over 250 including 300

billions 3

Over 300 billions 3

Billions 5

No estimate 32

Median 100 to 150 billions

7. (US Apr 19 '37) Would you favor increasing income taxes
as a means of balancing the national budget? (aipo)

Yes 52% No 39% No opinion 9%

[59]

8. (US Apr 26 '37) As a means of balancing the national
budget, which of these two ways do you prefer: national sales
tax or increasing income taxes? (aipo)

National sales tax 31% Income taxes 58% No opinion 11%

9. (US Aug 16 '37) Do you think this administration will be
able to balance the national budget during the next year?
(aipo)

Yes No

National total 16% 84%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 24% 76%,

Republican 6 94

10. (US Dec 23 '38) Do you think the Roosevelt administra-
tion will balance the federal budget by 1940? (aipo)

Yes 11% No 89% = 100% No opinion 18%,

11. (US Mar '39) If you were a member of the incoming
Congress, would you vote yes or no on a bill to reduce fed-
eral spending to the point where the national budget is bal-
anced? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 61.3%o 17.4% 21.3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 76.3%

Upper middle 67.1

Lower middle 62.2

Poor 54.8

Negroes 40.2

Unemployed 57.5

BY ATTITUDES TOWARD ROOSEVELT

Roosevelt essential 45-6%

Good outweighs bad 54.4

Usefulness over 77.5

Roosevelt a calamity 84.6

12. (US Nov 15 '39) Should the federal government increase
taxes at this time in order to balance its budget or should it
borrow money to make up the deficit? A comparable cross-
section was asked the question in the following form: Do you
think the federal government should borrow money at this
time to make up the deficit, or should the government increase
taxes in order to balance the budget? Results were combined.
(aipo)

Increase taxes 31%

Borrow money 31

No opinion 33

No answer 5

13. (US Dec 22 '39) At present, the federal government is
spending several billion dollars more than it takes in each
year. If the Republicans win the next presidential election,
do you think they will make the government's income equal
expenses within two years? (aipo)

Yes, strongly felt 4%

Yes, not strongly 8

No, strongly felt 38

No, not strongly 30

Don't know 20

14. (US Dec 22 '39) If the Democrats win the next presiden-
tial election, do you think they will make the government's
income equal expenses within two years? (aipo)

Yes, strongly felt 2%

Yes, not strongly 4

No, strongly felt 48

11.1%

12.6%

17.8

15.1

17.8

20.0

18.3

26.9

19.5

40.3

20.0

22.5

DSEVELT

22.3%

32.1%

21.8

23.8

12.3

10.2

7.4

8.0

No, not strongly 27%

Don ' t know 18

No answer 1

15. (US Jan 30 '40) Which political partv do you think is
more likely to balance the federal government's budget in the
next four years — the Republicans or the Democrats? (aipo)

Repub- Demo- Don't

licans crats Neither know

National total 42% 23%o 35%o = 100% 16%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 15% 41% 44%

Republican 75 4 21

16. (US Apr '40) Which of these statements comes closest to
describing your feelings: (1) The federal budget should be
balanced immediately at all costs. (2) The government should
make whatever changes are necessary in spending and taxation
to bring the budget into balance. (3) We should continue with
an unbalanced budget until real recovery has set in. (for)

State- State- State- Don't

7nent 1 ment 2 ment 3 know
National total 9.1%o 48.4%, 25.9% 16.6%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 12.3%

Upper middle 10.3

Lower middle 9-3

Poor 6.0

Negro 9.1

17. (US May '40) How would you want this [balancing the
budget] done? Asked of a national cross-section of people who
thought the next administration should balance the budget.
(for)

By
reducing By

exfendi- increasing
tures taxes

National total 71.1%

63.7%

16.7%

7.3%

60.7

19.6

9.4

50.4

27.0

13.3

38.1

33.4

22.5

23.5

25.9

41.5

4.0%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 68.7% 1.7%

Poor 68.0 5.7

Don't
Both know

15.0% 9.9%

23.3%
12.6

6.3%
13.7

18. (US Oct '43) With which of these two statements are you
more nearly in agreement: (1) There is no difference between
government and private debt. In both cases, current budgets
should be balanced as soon as possible — otherwise ruin follows.
(2) Provided we have an expanding national income, it is not
necessary to fear the expansion of government debt in the way
that we fear an unbalanced private or business budget. Asked
of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Statement 1 86.2% Statement 2 13.8%o

19. (US Aug 14 '46) Can you tell me what is meant by bal-
ancing the federal budget? (aipo)

Incorrect or
Correct don't know
National totai 49% 51%

BY EDUCATION

College 77%, 23%o

High school 55 45

Grammar school or no school. . . 37 63

20. (US Aug 14 '46) Some people say that if we're going to
balance the federal budget we've got to keep income taxes at
the present rates. Others say it's more important to cut income

[60]

taxes than it is to balance the budget. Which do vou think
is the more important to do in the coming year — balance tile
budget or cut income taxes? (aipo)

Favor Favor

balancing cutting No

budget tax opinion

National total 71% 20% 9%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business 78% 15% 7%

Farmers 75 17 8

White-collar 72 21 7

Manual workers 64 25 11

BUDGET, HOUSEHOLD

1. (Sweden Feb '43) Do you try to budget your expenses? (sGi)

Yts No

National total 54% 46%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 64% 36%

Middle class 60 40

Workers 49 51

BY AGE

20-29 years 49% 51%

30-49 years 56 44

50 years and over 54 46

2. (Australia Nov '43) If a wife doesn't spend all the house-
keeping money, who should own what's left? (apop)

Wife Husband Both Spend it Un-
oivn it own it share it on home decided
National total . . . 60% 5% 25% 7% 3%

BY SEX

Spend it on home
and Undecided

Men 51% 9% 28% 12%

Women 69 1 21 9

3. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) Do you think that wives should
be allowed to keep any savings out of housekeeping money?
(bipo)

Yes 78% No 157o Don't know 7%

4. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) Does your wife know how
much you earn each week? Asked of a national cross-section
of husbands, (bipo)

Yes 75% No 25%

5. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) Does your husband tell you
how much he earns each week? Asked of a national cross-
section of wives, (bipo)

Yes 72% No 28%

6. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) How do you arrange about the
spending of money? (bipo)

Wife fixed 49% Husband fixed 17% Differs 34%

7. (Sweden June '45) Does your wife (do you) receive a cer-
tain sum for household expenses? Asked of a national cross-
section of men and married women who were not breadwinners
outside their homes, (sgi)

National total

Men . . .
Women.

Yes

40%

BY SEX

42%
39

No
56<:';

54%
57

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 50% 46%

Middle class 35 61

Workers 44 52

No answer

4%
4

8. (Sweden June '45) Does your wife (do you) get this money
[certain sum for household expenses] every month, every week,
or once a fortnight? Asked of a national cross-section of men
and married women who were not breadwinners outside their
homes, but who received a fixed household allowance. 40%
of the sample is represented, (sgi)

Every Every Once a Other
month week fortnight replies
National total 33% 46% 17% 4% = 100%*

BY SEX

37% 41% 18% 4%

Men

Women 29

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 61% 19% t''^-

Middle class 47 36

Workers 23 55

17% 3%
12 5

19 3

* Percentages are based on the total number of men and married

women who were not breadwinners outside of their homes, but who

received a fixed household allowance.

9. (Sweden June '45) How much [household expense money
does your wife or you receive]? Asked of a national cross-
section of men and married women who were not breadwinners
outside their homes, but who received a fixed household allow-
ance. 40% of the sample is represented, (sgi)

Less than 20 kr. a week** . . 2%

20-29 kr. a week 14

30-39 kr. a week 37

40-49 kr. a week 17

50-59 kr. a week 15

60 kr. a week or more 11

Wife gets whole salary 4

* Percentages are based on the total number of men and married
women who were not breadwinners outside their homes, but who re-
ceived a fixed household allowance.

** The krona was approximately 23 cents in American money at this
time.

10. (Denmark June 15 '46) Does your wife receive a fixed sum
weekly or monthly for [household] expenses? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of married men. (dgi)

Yes 41% No 59%

11. (Denmark June 15 '46) What amount, approximately, does
your wife receive? Asked of 41% of the sample of married men
whose wives received a fixed sum weekly or monthly for house-
hold expenses, (dgi)

Less than 150 kr.* 11%

150-179 kr 20

180-239 kr 40

240-299 kr 15

300-349 kr 9

More than 350 kr 5

100% of those
whose wives received a fixed sum monthly
for household expenses

HOUSEKEEPING MONEY PER NUMBER OF PERSONS

2 people

(average). .

. 180 kr.

3 people

(average) . .

. 213 kr.

4 people

(average) . .

. 237 kr.

5 people

(average). .

. 256 kr.

6 people

or over

. 295 kr.

* The Danish krone was

approximately 21 cents in American

money

at this time.

12. (US June 26 '46 and Great Britain Dec '46) In some fami-
lies the wife manages most of the money while in others the
husband does. Who manages most of the money in your house-
hold? Asked of a national cross-section of married people.
(aipo and bipo)

Husband Wife Both

US 29% 32% 39%

Great Britain 22 54 24

44%
39

47
34

24%
23

AMERICAN OPINIONS BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business.

White-collar

Farmers

Manual workers

30%
29
37
24

26%
32

BRITISH OPINIONS BY MARITAL STATUS

Husbands 26% 50%

Wives 18 59

13. (US June 26 "46) Do you think this is the best arrange-
ment [of management of money] in your case? (aipo) (Great
Britain Dec '46) Do you think that this is the best arrange-
ment? (bipo) Asked of the same sample as the preceding ques-
tion.

OPINION in the united STATES

Yes No

National total 93'

No opinion
3%

OPINION IN GREAT BRITAIN

Families in which the husband

manages most of the money. . 86% 10% 4%

Families in which the wife man-
ages most of the money 92 4 4

Families in which the money is

managed equally 93 3 4

14. (US Aug '46) Who do you think should have the most
to say in deciding how the family money is to be spent, the
husband or the wife? (for)

BY SEX

Hus-

Both

De-

Don't

band

Wife

the same

pends

know

Men

.... 27.2%

16.2%

46.1%

SA7o

2.1%

Women

.... 11.0

23.3

552

7.7

2.8

BUSINESS CYCLES

1. (US May 9 36) Are the acts and policies of the present
administration helping or hindering recovery? (aipo)

Helping Hindering

National total 55% 45%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 93% 7%

Republican 10 90

Socialist 48 52

Others 24 76

[61]

Helping Hindering

STATE BY STATE

South Carolina 87% 13%

Mississippi 83 17

Texas 82 18

Alabama 82 18

Georgia 81 19

Tennessee 81 19

Utah 80 20

North Carolina 78 22

Oregon 78 22

Kentucky 77 23

Arkansas 76 24

Florida 75 25

Washington 75 25

Louisiana 73 27

New Mexico 72 28

Montana 69 31

Missouri 68 32

Virginia 68 32

Arizona 68 32

Minnesota 64 36

Michigan 62 38

Ohio 61 39

Indiana. 60 40

Oklahoma 59 41

Illinois 58 42

Idaho 58 42

Wisconsin 57 43

California 57 43

Delaware 55 45

West Virginia 55 45

Wyoming 53 47

Nebraska 51 49

Iowa 50 50

South Dakota 50 50

Vermont 49 51

New York 49 51

Kansas 49 51

North Dakota 49 51

Pennsylvania 48 52

Colorado 48 52

Connecticut 47 53

Massachusetts 46 54

Nevada 46 54

New Hampshire 45 55

New Jersey 45 55

Maryland 45 55

Maine 44 56

Rhode Island 42 58

2. (US July '36; Jan '37; Apr '37) Do you believe the depres-
sion is over? (for)

Don't

Yes Partly No know

July '36 16.3% 36.3% 40.8% 6.6%

Jan '37 25.5 34.8 31.9 7.8

Apr '37 26.3 51.4 19.8 2.5

3. (US July '36) Do you believe the present state of affairs is
due to or in spite of the policies of the government? (for)

Due In Don't

to spite of Both know

BY OPINIONS ABOUT THE DEPRESSION

The depression is over 28.8% 45.2% 17.4% 8.6%

The depression is not over. . 22.6 38.3 19.0 20.1

The depression is partly over 22.4 398 26.2 11.6

[62]

Due In Don't

to spite of Both know

DY CURRENT ECONOMIC STATUS

Personally better off than in

the last two or three years 24.5% 44.3% 18.4% 12.8%

Not better off 23.9 34.9 19.5 21.7

Same 199 353 25.8 19.0

4. (US Nov 1 '36) Do you think there will be another serious
depression? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 67% 33%

DV POLITICS

Democratic 56% 44%

Republican 84 16

Socialist 88 12

Lemke voters 40 60

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farmers 65% 35%

Small towns 72 28

Cities 67 33

6. (US Nov 4 '36) In what year [do you think the depression
will come]? Asked of 67% of the sample who thought there
would be another serious depression, (aipo)

1936-1940 21%

1941-1945 27

1946-1950 30

1951-1956 12

Later than 1956 10

100% of those
who thought there would be another
depression

6. (US Oct 18 '37, Dec 13 '37, Mar 8 '38) Do you expect gen-
eral business conditions will be better or worse during the next
six months? (Jan 19 '38 and Apr 27 '38) Do you think business
will be better or worse six months from now? (Aug 8 '39)
Do you personally expect business conditions throughout the
country to be more prosperous or less prosperous during the
next six months than they are now? (aipo)

Better Worse No opinion

Oct '37 64% 36% =100% 19%

Dec '37 58 42 15

Jan '38 78 22 17

Mar '38 76 24 24

Apr '38 69 31 29

Aug '39 64 36 9

OCT '37, DEC '37, JAN '38, AUG '39 OPINIONS BY
GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England

Oct '37 67% 33%

Dec '37 69 31

Jan '38 77 23

Aug '39 80 20

Middle Atlantic

Oct '37 60 40

Dec '37 62 38

Jan '38 79 21

Aug '39 66 34

East central

Oct '37 60 40

Dec '37 66 • 34

Jan '38 81 19

Aug '39 61 39

Better

West central

Oct '37 70%

Dec '37 55

Jan '38 76

Aug '39 55

South

Oct '37 67

Dec '37 48

Jan '38 75

Aug '39 72

Mountain

Oct '37 65

Dec '37 31

Jan '38 82

West

Aug '39 63

Pacific coast

Oct '37 78

Dec '37 50

Jan '38 77

Worse

30%
45
24
45

33
52
25
28

69
18

22
50

No opinion

OCT '37 OPINIONS BY POLITICS

Democratic 69% 31%

Republican 51 49

7. (US Nov 12 '37) Have you noticed any decline in business
in this community during the last two months? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 63% 37%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 69% 31%

Middle Atlantic 60 40

East central 70 30

West central 61 39

South 63 37

Mountain 61 39

Pacific coast 59 41

8. (US Nov 12 "37) Do you think the Roosevelt administra-
tion is to blame for this decline [in business during the last
two months]? Asked of 63% of the sample who had noticed
a decline in business. (Mar 8 '38) Do you think the Roosevelt
administration is to blame for the present decline in business —
entirely, partly, or not at all? (aipo)

Entirely Partly

Nov '37 19% 39%

Mar '38 12 49

Not
at all
42%
33

No
opinion

100%*

NOV '37 opinions by geographical section

New England . . . .
Middle Atlantic. .

East central

West central

South

Mountain

Pacific coast

16%

41%

43% = 100%*

NOV '37 opinions by politics

Democratic 6% 31% 63%

Republican 40 49 11

* 100% of those who had noticed a decline.

9. (US Dec 28 '37 and Mar 15 '38) Should the principal blame
for the present decline in business be placed on business, on
labor, on the Roosevelt administration, or on natural economic
forces? The '38 question read "most of the blame" instead of
"principal blame." (aipo)

[63]

'Roosevelt

adminis-

Economic

Labor

tration

forces

opinion

12%

21%

27%

19%

23*

Business

Dec '37 21%

Mar "38 17

* No opinion included persons who could not decide upon one single
cause. They amount to 8% of the total vote.

10. (Great Britain Jan '38) Do you think England will have
a decline in business this year, like that now occurring in the
United States? (bipo)

Yes 13%

No 50%

No opinion 37%

11. (US Apr 6 '38) If you were in President Roosevelt's place,
what would you do to fight the depression? (aipo)

Remove restrictions on business initiative. . . . 27%

Just what he is doing 11

Reduce government spending and try to bal-
ance budget 10

Increase government spending 7

Reduce taxes 5

All other suggestions 40

100%

No opinion 50%

12. (US Apr 6 '38) Would you call the present state of busi-
ness a recession or a depression? (aipo)

Recession Depression No opinion

National total 42% 58% = 100% 12%

BY POLITICS

Republican 28% 72%

Democratic 50 50

13. (US Apr 6 '38) Do you think it is fair to call it [present
state of business] the Roosevelt recession (depression)? (aipo)
Yes 43% No 57% = 100% No opinion 10%

14. (US Apr 6 '38) Do you think it was fair to call the 1929
slump in business the Hoover depression? (aipo)

Yes 24% No 65% No opinion 11%

15. (US May 25 '38) Do you think we have passed the worst
point in the present depression? (aipo)

Yes 34% No 47% No opinion 19%

16. (US May 25 '38) About when do you think business will
pick up again? A comparable cross-section was asked: About
when do you think another rise in business will begin? Results
were combined, (aipo)

No opinion 46%

Fall 1938 13

Summer 1938 8

1940 8

End of 1938 5

End of present administration 4

Has begun 3

1941 2

[, Other answers 11

17. (US May 27 '38) What is your own explanation of the
cause of the present depression? (aipo)

Policies of the present administration; spending; etc 30%

Lack of cooperation between government and business . . 12

Lack of confidence; unwillingness to spend; etc 9

Lack of purchasing power; unequal distribution of

wealth; etc '. . ■ . 7

Business; sit-down strike by capital 7

Technological unemployment 5%

Aftermath of war 5

Labor trouble; strikes; CIO; etc 5

Overproduction 3

Natural causes; business cycle; etc 3

People living beyond their means 2

Lack of cooperation between business and labor 2

Political graft 2

All others 8

No opinion .

100%

30%

Blaming

Roosevelt Blaming

and all other Blaming

New Deal causes business

BY POLITICS

All 1936 Republicans 53%

All 1936 Democrats 15

1936 Democrats now Repub-
licans 38

47%
85

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 42% 48%

Middle 31 58

Lower 21 63

10%

18. (US June 21 '38) Do you think business would be better
or worse today if we had a Republican president? (May 18 '39
and Nov 18 '39) Do you think business would be more pros-
perous or less prosperous if we had a Republican president in
the White House? A comparable cross-section was asked the
question in the following form: Do vou think business would
be better or worse if we had a Republican president in the
White House? Results were combined, (aipo)

June '38.
May '39.
Nov '39.

prosperous

or better

60%

Less
prosperous
or worse
40%
26
27

About
the same

24%
32

MAY '39 AND NOV '39 OPINIONS BY POLITICS

Republican

May '39 85%

Nov '39 79

Democratic

May '39 29

Nov '39

3%
2

12%
19

42
50

29
40

MAY '39 OPINIONS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 62% 20% 18%

Middle class 54 22 24

Lower class 40 34 26

Reliefers 37 38 25

19. (US July '38) Do you think that economic conditions in
this country are better or worse now than they were a year
ago? (for)

IN COMPARISON WITH APR '38

Apr '38 July '3S

Better 25.3% 16.3%

Same 17.2 18.1

Worse 51.0 60.2

Don't know 6.5 54

20. (US July '38) Do you think better times are coming soon
— perhaps within the next twelve months? (for)

[G4]

Yes 36.6%

Depends 19.6

No 24.3

Don't know 19-5

21. (US July '38) What do you think will bring it [better
times] about? Asked of 56.2% of the sample who thought
better times were coming soon or gave qualified answers, (for)

Got'trn-
Indus trial merit Don't

activity activity Other know

National
total 36.9% 32.7% 21.3% 9.1% = 100.0%*

BY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

Executives.. 39.4% 28.9% 28.4% 3.3% = 100.0%*
Factory labor 37.0 34.0 14.0 15-0 = 100.0*

* 100% of those who thought there was a possibility of better times
coming soon.

22. (US Jan 23 '39) Do you think that, to improve business
conditions, it would be better to follow the leadership of big
businessmen or the leadership of the Roosevelt administration?
(aipo)

Business 48%

Administration 33

No opinion 14

Other answers 5

23. (US Mar 2 "39 and May 10 '39) Do you think the attitude
of the Roosevelt administration toward business is delaying
business recovery? A comparable cross-section was asked the
same question about businessmen instead of business. Results
were combined, (aipo)

Yes, Yes,

a lot a little No No opinion

Mar '39.... 41% 26% 33% = 100% 20%

May '36.... 63% 37 = 100 16

24. (US Apr '39) Which of these do you think is the main
thing now holding hack greater prosperity in this country?
(for)

The Leaders of Events Don't

New Deal business Labor abroad know
National total... 233% 25.1%, 17.5% 11.1% 23-0% = 100%

BY OPINIONS ABOUT WH.\T THE ADMINISTRATION SHOULD DO

Continue with more re-
forms along same lines. . 2.8%o 28.8%o 19.8% 235%)

Make necessary improve-
ments, but try nothing
new 29.1 49.3 41.6 48.7

Let conservatives undo
damage already done. . . 62.4 12.1 28.1 17.3

Don't know 5.7 9.8 105 10.5

100% 100% 100% 100%

25. (US May '39) With which of these two statements dc
you come closest to agreeing — the policies of the administra-
tion have so affected the confidence of businessmen that re-
covery has been seriously held back; businessmen generally
have been unjustly blaming the administration for their
troubles? (for)

Adr?iinis-

tration Business

delays fears are Don't

recovery unfounded know

National total 39.3% 37.4% 23.3% = 100%

Adminis-
tration Business
delays fears are Don' t
recovery unfounded know

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 63.0% 27.5% 9.3% = 100%

Poor 28.4 42.4 29.2 =100

BY SELECTED OCCITPATIONS

Executives 64.87e 25.6% 9.6% = 100%

Farm labor 22.2 453 32.5 =100

BY OPINIONS ABOUT ROOSEVELT

Roosevelt, or man like

him, is essential 5.2% 22.8%

Roosevelt's good out-
weighs bad 21 .6 63. 9

His usefulness is now

over 47.1 10.4

More Roosevelt is a ca-
lamity 26.1 2.9

100% 100%

BY POLITICAL PREFERENCE*

Garner 55.6% 52.8%,

La Guardia ,. 22.7 26.3

No choice 21.7 20.9

100% 100%

Hull 32.6% 55.6%

Vandenberg 39.9 14.1

No choice 27.5 30.3

100% 100%
* As indicated in answer to the question: If you had to choose be-
tween these two men to succeed President Roosevelt in 1940, which
one would you prefer as you feel now?

26. (US May 10 '39) Do you think the attitude of business
toward the Roosevelt administration is delaying business re-
covery? (aipo)

Yes 69% No 31% = 100% No opinion 17%

27. (US Jan '40) Do you think that general business condi-
tions have improved, grown worse, or stayed the same during
the past few months? (for)

Don t know

about

business

11.4%

Business Business Business
improved the same worse

National total .. . 42.5% 34.1% ' 12.0%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 56.9% 23.3% 9.0%

Poor 34.5 38.4 12.1

Negroes 23.7 39.3 16.9

BY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

Executives 71.7% 19.2% 7.6%

Unemployed 38.1 33.2 18.5

Farm labor 25.2 47.6 14.6

10.8%

15.0

20.1

1.5%
10.2
12.6

28. (US July 29 '41) Do you think we are likely to have
greater prosperity or another depression after the present war?
A comparable cross-section was asked the question omitting
the word "greater." Results were combined, (aipo)

Prosperity 13^

Depression 77^;

No opinion 10%

[65]

29. (US May 21 '42) Which do you think the United States
will have for the first two or three years after the war —
depression or prosperity? (aipo)

Depression Prosperity No opinion
National total 43% 45% 12%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional .... 34%

White-collar 39

Workers 42

Farmers 51

57%
50
44
36

9%
11
14
13

30. (US May 30 '42) Do you think there'll be a depression
right after the war? Those who believed there would be a
depression were asked: Do you think it will be worse than
the one that started in 1932, or not as bad as that one? (norc)

Won't be a depression 36%

Don't know whether or not there will be a depression. . 13

Depression will be worse than 1932 24

Will be the same 8

Won't be as bad 13

Don't know whether things will be better or worse 6

31. (US July 1 '42) Do you think there will be a depression
after the war? Those who believed there would be a depression
were asked: Do you think it will be a worse depression than
the one that started in 1929, or not as bad as that one? (norc)

Won't be a depression 16%

Don't know whether or not there will be a depression . . 8

Depression will be worse than 1929 36

Will be the same 9

Won't be as bad 25

Don't know whether things will be better or worse 6

32. (US Sept 24 '42) The way things look now, do you think
this war will be followed by a depression? Those who believed
there would be a depression were asked: Do you think the
government might be able to prevent such a depression? (norc)

Don't believe there will be a depression 29%

Don't know whether or not there will be a depression , . 12

Government might be able to prevent a depression 26

Government won't be able to prevent a depression 24

Don't know whether or not the government will be able

to prevent a depression 9

33. (US Sept 24 '42) What makes you think so [that the war
will not be followed by a depression]? Asked of 29% of the
sample who didn't think that there would be a depression
after the war. (norc)

Need for consumer goods after the war will prevent de-
pression 13%

Need of men to serve in standing army will prevent de-
pression 5

Need for rebuilding the world will prevent a depression 3

Economic planning in general 9

Reservoir of savings 4

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 2

37%*

* Percentages add to more than 29 because some respondents gave
more than one answer,

34. (US Jan 11 '43, June 18 '43, Nov 15 '43) Do you think it
will be possible for this country to have prosperity after the
war at the same time that other countries are having depres-
sions? (norc)

Yes

Jan '43 46%

June '43 44

Nov '43 45

No Don't know
39% 15%

45 11

40 15

35. (US Oct '43) It seems likely that immediately after the
war there will be a mixed condition of economic expansion
and contraction, depending on the area and industry. Granted
a period of two years for this condition, do you think we will
eventually go into a general boom or a general slump? Asked
of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Responiient' s
All business business

A general boom ... , 70.3% 66.7%

A general slump. . . . 17. 6 18.6

Don't know 12.1 14.7

36. (US Oct '43) If we have a depression after the war, what
do you think is likely to be the reaction of the American
public? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

Demand relief from government 72.4%

Rapid growth of a political labor party 41.1

Grin and bear it 29.4

Rioting and disorder 12.4

Rise of a new type of leader in the tradition of Huey

Long, Father Coughlin, etc 11.8

Vote Socialist or Communist 6.9

All other ? 10.5

184.5%*
* People giving more than one answer account for the total of more
tfian 100.

37. (US Oct '43) In the event of a new depression what one
or several of these means would you advocate to alleviate it?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Economy by government departments 77.3%

Lower corporate taxes 51. 9

A cooperative credit and employment effort on the part

of business 53.6

A huge public-works program 27.1

A spread-the-work program 24.1

Liberalization of consumer credit 17.8

Liberalization of bank credit 15.2

Government subsidies to business 3.4

Greater government regulation of business 1.3

Devaluation of the dollar 1.3

All other 13.2

286.2%*

* Some respondents gave more than one answer which accounts for
the total of more than 100.

38. (US July '44) A national cross-section of college students
were asked their opinions about the following statement: If
we separated the economy of this country from that of other
nations, we could avoid world depressions and preserve our
system of free competition, (for)

Approve 3% Disapprove 89% Uncertain 8%

39. (US Aug '44 and Jan '46) Do you expect we will probably
have a widespread depression within ten years or so or do you
think we probably will be able to avoid it? (Jan '45) Do you
expect we probably shall have a widespread depression within
ten years or so after the war is over, or do you think we prob-
ably shall be able to avoid it? (Aug '45) Do you expect we
will have a widespread depression within ten years or so after
the whole war is over, or do you think we probably will be
able to avoid it? (for)

[ o« ]

Will

Don't

avoid it

know

33.9%

13.5%

40.9

10.2

41.0

14.8

41.5

13.7

Will havi

dcprtssion

Aug '44 50.6%

Jan '45 48.9

Aug '45 44.2

Jan '46 44.8

JAN '45 RESULTS BY POLITICAL PREFERENCE

Roosevelt 38.7% 50.5% 10.8%

Dewey 62.1 30.4 7.5

40. (Canada July 12 '44) Which of these things do you think
is most likely to follow this war — a short period of depression,
a long period of depression, a short period of prosperity, or a
long period of prosperity? (cipo)

Short prosperity 37%

Long prosperity 18

Long depression 18

Short depression 16

Undecided 11

41. (Canada Sept 6 '44) Which of these do you think is the
best way to keep up employment and avoid a depression after
the war — remove wartime controls on business and industry;
keep wartime controls on business and industry; the govern-
ment to start large programs of public works; the government
to take over the ownership of business and industry? (ciPo)

Remove controls 17%

Keep controls 19

Public works 41

Government ownership. ... 14

Undecided 9

42. (US Apr 18 '45) A business leader says that after the war
we will have at least five to seven years of prosperity. Do you
agree or disagree with this statement? (aipo)

Agree 61% Disagree 26% No opinion 13%

43. (US Apr 18 '45) A government advisor says that after the
war we will have at least five to seven years of prosperity.
Do you agree or disagree with this statement? (aipo)
Agree 60% Disagree 28%- No opinion 12%

44. (US Aug '45) With which of these statements do you
come closest to agreeing — the United States is such a great
and powerful country that she can be prosperous even though
most other countries are having a depression; although the
United States is a great and powerful country she cannot be
prosperous for long if most other countries are having a de-
pression? (for)

US cannot hi pros-
US can he perous if most other
prosperous countries are having Don't
alone a depression know

National total 23.0% 65.7% 11.3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 17.1% 81.3%

Upper middle 17.3 78.7

Lower middle 22.9 69.3

Poor 28.9 49.7

1.6%
4.0
7.8
21.4

BY EDUCATION

51.8%

68.9

83.8

22.2%
5.7
2.8

Grade school 26.0%

High school 25.4

College 13.4

45. (US Sept '45) As you know, a lot of things helped bring
about the last depression. But of these two things, which one
of them do you think had the most to do with bringing it
about — do you think too much was produced in this country,

or didn't people have enough money to buy what was pro
duced? (norc)

Too much produced 11%, Not enough money 71%

Don't know 18%

46. (US Sept '45) During this time, what do you think was
one of the main reasons that some people didn't have the kind
of food, clothing, and housing they needed? Asked of 11%, of
the sample who thought that too much production was a more
important cause for the last depression than scarcity of money.
(norc)

Not enough money; not enough purchasing power 3%

Lack of jobs 3

Wages were too low; wages were below living costs. ... *

People used up their savings; careless spending 2

Introduction of new machinery and techniques *

Overproduction closed the factories 1

Due to government interference *

Lack of government planning *

Some people were satisfied to live on relief *

Other answers 1

Don't know 1

11%
* Less than 0.5%.

47. (US Mar '46) Generally speaking, do you think the United
States is better off when foreign countries are well-to-do, or
are we just as well off when other countries are having de-
pressions? (norc)

Better off 75% Just as well ll'^/o Don't know 8%

48. (US July 24 '46) Do you think there will be a serious busi-
ness depression in the United States within the next ten years?
The 60% who thought there would be a serious depression
within the next ten years were asked: When do you think this
depression will come? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 60% 20% 20%

BY AGE

21-29 years 64% 17% 19%

30-49 years 59 21 20

50 years and over 57 22 21

BY OCCtrPATION

Professional and business. . . . 63% 22% 15%

Farmers 65 17 18

White-collar 59 23 18

Manual workers 56 20 24

BY EDUCATION

College 70% 20% 10%

High school 64 20 16

Grade school or less 55 20 25

Median 5 years

49. (France Sept '46) Do you believe that the next five years
will be an era of crisis or an era of prosperity for France? (fipo)
Prosperity 29% Crisis 29% Neither 24% No opinion 18%

50. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46) Do you think that there will
be or will not be a serious business depression in Britain dur-
ing the next ten years? (bipo)

Will Will Don't

he not he know

National total 32% 36% 32%

BY SEX

Men 33% 42% 25%

Women 32 29 39

I
I

[67]

Will Will Oont

be not be know

BY AGE

21-29 years 36% 33% 31%

30-49 years 32 38 30

50 years and over 30 34 36

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher :.. 42% 37% 21%

Middle 39 39 22

Lower 29 34 37

Very poor 29 29 42

BY LABOR STATUS

Union members 30% 42% 28%

Non-union members 33 32 35

51. (Australia Nov 23 '46) In your opinion, is Australia likely
to have a serious business depression, with a lot of unemploy-
ment, in the next two years? (apop)

Yes No Undecided

National total 28% 54% 18%

BY SEX

Men 25% 61% 14%

Women 30 46 24

62. (Australia Nov 23 '46) Do you think business and em-
ployment are fairly normal now or do you believe we arc hav-
ing a boom? (apop)

Having Fairly

a boom normal Undecided

National total 52% 34% 14%

BY SEX

Men 56% 33% 11%

Women 48 35 17

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 66% 25% 9%

Business owners and managers 57 29 14
White-collar and other wage

earners 51 36 13

BY POLITICS

Liberal-Country party 57% 30% 13%

Labor 49 38 .13

53. (US Dec 31 '46) Do you think there will be a business de-
pression in 1947? 31% of the sample who said they expected
a business depression in 1947 were asked: Well, how serious
a depression — very serious, fairly serious, or not serious? (aipo)

Very serious 5%

Fairly serious 9

Not too serious 16

Don't know how serious 1

Don't expect a depression 61

No opinion 8

BUTTER

1. (Canada Mar 17 '43) At the present time it is against the
law to sell oleomargarine. Would you like to see oleomargarine
sold by the stores, or do you favor continuing the present ban?
(cipo)

Permit Continue
sale ban Undecided

National total . . . 35% 45% 20%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farm 25% 54% 21%

City 38 42 20

2. (Australia Apr '44) Do you think your family would get
along all right if the butter ration were reduced from one
pound to three quarters of a pound fortnightly? (apop)

Yes 29% No 71%

3. (US June 2 '44) Does your ration allow you to get all the
rationed butter your family really needs? Asked of a national
cross-section of women who do the family marketing, (norc)

Yes 85%

No 9

More 2

Don't use 4

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

4. (Australia Aug-Sept '44) Do you find you can get along
fairly well with the reduced butter ration? (apop)

Yes No

National total 57% 43%

BY OCCUPATION

Business owners, managers, professional 70% 30%

Farm owners 70 30

Clerks, shophands 56 44

Skilled workers 55 45

Semi-skilled workers 52 48

Unskilled workers 49 51

5. (Belgium July-Oct '46) When buying butter are you aware
of, or do you take note of, the official price (maximum legal
price)? (iNsoc)

Don't
Always Often Rarely Never know
National total .. . 46.9% 10.4% 8.5% 20.9% 13.3%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 47.5% 9.3% 6.9% 21.27o 15.1%

Rural 44.6 9.2 10.4 24.4 11.4

Industrial 49.3 14.3 8.7 15.0 12.7

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 41.0% 8.8% 12.4% 27.2% 10.6%

Workers 45-5 9.7 8.7 17.2 18.9

White-collar 42.1 14.2 7.4 19.3 17.0

Business 458 9.2 5-5 22.3 17.2

Professional 29.6 7.7 12.1 30.8 19.8

Living on income. 57.1 7.4 7.9 18.4 92

Housewives 559 12.1 7.4 22.0 2.6

6. (Belgium July-Oct '46) When buying [butter] with ration
stamps or certificates of entitlement, do you ever have to pay
more than the fixed official prices (maximum legal price)?
(iNsoc)

Don't
Always Often Rarely Never know
National total.. . 3.8% 6.0% 7.2% 62.4% 20.6%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 2.7% 5.9% 7.0% "61.6% 22.8%

Rural 4.7 7.1 7.1 61.7 19.4

Industrial 4.7 4.7 7.6 64.8 18,2

[ «8 ]

Don't

Always Ojten Kiirely Never know

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 6.4% 5-3% 6.7% 59.7% 21.9%

Workers 4.3 5-8 7.0 57.6 25.3

White-collar 3.5 5.8 8.4 59.2 23.1

Business 1.7 8.8 9.2 55.9 24.4

Professional 4.4 56 8.9 52.2 28.9

Living on income. 4.3 6.7 4.9 68.1 16.0

Housewives 2.6 54 6.4 76.1 9.5

7. (Belgium July-Oct '46) Did you ever buy [butter] without
ration stamps or certificates? (insoc)

Don't

Often Rarely Never know

National total 66.8% 14.2% 13.2% 5.8%

BV ENVIRONMENT

Urban 71.8% 13.7% 7.5% 7.0%

Rural 57.9 15-4 21.8 4.9

Industrial 70.2 13.4 11.8 4.6

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 40.9% 14.7% 39.8% 4.6%

Workers 65-3 15.8 11.1 7.8

White-collar 72.8 15.5 5.5 6.2

Business 79.8 5-5 5-5 9.2

Professional 78.9 8.9 4.4 7.8

Housewives 738 14.9 9.9 1.4

BUYING

1. (US July •35'^
you spend it for

If you get more money this year,
(Mst? (for)

what will

Clothes

House repairs . .

Savings

Debts

House furnish-
ings or equip-
ment

Travel

Automobile. , . .

General necessi-
ties

Food

Move to other
place

Other

Don't know . . .

N.,-
tional
total

14.4%
13.7
12.4
12.0

9.0
6.7
6.5

6.5

2.0

1.6

2.6

12.6

Pros-
perous

6.2%
14.2
12.4

9.8

10.2
13.5

4.7

3.6

0.7

4.4

19.6

Upper
tniddle
class
10.7%
15.7
13.7
14.7

8.4
8.3

7.4

5.7
0.6

1.0

2.6

11.2

Lower
middle
class

15.1%
14.3
11.5
11.5

10.2
6.0
6.7

7.3
1.3

1.5

2.5

12.1

Poor

8.5

11.9

9.9

7.6
3.6
5.8

7.6
3.8

3.2

2.6

14.3

Negro

26.0%

12.6

10.1

4.2
0.8

4.2

5.9

17.7

1.7

4.2

2. (US Oct '36) If you had more income, which of the follow-
ing would you rather spend it for?* (for)

Rent 1.1%

Down payment on new home 20.3

Daily needs like food and clothing 14.7

Automobile 5.4

New furniture 4.1

Insurance 9.6

Savings 20.1

Travel 16.3

Pay debts 1.0%

Improvements 2.1

None of these and other answers 5-3

* Allowing for double answers, the total came to 128.5. Results
have here been reduced to the basis of 100 per cent.

3. (US Apr 27 '38) If you received a gift of one hundred dol-
lars what would you do with it? (aipo)

Pay bills 26%

Spend it 3

Put it in the bank 12

Put it toward a house 1

Buy a car 1

Buy government bonds 1

Take a trip 1

Buy clothes 7

Take a vacation 1

Get teeth fixed, false teeth 1

Use it toward children's education 1

Put it into my business 1

Use it to help pay my way through school 2

Apply it to my mortgage 1

Improve my property 1

Hold on to it 1

Use it to take care of my family, necessities (food,

clothing) 6

Household needs 1

Give it to charity 1

Pay my taxes 1

Repair my home 2

Give it to my wife (her financial judgment is better). . . 1

Buy a cow and some pigs (livestock) 1

Buy furniture 1

Invest it 2

Others 10

No opinion 13

4. (US Apr 27 '38) If you received a gift of five hundred dol-
lars tomorrow, what would you do with it? (aipo)

Pay bills 25%

Spend it 2

Put it in the bank 11

Get married ■ 1

Put it toward a house 4

Buy a car 4

Buy government bonds 1

Take a trip 2

Buy clothes 3

Take a vacation ■ 2

Pay on my notes 1

Use it toward children's education 2

Use it to help pay my way through school 2

Apply it to my mortgage 1

Improve my property 1

Hold on to it 1

Use it to take care of my family, necessities (food,

clothing) 3

Household needs 1

Give it to charity 1

Pay my taxes 1

I'd buy a little business and make a living with it 1

Invest in properties, real estate 1

Invest it in preferred stock, common stock 1

Invest it 3

Invest in farm land 1

Repair my home 2

Buy a cow and some pigs, livestock 1

Buy furniture 1

Postal savings 1

[69]

Put it into my business 1%

Others 9

No opinion 9

5. (US Apr '39) Can you name any large, important thing
that you would like to have and would probably buy if it
only cost half as much as it now costs? (for)

House or home 21 .9%

Cars and trucks 15.2

Farm 32

Household appliances; refrigerators; washing and sew-
ing machines; stoves 30

Renovations; additions; plumbing; heating 2.3

Farm machinery; equipment; etc 1.8

Radio; phonograph; piano; other musical instruments 1.8

Furniture and house furnishings 1.5

Real estate 1.2

Other answers 3

47. (US June 2 '44) In the past six months, have you shopped
for groceries and meats? Asked of women marketers who were
familiar with ceiling prices, (norc)

Yes 89% No 11%

48. (US June 2 "44) During the last year, would you sav
grocery prices have gone up or down? Asked of women mar-
keters familiar with ceiling prices, (norc)

Up 68%

Stayed same 16

Down 2

Not asked the question. ... 11

Don't know 3

49. (US June 2 '44) Do you generally find out what the ceil-
ing prices are before you buy [groceries and meats]? Asked of
women marketers familiar with ceiling prices, (norc)

Yes 38%

No 50

No answer 1

Not asked the question .... 11

50. (US June 2 '44) In the past six months, have you bought
anything in a department or dry goods store? Asked of women
marketers familiar with ceiling prices, (norc)
Yes 82% No 7% Not asked the question 11%

51. (US June 2 '44) During the last year, would you say de-
partment store prices have gone up or down? Asked of 82%
of a sample of women marketers familiar with ceiling prices
who have bought in department or dry goods stores in the
previous six months, (norc)
Up 69% Stayed same 10% Down * Don't know 3% = 82%

* Less than 0.5%.

52. (US June 2 '44) Do you generally find out what the ceil-
ing prices are before you buy in a department (or dry goods)
store? Asked of 82% of a sample of women marketers familiar
with ceiling prices who have bought in department or dry
goods stores in the previous six months, (norc)
Yes 24% No 57% No answer 1% = 82%

53. (US June 2 '44) In general, do you think the things you
buy today are as good quality as the things you got for the
same price a couple of years ago? Asked of a national cross-
section of women who did the family marketing, (norc)
Yes 9% No 87% Don't know 4%

54. (US June 2 '44) What sort of things [that you buy] aren't
as good? Asked of 87% of a sample of women marketers who
thought the quality of goods had gone down, (norc)

All clothing 52%

Dry goods 35

Shoes 26

Everything 10

Children's clothes 9

Hardware 8

Meats 7

Furniture 6

Canned foods 5

Miscellaneous 14

Don't know *

172%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 87 because some respondents
more than one answer.

55. (US June 2 '44) Do you buy most of your groceries
meats at a chain store or an independent dealer? Asked
national cross-section of women marketers, (norc)

gave

and
of a

[73]

Chain 34%

Independent 46

Both 20

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

56. (Denmark July 22 '44) Which one of the commodities
now scarce because of the war, do you miss the most? (dgi)

Tobacco 13%

Coffee 10

Clothing 7

Working clothes 5

Bicycle tires 5

Fabrics 5

Stockings 5

Sugar 4

Underwear 3

Children's clothes 3

Tea 2

Linen, etc 2

Butter 2

Wool 1

Other things 18

Don't know 15

57. (Australia Dec '44 to Jan '45) After the war, do you
think shops should remain open Friday nights till about
9 p.m.? (apop)

Oppose late shopping 51%

Open till 8 p.m 8

Open till 9 p.m 41

58. (Australia Dec '44 to Jan '45) And on other weekdays
[other than Friday], what should be the closing time of shops
after the war? (apop)

Close at 5 p.m 15%

Close at 5:30 p.m 42

Close at 6 p.m 43

59. (Australia Dec '44 to Jan '45) And what about Saturday
(morning) shopping [hours] after the war? (apop)

Close all Saturday ^2.%

Close at noon 37

Close at 12:30 p.m 20

Close at 1 p.m 19

Close at 6 p.m 2

60. (France Jan 1 '45) Do you intend to buy a camera after
the war? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 39% 52% 9%

Provinces 32 60 8

61. (Great Britain Feb '45) Is there anything you are anxious
to buy and for which you have looked in the shops without
finding it? (bipo)

Household items 26%

Food 3

Clothing 13

Miscellaneous 16

Others 10

No reply 32

62. (Australia June-July '45) Which of these suggestions is
your idea for week-end shopping after the war — open both
Friday night and Saturday morning, close both Friday night
and Saturday morning, open Friday night but close Saturday
morning, or close Friday night but open Saturday morning?
A card with the four alternatives was handed the respondent.
(apop)

Open Friday night and Saturday morning 24%

Close Friday night and Saturday morning 6

Open Friday night but close Saturday morning 20

Close Friday night but open Saturday morning 45

No opinion 5

63. (Australia June-July '45) At what hour should shops close
on Friday nights? Asked of 44% of the sample who wanted
shops open on Friday evenings, (apop)

7 p.m 1%

8 p.m 17

9 p.m 74

10 p.m 8

100%, of those who
wanted shops open on Friday evenings

64. (Australia June-July '45) At what hour should shops close
on Saturday mornings? Asked of 69% of the sample who wanted
shops open on Saturday mornings, (apop)

11 a.m 3%

Noon 51

12:30 p.m 27

1 p.m 19

100% of those who
wanted shops open on Saturday mornings

65. (Great Britain July '45) On the whole, have you found
that the things you want to buy are easier to get since VE-Day,
or more difficult? (bipo)

National total .

Men . . .
Women .

Easier
11%

Same

BY SEX

10% 39%

12 35

BY AGE

21-29 years 17% 36%

30-49 years 10 37

50 years and over. . 10 38

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher .
Middle.
Lower. .

10%

40%

dijftcult

44%

40%
49

44%

47%

Don't
know

11%
4

3%
6

66. (US July 5 '45) Are you now saving money for something
in particular you want to buy after the war? (nyht)

Yes No No answer

National total 35.1% 62.6% 2.3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 30.9%

Upper middle class 36.4

Lower middle class 38.8

Poor 29.4

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 32.2%

Midwest 36.3

South 33.9

Far West 42.4

SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Over 100,000 36.0%

Under 100,000 35.7

Rural farm 32.1

68.3%

.8%

62.1

1.5

59.7

1.5

65.9

4.7

64.9%

2.9%

61.6

2.1

64.2

1.9

55.0

2.6

61.8%

2.2%

61.8

2.5

65.6

2.3

[74]

67. (US July 5 '45) What arc you saving your money for?

Asked of 35.l9('i of the sample who said they were saving for
something in particular, (nyht)

Niitionul

total Men Women

Buy, build a home 42.9% 34.7% 50.0%

Remodeling, painting 6.8 5 1 8.1

Buy a farm 5.7 9.7 2.3

Real estate, land 4.1 51 3.3

Improvements for farm 1.7 2.3 12

Refrigerator 35 3.9 3 2

Electrical appliances (other

than refrigerator) 4.1 30 5-1

House furnishings, furniture . 6.0 35 8.1

Radio ' 1.1 .9 1.4

Other household equipment . . 2.2 .9 32

Automobile 12.1 14.7 9.9

Education for children 2.7 2.7 2.7

Own education .6 .3 6

Start, expand own business. . . 5 0 83 2.1

Help sons, husband get started 1.8 1.1 2.4
For retirement; security in

later life '..... 1.4 2.3 .6

All other 7.1 94 5.1

Don't know and no answer. . . 1.4 2.8 .3

110.2%* 110.9%.* 109.6%*

* Percentages are based on those who said they were saving for some-
thing specific and add to more than 100 because some mentioned more
than one item.

68. (Great Britain Nov 3 '45) On the whole, do you think

that queuing is worse or better than it was a year ago? (Apr
27 '46) Do you, personally, have to spend more time or less
time in queues of all kinds than a year ago? (bipo)

More time Less time Don't

or worse Same or better know

Nov '45 28% 36% 18% 18%

Apr '46 31 36 19 14

BY SEX

Men

Nov -45 22% 33% 17% 28%

Apr '46 24 36 18 22

Women

Nov '45 33 39 19 9

Apr '46 38 35 20 7

BY AGE

11-19 years

Nov '45 27% 37% 16% 20%

Apr '46 30 33 23 14

30-49 years

Nov '45 29 34 19 18

Apr '46 31 35 20 14

50 years and over

Nov '45 26 39 17 18

Apr '46 30 38 16 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher

Nov '45 27% 30% 18% 25%

Apr '46 21 41 16 22

Middle

Nov '45 26 33 20 21

Apr '46 29 37 20 14

More time
or worse Same

Lower

Nov '45 28% 38%

Apr '46 33 35

Housewives

Apr '46 41 32

Less time
or better

17%
18

Don't

know

17%
14

69. (US Jan 3 '46) Since the war ended, have you bought
anything that you probably wouldn't have bought if the war
had continued? (nyht)

N» Yes No answer

National total .

86.3"^

12.8%

r/o

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 85.8% 14.2%

Upper middle 837 16.1

Lower middle. . . . 86.9 12.1

Poor 87.6 10.9

.2
1.0
1.5

70. (US Jan 3 '46) What [have you bought since the war
ended that you wouldn't have bought if the war had con-
tinued]? Anything else? Asked of 12.8% of the sample who
said they had bought something since the war ended that
they probably wouldn't have bought if the war had con-
tinued, (nyht)

National
total

Personal items
(mostly cloth-
ing) 3.6%

Electric appliances. 2.7

Home furnishing. . 1.9

Automobiles, fuel
and accessories. . 1.6

Real estate (homes,
remodeling) 1.3

Food stuffs 1.1

Business invest-
ments 9

All other 9

No answer as to
what was bought .8

Pros-
perous

3.9%

3.0

1.3

2.2

Upper
middle

3.0

2.4

1.8

Lower
middle

3.0
1.9

1.2

Poor

3.8%

2.0

1.8

2.1

2.4

1.7

1.2

1.0

—

1.8

2.6

1.1

1.5

14.8%* 17.7% 18.9% 14.0% 12.2%
* Percentages add to more than 12.8 etc. because some respondents
gave more than one answer.

71. (US Jan 3 '46) The 86.3% who reported having bought
nothing since the war that they would not have bought had
the war been on were asked why they had not bought any-
thing. Results follow: (nyht)

Don't need anything 26.2%

Can't find what I want 22.9

Don't have enough money 19.1

Want to wait for better quality of materials 9.0

Prices are too high 7.7

Fear of economic insecurity 4.8

Haven't seen anything I wanted 3.8

Haven't had the time to shop 2.6

Didn't want to cash war bonds or use savings 1.5

All other reasons 3.2

No reason 2.1

Don't know 2.1

No answer 1.5

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who reported
having bought nothing since the war and add to more than 100 because
some gave more than one answer.

[75]

72. (Hungary Feb '46) In general, where do you prefer to
shop — in department stores, cooperative society shops, small
shops, or some other shop? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

Yis

BY SEX AND

ECONOMIC STATUS

Cooper-
ative
society
Stores shops

Educated class

Men with fixed income 7.9% 16.7%

Men with variable income. . 4.2 6.9
Women with fixed income. . 18.5 9.2
Women with variable in-
come 16.0 14.0

Small bourgeoisie

Men with fixed income 18.8 25.5

Men with variable income. . 12.0 7.6
Women with fixed income. .23.1 8.2
Women with variable in-
come 21.0 7.9

Workers

Men with fixed income 25. 4

Men with variable income. . 23.0
Women with fixed income. . 20.0
Women with variable in-
come 19.6 26.6

Small

shops Others

1^.'>% 1.9%

87.9 1.0

72.3 —

68.0

54.8
80.4

71.1

23.0

49.4

25.5

51.5

12.5

67.5

52.4

2.0
0.9
1.9

2.2

1.4

73. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Among the following articles,
which one do you want to buy first? (insoc)

a ^ 5

National total 17% 20% 6% 4% 3% 31% 19%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 15% 22% 6% 4% 3% 31% 19%

Rural 21 18 6 4 3 28 20

Industrial 16 15 4 6 3 35 21

BY OCCUPATION

Farm and farm labor. 22% 17% 5% 3% 2% 26% 25%

Workers and artisans.. 17 13 5 5 3 35 22

White-collar 16 19 6 5 2 27 25

Business 15 17 8 4 4 25 27

Professional 11 21 14 3 4 22 25

Living on income 10 24 4 5 2 30 25

Housewives 17 29 7 5 3 34 5

74. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Do you find these articles that
you want to buy in the shops? (insoc)

Yes No

National total 56% 44%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 55% 45%

Rural 51 49

Industrial 70 30

BY OCCUPATION

Farm and farm labor 49% 51%

Workers and artisans 62 38

White-collar 58 42

Business 54 46

Professional 59 41

Living on income 50 50

Housewives 54 46

BY ARTICLES

Cups 33 67

Drinking glasses 62 38

Spoons and forks 60 40

Knives 60 40

Saucepans 72 28

75. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Among the following articles,
which one do you wish you could buy first? (insoc)

■^
S

National total 25% 25% 24%

13%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 25% 26% 27%

Rural 23 24 22

Industrial 27 24 22

12% 6%
15 8

14 7

BY OCCUPATION

12%

7
10

6
10

Farm and farm labor.. 25% 19% 17% 14% 13^

Workers and artisans. . 24 23 23 10 13

White-collar 24 25 34 2 8

Business 25 23 30 2 10

Professional 36 16 36 — 6

Living on income 23 33 24 1 9

Housewives 24 31 20 2 21

76. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Do you find the cloth articles or
shoes that you want to buy with your ration points in the
shops? (insoc)

Yes No

National total 60% 40%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 62% 38%

Rural 53 47

Industrial 67 33

BY OCCUPATION

Farm and farm labor 48% 52%

Workers and artisans 64 36

White-collar 61 39

Business 55 45

Professional 69 31

Living on income 50 50

Housewives 62 38

BY ARTICLES

Shoes 56% 44%

Underclothing 63 37

Suit or dress 62 38

Work clothes 57 43

Bedding 56 44

77. (Great Britain June '46) What is the first thing you would
buy for your home if you could find it in the shops? (bipo)

National
total

Household furnishings 61%

Appliances and tools 11

Motor car

Amusements, hobbies

Foodstuffs

Clothing

Miscellaneous

1
6
1
1

7
No reply 12

Men

Women

i^7o

—

[76]

78. (Great Britain June '46) Have you re-registered with your
old butcher/grocer, or arc you going to change? (bipo)

Butcher Grocer

Rc-reg- Don't Ke-reg- Don't

istertd Change know istertd Change know

National total.. 77% 13% 10% 78% 13% 9%

BY SEX

Men 74% 11% 15% 74% 11% 15%

Women 81 15 4 82 14 4

BY AGE

21-29 years 68% 15% 17% 69% 15% 16%

30-49 years 79 13 8 79 14 7

50 years and over 79 12 9 80 10 10

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 75% 13% 12% 74% 14% 12%

Middle 79 11 10 79 11 10

Lower 77 14 9 78 13 9

79. (Great Britain Aug '46) What is the first item on the list
of things you want to buy for your own personal use? (bipo)

Men Women
Clothes (general), new outfit .... 19% 19%

Suit, overcoat, costume, dress. ... 12 13

Boots, shoes 5 11

Socks, stockings 1 6

Underwear 2 6

Corsets — 3

House, bungalow 3 2

Motorcar 15 4

Motorcycle 4 —

Bicycle 2 1

Furniture, household equipment. . 1 4

Sewing machine — 1

Washing machine — 1

Sports uipment 4 1

Radio 2 1

Musical instrument — 1

Watch 3 2

Fountain pen 2 —

Pipe 3 —

Cigarette lighter 1 —

Razor 2 —

Tools 1 —

Handbag — 3

Umbrella — 2

Cosmetics — 1

Miscellaneous articles 10 10

None 8 8

80. (US Aug '46) On the whole, which sex do you think is
more extravagant in spending money, men or women? (for)

Men

Women

BY SEX

Don't

Women

difference

know

I 51.3%

20.7%

7.0%

44.9

18.3

6.4

Men

Men 21.0%

Women 30.4

81. (Hungary Sept '46) Can you now buy sufficient luxuries?
(hipor)

Yes 18% No 61% Partly 17% Uncertain 4%

82. (Hungary Nov '46) What were your expenditures yester-
day? Asked of a cross-section of Budapest residents, (hipor)

Food

Tramway, bus, taxi

Newspaper

Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes

Electric, gas bills, etc

Fuel

Doctor, medicine

Theater, movies, entertainment

Cosmetics

Soap, soda, etc., for washing

Drinks

Bills, debts. . .,

Textiles, clothes

Tax, rent, radio, mail, ration cards,
fees for release from obligatory pub-
lic labor, etc

Sewing utensils, thread, yarn, etc

Book

Shoes

Repairs

No expenditures

Other

42.9%

64.4%

15.1

12.6

13.5

2.2

28.2

3.2

6.7

1.5

3.7

0.4

4.2

4.3

0.1

0.8

0.3

1.4

4.6

1.3

0.3

0.8

3.1

3.6

3.5

7.4

0.3

2.8

0.8

1.3

0.9

0.2

0.1

1.8

7.2

11.7

10.0

10.7

140.3%* 145.0%,*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

83. (Hungary Nov '46) If you unexpectedly got five hundred
forints, what would you buy for Christmas? Asked in Budapest.
(hipor)

Nothing 2.5

Clothing, textiles,

underwear 55. 0

Shoes 25.0

Food, sweets 10.0

Toys —

Books 10.0

Fuel —

Drink, tobacco —

Cosmetics —

Luxury, fur coat,

jewelry 10.0

Household articles. —
Watch, fountain

pen, pencil 5.8

Don't know yet. .. . 5.0

Radio 7.5

Bicycle —

Trousseau, furniture 2.5
Other, no answer . . 7.5

MEN

WOMEN

W
^

c§

0.7

0.8

2.9

0.6

0.3

57.8

54.7

61.8

64.1

20.6

36.5

32.3

36.2

40.7

25.0

22.0

11.8

26.0

21,9

1.8

5.1

2.9

7.1

4.0

6.4

5.9

5.7

9.5

2.3

12.8

10.2

8.8

6.5

16.2

1.4

0.8

—

0.6

—

2.9

0.6

1.1

1.4

1.7

11.8

3.0

1.4

1.3

—

1.8

0.8

2.1

0.8

2.9

—

0.6

2.1

1.3

—

1.8

1.4

4.3

0.8

—

0.6

2.5

1.4

—

0.3

—

1.3

8.8

2.4

1.1

9.3

9.8

8.8

7.1

9.4

.48.5*

153.0*

161.4*

165.6* 168.1*

Percentages . . . 140.

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

84. (Hungary Nov '46) What do you intend to buy for Christ-
mas? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

[77]

MEK

WOMEN

•^

18.0

26.2

20.6

21.9

31.9

44.1 37.3 47.0 36.8 33.9

15.7

13.1

11.8

11.2

136

11.5

14.0

5.7

10.6

10.0

7.2

3.4

14.6

8.9

6.5

6.4

1.3

8.8

7.7

3.4

3.6

1.7

2.9

1.8

1.7

2.1

1.7

—

1.2

—

0.8

—

1.8

0.3

2.1

0.4

—

4.7

0.3

1.4

1.3

2.9

—

0.3

1.4

2.9

—

2.1

1.2

—

0.3

17.5

11.5

11.4

5.7

14.2

14.8

10.0

9.3

7.6

5.7

7.1

3.7

Nothing 12.5

Textiles, clothes,

linen 35.0

Knitted articles,

shoes 12.5

Food, sweets 10.0

Toys 7.5

Books 12.5

Fuel —

Drink, tobacco —

Cosmetics 2.5

Luxuries, fur coat,

jewelry 2.5

Household articles. —
Watch, fountain

pen, pencil 2.5

Radio, bicycle, fur-
niture, trousseau
Don't know yet. . .
Other, no answer.

Percentages... 125.0* 136.4* 121.4* 128.6* 127.9* 120.7*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

85. (Australia Nov 23 '46) If it were put to a vote that retail
shops should open on cither Friday evening (to 9 p.m.) or on
Saturday morning (to 12:30) — which would you favor? (apop)
Favor opening Friday 48% Favor Saturday 48%

No opinion 4%

86. (Canada Dec 21 '46) If someone gave you five thousand
dollars on condition that you spend it all, what would you
spend most of it on? (cipo)

Buy a home; invest in property; improve my home; add

land to my farm; pay off my home; etc 43%

Travel; see the world; head for New York; etc 16

Invest it in securities; annuities; insurance; bonds; etc. , . 14

Buy a car 10

Buy household furnishings 7

Buy clothes 5

Improve education; go to university; study music, art,

drama, etc 4

Spend it on the family 3

Recreation; vacation 2

Buy farm machinery 2

Miscellaneous replies 11

Couldn't decide 2

119%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one ans'wer.

CABINET OFFICERS

Australia

1. (Australia Oct '41) Should an Australian Cabinet Minister
attend the British War Cabinet when it is discussing war policy
affecting Australia? (apop)

Undecided

19%

13%
17

11%
8

22%
16

11%

Yes

National total 72%

BY AGE

21-29 years 76%

30-39 years 75

40-49 years 74

50-59 years 71

60 years and over 64

BY POLITICS

Labor voters 67%

Other votets 77

Canada

1. (Canada Sept 9 '42) Do you think that the war effort would
be helped if the Cabinet were chosen from all political parties
and not just from the Liberal Party as at present or do you
think it would make no difference? (ciPo)

Would help war effort 59%

Would hurt war effort 8

Would make no difference. . 26

No opinion 7

2. (Canada Mar 10 '45) Do you happen to know the names
of any of the members of Mackenzie King's Ottawa Cabinet?
What are their names? (ciPo)

Ilsley 52%

McNaughton 43

Howe 24

Macdonald 21

Couldn't name any 22

Incorrect answers 11

173%* ■
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

France

1. (France June 1 '45) Were you surprised at the resignation
of M. Mendes-France, Minister of National Economy? (fipo)
Yes 15% No 42% No answer 43%

2. (France Dec 16 '45) Should General De Gaulle have given
one of the three following ministries to the Communist Party
— War, Foreign Affairs, Interior? (fipo)

Yes 45% No 45% No opinion 10%

3. (France Feb 1 '46) Have you ever heard of M. Jean Monnet?
(fipo)

Yes No

National total 41% 59%

Informed opinion 54 46

4. (France Feb 1 '46) Do you approve of his [M. Jean Monnet's]
nomination as Commissioner General of the [Economic] Plan?
Asked of 41% of the sample who had heard of M. Monnet.
(fipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 40% 15% 45% = 100%

of those who had heard of M. Jean Monnet
Informed opinion 22 13 65

5. (France Feb 1 '46) Of the two ministries. Finance and Na-
tional Economy, which do you consider the most important?
(fipo)

[78]

National No

economy Finance Equal opinion

National total 33% 24% 28% 15%

Informed opinion. . . 40 26 27 7

6. (France Feb 1 '46) Should one of these two ministries [Fi-
nance and National Economy}, in your opinion, be subject to
the authority of the other? (fii»o)

Yis No No opinion

National total 42% 32% 26%

Informed opinion 49 35 16

7. (France Feb 1 '46) Which [ministry] should be subject to
the authority of the other? Asked of 42%, of the sample who
thought one of the two ministries. Finance and National
Economy, should be subject to the authority of the other.
(fipo)

Ministry
Ministry of

of National No

Finance Economy opinion

National total 62% 36% 2% = 100% of

those questioned

Informed opinion .. . 31 17 52

8. (France Feb 1 '46) In your opinion should the [Constituent]
deputies be subject to recall if they have acquitted themselves
badly? (fipo)

Yes 90% No 4% No opinion 6%

9. (France Feb 1 '46) Who would recall them [the Constituent
deputies], their party or the electors? Asked of 90% of the
sample who thought the deputies should be recalled if they
acquitted themselves badly, (fipo)

Electors 66% Party 24% No opinion 10%

10. (France Feb 16 '46) In your opinion, have the following
ministers done well or badly: MM. Pleven, Billoux, Marcel
Paul, Tanguy-Prigent, Bidault, Tillon, Michelet, Teitgen?
(fipo)

Done well Done badly No opinion

M. Bidault 57% 14% 29%

M. Marcel Paul 23 36 41

M. Tillon 21 25 54

M. Billoux 15 38 47

M. Pleven 15 63 22

M. Teitgen 12 55 33

M. Michelet 11 29 60

M. Tanguy-Prigent 7 73 20

11. (France Aug 1 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with
the composition of the Ministry set up by Georges Bidault?
(pivo)

Satis- Dis- Indif- No

fied satisfied ferent opinion
National total 33% 22% 32% 13%

BY POLITICS

Communists 21% 50% 29%

Socialists 26 28 46

Other left parties 37 19 44

MRP 62 9 29

PRL 37 25 38

12. (France Sept '46) Was it right to validate the election of
M. Reynaud? And that of M. Daladier? (fipo)

Reynaud Daladier

Yes 36% 35%

No 36 37

No opinion 28 28

Would you have wanted that [the election] of M. Reynaud
invalidated? And that of M. Daladier?

Reynaud Daladier

Yes 40% 40%

No 33 34

No opinion 27 26

COMBINED RESULTS

For validation 34%> 35%

For invalidation 38 38

No opinion 28 27

13. (France Sept '46) In your opinion will M. Yves Farge,

Minister of Food, succeed? (fipo)

Yes 31% No 24% No opinion 45%

Great Britain

1. (Great Britain Mar 5^12 '38*) Do you believe Mr. Eden
was right in resigning? (bipo)

Yes No No opinion

Mar 5 '38 72% 18% 10%

Mar 12 '38 73 . 13 14

* Release dates.

2. (Great Britain Mar 5-12 '38*) Do you agree with Mr. Eden's
reasons for resigning? (bipo)

Yes No No opinion

Mar 5 '38 69%, 19% 12%

Mar 12 '38 62 17 21

* Release dates.

3. (Great Britain Mar '40) If a smaller war cabinet were formed
for the more active prosecution of the war, which five leaders
would you like to see in it? (Jan 16 '42) If Churchill formed a
smaller war cabinet, for the more active prosecution of the
war, which four men should he choose? (bipo)

Mar '40 Jan '41

Attlee 24%* Eden 70%*

Hore-Belisha 46 Beaverbrook 60

Churchill 67 Bevin 41

Duncan 3 Attlee 21

Eden 65 Stafford Cripps 16

George 29 Morrison 16

Greenwood 26 Alexander 9

Halifax 34 Hore-Bclisha 8

Hoare 12 Lloyd George 8

Morrison 18 Duff Cooper 7

Reith 7 Representatives of Do-
Simon 22 minions 7

Sinclair 16 Sinclair 7

Stanley 11 Forces Chiefs 6

Wood 24 ShinwcU 6

Duff Cooper 10 Woolton 4

Chamberlain 34 Greenwood 4

Miscellaneous 10 Halifax 3

No reply 6 Kingsley Wood 2

Margesson 1

Simon 1

Ernest Brown 1

Miscellaneous 20

No comment 15

* Since respondents were asked to choose five men in 1940 and four
men in 1942 percentages add to considerably more than 100.

4. (Great Britain Apr '41) In general, do you think that Mr.
Bevin is doing a good job as Minister of Labor? (Mar 1 '43)

[79]

Do you think that Bevin is doing a good job or a bad job as
Minister of Labor? (bipo)

Good Bad Don't know

Apr '41 63% 14% 23%

Mar 1 '43 64 16 20

5. (Great Britain June '41 and May '42) Do you think that
Lord Woolton is or is not doing a good job as Minister of
Food? (bipo)

Is Is not Don' t know ■

June '41 57% 31% 12%

May '42 79 12 9

6. (Great Britain Feb '42) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the personnel of the Cabinet as made up at present?
(bipo)

Satisfied 32% Dissatisfied 41% Don't know 27%

7. (Great Britain Apr '42) Do you think that Mr. Herbert
Morrison is or is not doing a good job as Minister of Home
Affairs and Security? (Dec '43) Do you think that Mr. Morrison
is or is not doing a good job as Home Secretary? (bipo)

Is Is not Don't know

Apr '42 50% 20% 30%

Dec '43 49 31 20

8. (Great Britain Dec 14 '45, Feb 16 '46, Nov '46, Dec '46)
Do you think that Ernest Bevin is or is not doing a good job
as Foreign Secretary? (bipo)

Is Is not Don t know

Dec '45 47% 18% 35%

Feb '46 73 12 15

Nov '46 58 19 23

Dec '46 54 20 26

BY SEX

Men

Dec '45 55% 20% 25%

Feb '46 77 14 9

Nov '46 67 21 12

Dec '46 62 21 17

Women

Dec '45 39 16 45

Feb '46 69 10 21

Nov '46 49 17 34

Dec '46 47 17 36

by age

21-29 years

Dec '45 42% 19% 39%

Feb '46 73 13 14

Nov '46 53 22 25

Dec '46 46 21 33

'iO-49 years

Dec '45 48 18 34

Feb '46 74 13 13

Nov '46 61 20 19

Dec '46 58 19 23

50 years and over

Dec '45 47 18 35

Feb '46 72 11 17

Nov '46 57 16 27

Dec '46 55 18 27

by economic status

Higher

Dec '45 42% 32% 26%

Feb '46 72 22 6

Nov '46 57 29 14

Dec '46 50 32 18

Is Is not

Middle

Dec '45 47% 25%

Feb '46 74 15

Nov '46 58 25

Dec '46 55 24

hower

Dec '45 48 14

Feb '46 73 10

Nov '46 58 16

Dec '46 56 16

Very poor

Nov '46 53 14

Dec '46 51 15

by politics

Conservative

Feb '46 64% 20%

Nov '46 55 24

Dec '46 49 28

Labor

Feb '46 82 7

Nov '46 69 13

Dec '46 67 13

Liberal

Feb '46 76 10

Nov '46 51 29

Dec '46 48 24

Other

Feb '46 64 26

Nov '46 53 42

Dec '46 50 35

Non-voters

Feb '46 62 11

Nov '46 45 18

Dec '46 42 18

Refused to answer

Feb '46 77 16

BY LABOR STATUS

Union members

Feb '46 80% 12%

Nov '46 67 20

Dec '46 61 20

Non-union

Feb '46 71 12

Nov '46 55 19

Dec '46 52 19

Don't know

28%
11
17
21

38
17
26
28

16%

18
20

14
20
28

27
37
40

8%
13
19

17
26
29

9. (Great Britain May '46) On the whole, do you think that

Mr. Dalton is doing a good job or a bad job as Chancellor of
the Exchequer? (bipo)

Good job Bad job Don't know

National total... 55% 14% 31%

BY SEX

Men 61% 16% 23%

Women 49 11 40

BY AGE

21-29 years 52% 11% 37%

30-49 years 57 13 30

50 years and over. 53 16 31

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 48% 26% 26%

Middle 55 20 25

Lower 55 H 34

[80]

Good job Bad job Don' r know

BY POLITICS

Conservative 42% 27% 31%

Labor 68 7 25

Liberal 57 17 26

Other voters 57 10 33

Non-voters 43 9 48

Italy

1. (Italy Oct '46) Which of the following sentences comes
closest to expressing your opinion of Mr. de Gasperi as Min-
ister of Foreign AfTairs? (doxa)

-5

^ - 1 I

"^ •$ -5 1

i ^ :t1 It . s

*>- a ■"" '5 S S S »

ss - i »• ^3 5 "8
National total. . . 16.2% 30.0% 15-4% 11.1% 9.3% 18.0%

BY SEX

Men 14.4% 32.9% 17.4% 14.6% 11.8% 8.9%

Women 18.3 26.7 13.0 6.9 6.4 28.7

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Italy 17.9%, 34.8% 14.5%, 10.9% 6.7% 15.2%

Central Italy 159 29.5 19.9 11.1 8.5 15.1

South Italy'. 14.3 23.2 14.0 12.9 12.7 22.9

Islands 13.8 24.9 155 8.3 14.1 23.4

POLITICS AS INDICATED BY NEWSPAPERS READ

Christian Demo-
crat 45.9% 34.9% 10.3% 1.4% 2.1% 5.4%

Socialist 5.8 28.0 24.4 23.8 11.6 6.4

Communist 3.3 139 18.5 30.6 25.8 7.9

Other parties 138 34.2 17.6 10.7 10.5 13.2

Independent 18.1 371 16.5 10.7 7.4 10.2

No newspapers. . . 13.8 15.4 8.2 4.3 8.4 49.9

Netherlands

1. (Netherlands May '46) When a new Cabinet is being formed,
in what type of men would you have most confidence as Min-
isters? (nipo)

•^ S ^ e

$>:5 s .5, t ^

f^ ^ cq^ (^ Q ^

National total .... 39% 27% 22% 9% 25% = 122%*

BY SEX

Men 40% 29% 21% 10% ^

Women 38 24 23 8 ^°

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Lowest incomes .. . 47% 15% 20% 3%

Low incomes 43 22 22 9 . p-

Middle class 32 38 24 13 ''"

Well-to-do 25 42 25 3

BY POLITICS

Labor party 49% 22% 27% 9%

Catholic People's

party 30 26 26 11

'-J

"C ^

'=5-^

51%

3l7o

21%

11%

Anti-Revolutionary 51% 3l7o 21% 11% 25%

Liberal 18

Communist 63

Christian-Historic

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (Netherlands May '46) Shortly a new government will have
to be formed. What things should this new Cabinet get busy
on first of all? (nipo)

A better ratio between wages
and prices

More goods more easily pro-
curable

More clothing, shoes, linen,
etc

Quick building and rebuild-
ing of houses

Finish judging political de-
linquents quickly

Solving of Indonesian prob-
lems

Old age pensions, pensions for
relatives of war victims . . .

Put aside the obstructions of
trade (national and inter-
national)

Stamp out black markets ....

No opinion

19%

19% 22%

15%

12'

4 6 2 1 6 10

2 2 2 2 2 1

15 12 18 15 17 10

3. (Netherlands May '46) In general, arc you satisfied or
dissatisfied with the work done by the Schermerhorn-Drees
Cabinet? (nlpo)

Satisfied 49% Dissatisfied 34% Don't know 17%

4. (Netherlands May '46) Why [are you satisfied with the
work done by the Schermerhorn-Drees Cabinet]? Asked of the
49% who were satisfied, (nipo)

Did a good job in difficult circumstances, etc 36%

Successful handling of financial matters 1

No reason 12

49%

5. (Netherlands May '46) Why [are you dissatisfied with the
work of the Schermerhorn-Drees Cabinet]? Asked of the 34%
who were dissatisfied, (nipo)

Weak leadership; too many compromises, too slow; etc. 10%

Because not in agreement with political views of Cabinet 3

Because too many civil servants; bureaucracy 3

Indonesian problems wrongly handled 2

Spending too much monev 2

Government undemocratic; like dictators; etc 2

Other reasons 3

No reason 9

34%

6. (Netherlands June "46) The Schermerhorn-Drccs Cabinet has
offered its resignation to the Queen. Consequently, a new
Cabinet has to be formed. In your opinion, which parties
togenher should form this new government? (nipo)

OPINIONS BEFORE AND AFTER THE ELECTIONS

After Before

elections elections

Roman Catholic 67% 55%

Labor 61 52.5

Anti-Revolutionary 26 21

Christian-Historic 22 17

Communist 18 10

Liberal 13 13

Others 9 2.5

. ' No answer 15 17

231%* 188%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

7. (Netherlands Dec 12 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied.

with the work of the Beel Cabinet? (nipo)

Dissatisfied 47% Satisfied 34% Don't know 19%

Sweden

1. (Sweden Feb '43) If Per Albin Hansson were to retire from
political life who, inside or outside the Cabinet, would you
suggest as his successor to lead the coalition government? (sGi)

■-*

^ « S i -3

§ S ^ ^ .^ i;

*» § ^ Ci, "^S V

^ [^ ^ ^ ^ fe

Don't know 83% 77% 82% 60% 80%, 87%

State Councilor Bagge (Right) 4 9 1 20 5 1
Foreign Minister Giinther

(unpolitical) 2 2 2 4 3 2

Agricultural Minister Brams-

torp.... 2 4 12 2 2

Minister for Defense Skold

(Socialist) 2 1 3 2 2 2

Minister of Finance Wigforss

(Socialist) 1—2—11

State Councilor Andersson

(Liberal) 12 13 1 —

Others 5 5 8 9 6 5

U.S.

1. (US Nov 4 '36) Should the national chairman of the Demo-
cratic Party also hold a position in the President's new Cabinet?
(aipo)
Yes 37% No 63%, = 100%, No opinion 15%,

2. (US Nov 30 '37 and Apr 19 '39) Do you think Henry Wallace
has done a good job as Secretary of Agriculture? The 1937
question was asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(Feb 6 '40) Do you think Henry Wallace has done a good job
or a poor job as Secretary of Agriculture? Asked of a national
cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes,
good job

Nov '37 69%

Apr '39 58

Feb '40 73

No, No

poor job opinion

31% = 100% 32%
42
27

[81]

Yes, No, No

good job poor job opinion

NOV '37 RESULTS BY TYPES OF FARMERS

Tobacco farmers 89%, 11%

Cotton farmers 80 20

Wheat farmers 71 29

Corn farmers 68 32

Other farmers 63 37

3. (US May 20 and May 27 '38) Do you think the following
Cabinet members have done a good or poor job in their office —
Secretary of State Hull, Secretary of War Woodring, Postmaster
General Farley, Secretary of Agriculture Wallace, Secretary of
Commerce Roper? The May 27th list was: Secretary of the
Treasury Morgenthau, Attorney-General Curamings, Secretary
of Labor Perkins, Secretary of the Navy Swanson, Secretary of
the Interior Ickes. (aipo)

Good Poor No opinion
national total

Hull 53% 8% 39%

Woodring 37 8 55

Farley 39 26 35

Wallace 37 23 40

Roper 26 12 62

Morgenthau 44 13 43

Cummings 36 13 51

Perkins 31 38 31

Swanson 44 8 48

Ickes 37 22 41

democratic opinion

Hull 58% 5% 37%

Farley 53 14 33

Wallace 49 15 36

Woodring 43 5 52

Roper 32 9 59

Morgenthau 52 8 40

Cummings 44 7 49

Perkins 40 30 30

Swanson 50 5 45

Ickes 47 14 39

4. (US July '38 and Oct '38) On the whole, do you like or
dislike his [President Roosevelt's] advisers and political asso-
ciates? (for)

No knowl-
edge or Not sure or
hike Dislike undecided uninformed

July '38 28.3% 32.3% 20.2% 19.2%

Oct '38 32.4 31.4 17.6 18.6

5. (US Oct '38) Can you name one of the President's advisers,
associates, or Cabinet members of whom you approve? One of
whom you disapprove? (for)

Associates Associates
approved disapproved

Cordell Hull 22.2% 1.0%

James A. Farley 11.6 18.8

John N. Garner 9.6 2.5

Henry A. Wallace 4.4 6.4

Harold L. Ickes 4.3 7.4

Frances Perkins 36 10.1

Harry L. Hopkins 3.4 5-8

Henry Morgenthau, Jr 3.4 —

Joseph P. Kennedy 1.9 —

Claude A. Swanson 0.8 —

James Roosevelt 0.6 1.0

Hugo Black — 1.9

[82]

Associates Associates

approved disapproved

Thomas Corcoran — 1 .4%

John L. Lewis — 1.0

All others 13.2% 10.1

All 3.4 4.0

None 17.6 28.6

6. (US Nov 22 '38) Do you think Cordell Hull has done a
good or a poor job as Secretary of State? (aipo)

Good Poor No opinion

National total 85% 15% = 1007o 43%)

BY POLITICS

Republican 75% 25%

Democratic 91 9

7. (US Nov 22 '38) Do you think Harry Hopkins has done a
good job as director of the WPA? (aipo)

Good Poor

National total 47% 53%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 60% 40%

Republican 22 78

8. (US Nov 22 '38) Harry Hopkins has been mentioned for
the post of Secretary of Commerce. Would you approve of his
appointment? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 34% 66%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 45% 55%

Republican 14 86

9. (US Jan 10 '39) A bill is being introduced in Congress to
impeach the United States Secretary of Labor, Frances Perkins.
Do you think she should be removed from office? Without in-
troducing the idea of impeachment, a comparable cross-section
was asked: Do you think the United States Secretary of Labor,
Frances Perkins, should be removed from office? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Results of hrst form 33% 34% 33%

Results of second form 40 28 32

10. (US Mar '39) What is your opinion of WPA Administrator
Harry Hopkins — do you feel that (1) he has done a fine job
and should be kept in mind for higher office; (2) he has made
some mistakes but on the whole he has handled a difficult job
well; (3) he has done a fairly good job, but not good enough;
(4) he has done a had job and should retire to private life?*
(for)

State- State- State- State- Don't
ment 1 went 2 ment 3 went 4 know
National total ... . 9.4% 31.5% 15.0% 12.5% 31.6%
Unemployed only.. 18.7 31.5 153 7.9 26.6

* This question was framed just at the time when Mr. Hopkins'
promotion was being rumored and w.is asked immediately before his
appointment as Secretary of Commerce was announced. As a matter
of fact the last few hundred interviews were made after, but they were
too few to upset the results of the question as asked.

11. (US Oct 18 '39) It has been suggested that since President
Roosevelt wants the country to forget politics while the war
lasts, he should invite some Republican leaders to join the
Cabinet. Do you favor or oppose this idea? (aipo)

Favor 62% Oppose 22% No opinion 16%

12. (US Oct 18 '39) It has been suggested that President
Roosevelt should replace some of the Democrats now in the
Cabinet with Republicans. Do you favor or oppose this idea?
(aipo)

Favor 33% Oppose 40% No answer 1% No opinion 26%

13. (US Dec '39) Do you think Roosevelt would do well to
invite some of his political opponents, like Senator Vandenberg,
Alfred Landon, ex-President Hoover, and Carter Glass to join
in a non-political emergency Cabinet now, or that he should
continue as now with his regular Cabinet? (for)

Emergency Cabinet Continue as now Don't know

48.9% 34.5% 16.6%

14. (US June 25 '40) President Roosevelt has named two Re-
publicans, Frank Knox and Henry Stimson, to be Secretaries
of Navy and War in the Cabinet, filling one vacancy and re-
placing one Democrat, Harry Woodring. Do you approve or
disapprove of his action? A comparable cross-section was asked:
President Roosevelt has named two Republicans, Frank Knox
and Henry Stimson, to be Secretaries of Navy and War in his
Cabinet. Do you approve or disapprove of his action? Results
were combined, (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National, total 71% 29% = 100% 28%

Republican 57%

Democratic 85

BY politics

43%
15

15. (US July 31 '40) If Wendell WiUkie is elected President
this fall, should he invite Cordell Hull to remain as his Secre-
tary of State? (aipo)

Yes 45^

No 18%

Undecided 37%

16. (US Mar 18 '42) In England, public opinion has forced
Churchill to change some members of his Cabinet. Do you
think Roosevelt should make any changes in his Cabinet here?
(aipo)

Yes 36% No 28% No opinion 36%

17. (US Mar 18 '42) What changes should be made? Asked of
36% of the sample who thought Roosevelt should make some
changes in his Cabinet, (aipo)

Should change Secretary of Labor, eliminate Perkins. . 23%

Should change Secretary of Navy, eliminate Knox. ... 6

Should change Secretary of War, eliminate Stimson. . . 5

Should change Secretary of Interior, eliminate Ickes. . . 3
Should change Secretary of Treasury, eliminate Mor-

genthau 1

Should change Secretary of Commerce, eliminate Jones 1

Should change Secretary of State, eliminate Hull 1

Should change Attorney-General, eliminate Biddle. ... *

Should change Postmaster-General, eliminate Walker. . *
Should change Secrctarv of Agriculture, eliminate

Wickard '. ^ 1

Should change entire Cabinet 1

Should have younger, more aggressive men in Cabinet 2

Should make changes, couldn't say what 6

More capable, more efficient men 1

Miscellaneous 1

52%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 36 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US Dec 22 '42) Which of these Cabinet members has done
the best job with his department during the past year? (aipo)

[83]

Hull 36%

Knox 18

Morgenthau 13

Wickard 10

Stimson 8

Ickes 6

Walker 4

Biddle 2

Perkins 2

Jones 2

No opinion 13

114%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

19. (US Dec 22 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of having
some Republicans in tlie President's Cabinet? (aipo)
Approve 77% Disapprove 4% No opinion 19%

20. (US Jan 21 '43) Do you think that Claude Wickard has
done a good job or a poor job as Secretary of Agriculture?
Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)
Good job 33% Fair job 32% Poor job °i% No opinion 26%

21. (US Mar 10 '43) Have you heard of any of the following
persons: Claude Wickard? Sumner Wells? Can you tell me briefly
what his job is now? (aipo)

Yes, but
Yes, Yes, didn't give

correct incorrect an answer No

Claude Wickard 48% 2% 16% 34%

Sumner Wells 19 15 29 27

22. (US July 7 '43) Have you been following the fight between
Jesse Jones and Henry Wallace?* (aipo)

Yes 36% No 64%

* Wallace accused Jesse Jones of obstructing the war effort.

23. (US July 7 '43) Which man are you more inclined to side
with — Jones or Wallace? Asked of 36% of the sample who had
been following the debate between Jesse Jones and Henry
Wallace, (aipo)

Jones 36%

Wallace 26

Neither 27

No opinion 11

100% of those who had
followed the de-
bate

24. (US Nov 24 '43) A member of Congress has suggested that
heads of government departments and agencies appear before
Congress, when requested, to answer questions about what
their departments are doing. Do you approve or disapprove of
this idea? A comparable cross-section was asked the question
in the following form: Would you approve or disapprove of
having members of the President's Cabinet appear before Con-
gress, when requested, to answer questions or explain what
their departments are doing? Results were combined, (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 72% 7% 21%

BY POLITICS

Republican 75% 25%

Democratic 68 32

25. (US Nov 24 '43) Would you approve or disapprove if both
the Republican and Democratic parties agree to name Cordell
Hull Secretary of State after the next election? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove Undecided

National total 56% 16% 28%

Republican voters. 52 22 26

26. (US Dec 28 '44) A bill has been introduced in Congress to
increase the salaries of the Vice-President of the United States
and members of the President's Cabinet from fifteen thousand
dollars to twenty-five thousand dollars a year. Do you approve
or disapprove of this increase? (aipo)
Approve 27% Disapprove 62% No opinion 11%

27. (US Jan 31 '45) Have you heard or read about the appoint-
ment of Henry Wallace as Secretary of Commerce? (aipo)

Yes 80% No 20%

28. (US J.in 31 '45) Would you like to see Congress vote for
or against the appointment of Henry Wallace as Secretary of
Commerce? (aipo)

For Against No opinion

National total 40% 37% 23%

DY POLITICS

Roosevelt voters 61% 19% 20%

Dewey voters 17 64 19

29. (US Apr 18 '45) Which members of the President's Cabinet
would you like to see kept on in their jobs? Each respondent
was given a card with a list of the President's Cabinet on it.
(aipo)

Not No

Kept on kept on opinion

Biddle 45% 17% 38%

Forrestal 67 4 29

Ickes 49 ■ 23 28

Morgenthau 57 18 25

Perkins 29 49 22

Stettinius 65 ll 24

Stimson 71 5 24

Walker 51 9 40

Wallace 54 23 23

Wickard 52 10 38

30. (US Nov '45) Can you tell me which one of the organiza-
tions on this card is headed by James Byrnes, or don't you
remember right now? Each respondent was handed a card with
the following organizations listed on it: WMC, WPB, OPA,
WLB, State, Interior, (norc)
Right 35% Wrong 17% Don't know 48%

31. (US Nov '45) Is your impression of James Byrnes favor-
able, unfavorable, or haven't you heard enough to say? Asked
of all those who gave an answer — the 35% who were correct
and the 17% who were wrong, (norc)

OPINIONS OF THOSE WHO GAVE
a correct ANSWER

Favorable 24%

Unfavorable 4

Don't know 7

35%

OPINIONS OF THOSE WHO GAVE
AN INCORRECT ANSWER

Favorable 8%

Unfavorable 1

Don't know 8

17%

[84]

32. (US Dec 19 '45 and Jan 3 '46) These are some public figures
who have been in the news. Have you ever heard of any of
them? Included in a list were James Byrnes and Henry Wallace.
(aipo)

Yis No

Jamts Byrnes

Dec '45 '... 79% 21%

Jan '46 82 18

Henry Wallace

Dec '45 88 12

Jan '46 89 11

33. (US Jan '46) Now we want to ask about some key men in
government offices. For instance, do you think James Byrnes
(Vinson, etc.) looks like an excellent, good, only fair, or poor
man for the job of Secretary of State (Secretary of the Treasury,
etc.)? (for)

Excel- Don't

lent Good Fair Poor know

Byrnes 7.4% 34.4%, 17.7% 2.4% 38.1%

Vinson 4.2 29.4 12.0 1.6 52.8

Snyder 2.1 20.3 10.8 3.8 63.0

Ickes 6.5 32.0 13.4 13.5 34.6

Anderson 5.1 27.8 7.7 2.0 57.4

Schwellenbach 4.0 24.9 14.4 7.5 49.2

Wallace 7.4 29.0 17.4 16.4 29.8

OPINIONS ON CLINTON P. ANDERSON BY OCCtXPATION*

Farm (proprietor

and worker) 4.6% 41.1% 12.1% 6.1% 36.1%

Proprietor (except

farm) 8.5 31.2 12.4 4.3 43.6

Wage worker (ex-
cept farm) 3.4 27.5 9.2 2.2 57.7

OPINIONS ON LEWIS B. SCHWELLENBACH BY OCCUPATION*

Proprietor (except
farm) 3.9% 24.5% 24.1% 14.2% 33.3%

Salaried, minor 6.0 29.5 17.9 7.2 39.4

Wage workers (ex-
cept farm) 3.8 25.6 14.0 8.1 48.5

OPINIONS ON HENRY WALLACE BY ECONOMIC STATUS*

Prosperous 6.0% 25.9% 25.4% 32.3% 10.4%

Upper middle 7.9 27.4 21.3 26.4 17.0

Lower middle 7.7 29.1 20.1 15.7 27.4

Poor 7.1 30.7 9.1 6.1 47.0

* Breakdowns from New York Herald Tribune Jan 10 '46.

34. (France Oct 16 '46) Have you heard about the statements
which Mr. Byrnes made at Stuttgart on September 6th? 61%
of the sample who had heard about the speech were asked:
Do you approve or disapprove of these statements? (fipo)

Approve 8%

Disapprove 41

No opinion 12

Hadn't heard of speech 39

2. (US Mar 7 '40) Do you happen to know what vitamins
are? (aipo)

Correct 9%

Doubtful 22

Incorrect 7

Don't know 62

3. (US Nov 13 '41 and Great Britain Apr '42) Can you explain
the difference between a vitamin and a calorie? What is the
difference? The United States question was asked of a national
cross-section of housewives, (aipo and bipo) (Canada Jan 6
'43) Do you happen to know the difference between a calorie
and a vitamin? (cipo)

Correct, know Incorrect, vague,

difference or don't know

US 16% 84%

Great Britain 19 81

Canada 12 88

4. (US Nov 13 '41) Is there any one vitamin which you have
heard about a lot in recent months? 54% of the sample who
said they had heard a lot about one vitamin were asked:
Which one? (aipo)

Vitamin A 7%

Vitamin B-1 (B and B-2). . . 42

Vitamin C 2

Vitamin D 7

Other vitamins 2

Haven't heard anything. ... 46

106%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one vitamin.

5. (US Nov 13 '41) Do you consider this talk about vitamins
just a passing fad? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total . . . 25% 68% 7%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

29% 64% 7%

21 73 6

6. (Great Britain Apr '42) Can you tell me why vitamins are
important? (bipo)

They are necessary for good health 24%

They are body-building 7

You can get the most out of your food if you know which

contains vitamins 3

Had heard or read that they were important 2

Energizing 1

Thought they were the most imtxirtant element in food . . 1

Miscellaneous 3

Couldn't say 59

7. (US Apr 15 '42) Have you taken any vitamin pills since
October? (alpo)

Yes 23% No 76% No answer 1%

CALORIES AND VITAMINS

1. (us Mar 7 '40) Do you happen to know what food calories

are? (alpo)

Correct 15%

Doubtful 9

Incorrect 12

Don't know 64

CANADA

Army

1. (Canada Jan 24 '45) Some people say Canadian political
leaders should visit the war fronts in order to find out what

[85]

our troops need. Others say political leaders should stay at

home. What are your views on this? (cipo)

Should visit fronts 57%

Should stay at home 28

No opinion 15

Army Air Forces

1. (Canada June 27 '42) Do you think Canadian airmen should
fight as a separate Canadian air force, or should they continue
to fight as part of the RAF as at present? (cipo)

Separate Part of

air force RAF Undecided

Quebec 60% 20% 20%

Rest of Canada 21 61 17

Men . . .
Women.

■ SEX

34%

51%

15%

Army and Navy (Demobilization)

1. (Canada Mar 8 '44) When the war is over, the government
will not be able to release all the men from the armed forces
at the same time. Which of these plans would be the fairest
way to release them: release all married men first, according
to length of service; release men with longest service first,
whether married or not; release some married men and some
single men according to the number of married and single men
in the service; release men as soon as they have jobs to go to,
regardless of length of service or whether they are married or
single? (cipo)

National Quebec
total only

Married men first 27% 38%

Long service 22 20

Quota basis 4 5

When they have jobs 41 28

Other plans 1 1

Undecided 5 8

Army and Navy (Pay, Allowances, etc.)

1. (Canada Feb 18 '42) What do you think would be a fair
amount to be paid per week to a private's wife with two
young children? (cipo)

Under $15 $15-$19 $20-$24 $25 and over
National total... 10% 35% 30% 25%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

12% 38%

30%

20%

9 32

2. (Canada Feb 18 '42) Do you think the living allowance
now being paid to families of private soldiers is too much,
about right, or too little? (cipo)

Too About Too No

much fight little opinion

National total... 3% 477o 33%, 17%

BY SEX

Men 3% 50% 32% 15%

Women 3 44 34 19

3. (Canada Mar 11 '44) Would you approve or disapprove of
a plan providing that members of the armed forces be given a
certain amount of money by the government when they leave
the service? (ciPo)

Approve 87% Disapprove 8% No opinion 5%

4. (Canada Mar 11 '44) Do you think that whether or not a
man is an officer or a private he should receive the same amount
of money, or do you think the payments should be made ac-
cording to rank? Asked of 87% of the sample who favored a
plan providing for terminal pay for the armed forces, (cipo)

Equal payments 65%

According to rank 31

Undecided 4

100% of those who
favored termi-
nal pay

6. (Canada Mar 11 '44) Do you think these payments [to dis-
charged members of ihe armed forces] should be made in one
lump sum when the man is discharged, or should they be spread
over a period of time? Asked of 87% of the sample who favored
a plan for providing terminal pay for the armed forces, (cipo)

Deferred payments 56% Lump sum 37%

Undecided 7% = 100% of those who favored terminal pay

6. (Canada Mar 15 '44) One plan suggests that, in addition to
a clothing allowance, they should receive one month's pay for
each year of service. This would mean that a private, married
with two children, who has been in the army for two years
would receive $216. In your opinion, is this amount too much,
about right, or not enough? Asked of 31% of the sample who
favored terminal pay for the armed forces according to rank.
(cipo)

About right 50%

Not enough 44

Too much 1

Undecided 5

100% of those who fa-
vored pay accord-
ing to rank

7. (Canada Mar 15 '44) One plan suggests that a married man
with two children who has been in the army for two years
would receive $216 in addition to a clothing allowance. In
your opinion is this amount too much, about right, or not
enough? Asked of 65% of the sample who favored equal pay-
ments to the armed forces regardless of rank, (cipo)

Not enough 52%

Adequate 38

Too much 2

Undecided 8

100% of those who fa-
vored equal pay-
ments

8. (Canada Mar 15 '44) Do you think men and women who
have served overseas should be paid the same amount when
they leave the service as men and women who have served in
Canada? (cipo)

Larger payments for overseas . . . 61%

Payments same 33

Undecided 6

9. (Canada May 31 '44) Do you think that women who join
the armed forces should or should not receive the same rate of
pay as men who join the armed forces? (cipo)

Should get same pay 57%

Should not get same pay 34

No opinion 9

[ 8r. ]

10. (Canada Oct 21 '44) Under present plans soldiers who have
volunteered for active service will get a sum of money in addi-
tion to such things as the clothing allowance after they are
discharged. Soldiers who have not volunteered for active service
will not receive this additional money. Do you approve of this
or not? (cipo)

Approve Di.uipprove Undecided
National total. . . 62% 34% 4%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 39%, 54%, 7%

Rest of Canada. . . 69 28 3

11. (Canada Oct 21 '44) Do you think soldiers who have not
volunteered for active service should receive the same amount
as those who have volunteered, or not as much? Asked of 34%
of the sample who disapproved of the plan of giving soldiers
who had volunteered a sum of money in addition to their
clothing allowance upon discharge, (cipo)
Same amount 16% Not as much 16% Undecided 2% = 34%

Constitution (Amendments)

1. (Canada Dec 24 '43) At the present time, Canada cannot
change her own Constitution without going to the British
Parliament. Do you think that Canada should be able to change
her own Constitution without going to the British Parliament,
or should we continue as at present? (ciPo)

Chant^e Continue Undecided
National total . . . 64% 30% 6%

BY SELECTED PROVINCES

Ontario 58% 37% 5%

Quebec 73 19 8

Defenses

1. (Canada Feb 25 '42) Would you like to see a force of Ca-
nadian soldiers sent to Australia to help defend that country
from Japanese attack? (cipo)
Yes 55% No 31% No opinion 14%

2. (Canada Sept 4 '43) Since the war Canada has greatly in-
creased her navy. Do you think that after the war we should
maintain this navy even though it is expensive, or should
Canada get along with a small navy again? (ciPo)

Maintain large navy 59%

Maintain small navy 23

No opinion 18

Foreign Relations

1. (Canada Aug 19 '42) Do you think of Canada as an inde-
pendent country or as still dependent on Great Britain? (cipo)

Independent Dependent Uncertain

English Canadians 52% 42% 6%

French Canadians 25 70 5

2. (Canada Aug 19 '42) Do you think Canada would be fight-
ing in this war if she were completely independent and not a
part of the British Empire? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

English Canadians 81% 14% 5%

French Canadians 33 59 _ 8

3. (Canada Nov 7 '42) At present, the Vichy-French govern-
ment has a diplomatic representative in Ottawa. Do vou think
Vichy should continue to have a representative in Canada, or

do you think the Canadian government should ask him to

leave? (ciPo)

Continue Break

relations relations
National total 42% 58%

DY LANGUAGE SPOKEN

French-Canadians 71% 29%

English-Canadians 35 65

4. (Canada July 13 '46) Would you be willing to have Canada
turn over control of her foreign policy (policy towards other
nations) to such a [world] parliament, if leading countries of
the world did the same? (cipo)

Yes No

National total . . . 51% 34%

Quebec 30 55

Undecided
15

5. (Canada Oct 5 '46) Do you feel more friendly or less friendly
towards Russia than a year ago? (cipo)

M.ore Less No

friendly friendly Same opinion

6% 51% 32% 11%

National total

Progressive-Conservative

Liberal

CCF

BY POLITICS

■ ■ • • J/0

.... 3
-.-, 13

60% 28%
57 31

35 43

7%
9

Foreign Relations (Germany)

1. (Canada Jan 19 '44) Which of these comes closest to the
way you feel about the people of Germany? A list of terms
was given each respondent. (July 14 '45) What are your feel-
ings at the present time toward the German people? (cipo)

Opinion in fan '44

Hate, anger, etc 27%

Pity, sympathy, etc 31

Contempt, dislike 25

Indifference, friendliness, etc. ... 17

Opinion in July '45

Hatred 27%

Dislike 15

Caution 7

Sympathy 22

Must educate them 3

Miscellaneous 21

No particular feeling 5

Parliament

1. (Canada June 13 '42) Do you think the present session of
Parliament in Ottawa has wasted too much time in political
talk, or do you think that on the whole thev have done a
pretty good war job? (ciPo)

Wasted too Done
much time good job Undecided
National total 49% 41% 10%

BY' ATTITUDES TOWARD CONSCRIPTION

For conscription 57% 37% 6%

Opposing conscription 37 48 15

BY' THE VOTE IN THE APRIL PLEBISCITE

Voted yes 54% 40% 6%

\oteA no 35 48 17

BY POLITICS

Liberals 38%

Conservatives 65

52%
29

10%
6

[87]

2. (Canada July 15 '42) Do you happen to know the name of
your local member of Parliament in Ottawa? (cipo)

Correct Incorrect
National total 67% 33%

BY VOTE

Voted 74% 26%

Didn't vote 44 56

BY POLITICS

Liberals 77%, 23%

Conservatives 72 28

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 77% 23%

Ontario 54 46

Rest of Canada 64 36

3. (Canada Sept 12 '42) Parliament at Ottawa has adjourned
until next January. Do you approve of this, or do you think
that they should remain in session longer in wartime? (cipo)
Approve adjournment Should remain in session No opinion

31% 52% 17%

4. (Canada Oct 31 '42) It has been suggested that the Senate
be done away with altogether. Would you approve or disap-
prove if this were done? (ciPo)

Approve Disapprove Undecided
National total 48% 24% 28%

BY POLITICS

Liberal 50% 23% 27%

Conservative 43 29 28

5. (Canada Feb 5 '44 and Feb 16 '46) Which of these three
things would you like to see done about the Canadian Senate —
continue the present system under which the government ap-
points Senators for life; elect Senators as we elect members of
Parliament; do away with the Senate altogether? (ciPo)

Continue Elect Abolish Undecided

Feb '44 18% 31% 36% 15%

Feb '46 18 36 28 18

6. (Canada Feb 20 '46) Is there any member of Parliament in
Ottawa whom you think is doing a particularly good job?
(ciPo)

No selection 57%

J. L. Isley 15

L. S. St. Laurent 4

M. J. Coldwell 3

C. D. Howe 2

John Bracken 2

J. G. Gardiner 1

J. G. Diefenbaker 1

Donald Gordon* 1

Others (Liberal M. P. 's) 5

Others (Prog.-Cons. M.P.'s). ... 3

Other parties 4

Others (non-members) 2

* Donald Gordon was not a member of Parliament.

7. (Canada June 22 '46) It the number ot members of Parlia-
ment from each province were based on the population of each
province, Quebec would have at least seven more members in
the Ottawa House of Commons than it used to have. Do you
think the present law should be changed to bring this about
or not? (cipo)

Yes

National total 33%

Total excluding Quebec. . . 21

BY AGE

21-29 years 41%

30-49 years 33

50 years and over 29

No Undecided

51% 16%

63 16

44%

15%

8. (Canada July 6 '46) Which of these three things do you
think a member of Parliament should rely on most when he
votes on a national problem — the opinions of the people from
his own riding, who elected him; or the opinions of the coun-
try as a whole; or his own judgment? (cipo)

The opinions of the people from his own riding 35%

The opinions of the country as a whole 40

His own j udgment 20

Don't know 5

9. (Canada July 6 '46) Which one do you think members of
Parliament do rely on most — the opinions of the people from
their own riding; or the opinions of the country as a whole;
or their own judgment? (cipo)

The opinions of the people from their own riding 26%

The opinions of the country as a whole 12

Their own judgment 36

Other answers 1

No reason given 2

Total who thought cooperation possible 55%

Think it wouldn't work; fundamental differences
too great; they can't work together; they are dif-
ferent religions and should stay separate; wouldn't

last long 8%

Know it wouldn't work; until now they've always

disagreed; each will want to be right 11

Other answers 2

Haven't given it any thought 45

Didn't answer first question 4

Didn't answer second question 3

5. (US Aug 5 '41) In view of the shortage of silk, would you
approve of women going without stockings? (aipo)

Yes 53%, No 41%, No opinion 6%

6. (US Jan 23 '42) Do you think there will be a shortage of
any kind of clothing within the next vear? 68% of the sample
who thought there would be a shortage were asked: What
kind? (alpo)

No, no shortage 31%

Woolens; heavy clothing; woolen garments 45

Silks; stockings; silk dresses 30

Cotton; gabardine; overalls; men's shirts 7

Rubber goods; girdles; rubbers; lastex 6

Leather goods; shoes 4

Suits; parts of suits (no vest, trouser cuffs) 2

Rayon; nylon; other synthetic goods 2

Everything; all kinds 3

Linens 1

Miscellaneous 2

Think there will be a shortage of some kind of clothing

but didn't say what clothing 3

No answer 1

* Percentages add to more than ICX) because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

7. (Canada May 13 '42) Have you been accustomed to buying
two pairs of trousers with your suits or just one? (cipo)

One pair 43%

Two pairs 48*^

Both 9%

8. (Canada May 13 '42) Do you feel the recent government
legislation limiting all suits to one pair of trousers will save
any material? (cipo)
Yes 38%, No 49% Don't know 13%

9. (Canada May 16 '42) How many wearable dresses (or suits
of clothes) do you have in your wardrobe in the course of a
normal year? (cipo)

Men Women

1 suit 23% 5 dresses or fewer 50%

2 suits 38 6 to 10 dresses 37

3 suits 22 11 dresses or more 13

4 suits 10

5 suits or more 7

10. (Canada May 16 '42) How many dresses (suits of clothes)
would you have to buy to just get along on that number
during the coming year? (cipo)

Men Women

No suits 33% No dresses 22%

1 suit 55 1 dress 20

2 suits 10 2 dresses 29

3 suits 1 3 dresses 14

4 suits or more 1 4 dresses 9

5 dresses or more 6

11. (Canada May 16 '42) If there should be a general ration-
ing of clothing because of shortages of labor or materials,
what is the smallest number of dresses (suits of clothes) you
could get along with in any one year? (cipo)

Men Women

1 suit 48% 5 dresses or fewer 78%

2 suits 40 6 to 10 dresses 20

3 suits 8 11 dresses or more 2

4 suits 2

5 suits or more 2

12. (Sweden Aug '42) How many coupons have you left on
your clothing card? (sgi)

Men . . .
Women.

A COUPONS

Have Have

coupons none

76% 24%

71 29

B COUPONS

Have Have

coupons none

79% 21%

68 32

13. (Australia Sept and Sept-Oct '42) How many of your first
fifty-six clothing coupons have you left? The question was
asked first in August and again at the end of October. The
second time was eleven weeks after clothes rationing began —
providing 2}^ coupons a week, (apop)

AUGUST

Men Women

Had all coupons left 6% 2%

Had between 50 and 55 left 4 2

Had between 40 and 49 left 9 4

Had between 30 and 39 left 9 7

Had between 20 and 29 left 16 14

Had between 10 and 19 left 16 19

Had between 1 and 9 left . . 16 22

Had used all 56 coupons. . . 24 30

OCTOBER

Men Women

24% 7%

7 7

17 17

15 18

15 20

9 14

5 9

14. (Australia Sept '42) Do you think your ration coupons
will allow you to keep up something like your usual standard
of clothes? (apop)

Undecided or
Yes No don't know

National total 54%, 41% 5%

Men . . .
Women.

Y SEX

55%

40%

5%
5

[119]

15. (Australia Nov '42) Have you any strong objection to the
absence of a waistcoat from the victory suit? (apop)

No strong objection 58%

Did object 32

Undecided 5

No answer 5

16. (US May 22 '43) As the war goes on, do you think you'll
have to cut down on the amount of clothes you've been buying,
or do you expect to get just as much as now? 60% of the sample
who said they thought they'd have to cut down were asked:
Will this be because you can't get enough, or because prices
will be too high, or for some other reason? (norc)

Can't get enough , 33%

Prices too high 26

Cost of other items too high; income too low 2

Don't need any clothes 2

Clothes rationing will prevent 2

Quality is poor 1

Buying war bonds 1

Other patriotic reasons 5

Miscellaneous 1

Will get as much as now 38

Don't know whether or not will have to cut down. ... 2

113%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

17. (US May 22 '43) Do you think you'll be able to get all
the clothes you'll actually need? Asked of 60% of the sample
who thought they would have to cut down on the amount
of clothes they had been buying, (norc)

Yes 51% No 6% Don't know 3% = 60%

18. (Australia Oct '43) Do you think coupon ratings for clothes
are reasonably fair? 43% of the sample — 40% of the men and
45% of the women — who thought they were not fair were
asked: What is the most important change you would suggest?
(apop)

Men Women
Lower rating for:

Men's wear 7% 4%

Working clothes 9 2

Underwear 2 5

Children's wear 3 3

Lower all ratings 11 11

Separate ratings for linen 6 19

Improve quality 2 1

Think ratings are all right now. . 60 55

19. (US Jan 7 '44) How about clothing prices? Have they
changed since last summer? (June 23 '44) As far as you know,
have clothing prices changed? 66% of the January sample and
65% of the June sample who said they had changed were asked:
Have they gone up or down? (norc)

Jan '44

Have gone up 65%

Gone down *

Some up, some down 1

Haven't changed 17

Changed, but don't know how. . . *
Don't know whether or not they

have changed 17

* Less than 0.5%.

20. (US Jan 7 '44) What kind of clothes in particular have
you noticed going up? Asked of 66% of the sample who said
clothing prices had gone up or that some had gone up and
some down, (norc)

June '44

64%
*

1
21

Dresses 18%

Underwear 11

Shoes (including boots). .. . 11

Suits 9

Coats and overcoats 9

Yard goods 7

Shirts 6

Pants and overalls 6

Stockings 5

Sweaters and jackets 2

Miscellaneous 14

Practically all clothing 14

Don't know 2

114%*

* Percentages add to more than 66 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

21. (Great Britain Aug '44) Did you have any of your old
clothing coupons left at the beginning of this month? (dipo)

Yes 40%

No 55^

Don't know 5%

22. (Great Britain Aug '44) How many clothing coupons did
you spend during the iirst week of August? (bipo)

Median 4 coupons

23. (Great Britain Aug '44) Have you bought any utility
clothes (excluding stockings)? (bipo)

Yes 80% No 19%, Don't know 1%

24. (Great Britain Aug '44) Would you like to see them [utility
clothes] continued after the war? (bipo)

Yes 33% No 67%

25. (France Jan 16 '45) Which of the following articles would
you like to be able to buy first: socks or stockings, shoes, suit
or dress, underwear, overcoat, or work clothes? (fipo)

Paris Provinces

Shoes 30% 32%

Underwear 21- 18

Suit or dress 17 17

Overcoat 13 10

Work clothes 5 16

Socks or stockings 5 5

No answer 9 2

26. (Great Britain Feb '45) Did you have any old clothing
coupons left at the beginning of February? (bipo)

Yes 40% No 55% Don't know 5%

27. (Great Britain Feb '45) How many clothing coupons did
you spend during the first week of February? (bipo)

Median 5 coupons

28. (Great Britain Aug 26 '45) What do you think is the
main cause of the clothing shortage? (bipo)

Shortage of labor . 35%

Low wages to workers; poor working conditions 3

World shortage of materials 12

Lack of shipping to bring in supplies 3

Inevitable consequence of war 5

Equipment for the forces and demobilized men and women 14

Materials being sent abroad; exports 8

Government restrictions; red tape 6

Obsolete machinery 1

Black market; coupon rackets 2

Miscellaneous 4

No answer; don't know 7

[ i^^o ]

29. (Canada Dec 12 '45) Do you think women's hats are get-
ting better or worse than they were a few years back? (cipo)

No
Better Worse difference Undecided

DY SEX

Men

Women

20% 35%

28%

17%

36 33

BY AGE

38% 27%

28%

30 31

22 41

21-29 years

30-49 years 30

50 years and over. . 22

30. (Netherlands Dec 12 '45) In general are you satisfied or
dissatisfied with the system and working of textile distribu-
tion? (nipo)

Dissatisfied 63% Satisfied 25% No opinion 12%

31. (Finland Jan 4 '46) Do you own the following winter
clothing? (fgi)

Have not Have
Winter coat, cape, or other suitable outdoor

apparel 11% 89%

Winter cap 18 82

Woolen stockings (socks) 16 84

Winter shoes 22 78

Winter gloves 12 88

32. (Netherlands Apr 27 '46) Do you urgently need new cloth-
ing and linen or could you manage with what you have a
little longer? (nipo)

Need Could manage

National total .

new textiles
very urgently
■ "70%

a little
longer

29%

No
answer

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 83% 17%

Farmers 78 22

Civil servants 65 35

Office assistants 62 38

Independent middle class. . 59 41

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Lower incomes 79% 20%

Middle incomes 53 47

Higher incomes 35 64

1%
1

33. (Hungary June '46) Have you managed to get new cloth-
ing this year? Asked of Budapest residents and suburban people.
(hipor)

Yes No

BY TYPE OF INCOME AND SEX

Fixed income

Men

Women

Variable income

Men

Women

17.6%
20.4

23.8
28.0

Other,
no answer

0.3%

BY' AGE

Under 40 years

Men 20.5%

Women 22.9

Over 40 years

Men 17.2

Women 20.2

79.6

76.2
72.0

79.3%
77.1

82.8
79 8

0.2%

34. (Hungary June '46) Do you hope to be able to supply the
deficiency in your clothing this year? Asked of Budapest resi-
dents and suburban people, (hipor)

Yes

no answer

BY TYPE OF INCOME AND

SEX

Fixed income

Men

41.9%

58.0%

0.1%

Women

40.2

59.6

0.2

Variable income

Men

45.1

54.5

0.4

Women

40.8

58.0

1.2

BY' AGE AND SEX

Under 40 years

Men

41.6%

58.3%
57.0

0.1%
0.3

Women

42.7

Over 40 years

Men

47.0

52.6

0.4

Women

31.0

68.2

0.8

35. (Germany July 25 '46) Is your work especially hard on
your shoes or your clothes? (omgus)

Yes, shoes 10%

Yes, clothes 7

No, neither 39

Yes, shoes and clothes 44

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

36. (Germany July 25 '46) Has lack of suitable clothing or
shoes so far hindered you from following your profession?
(omgus)

Yes, lack of shoes 6%

Yes, lack of clothes 1

No, neither 90

Yes, both 3

37. (Germany July 25 '46) Did lack of suitable shoes or clothes
prevent you from accepting a certain type of work? (omgus)
Yes 4% No 96% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%

38. (Belgium July-Oct '46) When buying material are you
aware of, or do you take note of the official price (maximum
legal price)? (insoc)

Don't
Never know
24.8% 13.3%

National total

Always

Often
15.0%

Karely
12.2%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Rural 33.9 14.8 13.5

Industrial 36.9 16.1 11.2

26.2
21.0

13.8%

11.6

14.8

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 32.8% 17.4% 12.2% 26.1% 11.5%

Workers 32.7 15-4 12.5 20.5 18.9

White-collar 28.7 16.8 14.8 25.5 14.2

Businessmen 436 10.2 10.2 22.5 13.5

Professional 22.0 14.3 7.7 40.6 15-4

Living on income . 38.9 11.7 9.3 25.3 14.8

Housewives 39.3 153 131 28.0 4.3

39. (Belgium July-Oct '46) Did you ever buy [material] with-
out ration stamps or certificates? (insoc)

Don't
Often Karely Never know

National total 27.0% 30.5% 34.7% 7.8%

[121]

Often

Rarely

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 27.8% 26.7%

Rural 31.0 32.6

Industrial 19.8 34.7

Farmers

Workers

White-collar

Businessmen

Professional

Living on income.
Housewives

BY OCCUPATION

41.9% 26.9%

19.4
25.1
35.4
45.1
17.3
27.0

31.9
37.0
31.2
20.8
21.0
31.0

Never

36.6%

30.4

37.0

24.5%

38.0

305

22.8

24.2

54.3

39.2

Don't
know

8.9%

6.0

8.5

6.7%
10.7

7.4
10.6

9.9

7.4

2 8

40. (Hungary Aug '46) Are you able to supply deficiencies in
clothing from your forint income? Asked of Budapest residents
and suburban people, (hipor)

Not

yet. No Other,
but opinion no
Yes No Partly hope yet answer

men's opinions by TYPE OF INCOME

Fixed income

17.2% 67.7% 15.1% - - -

Higher income . ,
Lower income. . .
Variable income
Higher income. ,
Lower income. . ,
Lowest income. .

19.0 70.2 6.2 • 2.8% 1.8%

39.7
20.3

7.7

45.6
68.4
85.6

12.2
59

4.8

0.8
2.9
1.9

1.7
2.5

women s opinions by type of income

Fixed income

Higher income.. 21.0% 68.5% 3.5% 3.5% 3.5% —

Lower income... 24.8 67.2 4.6 — 1.5 1.9%

Variable income

Higher income . . 38.8 46.2 7.5 — 7-5 —

Lower income. , . 31.4 57.0 8.3 — 3.3 —

Lowest income. . 14.8 81.2 — 2.7 1.3 —

41. (Hungary Sept '46) Are you now able to buy sufficient
clothing? (hipor)

Yes 21%,

No 42

Partly 28

Uncertain 9

42. (Netherlands Sept '46) How long do you think it will
take before all clothing can be bought without rationing?
(nipo)

Under 1 year 1%

1 year 14

1-2 years 5

2 years 31

2-3 years 3

3 years 20

4 years 9

5 years 8

6 and more years 4

Don't know 5

43. (US Sept 11 '46) Do you think the present price ceilings
should be kept on or taken off the following items? Among
others was listed: Clothing? (alpo)

Kept on 49% Taken off 44% No opinion 7%

44. (Hungary Oct '46) What textile goods do you need most?
Asked of Budapest residents, (hipor)

Men Women

Woolen material 28.3% 24.2%

Linen 13.6 11.8

Jerseys; knitted goods 12.9 11.9

Flannel 0.9 2.4

Cloth 2.7 1.1

Cotton 1.0 2.6

Silk 2.8 6.8

Yarn 0.5 1.2

Underwear 18.3 15.9

Stockings, socks 5-2 10.0

Suits, dresses 6.4 5.8

Damask 2.1 3.9

Other; no answer 5.3 2.4

45. (Hungary Oct '46) What color do you like best for your

dresses or suits? Asked of Budapest residents, (hipor)

For Slimmer

Green

White

Light colors. . .

Blue

Red, pink

Tan, yellow. . .

Grey

Black

Variegated
prints

Makes no dif-
ference

Other; no
answer

Men

0.3%
18.4
14.4

2.2

12.5

33.9

1.6

Women

1.3%
23.3
11.3
19.6
10.0

4.0

4.5

3.1

sex

For ivinter Men

Medium blue. . 0.2%

Dark blue 14.0

Brown 14.0

Women

1.3%
27.1
18.6

5.2

9.6
21.2

9.7

0.7 17.6

10.3 2.5

5.7 2.8

Dark green. . . . 0.6

Dark grey 33.6

Black 12.8

Dark colors . . . 13.0

Black striped. . 0.6
Grey striped
Whatever

there is 9.0

Other; no

answer 2.2 5.4

— 0.5

1.4

46. (US Oct 10 '46) Should the Congress to be elected this

November keep or do away with price control on clothing?

(aipo)

Keep 33% Do away 61% No opinion 6%

CLUBS

1. (Denmark Mar 4 '43) Are you a member of any club for
young people? Asked of a national cross-section of people aged
eighteen to twenty-fivt years, (dgi)

Yes 42.2% No 57.87o

2. (Denmark Mar 4 '43) Which ones [clubs]? Asked of 42.2%
of the sample of people aged eighteen to twenty-five years
who said they belonged to a club for young people, (dgi)

Sport clubs 48.4%

Political societies 17.1

Trade unions 6.2

Christian associations 9.1

Other clubs for young people. . 19.2

100.0% of the club
members

3. (Denmark Mar 4 '43) Why did you join that club? Asked
of 42.2% of the sample of people aged eighteen to twenty-five
years who said they were members of a club for young people.
(dgi)

[122]

Interested in sports 40.1%

Reasons of health 1.9

Open air life 3.3

Cheap holiday 2.5

Meet chums 15.2

Utilize spare time 15

Interested in a certain subject , 5 4

Political interest 9.1

Through school, parents, etc. . 3.7

Reunions, dances 7.0

Lectures 1.1

Personal attitude 5.1

Don't know 4.1

100.0% of the club
members

4. (Germany Nov 25 '46) Have you heard anything about the
program of the American army to promote German youth
organizations? (omgus)

Yes 55% No 45% No answer *

* Less than 0.57o-

5. (Germany Nov 25 '46) What do you think is the most
important part of this program [of the American army to pro-
mote German youth organizations] — that it teaches children
about the American way of life or that it takes up their spare
time, or takes them off the street? (omgus)

Teaches about American way of life. . 26%

Takes up spare time 19

Takes them off streets 41

Qualified answers 1

No answer 1

No opinion 12

COFFEE

1. (us Jan 20 '43) At the present time, are you buying all the
coffee that your ration books entitle your family to? Asked of
a national cross-section of women, (norc)

Yes 85% No 14% Don't know 1%

2. (US Jan 20 '43) Do your ration books allow you more
coffee than you need for your family, or about the right amount,
or less than you need? Asked of a national cross-section of
women, (norc)

More 13%

About right 47

Less 39

Don't know 1

3. (US Jan 20 '43) Right now, are you buying more coffee per
person, or not as much as you did before it was rationed?
Asked of a national cross-section of women, (noec)

More 4%

About same 38

Not as much 56

Don't know 2

COMMERCE

1. (us Oct 19 '35) What steps, in your opinion, should America
take to remain neutral — prohibit all trade with nations at war;

prohibit trade in war materials only; place no restrictions on
trade? (aipo)

Prohibit all Prohibit trade
trade ivith na- hi war mate- No

tiotis at war rials only restrictions
National total 47% 37% 16%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 41% 41%

Middle Atlantic 43 36

East central 44 39

West central 52 36

South 52 35

Mountain 49 38

Pacific coast 50 36

BY POLITICS

Republican 46% 35%

Democratic 47 38

18%

19%
15

2. (US Jan '36) If one nation insists on attacking another, do
you think we should join other nations in refusing to trade
with the attacking nation? (for)

Yes 47.9'?

No 40.8%

Don't know 11.3%

3. (US Jan '36) Would you be willing to fight or to have a
member of your family fight in case our foreign trade were
seriously interfered vvith by force? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 34.4% 53.8% 11.8%

Men . . .
Women,

BY SEX

41.0%
27.1

48.4%
59.7

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 33.6% 51.2%

Southwest 365 552

West 48.2 34.9

10.6%
13.2

15.2%
8.3
16.9

4. (US Jan 25 '37) Should Congress renew the President's
power to make trade agreements abroad? (aipo)

Yes 64% No 36% = 100% No opinion 25%

5. (Great Britain Dec '37) Would you like to see a trade agree-
ment reached with the United States? (bipo)

Yes 96% No 4% = 100% No opinion 32%

6. (US Feb 14 '38) Have you heard about Secretary Hull's
efforts to make trade treaties with other countries? (aipo)
Yes 49% No 51% = 100% No opinion 1%

7. (US Feb 14 '38) Do you approve of Secretary Hull's policy
in seeking a reciprocal trade agreement with Great Britain?
Asked of a national cross-section of people who had heard
about Hull's efforts to make treaties with other countries.
49% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 73% 27% = 100% 18%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 79% 21%

Republican 61 39

8. (US Apr '38) Are you in favor of boycotting Japan by re-
fusing to buy Japanese goods? (for) (May 18 '39) Would you
join a movement in this country to stop buying goods made
in Japan? (aipo)

Yes No Partly Don t know

Apr '38 57.5% 25.0% 7.8% 9.7%

May '39 66 34 — —

[123]

9. (US Sept 23 '38, Nov 22 '38, Mar 21 '39) Would you join

a movement in this country to stop buying goods from Ger-
many? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Sept '38 56% 44% = 100% 10%

Nov '38 61 39 =100 9

Mar '39 65 35 =100 8

NOV '38 RESULTS BY RELIGION

Jewish . . . .
Catholic. . .
Protestant .
Others . . . .

96%
64
61
50

4%
36
39
50

10. (US May '39) There are three different opinions about our
foreign trade. One is that the United States needs foreign trade
to have real prosperity. Another is that foreign trade is by
no means essential, but certainly helps some. The third is that
this country has all the resources it needs and can get along
just as well without foreign trade. With which do you agree?
(for)

We It Can do Don't

need it helps without it know

National total 47.4% 26.7% 18.1% 7.8%

BY POLITICAL PREFERENCE*

Preferring Hull 54.5% 26.0% 15.5% 4.0%

Preferring Vandenberg. . 54.6 27.1 14.6 3.7

* As indicated in answer to the question; If you had to choose be-
tween these two men to succeed President Roosevelt in 1940, which
one would you prefer as you feel now?

11. (US May '39) Do you think we should make greater efforts
to improve our business relations with South America so as to
keep European nations from getting most of the trade there?
74.8% of the sample who thought we should make greater
efforts were asked: Do you think we should encourage South
American trade to the extent of making loans to countries that
want to trade with us but could not do it otherwise? (for)

Yes, make loans 38.7%

Don't make loans 27. 0

Don't know whether or not loans should be made. ... 9.1

Make no effort to improve business relations 8.0

Don't know whether or not effort should be made. . . . 17.2

12. (US Aug 8 '39) Do you approve of Secretary Hull's action
in serving notice on Japan that the United States may end its
trade treaty with Japan in six months? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 81% 19%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 81% 19%

Republican 82 18

Other parties 79 21

13. (US Sept '39) Should the United States try to develop its
own industries to the point where it does not have to buy
any products from foreign countries? (for)

Yes 64.1% No 23.6% Don't know or depends 12.3%

14. (US Sept '39) Do you think we should continue to trade
with the dictator nations if they declare war against other
nations? (for)

Yes 17.6% No 61.5% Don't know or depends 20.9%

15. (US Oct '39) From your own observation do you find
that competition from imported products has a destructive or
stimulating effect on American manufacturers? Asked of a
national cross-section of retailers, (for)

National total.

Makes
no
Destruc- dif- Stimu- De- Don't
tive jerence lating pends know
. 40.0% 2.7% 33.8% 2.2% 21.3%

BY VOLUME OF BUSINESS

$2,000,000 and over 22.6% 1.9% 50.9% 9.5% 15.1%

$100,000 to $2,000,000. .. 37.2 1.8 31.8 3.6 25.6

$30,000 to $100,000 45.3 3.4 33.1 — 18.2

$10,000 to $30,000 44.0 3.5 30.8 — 21.7

16. (US Oct '39) Do you favor the policy of Secretary of State
Cordell Hull in promoting reciprocal trade agreements? Asked
of a national cross-section of businessmen, (for)

Don't
Yes No Depends know

National total 57.5% 18.9% 7.2% 16.4%

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturers 56.7% 23.5%

Retailers 58.1 15.9

10.1%
53

9.7%
20.7

BY ATTITUDE OF BUSINESSMEN TOWARD TARIFF POLICY

Tariff should he

Higher 41.2% 31.2% 4.5% 23.1%

Same 66.1 15-7 6.7 11.5

Lower 77.5 10.1 4.5 7.9

17. (US Oct '39) In what one or two particular foreign coun-
tries do you see the best chance of building up an export market
for your own products or those of your industry? Asked of a
national cross-section of businessmen, (for)

National Capital Consumers'

total

Latin America* 48.3%

England 11.1

Canada 6.2

South Africa 52

Australia 31

Other British 3.1

Scandinavian countries 2.8

Russia 1.9

Other* 9.4

None 35.2

Don't cultivate export 7.7

Don't know 4.3

as
63.4%
13.4

7.3

6.1

4.9

2.4

1.2

7.3
10.9
22.0

4.9

goods

43.0%

10.3

5.8

5.0

2.5

3.3

9.1

39.7

8.7

4.1

138.3%** 148.7%** 134.8%**
* 21.6 per cent simply name Latin or South America. Higher rank-
ing countries specifically mentioned were Brazil and Argentina, 7-7
and 5-9 per cent.

Germany and Italy between them account for only .6 per cent, Japan
for 1.2.

** Percentages total more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US Oct '39) What countries give you the most competi-
tion in those markets you just named? Asked of a national
cross-section of businessmen, (for)

National Capital Consumers'

Germany .
England. .

Japan .

South American countries* .

Canada

Scandinavian countries

Belgium

total
40.6%
30.3

9.1

4.2
3.6
3.0
30

goods
56.4%
25. 5

3.6

1.8

5.5
5.5

goods
32.7%
32.7
11.8

1.8

[124]

National
total

Other 13. 3%

None 23.0

Don't know 8.5

Capital

Consumers

goods

9.1%

15.4%

20.0

24.5

9.1

8.2

138.6%** 136.5%** 139.9%**
* Presumably South American countries competing with each other.
** Percentages total more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

19. (US Jan 10 '40, Jan 19 '40, Dec 15 '43) What is your under-
standing of the term "reciprocal trade treaties"? (aipo)

JAN

40 RESULTS

Correct

Incorrect

Doubtful

Don t knou

10%
8

27%
31

10%
9

53%
52

Jan 10 '40

Jan 19 '40

DEC '43 RESULTS

Agreement to trade with tariff (duty) reduced between

the countries concerned 3%

Agreement to trade tax-free between countries in agree-
ment 2

Agreement to trade between countries 22

Agreement to trade equal amounts between countries. ... 2

Vague definitions 11

Incorrect definitions 4

No answer 56

20. (US Jan 10 '40 and Jan 19 '40) Do you think Congress
should give Secretary Hull the power to make more such
[reciprocal trade] treaties? Asked of a national cross-section of
persons informed on the subject, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Jan 10 '40 57% 43% —

Jan 19 '40 54 46 = 100% 16%

21. (US Jan 10 '40) What is your personal opinion about
Secretary Hull's reciprocal trade treaties? Asked of a national
cross-section of persons informed on the subject, (aipo)

Favorable 71% Unfavorable 29%

22. (US Jan 30 '40) Some people say that in order to sell more
manufactured goods to South American countries, we must
buy from them more beef, grain, and other things competing
with our own farm products. Would you approve of letting
South America sell more farm products here? (aipo)
Approve 22% Disapprove 64% No opinion 14%

23. (US July 20 '40) If Germany wins the war against England
and becomes the strongest country in Europe, do you think
the United States should try to get along with Germany, or
do you think we should stop all trade and diplomatic relations
with Germany? (opor)

Try to get along 66%

Stop trade 19

Qualified answers 6

Don't know 9

24. (US July 20 '40) Suppose it becomes clear that Germany
is getting control of the South American countries — should the
United States spend several hundred million dollars a year for
South American beef, wheat, and other farm products so that
Germany would not get control of South American trade?
(opor)

Should buy 48%

Should not buy 22

Qualified answers 13

No answer 1

Don't know 16

25. (US Aug '40) If Hitler wins, should we find some way of
continuing our European commercial business with Hitler's
new Europe, or make every effort to develop business only
with countries not under Hitler's control? (for)

Continue with new Europe 44.2%

Develop business only with coun-
tries not dominated by Hitler. . . 40.0
Don't know 15-8

26. (US Aug 9 '40) Lindbergh says that if Germany wins the
war in Europe, the United States should try to have friendly
trade and diplomatic relations with Germany. Do you agree
or disagree? (aipo)

Agree 46% Disagree 41% No opinion 13%

27. (US Aug 9 '40) At the same time as the previous question
a comparable cross-section was asked: It has been suggested
that if Germany wins the war in Europe the United States
should try to have friendly trade and diplomatic relations with
Germany. Do you agree or disagree? (aipo)

Agree 55%

Disagree 26%

Don't know 19^

28. (US Sept '40) Do you believe it sounder business under
present conditions for the United States to try harder to expand
foreign trade, or to try to contract it as much as possible toward
a self-sufficiency basis, or to continue foreign-trade policies of
the past few years? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Expand trade 47.4%

Contract toward self-sufficiency . . . 29.2

Continue recent policies 12.7

Don't know, or no answer 10.7

29. (US Sept '40) If cessation of hostilities leaves Germany
with a large economic bloc, would you favor doing as much
business with this bloc as possible even if it means the
sacrifice of considerable profits? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

All

De-

Don't

Much

that

pends

Little

know

comes

None

and

pos-

our

circum-

pos-

sible

way

stances

sible

all

answer

National total. . .

33.3%

12.5%

11 ■^%

10.6%

^■(f/o

3.5%

BY OPINIONS ABOUT ROOSEVELT

AND WILLKIE

FOREIGN AFFAIRS

Willkie better. .,

69.6%

70.4%

63.9%

47.7%

44.1%

Roosevelt better.

9.2

8.6

11.5

24.6

31.4

Either one adc-

9.5

9.8

12.3

15.0

12.8

Neither good

enough

3.2

2.6

1.4

2.9

Don't know; no

answer

8.5

8.6

10.9

11.3

8.8

30. (US Nov '40) Suppose the end of the war finds Germany
controlling most of Europe. Do you think we should restore
normal trade with all countries even though Germany does
dominate them; or have as little as possible to do with a
German Europe even if it means a serious loss to our foreign
trade? (for)

Restore normal trade 53.7%

Have little to do with German Europe 27.7

Don't know 18.6

31. (US Dec 10 '40) Some people say that the best way to
keep German influence out of Central and South America and
to improve our relations with them is to let them sell more

[125]

grain, corn, and cotton in this country. Would you approve
or disapprove of this? At the same time as the previous ques-
tion a comparable cross-section was asked: Some people say
that the best way to keep German influence out of Central
and South America and to improve our relations with them is
to let them sell more beef, grain, corn, and cotton here in com-
petition with our own farmers? Would you approve or dis-
approve of this? (Mar 29 '41) Some people say that the best
way to keep German influence out of Central and South Amer-
ica and to improve our relations with them is to let Central
and South American countries sell more beef, grain, corn, and
cotton here in competition with our own farmers. Would you
approve, or disapprove, of this? A comparable cross-section
was asked the question omitting beef, (opor)

No opinion
Dis- and

Approve approve no answer

DEC '40 RESULTS

Grain, corn, and cotton 38% 43% 19%

Beef, grain, corn, and cotton. . 32 52 16

MAR '41 RESULTS

Beef, grain, corn, and cotton. . 44% 45% 11%

Grain, corn, and cotton 37 51 12

32. (US Mar 12 '41) Do you think that, if England falls, Ger-
many will soon be in control of all of our trade and foreign
markets? (opor)

Yes 59.7% • No 31.1% No opinion 9.2%

33. (US Apr '41) Three comparable cross-sections were used
for the following questions. The second and third groups were
confronted with interventionist and non-interventionist bias
in the questions. Do you think it would ruin us if Hitler was
able to take away our foreign trade? (for)

Don't know

447o

16%

Yes 46.3%

No 40.4%

Don't know 13.3*5

Even if Hitler never invaded us, he would ruin us by selling
goods to foreign countries cheaper than we could sell them.
(for)

Agree 61.9% Disagree 22.5% Don't know 15.6%

Since only a small part of our products are now shipped
out of the country, it wouldn't make any great difference to
us if Hitler did steal our foreign trade, (for)
Disagree 67.6% Agree 17.0% Don't know 15.47o

34. (US June 17 '42) Do you think it would make any differ-
ence in the way you personally live if this country had no
foreign trade, or do you think you can get along just as well
on what we grow and make in the United States? (opor)

Would make difference 68%

No difference 24

No opinion 8

35. (US Jan '43) After the war, should the United States try
to develop its own industries, like rubber and sugar to such
an extent that we don't have to buy any products from foreign
countries, or do you think that we should keep on buying from
other countries? (norc)

Develop own 46.1%

Keep buying 42.0

Both 7.7

Qualified answers 1.7

Don't know 2.5

36. (US Jan 11 '43, June 18 '43, Nov 15 '43) Do you think we
should allow other countries to sell more goods in this coun-
try after the war, even though it means more competition with
our goods? (norc)

Yes

Jan '43 40%

June '43 32

Nov '43 33

37. (US Sept '43) Do you think problems of trade between
countries have anything to do with starting wars? (norc)

38. (US Dec 15 '43) After the war, which of these things do
you think the United States should try to do — do a lot of
trading with foreign countries, selling them the things we
can grow and make best in this country, and buying from them
the things which they can produce more easily than we can,
or try to grow and make in this country all the things that
we need and use here, and do very little trading with foreign
countries? (aipo)

Trade with foreign countries 74%

Grow and make all we need 26

39. (US Dec 15 '43) What are the chief arguments for your
choice [as to whether the United States should try to do a
great deal of trading with foreign countries or very little].
Asked of those who had an opinion as to what the United
States should do. (aipo)

Arguments in favor of foreign trade
All countries should work together and cooperate; estab-
lish good diplomatic relations, good will, good neigh-
bor policy, etc 28%

We need the products of other countries as we can't raise

all we need 11

For mutual benefits — we need products from other coun-
tries and they need our products; it's necessary; you

can't do without foreign trade; etc 11

It's important to prevent our becoming isolationist; we

must not build a fence against other countries 8

It would stimulate business; free competition is best for

all; it's necessary for prosperity 7

It gives a market for our surplus goods 2

We'll have to do it a few years to re-establish destroyed

countries 1

We did it before and it works out well 1

It would keep prices down; the US manufacturers would

produce more cheaply 2

Other reasons 1

No reason given 3

75%*
Arguments against foreign trade

It's important to be self-sufficient; in case of another war
we would be ready; we're capable of producing all
our needs 9%

It's better not to fool with foreign countries; if we don't
trade with them we are less apt to get into another
war 10

Don't want American wages and living standards low-
ered by competition with cheap foreign labor 1

We can help employment in this country more by pro-
ducing everything for our needs 2

Foreign trade benefits other countries more than it does
our country; can't see any advantage to trading with
other countries 1

Other reasons 1

No reason given 2

26%

* Percentages add to more than 74 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[126]

40. (US Dec 15 '43) After the war, which of these things do
you think the United States should try to do — trade a lot with
foreign countries if this permits some foreign goods to sell
here at lower prices than our goods, or refuse to trade with
foreign countries and let our people pay higher prices for these
things produced here? (aipo)

Trade a lot 60%

Refuse to trade 21

No opinion 19

41. (US Dec 15 '43) What are the chief arguments for your
choice [as to whether the United States should try to do a
great deal of trading with foreign countries, or very little]?
Asked of those who had an opinion as to what the United
States should do. (aipo)

Arguments in favor of foreign trade
All countries should work together and cooperate; estab-
lish good diplomatic relations; good will, good neigh-
bor policy, etc 18%

We need the products of other countries as we can't raise

all we need . . 9

For mutual benefits; we need products from other coun-
tries and they need our products; it's necessary; you

can't do without foreign trade; etc 8

It would keep prices down; the US manufacturers would

produce more cheaply 6

It would stimulate business; free competition is the best

for all 5

It's important to prevent our becoming isolationist; we

must not build a fence against other countries 3

It gives us a market for our surplus goods 4

We'll have to do it a few years to re-establish destroyed

countries 1

We did it before and it worked out well 1

We're fighting for an equal opportunity for all and for

no restrictions on trade 1

Other reasons 1

No reason given 4

61%*

Arguments against foreign trade
It's important to be self-sufficient; in case of another war
we would be ready; we're capable of producing all our
needs

It's better not to fool with foreign countries; if we don't

trade with them we arc less apt to get into another war 4
Don't want American wages and living standards low-
ered by competition with cheap foreign labor 6

We can help employment in this country more by pro-
ducing evcrvthing for our needs 4

Protect our industry; buy American things first 1

Other reasons 1

No reason given ' 2

21%

* Percentages add to more than 60 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

42. (US Jan 4 '44) If European countries can make shoes more
cheaply than we can, should we buy most of our shoes from
Europe and try to employ our workers in making other things
that we can produce more cheaply than Europe? (aipo)

Yes 32% No 46% No opinion 22%

43. (US Jan 4 '44) If foreign countries can grow and sell cer-
tain farm products more cheaply than we can, should we buy
these products and get American farmers to raise other products
which we can raise more cheaply than foreign countries? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 32% No opinion 24%

44. (US Jan 18 '44) After the war, should the United States
try to sell more products to foreign countries? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 12% No opinion 12%

45. (US Jan 18 '44) After the war, should the United States
buy more products from other countries? (aipo)

Yes 68% No 19% No opinion 13%

46. (US Jan 18 '44) After the war would you like to see the
United States increase its foreign trade over what it was before
the war? (aipo)

Yes 62% No 10% Don't know 28%

47. (Sweden Apr '44) If the Germans should take new violent
steps in Norway and Denmark such as arresting and deporting
students and Jews, do you think that, even though it meant
serious drawbacks for our trade with Germany, Sweden should
stop the traffic of persons and goods that still pass through
Sweden between Norway and Germany? (sGi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 54% 16% 30%

Men . . .
Women .

61%
46

18%
14

21%
40

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Wealthy 46% 24% 30%

Working parties 63 12 25

48. (Sweden Apr '44) If the Germans should take new violent
steps in Norway and Denmark such as arresting students and
Jews, do you think that, even though it meant serious draw-
backs for our trade with Germany, Sweden should stop the
export of ore to Germany? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National tor-l 43% 23% 34%

BY SEX

Men 50% 26% 24%

Women 36 21 43

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Wealthy 35% 32% 33%

Working parties 53 19 28

49. (US May '44) How do you regard the prospects for a
large increase in United States foreign trade after the war if
there is no international organization to keep the peace, and
if there is one? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Prospects Prospects Don't

good dubious know

If there is no international

organization 30.9% 49.9% 19.2%

If there is one 67.7 16.7 15.6

50. (US May '44) Would your company benefit directly, indi-
rectly, or not noticeably by an increase in United States foreign
trade after the war? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Not Don't

Directly Indirectly noticeably know

National total 30.9% 28.2% 37.8% 3.1%"

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturing 36,1% 25.0% 36.7% 2.2%

Finance 28.9 32.7 34.1 4.3

Commerce 20.2 29.9 44.6 53

Utilities 26.1 41.5 30.0 2.4

Other 25.8 30.2 40.8 3.2

[ l-JT ]

61. (US May '44) In which one or two parts of the world
listed below do you expect to see the largest increase in foreign
business? Asked of a national cross-section of business execu-
tives, (for)

National
total
South America 60.0%

Asia 33.7

Russia 33. 0

Europe 23.6

British Com-
monwealth . 10.9
Middle East... 8.6
Africa 6.9

Relative

order

North-

Mid-

Far

east

west

West

1939*

60.8%

63.8%

49.1%

29.4

30.4

60.1

35.8

35.9

23.4

23.0

22.1

18.9

12.1

10.7

6.8

9.3

9.5

5.4

7.5

1.8

176.7%** 173.3%** 179.7%,** 173.5%**
* Rank is based on total dollar volume of exports and imports.
** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

52. (Australia July '44) It's been suggested that after the war
Australia should make motor cars and trucks, even if they cost
a good deal more than imported cars. Do you think we should
make them or import them? (apop)

Make some cars here 80%

Import all cars 14

Undecided 6

53. (US Aug '44) About what per cent of the goods grown
and manufactured in this country would you say were sold in
other countries during the ten-year period before this war
started in 1939? (for)

Less than 5 per cent 2.7%

5-10 per cent 16.1

10-15 per cent 18.2

15-20 per cent 13.4

20-25 per cent 10.9

Over 25 per cent 8.9

Don't know 29.8

54. (Denmark Dec 2 '44) After the war, do you think that
the Government should interfere as little as possible with for-
eign trade, or do you think that it should continue regulating
import and export? (dgi)

Government should regulate. . . . 48%

Not regulate 20

Don't know 32

55. (Denmark Dec 2 '44) 48% of a national sample who were
in favor of postwar government regulation of foreign trade
were asked to what extent it should be regulated. Results
follow: (dgi)

More than before the war ^7%

The same as before the war 47

Less than before the war 7

Don't know 19

100%o of those
who favored government regulation of
foreign trade

66. (Great Britain Jan '45) When goods are short, would you
agree to selling them to other countries so that we can then
buy from abroad, or should the goods be sold here? (bipo)
Sell abroad 39% Sell here 46% Don't know 15%

57. (US Feb '45) What can you say of your company's foreign-
trade prospects after the final peace as compared to prewar?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Prewar

None 30.8%

0 to 5 per cent 12.5

5 to 10 per cent. .
10 to 25 per cent .
25 to 50 per cent .
Over 50 per cent.
No answer

9.4
6.3
1.9
0.4
38.7

'istimatec
postwar

16.1%

7.6

9.8

11.8

3.8

0.8

40.0

58. (US Feb '45) In which one or two of the following areas
do you think your trade prospects are best? Asked of 33.8%
of the business executives who expected postwar foreign trade.
(for)

Latin America 53.6%

China 44.8

Australia and New Zealand. . . 20.3

Europe 18.8

Russia 18.5

Netherlands Indies 16.1

Japan 12.4

Other 13.6

198.1%,*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who expected
postwar foreign trade and add to more than 100 because each respond-
ent was asked to name one or two countries.

59. (Sweden Apr '45) Do you know anything about the Allies
having blacklisted, for instance, certain Swedish concerns?
58% of the sample who said they knew something about the
blacklisting were asked: Do you know what the purpose of
these blacklists is? (sgi)

Know the purpose 41%

Have heard of lists, but don't know the purpose. . 17
Don't know anything about lists 42

60. (Sweden Apr '45) Do you think this purpose [of the Allies
in blacklisting certain Swedish concerns] is justified? Asked of
41% of the sample who knew the purpose of the blacklistings.
(sgi)

Justified 39%,

Not justified 43

Don't know 18

100% of those who
knew the purpose of the blacklistings

61. (US Apr '45) If the only way Japan could pay us for our
cost of the war would be in goods, would you be willing for
our country to accept any goods which could be sold cheaper
than similar goods we make in this country? (norc)

Willing to accept. . 21%

Not willing 68

Don't know 11

62. (US May 2 '45) Will you tell me briefly what is meant
by these terms? Among others was listed: Reciprocal trade.
14% of the sample who defined the term correctly were asked:
Have you heard about the trade agreements made by the United
States with other countries through Secretary Hull? (aipo)

Yes, have heard of agreements 9%

No, have not heard of agreements. . . 5

Defined term incorrectly 5

Defined term vaguely 29

No answer 52

[128]

63. (US May 2 '45) Congress has to decide whether or not to
continue the trade agreements program. What do you think —
should the program be continued or not? Asked of a national
cross-section of those who had heard of Hull's trade agree-
ments. 9% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Yes 75% No 7% Undecided 18% = 100%

of those familiar with the Hull agreements

64. (US May 2 '45) Would you approve or disapprove using
this [trade agreements] program to get a further reduction of
tariffs in both the United States and other countries? A com-
parable cross-section was asked the question in the following
form: Do you think it would be a good thing or a bad thing
to reduce tariffs further in both the United States and other
countries under the trade agreements program? Results were
combined. Asked of a national cross-section of those who knew
what Hull's trade agreements were. 9% of the sample is repre-
sented, (aipo)

Approve 57% Disapprove 20% No opinion 23% = 100%
of those familiar with the Hull agreements

65. (US June 28 '45) There have been all sorts of ideas sug-
gested for things we should do in this country after the war,
and we'd like to know how you feel about some of them.
Do you think it is a good idea or not such a good idea to
have reciprocal trade agreements with foreign countries? (nyht)

Good idea Not so i^ood Don't know
National total* 61.1% 8.1% 30.8%

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 43. 0%

High school 67.2

College 81.7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 81.7%

Upper middle class 77.7

Lower middle class 65.1

Poor 41.3

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 63.6%

Rural 51.5

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 67-2%

Middle Atlantic 66.0

East north-central 67.0

West north-central 58.6

South Atlantic 51.6

East south-central 47.6

West south-central 54.3

Mountain 51.4

Pacific 68.6

* National total from Fortune Aug '43.

66. (US Aug 16 '45) There have been all sorts of ideas sug-
gested for things we should do in this country after the war,
and we'd like to know how you feel about some of them.
Do you think it is a good idea or not such a good idea to
build up our foreign trade — that is, both buy and sell more in
foreign countries? (nyht)

Good idea Not so good Don't know
74.7% 9.7% 15.6%

7.7%

49.3%

8.4

24.4

8.2

10.1

8.0%

10.3%

8.6

13.7

8.3

26.6

8.3

50.4

7.8%

28.6%

9.3

39.2

9.4%

23.4%

6.6

27.4

9.8

23.2

9.6

31.8

8.2

40.2

6.4

46.0

5.0

40.7

39.3

9.3

22.1

National total*.

8.9%

15.0%

.2.6

18.1

■3.6%

22.9%

3.1

23.6

1.9

14.9

1.0

11.4

7.2

12.0

7.0

21.0

6.2

12.0

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 87.3%,

Upper middle 86.8

Lower middle 77. 6

Poor 61.9

4.8%

7.9%

7.0

6.2

10.0

12.4

12.1

26.0

Good idea Not so good Don't know

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 76.1%

Rural 69.3

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

South Atlantic 63.5%

East south-central 63. 3

New England 73-2

East north-central 77.6

Middle Atlantic 80.8

West south-central 72.0

Pacific 81.8

* National total from Fortune Aug '45.

67. (US Sept '45) In which one or two parts of the world
listed below do you expect to see the largest increase in Ameri-
can foreign business? Asked of a national cross-section of busi-
ness executives, (for)

South America 61.4%

Russia 32.7

Asia 28.3

Europe 18.5

British Commonwealth, , . 133

Middle East 6.3

Africa 2.4

162.9%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

68. (US Sept '45) How soon do you think Russia will become
an important competitor in the world market? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Within 5 years 18.6%

Within 10 years 47.8

Within 25 years 20.7

After 25 years 5.8

Don't know 7.1

69. (US Sept '45) Do you think it is or is not to the long-term
advantage of the United States to promote trade relations with
Russia? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

Is to US advantage 91.2%

Is not 6.1

Don't know 2.7

70. (Finland Dec 14 '45) Do vou consider it desirable to im-
port coffee just now, or should the same amount of currency
be used to import something else? (fgi)

Coffee 23%

Other goods 76

Don't know 1

71. (Finland Dec 14 '45) What [things should we import]?
Asked of 76% of the sample who thought it more desirable
to import things other than coffee, (fgi)

Clothes 54%

Foods in general 26

Sugar 19

Shoes and leather goods 16

Fuel and paraffin oil; artificial ferti-
lizer; raw materials; etc 15

Fats 14

Grain (particularly wheat) 13

Meat 4

[129]

Fruit 3%

„ Tobacco 1

(Others 7
172%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
it more desirable to import other things than coffee and add to more
than 100 because some respondents gave more than one answer.

72. (Australia Feb-Mar "46) Should we now resume trade with
Japan — selling wool and wheat, in exchange for silk, toys, and
other goods? (apop)

Yes No No opinion

National total 45% 47%, 8%,

Farm-owners only 55 36 9

73. (US Mar '46) Which one of these three ideas comes closest
to what you think — (1) our government should not allow any
shoes from foreign countties to be sold in the United States;
(2) out government should put a limit on the number of shoes
from foreign countries which are sold in this country; (3) our
government should allow foreign countries to sell as many
shoes in the United States as they can? Each respondent was
given a card with the three statements piinted on it. (norc)

jB . Statement 1 26%

■ Statement 2 54

m Statement 3 20

I 100%

Don't know 6%

74. (US Mar '46) In general, do you think we need to buy
goods from foreign countries in order to sell goods to foreign
countries, or isn't it necessary? (norc)

Need to 76% Not necessary 18% Don't know 6%

75. (US Mar '46) Would you be in favor of or would you be
against letting goods come into this country which would
sell for less than our goods? 74% of the sample who were
against the idea were asked: Do you think many foreign coun-
tries could ship very much into the United States if their goods
sold for more than American goods? (norc)

Could ship 12%

Could not ship 55

Don't know whether or not they could ship. . 7

Favor foreign goods 20

No opinion on shipment of foreign goods. ... 6

76. (US Mar '46) Should each country make its own laws
under which foreign goods can be shipped into its own country,
or do you think the United Nations organization should make
such jaws? (norc)

Each country 42% United Nations 47% Don't know 11%

77. (Netherlands Aug '46) Which goods do you think we can
best spare for export to foreign countries and which ones should
we get enough of in Holland? (nipo)

Textiles

Bicycle tires

Shoes

Household articles.

Furniture

Irons

Wireless sets

Vacuum cleaners . .

Bulbs (light)

Pulbs (flowers). . . .

First fo>
ourselves

92%
86
84
74
68
36
27
26
23
1

Export

2
11
15
44
57
61
63
98

Don t knou

9
14
15
17
20
16
13
14

78. (Netherlands Sept '46) A very close cooperation between
Belgium and Holland is in preparation — particularly in affairs
of ttade, industry, harbor traffic, etc. Do you approve or dis-
approve of such close cooperation? (nfs)

Don't

Approve Disapprove know

National total 80% 3% 17%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Under 20,000 population 78%o 2% 20%

20,000 up to 100,000 80 3 17

100,000 and over 83 4 13

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northern and Eastern provinces 74% 4% 22%

Western provinces 83 3 14

Southern provinces 83 2 15

79. (Hungary Oct '46) What imported articles do you miss?
Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well-ojf Medium Poor

Rice 7.7% 6.2% 7.9%,

Coffee 10.3 9.2 6.7

Tea 5.4 5.8 5.0

Chocolate 8.7 8.3 6.8

Cocoa 4.0 2.7 2.8

Oranges 50 4.9 4.7

Lemons 7.1 8.7 6.9

Bananas 1.7 1.4 0.7

Sweetened dried fruits 4.9 52 30

Canned food 1.1 1.9 —

Textiles; clothes 12.3 13.6 13.9

Leather; shoes; boots 1.3 36 2.6

Silk 0.8 1.1 0.8

Furs 0.3 0.9 0.2

Silk stockings 0.7 0.2 —

Tools; machine tools 0.9 0.4 0.6

Optical instruments 0.4 0.4 0.3

Mechanical instruments 1.5 0.9 0.2

Chemicals 0.9 1.7 0.3

Medicines 3.9 2.1 1.0

Cosmetics 0.9 0.4 0.2

Rubber 0.8 1.8 0.9

Books; papers 2.4 0.6 0.3

Cigarettes; tobacco 1.3 0.4 0.2

Other; no answer 15.7 17.6 34.0

80. (Canada Oct 9 '46) Taking a long view, do you think
Canada really needs to start now to sell large quantities of
goods to other countries, or can this country get along without
this foteign trade? (cipo)

Need to start now 62%

Need markets but need not start now. ... 16
Can get along without foreign markets. . 7

Undecided and no opinion 15

81. (Canada Oct 9 '46) Do you think Canada's chances of
getting an equal opportunity for this world trade are being
seriously hindered by our present strikes? (cipo)

Yes, seriously hindering 63%

Yes, but not seriously hindering 11

No, not hindering 11

Undecided 15

82. (Australia Nov '46) Would you favor or oppose trading
with Japan again? (apop)

[130]

National total.

Favor

51%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business.

White-collar

Farmers

Skilled labor

Semi-skilled labor

Unskilled labor

68%
59
59
51

Oppose

41%

26%

Undecided
8%

6
10
10

83. (US Nov 13 '46) Some countries can make certain products
more cheaply than we can. Would you favor a policy of letting
these products come into this country and be sold here at a
price which is lower than we can sell them for? 60% of the
sample who were against the idea were asked: Would you
approve of letting products of this type come into our country
if it is necessary to build up trade between nations? (aipo)
Favor allowing goods that can be sold cheaper into the

country 30%

Don't know whether or not goods should be allowed in. . 10

Approve if necessary to build up trade 33

Disapprove in any case 18

Don't know whether or not goods should be allowed in

if necessary to build up trade 9

84. (Hungary Dec '46) How do you think Hungary's foreign
trade will develop after peace is concluded? (hipor)

Rapidly 41%

Slowly 53

No change 2

No opinion 4

COMMUNISM

1. (us Nov 12 '37) In Quebec, Canada, a law permits the
police to padlock places printing Communist literature. Would
you favor such a law here? (aipo)

Yes 54% No 35% No opinion 9% No answer 2%

2. (us Nov 8 '39) Which of these statements best describes
your opinion about the Communist party in the United States:
(l) the Communist party in this country takes orders directly
from Russia; (2) the policies of the Communist party in the
United States are decided on by Communists in this country
in consultation with Russia; (3) the policies of the American
Communist party are decided entirely by Communists in the
United States; (4) know nothing about the Communist party?
(aipo)

Statement 1 25%

Statement 2 27

Statement 3 9

Statement 4 and no answer. . 39

3. (US Nov 8 '39) About how many members do you think
there are in the Communist party in the United States? A com-
parable cross-section was asked the question with the phrase
"would you guess" instead of "do you think." Results were
combined, (aipo)

No answer 60%

Less than 10,000 2

10,000 to 50,000 4

50,000 to 100,000 3

100,000 to 250,000 6

250,000 to 500,000 3

500,000 to 1,000,000 4%

1 to 2 million 5

2 to 5 million 3

5 to 10 million 1

10 million and over 1

Thousands 1

Millions 1

A great many 4

Miscellaneous 2

Median 300,000 members

4. (US Nov 8 '39) Do you think members of the Communist
party should be allowed to hold public office in the United
States? (aipo)

Yes 16%, No 72% No answer 2% No opinion 10%

5. (US June '40) Would you say that the Communists in
America are composed of mostly good and intelligent people
or half good and half bad people, or mostly bad or misguided
people? Asked of a national cross-section of workers of all
classes including unemployed, (for)

Mostly good and intelligent people. . . . 4.1%

Half good people, half bad people 21.9

Mostly bad or misguided people 55.6

Don't know . 18.4

6. (US June '40) What, if anything, do you believe should be
done about Communists in the United States? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of workers of all classes including unem-
ployed, (for)

Drastic action

Impose some form of capital punishment. . . 2.0%
Put them in jail or concentration camps. . . 2.6

Deport them; dispose of the leaders 25. 8

Find some way of getting rid of them 13.0

Regulatory action

Curb, control, register them 6.5

Do not allow them to have say in govern-
ment, or to have their own party 1.5

Curative

Educate them, teach them democracy 30

Remove the causes — poverty; unemploy-
ment; etc 0.9

Do nothing, let them alone

Other

Don't know

Total

43.4%

5.0

3.9

10.5

3.2

34.1

103.1%*

BY LABOR STATUS

O S >~l^

15.8

10.5

23.0

1.0

20.1 =

104.8

10.0

5.9

7.5

4.2

20.2 =

104.0

7.5

3.1

13.3

2.8

24.2 =

103.0

5.3

4.2

15.4

4.4

31.4 =

101.3

Semi-professionals 34.4
Railway workers . 56.2
AFL members. .. . 52.1
CIO members. ... 40 6
* Multiple answers account for the total of more than 100. "

7. (US July 31 '40, May 20 '41, June 9 '42) Do you think there^
should be a law to prevent people in this country from belong-
ing to the Communist party? In 1941 a comparable cross-section
was asked: Do you think membership in the Communist party
in this country should be forbidden by law? Results were com-
bined. In 1942 a comparable cross-section was asked the ques-
tion with this addition: or should they be allowed to belong

[131]

to the party? Quly 31 '40*) Would you be in favor of doing
away with the Communist party in this country? (Mar 13 '46
and June 12 '46) Do you think membership in the Communist
party in this country should be forbidden by law? (aipo)

July 31 '40.
July 31 '40*
May 20 '41 .
June 9 '42.
Mar 13 '46.
June 12 '46.

Upper income

Middle income

Lower income including
those on relief

Yes

No opinion

67%

22%

11%

CONOMK

: STATUS

70%

28%

8. (US Oct '41) Which one of these statements comes closest
to what you think the government should do about Communist
sympathizers — (l) nothing, or no more than it is doing now;
(2) keep track of them so they could be rounded up if neces-
sary; (3) keep track of them and also prevent them from agi-
tating and organizing; (4) deport them or put them in jail?
(for) (Mar 13 '46 and June 12 '46) What do you think should
be done about the Communists in this country? (aipo^

1941 RESULTS

Statement 1 4.5%

Statement 2 16.5

Statement 3 37.1

Statement 4 29.9

Don't know 12 0

MAR '46 RESULTS

No answer; don't know 24%

Nothing, this is a democracy 20

Should not be encouraged; should be taught differently. . 4

Let them rave but watch them 5

Curb them 11

Keep them out of offices in the government 3

Try to get rid of them 8

Deport them 18

Shoot them 2

Jail them 2

Outlaw them; take away their rights 2

Miscellaneous 1

National
total . . .

JUNE

Take strong
measures;
get rid of
them; de-
fort them;
jail them

36%

'46 RESULTS

Curb them;
keep them
out of pub-
lic office

16%

Let them
rave hut

watch

them

nothing

No
opinion

7% 16% 25%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and
professional

White-collar .

Manual
workers . . .

Farmers

36%
34

37
40

18%
15

14
21

10%

20%
21

14
4

16%
22

30
26

9. (Canada Sept 16 '42) Do you think that people in Canada
should be allowed to join the Communist party and enter
candidates in future elections, or do you think the present law,
which outlaws the Communist party, should continue in effect?
(cipo)

People should be allowed to join. . . . 23%

Ban should remain 62

No opinion 15

10. (Canada Oct 17 '42) Do you think that Tim Buck and
the other reputed Communist leaders who have recently sur-
rendered to the authorities should be freed, or do you think
they should be interned? (ciPo)

Would Would No

free them intern them opinion
National total 39%o 44%, 17%o

BY PROVINCES

43%

17%
53

7%
18

All provinces outside Quebec . . 57%

Quebec only 20

Ontario only 62

BY POLITICS

CCF 76%

Other major parties 29

11. (Australia Dec '42) Should the ban on the Communist
party be lifted or maintained? (apop)

Lift the ban 35%

Maintain it 44

Undecided 14

Insufficient knowledge to answer. ... 7

12. (US June '43) After the war, do you think Russia will or
will not try to bring about Communist governments in other
European countries? (for)

Will Will not Don't know

National total 40.5%o 31.1% 28.4%

BY OCCUPATION

Executives 41.1%, 47.9%, 11-0%

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 46.3%

Poorly informed 44.4

Uninformed 32.4

13. (Sweden Apr '44) Do you think that the Russians are still
planning a world revolution or do you think they have given
it up? (sGi)

Still Given Don't

planning it up know

'.5%

14.2%

22.4

46.0

National total .

Men

Women

Social Democrat.
Communist

29%

BY SEX

33%
26

BY POLITICS

27%
31

27%

34%
19

32%
53

44%

33%
55

41%
16

14. (Sweden June '44) Do you think it would be good or bad
for Sweden if the Communists became considerably stronger?
(sGi)

National total .

Bad Good

Wouldn't
matter

Don't
know

60% 7%

11%

22%

BY POLITICS*

76% 2%
88 2
82 1
62 4
8 71

8
13
12

15%

9
21

National party 76%

Right party 88

Agrarian 82

Social Democrat. . .

Communist

* Political breakdown is based on what the respondent voted for in
1942.

[ 132]

15. (France Nov 16 '44) Do you think there is enough, not
enough, or too much Communist representation in the gov-
ernment? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Not enough 15%

Too much 28

Enough 42

No opinion 15

16. (France Jan 1 '45) Do you think the Communist party has
an important role in France? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 58% 25% 17%

Provinces 54 24 22

17. (Germany Apr 15 '46) Do you think that the Nazi propa-
ganda was right in saying that Russian bolshevism was dan-
gerous? (oMGUs)

Yes 68%

No 18

No opinion 12

No answer 2

18. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: The Americans
should put Germany on its feet again as soon as possible, be-
fore the German people fall prey to Communism, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

American zone and Berlin .... 82% 10% 8%

Berlin only 82 16 2

19. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: That Russian bol-
shevism is dangerous, was a Nazi lie. (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

American zone and Berlin 29% 58% 13%

Berlin only 45 52 3

20. (Canada May 1 '46) How would you define the difference
between Communism and Socialism? (cipo)

No difference 27%

Might be a difference, but can't define it 48

Miscellaneous answers 25

21. (US June 12 '46) Would you say there are many or only a
few Communists in the United States today? 57% of the sample
who thought there were a great many and 28% who thought
there were a few were asked: Can you name any in the United
States today? (aipo)

Don't know whether or not there arc any. . . . 17%

Earl Browder 11

Harry Bridges 10

Philip Murray ? 1

Hillman 2

Curran 1

Foster 2

John L. Lewis 3

Mentioned others 7

Named no one 57

111%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents named
more than one person.

22. (US June 12 '46) How much Communism would you say
there is in the labor movement — a great deal, a fair amount,
only a little? (aipo)

Great Fair No

deal amount Little None opinion

Great

Fair

None and

deal

amount

Little

no opinion

occupation

Professional and

business

. 42%

30%

18%

10%

Farmers

. 47

White-collar

. 34

Manual workers. .

. 35

Union members . .

. 30

BY EDUCATION

College 42% 28% 23%

High school 38 31 16

Grade school or less 38 23 14

7%
15
25

23. (US July '46) Do you think Russia wants to spread the
Communist way of life, or that she isn't particularly inter-
ested in whether or not other countries become communistic?
(for)

Wants to Not interested

spread in spreading Don't

Communism Communism know

National total 54.0% 26.4% 19.6%

BY EDUCATION

College 62.1%

High school 58.4

Grade school 42.9

30.2%

28.9

20.9

7.7%
12.7
36.2

24. (US July '46) Do you think this is mainly because she be"
lieves the world will be better off with Communism, or mainly
because she thinks it will make her more powerful? Asked of
54.0% of the total sample who thought Russia wanted to
spread Communism, (for)

National total.

Believes
world will
be better off

7.8%

Thinks it
will make
her more
powerful
43.2%

BY EDUCATION

College 12.4% 46.3%

High school 8.1 47.6

Grade school 4.1 35-5

Don't

know

3.0% = 54.0%

3.4% = 62.1%
2.7 = 58.4
3.3 = 42.9

National total

38':

279

16%

17%

25. (US July 24 '46) In general, do you think most American
citizens who belong to the Communist party in this country
are loyal to America or to Russia? (alpo)

Loyal to America 23%

Loyal to Russia 48

No opinion 29

26. (US July 24 '46) Should United States Communists be per-
mitted to hold civil service jobs (regular government jobs) in
this country? (aipo)

Yes 17% No 69% No opinion 14%

27. (US Dec 11 '46) Why do you think people in this country
become Communists? (aipo)

Dissatisfaction with economic conditions; living stand-
ards, poverty, etc 18%

Propaganda; Russia working here; interest aroused; curi-
ous 11

Ignorance 10

Influenced by leaders, radicals 6

Dissatisfaction; dissatisfaction with conditions as a
whole 10

[133]

Dissatisfaction with government, government officials,

present political system 7%

Don't want to work 2

Want power 1

Personal gains 2

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 32

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

COMPETITION

1. (us Sept '40) Do you believe the government should waive
competitive bidding in order to allocate rearmament orders to
the plants best equipped to supply them fastest? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Yes 75.5% No 23.4% No answer 1.1%

2. (US Oct '43) Do you think that, as compared with 1939,
business in the United States after the war needs about the
same amount of competition within business, more competi-
tion, or less competition? Asked of a national cross-section of
business executives, (for)

Same 76.2%, More 19.2%, Less 4.6%

3. (US Oct '43) In your own business field, do you think after
the war it would be a good thing if there were about the
same number of competitots as now, more competitors, or fewer
competitors? Asked of a national cross-section of business ex-
ecutives, (for)

Same 74.5% More 11.6% Fewer 13.9%,

CONGRESSMEN

1. (US Oct '37) Do you approve of the way your Congressmen
in Washington have been representing your district and statj?
(for)

Dis- Don't

Approve approve know
Two Senators (average of both). . 47.9% 17.7% 34.4%
Representative 47.4 15-5 37.1

2. (US Nov '38) Do you believe that a Congressman should
vote on any question as the majority of his constituents desire
or vote according to his own judgment? (for) (Aug 8 '39
and Apr 17 '40) Should Members of Congress vote according
to their own best judgment or according to the way the people
in their districts feel? (Apr 18 '40) In cases when a Congress-
man's opinion is different from that of the majority of the
people in his district, do you think he should usually vote
according to his own best judgment, or according to the way
the majority of his district feels? (aipo)

Way No opinion

people Own or

feel judgment Don t know

Nov '38 37.4% 54.1% 8.5% = 100%

Aug 8 '39 61 39 = 100% 4

Apr 17 '40 66 34 =100 6

Apr 18 '40 63 37 = 100 8

Way No opinion

people Own or

feel judgment Don' t know

NOV '38 results by economic status

Prosperous 41.5% 53.1% 5.4%

Poor 35.0 54,7 10.3

NOV '38 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHIC SECTION

Middle West. .. . 41.4% 50.3% 8.3%

Mountain 29.3 66.0 4.7

3. (US Mar 18 '42 and Mar 10 '43) Do you happen to know
the name of the Congressman from your district? (Nov 10 '42)
Do you happen to know the name of the Congressman who
was elected from your district in the election on Tuesday,
November 3? (Jan 3 '46 and June 12 '46) Do you happen to
know the name of the Congressman (Member of the House
of Representatives) from your district? The June '46 question
read: (Member of the House of Representatives in Washing-
ton). 55% of the Jan '46 sample said they knew the name but
only 54% mentioned a name, (aipo)

No, incorrect
Yes, correct answer and
answer don't know

Mar '42 50% 50%

Nov '42 51 49

Mar '43 49 51

Jan '46 46 54

June '46 41 59

MAR '42 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHIC SECTION

New England and mid-Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Far West

44*?

56%

'42 RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

MAR

Farmers

Towns under 10,000 61

Towns 10,000 to 100,000 54

Cities 100,000 to 500,000 40

Cities over 500,000 23

67% 33%

39
46
60
77

4. (US Jan 3 '46) The 55% of the Jan '46 sample who said
they knew their Congressman's name were asked: Have you
had a chance to follow his work in Congress — for example,
do you know what committees he is on and how he has voted
on important issues? (aipo)

Yes 19% No 33% No opinion 2% No answer 1% = 55%

5. (US Mar 18 '42) Before America entered the war, was your
Congressman in favor of entering the war or staying out?
(aipo)

Don't know position he took 65%

Know position he took 35

6. (US June '44) How would you rate the job your own Con-
gressman is doing — as good, only fair, poor, or haven't you
paid any attention to him? (for)

No Don't

Good Fair Poor attention know

National total 24.3% 20.4% 5.8% 43.9% 5.6%

BY SEX

Men 30.1% 25.8% 6.9% 32.6% 4.6%

Women 19.5 16.1 50 53.0 6.4

7. (US Nov 29 '44) Will you tell me for how many years
Members of the United States House of Representatives are
elected? (aipo)

[134]

National total.

2 years

3 years
2%

Over

4 years 4 years
27% 8%

BY EDUCATION

College 64% 2%

High school 42 2

Grade school or less .29 2

21%

10%
9

Don't

know

25%

3%
15
36

8. (US Nov 29 '44) What do you think is the ideal length of
time for which they [Congressmen] should be elected? (aipo)

lyear 1%

2 years 30

3 years 2

4 years 42

5 years 1

6 years 5

7 years *

8 years 1

Over 8 years 1

Depends on man 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 15

* Less than 0.5%.

9. (US Nov 29 '44) Will you tell me how much pay a United
States Representative receives a year? How much do you think
he should be paid? (aipo)

Is faid

$5,000 or under 9*/

$6,000-$9,000 9

$10,000* 24

Over $10,000 6

Don't know 52

* Correct answer.

Should be paid

Under $5,000 8%

$5,000 11

$6,000-$9,000 12

$10,000 24

$11,000-$14,000 3

$15,000 3

Over $15,000 2

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 33

10. (US June 12 '45) Do you think members of Congress in
Washington should be paid higher salaries than they are now
getting? (aipo)

Yes 24% No 56% No opinion 20%

11. (US June 12 '45) Do you happen to know how much a
Congressman is paid a year? (aipo)

Correct ($10,000 a year) 32% Incorrect or don't know 68%

12. (US June 12 '45) President Truman says that he favors
raising the salaries of Congressmen from $10,000 to at least
$15,000 a year after general wage ceilings are removed. Would
you approve or disapprove of this? (Sept 19 '45) President
Truman favors raising the salaries of Congressmen from $10,000
to $20,000 a year. Do you approve or disapprove of this? (aipo)

No opinion
Dis-
Approve

May '45 31%

Sept '45 23

JUNE '45 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional. .. . 55%

White-collar 41

Farmers 24

Manual workers 22

13. (US Aug 8 '45) For the whole nation, are there more
Representatives or more Senators? (aipo)
Representatives 77%. Senators 7% Don't know 16%

Dis-

approve

don't know

50%

19%

ATION

32%

13%

14. (US Mar 27 '46) If a Congressman is elected on the Demo-
cratic ticket and he does not vote with his party on all major
issues, should he be prevented from running for office again as
a Democrat? (aipo)

Yes
National total 21%

No
69%

No opinion
10%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 25% 64% 11%,

15. (US Aug '46) Do you think that the position of Member
of Congress should nearly always be held by a man or by a
woman? (for)

Man

Men 75.0%

Women 66.9

16. (US Aug 15 '46) People were asked to name which Repre-
sentatives they thought were good and which they thought
were not so good, (nyht)

BY SEX

Woman

Either

Don't know

1.8%

19.9%

3.3%

3.2

23.8

6.1

Good

Not so good

Louis Ludlow

1.4%

John E. Rankin

2.1%

Clare Boothe Luce. . .

1.2

Clare Boothe Luce. . .

Clare E. Hoffman. . . .

Wright Patman

Charles R. Savage. . .

Sam Rayburn

Vito Marcantonio . . .

Frances P. Bolton . . .

James M. Curley . . . .

Merlin Hull

Robert K. Henry. . . .
Herman Kopplemann

William H. Stevenson

E. E. Cox

Paul W. Shafer

Joseph W. Martin, Jr.

James Wolfenden ....

All others

18.7

All others

7.7

Don't know

76.6

Don't know

86.7

No answer

1.7

No answer

2.4

103.9%,* 102.3%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents named
more than one Representative.

17. (US Sept 11 '46) When a man is elected to the United States
House of Representatives (Congressman), how many years
does he serve in one term of office? (aipo)

Don't know
Correct or incorrect
National total 47% 53%

BY EDUCATION

College 75%

High school 55

Grade school or no school 36

25%

18. (US Sept 11 '46) It has been suggested that the Constitu-
tion be changed to make the term of office of Congressmen in
Washington four years instead of two. Would you approve or
disapprove of this change? Asked of 47% of the sample who
knew what the term of office was. (aipo)

Dis- No

Approve approve opiniofi
National total . 40% 51% 9% = 100% of those who
knew the terra of office of a Congressman

BY EDUCATION

College 52% 41";

High school ... 36 53
Grade school or

no school .39 53

7%
11

[ 135 ]

19. (US Nov 27 '46) Will you tell me for how many years
Members of the United States House of Representatives are
elected? (aipo)

Correct (2 years) 51%

Incorrect (4 years) 19

Other incorrect 8

Don't know and no answer 22

CONSCIENTIOUS OBJECTORS

1. (Great Britain Nov '39) Should a conscientious objector,
when exempted from militarv service, be paid on the same
basis as a soldier? (bipo)

Same 38%

According to work 43

Less 4

Don't know 15

2. (US Jan '40) If we do go to war, what do you think should
be done with conscientious objectors (people who have either
moral or religious scruples against war^? (fok^

V
1^*

-«

{■

-?-

■£.

•^

^
•^

National

total . . . ,

. 13.20:

?,37

24.1%

7-67,

, i.n

-, 2.0%

14.7

BY SEX

Men 12.1% 36.2% 26.5% 11.0% 2.0% 2.5% 9.7%

Women 14.3 38.1 21.7 4.2 0.6 1.4 19.7

3. (US Nov 30 '40) A group of students studying for the
ministry who are conscientious objectors refused to register
for the draft and were sentenced to a year in jail. Do you
think this punishment was too severe, or not severe enough?
A comparable cross-section was asked the question as "not
severe enough or too severe." Results were combined, (aipo)
Too severe 24% About right 55% Not severe enough 21%

4. (Australia Mar '42) Do you approve or oppose New Zea-
land's idea of reducing incomes of objectors to military service
to forty-nine shillings a week, the same as army privates?
(apop)

Approve 70% Oppose 14% No opinion 16%

5. (US Sept 6 '45) Should all conscientious objectors be re-
leased by selective service now that the war is over? A com-
parable cross-section was asked the question omitting "now
that the war is over." Results were combined and 45% of the
total sample who were against releasing the men and 12%
who had no opinion on the subject were then asked: Should
conscientious objectors who have risked their lives in medical
experiments or done other useful work be released? (aipo)

All should be released 43%

Release those who have done useful work 40

Don't release them in any case 10

Don't know whether or not the useful ones should be
released 7

6. (US Dec 31 '46) What does the term "conscientious ob-
jector" mean to you? (aipo)

Personal belief against killing 45%

Faith does not believe in war 29

Slackers; afraid to go to war 11

Object to way country is run 1

Miscellaneous *

No opinion 14

* Less than 1%.

7. (US Dec 31 '46) During the war, some conscientious ob-
jectors were sent to prison for refusing to serve in the armed
forces. Do you think these men should now be let out of
prison? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 69% 23% 8%

Veterans only 61 33 6

Men . . .
Women .

65%
73

27%
19

BY EDUCATION

College 77% 18%

High school 70 23

Grammar school or less 66 25

8%
8

CONTROL OF CROPS

1. (US Dec 7 '35) Are you in favor of the present administra-
tion's agricultural policy as embraced in the AAA? (aipo)

National total.

Yes

41%

BY' POLITICS

Democratic 70%

Republican 8

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 22%

Mid-Atlantic 30

East central 34

West central 44

South 57

Mountain 40

Pacific coast 29

No
59%

30%
92

78%

2. (US Apr '36) Now that the AAA has been abolished do
you think that the benefit payments to farmers should be
given to them in some other way? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 49.3% 22.2% 28.5%

Cities over 1,000,000 47

100,000 to 1,000,000 50

25,000 to 100,000 47

2,500 to 25,000 35

Under 2, 500 53

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

6% 20.7%

2 24.6

20.0
33.0
18.8

31.7%
25.2
32.2
31.2

27.4

[136]

3. (US Apr '36) Even if it takes a constitutional amendment
[to continue benefit payments to farmers, do you think they
should be continued]? Asked of 49.3% of the sample who
thought that benefit payments should be continued in some
other way since the abolishment of the AAA. (for)

Yes 71.2% No and Don't know 28.8% = 100%, of those

who thought payments to farmers should be continued

4. (US June 12 '36) Do you favor the present agricultural
policy of paying cash to farmers to reduce certain crops under
the soil conservation plan? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 70% = 100% No opinion 10%

5. (US Feb 15 '37) Would you like to see the AAA (crop
control act) revived? (aipo)

Yes

No opinion

BY PRINCIPAL CROPS

Yt.< No

National total 41% 59%

No opinion

100% 23%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 26% 74%

Middle Atlantic 39 61

East central 35 65

West central 45 55

Southern 57 43

Rocky Mountain 41 59

Pacific coast 40 60

Farmers 53 47

6. (US Nov 30 '37) Do you think the government should at-
tempt to regulate the size of farm crops or should it adopt a
hands-off policy? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(aipo)

Regulate crops 40% Hands off 60%= 100% No opinion 11%

7. (US Nov 30 '37) If a farmer goes over his quota, should
he merely lose the government loans or payments, or should he
be penalized by a tax? Asked of a national cross-section of
farmers, (aipo)

Loss loans Tax penalty
National total 48% 52%

BY geographical section

New England 54% 46%

Middle Atlantic 54 46

East central 56 44

West central 45 55

Southern 41 59

Rocky Mountain 65 35

Pacific coast 50 50

8. (US Nov 30 '37) If two-thirds of the farmers producing
any one crop agree to have marketing quotas set by the De-
partment of Agriculture, should the other one-third be com-
pelled to stay within these quotas? Asked of a national cross-
section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 62% 38% = 100% 15%

BY geographical section

New England 81% 19%

Middle Atlantic 69 31

East central 51 49

West central 48 52

Southern 75 25

Rocky Mountain 63 37

Pacific coast 50 50

Cotton farmers 78%

Corn farmers 52

Wheat farmers 52

Hog farmers 52

Tobacco farmers 83

Others 64

22%

9. (US Nov 30 '37) Should the government soil conservation
plan be continued? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(aipo)

Yes 77% No 23% = 100% No opinion 18%

10. (US Nov 30 '37) Have you an opinion on the ever-normal
granary plan? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(aipo)

Yes 28% No 72%

11. (US Nov 30 '37) Do you approve of this [ever-normal
granary] plan? Asked of 28% of a sample of farmers who had
an opinion on the plan, (aipo)

Yes 74% No 26% = 100% of those

who had an opinion on the
plan

12. (US Nov 30 '37) Do you wish now that the Supreme Court
had declared the AAA constitutional? Asked of a national
cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 42% No 58% = 100% No opinion 38%

13. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not control the price of farm products by controlling
production? (for)

Should 22.9%

Should not 61 8

Don't know or depends. . . 153

COOKERY

1. (Sweden Apr '42) Do you bake more or less frequently in
your household than before bread rationing? (soi)

More often 23% Less often 39% The same 38%

2. (Great Britain July '42) Do you cook a mid-day meal?
Asked of a national cross-section of housewives, (bipo)

Yes 77% No 23%

CORPORATIONS

Taxation

1. (US Jan 25 '38) Do you think large corporations should
pay special taxes not levied on small corporations? (aipo)
Yes 52% No 32% No opinion 16%

2. (US May 2 '39) Do you think that conditions in this coun-
try would be more prosperous if taxes on business were re-
duced? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 19% No opinion 20%

[137]

3. (US Sept '40) If the corporation tax laws were amended to
permit the amortization of plants devoted to war orders within
the period of emergency, would you regard it as fair or unfair
if such amortization charges were paid into a suspended ac-
count, this account to be subject to tax only in so far as the
plant proved to be of value after the emergency had passed?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)
Fair 88.0% Unfair 8.9% Don't know or no answer 3.1%

4. (US May 15 '45) Do you think Congress should reduce
taxes on business this year, or should this wait until after
Japan is defeated? (aipo)

This year 16% Wait 74% No opinion 10%

5. (US Aug 23 '45) There have been all sorts of ideas suggested
for things we should do in this country after the war, and
we'd like to know how you feel about some of them. Do
you think it is a good idea or not such a good idea to reduce
taxes on corporation profits? (nyht)

Good idea Not so good Don't know
National total* 33.3% 37.6% 29.1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 48.6%

Upper middle 41 .6

Lower middle 30.9

Poor 24.1

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 35.6%

Rural 24.4

* National total from Fortune Aug '45-

35.9%

15.5%

38.8

19.6

41.9

27.2

356

40.3

rY
36.6%

27.8%

41.6

34.0

CORRUPTION (IN POLITICS)

1. (us Apr 4 '36, May 10 '37, Mar 23 '38) In your opinion,
does politics play a part in the handling of relief in your lo-
cality? (aipo)

Yes

National total

Apr '36

Reliefers only

Apr '36

May '37 62

Mar '38 78

65% 18%

No
opinion

17% = 100%

25
17
22

100%

APR '36 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 55% 25%

Republican 80 8

Socialist 77 9

APR '36 RESULTS STATE BY STATE

Arkansas 83% 14%

New Jersey 78 12

West Virginia 77 13

Louisiana 76 9

Rhode Island 76 14

Connecticut 75 14

Mississippi 75 14

Washington 73 12

Massachusetts 72 14

Oklahoma 71 19

New Mexico 71 18

Kansas 70' 20

Minnesota 69 17

26
21
18

20%

3%
10
10
15
10
11
11
15
14
10
11
10
14

= 100
= 100

Arizona

Maine

New York

South Dakota . . .

Texas

Wyoming

Idaho

Florida

Alabama

Ohio

Pennsylvania. . . .

California

Tennessee

Virginia

Nebraska

Nevada

Missouri

Indiana

Michigan

New Hampshire.
North Dakota. . .

Delaware

Iowa

Wisconsin

Illinois

Georgia

Colorado

Maryland

Utah

Oregon

North Carolina. .

Montana

Vermont

Kentucky

Yes

69%

19%
17
16
20
17
27
21
15
13
15
18
13
22
17
20
24
23
21
10
9
30
23
22
21
18
21
28
18
27
23
18
17
38
27

No
opinion

15
16
12
15

6
12
18
20
18
15
22
13
18
15
13
14
16
27
28

8
16
16
18
22
19
13
24
17
21
27
31
11
30

2. (US Mar 23 '38) How large a part does politics play in
giving relief in this community? (aipo)

None
National total 16%

A
little

31%

Quite a
bit

53% =

No
opinion

100% 25%

BY POLITICS

Republican 13% 27% 60%

Democratic 20 34 46

Reliefers 23 30 47

3. (US Apr 27 '38) Would you favor a law making it a crime
for a relief official to attempt to influence the vote of persons
on relief? (aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

National total 86% 14% = 100% 6%

Reliefers 82 18

4. (US May 27 '38) Do you think the Roosevelt administra-
tion is using the WPA to elect New Deal candidates to Con-
gress? (aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

National total 54% 46% = 100% 18%

Reliefers only 31 69

BY TYPES OF democrats

1936 Democrats who are still

for Roosevelt 25% 75%

1936 Democrats who are now

against Roosevelt 73 27

[ l-'^8 ]

Yes

No
opinion

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 56% 44%

Middle Atlantic 57 43

East central 57 43

West central 54 46

South 48 52

Far West 46 54

5. (US May 27 '38) Do you, or would you, approve of such
use of the WPA [to elect New Deal candidates to Congress]?
(aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

National tota 1 9% 91% = 100% 7%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England &7o 92%

Middle Atlantic 11 89

East central 7 93

West central 8 92

South 10 90

Far West 9 91

6. (US Sept 13 '38) In getting relief in this community do you
think it makes a difference whether a man is a Republican or
a Democrat? 21% of the sample who thought it made a differ-
ence were asked: In your opinion, which has the advantage,
a Republican or a Democrat? (aipo)

Republican has advantage 1%

Democrat has advantage 19

Don't know which has the advantage 1

Politics makes no difference 66

Don't know whether or not politics makes a difference. . 13

7. (US Aug 17 '39) The Hatch Bill, recently passed by Con-
gress, prohibits regular employees of the federal government
from taking an active part in political campaigns. Would you
favor such a law for state employees in this state? (aipo)

Yes 60%

No 25%

No opinion 15%

COST AND STANDARD OF LIVING

1. (US Oct '35) Has your cost of living in the past year gone
up, down, or stayed the same? (for)

Up 76.4% Down 2.7% Same 18.6% Don't know 2.3%

2. (US Oct '35) In what items did you notice the rise [in the
cost of living]? Asked of 76.4% of the sample who said the
cost of living had risen in the past year, (for)

Groceries 35-1%

Meats 31.1

Everything 23.7

Clothing 6.6

Housing 2.6

Other 5

Don't know 4

3. (US Jan 5 '37) How much income a year do you think the
average family of four needs for health and comfort in this
community? Qune 30 '42 and Nov 15 '44) How much income
per week do you think the average family of four needs for
health and comfort? (Jan 23 '46) What is the smallest amount
of money a family of four (husband, wife, and two children)
needs each week to get along on in this community? (aipo)

JAN '37 RESULTS

Under $549 2%

$550 to $1,049 9

$1,050 to $1,549 15

$1,550 to $2,049 33

$2,050 to $2,549 22

$2,550 to $3,049 11

$3,050 to $3,549 2

$3,550 to $4,049 3

$4,050 to $9,999 3

$10,000 and over *

* Less than 0.5%.

Median
National average (median).

By week
. $38

100.0% of those

questioned

1937 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England $39

Middle Atlantic 39

East central ' 38

West central 33

South (excluding Negroes) 33

Mountain 38

Pacific coast 39

1937 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Professional and white-collar $40

Merchants, businessmen 39

Skilled laborers 39

Farmers 28

"Lower-third" 28

1937 RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

City dwellers $39

Small-town dwellers 29

JUNE '42 RESULTS

$20 and under 11%

$21 to $25 13

$26 to $30 12

$31 to $35 10

$36 to $40 18

$41 to $49 4

$50 20

$51 and over 9

No answer 3

NOV '44 RESULTS

$20 and under 4%

$21-$25 6

$26-$34 6

$35 8

$35-$39 1

$40-$44 15

$45-$49 6

$50-$54 28

$55-$60 10

$61-$79 9

$80 and over ~ 4

No opinion 3

$2,020
2,030
1,980
1,760
1,760
2,000
2,030

$2,044
2,010
2,010
1,480
1,500

$2,010
1,530

[139]

Average sum
named

National total .

1944 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England $48

Middle Atlantic 49

East central 48

West central 42

South 40

Mountain 48

Pacific coast 50

1944 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Professional $51

Business 50

White-collar 50

Skilled workers 49

Semi-skilled 48

Unskilled 42

Farmers 38

JAN '46 RESULTS

No answer, don't know. . . . 4%

Under $25 7

$25 to under $30 10

$30 to under $35 10

$35 to under $40 11

$40 to under $45 16

$45 to under $50 5

$50 to under $60 23

$60 to under $70 8

$70 to under $75 1

$75 to under $80 3

$80 to under $100 1

$100 and over 1

Median— $40 to under $45

4. (US Jan 23 '46) Is your total weekly family income larger
or smaller than this [amount mentioned by the Jan '46 sample
in previous question]? (aipo)

Larger 45%

Smaller 32

Same 12

No answer 6

Don't know 5

6. (Great Britain Apr 3 '37 to Nov '46, dates listed below)
(bipo)

(Apr 3 '37) What annual income do you think an average
family of four needs for fitness and comfort?

Median £300 per year (or approximately $1,500 a year)

Qune '37) How much a week does a family of four need to
live decently?

Median £4 per week
(Oct '38) How much income a week do you think a family
of four needs for health and comfort?

Under £4

£4

£5

£5/10s

£6

£6/10s. and over .

Total

Higher

Middle

Lower

34%

17%

21%

41%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Hi^er

Under £3 per week 5%

£3-4 per week 17

£4-5 per week 32

£5-6 per week 21

£6-7 per week 6

£7-8 per week 5

£8 and over 8

Don't know 6

Average £5/10

National total average £5/0/2
(Nov '46) How much income per week do you think a fam-
ily of four (including husband and wife) needs for health and
comfort?

Middle

Lower

£5/6

£4/18

National

Very

total Higher Middle Lower poor

Under £4 4% 1% - 5% 2%

£4 12 3 2% 17 7

£5 8 12 11 5 23

£5,'10s 17 7 4 24 6

£6 10 13 18 7 22

£6/10s 12 4 5 13 4

£7 14 12 16 13 15

£8 6 13 19 2 12

£9 4 4 4 4 1

£10 9 18 15 6 4

Over £10 4 13 6 2 4

By year
$1,560

(Jan '45) What do you think is the smallest income per week
a family of four (including husband and wife) can live on?

6. (US May 24 '37) In your opinion, what is the smallest
amount of income a family of four (husband, wife and two
children) needs a week to live decently? (Feb 22 '39) What do
you think is the smallest weekly income that a family com-
posed of a husband, wife and two young children must have
to live decently? The word "comfortably" was substituted in
a question asked of a comparable cross-section. Results were
combined. (June 30 '42) What is the smallest amount per week
a family of four must have to live decently? (aipo)

MAY '37 RESULTS

By week
National average (Median) $30

1937 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England $30 $1,560

Middle Atlantic 35 1,820

East central 30 1,560

West central 25 1,300

South (white population) 25 1,300

South (Negroes) 12 624

Rocky Mountain 30 1,560

Pacific coast 35 1,820

1937 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Professional and white-collar $35 $1,820

Merchants, businessmen 35 1,820

Skilled laborers 35 1,820

Farmers 25 1,300

"Lower third" 23 1,196

1937 RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

City dwellers $35 $1,820

Small-town dwellers 25 1,300

FEB '39 RESULTS

Under $10 2%

$10-$19 13

$20-$29 38

[140]

$30-$39 25%

$4(V$59 17

$60-$79 2

$80 and over *

No answer 3

* Less than 0.5%.

JUNE '42 RESULTS

$10 and under 4%

$11-$19 6

$20-$24 10

$25 16

$26-$30 13

$31-$35 12

$36-$40 15

$41-$50 16

$51 and over 3

No answer 5

7. (US Oct 4 '37) In your opinion, is the cost of living higher,
lower, or about the same as it was a year ago? (aipo)

Higher Lower Same

National total 86% 1% 13%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 92%

Middle Atlantic 85

East central 88

West central 82

South 79

Rocky Mountain 89

Pacific coast 91

8. (US Oct 4 '37) What of your expenses have gone up most?
Asked of a national cross-section of people who thought liv-
ing was higher than it was a year earlier. 86% of the sample
is represented, (aipo)

Coal 1%

Food 59

Clothing 18

Rent 9

Everything 4

Household expenses in general 1

Taxes 1

All others 3

Living costs 3

Higher wages increase labor costs. . . 1

1007c of those
who thought the cost of living higher than a
year earlier
No answer 2%

9. (US Oct 4 '37) V/hat, in your opinion, is the chief cause of
the increased cost of living? Asked of a national cross-section
of those who thought their cost of living higher than it was
a year earlier. 86% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Higher wages 19%

Unsettled labor situation 12

Increased taxes 10

Crop control ' 8

New Deal policies 7

Drought, bad weather 5

Increase in business 5

Shortage of hogs and cattle; food ... 4

Government expenditures 4

Increased prices 3

Profiteering and monopoly 3

Increased purchasing power 2

Increased cost of production 2%

WPA; welfare 2

Foreign wars

Increased price of farm products

Inflation of money and credit

More people employed

Under production

All others 8

The middle man 1

100% of those
who thought their cost of living was higher
than a year earlier
No answer 35%

10. (US Jan '38) How much money per week do you think
the average family of four needs to live on around here, in-
cluding necessities and a few inexpensive pleasures? (for)

Under Mentioned
$15 $25-$40

National total 21.6% 49.0%

ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 14.9% 45.5%

Poor 256 53.9

Negroes 59.2 25.0

Over

$40

22.3%

30.2%

13.2

10.3

BY geographical section

Mountain 10.7%

Northeast 11.1

Southeast 35.5

Southwest 45. 7

51.1%
53.4
47.5
34.5

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Cities over 1,000,000. . . 5.2% 46.2%

Cities 25,000 to 100,000 9-6 57.2

Towns under 2,500. .. . 331 46.5

Rural 359 42 5

BY OCCUPATION

Minor salaried workers 9.1% 56.0%

Executives 15.5 54.4

Factory labor 18.0 594

Farm labor 53. 4 25.1

35.5%
28.2
11.2
13.8

44.8%
26.2
13.4
11.1

31.6%
26.6
22.2
4.7

Don't

know

9.4%

7.3

2.7%
7.3
58
6.0

3.8%
7.0
7.0
10.5

3.3%
3.5
1.4
16.8

11. (US Oct '40) Do you believe that it will be possible during
the period of rearmament to maintain the United States stand-
ard of living at present levels by continuing to meet our normal
peacetime needs, or do you think that building our defenses
will have to be done at the expense of production for ordinary
use? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

Standards can be maintained 58.1%

Standards must be lowered 39.7

Don't know or no answer 2.2

12. (US July 9 '41) What is the smallest amount per month a
married couple needs for a decent living? (aipo)

Median monthly sum
for married couples
National total $73

BY geographical SECTION

New England and mid-Atlantic. . . . $78

East central 74

West central 59

South 59

West 76

[141]

Median monthly sum

for married couples

BY AGE

21-34 years $77

35-44 years 74

45-59 years 73

60 years and over 62

13. (US July 9 '41) What do you think is the smallest income
per month that a single person over sixty needs for a decent
living in your community? (aipo)

Median monthly sum
for single person
National total $42

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-Atlantic ... $50

East central 42

West central 37

South 32

West 48

BY AGE

21-34 years $48

35-44 years 46

45-59 years 41

60 years and over 40

14. (US Feb 14 '42) When the war is over, do you think the
United States should, or should not, take a full and active
part along with other nations in helping to secure better work-
ing and living conditions for people all over the world? (norc)
Should 87% Should not 9% Don't know 4%

15. (US Apr 15 '42) On the average, about how much does
your family spend on food each week? (aipo)

Median $11
(Feb 13 '46) On the average, about how much does your
family spend on food, including milk, each week now? (aipo)

$5 or less 4%

$6-$10 19

$11-$15 25

$16-$20 24

$21-$25 14

Over $25 14

Median
National median $17

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business. . $20

White-collar 18

Manual workers 15

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farms $10

Towns under 10,000 15

Towns 10,000-100,000 15

100,000 and over 20

16. (Sweden May '42) If you earn your living and live at home,
how much do you pay for board and lodging? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of young people, (sgi)

B More

B One One

" Half 'third quarter

BY SEX

All boys 23% 33% 14%

All girls 25 25 12

than
half

14%

Less

than a Noth-
quarter ing

More Less
One One than than a Noth-
Half third quarter half quarter ing

SIZE OF COMMUNITY BY SEX

Towns and provincial

Boys 27% 29% 14% 19% 3% 8%

Girls 26 28 12 9 4 21

Country

Boys 16 39 14 5 5 21

Girls 21 18 10 6 12 33

17. (US May 30 '42) As far as you know, has the government
taken any steps to keep the cost of living from going higher?
Those who said they thought the government had taken steps
were asked: What steps? (aipo)

Ceiling on prices 76%

Rationing 3

Increased taxes 1

Ceiling on rents 7

Wage control 1

Other answers 1

Thought the government had taken steps but did not

name them 5

Thought the government had taken no steps 15

Didn't know whether or not the government had taken

steps 2

22.5%

25.3%

8.8%

24.6

26.2

6.8

28.0

23.4

7.2

25.6

24.8

11.4

26.3

12.8

14.4

4%
6

12%
24

111%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US July '42) Five years after the war is over, do you
think we Americans will be leading about the same sort of
life as we did before the war, or will it be a better life, or a
worse life? (for)

Better Same Worse Don't know

National total 41.5% 26.2% 23.4% 8.9%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 43.4%

Upper middle 42.4

Lower middle 41.4

Poor 38.2

Negro 46.5

19. (US July '42) Five years after the war do you think that
your standard of living will be higher, lower, or about the
same as before the war? (for)

Higher Same Lower Don't know

National total 25.2% 41.4% 25.9% 7.5%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 16.0%

Upper middle 22.4

Lower middle 27.3

Poor 258

Negro 27.5

20. (US Sept 15 '42) To keep the cost of living from going
higher, do you favor keeping salaries and wages, and the prices
of farm products from going higher? (aipo)

Yes 71% No 11% No opinion 6% Qualified answers 12%

21. (Canada Nov 25 '42) Do you think the cost-of-living bonus
now paid to ordinary workers in Canada should also be paid
to old-age pensioners and to dependents of men serving in the
armed forces? (cipo)

35.9%

45.0%

3.1%

42.1

31.7

3.8

43.0

23.5

6.2

41.4

22.0

10.8

36.8

18.6

17.1

[142]

Yes

No No opinion
10% 6%

National total 84%

BY PROVINCES

Maritimes 68% 21% 11%

Quebec 75

Ontario .

Prairies

British Columbia

90
96

16
6
5
2

22. (Great Britain Dec 27 '42) Do you feel that the govern-
ment will try to improve the standard of life after the war?
(bipo)

Yes 68% No 12% Don't know 20%

23. (US May 22 '43, Jan 7 '44, June 23 '44) As you know, the
government is trying to fix ceiling prices. Can you think of
anything else the government is doing to try to keep the cost
of living down? (norc)

MAY '43 RESULTS

Rationing 12%

Rationing of fuel; cutting down of transportation 2

Rationing (critical response) 1

Controlling wages 11

Controlling wages (critical response) *

Increasing production 5

Encouraging the purchase of war bonds 4

Increasing taxes 3

Subsidies to farmers 3

Other help to farmer 1

Encouraging thrift, saving, and discouraging unneces-
sary buying 4

Discouraging black markets and enforcing ceilings. ... 2

Stabilizing rents 2

Miscellaneous 3

Critical answers 10

Answers in terms of what the government should do , . 1
Don't know what but know something is being done;

they are doing all they can 5

Not ascertainable 47

116%**

JAN '44 RESULTS

Controlling wages 10%

Subsidies to farmers 10

Other help to the farmer *

Rationing (general) 7

Rationing of fuel; cutting down on transportation. ... *

Buying war bonds 6

Discouraging black markets and enforcing ceiling prices 5
Encouraging thrift, saving, and discouraging unneces-
sary buying 4

Increasing taxes 3

Increasing production 2

Stabilizing rents 2

Miscellaneous 3

Critical answers 5

Answers in terms of what the government should do . 1

Praise of government 3

Not ascertainable 50

JUNE '44 RESULTS

Controlling wages 7%

Buying war bonds 7

Rationing 5

Rationing of fuel; cutting down on transportation. ... 1

Discouraging black markets and enforcing ceiling prices 4%

Encouraging thrift, saving, and discouraging buying. . 4

Subsidies for farmers 3

Other help for farmers 1

Increasing taxes 3

Increasing production 3

Stabilizing rents 1

Miscellaneous 1

Critical answers 5

Answers in terms of what government should do 1

Praise of government 3

Don't know 60

109%**
*Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

24. (US May 22 '43, Sept 9 '43, Jan 7 '44, June 23 '44) What

do you think you personally could do to help keep the cost

of living in this country from going too high? In May '43 the
phrase "in this country" was shifted to the end of the ques-
tion, (norc)

May Sept Jan June

'43 '43 '44 '44
Saving; buying necessities

only 41% 36%, 44%, 41%

Producing food 20 12 10 13

Canning and preserving 5 6 3 5

Don't pay high prices (no

mention of ceiling) 6 7 6 6

Avoid black markets 6 6 11 11

Abide by government regula-
tions 3 2 5 4

Don't pay over ceiling prices 2 4 7 8
Report black markets and

high prices 2 3 2 2

Don't ask hi h prices or

wages 1 2 2 1

Buy bonds 5 7 6 6

Don't go in debt . .' * — * —

Take public action 12 2 2

Miscellaneous 1 3 1 —

Nothing to do 16 16 13 14

Not ascertainable 8 12 — —

Don't know — — 12 13

117%** 118%** 124%** 126%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

25. (US May 22 '43, Sept 9 '43, Jan 7 '44, May 18 '44, June 23
'44) If we didn't have rationing, do you think the cost of living
would be higher or lower than it is now? Those who thought
the cost of living would be lower in Jan '44 and those who
thought it would be either higher or lower in the May and
June samples were asked: Why do you think so? or just why?
In Jan '44, 9% of the sample thought the cost of living would
be lower; in May '44, 66% thought it would be higher and
6% thought it would be lower; in June '44, 69% thought it
would be higher and 8% thought it would be lower, (norc)

May Sept Jan May June

'43 '43 '44 '44 '44

Think cost of living

would be higher. . .^ . 74% 71% 68% — —

Think it would be the

15?

15%

[143]

May

Sept

Jan

May

June

'43

'44

Don't know whether it

would be higher or

lower 5%

10%

13%

Would be lower (not

asked why) 8

—

Prices would be lower

because

1 People buy to use cou-

1 pons; rationing in-

\ creases demand —

—

Normal laws of supply

and demand don't

, operate under ra-

' tioning —

—

Merchants charge

more for things peo-

ple have to have ... —

—

1 •

Black market exists

with rationing —

—

Rationing raises prices

on unrationed goods —

—

Miscellaneous reasons —

—

Don't know any rea-

son —

—

Prices would be higher

because

Overbuying and

hoarding would

cause shortages .... —

—

People would buy

more and there

wouldn't be enough

to go around —

—

People would pay

higher prices and

bid against each

other —

—

Dealers would raise

prices; profiteering;

black market —

—

Rationing is a good

thing; helps control

prices (general). ... —

—

People would be more

wasteful —

—

Miscellaneous reasons —

—

Don't know any rea-

son —

—

4
102%**

100%

101%**

104%

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

26. (US May 22 '43, Sept 9 '43, Jan 7 '44, June 23 '44) Do you
think there is any danger of the cost of living going so high
in the next year that you'll really have trouble getting along?
(norc)

III Y,s

mt May '43 30%

■- Sept '43 32

B Jan '44 23

W June '44 21

27. (Canada May 26 '43) If you (or your husband) found
yourself out of a job tomorrow and had no money or property

Don't know

60%

10%

at all, what is the least amount of money that you (or your
immediate family) would need to get along on? (cipo)

IN COMPARISON WITH BEVERIDGE BENEFITS

Single Two Three Four or more

persons persons persons persons

Public estimate $15.00 $20.00 $25.00 $25.00

Beveridge benefits .. . 4.85 8.08 9.70 11.32

28. (Canada June 19 '43) Have you found that your cost-of-
living bonus is large enough to take care of the increased cost
of living — that is, without taking higher taxes into considera-
tion? (ciPo)

Yes 15% No 77% Not sure 8%

29. (Canada June 19 '43) Do you happen to know whether
the money for the cost-of-living bonus comes from the gov-
ernment or from your employer? (cipo)

From government 21%

From employer 48

Both 8

Don't know 23

30. (US Sept 9 '43, Jan 7 '44, June 23 '44) Have you heard
anything on the radio recently about what people can do to
keep the cost of living in this country from going too high?
In Sept '43, 35% of the sample; in Jan '44, 46% of the sample,
and in June '44, 33% of the sample who said they had heard
something were asked: What were they asking people to do?
(norc)

Sept Jan June
'43 '44 '44

Hadn't heard anything about it 63% 51% 65%

Don't know whether or not have

heard 2 3 2

Economize and buy as little as pos-
sible 11 18 15

Avoid black markets and watch ceil-
ing prices 11 10 9

Buy war bonds and stamps 6 5 7

Buy bonds instead of buying other

things 4 6 1

Produce and preserve food 2 2 3

Report black markets and ceiling vio-
lations 2 1 1

Other answers *

Don't know 8

* Less than 0.5%.

2. (US Mar '45) It has been suggested that the nations of the
world set up a world agency that would help schools in all
countries teach children how to understand the people of
other countries. Would you like to see an agency like this set
up, or not? (norc)

Would like 84% Would not like 10% Don't know 6%

3. (US Mar '45) If such an agency [that would help schools in
all countries teach children how to understand the people of
other countries] were set up, would you be willing to have it
examine the schoolbooks used in this city (county) to see if
they were fair to all nations? (norc)

Yes, willing 87% Not willing 7% Don't know 6%

4. (US Mar '45) Suppose the men in this agency decide that
the schoolbooks in this city (county) give an unfair picture of
the history of Germany. Would you be willing to have the
books changed or not? Asked of 87% of the sample who said
they would be willing to have a world agency examine books
of their city or county to see if they were fair to all nations.
(norc)

Yes 72% No 9% Don't know 6% = 87%

EDUCATION AND STATE

1. (US Mar 26 '38) Do you think the federal government
should give money to states to help local schools? A compara-
ble cross-section was asked: Do you think the federal govern-
ment should give money to help local schools in the poor
communities? (aipo)

Yes

All local schools 68%

Local schools in poor
communities 81

No
27%

No opinion

2. (US Mar 26 '38) Should federal aid be given to public and
parochial schools (such as Catholic, Lutheran, and Quaker)
or should this aid be given to public schools only? (aipo)
Public and parochial 35% Public only 53% No opinion 12%

3. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not take over and operate all private, public, and
parochial schools for children? Take over and operate all pri-
vate colleges and institutions of higher learning? (for)

Don't know
Should Should not or depends

Nationalize schools 19.8% 71.5% 8.7%

Nationalize colleges 14.1 75-3 10.6

4. (Great Britain Jan 24 '43) Some people say that all elemen-
tary schools should be taken over by local authorities. Others
say the churches should continue to manage some of them as
they do now. Which do you think? (dipo)

Local authorities 61%) Church schools 1\"'[, Don't know 18%

5. (Canada May 8 '43) At the present time, this province is
considering a bill which would make it compulsory to send
all children between six and fourteen to school at the govern-
ment's expense. Would you approve or disapprove if this bill
were made law? (cipo)

Approve 89% Disapprove 6% No opinion 5%

6. (US Nov '43) Do you think that public school systems
should be mostly controlled by the federal government or
mostly controlled by each state government? (norc)

Federal 21%

State 68

Depends 1

Neither 1

Don't know 9

7. (US Nov '43) As far as you know, do all public schools in
the United States have as much money as they need to do a
good job? (norc)

Yes 29% No 54% Don't know 17%

8. (US Nov '43) Would you be in favor of or be against having
the federal government turn over a certain amount of money to
the states every year for their schools? (norc)

Favor 69% Against 18% Qualified 3% Don't know 10%

9. (Canada Sept 2 '44) Do you think the government should
make it possible for all young people who have the ability but
not the money to go to a university? (cipo)

Yes 92% No 4% No opinion 4%

10. (Canada Sept 2 '44) Would you favor this [government-
subsidized higher education] even if it meant higher taxes?
(cipo)

BY education

Approve, even if Disapprove and
taxes higher don't know

College 84% 16%

High school 76 24

Public school 56 44

11. (France Jan '45 and Mar '46) Are you in favor of private
education, or should the state be in charge of all schools? Quly
'46) Do you believe there should be freedom of teaching or
should the state alone maintain the schools? (fipo)

Vree State No

schools schools opinion

Jan '45 results 58% 30% 12%

Mar '46 results 58 36 6

July '46 results 62 31 7

JULY '46 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Communist 22% 75% 3%

Socialist 42 52 6

Other left parties 72 21 7

MRP 94 2 4

PRL 88 7 5

12. (France Jan '45, Mar '46, July '46) Should the government
subsidize private schools? (ripo)

[188]

Jan '45 results 38%

Mar '46 results

July '46 results

JULY '46 RI

Communist

Socialist

Other left parties

MRP

PRL

Yts

No opinion

38%

51%

n7o

rs BY

POLITICS

95%

13. (Canada Mar 21 '45) At the present time, most public
schools and high schools in Canada are run by the various
provincial governments. Do you think this should be con-
tinued, or should all these schools be run by the federal
government in Ottawa? (cipo) (Australia June-July '45) At
present state schools and high schools are run by the state
governments. Do you think those schools should be run by
the state governments or by the federal government? (apop)

Provincial

or state Federal

government government

Mar '45 .

34%
38

No opinion,
undecided

13%
12

16%
13

June-July '45 50

MAR '45 BY SELECTED PROVINCES

Ontario 49% 35%

Quebec 69 18

14. (US Apr '45) Do you think that (the following) should or
should not contribute money to colleges so that they can admit
young people who cannot afford to pay the full cost them-
selves? (for)

The National Government

Should Should

contribute not

Don't
know

10.5%

National total 64.8% 24.7%

BY EDUCATION

Attended grade school 68.1% 16.5% 15-4%

Attended high school 66.5 25.2 8.3

Attended college 58.6 35.3 6.1

College graduate* 40.2 43.1 16.7

The State Governments

National total 69.2% 18.9% 11.9%

Private Individuals with Money

National total 80.8% 8.9% 10.3%

* Results from a special mail ballot.

15. (France May 1 '45) Do you favor suppression of the inde-
pendent schools? (fipo)

Yes 30% No 58% No opinion 12%

16. (France May 1 '45) Do you think the government should
subsidize the independent schools? (fipo)

Yes 38%

No 51%

No opinion 11%

EDUCATION OF ADULTS

1. (us Nov 5 '38) Do you happen to be taking any courses
now in night school, correspondence school, WPA classes, or
other adult education programs? (aipo)

Yes 6% No 94%

2. (us Nov 5 '38) What subjects are you studying [in adult
education programs]? Asked of a national cross-section of
people who were taking courses in some adult education
program. 6% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Business subjects 22%

Professional 10

English and public speaking 7

Social science 10

Science 10

Arts 8

Domestic science 2

Trades 16

Others 9

No answer 15

109%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents taking courses
and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one answer.

3. (US Nov 5 '38) If it didn't cost anything, would you like
to take a course in your spare time? Asked of 94% of the sample
who were not taking courses in some adult education pro-
gram, (aipo)

Yes 37% No 47% No opinion 10% = 94%

4. (US Nov 5 '38) What subjects would you like to study most
[in some adult education program]? Asked of a national cross-
section of people not taking any courses in some adult educa-
tion program but who would like to take some courses if it
didn't cost them anything — 37% of the sample is represented.
(aipo)

Business subjects 21%

Professional 7

English and public speaking 9

Social science 13

Science 10

Arts 8

Domestic science 3

Trades 25

Others 2

No answer 14

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents not taking
courses and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one
answer.

5. (Sweden May '42) Do you do anything in your spare time
to improve your education or achieve more knovi'ledge? Asked
of a national cross-section of young people who had left school.
(sGi)

Boys

Study at home 10%

4
13
5
3
3
3
3
Nothing 56

Courses, lectures.
Correspondence school .

Study circles

Wireless. .

Handicraft school

Other

Several things.

Girls

10%

3
64

6. (Sweden Dec '43) Do you think that your children, after
finishing the elementary school, should take continuation
coutses in such school subjects as would make it easier for
them to get on in their profession if such courses were arranged
free of charge over tlie radio or by correspondence? (sGi)

[189]

Don't

know

16%

18%

20%

23%

18%

13%

Yes
National total 66%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Middle class 57%

Workers, etc 74

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 69%

Country 65

7. (US Nov 15 '44) After the war would you like to attend
classes and take a special course for adults in some school or
college? 34% of the sample who said they would like to attend
courses were asked: What courses would you like to take?
(aipo) (Great Britain Feb '45) Do you feel that you would like
to get more education after the war? 47% of the sample who
said they would like to get more education were asked: What
would you like to do? (bipo)

Results in
Great Britain
Don't want to continue education. . 53%

Vocational courses 9

Professional and scientific 9

Languages 5

Arts 2

Domestic problems 5

Evening classes, unspecified 7

Self-education 10

Other answers 8

Did not wish to answer. ... 2
No answer 36

100% of those who
said they had decided how to vote
in the next municipal elections

9. (France Dec 16 '45) If you had to vote today, would you
vote for the same party as you did last October? (f:po)

Yes 81% No 5% No answer 14%

10. (France March 1 '46, Apr 16 '46, May 1 '46, May 16 '46,
June 1 '46) If the election were held today, for which party
would you vote? (fipo)

L-)

«^

■-I

5
6

Early Feb

interviews. ,

29%

23% 21%

—

20% =

100% 27%

Late Mar

interviews. .

17 ■

Early Apr

interviews. ,

Apr 16-23

interviews. .

Mav 10-17

interviews. .

May 20-26

interviews. .

11. (France Apr 16 '46) After the next election it will be
necessary to choose a president of the Council. Who would
you like to see fill this office? (fipo)

Felix Gouin 15%

Maurice Thorez 13

Leon Blum 5

Edouard Herriot 4

De Gaulle 3

Georges Bidault 2

Others 9

No answer 49

12. (France May 1 '46) Which party, in your opinion, will
come out on top in the coming elections? Asked late in April.
(fipo)

Communist 38%

Socialist 25

MRP 10

49%*

Radical-Socialists 1%

PRL 1

No opinion 25

13. (France July 1 '46) Do you believe that in the June 2nd
election the Socialist and Communist parties will together
receive more or less than a majority? (fipo)

More 32% '

Just a majority '17

Less than a majority 34

No opinion 17

* The actual election total of the Communists and Socialists combined
was 47% — 2% less than the poll figure.

14. (Ftance Nov 18 '46) Following are the election predic-
tions for the Nov 10 election published Nov 8: (fipo)

Communist 26%

MRP 24

Socialist 22

PRL 12

Coalition of parties of the Left 12

Others 4

Not voting.

100%
. 18%

Germany

1. (Germany Dec 11 '45) As you know, the American military
government has announced that in the first month of next
year local elections will be held. Do you propose to vote in
the coming local elections? 82% of the sample who said they
would vote were asked: To what extent have you decided to
participate in the elections? (Dec 27 '45) The military gov-
ernment has announced that local elections will be held. Do
you intend to vote in the coming elections? 76% of the sample
who said they intended to vote were asked; Are you firmly
resolved to vote? (omgus)

Dec 11 Dec 11

results results

Don't intend to vote 16% 19%

Very sure going to vote 55 66

Fairly sure going to vote 19 7

Not at all sure going to vote .7 3

Haven t decided whether or

not to vote — 1

Didn't say how sure 1 —

No answer 2 4

2. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Do you know what the purpose of
the next election in (Hesse, Bavaria, Wiirttemberg-Baden)
will be? (omgus)

Yes 26% No 74% No answer *

* Less than 0.3%.

3. (Germany Sept 3 '46) What [will be the purpose of the next
election]? Asked of 26% of the sample who said they knew the
purpose of the election, (omgus)

Election of legislative assembly; establishment of gov-
ernment for the states 37%

Constitutional convention 35

To fotm a democratic government 16

Election of presidents 2

General union for a new Reichstag; unification of Ger-
many 1

Interrogation of the people 3

Others 6

[195]

No answer *

No opinion; don't know *

^ 100%

■ of those who knew the purpose of the election

* Less than 0.5%.

4. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Do you plan to vote in the next elec-
tion? (OMGUS)

^Yes 78%
No 17
No opinion 4
No answer 1

Great Britain

1. (Great Britain Feb '39, Dec '39, Feb '40, June 10 '43, July
12 '43, Dec '43, Feb '44, Feb '45, Apr '45, June 12 '45, May '46)
If there were a general election tomorrow, how would you
vote? (bipo)

Govern- Opposi- No Don't

mint tion opinion know

Feb "39 53% 47% = 100% 6% —

Dec "39 54 30 16% = 100%

Feb '40 51 27 22 = 100

RESULTS IN 1943 AND LATER

Labor 38% 39% 40% 37% 42% 40% 45% 40%

Conservative or
National Lib-
eral, etc 31 27 27 23* 24* 24* 33 37

Liberal 9 9 10 10 11 12 15 12

Commonwealth ..2 1 2 4 — 2 1 —

Communist 3343322 —

Independent 1 — — 1 — — —

Depends on candi-
date — 2 — 2 — 2 — —

National — — — — — — 4

Coalition — — — — — 2 —

Miscellaneous,

other answers. . 233483 — 3
Would not vote,
uncertain, don't
know, unde-
cided 3 16 14 16 12 3 — 8

No answer 11 — — — — 10 — —

* Figures are for Conservative only.

2. (Great Britain Mar '39) Do you approve of Sir Stafford
Cripps' efforts to get the opposition parties to act together to
defeat the government at the next election? (bipo)

Yes 56%o No 21%, No opinion 23%

3. (Great Britain Dec '39 and Mar '40) Should parliamentary
elections be held in war-time? (bipo)

Yes No Don't know

1939 28% 58% 14%

1940 36 50 14

4. (Great Britain Apr '42) Do you approve or disapprove of
by-elections being contested by independent candidates? (bipo)
Approve 48% Disapprove 25% Don't know 27%

5. (Great Britain Apr '42) Do you think that by-elections
should be contested at all during war-time? Asked of 25% of
the sample who did not approve of by-elections being con-
tested by independent candidates, (bipo)

Approve 29% Disapprove 57% Don't know 14% = 100%
of those who did not approve of by-elections being contested

6. (Great Britain Jan 18 '44) When do you think there should
be a general election: within the next few months, as soon as
Germany is defeated, six months after Germany is defeated,
or twelve months after Germany is defeated? (bipo)

Within next few months 12%

As soon as Germany is defeated 22

Six months after Germany is defeated 24

Twelve months after Germany is defeated. ... 36

Don't know 6

7. (Great Britain Aug '44) Should there be a general election
as soon as Germany is defeated, or should the election wait
until Japan also is defeated? (bipo)

Germany defeated 28% Japan defeated 57%. Don't know 15%

8. (Great Britain Oct '44) Have you definitely made up your
mind as to which wav you will vote in the next election?
58%, of the sample who said they had made up their minds
were asked: How will you vote? (bipo)

Labor 25%

Conservative 15

Liberal 6

Left 2

Communist 2

National 1

Government 1

Independent 1

Commonwealth 1

Miscellaneous 1

Haven't decided 42

No answer 3

9. (Great Britain Oct '44) What do you think will mainly
decide you in voting? Asked of 42% of the sample who said
they had not decided how they would vote, (bipo)

Programs of the various parties 8%

Conditions at time of election 5

Depends on candidate; will vote for best man 6

Will not bother to vote; not very interested. . 3

Depend on parties' records 2

Depends upon whether the national govern-
ment continues 1

Pensions and unemployment programs 1

If higher wages, better working conditions

given 1

My husband, father 1

Have not yet voted 1

Don't know 11

Miscellaneous 2

42%

10. (Great Britain Feb '45) What do you think is likely to be
the result of the next general election? (bipo)

Conservative government , . . 22%

Labor government 33

Liberal government 4

Some form of coalition 16

Other 1

Don't know 24

11. (Great Britain Mar '45) Have you ever voted in a parlia-
mentary election? (bipo)

Yes 72%o No 28%

[196]

12. (Great Britain Mar '45) Do you think it is likely that you
will vote at the next general election? (bipo)

13. (Great Britain Mar '45) If Liberals, Labor, Common-
wealth, ILP, and the Communist party united as a popular
front against the Conservatives at the next general election,
which would you be most like'y to vote for, the popular front
candidate or the Conservative? (bipo)

Popular front 55% Conservative 24% Don't know 21%

14. (Great Britain May '45) If the Communists actively sup-
port another party's candidate at the general election would
you be more inclined or less inclined to vote for that candi-
date? (bipo)

More 18%

Same 23

Less 30

Don't know 29

15. (Great Britain May '45) What question do you think will
be most discussed in the general election? (bipo)

Housing 41%

International security 5

Full employment 15

Social security 7

Nationalization of industry 6

Demobilization 3

Food and rationing 3

Treatment and occupation of Germany 3

Education 2

Whether parties carry out promises 2

Miscellaneous 13

16. (US May 29 '45) Have you heard or read about the com-
ing election in England? (aipo)

Yes 68% No 32%

17. (US May 29 '45) Would you like to see Winston Churchill
re-elected to continue as prime minister? (aipo)

Yes 71% No 15% No opinion 14%

18. (US May 29 '45) Would you like to see Winston Church-
ill's party re-elected or would you rather see the Labor party
or some other party elected? This was asked of a separate
cross-section comparable to the one used for the previous
question, (aipo)

Churchill's party 51%

Labor party 10

Other 4

No opinion 24

No answer 11

19. (Great Britain June 12 '45) Have you definitely made up
your mind how you intend to vote at the general election?
(bipo)

Yis No

National total 84% 16%

Men . . .
Women.

BY AGE

21-29 years 84%

30-49 years 83

50 years and over 85

BY economic status

Higher 95%

Middle 87

Lower 82

12%
20

16%

5%
13
18

20. (Great Britain June 26 '45) For which candidate do you
intend to vote in the general election? (bipo)

Labor 47.0%

Conservative (or National or Lib-
eral National) 41.0

Liberal 10.5

Communist 0.5

Commonwealth 0.5

Others 0.5

21. (Great Britain July 14 '45) In general, did you approve or
disapprove of the way the election campaign was conducted
by the various parties? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 41% 42% 17%

Men . . .
Women.

41%
40

by age

21-29 years 39%

30-49 years 40

50 years and over 43

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher .
Middle.
Lower. .

44%

49%
36

43%

54%

10%
24

18%

2%
9
20

39%

22. (Great Britain July 14 '45) What are your reasons for dis-
approving? Asked of 42% of the sample who said they did not
approve of the way the election campaign was conducted by
various parties, (bipo)

Too much heckling and interference at meetings; too many
vote-catching stunts; too much mud-slinging; too little

stress laid on policy by all parties

Conservatives made it appear that Churchill was candi-
date for each constituency; Churchill versus Labor;
unfair boost of Churchill's war record; too much

Churchill, too little policy 11

Too much mud-slinging, personalities, by Tories; too
little policy; Tory scares, tricks, red herrings obscured

the real issues 11

This is no time for an election 6

Lies and deceit by Labor party; rowdyism; breaking up

of meetings by Labor party 4

General criticisms of Churchill's speeches 3

Too many soldiers still away, unable to vote 2

Attack on Laski 2

Criticism of broadcast speeches generally 2

Too much bias and mud-slinging by press 1

Unfair distribution of broadcasts 1

Miscellaneous 4

No answer; don't know 4

100%
of those who disapproved of the way
the election campaign was conducted

23. (Great Britain July 14 '45) Now that it is all over, do you
think that holding a general election at this time was a good
thing or a bad thing for the country? (bipo)

Good
National total 28%

Men . . .
Women.

by sex
30%
25

Bad

58%

60%
57

Don't know
14%

10%
18

[197]

Good

BY AGE

29%

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over, , .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 27% 62%

Middle 22 71

Lower 28 56

Bad Don't know

52% 19%

59 13

58 16

11%
7
16

24. (Great Britain July 14 '45) Why [do you think a general
election at this time was a good or a bad thing for the country]?
(bipo)

Should have waited till Japs beaten; keep Churchill till

end of war 24%

Should have been left till autumn; rushed too much; were

not prepared for it; too much muddle 7

Will upset everything; country too unsettled at the mo-
ment; no time for an election 7

Muddle about service votes; should wait till services come

home; didn't give soldiers time 6

Unfair to Labor party; gives Tories a chance to make

capital out of Churchill 2

Shakes other countries' confidence in us 1

Unfair to Churchill 1

Time we had a change; election long overdue 9

People were getting uneasy about parliamentary disputes;

will strengthen confidence in the party returned 4

Give people a chance to express their opinion 3

Give Labor a chance; to get Labor in 3

Get rid of war government; get organized for peace; nec-
essary now war in Europe is over 2

Will give Churchill good backing 1

Get rid of Churchill; has shown up Tories' tactics 1

Miscellaneous 4

No reply; don't know 16

25. (Great Britain July 14 '45) For which candidate did you
vote in the general election? (bipo)

Conservative or National 39.0%

Labor 48.0

Liberal 11.5

Commonwealth 0.5

Communist 0.5

Other 0.5

Didn't vote.

100.0%
. 17.0%

26. (Great Britain July 14 '45) Why didn't you vote? Asked
of 17% of the sample who said they did not vote in the general
election, (bipo)

Moved 2%

Not on register 5

On holiday 3

Other 7

17%

27. (Great Britain July 14 '45) If there had been a Liberal
candidate, would you probably have voted for him? (bipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total* 24% 62% 14%

Men . . .
Women.

Yes

BY AGE

21-29 years 21%

30-49 years 20

50 years and over 23

67%
57

63%

Don't know

9%
18

16%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 38% 49% 13%

Middle 35 55 10

Lower 21 65 14

* These .ire crude results on tlie h;isis of those constituencies without
Liberal candidates. When weighted, to bring the proportion of such
constituencies into line with the proper proportion, the results were:

Total 12% 72% 16%

28. (Great Britain July 14 '45) Suppose the election does not
give a majority to the Conservatives or to Labor, what should
the Liberals do? Should they join the Conservatives or Labor
to form a coalition (bipo)

Conserv-
ative- Labor- Don't
Liberal Liberal Neither know
National total 27% 40% 15% 18%

Men 27% 45%

Women 29 33

BY AGE

21-29 years 14% 47%

30-49 years 25 43

50 years and over 30 34

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 66%

Middle 47

Lower 20

Voted or would vote lib-
eral 31%

14%

18%
12

13%

14%

10%
26

26%

6%
9

40% 22% 7%

29. (Great Britain Aug 26 '45) Would you mind telling me
your main reason for voting the way you did? Asked of those
who had voted in the last election, (bipo)

By Politics
labor voters
Best for the working class; belief in Socialism; the best

party; it stood for what I wanted; I am a party member;

they promised us so much 51%

Has the best housing, postwar foreign policy 9

Have always voted Labor; my husband voted Labor. ... 9
Hate the Tories; the Tories have made a mess of things;

Churchill not the man for the peace; against capitalists'

vested interests H

Would have voted Liberal if there had been a candidate. . 1
It was time they had a chance; I wanted to see a change. . 19

100%

CONSERVATIVE OR NATIONAL LIBERAL VOTERS

It is the best party; admiration for Churchill 41%

Business reasons; will keep taxes down 5

Fear or dislike of Socialism; Labor not fit to govern 17

Against state control, nationalization; belief in private

enterprise; freedom 9

Conservatives won war; let them win peace 10

[198]

Has. the best housing, postwar employment, foreign pol-
icy 8%

Have always voted Conservative; my husband voted
Conservative 10

100%

LIBERAL VOTERS

The middle way; against extremes 40%

Beveridge; social security 8

Have always voted Liberal 16

Because my husband (or other relative) voted Liberal ... 3
It is the best party 33

Miscellaneous.

100%
. 6%

30. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) If you
which party would you vote? (bipo)

Conserv-
ative-
National
and Na-
tional

Liberal Labor
National total 31% 49%

had to vote today, for

Men 31%,

Women 31

BY SEX

50%
49

BY AGE

Liberal
10%

9%
10

Other

4%
3

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

25%

31 50

33 47

10% 4%
10 2

10 4

Unde-
cided
and
refuse
to an-
swer

6%
7

I/O

7
6

Higher 58%o

Middle 40

Lower 25

Greece

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

19% 13%

36
57

12
9

3% 7%
5 7

2 7

1. (Canada Feb 3 '45) Should the Allies let Greece hold an
election right away to decide what form of government they
want, or should this be left until later? (cipo)

Hold Wait Undecided

election now until later
National total 37% 40% 23%

BY POLITICS

53%

17%

Progressive-Conservative .... 30%

Liberal 38

CCF 47

2. (Canada Feb 3 45) If Greece has an election and if a Com-
munist government is elected, do you think the Allies should
interfere to stop it or not? (cipo)

Allies should interfere 29%

No interference 52

No opinion 19

Hungary

1. (Hungary Sept '45) Do you approve of delaying the elec-
tions? (hipor)

Yes 18% No 80% Uncertain 2%

2. (Hungary Sept '45) The Hungarian public was asked
whether or not it would accept the single-list system in elec-

tions that was proposed shortly before the election was due.

Results follow: (hipor)

Yes 35% No 60% Uncertain 5%

3. (Hungary Sept '45) At the end of September 1945, a few
days before the municipal election, about six thousand people
were asked which list they were likely to vote for at the
municipal election. Results follow. Asked in Budapest and

suburbs, (hipor)

Labor list or
one of the
Labor parties**
National total 43. 0%

Smallholder party and
votes for the several in-
dependent small parties

49.0% = 92.0%*

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Educated 28.8% 57.0% = 85.8%*

Bourgeoisie 39.4 52.2 =91.6*

Workers 48. 9 44.6 = 93.5*

* Remainder of the sample presumably refused to answer or vt^ere
undecided.

** Labor list means: Communist and Social Democrat parties to-
gether. Several respondents voted not for the labor list but for one of
the labor parties.

4. (Hungary Oct '45) Which party are you likely to vote for
at the general election? This question was asked all over the
country in October 1945, before the general election, (hipor)

Intel-

National total .

Social
Demo-
crat
17.6%

Com-
munist

Small-
holder
53.2%

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Educated 14.0% 8.4% 66.9%

Bourgeoisie 11.8 45-8 35-6

Worker 30.1 42.2 26.5

lectual
Peas- Demo- Radi-
ant crat cal
7.2% 2.0% 0.1%

4.1% 6.1% 0.5%

2.3
0.9

4.5
0.3

BY SELECTED GROUPS

1.2% 88.1% 3.6% — —
Farm-worker 24.4 2.5 48.7 24.4 — —

BUDAPEST ONLY

Oct 15-21 30.0% 20.0% 50.0% — — —

Oct 26-28 29.5 20.0 50.5 — _ _

Netherlands

1. (Netherlands Aug 30 '45) In your opinion, when should the
election for the Second Chamber be held, as soon as possible
or next year? Asked in Dordrecht only, (nipo)

As soon Only

as possible next year

Total.

55^

BY SEX

. . 63%

17%

20%
15

No opinion
28%

17%
38

Men

Women

2. (Netherlands Aug 30 '45) What party would you vote for
at the present time? Asked in Dordrecht, (nipo)

Labor party 22%

Anti-Revolutionary party 15

Communist party 14

Coalition of Anti-Revolutionary and

Christian-Historic parties 13

NVB (government party) 10

Catholic People's party 9

Christian-Historic party 6

Liberal party 6

Democratic party 4

Other parties 1

[ 199 ]

3. (Netherlands Nov '45) Would you like to vote at the next
elections for one of the parties existing before the war, a com-
bination of these parties, or a new party? (nfs)

Combi- No

Old party nation New party opinion
National total 53% 17% 16% 14%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

53% 20%

53 13

BY RELIGION

Roman Catholic. . . 62% 9%

Calvinist 56 35

Dutch Reform 44 19

Secular 54 14

16%
16

17%
4
20
15

11%
18

12%
5
17
17

4. (Netherlands June '46) Are you satisfied with the results
of the election or not? (nipo)

Dis- No

Satisfied satisfied opinion
National total 39% 42% 19%

BY POLITICS

Communist party 68%

Catholic People's party 59

Christian-Historic party 51

Labor party 11

Liberal party 28

Anti-Revolutionary party 33

State Governments (1936)

1. (us Jan 11 '36) Which party candidate for governor in your

state would you favor today? (aipo)

Democratic 49%

Republican 44

Socialist 2

Third party 5

21%

11%

100%
No politics 9%

State Governments (1940)

1. (US Oct '40) Will you probably vote for the same party
in your local election (county and state) as you will nationally?
(for)

Don't

Same Dijferent know
National total 57.9% 24.0% 18.1%

BY OPINIONS OF ROOSEVELT

Favorable to Roosevelt 63.7% 19.1% 17.2%

Unfavorable to Roosevelt 56.1 29.1 14.8

State Governments (1942)

1. (us Aug 25 '42 and Sept 3 '42) In your state elections this
fall, do you think you will vote Republican or Democratic?
In the question asked the Sept sample the words "Republican"
and "Democratic" were reversed, (aipo)

Repub-
lican

Aug '42 results 37%

Sept '42 results 34

2. (Australia Sept '42) Should state elections be held as usual
during the war — or postponed until after the war? (apop)

Demo-
cratic

Other

Unde-
cided

39%
41

21%
22

Postpone them 58% Hold them 31% Undecided 11%

3. (US Sept 15 '42 and Sept 29 '42) For governor, do you favor
the Republican candidate or the Democratic candidate? (aipo)

Repub- Demo- Unde-

lican cratic Other cided

Septl5'42 46% 33% 2% 19%

Sept 29 "42 43 34 3 20

4. (US Sept 29 '42) Will you vote in the state elections this
fall? (aipo)

Yes 81% No 14% Don't know 5%

5. (US Sept 29 '42) Do you think it makes a great deal of
difference whether or not people vote in the coming state
elections? (aipo)

Yes 80% No 13% Don't know 7%

State Governments (1946)

1. (US Aug 28 '46, Sept 11 '46, Sept 25 '46, Oct 10 '46) Are
you interested in the coming state elections? (aipo)

Aug 28 '46.
Sept 11 '46.
Sept 25 '46.
Oct 10 '46.

Yes

No answer

66%

33%

Sweden

1. (Sweden Oct '44) Did you vote for the same party in 1944
as in 1942? (sgi)

Yes

Right party 86%

Liberal 74

Agrarian 84

Social Democratic 92

Communist 49

2. (Sweden Oct '44) When did you make up your mind about
the party you voted for in September of this year? Asked of
a national cross-section of people who voted in the September
election, (sgi)

POLITICS

Don't know.

don't

Did not

remember.

vote m

s No

won't answer

1942

Vo 1%

—

National total .

Men. . .
Women.

Just
before

the
election

A long

time before

the

election

26%

sex

29%
24

24-29 years

30-49 years

50-64 years

65 years and over. .

Right party

Liberal

Agrarian

Social Democratic.
Communist

BY age

12% 29%

8 27

4 25

4 22

BY POLITICS

7%
19

4
17

32%

Have

always

voted for

that party

63%

61%
64

55%
61
67
73

57%

Don't

remember,

answer

3%
4

4%
4
4
1

[200]

EMPLOYEES' REPRESENTATION
IN MANAGEMENT

1. (us Nov 12 '37) Do you think corporations would have
less labor trouble if workers had the right to elect a represent-
ative on the board of directors? (aipo)

Yes 67% No 33% = 100% No opinion 19%

2. (US Aug 26 '41) Do you think workers should have the
right to elect a representative on the board of directors of the
company they work for? A comparable cross-section was asked
this question with the phrase "or should all the directors be
elected by the owners of the company" added, (aipo)

Workers Workers Owners

should should not should

elect a rep- elect a rep- elect all No

resentative resentative directors opinion
First cross-section

results 61% 23% — 16%

Second cross-section

results 53 — 31% 16

3. (US May 30 '42) Are you (or your husband or wife) work-
ing in a defense industry? 30% of the sample who answered
in the affirmative were asked; What does the industry do or
make? (norc)

Not employed in war industry 67%

Didn't say whether or not employed in war industry. ... 3
Industry makes or does:

War machinery 10

Machine parts 8

Metals; paint; rubber 2

Materials for army consumption 2

Construction of government buildings 2

Defense transportation 1

Miscellaneous 3

Didn't say what industry was doing or making 2

4. (US May 30 '42) Is there a labor-management committee
where you work? Asked of 30% of the sample who said they
were employed in a defense industry, (norc)

Yes 12% No 7% Don't know 11% = 30%

5. (US May 30 '42) About how long ago was it [the labor-
management committee] set up? Asked of 12% of the sample
who were working in a defense industry where a labor-manage-
ment committee had been established, (norc)

One year or less 3%

Between one and two years 1

More than two years 3

Not ascertainable 5

12%

6. (US May 30 '42) Do you think this [labor-management]
committee has helped make the workers want to work any
harder? Asked of 12% of the sample who were working in a
defense industry where a labor-management committee had
been established, (norc)

Yes 5% No 3% Don't know 4% = 12%

7. (US May 30 '42) If there was a labor-management com-
mittee to talk over production probkms where you work, do
you think it might help make the workers want to work
Jiarder? Asked of 7% of the sample who were working in a

defense industry where there was no labor-management com-
mittee, (norc)
Yes 2% No 3% Don't know 2% = 7%

8. (US May 30 '42) Why [would a labor-management com-
mittee] not [make the workers want to work harder]? Asked
of 3% of the sample working in a defense industry who said
that a labor-management committee would not increase pro-
duction, (norc)

Committee just doesn't work 1%

Workers ask for less hours and more pay *

Shortage of material *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 1

* Less than 0.5%.

9. (US Nov 23 '42) As you probably know, the War Produc-
tion Board is a government agency in charge of all war pro-
duction in this country. Do you think there should be repre-
sentatives of union labor on this board? 52% of the sample
who thought labor should be represented on the board were
asked: Do you think they should have as much to say on this
board as representatives of business or not as much? (norc)

Thought labor should not be represented 30%

Didn't know whether or not labor should be represented 18

Labor should have more to say than business 4

Should have as much to say as business 34

Should not have as much to say as business 12

Don't know whether or not they should have as much

to say 2

10. (US Feb '43) Do you think it would be a good idea or a
bad idea for workers in a company to have someone they elect
represent them on the board of directors or some management
council? Asked of a national cross-section of factory workers.
(for)

Good idea Bad idea Don t know
National total 74.8% 8.7% 16.5%

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well informed 83.0% 8.1% 8.9%

Poorly informed 76.2 10.9 12.9

Uninformed 66.5 76 259

11. (US Feb '43) Do you think this workers' representative
should or should not have something to say about working
conditions? Wages? Salaries of the management? Promotion
of workers? Production plans? Payment of dividends to stock-
holders? Asked of a national cross-section of factory workers.
(for)

Should Don't

Should not know

Working conditions 97.1% 1.8% 1.1%

Wages of workers 94.9 3.6 1.5

Promotion of workers 81.5 15.1 3.4

Production plans 61.6 28.9 " 9-5

Salaries of management 50.1 41.0 8.9

Payment of dividends 38.0 47.6 14.4

12. (France Nov 16 '44) Should workers take part in the man-
agement of industry? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians.
(fipo)

Yes 65% No 22% No opinion 13%

13. (France Apr 16 '45) Have you heard about the worker-
management committees?* (f'po)

[201 ]

Yes 61% No 30% No answer 9%

* By a decree of February 23, worker-management committees were
set up in all establishments employing over 100 workers. Their pur-
pose was to handle all social service matters and advise the management
on economic questions.

14. (France Apr 16 '45) Do you approve of the setting up of
worker-management committees? (fipo)

Yes 40% No 11% No answer 49%

15. (France Apr 16 '45) Do you think the workers' commit-
tees have adequate, inadequate, or too great powers? (fipo)

Inadequate 23%

Adequate 9

Too great 5

No answer 63

16. (US Aug '45) There have been all sorts of ideas suggested
for things we should do in this country after the war, and
we'd like to know how you feel about some of them. Do you
think it is a good idea or not such a good idea to give labor
unions more say about the way companies are run? (for)

Good idea Not so good Don't know

National total 17.6%

64.9%

17.5%

6.7%

9.9
13.4
25. 0

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 6.8% 86.5%

Upper middle 7.8 82.3

Lower middle 16.5 70.1

Poor 26.7 48.3

* Breakdowns from New York Herald Tribune Aug 23 '45.

17. (Sweden Dec '45) Do you think it would be an asset or
not if the workers in your organization (the employees or
officials in your organization or office) should form a council
and take part in and discuss the management and progress of
the organization in question? Asked of a national cross-section
of working people and executives, (sgi)

Essential Complete Don't

advantage disadvantage know

National total 62% 12% 26%

BY OCCUPATION

Employees 69%

Managers 44

Farmers 49

Industry and craftsmen. ... 68

Business and trade 63

Freelance workers 63

Others 33

BY POLITICS

Right party 57%

Liberal 54

Agrarian 27

Social Democrat 71

Communist 81

10%
22
14
12
12
14
3

25%

21%

18%

18. (Sweden Dec '45) What advantages do you think this
[council between labor and management] would have? Asked
of 62% of the sample of working people and executives who
thought such a council should be formed in their own organ-
izations. (sGi)

Better wages; better conditions for the employed 7%

Employees better able to watch their own interests 2

Employees would take more interest in the organization 10

Better cooperation within the organization 9

Better relations with the management 8

Better utilization of the abilities of the staff 5

Increased production through better organization 5

Greater feeling of responsibility among employees 1%

Other replies 10

No definite reply 5

62%

19. (Sweden Dec '45) What disadvantages do you think this
[council between labor and management] would have? Asked
of 12% of the sample of working people and executives who
thought such a council would have a disadvantage, (sgi)

Difficult to agree on any resolutions 3%

Disagreement would arise in the organization 1

Other replies 4

No definite reply 4

12%

20. (Germany Apr 15 '46) Should the workers in a factory or
other business have a voice in the conduct of the factory or
business? (omgus)

Yes 71% No 18% No opinion; don't know; can't say 11%

21. (Germany Apr 15 '46) Which of these suggestions would
suit you best? A card with a list of suggestions was given to
the respondent, (omgus)

1. Employers should be allowed to run their own office

after their own manner (judgment) without asking
their employees or their representative for their
opinion 7%

2. Employees should be allowed to advise the manage-

ment of an office. They should be allowed to choose
representatives for a work council which would
have to observe the management and submit regu-
larly employees' opinions to the bosses 66

3. Employees or their representative should have the

same rights in running the office as the employers. . 9

4. Business establishments should be socialized. The man-

agers of a business should be appointed by a com-
mittee of the elected representatives of the employees 9

5. No opinion; can't say 9

22. (US Nov '46) Do you think all corporations should or
should not be required to put a union representative on their
board of directors? (for)

Should 41.9% Should not 36.2% Don't know 21.9%

EUROPEAN WAR, 1914-1918

1. (US Jan 18 '37, Great Britain May 6 '37, US Feb 2 '39,
Oct 18 '39, Nov 19 '40, Jan 22 '41, Mar 12 '41, Apr 8 '41,
Oct 22 '41, Dec 10 '41) Do you think it was a mistake for the
United States to enter the last war [World War I]? Slight
variations were made in the wording in the United States.
In Britain the question was: Do you think it was a mistake
to enter the World War in 1914? (aipo, opor, bipo — all ques-
tions asked in the United States were asked by aipo except
Mar 12 '41)

Yes No No opinion

RESULTS in THE UNITED STATES

AIPO Jan '37.
aipo Feb '39.
AIPO Oct '39.
AIPO Nov '40.
AIPO Jan '41.

70%

30%

100%

15 = 100%
13 = 100
19 = 100

16 = 100

[202]

No opinion

43%

18% = 100%

13 = 100

18 = 100

Yes

OPORMar'41 39%

Aipo Apr '41 39

Aipo Oct '41 35

AIPO Dec '41 21

RESULT IN GREAT BRITAIN

May '37 34% 66% = 100% 1%

1937 AND 1940 RESULTS IN THE UNITED STATES BY POLITICS

Republican

1937 70% 30% —

1940 46 38 16%

Democratic , .

1937 70 30 —

1940 33 46 21

1937 AND 1940 RESULTS IN THE UNITED STATES
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England

1937

Middle Atlantic

1937

New England and
Mid-Atlantic

1940

East central

1937

1940

West central

1937

1940

South

1937

1940

Rocky Mountain states

1937

Pacific coast states

1937

Far West

1940

67<;

74
43

68
45

61
24

33%
29

26
35

39
55

19%

1937 RESULTS IN THE UNITED STATES BY SPECIAL GROUPS

Men 68% 32% —

Women 72 28 —

Farmers 66 34 —

City dwellers 71 .29 —

Young people 69 31 —

1940 RESULTS IN THE UNITED STATES BY AGE

21-34 years 36% 39% 25%

35-49 years 37 44 19

50 years and over 44 42 14

2. (US June 21 '37) Do you consider any nation or nations
chiefly guilty of causing the World War? (aipo)

Yes 45% No 30% No opinion 25%

3. (US June 21 '37) 45% of a national sample who said they
considered that one or more nations were guilty of causing
the first World War were asked: Which? (aipo)

Germany 77%

France 5

Great Britain 5

Russia 3

Austria 4

All others 6

4. (US Oct 18 '39) Why do you think we entered the last
war? (aipo)

America was the victim of propaganda and selfish inter-
ests 34%

America had a just and unselfish cause 26

America entered the war for its own safety 18

Other reasons 8

No opinion 14

Casualties

1. (us June 24 '41) Do you happen to have any idea how
many Americans were killed as a result of the first World War?
21% of the sample who had an idea were asked; About how
many? (aipo)

Yes 21% No 79%

Only 6% of those who had an idea how many Americans
were killed in the first World War named a figure between
40,000 and 60,000.

Finance

1. (US Nov 30 '36 and June 21 '38) What is your opinion
regarding the war debts owed this country — should they be
canceled and forgotten, or should they be reduced to a point
where at least something might be collected, or should we
continue to try to collect them in full? (aipo)

1936.
1938.

Canceled

Reduced

Continue
to collect

No
opinion

9%
8

54%
49

2. (US Jan 18 '37) Would you approve further loans to our
World War Allies in case they resume payment on the debts
they now owe? (aipo)

Yes 15% No 85% = 100% No opinion 7%

3. (US Feb 26 '38 and June 21 '38) What is your opinion re-
garding the war debts owed this country — should we continue
to try to collect them in full, or should they be reduced to a
point where at least something might be collected, or should
they be canceled and forgotten? (Aug 16 '38) What would
you like to see done about the war debts European countries
owe the United States — try to collect them in full, reduce
them, or cancel them entirely? (aipo)

Collect

Feb '38 47%

June '38* 46

Aug '38 59

* A separate cross-section comparable to that reported in question 1
was usee.

4. (Great Britain Nov '38) How should our war debts to the
United States be settled? (bipo)

By payment in full 18%

Reduced by agreement 32

Canceled altogether 50

Cancel

Reduce

No op it

11%
12
9

42%

4%
9

No opinion.

100%
. 14%

100% of those who
blamed a nation

5. (US June 24 '41) Do you happen to have any idea how much
money the United States spent in the First World War? 15% of
the sample who said they had an idea about the cost were
asked: About how much? (aipo)

[203]

Don't know 85%

One billion or less 2

One to ten billion 2

Ten to twenty billion 3

^L Twenty to fifty billion 6

^K Seventy-five billion or more .... 1

B No answer 1

B. Median forty-one billion

6. (US Aug 4 '43) As far as you know, did England ever pay
us back for the war materials we sent her during the first
World War? (norc)

Yes 5%

No 67

Partly 15

Don't know 13

Peace

1. (US June 21 '37) Do you think the peace treaty after the
war was too easy or too severe on Germany? (aipo)

Too Too About No

easy severe i^'ght opinion

National total 41% 30% 29% = 100% 22%

Young people

(18-24) 29 39 32 —

2. (US Aug 21 '42 and Nov 27 '42) Do you think the treat-
ment of the German people in the peace treaty after the last
war was too harsh or not harsh enough? (norc)

Too Just about Not harsh Don't

harsh right enough know

Aug '42 results 21% 7% 56% 16%

Nov '42 results 20 7 57 16

Territorial Questions

1. (us Oct 28 '37 and Jan 20 '39) Should the colonies taken
from Germany after the World War be given back to het?
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

1937 24% 76% = 100% 19% ^

1939 17 83 =100 13

1937 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 26% 74%

Middle Atlantic 26 74

East central 23 77

West central 26 74

South 22 78

Rocky Mountain 22 78

Pacific coast 24 76

2. (US Oct 1 '38) Do you think the colonies taken from Ger-
many after the World War by England, France, and Japan
should be given back? (aipo)

Yes 22% No 78%

3. (us Feb '44) As far as you know, after the first World War
did the Allies take any land away from Germany that belonged
to her before that war statted? (norc)

Yes, no country mentioned 20%

Yes, European territory mentioned . . 10
Yes, islands in Pacific mentioned. ... 4
Yes, African colonies mentioned .... 6

Yes, other countries mentioned *

No 25%

Don't know 40

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondaits gave
more than one answer.

EXCESS-PROFITS TAX

U.S.

1. (us Mar 8 '38) Have you followed the arguments for and
against the Federal undistributed profits tax? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 70%

2. (us Mar 8 '38) Should the federal undistributed profits tax
be repealed, reduced or left unchanged? Asked of a national
cross-section of people who had followed the arguments for
and against the federal undistributed profits tax. 30% of the
sample is represented, (aipo)

Repealed 40% Reduced 29%, Left unchanged 31%

3. (US Oct '40) Do you believe satisfactory exemptions could
be worked out to keep an excess-profits tax from bearing un-
fairly on new enterprises and enterprises which are on the
verge of entering upon a period of greatly increased profits
quite independent of rearmament? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

Yes 63.9% No 25.0% Don't know or no answer 11.1%

4. (US Oct '40) A national cross-section of business executives
were asked: If we have an excess-profits tax, do you think it
should be primarily based on:

The increase in earnings over the average

for the past few years? 17.9%

The rate of earnings on capital invested,
as in 1917? 5.6

A mixture of the preceding alternatives?. . 7.5

A taxpayer's choice between these alterna-
tives? 21.2

Or: would you recommend instead of any
of the above that the principle of the pres-
ent capital-stock and excess-profits tax be
applied with higher rates on declared val-
ues and excess profits? (for)

Yes 14.3

No 0.5

Don't know or no answer 33.0

52.2%

47.8%

100%

5. (US Oct '40) A national cross-section of business executives
were asked: As regards government order, which do you be-
lieve is likely to be the result of an excess-profits tax? (for)
It will make those who profit by these orders pay back

to the government a considerable part of those profits 552%
The extra cost will have to be added to what the gov-
etnment pays, leaving virtually unchanged the profit
after taxes that the government will have to allow

to get its orders filled 34.0

Don't know or no answer 10.8

[204]

6. (US Oct '40) A national cross-section of business executives
were asked: Assuming that revenues to be derived from an
excess-profits tax would be about equal to those from such a
general increase as those provided by the Revenue Act of 1940
which do you think would be preferable? (for)
An excess-profits tax because it would be levied di-
rectly upon profits made from any rearmament boom 58.2%
A general increase without excess-profits levies, because

the latter would be a deterrent to defense activity. . . 31.9
Don't know or no answer 9.9

EXERCISE

1. (Great Britain Nov '37) Do you exercise to keep fit?
Yes 44% No 56% = 100% No opinion 3%

The 44% who exercised to keep fit were asked what form
of exercise they took. Results follow: (bipo)

Hiking 24%

Games 52

Physical jerks 24

100% of those who
exercised

2. (Great Britain Dec '39) When did you last join in the
BBC early morning physical jerks? (bipo)

At some time 5% Never 95%

3. (US Nov 19 '40) As part of a national program to improve
the health of people of the United States, would you like to
join a class to receive instruction in physical exercises? (aipo)
Yes 35% No 65% = 100% No opinion 9%

4. (US Nov 19 '40) Do you happen to take regular daily
exercises now? 24% of the sample who said they took regular
daily exercises were asked: What kind of exercise do you take
daily — setting up exercises, calisthenics, etc. or recreational
sports, hiking, bicycling, bowling, handball, any other game
or sport? (aipo)

Don't take any 76%

Setting-up exercises, etc 7

Recreational sports 13

Didn't say what kind of exercise. . , . 4

6. (US Nov 30 '40) It has been suggested that the federal
government organize a national program to interest more
people in taking regular exercise to improve the health of the
country. Would you approve of such a program? (aipo)
Yes 71% No 29%

6. (US Nov 30 '40) Would you be willing to take part in such
a [health] program yourself? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 35%

7. (US Nov 25 '41) Apart from your job, do you do anything
for physical exercise? (aipo)

Yes 42% No 58%

8. (US Nov 25 '41) Did you happen to take any physical
exercise last week end? Those who had taken some physical
exercise were asked: What? (aipo)

No exercise and no answer 70%

Walking; hiking 12

Dancing 2

Calisthenics; setting up exercises 2

Riding (horseback) 1%

Hunting and fishing " 4

Gardening 2

Football; basketball; soccer 1

Bowling 3

Golf 1

Miscellaneous answers 2

Had some exercise but didn't sav what kind . . 3

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Nov 25 '41) How far did you walk yesterday (not
counting home or business)? (aipo)

Did no walking apart from work . . . 43%

Walked one mile or less 25

Walked 2 miles 15

Walked 3 miles 6

Walked 4 miles 3

Walked 5 miles or more 8

10. (US Nov 25 '41) Would you be interested in joining a
class to take physical exercise regularly? (aipo)

Yes 26%

No 71%

No answer 3%

11. (Australia Dec '41) Should physical training be compul-
sory for all boys and girls under eighteen? (apop)

Favor 84% Against 10% Undecided 6%

12. (US Oct '46) Not counting week ends, do you take any
regular exercise? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Yes 41.3% No 58.7%

13. (US Oct '46) How often [do you exercise during the week]?
Asked of 41.3% of the sample of executives who said they
took regular exercise not counting week ends, (for)

Daily 32.7%

Several times a week. . . . 40.9

Once a week 22.2

Less often 4.2

100.0% of those who
said they took regular exercise during the
week

EXHIBITIONS

1. (US June 21 '38) Did you go to the last World's Fair in
Chicago in 1933-1934? (aipo)

Yes 23% No 77%

2. (US June 21 '38, Dec 16 '38, Mar 8 '39) Do you plan to
go to the World's Fair in New York next year? For the Dec '38
sample the word "attend" was used instead of "go" and for

'next year" were naturally omitted.

the '39 sample the words
(aipo)

No
June '38 58%

Dec '38.
Mar '39.

58
61

Definitely

25%

Perhaps

19%
17

Don't
know

17%
5

[205]

3. (US Aug 10 '38 and Dec 16 '38) Do you plan to go to the
World's Fair in San Francisco next year? In the Dec '38 question
the word "attend" was used instead of "go." (aipo)

AUG '38 RESULTS

Yes 11%

No 78

Don't know 11

DEC '38 RESULTS

Definitely 5%

Perhaps 11

Don't know, no, and no answer 84

4. (US Aug 10 '38) Which fair would you rather see — the one
in San Francisco or the one in New York? A comparable cross-
section was asked the question with San Francisco and New
York in the reverse order. Results were combined, (aipo)
San Francisco 34% New York 49% No opinion 17%

6. (US Dec 16 '38) Do any other members of your family plan
to go [to the New York World's Fair next year]? (aipo)
Yes 23% No 50% Don't know 27%

6. (US Dec 16 '38) Do any other members of your family plan
to go [to the San Francisco World's Fair]? (aipo)

Yes 8% No 66% Don't know 26%

7. (US Nov '38)' Do you or members of your family plan to
attend the New York World's Fair, the San Francisco Golden
Gate Exposition, or any of the smaller fairs that will be held
throughout the country next year? (for)

•fe
a

■u

S
§

1
1

National total. . .

... 24.3

5.6

1.3

2.8

1.4

46.3

3.7

14.6

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

State fairs.

All others.

None,

and

Don't

know

Northeast

... 52.3

0.6

1.5

31.9

13.7

Southeast

... 19.5

0.9

0.1

65.9

13.6

Middle west

... 13.9

3.6

0.7

66.1

15.7

Northwest plains

... 8.8

3.3

0.7

69.8

17.4

Southwest

. . . 10.2

4.6

0.8

71.0

13.4

Mountain states. ,

... 7.4

12.1

4.7

57.0

18.8

Pacific coast . . ' . .

... 1.1

50.9

29.8

12.7

BY EXTREMES 1

DF OPINIONS

Prosperous

... 36.5

7.0

4.7

32.8

19.0

Poor

... 12.8

4.5

0.5

71.9

10.3

Executives

... 39.8

10.5

4.7

29.8

15.2

Farm labor

... 7.7

1.5

—

81.6

9.2

8. (US July 26 '39) Do you plan to visit the New York World's

Fair this year? (aipo)

Yes 18%

No 71

Have already gone 10

No answer 1

9. (US July 26 '39) Have you already gone to the Fair? Asked
of a national cross-section of people who planned to visit the
New York World's Fair. 18% of the sample is represented.
(aipo)

Yes 13% No 75% No answer 12%

10. (US July 26 '39) Why [arc you] not [going to visit the
World's Fair this year]? Asked of a national cross-section of
people who had not been and were not planning to visit the
New York World's Fair, (aipo)

Can't afford to go 63%

Can't get away 16

Not interested 9

Saw Chicago fair — all fairs alike. ... 3

Other reasons 9

100% of those
questioned

11. (US July 26 '39) Do you know anybody who has been to
the New York Fair? Asked of a national cross-section of people
who had not been and were not planning to visit the New
York World's Fair, (aipo)

Yes 54% No 43% No answer 3% = 100% of those questioned

12. (US July 26 '39) Did they [acquaintances who have been
to the New York Fair] advise you to go or to stay away?
Asked of a national cross-section of people who had not been
and were not planning to visit the New York World's Fair
this year but who knew someone who had been to the Fair.
(aipo)

Advised strongly to go 36%

Advised mildly to go 17

Advised strongly to stay away 3

Advised mildly to stay away 5

Neither 26

Some advised one way, some the other. . . 10

No answer 3

100% of
those questioned

13. (US July 26 '39) Do you think the [New York World's]
Fair will be open in 1940? Asked of a national cross-section of
people who had not been and were not planning to visit the
New York World's Fair, (aipo)

Yes 44% No 13% Uncertain 43% = 100% of those questioned

14. (US July 26 '39) K the [New York World's] Fair is open
again in 1940, do you plan to go in that year? Asked of a
national cross-section of people who had not been and were
not planning to visit the New York World's Fair, (aipo)

Definitely yes 6%

Perhaps yes 26

No 52

Don't know 13

No answer 3

100% of those

questioned

15. (US July 26 '39) Do you want to go again [to the World's
Fair in New York]? Asked of a national cross-section of people
who had already been to the Fair, (aipo)

Yes 84% No 16% = 100% of those questioned

16. (US July 26 '39) In general, did you like or dislike the
Fair? Asked of a national cross-section of people who had
already been to the World's Fair in New York, (aipo)

[£06]

Liked it very much 83%

Liked it moderately 14

Disliked it 3

100% of those

questioned

17. (US Sept '39) Do you or any members of your family
expect to attend the New York World's Fair this year? (for)

Yes 21.9%

Have already attended. .. . 5-8

No 67.4

Don't know 4.9

FAMILY

1. (us Nov 13 '36, Mar 19 '41, Aug 8 '45, Great Britain
Jan '38, Jan '39, Jan 18 '44, Canada Nov 28 '45) What do you
consider is the ideal size of family — a husband, wife, and how
many children? (aipo, bipo, cipo)

Nov '38.
Dec '39.
Dec '45.
Dec '46.

Yes

Don't know

68%

32%

—

4. (US Aug 27 '43) How many people are there in your fam-
ily who live at home? (norc)

One 7%

Two 24

Three 25

Four 20

Five 11

Six 6

Seven

Eight

Nine

Ten or more

Not ascertainable

5. (Denmark Aug 20 '44) Is it a rule in your house that the
husband occasionally helps the wife with domestic work other
than washing up? (dgi)

Yes 48.4% No 51.6%

6. (Great Britain Dec 14 '45) How many children and adults,

us 1936.

- 2% 32% 32% 22% 7% 5% -

Great Britain 1938. 1% 1 45 28 16 4 5 —

Great Britain 1939. 3 1 37 28 20 4 4

US 1941 — 1 31 27 27 6 8

Great Britain 1944** 1 4 34 25 24 4 4

US 1945 — 1 22 28 31 9 9

Canada 1945 — * 17 23 31 12 17

us 1941 RESULTS BY AGE

21-34 years - 1% 40% 32% 21% 3% 3%

35-49 years — 1 31 27 29 6 6

50 years and over. . — * 23 23 33 9 12

2% 29% 25% 32%
1 21 27 36

40
25

32
33

21
31

■7%
7

3
3

OPINIONS OF WOMEN

All women

US 1941

US 1945

Women 21-34 years

US 1941

US 1945

* Less than 0.5%.

** Question was: What do you think is the ideal number of children
in the family?

2. (US Aug 16 '37) A well-known newspaper columnist has
suggested that the Institute of Public Opinion ask the follow-
ing question: Who is the head and brains of your family?
What is your answer? Asked of a national cross-section of
married people, (aipo)

Husband 33%

Wife 12

Both equal 55

No answer.

100%

. 4%

3. (Great Britain Nov '38, Dec '39, Dec 14 '45, Dec '46) Are
you taking part in a family gathering this Christmas? In the
1939 question the word "reunion" was used instead of "gath-
ering." (bipo)

including yourself, are there living
(bipo)

None.
One. . .
Two . .
Three .
Four . .
Five. .
Six . . . .
Seven .
Eight .
Nine. .
Ten . .

together in your home?

National

16 years

Oter

total

and under

16 years

^1%

—

2
1

—

1
family:

3.80 persons

—

7. (Sweden Apr '46) Do you know the name of your father's
father and where he was born? (soi)

Know Know

both his name

National total 69% 7%

Men . . .
Women

by SEX

71% iP,

66 9

by economic status
Upper class 83% 5%

Middle class .
Workers .

75
63

by age

20-29 years 70% 8%

30-49 years 69 8

50-64 years 70 6

65 years and over. ... 62 7

Know
where he
was horn

10%

3%
8
10

7%
8
9
15

Know
neither

15%

13%
17

9%
11
19

15%
15
15
16

8. (Sweden Apr '46) Do you know your mother's maiden name
and where she was born? (sci)

[207]

Know Know

both her name

National total 55% 4%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

52%
58

4%
5

Upper class . .
Middle class .
Workers

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

. 68% 3%

60 5

50 5

20-29 years

30-49 years

50-64 years

65 years and over.

52%
58
52
53

6%
4
3
5

Know
where she
was horn

23%

26%
21

16%,

22
28
25

Know
neither

18%

18%
16

13
21

21%
16
17
17

9. (US Apr 10 '46) How many people are dependent on the
head of your family (not counting head of family)? (aipo)

One 25%

Two 22

Three 17

Four 9

Five 4

Six 2

Seven or more 1

No answer 3

None 17

10. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statements: (omgus)

AMERICAN ZONE

AND BERLIN

BERLIN ONLY

opin-

Yes No ion

The father's word should
be unquestioned law in
the family 73% 25% 2%

It is a sign of weakness if
a father shows his af-
fection for his children 37 61 2

20%

56 2%

11. (US Aug '46) Is running the home a full-time job for your
wife, or could she take on some activity, either voluntary or
paid, outside the home if she found one that interested her?
Asked of a national cross-section of married men. (for)

Full-time job 58.4%

Could take on outside activity. ... 31.5
No answer 10.1

12. (US Aug '46) Is running the home a full-time job for you,
or could you take on some activity, either voluntary or paid,
outside the home, if you found one that interested you? Asked
of a national cross-section of housewives, (for)

Full-time job 61.6%.

Could take on outside activity. . . . 28.6
No answer 9.8

13. (US Oct '46) What is your wife's attitude toward your
working late in your office? Working at home? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

In the office At home

Objects 29.3% 17.9%

Sympathetic 60.8 71.4

Situation does not arise 9-9 10.7

14. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Are you writing a family his-
tory? (czipo)

Yes 10% No 90%

FARMERS

1. (us Feb '43) Would you like to see farmers as a group
more powerful in this country or less powerful after the war
than they arc now? Asked of a national cross-section of factory
workers, (for)

National total 53.3%

Well-informed 40.3

Uninformed 62.1

2. (us Mar '43) What are one or two things you like most
about being a farmer? Are there one or two things you don't
like so well? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers and
their wives, (for)

Farmers Wives

Being own boss 55.7% 28.6%

Ample good food 13.8 35.3

Outdoor living 13.8 16.5

Kind of work. 18.7 17.6

Quiet; privacy 6.4 18.3

Best for children — 6.1

Other 13.1 19.7

Don't know 9.4 8.5

Same

hess

Don' t know

27.1%

imo

12.6%

37.1

12.2

10.4

20.1

3.4

14.4

130.9%* 150.6%*

DON T LIKE

Farmers

Long hours; hard work 29.8%

Not enough money 15-0

Insects; bad weather 5.2

Lack of conveniences 1.4

Lack of transportation —

Other 15.0

Nothing 7.0

Don't know 38.3

Wives

33.2%

9.4

2.8

12.2

10.0

14.8

5.8

28.3

111.7%* 116.5%*
'* Percentages adci to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (us Apr '43) Suppose in five or six years it became clear
that Congress was going to be dominated either by labor or
by big business interests, and farmers couldn't do anything
about it except throw their support one way or the other,
which would you want farmers to support? Asked of a national
cross-section of farmers, (for)

National total

Labor
45.2%

Big business Don't know

24.5%

BY OWNER-TENANT STATUS

Tenants 52.6

16.6

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION"

Good 38.5% 41.5%

Fair 47.5 23.2

Poor 48.2 11.6

30.3%

28.6%
30.8

20.0%

293

40.2

* Degree of information was established by asking thirteen ques-
tions of current interest. Nine or more correct answers was rated
from four to eight "fair," and less than four "poor."

[208]

4. (Sweden Dec '45) What do you think of the suggestion
that every farmer should keep accounts of his income and
expenses? (sgi)

*.*

-.Si

?. P

;:? '?

>»o

1 §

s 3

■^ ^

S P

« "-

■^

SUS

-^'iS

S' ^

National total ....

40%

33%

14%

BY SIZE

OF COMMUNITY

Large towns ..,,..

42%

39%

Other towns

Country districts:

Farmers

* A-Districts where

75% of the pop

ulation

are farmers, farm

work-

ers, etc.
B-Districts where 50%-75% of the population are farmers, farm

workers, etc.
C-Districts where less than 50% of the population are farmers,

farm workers, etc., and where there are thinly populated areas

comprising as much as two-thirds of the total population.
D-Areas comprising at least two-thirds of the population.

5. (Hungary Jan '46) What manufactured articles are farmers
in need of? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (hipor)

Clothing 28.3%,

Agricultural equip-
ment; machines

generally 44.3

Textiles generally. . . 19.9

Shoes; boots 17.2

Tools 10.2

Hardware 9.2

Salt 8.7

Plow 8.5

Tractor 7.6

Cart 7.3

Sugar 6.3

Building materials. . . 5-3

Petroleum 4.1

Harrow 3.9

Drill plow 3.1

Livestock 2.8

Blue vitriol 2.8

Machine oil 2.3

Hoe 2.4

Artificial manure. . 2.4

Threshing machine. . 2.4

Spade 2.1%,

Glass 1.5

Horseshoe iron 1.3

Scythe 1.3

Match 1.2

Harness .
Nails, . .

1.2

1.1

Vessel 0.9

Mill for grinding. . , 0.8

Sack 0.8

Rake 0.7

Rope 0.6

Lye 0.6

Yeast 0.5

Spice 0.5

Vinegar 0.4

Harvesting machine. 0.4

Axle tree 0.4

Tobacco 0.3

Medicine 0.3

Thread 0.2

Cement 0.2

216.5%* .

* Percentages add to more than 100 because most respondents gave
more than one answer.

FASCISM

1. (US July 16 '42) When the war is over, how do you think
we should treat the Fascist leaders in Italy? (opor)

Imprison 9%

Kill 19

Torture 1

Harsh treatment 8

Take power away 12

Treat like Germans 10

Exile 8

Fairly 7

Treat fairly but control them . . 1

Other 5

Don't know 16

No answer 4

2. (US July 16 '42) How should we treat the Italian people
themselves [when the war is over]? (opor)

Keep them under control and supervision; disarm and

prevent rearming 4%

Isolate them; keep them by themselves 1

Treat them kindly, humanely, fairly, as we would like

to be treated 55

Re-educate them in democracy, in our way of life; give

them good leaders 5

Treat them well, but keep them under supervision and

control 4

Drastic steps; kill them, shoot them; divide up in small

parts *

Help them; liberate them 3

Retribution; punish them; treat them severely 3

l£ they behave, give up Fascism, cooperate, etc., treat

them well 2

Treat them same as Germans 3

Other 4

No opinion 12

No answer 4

* Less than 0.5%.

3. (US Nov '43) In a recent speech, Vice-President Wallace
said there was a group of dangerous native Fascists in this
country. Do you feel this is true or not? (for)

Yes 45.9%

No 24.4?

Don't know 29.7%

4. (US June 12 '45) What does the term Fascist mean to you?
(aipo)

Dictatorship; totalitarianism; one-man rule 29%

Nazism; Hitler; Mussolini 13

A wild scheme; law of the jungle; a hoodlvim re-
gime; etc 8

Socialism and Communism 6

Discrimination; the master race; slavery; privileges for

a few 3

Centralized capitalism; wealth 1

Suppression of workers *

Aggression and war 1

A form of government; a party 2

Miscellaneous 5

Don't know 36

104%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (US June 12 '45) Are there any individuals, organizations,
parties, or groups, in this country which seem to you to be
carrying out Fascist ideas? A comparable cross-section was
asked: Are there any individuals, organizations, parties, or
other groups in this country which seem to you to be at least
partly Fascist in their aims or interests? Results were combined.
27% of the combination of both samples who said they thought

[209]

such individuals or groups existed were asked: What individ-
uals, organizations, parties, or groups? (aipo)

Don't believe such groups exist 29%

No opinion as to whether or not they exist 44

Named none or can't recall 5

German Bund; Silver Shirts 4

Labor; labor leaders; unions 7

Communists 3

Named individuals: Lewis, Browder, Petrillo, Hillman,
Gerald Smith, Father Coughlin, Billing, Hearst. ... 5

America First 2

The present administration 1

Underground movements *

Ku Klux Klan 1

Big business 1

Newspapers 1

Catholic Church 1

Women of the Pacific, etc 1

Miscellaneous 4

109%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) What do you think the govern-
ment should do about renewed Fascist activity in this country?
(bipo)

0 ^ S; >:3 Q o

Quell it; stamp it out;
deal drastically with
them 37% 36% 39% 44% 40% 33% 31%

Hang them; shoot them 5 6 5 18 4 3 —

Have all leaders ar-
rested; deported 3 3 3 — 4 3 —

Arrest them; "nip it in

the bud" 8 8 8—779

Send them to a Fascist

country; deport them 2 3 2 4 — 2 —

Make their activities il-
legal 8 7 8 4 4 8 24

Ban all activities of a

doubtful nature 3 3 3 — 6 2 —

Nothing; ignore them.. 10 12 8 9 14 13 15

Wc are a democratic
country; let them ad-
vance their point of
view but keep an eye
on them 6 5 7 4 7 7 6

Cannot do anything if

not infringing law .1 2 1 — 1 — —

Miscellaneous 4 5 3 4 7 3 —

No answer, don't know 13 10 13 13 6 19 15

7. (US June 12 '46) Would you say there are many or only a
few Fascists in the United States today? 42% of the sample
who thought there were many Fasicsts and 32% who thought
there were a few were asked : Can you name any in the United
States today? (aipo)

No opinion as to whether or not there

are Fascists in the country 26%

Couldn't or wouldn't name any 61

Earl Browder 1

Harry Bridges 1%

Gerald Smith 3

Rankin 2

Bilbo 3

Hamilton Fish 1

Father Coughlin 1

McCorniick 1

John L. Lewis 1

Miscellaneous 8

109%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one person.

FINANCE

1. (US May 2 '45) Will you tell me briefly what is meant by
these terms? Among others was listed: Bretton Woods Plan.
(aipo)

Correct 12%

Incorrect 1

Vague 14

No answer 73

2. (US May 29 '45) Will you tell me in general what you think
the Bretton Woods proposal deals with? (aipo)

World monetary system; world bank; international bank-

ing 12%

Peace proposals 4

Economic plan for world government; economic stabili-
zation 3

World affairs 1

Others (International organization to promote world

trade; relief for small countries; etc.) 3

Never heard of it 47

Didn't say 30

3. (US May 29 '45) Do you think Congress should pass a law
to put the Bretton Woods proposal into effect? Asked of 23%
of the sample who said they knew what the Bretton Woods
proposal dealt with, (aipo)

Yes 52% No 16% Undecided 32% = 100% of those questioned

Austria

1. (US Sept 25 '46) General Mark Clark believes that if we
make a loan of one hundred and fifty million dollars to Austria
it may help to keep that country from coming under the con-
trol of Russia. Do you think we should make this loan to
Austria? (aipo)
Yes 27% No 47% No opinion 26%

Brazil

1. (Brazil Sept '46) Should the government encourage foreign

capital to make investments in Brazil? (ibope)

Yes 57%o No 42% No opinion 1%,

Canada

1. (Canada Dec 29 '45) In the next two or three years do you
think our government in Ottawa will need more money than
in the years before the war started, less money than before the
war, or about the same amount as before the war? (cipo)

[210]

National total.

More Less

money money

Same

Undecided

72% 6%

16%

ECONOMIC STATUS

81% 4%

13%

75 6

66 7

Upper class 81%

Middle class

Lower class

2. (Canada May 25 '46) Canada has just agreed to lend Britain
one and one-quarter billion dollars. Do you think this loan is
going to benefit Canada or not? (cipo)

Don't know
Yes No or undecided

National total 51% 28% 21%

BY SELECTED PROVINCES

Ontario 64%, 18% 18%

Quebec 26 48 26

Central and South America

1. (US Dec 10 '40) Do you think the United States should
lend money to Central and South American countries to help
them build up their industries, railroads, and defenses? (opor)

Yes 58%

No 22

No opinion and no answer. . 8
Qualified answers 12

France

1. (France Dec 16 '44) Do you plan to subscribe to the libera-
tion loan? (fipo)

Yes 47%

No 40

No opinion 11

Yes, qualified 2

2. (France Jan 1 '45) Do you think that the present national
loan will be a success? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 74% 11% 157o

Provinces 77 6 17

3. (France June 1 '45) How do you feel about the financial
policy expounded by the Finance Minister, M. Pleven, in his
March 29 speech? (fipo)

Satisfied 23% Dissatisfied 37% No answer 40%

4. (France Feb 1 '46) Do you think it necessary for the gov-
ernment to have a plan in order to put the economy in order?
(fipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 80% 7% 13%

Informed opinion 81 9 10

6. (France Mar 16 '46) In your opinion, what will have to

be done to straighten out the financial situation in France?

(fipo)

Reduce the great fortunes, chiefly those of profiteers. . . . 22%

Work; produce; export 22

Curb the budget; reduce the number of officers and the

appropriation for the army 17

Stabilize prices and readjust wages 4

Clean up the finances 4

Return to liberal economy 3

Establish planned economy 2

Trade with foreign countries 1

Other answers 6

No opinion 19

6. (France Apr 1 '46) Do you think the United States will
give Leon Blum the credit which he plans to ask of them?
(fipo)

Yes 17%

Partially 40

No 21

No opinion 22

7. (US May 15 '46) Have you followed the discussion about
the United States lending money to France? 35% of the sample
who said they had followed the discussion were asked: Do
you think Congress should or should not approve the loan?
(aipo)

Uninformed on the subject 65%

Think Congress should approve 17

Should not approve 14

No opinion as to whether or not
Congress should approve 4

8. (US May 15 '46) If the loan is important in keeping France
strong in a military or financial way during the next twenty-
five years, do you think Congress should or should not ap-
prove the loan? Asked of 18% of the sample who either thought
Congress should not approve the loan or had no opinion on
the subject, (aipo)

Should 5% Should not 10% No opinion 3%, = 18%

9. (France July 1 '46) Do you consider that Leon Blum's mis-
sion to the United States was successful? (fipo)

Yes, very 20%

Yes, fairly 49

No 7

No opinion 24

Germany

1. (Germany July 25 '46) At present economic policy is being
directed separately by the government of the three states of
the United States zone. Would it be better or worse if economic
policy were directed by a central German government for the
whole American zone? (omgus)

Better 79%

Worse 3

No difference 3

No opinion 15

Great Britain

1. (US Sept 6 '45) England plans to ask this country for a
new loan of three to five billion dollars to help England get
back on its feet. Would you approve or disapprove of the
United States making such a loan? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total . . .' 27% 60% 13%

BY occupation

Business and professional. . . . 37%

White-collar 35

Farmers 26

Manual workers 20

BY EDUCATION

College 45%

High school .- 32

Grade school or less 22

JJ/O

54
62
65

50%

Republican .
Democratic.

BY politics

.... 28% 62%

.... 28 59

8%
11
12
15

5%
10
15

10%
13

[211]

2. (US Sept 6 '45) If we lend England this money, do you think
we will be repaid in part, in full, or not at all? (aipo)

In part or in full 39% Not at all 41% No opinion 20%

3. (US Sept 6 '45) England plans to ask this country for a
new loan of two to four billion dollars to help England get
back on its feet. Would you approve or disapprove of the
United States making such a loan? (aipo)

Approve 23%

Disapprove 56

Approve ifr

Not a gift 4

Get securities 3

If given bases or material . . 1

They really need it 1

They pay interest 1 .

Without interest *

If we can spare it *

Miscellaneous 1

No opinion 10

* Less than 0.5%.

4. (US Sept 6 '45) If we lend England this money, do you
think we will be repaid in part, in full, or not at all? (aipo)

In full 15%

In part 29

Not at all 41

No opinion 15

5. (US Nov 21 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of hav-
ing this country loan England three to five billion dollars to
help England get back on its feet? (aipo)

Approve 30% Disapprove 59% No opinion 11%

6. (US Nov 21 '45) If we make this loan, do you think that
the United States as well as England will benefit from this in
addition to the interest paid us on the loan? (aipo)

Yes 31% No 49% No opinion 20%,

7. (US Nov 21 '45) The cross-section that was asked the pre-
ceding question was also asked: Do you think England has to
have this loan to get back on its feet quickly? (aipo)

Yes 40%, No 39% No opinion 21%o

8. (US Nov 21 '45) A comparable cross-section that was not
asked question number 6 was asked a slightly different form
of the question; Do you think England has to have this loan
to get back on its feet? (aipo)

Yes 26% No 52% No opinion 22%

9. (US Dec 5 '45, Dec 19 '45, Feb 13 '46, Feb 27 '46, Mar
13 '46, Mar 27 '46, Apr 24 '46, May 15 '46, May 29 '46) The
Dec 5 and 19 '45 samples, the Feb 13 and one of two Mar 27
samples, the May 15 and May 29 '46 samples were asked:
Have you followed the discussion about the United States
lending money to England? All other samples including a
second comparable Mar 27 '46 sample were asked: Have you
heard or read about the proposed loan to Britain? All those
who had followed the discussion or heard about the loan
(depending on how the question was worded) were asked
follow-up quest ons. The Dec 5 and 19 "45 samples were asked:
What is your opinion about making this loan? The Feb 13
sample and the Mar 27 sample that had been asked the "Have
you followed" question, the May 15 and the May 29 '46
samples were asked: Do you think Congress should or should
not approve the loan? The Feb 27 and Mar 13 samples, the
second Mar 27 sample, and the Apr '46 sample were asked:
Do you favor or oppose having our government make this
loan? (aipo)

-2 .:>

3 5

go S

^•1

Dec 5 '45 29%, 13%

Dec 19 '45 31 16

Feb 13 '46 43 22

Feb 27 '46 1 -) 30

Mar 13 '46 13 26

*Mar 27 '46 35 27

**Mar 27 '46 15 29

Apr 24 '46 13 30

May 15 '46 33 29

May 29 '46 30 25

* "Have you heard or read" series.

** "Have you followed the discussion" series.

22%

33%
25

4
6

■^ §

S c

!-§

< s

x<v

J/0

6
10
10

10. (US Dec 19 '45) If England agrees to spend most of the
money in this country for foodstuffs and raw materials, would
you favor or oppose making the loan? Asked of 69% of the
sample who had followed the discussion about the English
loan, (aipo)

Favor 43% Oppose 21% No opinion 5% = 69%

11. (US Feb 13 '46 and Mar 27 '46) What do you think is the
best argument in favor of granting the loan? What do you
think is the best argument against granting the loan? Both
questions were asked of those who had followed the discussion
about the loan — 57% of the Feb sample and 65% of the Mar
sample, (aipo)

FEB '46 RESULTS

In favor
It will promote world trade and stimulate business

within the United States 16%

England is badly in need of the loan 7

We should make the loan in the interests of a good

neighbor policy 4

England is our ally, and important to us as a first line

of defense in Europe 4

Miscellaneous replies 5

No answer 28

64%**
Against

Britain won't pay the loan back 28%

US needs the money itself 6

We've already given Britain too much 4

England doesn't need or want the loan 2

England will use the loan to further her own interests

and against the US 2

The loan will increase our already heavy tax burden. . 1

Miscellaneous 4

No answer 17

64%**

MAR '46 RESULTS

In favor

Promote business, world trade 21%

England needs it to rebuild 11

England was our ally; to show England our apprecia-
tion 2

[212]

Good will; keeping them friendly 6%

Stabilizes money *

International stabilization 1

Mortgage in Canada *

No answer 10

None 16

67%***
Against

Won't pay it back; haven't paid old debt 29%

Our country needs it 8

We already gave them too much 6

England doesn't need or want it; has enough resources 3

England will use loan to further her interests only. , . 2

Loan will increase taxes 2

If give to England will have to give to other countries 2

Apt to be in war with her 1

Miscellaneous 1

None 5

No answer . . . . 7

66%***

* Less than 0.3%.

** Percentages add to more than 57% because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

*** Percentages add to more than 65 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

12. (US Feb 27 '46 and Mar 13 '46) Would you favor the loan
if it helps to revive world trade? Asked of 51% of the Feb
and 53% of the Mar sample who knew about the loan and
either opposed it or had no opinion, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Feb '46 34% 12% 5% = 51%

Mar '46 34 13 6 = 53

13. (US May 15 '46) If the loan is important in keeping Eng-
land strong in a military or financial way during the next
twenty-five years, do you think Congress should or should
not approve the loan? Asked of 38% of the sample familiar
with the loan to England who either opposed it or had no
opinion on the subject, (aipo)

Should 9% Should not 23% No opinion 6% = 38%

14. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) Have you been following the
discussion on America lending money to Britain? 72% of the
sample who said they had followed the discussion were asked:
Do you approve or disapprove of our accepting the loan? (bipo)

National total.

■^

>£,

■«

■IS

■« S

■ft.

- 3

-1

t:i

ff ^

50%

17%

= 72%

28%

100%

Men 58% 18% 5% = 81% 19%

Women 42 15 5 = 62 38

21-29 years 47%

30-49 years 51

50 years and over . . 51

-«

-5
-1 1

•^

a ■:;

<i.

*-.

^ '-i

fe.

BY ECONOMIC

STATUS

Higher

. 60%

29%

= 93%

Middle

. 59

= 85

Lower

. 46

= 65

BY POLITICS

Conservative

. 48%

26%

= 80%

20%

Labor

. 53

= 72

Liberal

. 56

= 83

National Liberal. .

. 52

= 92

Others

. 46

= 70

Didn't vote

. 35

= 55

BY AGE

15%

= 68%

32%

= 74

= 71

15. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) What is your main objection
[to our accepting a loan from America]? Asked of 17% of the
total sample who disapproved of England accepting the loan.
(bipo)

Interest too high; terms too harsh 5%

We'll owe money for generations; burden the young;

never be able to pay 3

Unnecessary; should be independent 3

Will make us dependent on USA; cause disagreement in

later generations 2

Could have made arrangements with dominions on bet-
ter terms 1

Curtailment sterling bloc activities; adverse effect on

Empire trade 1

Miscellaneous 1

No comment 1

17%

16. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) Do you believe that by keeping
up austerity Britain could reconstruct her industry and trade
without borrowing from America? (bipo)

Yes
National total 32%

BY SEX

Men 35%

Women 28

BY AGE

21-29 years 29%

30-49 years 35

50 years and over 29

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 41%

Middle 32

Lower 31

BY OCCUPATION

Professional, salaried-executive. . . 35%

Salaried-clerical 31

Proprietor, shop or business; farm-
ers 37

Weekly wages: factory; heavy in-
dustry; transport; miner 33

Agricultural (except farmers) 41

Weekly wages, all others 34

Housewives 27

Retired; unoccupied 24

No
47%

Don' t know
21%

51%
43

14%
29

50%

21%

52%

7%
16
25

54%
59

11%
10

[213]

17. (US Feb 27 '46) Do you think the loan [to England] is
necessary to revive world trade? (aipo)

Yes 38% No 38% No opinion 20% No answer 4%

18. (US Apr 24 '46) Senator Vandenberg says that we must
grant the loan to England for America's sake. Do you agree
or disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree 28% Disagree 52% No opinion 20%

19. (US May 29 '46) Have you followed the discussion about
the United States lending money to England? 77% of the sam-
ple who had followed the discussion were asked: Which do
you favor — lending England about three and a half billion
dollars or making an outright gift to England of one and a
quarter billion dollars? (aipo)

Haven't followed discussion 23%

Favor lending 30

Favor gift 17

i Neither 27

' No opinion as to what should be done. . 3

ECONOMIC STATUS

Hungary

1. (Hungary Dec 6-8 '45, Dec 22-24 '45, Feb 15-18 '46) Do
you admit the necessity of devaluation? Asked in Budapest.
(hipor)

Yes No Uncertain

Dec 6-8 '45 24% 72% 4%

Dec 22-24 '45 46 50 4

Feb 15-18 '46 59 35 6

2. (Hungary Apr '46) Will the financial position be improved
by the subordination of the national bank to the Ministry ( f
Finance? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

Other;

undecided;
Yes No no answer

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Fixed income

Educated class 53.5% 37.8% 8.7%

Small bourgeois 59.3 27.1 13.6

Workers 55.6 26.9 17.5

Variable income

Educated class 38.3 52.2 9.5

Small bourgeois 51.5 44.6 3.9

Workers 43.7 46.3 10.0

BY SIZE OP COMMUNITY AND SEX

Town

Men 49.3%

Women 50.9

Village

Men 76.3

Women 58.9

3. (Hungary May '46) Will stabilization be effective? Asked
in Budapest, (hipor)

Yes 53% No 42% Uncertain 5%

4. (Hungary Sept '46) How are your expectations toward
stabilization realized? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

■Very well 72%

Even more than expected 16

Less than expected and don't know. . 12

6. (Hungary Oct '46) Would you approve or disapprove of
the opening of the stock exchange next fall? Asked in Budapest.
(hipor)

41.4%
32.4

9.3%
16.7

17.2
7.3

6.5
33.8

Other,

Usapprove

no answer

17.5%

17.0%

23.1

18.4

22.0

24.9

Approve

Well-off 65.5%

Medium 58.5

Badly-off 53.1

6. (Hungary Oct '46) Why [do you disapprove of the opening
of the stock exchange]? Asked of a Budapest cross-section who
approved of opening, (hipor)

Well-off Medium Badly-off
Gives ground for speculation and

for black market 29.9% 25.3% 23.1%

Spoils the value of the forint;

gives ground for inflation ... . 9.4 20.2 27.9
Does not serve the working peo-
ple's interest; not sound 75 21.5 15. 0

Too early yet 16.1 8.9 7.1

Not necessary 23.7 16.4 15.4

Don't know; other answers 13.4 7.7 115

7. (Hungary Dec '46) How do you find the government finan-
cial policy during the inflation period? (hipor)

Well done 51% Badly 43% Uncertain 6%

8. (Hungary Dec '46) What change do you expect in Hungary's
economic relations with her neighbors after the signing of
the peace treaty? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Rapid
progress

Educated 40.0%

Bourgeoisie 42.8

Worker 39.8

Netherlands

1. (Netherlands Nov 20 '45) Do you think that by handing in
the old bank notes and further measures of Minister Lieftinck
all "black" properties will be found out? (nipo)
Yes 29% No 63% No opinion 8%

Russia

1. (US Sept '45) Russia has requested six billion dollars in
credits; how do you think this request should be handled?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)
Credit should be extended through US government

channels 30.8%

Credit should be extended through private banking

channels 49.8

Both of above 3.4

No credit at all should be extended 9.4

Don't know 6.6

2. (US Oct 3 '45) Russia has asked this country for a loan of
six billion dollars to help Russia get back on its feet. Would
you approve or disapprove of the United States making such
a loan? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 27% 60% 13%

Slow

Other,

progress

change

no answer

56.5%

2.9%

0.6%

53.9

1.7

1.6

50.9

2.2

7.1

BY EDUCATION

College 45%,

High school 29

Grade school or less 22

48%

7%
12
16

[214]

Approve Disapprove No opinion

55%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business. . . 36%

White-collar 32

Farmers 22

Manual workers 23

3. (US Oct 3 '45) If we lend Russia this money, do you think
we will be repaid in part, in full, or not at all? (aipo)

In part 26%

In full 23

Not at all 35

No opinion 16

4. (US Oct 3 '45) Russia has asked this country for a loan of
six billion dollars to repair her war damages, build up industry,
and raise the standard of living of the Russian people. Would
you approve or disapprove of the United States making such
a loan? The cross-section for this and the following question
was a separate one comparable to that used for the two pre-
ceding questions, (aipo)

Approve 27^;

Disapprove 59%) No opinion 14%

5. (US Oct 3 '45) If we lend Russia this money, do you think
we will be repaid in part, in full, or not at all? (aipo)

In part 27%

In full 21

Not at all 32

No opinion 20

U.S.

1. (us May '44) What is your guess on the probable size of
the national income two years and five years after the war?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Tu'o years Five years

Under $80 billion

Between $80 billion and $110 billion. .
Between $110 billion and $140 billion.
Between $140 billion and $170 billion.
Over $170 billion

after

the war

6.5% .

15.4%

42.3

36.5

41.5

32.3

7.5

11 9

2.2

FIREARMS

1. (US Mar 30 '38) Do you think all owners of pistols and
revolvers should be required to register with the government?
(Jan 19 '40) Would you favor or oppose a law requiring all
private citizens owning pistols or guns to register with the
government? (aipo)

Yes, or No, or

favor oppose

Mar '38 84% 16% =

Jan '40 80 20 =

MAR '38 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

100%
100

No opinion

6%
7

New England 90%,

Middle Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Mountain

Pacific coast

82
86
83
83
82
85

10%,

MAR '38 RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large cities 86% 14%

Small towns.
Farms.

80
82

20
18

2. (Canada Jan 19 '46) In some cities, police have been issued
with machine guns. Do you think this is a good idea or a
bad idea? (cipo)

Good idea Bad idea Undecided
National total 40%, 47% 13%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farm 40%

Under 10,000 population 40

10,000 to 100,000 43

Over 100,000 39

46%

14%

FISH AS FOOD

FINLAND

Climate

1. (Finland June 7 '46) What do you think the weather will
be like next summer, and on what do you base your assump-
tion? (fgi)

Warm; lovely; sunny 23%

Good; yielding 9

Cold; nasty; rainy 16

Bad; poor harvest 1

Medium; normal 3

Changeable 4

Don't know 49

105%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

1. (Great Britain June 12 '45) Have you found that there has
been more fresh fish during the past two or three weeks? (bipo)
Yes 37% No 36% Don't know 27%

2. (Great Britain Mar '46) Did you (your wife) buy any fish
during the last seven days? (bipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total '..... 73% 23% 4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 82% . 16% 2%

Middle 72 23 5

Lower 72 24 4

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

London and South 73% 23% 4%

North and Midlands 72 23 5

Wales 76 24 —

Scotland 72 23 5

3. (Great Britain Mar '46) When did you last buy fish? Asked
of 23% of the sample who had not bought any fish during the
last seven days, (bipo)

[215]

1 week 1%

2 weeks 7

3 weeks 4

4 weeks 2

5-6 weeks 1

3 months 1

More than 3 months 1

Not specified 6

23%

FOOD

FLAGS

1. (Canada July 21 '43, Nov 3 '45, Mar 20 '46) Should Canada
have a national flag of its own, or do you think we should
continue to use the Union Jack? The 1946 question read: Do
you approve of Canada having a national flag of its own, etc.
(cipo)

National Union

fl^S /aci Undecided

July '43 51% 42% 7%

Nov '45 68 26 6

Mar '46 68 28 4

JULY RESULTS BY ANCESTRY

British origin 37% 58% 5%

French origin 82 9 • 9

Other 42 48 10

NOVEMBER RESULTS BY POLITICS

Liberal.. 74% 21% 5%

Progressive-Conservative 49 45 6

CCF 71 22 7

2. (Canada Mar 20 '46) If it is decided to have a national flag,
do you think the Union Jack should be part of it? Asked of
72% of the sample who voted for a national flag or were
undecided, (cipo)

Union Jack part 37%

Union Jack not part 29

Undecided 6

72%

FOLKLORE

1. (Sweden Mar '46) Do you think it valuable in this neigh-
borhood to keep a record of stories and folklore from old
times? Asked of a national cross-section of villagers, (sgi)

Valuable Nothing

to keep Not of this Don't

record important kind here know

National total 73% 10% 8% 9%

BY AGE

15-19 years........ '66% 11% 12% 11%

20-29 years 65 17 10 8

30-49 years 76 8 8 8

50-64 years 76 8 7 9

65 years and over. .71 11 7 11

1. (US Nov 30 '40 and Nov 13 '41) Would the health of your
family be better if you had more money each week to spend
on food? (aipo)

Yes, better No, same

Nov '40 40% 60%

Nov '41 39 61

2. (US Nov 30 '40 and Nov 13 '41) If you had more money,
what foods would you spend it on? In 1940 all respondents
were asked the question, in 1941 only the 39%) who thought
the health of their families would be better were asked, (aipo)

Nov '40 Nov '41

Meat; fowl; fish; etc 37% 45%

Fruit; fruit juices 27 30

Vegetables 31 33

Milk; cream; eggs 28 33

Foods with a large sugar content; sweets 5 2

Bread ; cereals 7 5

Good, solid foods 16 —

Food with more vitamins 2 —

All other answers 14 22

Don't know — 8

167%* 178%**

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

** Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
their family's health would be better if they had more money for food
and add to more than 100 because some respondents gave more than
one answer.

3. (US Dec 2 '40) Do you think the health of most families
in your neighborhood would be better if they had more money
each week to spend on food? (aipo)

Yes, better 47% No, same 50% No, worse 3%

4. (US Nov 30 '40) If they [families in your neighborhood]
had more money, what foods do you think they would spend
it on? (aipo)

Meat 22%

Luxury foods 18

Vegetables 16

Fruit 11

Dairy products 10

Good, solid food 7

Bread; cereal; etc 5

Eggs 3

Vitamin foods 1

Miscellaneous foods 6

Greater amount of food .... 1

Would buy something else. . 13

Don't know 27

140%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

FOOD ADULTERATION
AND INSPECTION

1. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46) Do you think that regulations
concerning cleanliness of the food sold to the public are strict
enough or should they be tightened? (bipo)

[ 216 J

National total.

Strict
enough

u7o

BY SEX

Men . 24%

Women 24

Ttght-
ensd
66%

65%
66

BY AGE

66%

21-29 years 23%

30-49 years 22

50 years and over 27

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 19% 76%

Middle 20 73

Lower 25 62

Very poor 30 55

Don't

know

10%

11%
10

11%

7
13
15

2. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46) What particular instances have
you in mind? Asked of 66% of the sample who thought that
regulations concerning cleanliness of the food sold to the
public should be tightened, (bipo)

Dirty conditions in food shops; inadequate protection of
food exposed for sale; unhygienic methods of wrap-

ping-

19%

Preparation of food in hotels and restaurants; dirty
restaurant kitchens; use of unsterilized and cracked

earthenware 3

Contamination of food by rats and other vermin 2

Smoking in food shops and cafes 1

More frequent inspection of shops and restaurants nec-
essary 2

Ice cream 17

Meat 11

Milk 7

Bread and cakes 7

Fish 6

Fruit and vegetables 1

Tinned foods 1

Miscellaneous. 5

82%*
* Percentages add to more than 66 because some respondents gave
more than one ansvi-er.

FOOD PRICES AND PRICE
REGULATION

1. (us Sept 3 '42) Who or what do you think is most to blame
for the increase in food prices? (aipo) (May 22 '43) In general,
do you think food prices arc about where they should be, too
high, or too low? 67% of the sample who thought food prices
were too high were asked: What do you think is mostly re-
sponsible for the fact that they're too high? (norc)

SEPT '42 RESULTS

Profiteers; wholesalers; retailers; big business 27%

The high cost of labor; wage increases and labor short-
age; the failure of the government to put a ceiling on

wages 16

The war; world conditions; a natural trend of the times . 14

The farm bloc; the farmers 8

The administration; the President 8

Congress; politics 7

Scarcities; shortage of food and increased demand; army

needs; sending food abroad 10%,

Henderson; OPA 2

Failure to put a ceiling on farm prices 3

Miscellaneous answers 8

Inflation 2

No opinion '. 22

MAY '43 RESULTS

Prices about where they should be 29%

Prices too low *

Don't know whether or not prices are too high 4

Shortages (general) are responsible 7

Shortages due to needs of armed forces 4

Shortages due to other shipments (no mention of army) . 5

Shortages of farm labor 4

Transportation difficulties 2

High wages and demand 8

Hoarding 4

Both decreased supply and increased demand 1

No mention of specific group to blame 7

Middlemen; wholesalers; jobbers; capitalists 5

Merchants; dealers; storekeepers 4

Specific mention of black market 3

Specific group to blame; farmers themselves 1

Farm bloc and politics 1

Government (general) 3

Ceilings have not been put on uniformly or soon

enough 2

Other criticisms of OPA ceilings 3

Rationing 1

Labor costs 2

Other high costs 1

Miscellaneous 4

No reason given for prices being too high 7

112%**

* Less than 05%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Sept 9 '43) How do you feel about prices now — on
food, for instance? Do you think food prices are about where
they should be, too high, or too low? (Nov '43) Do you think
the prices you pay now for most foods are about right, or do
you think they are too high or too low? (Jan 7 '44) In general,
do you think food prices are about where they should be, too
high, or too low? (June 23 '44) Now I'd like to ask you some
questions about prices. In general do you think food prices
are about where they should be, too high, or too low? (norc)

About
where they
should he

Sept '43 22%

Nov "43 39

Jan '44 28

June '44 33

3. (US Sept 9 '43) Well, since the beginning of the summer,
have prices on any of these things changed? As far as you
know, have food prices changed since the beginning of the
summer? (Jan 7 '44) Since last summer, have prices on any of
these things changed? As far as you know, have food prices
changed since last summer? (June 23 '44) As far as you know,
have food prices changed jince last winter? 67% of the 1943
sample, 72% of the Jan '44 sample and 57% of the June '44

Too

Don't

high

low

know

74%

[217]

sample who said they had changed were asked: Have they
gone up or down? (norc)

Sept Jan 7 June 23

'4'i '44 '44

Have not changed 26% 20% 32%

Don't know whether or not they

have changed 7 8 11

Have gone up 46 63 51

Have gone down 2 1 3

Some up, some down 18 8 3

Didn't know whether up or down. . -y * *

* Less than 05%.

4. (US Sept 9 '43) Which foods have gone up? Asked of 18%
of the sample who said some food prices had gone up and some
had gone down since the beginning of the summer. (Jan 7 '44)
Which foods in particular have you noticed going up? Asked
of 63% of the sample who said prices had gone up and 8%
who said some had gone up, some down, (norc)

Sept '43 Jan '44

— 29%
7% -
7 27
6 13
5 23
4 11

2 8
1 3
1 —

3 15

— 3

— 2

— 7

— 5
1 —

Meat

Meat and chicken

Vegetables

Eggs ...

Fruits (canned, fresh, frozen and dried).

Butter and fats

Flovu:, meal, and cereals (bread)

Milk fresh or unspecified

Cheese

Miscellaneous

Other farm products

Sweets

All groceries

Don't know

Not ascertainable

37%* 146%**
* Percentages add to more than 18 because some respondents gave

mote than one answer.
** Percentages add to more than 71 because some respondents gave

more than one answer.

5. (US Nov '43) If food prices go any higher than they are
now, do you think this would be a good thing or a bad thing
for the country as a whole? (norc)

Good thing 4%

Bad thing 90

Neither 3

Don't know 3

6. (US Nov '43) If some food prices do go higher than they
are now, do you think this would affect prices on other things
or not? 79% of the sample who thought higher food prices
would affect prices on other things were asked: Would prices
on other things go up or down? (norc)

Prices would go up 77%

Prices would go down 1

Don't know what effect would be 1

Don't think other prices would be affected. . . 16
Don't know whether or not other prices would
be affected 5

7. (US Nov '43) If some food prices do go higher than they
are now, do you think this would affect wages and salaries in
any way? 73% of the sample who thought wages would be
affected were asked: Would wages and salaries go up or down?
(norc)

Wages would go up 70%

Wages would go down 1

Don't know what effect it would have 2

Don't think wages would be affected 21

Don't know whether or not wages would be
affected 6

8. (US Jan 7 '44 and June 23 '44) During the next year, do you
think the government will really be able to keep food prices
under control? 42% of the Jan sample and 58%* of the June
sample who thought they would be able to and 29% of the
Jan sample and 16% of the June sample who thought they
would not were asked: Why do you think so? (norc)

Jan '44 June '44
Don't know whether or not the government

will be able to control prices 29% 26%

Will be successful because:
Already successful; will continue to be

successful 9 26

The government has the power and the

organization 6 9

Ceiling ptices 5 5

The public is learning to cooperate 3 3

They are successful in controlling other

things 2 1

Subsidies 1 **

. Wage control 1 **

Supply of food is sufficient 1 3

The government can do anything 7 —

The system is improving 3 —

Depends on election — 3

The war will be over — 1

Miscellaneous reasons 1 1

Don't know why they will be successful. . 5 6
Will be unsuccessful because:

Already failed (general) 7 6

Laxity in enforcement and official raising

of ceiling prices 4 2

Black-market control impossible 4 2

Lack of wage control 3 1

Shortages of food 2 2

Too much confusion in the government. .2 **

The job is too big 2 1

Lobbies and pressure groups (not unions) . 1 1

Too much fighting in Congress 1 **

Failure to pass subsidies 1 **

Miscellaneous reasons 2 1

Don't know why they will be unsuccessful . 2 1

104%t 101%t
* Includes 6% who thought the government would be successful but

qualified their answers.
** Less than 0.5%.
f Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave

more than one answer.

9. (US May 18 '44) Do you think food prices will go up or
down during the next year? 34% of the sample who thought
they would go up and 9% who thought they would go down
were asked : Why? (norc)

Don't know whether they will go up or down 2.2%

Will stay the same 35

Will go up because:

Prices have risen steadily 10

Shortage of food supplies 8

Manpower shortage 4

Military and lend-lease needs 3

Production costs are higher 3

Prices always go up during a war 2

[218]

Profiteering 2%

People have more money 2

Price control is inadequate 2

Miscellaneous reasons . , 2

Don't know why they will go up 2

Will go down because:

Supplies of food are sufficient 5

Prices are going down now 1

End of war 1

Government will keep control of them 1

Miscellaneous reasons 1

106%*
* Percentages add to more rh.in 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (US June 23 '44} Now that most meats and canned vege-
tables have been taken off rationing, do you think it is still
necessary to have ceiling prices on them? (norc)

Yes 80%

No 13%

Don't know 7%

11. (US Sept 11 '46) Do you think the present price ceilings
should be kept on or taken off other foods [than meat]? (Oct
10 '46) Should the Congress to be elected this November keep
or do away with price controls on other foods [than meats]?
(aipo)

Kept on

Sept '46 42%o

Oct '46 27

Do away

or taken

off

opinion

51%

FOOD RELIEF

1. (US Aug 22 '43, Sept 19 '43, Feb 13 '46) Would you be will-
ing to put up with present shortages of butter, sugar, meat,
and other rationed food products in order to give food to people
who need it in Eutopc? In Sept '43 and Feb '46 the question
read "continued to put up with present shortages," etc. In
Feb '46 the term "rationed" was omitted from the question.
(aipo)

Yes

opinion

answer

73%

22%

—

Aug 22 '45

Sept '45 73

Feb '46 73

2. (US Aug 22 '43) Would you be willing to put up with pres-
ent shortages of butter, sugar, meat, and other rationed food
products in order to give food to people who need it in Japan?
(aipo)

Yes 33%t, No 62% No opinion 5%o

3. (Sweden Sept '45) Do you think it right that the food relief
which the victors will have to give suffering nations in Europe
during the coming winter should be given to Germans to the
same extent as to others? (sGi)

San2e ex- First to

tent to other

Germans nations

National total 64% 28%

First to
Germans

BY ECONO^^C STATUS

Upper class 76% 21%o

Middle class 67 26

Workers 61 31

1%
1

Don't

know

Same ex-
tent to
Germans

First to

other
nations

Right party

Liberal

Agrarian

Social Democratic .
Communist

BY POLITICS

74%
70

69
62
58

23%

First to
Germans

1%
1

Don't
know

4. (Sweden Dec '45) Should Sweden make even greater efforts
than at present to help the suffering peoples of Europe, even if
this should mean postponing the abolition of rationing of the
most important foods? (soi)

National total.

Men . . .
Women.

Should

make

We do suf-

Already

greater

ficient as

done too

Don't

efforts

it is

much

know

48%

46%

SEX

45%

49%

Y ECONOMIC STATUS

65%

31%

—

Upper class 63'

Middle class 52

Workers

5. (Sweden Dec '45) Should this Swedish help [to suffering
peoples of Europe] be given to Germany to the same extent as
to other nations, or do you think that Germany should not
have the same help? Asked of 48% of the sample who thought
Sweden should make an even greater effort to help even if ra-
tioning had to be continued. (sGi)

More help Less

to Germany help

than to to

others Germany

National total... 38%, 1%) 8%,

Same

help

to '

Germany

38%

Don't
know

1% =

Men 35% 1%, 8%

Women 41 1 9

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 55% 4% ' 6%

Middle class 42 — 8

Workers 33 1 8

1% = 45%
2 = 53

- = 65%

2% = 52
2 =44

6. (Australia Dec '43 and Apr-May '46) To provide more but-
ter for Britain, do you think we should or should not reduce
our weekly butter ration from six ounces to four ounces for the
next year? To provide more meat for Britain, would you favor
or oppose reducing our meat ration by a quarter? (apop)

Favor Against No
reduction
Butter

Dec '45 45%o

Apr-May '46 43

Meat

Dec '43 37

Apr-May '46 57

52%
53

40
39

opinion

3%
4

7. (US Dec 5 '45) Do you think the German people in the part
of the country which the United States occupies and controls
will all get enough to eat to live on this winter? (aipo)

[219]

Yes, will
get enough

National total 49%

Veterans only 49

8. (US Dec 5 '45) Should we ship more food into this area [in
Germany] which we occupy? (aipo)

opinion

34%

17%

Yes

National total 48%

Veterans only 38

opinion

35%

17%

9. (US Feb 13 '46) Would you eat less meat and use less flour
in order to send more food to the people of Europe? (aipo)
Yes 67% No 22% No opinion 11%

10. (US Mar '46) Would you be willing to have meat and but-
ter rationed again so that we could send more food to needy
countries that fought on our side in the war, or would you
rather not have such rationing? (norc)

Willing 68% Not willing 29% Don't know 3%

None

Don't

know

13%
20

3%
4

11. (us Mar '46) If the people of Germany (Japan) are starv-
ing at the present time, do you think the United States should
sell them only what food they can pay for, or send them food
as a gift if they can't pay, or not send them any food at all?
(norc)

Sell
{exchange) Gift
Germany... 49% 35%

Japan 46 30

12. (US Mar 13 '46) Have you heard or read about the pro-
gram to send food to other nations during the next four months?
CApr 10 '46) Have you heard or read about the plan to send
food to other nations? (Apr 24 '46) Have you heard or read
ibout the program to send food to other nations during the
next three months? (May 15 '46, May 29 '46, June 12 '46) Have
you heard or read about the program to send food to other
nations during the next two months? (aipo)

Yes

Mar '46 92%

Apr 10 '46 94

Apr 24 '46 96

May 15 '46 95

May 29 '46 94

June '46 91

13. (US Mar 27 '46, Apr 24 '46, May 15 '46, June 12 '46)
Would you be willing to go back to food rationing in order to
send food to people in other nations? (aipo)

No opinion
or
Yes No undecided

Mar '46 59% 36% 5%

Apr '46 70 26 4

May '46 65 31 4

June '46 62 35 3

Men

Mar '46 53% 41% 6%,

May '46 58 37 5

Women

Mar '46 64 31 5

May '46 72 25 3

No answer

—

MAR '46 RESULTS BY AGE

21-29 years 56% 38%

30-49 years 60 35

50 years and over. . . 57 37

MAR '46 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 65% 31%

Republican 55 39

No opinion

or
undecided

4%
6

14. (US Mar 27 '46) It has been suggested that in order to get
enough food to feed people in other nations, this country
should go back to food rationing. Would you approve or dis-
approve of having rationing again to feed people in other na-
tions? A separate cross-section comparable to the one used for
the preceding question was used, (aipo)

Approve 46% Disapprove 50% No opinion 4%

15. (Denmark Apr 1 '46) Do you think we should help starv-
ing Europe? 96% of the sample who said they thought Den-
mark should help starving Europe were asked: By voluntary
rationing or by a cutting down of the rations on the part of
the government? (dgi)

Shouldn't help 4.0%

By voluntary rationing 70.1

By cutting down rations 18.2

Both 7.7

16. (Denmark Apr 1 '46) Which commodities do you think
should be cut? Asked of 18.2% of the sample who thought
starving Europe should be helped by a governmental cut in
rations, (dgi)

Bread 5.5%

Cereals 4.7

Butter 4.2

Sugar 3.8

18.2%

17. (Denmark Apr 1 '46) Would your point of view be the
same if it were only Germany that we should help? Asked of
96% of the sample who thought Denmark should help starv-
ing Europe, (dgi)

Yes 63% ■ No 37% = 100% of those questioned

18. (US Apr 24 '46) Did you hear or read about President
Truman's speech about the food shortage in other nations of
the world? (aipo)

Yes 72% No 28%

19. (US Apr 24 '46) Do you think the government has gone
too far or not far enough in taking steps to get food here to
send abroad? (aipo)

Too far 21%

About right 44

Not far enough 26

No opinion 9

20. (Great Britain May '46) Would you approve or disapprove
of further food restrictions in order to help ex-enemy coun-
tries? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 18% 77% 5%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

18%

77%

[220]

Approve

BY AGE

21-29 years 21%

30-49 years 17

50 years and over 17

Disapprove Don't know

74%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 33% 60%

Middle 24 69

Lower 14 81

Very poor 11 82

Conservative.

Labor

Liberal

Others

Non-voters. .

BY POLITICS

. . 14%
19
24
43

82%

7%
7
5
7

4%
5
5
11
6

21. (Great Britain May '46) Would you approve or disapprove
of further food restrictions in order to help Allied countries?
(bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 43% 51% 6%

Men . . . .
Women .

BY SEX

44%
42

by age

21-29 years 52%

30-49 years 42

50 years and over. ... 41

51%
51

44%

5%
7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 52%

Middle 47

Lower 37

Very poor 36

BY POLITICS

Conservative 42%

Labor 44

Liberal 50

Others 64

Non-voters 39

22. (Great Britain May '46) Would you approve or disapprove
of further food restrictions in order to help India? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 47%

BY SEX

Men

Women

43%
47
57
55

54%

43%

5%
6
6
9

4%
6
5
3

10%

50%

42%

' AGE

47%

43%

10%

21-29 years 47%

30-49 years 47

50 years and over .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 63% 34%,

Middle 54 38

Lower 41

Very poor 40

BY POLITICS

Conservative 47%

Labor 47

Liberal 51

Others 62

Non-voters 41

45%

23. (Sweden May '46) Have you or your family ever given uf
some of your rations in order to help the neighboring countries!

(sGl)

Yes, sev- Yes, a

eral times few times No Don't know

National total

19*;

32%

44%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

27%

DMMUNI-

28%

34%

Upper class 43%

Middle class 22

Workers 13

BY SIZE (

Large towns 31%

Other towns 19

Country 15

24. (Sweden May '46) Is it easier now than during the war
for you and your family to give up rations tp help other na-
tions? (sGi)

No dif- More diffi-
Easier now ference cult now Don't know
National total... 17% 48% 27% 8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 28%

Middle class 17

Workers 15

47%

20%

3MMU1

29
-riTY

44%

23%

Large towns 25%

Other towns 15

Country 15

25. (Sweden May '46) Which ration is it easiest for you to
spare? (sgi)

Bread and flour. . 47^

Oatmeal 18

Butter 4

Meat 14

Sugar 4

Cheese 13

Nothing 19

Don't know 10

62%

50%

42%

59%

47%

43%

129%* 142%,* 137%* 117%* 150%* 126%* 125%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

26. (Germany May 8 '46) Do you have friends or relatives
outside of Germany from whom you expect to or hope to re-
ceive food packages in the future? (omgus)

Expect to receive 7%

Hope to receive 1

Have already received *

No, no chance of it 92

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%,.

27. (US May 15 '46) It has been suggested that the govern-
ment take over most of the wheat and fats in this country to
feed people in other nations during the next sixty days. This
would leave very little for people in this country during that
time. Would you favor or oppose such a plan? (aipo)

Favor 42% Oppose 55% No opinion 3%

[221]

28. (Canada May 29 '46) What do you think is the main rea-
son why we are having continued rationing of butter, meat,
and sugar? 68% of the sample answered "To ship overseas."
This 68% was asked: Do you approve of rationing for this
purpose? (cipo)

Approve 77%, Disapprove 13% Don't know 10%o = 100%o

of those questioned

29. (Canada May 29 '46) Would you approve if any of these
products [butter, meat, and sugar] were still further rationed
to increase Canadian shipments overseas? Asked of 77% of a
sample of informed persons who approved of rationing for
the purpose of shipping food overseas, (cipo)

Approve 39% Disapprove 34% Don't know 4% = 77%

30. (Australia July 27 '46) Do you think Australia should
continue the present rationing of butter, meat, and sugar for
at least another year, so that as much food as possible can be
sent overseas? (apop)

Yes 72%, No 26% No opinion 2%

31. (Great Britain Oct '46) Would you approve or disapprove
of a world policy of sharing out the available food supplies,
even if it meant that this country did not return to some of
our pre-war luxuries? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 62% 29% 9%

Men . . . .
Women .

62%
61

21-29 years 64%

30-49 years 63

50 years and over .... 59

30%
28

27%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 63% 30%

Middle 65 28

Lower 60 30

Very poor 55 33

BY POLITICS

Labor 68%, 24%

Liberal 59 31

Conservative 56 36

Other voters 69 22

Non-voters 55 31

8%
11

9%
9
10

7
10
12

8%
10

9
14

32. (Canada Nov 13 '46) Do you think Canada is doing all
she can to help those countries in need of food, or do you think
we could do more? (cipo)

ational total .

Doing all
she can

64%

Could

do more

17%

Doing
too much

13%

BY SELECTED PROVINCES

Prairies 59% 27% %%

Quebec 62 8 26

Unde-
cided

6%
4

33. (Canada Nov 13 '46) What further steps should be under-
taken? Asked of 17% of the sample who felt Canada could do
more to help countries in need of food, (cipo)

More rationing; do with less here; etc 3%

More production (better land cultivation;

handle fish industry better, etc.) 2

Eliminate waste in shipping and distribution . 2

End strikes 1

■ ' Better organization; less graft 1

Draft more canned foods 1%

Allow more profit to farmers 1

Miscellaneous 4

No suggestions 2

17%

34. (Australia Nov 23 '46) Do you think we should continue
to ration both butter and meat for at least another year, so
that as much as possible can be sent overseas? (apop)

Ration both meat and butter 65%

Ration only meat 3

Ration only butter 2

Against rationing 27

Undecided 3

35. (Great Britain Dec '46) Is it likely or unlikely that you
will be sending any of your rationed foods to people in Ger-
many? (bipo)

Provi-
sions Sweets
National total ' 3% 2%

None
59%

Men . . .
Women.

by sex

.. 2%
3

21-29 years 2%,

30-49 years 4

50 years and over 2

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 7%o

Middle 4

Lower 2

Very poor 1

Conservative.
Labor voters.

Liberal

Others

Non-voters . .

BY POLITICS

. . . . 3%

Housewives only 2

2%
3

2%
1

2%
2
1
2

96%
94

95
96

91%
94
97
97

96%

FOOD SUPPLY

1. (Great Britain July '39) What extra supplies of food have
you bought in case of emergency? (bipo)

For 1 week or less 9%

1-2 weeks 4

2-3 weeks —

3-13 weeks 2

Haven't but intend to 20

Can't afford to 30

Think supply unnecessary 28

Have not considered question 7

2. (Great Britain Nov '39) Do you think that the govern-
ment's food rationing scheme is necessary or unnecessary?
(bipo)

Necessary 60% Unnecessary 28% Don't know 12%

3. (Great Britain Feb '40) Is your family buying the full
amount of rationed foods allowed? 20% of the sample said

[222]

they couldn't afford to buy the full amount, and 18% said
they did not need the full amount. Results for three of the
most important items follow: (bipo)

Yes No

Sugar 94% 6%

Butter - 85 15

Bacon and ham 62 38

4. (Great Britain Feb '40) To increase our war supplies, the
Government says that every person should buy as few goods
as possible. Do you agree or disagree? (bipo)

Agree 51% Disagree 34% Don't know 15%

5. (Great Britain Feb '40) Should buying be cut down volun-
tarily or by including more things in rationing? Asked of 51%
of the sample who thought that every person should buy as
few goods as possible to increase war supplies, (bipo)
Voluntarily 54% More rationing 36%

Don't know 10% = 100% of those questioned

6. (Great Britain Nov '40) Are you buying the full amount of
rationed foods allowed? (bipo)

Tea

Sugar

Butter 88

Margarine 84

Bacon 60

Meat 70

Yes

91%
93

8
32
21

Don't know

7. (Great Britain Jan '41) Have you had any diiBculty in get-
ting any of the unrationed foods? (bipo)

Prices too high 16%

None in the shops 42

No 29

Don't know 13

8. (Great Britain Apr '41) If you are unable to get your main
foods like meat, cheese, eggs, etc., are you satisfied with the
alternatives which you can get? (bipo)

Satisfied 60% Dissatisfied 35% Don't know 5%,

9. (Great Britain Nov '41) Have you difficulty in getting any
of the unrationed foods? (bipo)

Yes 43% No 40% Don't know 17%

10. (Great Britain Nov '41) What foods [have you had diffi-
culty in getting]? Asked of 43% of the sample who had diffi-
culty in getting unrationed foods, (bipo)

Tinned foods (meat, beans, fish, etc.). . . . 16%

Cereals 14

Fish 11

Fruit 10

Dried fruits 9

Biscuits, cakes 9

Offal, cooked meats, pies 7

Sweets and chocolate 6

Tinned milk 2

Meat and fish paste 2

Vegetables 2

Tinned fruit 2

Blancmange powders, jellies 1

Spice 1

Condiments 1

All unrationed foods 3

Miscellaneous 4

11. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) Would you like to see more
foods rationed? (bipo)

Yes 25% No 60% Don't know 15%

12. (Great Britain Feb '42) Do you find any of the food re-
strictions particularly troublesome? (bipo)

Yes 45% No 51% Don't know 4%

13. (US Dec 30 '42) Right now do you think we have short-
ages only in some particular foods or in practically all food?
53% of the sample said they thought we had shortages in some
particular foods, 10% said there were no shortages, and 7%
said they didn't know. This 70% was asked; in the next twelve
months, do you think we will have shortages only in some
particular foods or in practically all foods? (norc)

Shortages in practically all foods now 30%

Shortages in some particular foods in the next

twelve months 24

Shortages in practically all in the next twelve

months 33

Don't know whether or not shortages will

develop in the next twelve months 13

14. (US Dec 20 '42, May 7 '43, Jan 15 '44) What do you think
is causing food shortages? The 1943 question was asked of a
national cross-section of women, (norc)

Dec '41 May '43 Jan '44

Needs of our armed forces . . . 38% 42% 34%

Needs of other countries. ... 25 16 19

Shortages of farm labor and

labor problems 21 16 20

Hoarding or excessive buying

by consumers 20 18 14

Needs of our Allies 18 17 15

Inadequacy of transportation 14 7 6

Artificial shortages caused by
middleman, wholesaler, or
producer 5 8 6

Criticism of government pol-
icy 5 4 7

Government policy produces

it 3 1 1

Feeding prisoners — 1 *

Too much waste — — 6

Farm problems (other than

labor) — — . 3

People eating and/or needing
more — — 2

Distribution difficulties (not

specific) — — 2

There is not as much food be-
ing raised — — 2

There is no shortage — — 4

Miscellaneous 7 8 3

Don't know 6 9 7

100%
of those questioned

162%** 147%** 151%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (US Dec 30 '42 and Jan 20 '43) Do you think the food situ-
ation will become so serious that some people won't be able to
get all the food they need? The 1943 question was asked of a
national cross-section of women, (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Dec '42 26% 68% 6%

Jan '43 24 67 9

[223]

16. (US Dec 30 '42) From what you've heard, what foods has
the government already said it would ration? (nqrc)

Canned goods 72%

Meat 64

Butter 35

Coffee; tea; spices 27

Sugar 23

Dairy products 22

Fats 11

Dried fruits 11

Fresh fruits, vegetables 5

Frozen foods 4

Staples 3

Miscellaneous 6

Not ascertainable 4

Miscellaneous 1%

Don't know 26

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

17. (US Dec 30 '42) In the next twelve months, do you think
the government is planning to ration only a few foods or quite
a large number of foods? 7% of the sample who thought the
government would ration only a few foods and 83% who
thought quite a number would be rationed were asked: Do
you approve or disapprove of this? (norc)

Don't know whether or not the government

plans to ration food 10%

Approve rationing 79

Disapprove 6

Don't know whether or not approve 5

18. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you think we ought to start now to
ration all foods in which shortages may develop, or do you
think we ought to wait until there really is a shortage? (norc)
Ration now 77% Wait 17% Don't know 6%

19. (US Dec 30 '42) What sort of things do you think people
themselves might do to help the food situation? (norc)

Actually produce food 32%

Preserve and can goods 11

Utilize substitutes 11

Plan meals better 9

Make the best of it 5

Comply with regulations 4

Refrain from hoarding 21

Economize generally 36

Purchase sparingly 16

Buy cheaper foods 5

Eat less 6

Miscellaneous 5

Not ascertainable 4

165%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

20. (US Dec 30 '42) As you know, the government has an-
nounced it will start rationing more foods in February. Why
do you suppose they announced this a month ahead of time?
(norc)

Psychological preparation for consumers 41%

Necessary preparation for administration 5

Necessary preparation for producer and middleman 4

To test public reaction 4

Give people opportunity for hoarding 10

Critical "don't know" . 11

Miscellaneous critical 1

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

21. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of their
announcing this [rationing of more foods] a month ahead of
time? (norc)

Approve 43% Disapprove 47% Don't know 10%

22. (US Dec 30 '42 and Jan 20 '43) In the next month, do you
think a lot of people will stock up on the foods they expect to
be rationed? The 1943 question was asked of a national cross-
section of women, (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Dec '42 72% 25% 3%

Jan '43 66 27 7

23. (US Dec 30 '42) Would you say that so far food rationing
has been handled very well, only fairly well, or poorly? 21%
of the sample said they thought food rationing had been
handled only fairly well, and 8% said they thought it had
been handled poorly. This 29% was asked: In what way do
you feel that food rationing could have been handled better?
(norc)

Handled very well so far 66%

Don't know how it has been handled so far 5

Shouldn't have been announced ahead of time 8

Administration could have been improved upon 5

Rationing should have started before shortages 3

Ration allowances inadequate 2

Inequity among regions and people 2

Should announce it ahead of time 1

No sanctions for enforcement 1

Dealer favoritism 1

Rationing unnecessary 2

Miscellaneous 1

Didn't say how rationing could be better handled 6

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

24. (US Dec 30 '42) Who do you think is mainly responsible
for this? Asked of 29% of the sample who thought food ra-
tioning had been handled only fairly well or poorly, (norc)

General government bureaucracy 10%

Big producers and packers 5

OPA; national food administration 4

Leon Henderson 2

Small dealers and storekeepers 2

Local ration board 2

Consumers 1

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 7

35%*
* Percentages add to more than 29 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

25. (US Dec 30 '42) In selling rationed foods, do you think
most dealers will show favoritism to some of their customers?
(norc)

Yes 37% No 57% Don't know 6%

26. (US Dec 30 '42) On the whole, do you think the food ra-
tioning program will work very well, only fairly well, or

[224]

poorly? 21% of the sample who thought it would work only
fairly well and 4% who thought it would work poorly were
asked: What do you think will be the biggest problem? (norc)

Think it will work very well 68%

Don't know how it will work 7

People chiseling or hoarding 6

Producers or dealers getting supplies; distribution 4

Administrative problems 3

Educating the consumer 2

Dealer favoritism 2

Inequity among regions and consumers 1

Rationing allowances will be inadequate 1

No sanctions to prevent violations 1

Miscellaneous , ...... 2

Don't know what problems will be 4

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

27. (US Dec 30 '42) What sort of things do you yourself plan

to do to meet the food situation? (norc)

Actually produce food 29%

Preserve and can foods 16

Utilize substitutes 14

Plan meals better 6

Make the best of it 13

Comply with regulation 14

Refrain from hoarding 2

Economize generally 18

Purchase sparingly 7

Buy cheaper foods 1

Eat less 4

Nothing planned 6

Miscellaneous 3

Not ascertainable 5

138%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

28. (US Jan 7 '43) Do you think the food shortage will be so
serious this year that there will be times when many people
in this country even with money to buy goods will not get
enough to eat? (aipo) (Canada Feb 20 '43) Do you think the
food shortage in this country will be so serious this year that
there will be times when many people will not get enough to
eat even though they have plenty of money? (cipo)

Yes No No opinion

Jan '43 20% 74% 6%

Feb '43 13 81 6

29. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Do you feel that very much
food is being wasted in this country? 44% of the Jan '43 sample
and 45% of the Apr '43 sample who thought that food was
being wasted were asked: Where do you think most of it is
being wasted? Both asked of a national ctoss-section of women.
(norc)

Jan '43 Apr '43

Don't think food is being wasted 38% 47%

Don't know whether or not food is being

wasted 18 8

Being wasted in homes 25 20

In restaurants 10 9

In armed forces 7 11

In other places 2 5

Poor utilization of leftovers 7 6

Food left on plates 3 3

Jan '43

Apr -43

—

Overeating

In other ways

Wasted by children

By laboring classes

By other groups

Didn't say where it was being wasted.

116%** 118%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

30. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Do you feel that food is
being wasted unnecessarily in army camps? Asked of 44% oi
the Jan '43 sample and 45% of the Apr '43 sample of women
who felt that a great deal of food was being wasted, (norc)

Don't
Yes No know

Jan '43 19%* 41% 40% = 100% of those questioned

Apr '43 27* 34 39 .

* Includes those who mentioned army as specifically wasting food on
previous question.

31. (US Jan 20 '43) When meat and canned foods are rationed,
do you think you and your family will still be able to get all
you need to stay healthy? Asked of a national cross-section ol
women, (norc)

Yes 81% No 7% Don't know 12%

32. (US Jan 20 '43) Do you feel that you understand pretty
well how this new food rationing program is going to work?
Asked of a national cross-section of women, (norc) (Feb 23
'43) Do you understand how the food rationing point system
works? (aipo) (Apr 28 '43) Do you feel that you understand
pretty well how this new food rationing program works?
Asked of a national cross-section of women, (norc)

Yes No

Jan '43 52% 48%

Feb '43 65 35

Apt '43 88 12

FEB RESULTS BY SEX

Women 76% 24%

Men 53 47

33. (US Jan 20 '43) What problems, if any, do you think you
will have under this program? Asked of 52% of the sample of
women who felt that they understood pretty well how ra-
tioning would work. (Apr 28 '43) What problems, if any, are
you having under this program? Asked of 88% of the sample
of women who felt that they understood how rationing
worked, (norc)

JAN '43 RESULTS

Problems concerning:

Meat 3%

Butter 2

Vegetables 2

Milk 1

Fruit or juice 1

Other canned goods 1

Anxiety over lack of variety of goods 2

Anxiety over health of family 2

Miscellaneous food anxieties 2

Anxiety over high prices 1

Difficulty with planning meals and buying 6

Difficulty with point system 3

More time taken in shopping 1

Miscellaneous administrative difficulties 1

[ 225 ]

No problems 24%

Not ascertainable 5

* Percentages add to more than 52 because some responden
more than one answer.

APR '43 RESULTS

Inadequacy of ration allotment

Time span for certain stamps

Other difficulty with point and stamp system

High prices; cost of living

Shortages

Hard to get variety

Takes longer to shop

Miscellaneous

Not ascertainable

None

/o
ts gave

13%

1
61

* Percentages add to more than
more than one answer.

90%*
because some respondents gave

34. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) What is there about it you
don't understand? Asked of 48% of the Jan '43 sample of
women and 12% of the Apr '43 sample of women who felt they
didn't understand the operation of rationing, (norc)

JAN '43 RESULTS

General statement of not understanding point system. . . . 18%

Specific statement of not understanding point system. ... 15

No understanding of other aspects of program 4

Will understand with practice 2

Anxiety about getting food 2

Miscellaneous 5

tSIot ascertainable 2

48%

APR '43 RESULTS

Points; point values 5%

stamps 1

Lack of understanding (miscellaneous) 1

Time span for certain stamps 1

Sripes on principle 1

Change in shopping situation *

Zost of living *

Respondent doesn't shop 2

Miscellaneous *

Not ascertainable *

* = 1

12%

35. (US Jan 21 '43) Do you think many people in this country,
:ven with money to buy food, will find it impossible to get
:nough of the non-rationed foods they need this year? Asked
Df a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

5res 38% No 51% No opinion 11%

36. (Canada Feb 3 '43) Do you think there should be a food
minister in the Cabinet who would have complete control over
the production, distribution, and prices of all foods? (cipo)
A.pprove 63% Disapprove 24% No opinion 13%

37. (US Feb 23 '43) Do you think food rationing is necessary?

[^AIPO)

Yes 85% No 11% No opinion 4%

38. (US Apr '43) Do you think it will be necessary or unneces-
sary for the government to continue rationing food while we
ire getting back to peacetime conditions? (norc)

Necessary 62%

Unnecessary 30

No opinion 6

Qualified answers 2

39. (US Apr '43) Do you think the government actually will
continue to ration food for a year or two after the war or not?
(norc)

Yes, will 63%

No, will not 23

Qualified answers 3

Don't know 11

40. (US May 7 '43) Are there any foods you're actually eating
less of? Which? Asked of a national cross-section of women.
(norc)

Sugar 22%

Meat 17

Vegetables 13

Canned goods 13

Butter 5

Coffee 3

Fresh fruits 2

Cheese 2

Miscellaneous 1

None 22

Not ascertainable 1

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

41. (US May 7 '43) When buying food these days, what do

you find are your biggest problems? Any other problems?
Asked of a national cross-section of women, (norc)

Food shortages 44%

Rationing problems 27

High prices 26

Quality 3

Physical difficulties of shopping increased. . . 6

No problems 13

Miscellaneous (general) 1

Not ascertainable '. . . 6

126%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

42. (US May 7 '43) In general, how do you feel about the
point system — do you think this is a good way to handle
rationing, or do you think they could figure out a better way
to handle it? Asked of a national cross-section of women.
(norc)

Good way 83% Could figure better way 9% Don't know 8%

43. (US May 7 '43) Is there anything you don't like about
the point rationing system? What? Asked of a national cross-
section of women, (norc)

Inadequate point allotments 10%

Inequities in point allotments 2

Other answers 6

No answer 90

100% of
those who were dissatisfied

Foreign Relations (Russia)

1. (France Dec 1 '44) Do you consider the present Russian
attitude toward France satisfactory? (fipo)

Yes 53% No 17% No opinion 30%

Foreign Relations (Spain)

1. (France Aug '39) Do you think that if General Franco wins
the Spanish war, France will have one more enemy on her
borders? (fipo)

Yes 74% No 21% No answer 5%

2. (France Dec 16 '44) Do you consider General Franco's gov-
ernment a friend or an enemy of France? (fipo)

Friend 12% Enemy 58% No opinion 30%

3. (France Feb 1 '46) In your opinion, should France break
off all diplomatic relations with Franco Spain, or should she
wait until Great Britain and the United States decide to break
them also? (fipo)

Wait for Great Britain and United States .... 41%

Break off relations immediately 29

Don't break off relations 14

No opinion 16

4. (France Apr 1 '46) Do you approve of the measures which
have just been taken by the French government in regard to
Franco? (fipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 47% 33% 20%

Under 50 years 52% 31% 17%

Over 50 years 41 38 21

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 64% 22% 14%

Employers 54 32 14

Farmers 40 31 29

Professional 37 51 12

Business 36 52 12

Living on income 40 37 23

6. (France Apr 1 '46) Should France immediately recognize
the Spanish Republican government? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 40% 35% 25%

BY AGE

Under 50 years 44% 34% 22%

Over 50 years 35 39 26

Yes No No opinion

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 57%

Employers 45

Farmers 35

Living on income 36

Professional 29

Business 30

National Assemblies

1. (France July '39) Do you think it a good idea to prolong
for another two years the terms of the present national depu-
ties? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

National total 36% 57% 7%

25%

18%

20-29 years 27%

30-39 years 42

40-49 years 32

50-59 years 40

60 years and over 39

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 37%

Industry and transportation 31

Business 41

Professional 36

66%

57%
63
52
56

7%
5
9
8

6%
6
7
8

28%

31%

2. (France Oct 16 '44) Can you name three members of the
Algiers Consultative Assembly? Asked of a cross-section of
Parisians, (fipo)

Yes 19% No 56% Don't know 25%

3. (France Oct 16 '44) Do you consider the Consultative
Assembly of Algiers as sufficiently representative of French
opinion until the next elections? Asked of a cross-section of
Parisians, (fipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 35% 38% 27%

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 41%

White-collar 36

Business 34

Professional 22

Living on income 38

4. (France Nov 1 '44) Should the future legislature have the
same powers as before the war, greater powers, or fewer?
Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Greater powers 29%

Less powers 26

Same powers 16

No opinion 29

6. (France Nov 16 '44) Do you think that after its reorganiza-
tion (chiefly through adding resistance members) the Consulta-
tive Assembly will adequately reflect French opinion until
elections? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)
Yes 32% No 30% No opinion 38%

6. (France Jan 1 '45) Maurice Thorez has just been pardoned
in order to sit in the Consultative Assembly. Do you approve
of this decision? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 26% 63% 11%

Provinces 38 40 22

[240]

7. (France May 16 '45) Whom would you like to have as presi-
dent of the Council after the war? (ripo)

De GauDe 17%

Thorez 5

Blum 3

Herriot 3

Jeanneney 1

Others 18

No answer 53

8. (France Asked in July '45) Should the Constituent Assem-
bly to be elected in August be composed of a single assembly
or by the joining of a Chamber of Deputies and a Senate? (fipo)

Single assembly 50%

Chamber of deputies and senate 30

Other answers 2

No opinion 18

9. (France Asked in July '45) If the Constituent Assembly is
a single assembly, should it be sovereign; that is to say, should
the government be responsible to it? (fipo)

Yes 67% No 14%

10. (France Dec 16 '45, Jan 16 '46,

you approve or disapprove of th
Assembly to date? (fipo)

Approve

Dec '45 54%

Jan '46 37

Feb '46 25

Mar '46 22

OPINION IN JAN AND MAR '46
BY OCCUPATION

Workers

Jan '46 41%

Mar '46 26

White-collar

Jan '46 39

Mar '46 23

Business

Jan '46 37

Mar '46 22

Professional

Jan '46 43 31

Farmers

Jan '46 43 12

Living on income

Mar '46 24 28

No opinion 19%

Feb 1 '46, Mar 1 '46) Do
actions of the Constituent

Disapprove

No opinion

19%

11%

22%
30

37%
44

22
40

39
37

24
42

39
36

26
45
48

33%

MAR '46 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Communist 32% 35%

Socialist 36 23

Radical-Socialist 28 27

United Republican 14 36

2VIRP 28 19

11. (France Apr 1 '46) In your opinion should the new Con-
stitution set up a legislature composed of one Chamber or
several Chambers? 30% of the sample who said thev thought
there should be two Chambers were asked: Of whom should
the second Chamber be made up, in your opinion? (fipo)

Should be one Chamber 44%

Should be three Chambers 2

No opinion 24

Second Chamber should be the same as the old Senate- . . 14

Should be economic and trade union 13

Should be French Union 1

Should be the same as the first Chamber 1

Other answers 1

12. (France Apr 1 '46) How should its members be chosen?

Asked of 30% of the sample who thought the legislature

should be composed of two Chambers, (fipo)

By restricted suffrage 13%

By elections within the syndicates 9

Universal suffrage 7

Other 1

30%

13. (France Apr 1 '46) What should its powers be? Asked of
30% of the sample who thought the legislature should be com-
posed of two Chambers, (fipo)

Sovereign assembly 21%

Consultative assembly 6

Other 3

30%

14. (France Apr 16 '46) In your opinion, should the president
of the Council be appointed by the president of the Republic
or elected by the Chamber of Deputies? (fipo)

Chayjiher
of Deputies President No opinion

50'',

17%

National total 53%

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 62%

White-collar 63

Farmers 46

Business 52

Living on income 47

Professional 43

15. (France May 16 '46) Are you in favor of a second Assembly
having the powers of the Senate? (fipo)

22%

16'

National total

Men

Women

Yes

44%

BY SEX

40%
48

No
51%

57%
45

No opinion

3%
7

16. (France Aug 1 '46) Among the following ideas about the
Constitution which do you prefer: (1) one legislative Cham-
ber; president of the Republic elected by the Chamber, his
powers honorary; president of Council elected by Chamber
and responsible to it; (2) two Chambers; election of president
of the Republic by the two Chambers; he chooses president of
the Council who is responsible to the Chambers; (3) two
Chambers; election of president of Republic by the two Cham-
bers plus the representatives of the local assemblies; he names
president of Council and ministers, who are responsible to
him. (fipo)

State-

None No

ment 1

ment 2

ment 3

of these opinion

National total. .

■ 31%

26%

POLITICS

23%

5% 15%

None of these and
No opinion

Communist

■ 83%

Socialist

. 46

Other left

. 15

MRP

. 5

PRL

[241]

Politics and Government

1. (us July 29 '41) Which of these two do you think comes
closest to representing the opinion of the French people as a
whole — the Vichy government under Marshal Petain, or the
Free French under General De Gaulle? Asked of a national
cross-section of people who knew who General De Gaulle
was. 36% of a national sample is represented, (aipo)

Vichy government under Marshal Petain. . . . 10%

Free French under General De Gaulle 73

Both 2

Neither 3

k Other 1

No opinion 11

2. (US Nov 25 '41) Do you happen to know who is the head
of the present French government at Vichy? Those who said
they knew who was head were asked: Who is it? (aipo)

Did not know 51%

Thought Petain was head 45

Hitler I

Darlan 1

Others 2

3. (US Nov 25 '41) Do you think the French government will
let the Germans use the French bases in North Africa against
Britain? Asked of a national cross-section of people familiar
with the current French government, (aipo)

Yes 76% No 13% No opinion 11%

4. (US Nov 25 '41) Do you think the French government will
let the Germans use the French fleet against Britain? Asked of
a national cross-section of people familiar with the current
French government, (aipo)

Yes 65% No 22% No opinion 13%

5. (US Nov 25 '41) What is your opinion of this French gov-
ernment [at Vichy]? (aipo)

A puppet under Germany 25%

A bad government 7

Trying to do the best they can in a difficult situation. ... 7

Leaders do not truly represent the people 2

Are against Axis, will help Allies when and if they can . . 1

Are untrustworthy; two-faced 1

Other opinions 1

No opinion 6

Those who knew little or nothing about the Vichy gov-
ernment 53

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US Nov 25 '41) Which do you think is better for the United
States to do — to tell the French government that we now con-
sider it a full partner of Germany and break off all relations
with this government, or to continue our relations with the
French government, hoping to keep it from becoming a full
partner of Germany? Asked of 47% of the sample familiar with
the current French government, (aipo)

Break off relations 17%

{Continue relations 26
Other 1
No choice 3
47%

7. (Great Britain June '42) Do you think that the Vichy gov-
ernment really represents the attitude of the French people?
80% of the sample who said they thought the Vichy govern

ment did not represent the attitude of the French people were
asked: Do you think the Free French really represent the atti-
tude of the French people? (bipo)

Vichy government is representative 6%

Don't know whether or not Vichy government

is representative 14

Free French government is representative 59

Neither is representative 12

Don't know whether or not Free French is
representative 9

8. (Great Britain June '42) Which do you think more truly
represents the French people, the Vichy government or the
Free French movement? Asked of 12% of the sample who
thought neither the Vichy government nor the Free French
represented the French people, (bipo)

Vichy government —

Free French 10%

Don't know 2

12%

9. (US July 1 '42) Do you' happen to know who the Free
French are? Those who knew who the Free French were, were
asked: Who are they? (aipo)

Correct answer 51%

Incorrect answer 5

No, don't know 42

No answer 2

10. (Great Britain Dec 27 '42) Do you approve or disapprove
of Admiral Darlan becoming head of the government in
French North Africa? (bipo)

Approve 18% Disapprove 51% Don't know 31%

11. (US Feb 3 '43) Whom would you prefer to see head of the
French in North Africa, De Gaulle or Giraud? Asked of a
national cross-section of those who knew who Giraud and
De Gaulle were, (aipo)

De Gaulle 35%

Giraud 36

Neither 4

No opinion 25

12. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) After the war, do you think
that France will have a democratic government or some form
of dictatorship? (bipo)

Democratic 46% Dictatorship 14% Don't know 40%

13. (Great Britain Aug '44) Before the war France was counted
as one of the great powers. Do you think it likely that she
will become one again? (bipo)

Yes 53% No 26% Don't know 21%

14. (France Apr 16 '45) Do you think the government should
follow the advice of the Consultative Assembly? (fipo)

Yes 71% No 12% No opinion 17%

15. (France Apr 16 '45) Do you think the government should
be guided by the advice of the National Resistance Council?
(fipo)

Yes 70% No 16% No opinion 14%

16. (France Asked in May '45) In your opinion, should the
composition of the government be modified as a result of the
last elections? 56% of the sample who thought the composi-
tion of the government should be modified were asked: In
which direction? (pipo)

[ 242 ]

Present composition should be maintained . . . 22%

No opinion as to what should be done 22

Government should be more to the left 41

More "resistants" 2

Other answers 4

No answer 7

18. (France June 1 '45) After the liberation were you dissat-
isfied with the government's policy? (fipo)

Yes 63% No 28% Don't know 9%

19. (France June 1 '45) What dissatisfied you most in internal
affairs? Asked of 63% of the sample who said that after the
liberation they were dissatisfied with the government's policy.
(fipo)

Purge; repression of the black market

and of illicit profits 23%

Food distribution 22

General politics 9

Economic and financial politics 7

Lack of authority 6

Administrative confusion 3

Other answers 2

No answer 2

21. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) Have you had enough coal or
other fuel to keep you warm so far this winter? (bipo)

Yes No

National total 65% 35%

BY SEX

Men 68% 32%

Women 62 38

BY AGE

21-29 years 68% 32%

30-49 years 63 37

50 years and over 66 34

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 76% 24%

Middle 73 27

Lower 61 39

Very poor . 53 47

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

London and southern England 73% 27%

Midlands and northern England 61 39

Wales 65 35

Scotland 47 53

22. (Hungary Sept '46) Can you now buy sufficient fuel?
(hipoe)

Yes 25%

No 36

Only part 35

Uncertain 4

248]

GAMBLING

Didn't say 15%

Miscellaneous 4

1. (Great Britain Mar '38) Do you regularly complete coupons
for football pools? 60% of the sample who said they did not
were asked: Do you occasionally complete coupons for foot-
hall pools? (bipo)

Occasionally 12% Never 48% Regularly 40%

2. (Great Britain Mar '38) About what sum do you stake on
the average? Asked of 52% of the sample who bet something
regularly or occasionally in football pools, (bipo)

6d 24%

Is 27

More than Is., not more than a half

crown 39

More than a half crown 10

100% of those
questioned

3. (Great Britain Mar "38) W'ould you like to see football
pools regulated by the state? (bipo)

Yes 22%, No 29% No opmion 49%

4. (Great Britain Mar '38) Would you prefer a state lottery?
(bipo)

Yes 29% No 21% No opinion 50%

5. (US July 13 '38, Sept 17 '41, Dec 28 '44) During the past
year have you done any of the following things: bought a
ticket in a church raffle or lottery; bought a sweepstakes
ticket; bet on an election or some sports event; bought a num-
ber on a punch board; played cards or other games for money,
such as dice; bet on a horse race; played a slot machine; played
the numbers game? (aipo)

July Sept Dec

'3S '41 '44

Church rafBe or lottery 29% 24% 24%

Sweepstakes ticket 13 — —

Bet on election or other event 19 21 17

Bought punch board number 26 23 15

Played games for money 21 24 20

Bet on horse race 10 9 7

Played slot machine 23 24 16

Numbers game 9 8 7

None of them 47 46 55

197%* 179%* 161%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

20% of the 1944 sample who said they had played cards or
other games for money, such as dice, were asked: Which
games?

Poker, penny ante, stud poker 52%

Rummy, gin rummy, Michigan, "500" 17

Dice, craps I5

Bridge 11

Pinochle 7

Bingo, screeno, keeno 5

Black Jack, "7H," "21" 5

Other games including: fantan, solitaire,

cribbage, smudge, pan, etc 6

Cards, unspecified 5

142%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who had played
cards or other games for money and add to more than 100 because some
gave more than one answer.

6. (US July 13 '38, Sept 17 '41, Dec 28 '44) On the whole,
have you made or lost money on these games of chance? Asked
of 53% of the 1938 sample, 54% of the 1941 sample, 45%. of
the 1944 sample who had played a game of chance during the
previous year, (aipo)

No
Made Lost Even answer

1938 22% 68% 10% = 100% 10%

1941 8 31 18 43 = 100%

1944 15 49 36 = 100%

of those questioned

7. (Great Britain Oct '38) Do you go in for football pools?
(bipo)

Yes 47% No 53%

8. (Great Britain Nov '44) Do you approve or disapprove of
football pools? (bipo)

Approve 59% Disapprove 27% Don't know 14%

9. (Great Britain Nov '44) If [football] pools do continue,
should they be nm for private profits, or run by the govern-
ment like the horse-racing tote profits going to public pur-
poses? (bipo)

Private 19% Public 56% Don't know 25%

10. (Great Britain Oct '46) The chancellor of the exchequer
says that he is considering a plan to tax betting. Would you
apptovc or disapprove of a tax on ail forms of betting includ-
ing football pools? (blpo)

Don't

Approve Disapprove know

National total 58% 30% 12%

BY SEX

Men 60% 33% 7%

Women 56 26 18

BY AGE

21-29 years 47% 38% 15%

30-49 years 56 31 U

50 years and over 63 24 13

BY economic status

Higher 73% 19% 8%

Middle 65 25 10

Lower 54 33 13

Very poor 48 37 15

BY POLITICS

Conservative 61% 27% 12%

Labor 57 33 10

Liberal 62 19 19

Other voters 52 41 7

Non-voters 54 30 16

GASES, ASPHYXIATING AND
POISONOUS

War Use

1. (Great Britain Dec '39 and Oct '40) Interviewers were asked
to check whether the respondents were or were not carrying

[249]

70%

gas masks. The percentages were calculated on the basis of
interviews made in the street. Interviews made in the door
were ignored in the calculation. The results were: (bipo)

Dec '39 Oct '40
Those respondents who carry

gas masks 34% 51%

Those respondents who do not

carry gas masks 66 49

2. (US Sept 20 '44) If it means an earlier end to the war in the
Pacific, would you approve or disapprove of the Allies using
poison gas against Japanese cities? (aipo)

Approve 23% Disapprove 71% No opinion 6%

3. (US Sept 20 '44) If it would shorten the war in Europe,
would you approve or disapprove of using poison gas against
German cities? (aipo)

Approve 20% Disapprove 76% No opinion 4%

4. (US Dec 12 '44) The Japs say they will execute any Amer-
ican bomber pilots forced to land in Japan. If the Japs do this,
should we use poison gas against Japanese cities? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 43% . 47% 10%

BY EDUCATION

College 24%

Completed high school 37

High school, incomplete 47

Grade school only 49

5. (US Mar 20 '45 and May 15 '45) If it would shorten the war
in the Pacific, would you approve or disapprove of using poison
gas against Japanese soldiers? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

Mar '45 36% 59% 5%

May '45 30 64 6

6. (US Mar 20 '45) If you were a soldier, which would you
most hate to have used against you — a flame thrower or poison
gas? (aipo)

Flame thrower 33% Poison gas 48% Don't know 19%

7. (US Mar 20 '45 and May 15 '45) Do you think the Amer-
ican armed forces should use poison gas against the Japanese
soldiers? 31% of the March sample thought poison gas should
be used and 63% thought it should not. Both these groups
were asked: Why? (aipo)

MARCH RESULTS

Don't know whether or not we should use it 6%

Anything to annihilate them, nothing too bad; gas is the

easiest way to kill them since we have to kill them

anyway; the quickest way 12

If they use it first we should use it 7

They are hardly human; they are treacherous; not worthy

of decent warfare 4

It is the only way to shorten the war 3

Their atrocities against us warrant it; they have asked

for it 2

Our casualties would be lower; it would save lives 2

Too cruel, uncivilized, inhuman; not fair; mass killing of

men 17

Japs would retaliate; might do the same thing to us ... . 11

We shouldn't lower ourselves 3

Innocent persons harmed — their war lords make them

fight 1

Experience in last war proves we should not use it 1

Unchristian; against my religion 1

Only if they use it first 21%

Other reasons why we shouldn't use poison gas 2

Didn't say why we shouldn't use it 7

Yes 26%

may results
No 65%

No opinion 9%

8. (US June 12 '45) Would you favor or oppose using poison
gas against the Japanese if doing so would reduce the number
of American soldiers who are killed and wounded? (aipo)
Favor 40% Oppose 49% No opinion 11%

9. (US June 12 '45) If the heads of our army said that lives of
many of our soldiers would be spared by using poison gas
against the Japanese, would you favor or oppose using poison
gas? (aipo)

Favor 39% Oppose 54% No opinion 7%

GASOLINE

1. (us Aug 26 '41) Do you own or operate a passenger auto
mobile? 59% of the sample who said they operated a passenge
automobile were asked: About how many gallons of gasoline
per week do you now use? (aipo)

Don't own a passenger car 40%

Didn't answer the first question 1

Use 1-4 gallons per week 5

5 gallons 10

6-9 gallons 6

10 gallons 11

11-15 gallons 9

16-20 gallons 5

21-30 gallons 5

Over 30 gallons 5

Didn't say how much gasoline 3

2. (US Aug 26 '41) What is the least number of gallons [of
gasoline] per week that you could get along on in the next two
months? Asked of 59% of the sample who operated passenger
cars, (aipo)

1-4 gallons 7%

5 gallons 9

6-9 gallons 6

10 gallons 10

11-15 gallons 9

16-20 gallons 6

21-30 gallons 6

Over 30 gallons 3

No answer 3

59%

3. (US Aug 26 '41) Do you think Congress should investigate
the gasoline situation, or do you think such an investigation
is unnecessary? (aipo)

Congress should investigate 51%

Investigation is unnecessary 33

No answer 2

No opinion 14

4. (US May 21 '42) What kind of a ration card did you get?
Asked of a cross-section of car or truck owners in gas-rationed
areas, (aipo)

[250]

A 30%

B-1 7

B-2 10

B-3 29

X 10

None 5

All others 7

No answer 2

8. (US May 21 '42 and May 30 '42) How necessary do you
think gas rationing is? The May 21 question was asked in gas-
rationed areas. (June 9 '42, June 26 '42, July 11 '42, July 18 '42,
Sept 16 '42, Nov 8 '42, Nov 19 '42, Dec 11 '42, July 23 '43,
Dec 18 '43, Apr 28 '44) Do you think gasoline rationing
throughout the nation is necessary? (Dec 2 '42) Do you think
that gasoline rationing in this area is necessary? (aipo, norc)

5. (US May 21 '42) Can you get along on your present gas
ration without serious sacrifice? Asked of a cross-section of car
or truck owners in gas-rationed areas who received ration
cards other than X. (aipo)

Yes 75?

No 23%

No answer 2%

6. (US May 21 '42) If it becomes necessary to give up using
your car altogether, will it make any great difference to you?
Asked of a national cross-section of car or truck owners in
gas-rationed areas. 51% of the sample who said it would make
a great difference if they had to give np the use of their car
altogether were then asked : In what way? (aipo)

Said it would not make any difference 48%

No opinion as to whether or not it would

make a difference 1

Would make a difference because need car for

transportation to and from work 17

Need car for business 25

Have no other means of transportation 6

Need transportation for old and crippled 1

Other reasons 2

7. (US May 21 '42) Why do you think the government is ra-
tioning gasoline in this area? Asked in gas-rationed areas.
(aipo) (May 30 '42) Why do you think the government is ra-
tioning gasoline in certain areas of the country? (aipo) Quly
23 '43, Dec 18 '43, Apr 28 '44) What do you think is the main
reason for rationing gasoline in this part of the country? (norc)

Because of gas shortage; to con-
serve gas 34%

Transportation situation ; short-
age of transportation facili-
ties usually implied 22

To conserve tires 21

For the war; because of the war 8
Gas is needed for more impor-
tant things, planes, etc 5

To make us war-conscious .... 3

To save automobiles —

For the sake of fairness; to

equalize sacrifice —

Just to satisfy Easterners —

Politics are to blame —

Lack of foresight or knowledge
on part of administration. . .

No reason for it here —

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know; no opinion; not
ascertainable 12

11% 8% 14%

32
29
11

5
3
1

20
1

32
1

29
1

18
5
3

a§

29
8
3

43
1

— — 1

15%

27
1
2

18
4
2

Percentages... 109" 110" 109" 117" 115" 113"

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

^ I §

<-i *n *»

3 ifi S s

H 5. *=* ^

^ . !5

§ ^ -^ -S

" » S *•

5 ^- ^ "l

>^ 2; Q Q

AIPO May 21 '42 59% 19% — 22%

aipo May 30 '42 52 27 4% 17

AIPO June 9 '42 34 50 — 16

NORC June 26 '42 38 45 — 17

NORC July 11 '42 36 46 — 18

NORC July 18 '42 37 48 — 15

NORC Sept 16 '42 51 33 — 16

NORC Nov 8 '42 55 36 — 9

NORC Nov 19 '42 54 35 — 11

AIPO Dec 2 '42 62 31 — 7

NORC Dec 11 '42;

Old-rationed areas 79 14 — 7

Newly rationed areas ... 67 26 — 7

NORC July 23 '43 66 26 — 8

NORC Dec 18 "43:

Newly rationed areas ... 72 21 — 7

Old-rationed areas 81 12 — 7

NORC Apr 28 '44 72 19 — 9

AIPO DEC 2 '42 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-
Atlantic 74%, 18%, — 8%

East central 55 41 — 4

West central 51 40 — 9

South 59 34 — 7

Far West 60 37 — 3

Car owners only 60 34 — 6

States previously under gas-
oline rationing 76 19 — 5

States put under gasoline

rationing this month . 50 47 — 3

9. (US Nov 19 '42, Dec 2 '42, Dec 11 '42, July 23 '43, Dec 18

'43, Apr 28 '44) All samples were asked to give reasons for

their attitude toward gasoline rationing, (norc, aipo)

Rationing Necessary

norc aipo norc

Nov 19 '41 Dec 2 '42 Apr 28 '44

Save rubber, tires 28% 57% 7%

For the war — 12 37

Save gasoline 4 3 4

Save gasoline for military use 116 8
Save gasoline to avoid trans-
portation shortage 4 7 1

Prevent non-essential driving 8 13 6

Equalize sacrifice 6 — 12

Government thinks it neces-
sary 2 4 2

Makes cars last longer — — 2

Make people conscious of war 1 — —

If nationwide — 2 —

[ "251 ]

Miscellaneous

Not ascertainable; no answer;
don't know

NORC AIPO NORC

Nov 19 '41 Dec 1 '41 Apr IS '44
2% 1% 1%

68%* 110%** 81%*
* Percentages add to more than the percentages questioned because

some respondents gave more than one answer.
** 62% of the total sample thought gasoline rationing necessary.

These percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought

rationing necessary and add to more than 100 because some gave more

than one answer.

Rationing Unnecessary

o ^ o a o

IS O ^ O

: S Z "s z

— 2

1 1

No shortage 19% 58% 11% 19% 14% 12% 4% 11%

Transportation no

problem 2 3

Voluntary driv-
ing limitation. 3 — — —

Reduced speed ... 1 — — —

Saving tires an in-
dividual matter 3 — 11

Other reasons
mentioning
tires 3 — * 3

Would cause
transportation
problem;
wouldn't give
people neces-
sary gas; suffi-
cient gas, but
no transporta-
tion 5 18 1 3 3 1 2 1

Business will suf-
fer 2 — — 1 — * 1 —

Racketeering ....1— 2 1 1 3 2 3

Tire-saving device — 16 — — — — — -

Unfair that one
area should suf-
fer — 2 — — 1 — — —

Miscellaneous ...4 5 2 3 3 2 1 2

Not ascertainable

1 17 1 3 2 1 1 1

or no answer.

27*

22** 13*

19*

Percentages 44** 119t 18** 34*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than the percentages questioned because
some respondents gave more than one answer.

t Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
rationing unnecessary (31%) and add to more than 100 because some
gave more than one answer.

10. (US May 21 '42) Do you think the gasoline rationing is
being handled fairly in this community? 27% of the sample
who said they didn't think gas rationing had been handled
fairly were asked: What is your criticism? Asked in gas-
rationed areas, (aipo)

Yes, it is being handled fairly 56%

Rationing has been too lax; too much politics 21

Rationing has been too strict 1

Gasoline stations have sold gas and not punched cards. . 3

Other reasons why it isn't handled fairly 2

Don't know whether or not it is being handled fairly. . . 17

11. (US May 21 '42) Congressmen and Senators receive cards
which permit them an unlimited amount of gasoline. What is
your opinion of this policy? Asked in a gas-rationed area.
(aipo)

Disapprove Qualified ansivers No opinion

63% 13% 5%

Approve
19%

12. (US June 9 '42, June 26 '42, July 11 '42, Sept 16 '42, Nov 8
'42, Dec 11 '42, July 23 '43) Do you think gasoline rationing is
the best way to save tires? (aipo, norc)

Don't know
or no
Yes No opinion

aipo June 9 '42 63% 27% 10%

NORC June 26 '42 69 21 10

NORC July '42 71 19 10

NORC Sept '42 77 14 9

NORC Nov '42 79 15 6

NORC Dec '42:

Old-rationed 84 11 5

Newly rationed 82 14 4

NORcJuly 23 '43 80 15 5

13. (US Dec 11 '42 and July 23 '43) What do you think would
be the best way to save tires? Asked of 11% of the Dec '42
sample in the old-rationed areas and 14% in the newly rationed
areas and of 15% of the July '43 national sample who thought
gasoline rationing was not the best way to save tires, (norc)

Old-rationed Newly ra-
areas tioned areas
Dec '41 Dec '41 July '4i

Eliminate unnecessary driv-
ing by voluntary means . . . 1% 2% 3%-

Specific mention of strict
check on necessary driving;
by enforced means 9 10 1

Enforce speed limit 1 2 3

Save rubber; conserve rubber

in other ways 1 1 2

Curtail driving — — 3

Put cars out of commission

for the duration — — 1

Government should requisi-
tion cars — — *

Requisition non-essential tires — — *

Miscellaneous * 2 2

Not ascertainable; no sugges-
tions — 1 1

12%** 18%** 16%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Totals more than percentages questioned because some respondents
gave more than one answer.

14. (US June 9 '42) Do you go shopping less frequently than
you did before gas rationing started? Asked of a sample of car
or truck owners in gas-rationed areas, (aipo)

Yes 57% No 43%

15. (US June 9 '42) Without giving any names, have you heard
of any cases where service stations or garages sell gasoline to
customers without punching the full amount on ration cards?
Asked of a cross-section of car owners in gas-rationed areas.
(aipo)

Yes 43% No 57%

16. (US June 9 '42) Do you think there should be any punish-
ment of service station operators who disobey gasoline ration-

[252]

ing rules? 69% of the sample who thought they should be
punished were asked: What should the punishment be? Asked
of a cross-section of car owners in gas-rationed areas, (aipo)
(Apr 28 '44) If a dealer sells gas and doesn't collect enough
coupons do you think he should be punished in any way? 79%
of the sample who thought he should be punished were asked:
In what way? Asked of a national cross-section of car users.
(norc)

June '42 Apr '44

Shouldn't be punished 17^

11%

No opinion as to whether or not they should

be punished 14 10

Should lose selling privileges temporarily or

permanently; have their licenses revoked. . 26 34

Should be fined 25 9

Imprisonment; should have jail sentences. . . 3 3

Should be let off with warning 1 —

Leave punishment up to proper authorities:

OPA, court, the law — 9

More drastic punishment suggested for more

serious offenders — 6

Restrict his business — 4

More than one punishment — 3

Mild punishment — 3

Publicize the offense — 1

Miscellaneous suggestions — *

Don't know what the punishment should be. 13 7

Operators should be fired 1 —

* Less than O-STc-

17. (US July 14 '42} Do you think we will have gasoline ra-
tioning throughout the entire country within the next six
months? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 47% 41% 12%

Rationed areas 52 34 14

Non-rationed areas 45 44 11

18. (US July 14 '42) Do you think it is necessary to ration
gasoline throughout the country in order to save tires? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 49% 44% 7%

Rationed areas 63 29 8

Non-rationed areas 41 52 7

19. (US Aug 26 '42) If President Roosevelt made a radio talk
explaining that it would be necessary to ration gasoline to
reduce everj-body's driving by as much as one-third from what
is being driven now in order to save rubber, would you be will-
ing to see this done? Asked of a national cross-section of car
owners, (aipo)

Yes 84% No 13% No opinion 3%

20. (US Sept 15 '42) Are you in favor of nation-wide gas ra-
tioning in order to conserve tires? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 73% 22% 5%

Rationed areas 89 8 3

Non-rationed areas 66 28 6

21. (Great Britain Nov '42) Do you think that petrol ration-
ing is tight enough? (bipo)

Yes 29% No 49% Don't know 22%

22. (US Dec 11 '42) Do you think many people are trying to
get more gasoline than they have been allowed? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Old-rationed areas 54% 33% 13%

Newly rationed areas 51 36 13

23. (US Dec 11 '42) If people have a chance to get more gaso-
line than they've been allowed, do you think they should?
(norc)

Yes No Don't know

Old-rationed areas 18% 77% 5%

Newly rationed areas 21 71 8

24. (US Dec 11 '42, July 23 '43, Oct 22 '43, Apr 28 '44, May
18 '44) Do you think the government has handled gasoline
rationing very well, only fairly well, or poorly? In Oct '43 and
May '44 the question was: Do you think the rationing of
gasoline has been handled very well, only fairly well, or
poorly? In Oct '43 only women were questioned, (norc)

Very Fairly Don't

well well Poorly know
Dec '42:

Old-rationed areas 35% 37% 20% 8%

Newly rationed areas ... 54 24 13 9

July '43' 40 37 17 6

Oct '43 43 12 18 27

Apr '44 45 31 15 9

May '44 46 14 23 17

25. (US Dec 11 '42, Oct 22 '43, Apr 28 '44, May 18 '44) In
what way hasn't it been handled as well as it could have been?
Asked of all those who thought gasoline rationing had been
handled only fairly well or poorly. In Apr '44 the question
was: What's been the trouble? In Oct '43 only women were
questioned, (norc)

•^

■^

>i-

-0

>3-

V
■^
^

'«■>
:?

Allotment unfair, too small . 32
Confusion and red tape; gov-
ernment inefficiency; lack
of decisiveness in policy;
too lenient; enforcement

too lax; politics 7

Regional distribution unfair,
unequal; poor distribution;

unfair distribution 1

Should have been nation-
wide at start 8

Rationing vinnecessar}-; rea-
son not clear 1

Black market —

Criticism of local boards. . . —
Chiseling on gasoline allot-
ments —

Don't know how to improve 1

Miscellaneous 7

Not ascertainable 5

10 —

—

2
3

—

62*

39** 30

53*

42*

Percentages .

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than those questioned because some re-
spondents gave more than one answer.

[253]

26. (US Oct 22 "43 and May 18 '44) Who do you think is
mainly responsible? The 1943 question was asked of 30% of
the sample of women and the 1944 question was asked of 37%
of a national sample who thought the rationing of gasoline
had been handled only fairly well or poorly, (norc)

Government .
OPA

Oct V3

May '44

10%

—

32%*

40%*

Dealers and producers

The public

Local ration board

People in charge of ration-
ing (national)

Miscellaneous

Didn't say who

Don't know

* Percentages add to more than 30 and 37 because some respondents
gave more than one answer.

27. (US Apr 28 '44) How could it [gasoline rationing] have
been handled better? Asked of 46% of the sample who thought
gasoline rationing had been handled only fairly well or poorly.
(norc)

Stricter enforcement of regulations 9%

Increase or improve OPA personnel 6

Fairer distribution 5

Eliminate rationing (not necessary) 2

Have same allotments in all parts of country 2

Increase allotments 2

Can't be done; can't control people 2

Improve information to public 1

Cut out pleasure driving 1

Give everyone same allotments 1

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 14

47%*

* Percentages add to more than 46 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

28. (US Jan 21 '43) Will your present gasoline ration be enough
to run your farm during your busy season? 29% of the sample
who said the ration would not be enough were asked : Do you
think you will be able to get enough gasoline? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Present ration will be enough 46%

No opinion as to whether or not present ration

will be enough 25

Will be able to get enough 14

Will not be able to get enough 4

No opinion as to whether or not will be able

to get enough 11

29. (US Apr '43) Do you think it will be necessary or unneces-
sary for the government to continue rationing gasoline while
we are getting back to peacetime conditions? (norc)

Necessary 30%

Unnecessary 59

Qualified answers 2

Don't know 9

30. (US Apr '43) Do you think the government actually will
continue to ration gasoline for a year or two after the war or
not? (norc)

Will 29%

Will not 54

Qualified answers 2

Don't know 15

31. (US July 23 '43) As you know, in some parts of the coun-
try the gasoline ration is smaller than in other parts. Do you
think it is necessary to have it this way, or do you think it
should be the same all over the country? 43% of the sample
thought it was necessary to have it this way and 50% thought
it should be the same all over the country. These groups were
asked: Why? (norc)

Don't know whether or not necessary to have it as is ... . 7%

Necessary because:

Depends on availability (mention of shipping problem) 17
Depends on availability (no mention of shipping prob-
lem) 12

Inadequate civilian transportation 7

Depends on need (general) 2

Most of gasoline goes to armed forces 1

Miscellaneous answers 1

Didn't say why necessary to have it as is 3

Should be the same in all parts of the country because:

Generalized answers on the subject 28

Specific answers 20

Didn't say why it should be the same 2

32. (US July 23 '43) Do you think the amount of gasoline
allowed on an "A" card alone should be increased, decreased
or kept the same? 30% of the sample who thought it should be
increased were asked: What should the monthly ration be?
(norc)

Should be kept the same 51%

Should be decreased 3

Don't know whether or not it should be increased 16

Ration should be 7-9 gallons 1

10-14 gallons 7

15-19 gallons 3

20-24 gallons 9

25-34 gallons 5

35-44 gallons 1

45-100 gallons 1

Unlimited *

Didn't say what it should be 3

* Less than 0.5%.

33. (US July 23 '43) When you come right down to it, if peo-
ple around here have a chance to buy gasoline without cou-
pons, do you think they should? 8% of the sample said they
should, and 85% said they shouldn't. These groups were
asked; Why do you think so? (norc)

Qualified answers or don't know whether or not should

buy without coupons 7%

Should buy:

Depends on how badly they need it 2

Critical of rationing program (general) 1

If it isn't fairly rationed 1

For emergency purposes 1

If geographical distribution is unfair *

Miscellaneous reasons why should buy 2

Didn't say why should buy 1

Should not buy:

Disobedient to the government, the laws 23

That's black market 16

Inequality of distribution, of sacrifice 12

Just not right 10

Patriotic, winning-the-war considerations 9

Defeats purpose of rationing 7

People would use more 1

Would create shortage 1

No need to chisel, can get all that's necessary 2

Miscellaneous reasons why shouldn't buy 1

Didn't say why shouldn't buy 3

* Less than 0.5%.

[254]

34. (US July 23 '43 and Dec 18 '43) Do you think there is much
chiseling in the rationing of gasoline, or do you think the ra-
tioning rules are being pretty well obeyed? (norc)

Being
Chiseling obeyed Dan' t know

July '43 40% 46% 14%

Dec '43 newly rationed 34 52 14

old-rationed 43 43 14

35. (US Dec 18 '43) What do you think is the main reason why
this chiseling is going on? Asked of 34% in the newly rationed
areas and 43%) in the old-rationed areas who thought there
was chiseling in gasoline rationing, (norc)

Newly Old-
rationed rationed
areas areas

Consumers are selfish and dishonest, etc 11% 15%

People are unpatriotic; not war-conscious. . . 4 3
People want to use their cars for pleasure

driving 4 5

People not convinced of necessity of rationing 4 2

Selfish dealers make it possible 4 5

People feel they are not getting fair share. -3 5

Real need for it 3 4

Some people have pull 2 2

Unlawful use of coupons or counterfeit cou-
pons 2 1

Redundant answers 1 2

Miscellaneous 2 3

Don't know 1 1

41%,* 48%o*
* Percentages add to more than the percentages questioned because
some respondents gave more than one answer.

36. (US July 23 '43) If the ban on pleasure driving is lifted, do
you think people will use up all of their [gasoline] coupons
whether they really need to or not? 15% of the sample thought
people would use all the coupons, 8%) thought they would not.
These two groups were asked: What makes you feel that way?
Asked of those who lived in an area where pleasure driving
was banned. 28% of a national sample is represented, (norc)
Don't know whether or not people would use all their

coupons 5%

Would use them all because:

People are selfish and will take advantage (criticism

implied) 4

Human nature (normal behavior) 3

People just want to ride 2

They've been restrained 1

It's such a small amount anyway 1

They do it with other rationed goods 1

They're afraid the rules may be changed 1

Miscellaneous reasons why they would use them 1

Didn't say why they would use them 1

Would not use them because:

Will use gas only if needed 2

People realize there's a war on 1

Will not use coupon just to use their gas up 1

People will be fair (general) 1

People will use less if not checked up on 1 ■

Extra driving costs money 1

Didn't say why wouldn't use them 1

28%

37. (US Oct 22 '43) Which one of these government agencies
decides how much gasoline is to be used on the home front and

how much is to be used for military purposes? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of women, (norc)

War Production Board 8%

Office of Price Administration 14

Office of Defense Transportation 24

Petroleum Administration for War 29

Don't know 25

38. (US Dec 10 '43) How about if he [a friend of yours] bought
black market gasoline — that is, bought gas without coupons
[what would you do]? Asked of a cross-section of women who
did the family marketing and knew what ceiling prices were.
(norc)

It wouldn't make any difference to me at all, and I

wouldn't do or say anything about it 9%

I wouldn't like it, but I wouldn't do or say anything

about it 23

I'd talk to him, and try to get him not to do it again. . . 34
I'd call him unpatriotic and avoid seeing him in the future 9
Excluded from questioning because of unfamiliarity with

the term "ceiling prices" 15

Don't know 10

39. (US Dec 10 '43) Is there anything else you'd do about it?
What? Asked of 34% of the sample who would try to persuade
a friend not to buy black market gasoline again and'the 9%
who would avoid such a friend in the future. Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of women marketers, (norc)

Report him 10%

Report him, qualified 1

Call unpatriotic (not avoid seeing him) 1

Report dealer 2

Report dealer, qualified *

Boycott dealer *

Talk to dealer *

No, wouldn't do anything else (general) 20

Nothing else I could do 1

None of my business 1

Too busy; don't want to get mixed up in any-
thing *

Disapprove but wouldn't do anything else for

ethical reasons 2

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 4

43%

* Less than 0.5?

40. (US Dec 10 '43) How about gasoline coupons? [After the
ration period is over and you have some unused coupons, what
do you do with them?] Asked of a national cross-section of
women marketers, (norc)

Give them back to ration board 3%

Throw them away or destroy them 2

Nothing, leave them in book 1

Give them to neighbors, friends, or relatives 1

Give them to the dealer *

Never have any left 51

Don't know 5

Have no car 37

* Less than 0.5%.

41. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) Of course, we know there
isn't enough for everyone to have all he wants, but how about
gasoline? Does your ration allow you and your family as much
as you need, less than you need, or more than you need? 23%
of each sample who said their ration allowed them less than
they needed were asked: Have you ever tried to get any extra
allowances of gasoline from your ration board? Asked of a na-

[255]

tional cross-section of women marketers. The first part of the
first question was omitted with the 1944 sample, (norc)

194} 1944

Ration is enough 36% 38%

More than needed 1 *

Don't know whether or not ration is enough 3 2

Don't use gasoline 37 37

Have tried to get extra ration 12 12

Haven't tried to get extra ration 11 10

Don't know whether or not have tried — 1

* Less than 0.5%.

42. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) What happened? The ques-
tion was asked of 12% of each sample of women marketers
who had asked their ration boards for extra allowances of
gasoline, (norc)

194}

Got allotment asked for 7%

Got allotment but criticize procedure *

Only got part of allotment asked for 1

Plea was denied 2

Plea denied and respondent feels unfairly treated. . . 1

Haven't heard from board —

Miscellaneous —

Don't know 1

Newly Old-
rationed rationed

1944

6%
*

2
2
1
1

' Less than 0.5%.

12% 12%

43. (US Dec 18 '43 and Apr 28 '44) If someone told you that a
certain gasoline station was black market, what would that
mean to you — that is, what would the station be doing to
make it black market? The 1944 question was asked of a na-
tional cross-section of car users, (norc)

I Newly Old-

rationed rationed
area area

1943

Selling gas without accepting
stamps, coupons 67%

Selling gas without coupons and
selling at higher than legal prices . 9

Selling illegal or bootleg gas (no
answer to "how") 11

Selling gas at higher than legal
prices 4

Statements voicing disapproval of
black market 1

Statement voicing approval of black
market in gasoline *

Station would be getting gas or cou-
pons from illegal source 7

Accepting coupons not properly en-
dorsed —

Any mention of counterfeiting cou-
pons —

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 5

1943

1944

53%

60%

106%o** 108%o** 120%o**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

44. (US Dec 18 '43 and Apr 28 '44) What are some of the things
people can do to try to stop black market in gasoline? The
1944 question was asked of a national cross-section of car users.
(norc)

area
1943
Refuse to buy from a black-market

station 44%

Report him 24

Only buy with coupons 17

Report him to OPA 9

Only do essential driving 3

Be careful of your extra coupons .... 3

Not pay above ceiling prices 2

Better educational programs 2

Criticisms of handling of program. . . 2

Nothing people can do 1

Should be up to people's conscience,

people be more honest 3

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 10

area
1943

50%

3
3
6

1944

44%

124%** 129%** 127%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

45. (US Dec 18 '43) Out of every hundred gallons of gasoline
this country produces, about how many would you say go for
military purposes? Just your best guess, (norc)

Newly Old-
rationed rationed
area area

Under 20 gallons 2% 1%

20-29 gallons 4 5

30-39 gallons 5 4

40-49 gallons •. . . 3 3

50-59 gallons 25 19

60-69 gallons , 16 16

70-79 gallons ' 26 28

80-89 gallons 6 8 '

90 gallons and over 5 5

No answer * —

Don't know 8 11

* Less than 0.5%.

46. (US Dec 18 '43 and Apr 28 '44) In the next year, do you
think more gasoline will be available for ordinary, everyday
driving, or less? The 1944 question was asked of a national
cross-section of car users, (norc)

About Don't

More the same Less know

Dec '43:

Newly rationed areas 18%

Old-rationed areas 22

Apr '44 32

47. (US Apr 28 '44) 32% of the 1944 sample who thought
more gasoline would be available next year and 31% who
thought less would be available were asked; Why? (norc)

More will be available

Military needs will be less 13%

Greater leniency in rationing 4

Transportation facilities for gasoline have improved. ... 2

Production of gas increased 2

Surplus of gas 2

Fewer cars will be in use 1

More synthetic products 1

Conditional; depends on war 1

16%

56%

10%

[ ^256 ]

Newspapers, radio, officials, etc., say there will be more. 1%

Politics 1

Miscellaneous ' 5

Don't know 1

34%*

* Percentages add to more than 32 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

Less will be available

Military needs will be greater 24%

Severer rationing 2

Conditional; depends on war needs 1

Newspapers, radio, officials, etc., say there will be less. . 1

Scarcity of gas 1

Loss through black market 1

Conditional; depends on control of black market *

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know *

32%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 31 because some respondents gave
more than one answer. ^

48. (US Dec 18 '43) Right now, would you say this country
is producing more gasoline of all kinds than was being pro-
duced just before the war or not as much? (norc)

About Not Don't

More the same as much know

Newly rationed 58% 14% ' 17% 11%

Old-rationed 60 14 13 13

49. (US Dec 18 '43) Why can't this country produce more
gasoline for ordinary, everyday driving, to make up for the
gasoline the armed forces are taking? (norc)

Newly
rationed

Newly

Old-

rationed

area

Manpower 40%

Machinery or production facilitation 16

Transportation factor 8

Restriction of supply (conservation for future) 6

Some price factor 4

No reason why we can't produce more 11

Natural resources limited or exhausted 7

Use crude oil for other purposes 3

Capacity of oil wells cannot be increased. ... 2

New wells not being opened 2

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 17

Old-
rationed
area
38% .
15
16

3
20

118%* 121%*

* Percentages add to more than 10 : because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

50. (US Dec 18 '43) Taking everything into consideration,
do you think the United States has been sending too much of
our gasoline to our Allies? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Newly rationed areas 13% 73% 14%

Old-rationed areas 12 75 13

51. (US Dec 18 '43) If you had a chance to sit down and talk
with a man in the government who knows most about the
gasoline situation, what would you ask him? That is, what
would you most like to know about the gasoline situation?
(norc)

Questions pertaining to rationing — equity or

amount of 15%

Why can't we get and/or when are we going
to get more gasoline (no mention of essen-
tial use) 9

Why can't we, or when are we going to, get
more gas for essential driving 3

How much goes to armed forces and/or Allies 7

Are the armed forces and/or the Allies get-
ting gasoline 7

Questions pertaining to Allied resources and
relative contribution implying criticism. . 6

Are we producing enough, or do we have
enough for war purposes 3

What about production and/or supply for
other purposes 7

Questions pertaining to the destination and
disposal of gas supplies 4

Questions about the processing of gasoline
(technical) 2

Questions relating to restrictions on produc-
tion 7

Questions pertaining to rubber situation,
tires 3

Questions concerning the black market 2

Questions pertaining to government methods 2

Why pleasure driving isn't eliminated 1

Why distribution and transportation isn't
improved 1

Questions on price 1

Questions relating to use and/or effect of the
pipe line *

Questions pertaining to the quality of gaso-
line *

Miscellaneous answers 1

No questions 14

Don't know 12

17%

2
6

1
4
3
3

2
1

107%** 103%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

52. (US Dec 18 '43) Do you think many people here are get-
ting more gas than they really need from the local boards?
Asked of a national cross-section of car owners whose cars
were still being used, (norc)

Yes

Car no
longer
in use

Don't

own
car

Don't

know

38%
30

3%
6

32%
34

11%
12

Newly rationed areas 16%

Old-rationed areas 18

53. (US Dec 18 '43) What kind of people? Asked of 16%
(newly rationed areas) and 18% (old-rationed areas) of the
sample who were car users and thought many people were
getting more gas than they really needed from the local boards.
(norc)

Newly
rationed

Old-
rationed

areas

People who use car for non-essential pur-
poses 4%

Farmers . . 3

War workers 2

[257]

Newly Old-
rationed rationed

areas

People with pull 1%

Moneyed people 1

Government workers 1

People who use their car to get to work. . . *

Share-the-car drivers *

Minority groups *

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 1

areas

2%
2

17%** 21%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 16 and 18 because some respondents
gave more than one answer.

54. (US Dec 18 '43) In order to get a "B" card, what are some
of the things a car owner must certify or prove to the local
boatd? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners whose
cars were still being used, (norc)

Newly Old-
rationed rationed

areas areas
Car is needed for work (no mention that no

other means of transportation is available) 26% 26%
Must prove that he drives certain number of

miles 9 8

Car needed for essential driving 8 6

Must be a member of car-pool 7 6

Has no other adequate means of transporta-
tion to work 5 6

Just need the gas 5 2

Miscellaneous 2 2

Don't know 14 14

Car no longer in use 3 6

Don't own a car 32 34

111%* 110%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

55. (US Dec 18 '43) All those car owners except the ones who
thought that certification of membership in a car pool was
enough to get a "B" card were then asked: From what you
know, is it necessary to be a member of a car-pool to get a "B"
card? 58% of the car owners in the newly rationed area and
54% in the old-rationed area are represented, (norc)

Don't No

Yes No know answer

Newly rationed 5% 38% 11% 4% = 58%

Old-rationed 4 35 12 3 = 54

56. (US Dec 18 '43) What would you say is the main reason
motorists are required to write their car number on gasoline
coupons when they buy gas? Asked of a national cross-section
of car owners whose cars were still being used, (norc)

Newly Old-

rationed rationed
area area

To avoid interchanging coupons 32% 23%

To stop black market, illegal use of gas

coupons -. 14 19

To check on how much a person is get-
ting (if too much) 7 8

To check (general) 6 3

To check up, but they didn't 3 2

To check on mileage * *

Newly

Old-

rationed

areas

Inaccurate answers. . ,

Miscellaneous

Don't know

Car no longer in use .
Don't own a car

104%** 102%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

57. (US Dec 18 '43) Do you think there's anything wrong
about giving your gasoline coupons to friends if you don't use
them youfsclf? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners
whose cars were still being used, (norc)

Car no

longer Don't Don't

Yes No in use own car know

Newly rationed

areas 38% 24% 3% 32% 3%

Old rationed areas. .34 23 6 34 3

58. (US Dec 18 '43) Is it against the law to do this? Asked of
38% (newly rationed area) and 34% (old-rationed area) of the
sample of car users who thought it wrong to give away gaso-
line coupons to friends if they didn't use them themselves.
(norc)

Don't
Yes No know

Newly rationed areas 34% 1% 3% = 38%

Old-rationed areas 29 1 4 =34

59. (US Jan 7 '44) Have you ever heard the slogan "Oil Is
Ammunition"? (norc)

Yes 68% No 30% Don't know 2%

60. (US Jan 7 '44) Does it [the slogan "Oil Is Ammunition"]
make you think of motor oil, fuel oil, gasoline, or what?
(norc)

Gasoline 51%

Motor oil 35

Fuel oil (kerosene) 33

Kitchen fats and greases 8

All kinds of oil 8

Crude oil 2

Miscellaneous specific 1

Don't know 22

160%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

61. (US Apt 28 '44) Have you heatd anything on the radio
recently about what people can do to help the gasoline situa-
tion? 48% of a sample of car users who said they had heard
something were asked: What were they asking people to do?
(norc)

Haven't heard anything about it 51%

Don't know whether or not have heard 1

Asking to cut down driving; only drive when necessary 23
Don't buy on the black market; discourage black market 15

Join car pool; share car 12

Keep cars in good condition 5

Drive slowly 4

Don't buy gas without coupons 2

Endorse your coupons 2

[ 258 ]

Don't accept or give away coupons 2%

Redundant answers 2

Use other means of transportation 1

Don't buy/sell coupons 1

Report offenders 1

Miscellaneous *

Don't know what they were asking 1

123%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

62. (US Apr 28 '44) How about magazines and newspapers?
Have you read anything lately about what people can do to
help the gasoline situation? 32% of the sample who said they
had read something were asked: What were they asking people
to do? Asked of a national cross-section of car users, (norc)

Haven't read anything about it 66%

Don't know whether or not have read anything 2

Cut down driving; only drive when necessary 14

Don't buy on black market; discourage black market. 9

Join car pool; share car 8

Keep cars in good condition 4

Drive slowly 4

Endorse your coupons 2

Don't buy gas without coupons 1

Don't accept or give away coupons 1

Use other means of transportation 1

Don't buy/sell coupons *

Report offenders *

Redundant answers 2

Miscellaneous *

Don't know 2

116%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

63. (US Apr 28 '44) How much chiseling do you think there is
in getting gasoline — a lot, only a little, or none at all? 53% of
the sample thought there was a lot and 24% thought only a
little. These two groups were asked; What kind of things do
chiselers do? The questions were asked of a national ctoss-
section of car owners whose cars were still in use. (norc)
Chiselers buy or sell gas without coupons or without

enough coupons 16%

Exchange coupons; use other people's coupons (no men

tion of buying) 16

Falsify needs to ration board 12

Buy or sell coupons (no mention of counterfeit) 12

Any mention of use of counterfeit coupons 10

General statement that they are doing something illegal,

wrong 10

Use extra allotment for unnecessary purposes 6

Pay more than ceiling prices 4

Pay extra to get gas without coupons 4

Steal coupons 2

6f ibery 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know what kinds of things they do 7

Don't know whether or not there is any chiseling 20

Think there is none 3

64. (US Apr 28 '44) What kinds of people are doing most of it?
Asked of 77% of a national cross-section of car users who
thought there was some chiseling in getting gasoline, (norc)

All kinds; no one particular group; general public 23%

Regular chiselers; unprincipled people 9

People who use car for non-essential driving; pleasure

drivers 9

Moneyed people 8

People who are not war-conscious 6

People whose ration doesn't allow them enough for nec-
essary driving 3

Farmers 2

Minority groups 2

War workers 2

People holding "A" coupons 2

People with pull

Other workers

Salesmen

Dealers; filling stations

Miscellaneous

Don't know 11

84%*
* Percentages add to more than 77 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

66. (US Apr 28 '44) Has a gas station ever given you a chance
to buy gas without collecting enough coupons or without col-
lecting any coupons at all? Asked of a national cross-section
of car users, (norc)
Yes 9% No 89% Don't know 2%

66. (US Apr 28 '44) Do you yourself know of any one who
has bought gas without coupons in the last three months?
Asked of a national cross-section of car users, (norc)

Yes 21% No 78% No answer 1%

67. (US Apr 28 '44) Do you think many people atound here
are getting more gas than they really need from the local
boards? Asked of a national cross-section of cat users, (norc)
Yes 23% No 59% Don't know 18%

68. (US Apr 28 '44) As far as you know, do gas stations have
to tutn in coupons for all the gasoline they sell, or are they
allowed to get gas to sell without giving coupons? 82% of the
sample who said they must have coupons were asked: Do you
have any idea where a dealer gets these coupons when he sells
gas without collecting any? Where? (norc)

Don't know whether or not they must have coupons. . . 16%

Can get gas without coupons 2

Use counterfeited coupons 12

From people who do not use their coupons 11

From black market 5

Bought ffom crooks, gangsters (general) 4

Stolen 3

From ration board 1

More coupons taken in than gas sold 1

Miscellaneous answers 1

Don't know 50

106%*

124%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

69. (US Apr 28 '44) Do you think there is anything wrong
about giving your gasoline coupons to friends if you don't use
them yourself? 43% of the sample who said there was nothing
wrong with giving coupons away were asked: Why don't you
think so? Asked of a national cross-section of car users, (norc)

[259]

Not right to give unused coupons away 50%

Don't know whether or not it is wrong 7

All right if used for necessary driving and/or in an emer-
gency 18

A certain amount is allotted, doesn't matter who uses it . 9

They are mine to use as I wish 5

It's the neighborly thing to do 3

Coupons should be used, not wasted 3

Miscellaneous reasons 2

Didn't say why they thought so 4

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

70. (US Apr 28 '44) Who do you think is more responsible for
the black market in gasoline — the government or the people?
Asked of a national cross-section of car users, (norc)
Government 23% People 63% Don't know 14%

71. (US Apr 28 '44) In order to get a "B" ration, what are
some of the things a car owner must certify or prove to the
local board? Asked of a national cross-section of car users.
(norc)

That car is needed for work (no mention that other

means of transportation is available) 41%

Must prove that he drives certain number of miles 17

Must be member of a car-pool 14

Car needed for essential driving 9

They need the gas 5

Has no other adequate means of transportation to work 5

Must prove tire inspection 2

Miscellaneous *

Don't know 29

122%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

72. (US Apr 28 '44) From what you know, is it necessary to
be a member of a car-pool to get a "B" ration for home to
work driving? Asked of 86% of a national cross-section of car
users who did not mention car-sharing as one of the things a
car owner must certify to get a "B" ration, (norc)

Yes 14% No 41% Don't know 31% = 86%

73. (US Apr 28 '44) Do you, or does anyone in your family
have to use your car for necessary driving? 84% of the sample
who said they had to use their cars for necessary driving were
asked: What sort of necessary driving? A national cross-section
of car users were questioned, (norc)

Don't have to use car for necessary driving 16%

Need it for transportation during business day 39

Transportation to and from work 33

Shopping 14

Health; invalids; etc 6

Going to church 4

Volunteer work 3

Taking children to school 2

Transportation is scarce or crowded (no mention of pur-
pose) 1

Visiting 1

Miscellaneous purposes 1

Didn't say why they had to use it 1

74. (US Apr 28 '44) The same 84% of the car users who were
asked the preceding question were also asked: Does your ration
allow you to get all the gasoline you need for necessary driv-
ing? 24% of the sample said the ration was inadequate. This
24% was asked: How many more gallons a week would you
need for necessary driving? (norc)

Get enough on the ration 58%

Don't know whether or not ration is enough . . 2

Need 2 gallons or less 4

3 gallons 3

4 gallons 2

5 gallons 5

6 gallons 1

7-9 gallons 1

10 gallons 2

Over 10 gallons 3

Don't know how much extra is needed 3

84%

75. (US Apr 28 '44) Why can't this country produce more
gasoline for ordinary, everyday driving to make up for the
gasoline the armed forces are taking? Asked of a national cross-
section of car users, (norc)

Manpower 32%

Transportation factor 14

Machinery or production facilities 10

Restriction of supply (conservation for future) 7

No reason why we can't produce more 7

Some price factor 3

Natural resources limited or exhausted 7

New wells not being opened (no statement of other fac-
tors) 3

Capacity of oil wells cannot be increased 2

Use crude oil for other purposes 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 32

121%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

76. (US Apr 28 '44) If there is more gas for civilians in the
future, but no new cars are made to take the place of those
that are wearing out, what do you think the government
should do about gas rations — increase the basic ration or keep
the ration as it is now in order to prevent cars from wearing
out so fast? Asked of a national cross-section of car users.
(norc)

Increase 49% Keep present ration 41% Don't know 10%

77. (US June 2 '44) Do you have a family automobile which
still is in use? 60% of the sample who said their cars were still
in use were asked: What kind of gas ration do you have? Asked
of a national cross-section of women marketers, (norc)

"A" card 24%

"B" card 21

"C" card 12

"T" card 2

Didn't say what kind of card 1

No car or car no longer in use 40

78. (US June 2 '44) After the ration period is over and you
have some unused gasoline coupons, what do you do with
them? Asked of 60% of a national sample of women marketers
who had a family automobile which was still in use. (norc)

[260]

Never have any left 46%

Give them to the ration board 7

Destroy them or throw them away 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 5

60%

79. (Canada Aug 15 '45) Do you think the amount of gasoline
allowed to car drivers should now be increased to more than
it is, or not? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 54% 31% 15%

BY CAR OWNERSHIP

Car owners 59%

Non-car owners 50

32%
31

9%
19

80. (Canada Aug 15 '45) Do you think the amount of gasoline
allowed to car drivers will be increased before the end of the
year? (cipo)
Yes 44% No 31% Undecided 25%

GAULLE, CHARLES DE

1. (us July 29 '41) Do you happen to know who General Dc
Gaulle is? Those who said they knew who General De Gaulle
was were asked: Who is he? (US Aug 19 '41) Do vou happen
to know who General De Gaulle is? A comparable cross-section
was asked: Do you happen to know who the Free French are?
Those of the second cross-section who indicated that they
were familiar with the underground movement were asked:
Who are they? (US Feb 3 '43) Can you tell me who General De
Gaulle is? (aipo) ^Canada Aug 23 '44) Will you tell me who
De Gaulle is? (cipo)

Carreer or Vague, in-

reasonahly correct, or

correct don' t know

July '41 36% 64%

Aug '41 38 62

Feb '43 44 56

Aug '44 75 25

CANADIAN RESULTS BY EDUCATION

College 90% 10%

High school ' 85 15

Public school 62 38

2. (Canada Aug 23 '44) From what you have seen or read do
you approve or disapprove of the way the United Nations have
treated De Gaulle? Asked of 75% of the sample who knew who
De Gaulle was. (ciPo)

Approve 40% Disapprove 23% Undecided 37% = 100%
of those who knew who De Gaulle was

3. (France Oct 1 '44) Did you go to see General De Gaulle
march in the parade? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians.
(fipo)

Yes No

National total 56% 44%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Central 64% 36%

West 67 33

South 54 46

North and East 41 59

Yes No

BY AGE

20-34 years 62% 38%

35-49 years 59 41

50-64 years 45 55

65 years and over 26 74

4. (France Nov 16 '44) Did you listen to De Gaulle's broad-
cast of Oct 14 '44? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)
Yes 55% No 45%

6. (France Nov 16 '44) Did you read it [De Gaulle's speech of
Oct 14 '44] in the newspaper? Asked of a cross-section of Pari-
sians, (fipo)
Yes 62% No 32% No answer 6%

6. (France Nov 16 '44) Did you approve of his speech? Asked
of a cross-section of Parisians who knew about General De
Gaulle's speech of Oct 14 '44. (fipo)

Yes 80% No 3% No opinion 17% = 100%

of those who knew about General De Gaulle's speech

7. (France Jan 1 '45) Do you think General De Gaulle's trip
to Moscow will have favorable consequences for France? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 77% 7% 16%

Provinces 72 11 17

8. (France Apr 16 '45) Did you read or hear General De
Gaulle's speech to the Consultative Assembly on Mar 2 '45?
(fipo)

Read only 33%

Heard only 23

Read and heard 26

Neither read nor heard 18

9. (France Apr 16 '45) Did you approve or disapprove of this
speech [of General De Gaulle]? (fipo)

Approve 62% Disapprove 8% No opinion 30%

10. (France Apr 16 '45) Do you thirk General De Gaulle was
justified in declining President Roosevelt's invitation to Al-
giers? A comparable cross-section was asked the question in
the following form: Do you think General De Gaulle should
have accepted President Roosevelt's invitation to Algiers?
(fipo)

Yes No No opinion

First cross-section 63% 15% 22%

Second cross-section 27 58 15

COMBINED RESULTS

Approve of De Gaulle's decision 61%

Disapprove of De Gaulle's decision 20

No opinion 19

11. (France Asked in Sept '45) General De Gaulle has refused
to receive M. Jouhaux, who came to present to him the formu-
lated observations of the CGT and the parties of the left on
the subject of the vote of the next Constitution. Do you ap-
prove of this decision? (fipo)

Yes 44'

No 40%

No opinion 16%

12. (France Feb 16 '46) In your opinion, has General De
Gaulle done well or badly? (fipo)

Well Badly No opinion

National total 41% 36% 23%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 38%
. . 44

23%
24

[261]

43%

22%

Well Badly No opinion

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 35%

White-collar 37

Farmers 48

13. (France Mar 1 '46) Do you consider General De Gaulle as
a man of the right, the left, or outside the parties? (fipo)

The right 49%

The left 1

Outside the parties 39

No opinion 11

14. (France Mar 1 '46) Do you approve of General De Gaulle
leaving the presidency of the government? (fipo)

Approve Disapprove

National total 47% 28%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional 57% 28%

White-collar 55 28

Workers 54 27

No opinion
25%

15%

[ 15. (France Mar 1 '46) Do you think that sometime General
De Gaulle will again become head of the government? (fipo)

Yes
National total 21%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 19%
.. 23

BY OCCUPATION

Business 27%

Professional 24

White-collar 20

Workers 17

No
43%

48%
39

44%
50
50
53

No opinion
36%

33%
38

29%
26
30
30

16. (France Mar 1 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with
General De Gaulle's departure? (fipo)

Indifferent

National total .

Men

Women

Dis-
satisfied
40%

Satisfied no opinion
32% 28%

BY SEX

. . 34%
. . 45

BY OCCUPATION

41%

45%

25%
31

27%

Workers 28%

White-collar 39

Living on income 36

Professional 42

Business 48

Farmers 43

17. (France Mar 1 '46) In your opinion, for what reasons did
General De Gaulle resign? (fipo)

Disagreements with party politics, the Constituent As-
sembly, or the ministers 28%

Impossibility of making his politics triumphant 15

Feeling of incapacity to overcome the present difficulties. 9

Decline of his prestige 8

Weary of political strife 8

Did not consent to the reduction of military authority. . 3

Disagreement on miscellaneous points 2

Foreign influence 1

Political design 1

Other 4

No opinion 21

18. (France Mar 1 '46) How did you learn of the resignation
of General De Gaulle? (fipo)

On the radio 37%

Through the newspapers 30

Through conversation 29

Don't remember 4

19. (France Mar 1 '46) What were your feelings on learning
this news [of De Gaulle's resignation]? (fipo)

Surprise 31%

Uneasiness and sorrow 19

Violent and indignant feelings 12

Satisfaction 16

Indifference 7

Expected it 5

No answer 10

20. (France Mar 1 '46 and Oct 16 '46) If General De Gaulle
were to become head of a political party, would you vote for
that party? (fipo)

Yes No No answer
31% 46% 23%

Mar '46.
Oct '46. .

Men

Mar '46 24%

Oct '46. .
Women
Mar '46.
Oct '46. .

37
41

BY OCCUPATION

Business

Mar '46 42%

Oct '46

Professional

Mar '46

Oct '46

White-collar

Mar '46

Oct '46

Workers

Mar '46

Oct '46

Farmers

Mar '46

Oct '46

Living on income

Mar '46

Oct '46

29
28

23
24

19
38

55%
56

37
38

44%
38

44
40

56
63

38
39

53
46

OCT '46 RESULTS BY AGE

20-34 years 31% 52%

35-49 years 32 50

50-64 years 35 46

65 years and over 46 34

OCT '46 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHIC SECTION

Southwest 27% 56%

Paris and Seine 32 53

Southeast 34 42

Northwest 36 47

Northeast 40 39

21%
16

26
21

14%
20

27
16

16
18

21
13

31
25

28
16

17%

21. (France Mar 16 '46, May 16 '46, July 16 '46, Aug '46,
Sept '46, Oct 1 '46, Oct 16 '46. Asked in D^c '46) Do you want
General De Gaulle to return to power? (fipo)

[262]

Yts

Mar '46 27%

May '46 29

July '46 36

Aug '46 33

Sept '46 34

Oct 1 '46 38

Oct 16 '46 34

Dec '46 34

BY SEX

Men

Mar '46 23%

July '46 29

Aug '46 30

Oct 1 '46 33

Oct 16 '46 32

Dec '46 30

Womtn

Mar '46 30

July '46 42

Aug '46 37

Oct 1 '46 43

Oct 16 '46 45

Dec '46 38

BY AGE

20-3-^ years

Aug '46 30%

Oct 1 '46 35

Dec '46 32

35-49 years

Aug '46 27

Oct 1 '46 36

Dec '46 31

50-64 years

Aug '46 36

Oct 1 '46 40

Dec '46 36

65 years and over

Aug '46 46

Oct 1 '46 48

Dec '46 45

BY OCCUPATION

Business

Mar '46 34%

July '46 42

Aug '46 43

Sept '46 46

Oct 1 '46 46

Oct 16 '46 47

Dec '46 47

Projessional

Mar '46 30

July '46 50

Aug '46 42

Sept '46 44

Oct 1 '46 37

Oct 16 '46 50

Dec '46 45

White-collar

Mar '46 24

July '46 30

Aug '46 29

Sept '46 29

Oct 1 '46 36

No answer

No opinion

52%

21%

59%

18%

51%

19%

41%

25%

No answer
or

Yes No No opinion

Oct 16 '46 32% 56% 12%

Dec '46 27 60 13

Workers

Mar '46 17 68 15

July '46 23 58 19

Aug '46 24 62 14

Sept '46 27 56 17

Oct 1 '46 29 55 16

Oct 16 '46 27 63 10

Dec '46 25 67 8

Farmers

Mar '46 31 40 29

July '46 39 35 26

Aug '46 38 41 21

Oct 1 '46 37 40 23

Oct 16 '46 39 36 25

Dec '46 38 46 16

Living on income

Mar '46 27 51 22

July '46 29 47 24

Aug '46 34 44 22

Oct 1 '46 43 39 18

Oct 16 '46 42 40 18

Housewives

July '46 47 28 25

Oct 1 '46 48 34 18

Oct 16 '46 51 33 16

BY POLITICS

Communist

May '46 3% 91% 6%

July '46 3 92 5

Oct 1 '46 2 95 3 ■

Socialist

May '46 14 70 16

July '46 16 66 18

Oct 1 '46 21 66 13

Radical Socialist

May '46 35 41 24

Oct 1 '46 39 40 21

MR?

May '46 66 16 18

July '46 69 13 18

Oct 1 '46 72 12 16

PRL

May '46 59 26 15

July '46 61 19 20

Oct 1 '46 77 13 10

Coalition of parties of the left

July '46 33 38 29

Other moderate and right parties

May '46 43 39 18

OCT 16 '46 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Southwest 32% 54% 14%

Paris and Seine 35 55 10

Northwest 38 48 14

Southeast 39 43 18

Northeast 45 39 16

22. (France July 1 '46) General Dc Gaulle declined the invita-
tion addressed to him by Felix Gouin to be present at the vic-
tory celebration on the 13th of May at Paris and went instead
to the tomb of Clemenceau, Do you approve or disapprove of
General De Gaulle's action on this occasion? (fipo)

[ !263 ]

Approve 49% Disapprove 31% No opinion 20%

23. (France Aug 1 '46) Have you heard or read De Gaulle's
speech at Bayeux on June 16? (fipo)

Read it 33%

Heard it on radio 13

Both 18

Didn't hear or read it 36

24. (France Aug 1 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of what
he said? Asked of 64% of the sample who had heard or read
De Gaulle's speech at Bayeux on June 16. (fipo)

Dts- Indifferent
Approved approved and

speech speech no opinion

29% 21% 50% = 100% of

those who had
heard or read the
speech

National total.

Communist

Socialist

Other leftist parties .

MRP

PRL

BY POLITICS

3%
13
39

64
72

59% 38%

33 54

10 51

2 34

5 23

25. (France Aug 1-16 '46) Do you think he [De Gaulle] will
regain power? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 27% 34% 39%

BY POLITICS

Communist 9%

Socialist 15

Other leftist parties 27

MRP 50

PRL 47

66%

25%

26. (France Sept '46) Did you read in the newspapers or hear
on the radio the speech delivered by General De Gaulle at
Bar-le-Duc on Sunday, July 21? (fipo)

Read the speech in the newspapers 35%

Heard the speech on the radio 16

Neither heard nor read 49

27. (France Sept '46) Do you approve or disapprove of this
speech [General De Gaulle's speech at Bar-le-Duc]? (fipo)

Indifferent
Dis- and didn't
Approve approve know of speech
National total 25% 14% 61%

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 19%

Living on income 27

Business 41

Professional 43

22%
16
13
15

59%
57
46
42

28. (France Oct 16 '46) Did you read in the newspapers or
hear on the radio the speech which General De Gaulle made
at Epinal on Sunday, September 29, 1946? Asked between
October 3 and 8. (fipo)

Read it in the press 34%

Heard it on the radio 17

Heard and read it 18

Neither heard nor read it 31

29. (France Oct 16 '46) On the whole do you approve or dis-
approve of what General De Gaulle said in this speech [at

Epinal on Sunday, September 29, 1946]? Asked between Oc-
tober 3 and 8. (fipo)

National totaL . . .

Communist

Socialist

Coalition of par-
ties of the left . .

MRP

PRL

30. (France Oct 16 '46) Do you think that General De Gaulle
has ambitions for personal power? (fipo)

No 40% Yes 41% No opinion 19%

31. (France Oct 16 '46) Some people say that a vote on the
Constitution is really a vote for or against General De Gaulle.
Do you agree? (fipo)

Yes 25% No 48% No opinion 27%

Neither read

nor heard

ipprove

Disapprove

opinion

the speech

28%

32%

31%

POLITICS

69%

27%

GENERALS

1. (US Aug 29 '42) Which one [of these countries] do you
think has the smartest generals? (norc)

Russia 5%

Japan 1

Germany 19

England 2

United States 58

Don't know 15

2. (US Feb 3 '43) Can you tell me who General Giraud is?
(aipo)

Correct 29%

Partially correct 11

Incorrect 5

Vague 17

No answer 7

Don't know 31

3. (US Nov 26 '43) Have you heard or read about the General
Patton incident in Italy? (aipo)

Yes 85% No 15%

4. (US Nov 26 '43) Leaving aside questions of military policy,
which way would you as a citizen have greater confidence in
the army high command — if General Patton is brought back
to the United States, or if he is left in charge of his troops in
Italy? Asked of a national cross-section of persons who were
familiar with the General Patton incident in Italy. 85% of
the sample is represented, (aipo)

Brought back 22% Left 70%*

Undecided 8% = 100% of those questioned
* Voters with a family member or close relative serving in the armed
forces were 72% in favor of leaving Patton where he was.

5. (US Mar 20 '45) Who do you think is the greatest United
States army general in the war? (aipo)

MacArthur 43%

Eisenhower 31

Patton 17

[2G4]

Marshall 1%

Hodges

Stilwcll

Bradley

Incorrect answers such as Montgomery, Halsey

Didn't say 5

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US Oct 17 '45) What is your opinion of General George

Patton? (aipo)

Unqualified approval of Patton 50%

Qualified approval 22

Disapproval 7

Miscellaneous 3

No opinion or never heard of him 18

GEOGRAPHY

1. (us Mar 6 '40) What countries in South America can you
name? (aipo)

All countries 2%

Brazil 65

Argentina 52

Chile 46

Peru 28

Uruguay 27

Paraguay 24

Ecuador 15

Bolivia 17

Venezuela 14

Colombia 14

French Guiana 12

Dutch Guiana 14

British Guiana 12

No answer 25

Incorrect answers 10

377%*
* Some respondents named a number of countries correctly, which
accounts for the total of more than 100.

2. (US Mar 6 '40) What is the largest South American country?
(aipo)

Brazil 57%

Argentina 7

Chile 1

All other countries in South America 1

Named countries not in South America 1

No answer 33

3. (US Dec 10 '40) Three questions were used: (1) Can you
tell me the name of any countries you think of when people
speak of Latin America? (2) Do you think of Latin America
as including all countries in Central and South America? 60%
of the sample said they did. The remaining 40% were asked;
(3) Can you think of the names of any more countries in Cen-
tral and South America, in addition to those you have men-
tioned? (opor)

RESULTS OF THE FIRST QUESTION

Brazil 43%*

Argentina 38

Chile 26

Mexico 21%

Uruguay 15

Panama 15

Peru 13

Paraguay 10

Colombia 8

Bolivia 8

Venezuela 7

Ecuador 7

Nicaragua 5

Guatemala 4

Honduras 4

British Guiana 3

Other answers 3

No answer 1

12. (Germany Nov 26 '45) Do you believe that the German
people will someday be able to govern themselves along
democratic lines? (omgus)

Yes 70%

No 9

No opinion 17

Yes, if right people get into power 2

Yes, and reason not given 0.5

No answer 1

Other answers 1

14. (Germany Dec 11 '45) Generally speaking, do you think
that the German people are more capable of ruling themselves
now than they were three months ago? 13% of the sample
who thought they were not were asked: Why not? (omgus)

They are more capable now 65%

No opinion as to whether or not they are more capable . . 22

Will take the Germans years to learn to rule 1

Just have the impression that they are not capable (no

elaboration) 1

Too much hate and/or confusion 2

People do not change in three months; things haven't

changed 2

It's too early yet 2

Other reasons why they are not capable 5

Didn't say why they are not capable 1

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (Germany Dec 27 '45 and Aug 9 '46) Do you think the
Germans have learned in the past few months how to govern
themselves better? 20% of the 1945 sample who said they
thought not, were asked: Why not? (omgus)

RESULTS IN DEC '45

Have learned to govern themselves better 61%

No opinion as to whether or not they have learned 19

Things have not changed; nothing has happened; no

progress has been made 4

We haven't had a chance to try yet 1

Germans are not ready yet; still can't forget the war;

need to recuperate 5%

No adequate political leadership and/or unity 5

Insufficient or unjust denazification 1

Didn't say why they hadn't learned 3

Don't know; can't say; no opinion 1

RESULTS IN AUG '46

Yes 59%

No 17

No opinion 24

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

16. (Germany Jan 14 '46, Mar 22 '46, July 25 '46) Would you
approve of Bavaria's being separated from the Reich and be-
coming an independent state? (omgus)

Yes No No opinion No answer

Jan '46 27% 51% 22% —

Mar '46 17 63 17 3%

July '46 20 65 15 *

* Less than 0.5%.

20% of the July sample who thought that Bavaria should
secede were asked: Should Bavaria join a confederation of
German states or should she remain entirely separate and
independent?

Confederation 10%

Independent 8

No opinion 2

20%

17. (Germany Jan 14 '46) At present, economic policy in the
American zone is being formulated by the various state gov-
ernments. Do you think it would be better or worse if economic
policy were formed by a central government? (omgus)

Better 54%

Worse 7

OK as things are now 14

No answer 1

No opinion 24

18. (Germany Jan 14 '46) Do you think that the Allies will
be able to work successfully together in creating a united
Germany? (July 25 '46) Do you think the Allies will cooperate
successfully to leave behind a unified Germany at the end of
the occupation period? (omgus)

No No

Yes No opinion answer

Jan '46 71% 15% 13% 1%

July '46 55 25 20 —

19. (Germany Jan 14 '46) Do you think that a central govern-
ment should be set up for all four occupation zones of Ger-
many? (omgus)

Yes 59% No 18% No opinion 23%

20. (Germany Mar 22 '46) Would you favor a monarchy for
Germany or not? (omgus)

Yes 16%

No 60

No opinion, don't know, can't say 21

No answer 3

21. (Germany Apr 4 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statements: (omgus)

[270]

AMERICAN

ZONE AND

BERLIN

ONLY

ophi-

Opin-

Yes No ion

Yis No

ion

% % %

/o /o

Statement 1 31%

Statement 2 22

Statement 3 18

Statement 4 6

No answer *

Hitler and his government were
criminals who misled the Ger-
man people 90

Sometimes it is necessary to make
suggestions or criticize official
policies even to a superior 86

It is the duty of a citizen to keep
himself informed about his gov-
ernment and to feel responsible
for its actions 81

11 8 84 13 3

22. (Norway July 5 '46) In your opinion, should Germany
again be self-governing, or do you think that it ought to be
under control? (ngi)

Under Self-got- Don't No
control ernment know answer
National total 88% 7% 4% 1%

BY SEX

Men 88% 10% 2% —

Women 87 4 7 2%

BY AGE

18-25 years 90% 5% 4% 1%

25-35 years 86 9 4 1

35-50 years 89 7 4 —

50 years and over 85 7 6 2 ■

BY economic STATUS

High 90% 8% 2% -

Middle 90 6 4 —

Low 87 7 4 2%

23. (Norway July 5 '46) Do you think that this control should
go on indefinitely or only last a limited period? Asked of 88%
of the sample who thought that Germany ought to be con-
trolled, (ngi)

Limited Don't

period Always know

National total 51% 43% 6% = 100%

of those questioned

BY SEX

Men 60% 37% 3%

■Women 42 49 9

BY AGE

18-25 years 45% 49% 6%

25-35 years 53 42 5

35-50 years 48 46 6

50 years and over 56 36 8

24. (Germany July 25 '46) For the period of occupation the
following four systems of government are possible in the
United States zone of Germany. Which of these would you
prefer? (1) A strong central government directing the United
States zone from Berlin. (2) A federal government in Berlin
that leaves a great deal of responsibility to the states. (3) No
central government. Though the states form a confederation
everyone of them retains the right of an independent govern-
ment. (4) No confederation of states. Every state has its own
absolutely separate and independent government, (omgus)

* Less than 0.5%.

25. (Germany July 25 '46) For the period of occupation, a
central German government of all four zones might be formed.
Do vou think such a central government should be established
or not? 70% of the sample thought a central government should
be established and 10% thought not. These two groups were
asked: Why and why not? (omgus)

No opinion as to whether or not a central government

should be established ' 20%

Should be established because:

German states are economically dependent on one an-
other; unity will improve economic development. ... 22

Exchange of goods 13

Unification of administration; unified government able

to do better job 10

To re-establish unity at last; unity is only possibility of

building Germany up again; speeds reconstruction. . . 15

Zonal borders cause greatest difficulties 5

Question of financial demands and reparations more

easily solved by central government 1

One government not as expensive as many 1

Other reasons 1

Didn't give any reason 1

Don't know; don't understand anything about it; leave

it to others 1

Should not be established because:

Every state should have its own administration 2

Can live better without Prussia, because Prussians al- >

ways make war 4

Russian zone would gain position of power; Russians

are feared very much 2

Too early yet; better if Americans alone have the say

here 1

Other reasons 1

26. (Germany July 25 '46) Do you consider the Allies capable
of setting up such a central German government? (omgus)

Capable 75%

Hardly capable. ... 6

Incapable 3

No opinion 16

No answer *

* Less than 0.5'^c.

27. (Germany Aug 9 '46) Do you think the Allies will be
able to establish a central German government? (omgus)
Yes 44% No 18% No opinion 38% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%-

28. (Germany Aug 9 '46) What kind of a central German
government will the Allies try to establish? Asked of 44%. of
the sample who thought the Allies would be able to establish
a central government, (omgus)

Will try to establish
Federal government; federal constitution; individual

rights of the states to be respected 12.%

Strong central government in Berlin; unified government

of all zones in Berlin; zonal borders to be abolished;

government as before 1933 17

Government based on democratic principles 31

Germany to become a mandate of the Allies; Americans

should stay 1

[271]

No Communistic government; Russians to have no voice

in it 19

Government set up after model of Control Council *

A government capable of a strong economic policy 2

A Christian government 1

Other answers 2

Social Democratic government 1

Don't know; no opinion 29

No answer 3

100%
of those questioned
* Less than 0.5%.

What do you think the Allies will agree on? Asked of 18%
of the total sample who thought the Allies would not be able
to establish a central German government.

Will agree on
Germany to be divided into several states; autonomous

government for each state 5%

No agreement between the Allies yet; no agreement with
the French; depends on Russia; Russia will not give in;

cooperation England-United States 59

Separation of the eastern parts from the rest of Germany 6

Will continue the same way as before 3

War with Russia 1

Other answers 1

No opinion; don't know; development not yet to be fore-
seen; don't read newspapers 23

No answer 2

100%
of those questioned

29. (Germany July 25 '46) Do you expect any important
changes in the government established in Germany by the
Allies to take place after the occupation period has come to an
end? 9% of the sample who said they expected changes were
asked : What changes do you expect? (omgus)

Don't expect any changes 51%

No opinion as to whether or not there will be changes or

no answer to the first question 40

Expect a unified government uninfluenced by Allies 2

A government that causes Germany to be respected again

in the world *

A move to the left 1

Disturbances might easily arise; disagreement between
party leaders; frequent changes of government; quarrels

about internal politics 2

Depends on external influences; changes might be influ-
enced by Nazi spirit still existing 1

Situation in general will improve 1

A change to the right *

No opinion; don't know 1

Didn't say what changes expected 1

* Less than 0.5%.

30. (Germany Aug 9 '46) We should like to know if you have
any criticisms about the following items, for often criticism
is worth more than praise. Are you satisfied, not quite satisfied,
or not at all satisfied with progress in rebuilding a democratic

■ government? (omgds)

"' Satisfied 54%

Not quite satisfied 17

Not at all satisfied 6

I No opinion 23

31. (Germany Aug 9 '46) In your opinion, are the German
people capable of learning how to govern themselves in a
democratic way? (omgus)

Yes 79% No 6% No opinion 15% No answer *
* Less than 0.5%.

32. (Germany Nov 25 '46) Which should be accomplished
first, the economic or the political unity of the four zones in
Germany? (omgus)

Political 8

Both together 16

No opinion 13

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

33. (Germany Nov 25 '46) Have you noted any progress to-
ward union of the four zones? (omgus)

Yes 11% No 51% No opinion 38% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

34. (Germany Asked in Dec '46) Are you in favor of a unified
German state, a federal state, or a division of Germany into
independent countries without a central government? (gmzfo)

Unified state 47%

Federal state 40

Independent countries 10

No opinion 3

Territorial Expansion

1. (Germany Mar 29 '46) Before the war it was often said
that parts of Europe with considerable German minorities,
e.g. Sudetenland should be legally reincorporated in Germany.
Did you agree to that or not? (omgus)

Yes 36%, No 39% No opinion 25%,

2. (Germany Mar 29 '46) A separate cross-section comparable
to that used for the preceding question was asked: Before the
war Hitler often said that parts of Europe with considerable
German minorities, e.g. Sudetenland, should be legally rein-
corporated into Germany. Did you agree to that or not?
(omgus)

Agreed 39% Disagreed 40% No opinion 21%

3. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: Territories such as
Danzig, Sudetenland, and Austria should be part of Germany
proper, (omgus)

No
Yes No opinion

American zone and Berlin. . 52% 36% 12%
Berlin only 58 38 4

GOVERNMENT OWNERSHIP

Banks (Australia)

1. (Australia Dec '41) Should control of banking by the Com-
monwealth government be increased, or decreased, or no
change? (apop)

Increase No Decrease No

control change control opinion

National total 40% 36%, 6% 18%

BY POLITICS

Labor voters 61% 26% 2% 11%

Other voters ■ 40 44 9 7

[ 272 ]

2. (Australia July '43 and Nov '46) Do you favor private or
government ownership of the trading banks? (apop)

Banks (U.S.)

July

Nov

43.
'46.

Govern-
ment

41%
32

Private

39%
50

1946 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Executives 7% 81%,

Farmers 18 71

White-collar 28 57

Artisans 44 40

Unskilled labor 47 27

Unde-
cided

9%
18

12%

No
answer

11%

3. (Australia Feb-Mar '45 and May '45) The government pro-
poses to abolish the Commonwealth bank board and place the
bank under government control. Do you favor or oppose that
change? (apop)

No
Oppose Favor opinion

Feb-Mar '45 53% 30% 17%

May '45 60 24 16

BY POLITICS

Labor

Feb-Mar '45 36%

May '45 45

Non-labor

Feb-Mar '45 79

May '45 81

Those who voted in favor of the
powers referendum, May '45 50

45%
37

9
9

19%
18

FEB-MAR RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well-to-do 97%

Better-ofF 72

Artisans 49

Low income 45

3% -

17 11%

34 17

32 23

Banks (Canada)

1. (Canada May 3 '44) Do you think the government should
own and operate all banks in Canada, or do you think we
should continue with the present system? (cipo)
Approve 23% Disapprove 66% Undecided 11%

Banks (France)

1. (France Jan 16 '46) Do you approve of the nationalization
of banks as it has been voted? (fipo)

No
Yes No opinion

National total 44% 28% 28%

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 49% 27% 24%

White-collar 47 31 22

Farmers 46 18 36

Professional 46 39 15

Living on income 43 32 25

Business 39 43 18

2. (France May 16 '45) Would you approve of nationalization
of the banks? (fipo)

Approve 70% Disapprove 13% No opinion 17%

Banks (Great Britain)

1. (Great Britain May '45) Wo,uld you approve or disapprove
of the nationalization of the Bank of England? (bipo)
Approve 39% Disapprove 20% ■ Don't know 41%

1. (US Nov 20 '36, Dec 8 '36, July 5 '37, July '42, May 29 '45,
Sept 6 '45, Dec 31 '46) Do you favor government ownership of
banks? (aipo, for)

Unde-

No,

cided or

leave

don't

Yes

alone

know

Nov '36 (aipo)

36%

56%

8% =

100<

Dec '36 (aipo)

57 =

100%

July '37 (aipo)

47 =

100

*Aug '37 (aipo)

51 =

100

^*July '42 (for)

64.8

25.2

10.0 =

100

jMay '45 (aipo). . . .

12 =

100

tSept '45 (aipo)

11 =

100

tScpt '45 (aipo) Union

members only. . . .

11 =

100

§Dec '46 (aipo)

8 =

100

* The question was: Would you like to have the government own
and control the banks?

** After the war is over, do you think the government should own
and operate all banks, only regulate them, or leave them entirely alone?
64.8% includes 56.5% who thought the government should only regu-
late and 8.3% who thought the government should own and operate.

t Do you believe the government should own the banks?

j Do you think the government should own the banks in this coun-
try?

§ Do you think the United States government should own the banks
in this country?

2. (US July 5 '37) Do you think the government will someday
take over the banks? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 39% = 100% No opinion 23%

3. (US Sept 16 '37) Do you think that government regulation
of the stock exchanges has helped investors? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 69% 31% = 100% 43%

opinions of INVESTORS

All investors interviewed. . . 62% 38%
Investors who voted for

Roosevelt 80 20

Investors who voted for

Landon 44 56

BY POLITICS

Democratic 83% 17%

Republican 47 53

4. (US Mar 23 '38) Have you heard about the Wall Street case
of Richard Whitney? (aipo)

Yes 63% No and no answer 37%

5. (US Mar 23 '38) Do you think it [the Richard Whitney
case] calls for further regulation of Wall Street? Asked of a
national cross-section of people who had heard about the
Whitney case. 63% of the total sample is represented, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 74% 26% = 100% 15%

BY POLITICS

Republican 62% 38%

Democratic 81 19

6. (US July 2 '38) Do you approve of federal regulation of the
Securities Exchange? Asked of 20% of a national sample who
owned stocks and bonds, (aipo)
Yes 12% No 4% No opinion 4% = 20%

[273]

7. (US Dec '41) After the war is over, do you think there will
be more, the same, or less government regulation of banking?
(for)

More 36.3% Same 35.0% Less 6.1% Don't know 22.6%

8. (US Dec '41) Those with opinions on the preceding ques-
tion were asked whether they thought this would be a good
or bad thing, (for)

Don't
Good Bad know

More 59.9% 30.4% 9.7% = 100.0% of those

questioned

Same 84.3 7.5 8.2 = 100.0*

Less 51.9 37.9 10.2 =100.0*

* 100% of those questioned.

GOVERNORS

1. (US Mar 24 '43 and Apr 6 '43) What kind of job would you
say the governor of this state is doing — outstanding, about
average, or poor? (aipo)

Better

than No

average Average Poor opinion

14% 42% 8% 19%

14 43 8 22

Out-
standing

Mar '43 17%

Apr '43 13

2. (US Apr 6 '43) If the present governor becomes a candidate
for governor again, would you vote for him or against him?
(aipo)

For 55% Against 21% No opinion 24%

3. (Canada Mar 22 '44) It has been the custom for the gov-
ernor of Canada to come from Britain. Do you approve of this,
or do you think a Canadian should be appointed to this office?
(cipo)

Should come from Britain . . 32%
Should come from Canada. . 59
Undecided 9

4. (US Aug 8 '45) What is the name of the governor of your
state? (aipo)

Correct 85% Incorrect 2% Don't know 13%

6. (Canada Aug 29 '45) Do you happen to know who has

been governor general of Canada for the past five years? (cipo)

Correct 70% Incorrect or don't know 30%

6. (Canada Aug 29 '45) The term of the present governor gen-
eral ends this year. Which of these things would you like to
see done about appointing a new governor general — continue
to appoint someone from Britain, appoint a Canadian, abolish
position altogether? (cipo)

Someone from Britain 27%

Canadian 42

Abolish position 20

Undecided 11

7. (Australia May-June '46) When the Duke of Gloucester
returns to England, should the next governor general be an
Englishman, or an Australian, or should the position of gov-
ernor general be abolished? (apop)

National total.

Favor Eng-
lishmen Australian

29% 45%

BY POLITICS

Labor voters 13% 56%

Non-labor 50 30

Abolish
position

19%

24%
15

Undecided
7%

7%
5

GREAT BRITAIN

Army and Navy

1. (Great Britain Dec '38) Have you volunteered for any form
of national service? (bipo)

Yes 19% No 81%

2. (Great Britain Dec '38) Do you intend to volunteer under
the National Register System? Asked of 81% of the sample
who had not volunteered for any form of national service.
(bipo)

Yes 297o No 37% No opinion 34% = 100%

of those who had not volunteered for national service

3. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) From what you have heard or
read, do you or do you not feel that our army is being trained
efficiently? (bipo)

Yes 60%

No 18%,

Don't know 22%

4. (Great Britain Mar 1 '43) Do you think that the British
army has already seen its hardest fighting, or that its worst
fighting has yet to come? (bipo)

Passed 9% To come 76% Don't know 15%

5. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) Is any member of your immedi-
ate family still in the forces? (bipo)

Army 26% Navy 12% RAF 16% None 53% = 107%*
* 7% had more than one relative still in the forces.

Army and Navy (Demobilization)

1. (Great Britain Sept '43) Mr. Bevin has said that soldiers
will be demobilized "first in — first out." Do you think this
is the right way? 29% of the sample who disapproved of Mr.
Bevin's system were asked: What do you suggest? (bipo)

Approve of Mr. Bevin's system 59%

Don't know whether or not it is right 12

Key men first; needs of industry 9

Married men first 6

Those who have jobs to go first 5

Those abroad longest should go first 3

Older men should come first 1

Miscellaneous; no comment; don't know 5

2. (Great Britain Aug '44) In demobilizing the forces, which
in your opinion is better, for the government to demobilize
men as quickly as possible to look for jobs themselves, or to
let them out gradually as jobs are made available for them?
(bipo)

Quickly 16% Gradually 76% Don't know 8%

3. (Great Britain Apr '45) Do you approve of the govern-
ment's decision to demobilize men at the end of the war against
Germany, at the same time calling up men below thirty-five
years of age? (bipo)

Approve 78% Disapprove 13% Don't know 9%

[274]

4. (Great Britain Nov 3 '45) On the whole, do you approve
or disapprove of the government's plans for demobilization?
(bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 56% l%7o 16%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

.. 61% 28% 11%

. . 51 28 21

BY AGE

21-29 years 55%

30-49 years 58

50 years and over 54

29% 16%

28 14

27 19

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 52% 38% 10%

Middle 54 31 15

Lower 57 26 17

5. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the way that the government scheme for demobilization
is working? (bipo)

Dis-
satisfied satisfied Don t know
National total 56% 27% 17%

Men . . .
Women.

by sex

. . 62%
50

by age

21-29 years 53%

30-49 years 57

50 years and over 56

by economic status

Higher 52%

Middle 57

Lower 56

24%
30

34%

34%
26

14%
20

13%

14%

Army.

Navy.
RAF. .
None. .

by military status of family members
still in armed forces

54% 38% 8%

51 40 9

'. 48 44 8

59 17 24

Army and Navy (Pay, Allowances, etc.)

1. (Great Britain Oct '41) Do you think that the scale of al-
lowances paid to soldiers' wives and dependents should be
increased or left as it is now? (bipo)

Same 12%, Increased 76% Don't know 12%

2. (Great Britain Oct '41 and Dec 27 '42) Should women or
should women not be paid the same compensation as men for
injuries due to enemy action? (bipo)

Should Don't
Should not know

Oct '41 84% 11% 5%

Dec '42 84 13 3

3. (Great Britain Aug 22 '42) From your experience of how
soldiers' wives are managing, do you think that their allow-
ances are or are not big enough? (bipo)

Are 15% Are not 66% Don't know 19%

4. (Great Britain Mar '44) Even if it meant more taxation for
you, would you favor increasing the pay of soldiers? (bipo)
Yes 81% No 11% Don't know 8%

Colonies

1. (us June 3 '42) The English have often been called oppres-
sors because of the unfair advantage some people think they
have taken of their colonial possessions. Do you feel there is
any truth in this charge? 56% of the sample who thought
there was some truth in the charge were asked: In what way
do you think this charge is true? (opor)
Their colonics were held down and denied home rule,

freedom, etc 15%

They have been brutal in their colonies 3

They have been grabbing; selfish exploiters 15

In India, Burma, Malaya 19

Ireland 8

Australia, South Africa, others 6

Yes, but many still prefer the British to others 1

Yes, but maybe they had to hold down the colonial peo-
ples 1

Colonies did not cooperate in war effort at first 1

Taxes 2

British gave colonies nothing in return 3

American experience 1

They have shown improvement 3

They made material improvements in their colonies. ... 3

Duplicity of the colonial administration at the top 1

No answer; don't know 1

Charge is not true 33

Don't know whether or not charge is true 11

127%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Apr 6 '43) Would you say that the British have treated
the people in their colonics and possessions fairly or unfairly
in recent years? 31% of the sample said that the British had
treated their colonials unfairly and 5% gave qualified answers.
These two groups were asked: Where and in what way were
they unfair? (norc)

Treat them fairly , 38%

Don't know whether or not they are treated fairly 26

Treated unfairly in all colonies 4

In India 25

Ireland 1

Australia 1

Canada 1

Other specific countries 4

Unspecified 2

Don't know where 2

104%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Defenses

1. (Great Britain Oct '38) In the present situation, do you
favor increased expenditure on armaments? (bipo)

Yes 72% No 18% No opinion 10%

2. (Great Britain Dec '38) How should the increase in re-
armament be paid for — by further taxation or by government
loans? (bipo)

By loans 55% By taxes 17% No opinion 28%

Foreign Relations

1. (Great Britain June '37) What foreign nation do you like

best? (bipo)

[ 275 ]

United States 37%

France 28

Germany 15

Others 20

2. (Great Britain Mar 5 '38 and Mar 12 '38) Do you favor Mr.
Chamberlain's foreign policy? (bipo)

Yes No No opinion

Mar 5 26% 58%, 16%

Mar 12 24 56 20

3. (Great Britain Feb '39) Which of these statements comes
nearest to representing your view of Mr. Chamberlain's policy
of appeasement: it is a policy which will ultimately lead to
enduring peace in Europe; it will keep us out of war until we
have time to rearm; it is bringing war nearer by whetting the
appetites of the dictators? (bipo)

Lead to enduring peace 28%

Keep us out of war 46

Bringing war nearer 24

No opinion 2

4. (Great Britain June '39) Which foreign country do you
prefer? Which is the foreign country you like least? (bipo)

Like least

Germany 54%

Italy 9

Russia 5

Japan 11

Spain 1

France 1

No opinion 19

Prefer

United States 33%

France 22

Switzerland 2

Russia 12

Belgium 1

Sweden 1

Italy *

Germany 3

Finland *

Norway 2

Eire *

Denmark 1

Holland 1

Spain *

All others 3

No opinion 19

* Less than 0.5%.

5. (Great Britain July '42) Speaking very generally, which
country do you think is more popular with the British at the
present time, Russia or the United States? (bipo)

Russia 62% United States 24% Same or don't know 14%

6. (Great Britain Sept '43) What are your feelings at the
present time toward the Italian people? (bipo)

Hatred; bitterness; anger 5%

Dislike 10

Deserve what they are getting 4

Contempt; disgust 9

Mixed feelings; indifference 13

Distrust 7

Dupes of Mussolini 10

Pity; sorry for them* 20

Friendly* 14

Miscellaneous 3

No comment; don't know 5

* Qualified by statements such as "but not for all."

Foreign Relations (France) ^

1. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) Should we or should we not de-
clare war on Vichy France? (bipo)
Yes 38% No 37% Don't know 25%

2. (Great Britain June '42) After the war, should we regard
the French people as our friends, our enemies, or as neutrals?
(bipo)

Friends 57%

Enemies 3

Neutrals 32

Don't know 8

3. (Great Britain Apr '43) How do you feel towards the
French nation? (bipo)

Friendly; they are a clever people; very intelligent 14%

Feel sorry for them 11

People plucky; government rotten 10

Underground movement strong and brave 2

Indifferent; no feeling 9

All right; same as anybody else 6

Reserved, cautious, definitely lukewarm attitude 8

Don't like them; never did like them; last war memories. 15
They are treacherous; don't trust them; Fascist; fifth

columnists 11

Miscellaneous 5

No comment 9

4. (France Dec 1 '44) Do you consider the present British atti-
tude toward France satisfactory? (fipo)

Yes 63% No 22% No opinion 15%

5. (Great Britain Mar '45) Are you in favor of a military and
political alliance between Britain and France? (bipo) (France
Mar '45 and Sept '45) Are you in favor of a political and mili-
tary alliance with Great Britain? (France May 16 '46) Are
you in favor of an alliance with Great Britain? (fipo)

Yes

Britain Mar '45 60%

France Mar '45 79

France Sept '45 72

France May '46 68

MAY '46 RESULTS IN PR.

Communist 41%

Socialist 73

Radical-Socialist 70

PRL 86

MRP 85

Others 77

MAY '46 RESULTS IN FRA^

Professional 88%

Business 74

Farmers 72

White-collar 68

Workers 62

Foreign Relations (Germany)

1^ (Great Britain May '39) In his speech last Friday Hitler
said: "... the opinion prevails in Great Britain that no mat-
ter in what conflict Germany should someday be entangled.
Great Britain would always have to take her stand against
Germany. ..." Do you think this statement is true or untrue?
(bipo)
True 31% Untrue 58% No opinion 11%

2. (Great Britain Sept '43 and Aug 26 '45) What are your feel-
ings at the present time towards the German people? (bipo)

Don't

know or

Indif-

ferent

opinion

21%

—

19%

—

15%

:e by

POLITICS

27%

23%

BY OCCUPATION

[ 276 ]

1943 RESULTS

Hatred; bitterness; anger 45%

Dislike 14

Deserve what they are getting 6

Mixed feelings; indifference 5

Contempt; disgust 5

Dupes of Hitler 4

Pity; sorry for them* 6

Friendly* 7

Miscellaneous 5

No comment; don't know 3

* Qualified by statement such as "but not for all."

1945 RESULTS

Sympathy (e.g. "People have been misled," "some of
them are good," "feel sorry for them," "no hard feel-
ings," etc.) 25%

Hatred (e.g. loathing, bitterness, disgust, contempt,

"only good German a dead one," etc.) 21

Dislike (e.g. "no sympathy for them," "can never forgive

them," "not very friendly," etc.) 14

Indifferent (e.g. "don't think about them," "no partic-
ular feeling") 11

Keep them down; keep them under strict control 6

Caution (e.g. "a menace," "got to watch them," "not

trustworthy," etc.) 5

Treatment should be harsher 4

Education (e.g. "re-educate the youth," "must be taught
principles of democracy," "need moral and spiritual

training," etc.) 3

Serve them right; must be made aware of their guilt .... 3

Should work out their own salvation 1

Miscellaneous 2

No answer; don't know 5

Foreign Relations (Russia)

1. (Great Britain Mar '39 and Apr '41) Would you like to see
Great Britain and Soviet Russia being more friendly to each
other? (bipo)

Yes

Mar '39 84%

Apr '41 70

2. (Great Britain Aug '39) Do you, or do you not, think the
British government is doing its best to secure a pact with Rus-
sia? (bipo)

Think so 50% Think not 30% Don't know 20%

3. (Great Britain Oct '39) Should a British cabinet minister
be sent to Moscow now to discuss our future relations with
Russia? (bipo)

Yes 47% No 34% Don't know 19%

4. (Great Britain Mar '40) Would you like to see our govern-
ment trying to establish friendly relations with Russia? (bipo)
Yes 41% No 47% Don't know 12%

5. (Great Britain Mar '40) Do you think that one day we
shall have to fight Russia? (bipo)

Yes 41% No 30% Don't know 29%

6. (Canada Sept 1 '45) In answer to the question: Do you
know which party won the recent election in Britain? 83% of
the sample said either Labor or Attlee. This group was asked:
Do you think this will make it easier or harder for Britain to
get along with Russia? (cipo)

Don't know

No opinion

Easier 55%

Harder 5

No difference 8

Undecided I5

Hadn't followed the election 17

7. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45 and June '46) Are your feelings
toward Russia more friendly or less friendly than they were a
year ago? (bu>o)

More The Less Don't

friendly same friendly know

Sept '45 16% 54% 19% 11%

June '46 8 41 41 10

Sep '45

Men 19% 53%

Women 14 54

June '46

Men 10 42

Women 7 40

Sept '45

21-29 years 16% 58%

30-49 years 16 56

50 years and over 17 50

BY AGE

June '46

21-29 years 7% 47%

30-49 years 8 40

50 years and over 9 41

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Sept '45

Higher 5% 61%

Middle 15 52

Lower 18 54

June '46

Higher 5 38

Middle 4 44

Lower 10 41

BY POLITICS

June '46

Conservative 4% 36%

Labor 12 48

Liberal 5 39

Others 14 48

Non-voters 6 38

20%
17

42
40

15%

38%

30%

54
45
38

51%

8%
15

6
13

11%

8%
8
12

4%
8
13

7
10

7
14

8. (France Apr 1 '46) Some people have said that Russia
brought to the United Nations assembly in London a policy
directed systematically against Britain and the British Empire.
Do these reports appear to you to be true or false? (fipo)

True 31% False 20% No opinion 49%

9. (Australia Apr-May '46) Would you favor or oppose a
permanent military alliance between the British Empire and
Russia? (apop)

Favor 52% Against 34% No opinion 14%

Parliament

1. (Great Britain Nov '38) Would you favor a new political
grouping including members of Parliament from all parties
under the leadership of Mr. Eden? (bipo)
Yes 40% No 39% No opinion 21%

[277]

2. (Great Britain July '39) Parliament is to break up as usual
during August and September. Are you satisfied with this
arrangement or do you think Parliament should continue to
meet? (bipo)
Satisfied 40% Continue to meet 50% Don't know 10%

r Politics and Government

1. (us May 3 '40) Do you think the British government has
done a good job or a poor job in conducting the war to date?
(aipo)

Good job 10%

Fair job 21

Poor job 69

100%
Don't know 18%

2. (Great Britain Jan 24 '43) Do you think that after the war
we shall go back to the party system we had before the war?
(bipo)

Shall 48%, Shall not 20% Don't know 32%,

3. (Great Britain Apr '43) Would you favor continuing, after
the war, government spending in support of music, theater,
films, etc.? (bipo)

I Yes 57%, No 26%c, Don't know 17%

4. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) At the end of the war, would
you like to see a coalition government continue, or a party
government with the other parties in opposition? 46% of the
sample who said they would prefer a party government were
asked which party they would choose, (bipo)

Prefer coalition 41%

Don't know which 13

Labor, Socialist 13

Conservative 5

Liberal 1

Miscellaneous 2

h Didn't name a party or don't know which. . . 25

5. (Great Britain Aug '44) What kind of government would
you like to see leading the country in the period following the
war, an all-party government, a Conservative-Liberal govern-
ment, Labor-Liberal government, a Conservative, Labor, or
Liberal government? (bipo)

All-party 35%

(Conservative-Liberal 3

Labor-Liberal 6

Conservative 12

Liberal 4

Labor 26

Don't know 14

6. (Great Britain Aug '44) Who would you like to see leading
this new government? (Jan '45) Who would you like to see
leading the new government after the war? (bipo)

Aug '44 Jan '45

Eden 21% 31%

Churchill 24 20

Attlee 7 4

Cripps 6 6

Morrison 3 3

Bevin 2 3

Sinclair 1 1 i

Shinwell 1 1

Woolton 1 —

Communist party -^ 1

Miscellaneous members. .. . 6 12

No name 28 18

7. (Great Britain Nov '44) When Germany has been defeated,
the government will no longer direct older working people
and women running homes. Do you think that the govern-
ment should keep its powers to direct the remainder? (bipo)
Yes 29% No 56%, Don't know 15%

8. (Great Britain Jan '45) In general, from what you have
heard and read, do you approve or disapprove of the British
government's policy towards the resistance movements in
countries which have been liberated? (bipo)

Yes 41%; No 31% Don't know 28%

9. (Great Britain July '45) Do you think that the election
results mean that the British people want the Labor party to
govern along existing lines only more efficiently, or to intro-
duce sweeping changes such as nationalization? (bipo)

Existing Don't

lines Changes know

National total 30%o 56%o 14%o

BY SEX

Men 28% 59% 13%

Women 31 53 16

BY AGE

21-29 years 23%, 59%, 18%o

30-49 years 32 57 11

50 years and over 30 54 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 37% 46% 17%

Middle 35 51 14

Lower 27 59 14

10. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) In general, do you think that
the government is or is not telling the public enough about
the policies it is following? (bipo)

Don't

Is Is not know

National total 29% 50% 21%c,

BY SEX

Men 31% 55% 14%

Women 27 45 28

BY AGE

21-29 years 29% 44%o 27%

30-49 years 29 53 18

50 years and over 29 48 23

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 24% 65% 11%

Middle 30 58 12

Lower 29 46 ,25

11. (Great Britain Nov 3 '45) At the present time is the gov-
ernment doing its job well or badly? (bipo)

Don't

Well Badly know

National total 57%, 16% 27%o

BY SEX

Men 65% 17% 18%

Women 54 15 31

BY AGE

21-29 years 61%

30-49 years 62

50 years and over 57

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 42%

Middle 52

Lower 64

12%

27%

34%

24%

[ ^278 ]

12. (Netherlands Nov 12 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the attitude of our English allies in the Indies? (nipo)
Satisfi;ed 11% Dissatisfied 62% No opinion 27%

13. (US Feb '46) With which of these statements about Great
Britain do you come closest to agreeing: (1) Great Britain has
proved herself to be one of the really good nations in the world.
(2) While Great Britain may have some serious faults, on the
whole she is a good and reliable nation. (3) Although Great
Britain may have a few good points, she will always try to
get away with more than she should if she isn't watched
closely. (4) Great Britain is a dangerous nation and can't be
trusted, (for)

Stats- State- State- State- Don't
ment ment mint ment know

12 3 4

National total 10.6%, 38.3%, 37.1% 4.2%o 9.8%

Anti-Semites* 8.1 31.2 49.3 10.0 1.4

* 8.8% of the sample who identified themselves by taking one or
both of two opportunities ofTered to express hostility to the Jews in
response to other questions on the ballot.

14. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) In general, is the Labor gov-
ernment doing better or worse than you expected at the time
they were elected? (bipo)

As Don't

Better expected Worse know

National total 18%, 46% 29%, 7%o

Men 20%

Women 16

BY AGE

.... 17%
.... 18
.... 18

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

49%
43

46%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 16% 42%o

Middle 16 46

Lower 19 47

27%
31

29%

41%

BY POLITICS

Conservative or National

Liberal 8% 38% 48%

Labor 26 54 15

Liberal 20 49 27

Other 20 51 26

Did not vote 12 39 32

Didn't say how voted 14 34 43

15. (Great Britain June '46 and Aug '46) In general
approve or disapprove of the government's record
(Oct '46 and Dec '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
government's record to date? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove
or or

satisfied dissatisfied

June '46 42%o 45%

Aug '46 46 41

Oct '46 44 43

Dec '46 43 42

June '46

Men . . .

Women.
Aug '46

Men . . .

Women.

50
42

44%
46

42
40

4%
10

7
7

1%
5

6%
5
4
3

17
9

, do you
to date?
with the

Don't
know

13%
13
13
15

10%
17

Oct '46

Men. . . .

Women.
Dec '46

Men . . .
Women.

Approve

or
satisfied

48%
42

49
39

June '46

21-29 years 45%

30-49 years 43

50 years and over 39

Aug '46

21-29 years 47

30-49 years 48

50 years and over 42

Oct '46

21-29 years 53

30-49 years 50

50 years and over 42

Dec '46

21-29 years 44

30-49 years 47

50 years and over 42

BY POLITICS

June

Conservative 10%

Labor

Liberal

Other

Non-voters . .
Aug '46

Conservative.

Labor

Liberal

Other voters .

Non-voters . .
Oct '46

Conservative.

Labor

Liberal

Other voters .

Non-voters . .
Dec '46

Conservative.

Labor

Liberal

Others

Non-voters. .

70
39
28
31

10
77
44
50
37

16
72
34
35
40

11
73
33
48
33

Disapprove

or
dissatisfied

45%
40

39%

41
44

40
45

37
41

83%

80
14
42
36
38

77
19
53
43
36

80
18
47
24
38

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

June '46

Higher 23%

Middle 38

Lower 45

Very poor 43

Aug '46

Higher 20

Middle 34

Lower 54

Very poor 52

Oct '46

Higher 23

Middle 39

Lower 53

Don't

know

7%
18

10
20

16%

17
11
14

13
10
13

19
12
17

7%
11
14
17
27

10
9
14
14
25

9
13
22
24

9
9

20
28
29

68%

[ !279 ]

Approve

or
satisfied

Very poor 50%

Dec '46

Higher 20

Middle 37

Lower 50

Very poor 51

JUNE '46 RESULTS BY GEOGRAP:

London and South 45%

Midlands 37

Wales 45

Northern 41

Scotland 38

DEC '46 RESULTS BY UNIO:

Union members 60%

Non-union members 37

16. (Great Britain Aug '46) On the whole, where would you
say the government has done the better job: in foreign affairs,
on the home front? (bipo)

Foreign Equally
affairs well

20% 19%

Disapprove

Don't

dissatisfied

know

31%

19%

:iCAL SECTION

42%

13%

r STATUS

28%

12%

Home

front

National total 22%

Equally Don't
badly know

23% 16%

Men

Women 20

BY SEX

24% 22%
17

21%
16

25%
22

8%
25

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

BY AGE

24% 21%
24 19

19 20

16% 19% 20%
18 24 15

20 24 17

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 14% 24%

Middle 24 23

Lower 22 18

Very poor 17 18

10%
9
23
23

7%
31
17
23
11

47%
32
18
15

48%
6
23
17
20

5%
12
19
27

12%

BY POLITICS

Conservative 10% 23%

Labor 30 19

Liberal 28 19

Other voters 30 13

Non-voters 22 18

17. (Great Britain Aug '46) Do you think we shall or shall
not have a Conservative government in Britain within five
years? Ten years? (bipo)

FIVE YEARS

Shall Don't

Shall not know

National total 29% 48% 23%

TEN YEARS

Shall Don't
Shall not know
46% 24% 30%

Men 28% 53% 19% 45% 29% 26%

Women 30 43 27 46 19 35

21-29 years 27% 48% 25% 45% 22% 33%

30-49 years 28 50 22

50 years and over 32 45 23

44
48

28
21

28
31

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 49% 33% 18% 71% 13% 16%

Middle 37 44 19 58 18 24

Lower 25 50 25 39 27 34

Very poor 22 46 32 34 25 41

Shall Don't Shall Don't

Shall not know Shall not know

BY politics

Conservative 58% 21% 21% 80% 4% 16%

Labor 10 72 18 20 45 35

Liberal 22 49 29 42 20 38

Other voters 20 53 27 35 24 41

Non-voters 31 35 34 46 14 40

18. (Great Britain Nov '46) Would you approve or disapprove
if the government spent money on encouraging the arts (music,
theater, painting, sculpture, etc.)? (bipo)

Dis- Don't Don't
Approve approve know care

National total 52% 27% 12% 9%

BY SEX

Men 56%

Women 49

DY AGE

21-29 years 55%

30-49 years 55

50 years and over 49

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 75%

Middle inciime 72

Lower income 42

Very poor 35

19. (Great Britain Nov '46) Would you approve or disapprove
if the government spent money on giving economic security
to the men and women working in them [the arts]? (bipo)

Dis- Don't

Approve approve know

National total 577o 23% 20%

28%

26%

11%

TUS

21%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 60%
53

26%
21

21%
25

22%
21
24
25

14%
26

21%

10%
8
26
33

21-29 years 58%

30-49 years 59

50 years and over 54

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 68%

Middle income 71

Lower income 50

Very poor 42

Prime Ministers

1. (Great Britain Mar '39 to Mar '44, dates listed below) If
Mr. Chamberlain retires, whom would you like to be prime
minister? Asked of supporters of the current government, (bipo)

Eden

Cripps

Bevin

Attlee

Beaverbrook

Hore-Belisha ■. . . 2

Herbert Morrison

Halifax

Lloyd George 1

Mar Mar

]une

Nov

Apr

'39 '40*

'41**

'41\

■42%

38% 28%

yi%

38%

37%

— —

—

— —

— 6

— —

2 —

— —

7 7

1 —

—

[280]

Mar

'39

Shinwell —

Churchill 7%

Sinclair —

Duff Gjoper 2

Hoare 2

Alexander —

Others 2

Don't know; no opinion .... 35

None could take his place. . . —

No name mentioned —

Simon 4

Miscellaneous —

July
•42t
.... 34%
.... 28
.... 3
.... 3
.... 3
2
1

Mar

'40*

25%

23
11

June

•41**

1%
1

7
18
10

Nov

2%
1

Apr

'42t
1%

1 —

24
3

3 —

Eden

Cripps

Bevin

Attlee

Beaverbrook

Hore-Belisha

Herbert Morrison.

Nov

■42t

'i9%
24

Apr 4
V3§

48%
16

Mar
•44%^
55%

Lloyd George 1

Shinwell 1111

Sinclair — — 11

Woolton — — — 1

Greenwood — — 1 1

No choice 20 17 14 15

Others 4 6 — —

Miscellaneous — — 5 7

* The question was: If Mr. Chamberlain were to retire, whom would
you like to succeed him as prime minister?

** If anything should happen to Mr. Churchill, who do you think
would be the best man to take his place as prime minister?

t If anything should happen to Mr. Churchill, whom would you
like to succeed him?

% If anything should happen to Mr. Churchill, whom would you like
to succeed him as prime minister?

§ If anything should happen to Mr. Churchill, whom would you
like to see succeed him as prime minister?

§§ If anything happened to Churchill, who do you think should
succeed him as prime minister?

2. (Great Britain Dec '39) If you had the choice between Mr.
Chamberlain and Mr. Churchill, which would you have as
prime minister? (bipo)

Chamberlain 52% Churchill 30?

No choice 18%

3. (Great Britain June 26 '45) If the Conservatives are re-
turned at the election, whom would you like to see as prime
minister? (blpo)

Churchill 71%

Eden 23

No answer; don't know. ... 5
Miscellaneous 1

4. (Great Britain June 26 '45) If Labor is returned at the elec-
tion, whom would you like to see as prime minister? (bipo)

Attlee 47%

Bevin 13

Cripps 10

Herbert Morrison 7

Churchill 2

Greenwood 1

Alexander 1

Shinwell 1

No answer; don't know ... 15

Miscellaneous 3

5. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) If anything should happen to
Mr. Attlee, whom would you like to see succeed him as prime
minister? (bipo)

Ernest Bevin 27%

Anthony Eden 18

■Winston Churchill 13

Stafford Cripps 7

Herbert Morrison 7

Ancurin Bevan 3

Hugh Dalton 2

E. Shinwell 2

Arthur Greenwood 1

Miscellaneous 4

No reply; don't know 16

BY POLITICS

Conservative or
National Lib-
eral 12% 30% 36% 2% 2% 1% 2%

Labor 39

Liberal 27

Other 8

Didn't vote 22

Refused to answer 24

1
03

iscellan
no chok

Q ^ fe

2% 15%

2 22

3 22

— 38

— 34

—

2 20

HABEAS CORPUS

1. (Canada Aug 10 '46) What do you understand by "writ of
habeas corpus"? (cipo)

Correct definition 25%

Vague 11

Incorrect definition 5

Don't know 59

HAPPINESS

1. (us Mar 8 '39) Do you think you would have rather lived
during the horse-and-buggy days instead of now? (aipo)

Yes 25% No 69% No opinion 6%

2. (US Mar 8 '39) Do you think Americans were happier and
more contented at that time [during the horse-and-buggy days
than they are now]? (aipo)

Yes 62% No 26% No opinion 12%

3. (US Mar 8 '39) Do you think Americans were happier and
more contented thirty years ago than they are now? (aipo)
Yes 61% No 23% No opinion 16%

4. (US Mar 8 '39) Do you wish that you were living in those
days [thirty years ago] rather than now? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 61% No opinion 9%

5. (US May 18 '39) Ten years from now, do you believe
Americans will generally be happier than they are today?
(aipo)

Yes 42% No 35% Djn't know 23%

[281]

6. (US Mar 6 '40) If you could be sure of only one of the fol-
lowing, which would you choose — wealth, a happy home, or
an interesting job? (aipo)

Wealth 13%

A happy home 68

An interesting job 19

7. (US Mar 6 '40) Do you feel that you have a happy home?
Asked of 68% of the sample who chose a happy home over
wealth or an interesting job. (aipo)

Yes, emphatically 50%

Yes 39

No, emphatically 3

No 8

100% of those who
chose a happy home

8. (US Mar 6 '40) Do you find your work interesting? Asked
of 19% of the sample who chose an interesting job over wealth
or a happy home, (aipo)

Yes, emphatically 28%

Yes 27

No, emphatically 7

No 5

Not employed 33

100% of those who
chose an interesting job

9. (US Aug '43) So far as you personally are concerned, do
you think the chances are that the next ten years of your life
will be exciting ones, just average, or rather dull? Asked of a
national cross-section of women from twenty to thirty-five
years old. (for)

Don't

Exciting Average Dull know

National total 43.3%, 43.6%, 9.3%, 3.8%

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Single women

(20-24 years) 53.8% 35.0%, 6.5% 4.7%

Opinions of unattractive

women 26.1 44.9 21.7 7.3

10. (US Apr 10 '46, France July 16 '46, Canada Oct 12 '46)
Will you tell me in your own words what the word "happi-
ness" means to you? (aipo, fipo, cipo) (Great Britain Dec '46)
What does happiness mean for you? (bipo)

32 14

S s S H

H ~ s: *< <

Sh Si g 5r U

% % % % %
Contentment; freedom from worry;

adjustment to surroundings; peace;

quiet 44 14 10

Marriage; family; children; happy

home life; good husband; good

wife 17 8 10 19 33

Money; sufficient money; good wages 12 47 36 38 12

Wealth — 10 11 — —

Health; physical well-being; comfort 16 21 22 18 15
Success in chosen work; achievement;

security; absence of fear; congenial

work; good job; having plenty to

do 15 — — 6 14

Z
5

FRANCE

!/!

«;

Z
P

<
z

<
0

—

Love; affection 1

Understanding people; making other
people happy; being unselfish; in-
terest in life; morally good things;

helping others; living a good life. 6 — — — 5
Getting along with people, congeni-
ality; good friends 4 — — 7 3

Having fun; enjoyment; doing as I
please; being my own boss; enjoy-
ing hobbies 2 — — — 6

Religion; obeying God's will 2 — — 2 1

Wisdom — 8 9 —

Living in a free country — — — 3 —

Everything going smoothly — — — — 2

Having enough to eat — — — — 2

Miscellaneous or vague answers .... 7 17 16 13 9
No answers; don't know 5 30 29 6 7

Percentages 131* 156* 148* 144* 123*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (US Apr 10 '46, France July 16 '46, Canada Oct 12 '46,
Great Britain Dec '46) In general, how happy would you say
that you are — very happy, fairly happy, or not very happy?
(aipo, fipo, cipo, bipo)

■a.

s>,

-1

-..C:

■^

■fc

a; S; Q o

US 39% 50% .8% 1% 2% - -

France 8 44 40 — — 3%, 5%o

Canada 32 55 10 3 — — —

Great Britain .38 56 — 6 — — —

12. (Canada Oct 16 '46) If you could choose, which one of
these periods of history would you prefer to live in? (cipo)

In the present 57%

100 years from now 13

Gay nineties 12

Time of Christ 3

Middle ages 3

Early 19th century 2

Elizabethan 1

Other 1

Can't choose 8

HEATING

1. (us Dec 10 '43) Do you use oil to heat your home? Asked
of a national cross-section of women who do the family mar-
keting, (norc)

Yes 14%

No 70

Don't live in independent dwellings 16

[282]

2. (US Dec 10 '43) During the last year have you done any
work on your home, such as putting up storm windows or in-
stalling weather stripping, so you won't have to use as much
fuel this winter? Asked of 14'^'r of a sample of women marketers
who live in independent dwellings and who use oil to heat
their homes, (norc)

Yes 6%

No 5

Was already done 3

No answer *

Don't use oil or don't heat own home 86

* Less than 0.5%.

3. (US Dec 10 '43) Do you have a thermostat in the house?
Asked of the same sample as preceding question, (norc)

Yes 8%

No 6

No answer *

Don't use oil or don't heat own home 86

* Less than 0.5%.

4. (US Dec 10 '43) About what average temperature do you
keep your thermostat during the day? And during the night?
Asked of 8% of sample of women marketers who live in inde-
pendent dwellings heated by oil and who have a thermostat
in the house, (norc)

Day

71 degrees and over 1%

66 degrees to 70 degrees . 4

63 degrees 2

64 degrees and less *

Not ascertainable *

* = 1

Night

61 degrees and over. . . . 3%

56 to 60 degrees 2

55 degrees 1

54 degrees or less *

Turn off 1

Not ascertainable *

* = 1

5. (France Jan 1 '46) How many rooms will you be able to
heat this winter? (fipo)

One • 59%

Two 26

Three 6

Four 2

Five or more; all 2

None 5

Median 1.5 rooms

6. (France Jan 1 '46) Have you already begun to heat your
home? (fipo)

Yes 82% No 16% No answer 2%

7. (France Jan 1 '46) For how many months do you think
you can have heat this year? (fipo)

One 4%

Two 11

Three 17

Four 16

Five 25

All winter for several days a week or several

hours a day 14

Less than three months for several days a week

or hours a day 1

No answer 12

Median — 4 months

8. (France Jan 1 '46) 'What type of heat did you have before
the war? What type will you use this winter? Which do you
prefer? (fipo)

Before This Pref-

winter

eretici

32%

19%

Coal 43%

Wood 13

Coal and wood 13

Central heating 21

Electric heating 1

Gas *

Combination 3

No answer 6

* Less than 0.5%.

9. (Great Britain Nov '46) For heating your rooms, do you
prefer an open grate, an anthracite stove, gas, electricity, cen-
tral heating, or some other method? (bipo)

An- Elec-

Open thra- tric-

grate cite Gas ity
National total 67% 1% 2% 10%

Central
heat-
ing Other
20% -

Men 65%

Women 69

21-29 years 69%

30-49 years 65

50 years and over 68

1%
1

AGE -

1%
2

2%
2

11%
10

22% -
18 —

10% 19'
10 22
10 17

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 51% 1% 1%

Middle income 62 2 2

Lower income 70 1 2

Very poor 75 — 2

16%
11
9

30%
23
18
16

BY T1TPES OF PRESENT HEATING

Central heating 36% — 1% 4% 59% —

Open fires 73 1% 1 8 17 —

Other 23 6 15 42 14 — '

10. (Great Britain Nov '46) If it would reduce the nation's
demand for coal, would you be prepared to do away with open
fires and have central heating? (bipo)

♦ Don't

Yes No know

National total 68% 24% 8%

Men 71%,

Women 66

21-29 years

30-49 years 71

50 years and over 64

AGE

70%

23%
25

22%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 74% 25%

Middle income 80 18

Lower income 63 27

Very poor 56 29

BY TYPES OF PRESENT HEATING

Central heating 79% 19%

Open fires 66 26

Other 80 14

6%
9

10
15

[283]

HISTORIC HOUSES, ETC.

1. (Sweden Mar '46) Do you think that old houses from
around 1600 and 1700 and the beginning of the nineteenth
century should be preserved in this city even if this prevents
the building of modern houses? Asked of a national cross-
section of city dwellers, (sgi)

Should be
preserved
National total 48%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 64%

Middle class 52

Workers 43

BY AGE

15-19 years 43%

20-29 years 46

30-49 years 44

50-64 years 56

65 years and over 58

2. (Sweden Mar '46) Do you think it valuable to preserve the
old houses and farms in this neighborhood which show how
your forefathers lived? Asked of a national cross-section of
villagers, (sgi)

Val
preserve
them
National total .... 56%

15-19 years 52%

20-29 years 48

30-49 years 59

50-64 years 60

65 years and over. . 54

Should not
he

Don't
know

46%

30%

48%

9%
6

7
3

e to

No such

•e Not

farms in

Don't

important

this place

know

18%

19%

BY AGE

13%

26%

SP/o

HITLER, ADOLF

Be lenient, not too hard on hira 2%

Court-martial him; give him fair trial; face a military

tribunal 1

Isolate him; exile him; same as Kaiser 6

Imprison him; confine him; put him in asylum 23

Torture him; make him suffer mentally and physically;

persecute him 3

Kill him; hang him; shoot him 39

Treat him as they have treated others; an eye for an eye;

give him some of his own medicine 5

Other suggestions 3

No opinion 10

FRENCH OPINION IN 1944

Shoot him; kill him; hang him 40%

Torture him before putting him to death 30

Deport him; put him under house arrest; imprison him. . 15

Other punishments 8

He will commit suicide 5

Let him be free except for political activity 1

Don't know 1

UNITED STATES OPINION IN 1945

Kill him instantly; kill him slowly; torture him to death . 51%

Imprisonment; exile 12

Let him live; torture him; make him suffer; punish him;

put him on exhibition 19

Other punishment 2

Made no suggestion 11

Didn't think Hitler should be punished 2

Had no opinion on the subject 3

3. (US May 15 '45, Sweden June '45, US Sept 6 '45) Do you
personally believe that Hitler is dead? (aipo, sgi) (Great Brit-
ain July '45) Do you believe that Hitler is dead or alive? (bipo)
(Canada July 28 '45 and Denmark July 28 '45) Do you believe
that Hitler is dead? (cipo, dgi)

US May '45 17%

Sweden

Great Britain

Canada

Denmark

US Sept '45... 16

Yes, dead

No, alive

Don't know

17%

68%

15%

22.6

52.6

24.8

1. (us Jan 28 '41) Do you happen to know how many years
Hitler has been in power in Germany? (opor)

1-4 years 2%

5-7 years 13

8 years 47

9-11 years 10

12 years and over 8

No answer 20

2. (US June 9 '43) After the war is over, how do you think we
should treat Hitler? (aipo) (France Oct 16 '44) What should
we do with Hitler? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (flpo)
(US Apr 4 '45) When Germany is defeated, do you think
Hitler should be punished? The 95% of the sample who thought
Hitler should be punished after the defeat of Germany were
asked: How would you like to see him punished? (aipo)

UNITED STATES OPINION IN 1943

None of our affair; let his own people take care of him;

we should stay out of European governments 2%

He won't be alive to be treated; he will have committed

suicide or someone will have killed him 6

Sweden

Men

Women . . . .
Great Britain

Men

Women. . . .

52%
38

33
25

BRITISH RESULTS BY AG]

21-29 years 25%

30-49 years 28

50 years and over 33

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Sweden

Upper class 61%

Middle class 52

Workers 39

Great Britain

Higher 38

Middle 32

Lower 28

32%

41
53

49%

16%
18

26
22

26%

23%

16%

[284]

Yes, dead No, alive Don't know

UNITED STATES RESULTS IN MAY

College 23%

High school 15

Grade school or less 16

'45 BY EDUCATION

65% 12%

72 13

66 18

CANADIAN RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 31% 53% 16%

Rest of Canada 20 59 21

4. (Germany Oct 26 '45 and Mar 29 '46) Did you put your
faith in the Fijhrer right up to the end of the war? (omgus)

No No

Yes No opinion answer

Oct '45 9% 89% 1% 1%

Mar '46 12 88 — —

88% of the 1946 sample who said they didn't trust Hitler
up to the end of the war were asked: How long did you trust
him?
Never had any faith in Hitler from the beginning; didn't

believe in Hitler; only did duty as German 35%

Until war began; until 1939 16

Until 1940 3

Until 1941 7

Until 1942 5

Until 1943 6

Until 1944 5

Until Stalingrad 5

Until war on German soil 1

No answer; don't know 5

5. (Germany Jan 31 '46) Have you heard about the will which
Hitler wrote in the chancellery in Berlin shortly before his
death in April '45? (omgus)

Yes 71% No 29%

6. (Germany Jan 31 '46) Do you think the will was really
written by Hitler or do you think it was a forgery? (omgus)

Genuine 38%

Forgery 13

No opinion 46

No answer 3

7. (Germany Feb 21 '46) Do you think the German generals
did right in trying to kill Hitler on July 20, 1944? (omgus)

Yes 73%

No 11

No opinion 14

Partly right, partly wrong 1

No answer 1

8. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Would you have liked to see Hitler on
trial with the rest of the leaders of National Socialism, or do
you think it was better that he spared himself this ignominy?
(omgus)

Would have liked to see Hitler on trial 72%

It was better to spare himself this ignominy. . 12

No opinion 16

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

HOLIDAYS

1. (France Aug '39) In celebrating the one hundred fiftieth
anniversary of the French Revolution, do you consider that we

are celebrating at the same time the anniversary of the Re-
public? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

National total 65.5%, 25.5% 9%,

20-29 years 66%

30-39 years 56

40-49 years 78

50-59 years 73 .

60 years and over 73

BY occupation

Farmers 74%

Industry and transportation. . 70

Business 57

Professional 74

13%

21
34
16

21%

9%
9
9
10

2. (France Aug '39) Do you think that on the one hundred
fiftieth anniversary of the French Revolution we should cele-
brate the birth of our political system by demonstrations as
impressive as those of the totalitarian countries? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

National total 65%

BY age

20-29 years 64%o

30-39 years 71

40-49 years 60

50-59 years 70

60 years and over 63

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 55%

Industry and transportation. . 72

Business 59

Professional 74

3. (US Aug 17 '39).Do you approve or disapprove of President
Roosevelt's plan to change Thanksgiving Day to one week
earlier (this would be Nov 23 instead of Nov 30)? (aipo)
Approve 29% Disapprove 71% = 100%o No opinion 17%

4. (US Aug 17 '39) Would you approve or disapprove a plan
to have all holidays, like the Fourth of July, celebrated on
Mondays so as to make longer week-ends? (Mar 27 '46) Would
you approve or disapprove of having all holidays like Decora-
tion Day, Washington's Birthday, but not Christmas, cele-
brated on Mondays in order to have longer week-ends? (aipo)
(Canada June 1 '46)

Would you approve or disapprove of having all holidays
like Victoria Day or Dominion Day celebrated on Mondays
in order to have longer week-ends? (cipo)

27.5%

7.5%

24%

12%

36%

Yes,
approve

US Aug '39 51%

US Mar '46 52

Canada 82

No, No opinion
disapprove or undecided

49% —

37 11%

10 8

us '39 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 58%

Mid-Atlantic.
East central. .
West central .

South

West

57
51
35
41
46

us '46 RESULTS BY AGE

21-29 years 56%

30-49 years 55

50 years and over 45

42%

35%

9%
11
14

[285]

Yes, No, No opinion

approve disapprove or undecided

us '46 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 33% 47% 20%

Professional and business. ... 55 39 6

White-collar 59 32 9

Manual workers 56 33 11

5. (France Dec 16 '44) Did you go to the Champs Elysees on
Armistice Day? (fipo)

Yes 36% No 64%,

6. (Denmark Apr 1 '45) Do you think that Easter should be
on a fixed date so that it comes at the same time each year?
(dgi)

Fixed date 29.0%

At different times 32.3

Should be abolished 0.6

Don't know 38.1

7. (Denmark Apr 1 '45) When should it [Easter] be? Asked of
29% of the sample who thought Easter should be on a fixed
date, (dgi)

March (last half) 10.1%

April (first halQ 25.7

April (middle) 3.7

April (last half) 19.0

May (first half) 11.6

May (last half) 7.4

Other replies 13.3

Don't know 9.2

100.0%, of those
questioned

8. (US May 2 '45) Do you think Roosevelt's birthday should
be made a holiday in this state? (aipo)

Yes 54%

No 32

No opinion 7

Decide later 7

9. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) Do you approve or disapprove
of the decision to give extra rations for Victory Day parties?
(bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 39%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 36%
42

BY AGE

21-29 years 41%

30-49 years 40

50 years and over 36

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 29%o

Middle 31

Lower . 43

56%

60%
53

53%

65%

4%
5

10. (Canada June 1 '46) The Ottawa government is changing
the name of Dominion Day to Canada Day. Do you approve
or disapprove of this? (cipo)

Approve Disapprove Indifferent Undecided
National total 46% 29% 21% 4%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 78% 5% 12% 5%

Rest of Canada.. . , 34 37 24 5

11. (US June 26 '46) It has been suggested that the United
States and other nations set aside one day as a national holiday
to promote peace and understanding among the people of the
world. What do you think of this idea? (aipo)

Excellent; very good 9%

Good 39

Okay 15

Would do no good; no effect; no good 20

Foolish 3

Should have more than one day; use our Sundays; should

think about peace every day 3

Peace can be better acquired by people while working. . . *

Just so the plan wouldn't be sidetracked by politics *

Have our own day *

Good if they will promote peace and understanding 3

Miscellaneous 1

No answer 7

* Less than 0.5%.

12. (US June 26 '46) Would you approve or disapprove of the
United States taking part [in a world-wide holiday set aside
to promote peace and understanding]? (aipo)

Approve 74% Disapprove 17% No opinion 9%

13. (Canada July 3 '46) There has been some discussion about
changing the date of Remembrance Day from November 11 to
VE Day or VJ Day. Have you any feelings about this? (cipo)

No preference 43%

November 11 and VE or VJ Day 32

VEDay 12

VJDay 12

Miscellaneous 6

105%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US Nov 13 '46) In two weeks it will be Thanksgiving
Day again. What do you feel most thankful for this year? (aipo)

War is over; world at peace 26%

Good health 25

Being home again; family will be here 11

Being alive 6

Being out of service; family out of service. ... 4

Have family and friends 3

Good job; have a job 5

Having a place to live 3

Republican victory 3

Miscellaneous 14

Nothing 5

No answer 2

107%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (Australia Nov 23 '46) Would you favor or oppose always
celebrating New Year's Day on the first Monday of the New
Year? (apop)

Favor 49%o Oppose 44% Undecided 7%

16. (Australia Nov 23 '46) What about always having Christ-
mas Day on the last Monday of the year? (apop)

Favor 26%o Oppose 68% Undecided 6%

17. (Hungary Dec '46) What are your plans for New Year's
eve? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

[286]

BY SEX AND SOCIAL STATUS

Go to
bed

Educated men 34.8%

Bourgeois men 28.7

Working men 39.7

Educated women 34.5

Bourgeois women 45. 7

Working women 54.1

Have a

Don't

good time

Work

know yet

57.7%

4.7%

2.8%

59.3

6.7

5.3

44.2

14.4

1.7

61.3

4.2

—

48.9

5.0

0.4

31.8

4.2

Auto-
mobile

Air

conditioning

HOME ECONOMICS

Equipment and Supplies

1. (us Oct '35) Would you rather have your milk delivered
in a glass bottle, a paper container, or a tin can? (for)

Glass bottle 88.2%

Paper container 6.0*

Tin can 1.0

Don't care 4.5

Don't know 3

* 63% of the 6% who favored paper came from six of the few places
where it has definitely been tried out.

2. (US Jan '36) Do you ever buy beer for home consumption?
(for)

Yes 27.9%o No 71.9%o Don't know .2%,

3. (US Jan '36) Have you ever bought it [beer] in sealed tins?
Asked of 27.9% of the sample who bought beer for home con-
sumption, (for)

Yes 25.6% No 72.6% Don't know 1.8%, = 100%

of those questioned

4. (US Jan '36) Do you like beer in cans better than in bottles?
(for)

Yes 44.4% No 34.3%, Don't know 21.3% = 100%,

of those questioned

6. (US Aug '38) If you could satisfactorily air condition any
one room in your house for two hundred dollars, would you
do it? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 24.7% 66.1% 9.2%

BY economic status

Prosperous 32.2% 64.0% 3.8%o

Poor 21.2 68.7 10.1

6. (US Aug '38) If you could satisfactorily air condition your
entire house for $1,200, would you do it? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 22.6%o 66.8%o 10.6%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 29.4%, 65.3% 53%

Poor 19.4 69.8 10.8

7. (US Aug '38) If you could have either you wanted — a new
$1,200 automobile or a complete job of air conditioning in
your house, which would you choose? (for)

Auto- Air Don't

mobile conditioning Neither know

National total.... 47.2%o 38.1% 1.0% 13.7%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 46.6% 42.2%

Poor 46.8 34.6

Neither

■1%
1.5

Don't
know

11.0%
17.1

8. (US May 10 '39 and Apr 24 '46) Do you happen to have an
electric refrigerator in your home? (Aug 14 '46, Aug 28 '46,
Sept 11 '46, Sept 25 '46, Nov 13 '46, Nov 27 '46, Dec 11 '46)
Do you have an electric refrigerator, gas refrigerator, or an ice
box in your home? (aipo)

Yes No

May '39.
Apr '46. .

42%
58

58%
42

Electric Gas Ice box None answer

Aug 14 '46 58% 5% 24% 13% —

Aug 28 '46 58 5 24 12 1%

Sept 11 '46 58 5 23 14 —

Sept 25 '46 56 6 25 13 —

Nov 13 '46 58 6 22 14 —

Nov 27 '46 60 6 23 11 —

Dec 11 '46 62 6 21 11 —

9. (US May 10 '39) Do you happen to have an electric vacuum
sweeper in your home? (aipo)

Yes 46% No 54%

10. (Sweden Oct '43) If you could express two serious wishes
of improvement to make your daily work easier, what would
you choose? Asked of a national cross-section of married coun-
try women, (sgi)

■>

•^

■c^

Water; sink;

drains 41 44

Central heating;

bathroom 24 21

Inside plumbing. . 2 2
Electric light .... 1 2
Better, more mod-
ern house 11 14

Wash house 10 9

Help with the

work 8 10

No milking 2 4

Holidays, etc. ... 11 6

All right as is. . . . 17 12

Don't know 7 4

14 33 47 47 33 35

29
29

22
2

14
13

26
2
2

28
3

22
3
1

25
1
2

14 4

3 2

13 11

13 19

5 5

11 10 13

9 9 13

6 8 9

3 2 2

14 14 6

15 16 19
3 6 5

Percentages.. . .134* 128* 129* 132* 136* 139* 124* 130*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (US June 2 '44) In the past six months, have you had any
repairs made on your radio or electrical appliances? 24% of
the sample who said they had some repairs made were asked:
During the last year, would you say repair prices on radios and
electrical appliances have gone up or down? Only women
marketers were questioned, (norc)

Haven't had any repairs made 64%

Didn't answer the first question 1

[ 287 ]

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with ceiling

prices 11%

Prices have gone up 11

Have stayed the same 4

Have gone down *

Don't know whether prices have gone up or down 9

* Less than 0.5%.

12. (US June 2 '44) Do you generally find out what ceiling
prices are before you buy repair services on your radio or other
electrical appliances? Asked of 24% of the women marketers
who had repairs made on radios or electrical appliances in the
preceding six months, (norc)

Yes 1,%

No 19'

No answer 2% = 24%

13. (France Jan 1 '45) Do you intend to buy a frigidaire after
the war? (fipo)

Yes No opinion

Paris ■. 47% 44% 9%

Provinces 30 63 7

14. (Belgium July-Oct '46) Certificates for household refur-
nishing must still be officially validated. For what articles
would you prefer to be able to use these certificates? (insoc)

Other
household Don't

Crockery goods Clothing Shoes know

National total.... 9.3% 12.1% 51.1% 18.3% 9.2%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 11.7% 9.3%, 54.3%

Rural 8.4 14.0 47.5

Industrial 6.7 14.5 50.0

15. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) If you won a prize competition,
which of the following articles would you choose — a vacuum
cleaner, electric washing machine, electric stove, electric re-
frigerator, kitchen robot, wireless set? (czipo)

Vacuum cleaner 5%

Washing machine 24

Electric stove 14

Electric refrigerator 8

Xitchen robot 14

Radio 24

Don't know 11

18.1%

6.6%

17.5

12.6

19.6

9.2

HOMEOPATHY

1. (Sweden Feb '42) Have you ever been to a homeopathist,
a natural healer, or a quack [doctor]? (sgi)

Yes No

National total 18% 82%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 17% 83%

Country 19 81

2. (Sweden Feb '42) Do you believe in homeopathic medicine?

(SBI)

Yes No Don't know

National total 14% 64% 22%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 14% 69% 17%

Country 14 6X 25

HORSE-RACING

1. (us Oct '35) Do you think that lotteries similar to the Irish
hospitals' sweepstakes and conducted only for charity or tax-
ation should be allowed in this country? (for)

Yes No ■ Don't know

National total 55.3% 32.5% 12.2%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 57.5% 31.5% 11.0%

Southeast 48.3 32.1 19.6

Southwest 40.8 44.6 14.6

West 44.3 41.5 14.2

Pacific coast 78.7 17.2 4.1

2. (us May 10 '37) Are you in favor of making bets on horse-
racing legal? (aipo)

Yes 47% No 40% No opinion 13%

3. (US Apr 19 '38 and July 8 '39) Do you think betting on
horse races should be legal in this state? (aipo)

Don't
Yes No know

Apr '38 61%

July '39 51

9 = 100%

1938 results BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 65% 357o

Middle Atlantic 70 30

East central 55 45

West central 59 41

South 52 48

Rocky Mountain 60 40

Pacific coast 66 34

Businessmen's vote. ... 64 36

4. (US July 13 '38) Do you think the sale of Irish sweepstakes
tickets should be made legal in this country? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 50% = 100% No opinion 21%

5. (Australia Nov '41) Should week-day race meetings be
stopped during the war? (Sept '44) Do you think the time has
come to have mid-week races again? (apop)

Oppose mid-
week races

Nov '41 58%

Sept '44 60

1941 RESULTS BY STATE

Western Australia 70%

Southern Australia 66

Tasmania 66

Queensland 64

Victoria 57

New South Wales 53

Favor Undecided
32% 10%

25 15

20%

1941 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well-to-do 71% 20%

Better off' 63 28

Artisans, etc 56 34

Lowest incomes 50 39

10%
11

7
10

7
11

9
10
11

6. (Australia Dec '41) Should off'-the-course betting be legal
or illegal? (Sept-Oct '42) Should off'-the-course betting be
stamped out, left as it is, or made legal? (Aug '45) Should off^-
the-course betting be stamped out or made legal? (apop)

Stamp out
bettings
continue
Ltgalize illegal

Dec '41 48% 39%

Sept-Oct '42 39 52

Aug "45 56 32

1941 RESULTS BY STATES

New South Wales 52% 35%

Victoria 51 38

Western Australia 46 42

Queensland 45 38

Tasmania 35 53

South Australia 34 48

1945 RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Capitals 62% 28%

Towns 55 33

Farm 53 35

Undecided

13%
9
12

13%

10%

[288]

Yes No Don't knott

National total 61% 27% 12%

BY SEX

Men 57% 35% 8%

Women 64 20 16

BY AGE

21-29 years 55% 30%, 15%

30-49 years 62 28 10

50 years and over 62 26 12

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher...... 70% 23% 7%

Middle 69 23 8

Lower 56 30 14

HOSPITALS

7. (Australia Mar-Apr '42) Should Saturday race meetings
continue, or be restricted, or stopped? (apop)

Continued Restricted Stopped No answer
National total.... 31% 31% 35% 3%

BY POLITICS

Labor voters 41% 28% 29% 2%

Non-labor voters . 22 34 42 2

8. (Australia Sept '42) During the war, should race meetings
be held every Saturday, or only once a month in each state, or
not at all? (Aug '43) How many raceless Saturdays, if any, do
you think there should be each month? (apop)

Every Sat- Occasion- Not at No

urday ally all opinion

Sept '42 38% 25% 32% 5%

Aug '43 37 26 18 19

1942 RESULTS BY SEX

Occasionally and
Not at all

Men 46% 51% 3%

Women 29 64 7

9. (Australia June-July '45) Do you think midweek racing
should be resumed now, or not until after the war, or cut out
altogether? (Feb-Mar '46) Do you think midweek races
should be resumed now, or not for a few months, or not at all?
(In states where midweek racing has been resumed recently
the question began, "Do you think midweek races should
have been resumed now. . . .") (apop)

Resume

now hater Never No opinion

June-July '45 10% 33% 50% 7%

Feb-Mar '46 23 13 47 17

1946 RESULTS BY SEX AND POLITICS

Labor voters

Men 37% 16% 36% 11%

Women 25 12 41 22

Non-labor

Men 16 12 64 8

Women 8 11 54 27

10. (Great Britain May '46) Would you approve of a tax on
betting on dog and horse-racing? (bipo)

1. (Great Britain Feb '39) 1,092 hospitals in Great Britain
are dependant upon charity for their support. Do you favor
continuing this system, or should hospitals be a public service
supported by public funds? (bipo)

Continue present system 22% Public charge 71%

No opinion 7%

2. (US June '39) Do you think the government should own
and operate all, some, or none of the nation's hospitals and
medical service? (for)

All 14.4%

Some 59.2

None. . 18.8

Don't know or depends. . . 7.6

3. (US Feb 6 '40) President Roosevelt has asked Congress for
about ten million dollars to build iifty hospitals in farm areas.
Would you be willing to pay higher taxes in order to build
these hospitals? (aipo)

Yes 54% No 46% = 100% No opinion 11%

4. (US Feb 6 '40) President Roosevelt has asked Congress for
about ten million dollars to build fifty hospitals in farm areas
where they are needed. Would you be willing to pay higher
taxes in order to build these hospitals? Asked of a separate
cross-section comparable to that used for the preceding ques-
tion, (aipo)

Yes 60% No 40% = 100% No opinion 10%

5. (Great Britain July '44) Have you ever been an in-patient
of a hospital? 8% of the sample had been in private wards and
45% of the sample had been patients in other than private
wards. These two groups were asked: Was it a municipal or
voluntary hospital? (bipo)

Never been an in-patient 47%

Patient in municipal hospital 22

Voluntary hospital 31

6. (Great Britain July '44) Were you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the way you were treated? Asked of 53%i of the sample
who said they had been an in-patient of a hospital, (bipo)
Satisfied 45% Dissatisfied 6% Don't know 2% = 53%

7. (Great Britain July '44) Have you ever attended the out-
patient department of a hospital? 47% of the sample who said
they had attended the out-patient department of a hospital
were asked: Were you satisfied or dissatisfied with the way
you were treated? (bipo)

[289]

National total.

Never been

an
out-patient

JJ/O

Satisfied
with

Dis-
satisfied

Don't know
whether dis-
satisfied or
satisfied

i7o

treatment
36%

BY TYPE OF TREATMENT

Had been Had
out-patient not

Out-patient as a casualty. . 30% 70%

For other reasons 22 78

8. (Great Britain July '44) Was it a voluntary or a municipal
hospital? Asked of 47% of the sample who had attended the
out-patient department of a hospital, (bipo)

Voluntary 36%, Municipal 11%, = 47%,

9. (Great Britain July '44) Should voluntary hospitals remain
voluntary, should they be run by a public authority, or should
they become partly voluntary and partly public? (bipo)

Voluntary 21%

Public 42

Mixed 21

Don't know 16

10. (US Apr 18 '45) Do you think your city or county govern-
ment should set up a public hospital here to be supported by
local taxes? Asked in communities having no public hospital.
(aipo)

Yes 22%

No 17

Don't know 4

No answer 57

11. (US Apr 18 '45) Do you think there are enough hospitals,
or a big enough hospital, in this community to take care of
the sick? Asked in communities having no public hospital.
(aipo)

Yes 16% No 27% Don't know 3%o No answer 54%

12. (US Apr 10 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of having
the federal government pay the cost of building hospitals
where they are needed? (aipo)

Approve 80% Disapprove 14% No opinion 6%

HOTELS, TAVERNS, ETC.

1. (Australia Nov 3 '41) At what hours should hotels open
and close? (Aug 21 '42) During the war, what hour should
hotels open in the morning and close in the evening? (Dec '44)
What hotels' hours do you favor for after the war? (May 4 '46)
What hotels' hours do you favor? (apop)

OPINION state by state

South Australia

1942.,
1944.,
1946.,
Victoria
1941 .
1942.
1944.
1946.

-1

§
1

63%

24%

—

-<s

£ s

New South Wales

1941

1942

1944

1946

Queensland

1941

1942

1944

1946

Western Australia

1941

40%

41
11
33

1942 (Perth) 34

1944.. .
1946. . .
Tasynania
1941 . . .
1942.. .
1944...
1946.. .

68
51
65

48%
30
28
42

43
40
15

21
58
10
12

6% 6% -

4 15 —

- 19 7%

— 14 —

11%
10

12
27
15
43

4
22
19
23

12
16

20
18

10 8

— 7

4
10

closing time

i9-/2 1944 1946

South Australia 6 pm 6 pm 6 pm

Victoria 6 pm 6 pm 6 pm

New South Wales .... 6 pm 6 pm 6 pm

Queensland 7 pm 8 pm 10 pm

Western Australia .... 6 pm 9 pm 9 pm

Tasmania 10 pm 10 pm 10 pm

2. (Australia Apr 30 '42) Should hotels be closed during the
afternoon and then opened again until the usual closing time
in the evening? (apop)

Opposed Favored Undecided

National total 53% 38% 9%o

OPINION STATE BY STATE

Queensland 62%

New South Wales .

Victoria

Tasmania

South Australia. . .
Western Australia .

56
56
28
29
40

31%

3. (Australia Aug 21 '42) Should they [hotels] close on week-
days in the afternoon between 2 and 4:30? (apop)

OPINION STATE BY STATE

Close Don't

2 to 4:30 close answer

South Australia 63%o 24%, 13%

Western Australia .... 56 31 13

New South Wales 40 44 16

Victoria 40 47 13

Queensland 32 46 22

Tasmania 22 42 36

4. (Australia Feb 5 '44 and Mar 23 '46) And what about hotels

— should they be open or closed [on Anzac Day]? The same
question was used in 1946 with the addition "in the after-
noon." (apop)

hotels

Feb '44 55%o

Mar '46 43

Open

hotels

No
opinion

-i-ior
->! /o

8%
4

[ ^290 ]

5. (Australia Apr-May '46) Do you think cafes should be
licensed to sell beer and wines with meals between noon and
3 p.m. and between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m.? (apop)
License cafes 49% Don't license them 46%

No opinion 5%

HOURS OF LABOR

1. (us Dec 14 '35) Do you think the federal government ought
to set a limit on the number of hours employees should work
in each business and industry? (Mar 29 '37, May 17 '37, July
26 '37) Should Congress set a limit on the hours employees
should work in each business and industry? (aipo)

Yes

Dec '35 55?

Mar '37 58

May '37 58

July '37 60

No No opinion

45% = 100% —
42 = 100 9%

42 = 100 .10

40 = 100 8

MAY '37 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 68% 32%

Republican 34 66

Others 66 34

MAY '37 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 50%

Middle Atlantic.
East central .
West central.

South

Mountain . . .
Pacific coast.

60
56
51
62
65
59

50%

2. (US Jan 18 '36) Do you favor a thirty-hour week for labor?
(Nov 20 '36) Do you favor a thirty-hour week in industry?
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Jan '36 59% 41% =100% 6%

Nov '36 65 35 =100 4

3. (US Feb 8 '36) Do you think the hours of labor in industry
should be reduced? (May 24 '37) Do you think the hours
worked per week should be reduced? Asked of a national cross-
section of employed persons, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Feb '36 58% 42% —

May '37 39 38 23%

4. (US Feb 15 '36 and Great Britain Apr 3 '37) One plan for
reducing unemployment is to shorten the hours of labor in
business and industry. Do you favor this plan? (aipo, bipo)

Yes No No opinion

US Feb '36 76% 24% = 100% —

Britain Apr '37 89 11 =100 1%

us opinion in FEB '36 BY POLITICS

Democratic 86% 14%

Republican 61 39

Socialist 88 12

Third party 78 22

us opinion in FEB '36 state by STATE

Maine 63% 37%

Delaware 65 35

South Dakota 65 35

Yes No

Kansas 66% 34%

Nebraska 66 34

Virginia 67 33

Oklahoma 68 32

Vermont 68 32

Iowa 70 30

Maryland 71 29

Kentucky 71 29

Connecticut 72 28

Minnesota 72 28

New Mexico 72 28

Massachusetts 75 27

Rhode Island 73 27

West Virginia 73 27

Wisconsin 74 26

New Hampshire 75 25

Texas 75 25

Colorado 75 25

New Jersey 76 24

Ohio 76 24

Louisiana 76 24

Mississippi 76 24

Utah 76 24

Idaho 76 24

California 76 24

Missouri 77 23

South Carolina 77 23

Georgia 77 23

Tennessee 77 23

Montana 77 23

Oregon 77 23

New York 78 22

North Carolina 78 22

Pennsylvania 79 21

Michigan 79 21

Illinois 79 21

Arkansas 79 21

Arizona 79 21

Indiana 80 20

Washington 80 20

Florida 81 19

North Dakota 82 18

Nevada 83 17

Alabama 88 12

Wyoming 88 12

5. (US July '36) Should hours of work be limited by law for
employees in factories? (for)

Yes 75.2% No 15.0% Don't know 9.8%

6. (US July '36) Should hours of work be limited by law for
employees in domestic service? (for)

Yes 53.7% No 33.0% Don't know 13.3%

7. (US July '36) If people could have more leisure, which
would be better, a shorter working day or a longer vacation?
(for)

Shorter day 68.5% Longer vacation 28.0% Don't know 3.5%

8. (US Nov 13 '36) How many hours a day is it reasonable for
a man to work? (aipo)

Under 6 hours 1%

6 hours 15

7 hours 6

8 hours 68

9 hours 3

10 hours 6

11-16 hours 1

[291]

9. (US Apr 16 "bl') Would you favor reducing the hours of
labor in business and industry even if doing so would raise
the price of goods? (aipo)

Yes 49% No 51% = 100% No opinion 8%

10. (US May 24 '37) How many hours are you supposed to
put in on your job in a regular week (excluding overtime)?
Asked of a national cross-section of employed persons exclud-
ing those on relief projects, (aipo)

Less

than

hours

National total 14%

40-45 46-50 51-55 56-60
hours hours hours hours
yi% 24% 5% 10%

BY TYPES OF LABOR

Skilled 17% 41% 22% 4%

Unskilled 12 33 26 7

Average 47 hours

9%
10

hours
and
over

10%

I/O

11. (US June 1 '37) About what figure would you want as
the maximum (the longest) number of hours a week which
workers should work in this community? (Jan 25 '38) What
is the largest number of hours per week any worker should
work in this community? (aipo)

1937 RESULTS

Under 30 hours 2%

30 hours 4

Over 30 hours to 40 hours . . 5

40 hours 32

Over 40 hours to 44 hours . . 6

45 hours to 48 hours 4

48 hours 22

Over 48 hours to 50 hours . . 4

Over 50 hours to 60 hours. . 3

60 hours and over 7

No answer 11

Median 40 hours

1938 RESULTS

Under 40 hours 6%

40 hours 33

Between 40 and 48 hours. . . 11

48 hours 27

Over 48 hours 17

No opinion 6

Median 44 hours

12. (US D^c 2 '38) Do you think he [your employer] requires
you to work too many hours a week? Asked of a national
cross-section of employed persons, (aipo)

Yes 13%

No 87% = 100%

No answer 4%

13. (US July 17 '39) Have you heard about the new law that
requires all WPA workers to work an average of thirty hours
a week (one hundred and thirty a month)? (aipo)

Yes 80% No 20%

14. (US July 17 '39) What do you think of this law [that
requires all WPA workers to work an average of thirty hours
a week]? Interviewers discussed law with respondents before
recording ideas. A comparable cross-section was asked the
question in the following form: What is your opinion of the
law? (aipo)

2«

[-<

National total. . .
WPA workers . . .
All other voters.

42% 25% = 67%
28 25 = 53
46 25 = 71

Q Q 1^

197o 14% = 33%

31 16 = 47

16 13 = 29

15. (US Sept '40) If a labor shortage develops and restrictions
on hours are lifted, what is the maximum work week that
can be attained in your business without a net loss in produc-
tion? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

40 4S 56 60 hours Don't know,

hours hours hours or more no answer
National total . 4.5% 48.0%, 19.0% 12.1% 16.4%

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Far West 5.0% 54.5% 15.8% 7.9% 16.8%

South 2.5 38.0 25.5 18.1 15.9

16. (US Dec 16 '40) Should factories making war materials
work every day of the year including Sunday and holidays?
(aipo)

Yes 46% No 49% No opinion 5%

17. (US Dec 10 '41) Would you be willing to work eight
hours more a week at your present job? Asked of a national
cross-section of defense workers, (aipo)

Yes 88% No 12%

18. (US Jan 6 '42) How many hours a week do you work?
Asked of a national cross-section of employed persons and
farmers, (aipo) (May 30 '42) How long a work week do you
put in (or your husband or wife) — about how many hours in
an average week? (norc) (Nov 10 '42) How many hours a
week do you work at your present job? Asked of a national
cross-section of regularly paid employed persons, (aipo)

Average hours worked
per week — median

JAN '42 RESULTS

National total 54 hours

JAN '42 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Farmers

Employers and administrators

Skilled workers

Professional

Semi-skilled and unskilled workers

White-collar

MAY '42 RESULTS

Less than 30 hours.

30-39 hours

40-44 hours

45-49 hours

50-54 hours

55-59 hours

60-69 hours

70-79 hours

80-89 hours

90 and more

All the time

Not ascertainable. .
* Less than 0.5%.

62
61
51

50
49
47

4
34
25
10

[292]

NOV '42 RESULTS

Thost con-
nected with
war effort
40 hours or less 25%

41-47 hours

48 hours

49-59 hours

60 hours or more . .
No estimate made .

16
27
17
13
2

Farmers

Others

32%

19. (US Jan 23 '42) Do you happen to know how many hours
a week, on the average, each worker in war industries in
Germany now has to work? 6% of the sample who said they
knew the number of hours were asked: How many? (aipo)

Don't know how many hours 93%

No answer to the first question 1

No limit to number of hours *

Germans work 60 hours or over 1

Over 60 to 80 hours 3

Over 80 hours 2

Didn't say how many hours *

* Less than 0.57o-

20. (US Jan 23 '42) What is your guess [on how many hours
per week German workers in war industries work]? Asked of
93% of the sample who said they didn't know how many
hours a German worker in war industries now works, (aipo)

No answer, no guess 18%

No limit 1

Under 60 hours 7

60-65 hours 12

66-70 hours 11

71-80 hours 16

81-90 hours 16

Over 90 hours 12

93%

21. (US Jan 23 '42) Do you happen to know how many hours
a week, on the average, each worker in war industries in Eng-
land now has to work? 7% of the sample who said they knew
the number of hours were asked: How many? (aipo)

Don't know how many hours 90%

No answer to the first question 3

No limit to number of hours *

Under 60 hours 2

60-80 hours 4

Over 80 hours 1

Didn't say how many hours *

* Less than 0.5%.

22. (US Jan 23 '42) What is your guess [on the number of
hours English war workers now work]? Asked of 90% of the
sample who said they didn't know how many hours English
war workers now work, (aipo)

No answer; no guess 17%

No limit *

55 hours and under 13

56-65 hours 24

66-75 hours 20

76-85 hours 11

Over 85 hours 5

90%

* Less than 0.5%.

23. (US Jan 23 '42) How many hours a week, on the average,
do you think each worker in war industries in the United

States will have to work in order for our country to win the
war? (aipo)

Mean average 60 hours a week

24. (Canada Mar 23 '42) How many hours do you think
workers in war industries should work each week? (cipo)
(US Jan 7 '43) How many hours a week do you think people
should be required to work in war factories? A comparable
cross-section was asked the question in the following form:
How many hours a week do you think a person employed in
a war plant should be required to work? Results were com-
bined. (Jan 21 '43) How many hours a week do you think
people should be required to work in war plants? Asked of a
national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

60
hours No

40 41-47 48 49-59 and No opin-

hours hours hours hours over limit ion

Mar 23 '42 — — 43% 25% 32% — —

Jan 7 '43 14% 4% 50 15 13 1% 3%

Jan 21 '43 4 1 41 16 31 1 6

Jan 21 '43 median = 49 hours

25. (US May 30 '42) If a certain plant has a forty-hour week,
what does that mean to you — does it mean that employees
there can't work more than forty hours a week, or that they
must be paid overtime if they work more than forty hours a
week? (norc)

Can't work more than 40 hours 7%

Must be paid overtime 84

Don't know 9

26. (US May 30 '42) Do you think workers in war industries
who are now working forty-eight hours a week and are being
paid overtime for all hours over forty should continue on this
basis, or do you think they should work forty-eight hours
without getting any overtime pay? (norc)

Should continue 53%

Should not continue 37

Don't know 10

27. (Great Britain Oct '42) Do you work shorter time in the
winter than in the summer? (bipo)

Yes 21% No 79%,

28. (Great Britain Oct '42) Is this [working shorter time]
mainly because of the blackout? (bipo)

Yes ll%o No 89%,

29. (Great Britain Oct '42) About how many hours a week
shorter? Asked of 21% of the sample who said they worked
shorter hours in winter than in summer, (bipo)

Average 6 hours 30 minutes

30. (Australia Nov '42) Do you think war industries should
work every day, including Sundays, with the workers having
days off in turn? (apop)

Favor 7-day roster 68% Oppose it 26% Undecided 6%

31. (US Nov 10 '42) Would you be willing to work at least
forty-eight hours a week in your present job? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of regularly paid employed persons who
work under 48 hours a week, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion Qualified

War workers 79%, 11%, 5%, 5%,

Non-war workers. . . 74 17 4 5

[293]

32. (US Nov 10 '42) Would you favor or oppose a law re-
quiring workers connected wich war industries to work at
least forty-eight hours a week? (aipo)

Favor 78% Oppose 12% No opinion 10%

33. (US Nov 19 '42) About how many hours a week, on the
average, do you think workers in war industries are actually
working now? How many hours a week, including all over-
time, do you think workers in war industries should put in?
(norc)

Working now

Under 40 hours 2%

40 hours 18

41-47 hours 9

48 hours 28

49-59 hours 14

60-69 hours 7

70 hours and over 2

Not ascertainable 20

* Less than 0.5%.

Should work

Under 48 hours 5%

48 hours 34

49-50 hours 7

51-59 hours 17

60-69 hours 20

70-79 hours 5

80 hours and over *

Not ascertainable 12

34. (US Nov 19 '42) And how many hours a week do you
think workers in war industries should put in before they get
extra pay for overtime? (noec)

40 hours and less 23%

41-44 hours 3

45-47 hours . . ' 2

48 hours 37

49-50 hours 3

50-54 hours 2

55-59 hours 1

60 hours 3

Over 60 hours 1

No extra pay 14

Not ascertainable 11

35. (Australia Dec '42) How many hours a week, at the most,
do you think a man can work efficiently each week in a muni-
tion factory? Asked of a national cross-section of men exclud-
ing farmers, (apop)

Inefficient after 44 hours. . . 24%

Maximum of 48 hours 30

Maximum at 50 hours 11

Maximum at 56 hours 24

Maximum at 60 hours 11

36. (US Jan '43) How many hours did you put in on your job
last week (including any overtime you may have put in)?
Asked only of the "working force" — factory labor, miners,
transportation and public-utility workers, personal-service
workers (janitors, beauticians, laundrymen, domestics, etc.).
(for)

Male factory workers 49.1 hours

Female factory workers 44.1

Male personal-service workers 56.0

Female personal-service workers 48.1

Male transport and utility workers 51. 9

Male mine workers 41.1

Workers saying they are in war industries 48.0

Workers saying they are in non-war occupations . . 49.0

37. (US Jan '43) Would you call the industry you are working
in now a war industry? Asked of the same cross-section as the
preceding question, (for)

Yes No

Male mine workers 83.2% 16.8%

Male factory workers 77.8 22.2

Female factory workers 65.6 34.4

Male transport and public-utility workers.

Male personal-service workers

Female personal-service workers

Yes

9.2 90.8

9.8 90.2

No
47.7%

38. (US Jan 21 '43) About how many hours did you work
per day, not counting Sundays during last spring and summer?
Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Hours worked daily
last spring and summer

10 hours 18

11 hours 5

12 hours 25

13 hours 9

14 hours 16

15 hours 10

16 hours 8

Over 16 hours 2

100%

No estimate 4%

Median 12 hours

39. (US Jan 21 '43) Could you put in more hours than that
[which you worked last spring and summer] this year? Asked
of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 33%

No 60%

Don't know 7%

40. (US Jan 21 '43) How many hours a day on the average
do you think you can work this year during spring and sum-
mer? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Hours could work this
spring and summer

Under 10 hours 4%

10 hours 11

11 hours 5

12 hours 27

13 hours 9

14 hours 21

15 hours 10

16 hours 9

Over 16 hours 4

100%

No estimate 3%

Median 13 hours

41. (US Feb '43) What percentage of your employees are
working overtime? Asked of a national cross-section of manu-
facturers and merchants, (for)

Merchants

40.2%

19.0

14.4

6.6

5.9

11.4

2.5

Manufacturers

None or less than 10% 16.2%

10%-19% 10.8

20%-39% 13.0

40%-59% 10.5

60%-79% 9.2

80%-100% 39.6

Don't know .7

42. (US Mar '43) About how many hours a week would you
be willing to put in regularly at farming this year? Asked of
a national cross-section of farmers, (for)

[ 294 ]

Farmers

48 hours or less 6.0%

49-59 hours 5-5

60-83 hours 51.9

84 hours and over 23.5

Don't know 13.1

Farm hands
8.0%
10.7
56.7
11.8
12.8

43. (Denmark Apr 22 '44) Are you for or against a general
week-end closing [of offices and workshops] from Saturday at
2 o'clock? (dgi)

For 80.6% Against 7.6% Don't know 11.8%

44. (Denmark Apr 22 '44) If you yourself are among those
who get the week end, are you willing to work all the more
on the other days? (dgi)

Yes 64.7%

No 12.4%

Don't know 22.9%

45. (Denmark Oct 22 '44) Do you think that the housemaid's
working day should end at a certain time? (dgi)

Yes No Don't know

Employers 40.6% 45.3% 14.1%

Maids 73.9 17.4 8.7

Remaining public 61.1 22.7 16.2

46. (Denmark Oct 22 '44) When [do you think the house-
maid's working day should end]? Asked of 40.6% of employers,
73.9% of maids, and 61.1% of the remaining public who
thought that the housemaid's working day should end at a
certain time, (dgi)

49. (Great Britain Nov '44) After the war, how many hours
would be a reasonable working week in factories after which
overtime should be paid? (bipo)

Up to 36 hours 5%

Up to 40 hours 39

Up to 44 hours 20

Up to 48 hours 29

Over 48 hours 3

Don't know 4

Average hours per week 43

(US Nov 29 '44) After the war, how many hours per week
do you think workers in business and industry should work?
(aipo)

30 hours or less 4%

Between 30 and 40 hours. . . 5

40 hours 50

Between 40 and 48 hours ... 8

48 hours 25

Over 48 hours 5

No opinion 3

(Australia Aug '45) After the war, how many hours should
be worked each week in factories before overtime is paid?
(apop)

g
■ci.

Employers.. 10.2% 64. i

60.8

9.7% 5.7% 3.4% 6.2% = 100%
of those questioned
13.7 — 2.0 3.9

Maids 19.6

Remaining

public... 20.9 53.3 8.8 5.6 1.7 9.7
47. (Denmark Oct 22 '44) Do you think that if housemaids
work overtime, they should be compensated by extra time off
or money? (dgi)

S g

t-i

10.6%
40.0

17.6%
10.8

2.3%
1.5

15.7%
4.6

20.0%
15.4

Employers... 33.8%

Maids 27.7

Remaining

public 30.9 31.2 6.8 2.4 4.9 23.8

48. (Denmark Oct 22 '44) What time do you think a house
maid's day off should begin? (dgi)

Employers. 5% 11% 19% 10% 19% 18% 17% 1%

Maids 11 16 30 14 16 9 — 4

Remaining

public... 3 21 24 14 10 6 21 1

Men Women

48 hours 10% 10%

46 hours 1 —

44 hours 45 52

40 hours 37 21

Fewer than 40. ... 3 1

No opinion 4 16

(US Sept 6 '45) How many hours a week do you think
persons should work in a regular work week now that the
war is over? (aipo)

Under 40 hours 10%

40 hours 66

41-47 hours 5

48 hours 12

Over 48 hours 1

No opinion 6

Median 40 hours

(US Sept 6 "45) How many hours do you think there should
be in the regular work week? (aipo)

20-29 hours 1%

30 hours 6

32 hours 1

35 hours 4

36 hours 4

37-40 hours 66

42-44 hours 2

45 hours *

48 hours 8

50 hours and over 1

Don't know, no answer. ... 7

Median 40 hours

* Less than 0.5%

(Great Britain Nov 3 '45) How many hours would be a
reasonable working week in factories after which overtime
would be paid? (bipo)

[295 ]

National total .

4% 39% 22% 26% 2% 7%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional; salaried-executive 4% 31% 25% 32% 2%

45 26 17 5

6%
4

Salaried-clerical 3

Proprietor, shop or business;
farmers 1 27 28 32 8 4

Weekly wages; factory, heavy

industry, transport, miner. .. 5 52 21 18 1 3

Agricultural workers (exclud-
ing farmers) 8

Weekly wages, all others 3

Housewives 3

Retired; unoccupied 3

(Australia Dec '45, Jan '46) In your opinion, how many
hours should be worked each week by people in factories be-
fore overtime is paid? (apop)

Men Women

48 hours 7%, 7%,

44 hours 39 42

40 hours 47 36

Less than 40 hours 3 2

No opinion 4 13

(Canada June 29 '46) How many hours do you think people
working in industry should work each week? (cipo)

hours

and 36-40 41-44

under hours hours

National total 2%, 38%, 18%o

4',~48
hours

35%

26%
36

48%
31

Over

hours

7%
4%

17%
5

BY LABOR STATUS

Union families 3% 56%, 11%,

Non-union families . . 1 36 19

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farm * 20% 15%

Non-farm 2% 44 18

* Less than 0.5%.

50. (Canada Nov 25 '44) To reduce unemployment after the
war it has been suggested that we establish a thirty-hour week
in industry to spread work among more people. Do you think
this is a good idea or do you think we should have a longer
working week? (cipo)

Longer
30 hours work week Undecided
National total 62% 27% 11%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Over 100,000 72%

10,000-100,000 64

Under 10,000 63

Farms 46

BY LABOR STATUS

Union 71%

Others 59

51. (US Sept 6 '45) During peacetime the number of hours in
the regular work week in most industries is forty hours. Do

21%

you think the number of hours should be increased or de-
creased? (aipo)

Increased 12%

Decreased 17

Same 65

No opinion 6

62. (Australia May-June '46) Do you think the Common-
wealth Parliament should pass a law for the forty-hour week,
or should it be left to the arbitration court to decide? (apop)

Favor law Favor court No opinion

National total 33%, 55%, 12%,

Unskilled workers only .. . 47 39 14

53. (US Oct '46) About what time do you usually get to
your office? Asked of a national cross-section of business execu-
tives, (for)

70.00

8:00 8:30 9:00

9. -30

a.m. a.m. a.m.

a.m.

12:00

National total . . .

10.1% 28.0% 33.8%

BY TYPES OF INDUSTRY

14.2%

3.3%

Manufacturing . .

27.3% 29.5% 29.6%

10.8%

2.8%

Commerce

16.8 25.8 36.7

16.7

4.0

Rails and utilities.

11.1 35.5 39.1

11.6

2.7

Finance

10.5 28.1 40.3

17.9

3.2

54. (US Oct '46) What time do you usually leave the office?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Before 4:30 to 5.-00 to 5:30 to 6:00 to After

4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00 7:00 7:00

National total . . 9.7% 20.6% 37.3%o 23.5% 7.9% 1.0%

BY TYPE OF INDUSTRY

Manufacturing.. 7.9%o 21.9% 38.5%o 23.6%, 7.2%

Commerce 8.1 15.0 36.7 28.2 10.8

Rails and utilities 7.0 21.1 44.7 21.5 4.8

Finance 18.1 25.9 32.9 18.5 4.4

.9%
1.2

55. (US Oct '46) About how often do you work at night in
the office? Asked of a national cross-section of business execu-
tives, (for)

In the office At home

Seldom 80.5%o 54.1%,

One to two nights 13. 7 26.9

Two to three nights 3.4 9.6

Three to four nights 1.3 5-6

More 1.1 3.8

56. (US Oct '46) On days when you work at your office, how
long do you usually spend at lunch? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

A half hour or less 13.0%

Between half an hour and an hour 43-1

Between an hour and an hour and a half 39. 3

An hour and a half to two hours 4.3

Two to three hours 03

57. (US Oct '46) If you could double your income by working
two or three more hours a day, would you do so? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Yes No

National total 29.3% 70.7%

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

South 37.7% 62.3%,

Far West 23.5 765

[ -zm ]

58. (US Oct '46) Do you work at your office on Saturdays in
winter? In the summer? Asked of a national cross-section of
business executives, (for)

Occa- Practically
Usually sioiially never

National total

IN WINTER

61.9%

16.1% 22.0%

IN WINTER BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Greater New York 35-6%

Remainder of the Northeast . . 64.7

South 77.6

Midwest 70.1

Far West 63.8

24.0%

14.8

10.9

14.3

16.2

40.4%

20.5

11.5

15.6

20.0

National total .

IN SUMMER

45.3%

20.4% 34.3%

IN SUMMER BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Greater New York 12.0% 22.7% 65.3%

Remainder of the Northeast . . 434 22.7 339

South 71.2 15.4 13.4

Midwest 58.5 18.5 23.0

Far West 59.8 11.8 28.4

HOUSE DECORATION

1. (Denmark Oct 29 '44) How would you prefer to have your
home furnished, in modern or old-fashioned design? (dgi)

Old-fashioned 31.6%

Modern 32.2

A mixture of both 30.3

Don't know 5-9

2. (Denmark Oct 29 '44) If you could afford it and had the
opportunity of doing so, would you scrap your furniture and
get new things to suit your taste? (dgi)

Yes 25.2%

No 49.0

Don't know 6.1

Partly 19.7

3. (Denmark Oct 29 '44) Which do you prefer, old-style — for
example, Renaissance — or modern simple furniture? (dgi)

Old style 31.0%

Modern, simple furniture 37.0

Something in between 22.1

A little of each 0.3

Don't know 9.6

4. (Denmark Oct 29 '44) Do you prefer your home to be
furnished with a lot of furniture and many knick-knacks or
with a few modern things? (dgi)

A lot of furniture 9.7%

Few things 7.6

Few modern things 36.5

Few old-fashioned things 4.9

A little of each 30.2

Don't know 11.1

6. (Denmark Oct 29 '44) Do you prefer light, strong colors
in furniture and walls of your rooms, or do you prefer some-
thing darker and warmer? (dgi)

Light, strong colors 41.5%

Darker, warmer 33.3

Light, discreet colors 1.8

A mixture of both 17.0

Don't know 6.4

HOUSING

1. (US Oct '35) If you had to choose between these two houses
for your home and they were the same except for style, which
would you choose? (for)

Colonial 56.3% Modern 41.2% Don't know 2.5%,

2. (US July 13 '38) Which is cheaper — to own or to rent?
(aipo)

Own 49% Rent 37% No opinion 14%

3. (Great Britain Nov '41) If you were free to choose would
you rather live in a house or a flat? (bipo)

House 71% Flat 19% Don't know 10%

4. (US May 30 '42) Would you say that housing conditions
for defense workers around here are satisfactory, only fair, or
poor? (norc)

Satisfactory 27%

Only fair 29

Poor 18

No defense workers around here .... 7

Don't know 19

5. (Great Britain May '42 and Mar '44) Do you think you
will be looking for other accommodations after the war? (bipo)

Yes No Don't know

May '42 42% 47% 11%

Mar '44 43

6. (Great Britain Mar '44) Do you think that you will be
moving out of this district? Asked of 43% of the sample who
thought they would be looking for other accommodations
after the war. (bipo)

Yes 24% No 12% Don't know 7% = 43%

7. (Sweden Dec '42) How large a dwelling do you think is
the minimum needed for a family of two grown-ups and three
children under ten? (sgi)

1 room 2 rooms 3 rooms 4 rooms

and and

kitchen kitchen

National total 1% 61%

and
kitchen

Towns . .
Country.

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

1% 56%

1 65

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 1% 36%

Middle class 1 55

Workers 2 68

BY MARITAL STATUS

Unmarried 1% 58%

Married 1 63

Married with 3 children 2 70

38%
31

51%

37%

5%
3

12%
5
2

8. (Great Britain Jan 24 '43) Have you had any difficulty
recently in finding housing or accommodation? 19% of the

[ 297 ]

sample who said they had had difficulty were asked: What

difficulty? (bipo)

Haven't tried to find anything or haven't had difficulty . . 80%

Don't know whether or not have had difficulty 1

Have found no houses available 12

Rent too high * 3

No rooms available 2

Have been bombed out and can't find accommodation. . . 1

Miscellaneous difficulties 1

9. (Canada Mar 20 '43) Do you happen to have any spare
rooms in your home? (cipo)

Congested areas V! on-congested areas*

Have spare room 14% 20%

Have no spare room 86 80

* Exclusive of farms.

10. (Sweden Oct '43) Would you care to live in a so-called
cooperative house where, if necessary, you could have your
food from a communal kitchen, have your clothes washed in
the laundry of the house, have your children cared for in a
communal nursery, etc.? Asked of a national cross-section of
married women living in industrial towns, (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 15% 80% 5%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 16% 78%

Villages 11 87

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 20%

Middle class 11

Workers 17

BY OCCUPATION

Full-time workers (outside

the home) 25%

Part-time workers 29

Occasional workers 11

Housewives 17

78%

65%
62
78
77

6%
2

10%

9
11

11. (Sweden Oct '43) What, in your opinion, would be the
greatest advantage of living in a house of this type [coopera-
tive house with communal kitchen, laundry, nursery, etc.]?
Asked of a national cross-section of married women living in
industrial towns, (sgi)

Housework easier 53%

Children are cared for 28

Might be cheaper 4

Other replies 6

Don't know 9

12. (Australia Dec '43) What should the government do about
home building after the war, encourage private building or
build houses itself? (Nov '45) Which would be the better
policy for the government on housing, build homes itself or
encourage private builders? (apop)

Encourage Build
private houses

building itself

.... 41% 34%

Dec '43

Nov '45 71

Both
25%

Undecided

13. (Australia Dec '43) If the government does build homes
after the war, should it let the houses or sell them? (apop)
Sell them 56% Let them 12% Both 32%

14. (Great Britain Dec '43) In your district, do you think
that the local council is doing all it can to meet the housing

shortage? 32% of the sample who thought the local council
was not doing all it could were asked: What more should it
do? (bipo)

Believe council is doing all it can 37%

Don't know whether or not doing all it can 31

Could build new houses 10

Take over empty houses 4

Repair bomb-damaged houses 2

Fix rents 1

Can't do more without government assistance 2

Miscellaneous suggestions 11

Didn't say what it could do 2

15. (Australia Feb 5 '44) What kind of home do you like best:
single-storied, two-storied, or a flat? (apop)

Single-

Two-

story
houses

Flats

definite
ideas

People now living in single-
story houses 90% 7% 3%

People now living in two-
story houses 64 30 6

People now living in flats. .64 11 21

16. (Australia Feb 5 '44) You've probably heard how homes
will be improved after the war. What would you want most
in a new home? (apop)

Refrigerators 21%

Electrical appliances 21

Hot water services 14

Modern kitchens and bathrooms 11

Modern conveniences; labor-saving devices, etc. . . 20
Other and no answer 13

17. (Great Britain June '44) The government say they will
erect temporary prefabricated houses to relieve the housing
shortage. If you could get it, would you prefer one of these
houses, or would you rather wait longer for a permanent house?
(bipo)

Temporary house 27%

Wait 31

Won't move 36

Don't know 6

18. (Canada July 26 '44) Have you put off making any repairs
or improvements on your home because of the war, or have
you kept it up as well as you ordinarily would? (cipo)

Put off 36%

Kept up 47

None needed 14

Undecided 3

19. (Canada July 26 '44) Do you plan to build or buy your
own home after the war, or do you prefer to continue renting?
Asked of a national cross-section of people who rent their
homes? (cipo)

Plan to build 24%

Plan to buy 18

Continue renting 40

No specific plans 17

Return to home already owned 1

20. (Australia Dec '44 to Jan '45) Do you happen to rent or own
the home you live in? 45% of the sample said they rented,
6% boarded, and 4% lived with their parents. These groups
were asked: Do you plan to buy or build a home, or do you
prefer renting? (apop)

[ 298 ]

Other plans 2%

Already own home 45

Plan to buy 16

Plan to build 18

Expect to rent 19

21. (Australia Dec '44 to Jan '45) Have you had to put off
any large improvements or repairs because of the war? Asked
of 45% of the sample who owned their homes, (apop)

Yes 21% No 24% = 45%

22. (Australia Feb-Mar '45) Are you satisfied the government
is doing all it can, under the circtmistances, to relieve the
housing shortage? (apop) (Great Britain Mar '45) Are you
satisfied or dissatisfied with the government's record in hous-
ing? (bipo)

Dis- Don't know,
satisfied undecided

54% 14%

71 15

Satisfied

Australia 32%

Great Britain 14

23. (US Mar 29 '45) A national cross-section of people were
asJced whether they had definite plans to build a new home,
remodel an old one, or make substantial repairs to an old one
within three years after the war ended, (nyht) Results were:

Build 19%

Remodel 11

Repair 5

None of them 55

Don't know 10

24. (Sweden June '45) Are you satisfied with your present
dwelling place? (soi)

Not Fairly Completely

satisfied satisfied satisfied
National total 23% 23% 54%

BY SEX

Men 22%

Women 24

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farms 25%

Others 22

Large towns 24

Other towns 21

Country 23

BY TYPE OF CURRENT HOUSING

House owners, villa owners. . . 15%

Dwelling included in wages. . . 31

Tenants' homes 31

Live in rooms, "digs," etc... 21

25. (Sweden June '45) What is wrong with it [your present
housing]? Asked of a national cross-section of people who
were not completely satisfied with their present housing.
46% of the sample is represented, (soi)

26%

52%

26%

49%

21%

64%

- -s

•=<; s

K <»

' S

•

5'
2:

SEX

o -5

Men ....

.. 23

19 =

123*

Women . .

.. 25

15 =

117*

BY SIZE OF

COMMUNITY

Farms. . ,

.. 13

—

17 =

125*

Others . .

.. 29

17 =

118*

Large towns

.. 33

23 =

113*

Other towns

.. 29

16 =

115*

Country

.. 20

15 =

127*

TYPE OF CURRENT

■ HOUSING

House owners, villa

owners

.. 14

—

12 =

121*

Dwelling

included

wages.

.. 15

—

20 =

118*

Tenants' 1

tiomes . . .

.. 34

12 =

122*

Live in rooms,

"digs,"

etc

.. 18

57 =

144*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who were not
completely satisfied with their present housing and add to more than
100 because some gave more than one answer.

26. (Sweden June '45) Have you made any attempt to find
another place to live? Asked of a national ctoss-section of
tenants who were not completely satisfied with their present
housing. (sGi)

Yes
National total 41%

No
59%

100% of the dis-
satisfied tenants

BY SEX

Men 42% 58%

Women 39 61

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farms 23% 77%

Others 42 58

Large towns 49 51

Other towns 43 37

Country 34 66

27. (Sweden June '45) Why [have you] not [attempted to find
another place to live]? Asked of a national cross-section of
tenants who were not completely satisfied with their present
housing but had not attempted to find another place to live.

(SGI)

National total.

% %

24 30

%
25

% % %
14 4 6

17 = 120*

s 2

■i*. 1^

National total. . 41% 14% 19% 3% 1% 1% 21% = 100%*

BY SEX

Men 45% 18% 13% 3% 21

Women 38 12 25 3 2% 2% 18

[299]

^
^

5
^

'r*:^

S 5 5

Farms 22%

Others 44

Large towns .... 50
Other towns. ... 34
Country 41

SIZE OF COMMUNITY

9% 40% 3% 6% -
16 15 3 — 1%
16 13 3 1 1
26 20 4 -- 1

8 21 3 2 1

20%
21
16
15

* 100% of the tenants were not completely satisfied with their pres-
ent housing but had not attempted to find another place to live.

28. (Sweden June '45) Have you done anything to get a bet-
ter place or improve your present one? Asked of a national
cross-section of home owners and people whose housing was
included in their wages, who were not completely satisfied
with their current housing, (soi)

Have tried 4%

Have tried but not succeeded and not

able to improve old dwelling 40

Have not tried ; 56

100% of those
questioned

29. (Sweden June '45) Have you tried to get a government
subsidy to improve your dwelling or have you tried to get
other official help? Asked of a national cross-section of home
owners and people whose housing was included in their wages,
who were not completely satisfied with their current housing.

(sGl)

Thought of applying for subsidy. . . 18%

Hope of other government help 8

No such plans 68

Have sought and received help 6

100% of those
questioned

30. (Great Britain June 26 '45) Which do you think would
handle the housing problem better, a Conservative, or Liberal,
or Labor, government? (bipo)

Consent- Don't

ative Liberal Labor Same know

National total.... 25% 13% 42% 11% 9%

Men 24%

Women 26

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

18%

12%
13

BY AGE

12%

46%
39

49%

12%
11

6%
11

11% 10%
12 8

11 11

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 60% 10% 16%

Middle 42 16 22

Lower 18 12 49

13%

1%
7
10

31. (US Aug 8 '45) Do you plan to build (not buy already
built) a new home of your own after the war? 23% of the
sample who planned to build after the war were asked: About
how much do you think you will spend on building the house
(not for the land)? (aipo)

Don't plan to build 77%

Expect to spend under $2,000 ... 1

$2,000 and under $3,000 2

$3,000 and under $4,000 3

$4,000 and under $5,000 2

$5,000 and under $6,000 5

$6,000 and under $7,000 3

$7,000 and under $8,000 1

$8,000 and under $9,000 1

$9,000 and under $10,000 2

$10,000 and under $15,000 2

$15,000 and over 1

32. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) Are you looking for fresh
accommodation? (bipo)

Yes No

National total 32% 68%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 16% 84%

Middle 26 74

Lower 35 65

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

England 32% 68%

Wales 22 78

Scotland 38 62

BY TYPE OF HOUSING

Owner-occupier 12% 88%

Renting 34 66

Not householder 41 59

33. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) What is your main reason for
wanting to move? (bipo)

Present accommodation too small; growing family 6%

Present accommodation old-fashioned, slummy, vermin-
ous; want modern house with modern conveniences .... 8
Living in rooms, with in-laws or family; want home of

my own 6

Living in furnished house/flat/room at moment, owner

wants it back 2

Getting married; husband returning from the forces 2

Want a change of district 2

Want to live nearer own or husband's work; husband's

firm no longer evacuated 1

In temporary lodgings; was bombed out 1

Want smaller house 1

Miscellaneous 1

No reply; don't know 70

34. (Great Britain Nov 3 '45) Do you agree or disagree with
Mr. Bevan's proposal to requisition any parts of houses which
are not being used? (bipo)

Agree Disagree Don't know
National total 64% 26% 10%

Men . . . .
Women .

64%
64

28%
25

20%
26

21-29 years 70%

30-49 years 65

50 years and over 61

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 44% 52%

Middle 58 37

Lower 68 20

8%
11

10%
9
10

4%
5
12

[300]

Agree Disagree Don' t know

BY T^TE OF HOUSING

Owner-occupier 51%

Renting 68

Not householder 68

45%

4%
10
12

36. (Canada Nov 17 '45) Arc you planning to build a new
house when labor and materials are plentiful again? Those
who were not planning to build or were undecided were asked:
Do you plan to buy a house? Results of the two questions were
combined, (cipo)

Plan to build 22%

Plan to buy house 5

Not planning to build or buy. . . 61
Undecided. '^ 12

36. (US Feb 27 '46) Are you or your immediate family now
being directly affected by the housing shortage? (aipo)

Yes

National total 27%

Veterans only 42

BY AGE

Under 35 years 37%

Over 35 years 21

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Cities and towns under 100,000 . . 23%
Cities over 100,000 36

73%
58

63%
79

77%
64

37. (US Feb 27 '46) In what way [were you directly affected

by the housing shortage]? Asked of 27% of the sample who
were directly affected, (aipo)

Can't find a place to live myself 6%

Need larger house or apartment 3

Living with family, in-laws 4

Family can't find place to live 4

Forced to live in inconvenient place 4

Being forced to move from place now in 2

Would like to build, no materials 1

Raising rent when houses aren't worth it 1

Prices too high to buy *

Afraid to move to different location because of housing

shortage *

No opinion; don't know; no answer 1

Miscellaneous answers 1

* Less than 0.5%.

38. (Great Britain Mar '46) Have you put your
list for a house or flat? (bipo)

Yes
National total 20%

hio use
10%

Higher.
Middle.
Lower .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

13%

16
23

BY TYPE OF HOUSING

Owner-occupiers 4%

Renting 20

Not householders 35

2%
12
14

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

London and South England . . 19% 10%

North and Midlands 21 10

Wales 21 6

Scotland 27 12

27%

name on a

Not moving
70%

82%

94%

71%
69
73
61

39. (Great Britain Mar '46) Is it [your name on a list for a
house or flat] with the local authority or a house agent?
Asked of 20% of the sample who had put their names on a
list, (bipo)

Local House

authority agent

National total 79% 21%

100% of those
questioned

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 38% 62%

Middle 57 43

Lower 86 14

BY TYPE OF HOUSING

Owner-occupiers 74% 26%

Renting 77 23

Not householders 82 18

40. (US Mar 14 '46) Do you see the present housing shortage
as a problem that industry, if left pretty much alone, would
be able to work out itself, or as a problem that won't get
straightened out until the government does a lot more than it
has? (nyht)

Industry

National total 38.5%

Veterans only 36.3

BY- AG

21-34 years 31.9%

35-49 years 42.2

50 years and over 40.8

Govern-
ment

46.7%
57.1

52.4%

46.7

41.7

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 38.0% 48.2%

Rural 40.7 40.7

Don't
know

13.4%
6.6

15.5%

10.5

14.4

12.6%
16.6

No
answer

1.4%

■2%
.6
3.1

1.2%
2.0

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

50.5%

12.3%

2.2%

45.8

10.9

43.6

13.5

47.9

15.8

1.4

42.5

25.5

2.8

42.5

6.8

STATUS

28.6%

8.0%

34.6

9.9

48.9

12.5

57.2

23.8

New England and mid-
Atlantic 35.0%

East North central 430

West North central ... 42.3

South Atlantic and East

South central 34.9

West South central .... 29. 2

Mountain and Pacific. . 49. 9

BY ECONOMI

Rich 63.4%

Upper middle 55-5

Lower middle 38.6

Poor 19.0

41. (US Mar 21 '46) Here are some steps the government might
take in the housing shortage which have been favored by some
people and not by others. Do you think the government should
or should not start building houses on a large scale for sale
or rent to the public? (nyht)

Yes No Don't know

National total* 48.1% 42.1% 9.8%

BY AGE

21-34 years 56.1%

35-49 years 457

50 years and over 43.2

BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 45. 0%

Veteran in household 54.9

Respondent a veteran 58.8

Status unknown 43.7

35.2%

8.7%

47.6

6.7

43.0

13.8

45.2%

9.8%

33.9

11.2

37.4

3.8

37.8

18.5

[301]

. . . take off ceiling prices on building materials?

Yes No Don't know

National total* 24.7% 63.3% 12.0%

BY AGE

21-34 years 17.4% 72.2% 10.4%

35-49 years 23.0 67.2 9.8

50 years and over 32.7 51.8 15.5

BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 26.0% 61.6% 12.4%

Veteran in household 21.3 66.8 11.9

Respondent a veteran 19.7 74.8 5.5

Status unknown 32.0 48.5 19.5

. . . lend money at very low rates of interest to people who
want to build medium-priced houses for their own use?

Yes No Don't know

National total* 80.0% 12.5% 7.5%

BY AGE

21-34 years 81.9% 11.1% 7.0%

35-49 years 82.2 13.5 4.3

50 years and over 76.2 13.0 10.8

BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 78,8% 13.8% 7.4%

Veteran in household 83.0 8.8 8.2

Respondent a veteran 87.5 11.1 1.4

Status unknown 66.0 12.6 21 .4

. . . see to it that building materials are used only for low
and medium-priced houses until the shortage eases up?

Yes No Don't know

National total* 75.6% 16.1% 8.3%

BY AGE

21-34 years 77.2% 16.1% 6.7%

35-49 years 77.2 16.7 6.1

50 years and over 72.8 15.3 11.9

BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 75.2% 16.5% 8.3%

Veteran in household 78.2 12.9 8.9

Respondent a veteran 77.9 19.0 3.1

Status unknown 63.1 17.5 19.4

. . . require people who have more rooms than they really
need to rent them to people who cannot find homes?

Yes No Don't know

National total* 33.8% 58.9% 7.3%

BY AGE

21-34 years 37.6% 55.0% 7.4%

35-49 years 31.3 63.3 5.4

50 years and over 32.7 58.1 9.2

BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 32.0% 60.8% 7.2%

Veteran in household 40.8 52.3 6.9

Respondent a veteran 356 58.5 5.9

Status unknown 22.3 59.2 18.5

* National totals from Fortune Apr '46.

42. (Germany Mar 22 '46) In your opinion, which of the fol-
lowing problems will have to remain unsolved for people in
the American zone — lodging, supply of food, or employment?
(oMGus)

No answer 9%

Housing 9

Food 14

Work 8%

Housing and food 28

Housing and work 3

Food and work 5

All three 24

In case some one of these problems cannot be solved, what
will the result be? Asked of 91% of the sample who mentioned
an unsolved problem in the American zone.

Unemployment 7%

Hunger; starvation 30

Housing shortage; barracks 4

Sickness; epidemics or danger thereof. ... 17

Suicide 1

Great need; poverty; utter misery 17

Stealing; robbery; looting; plundering. . . 6

Unrest; confusion; chaos 14

Uprising; revolution; civil war 5

Communism 2

I^lo answer; no opinion; don't know 25

128%*

* Percentages add to more than 91 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

43. (Australia Mar 23 '46) Would you favor or oppose build-
ing large blocks of flats in the cities to relieve the housing
shortage? (apop)

Favor Oppose No opinion

National total 49% 46% 5%

Men . . .
Women.

43%
56

53%
39

4%
5

44. (US Apr '46) Of course, no one knows for sure, but do
you think the chances are good or not very good that you
actually will buy or build a house within the next five years?
Those who said the chances were good were asked: Which
will you probably do, buy or build? Results of both questions
are tabulated below, (for)

Total who Don't

say "good" Buy Build know

National total 26.1% = 9.7% + 15.3% + 1.1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Rich 23.2%

Upper middle 26.5

Lower middle 29.3

Poor 21.8

By veteran 43.2

4.0% + 18.3% + .9%

6.6 -f 18.8 -I- 1.1

11.4 + 16.4 -t- 1.5
11.0 -h 10.2 + .6

19.0 -I- 22.1 -t- 2.1

45. (US Apr '46) We'd like to know how you feel about the
building industry as a whole — over the last twenty-five years
or so, do you feel that the building industry has given people
in America good, only fair, or poor value for their money
when they built homes? (for)

Good 45.6%

Only fair 25.5

Poor 8.9

Don't know 20.0

46. (US Apr '46) What are the two or three things about your
present home you wish you or the person who built it had
planned differently? (for)

[302]

National
total

Larger house, more rooms. . . 16.1%
Smaller house, fewer rooms . 1.7

Larger rooms 10.5

Arrangement of space** 30.9

Smaller rooms 1.6

Better heating systems 14.1

Installation or improvement

of plumbing 7.3

Additions and improvements

(chiefly porch, basement). 10.2

All others 9.1

Nothing or don't know 36.0

Men

12.7%
1.3
6.6

23.0

2.0

14.8

5.7

Women

18.9%

2.1
13.7
37.5

1.3
135

8.7

10.0

10.3

8.7

9.5

45.6

28.2

137.5%* 130.4%* 143.7%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave

more than one answer.

** Specifically mentioned in connection with space were more closet

space, better kitchen facilities, different arrangement of rooms, win-

dcjws, height of ceilings, etc.

47. (US Apr '46) What don't you like about prefabricated
houses? Asked of a national cross-section of those who said
they would consider a prefabricated house only if they could
get nothing else. 33% of a national sample is represented. 70%
of the sample admitted they had heard of prefabricated houses.
(for)

Unsatisfactory construction 67.4%

Lack of individuality 13.4

Too small 4.6

All others 18.4

Don't know 96

113.4%*
* Some people gave more than one answer to this question. The
first category includes statements like: "not substantial enough, not
strong enough, not permanent, not warm enough."

48. (US Apr '46) Are you looking right now for some place
else to live? Those who said "no" were asked: Would you be
looking if there were no housing shortage? Results of both
questions were combined, (for)

Looking for a place to live 19.0%1

Would be looking if no housing shortage 12.8

Plan to stay in present home for time being. . . 65.4
No answer 2.8

31.

49. (US Apr '46) What are you (or would you be) looking
for, an apartment or a house? Those who said "house" were
asked^ Do you prefer to buy, build, or rent it? Asked of the
31.8% who said they were looking for a place to live or would
be if there were no shortage. Results of both questions were
combined, (for)

Buy house 7.6%\

Build house 7.0

Rent house 63

Rent apartment 7.8

Undecided 31

14.6%

31.8%

60, (US Apr '46) What is the most you would be willing to
pay? Asked of 14.6% of the sample who said they were inter-
ested in buying or building a house, (for)

Under $3,000 1.8%

$3,000 to $3,999 1.6

$4,000 to $4,999 1.5

$5,000 to $5,999 1.7

$6,000 to $7.499 2.3

$7,500 to $9,999 2.2%

$10,000 and over 2.2

Don't know 1.3

14.6%

The same question was asked of 6.3% of the sample who
said they were looking for a house to rent.

Under $20 a month 1.5%

$20 to $29.99 a month 1.3

$30 to $39.99 a month 1.2

$40 to $49.99 a month 9

$50 to $74.99 a month 7

$75 and over a month 4

Don't know 3

6.3%

51. (US Apr '46) As things look to you now, do you think it
is likely or unlikely that the housing shortage will be ended
in a reasonable length of time? (for)

Likely 40.3% Unlikely 46.0% Don't know 13.7%

52. (US Apr 4 '46) Would you say there is a serious shortage
of housing around here, that there is some shortage but it is
not serious, or that there is no real shortage at all? (nyht)

Serious Some No real Don't

shortage shortage shortage know

National total 64.4% 27.3% 5.2% 3.1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 59.8% 33.5%

Upper middle 65. 8 28.5

Lower middle 67.4 26.4

Poor 59.9 26.4

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-
Atlantic 70.9% 22.4%

East north central 64.8 28.2

West north central 61.0 32.0

South Atlantic and east

south central 51. 5 34.0

West south central 59. 0 32.6

Mountain and Pacific 77.5 17.7

4.5%
52
4.4
6.4

1.7%

5.1

11.2
4.7
4.1

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 70.1% 24.5% 2.3%

Rural 41.8 38.4 16.7

2.2%

5
1.8
7.3

5.0%

1.9

1.7

3.3

3.7

3.1%
3.1

53. (US Apr 4 '46) We're trying to find out how many people
have had to double up because of the housing shortage. Have
any doubled up in your home because of the housing shortage?
(nyht)

No
Yes No answer

National total 18.7% 79.5% 1.8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 12.2%

Upper middle 12.7

Lower middle 23. 2

Poor 18.3

86.0%
87.3
76.0
76.9

1.8%

.8
4.8

BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 10.5% 88.0% 1.5%

Veteran in household 41.8 56.7 15

Respondent a veteran 30.1 69.9 —

Status unknown 26.2 59.2 14.6

Ya No

BY GEOGRAPHICAL STATUS

New England and mid-Atlantic. .. . 16.8% 79.7%

East north central 16.4 83.2

West north central 14.1 85.0

South Atlantic and east south cen-
tral 25.2 734

West south central 12.5 84.5

Mountain and Pacific 25.6 73.7

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 19.7% 78.6%

Rural 14.7 83.0

No
answer

3.5%

.4
.9

1.4

3.0

1.7%
2.3

[303]

57. (Great Britain May '46) During the next five years, would
you prefer to rent or buy your home? (bipo)

Rent 48%

Buy 25

Not applicable .... 21

Don't know 6

54. (US Apr 4 '46) How many of those who have moved in
would move out if there were no housing shortage? Asked of
18.7% of the sample who said they had doubled up in their
home because of the housing shortage, (nyht)

1 person 2.8%

2 persons 7.6

3 persons 3.8

4 persons 2.4

5 persons or more 1.4

None or don't know 0.7

18.7%

55. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) Are you personally affected in
any way by the housing shortage? (bipo)

Yes No

National total 32% 68%

Scotland only 39 61

by sex

Men 30% 70%

Women 33 67

by AGE

21-29 years 41% 59%

30-49 years 35 65

50 years and over 23 77

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 24% 76%

Middle 31 69

Lower 33 67

BY TYPE OF HOUSING

Owner-occupiers 15% 85%

Renting 31 69

Non-householders 45 55

56. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) How [have you been affected]?
Asked of 32% of the sample who said they were personally
affected by the housing shortage, (bipo)

Dissatisfied with present accommodation but unable to

find other 12%

Living with relatives 8

Living in furnished flat while looking for house or un-
furnished flat 4

Not able to get married as nowhere to live together 2

Living with friends 1

Paying higher rent than can afford owing to lack of

cheaper accommodation 1

Miscellaneous 4

32%

68. (Netherlands July '46 and Sept '46) Are you personally
affected by the housing shortage? (nipo)

Don't
Yes No know

July '46 36% 63% 1%

Sept '46 33 67%

JULY RESULTS BY SEX

Men 34% 65% 1%

Women 38 61 1

JULY RESULTS BY AGE

23-34 years 42% 57% 1%

35-49 years 35 64 1

50-65 years 31 68 1

65 years and over 27 72 1

69. (Netherlands July '46) What are your difficulties? Asked
of 36% of the sample who were affected by the housing short-
age, (nipo)

Cannot get a house, a room; cannot move into another

house 12%

Living in emergency dwelling; too small houses; etc 11

Living with relatives, sharing house with evacuees; etc. . . 9
Don't know 4

36%

60. (Netherlands Sept '46) As long as there are not enough
new houses, what, in your opinion, can we do to help people
who don't have or can't get a home? (nipo)

Billeting in, seizing of villas, big dwellings, etc 27%

Billeting in big buildings, hotels, schools, offices, etc.. . 4

Seize homes of Quislings and Germans 2

Billeting in homes of small families 2

Go and live with other families, with members of one's

family 31

Better distribution of housing 1

Building of emergency dwellings 17

Mass building of new houses 6

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 14

108%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

61. (Great Britain Oct '46) Do you feel that the authorities
are or are not doing everything possible to relieve the housing
shortage? (bipo)

Are Are not Don't know

National total 36% 52% 12%

BY SEX

Men 41% 50% 9%

Women 37 49 14

BY AGE

21-29 years 40% 48% 12%

30-49 years 39 50 11

50 years and over 38 50 12

[304]

Higher. . . .
Middle....

Lower

Very poor .

Are

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

22%

Art not Don't know

DV POLITICS

Conservative 21%

Labor

Liberal

Other voters .
Non-voters . .

28
24
30

71%
59
44
44

71%

8
13
16

9
15
13
20

62. (Great Britain Oct '46) What are your chief grounds of
complaint? Asked of 52% of the sample who thought the
government was not doing everything possible to relieve the
housing shortage, (bipo)

Direct more labor into building; release operatives from

forces; let men work overtime 2%

Government is inefficient; supplies of materials held up;

too much muddle; too much red tape 14

Too many controls; not enough scope for private enter-
prise 12

Have achieved nothing; too slow; not enough being done. 6
Some local authorities too slack or indifferent; not co-
operative with the government 3

Empty houses and rooms should be taken over 3

Too much non-essential building; too much scope for

private enterprise; the black market 3

More permanent houses should be built instead of prefabs 1

Government has not kept election promises 1

Miscellaneous 7

52%

63. (Germany Oct 28 '46) In every town there are repairs and
rebuilding being done. How is it here — do you think that the
distribution of the necessary materials is being done fairly or
unfairly? (omgus)

Fair 26% Unfair 39% No opinion 35% No answer *
* Less than 0.5%.

64. (Germany Oct 28 '46) What should be done first — should
materials be given first to heavily bombed cities or for repairs
of occupied houses which have suffered war damage? (omgus)
Cities 7% Houses 87% No opinion 6%

65. (Canada Nov 8 '46) If there were plenty of housing to be
had now, would you stay where you are or move? (cipo)
Would stay put 46% Would move 37% Undecided 17%

66. (Canada Nov 8 '46) Would you say your present housing
is fully satisfactory, fairly satisfactory, or not satisfactory?
(ciPo)

Fully satisfactory 42% Fairly satisfactory 38%

Not satisfactory 20%

67. (US Nov 27 '46) In your opinion, who do you think
would handle the following problems better — Truman or
Dewey? Among other problems was listed: Solving the hous-
ing problem? A cross-section comparable to the one used for
the preceding question was asked the same question about
Truman or Stassen. (aipo)

TRUMAN AND DEWEY

Truman 18% Dewey 48% Don't know 34%

TRUMAN AND STASSEN

Truman 19% Stassen 34% Don't know 47%

68. (Hungary Dec '46) At present are you or are you not sat-
isfied with your lodging? Asked of Budapest residents, (hipor)

Satisfied
National total 45.0%

Fairly
satisfied
30.0%

BY SEX AND SOCIAL STATUS

Men

Educated 42.8%

Bourgeoisie 44.0

Worker 46.1

Women

Educated 48.4 26.2

Bourgeoisie 45-5 26.7

Worker 41.2 245

30.2%

265

21.2

Dis-
satisfied
25.0%

27.0%

29.5

32.7

25.4
27.8
34.3

69. (Hungary Dec '46) What improvements [in your lodging]
would you like? Asked of 45% of a sample of Budapest resi-
dents who were satisfied with their lodging, (hipor)

MEN

WOMEN

1
1

More space

8.4

12.3

11.8

13.6

7.0

6.7

Repairs, painting .

2.3

8.8

—

5.1

3.9

1.1

Replace missing

windows

2.3

3.4

6,8

9.4

4.4

Perfect bathroom . .

3.5

8.8

17.1

3.4

3.9

7.8

Central heating. . . .

2.3

—

5.1

1.6

1.1

Live without fellow

lodger

8.4

1.8

—

2.3

4.4

Lower rent

7.2

6.6

6.8

—

Roof repaired

—

3.4

1.6

10.1

No claim

48.2

47.4

54.0

45.6

6L8

61,9

Other; no answer. . .

17.4

12.2

6.6

10.2

8.5

2.5

Percentages. .. ,100.0* 100.0* 100.0* 100.0* 100.0* 100.0*
* 100% of those who were satisfied with their lodging.

70. (Hungary Dec '46) What are your objections [to your
lodging]? Asked of 55% of a sample of Budapest residents who
were fairly satisfied or dissatisfied with their lodging, (hipor)

Would like
without

to live
fellow

lodgers 22.0

Windows, doors are

in bad condition. 10.2
Devastated flat,
would need re-
pairs 12.6

Dark, cold 4.7

Would like to move
to a better one, , . 2.3

Bathroom 0.8

Has no flat; lives as
visitor; subleaser. 3.1

High rent 4.7

Needs more conven-
iences 4.7

MEN

WOMEN

.•-1

1°

7.9

5.6

26.7

18.2

10.4

21.1

,1.0.2

3.0

9.4

7.3

11 8

8.3

3.0

9.4

11.1

1.3

1.5

3.3

2.7

—

1.9

—

2.2

2.0

1.3

7.4

4.5

4.4

4,8

6.6

11.1

3.0

8.3

13,2

5.3

12.9

4.5

4.4

6.2

3.9

7.4

3.0

11.1

[305]

•5

Soaked ceiling; wet

flat

3.1

11.8

7.4

6.0

3.9

4.2

Flat too small

20.0

22.5

17.5

25.4

28.2

18.2

No stove; no central

heat

3.9

2.6

1.9

6.0

2.2

2.0

Other

7.1

1.3

1.9

11.9

2.2

2.0

No answer

0.8

2.6

0.9

1.5

1.7

4.8

Percentages.... 100.0* 100.0* 100.0* 100.0* 100.0* 100.0*
* 100% of those who were only fairly satisfied or dissatisfied with
their lodging.

HUNGARY

Defenses

1. (Hungary Mar '46 and Oct '46) What do you see as the
task of the new Hungarian national defense? Asked in Budapest.
(hipor)

Mar '46 Oct '46

Defense of the country 44% 32%

Police measures 22 35

Antireactionist campaign. ... 13 4

Reconstruction work 6 17

Unnecessary at all 6 4

No definite answer 9 8

2. (Hungary Mar '46 and Oct '46) Should members of the
[national defense] force enter political parties? Asked in Buda-
pest, (hipor)

Other;
Yes No no answer

Mar '46 41.6% 54.8% 3.6%

Oct '46 41.2 55.1 3.7

Foreign Relations

1. (Hungary Dec '46) The public was asked to estimate the
future relations between Hungary and Slovakia with the fol-
lowing results; (hipor)

Will be friendly . . . 23%

Neutral 33

Unfriendly 38

No opinion 6

2. (Hungary Dec "46) What change do you expect in Hun-
gary's political relations with her neighbors after the signing
of the peace treaty? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

Closer No

connection change Coolness Other

National total 66.8% 22.5% 4.7% 6.0%

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Educated 62.9% 27.5% 5.6% 4.0%

Bourgeoisie 63.3 233 56 7.8

Worker 70.4 20.2 3.9 5.5

Politics and Government

1. (Hungary Jan '46) What form of government do you approve
of for the future? (hipor)

19.8%
23.0

1.5%
4.1

13.8

24.4

4.0
6.2

13.8

21.9

3.1

8.7

22.8%

3.6%

6.2%

23.1

1.4

6.3

12.1

2.7

7.2

23.2

2.7

8.6

27.4

2.9

9.8

29.3

2.7

9.0

Other;
Republic Kingdom no answer

Total Budapest 76% 20% 4%

BY SEX AND SOCIAL STATUS IN BUDAPEST

Educated class

Men 78.7%

Women 72.9

Small bourgeoisie

Men 82.2

Women 69.4

Working

Men 83.1

Women 69.4

COUNTRY, TOWNS, AND VILLAGES BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Dicta- Other;
Republic Kingdom torship no answer
Trans-Danubia

Small towns 67.4%

Villages 69.2

Area between Danube and Tis^a

Towns 78.0

Villages 65.5

North

Towns 59.9

Villages 59.0

2. (Hungary Jan '46) Should the form of government be de-
cided by the national assembly or by popular vote? (hipor)

National Other;
Plebiscite assembly no answer
Total Budapest 52% 47% 1%

BY SEX AND SOCIAL STATUS IN BUDAPEST

Educated class

Men 44.5%

Women 518

Small bourgeoisie

Men 51.8

Women 54.0

Working

Men 51.1

Women 52.5

COUNTRY, TOWNS, AND VILLAGES BY GEO(

Trans-Danubia

Towns 69.8%

Villages 66.0

Area between Danube and Tis^a

Towns 52.0

Villages 56.9

North

Towns 72.5

Villages 55. 5

3. (Hungary Mar '46, Sept '46, Dec '46) A national cross-
section of Hungarians were asked whether or not government
by coalition should be continued, (hipor) Results follow.

Yes No Uncertain

Mar '46 64% 34% 2%

Sept '46 48 50 2

Dec '46 33 52 15

4. (Hungary Sept '46) The public was asked how the position
of the government would be influenced by the definitive peace
project. There is some doubt as to whether this was asked of
a national cross-section or only in Budapest, (hipor) Results
follow.

52.1%
47.6

3.4%
0.6

47.4
42.2

0.8
3.8

47.6
46.2

APHICAL

1.3
1.3

section

27.5%
32.6

2.7%
1.4

47.1
39.9

0.9
3.2

22.1
38.8

5.4
5.7

[306]

Made impossible 23%

Weakened 40

Unchanged 26

Other 11

5. (Hungary Dec '46) A cross-section of Budapest residents
were asked how the situation of the Hungarian coalition gov-
ernment would be influenced by the ratification of the peace.
(hipor) Results follow:

Strengthened 18%

Weakened or will cease. ... 52

Unchanged 15

Other answers 2

Don't know 11

50%*

* Percentages add to more than 42 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

71. (US Sept '45) What controls did the government have
before Pearl Harbor that you think it should give up now?
Asked of 20% of the sample who thought that the government
should have less control over business than it had before Pearl
Harbor, (norc)

Should allow business to run itself 4%

Release control of commodities, food, r<:nt; no more OPA 1

Release control over agriculture 3

Government should stop financing housing, business,

farm, stop competing with capital *

Should stop Social Security, unemployment compensa-
tion; stop job guarantee 1

Should stop sending troops to break strikes; should let

strike; should give labor free rein 1

Should release monopolies, stop controlling big business,

stop control of public utilities 1

Should get rid of alphabet agencies 1

Cut excess profits, corporation taxes *

Other answers 1

Don't know 8

21%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 20 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[351]

72. (US Sept '45) Suppose the government has no control over
how businesses are run in this country. Whom do you think
this would help the most — the people as a whole, or those
who run big businesses, or those who run small businesses?
(norc)

People as a whole 11%

Big business 74

Small businesses 6

Don't know 11

Yes 49%

No 29%

Don't know 22%

102%*
* Percentages add to more th.in 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

73. (US Dec '46) On the whole, which do you think would be
likely to give the best value to the taxpayer in making air-
planes for the army and navy, a privately owned and operated
plant or one that was owned and operated bv the government?
Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans.
(for)

Govern-

Private mint Don't

flant plant know

National total 50.5% 36.9%, 12.6%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 70.9% 20.4%

Upper middle 67.5 25.4

Lower middle 49.5 38.2

Poor 22.2 54.1

8.7%
7.1
12.3
23.7

Leading reasons given by those who favored private owner-
ship; 50.5% of sample is represented.

More economical production (less waste, lower cost). 27.9%
Believe in the American system of free enterprise and

competition 20.7

More efficient in general 19.5

Less "red tape"; fewer regulations 10.2

More incentive for good production 8.8

More industrious employees 6.1

Less graft and politics 6.1

Better-qualified personnel 4.3

103.6%*

Leading reasons given by those in favor government opera-
tion; 36.9% of the sample is represented.

Cheaper production; less profit 36.4%

Less labor trouble 15.2

Greater knowledge of needs; better equipment; etc. . . . 13.2

Less graft 12.1

Better product 6.7

Easier to obtain men and materials 6.5

More efficient in general 4.1

94.2%*
* Percentages add to more than the specified quota of the sample
because some respondents gave more than one answer.

INFANTILE PARALYSIS

1. (US Oct 3 '45) Can you tell me another name for poliomye-
litis, or polio? (aipo)

Correct 57% Incorrect or don't know 43%

2. (US Oct 3 '45) Do you think infantile paralysis is conta-
gious (catching)? (aipo)

3. (US Oct 3 '45) Can you tell me any of the signs or symptoms
which tell whether people are coming down with infantile?
(aipo)

Fever 21%

Aches; pains; cramped muscles 21

Sore throat 8

Vomiting 8

Tiredness; fatigue 4

Cold 8

Headache 9

Stiff neck 7

Backache 2

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 56

146%*

* Percentages add to more th.in 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

4. (US Oct 3 '45) What do you think causes infantile paralysis?

(aipo)

Germ ; virus 25%

Insects; flies 8

Improper diet; lack of vitamins 3

Improper care; don't live right; overexertion;

weakening of system 4

Inherited; born that way 1

Unsanitary conditions; water; filthy water. . . 6

Poor circulation; blood condition 1

Nerve defect; fright 2

Miscellaneous 7

Cause not yet discovered 2

Don't know 48

107%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (US Oct 3 '45) Do you happen to know what any of the

treatments for infantile are? (aipo)

Exercise 4%

Georgia Warm Springs 1

Massage 13

Water bathing; hot water bath;

spring baths; etc 12

Sister Kenny treatments 15

Heat; hot packs 10

Iron lung 3

Rest 3

Sunshine 1

Injection of drugs 1

Miscellaneous 5

Don't know 54

122%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US Oct 3 '45) Does infantile paralysis leave all people who
have had it crippled or paralyzed? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 56%, No opinion 14%,

7. (US Oct 3 '45) Have you ever heard or read about Sister
Kenny or the Kenny method of treating infantile? 52%) of
the sample who had heard of the treatment were asked: From
what you have heard or read, do you think it is a good way
or a bad way to treat the disease? (aipo)

[ 352 ]

Never heard of Kenny method 48%

Good way to treat infantile 38

Fair way 4

Uncertain about its merits 10

INFLATION (FINANCE)

1. (US Nov 20 '36 and Mar 15 '37) Do you think we will have
inflation? (aipo)

Yes No

Nov '36 47% 53%

Mar '37 53 47

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Nov '36

New England 47% 53%

Middle Atlantic 43 57

East central 50 50

West central 45 55

South 38 62

Mountain 57 43

Pacific coast 63 37

Mar '37 ,

New England 54 46

Middle Atlantic 53 47

East central 50— 50+

West central 53 47

South '. 53 47

Mountain 59 41

Pacific 55 45

1937 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 46% 54%

Republican 68 32

Others 48 52

1937 RESULTS BY SELECTED GROUPS

Women 51% 49%

Urban 53 47

Farmers 53 47

Small towns 47 53

Reliefers 40 60

Young people 48 52

2. (US Nov 20 '36 and Mar 15 '37) Do you think it [inflation]
would be a good thing? The 1937 question read "will be a
good thing?" instead of "would be a good thing?" (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Nov '36 21% 79% = 100% 20%

Mar '37 20 80 =100 54

1937 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 26% 74%

Republican 10 90

Others 19 81

1937 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 14% 86%

Middle Atlantic 18 82

East central 17 83

West central 24 76

South 27 73

Mountain 20 80

Pacific 17 83

Yei No

1937 RESULTS BY SELECTED GROUPS

Women 18% 82%

Urban 19 81

Farmers 25 75

Small towns 17 83

Reliefers 26 74

Young people 18 82

3. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the gov-
ernment's policy with respect to inflation? (aipo)

Approve 51% Disapprove 34% No opinion 15%

4. (US Sept 9 '42) Do you think there is a real danger of the
cost of living going so high during the war that we'll have a
very serious inflation? 33S^ of the sample who thought there
was no danger of the cost of living going high enough to cause
inflation were asked: Why not? (norc)

Think there is real danger of cost of living ris-
ing high enough to cause inflation 53%

Don't know whether or not cost of living will
go high enough 14

Government control will prevent 27

Miscellaneous reasons why cost of living will
not go high enough 4

Didn't give any reason 2

5. (US Jan 21 '43) Do you favor or oppose government action
to control inflation? Asked of a national cross-section of farm-
ers, (aipo)

Favor 71% Oppose 8% No opinion 21%

6. (US May 22 '43) There's been a lot of talk about the possi-
bility of inflation in this country. What does inflation mean
to you — that is, what do you think would happen in this
country if we had inflation? (norc)

Value of money would decrease and/or price would in-
crease 28%

Prices would go up 13

Depressions or financial collapse (no mention of mech-
anism) 13

Prices and wages would go up and/or value of money

would decrease 3

Scarcity of goods 2

Value of property, investments, and insurance would

decrease 1

Inflation would mean revolution, rioting, dissatisfac-
tion 5

Poor people would suffer 3

People with fixed incomes would suffer 1

Middle class would suffer *

Only the rich would suffer *

General expressions of disaster 8

Same as inflation in other countries 1

Our standard of living would be lower 1

Inflation would mean starvation 1

We have inflation now 1

Miscellaneous answers showing no definite misunder-
standing 1

Miscellaneous specifically indicating misunderstanding . 1

Nothing would happen 1

Don't know, but it is bad 2

Not ascertainable 16

102%**

* Less than 05%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[353]

7. (US May 22 '43) If you thought there would be serious in-
flation within the next few months, what do you think you
would do? (norc)

Economize, refrain from buying, save 9%

Buy bonds or not cash in bonds 3

Move to a farm and raise own food 2

Raise own food (general) 1

Educate the public or protest 2

Pay debts 1

Other answers 1

Didn't say 25

51%*
* Percentages add to more than 44 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

32. (US May 29 '45) Do you (or your husband) now pay a
Social Security tax? 49% of the sample who said they paid
no tax were asked: Would you be willing to pay this 4 per cent
tax in order to receive these Social Security benefits? (aipo)

Pay tax now 48%

Don't know whether or not pay tax now 3

Would be willing to pay tax 24

Would not be willing 15

Don't know whether or not would be willing. ... 10

33. (US Aug '45) There have been all sorts of ideas suggested
for things we should do in this country after the war, and
we'd like to know how you feel about some of them. Do you
think it is a good idea or not such a good idea to extend
Social Security to cover everyone who has a job? (for)
Good 76.7% Not so good 9.6% Don't know 13.7%

34. (Australia Nov '45) The government is setting aside ls/6d
out of every £l of income tax to pay for pensions, child en-
dowment, and other social services. Do you favor or oppose
that contributory scheme? (apop)

Favor 76% Oppose 14% Undecided 10%

35. (Sweden Dec '45) Introducing compulsory health insur-
ance for all citizens is contemplated, the premiums being paid
with income tax and the state carrying a considerable part of
the expense. Do you think that this is a desirable reform? (sgi)

Not Don't

Desirable desirable know

National total . 81% 10% 9%

Men . . .
Women .

85%
79

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 74%

Middle class 80

Workers 83

BY POLITICS

Right party 79%

Liberal 79

Agrarian 74

Social democratic 86

Communist 91

11%

17%
11
9

13%

7
4

4%
12

9%
9

8%
6
10
7
5

36. (Sweden Dec '45) Do you think that everybody should
get the same sick leave money (3.50 kr.* a day is proposed)
or should this money — the premiums too — be proportionate
to the daily income? (sgi)

Same

for all

National total 49%

Men . . .
Women.

51%
46

Different
sums de-
pending on
premiums

41%

40%
40

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 25% 61%

Middle class 45 44

Workers 54 35

BY POLITICS

Right party 34% 60%

Liberal 39 49

Agrarian 44 41

Social democratic 54 36

Communist 68 27

Don't

know

10%

9%
14

14%

6%
12
15
10

* The krona was currently about 26 cents in American money.

37. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) On the whole, do you approve
or disapprove of the government's plan for Social Security?
(bipo)

Don't
know

10%

National total 71%

BY SEX

Men 72%

Approve Disapprove
19%

Women .

BY AGE

21-29 years 67%

30-49 years 71

50 years and over 72

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 58%

Middle 68

Lower 73

BY OCCUPATION

Professional; salaried-executives 64%

Salaried-clerical 74

Proprietor, shop or business;

farmers 51

Weekly wages: factory, heavy

industry; transport; miner. . . 79

BY OCCUPATION

Agricultural workers (exclud-
ing farmers) 70%

Weekly wages, all others 72

Housewives 67

Retired; unoccupied 72

21%
17

17%

37%

31%
19

20%
17
19
16

7%
14

16%
9
9

5%
7
12

5%
7

10%
11
14
12

INSURANCE, UNEMPLOYMENT

1. (us July 26 '37 and Dec 28 '37) Should workers who go on
strike receive payments from state unemployment insurance
funds while they are on strike? (Nov 15 '39) Do you think
workers on strike should receive unemployment insurance pay-
ments during the strike? (May 15 '46) Generally speaking, do
you think men on strike should be given unemployment com-
pensation? (aipo)

[364]

Yes No No opinion

July '37 20% 80% = 100% 12%

Dec '37 17 83 =100 8

Nov '39 27 73 = 100 9

May '46 30 70 =100 8

2. (US July 26 '37) Should workers who go on strike and
have no money of their own, receive payments from relief
funds while they are on strike? (aipo)

Yes 23% No 77% = 100% No opinion 10%

3. (Great Britain Jan '39) Should the Means Test be abolished?
(bipo)

Yes 54% No 31% No opinion 15%

4. (US Nov 15 '39) Do you think workers on strike should
be given relief assistance during the strike? (aipo)

Yes 35% No 65% = 100% No opinion 9%

6. (US Apr '43) The Social Security law also requires some
workers to save money so they will get money from the gov-
ernment in case they lose their jobs. Do you think this a good
idea or a bad idea? 84% of the sample who thought it a good
idea were asked: Do you think this plan should cover all
workers in all occupations or not? (norc)

Saving requirement a bad idea 8%

Qualified answers regarding saving requirement 4

Don't know whether or not saving requirement a good

idea 4

Plan should be extended to cover all workers 74

Should not be extended 7

Don't know whether or not it should be extended 3

6. (Canada July 17 '43) If, after the war, income taxes are cut
in half, would you be willing to pay five cents in every dollar
of your (or your family's) income in addition to these income
taxes, so that the government could guarantee every Canadian
enough to live on if he were out of a job? (cipo)

Undecideiij
Yes No no opinion

National total 65%

20%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 68% 20%

Middle class 68 21

Lower class 60 20

15%

12%
11

7. (Canada July 15 '44) Have you any idea about how much
money you would get each week if you became unemployed?
(ciPo)

Know the benefits they will receive if thrown out of a job 31%

Think they know but gave very inaccurate figures 4

Couldn't even hazard a guess as to what they would re-
ceive 65

8. (Canada July 15 '44) Do you believe that this unemploy-
ment insurance plan, by itself, will provide you and your
family with enough money to tide you over any period of
depression in which you might be unemployed after this war?
(ciPo)

Yes 9%

No 69%

Don't know 22%

9. (US Aug 16 '44) Should the government give war workers
money if they find themselves out of work when the war is
over or nearly over? (aipo)

Yes 21% No 71% Don't know 8%

10. (US Aug 16 '44) How much money should the govern-
ment give per week to a married war worker with two children
while he is unemployed? Asked of 21% of the sample who

thought the government should give unemployed war workers
money, (aipo)

Under $10 *

$10 6%,

$15 5

$20 14

$25 25

$30 10

$35 7

$40 5

$45 *

$50 4

Over $50 1

Qualified answers. . 9

No answer 14

100% of those

questioned

■ Less than 0.5%.

11. (US Aug 16 '44) Should the unemployment benefit pay-
ments be handled by each state government or by the federal
government in Washington? (aipo)

State 52% Federal 48%

12. (US Feb '45) If need should arise, do you favor federal
assistance for unemployment? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

Federal assistance for relief 14.6%

For regular public works 43. 0

For projects, such as power irrigation developments, . 46.3

No federal unemployment assistance of any kind 20.4

124.3%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

13. (US May 12 '45) Should the government do anything
about workers who lose their jobs and are unable to find
work because there are not enough jobs? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 15% No opinion 9%

14. (US May 12 '45) Do you think the government should
give money to workers who are unemployed for a limited
length of time until they can find another job? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 63%

BY occupation

Business and professional 58%

White-collar 56

Farmers 50

Skilled and unskilled labor. . . 72

32%

38%
40
42
23

4%
4

15. (US May 12 '45) If the government gives unemployed per-
sons money, how much per week should be given to an unem-
ployed man with a wife and two children? (aipo)

Depends on section of country *

None; I'm against it 2%

Less than $15 7

$15 10

More than $15 to less than $20 2

$20 15

More than $20 to less than $25 1

$25 27

More than $25 to $30 10

More than $30 to $35 5

More than $35 • ■ ■ 6

[365]

Miscellaneous 1%

No answer 14

Median $35
* Less than 0.5%.

16. (US May 29 '45) It has been proposed that unemployed
workers with dependents be given twenty-five dollars per week
by the government for as many as twenty-six weeks during
one year, while they are out of work and looking for a job.
Do you favor or oppose this plan? (aipo)

Favor 46% Oppose 42% No opinion 12%

17. (US Sept 6 '45) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes
to give unemployed persons up to twenty-five dollars a week
for twenty-six weeks if they fail to find satisfactory jobs?
(aipo)

Yes 34% No 54% Don't know 12%

18. (US Sept 6 '45) Congress is now considering a law which
would give more unemployment compensation to persons with-
out jobs so that some would get as much as twenty-five dollars
a week for twenty-six weeks. Would you like to have your
Congressman vote for or against this bill? (aipo)

For Against No opinion

National total 46% 40% 14%

Adequate Inadequate Undecided

National total

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 28%

Business and professional. ... 34

White-collar 42

Manual workers 61

55%
57
45
25

17%
9
13
14

19. (US Oct 3 '45) Have you heard or read about President
Truman's proposal to pay more money to unemployed workers
so that some of them would get as much as twenty-five dollars
a week for twenty-six weeks? 82% of the sample who said
they had heard of the proposal were asked: Do you favor or
oppose President Truman's proposal? (aipo)

Haven't heard of the proposal 18%

Favor the proposal 30

Oppose the proposal 36

Favor if they can't find work 2

Favor if less than $25 1

Favor if people are honest 1

Miscellaneous answers 3

Undecided 9

20. (US Oct 3 '45) Congress is now considering a law which
would give more unemployment compensation to persons with-
out jobs so that some would get as much as $25 a week for
twenty-six weeks. Would you like to have your Congressman
vote for or against this bill? Asked of a cross-section compa-
rable to the one used for the preceding questions, (aipo)

'For 37%

Against 44

If less than $25 2

If people are honest 1

If they can't find work 2

Depends on each case *

Miscellaneous 4

No opinion 10

* Less than 0.5%.

21. (Canada Nov 10 '45) When a war worker with a family
gets laid off because the plant closes, he is entitled to get
unemployment insurance which in some cases would go up to
about fifteen dollars a week. Do you think this is fair, or do
you think he should get an additional amount until he gets
another job? (cipo)

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional .

Small business

White-collar

Labor

Farm

64%

37
57

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 63%

Middle 51

Lower 43

32%

4%
6
6
6
10

5%
6

INTEREST AND USURY

1. (US Nov 19 '42) Do you have any idea what per cent in-
terest the government is now paying the banks for the money
it borrows from them? (norc)

Yes 18% No 82%

2. (US Nov 19 '42) What per cent [interest is the government
paying]? Asked of 18% of the sample who had some idea of
what per cent interest the government was paying the banks
for the money it borrowed from them, (norc)

M of 1% or less... 10%

1% 7

1-1^% 15

l-M% 5

2% 27

2J^% 5

2H% 7

3% 8

3-4% 5

4-5% 3

Over 5% 8

100% of those

questioned

3. (US Nov 19 '42) There is some question about how much
interest the government should pay the banks in the future.
Do you think the government should pay 2% interest, 23^4%,
or do you think they should pay more than that for the money
they borrow? (norc)

2% 37%

2Ji% 8

More 10

Less 9

Other 3

Depends 1

Don't know 32

INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION

1. (Great Britain Apr '39) Is the British government right in
following a policy of giving military guarantees to preserve
the independence of small European nations? (bipo)
Yes 72% No 14% No opinion 14%

[366]

Jan '42

No opinion

Jan '43

Mar '43

June '43

2. (Great Britain Apr '39 and June '39) Are you in favor of a
military alliance between Great Britain, France, and Russia?
(bipo)

Yes

Apr '39 87%

June '39 84

3. (Great Britain Nov '39) If Finland or Sweden, Norway or
Denmark becomes involved in war with Russia, should Great
Britain give them military assistance? (bipo)

Yes 42% No 38% Don't know 20%

4. (France July '39) Do you think that a specific alliance be-
tween France and England and Russia would contribute appre-
ciably to the maintenance of peace in Europe? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

National total 81% 16% 3%

20-29 years 85%

30-39 years.. 77

40-49 years 84

50-59 years 82

60 years and over 71

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 81%

Industry and transportation. . . 84

Business 70

Professional 85

13%

16%
14
25
12

2%
6
2
3

3%
2
5
3

6. (US Jan 5 '42) If Russia wins the war against Germany,
do you think she is more apt to cooperate with the democratic
nations after the war to keep peace or turn against them and
try to overthrow their governments? (norc)

Cooperate with the democratic nations . . 53%

Turn against them 31

Don't know 16

6. (US Jan 16 '42 and Canada Aug 1 '42) If Russia should de-
feat Germany, which of these things do you think Russia
would then try to do — try to spread Communism all through
Europe or work with Britain and the United States in making
it possible for the countries of Europe to choose their own
form of government? (opor, cipo)

IVork with
Spread Britain and

Communism United States

United States 40% 39%

Canada 27 57

No answer;
no opinion

21%
16

7. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42) Do you think it possible that
Great Britain, United States, and Russia will, all three, con-
tinue to work together after the war? (Aug '44) Do you think
that Great Britain, Russia, and the United States will work
together after the war? (bipo)

Yes No

Jan '42 60% 17%

Aug '44 51 23

Don't know
23%

8. (Sweden Apr '42) Do you think that Sweden should take
the initiative toward organized, closer cooperation between
the free northern countries after the war? (sgi)

Yes 49%

No 10%

No answer 41%

9. (Great Britain Jan '42, Canada Jan 13 '43, Great Britain
Mar 1 '43, June 10 '43) Should Britain, America, Russia, and
China form a supreme war council to plan and direct the war
on all fronts? (bipo, cipo)

Don't know;

Yts

no opinion

65%

26%

10. (Great Britain Oct '42 and Canada Jan 13 '43) Should a
supreme commander of all the armed forces of the United Na-
tions be appointed? (Great Britain Mar 1 '43) Should a supreme
commander of all the Allied forces be appointed? (bipo, cipo)

Don't know;

Britain Oct '42.
Canada Jan '43.
Britain Mar '43.

Yes

no opinion

33%

37%

30%

11. (US Oct 6 '42) Do you think that the three big countries
fighting Germany — that is, Russia, England, United States —
are working together as closely as they should? 40% of the
sample who didn't think the countries were working together
as closely as they might were asked: In what way do you
think they should work together more closely? (norc)

Working together closely now 41%

Don't know whether or not they are working together

now 19

They should help Russia more 10

General need for more copper 8

Get together on second front 6

Should be unified command 6

England should do more 4

Russia should cooperate more 2

United States doing too much, and Russia and England

depending on us too much 1

Approve United States sending men and supplies overseas 1

Miscellaneous answers 2

Didn't say in what way they should work more closely

together 4

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

12. (Great Britain Dec 27 '42) If after this war you had to
choose between an alliance with Russia or with America which
would you choose? (bipo)

America 46% Russia 32% Don't know 22%

13. (Great Britain Mar 1 '43) Do you think that the western
democracies (United States and Britain) are or are not doing
everything possible to help the Red army? (bipo)

Are 61% Are not 26% Don't know 13%

14. (Great Britain Apr 4 '43) Do you think that Britain,
United States, Russia, and China will work together when
the war is over? 22% of the sample who thought they would
not were asked: Why not? (bipo)

Think they will work together 55%

Don't know whether or not they will work together ... 23

Too many conflicting interests; they differ so much 11

Tories, capitalists, won't work with Russia; fear of Com-
munism on part of Britain and United States 5

Russia may be a problem 4

United States won't work with Russia; United States may
be isolationist 2

15. (US June 18 '43) Do you think that the three big coun-
tries, fighting Germany — that is, Russia, England, United
States— are working together as closely as they should? 25% of

[367]

the sample who thought they were not working together as
closely as they should were asked: Whose fault is this? (norc)

Are working together 64%

Don't know whether or not they are working together. . 11

Russia's fault 12

England's fault 4

United States' fault 2

England's and United States' fault 2

The leaders' fault 1

Nobody's or everybody's fault 3

Miscellaneous answers 1

Didn't say whose fault 2

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (Sweden Oct '43) Do you think it would be desirable to
form a union between the four Scandinavian countries after
the war with joint defenses and joint foreign politics? Those
who said "No" were then asked: If such a union were possible
within the frame of an international organization for the pro-
tection of peace, would you then be for or against such a
union? Those who said they would be against such a union
were then asked: Do you wholly object to the thought of a
joint Scandinavian defense in any form after the war? Those
who said they objected wholly were then asked; Why do you
object? Complete results follow: (sgi])

•S

S 5

- s

National total 36%

35%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 41% 32%

Middle 33 39

Workers 37 32

Working parties 43 33

Wealthy 34 39

';C7
->/o

■3

17%

7
-0

13%

■15

17. (US Nov 15 '43) Do you think that the three big coun-
tries fighting Germany — that is, Russia, England, United
States — are working together as closely as they should? (norc)
Yes 55% No 28% Don't know 17%

18. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) At the Moscow Conference
the Allies have agreed to continue during peace the coopera-
tion they have established during the war. Do you expect
that they will or will not be able to work together after the
war? (bipo)

Will 55% Will not 21%, Don't know 24%

19. (Great Britain Apr '44) After the war, should Britain
and United States concern themselves with Western Europe
while Russia concerns herself with Eastern Europe, or should
Britain, Russia, and United States cooperate together concern-
ing all Europe? (bipo)

Russia East, Allies West ... 9%

Cooperate 76

Don't know 15

20. (US Apr 25 '44) Can you tell mc what an isolationist is?
(aipo)

Correct 54%

Vague . 1

Incorrect 5

No definition 40

21. (US Apr 25 '44) Can you tell me what an internationalist
is? (aipo)

•v Correct 46%

Vague 4

Incorrect 5

No definition 45

22. (US Apr 25 '44) Do you regard yourself as an isolationist
or an internationalist? Asked of a national cross-section of
persons informed on the definitions of the two terms, (aipo)

Isolationist 13%

Internationalist 64

No opinion 23

23. (Sweden Aug '44) With which one(s) of the European
states do you think that Sweden should unite, supposing a
peace conference after the war decided to divide Europe into
blocks of states? (sgi)

—

Sweden should be

alone 27

Norway 29

Denmark 26

Finland 20

Iceland 7

Russia 3

England 12

Germany 1

Other states 3

Don't know 43

Percentages... 171* 208* 175* 150* 163* 163* 183* 149*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

24. (Great Britain Oct '44) Would you like to see the Allies
cooperating together after the war? (bipo)

Yes 90% No 3% Don't know 7%

25. (Great Britain Oct '44) What do you think are likely to
be the main obstacles to cooperation [among the Allies]?
(bipo)

Economic difficulties; trade rivalry; cartels 14%

Nationalism of all countries; conflicting foreign policies;

greed 11

Differing forms of government 8

None, so long as we all try 6

Big business wants wars; armament firms; capitalism. ... 6
Antagonism of powerful forces toward Russia; fear of

Communism 5

Securing cooperation of Russia 4

Fixing of frontiers 4

Difference of views upon treatment of Germany 3

Polish question 3

Prewar differences; prejudices 2

United States will not cooperate 1

Governments will not be sufficiently interested in co-
operating 1

Miscellaneous 10

No reply; don't know 22

[368]

26. (Canada Nov 8 '44) If Canada sends some of her fighting
men to take part in the war against Japan, would you rather
see them fight alongside the British in Burma and Singapore
or alongside the Americans in the Philippines? (cipo)

With British 27%

With Americans 26

With both 39

Undecided 8

27. (France Dec 16 '44) After the war, which of the following
four lines of international policy do you think we should
pursue — French-Anglo-American bloc; fusioii into a single state
of England, France, and their empires; French-Anglo-Italian
alliance; or a French-Soviet alliance? (fipo)

French-Anglo-American bloc 58%

French-Soviet alliance 18

Fusion of France and England 11

French-Anglo-Italian alliance 5

No answer 8

28. (Great Britain Mar '45) At the Crimea Conference the
Allies said that they would continue to cooperate during peace,
as they have during war. Do you think that they will or will
not be able to work together after the war? (bipo)

Will 58% Will not 21% Don't know 21%

29. (Sweden Apr '45) Do you think that Russia sincerely wants
peaceful cooperation with England and the United States after
the war? And with Finland? (sgi)

With United States and England

Yes No No opinion

National total 34% 40% 26%

opinion about us and ENGLAND BY SEX

Men 43% 39% 18%

Women 26 40 34

opinion about us AND ENGLAND BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper. . .
Middle..
Workers

48%

33%

19%

OPINION ABOUT US AND ENGLAND
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

26%

No opinion
26%

East Gotland 28% 46%

North Sweden 37 31

Dalecarlia 31 38

M.ilar district 34 40

Stockholm 44 37

Skine 33 44

Bova 35 41

With Finland

Yes No

National total 42% 32%

OPINION ABOUT FINLAND BY SEX

Men 52% 30% 18%

Women 31 34 35

OPINION ABOUT FINLAND BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 49% 36% 15%

Middle 37 37 26

Workers 45 28 27

OPINION ABOUT FINLAND BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 48%

Dalecarlia 37

Malar district 40

Stockholm 50

East Gotland 35

Skane 42

Bova 42

23%

29%

30. (Hungary Dec '45, Jan '46, Feb '46, Dec '46) Do you con-
sider a federation of the Danube nations within the range of
possibility? (hipor)

Dec '45
Jan '46.
Feb '46.
Dec '46

Yes,

Yes

politically

economically

14%

—

86%

—

24%

40%

—

31. (Denmark Jan 12 '46) The meeting in London of the great
powers' foreign ministers was a failure. Do you think, all the
same, there is hope of these great nations finding peaceful co-
operation? 27% of the sample who thought there was no hope
were asked: Why not? (dgi)

Hope for cooperation 43%

Don't know whether or not there is hope 30

No hope because they cannot agree 9

Doubtful about Russia 4

Not the same ideas 4

America too interested in money 2

Capitalism cannot agree with Russia 2

Russia wants too much 1

Russia unlike the others 1

Afraid of one another 1

Other replies 3

32. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Are you in favor of a union of
the western nations? (insoc)

Yes No No opinion

National total 697o 8% 23%

Men . . .
Women.

74%
62

BY AGE

20-34 years 70%

35-49 years 68

50-64 years 69

65 years and over 69

9%
6

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 69% 9%

Rural 69 5

Industrial 67 11

BY OCCUPATION

Farm and farm labor 67% 5%

Workers and artisans 64 9

White-collar 77 11

Business and foremen 80 6

Professional 83 14

Living on income 77 6

Housewives 62 7

■\-icr

'-I/O

22%
23
24
25

22%

28%
27
12
14
3
17
31

33. (Netherlands July '46) Do you think the Netherlands
should cooperate as closely as possible with other European
states, or should our country go its own way? (nipo)
Cooperate 76% Own way 11% Don't know 13%

34. (Hungary Dec '46) Do you approve or disapprove of eco-
nomic unity of the Danubian states? Asked in Budapest and
suburbs, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Approve Neutral

Educated 91.0% 6.1%

Bourgeoisie 91.0 2.3

Workers 89.0 4.2

Dis-

Other;

approve

don't kno,

1-1%

1.8%

2.1

4.6

1.6

5.2

[369]

Canada — Russia

1. (Canada June 12 '43) Do you think Russia can be trusted
to cooperate with us when the war is over? (cipo)

Undecided;
Yes No no opinion

National total 51% 27% 22%

BY PROVINCES

Ontario 62% 17% 21%

Quebec 30 44 26

France — Russia

1. (France Nov 1 '44) Do you thinic General De Gaulle has
received adequate political support from the Soviet govern-
ment? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes 45% No 21% No opinion 34%

2. (France Mar 1 '45) Are you in favor of the French-Soviet
alliance? (fipo)

Yes 83% No 7% No opinion 10%

Great Britain — Czechoslovakb

1. (Great Britain Mar '38) Should Great Britain promise assist-
ance to Czechoslovakia if Germany also acts toward her as
she did toward Austria? (bipo)
Yes 33% No 43% No opinion 24%

Great Britain — France

1. (France Nov 1 '44) Do you think that General De Gaulle
has received adequate political support from the British gov-
ernment? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes 38% No 35% No opinion 27%

2. (France Dec 16 '44) Should we allow British military planes
to use French airfields after the war? (fipo)

Yes 41% No 45% No opinion 14%

3. (France Apr 16 '45) Would you favor a political and mili-
tary alliance with Great Britain? (fipo)

Yes 79% No 11% No opinion 10%

Great Britain — Poland

1. (Great Britain July '39) If Germany and Poland go to war
over Danzig should we fulfill our pledge to fight on Poland's
side? (bipo)
Yes 76% No 13% Don't know 11%

Great Britain — Russia

1. (Great Britain Aug 30 '41) Are you satisfied with the
amount of military help Britain is giving Russia? (bipo)
Satisfied 37% Dissatisfied 30% No opinion 33%

2. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42) Would you like to see Great
Britain and Russia continuing to work together after the war?
(bipo)

Yes 86% No 6% Don't know 8%

3. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42) Do you think they [Great Britain
and Russia] will [work together after the war]? (bipo)

Yes 53% No 18% Don't know 29%

4. (Great Britain Mar '42) Do you think there is anything
more which Britain and Russia can do to help each other?
(bipo)

Yes 37% No 35% Don't know 28%

Great Britain — Spain

1. (Great Britain Apr '43) Are there any circumstances in
which you would favor collaboration in this war between
Britain and the Franco government in Spain?
Yes 19% No 47% Don't know 34%

Italy — Germany

1. (France Nov 16 '44) In case of another Franco-German war,
do you think Italy would fight for Germany? Asked of a cross-
section of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Aug '38 50% 32% 18%

Oct '38 31 51 18

U.S. — Canada

1. (US Nov '40) The United States and Canada have set up
a joint defense board to organize defense on this continent and
to cooperate closely together. Do you approve or disapprove
of this? (for)
Approve 83.8% ' Disapprove 5.2% Don't know 11.0%

U.S.— China

1. (US Feb 14 '42, May 6 '42, July 1 '42, July 18 '42, Aug
21 '42, Nov 27 '42) Do you think that China can be depended
upon to cooperate with us after the war? The Feb and Aug
samples omitted "after the war." (norc)

Don't know;
Yes

Feb '42 80%

May '42 83

July 1 '42 85

July 18 '42 85

Aug '42 86

Nov '42 85

U.S.— FRANCE

1. (France Nov 1 '44) Do you think that General De Gaulle
has received adequate political support from the United States
government? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)
Yes 27% No 44% No opinion 29%

U.S. — Great Britain

1. (US Feb 14 '42, May 6 '42, June 3 '42, July 1 '42, July 18 '42,
Aug 21 '42, Nov 19 '42, Nov 27 '42, June 18 '43, Nov 15 '43,
Apr 8 '44) Do you think that England can be depended upon
to cooperate with us after the war? The norc question in
Feb '42 omitted "after the war"; the opor question (June 3
'42) read : Do you think the British can be trusted to cooperate
with us when the war is over? (norc, opor) (June 3 '42) 61%
of opor's June '42 sample who thought the British could be
trusted to cooperate and the 31% who thought they could not
be trusted were asked: Why? (opor) (Apr 8 '44) 13% of norc's
Apr '44 sample who thought England could not be depended
upon to cooperate and 15% who didn't know were asked:
Why do you feel this way? (norc)

No answer;
Yes No don't know

NORC Feb '42 76%

NORC May '42 77

OPOR June '42 61

NORC July 1 '42 72

NORC July 18 '42 68

NORC Aug '42 72

no ansu

-lOV
I/O

13%

14%

10%

[370]

No answer;

don't know

13%

11%

'or not" was used on

Yts

NORC Nov 19 '42 76%

NORC Nov 27 '42 70

NORC June '43 75

NORC Nov '43 69

NORC Apr '44 72

REASONS OF OPOr's 1942 SAMPLE

Can hi trusted because

British both need and appreciate our friendship and

the bonds between us 16%

Their statesmen can be trusted 3

They feel dependent on us for survival 8

British people can be trusted 6

They will have learned a lesson from this war 4

Instinctive feeling that they will 3

They always have cooperated 6

The Churchill-Roosevelt programs of war aims as-
sures it 1

British dominions are closely linked to United States. , 1

United States will be prominent world power after war 6

Increase democracy in England 1

No answer 6

61%

Can't he trusted because

Instinctive feeling they won't 1%

Historical proof; non-payment of war debts and lack of

cooperation after last war 16

They will outwit us in peace conference and take all

spoils 4

They will only passively cooperate with us; too ego-
tistic for cooperation 6

They are too proud and snobbish 1

Present commitments indicate this 1 •

No answer 2

Don' r know

9
14
13

ain." In June '43 question the phrase
the end of the question, (norc)

Yes No

Apr '43 83% 8%

June '43 83 8

Nov '43 78 8

Apr '44 79 8

8% of the Apr '44 sample who thought England would not
continue fighting after the defeat of Germany and 13% who
didn't know were asked: Why do you feel this way?

Because England is selfish; guided by self-interest 4%

Not trustworthy, undependable; are tricky 2

Past record 2

Will let us do all the fighting 1

Be too exhausted to fight any more 1

She'll have what she wants and quit 1

Doesn't have same interest in Japanese war as war with

Germany 1

Is alreadv decreasing size of army *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 9

22%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 21 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (US May 15 '46) England has suggested that we send troops
to Palestine to help keep order there if the Arabs oppose let-
ting one hundred thousand Jews enter Palestine. Do you ap-
prove or disapprove of our sending troops to Palestine to help
England keep order there? Asked of a national cross-section
of people who had been following the discussions on Palestine.
(aipo)
Approve 21% Disapprove 74% No opinion 5%

31%

REASONS OF NORC's 1944 SAMPLE

England out for selfish interests 8%

Past experience is proof of English unreliability 6

Not to be trusted 3

Wants territories and possessions for herself 1

England feels superior to United States. 1

Doesn't need to cooperate *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 9

29%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 28 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Nov 19 '42) Do you think the United States will con-
tinue to cooperate with England after the war? (norc)

Yes 91%, No 3% Don't know 6%,

3. (US Nov 19 '42 and Apr 6 '43) Do you think we should
continue to cooperate with England after the war? The '43
sample used the word "Britain" instead of "England." (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Nov '42 89% 5% 6%

Apr '43 88 7 5

4. (US Apr 6 '43, June '43, Nov 15 '43, Apr 8 '44) If Germany
is knocked out of the war first, do you think Britain will con-
tinue fighting and help us beat Japan? In the Nov '43 and Apr
'44 question the word "England" was used instead of "Brit-

U.S. — Russia

1. (US Feb 14 '42 to Dec 11 '46, dates and organization as
listed below) Do you think Russia can be trusted to cooperate
with us after the war is over?

Yes

NORC Feb 14 '42 38%

OPOR Mar 26 '42 39

*NORc May 6 '42 45

OPOR June 17 '42 41

*NORC July 1 '42 45

OPOR Julv 15 '42 50

*NORC July 18 '42 43

*NORC Aug 21 '42 51

*NORc Nov 19 '42 51

*NORC Nov 27 '42 52

AIPO Jan 7 '43 46

AiPo Apr 6 '43 44

*NORC June 18 '43 48

AiPO Nov 10 '43 47

*NORC Nov 15 '43 48

Aipo Dec 15 '43 51

AiPo Jan 18 '44 40

*NORC Apr 8 '44 50

AiPO June 7 '44 47

*Aipo Nov 15 '44 47

*Aipo Feb 20 '45 55

Undecided;

no opinion;

don't know:

no answer

37%

25%

25.

[371]

Undecided;

no opinion;

don't know;

Yes

no answer

45%

^&7o

17%

**AiPO May 15 '45

♦*Aipo Aug 8 '45

**Aipo Oct 17 '45: first cross-
section 38 45 17

fAipo Oct 17 '45: Second cross-
section 44

tAiPO Feb 27 '46 35

tAipo Apr 10 '46 45

tAiPo Sept 25 '46 32

fAiPO Dec 11 '46 43

* The question was: Do you think Russia can be depended upon to
cooperate with us after the war?

** Do you think Russia can be trusted to cooperate with us aftet the
war?

t Do you think Russia will cooperate with us in world affairs?

FEB '46 RESULTS BY AGE

21-29 years 38% 49% 13%

30-49 years 35 52 13

50 years and over 33 54 13

32%

30
29
31

23
31
32

38
51
56

40
42

BY EDUCATION

June '44

College 58%

High school 51

Grade school or less 41

Feb '45

College 62

High school 60

Grade school or less 51

Aug '45

College 71

High school 58

Grade school or less 47

Feb '46

College 54

High school 37

Grade school or less 29

Dec '46

College 60

High school 49

Grade school or less 35

APR '43 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 53% 31%

Middle 45 38

Lower 41 33

APR '43 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-Atlantic . 45% 33%

East central 41

West central 48

South 39

Far West 45

AUG '45 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business 64% 25%

White-collar 62 30

Farmers 48

Manual workers 48

BY POLITICS

Nov 10 '43

Republican 43%

Democratic 50

Feb '45

Roosevelt voters 62

Dewey voters 51

37
34
33
37

10%

11
18

6
11
21

8
12

7
11
23

16%

22%

11%

32
33

20
19

34%
21

23%
29

25
38

Yes No
Feb '46

Democratic 37% 49%

Republican 33 57

Undecided;
no opinion;
don't know;
no answer

14%
10

veterans' opinion IN FEB '46

Veterans only 45% 43% 12%

Nov 10 '43

Persons who say they have

either heard or read of the

Moscow Conference 57 27 16

29% of Aipo's Jan '43 sample, 34% of the Apr '43 sample
and 27% of the Nov 10 '43 sample who thought Russia could
not be trusted were asked: Why do you think Russia will not
cooperate with us when the war is over?

Jan '43 Apr '43 Nov '43

Too great a difference in form of
government; political and social
systems too different; can't un-
derstand them; too much "red"
element 23% , 21% 22%

They are unreliable; can't be ttusted;
our Allies of necessity and not
choice; haven't told theit people
about lend-lease; they are treach-
erous by nature 19 32

Russia's out for all she can get; Rus-
sia's territofial ambitions, desite
for more power; she's out for her-
self 19 17

Because of past records; haven't been

friendly before the war 19 12

They are independent; self-sufficient;
not interested outside own coun-

try.

She's not satisfied with help from us;

grudge about second front —

Because they haven't been repre-
sented in the confctences; not co-
operating with our military men;
not exchanging strategies; not co-
operating now —

You can't trust Stalin; you can't

tiust theit leader 2

May cooperate to a limited extent. . —

They are irreligious 2

No specific reason but think they

won't cooperate —

Miscellaneous 9

No answer 4

100%* 100%* 104%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
Russia could not be trusted to cooperate with us after the war and add
to more than 100 for the Nov question because some gave more than
one answer.

22% of NORc's Apr '44 sample who thought Russia could
not be depended upon and 28% who didn't know were asked:
Why do you feel this way?

Russia is independent; out for selfish interests; strong. . . 13%

Not trustworthy; undependable; false 9

All different kinds of people; race; different ideology. . . 4

Present behavior proof of Russian unreliability 4

Is an unknown quantity; enigma hard to understand. . . 3

[372]

Will turn against United States 2%

May cooperate under certain circumstances 2

Past conduct indicates Russia's unreliability 2

Doesn't need to cooperate 1

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know H

Yes 40%

No 34%

No opinion 26%

53%*

* Percentages add ro more than 30 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

2. (US Nov 19 '42) Do you think the United States will con-
tinue to cooperate with Russia after the war? (norc)

Yes 78%, No 7% Don't know 15%

3. (US Nov 19 '42) Do you think we should continue to co-
operate with Russia after the war? (norc)

Yes 80% No 8% Don't know 12%

4. (US June '43) Do you think we should or should not try
to work with Russia as an equal partner in fighting the war?
as an equal partner in wprking out the peace? (for)

In fighting the war

National total 80.7%

Well-informed . ,

Poorly informed

Uninformed

In working out the peace
National total

Should

Don't

Should

not

know

80.7%

9.4%

9.9%

NFORMATION

88.5%

8.3%

3.2%

84.2

10.1

5.7

70.9

9.9

19.2

80.9

9.2

9.9

9.1%

3.2%

9.5

6.5

9.0

18.6

Don' t know
29%
29

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 87.7%

Poorly informed 84.0

Uninformed 72.4

5. (US Nov 15 '43 and Apr 8 '44) If Germany is knocked out
of the war first, do you think Russia will continue fighting
and help us beat Japan? (norc)

Yes No

Nov '43 45% 26%

Apr '44 43 28

Why do you feel this way? Asked of 57% of the Apr '44
sample who thought if Germany was knocked out of the war
first, Russia would not continue to fight and help us beat
Japan, or who didn't know what Russia would do.

Russia not to be trusted; tricky; uncertain 11%

Will be guided by own self-interests 7

Won't want and/or be able to fight another war when

through with Germany 7

Hasn't declared war on Japan yet 7

Russia has treaty with Japan 6

Has nothing to gain by war with Japan 4

Not cooperating now 3

Russia will turn against us 2

Past record 2

All different kinds of people;race;havedifFerentideology 1

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 11

63%*

* Percentages add to more than 57 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (France Nov 16 '44) Do you think that once Germany is
beaten Russia will join the Anglo-Americans in fighting Japan?
Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

7. (US Dec 29 '44 and Sept '45) Thinking back for a moment
to our relations with Russia a few years before the war, do
you think that we shall get along better with Russia in the
future than we did in the past, not so well, or about the same?
In '45 the word "that" was omitted from the question, and
the word "will" was used in the '45 question instead of
"shall." (for)

Dec '44

Sept '45 42.4

Not so

About the

Don't

Better

well

same

know

48.3%

11.(^0

20.1%

9.6%

42.4

19.1

23.5

15.0

8. (US Mar '45) Do you think Russia owes it to the United
States to continue fighting and help us beat Japan? (norc)

Yes 85%

No 11%

Don't know 4%

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION

1. (us May 16 '36) To insure world peace, which do you think
will work better, a league of nations or military alliances be-
tween strong nations? (aipo)

League of nations 37% Military alliances 63%

2. (US Aug 29 '36) Should President Roosevelt call a general
conference of European rulers in the interest of peace? (aipo)
Yes 34% No 66% = 100% No opinion 20%

3. (US Feb 1 '37) Do you think it would do any good to have
President Roosevelt bring together the heads of European na-
tions in the interest of peace? (aipo)

Yes 37% No 63% = 100% No opinion 13%

4. (US Feb 1 '37) Should the President take this step [to bring
together the heads of European nations in the interest of
peace]? (aipo)

Yes 37%

No 63% = 100%

No opinion 23%

5. (US Mar 21 '39) Would you like to see the heads of the
leading nations of the world meet in a new peace conference
at this time to settle the claims of Germany and Italy? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 73% 27% = 100% 6%

BY geographical SECTION

New England 76% 24%

Middle Atlantic 69 31

East central 74 26

West central 76 24

South 77 23

West 69 31

BY POLITICS

Democratic 74% 26%

Republican 68 32

Others 75 25

6. (US Mar 21 '39) Should President Roosevelt call such a
[peace] conference? (aipo)

Yes 32% No 68% = 100% No opinion 11%

7. (US Sept '39) Should we continue our present policy of
using our influence to preserve peace, without necessarily stat-
ing what we would do if war should start? (for)

Yes 83.1% No 6.8% Don't know or depends 10.1%

[ 373 ]

8. (US Oct 10 '39) Would you favor a conference of the lead-
ing nations of tiie world to try to end the present war and
settle Europe's problems? (aipo)

Yes 69% No 31% = 100% No opinion 8%,

9. (US Oct 10 '39) If such a conference [of leading nations of
the world] is called, should the United States take part in it?
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 50% 50% = 100% 9%,

BY POLITICS

Democratic 52% 48%,

Republican 45 55

Others 54 46

10. (US Feb 20 '40) Do you think now is the right time for
the leading nations of the world to have a conference to try
to settle Europe's problems and end the war between Germany,
and England and France? (aipo)

Yes 58% No 42%

11. (US Feb 20 '40) If such a conference [to try to settle
Europe's problems and end war] is held, should the United
States take part in it? (aipo)

I Yes 55% No 45%

12. (US May 20 '41) Would you like to see the United States
join a league of nations after this war is over? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 49%o 51% = 100% 23%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 53%, 47%o

Middle 48 52

Lower 49 51

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-
Atlantic 52%o 48%

East central 46 54

West central 48 52

South 52 48

West 51 49

BY POLITICS

Republican 43%, 57%

Democratic 53 47

Others 55 45

3. (US Aug 17 '39) Would you like to see the United States
join in a movement to establish an international police force
to maintain world peace? (aipo)

INTERNATIONAL POLICE

1. (US Aug 17 '39) Do you think the time will come when a
strong international army or police force will maintain world
peace? (aipo)

Yes 30%o No 70% = 100% No opinion 20%o

2. (US Aug 17 '39) How soon [do you think the time will
come when an international army or police force will maintain
world peace]? Asked of a national cross-section of those who
thought such a time would come. 30% of the sample is repre-
sented, (aipo)

In 25 years or less 60% More than 25 years 40% = 100% of

those questioned

Yes 46%

No 39%

No opinion 15%

4. (US Feb 14 '42) When the war is over, do you think the
United States should or should not take a full and active part
along with other nations in maintaining a world police force
to guarantee against future wars? (norc)

Should 86% Should not 8% Don't know 6%

5. (US Apr '42) Some people think the only way to prevent
some countries from picking on others is to have one or two
strong nations police the world. After the war is over, do you
think the United States should take on this responsibility
alone or take it on with some other nations, or do you think
it just isn't our job at all? (for)

With Not our Don't
Alone someone job know

National total 5.9% 43.6%o 37.6%, 12.9%,

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Business leaders 2.4% 60.3%

Intellectual leaders 1.5 70.4

* Breakdown from Fortune June '42.

28.0%
15.5

9.3%o
12.6

6. (US Apr '42) Who should be the other nation to do it [take
on world policing responsibility] with us? Asked of a national
cross-section of those who thought we should take on this
responsibility with some other nation. 43.6% of the sample is
represented, (for)

Great Britain 73.8%

Canada 50

Other 8.8

Don't know 20.7

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
we should take the responsibility of policing the world with some
other nation and add to more than lOO because some gave more than
one answer.

7. (US June '42) Some people think the only way to prevent
some countries from picking on others is to have one or two
strong nations police the world. Do you agree or disagree
with this opinion? Asked in Canada, (for)

Agree 39.7% Disagree 51.8% Don't know 8.5%

8. (US July 29 '42 and Apr 8 '43) Should the countries fighting
the Axis set up an international police force after the war is
over to try to keep peace throughout the world? In 1943 two
comparable cross-sections were used. The second was asked:
Should the countries fighting the Axis set up an international
police force after the war is over to try to keep peace through-
out the world, or should we refuse to mix in other nations'
affairs? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

July '42 73% 16% 11%

Apr '43 74 14 12

1943 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 78% 22%

Republican 72 28

9. (US Jan 11 '43) After this war, do you think we should
join with other countries in setting up a permanent world
police force to keep the peace? (norc)

Yes 76% No 14% Don't know 10%

[

10. (Great Britain Apr 4 '43) After the war, would you like
to sec Britain joining with other countries to form an inter-
national police force? (bipo)

Yes 74% No 10% Don't know 16%

11. (US Aug 24 '43) Can you tell me what is meant by an
international police force? (aipo)

Policing of the world; seeing that countries live up to

treaties; etc 19%

Policing of the world by all countries 16

Policing of the world by allied countries 7

Policing of Axis countries by allied countries 6

Incorrect answers (such as army of occupation, US polic-
ing of world alone, etc.) 8

Couldn't say 44

12. (US Aug 24 '43) What would you say are the chief argu-
ments in favor of an international police force? (aipo)

Bring about union of all countries 1%

Keep nations informed on conditions 1

To maintain peace; keep countries from rearming and

starting wars; keep countries in line 32

To protect the smaller countries from aggressors; make
the countries equal and see that large countries do not

pick on the small ones 3

To help keep down international uprisings and revolu-
tions 1

To settle international grievances and problems 3

To police Germany and Hitler; to control and police the

Axis 2

Couldn't say what was meant by international police

force; no answer; don't need one 53

Enforce international agreements and treaties 1

Others 1

None 3

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer,

13. (US Aug 24 '43) What would you say are some of the chief
arguments against an international police force? (aipo)

Won't work 2%

Resentment on the part of the countries being policed. . 8
Might be misused; a strong power could use it for a

wrong purpose politically; might turn to "might is

fight" 4

Expense 3

Administration; problem of unity and purpose; jealousies

may arise , . . 8

Should not interfere in another nation's business 3

Isn't democratic; violates four freedoms 2

Would keep boys away from home; keep men from re-
turning to civilian activities 2

Others 1

No argument against it 14

Couldn't say what was meant by international police

force; no answer; don't need police force 54

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US Aug 24 '43) Taking into account the arguments for
and those against, how do you, yourself, stand — are you for
or against an international police force? Asked of a national
cross-section of persons informed about the workings of an
international police force and the arguments for and against
having one. (aipo)

374 ]

For Against Undecidid

National total 75% 17% 8%

BY POLITICS

Republican 73% 27%

Democratic 78 22

15. (Canada Nov 20 '43) Would you like to see Canada take
an active part in maintaining world peace after the war, even
if that meant sending Canadian soldiers, sailors, or airmen to
help keep peace in other parts of the world? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 78% 15% 7%

BY PROVINCES

Quebec 56% 34% 10%

All others 85 9 6

16. (Australia Dec '44 to Jan '45) What is your opinion about
the League of Nations having an armed force after the war?
(apop)

in comparison with british opinion

Favor Opposed No opinion

Australia 67% 15% 18%

Britain* 77 10 13

* In Britain the question was: After the war, should the Allies adopt
the principle of using armed force against an aggressor?

17. (Canada Jan 10 '45) One suggestion is that an armed force
made up of men from all nations in this world organization
should be maintained at all times in order to keep the peace.
Would you approve of Canada sending her share of men to
such an international armed force? 76% of the sample who
said they approved of Canada sending her share of men were
asked: Under present plans, small nations like Canada will
take turns to sit in with larger nations to decide when to de-
clare war and send this force to fight. Would you approve of
Canada sending men to be part of this armed force even though
they might be sent to fight at a time when it was not Canada's
turn to be on the committee which declared war? (cipo)

Unde-

Dis- cided Approve

approve about sending

armed armed men at Dis- Unde-

force force any time approve cided

National total .... 16% 8% 52% 14% 10%

BY PROVINCES

Quebec 39% 10% 25% 20% 6%

Rest of Canada... . 8 7 62 12 11

18. (Australia June-July '45) One suggestion for preventing
wars is to have an armed force of men from all the United
Nations. Do you think Australia should or should not send
her share of men to such an international force? (apop)

Yes 76% No 18% No opinion 6%

19. (US Aug 1 '45) If every other country in the world would
give up its armies and navies and instead just contribute its
share of men and materials to an international police force,
would you be willing for the United States to go along on
this? (nyht)

Yes 52.2% No 32.7% Don't know 15.1%

20. (Canada Mar 6 '46) As you know, the Security Council
of the United Nations will have a police force to prevent
wars. The Council has eleven members including the Big Five.
How many members do you think should have to agree before
the Council can use the police force against an aggressor nation

[375]

— all eleven, the Big Five and two others, or a straight ma-
jority? (cipo)

All eleven 11%

The Big Five and two others ... 17

A straight majority. 48

Other suggestions 7

Undecided .' 17

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

1. (France July 21 '39) What foreign country do you like
best? (fipo)

USA 26%

England 23

Switzerland 15

Belgium 9

Russia 7

Italy 5

Sweden 2

Spain 1

Others 7

No opinion 5

2. (France July 21 '39) What foreign country do you like
least? (fipo)

Germany 70.0%

Italy 9.5

Russia 5.0

Other answers 3

No opinion 9

(of those questioned) 100%

10. (US Dec 2 '42) Should American-born Japanese be allowed
to return to their homes on the coast after the war? Asked of
a national cross-section of those who thought the Japanese
who were moved inland from the Pacific coast should not be
allowed to return to the Pacific coast when the war was over.
17% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

[381]

Yes 52% No 38%

No opinion 10% = 100% of those
questioned

11. (US Sept '44) After the war, do you think Japanese living
in the United States should have as good a chance as white
people to get any kind of job, or do you think white people
should have the first chance at any kind of a job? (norc)

As good chance 16%

White people first 61

If loyal United States citizens. . . 21

Don't know 2

12. (US Apr '45) After the war, do you think Japanese who
are American citizens should have as good a chance as other
people to get any kind of job, or do you think other people
should have the first chance at any kind of job? (norc)

As good chance 56%

Other people first 40

Don't know 4

13. (US Apr '45) After the war, do you think Japanese who
are loyal American citizens should have as good a chance as
other people to get any kind of job, or do you think other
people should have the first chance at any kind of job? (norc)

As good chance 59%

Other people first 37

Don't know 4

14. (US Apr '45) After the war, do you think Japanese now
living in the United States who are not American citizens
should have as good a chance as other people to get any kind
of job, or do you think other people should have the first
chance at any kind of job? (norc)

As good chance 6%

Other people first 56

Sent back to Japan 34

Depends on their conduct and habits .... 1
Don't know 3

15. (US Apr '45) Of all the Japanese who are American citi-
zens, about how many do you think would try to do something
against the United States if they had a chance? (norc)

Practically all of them 15%

Most of them 9

About half of them 8

A few of them 34

Practically none of them ... 19

Don't know 15

16. (US May '46) Do you think the average Japanese person
who lives in this country is loyal or disloyal to the American
government? (norc)

Loyal 50% Disloyal 25% Don't know 25%

17. (US May '46) During the war, do you think the Japanese
who lived in this country destroyed any American wat mate-
rials? did any spying for the Japanese government? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Destroyed materials 31% 32% 37%

Did spying 66 13 21

JAVA

Politics and Government

1. (Australia Dec '45, Jan '46) What government do you favor
for Java and the other islands of the Dutch East Indies? (apop)

►5

1 I

National total 41% 29% 4% 3% 3% 3% 17%

BY POLITICS

Labor

Non-labor .

28% 43% 3% 3% 3% 3% 17%
56 14 4 3 3 3 17

2. (US Mar '46) As you have read in the papers, Java, which
is a colony of Holland, is now demanding its independence.
Do you think the United Nations organization should decide
what is done, or should Java and Holland decide this them-
selves? (norc)
UN decide 38% Java and Holland 45% Don't know 17%

JEWISH QUESTION

1. (us Jan '36) Do you believe that in the long run Germany
will be better or worse off if it drives out the Jews? (for)

Better Worse Don't know

National total 14.0% 54.6% 31.4%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 15.1%

Midwest 16.1

Southeast 75

Southwest 14.7

West 9.8

Pacific coast 14. 3

2. (US Feb 8 '37) Would you vote for a Jew for President who
was well qualified for the position? (aipo)

Yes 49% No 51% = 100%

52.7%

32.2%

55.1

28.8

60.0

32.5

52.4

32.9

41.0

49.2

61.1

24.6

No opinion 9%

3. (US Aug 2 '37 and Mar 8 '39) Do you think anti-Jewish
feeling is increasing or decreasing in this country? (aipo)
(Great Britain July '39, Nov '40, Jan 16 '42, Jan 24 '43) Among
the people you know, is anti-Jewish feeling increasing, de-
creasing, or about the same? (bipo)

§?

§<>

"5^

■a

30% 32% =

100%

23%

= 100%

= 100

US Mar '39 45

Britain July '39 21

Britain Nov '40 22

Britain Jan '42 19

Britain Jan '43 25

4. (US Apr 27 '38) Do you think the persecution of the Jews

in Europe has been their own fault? (aipo)

Not at all 31%

Entirely 10

Partly 48

No opinion and no answer. 11

6. (US Apr 27 '38, Mar 8 '39, May 2 '39) Do you think there
is likely to be a widespread campaign against the Jews in this
country? (aipo)

[382]

Yts

opinion

19%

81% =

-- 100% 14%

15 = 100%

11 = 100

Apr '38

Mar '39 20

May '39 19

6. (US Apr 27 '38, Mar 8 '39, May 2 '39) Would you support
such a campaign [against the Jews in this country]? (aipo)

No
Yes

Apr '38 12%

Mar ■39....' 12

May '39 12

The Mar '39 sample was asked further; How strongly do
you feel about this?

opinion

88% =

- 100% 7%

8 = 100%
10 = 100

BY INTENSITY OF FEELING

Strongly.
Mildly.

No answer.

Yes

49%

12% 80%

* Less than 0-5%.

78% of the May '39 sample who would not support a wide-
spread campaign against Jews and 10% who had no opinion
were asked further: Would you be in svmpathv with such a
campaign?

Yes 17%

No 59%

12% = 88%

No opinion

7. (US Nov '38) Do you believe that in this country there is
very little hostility toward the Jewish people or that there is
a growing hostility toward them? (for)

Little
hostility
National total 52.5%

Growing
hostility

Don't

know
15.0%

BY EXTREMES IN SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Cities over 1,000,000 44.1% 46.7%

Towns under 2,500 55.9 22.0

BY RELIGION

Catholic 51.3

Protestant 53.0

None 50.0

41.7%
35.3
31.0
30.0

9.2%
22.1

8.0%
13.4
16.0
20.0

8. (Great Britain Nov '38) Do vou think the persecution of
Jews in Germany is an obstacle to good understanding between
Britain and Germany? (bipo)

Yes 73% No 15% No opinion 12%

9. (US Nov 22 '38) Do you approve or disapprove of the Nazis'
treatment of Jews in Germany? (aipo)

Dis- No

Approve approve opinion

National total 6% 94% = 100% 7%

BY RELIGION

Catholic 7%

Protestant 5

10. (US Nov 22 '38) Do you approve of the temporary with-
drawal from Germany of the American ambassador as a pro-
test against the Nazis' treatment of Jews and Catholics? (aipo)
Yes 72% No 28% = 100% No opinion 21%

11. (US Apr '39) Do you believe that in this country hostility
toward the Jewish people is growing or not? (for)

Hostility

Growing not Don t

hostility growing know

National total 33.2% 45.7% 21.1%;

BY EXTREMES IN SIZE OF COMMUNITY

35.6%
50.0

Cities over 1,000,000 44.8%

Rural 24.1

by RELIGION

Jewish 40.5% 51.3%

Catholic 39.2 42.4

Protestant 31. 5 46.5

{

12. (US Apr '39) What do you feel is the reason for hostility
toward Jewish people here or abroad? (for)

§ ^

Reasons favorable to Jews

People are jealous and envious of
Jews' accomplishments

Jews too clever and successful, have
too much ability to make money.

People who are against Jews are
mean, narrow-minded, ignorant
crazy

Other favorable to Jews

2; s

-^^

5.5%

17.2%

4.7

2.5

1.5

10.8

1.1

5.1

12.8%

35.6%

Reasons unfavorable to Jews

Jews control and monopolize enter-
prize, hoard money, have too
much power 13-0%,

Unfair and dishonest in business;
they cheat and swindle 6.4

Too grasping, covetous, avaricious,
cheap. . 5.6

Their own fault; their manners,
characteristics, and attitudes
cause people to resenr them 4.9

Thev're clannish, nonmixers, not
good citizens, interested only in
race 4.4

Aggressive, energetic; too aggres-
sive 2.6

Overbearing; forward; noisy 1.9

Lazy; parasitic; won't do manual
labor or pioneer 1.1

Other unfavorable 2.4

8.9%
1.3

3.2

1.3

2.5

1.9

42.3%

19.1%

External and neutral reasons

Religious and racial prejudice 3.7%

Germans; Hitler; dictatorship 2.6

Biblical prophecy being fulfilled;

will of God — persecuted race. ... 2.1
Financial status of Germany; needs

Jewish money to carry on 2.0

Propaganda; agitation 2.0

Political move; Jews made scape-
goat to divert attention from de-
fects of Nazism 1.1

3.2%
5.1

8-3
11.5

7.6

[383]

■S -.

Subjugation of minorities; fear of
overthrow; desire for sole con-
trol 6%

Other; general reasons 2.0

Don't know

"-^^

1.9%
6.4

16.1
43.3

44.6
22.9

114.5%*

122.2%*

BY OPINIONS ON IMMIGRATION

s-s

Reasons unfavorable to the Jews.

. 26.0%

46.1%

Reasons favorable

. 21.8

12.4

Reasons neutral or external

. 29.0

15.2

Don't know

. 38.1

41.0

114.9%

114.7%

BY OPINIONS ON

ANTI-SEMITISM

S
■5
■t;

Reasons unfavorable to the Jews.

33.9%

67.7%

Reasons favorable

. 17.8

11.0

Reasons neutral or external

. 19.8

16.3

Don't know

. 42.5

25.4

114.0%* 120.4%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

13. (US July '39) Which of the following statements most
nearly represents your general opinion on the Jewish question?
(foe)

In the United States the Jews have the same standing
as any other peoples and they should be treated in
all ways exactly as any other Americans 38.9%

Jews are in some ways distinct from other Americans,
but they make respected and useful citizens so long
as they don't try to mingle socially where they are
not wanted 10.8

Jews have some different business methods and, there-
fore, some measures should be taken to prevent Jews
from getting too much power in the business world . 31.8

We should make it a policy to deport Jews from this
country to some new homeland as fast as it can be
done without inhumanity 10.1

Don't know 6.5

Refused to answer 3.0

101.1%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US July 15 '42) Why do you think Hitler took away the

power of the Jews in Germany? (opor)

Scapegoat 7%

Germany overcrowded *

Jews ruin country 1

Jews too powerful 20

Hitler hates Jews 18

Jewish traits 2

Jews running economy 26

Other 4

Don't know 22

No answer 4

104%**

♦Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (US July 15 '42) Do you think it was a good idea for him
[Hitler] to do this [take away the power of the Jews in Ger-
many]? (opor)

Yes 14%,

No 58

No opinion 16

Qualified answers 8

No answer 4

16. (US July 15 '42) Do you think Hitler did the right thing
when he took away the power of the Jews in Germany? (opor^

Yes 17%

No.. 62

Don't know 16

Qualified answers 4

No answer 1

17. (US July 15 '42) Do you think the Jews have too much
power and influence in this country? (opor)

Yes 44% No 41% No opinion and no answer 15%

18. (US Jan '43, Dec '44, Nov '45) Do you think that Jewish
people in the United States have too much influence in the
business world, not enough influence, or about the amount of
influence they should have? (norc)

Too Nat About Don't

much enough right know

Jan '43 49.7% 2.0% 33.4% 13.3%

Dec '44 57 2 29 11

Nov '45 58 1 30 11

* Less than 0.5%.

Qualified

answers

1.6%

1
*

19. (US Jan 7 '43) It is said that two million Jews have been
killed in Eutope since the war began. Do you think this is
true or just a rumor? (aipo)

True 47% Rumor 29% No opinion 24%

20. (Sweden Dec '43) Do you approve or disapprove of the
government's steps to offer Danish Jews freedom in Sweden?
(sGi)

Dis- Don't

Approve approve know

National total 77% 7% 16%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 75%

Country 78

Men. . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 80%
. . 74

10%

7%
7

15%
16

13%
19

21. (US Dec 15 '43) Do you think Roosevelt has appointed
about the tight number of Jews to jobs in Washington, too
many, or not enough? (aipo)

[ :?84 ]

About right 18%

Too many 33

Not enough 2

No opinion 46

No answer 1

22. (US Dec 15 '43) After the war, do you think the Germans
should make up some of the losses suffered by the Jews, or
should they not make up any losses? (aipo)

Make up some 66%

Not make up any 13

Undecided ' 17

Qualified (if they can afford it) 3

No answer 1

23. (US Dec '44) Do you think of the Jews in this country
as being a religious group, like Methodists, Catholics, and
Quakers — or as being a nationality group, like Poles, Swedes,
and Italians? (norc)

Religious 32%

Nationality 49

Both 6

Neither 4

Don't know 9

24. (Germany Oct 26 '45) Which of these statements do you
consider as generally true — (1) the treatment the Jews received
under Hitler was just what they deserved. (2) Hitler went too
far in his treatment oi the Jews, but something had to be done
to keep them within bounds. (3) The anti-Jewish measures
were absolutely unjustified, (omgus)

Statement 1 —

Statement 2 19%

Statement 3 77

No opinion 3

Other 1

25. (US Feb '46) Anti-Semitism is strongest among the age
group thirty-five to forty-nine, weakest among the age group
twenty-one to thirty-four, (for)

ANALYSIS or ANTI-SEMITISM BY AGE

All United

States Anti-
adults Semites

21-34 years 31.4% 25.8%

35-49 years 33.2 39.8

50 years and over. . . 35.4 34.4
Anti-Semitism is strongest in large cities, weakest in small
towns.

ANALYSTS OF ANTI-SEMITISM BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

All United

States
adults
42.2%

25,000 and over.

Under 25,000 37.5

Rural farm 20.3

Anti-Semitism is strongest in the Northeast and Middle
West, weakest in the South and Far West.

Anti-
Semites

47.5%

31.7

20.8

ANALYSIS OF ANTI-SEMITISM BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

All United

States Anti-
adults Semites

Northeast 28.2% 36.2%

Middle West 30.9 35 8

South 29.7 20 8

Far West 11.2 7 2

Anti-Semitism increases with wealth.

ANALYSIS OF ANTI-SEMITISM BY ECONOMIC STATUS

All United

States Anti-

adults Semites*

Rich 6.8% 10.4%

Upper middle 22.9 26.2

Lower middle 41.7 45.3

Poor 20.0 15.8

Negroes 8.6 2.3

* Identified as .inti-Semites are 8.8% of the sample who took one
both of two opportunities to express hostility to the Jews in answer
other questions on the ballot.

26. (Germany Mar 29 '46) It was also said that international
Jewry alone would profit from the war. Now that the war is
over, do you think that is true? (omgus)

Yes 14% No 74% No opinion 12%

27. (Germany Mar 29 '46) A cross-section comparable to the
one used for the preceding question was asked: Hitler also said
that the international Jewry alone would profit from the war.
Now that the war is over, do you think that is the truth?
(omgus)

Yes 11% No 77% No opinion 12%

28. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statements: (omgus)

AMERICAN ZONE
AND BERLIN

BERLIN ONLY

Yes No

No
opin-

Yes No

Jews shouldn't have the
same rights as those
belonging to the Aryan
race

Jews should have the
same legal rights as
members of the Aryan
race

33% 62% 5% 25%

No
opin-

in the same

29. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Should Jews be allowed to go to
the same restaurants as non-Jews? (omgus)

Yes 647o

No 12

No opinion 2

Qualified answers. . 22

30. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Would you have anything against
Jews living on the same street with you? .
house? (omgus)

Living on same street

Yes 5%

No 73

No opinion 1

No answer *

Qualified answers. . 21

Living in same house

Yes 12%

No 66

No opinion 2

No answer *

Qualified answers. . 20

♦ Less than 0.5%

31. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Would you work with a Jew?
(omgus)

* Less than 0.5%-
32. (Germany Dec

(OMGUS)

* Less than 0.5%.

Yes 73%

No 11

No opinion 2

No answer *

Qualified answers. . 14

10 '46) \\'ould you work under a

Yes 64%

No 18

No opinion 3

No answer *

Qualified answers. . 15

[385]

war? 76% of the sample who thought Jews should have the
same chance as other people were asked: Do you think the
Jews of other countries should have the same chance as non-
Jews of other countries to settle in America after the war?
(norc)

Jews shouldn't have the same chance as other people to

je^yj settle in all countries 18%

Don't know whether or not they should have the same

chance to settle in all countries 6

Should have the same chance as non-Jews to settle in

America 61

Should not have the same chance as non-Jews to settle in

America 12

Don't know whether or not they should have the same

chance to settle in America 3

JEWS

Colonization

1. (us Nov 22 '38) Should we allow a larger number of Jewish
exiles from Germany to come to the United States to live?
(aipo)

Yes 23% No 77% = 100% No opinion 8%

2. (US Nov 22 '38) Should our government contribute money
to help Jewish and Catholic exiles from Germany settle in
lands like Africa and South America? (aipo)

Yes 43% No 57%

3. (Great Britain Feb '39) Should the British government
continue its policy of allowing Jews to settle in Palestine?
(bipo)

Yes 60% No 14% No opinion 26%

4. (Great Britain May '39) The British government proposes
to make Palestine an independent state under joint Arab-
Jewish control in ten years' time. Do you approve or dis-
approve? (bipo)

Approve 45% Disapprove 23% No opinion 32%

5. (Australia Aug-Sept '44) Would you agree to a Jewish
settlement in North Australia? (apop)

Yes 37% No 47% No opinion 16%

6. (US Dec '44 and May '46) As far as you know, does Pales-
tine rule herself or is she ruled by some other country? Those
who said Palestine was ruled by another country were asked:
Can you tell me the name of the country that rules Palestine
at the present time? (norc)

Dec '44 May '46

Don't know , 45% 34%

Independent 12 11

Another country, but could

not name country 9 7

Some country other than Great

Britain 2 3

Great Britain 32 45

7. (US Dec '44) Do you think the Jews should be given a spe-
cial chance to settle in Palestine after the war, or do you think
all people should have the same chance to settle there? (norc)
Jews 45% All people same 44% Don't know 11%

8. (US Dec '44) Do you think the Jews should have the same
chance as other people to settle in all other countries after the

9. (US Dec '44) There are over a million Arabs and over half
a million Jews in Palestine. Do you think the British, who
control Palestine, should do what some Jews ask and set up a
Jewish state there, or should they do what some Arabs ask
and not set up a Jewish state? 36% of the sample thought the
British should set up a Jewish state and 32% said they didn't
know. These two groups were asked: Do you think the United
States Government should officially demand that Palestine be
made into a Jewish state, or don't you think so? (norc)

British should not set up Jewish state ^2%

British should follow neither Jewish nor Arab wishes. . . 10
United States should officially demand that Palestine be

made into a Jewish state 20

United States should not demand Jewish state 30

Don't know whether or not United States should demand

Jewish state 18

10. (US Dec '44) Do you think the American government
should officially urge the British government to set up a Jew-
ish state in Palestine, or don't you think our government
should? Asked of 68% of the sample who thought that the
British should set up a Jewish state in Palestine or didn't know
what she should do. (norc)

Urge 27% Not urge 23% Don't know 18% = 68%

11. (US Dec '44) If the Jews have a state of their own in Pales-
tine, do you think all Jews should be urged to live there or
not? (norc)

Urged to live in Palestine . . . 39%

Not be urged 54

Don't know 7

12. (US Nov 22 '45) Here are two statements. Please tell me
with which one you most nearly agree: a Jewish state in Pales-
tine is a good thing for the Jews, and every possible effort
should be made to establish Palestine as a Jewish state, or
commonwealth, for those who want to settle there; Jews are
a religious group only and not a nation, and it would be bad
for the Jews to try to set up a Jewish state in Palestine or any-
where else? Asked of a national cross-section of Jewish people.
(nyht)

Pro- Anti-
Jewish Jewish Unde-
state state cided
National total 80.1% 10.5% 9.4%

BY AGE '

21-34 years 77.9% 13.6% 8.5%

35-49 years 79.1 12.4 8.5

50 years and over 82.9 6.0 11.1

[386]

Pro- Anti-

Jewish Jewish
state state

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 73:9%

Upper middle 75.4

Lower middle 84.1

Poor 79.3

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 81.0%

Middle West 80.1

South 67.0

Far West 83.2

BY LANGUAGE ABILITY

17.5%
14.6

8.0

8.8

9.9%
11.4
18.5

5.8

12.1%
4.6

7.6

Unde-
cided

8.6%
10.0

7.9
11.9

9.1%

8.5
14.5
11.0

9.0%
11.1
12.4

Speaks English well 78.9%

Speaks English brokenly 84.3

Does not read English 80.0

13. (US Dec 5 '45) Have you followed the discussion about
permitting Jews to settle in Palestine? (aipo)

Yes 55% No 45%,

14. (US Dec 5 '45) What is your opinion of this issue [allow-
ing Jews to settle in Palestine]? Asked of a national cross-
section of those who had followed the discussion about
permitting Jews to settle in Palestine. 55% of the sample is
represented, (aipo)

Up to the Arabs 1%

Leave it to England 1

Against it 7

Favor for those Jews who desire it. . 4

Miscellaneous 3

Don't know 8

Favor the idea 76

100% of those
questioned

15. (Great Britain Dec 14 '45) Do you know about the present
difficulties over Palestine? 74% of the sample who said they
knew about the difficulties were asked: Do you approve or
disapprove of the way our Government is handling the Pales-
tine problem? (bipo)

Not fa-
miliar

with
problem

26%

Approve
National total 26%

BY SI

Men 32%,

Women 19

BY Ai

21-29 years 26%

30-49 years 27

50 years and over 23

Dis-
approve

26%
17

23%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 36% 33%

Middle 31 30

Lower 23 17

Don't

know

27%

23%
31

25%

23%

19%
33

26%

8%
12
32

16. (US Jan 23 '46) Have you followed the news about the
disorders' in Palestine? 58% of the sample who said they had
followed the news were asked: Who do you think is more to
blame for these disorders — the Jews, Arabs, or the British?
(aipo)

Unfamiliar with the subject 42%

Think Jews to blame 12

Arabs 10

British 33

Miscellaneous answers 1

No opinion as to who is to blame. . . 11

109%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents blamed
more tlian one country.

17. (US Jan 23 '46) Would you approve or disapprove of
sending United States soldiers to maintain peace there [in
Palestine]? Asked of 58%i of the sample who said they had fol-
lowed the news about the disorders in Palestine, (aipo)
Approve 7% Disapprove 48% No opinion 3% = 58%

18. (Canada Feb 9 '46) As you know, there has been trouble
in Palestine between the Arabs and the Jewish people who
wish to settle there. Do you think that Jewish people should
be allowed to settle freely in Palestine, should only a limited
number be allowed in, or do you think that no more Jewish
people should be allowed to settle in Palestine? (cipo)

Settle Limited No more

freely number allowed Undecided

National total 49%o 20%o 7% 24%o

Upper . .
Middle.
Lower. .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

45% 31% 5% 19%

48 23 7 22

53 13 7 27

19. (US May '46) Did you hear or read anything about the
recent report by the Anglo-American committee on Palestine?
28% of the sample who said they were familiar with the re-
port were asked: In general, do you approve or disapprove of
the proposals made in this report? (norc)

Unfamiliar with the report 72%

Approve the proposals 12

Disapprove the proposals 6

Don't know whether or not approve 10

20. (US May '46) As you remember, the report recommends
that one hundred thousand more Jewish refugees be admitted
to Palestine in spite of protests by the Atabs there. President
Truman has said he thinks this ought to be done. Now England
says that the United States ought to help her keep order in
Palestine if trouble breaks out between the Jews and the
Arabs. Do you think we should help keep order there, or
should we keep out of it? (norc)

Keep out of it 61%

Help keep order .28
Undecided 11

21. (US May 15 '46) Have you followed the discussion about
the plan to allow one hundred thousand Jews to settle in Pales-
tine? (aipo)

Yes 50%, No 50%

22. (US May 15 '46) Do you think this [allowing one hun-
dred thousand Jews to settle in Palestine] is a good idea or a
poor idea? Asked of a national cross-section of people who
had heard of the problem of the Jews' entry into Palestine
50% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Good 78% Poor 14%

No opinion 8% = 100% of those questioned

23. (US May 15 '46) It has been suggested that the United
Nations handle the problem of letting Jews settle in Palestine.
Do you think this is a good idea or a poor idea? Asked of a

[387]

national cross-section of people who had heard of the problem
of the Jews' entry into Palestine. 50% of the sample is repre-
sented, (aipo)

Good 72% Poor 19%

No opinion 9% = 100% of those questioned

24. (US June 26 '46) Would you approve or disapprove a plan
to require each nation to take in a given number of Jewish
and other European refugees, based upon the size and popula-
tion of each nation? (aipo)

Approve 40% Disapprove 49% No opinion 11%

26. (US Aug 14 '46) Have you followed the problem of per-
mitting Jews to enter Palestine? 54% of the sample who said
they had followed the problem were asked: What do you
think should be done about this problem? (aipo)

Haven't followed the problem 46%

Jews should be allowed to enter 27

There should be quotas; a few allowed at a time 3

They should be given a homeland (not necessarily Pales-
tine) 4

Let them come here 1

All nations should be open to them 2

They should not be allowed to enter 1

Not our problem; let others settle it 3

Anti-Semitic answers '. 3

Miscellaneous 4

Didn't say what should be done 6

26. (US Aug 14 '46) Have you heard or read about the prob-
lem of permitting Jews to enter Palestine? 80% of the sample
who said they had heard or read of the problem were asked:
What do you think should be done about this problem? (aipo)

Hadn't heard of the problem 20%

Jews should be allowed to enter 35

There should be quotas; a few allowed at a time 2

They should be given a homeland (not necessarily Pales-
tine) 7

Let them come here 1

All nations should be open to them 2

They should not be allowed to enter 2

Not our problem; let others settle it 4

Anti-Semitic answers 3

Miscellaneous 5

Didn't say what should be done 19

27. (US Aug 28 '46) Would you approve or disapprove a plan
to require each nation to take in a given number of Jewish and
other European refugees, based upon the size and population
of each nation? (aipo)

Approve 37% Disapprove 48% No opinion 15%

28. (US Aug 28 '46) President Truman plans to ask Congress
to allow more Jewish and other European refugees to come to
the United States to live than are allowed under the law now.
Would you approve or disapprove of this idea? (aipo)
Approve 16% Disapprove 72% No opinion 12%

29. (US Aug 28 '46) From what you have heard or read, why
don't the British let more Jews into Palestine? (aipo)

British want to retain control 5%

Afraid to arouse Arabs 15

To appease Arabs and protect interests in India, Egypt,

and Arabia 4

No room in Palestine 5

Prejudiced against Jews; afraid they will become leading

power 10

Make too much trouble in Palestine 4

Politics 1

Afraid Arabs will get help from Russia 1%

Miscellaneous 1

No answer 54

30. (US Aug 28 '46) In Palestine, which group do you think
the British have treated better, Jews or Arabs? (aipo)

Jews 7%

Arabs 38

No difference 18

No opinion 37

31. (US Sept 11 '46) Have you followed the discussion re-
garding the Jewish plans to make Palestine a Jewish nation?
51% of the sample who said they had followed the discussion
were asked: Do you think the Arabs will go to war to prevent
the Jews from making Palestine a Jewish nation? (aipo)

Hadn't followed the discussion 49%

Arabs will go to war 32

Arabs will not go to war 13

No opinion as to whether or not the
Arabs will go to war 6

32. (Great Britain Oct '46) There are about six hundred thou-
sand Jewish people who have lost their homes and are looking
for a new land in which to settle. Do you think this problem
should be left for the Jewish refugees themselves to solve, or
do you think it should be handled by the countries of the
United Nations? (bipo)

National total.

Men

Women

Solve
themselves

11%

BY SEX

. . 23%

21-29 years 20%

30-49 years 22

50 years and over 23

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 20%

Middle 20

Lower 24

Very poor 25

BY POLITICS

Conservative 22%

Labor 22

Liberal 21

Other 31

Non-voters 25

United

Nations

57%

63%
49

57%

70%
68
51
42

61%

Don't

know

21%

14%
29

23%

10%
12
25
33

17%

33. (Great Britain Oct '46) Have you, yourself, any ideas as
to how this problem [of six hundred thousand Jewish refugees
without homes] should be solved? (bipo)

A country of their own, preferably Palestine 10%

Let them return to their original countries 2

Let them settle in the United States 1

Let them settle in the Empire 1

Let them colonize empty parts of the world 3

United Nations should solve it; international cooperation 10
Let Jews solve it among themselves; let them stew in their

own juice 4

Let Jews and Arabs arrange it among themselves 2

The Jews are difficult/hard to please 1

The problem cannot be solved 2

Anti-Jewish remarks in general 5

[388]

Let them go where they wish 3%

Miscellaneous 9

No comment 47

34. (Canada Oct 2 '46) As you know Britain is interning Jew-
ish refugees who have attempted to enter Palestine without
permission. Do you think Canada should allow some of these
refugees to settle here or not? (cipo)

No, should not allow 61%

Yes, should allow 23

Qualified answers 6

Undecided 10

35. (Australia Nov '46) Do you favor or oppose limiting the
number of Jews who enter Palestine? (apop)

Limit their entry 44% Don't limit 44% No answer 12%

36. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Should the Jews be helped to emi-
grate to Palestine or to rebuild their life in Germany? (omgus)

Palestine 43%

Germany 15

Qualified answers. . 38

No opinion 4

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

JUDGES

1. (us Mar 1 '37) The nine justices of the Supreme Court are
lawyers. Would you approve the appointment of a person not
a lawyer to the court? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 70% = 100% No opinion 8%

2. (US Apr 5 '37) Would you favor an amendment to the Con-
stitution requiring Supreme Court judges to retire at some age
between seventy and seventy-five? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 64% 36% = 100% 10%

BY POLITICS

Republican 35°

Democratic

65%
20

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 52% 48%

Middle Atlantic 65 35

East central 59 41

West central 66 34

South 71 29

Mountain 58 42

Pacific coast 71 29

3. (US Apr 26 '37) Would you favor a compromise on the
President's [Supreme] Court plan in which he would appoint
two new judges instead of six? (June 7 '37) Would you favor a
compromise on the [Supreme Court] plan which would permit
the President to appoint two new judges instead of six? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Apr '37 38% 62%, = 100%. 21%

June '37 42 58 =100 20

APR '47 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 47% 53%

Republican 21 79

4. (US July '37) How do you feel about the President
posal that he be allowed to appoint six new younger j
to the Supreme Court? (for)

All

an-
swers

s pro-
ustices

With
opin-

Believe the President is right
and that Congress should pass
the law he requests 26.8%

Don't know much about it, but
if Roosevelt wants it, let him
have it 4.3

Don't know what should be
done, but something defi-
nitely should be done to de-
fine the status of the Supreme
Court 2.5

All right under Roosevelt, but
afraid of what might happen
under someone else 2.6

Leave the number of justices at
nine, but force retirement at
the age of seventy 8.9

Believe it would be better to
submit to vote of the people
a constitutional amendment
enlarging the powers of Con-
gress 3.7

Believe that, instead of enlarg-
ing the Court, it would be
better to pass a law requiring
two-thirds or unanimous
opinions of the Court to over-
rule acts of Congress 33

Let the Supreme Court alone, . . 32.1

Don't know 15.8

Favor plan 36.9%

Indeterminate 3.0

Anti-plan
Rooseveltians

3.1

Favoring
alternative

18.9

Status quo 38.1

BY OPINIONS ON THE THIRD TERM

Favoring Opposing

third third

term term

50.0% 17.2%

2.9 2.1
71.8

Approving President's Supreme Court plan

Indeterminate

For alternative or status quo 29.3

Don't know 17.8

5. (US Sept 16 '37 and Oct 4 '37) When President Roosevelt
appointed Senator Black to the Supreme Court, did you ap-
prove of the appointment? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Sept '37 56% 44% = 100% 36%

Oct '37 56 44 = 100 41

SEPT '37 RESULTS BY SELECTED GROUPS

Catholics 54% 46%

Jews 62 38

Negroes 65 35

6. (US Sept 16 '37) If a man has been a member of the Ku Klux
Klan, should this bar him from serving as a Supreme Court
judge? (aipo)

Yes 57% No 43% = 100% No opinion 11%

7. (US Sept 16 '37) Should Justice Black resign from the Su-
preme Court if it is proved that he has been a member of the
Ku Klux Klan? (aipo)

No opinion
100% 13%

■■■ Yes No

National total 59% 41% =

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 66% 34%

Middle Atlantic 66 34

East central 61 39

West central 62 38

South 35 65

Rocky Mountain 57 43

Pacific coast 67 33

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Catholics 80% 20%

Jews 80 20

Negroes 82 18

BY POLITICS

Democratic 55% 45%

Republican 65 35

8. (US Oct 4 '37) Did you listen to Justice Black's radio talk
last Friday night? [He discussed Klan connections, Oct 1] (aipo)
Yes 38% No 58% No answer 4%

9. (US Oct 4 '37) Do you think Justice Black should resign
from the Supreme Court? (aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

National total 44% 56% = 100% 29%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 58% 42%

Middle Atlantic 56 44

East central 42 58

West central 39 61

South 27 73

Rocky Mountain 32 68

Pacific coast 46 54

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Catholics 63% 37%

Jews 75 25

Negroes 68 32

Democrats who listened* 34 66

All Democrats 36 64

Republicans who listened* . . 64 36

All Republicans 61 39

* To Hugo Black's radio discussion on his Ku Klux Klan connec-
tions, October 1.

10. (US Oct 4 '37) If Justice Black does not resign, do you
think Congress should impeach (remove) him? Asked of a
national cross-section of those with opinions who thought
Justice Black should resign from the Supreme Court. 44% of
the sample is represented, (aipo)

Yes No

National total. . . 31% 69% = 100% of those questioned

BY POLITICS

Democratic 25% 75%

Republican 45 55

11. (US Jan '38) Do you think President Roosevelt's appoint-
ment of Hugo Black to the Supreme Court was a good choice
or a bad choice? (for)

389]

Good Fair Bad Don't

choice choice choice know

National total 22.0% 12.8% 36.2% 29.0%

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Northeast 15.6% C.4% 48.4% 27.6%

Southeast 32.5 13.5 23.7 30.3

BY SELECTED ECONOMIC GROUPS

Prosperous 15.5% 11.7% 58.6% 14.2%

Poor 25.5 11.8 25.3 37.4

12. (US Jan '38) Why [do you think Hugo Black's appoint-
ment to the Supreme Court was a bad choice]? Asked of 36.2%
of the sample who thought Hugo Black was a bad choice, (for)

^ -I

"^ ■§ ■£. 1

fc^ a; § ^ I ^ Q

National total.... 48.9% 24.9% 17.9% 5.4% 2.97o = 100%,

of those questioned

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 34.0% 31.7% 21.8% 9.1%, 3.4%

Poor 60.6 15.6 16.0 3.9 3.9

13. (US Jan 18 '38) Would you like to see the next appoint-
ment to the United States Supreme Court go to a man or a
woman? (aipo)

Man 74% Woman 16% No opinion 10%

14. (US Apr 13 '38) Do you think Supreme Court judges
should be required to retire after reaching a certain age? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 70% 30% = 100% 6%

BY geographical SECTION

New England 68% 32%

Middle Atlantic 69 31

East central 66 34

West central 72 28

South 74 26

Rocky Mountain 74 26

Pacific coast 71 29

BY POLITICS

Democratic 84% 16%

Republican 46 54

15. (US Apr 13 '38) What age [do you think Supreme Court
judges should retire at]? Asked of a national cross-section of
people who thought Supreme Court judges should be required
to retire after reaching a certain age. 70% of the sample with
opinions is represented, (aipo)

Under 60 years 3%

60 years 13

65 years 28

70 years 36

75 years 17

80 years and over. . 3

100% of those

questioned

No answer 4%

Median 70 years

[ 390 ]

16. (US Apr 13 '38) Would you favor an amendment to the
Constitution to fix the number of Supreme Court judges at
nine? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 61% 39% = 100% 18%

New England 61%

Middle Atlantic 60

East central 57

West central 57

South 70

Rocky Mountain 60

Pacific coast 62

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

39%
40

BY POLITICS

Democratic 60%

Republican 64

43
43
30
40
38

40%
36

17. (US Aug 25 '38) Whom would you like to sec President
Roosevelt appoint to the United States Supreme Court to suc-
ceed Justice Cardozo? Asked of a natiooal cross-section of
American lawyers, (aipo)

Felix Frankfurter 27%

Justice Learned Hand 5

John W. Davis 5

Senator Walter George 4

Justice Samuel Bratton 3

Justice J. C. Hutcheson 3

All others 53

18. (US Jan 7 '39) Would you favor a constitutional amend-
ment requiring all United States Supreme Court and federal
judges to retire at seventy? (aipo)

Yes 58% No 34% No opinion 8%

19. (US Jan 10 '39) Do you approve or disapprove of the ap-
pointment of Felix Frankfurter to the United States Supreme
Court? (aipo)

Approve 39% Disapprove 17% No opinion 44%

20. (US Jan 10 '39) Do you think Felix Frankfurter will make
a good United States Supreme Court judge? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 82%, 18% = 100% 18%

BY POLITICS

Republican 72% 28%

Democratic 90 10

BY geographical SECTION

New England 90% 10%

Middle Atlantic 87 13

East central 80 20

West central 77 23

South 77 23

West 78 22

21. (US June 7 '39) In general, do you think judges in the
federal courts of this country are honest? (aipo)

Yes 86% No 14% = 100%

Refuse to say and don't know 19%

22. (US June 7 '39) In general, do you think judges in the
state courts are honest? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 24% = 100% Don't know 16%

23. (US June 7 '39) In general, do you think judges in the
municipal or local courts are honest? (aipo)

National total.

Don't know
Yes No or no answer

11% 28% = 100% 18%

New England 80%

Middle Atlantic.
East central .
West central.

South

Far West. . . .

BY geographical SECTION

20%
33

67
67
75
77
76

25
23

24. (US Aug 8 '45) Can you tell me how many justices there
are on the United States Supreme Court (including the chief
justice)? 40% of the sample who gave the correct answer (nine
or eight) were asked; Can you tell me how many of them are
Republicans and how many are Democrats? (aipo)

Gave incorrect number of justices 19%

Don't know how many justices 41

Correct on number of Democrats and Republicans (7
Democrats and 1 Republican or 7 Democrats and 2

Republicans) 7

Incorrect number of Republicans and Democrats or don't
know 33

25. (US Aug 8 '45) Can you tell me how many justices there
are normally on the United States Supreme Court, including
the chief justice? (aipo)

Correct (9) 36% Incorrect 30^

Don't know 34%

26. (US Aug 8 '45) In your opinion, should a Republican or a
Democrat be appointed to fill the vacancy caused by Republi-
can Justice Roberts' resignation? (aipo)

Republican 37%

Democrat 14

Chosen by fitness and ability, not politics. ... 12

Non-partisan 1

Socialist *

No opinion 36

* Less than 0.57o-

27. (US Aug 8 '45) The President fills all vacancies on the
Supreme Court. Do you think he should appoint about the
same number of Democrats and Republicans or should he
appoint only members of his own party? (aipo)

Nationp.l total.

a IS

56%

Republican 64%

Democratic 52

BY POLITICS

5%
12

19%

20%
19

16%

11%

JUSTICE

1. (US July '36) Which of these two statements most nearly
reflects your opinion: in American criminal courts too much
time is wasted between a man's arrest and his conviction or
acquittal; plenty of time should be given for court procedure

[391]

because that gives an accused man every chance to prove his

innocence? (for)

Time wasted 56.3%

Plenty of time should be given. . . . 43.7

2. (US Dec 28 '36) Should trial juries, in cases not involving
murder, be permitted to return a verdict by a three-fourths
majority instead of by unanimous vote as at present? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 57% 43% = 100% 19%

Lawyers only 42 58

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 54'

Middle Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Mountain

Pacific coast

54%

46%

3. (US Mar 26 '42) Do you think a poor man gets just as fair
treatment in the law courts as a rich man? (opor)

Yes 36%

No 59%

No opinion 5?

4. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: Right should be
based on justice rather than on might, (omgus)

AMERICAN ZONE AND BERLIN

Yes 96%

Yes

No 3%

BERLIN ONLY

98% No

No opinion 1%

Yes 61%

No 39% = 100%

No opinion 42%

2. (US Nov 4 '36) Should newspapers print more or less news
about King Edward and Mrs. Simpson? (aipo)

More 19%

Less 81% = 100% No opinion 32%

3. (US Dec 14 '36) Would you like to have Edward and Mrs.
Simpson make their home in the United States? Qune 7 '37)
Would you like to have former King Edward and his wife live
in this country? (aipo)

Dec '36

Yes
61%

June '37 61

No
39%
39

1937 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 51% 49%

Middle Atlantic. . 62 38

East central 65 35

West central 60 40

South 59 41

Rocky Mountain. 68 32

Pacific coast 61 39

4. (Great Britain June 29 '37) Should the Duke and Duchess
of Windsor be invited to return to England to live? (bipo)

Yes 61% No 39% = 100% No opinion 4%

5. (Great Britain Nov '37) Would you like to have the Duke
and Duchess of Windsor be invited to return to England to
live? (Dec '38) Would you like the Duke and Duchess of
Windsor to make their home in England? (bipo)

Yes No No opinion

JUVENILE DELINQUENCY

1. (us Mar 27 '46) Police records show that a large number
of crimes are being committed by teen-age boys and girls.
What do you think is the main reason for this juvenile delin-
quency? (aipo)

Lack of parental control and supervision; neglect 47%

War jobs of mothers; both parents working 11

Improper training at home; poor conditions in home. . . 14
Lack of recreational facilities for teen-agers; nothing else

to do; leisure time 8

Lack of education, religious training 4

War hysteria; faster living during wartime 10

Fathers in service; homes broken by war 2

Bad movies; too many movies; radio programs; news-
papers; bad books 3

Too much money; war jobs 4

Easy access to liquor; poolrooms; bad company; parking;

running around 4

Miscellaneous 3

No answer 5

Dec '38.

100

115%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

KINGS AND RULERS

1. (us Nov 4 '36) Would you like to have King Edward marry
Mrs. Simpson? (aipo)

6. (us May 2 '39) When Americans are presented to the King
and Queen of England on their visit to this country, do you
think American women should curtsy or shake hands? (aipo)
Curtsy 22% Shake hands 78% = 100% No opinion 12%

7. (US May 2 '39) When Americans are presented to the King
and Queen of England on their visit to this country, do you
think American men should bow, or should they shake hands?
(aipo)

Bow 21% Shake hands 79% = 100% No opinion 11%

8. (US June 16 '39) It has been suggested that President and
Mrs. Roosevelt go to England to pay a return visit to the King
and Queen. Do you favor this idea? (aipo)

Should go Should not No opinion

National total 5l7o 49% = 100% 13%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 47%

Middle Atlantic.
East central .
West central.

South

West

54
47
48
62
46

53%

9. (US June 16 '39) If Roosevelt goes [to England to pay a re-
turn visit to the King and Queen] should he go while he is
still President or after he has left the White House? (aipo)

Still president 51%

After leaving White House. 49

Don't know.

100%
. 21%

[392]

10. (US Sept '39) Were the impressions you got of the King
and Queen of England during their visit here favorable, un-
favorable, or neutral toward them personally? (for)

Favorable 65.5?

Unfavorable 3.2% Neutral 31.3%

11. (US Sept '39) Which of the following do you think was
the real reason for the English royal visit in this country? (for)
They came to try to influence this country to go to war

to defend England if trouble comes 23.9%

Their visit was mainly to help advertise British goods

and British trade here 4.1

Their visit was no more than a token of friendship

among English-speaking people 58.1

Don't know 13.9

12. (US Sept '39) Do you think that President Roosevelt
should return the royal visit by going to England? (for)

Yes, return the visit 31.9% No 50.9% Don't know 17.2%

13. (US Apr '42) Do you think the British part of this pro-
posed nation [union of United States and Britain] should or
should not give up having a king and queen? (for)

Should 51.7% Should not 26.7% Don't know 21.6%

14. (Sweden June '43) Have you ever seen the King in person?
(sGi)

Yes No

National total 55% 45%

BY AGE

20-29 years 44% 56%

30-49 years 57 43

50 years and over 62 38

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 50% 50%

Malar district 65 35

East Gotland 57 43

West Gotland 51 49

Skane 49 51

36%
54

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Town 64%

Country 46

15 (Sweden June '43) Has he [the King] spoken to you?
Asked of 55% of a national sample who said they had seen the
King. (sGi)

Yes No

National total. ... 7% 93%. = 100% of those questioned

BY SEX

Men 9% 91%

Women 3 97

20-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over .

4%
6

BY AGE

96%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Stockholm 7% 93%

Other towns 6 94

Country 6 94

16. (US Apr '44) Which of these comes closest to expressing
your idea of the position of the Japanese Emperor? (for)

He is the dictator 16.4%

He is to Japan what the King is to England 57

He is only a figurehead (except in religion) 18.6

He is the only Japanese god 44.2

Don't know 15.1

17. (US May 29 '45) Can you tell me the name of the Em-
peror of Japan? (aipo)

Hirohito 54%

Tojo 5

Can't pronounce it; Chiang Kai-shek; Yokohama; Hara

Kiri, Fujiyama, or didn't say 40

Tito 1

18. (US May 29 '45) What do you think we should do with
the Japanese Emperor after the war? (aipo)

Execute him 33%

Let court decide his fate 17

Keep him in prison the rest of his life 11

Exile him 9

Do nothing, he's only a figurehead for war lords 4

Use him as a puppet to rule Japan 3

No opinion and miscellaneous answers 23

19. (Australia Aug '45) Have you formed an opinion on what
should be done with the Emperor of Japan after the war? 67%
of the men and 60% of the women said they had formed opin-
ions, (apop)

Execute him 25%

Treat him as a war criminal 22

Exile, imprison, dethrone 9

Do nothing, he's a figurehead 3

Use him as a puppet 3

Miscellaneous and no opinion 38

100% of those
with opinions

20. (Great Britain Aug 26 '45) Do you think that the Japa-
nese Emperor should or should not be deprived of his throne?
(bipo)

Should Should not Don' (know

National total.

Men

Women

67'

BY SEX

. . 69%
65

BY AGE

21-29 years 67%

30-49 years 66

50 years and over 68

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 57%

Middle 61

Lower 70

22%

23%
20

24%

32%

11%

8%
15

9%
12
12

11%

21. (Australia Nov '45) Do you think that Emperor Hirohito
should be used as a puppet ruler under Allied control or should
he be charged as a war criminal? (apop)

Treat as war criminal 73%

Use as puppet 19

No opinion 8

KU KLUX KLAN

1. (US Aug 14 '46) Will you tell me what the Ku Klux Klan
is? (aipo)

[393]

Organization to maintain white supremacy; lynch Ne-
groes; racial and religious discrimination 28%

A secret organization 17

Organization which forces others to do things, takes law

into own hands 13

A fraternal organization 1

A religious organization 4

A political organization 2

Organization to promote justice and fraternity, to up-
hold American ideals 2

An organization 7

Miscellaneous 2

No answer; don't know 30

106%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Aug 14 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of the Ku
Klux Klan? Asked of 70% of the sample who thought they
knew what the Ku Klux Klan was. (aipo)

Approve 5% Disapprove 58% No opinion 7% = 70%

3. (US Aug 14 '46) Do you think it should be against the law
to join such organizations as the Ku Klux Klan? A comparable
cross-section was asked the following question: Do you think
there should be a law which forbids the Ku Klux Klan organi-
zation? Results were combined. Asked of 70% of the sample
who knew what the Ku Klux Klan was. (aipo)

Yes 41% No 21% No opinion 8% = 70%

LABOR AND LABORING CLASSES

1. (us Oct '35) Do you believe that in general labor is fairly
or unfairly treated in this country today? (for)

Fairly Unfairly Don't know
National total 46.9% 42.5% 10.6%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous.. 67.7% 23.3% 9.0%

upper middle 58.3 30.1 11.6

Lower middle 47.5 41.4 11.1

Poor 32.3 58.1 9.6

Negro 16.3 74.7 9.0

BY OCCUPATION

Proprietors 58.0% 32.4% 9.6%

Salaried persons 56.3 37. 1 6.6

Factory labor 39.2 50.5 10.3

Housewives 38.5 45.5 16.0

Farm labor 24.1 62.9 13.0

No employment 26.2 63.8 10.0

2. (US Dec 14 '36) Is there an age in your work at which
an individual becomes unable to compete successfully with
younger persons? 54% of the sample who said there was such
an age were asked : At what age? (aipo)

No such age 31%

Don't know whether or not such an age exists 15

Unable to compete at:

70 years 3

65 years 7

60 years 12

55 years 5

50 years 10

45 years 5%

40 years 3

Other ages mentioned 3

No opinion as to what age inability to compete begins. . 6

3. (US Jan 11 '38) In your line of work, are persons over forty
able to do the work as well as persons under forty? (aipo)

Yes 70% No 21% No opinion 9%

4. (US June '40) Which of these people do you feel have been
on the whole helpful to labor and which harmful? Asked of a
national cross-section of all working classes including unem-
ployed workers, (for)

Helpful

Henry Ford ,. 73.6%

Senator Wagner 51-8

William Green 49.7

Secretary of Labor Perkins ... 43.4

Alfred P. Sloan, Jr 25.5

Senator Robert La Follette. . . 22.0

Senator Burton K. Wheeler. . . 19.1

John L. Lewis 32.6

Norman Thomas 14.1

Tom Girdler 4.4

Earl Browder 4.2

Harmful

12.3%

5.6
18.2
19.4

1.1

3.2
44.6
20.5

9.7
39.4

Don' t know

14.1%

42.6

32.1

37.2

66.8

72.5

11.1

22.8

65.4

85.9

56.4

5. (US Oct 7 '41) What do you think is causing the labor

trouble at this time? (aipo)

Foreigners 29%

Union graft 18

High cost of living 11

Wages 9

Labor unions 9

Unpatriotic 7 •

Workers' greed 7

Administration 6

Other 17

No answer 12

125%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US Dec '41) After the present war is over, do you think
people will have to work harder, about the same, or not so
hard as before it started? (for)

Harder 69.9%

About the same 18.0

Not so hard 7.1

Don't know 50

7. (US May 30 '42) From what you have heard, would you
say there are any workers in war industries who are purposely
holding back on the job? 21% of the sample who said they
thought some workers were holding back were asked: A great
many or only a few? (norc)

None holding back 64%

Don't know whether or not some are holding back 15

A great many holding back 4

Only a few holding back 15

Don't know how many holding back 2

8. (US May 30 '42) Which of these reasons do you think might
be causing workers to hold back on the job? Asked of 21% of
the sample who thought there were workers in war industries
who were purposely holding back on the job and 15% who
said they didn't know if there were such workers, (norc)

[ tm ]

They aren't really much concerned about winning the
war 8%

They think their wages are too low 10

They think if they speed up their work now the company
will make them produce just as fast after the war is
over 5

They don't think the employers arc making the best pos-
sible use of the plant machinery and equipment 4

They think if they work harder and produce more they'll
just be making bigger profit for the company 8

None 3

Don't know 10

48%*
* Percentages add to more than 36 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US May 30 '42) If workers give up some of their gains
now — like shorter hours and better wages — do you think they
will get them back after the war? (norc)

Yes 47% No 33%, Don't know 20%

10. (US Jan '43) A national cross-section of the "working
force" — factory labor, miners, transportation and public-
utility workers, personal-service workers (janitors, beauti-
cians, laundrymen, domestics, etc.) — were asked nine ques-
tions in an effort to gauge how well-informed the working
force was. The questions asked for this purpose: the name of
the Secretary of War, the man in charge of keeping prices
down, the head of the War Production Board, the two Sena-
tors from the respondent's state, the presidents of the AFL
and of the CIO. Also asked was whether the number of federal
bureaus and agencies had increased or decreased during the
past ten years, and whether or not all Russian workers are
paid the same amount of money regardless of the kind of work
they do. (for)

Percentages of factory workers answering each of the nine
questions correctly.

Henry L. Stimson 45. 3%

Leon Henderson 41

Donald Nelson 35

Both Senators 21

One Senator 24

William Green 52

Philip Murray 35

V'ariation in Russian wages 39

Increase in federal bureaus 79

BY SEX AND OCCUPATION

Ufi-
infor?nid

Well Poorly

informed informed
Men

Transport and utility workers . 26.6%

Factory workers 23.4

Personal-service workers 24.1

Mine workers 19. 4

Women

Factory workers 7.6

Personal-service workers 6.3

Factory workers in the South. . . 12.6

11. (Germany Apr 15 '46) Do you think that the lot of the
German workers before the war, under the Nazi regime, was
better or worse than that of the American worker? (omgus)

Germans better 13%

Americans better 30

No difference 10

Not sufficiently informed 41

No opinion; don't know; can't say 5

No answer 1

38.6%
36.4
37.5
34.6

24.9
233

26.2

34.8%
40.2
38.4
46.0

67.5
70.4
61.2

12. (US Sept 11 '46) Could workers you know turn out more
work per day without overworking themselves? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 24%o No opinion 11%

13. (Great Britain Nov '46) What do you think is the main
reason why many people are not prepared to work harder than
they are doing at the present time? (bipo)

High level of taxation 18%

Not enough goods to buy 5

Insufficient food 9

Bad living conditions (housing, queues, etc.) 1

War-weariness 12

Wages too low; high cost of living 6

Wages too high; too much coddling of workers 3

Bad working conditions; poor promotion prospects 3

Effects of high wartime earnings 1

Too much idling allowed 1

People are too lazy, selfish, pleasure-loving 8

Disappointment due to continued austerity 3

People feel they did their bit during the war 1

People find it difficult to settle down after the war 1

Anxiety; lack of security 4

Inequality of effort by different social classes 2

Trade unions are responsible 1

Poor government propaganda; workers get no thanks. . . 1

Workers have no incentive 2

Fault of the Labor government 1

People no longer think it necessary to work; work has

lost its former prestige 2

Not true; everybody is working hard 4

Miscellaneous 6

No comment 5

LABOR LAWS AND LEGISLATION

1. (US Apr 13 '38 and Nov 15 '39) Do you think the Wagner
Labor Act is fair to employers? (aipo)

Apr '38.,
Nov '39.

Yes

25%
22

No
11%
19

No opinion;
don't know

53%
59

2. (US Apr 13 '38 and Nov 15 '39) Do you think the Wagner
Labor Act is fair to employees? The 1939 question read "work-
ers" instead of "employees." (aipo)

Yes No

Apr '38 32% 14%

Nov '39 33 10

No opinion;
don't know

54%
57

3. (US Apr 13 '38, Oct 8 '38, Jan 25 '39, Mar 30 '39, Apr 6 '39,
Apr 19 '39, Nov 15 '39, Dec 13 '39, Jan 20 '40, Oct 9 '40, Nov
27 '46) Do you think the Wagner Labor Act should be revised,
repealed, or left unchanged? (aipo)

Apr '38 43% 19% 38% = 100%

Oct '38 52 18 30 =100

*Jan '39 48 18 34 =100

Mar '39 27 9 19

50%

45 = 100%o

Apr 6 '39.

100

[395]

Apr 19 '39 27%

Nov '39 25

*Dcc '39 53

*Jan '40 53

*Oct '40 24

*Nov '46 53

I/O

12
18
16
6
11

tJ 1

■S

30
29
31
27
36

= 100%
= 100

= 100

47%
33

100%
100

= 100

* The question was asked only of those who indicated some famil-
iarity with the Act.

New England

Apr '38

Oct '38

Middle Atlantic

Apr '38

Oct '38

East central

Apr '38

Oct '38

West central

Apr '38

Oct '38

South

Apr '38

Oct '38

Kocky Mountain

Apr '38

Oct '38

Pacific coast

Apr '38

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

35% 19% 46%
53 19 28

45
52

48
56

38
61

37
53

33
22

25
18

22
19

21
23

42
31

19
22

36
30

40
20

42
24

BY POLITICS

Democratic

Apr '38 39% 11% 50%

Oct '38 50 14 36

Jan '39 45

Dec '39 50

Republican

Apr '38 49

Oct '38 58

Jan '39 56

Dec '39 58

JAN 1939 RESULTS BY ECCtNOMIC STATUS

Upper 58% 25% 17%

Middle 51 18 31

Lower 34 13 53

4. (US Jan 25 '39, Jan 20 '40, Nov 27 '46) In what way [should
the Wagner Labor Act be revised]? Asked of a national cross-
section of those with opinions who thought the Wagner
Labor Act should be revised, (aipo)

1939 RESULTS

More fair to employer 59%

Unions made more responsible 2

Act should apply to more lines of work 6

NLRB should not have so much authority 6

Should agree with the varying conditions in different

states and sections 6

More fair to worker 6

Adjustment in method of settling strikes 2

Should agree with varying conditions in different corpo-
rations, especially small ones 2

Make fair to all unions, both national and local 2

All others 7%

Evasion of law should be made impossible with strict
penalties in such cases 2

No answer

1940 RESULTS

Make it fairer to employer

Make it fairer to both sides

Stricter control of union activities

Raise wages

More specific rules and regulations

Make it applicable to various sections of country

Make it less dictatorial, more democratic

Eliminate NLRB; appeal directly to courts

Create more cooperative spirit between labor and em

ployer

Help give more work

Make more workable for small businessman

All others

100%
37%

30%
21

100%

No answer 23%

1946 RESULTS

Clarified, much less ambiguous 3%

Get the consumer in there too 1

Management and labor should be on an equal basis 30

Act should be strengthened, amended 24

Should have more restrictions on strikes 15

Limit the power of labor leaders 3

No opinion 19

Make unions arbitrate 3

More government control over unions 1

Protect public interests 1

5. (US Jan 20 '40 and Nov 27 '46) What is your opinion of the
Wagner Labor Act? (aipo)

1940 RESULTS

General and miscellaneous approval 40%

Has helped labor 7

All right if enforced strictly 3

All right but poorly administered 2

All right but needs time to work out 1

Has made more jobs 1

Some of it good, some bad 3

Unfair to employer 13

Should be revised 6

Unstable, too many loopholes 1

It has failed 1

Should be repealed 1

Doesn't include enough occupations in its scope 1

Too radical 1

General and miscellaneous disapproval 19

100%
No answer 55%

1946 RESULTS

All right; fair 15%

Should be amended; needs improvement 5

Unfair to management 1

One-sided 2

Disapprove, bad law 7

Good for workers *

No opinion 70

* Less than 0.5%.

100%

[396]

6. (US July 7 '43) Are you familiar with the Connally-Smith
Bill passed by Congress over the President's veto? (aipo)

Yes 38%

No 62%

55.7%

12.2%

5.4

16.7

26.4

21.7

63.7

12.6

7. (US July 7 '43) In general are you for or against this law
[Connally-Smith Bill]? Asked of a national cross-section of
persons who were familiar with the Connally-Smith Bill. 38%
of the sample is represented, (aipo)

For 67%, Against 24%,

Undecided 9% = 100% of those questioned

8. (US Feb '44) Do you think there should or should not be a
law passed that: requires every worker in a plant to belong to
a union if the majority votes to have a union; requires every
union to record with the Department of Labor a financial
statement every year; requires elections of union officials to be
held under government supervision; makes it unlawful to strike
during peacetime under any circumstances? (for)

Should Should not Don't know
Requires every worker in a

plant to belong to a union

if the majority votes to

have a union 32.1%

Requires financial statement. 77.9

Requires elections 51. 9

Outlaws strikes 23.7

9. (US July 12 '45) There has been some discussion about
changing the laws concerning labor unions. What changes,
if any, would you like to see made? (aipo)

Eliminate unions ■ 8%

Increase union restrictions 50

Increase employers' powers 2

Improve mediation system 2

Effect changes favoring unions 4

Miscellaneous 15

No changes 31

112%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (US May 15 '46) Do you think present labor laws should
be changed in any way? 63% of the sample who thought the
present laws should be changed were asked: In what way?
(au>o)

Should be changed 17%

No opinion as to whether or not they should be changed . 20

Laws should be completely revised 1

Modify Wagner Bill; law too one-sided; favors labor too

much 6

Control unions; unions have too much power 14

Outlaw strikes; control strikes; outlaw unions 18

Control union finances 1

Reorganization within unions, more democratic 3

Pay should be equalized; fair pay for labor and education

required; better conditions 7

Compulsory arbitration; strikes should be settled before

we get to the state we're in now 7

Cooling-off period 1

Miscellaneous suggestions for change 3

Didn't say what changes should be made or don't know. 4

102%,*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (US June 12 '46) Do you think present labor laws give too
much of an advantage to labor? (aipo)

12. (US June 12 '46) Do you think present labor laws give too
much of an advantage to employers? (aipo)

Yes 20%o No 57% No opinion 23%,

13. (US June 12 '46) Have you heard about the Case Bill
which would regulate labor unions? (aipo)

Yes 64% No 36%o

14. (US June 12 '46) Do you think Truman was right in dis-
approving the Case Bill, or should he have approved it? (aipo)
Right disapproving 27% Should have approved 18%

No opinion 55%*
* Includes those who had not heard of Case Bill.

15. (US Nov 27 '46) What is your understanding of what the
Wagner Labor Act provides or is supposed to do? (aipo)

Correct 14%

Probably correct 5

Incorrect 12

Don't know and no answer 69

LABOR LEADERS

1. (US Mar 10 '37) Do you think that John L. Lewis, leader
of the CIO, has aided the cause of the American working man?
(aipo)

Yes 53%o No 47%, = 100%o No Opinion 23%

2. (US June 14 '37, Sept 23 '38, May 18 '39) Which labor
leader do you like better: Green of the AFL or Lewis of the
CIO? (aipo)

Green Lewis

June '37 67% 33%

Sept '38 78 22

May '39 80 20

BY economic status

1937 lower one-third 53%o 47%

1938 lower income 66 34

1937 upper two-thirds 74 26

1938 middle income 82 18

1938 upper income 88 12

3. (US June '40) Who do you think is most to blame for the
present conflict between the AFL and the CIO, John L. Lewis
or William Green? Asked of a national cross-section of all
working classes including unemployed workers, (for)

Lewis 39.4%

Both 21.6

Green 11.0

Neither 3.8

Don't know 24.2

4. (US Mar 7 '41) Westbrook Pegler, the newspaper writer,
claims that many labor union leaders are racketeers. Do you
agree or disagree with him? (Oct 7 '41) Do you believe that
many labor union leaders are racketeers? (aipo)

Mar
Oct

41.
41.

Yes,

No,

agree

disagree

opinion

11%

14%

Yes 42%

No 45%

No opinion 13%

5. (US Apr 8 '41) Do you think there is too much power in
the hands of the leaders of labor unions in this country? (aipo)

[397 J

National total .

Yes

75%

No
13%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 82% 13%

Middle 76 14

Lower 71 13

No opinion
12%

5%
10
16

6. (US June '41) How many labor leaders in your community
do you think do a good job in representing labor? Are fair in
dealing with employers? Are honest in handling union funds?
(for)

All 3.9% 4.0% 5.59

Most 11.4 9.9 18.0

About half 10.7 10.6 19.8

Few 14.6 27.8 19.6

None 8.1 17.2 11.5

Don't know 51-3 30.5 25.6

4.3% 3.9%

13.0 11.0
10.9 7.2

14.0 13.3
6.7 8.0

51.1 56.6

7. (US Oct 7 '41) Do you believe that many labor union leaders
are Communists? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 25% No opinion 14%

8. ,(US Nov 5 '41, June 2 '43, Canada Aug 18 '43, US May 15
'46) What is your opinion of John L. Lewis? (aipo, cipo)

Un-

Favorabh favorable No opinion

US Nov '41 14% 70% 16%

US June '43 9 87 4

Canada Aug '43 9 87 4

US May '46 13 69 18

9. (US Feb '42) Who is President of the AFL? of the CIO? (for)

AFL CIO

Green 43.6% 1.4%

Lewis 2.6 32.9

Murray 1.0 23.8

Other 1.0 2.0

Don't know 51.8 39.9

10. (US Jan '43) How many labor leaders around here do you
think are fair in dealing with management — all, most, about
half, few, or none? How many do a good job in representing
workers? How many are honest in handling union funds?
Asked of a national cross-section of the "working force" —
factory labor, miners, transportation and public-utility work-
ers, personal-service workers (janitors, beauticians, laundry-
men, domestics, etc.). (for)

BY OCCUPATION

All

Few

Don't

or most

Half

or none

know

Fair with management

Mine workers

^i-i7o

17.2%

19.2%

20.9%

Factory workers. . .

32.5

20.0

20.3

27.2

Personal service. . .

24.9

13.0

14.9

47.2

Good representatives

Mine workers

42.7

14.5

23.6

19.2

Factory workers. . .

36.1

19.1

19.5

25.3

Personal service . . .

24.2

12.8

15.8

47.2

Honest with money

Mine workers

33.1

9.4

31.1

26.4

Factory workers . . .

33.0

11.3

21.3

34.4

Personal service . . .

21.8

7.5

20.0

50.7

11. (Canada Apr 10 '43) Do you think that, generally speak-
ing, labor is being wisely led? (cipo) (Canada July 20 '46 and
US July 24 '46) Do you think that, generally speaking, or-
ganized labor is being wisely led or unwisely led by its leaders?
(ciPO, AIPo)

Undecided
or qualified
Wisely Unwisely answers

Canadian 1943 33% 37% 30%

Canadian 1946 30 49 21

US 1946 18 64 18

CANADIAN '46 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Progressive-Conservative. . . . 20% 66% 14%

Liberal .
Cooperative Commonwealth
Federation

CANADIAN '46 RESULTS BY LABOR STATUS

Organized labor 53% 28% 19%

Unorganized labor 26 53 21

Management 20 72 8

12. (US Jan 4 '45) Union members were asked to name both
the president of the American Federation of Labor and the
president of the Congress of Industrial Organizations. Results
follow: (nyht)

Answered correctly 44%

Able to name one but not both 30

Both wrong or did not know 26

13. (Canada July 27 '46) Some people say there are too many
troublemakers and agitators among union labor leaders. Others
say that this talk is only anti-labor propaganda. What are
your views on this? (ciPo)

Employers Labor* Public

Agitators 58% 31% 50%

Propaganda. ... 12 42 23

Other 15 7 6

No opinion ... . 15 20 21

* Labor includes only the views of union members and their families.

14. (US Nov '46) Here is a list of some well-known labor
leaders. Which two on the list would you say you most ap-
prove of? Which two do you least approve of? (for)

Approve Disapprove

John L.Lewis 8.9% 45.4%

William Green 21.6 5.1

Harry Bridges 4.5 21.6

James Petrillo 1.0 19.9

Philip Murray 16.0 3.5

Walter Reuther 6.2 3.9

A.F.Whitney 5.5 4.3

David Dubinsky 3.7 1.8

Joseph Curran 2.2 1.9

Phillip Randolph 1.3 .4

Ferdinand Smith .7 .3

All of them 1.3 4.0

None of them 13.4 4.6

Don't know 43.3 28.8

129.6%* 145.5%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because each respondent was
asked to choose two.

15. (Germany Nov 25 '46) Should leaders of trade unions be
allowed to speak on the radio? (omgus)

[ 398]

Yes 71%

No 6

No opinion 19

Qualified answer. . . 4

LABOR SUPPLY

1. (us Jan 7 '39) If you were running a business, would you
hire a man who had been on WPA? (aipo)

Yes 77%

No 159^

No opinion

No answer*

74.1%

24.4%

58.1

31.9

52.0

15.4

50.2

33.1

58.6

25.5

2. (US Apr '39) There is an admitted shortage of many kinds
of skilled labor in the United States. Which of these do you
think should take the lead in training a new supply? (for)

The public-school system 41.9%

Private industry 26.8

The labor unions 8.9

WPA 6.8

Other 1.9

Don't know 13.7

3. (US Sept '40) In your business do you notice any shortage
in unskilled labor? In semi-skilled labor? In skilled labor? In
technicians? In junior executives or supervisors? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Yes

Unskilled 1.5%

Semiskilled 10.0

Skilled 32.6

Technicians 16.7

Junior executives 15. 9

* The relatively large percentage of "no answer" is accounted for by
executives to v/hom the questions do not apply, i.e. those connected
with financial and mercantile institutions.

4. (US May '41) If you consider shortages of labor in certain
key skills a major or secondary factor, do you believe that:
certain unions are standing in the way of a full-speed training
program; industry should sponsor more apprentice training;
government-sponsored training is inadequate; the labor short-
ages are largely due to the difference in character of the labor
demand made by defense activities? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

Unions standing in way of training program 39.4%

Industry sponsor apprentice training 28.3

Government training inadequate 13.9

Labor shortages due to character of labor demand made

by defense activities 12.9

Other 1.8

No answer 3.7

5. (US Oct 22 '43) From what you know, is there a labor
shortage in your community? 64% of the sample who said
there was a labor shortage in their community were asked: Do
you believe more women workers are needed? Only women
were questioned, (norc)

No labor shortage 29%

Don't know whether or not there is a labor shortage. ... 7

More women are needed 49

More women not needed 9

Don't know whether or not more women needed 6

6. (US May 18 '44 and May 26 '44) How about working in
canning factories? Do you think there is need for people to
take part-time jobs in canning factories this year? (norc)

Yes

May 18 '44 78%

Mav 26 '44 75

No Don't know

3% 19%

6 19

7. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) Do you expect that the loss of
manpower will be overcome by greater mechanization and by
more extensive electrification? (czipo)

Yes 76% No 11% Don't know 13%

8. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) Would you grant the govern-
ment the right of compulsory transfer of labor to other em-
ployment? (czipo)

Yes 39%

No 18

Don't know 6

Only in case of real necessity 37

9. (Sweden Sept 26 '46) The Swedish public was asked its
opinion on the current proposal aimed at lessening the man-
power shortage: To let pensionable persons go on working if
health and strength permit. Results follow: (sGi)

Pensionables should retain their work 70%

Unwise to discard the age limit 24

No opinion and no answer 6

10. (Sweden Sept 26 '46) The Swedish public was asked its
opinion on the current proposal aimed at lessening the man-
power shortage: To secure invalids a certain number of jobs
and special tasks in all great enterprises. Results follow: (sgi)
In favor 83% Unsuitable 7% Don't know 10%

LABOR SUPPLY, AGRICULTURAL

1. (US Oct 21 '42) How about farmers in this country? Do you
think farmers can get all the workers they need now? (norc)
Yes 9% No 86% Don't know 5%

2. (US Jan 21 '43) Are you able to get the farm help you need
now? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 41%

No 55%

Don't know 4?

3. (US Jan 21 '43) Do you expect to have trouble getting farm
help during your busy season? Asked of a national cross-section
of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 739

No 19%

Don't know

4. (US Jan 21 '43) Have you asked the United States Employ-
ment Service to help you find labor for your farm? 8% of the
sample who said they had asked for help were asked: Did they
help you find labor for your farm? Only farmers were ques-
tioned, (aipo)

Didn't ask for help 92%

Asked for help and got it 3

Asked for help but didn't get it 5

5. (US Jan 21 '43) What do you think should be done to meet
the farm labor shortage problem? Asked of a national cross-
section of farmers, (aipo)

Defer farm hands from draft; leave experienced men on
farms; stop drafting farm labor 39%

Obtain outside labor, especially from towns 10

Release soldiers who have been farmers, especially during
busy season 8

Raise prices so farm labor can be paid more; make farm
pay and industrial pay more equal 8

[399]

Freeze farm jobs so farm hands cannot go to war factories . 7%

Other 10

Undecided 18

6. (US Jan 21 '43) It has been suggested that in order to meet
the farm labor shortage problem, many women will have to
take jobs on farms this summer. Would this help you? Asked
of a national Cfoss-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 41% No 54% No opinion 5%

7. (US Jan 21 '43) It has also been suggested that high school
students be given jobs on farms this summer. Would this help
you? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 56% No 38% No opinion 6%

8. (US Jan 21 '43) Have you lost any of your farm help to the
draft as yet? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 40% No 60%

9. (US Jan 21 '43) Have you lost any of your farm help to war
industries? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Yes 29% No 71%

10. (US Mar '43) How many, besides you, are there now
working all year round on your farm? How many should there
be? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (for)

Have 0— need 1 hand 40.3%

Have 0 — need 2 hands. . . . 12.0

Have 1 — need 2 hands. . . . 50.0

Have 1 — need 3 hands. ... 23.5

Have 2 — need 3 hands. . . . 38.6

Have 2 — need 4 hands. . . . 35-5

Have 3 — need 4 hands. . . . 20.3

Have 2 — need 5 hands. . . . 18.4

Have 3 — need 5 hands. . . . 29. 0

Have 4 — need 5 hands. , . . 13.2

11. (US Mar '43) Do you expect you will or will not be able
to get enough experienced farm help for your needs this year?
Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (for)

BY SIZE OF FARM

Don't Never

Will Will not know use any*

Under 10 acres 50.9% 34.7% 9.6% 4.8%

10-49 acres 33.4 55.3 8.6 2.7

50-99 acres 25.8 64.0 9.3 .9

100-499 acres 21.5 72.9 5.6 —

500 acres and over 18.5 75.3 6.2 —

* Volunteered answer. Probably does not represent all farmers not
using hired help.

12. (US Mar '43) Could strong women from cities ot towns
feally solve the [farm labor] shortage problem, only help it a
little, or would they be practically no help at all? Asked of a
national cross-section of farmers, (for)

National total .

Only No
Solve help help

Don't
know

9.1% 50.5% 36.6%

l>-i7o

iE OF INFORMATION

7.7% 50.8% 40.6%
9.5 49.6 38.0
9.7 51.5 31.5

.9%
2.9
7.3

Good 7.7%

Fair •

Poor

13. (US Mar '43) Duting the war, do you think the govern-
ment should or should not have the power to make a farm hand
stay on the job if he is needed even though he could eatn more
money elsewhere? Do you think government should or should
not have the power to move anyone from the job he has, no

12.4%

2.0%

1-5%

17.0

7.9

6.6

9.9

1.9

matter what it is, to one the government considers more im-
portant? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (for)

farmers farm HANDS

Power to Power to Power to Power to
freeze move any- freeze move any-
hired hands body hired hands body

Should 60.8% 62.7% 47.5% 57.2%

Should not 28.6 23.4 43.7 29.9

Don't know 10.6 13.9 8.8 12.9

14. (US Apt '43) Do you think that farm owners in general
work harder, about as hard, or not so hard as factoty workers?
Asked of a national cross-section of fatmers. (for)

About as Not so Don't

Harder hard hard know

National total 74.0% 16.1% 5.1% 4.8%

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Northeast 84.1%

South 68.5

Pacific 86.3

15. (US May 18 '44 and May 26 '44) Do you think the short-
age of farm help is serious enough that there is need for people
to take jobs on farms during their vacations this year? 8% of
the sample who did not think the shortage was serious enough
to employ vacation help were asked: Why not? The second
question was not asked of the May 26 sample, (norc)

MAY 18 RESULTS

Regard shortage as serious enough 82%

Don't know whether or not shortage is serious enough. . 10

Not serious enough because farmers don't need help 3

Inexperienced help is not helpful 3

Working people need their vacations 1

Miscellaneous reasons why vacation help should not be

required 1

MAY 26 RESULTS

Yes 80% No 12% Don't know 8%

LAND, NATIONALIZATION OF

1. (Gieat Bfitain Apr '45) Would you approve or disapprove
of the nationalization of the land? (dipo)

Appiove 51% Disapprove 30% Don't know 19%

2. (Hungary Jan '46 and Aug '46) Can the results of land dis-
tribution be consideted final? Budapest was excluded from the
cross-section, (hipor)

Uncertain;
Yes No undecided

Jan '46 total questioned 40.3% 56.7% 3.0%

Aug '46 total questioned 56 38 6

JAN '46 RESULTS IN TOWNS AND VILLAGES BY
GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Trans Danubia

Town 29.6% 63.1% 7.3%

Village 37.9 61.5 0.6

Area between Danube and Tisza

Town 48.2 50.2 1.6

Village 49.7 49.7 0.6

North

Town 40.3 57.4 2.3

Village 41.8 56.8 1.4

[400]

3. (Hungary Jan '46) What measures are still necessary in
connection with land distribution? Budapest was excluded
from the cross-section, (hipor)

AREA BE-
TWEEN
DANUBE
TRANS AND

DANUBIA TISZA NORTH

Total
questioned

Town

Village

Town

Village

Town

Village

% % % % % % %

None

32.1 26.5 30.3 25.4 29.2 39.8 30.9

Some

30.1 26.7 25.1 48.6 43.8 22.8 20.7

Investigation. . . .

18.0 27.5 14.3 15.8 18.0 16.3 14.4

Help, support . . .

7.0 6.1 14.5 1.8 4.6 2.4 11.5

Transfer

2.3 1.2 2.0 0.8 2.2 3.3 8.5

Re-establishment

of me-

dium-size estates. .

4.2 3.8 5.7 4.8 0.8 5.1 3.6

Re-establishment

of large

estates

6.3 8.2 8.1 2.8 1.4 10.3 10.4

4. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) Do you approve or disapprove

of a revision of the land reform? (czipo)

Approve 61% Disapprove 10% Don't know 29%

LANGUAGE AND LANGUAGES

1. (US Oct 18 '39) Do you think the German language should
be taught in American colleges and high schools? (aipo)

Yes 77% No 23%

2. (US Oct 18 '39) Do you think American colleges and high
schools should stop teaching the German language? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 12% 88%

30 years and under.

30-49 years

50 years and over. .

94%

3. (US Mar 6 '40) What is the language that is spoken most in
South America? (aipo)

Spanish 54%

English 4

Spanish and Portuguese .... 3

Portuguese 2

Other languages 6

No answer 31

4. (US Jan 22 '41) Do you speak or understand any languages
besides English? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 68% No answer 2%

5. (Canada Apr 7 '43) Do you think that French should be a
compulsory subject, like spelling, writing, and arithmetic in
all grades of public schools in English-speaking Canada? (cipo)

BY LANGUAGE SPOKEN

French- English-
speaking speaking

Should be compulsory 79% 36%

Should not be compulsory. 15 59

Undecided 6 5

6. (Canada Apr 7 '43) Do you think that English should be a
compulsory subject, like spelling, writing, and arithmetic in
all grades of elementary schools in French-speaking Canada?
(cipo)

BY LANGUAGE SPOKEN

French-
Speaking

Should be compulsory 85%;

Should not be compulsory 13
Undecided 2

English-
speaking
90%
7
3

7. (Denmark July 14 '43) Do you understand the Swedish lan-
guage when you hear it over the radio? (dgi)

Yes 56.3%o No 43.7%,

8. (Sweden Aug '43) Do you think that foreign languages
should be taught in all elementary schools? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 72%, 15%, 13%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Town 83% 8% 9%

Country 64 19 17

6%
12
20

BY" AGE

20-29 years 81%, 13%

30-49 years 74 14

50 years and over 62 18

9. (Sweden Aug '43) What [foreign] languages [should be
taught in the elementary schools]? Asked of 72% of the sam-
ple who thought that foreign languages should be taught in
the elementary schools, (sgi)

German 4%

English 60

Free choice 29

Other languages .. . 2

Don't know 5

100% of those

questioned

10. (Sweden Aug '43) Can you read a foreign language? [Nor-
wegian and Danish are not considered as foreign languages]
(sgi)

National total.

1 lan-
guage

13%

2 lan-
guages

3 lan-
guages

Upper

Middle 15

Workers 12

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

PT. 25% 28%o
10 5

3 —

15%

4 lan-
guages
or more

9%
1

None
15%

23%

11. (Denmark Oct 10 '43) Should the language of the radio be
correct king's Danish or do you prefer a simple Danish as
spoken in everj'day conversation? (dgi)

King's Danish 17.6%b Simple Danish 65.7%

Don't know 16.7%

12. (US Apr '44) About how many Japanese do you feel can
read their own language? (for)

•$»

2;^

^ ^ ^4 o< QJ

National total 13.9%, 17.6%, 27.4% 22.2%, 18.9%

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Negroes 22.6%o 20.2%, 11.6%o ll-6%> 34.0%,

Pacific coast 20.2 17.6 26.7 19.8 15.7

High economic level 15.4 19.3 25.7 25.4 14.2

[401]

13. (Denmark Mar 11 '45) Can you make yourself understood
in one or more foreign languages? (dgi)

Yes 28.6% No 64.6% Don't know 6.8%

14. (Denmark Mar 11 "45) Which [language can you speak un-
derstandably]? Asked of 28.6% of sample who could make
themselves understood in one or more foreign languages, (dgi)

German 47.3%

English 30.3

French 51

Swedish 12.3

Norwegian 2.3

Other languages. 2.7

100.0% of those

questioned

15. (Denmark Mar 11 '45) Where did you learn them [foreign
languages]? Asked of 28.6% of sample who could make them-
selves understood in one or more foreign languages, (dgi)

At school 44.8%

In the respective country 27.5

Through a course 18.1

Self-taught 3.2

Being with foreigners 2.1

Wireless 1.5

Through work 1.4

Been a sailor 1.4

100.0% of
those questioned

16. (Denmark Mar 11 '45) Why did you learn them [foreign
languages]? Asked of 28.6% of sample who could make them-
selves understood in one or more foreign languages, (dgi)

Duty at school 35-6%

Been in the respective country 26.1

Interest 25.4

Business reasons 6.6

Part of general education 2.5

Being with foreigners 1.5

Other reasons 1.6

Don't know 0.7

100.0% of those
questioned

17. (US Oct 31 '45) Should the school children in all countries
be required to learn, in addition to their own language, some
one language which would be understood in all countries so
that people of every nation could understand each other better?
71% of the sample who thought school children should be
required to learn an international language were asked: If
some language other than ours were selected, which one would
you choose? (aipo)

International language shouldn't be required 17%

No opinion as to whether or not should be required. . 12

International language should be French 19

Should be Spanish 19

Should be German 5

Should be Latin 2

Should be Esperanto 2

Miscellaneous languages suggested '6

Should be Russian 3

Don't know what the language should be 19

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US Oct 31 '45) Do you think the United Nations should
appoint a group to study various languages and select one to
use [for the international language]? Asked of 71% of the sam-
ple who thought school children should learn one international
language, (aipo)

Yes 57% No 8% No opinion 6% = 71%

19. (US Oct 31 '45) If the people of all nations could speak the
same language, do you think this would increase the chances
of maintaining world peace? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 23% No opinion 17%

20. (Sweden Feb '46) If schools are to teach two languages,
which of them should be primary and which one secondary?
(sgi)

National total .

PRIMARY

Other
Ian-
German English Russian guages

3% 85% 2% 1%

Men . . .
Women.

CHOICE OF PRIMARY LANGUAGE BY SEX

3% 86% 3% 1%

3 84 1 1

Don't

know

7%
11

CHOICE OF PRIMARY LANGUAGE BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper . . .
Middle..
Workers.

8% 90% - 2% -

3 85 1% 1 10%

2 85 2 2 9

SECONDARY

German 33%

English 4

Russian 11

French 22

Spanish 6

Other languages. . . 2

Don't know 22

21. (Denmark Feb 16 '46) Can you understand Norwegian
(Swedish) completely or partly if you hear it, for instance,
over the wireless? (dgi)

Norwegian Swedish

Completely 36% 16%

Partly 48 60

Can't understand 16 24

22. (Denmark Feb 16 '46) Do you think that something
should be done to make the northern languages more alike or
should these languages, as at present, be allowed to develop
differently? (dgi)

Be alike 38% Be different 34% Don't know 28%

23. (Finland Mar 8 '46) Do you think that foreign languages
ought to be taught in the public schools? 64% of the sample
who thought foreign languages should be taught in the public
schools were asked : What language? (foi)

The other national languages (Swedish, Finnish) . . 40%

English 11

Russian 1

Some other language 1

Only own language 36

Don't know 11

24. (Sweden May '46) Do you understand Norwegian or
Danish when it is spoken? (sgi)

Norwegian

Yes, all or Yes, some

most of it of it No

National total... 44% 41% 15%

NOR%VEGIAN BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 70% 23% 7%

Middle 48 40 12

Workers 37 44 19

NORWEGIAN BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large towns 58% 33% 9%

Other towns 48 42 10

Country 38 43 19

NORWEGIAN BY GEOGR.4PH1CAL SECTION

North Sweden... 45% • 46% 9%

Dalecarlia 59 34 7

Malar district 34 48 18

Stockholm 56 34 10

East Gotland 39 41 20

Skane 40 38 22

Bova 44 40 16

Danhsh

National total. . 17% 41% 42%

DANISH BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 37%, 37% 26%

Middle 20 43 37

Workers 11 40 49

DAN^SH BY SIZE OF CO^rMU^^TY

Large towns 32% 44% 24%

Other towns 22 46 32

Countn,- 10 39 51

DANISH BY' GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden... 6% 32% 62%

Dalecarlia 11 43 46

Malar district. ... 6 43 51

Stockholm 28 45 27

East Gotland 18 39 43

Skane 35 43 22

Bova 12 47 41

25. (Sweden May '46) Can you read a book in Norwegian or

Danish? (soi)

Norwegian

Yes, Yes, Hate

very some never

well of it No tried

National total 32% 28% 22% 18%

NORWEGIAN BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 60% 20%, 11% 9%

Middle 36 30 18 16

Workers 27 27 26 20

NORWEGIAN BY" SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large towns 50% 18% 13% 19%

Other towns 37 30 18 15

Countr)- 26 31 25 18

NORWEGIAN BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 32% 30% 18% 20%

Dalecarlia 39 25 18 18

Malar district.' 24 34 30 12

Stockholm 47 22 12 19

East Gotland 25 28 20 27

Skane 32 27 25 16

Bova 37 26 24 13

[ 402 ]

Danish

Yei, Yes, Have

very some never

well of it No tried

National total 13% 22% 43% 22%

DANISH BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 41%, 16% 30% 13%

Middle 16 25 37 22

Workers 9 19 49 23

DANISH BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large towns 28% 22% 25% 25%

Other towns 18 26 35 21

Country 8 20 50 22

DANISH BY' GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 5% 13%* 56% 26%,

Dalecarlia 10 18 47 25

Malar district 5 17 59 19

Stockholm 25 21 28 26

East Gotland 10 20 39 31

Skane 27 30 27 16

Bova 14 29 38 19

26. (Norway May 3 '46) Do you think Norway ought to have
two written languages, i.e. the official "book" language and
the "New Norwegian," or should these be compounded into
one language? (ngi)

Two One Don't

languages language know
National total ... . 15% 79% 6%

BY SEX

Men 9% 86% 5%

Women 21 72 7

BY' AGE

18-25 years 19% 75% 6%,

25-35 years 19 78 3

35-50 years 12 82 6

50 years and over .13 79 8

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

High 12% 85% 3%

Middle 13 84 3

Low 16 77 7

27. (Norway May 3 '46) What should be the basis of this
[compounded language]? Asked of 79% of the sample who
thought Norivay should have one language, (ngi)

•■New
"Book" Noru r - Don ' t

language gian " know

National total 66% 30% 4% = 100%

of those questioned

BY' SEX

Men 59% 36% 5%

Women 74 22 4

BY AGE

18-25 years 59% 38% 3%

25-35 years 64 31 5

35-50 years 69 26 5

50 years and over 69 27 4

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

High 79% 17% 4%

Middle 63 32 5

Low 66 30 4

[403]

"iB. (Denmark Aug 3 '46) Can you mention, in order of im-
portance, three languages which you think everyone should
learn at school? (dgi)

English 53%

German 17

French 13

Swedish 10

Russian 3

Other languages. . . 4

No languages 2

Don't know 5

107%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

29. (Brazil Nov '46) Do you think that the Latin language

should be taught in our schools compulsorily or by choice?

(ibope)

Compulsorily 54% By choice 33% No opinion 13%

LAUNDRY

1. (us June 2 '44) In the past six months, have you had any
laundry or dry cleaning work done? Asked of a national cross-
section of women marketers who knew what ceiling prices
were. 89% of the sample is represented, (norc)

Yes 69%

No 20

Not questioned because of unfamili-
arity with ceiling prices 11

2. (US June 2 '44) During the last year, would you say laundry
and dry cleaning prices have gone up or down? Asked of 69%
of a sample of women marketers who had some laundry or dry
cleaning done in the preceding six months, (norc)

- Up 31%

Stayed same 34

Down *

Don't know 4

' Less than 0.5%.

69%

3. (US June 2 '44) Do you generally find out what the ceiling
prices are before you buy laundry and cleaning services? Asked
of 69% of sample of women marketers who had some laundry
or dry cleaning done in the preceding six months, (norc)
Yes 13% No 53% No answer 3% = 69%

4. (Great Britain June '46) Have you sent any washing to the
laundry during the past four weeks? 51% of the sample who
said they had sent washing to the laundry were asked: Are
you satisfied or dissatisfied with the service? (bipo)

Total who Hadn't
Dis- had sent out sent out any
Satisfied satisfied laundry laundry
National total.... 32% 19% 51% 49%

Men . . .
Women.

30%
35

BY SEX

18%
20

48%
55

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 53% 26% 79%

Middle 38 28 66

Lower 28 15 43

52%
45

21%

LEAGUE OF NATIONS

1. (US Jan "36) If war in Europe is averted through the League
of Nations, do you believe the United States should join the
League? (for)

Yes 29.8% No 57.4% Don't know 12.8%

2. (Great Britain June 12 '37 and June 29 '37) Do you think
that this country should conrinue to support the League of
Nations? (bipo)

Yes No No opinion

June 12 '37 74% 26% = 100% 1%

June 29 '37 85 15 =100 16

3. (US Oct 18 '37) Would you like to see the United States
join the League of Nations? (aipo)

No
opin-
Yes No ion

National total 33% 67% = 100% 22%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-
Atlantic 33% 67% — .

East central 33 67 —

West central 31 69 —

South 44 56 —

Far West 27 73 —

BY POLITICS

Landon voters 19% 63%

Roosevelt voters 27 50

18% = 100%
23 = 100

4. (Great Britain Dec '37) Should Great Britain remain a
member of the League of Nations? (bipo)

Yes 84% No 16% = 100% No opinion 14%

5. (US Dec 13 '37) Do you think the cause of world peace will
be hurt if the League of Nations is dissolved? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 48% No opinion 24%

6. (US Sept 23 '38) Do you think America's failure to join
the League of Nations was partly responsible for the present
troubles in Europe? (aipo)

Yes 17% No 62% No opinion 21%

7. (US July 29 '41, July 1 '42, Aug 21 '42, Jan 11 '43, June 7
'44) Do you think the United States should have joined the
League of Nations after the last war? In the 1943 question, the
word "we" was used instead of "the United States." (aipo,

NORc)

Undecided:

don t know;

Yes

no opinion

aipo July '41. .

ii /o

37%

26%

NORC July '42. .

NORC Aug '42. .

NORC Jan '43 ■ •

aipo June '44. .

.. 53

1941 RESUI

T BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England a

mid-Atlantic.

. . 39%

36%

25%

East central. . . .

West central . . .

South

West

[404]

8. (US July 29 '41) If the United States had joined the League
of Nations, do you think it would have prevented the war?
(aipo)

Yes 20%

No 56%

No opinion 24%

9. (US Dec 15 '42) Do you think the Republican party was
right or wrong in keeping the United States out of the League
of Nations after the last war? (aipo)

Right 23% Wrong 34% No opinion 43%

10. (US Dec 15 '42) Do you think the fact that the United
States did not join the League of Nations after the last war is
largely responsible for this war? (aipo)

Yes 22%

No 52%

No opinion 26%

LEGISLATION

France

1. (France Jan 16 '45) Do you think it necessary to make for
Alsace-Lorraine laws different from the rest of France? (fipo)

No 72%

No opinion 9%

Yes 19%

Germany

1. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: Unrestricted dis-
cussion of proposed legislation is essential to a good govern-
ment. (OMGUS)

Yes No No opinion

American zone and Berlin . . . 87% 6% 7%

Berlin only 92 6 2

U.S.

1. (US Dec 14 '36) Is there any legislation you would like to
have the new Congress pass? (aipo)

Old age pensions 8%

Regulation of working hours 8

Something constitutional to replace the NRA 6

Revise the Social Security Act 5

Minimum wage laws 4

Raise living wage 4

Legislation for care of needy; relief 3

Child labor amendment 3

Reduce taxes 3

Legislation to help farmers 3

Stricter automobile laws 3

Adoption of Townsend Plan 3

Neutrality legislation 2

Legislation curbing government spending 2

Stricter liquor regulations 2

Revise AAA 2

New prohibition law 2

Legislation to curb the power of the president 2

Government control of business 1

Abolish the WPA 1

Higher tariff 1

Other answers *

Don't know *

24%**
Labor because
Economic: big business couldn't exist without labor. . . 8%
Political: labor represents the majority of people, the

common man; majority should rule in democratic

country 10

Technical: labor understands the workers' technical

problems 9

Financial: labor will get a fair and living wage for the

working man 6

Employment: labor would put more people to work. . . 4
Historical : labor should have the say, present laws favor

big business 9

I like labor; I'm a laboring man 2

Other answers 1

Don't know 1

50%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 22 and 48 because some respondents
gave more than one answer.

14. (US Sept '45) During the last ten years, which do you
think has had the most to say what laws were passed in this
country — big business or labor? (norc)

Big business 46%

Labor 36

Both the same or neither. . . 8

Don't know 10

15. (US Sept 19 '45) At the present time when Congress passes
a bill to spend money, the President cannot veto parts of that
bill but must accept it in full or veto it. Do you think this
should be changed so that the President can veto some items
in a bill to spend money without vetoing the entire bill? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 57% 14% 29%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 59% 12% 29%

Republican 56 20 24

BY EDUCATION

College 70% 20% 10%

High school 65 17 18

Grade school or less 49 12 39

16. (US Mar 13 '46) At the present time which do you think
has more influence on the laws passed by Congress — big busi-
ness or union labor? A comparable cross-section was asked
the question about "business or labor" instead of "big busi-
ness or union labor." Results were combined, (aipo)

Big business 33% Union labor 50% No opinion 17%

17. (US Mar 13 '46) Which would you personally like to see
have more influence [on the laws passed by Congress] — big
business or union labor? A comparable cross-section was asked
the question about "business or labor" instead of "big busi-
ness or union labor." Results were combined, (aipo)

Big business 20%

Union labor 23

Equal 39

Neither 13

No opinion 5

[407]

LEGISLATIVE BODIES

Germany

1. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Do you happen to know whether
the Constitutional Assembly is now in session or not? (omgus)

Yes 21%

B. No 3

K No opinion 75

■' No answer 1

2. (Germany Sept 3 '46) What, in your opinion, is the duty
of these [Constitutional] Assemblies? (omgus)

New Constitutions are being carried out; carrying out and
presenting of laws; for publishing new laws; to present

suggestions to m.ilitary government 24%

To take care of the go'od of the people; to provide peace

and order; to send home prisoners of war 2

Reconstruction 2

To create a democratic Germany; carrying through

democracy 2

To form new political and economic laws *

To give new social laws; to help people; to provide work;
to pay social rents; to provide enough food and living

space 3

Unification of the four zones *

Others *

No opinion; don't know 65

No answer 2

* Less than 0.5%.

LEISURE

1. (us Jan '38) Which one of these recreations do you enjoy
the most? (for)

Total Men Women

Listening to the radio 18.8%

Going to the movies 17.3

Reading magazines and books ... 138

Hunting or fishing 11.0

Watching sporting events 10.4

Reading newspapers 7.1

Playing outdoor games 6.6

Playing cards and indoor games . 53

Legitimate theatre 37

All others 35

Don't know 2.5

2. (US Aug 16 '38) What is your favorite way of spending an
evening? (aipo)

Reading or studying 21%

■ Movies 17

^ Dancing 12

Listening to radio 9

I Take a drive 4
Playing cards 9
Stay home; stay with family 7
Visiting with friends 4

Music listening; singing 3

Participating in sports 2

15.3%

22.4%

11.3

23.5

8.6

19.2

18.1

3.7

16.2

4.4

8.6

5.5

9.3

3.8

4.6

6.1

2.4

5.0

3.2

3.8

2.4

2.6

Spectator sports 2%

Drinking

Going for a walk

Have a party

Sewing and knitting

Fishing and hunting

Having a date

All others

No answer.

100%

. 3%

3. (Sweden May '42) Where do you usually spend weekday
evenings with your pals? Asked of a national cross-section of
young people, (soi)

Boys

in summer in winter

Prov- Coun- Prov- Coun-

Towns inces try Towns inces try

Sports grounds 18% 23% 21% 15% 11% 7%

Cycling 9 9 2 — — —

Bathing places 9 8 2 — — —

Outdoors 26 28 20 19 20 15

Dancing or amusement

places 7 9 4 2 1 1

Cafes 2 9 13 5 12 21

At home 9 4 10 33 22 23

Clubs 5 5 3 9 8 4

Never meet pals on

weekday evenings . . 6 4 14 9 8 25

Other places 9 1 11 8 18 4

Girls

in summer in winter

Prov- Coun- Prov- Coun-

Towns inces try Towns inces try

Sports grounds 5% 1% 1% 11% 9% 3%

Cycling 20 15 9 — _ _

Bathing places 4 15 1 — — —

Outdoors 27 26 22 14 11 10

Dance and amusement

places 6 4 6 3 — 1

Cafes — — 1 — — 2

At home 19 15 29 52 52 42

Clubs 3 5 7 4 9 10

Never meet pals on

weekday evenings . . 5 6 18 1 1 27

Other places U 13 6 15 18 5

4. (Sweden May '42) Where do you generally go dancing?
Asked of a national cross-section of young people, (soi)

Boys

in summer in winter

Prov- Coun- Prov- Coun-

Towns inces try Towns inces try

Do not dance 38% 35% 44% 49% 44% 52%

Dance hall, Tivoli . . 37 29 46 5 12 2

Community hall 14 33 9 10 18 12

Dance hall 3 2 1 18 21 27

Restaurant 5 1 — 4 1 1

Club, school — — — 6 2 4

At home — — — 7 2 2

Various places 3 — — 1 — —

[408]

Girls

IN SUMMER

Prov- Coun-

IN WINTER

Prov- Coun-
Towns inces try Towns inces try

Do not dance 23% 15% 15% 36% 34% 29%

Dance hall, Tivoli. . 46 47 67 1 — 4

Community hall 13 33 13 5 34 12

Public dance hall 1 1 1 21 17 34

Restaurant 8 2 19 3 1

Club, school — 1 2 9 5 17

At home 6 1 1 17 5 3

Various places 3 — — 2 2 —

6. (Sweden May '42) Do you talk to your parents about how
you spend your evenings? Asked of a national cross-section of
young people, (soi)

Some-
Yes No times

BY SEX

Total boys 37% 39% 19%

Total girls 66 14 15

BY AGE AND SEX

16-17 year boys 41% 37% 21%

16-17 year girls 72 11 14

18-19 year boys 39 35 20

18-19 year girls 65 18 12

BY PLACE OF RESIDENCE AND SEX

Boys living at home 41%

Girls living at home 72

Boys living away from

home 13

Girls living away from

home 46

39%
13

19%
15

No
answer

5%
5

1%
3
6
5

Country

Town

Country

hoys

girls

68%

65%

6. (Sweden May '42) Is there anything particular you would
like done for young people? Asked of a national cross-section
of young people and parents, (soi)

CHOICE OF Y'OUNG PEOPLE BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY AND SEX

Town
boys

Don't know 57%

A community hall 9

A farm for the young 2

Dance hall; amusement hall 3

Clubs 3

Sports grounds; swimming

bath; sport 15

Openings for education, ... 6
Cleaning up the places of

amusement 5

CHOICE OF PARENTS BY SIZE OF

Town
fathers

Don't know 37%

Enough is done 12

A community hall 16

Farm for the young 2

Clubs 2

Sporting grounds; swim-
ming pool; sport 6

Openings for education. .. . 19

Make places of amusement
more decent b

COMMUN

ITY AND

SEX

Town
mothers

Country
fathers

Country
mothers

52%

67%

2
11

70%
4
8
1

2
9

7. (Denmark June 24 '44) War has caused many people to
spend more time at home than before. Do you think that this
has been a source of happiness to you personally? (dgi)

Yes 35.5% No 11.1% Don't know 96%

Same as before 43. 8%

8. (Hungary June '46) What distractions have you? Asked in
Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

By Sex and Age

Theater; movie

Reading

Excursions; open-air swim-
ming; walking

Sports

Music; concerts; opera ....

Radio

Company; cofFee-house. . . .

Dance

Family; children; home life

Rest; sleep

Work

Studying

Sewing; handwork

Clubs

Gardening; farming

Card-playing; chess

Food; drink

Love

Nothing

Other; no answer

men
Under 40 Over 40
16.0% 14.4%
12.9 159

women
Under 40 Over 40
18.3% 17.0%
14.4 11.7

15.5

12.2

6.1

4.9
2.2
3.6
2.9
3.6
0.7
0.4
0.2
1.0
1.4
3.9
0.9
0.8
1.5
9.3

10.4
6.9
59
7.8
1.2

3.7
3.4
1.2
0.3
0.3

3.1
4.4
0.6

4.6
15.9

12.9
5.2
8.1
5.0
35
55
35
2.3
1.8
0.5
4.7
0.5
0.5
0.7
0.2
0.2
3.0
9.2

4.5

5.8

11.6

1.5

2.9
2.9
3.7

4.4

2.2
31.8

9. (Norway Dec 20 '46) How do you spend your spare time?
(ngi)

National
total Men Women

Read 42%

Needlework; knitting 18

Sports 10

Walks 8

Rest; sleep

Play the piano, violin, guitar, etc. .

Listen to the wireless

Gardening

Go to the cinema, theater

Study; learn lessons 3

Fishing ; . . . 3

Play cards 3

Sing; singing practice 2

Hunting 1

Domestic occupations . . . 1

Christian interests 1

Smoke 1

Keep house and tools in repair 1

Drive a car, motorbike, motorboat;

riding

Look after children (play with

them)

Go out; visit friends

Have a cozy time at home 1

Club work

Writing; writing letters 1

Look after animals, dogs, chickens,

pigs 1

Dancing 1

Drawing 1

Go to meetings 1

40%

1
15

2
1
2

44%
34

5
10

2
2

3
1

2 —

—

[409]

National

total Men Women

Other replies 7% 9% 4%

Nothing in particular 2 2 2

Have no spare time 8 7 9

Don't know — — 1

142%* 133%* 144%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (Canada Dec 26 '46) Which of these do you like to do

most in your spare time? (cipo)

Reading 26%

Listening to radio 23

Visiting friends 20

Going to movies 13

Playing cards 11

Sports (participating) 7

Parties; dancing; etc 7

Using, or working on, car. . 6

Sports (spectator) 6

Other 13

Have no spare time 4

136%*

Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (Canada Dec 26 '46) Do you ever find yourself not know-
ing what to do in your spare time? Asked of 96% of the sample
who had spare time, (cipo)

Often 5% Sometimes 17% Rarely 12%

Never 62% = 96%

LEND-LEASE BILL

1. (us Jan 22 '41) Have you been following the discussion of
the Lend-Lease Bill, regarding aid to England and other coun-
tries, which Congress is now considering? A comparable cross-
section was asked: Have you been following the discussion of
the President's Lend-Lease Bill, regarding aid to England and
other countries, which Congress is now considering? Results
were combined, (aipo)

Yes 67%* No 33%

* This figure was rising very rapidly at this time. Within a week the
percentage interested rose to 82%.

2. (US Jan 22 '41) Do you think Congress should pass this
[Lend-Lease] Bill? Asked of a national cross-section of persons
who had followed the discussion regarding the Lend-Lease
Bill. 67% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Qualified Unde-

Yes answers No cided

National total 54% 15% 22% 9% = 100%

of those questioned

BY POLITICS

Democratic 69% 10% 13%

Republican 38 23 30

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and

mid-Atlantic 54%

East central 39

West central 53

South 77

Far West 55

16% 21%

17 35

15 22
10 8

16 20

9%
9
10
5
9

3. (US Jan 22 '41) If Congress does pass this [Lend-Lease] Bill,
should the powers which it grants to the President be given
to him for as long as the war lasts, ot for only a limited period
of time, such as two years? Asked of a national cross-section
of people who had followed the Lend-Lease Bill discussion.
67% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Limited

As long as

the war

lasts

National total.

period No

only opinion

56% 8% = 100%

of those questioned

56%

BY geographical SECTION

New England and mid-
Atlantic 35%

East central 31

West central 33

South 49

Far West 36

4. (US Jan 22 '41) Wendell Willkie has come out in favor of
the President's Lend-Lease Bill. Do you think Willkie was
right in supporting this hill? Asked of a national cross-section
of persons who had followed the discussion. 67% of the sample
is represented, (aipo)

Yes 72% No 18%

No opinion 10% = 100% of those questioned

5. (US Jan 29 '41) Have you heard about the President's Lend-
Lease Bill now before Congress? (opor)

Yes 82% No 16% Qualified answers 2%

6. (US Jan 29 '41) This [Lend-Lease] Bill provides that British
warships could use American ports to repair, refuel, and rearm.
Do you favor or oppose that part of the bill? (opor)

Favor 56% Qualified 2% Oppose 32% No opinion 10%

7. (US Jan 29 '41) The [Lend-Lease] Bill would give the Presi-
dent power to lend to England or any other country warplanes
or any other war supplies now belonging to our army or navy,
if the President thought that this would help the defense of
the United States. Do you approve or disapprove of this part
of the bill? (opor)

Approve 57% Qualified answers 6% Disapprove 31%
No opinion 6%

8. (US Jan 29 '41) A cross-section comparable to the one used
for the preceding question was asked: This [Lend-Lease] Bill
would permit the President to have the United States govern-
ment pay for war materials made in this country for England
or any other country which the President thinks would help
our national defense. Do you favor or oppose this part of the
bill? (opor)

Favor 52% Qualified answers 5% Oppose 32%

No opinion 11%

9. (US Jan 29 '41) Do you think Congress should pass this
[Lend-Lease] Bill? (opor)

Yes No

National total 58% 21%

BY geographical SECTION

New England and mid-
Atlantic 58%

East central 46

West centtal 55

South 78

Far West .

20%

Quali-
fied
answers

14%

16%

No
opinion

[ 410 ]

Yes

BY POLITICS

Democratic 71%

Republican 43

Quali-
fied No
No answers opinion

10%
20

6%
7

BY DEGREES OF INFORMATION ABOUT EUROPEAN AFFAIRS

Well-informed 59% 11% 17% 3%

Fairly well-informed 58 22 14 6

Uninformed 53 23 6 18

* Groups were formed by gauging answers to a series of questions
about European affairs and geography.

10. (US Jan 29 '41) If Congress does pass this [Lend-Leasc]
Bill, should the powers which it grants to the President be
given to him for as long as the war lasts or for only a limited
period of time, such as two years? (opor)

As long as the war lasts, . . . 36%

Limited period 52

Other 4

No opinion 8

11. (US Feb 14 '41) Have you heard about the President's
Lend-Lease Bill now before Congress? (aipo)

Yes 91% No 9%

12. (US Feb 14 '41) Do you think Congress should pass this
[Lend-Lease] Bill? Asked of a national cross-section of persons
who had heard about the Lend-Lease Bill. 91%i of the sample
is represented, (aipo)

Quali-
fied No
Yes No answers opinion

National total 55% 20% 11% 14% = 100%

of those questioned

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 52% 21% 15% 12%

Middle Atlantic... 54 18 13 15

East central 50 24 11 15

West central 51 22 11 16

South 73 9 6 12

West 57 19 11 13

BY POLITICS

Roosevelt voters .. . 67% 13% 6% 14%

Willkie voters 41 28 18 13

13. (US Feb 27 '41) Do you approve or disapprove of the Lend-
Lease Bill? A comparable cross-section was asked: Do you
approve or disapprove of the President's Lend-Lease Bill? Re-
sults were combined, (aipo)

Approve 56%

Disapprove 27

Qualified answers 8

No opinion 9

14. (US Feb 27 '41) Did you approve or disapprove of the
Lend-Lease Bill when you first heard about it? A comparable
cross-section was asked: Did you approve or disapprove of the
President's Lend-Lease Bill when you first heard about it?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Approve 50%

Disapprove 33

Qualified answers 4

No opinion 13

15. (US Feb 27 '41) If the Lend-Lease Bill is passed, do you
think it will result in sending an American army abroad to
fight? (aipo)

Yes 31% No 47% Qualified answers and don't know 22%

16. (US Feb 27 '41) Do you think Congress should debate the
Lend-Lease Bill still further, or should they vote on it now? A
comparable cross-section was asked: Do you think Congress
should vote on the Lend-Lease Bill now, or should they con-
tinue debating it? Results were combined, (aipo)

Debate bill further 22%

Vote on it now 67

Don't know 11

17. (US Feb 28 '41) If the Lend-Lease Bill is passed, do you
think it will bring us closer to getting into the war, or do you
think it will help keep us out of the war? (aipo)

Will get us in 39%

Make no difference 22

Will help keep us out 31

Other 2

No opinion 6

18. (US Mar 7 '41) Do you approve or disapprove of the Lend-
Leasc Bill? 10% of the sample had no opinion at all and an
additional 4% hadn't a very definite opinion. These two groups
were asked: If you were a member of Congress and had to vote
on the Lend-Lease Bill today, would you vote for or against
it? (aipo)

Definitely approve 61%

Definitely disapprove 23

Unfamiliar with the subject 2

Would vote for it 4

Would vote against it 2

No opinion as to how would vote. . . 8

LEND-LEASE OPERATIONS

1. (US Jan 9 '41) If the English are unable to pay cash for the
ships, should we lend (lease) American ships to them to be
operated by British sailors? Those who, in answer to a previous
question about selling ships to the British, were against the
idea or expressed no opinion were excluded from the cross-
section, (aipo)

Yes 74% No 21% No opinion 4% Qualified answer 1%

2. (US Jan 9 '41 and Jan 28 '41) If the British are unable to pay
cash for war materials bought in this country, should our gov-
ernment lend (lease) war materials to the British to be paid
back in the same materials and other goods after the war is
over? (aipo, opor)

No Quali- Give,

opin- fied not

Yes No ion answers lend

aipo Jan 9 '41 . . . 68% 26% 6% — —
OPOR Jan 28 '41 . . . 65 20 5 5% 5%

aipo RESULTS BY POLITICS

Republican 62% 32% 6%

Democratic 74 20 6

3. (US Mar 7 '41) Would you approve or disapprove of the
United States leasing about forty additional destroyers to
Britain? (aipo)

Approve 52% Disapprove 26% No opinion 22%

4. (US Mar 8 '41) Would you approve or disapprove of the
United States leasing about five destroyers a month to Britain?
(aipo)

Approve 55% Disapprove 25% No opinion 20%

[411]

6. (US Mar 19 '41) Do you think we should send some of our
warships, manned by American sailors, to Europe to help the
English? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 67% No opinion 6%

6. (US Apr 8 '41) Do you favor or oppose the present lend-
lease policy of sending American war materials to help the
English and their Allies? (aipo)

Favor 77% Oppose 18% No opinion 5%

7. (US Apr 8 '41) Do you think the United States should lend
Britain part of our navy to protect merchant ships, with the
understanding that these warships would fly the British flag
and be run by British sailors? (aipo)

Yes 41% ■ No 50% No opinion 9%

8. (US June 24 '41) Should the United States government
supply Russia with arms, airplanes, and other war materials
on the same basis that we supply them to Britain? (aipo)

Yes 35% No 54% No opinion 11%

9. (US Aug 5 '41) Would you be willing to see the United
States include Russia under the lend-lease program? (aipo)
Yes 38% No 39% Don't know about lend-lease 11%

Undecided 12%

10. (US Aug 19 '41) Do you think the United States should
send war materials under the lend-lease program to the Free
French forces of General De Gaulle? Only those who were
familiar with the underground movement were questioned.
(aipo)

Yes 74% No 16% Undecided 10%

11. (US Dec 24 '41) Since we got into the war, from what you
have heard, do you think we have been sending more, about
the same amount, or less supplies to Britain and Russia? (norc)

More 12%

Same 34

Less 26

Don't know 28

12. (US Dec 24 '41 and Feb 14 '42) What do you personally
feel we should do now about sending supplies to Britain and
Russia? Do you think we should send more, about the same
amount, or less than we were sending before we got into the
war? 32% of the Dec '41 sample and 29% of the Feb '42 sample
who thought we should send less were asked: Do you think
we should stop sending any supplies at all? (norc)

1941 1942

Should send more 21% 28%

Should send same 37 31

Don't know how much we should send 10 12

Should stop sending supplies altogether 5 8

Should send less but not stop 25 20

Should send less but don't know whether or

not we should stop 2 1

13. (US Jan 16 '42) Some people say that since Russia is now
fighting the main battle against Germany, we should send as
many war supplies as possible to Russia even if our own armed
forces would have less equipment. Do you agree or disagree
with this? (opor)

Agree 26% Disagree 66% Undecided 8%

14. (US Jan 16 '42) Some people say that since we are now at
war we should send fewer supplies to Russia and keep these
supplies for our own armed forces. Do you agree or disagree
with this? (opor)

Agree 44% Disagree 47% Undecided 9%

15. (US Feb '42) Do you think that Great Britain should or
should not pay us for the war materials we have sent them
under the Lend-Lease Bill? How about China? Russia? These
questions were asked supposing the Allies win the war. (norc)

Britain China Russia

Should or should qualified 75% 63% 76%

Won't be able 9 14 7

Should not 9 15 9

Other 2 2 2

Don't know 5 6 6

16. (US Feb 14 '42 and Apr 6 '43) Do you think we should
give England the supplies we send them, or do you think we
should get repaid for them in some way? The Apr '43 question
substituted "Britain" for "England" and added "after the
war" at the end of the question, (norc)

Give Get Don't

supplies repaid know

Feb '42 20% 74% 6%

Apr '43 23 72 5

17. (US Apr 6 '43) In what way should we get repaid [for the
supplies]? Asked of 72% of the 1943 sample who thought we
should get repaid for the supplies we were sending Britain.
(norc)

Money, cash, etc 29%

Trade, trade agreements or merchandise:

Needed materials 7

Supplies or merchandise 23

Trade agreements 3

Territory, land, possessions:

Bases, islands or territory in western hemisphere 9

Land (not specified) 7

Canada 2

Any way they can 3

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 8

93%*
* Percentages add to more than 72 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US Feb 14 '42 and Apr 6 '43) Do you think we will get
repaid in some way by England for the supplies we are sending
them? The Apr '43 question substituted "Britain" for "Eng-
land." (norc)

Don't

Yes No know Depends

Feb '42 39% 42% 11% 8%

Apr '43 40 45 15 —

19. (US Feb 14 '42) Do you think we should give Russia the
supplies we send them, or do you think we should get repaid
for them in some way? (norc)

Give 19% Get repaid 75% Don't know 6%

20. (US Feb 14 '42) Do you think we will get repaid in some
way by Russia for the supplies we are sending them? (norc)

Yes 38%

No 35

Don't know 18

Depends 9

21. (Canada Mar 4 '42 and Oct 24 '45) It has been suggested
that the Canadian Government send war materials and food
supplies to Britain free instead of charging the British for these
shipments. Would you approve or disapprove of this? (cipo)

[412]

Mar '42.
Oct '45.

Approve Disapprove Undecided

53% 35% 12%

53 35 12

1942 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Liberal 50% 38%, 12%,

Conservative. . . 60 29 11

22. (US July 1 '42, Oct 6 '42, Nov 3 '42) Do you think we
should give our Allies the supplies we are sending them, or do
you think we should get repaid for them in some way after
the war? (norc)

Give to Get Don't

Allies repaid know

July '42 35% 58% 7%

Oct '42 37 55 8

Nov '42 39 54 7

23. (US Nov 3 '42) In what way should they [our Allies] re-
pay us? Asked of 54% of the Nov sample who thought we
should he repaid for the supplies we were sending to our
Allies, (norc)

Money 26%

Goods 17

Strategic points 1

Colonies 3

. Conquered countries *

General mention of land 3

Trade concessions 8

Any way they can 3

General political cooperation 1

We can never be repaid —

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 6

69%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 54 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

24. (US Sept 24 '42 and Jan 11 '43) Should we continue to send
supplies to our Allies, even if it means we will have some
shortages here at home? (norc)

Send Not send Don't

supplies supplies know

Sept '42 88% 7% 5%

Jan '43 94 4 2

25. (US Jan 7 '43 and Mar 10 '43) Do you happen to know
what the lend-lease program is? (aipo)

Yes No

Jan '43 73% 27%

Mar '43 79 21

26. (US Jan 7 '43 and Mar 10 '43) Do you favor or oppose con-
tinuing the lend-lease program? Asked of a national cross-sec-
tion of persons who said they knew what the lend-lease pro-
gram was. 73% of the Jan '43 sample and 79% of the Mar '43
sample are represented, (aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion
Jan '43... 82% 9% 9% = 100%*

Mar '43 ... 88 7 5 = 100*

* 100% of those questioned.

27. (US Jan 7 '43 and Mar 10 '43) Do you think the nations
now getting lend-lease materials from us will repay us for these
materials either in money or in goods, or will not repay us at
all? Asked of a national cross-section of persons who said they
knew what the lend-lease program was. 73% of the Jan, sample

is represented. In March the question was asked of the total
sample, (aipo)

Will Will not No

repay repay opinion

Jan -43 29% 58% 13% = 100%

of those questioned

Mar '43 29 60 • 11 =100

28. (US Jan 7 '43 and Mar 10 '43) Do you think they [nations
now getting lend-lease materials] should repay us? Asked of a
national cross-section of persons who said they knew what
the lend-lease program was. 73% of the January sample is rep-
resented. In March the question was asked of the total sample.
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Jan '43 72% 28% — = 100%

of those questioned who expressed opinions
Mar '43 73 21 6%o

29. (US Apr 6 '43) The United States has sent a lot of food
and munitions to Britain under lend-lease. What do you think
was the main reason for our doing this? (norc)

Helping them helps us 44%

They needed help 28

Lend-lease kept us out of the fighting 10

Helping them gave us time to prepare 6

Lend-lease creates good will 4

Our troops are stationed there 4

Lend-lease is a trade exchange 1

Answers derogatory to the United States 1

Answers derogatory to Britain ■ 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 6

106%,*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

30. (US June '43) Do you think we are getting anything at all
in return for the supplies and war materials we are sending
England? 28% of the sample thought we were not getting any-
thing and 18% said they didn't know. These two groups were
asked: Do you think the United States should expect to get
anything in return for what we're sending England? (norc)

Getting something now 54%

Think we should expect some return 34

Think we should not expect return 7

Qualified answers 1

Didn't say whether or not we should expect
something in return 4

31. (US June '43) People who think they've found out why
the League of Nations failed are now preparing for a new union
of nations if we win the war. Nobody can say for sure whether
a new union would end all wars or only lead to worse ones. In
order to try out a union of nations as a possible way of pre-
venting wars, would you yourself be willing or not willing to
consider most of our lend-lease materials as aid to the Allies
and not expect any payment for them? (norc)

Yes, willing 51% No, not willing 40% Don't know 9%

32. (US Aug 4 '43 and Nov 15 '43) Have you ever heard of the
lend-lease program? 83% of the Aug '43 sample and 85% of the
Nov '43 sample who had heard of the program were asked:
Have you ever heard of "reverse lend-lease"? (norc)

[413]

Aug '43 Nov '43

Hadn't heard of lend-lease or didn't know. . 17% 15%

Heard of lend-lease but not of reverse lend-
lease 63 47

Heard of both 20 35

Didn't know whether or not had heard of

reverse lend-lease — 3

33. (US Aug 4 '43) What do you think it [reverse lend-lease]
means? Asked of 20% of the sample who had heard of reverse
lend-lease, (norc)

Reciprocal trade; exchange of goods 5%

Other countries send us material; other countries help us 3
They give us what we need; repay us with materials we

don't have 2

Furnish food and supplies to American troops abroad .... 2

Lend-lease to us 1

They are supposed to pay us back 1

Will pay us back in the future 1

Means end of lend-lease; it failed 1

Not going to get repaid *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable. 3

* Less than 0.5%.

20%

34. (US Aug 4 '43) (Well, it's pretty hard to say just what
lend-lease is. As you know, the United States supplies the
Allies with some of the materials they need to fight the war.)
Which one of these four explanations comes closest to your
idea of the way lend-lease is supposed to work? (norc)

Money after the war 11%

Supplies we need 27

Any way they can after the war .... 40

Nothing in return 12

Don't know 10

35. (US Aug 4 '43) If England continues to do all it can to
help us defeat the Axis, do you think this is enough repayment
for the lend-lease supplies we send? 51% of the sample who
thought England's help in the war was not adequate repay-
ment were asked: Do you think we should be repaid the full
amount, about half, or less than half? (norc)

England's help adequate payment 42%

Don't know whether or not help is enough . . 7

Should repay full amount 27

Should repay about half 18

Should repay less than half 2

Don't know how much should be repaid 4

36. (US Aug 4 '43) In which of these ways should we be re-
paid [for lend-lease supplies]? Asked of 51% of the sample who
thought England's help in defeating the Axis was not enough
repayment for lend-lease, (norc)

Gold 15%

Guns and armaments 2

Goods and materials 25

Territory 9

Air and naval bases 22

Don't know 2

76%*
* Percentages add to more than 51 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

37. (US Aug 4 '43) If Russia continues to do all it can to help
us defeat the Axis, do you think this is enough repayment for
the lend-lease supplies we send her? 42% of the sample who

thought Russia's help in the war was not adequate repayment
were asked: Do you think we should be repaid the full amount,
about half, or less than that? (norc)

Russia's help adequate 51%

Don't know whether or not help is enough. . 7

Should repay full amount 20

Should repay about half 16

Should repay less than half 3

Don't know how much should be repaid 3

38. (US Aug 4 '43) In which of these ways should we be re-
paid [for the supplies]? Asked of 42% of the sample who
thought Russia's help in defeating the Axis was not enough
repayment for lend-lease, (norc)

Gold 12%,

Guns and armaments 2

Goods and materials 23

Territory 4

Air and naval bases 16

Don't know 2

59%*
* Percentages add to more than 42 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

39. (US Aug 4 '43) If we make England and Russia pay us
back for most of the supplies we are sending them, do you
think this would help cause a depression in those countries?
(norc)

Yes 39%

No 35

Don't know 14

Qualified 12

40. (US Aug 4 '43) Well, if it [making England and Russia
repay us for most of the supplies we have sent] would cause a
depression in those countries, do you think we ourselves would
be better off to collect anyway? (norc)

Yes 30% No 56% Don't know 14%

41. (US Aug 4 '43) As far as you know, have we received any
war materials or supplies from England in return for lend-
lease? 32% of the sample who said we had received some return
for lend-lease were asked: Would you guess that she has sent
us more than half of the amount we've sent her, about half,
or a fourth, or a tenth as much as we've sent her? (norc)

Haven't received anything 47%

Don't know whether or not we have received anything. . 21

Have received more than half 1

Have received about half 3

Have received a fourth 10

Have received a tenth 14

Don't know how much we have received 4

42. (US Oct 6 '43 and Sept 6 '45) Do you think England should
pay us back in some way after the war for the lend-lease mate-
rial we send her? In 1945 the last verb was changed from "send"
to "sent" and "after the war" was omitted from the question.
(aipo)

Yes No Don't know

Oct '43 79% 13% 8%

Sept '45 83 12 5

43. (US Oct 6 '43 and Sept 6 '45) What is your understanding
of our agreement with England on lend-lease material sent to
her — is England supposed to pay us back in some way after the
war, or are we supposed to give her this material? In the 1945
question, the words "after the war" were omitted, (aipo)

[414]

Oct '43.

Supposed
to pay

57%

Sept '45 65

Give
material

13%
20

Don't

know

30%
15

In miscellaneous ways 1%

Didn't say in what way 20

44. (US Oct 6 '43) Does England furnish us with any war
materials under the lend-lease program? A comparable cross-
section was asked: Does England furnish us anything under
the lend-lease program? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 30%, No 23%, Don't know 47%o

45. (US Apr '45) If our government keeps on sending lend-
lease materials, which we may not get paid for, to friendly
countries for about three years after the war, do you think this
will mean more jobs or fewer jobs for most Americans, or won't
it make any difference? (norc)

More jobs 57%

Fewer jobs 10

No difference 18

Don't know 15

46. (US Apr '45 and July '45) Do you think the United States
should be paid for the war materials we have been (are) send-
ing to England, or do you think her help in the war is enough
payment? (norc)

Apr '43 July '45

Should be paid; should give them plenty of
time, pay when able 53% 59%

War help enough 18 25

Should pay part; pay what they're able; pay

if possible 10 5

Should pay in other than money — land,

bases, goods, etc 1 1

Should pay when they're able; installments. 1 —

Should pay for this and for World War I;
(all expressions of displeasure that Eng-
land owes us for the last war) 5 2

Pay according to original lend-lease agree-
ment; if they help with the Japanese war
it is enough; don't know; should not pay . 10 7

Should not pay for some other reason: she
won't pay anyway; would cause depres-
sion and that would hurt us 2 1

Should pay in money * —

* Less than 0.5%.

47. (US May 29 '45) Under the lend-lease agreement, is Eng-
land supposed to pay us back in full, only in part, or not at all
for our lend-lease aid? 36% of the sample thought we were
supposed to be repaid in full and 24% thought we were sup-
posed to be repaid in part. These two groups were asked: Will
you tell me in what forms England is supposed to repay us for
our lend-lease aid? (aipo)

Not supposed to be repaid 6%

No opinion as to whether or not we

are supposed to be repaid 34

Suppose to be repaid in goods, in ma-
terial, in kind 19

In money, in cash 14

In trade 7

In land bases, air bases 5

Whatever we need most 2

In service 2

In same form as received 1

In war materials 1

In any way at all 1

113%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

48. (US May 29 '45) Do you think England should repay us
in full, only in part, or not at all for our lend-lease help? (aipo)

In full 63%,

Not at all 3

Only in part 24

No opinion 10

49. (US May 29 '45) Do you think England should repay us
for the lend-lease materials which her armed forces actually
used in fighting the Germans? (aipo)

Yes 74% No 17%o No opinion 9%

50. (US July '45) Do you think we are getting anything at all
in return for supplies and war materials we are sending Eng-
land? 39% of the sample who thought we were getting some-
thing in return were asked: What are we getting? (norc)

Not getting anything 40%

Don't know whether or not we are getting anything. . . 21
Getting cooperation; help in winning the war; friend-
ship; men; ultimate peace 22

Getting materials; equipment; reverse lend-lease 12

Naval bases 3

Air bases 3

Ships; transportation 2

Money; payment for materials 1

Their experience in training men, in rationing, etc 1

They held off the Germans until we got prepared 1

Other items we are getting 1

Don't know what we are getting 3

110%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

51. (US July '45) At the same time as the preceding question,
a comparable cross-section was asked; Do you think we are
getting anything at all in return for the supplies and war mate-
rials we are sending England? 51% of this sample who thought
we were getting something were asked a more explicit ques-
tion: What are we getting — materials or services, help in win-
ning the war, or what? (norc)

Not getting anything 31%

Don't know whether or not we are getting anything. ... 18

Getting materials or services 14

Getting help in winning the war 24

Getting both materials and services as well as help 11

Other items we are getting 1

Don't know what we are getting 1

52. (US July '45) Here are a couple of facts about the lend-
lease materials we have sent England, So far, England has re-
turned to us in goods and services about one-fourth of what
we have sent her. When the Lend-Lease Bill was passed by
Congress, it was agreed that our President could regard Eng-
land's help in fighting the war as enough payment for these
materials. The reason for this was that our government thought
that by fighting Germany, England was defending our inter-
ests as well as her own. Do you think we should consider the
goods and services we've gotten from England, together with
her help in fighting the war, as about an even trade — or do
you think we should get something more? Each respondent
was handed a card with the facts. 53% of the sample who
thought we should get something more were asked: What do
you think we should get? (norc)

[41;

Should regard what we've got as an even trade 36%

Don't know how we should regard what we've got. . . 11

Should get money; payment for materials 22

Should get materials; civilian and military services to

our armed forces; lend-lease in reverse 12

Should get land, colonies 3

Bases 4

Canada *

Trade; concessions; agreements 1

Help in winning the war 6

Cooperation after the war; our place at the peace table
and credit for what we have done in this war; our

chance to make peace terms 1

Pay the first war debt 3

Other answers 7

Don't know what we should get 3

109%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

53. (US July '45) What is your understanding of the agree-
ment the United States has with the countries receiving our
war materials under lend-lease? Are the countries supposed to
pay us in either money or goods, or could their help in win-
ning the war be regarded as enough payment? (norc)

Money or goods 49%

Help could be enough 25

Don't know 26

54. (US July '45) From what you have heard, would you say
that most foreign countries have wasted a lot more lend-lease
materials than necessary, or have they handled the materials
as well as they could? 26% of the sample who thought more
material than necessary was wasted were asked: Would you
say that there has been more waste of lend-lease materials in
foreign countries than there has been waste of materials by our
army, or has it been about the same? (norc)

Handled as well as possible 55%

Don't know whether or not there has been unnecessary

waste 19

More waste in foreign countries 6

About the same amount of waste in foreign countries as in

our army 14

More waste by our army 3

Don't know where more waste occurred 3

55. (US July '45) Which way do you think the United States
would have been better off in the long run — by sending war
materials to the countries that fought Germany, or by keeping
the war materials for our own armed forces? (norc)

Sending materials 78%

Keeping materials for our forces 18

Don't know 4

56. (US Sept 6 '45) Was it your understanding that the lend-
lease goods we sent to England during the war were to be paid
for in full either in goods or money, or not to be paid for at
all? (aipo)

In full 44%

In part 21

Not at all 13

No opinion 22

57. (US Sept 6 '45) Presidenr Truman says that we should not
ask for repayment for lend-lease goods sent to England. Do
you agree or disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree 30% Disagree 61% No opinion 9%

58. (Canada Oct 24 '45) During the war, Canada provided
Britain with millions of dollars worth of supplies free. Now

that the fighting has stopped, do you think Canada should
continue to provide these supplies free until Britain gets back
to normal, or should Britain be expected to pay for such sup-
plies? (cipo)

Continue Britain

free to pay Undecided

National total 26% 64% 10%

BY POLITICS

Liberal 23% 67% 10%

Progressive-Conservative .... 36 54 10
Cooperative Commonwealth

Federation 30 60 10

59. (US Dec '45) Which one of these comes closest to your ide^i
of how lend-lease should have been handled? (for)

Those who in 1944
National favored:

total Roosevelt Dewey

Lend-lease should have been
stopped when it was and in
the way it was 49.4% 42.8% 62.4%

While lend-lease should have
been stopped about when it
was, it should not have been
done so suddenly without con-
sulting the countries receiving
it 18.4 19.9 17.6

Lend-lease should have been ex-
tended up to a year to help
countries receiving it get back
on their feet 19.0 22.4 14.0

Don't know ... 13.2 14.9 6.0

60. (US Dec '45) What do you think the United States should
do about what other countries received from us under lend-
lease? (for)

Hold out for full payment either in goods or money. . . 27.4%
Make settlements satisfactory to both sides that will
give us certain concessions, certain services, and per-
haps some goods 58.1

Cancel all they owe us 5.2

Don't know 9.3

LENT

1. (Great Britain Feb '39) What are you giving up for Lent?
(bipo)

■s t- s : fe § ^ -3

Z ««^ ^ cqOSO

National total 88% 1% 1% 3% 1% 1% 3% 2%

BY SEX

Men 93% 1% 1% 2% - 1% 2% -

Women 81 114 1% — 8 4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 88% - 1% 5% 1% - 3% 2%

Middle 88 1% 1 3 — 1% 4 2

Lower 88 113 1 14 1

BY AGE

21-29 years 90% - 1% 2% 1% 1% 3% 2%

30-49 years 88 1% 1 4 1 1 3 1

50 years and over. .. 88 — 12 1 15 ?

[416]

2. (Great Britain Feb '39) Why [are you giving up article
chosen in answer to question above for Lent]? Asked of 12%
of the sample who said they were giving up something, (bipo)

BY SEX

Men Women

Religion 11% 19%

Should deny ourselves earthly pleasures

sometimes 21 16

Catholic 10 5

Habit 22 33

Good to discipline ourselves 13 16

Greater contribution to church — 5

To please others 8 —

Spend money in better fashion 4 6

100%* 100%*
* 100% of those who said they were giving up something for Lent.

LIBERTY OF THE PRESS

1. (us Jan '36 and Aug '38) Do you believe that any of the
following abuse their power — bankers, press, radio, pulpit,
veterans? In 1938 "none" was added to the list, (for)

cq Dh

Jan '36 41.8 38.3 26.0 23.4 21.8 7.0 27.8 = 186.1*

Aug '38 24.5 22.3 5.1 9.6 7.3 11.7 19.5=100

1936 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

% % % % % % % %

Prosperous 42.4 40.3 26.5 29.8 26.1 3.8 27.6 = 196.5*

Upper middle... 48.5 42.0 30.4 28.4 27.2 5-3 25.7 = 207.5*

Lower middle. . 43.0 39.6 24.8 21.6 20.8 6.5 24.0 = 180.3*

Poor ;. 34.8 33.4 20.8 14.5 16.2 8.9 30.9 = 159.5*

1936 Negroes

only 24.6 20.7 27.6 12.5 12.1 9.1 —=106.6*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Dec 28 '36) Do you think the press should have the
right to say anything it pleases about public officials? (aipo)
Yes 55% No 45% = 100% No opinion 6%

3. (US July 19 '37) Do you think the govetnment should tell
newspapers what news to print and what not to print? (aipo)
Yes 12% No 88% = 100% No opinion 7%

4. (US Oct '37) Do you think newspapers should be allowed
to print anything they choose except libelous matter? (for)

Yes No Don' f know

National total 54.8% 39.1% 6.1%

BY SEX

Men 60.7% 34.1% 5.2%

Women 48.8 44.3 6.9

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 61.9% 36.6% 1.5%

Poor 50.8 41.5 7.7

5. (US Oct '37) Which kind of material should be less fea-
tured [in newspapers]? Asked of 39.1% of the sample who

thought newspapers should not be allowed to print anything
they chose, (for)

Total Men Women

Sex 13.8% 12.5% 14.8%

Cfime 28.8 26.8 30.3

Personal scandal 20.0 19.9 20.1

Misleading statements 14.8 17.1 13.0

Articles attacking the President

and other public men 4.9 51 4.8

Articles causing dissatisfaction

with the present otder 5.8 5.9 5.8

Foreign news likely to make the

public want to get mixed up in

war 10.6 11.5 9.9

Other 1.3 12 1.3

100.0% of those questioned

6. (US Nov 12 '37) In Quebec, Canada, a law permits the
police to padlock places printing Communist literature. Would
you favor such a law here? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 39% = 100% No opinion 10%

7. (Great Britain Nov '38) Do you think that the state should
impose a political censorship of the British press? (bipo)

Yes 19% No 81% = 100% No opinion 14%

8. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not establish a bureau to supervise what should be
printed in newspapers and magazines? (for)

Should 15.3% Should not 76.1%

Don't know or depends 8.6%

9. (US Aug '39) Do you believe that, in the past, newspapers
and magazines have been free to print anything they please on
any subject they please? (for)

Yes 49.1%

Yes, except libel and obscenity. . . . 14.3

Almost anything. 10.7

No 18.2

Don't know 7.7

10. (US Aug '39) Who has prevented them [newspapers and
magazines] from doing so [printing anything they please]?
Asked of 28.9% of the sample who thought newspapers and
magazines had not always been free to print anything they
pleased, (for)

Newspaper owners 22.9%

Politicians 196

Capitalists 15. 7 r

Government 12.5 j

Advertisers 11.3 ;

Other 77 J

Don't know 10.3 r

100.0% of those -y

questioned ]

11. (US Aug '39) Even if it injures the sale of the product and
lessens the income of the producer, do you think that news-
papers and magazines should have the right of honest Cfiticism
about a book or movie; the quality of gasoline; the labor
policy of an employer; the way a company operates its busi-
ness? (for)

Yes No Don't know

A book or movie 81.6% 11.2% 7-2%

Quality of gasoline 72.8 17.2 10.0

Labor policy of an employer. 60.1 28.1 11.8

The way a company operates

its business 58.4 314 10.2

[417]

12. (US Aug '39) Do you believe that newspapers and maga-
zines should be allowed to describe methods of fighting syph-
ilis; print accident and war pictures; attack the Communist
party; attack the Nazis in Germany; attack President Roose-
velt; print divorce hearings; print a fine painting of a nude;
print a speech attacking a public official without printing his
reply? (for)

Quali-
fied Don't
Yes yes No know
Describe methods of

fighting syphilis 78.3% .7% 11.3% 9.7%

Print accident and war

pictures 71.6 4.3 18.5 5.6

Attack the Communist

party 63.8 1.4 12.5 22.3

Attack the Nazis 54.3 1.8 20.4 23.5

A.ttack President Roo-
sevelt 49.4 5.1 37.8 7.7

Print divorce hearings. 36.6 2.3 51-5 9.6

Print a fine painting of

anude 36.1 1.1 52.8 10.0

Print a speech attacking
a public official with-
out printing his reply 11.9 .4 795 8.2

OPINION ON ATTACKING ROOSEVELT
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Pacific coast 66.3% 8.2% 23.0% 2.5%

southwest 41.0 2.5 41.5 15.0

southeast 32.0 39 52.5 116

OPINION ON ATTACKING ROOSEVELT
BY OPINIONS ABOUT HIM

generally approving

Roosevelt 37.0%

generally disapproving

Roosevelt 72.9

4.9% 50.1%

5.2

17.7

8.0%
4.2

13. (US Aug '39) By what method should newspapers and
nagazincs be prevented [from writing about the items men-
tioned in the preceding question]? Asked of a national cross-
iection of those who thought the newspapers and magazines
should not be allowed to write about the items in the above
question, (for)

Public opinion 34.1%

Editor's good taste 29.3

More legislation (comparable to

libel and obscenity laws) 15-4

Government control of the press. . 76

Board of censors 5

All other means 1.1

Don't know 12.0

100.0% of those
questioned

14. (US Aug '39) Do you believe the government should own
or more closely control the newspapers? (for)

closely Leave Don't

Own control alone know

National total 3.6% 10.3% 73.6% 12.5%

tsTegroes only 12.5 20.7 36.3 30.5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 1.4% 5.9% 87.4% 5.3%

Upper middle class 1.7 7.3 82.9 8.1

Lower middle class ... . 2.8 105 76.2 10.5

Poor 4.6 11.1 67.3 17.0

15. (US Aug '39) Do you feel that the press has abused its
freedom in any way? (for)

Yes 21.3%

No 64.2

Occasionally. ... 1.3
Don't know 13. 2

16. (US Aug '39) In what way [has the press abused its free-
dom]? Asked of 21.3% of the sample who thought the press
had abused its freedom, (for)

Prejudice in general and politics 36.0%

Sensationalism; exaggeration; distortion 30.8

Too much sex, crime 9-7

Suppression; propaganda; selfish use of power 8.3

Other 12.1

Don't know 3.1

100.0%
of those questioned

17. (Great Britain Sept '39) Do you think that the censorship
of news is too strict, too lenient, or about right? (bipo)

Too strict 54%

Too lenient 2

About right 37

Don't know 7

18. (US Apr 9 '40) Which do you think is more important —
that newspapers should be allowed to criticize the decisions of
judges, or that judges should be free from such criticism? (aipo)

Newspapers to criticize 75%

Judges free from criticism 25

100%
Other answers and no opinion 13%

19. (US Apr 9 '40) Which do you think is more important^
that newspapers should be allowed to criticize the decisions of
courts, or that courts should be free from such criticism? (aipo)

Newspapers should be able to criticize 74%

Courts should be free from criticism 26

Other answers *

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

10. (Germany June 7 '46) Whom do you think your local offi-
cials do rely upon most? (omgus)

People who elect them 43%

All Germans 12

Own judgment 18

No opinion 25

People who elected him and all Germans. ... *

People and own judgment 1

Other answers *

No answer *

* = 1

11. (Germany Aug '46) As far as you know, who is now re-
sponsible for local administration and government — the mili-
tary government or German officials? Those who said the Ger-
man officials were responsible were asked further: Was it a
good idea or bad idea for this transfer of responsibility to
German officials to be made? (omgus)

Military government responsible 31%

No opinion as to who is responsible 16

Didn't say who is responsible *

Good idea to transfer responsibility 43

Bad idea to transfer responsibility 5

No opinion whether transfer good or bad. ... 5

* Less than 0.5%.

12. (Germany Aug '46) Some time ago the military govern-
ment transferred the responsibility for local administration to
German officials. Do you consider this a good or a bad idea?
(omgus)

Good idea 77%

Bad idea 9

No opinion 14

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

13. (Germany Aug '46) In your opinion, are the local German
officials doing an excellent job, a good job, a fair job, or a bad
job? (omgus)

Excellent 3%

Good 39

Fair 32

Bad 6

No opinion 20

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

14. (Germany Aug '46) What reason can you give for your
opinion? Asked of 42% of the sample who thought the local
German officials were doing an excellent or good job. (omgus)
Good experience; they try to see everybody's point; good

mayor; officials accept other peoples' opinions 32%

They are doing their duty; they work toward satisfying

everyone 54

Officials are working efficiently but too slowly 2

No opinion; don't know 2

No answer 10

100%
of those questioned

15. (Germany Aug '46) What reasons can you give for

opinion? Asked of 38% of the sample who thought local

man officials were doing a fair or bad job. (omgus)

Too dependent; too many restrictions by military govern-
ment; too many regulations

Miny officials are working only for their own profit; un-
just; corruptible; biased

No experienced men; no experts

Too much bureaucracy; over-organization; work slug-
gishly; too slow

Enlightenment and courtesy lacking; one never gets clear
information

Offices sot yet quite free of Nazism; Christian Demo-
cratic Union supports Nazis

General difficulties; disagreements; economic conditions.

Other answers

No answer

Don't know; no opinion

your
Ger-

6
10
2
6
1

100%
of those questioned

16. (Germany Aug '46) On the whole, are the local German
officials working for the good of the community, or do they
work primarily with their own interest in mind? (omgus)

[ 42G ]

Work for the good of the community 55%

Have own interest in mind 16

No opinion or no answer • 28

Work for both community and self 1

17. (Germany Aug '46) A cross-section comparable to the one
used for the preceding question was asked: On the whole, are
the local officials working for the good of the community, or
do they work primarily with their own interest in mind?
(oMGus)

For the good of the community 61%

Have their own interest in mind 15

No opinion 22

No answer 1

Work for both community and self 1

18. (Germany Aug '46) In your opinion, should local govern-
ment be carried out by persons belonging to one of the political
parties or by officials not belonging to any party? (omgus)

Members of a political party 13%

Officials with no party interests 38

No opinion 34

Yes and no (both) 14

No answer 1

All those who had an opinion on the preceding question

were asked : Why? (omgus)

Members of a political party are more interested; more
enlightened; politicians should be leading; are more
familiar with everyday affairs than people with no
party interests 8%

They stick together; more encouragement; more back-
bone 2

One cannot do without parties; one has to be politically
organized 1

Had no say in former years, therefore shall speak their
mind now; exchange of opinions; they shall state their
point of view 1

Officials without party interests are unbiased; party in-
terests not in the foreground; equal treatment of public;
unanimity of officials; no one-sided policy 30

Better work done because officials don't change after every
election; are not so tied up; can remain in office if sys-
tem of government changes 6

Both: whether party interests or not the chief point is
that officials are doing their duty; are capable of work-
ing for the good of the community; the most capable
should have the most important job; selection only
according to ability, experience, and knowledge 13

An official should serve only the state; dependent on gov-
ernment; difference on account of dependence on the
military government 2

Others *

No opinion 6

No answer 31

100%
of those with opinions
* Less than 0.5%.

19. (Germany Aug '46) In your opinion, what is the biggest
obstacle the local administration has to contend with in doing
its job? (oMGUs)

Lack of experts; denazification; not enough qualifica-
tions 6%

Refugees; expellees 21

Economic difficulties; raw materials supply; lack of
goods; lack of transport; zonal economy; fuel sup-
plies 21

Food situation; insufficient food causes inefficient work 14

General difficulties; after-effects of the war; damages;

effects of rule; burglary and thefts 8%

Reconstruction; housing problem 11

Displaced persons *

Difficult to satisfy everybody; Military Government

pressure 5

Don't know; no opinion 21

Russian military government *

No answer . . . .' 2

Others 1

110%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

20. (Germany Aug '46) What is your opinion regarding the
way mayors should be elected — should they be elected directly
by the people, or should they be chosen by the council (which
is elected by the people), or should they be appointed by the
military government, or do you think it doesn't make much of
a difference how it is done? (omgos)

Election by the people 52%

Selection by local council 22

Appointed by the military government 5

Method of selection is of no account 5

No opinion 16

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%,-

21. (Germany Aug '46) Can you tell me how mayors are
elected at present? (omgus)

Election by the people 29%

Selection by local council 43

Appointment by the military government. ... 3
Through political parties; mayor is put up by

strongest party *

According to nimiber of votes *

Other answers *

No opinion; don't know; no answer 25

* Less than 0.5%.

22. (Germany Aug '46) Are you satisfied with this mode of
election or do you think some other way would be better?
Asked of 43% of the sample who said mayors were elected by
local council, (omgus)

Satisfied 72%

No opinion 7

Not satisfied; would prefer direct suffrage; election by the

people; the whole population to vote 20

No answer 1

100%
of those questioned

LOTTERIES

1. (US Feb 8 '36 and May 16 '36) Would you favor govern-
ment-supervised lotteries? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Feb '36 59% 41% = 100% 8%

May '36 53 40 7 = 100%

2. (US Apr 13 '38) Would you favor lotteries in this state to
help pay the cost of government? (aipo)

[427]

National total .

Yes

49%

No
51%

No opinion
100% 6%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 59% 41%

Middle Atlantic 58 42

East central 45 55

West central 39 61

South 37 63

Rocky Mountain 43 57

Pacific coast 58 42

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper and middle 45% 55%

Lower 55 45

3. (US Apr 13 '38) Do you think government lotteries would
produce an unwholesome gambling spirit in this country?
(aipo)

Yes 51% No 49%

4. (US May 12 '38) Do you approve of churches raising money
by lotteries and games of chance? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 31% 69% = 100% 5%

BY RELIGION

Catholic - 58% 42%

Protestant 21 • 79

Other denominations . . 23 77

Non-church members. . 35 65

5. (US July 8 '39) Would you favor lotteries in this state under
the supervision of the state government to help pay the cost of
government? (aipo)

Yes 49% No 44% Don't know 7%

6. (US July 8 '39) At the same time as the preceding question,
a comparable cross-section was asked: Would you favor lot-
teries in this state run by the state government to help pay the
cost of government? (aipo)

Yes 48% No 44% Don't know 8%

7. (US Jan 9 '41) Would you favor lotteries in this state run
by the state government to help pay the cost of old-age pen-
sions? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 45% 41% 14%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION ,

New England and mid-At-
lantic 59% 31% 10%

East central 40 44 16

West central 36 51 13

South 31 51 18

Far West 43 43 14

8. (US Jan 22 '41) Would you favor lotteries in this country
run by the federal government to help pay some of the cost of
national defense? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 51% 38% 11%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-At-
lantic 60%

East central 50

West central 39

South 45

Far West 47

30%

10%

9. (Australia Nov '41) Are you in favor of government lot-
teries? (apop)

Favor Against Undecided

National total 77% 17% 6%

STATE BY STATE

New South Wales 86%

Victoria 77

Queensland 73

Western Australia 71

Tasmania 63

South Australia 60

BY AGE

21-29 years 83%

30-39 years 78

40-49 years 78

50-59 years 76

60 years and over 69

10. (US Jan 6 '42 and Feb 3 '43) Do you happen to know what
lotteries are? The 1943 question asked "what a lottery is" in-
stead of "what lotteries are." (aipo)

Jan '42.
Feb "43.

10%

Yes

80%

20%

11. (US Jan 6 '42 and Feb 3 '43) Would you favor lotteries run
by the federal government to help pay a part of the cost of
carrying on the war? In 1943 two comparable cross-sections
were used and results combined. One cross-section was asked
the same question as the 1942 sample; the second cross-section
was asked: Would you favor lotteries run by the federal gov-
ernment to help pay the cost of the war? In all cases only those
familiar with lotteries were questioned, (aipo)

Undecided;
Yes No no opinion

54% 37% = 100% 9%

49 42

Jan '42
Feb '43

9 = 100%

Men. . . .
Women .

1943 RESULTS BY SEX

54% 46%

43 57

12. (Canada Mar 1 '44) Would you favor or oppose lotteries
run by the Dominion government to help pay the cost of the
war? (cipo)
Favor 58% Oppose 33% Undecided 9%

13. (Sweden Aug '45) If you won 10,000 kroner*
on what would you spend the money? (sgi)

in a lottery.

Buy a house or flat. . . .

Pay debts, taxes

Improve farm; repair

house

Put in bank; save

Travel

Invest in own business .

Charity

Education; studies

Establishing oneself;

marrying

%
28

7
9
9
3
7
3

%
15

2
12
13

4
14

[428]

Save for the children;
children's future. ... 3

Spend it little by little;
good living 2

Invest profitably; specu-
late 2

Buy car, boat 2

Buy furniture, paint-
ings, silver, and other
things for the home. 2

Other replies 6

Don't know 13

5
%

6
12

Percentages .... 107* 105* 103* 102* 104* 102*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

** The Swedish krona was worth approximately 25 cents in Amer-
ican money at this time.

14. (Sweden Aug '45) Have you a lottery or similar ticket at
the moment? (sgi)

t'^ S 5 ■« -§ 5 2

-.ft; "5 < 1.^ 1* --H ^ ,_

National total. 49% 39% 10% 7% 31% = 136%,*

BY SEX

Men 53% 41% 11% 8% 27% = 140%

Women 46 36 10 6 35 =133

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class.... 57% 56% 17% 7% 22% = 159%
Middle class. . . 48 47 15 8 28 =146

'Workers 50 31 5 6 34 = 126

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents had
more than one kind of ticket.

15. (US Oct 3 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of a na-
tional lottery to pay part of the cost of aid to war veterans? A
comparable cross-section was asked : To pay part of the cost of
aid to war veterans, do you approve or disapprove of a national
lottery to raise the money? Results were combined, (aepo)
Approve 48% Disapprove 34% No opinion 18%

16. (Canada Feb 2 '46) Would you favor or oppose the gov-
ernment running a lottery for charity on a big horse race, such
as the King's Plate? (cipo)

Favor 52% Oppose 38% Undecided 10%

17. (Sweden Apr '46) Do you think it would be a good plan
to do away with the highest prizes in the state lottery (100,000
kronor) and the premium bonds (250,000 kronor) and trans-
form these instead into a larger number of 50,000 kronor prizes,
or do you think that this would be undesirable? (sgi)
Approve the plan 77% Disapprove 12% Don't know 11%

18. (Australia Nov '46) Do you favor or oppose lorterics run
by state governments? (apop)

Favor 79% Oppose 16% No opinion 5%

19. (Australia Nov '46) What do you think about the federal
government running a lottery? (apop)

Oppose 48% Favor 40% No opinion 12%

20. (Hungary Dec '46) Have you ever had a lottery ticket?
Asked in Budapest, (hlpor)

Yes No

Men 55.4% 44.6%

Women... 44.3 55-7

21. (Hungary Dec '46) Why [have you] not [had a lottery
ticket]? Asked of a Budapest cross-section of men and women
who said they had never had a lottery ticket. 44.6% of the
men and 55. 7% of the women are represented, (hipor)

Men Women

Lack of money 26.5% 30.6%

Lack of confidence 31.7 31.0

Wasting money 2.9 3-8

Does not care 35. 0 29.1

Not knowing 1.4 2.4

Other; no answer 2.5 31

IOG.0%* 100.0%*
* 100% of those who had never had a lottery ticket.

22. (Hungary Dec '46) Have you ever won with a lottery
ticket even the smallest stim? Asked of a Budapest cross-section
who said they had had a lottery ticket. 55. 4% of the men and
44.3% of the women are represented, (hipor)

Yes.
No.,

M.en

46.9%
53.1

Women
43.1%
56.9

(

100.0%,* 100.0%*
* 100% of those who had had a lottery ticket.

MacARTHUR, DOUGLAS

1. (us Jan 5 '42) If the Philippines fall, do you rhink the gov-
ernment should get General MacArthur out beforehand so he
can fight again, or have him stay with his troops to the end?
(norc)

Get him out 42% Let him stay 42% Don't know 16%

2. (us Feb 6 '43) Do you happen to know what job Douglas
MacArthur holds in the govemmenr today? (norc)
Correctly identified 87% Incorrectly identified 2%

Don't know 11%

MAGNA CHARTA

1. (Canada Aug 10 '46) What do you understand by
Charta"? (cipo)

Correct definition 18%

Vague 15

Incorrect definition 7

Don't know 60

'Magna

[429]

MANNERS AND CUSTOMS

1. (US Dec 16 '38, Dec 22 '39, Dec 12 •44, Dec 11 '46) Arc
going to make any New Year's resolutions? (aipo)

you

Dec '38.
Dec '39.
Dec '44.
Dec ;46.

Men . . .
Women .

Yes

28%
25
25
27

1946

RESULTS BY SEX

. . . 22%
. .. 32

No
72%
75
75
73

78%
68

2. (US Dec 16 '38, Dec 22 '39, Dec 12 '44, Dec 11 '46) All those
who said they were going to make New Year's resolutions in
answer to the preceding questions were asked what they would
be. 28% of the 1938 sample, 25% of the 1939 sample, 25% of
the 1944 sample, and 27% of the 1946 sample are represented.
(aipo)

1938 RESULTS

Save money 17-7%

Improve my character 13.4

Better myself in business 10.1

Be more religious; go to church more often 94

Stop smoking 9.3

Improve my disposition 8.0

Stop drinking 6.7

Be more charitable 5.4

Keep more regular hours; go to bed earlier 4.5

Make more effort to get a job 3.4

Improve my mind 2.8

Manage my home and children better 2.6

Be more ambitious 2.3

Be less critical of other people 2.2

Stop gambling 1.2

Be a better husband and father 9

All others 17.3

117.2%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents wtio intended
to make resolutions and add to more than 100 because some gave more
than one answer.

1939 RESULTS

Better myself in work or business 2%

Save more money 2

Stop smoking 2

Stop drinking 2

Improve my character

Improve my disposition

Be more religious; go to church more often

Pay off debts; stay out of debt

All others and no answer 13

25%

1944 RESULTS

Live better life; improve character 2%

Be more religious; go to church more often 2

Save more money; budget 2

Improve my disposition; be more understanding; not be

jealous 1

Buy bonds 1

Stop drinking or drink less 1

Be more efficient; try to do a better job 1

Stop smoking or smoke less 1%

Work to get the war over faster 1

Get more sleep; take care of health 1

Miscellaneous 3

Didn't say 9

25%

1946 RESULTS

Stop drinking, drink less 5%

Save more money, budget 15

Improve my disposition, be more understanding, not be

jealous, control temper 10

Be more religious, go to church more 8

Improve my character, live better life 12

Be more efficient and prompt, try to do a better job. ... 7
Help husband (family) more, see friends, stay home. ... 6

Stop smoking, smoke less 6

Earn more money, get better position 5

To get thin, to gain weight 3

Miscellaneous 8

No opinion 13

Get more sleep, take care of my health 2

Other resolutions 2

Stop gambling 1

Stop swearing 1

Not to worry 1

Improve education, mind, culture 2

107%*

* Percentages are b.ased on the number of respondents who intended
to make New Year's resolutions and add to more than 100 because some
gave more than one answer.

3. (Sweden Feb '44) What do you think of the politeness of
the conductors in trains, buses, and streetcars? (sGi)

Politeness in trains.
Politeness in buses . .
Politeness in street-
cars

Excel-
lent

Fair

Poor

Bad

Don't

know

61%
55

25%
26

2%
6

11%
10

4. (Sweden Feb '44) Have you any personal impression of
whether you are better setved in post-offices and ticket-offices
at railway stations than as a customer in, for instance, a food
shop? (sGi)

Post Offices

Better The same Don t know Worse

National total 2% 69% 11% 18%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 3% 62% 14%

Country 2 73 9

Railway Stations
3% 64% 7%

National total.

BY SIZE OF community

Towns 4% 54%

Country 3 70

9%
6

21%
16

26%

33%
21

5. (Sweden June '44) What is the most suitable way of address-
ing an unknown male (female) person who appears to be the
same age and class as yourself? (sgi)

[430]

National total .

■1^

-3

National total . .

■^

«
>--l

15%

17%

Less than 20,000. .
Over 100,000

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Nofth Sweden 38% 27% 3% 12% 16% 4%

Dalecarlia 29 24

Malat disttict 28 22

Stockholm 41 13

East Gotland 34 30

Skane 40 31

West Gotland 50 13

10
20
24
16
10
13

30
22
9
15
11
18

11
4
3
3

6. (Sweden June '44) How should a housewife address her
maid? (soi)

Christian name. . . . 60%

Miss 21

Thou 7

You 2

Other replies 1

Don't know 9

7. (US Aug '46) On the whole, which sex do you think is
more polite and well-mannered, men or women? (for)

Men

Men 22.9%

Women 32.8

8. (Hungary Oct '46) Do you think the shopkeepers are more
polite since the stabilization of the Hungarian forint? Asked
in Budapest, (hipor)

Don't

IVomen

difference

know

48.9%

21.0%

7.2%

36.5

21.6

9.1

Yes No

Men 83.4% 10.8%

Women 86.7 9.5

more than one answer.

18. (US May 18 '44) Now that most meats and canned vege-
tables have been taken off rationing, do you think it is still
necessary to have ceiling prices on them? asked of 86% of the
sample who thought most meats were not rationed, (norc)
Yes 75% No 5% Don't know 6% = 86%

19. (US June 2 '44) Does your ration allow you to get all the
rationed meats your family really needs? Asked of national
cross-section of women marketers, (norc)

Yes 90%

No 7

More 2

Don't use 1

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

20. (Canada Sept 12 '45) In answer to the question: Why do
you think Canada has rationed meat again? 67% of the sample
answered that it was to feed Europe; to supply UNRRA; etc.
Another 6% believed that it was to satisfy complaints from
the United States. Only 9% had no answer at all. Presumably
the remaining 18% gave miscellaneous answers. People were
then asked: Do you approve or disapprove of this? (cipo)
Approve 68% Disapprove 23% Undecided 9%

21. (France Feb 16 '46) What quantity of meat [do you con-
sider necessary for your nourishment] each week? (fipo)

Men Women

Less than 250 gr 1% 1%

250-550 gr 20 28

550-850 gr 18 20

850-1,150 gr 29 28

1,150-1,450 gr 6 4

1,450-1,750 gr 14 11

More than 1,750 gr.. . . 12 7

No answer — 1

Median: Men 1,060 gr. Women 925 gr.

22. (Denmark Apr 6 '46) Do you think that we eat too much
meat and too many eggs? (dgi)

Yes 36% No 54% Don't know 10%

23. (Belgium July-Oct '46) When buying meat are you aware
of, or do you take note of, the official price (maximum legal
price)? (insoc)

I S 2; S a

■S Hi, <S kS ,5

^ o' « ;? Q

National total 33.1% 14.0% 13.2% 25.2% 14.5%

BY environment

Urban 33.3% 13.2% 12.3% 25.3% 15.9%

Rural 29.0

Industrial 38.6

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 28.3% 15.4% 17.8% 26.6% 11.9%

Workers 32.6 133 11.2 22.5 20.4

White-collar 24.1 18.0 13.8 26.1 18.0

Businessmen 36.1 13.0 9.3 24.8 16.8

Professional men. . . 16.5 11.0 14.3 36.2 22.0

Living on income. . 46.6 9.2 12.9 21.5 9.8

Housewives 39.3 14.5 14.9 27.2 4.1

165

29.2

12.3

10.2

19.1

15.0

[437]

24. (Belgium July-Oct '46) When buying [meat] with ration
stamps or certificates of entitlement, do you ever have to pay
more than the fixed official prices (maximum legal prices)?
(iNsoc)

^
^

National total 11.4% 17.6% 11.3% 33.2% 26.5%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 10.8% 18.5% 9.9%

Rural 13.5 16.5 12.1

Industrial 9.5 17.2 12.9

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers

Workers

White-collar

Businessmen

Professional

Living on income .

9.9
10.6

8.4
13.2
10.4

15.4%

15.5

19.6

18.2

13.2

19.0

31.5% 29.3%

32.5 25.4

37.5 22.9

30.2% 27.4%

10.7
9.6

13.9
9.9

11.1

32.1
29.6
30.8
28.5
39.9

31.8
30.6
28.7
35.2
19.6

2S. (Belgium July-Oct '46) Did you ever buy [meat] without
ration stamps or certificates? (insoc)

Don't
Often Rarely Never know

National total 51.0% 24.0% 18.6% 6.4%

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 56.2% 22.4%

Rural 47.6 24.5

Industrial 45.8 26.2

14.0%

22.7

21.7

7.4%

5.2

6.3

BY OCCtJPATION

Farmers 44.7% 22.3% 27-7% 5.3%

Workers 48.1 24.8 18.6 8.5

White-collar 52.5 27.0 12.7 7.8

Businessmen 59.7 18.0 12.2 10.1

Professional 57.2 22.0 8.8 12.0

Living on income 44.8 22.1 28.2 4.9

Housewives 54.6 25.5 19.1 0.8

26. (US Aug 28 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of having
price controls put back on meat? (aipo)

Approve 49% Disapprove 43% No opinion 8%

27. (US Aug 28 '46) What effect do you think this [return of
price control on meat] will have on the supply of meat in the
meat markets? (aipo)

No answer 16%

No effect 9

Less meat 45

Less meat for a while 4

Black market will increase 9

The poor people will get more; even distribution 3

Will be greater supply 14

Meat will be cheaper ' 4

Will stabilize the market .• 1

Cut out black market 1

Higher prices 1

Miscellaneous *

107%**

*Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

28. (France Sept '46) M. Yves Farge has decided to employ
the following system in certain large cities: the butchers will

deliver to each consumer 150 grams of meat at the ceiling price;
150 grams more at the free market price. Do you approve of
this system? (fipo)
Approve 34% Disapprove 47% No opinion 19%

29. (US Sept 11 '46) Do you think the present price ceilings
should be kept on or taken off the following items? Among
others was listed meats.

Kept on
National total 42%

Taken off No opinion
53% 5%

BY POLITICS

Republican 29%

Democratic 52

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business 37%

Farmer 34

White-collar 41

Manual workers 47

30. (US Oct 10 '46) Should the Congress to be elected this
November keep or do away with price controls on meats? (aipo)
Keep 22% Do away 70% No opinion 8%

67%

59%

MEDALS

1. (Great Britain Oct '40) At present there are different deco-
rations awarded to officers from those awarded to men. Do
you think this distinction should be kept up or done away
with? (bipo)

Kept up 26% Done away with 60% Don't know 14%

2. (US Aug 22 '45) Can you tell me what award a soldier gets
the first time he is wounded? (aipo)

Correct 65% Incorrect 3% Don't know 32%

3. (US Aug 22 '45) What does it [the award a soldier gets the
first time he is wounded] look like? (aipo)

Correct 43% Don't know 57%

4. (US Aug 22 '45) Can you tell me what a soldier gets to wear
showing that he has been in a battle? (aipo)

Correct 46% Incorrect 27% Don't know 27%

6. (US Aug 22 '45) What does the soldier's discharge emblem
look like? (aipo)

Correct 44% Incorrect 12%* Don't know 44%

* Incorrect = total of "Partly correct" and "Incorrect."

6. (US Aug 22 '45) Can you tell me what award a soldier gets
the second time he is wounded? (aipo)

Correct 14% Incorrect 17% Don't know 69%

7. (US Aug 22 '45) What does it [the award a soldier gets the
second time he is wounded] look like? (aipo)

Correct 9% Don't know 91%

8. (US Aug 22 '45) How can one tell whether a soldier has
been overseas six months or longer? (aipo)

Correct 53% Incorrect 14% Don't know 33%

9. (US Aug 22 '45) Can you descfibe briefly what the soldier's
good conduct ribbon looks like? (aipo)

Correct 18% Incorrect 11% Don't know 71%

10. (Great Britain May '46) As far as you know, are you en-
titled to a defense medal? (bipo)

[438]

National total

Men

Women

Yts

32%

BY SEX

52%
17

64%

44%
79

Dm t know
4%

4%
4

11. (Great Britain May '46) Have you or have you not applied
for it [defense medal]? Asked of 32% of the sample who said
they were entitled to a defense medal, (bipo)

Have

Have not

National total. . .

. . . 42%

BY SEX

58% = 100%
of those questioned

Men

Women

. . . 40%
... 50

60% = 100%
50 = 100

MEDICAL ECONOMICS

1. (us Oct '36) How much money has your household spent
during the past year for doctors and hospital bills? (for)

BY WILLINGNESS TO PAY $10 A YEAR
FOR HOSPITAL INSURANCE

Would pay
$10

18.7%
16.2

Total

Nothing 24.7%

Under $10 16.8

$10-$24 16.5 15-9

$25-$49 13.4 14.9

$50-$99 9.8 11.3

$100-$199 8.1 99

$200 and over 10.7 13.1

Would not

30.7%
16.3
17.2
12.4

8.5

6.5

8.4

Don't

know

27.9%
11.1
16.6
11.1

7.8

5.4

8.5

2. (US Oct '36) How much money has your household spent
during the last year for dental bills? (for)

None or under $25 71.7^

Over $25 28.3%

3. (US June 14 '37) Do you think poor people here get proper
medical care? (aipo)

Yes 46%

No 54*:^

100%

No opinion 11%

4. (US May 12 '38) Excluding dentistry, about how much
did you spend for doctor and hospital bills for yourself last
year? (aipo)

Nothing 40%

$2 and under 3

Over $2 to $5 6

Over $5 to $8 2

Over $8 to $10 5

Over $10 to $15 3

Over $15 to $20 2

Over $20 to $25 4

Over $25 to $35 2

Over $35 to $45 1

Over $45 to $55 4

Over $55 to $100 4

Over $100 to $200 3

Over $200 to $300 1

Over $300 1

Don't remember 16

No answer 3

Median $2

5. (US May 12 '38) Excluding dentistry, about how much did
your family spend for doctor and hospital bills last year? (aipo)

Nothing 21%

$2 and under 1

Over $2 to $5 3

Over $5 to $8 1

Over $8 to $10 6

Over $10 to $15 4

Over $15 to $20 3

Over $20 to $25 5

Over $25 to $35 2

Over $35 to $45 2

Over $45 to $55 6

Over $55 to $75 3

Over $75 to $100 6

, Over $100 to $200 6

Over $200 to $300 2

Over $300 3

Don't remember 24

No answer 2

6. (US May 20 '38) Have you ever put off going to the doctor
because of the cost? (aipo)

Yes No No answer

National total 42% 58% = 100% 3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 24% 76%

Middle income 37 63

Lower income 68 32

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 35%

Middle Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Far West

35%

65%

7. (US May 20 '38) About how much did you spend for doctor
bills for yourself last year (not counting dentist bills)? (aipo)

Nothing 37%

$2 and under 4

Over $2 to $5 10

Over $5 to $8 3

Over $8 to $10 8

Over $10 to $15 5

Over $15 to $20 4

Over $20 to $25 4

Over $25 to $35 2

Over $35 to $45 1

Over $45 to $65 1

Over $65 to $100 4

Over $100 to $200 3

Over $200 2

Don't know 12

8. (US Mar 6 '40) Would you go to the doctor more often if
the doctor's charges were lower? (aipo)

Yes, emphatically 21%

Yes 26

No 33

No, emphatically 20

9. (US Dec 18 '41) On the average, can you tell me about how
much you spend on medicine, not counting doctors' fees,
when you have a cold? (aipo)

None 21%

$1 or less 22

[439]

$1 12%

Over $1 to $7.50 19

More than $7.50 2

Not much; very little 3

Don't know and miscellaneous 21

Median 50(i per cold

10. (Great Britain July '44) Can you get a doctor's treatment
free? 37% of the sample who said they could get no free treat-
ment were asked: Have there been times when you did not go
to see a doctor but would have gone if there had been no
charge? (bipo)

Can get free medical treatment 63%

Would have gone to a doctor if there had been

no charge 14

Would not have gone to a doctor even if there

had been no charge 23

11. (US Aug '44) Do you think there are any people in the
United States who can't afford to see a doctor as often as they
should? 81% of the sample who said they believed there were
such people were asked : Would you say there arc a great many
people like that or only a few? (norc)

No such people 15%

Undecided as to whether or not such people exist 4

Yes, a great many 57

Yes, but only a few 21

Undecided as to how many there are 3

12. (US Apr 10 '46 and Australia Nov '46) Just making a
guess, about how much did you (or your husband) pay for
doctor, hospital, (chemist) and dentist bills during the past
year? In Australia the question substituted "the last twelve
months" for "the last year." (aipo, apop)

UNITED STATES RESULTS

No answer; don't know. . . . 3%

Nothing 16

Under $25 21

$25 to $50 16

$50 to $100 16

Over $100 28

Median $50

AUSTRALIAN RESULTS

Nothing 23%

£5 and under 21

£6 to £10 17

£11 to £15 6

£16 to £25 14

£26 to £50 13

£51 to £100 4

Over £100 2

MEDICINE, STATE

1. (us Oct '36) Do you believe the government should pro-
vide free medical and dental care at the expense of the taxpayer
for those who can't pay? (for)

Yes 74.0% No 20.3% Don't know or no answer 5.7%

2. (US Oct '36) Would you be willing to pay ten dollars a year
for each member of your family to cover hospital expenses for
a year? (It is understood this would provide ward care or a
proportionate credit against private-room care.) (for)

Yes 47.9% No 44.3% Don't know 7.8%

3. (US Oct '36) Would you be willing to pay ten dollars a year
for each member of your family for dental expenses for a year?
(for)

Yes 43.3% No 49.4% Don't know or no answer 7.3%

4. (US June 14 '37) Should the federal government provide
free medical care for those unable to pay? (May 20 '38) Do
you think the government should be responsible for providing
medical care for people who are unable to pay for it? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

June '37 79% 21% = 100% 7%

May '38 81 19 =100 4

1938 RESULTS DY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 77% 23%

Middle Atlantic 84 16

East central 79 21

West central 79 21

South 83 17

Far West 83 17

5. (US May 20 '38) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes
for this purpose? Asked of a national cross-section of people
who thought the government should be responsible for pro-
viding medical care for people who were unable to pay for it.
81% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Yes 59% No 41% = 100% No opinion 9%

6. (US June 28 '37) Should the federal government aid state
and local governments in providing medical care for babies at
birth? (aipo)

Yes 82% No 18% = 100% No opinion 12%

7. (US Aug 9 '37) Should the federal government aid state and
local governments in providing medical care for mothers at
childbirth? (aipo)

Yes 81% No 19% = 100% No opinion 10%

8. (US Nov 12 '37) If a medical association agreed to pay all
your family doctor and hospital bills, how much a month
would your family be willing to pay for this service? (aipo)

Do not favor the idea 28%

Less than $1.00 2

$1.00 9

Over $1.00 to $1.50 *

$1.50 to $2. 00 2

$2.00 9

Over $2.00 to $3.00 2

$3.00 5

Over $3.00 to $4.00 *

$4.00 2

Over $4.00 to $5.00 *

$5.00

Over $5.00 to $7.50

$7.50 to $10.00

$10.00

Over $10.00

No opinion 27

* =

Median $1.00

9. (US May 12 '38) If you were assured complete medical and
hospital care for yourself in case of accident or illness (exclud-
ing dentistry) how much a month would you be willing to
pay for this service? (Dec 23 '38) If you were assured complete
medical and hospital care for yourself in case of accident or
illness (except dentistry) would you be willing to pay three
dollars a month? Two dollars and a half a month? Two dollars
a month? (Jan 20 '39) If you were assured complete medical

[440]

and hospital care for yourself in case of accident or illness (ex-
cept dentistry) would you be willing to pay two dollars a
month? (aipo)

MAY '38 RESULTS

Total willing to pay 53%

Against the idea 13

No opinion 34

Median $2 per month or $24 a year

DEC '38 RESULTS

$3.00.
$2.50.
$2.00,

Yis

No opinion

48%

38%

14%

JAN '39 RESULTS

No 27%

No opinio

Yes 68%

10. (US May 12 '38) If your family were assured complete
hospital care in case of accident or illness (excluding dentistry)
how much a month would your family be willing to pay for
this service? (aipo)

Total willing to pay 49%

Against the idea 13

No opinion 38

Median $2 per month or $24 a year

11. (US Dec 23 '38) Should Congress create a new Cabinet
Department of Public Welfare to handle public health, educa-
tion, and welfare? (Aug 22 '43) Do you think another Cabinet
office, called the Department of Public Welfare and headed
by a Secretary, should be set up in Washington to include such
things as Social Security, public health, and education? A
comparable cross-section was asked the question in the follow-
ing form: It has been suggested that a Secretary be appointed
to head a new Department of Public Welfare in Washington
which would include such things as Social Security, public
health, and education. Do you approve or disapprove of this?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Favor Oppose

Dec '38 57% 43% = 100%

Aug '45 47 22

1945 RESULTS BY EDUCATION

College 53% 32%

High school 50 25

Grade school 45 17

1945 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Professional and busi-
ness 53% 27%

White-collar 54 22

Farmers 35 31

Manual workers 47 15

No
opinion

21%
31 =

15%

20%
24
34
38

100%

12. (Great Britain Apr '41) Which would you prefer of the
following: all doctors and hospitals under state control with
their services free as education is now; an extension of the panel
system to include everybody; having a private doctor whom
you pay for his visits and medicine? (bipo)

All doctors and hospitals under state control 55%

Extension of panel system to include everybody 30

Having a private doctor 15

13. (Australia Dec '41) Should control of medical services be
a Commonwealth or a state responsibility? (apop)

National total .

Common-
wealth
control

55%

State
control
26%

BY geographical section

New South Wales 62% 22%

Queensland 53 27

Victoria 53 26

Western Australia 48 35

Tasmania 47 36

South Australia 41 33

No
opinion

19%

16%

14. (Canada Apr 8 '42, May 22 '43, Aug 28 '43, Apr 8 '44) If
the government should start a national health plan, would
you be willing to pay a small part of your (or your family's)
income every month so that yoi. and your family would receive
medical and hospital care whenever you needed it? In the 1944
sample "each year" was used instead of "every month." (cipo)

Yes

Undecided

Apr 8 '42 . . .

75%

18%

-lOr
I/O

May 22 '43 . . .

Aug 28 '43. . .

Apr 8 '44 . . .

APR '42 results by age

21-29 years. . .

79%

14%

31-39 years . . .

41-49 years . . .

51-59 years . . .

Over 60 years .

APR '42 results by economic

STATUS

Wealthy

76%

21%

Average

Poor

1944 results by provinces

Quebec 67% 28%

Ontario 83

Prairies 90

15. (Canada May 22 '43) How much would you be willing to
pay each month [for a national health plan]? (cipo)

Average amount

Single persons $1.60 monthly

Two in family 2.29 monthly

Three in family 2.41 monthly

Four in family 2.73 monthly

Five or more 2.53 monthly

16. (US Sept '42) After the war, do you think the federal gov-
ernment should or should not provide for medical care, old-
age pensions for everyone, and job insurance? Do you think it
will provide any or all of these? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

Should

Should not

Will

Will not

Free medical care. . . 23.7%

76.3%

59.5%

40.5%

Old-age pensions for

everyone 48.7

51.3

90.5

9.5

lob insurance 35.5

64.5

84.0

16.0

17. (US Apr '43) Do you think there should be a plan like this
[the Social Security Law] to take care of working people while
they are sick? (norc)

Yes 85%

No 10

Qualified answer 2

Don't know 3

[441]

18. (Great Britain June 10 '43) Do you think that a state-run
medical service would or would not be beneficial to the nation
as a whole? (bipo)

Yes 70%

No 17%

Don't know 13%

19. (Australia July '43) If a nationwide free medical service is
established after the war, who should organize and control
the scheme — the doctors or the government? (apop)
Government 57% Doctors 30% Undecided 13%

20. (US July 28 '43) At present the Social Security program
provides benefits for old age, death, and unemployment. Would
you favor changing the program to include payment of benefits
ifor sickness, disability, doctor, and hospital bills? 59% of the
sample who favored changing the program were asked: Would
you be willing to pay (or have your husband pay) six per cent
of your salary or wages (or income) in order to make this plan
possible? (aipo)

Oppose changing the program 29%

No opinion as to whether or not the program

should be changed 12

F^vor change and willing to pay 6% of salary . 44

Favor change but unwilling to pay 11

Didn't say whether or not were willing to pay 4

21. (Australia Oct '43) Do you think a free medical service
would or would not be beneficial to the nation as a whole?
(apop)

Would be beneficial 76%

Would not be 19

Undecided 5

22. (Australia Oct '43) Would you favor it [a national medical
service] if every family had to pay two shillings a week? (apop)

Would not oppose contributions .... 68%

Would oppose contributions 21

Undecided or no opinion 11

23. (Australia Nov '43) Which would you prefer — a national
medical service financed entirely by taxes, or one for which
each family paid about two shillings a week? (apop)

Two shillings contributions 48%

Only taxes 35

No difference 10

Opposed to it 7

24. (Canada Apr 12 '44) Do you think each county or riding
should be allowed to decide by a vote whether it wants a
health plan of its own, or should all people in your province
be required to take part in a province-wide plan? (cipo)

Province-wide plan 63%

Community decide 12

Undecided which plan 5

Don't want health insurance 16

Undecided whether insurance wanted 4

25. (Australia July '44) The government is planning a national
hospital and medical service which everyone will be able to
use. Do you think the whole cost should be raised by taxes,
or should every family pay in about two shillings a week?
(apop)

Favor contributory scheme 60%

Opposed contributions 27

Saw no difference 7

Opposed any kind of government service 6

26. (Great Britain July '44) If you were entitled to attend
your doctor free of charge under a public health service, would
you do so, or would you attend him privately and pay fees?
(bipo) (Australia Feb-Mar '45) If, under a national health

51%

25%

service, you were entitled to attend a doctor free of charge,
would you do so, or would you attend another doctor privately
and pay fees? (apop)

Be guided
by circum-
stances or
Attend Attend conditional

free privately answers

Great Britain 79% 21% —

Australia 52 26 22%

AUSTRALIAN RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well-to-do 24%

Better-off 36

Artisans 55

Low income 66

27. (Great Britain July '44) On the whole, would you like
the idea of a publicly run national health service, or would
you prefer hospitals and doctors to be left as they arc? (bipo)

National health service. . . . 55%

As they are 32

Don't know 13

28. (Great Britain July '44) Who do you think should have
most to say about the way medical services are arranged, the
doctors or the public through the government? (bipo)

Doctors 25%

Equal 32

Public 35

Don't know 8

29. (Great Britain July '44) Would you approve or disapprove
of health centers, where you might get more treatments than
you could get at your doctor's surgery, but which might not
be so near your home? (bipo)

Approve 69%

Disapprove 18

Don't know 13

30. (Great Britain July '44) If we do not have a national
health service, do you think that it is best to get rid of the
panel, leaving only private doctors, or should we try to make
some system as the panel work satisfactorily? (bipo)

Abolish panel 10%

Panel system 68

Don't know 22

31. (US Aug '44) Do you think anything should be done to
make it easier for people to get medical care when they need
it? 82% of the sample who thought something should be done
were asked : What do you think should be done? (norc)

Nothing should be done 10%

Undecided as to whether or not something should be done 8
Place responsibility with federal, state, or local govern-
ment 26

With private charity 3

Private insurance plans 6

Liberalization of doctor's services; lower prices; more

donated service; less independence and unavailability. 5
Other answers, i.e. doctors, hospitals, clinics, group in-
surance 42

32. (US Aug '44) Some people have a kind of insurance for
which they pay a certain amount each month to cover any
hospital care they or their families may have in the future. Do
you think this is a good idea or a bad idea? (norc)

Good idea 92% Bad idea 4% Undecided 4%

[442]

33. (US Aug '44) If you could get some insurance for which
you paid a certain amount each month to cover all the doctor
care you might need in the future, would you rather do that,
or would you rather pay the doctor what he charges you each
time? (norc)

Prefer to pay each time 38%

Prefer insurance 55*/

Undecided 7%

34. (US Aug '44) Would you be willing to pay three dollars a
month if you were assured complete doctor and hospital care
for you and your family any time in the future you might need
it? (norc)

Yes 67% No 25%, Undecided 8%

35. (US Aug '44) Do you think it would be a good idea or a
bad idea if the Social Secutity law also provided for the doctor
and hospital care that people might need in the future? 68%
of the sample thought it would be a good idea and 13% were
undecided. These two groups were asked: If this meant that
two and a half per cent of people's pay checks would be taken
out instead of the present one per cent, would you think this
a good idea or a bad idea? (norc)

Whole idea bad 19%

Good idea even if pay deductions are increased . 58

Poor idea if pay deductions are increased 10

Undecided about the matter if pay deductions
are increased 13

36. (US Aug '44) Would you rather have the Social Security
law handle the insurance that would pay for people's doctor
and hospital care, or would you rather have it handled through
some private insurance plan? Asked of 81% of the sample who
were either undecided or thought it a good idea to have Social
Security also provide for medical care, (norc)

Social Security 48%

Private insurance 13

Undecided 20

81%

37. (Australia Dec '44-Jan '45) At present we have pensions
for old age, invalids, and widows, and in 1945 a national hos-
pital and medical service will probably be started. Do you
think the whole cost of these benefits should be raised by taxes,
or should every wage-earner contribute, say, two shillings a
week? (apop)

Contri- Taxis Unde-
hutions only cided
National total 58% 34% 8%

BY POLITICS

Labor voters 54%

Non-labor voters 64

37%
27

9%
9

38. (US May 29 '45) At present the Social Security program
provides benefits for old age, death, and unemployment. Would
you favor increasing the present tax rates to include payment
of benefits for sickness, disability, doctor, and hospital bills?
52% of the sample who favored increasing taxes to include the
new benefits were asked: If the government and regular insur-
ance companies charged about the same amount to provide
benefits for sickness, disability, doctor, and hospital bills,
which would you prefer to have handle it — the government
or regular insurance companies? (aipo)

Oppose increase in taxes to provide new benefits 37%

No opinion as to whether or not new benefits should be

provided 11

Would prefer the government to handle new benefits .... 32

Would prefer regular insurance companies 15%

No preference between the government and private insur-
ance companies 4

39. (US July 25 '45) Which of these two plans would you pre-
fer as a means of seeing that people in this country get better
medical care: (1) Let the government set up plans so that peo-
ple get medical care. This service would be paid for by making
deductions from everyone's pay check or earnings, or (2) let
the medical profession set up plans so that people get medical
care. Anyone who wanted this service could have it by allow-
ing deductions from his pay check or earnings? Each respondent
was handed a card with the two alternatives on it. (aipo)
Statement 1 39% Statement 2 46% No opinion 15%

40. (US July 25 '45) Which of these plans would you prefer
for handling medical care and health insurance for the people
in this country: (l) A plan set up by the government which
would require every person to take part, or (2) a plan set up
by the medical profession which would include only those
persons who were interested? Each respondent was handed a
card with the two alternatives on it. (aipo)

Statement 1 52% Statement 2 33% No opinion 15%

41. (US Nov 21 '45) Have you heard or read about President
Truman's proposal for having a compulsory health insurance
in this country? 60% of the sample who had heard or read of
the plan were asked: Do you approve or disapprove of Tru-
man's plan for health insurance in this country? (aipo)

Haven't heard of the plan 40%

Approve the plan 35

Disapprove 15

Don't know whether approve or not 10

42. (US Apr 10 '46) What do you think should be done, if any-
thing, to provide for the payment of doctor, dentist, and hos-
pital bills for people in this country? (aipo)

Socialized medicine under head of Social Security 12%

Voluntary health insurance; Blue Cross; cooperative or-
ganization; hospitalization 17

Mote free hospitals and free clinics; government aid for

medical care for needy 11

Miscellaneous answers 12

Private charity and agencies 6

No answer; don't know 16

Nothing 26

43. (US Apr 10 '46) What do you think should be done, if
anything, so that people can get the hospital and medical care
they need and make it easier for them to pay these bills? (aipo)

Socialized medicine under head of Social Security 11%

National health program 1

Voluntary health insurance. Blue Cross, cooperative or-
ganization, hospitalization 25

Federal government supported hospitals and clinics 2

State and local government supported hospitals and clinics 2

Community funds 1

More free hospitals and free clinics and free care (private

or public unspecified) 2

Government aid for medical care for needy 5

Wagner-Dingell-Murrav Bill 2

Something should be done (no suggestion) 4

Group insurance compulsory; compulsory health insur-
ance 3

Private charity and agencies 2

Government hospital insurance 1

Deductions from workers' pay ; 5

Wages raised 2

Plan by doctors rather than politicians 1

[443]

Miscellaneous 4%

Nothing 9

No opinion; don't know; no answer 18

Miscellaneous 3%

No answer; don't know 12

44. (US Apr 10 '46) For yourself and your family, do you per-
sonally approve or disapprove of having insurance to take
care of doctor and hospital expenses? (aipo)

Approve 86% Disapprove 10% No opinion 4%

45. (US Apr 10 "46) Which would you prefer to have handle
this health insurance — the government, the insurance com-
panies, or the medical profession? A comparable cross-section
was asked: If you had to make a choice, which would you
prefer to have run such a plan — the government, the insurance
companies, or the medical profession? Results were combined.
(aipo)

Government 35%

Insurance companies 31

Medical profession 21

No opinion 13

46. (US Apr 10 '46) If the government handled this [a health
insurance program], do you think you would get better med-
ical care or not as good medical care as you are now getting?
(aipo)

Better 32%

[ Same 23

j Not as good 35

[ No opinion 10

47. (US Apr 10 '46) How much would you be willing to pay a
year for you and your dependents to join a health insurance
plan which would pay all doctor, hospital, and dental bills?
(alpo)

No answer; don't know. . . . 19%

Nothing 9

Under $25 30

$25-$50 23

$50-$100 15

I Over $100 4

Median $30

48. (US Apr 10 '46) Have you heard or read about the Wagner-
Dingell-Murray health insurance bill which would require
weekly pay deductions from every worker and employer for
medical, dental, and hospital insurance? (aipo)

National total .

BY EDUCATION

Yes
37%

College 66%

High school 43

Grammar school or less 26

No
63%

34%

49. (US Apr 10 '46) What do you think of this [Wagner-

Dingell-Murray] bill? Asked of 37% of the sample who had
heard or read about the bill, (aipo)

Good thing; good idea 55%

Good thing for people who won't plan for

these things 1

Against it 20

Against it; shouldn't be compulsory 3

Too many deductions now 1

People pay too much for what they get; too

much profit 1

It is Socialism, don't like Socialism 3

Doctors won't care how they treat patients. . 1

100%
of those questioned

50. (US Apr 10 '46) Are you in any medical or hospital insur-
ance plan now? (aipo)

Yes 37% No 61% No answer 2%

51. (US Apr 10 '46) Do you think that in a health insurance
plan, employers should pay an amount equal to what an em-
ployee pays for medical, dental, and hospital insurance? (aipo)
Yes 57% No 31% No opinion 12%

52. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) Have you followed the discus-
sion on the national health service? 65% of the sample who
said they had followed the discussion were asked: Do you
think that the government's plans will or will not result in
better health services for the country as a whole? (bipo)

Haven't
Will Don't followed
Will not know discussion

National total 41% 14% 10% 35%

Men 46% 18% 10% 26%

Women 35 U 10 44

21-29 years 36% 10% 10% 44%

30-49 years 46 14 10 30

50 years and over 37 18 10 35

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 37% 36% 6% 21%

Middle 44 19 13 24

Lower 40 10 10 40

BY POLITICS

Conservative 27% 33% 10% 30%

Labor 62 4 10 24

Liberal 43 14 18 25

Other voters 65 10 4 21

Non-voters 29 8 13 50

53. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) Why [do you think that the
government's plans will or will not result in better health
services for the country as a whole]? Asked of 65% of the
sample who had followed the discussion on the national health
service, (bipo)

Will

Same chance of good treatment for all, rich and poor 19%

Excellent; long overdue 6

Specialists available for all -3

Doctors will be less overworked; will have more time for

panel patients 2-

Will separate health from finance 1

Will not
Regimentation; impersonal relationship; too much form

filling 4

Doctors will resent the change and will not give of their

best 2

Doctors will not be dictated to; too much interference. . . 1

Don't know

Too early to say 3

Miscellaneous 13

No comment 11

65%

[444]

54 (Hungary Oct '46) Do you think the Employee's Sickness
Insurance Institute (mabi) fulfills its duty toward the insured
employees? Asked of insured employees in Budapest and sub-
urbs. In Hungary it is obligatory to be a member of this In-
stitute, (hipor)
Yes 53.4% No 32.9% No answer 13.7%

55. (Hungary Oct '46) Did you or your family ever make use
of the medical attendance of this [Employee's Sickness Insur-
ance] Institute? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

Yes No

Men 85.1% 14.9%

Women. ... 81.4 18.6

56. (Hungary Oct '46) Did you find the examination and the
treatment perfectly satisfactory [at the Employee's Sickness
Insurance Institute]? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

Yes No No answer

Men 65.3% 16.7% 18.0%

Women 62.9 22.6 14.5

57. (Hungary Oct '46) Was the medicine you got from the
Employee's Sickness Insurance Institute (mabi) perfectly effi-
cient? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

Yes No No answer

Men 52.7% 27.2% 20.1%

Women 43.6 48.0 8.4

58. (Hungary Oct '46) Have you chosen a family doctor for
permanent medical attendance from the doctors of the Em-
ployee's Sickness Insurance Institute? Asked in Budapest.
(hipor)

Yes

Men 66.9%

Women 68.3

69. (Hungary Oct '46) Are you perfectly satisfied with the
family doctor chosen? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

Never used
Yes No his services

Men 42.0% 7.0% 51.0%

Women 45.9 8.4 45.7

60. (Australia Nov '46) If the government gives free medical
care to everyone, should all cost come from taxation, or should
every family contribute something each week? (apop)
Contributions 60% Taxes only 34% No opinion 6%

No answer

29.4%

3.7%

31.2

0.5

Kecom-
Doc tor's mended
prescrip- by
tion chemist

21-29 years 13% 8%

30-49 years 15 7

50 years and over 20 6

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 21% 5%

Middle 15 5

Lower 17 7

Very poor 17 8

BY OCCUPATION

Professional; salaried-
executive 18%

Salaried-clerical 11

Proprietor, shop or busi-
ness; farmers 21

Weekly wages; factory,
heavy industry, trans-
port, miners 14

Agricultural workers (ex-
cluding farmers) 12

Weekly wages, all others. . 13

Housewives 21

Unoccupied and retired. ... 27

Unemployed 17

2%
6

Other

24%

16%
22

24
26

18%
24

MENTAL PHYSIOLOGY
AND HYGIENE

Have

taken

nothing

55%

58%
58
52
49

62%
59

—

1. (Sweden Feb '45) Do you have the impression that mental
examinations too often take place in connection with court
cases? (sGi)

Too Sufficiently Too Don't

often often seldom know

National total .... 55% 21% 2% 22%

MEDICINES, SPECIFIC

1. (Great Britain Nov '46) During the past seven days have
you taken any medicine, pill, capsule, or powder? 47% of the
sample who said they had taken medicine of some sort were
asked : Was it prescribed by a doctor? (bipo)

Recom-
Doc tor's mended Have

prescrip- by taken

tion chemist Other nothing

17% 6% 24% 53%

National total .

BY SEX

Men 13%

Women 21

20%
27

62%
44

Men. . .
Women.

61%
50

21%
21

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 50%

Middle class 60

Workers 52

20-24 years

25-29 years

30-49 years

50-64 years

65 years and over. .

59
60

46
52

19
22

22%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Country 56% 21%

Large towns 52 22

Other towns 57 20

2%
2

16%

19%
19

26%

21%

[445]

METALS

MIDDLE AGE

1. (us Mar 10 '42) Has anyone called at your home to pick up
scrap materials for national defense? (Sept 29 '42) Has anyone
called at your home in the present scrap drive to see how much
scrap metal you have or collect it? (Oct 27 '42) Has anyone
called at your home to see how much scrap metal you have or
to collect it? (aipo)

Yes No Don' t know

Mar '42 32% 62% 6%

Sept '42 35 65 —

Oct '42 68 28 4

2. (US Mar 10 '42) If you make a thorough search, about how
many pounds of scrap metal do you think you could find that
you could give for national defense? (aipo)

Median average
per family

National total 175 lbs.

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 100 lbs.

East and west central 200 lbs.

South 300 lbs.

Far West 160 lbs.

3. (US Sept 29 '42) Have you read about the present drive to
collect scrap metal? (aipo)

Yes 96% No 4%

4. (US Sept 29 '42) Do you know where to turn in your scrap
metal? (aipo)

Yes 74% No 26%

5. (US Sept 29 '42) Do you have a way to get it [scrap metal]
there yourself? Asked of 74% of the sample who said they
knew where to turn in their scrap metal, (aipo)

Yes 71% No 29% = 100% of those questioned

6. (US Sept 29 '42) Is there scrap metal around your home or
place that could be collected if someone came for it? (aipo)

Yes 42% No 58%

7. (US Sept 29 '42) Would you favor having scrap metal in-
spectors appointed in this community who could come into
your home and take all scrap metal that you do not need?
(aipo)

Yes 57% No 43%

8. (US Sept 29 '42) Do you think metal statues, old guns, rail-
ings, heavy chains, and other metals in parks and cemeteries
in this community should be donated to the scrap metal drive?
(aipo)

Yes 82% No 10% No opinion 8%

9. (US Oct 27 '42) Is there any scrap metal left around your
home or place which you could give to the war effort? (aipo)
Yes 21% No 73% Don't know 6%

10. (US Apr 28 '43, Aug 27 '43, Jan 21 '44) Have you turned
in any scrap metal? The Apr '43 question was asked of a na-
tional cross-section of women, (norc)

Apr '43

Aug '43

Jan '44 79

* Less than 0.5%.

Yes

75%
81

25%

No answer

1. (US Apr 24 '46 and Great Britain Aug '46) At what age do
you think middle age begins? In Britain the question was: At
what age does middle age begin? (aipo, bipo)

American Opinion

Under 40 years 23%

At 40 years 30

Between 41-49 years 24

At 50 years 17

Over 50 years 4

No answer 2

median
National total 40 years of age

AMERICAN OPINION BY AGE

21-29 years 40 years of age

31-49 years 40 years of age

50 years and over 40 years of age

AMERICAN OPINION BY SEX

Men 40 years of age

Women 45 years of age

AMERICAN OPINION BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business 45 years of age

White-collar 41 years of age

Farmers 40 years of age

Manual workers 40 years of age

AMERICAN OPINION BY EDUCATION

College 42 years of age

High school 40 years of age

Grammar school or less 40 years of age

British Opinion

30-34 years
35-39 years
40-44 years
45 years . . .
50 years . . .
51-59 years
60-64 years

65 years

It all depends

1% 1% 1% 2% 2% 1% 1%

25
31

27
4
2

13
34
27
19
2
1

BRITISH OPINION BY ECONOMIC STATUS

30-34 years
35-39 years
40-44 years
45 years . . .
50 years . . .
51-59 years
60-64 years
65 years . . .
It .ill d;p-nd

Higher

4
16
40
28

Middle

8
25
31
26

Lower

IJo

8
27
31
24

Very poor

2%
10
26
29
23

U(5

MIGRATION, INTERNAL

1. (US Jan 21 '37) If you had your choice, in which state
would you like to live the year around? (Dec 12 '44) If you
could live in any state in the nation, in which state would you
most like to live? (aipo)

1937 RESULTS

California 21%

New York 9

Florida 7

Pennsylvania 5

Texas 4

Ohio 3

Michigan 3

Illinois 3

Massachusetts 3

Washington 3

All others 39

1944 RESULTS

New England 6%

Middle Atlantic. .20

East central 13

West central 12

South 19

Mountain 8

Pacific coast 22

2. (US June 1 '37) If you had your choice, would you prefer
to live in the city or in the country? (aipo)

City 42% Country 58% = 100% No preference 8%

3. (US June 21 '37) Where would you prefer to live and work
■ — on a farm, in a town, or in a city? (aipo)

City 40%

Farm 28

Town 26

Work in city; live in country 2

Other 1

No answer 3

4. (US Oct '37) Suppose that you were to move to another
part of the country to live, which would you choose, taking
into consid'cration economic opportunity, the kind of people
who live there, and general living conditions? Which part
would you avoid going to? (for)

Specified a definite part of the country 63.7%

Happy where they are, no second choice 7.5

Happy where they are, second choice named 25.1

Don't know 3.7

Would avoid**

The South 28.4%

The East 17.7

The Middle West 16.0

New England 12.9

The Far West (Moun-
tain States) 11.3

The Southwest 8.1

The Pacific coast 5.6

Would choosi*

The Pacific coast

25.3%

The East

16.5

The South

15.5

New England .

13.2

The Middle West

11.8

The Far West (Moun-

tain States)

11.1

The Southwest

6.6

100.0%

of those who had

a first choice

100.0%
of those who named a part of
the country they would avoid
living in
* These are the preference of the 63. 7% who had a first choice.
** These eliminate answers of "would avoid none of them," 4.1%,
nd "don't know," 4.2%.

5. (Great Britain Feb '39) If you were in a position to live
where you liked would you choose the city or country; inland
or seaside? (bipo)

Country 61% Inland 33% Seaside 28%

City ... 39 Inland City 21 Seaside City 18

100%

54%

46% = 100%

6. (US May 26 '39) Are you now living in the same house you
were living in at this time last year? 20% of the sample who
were not living in the same house were asked: Were you living
in the same town (county) this time last year? (aipo)

Living in same house as previous year 78%

Didn't say whether or not living in same house 2

Living in same town or county 13

Not living in same town or county 5

Didn't say whether or not living in same town or county. 2

7. (Sweden May '42) If you could choose, would you stay
here or move somewhere else? Asked of a national cross-section
of young people. (sGi)

BY SEX AND SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns

Boys . .

Girls .
Provinces

Boys. .

Girls. .
Country

Boys . .

Girls. .

Stay

Go to the
country

Go to a
larger town

Don t know

63%
61

10%
14

22%
19

5%
6

58
56

31
32

59
53

2
4

24
28

15
15

8. (US Mar '43) What are one or two things you think you
might not like so well about living in the city? What one or
two things do you think you might like most? Asked of a
national cross-section of farmers, (for)

WOULD DISLIKE

Farmers

Too crowded 34.7%

Noise, confusion 12.0

Too expensive 8.6

Not own boss 6.4

Dirty, poor air 5.7

Bad for children —

Other 20.5

Don't know 32.1

120.0%* 122.1%*

THINK they'd like

Farmers Wives

Short hours, easy work . . . 12.6% 6.7%

More money 8.6 —

Modern conveniences 4.3 249

Good transportation 3.9 31. 6

Contact with people 1.3 3.8

Other 11.4 16.8

Nothing 14.5 7.7

Don't know 50.9 28.9

Wives

-b^.QP/o

16.0

3.4

9.3

1.1

10.1

26.0

107.5%* 120.4%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more th.in one answer.

9. (Great Britain Mar 1 '43) Have you moved from another
district since the war started? (bipo)

[447]

National total

Moved
19%

Not movtd
71%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 25% 75%

Middle 34 66

Lower 28 72

10. (Sweden Apr '43) What do you think are the main reasons
for people moving from the country into town? (sgi)

Large town Small town
dwellers dwellers

horn in the born in the
country country

43%

36%

—

National
total
Desire to earn larger incomes

and have higher living

standards 36%

Think working conditions

easier in town

Sadness of country 19

Opinion that townsmen

ahead of country people. . .

Education possibilities

Desire to learn about new

places

Other replies

Don't know

11. (Canada Nov 3 '43) If you had a choice, where would you
personally live after the war — in a city, town, village, or in
the country? (cipo)

City 30%

Town or village. . . 34

Farm 34

Undecided 2

12. (Australia Apr '44 and July '44) Where would you like to
live after the war — in a city, a country town, or on a farm?
Where did you live before the war? The second question was
asked of only the Apr '44 sample, (apop)

Provincial
Capital cities, other On Miscella-

cities towns farms neous

Today

Apr '44

July '44

Postwar preference

Apr '44

July '44

Prewar

Apr '44

54%
51

42
43

29%
36

38
38

17%
13

18
19

13. (US Nov 29 '44, Dec 12 '44, Dec 28 '44, Jan 31 '45) If you
were talking to friends who do not live in this state, what is
the strongest argument you could give them for moving into
this state? (aipo)

f-H rs

Good jobs; opportunities; money in
state; high wage scale; no wage tax 24

Weather; good climate 16

Good industrial opportunities; good
area for industry 8

Scenery; prettiest state; vacationland;
summer resort 6

% % %

30
25

Home state; born and raised here;
best state I've ever lived in

People; good people in state

Prosperous communities; cheap liv-
ing; better living conditions

Churches; schools; shopping; enter-
tainment area

Good government; progressive state . .

Transportation; good roads, good
public works

Miscellaneous

No reasons; none; no reason for mov-
ing here; would tell them to stay
out; no arguments for moving here.

Don't know, no opinion, no answer.

15 12

113* 131* 132*
me respondents gave

Percentages. . . . 100
* Percentages add to more than 100 because so
more than one answer.

14. (US Nov 29 '44, Dec 12 '44, Dec 28 '44, Jan 31 "45) What
do you like least about this state? (aipo)

Climate; weather; bad winters; hot
summers; bad water; intense hu-
midity

Politics; political machine; grafters;
political complexion not clean
enough; controlled by corrupt poli-
tics; don't like (name of politi-
cian)

People; people in a hurry; tempo of
life too fast; too many foreigners;
colored people are too forward; city
people not friendly; too densely
populated; people too conservative;
poor class of people; bums

Taxes

Smoke; dirt; slums; unpleasant living
conditions; no social legislation. . .

Not enough industries

Poor transportation; poor highways;
bad roads

Not sufficient employment; no jobs. .

Wages not high enough

Poor schools; education; churches. . .

State is perfect; OK; almost perfect;
no faults; nothing

Object to blue laws; obsolete legisla-
tion

Object to terrain; too flat or too
mountainous; poor fishing or hunt-
ing

High cost of living; rents too high;
land too expensive; landlords

State is backward; slow; not progres-
sive; not up-to-date; provincial. . . .

Lack of amusement centers; entertain-
ment facilities; object to censorship

% % %

24 26

31 31

—

[448]

^ "-J "-J C

Q \> \i S

:? Q Q -^

% % % %

Too liberal; need liquor legislation;

too many beer joints; gambling . — — 1 1

Poor business facilities; land poor for

farming — — * 1

Location; no markets for farmers; not

close to ocean — — 1 *

Some specific city — — * 1

Everything; can see nothing good

about it; don't like it — — * *

Miscellaneous 9 10 3 2

No opinion; no answer; don't know. . 13 12 13 11

Percentages.... 100 lOlf 103t 102t

* Less than 0.5<^c.

t Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (Canada Feb 17 '45) If you had to live in one of these four
cities, which one would you most like to live in — Winnipeg,
Vancouver, Toronto, Montreal? Which one would you least
like to live in? (cipo)

Like most hike least

Vancouver 36% 6%

Montreal 23 37

Toronto 21 20

Winnipeg 10 16

Undecided 10 21

16. (Denmark Apr 8 '45) If your work allowed it, would you
prefer to live in Copenhagen, in a provincial town, or in the
country? (dgi)

BY PLACE OF RESIDENCE

Copenhagen

Copenhagen 66.9%

Provincial town, , 10.4

Country 14. 6

Don't know 8.1

The 66.9% who lived in Copenhagen, 13.2% who lived in a
provincial town, and 8.0% who lived in the country and would
prefer to live in Copenhagen were asked: Why?

TaOSE WHO PREFER COPENHAGEN BY PLACE OF RESIDENCE

Copenhagen

Habit 33.2%

Livelier 17.2

Place of birth 22.1

Greater opportunities 57

Big city 7.9

Family is there 1.5

Central 2.2

Other reasons 2.6

Don't know 7.6

Provincial

town

Country

13.2%

8.0%

70.2

25.8

12.5

63.3

4.1

2.9

Provincial

town

Country

27.3%

39.4%

7.3

3.9

30.9

31.4

13.6

156

7.3

2.0

0.9

—

10.0

13.7

2.7*

2.0

The 10.4% who lived in Copenhagen, 70.2% who lived in a
provincial town, and 25.8% who lived in the country and
would prefer to live in a provincial town were asked: Why?

THOSE WHO PREFER PROVINCIAL TOWNS
BY PLACE OF RESIDENCE

Provincial

Copenhagen town Country

Habit 3.6% 36.4% 12.4%

Place of birth 23.8 195 12.4

Quieter 25.0 12.8 137

Healthier 16.7 94 5.2

Livelier 2.4 1.8 15.0

Greater opportunities 1.2 1.5 137

Don't like big cities — 38 7.9

Cheaper 3.6 0.4 2.0

Other reasons 17.8 6.1 9.2

Don't know 5.9 8.3 8.5

100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

of those of those of those

questioned questioned questioned

The 14.6% who lived in Copenhagen, 12.5% who lived in a
provincial town, 63.3%i who lived in the countrv and would
prefer to live in the country were asked: Why?

THOSE WHO PREFER THE COUNTRY BY PLACE OF RESIDENCE

Copenhagen

Place of birth 21.3%

Habit 1.7

Healthier 37.7

Quieter 17.2

Scenery 19.0

Other reasons 90

Don't know 4.1

Provincial
town

Country

25.7%

liA%

11.4

28.8

31.4

20.7

19.0

15.2

2.0

0.9

5.7

3.7

4.8

2.3

110.0%* 100.0% 100.0%
of those of those
questioned questioned

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents questioned and
add to more than 100 because some gave more than one answer.

17. (Finland Dec 28 '45) What do you think is the main reason
why country people want to move into town? (fgi)

Working conditions easier and more convenient 44%

The amusements and brighter life in towns 27

Better wages 20

The comforts and more superior way of living in towns. 7

False ideas of town life 4

Bad housing conditions in the country 2

Clubs, societies, and possibilities for studying 1

Other causes 3

Don't know 6

114%*

100.0% 100.0% 108.0%*
of those of those
questioned questioned

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer. i

18. (Sweden Apr '46) Do you think that your children over
fifteen would move away from home (without going to some
other city) if they had the financial means? Asked of a national
cross-section of parents with children over fifteen years old
living at home. (sGi)

[449]

Boys

Girls

National
total . .

Women. .
Men ....

26% 4% 61% 9% 28%

M
•fl

59%

BY SEX

26% 5% 62% 7% 25% 8% 64%
26 3 61 10 31 4 53

-§

'a
■a

3%
12

19. (Sweden Apr '46) Would you like to move away from
home (without moving to some other city) if you had the
means? Asked of a national cross-section of young people over
twenty living at home. (sGi)

Yes No Don't know

National total . . 30% 64% 6%

BY SEX

Women 26% 65% 9%

Men 32 64 4

20. (Sweden Apr '46) Would you yourself oppose this moving
away from home [on the part of children over fifteen]? Asked
of a national cross-section of parents with children over fifteen
years old living at home. (sGi)

Boys Girls

S S

** **

National

total.... 27% 1% 69% 3% 33% 1% 60% 6%

BY SEX

Women.... 27% 2% 68% 3% 37% 2% 56% 5%
Men 27 — 70 3 28 — 65 7

21. (Sweden Apr '46) How do you think they [children over
fifteen] would live if they moved away from home? Asked of a
national cross-section of parents with children over fifteen
who wanted to leave home, (sgi)

Rent a single, furnished room 14%

Rent room in smaller boarding house 2

Rent something in a youth hostel 7

Rent a furnished room with a friend 12

Rent own flat and furnish it 53

Rent a flat with a friend 4

Rent in other ways 2

Don't know 6

22. (Sweden Apr '46) How would you prefer to live if you
left home? Asked of a national cross-section of young people
over twenty who wanted to leave home, (sgi)

Rent a single, furnished room 26%

Rent something in a youth hostel 4

Rent a furnished room with a friend 9

Rent own flat and furnish it 31

Rent flat with a friend 19

Don't know 11

23. (US Apr 25 '46) If there were nothing to keep you from
living wherever you wanted to, in what kind of location
would you choose to live? (nyht)

£0

National total

14.7% 17.6% 35.8% 3.5% 26.0% 2.4%

BY AGE

21-34 years 14.3% 16.9% 41.8% 2.8% 23.6% .6%

35-49 years 15.2 17.3 34.9 3.2 27.9 1.5

50 years and over. . 14.7 18.4 31.5 4.5 26.2 4.7

Men 12.8% 16.8% 37.2% 3.3% 27.1% 2.8%

Women 16.3 18.2 34.7 3.7 25.1 2.0

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Urban 18.3% 20.4% 40.3% 4.1% 14.5% 2.4%

Rural 6 6.5 18.1 1.1 71.7 2.0

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 14.3% 15.2% 44.2% 3.1% 21.9% 1.3%

Upper middle 13.8 19.3 40.2 3.4 22.6 .7

Lower middle 14.7 18.9 36.6 3.4 250 1.4

Poor 15.6 14.8 29.1 4.0 31.2 5.3

BY veterans' status

No veteran in house 15.1% 17.3% 34.0% 3.5% 28.0% 2.1%
Veteran in house. . 13.8 18.6 39.1 4.3 22.1 2.1
Respondent a vet-
eran 16.3 15.6 46.7 2.4 19.0 —

24. (US Apr 26 '45) A cross section of service men, both in this
country and abroad, were asked where ihey intended to live
after the war. Asked by the information and educational divi-
sion of the United States army, (nyht)

Return to same state 80.4%

Return to different state in same general area. . . 2.3

Go to entirely different area 6.5

Undecided 10.8

Analysis of expected soldier migration

To the North 28%

To the West Coast 51

To the South 21

From the North 55

From the West Coast 10

From the South 35

25. (US Sept 11 '46) If you could, would you like to move to
another part of the country? 26% of the sample who said they
would like to move to another part of the country were asked:
Where would you like to move? (aipo)

Don't want to move 72%

No opinion as to whether or not they want to

move 2

Would want to move to California 9

To Florida

To Colorado

To Arizona

To New York

To Texas

To the West

To Washington

To the South

To other places 8

Didn't say where they would want to move ... 1

[450]

26. (US Nov 13 '46) At what age do you (or your husband)
plan to retire? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(aipo)

Under 50 2%

50-54 years ..." 4

55-59 years 4

60-64 years 10

65 years or over 14

Don't plan to retire 46

Have retired 6

Haven't decided 1

When unable to work 2

When old enough or tired enough. . . *

When I have enough money *

No answer 10

* = 1

27. (US Nov 13 '46) After you retire, do you plan to stay on
the farm or move? Asked of 44% of the sample of farmers who
said they planned to retire, (aipo)

Stay on farm 21%

Move to small city 10

Move to large city 1

Move to California 2

Move to Florida 1

Don't know 6

Move to own farm, working on an-
other guy's now *

No answer 3

44%

' Less than 0.5%.

MILITARY CEREMONIES,
HONORS, AND SALUTES

Apply
directly

July '41 64%

Dec '41 68

Apply
through Con-
gressman

19%
18

No
opinion

17%
14

2. (US Oct 1 '41) Do you think courses in military training
should be given to boys in high school in this community?
(aipo)

Yes 69% No 31% = 100% No opinion 4%

3. (US July 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that the
army has done in the following matters as excellent, good, or
poor? Among other items was listed,: How about giving men
proper basic training; has the army done an excellent, good,
or poor job? (aipo)

Excellent 40% Good 45% Poor 6% Don't know 9%

4. (US Dec 31 '46) Will you tell me what sort of training the
boys in the army or navy are getting today besides drilling and
marching? (aipo)

Technical; vocational training 14%

Trades 19

Educational (equivalent to high school or college) 10

Discipline 6

All kinds; everything; etc 6

Specialized training 4

None 5

Engineering 1

Radio 4

Aviation 2

Miscellaneous 5

No opinion 33

109%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

1. (Sweden Oct '43) What do you think of the existing Swedish
military duty of saluting? Asked of a national cross-section of
men. (sgi)

•^ I ■^

■« ^ « '1

•£PS a -^

IS •** i;^ §

^5 ^-^

National total 35% 4%

BY MILITARY STATUS

Officers 69% —

Non-commissioned offi-
cers 34 3%

Privates 35 5

42%

10%

15% 4% 12%

50
34

10
9

MILITARY EDUCATION

1. (US July 22 '41 and Dec 20 '41) Should young men who
want to go to West Point or Annapolis be permitted to apply
directly for entrance, or should they first be required to get an
appointment from their Congressman as at present? (aipo)

MILITARY OCCUPATION

1. (US Jan 28 '41) Can you remember the names of five coun-
tries that Germany has conquered since the war began? (opor)

Number of countries correctly named

One correctly named 4%

Two correctly named 6

Three correctly named 12

Four correctly named 17

Five correctly named 48

Six correctly named 4

Seven or more correctly named 1

No answers 8

Answers given

Poland 64%*

Rumania 8

Denmark 31

Norway 54

Holland 54

Belgium 55

Luxemburg 3

France 69

Incorrect 21

Austria 16

[451]

Czechoslovakia 39%

No answer 8

* Since each respondent was asked to name five countries, percentages
add to considerably more than 100.

2. (US Nov 19 '41) Which of the following territories have
been occupied by Japan since the beginning of the present war
with China — Korea, Nanking, French Indo-China, Dutch East
Indies, Australia? (opor)

Countries named

Korea 28%

Nanking 51

French Indo-China 45

Dutch East Indies 6

Australia *

Unable to answer 30

Can't read 1

No opinion 7%

161%**
Percentages right and wrong

Two wrong *

One wrong 5%

None wrong and none right 15

One right 30

Two right 19

Unable to answer 30

Can't read 1

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer,

3. (US Nov 19 '41) Would you name as many countries as you
can that have been conquered or occupied by Germany since
the beginning of the war? (opor)

Incorrect; none correct 11%**

One correct 4

Two correct 7

Three correct 8

Four correct 10

Five correct 10

Six correct 10

Seven correct 9

Eight correct 8

Nine correct 7

Ten through fifteen correct 15

Sixteen through twenty-one correct. *

No answer 1

♦Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages are based on number of countries mentioned.

4. (Great Britain Mar '45) What should be the longest period
of service in the army of occupation? (bipo)

1 year 16%

2 years 31

3 years 25

4 years 5

5 years 16

Over 5 years 3

Don't know 4

6. (US Apr 18 '45) It has been suggested that after the war in
Europe is over, wives of servicemen be permitted to visit their
husbands who have to stay there to police conquered countries.
Do you approve or disapprove of this plan? A comparable
cross-section was asked: It has been suggested that, after the
war, wives of servicemen be permitted to visit their husbands
who have to stay abroad to police conquered countries. Do
you approve or disapprove of this plan? Results were combined.
(aipo)

Approve 64% Disapprove 29%

6. (US Apr 18 '45) How do you think these trips [of service-
men's wives] should be paid for, by the government or by the
people themselves? (aipo)

Government and families share cost 5%

People 30

Government 42

No opinion 23

7. (US Sept 6 '45) Some persons say that after Germany and
Japan are disarmed a few men trained in FBI methods could
do a better policing job in defeated countries than many men
trained as regular soldiers. Do you agree or disagree with this?
(aipo)

Agree 39% Disagree 45% No opinion 16%

France

1. (us July 16 '42) From what you have heard or read, how
would you describe the way the Nazis are treating the French?
(opor)

As slaves 16%

Killing them 3

Badly 55

Prisoners 2

Starving 4

Fairly 4

Exploiting 2

Don't know 14

No answer 2

Not badly but as conquered *

Fairly to Nazis 1

Other 2

105%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US July 16 '42) Which of these statements comes closest

to your feeling of what the Nazis intend to do with the French?

(opor)

On the whole, the Nazis have treated the French fairly
well 2%

The Nazis have treated them cruelly but they have to do
this to win the war. If the Germans win, they will
treat the French fairly later on 6

The Nazis intend to control France and allow it to exist
only as long as the French do what the Nazis want them
to do 45

The Nazis want to crush the French so they can be en-
slaved to serve the Germans 40

Other 2

Don't know; no answer 5

Germany

1. (us July 18 '44) Do you think the policing of Europe after
the war should be left largely to the English and Russians, or
should we keep as many men in Germany and other enemy
countries as the English and Russians do? (aipo)

Left to English and Russians 23%

As many as English and Russians ... 62
Don't know 15

2. (US July 18 '44) How long do you think our troops will
have to stay on in Europe after the war is won there, so as to
keep order? (aipo)

[452]

6 months and under 18%

Over 6 months and including V/i years 32

Over 1? 2 years 39

Indefinitely 2

Don't know 9

3. (US Aug 1 '44) About how long do you think wc should
keep some of our armed forces in Germany to maintain peace
and order after the war? (aipo)

6 months and under 13%

1 year 20

2-3 years 18

4-10 years 21

Over 10 years 14

No particular time 14

Median 2-3 years

4. (France Oct 16 '44) For how long will a military occupation
of Germany be necessary? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians.
(fipo)

Less than 5 years 19%

5-10 years 19

10-25 years 22

25-50 years 19

More than 50 years 12

Occupation is useless 2

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 3

5. (US Dec 28 '44) After the actual fighting in Europe is over,
how much longer do you think some of our military forces
will still be serving over there? (nyht)

3 months or less 1 .7%

4-6 months 8.3

7-11 months 39

1 year 21.2

1-3 years 26.9

Ovlt 3 years 27. 4

Don't know 10.6

6. (Great Britain Mar '45) It was decided at the Crimea Con-
ference that British troops will help to occupy Germany.
About how long do you think the occupation will have to
last? (blpo)

5 years 18%

10 years 27

15 years 10

20 years 16

25 years 8

Over 25 years . . .10

Don't know 11

7. (Great Britain Mar '45) Should the wives of married men
in the army of occupation be allowed to go to Germany with
their husbands? (bipo)

Yes 74% No 19% Don't know 7%

8. (Great Britain Apr '45) Do you approve or disapprove of
the order to allied troops not to fraternize with any Germans?
(bipo)

Approve 79% Disapprove 15% Don't know 6%

9. (Great Britain Apr '45) Do you think that the order [against
fraternization] can be enforced? (bipo)

Yes 46% No 34% Don't know 20%

10. (US May 10 '45) Do you think the United Nations should
or should not govern Germany with an occupation force for
several years? (nyht)

Should 86% Should not 6% Don't know 8%

11. (US July 12 '45) From what you have heard or read, do
you think we arc treating the civilians in Germany too softly,
about right, or too harshly? (Oct 17 '45) What is your opinion
of the way wc are treating the Germans — are we being too
tough or not tough enough? (aipo) (Dec '45) Up to the present
time, do you think our occupation policy in Germany has
been too tough, not tough enough, or do you think it has been
handled about right? (for)

Too Not tough About Don't know;

tough enough '''g^f "" opinion

July '45 1% 45% 36% 18%

Oct '45 2 50 37 11

Dec '45 1.0 26.9 60.1 12.0

Men . . .
Women.

OCT '45 RESULTS BY SEX

. 1% 46% 43% 10%

2 53 32 13

27%

16%

1GE

27%

23%

[IC STATUS

27%

19%

12. (Canada July 14 '45 and Great Britain Aug 26 '45) From
what you have heard or read, are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the way Germany is being handled? The phrase "From
what you have heard or read" was omitted from the British
question, (cipo, bipo)

Sat- Dis- Don't
isfied satisfied know

Canada 57% 20% 23%

Great Britain 55 25 20

BRITISH RESULTS BY SEX

Men 57%

Women 53

BRITISH RESULTS BY AGE

21-29 years 50%

30-49 years 56

50 years and over 55

BRITISH RESULTS BY ECOI

Higher 54%

Middle 58

Lower 54

13. (Germany Oct 26 '45) On the whole, do you consider
allied measures in Germany to be just or too stern? (omgus)

Just 82%

Too hard 14

No answer 1

No opinion 1

Both 2

14. (Germany Oct 26 '45 and Jan 14 '46) Do you think that
there are any important differences among the occupation
policies of the four powers? 34% of the Oct '45 sample and
45% of the Jan '46 sample who thought there were differences
were asked : What are they? (omgus)

OCT '45 results

No difference among policies 21%

No opinion as to whether or not there are differences. ... 45

Russian zone worse for Germans 10

Russians do not cooperate with other Allies 3

Russians inhumane 2

French zone worse for Germans 9

LInited States zone better for Germans 4

Americans more humane 1

British zone better for Germans 3

Other answers 4

[453]

JAN '46 RESULTS

No differences among policies 19%

No opinion as to whether or not there are differences .... 36
Russian zone generally worse economically, etc.; Rus-
sians are inhumane, non-cooperative 18

Russian zone politically worse; only interested in spread-
ing Communism; favor members of the Communist

party too much 9

French zone generally worse economically, etc 5

French are getting revenge by making things tough and/

or territorial claims 4

British zone better; more humane, better food, housing,

etc 6

American zone better: more humane, economically bet-
ter, etc 10

Differences in policy; economic policy; reconstruction

(general, no zone specified) 6

Differences in treatment, living conditions, attitude to-
ward Germans, etc 2

Other answers 1

No answer 1

We have to like it; better than German admin-
istration 2%

Other 1

117%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (Germany Jan 14 '46) Are these differences as great as they
were a few months ago, or do you feel they are becoming
greater or smaller? Asked of 45% of the sample who thought
important differences existed among the occupation policies
of the four powers, (omgus)

Greater 5%

Smaller 13

The same 16

No opinion 10

No answer 1

45%

16. (Germany Oct 26 '45) On the whole, do you think that
the measures of the military government against former Nazis
are too strict or not strict enough? (omgus)

Too strict 25%

Not strict enough 36

Both 4

Other 18

No answer 1

No opinion 16

17. (Germany Nov 5 '45 and Dec 15 '45) On the whole, are
you satisfied with the work of the military government?
(omgus)

Nop '45 Dec '45

Yes, satisfied 88% 85%

No, dissatisfied 6 7

No opinion 4 8

No answer 2 —

18. (Germany Dec 15 '45) Why [are you] dissatisfied [with
the work of the military government]? Asked of 7% of the
sample who were dissatisfied, (omgus)

No answer 90%

Should give more food, employment, fuel,

bring back war prisoners 4

America doesn't understand Germans 1

Works too slowly 1

Unfair; many injustices 1

100%
of those who were dissatisfied

19. (Germany Nov 5 '45) Has your attitude toward the Amer-
ican occupation changed since the end of the war? (omgus)

Yes 17%

No 74

No opinion 8

No answer 1

20. (Germany Nov 5 '45) What do the Americans want to
accomplish through the occupation? (omgus)

Abolition of Nazism and militarism 31%

Insure peace and order within Germany 28

Secure justice for minority groups — Jews, etc 1

To establish a democratic government 16

To help Germany reconstruct 5

To re-educate the Germans and/or establish their guilt . 6

To prevent extension of Communist influence 2

Collect reparations; deindustrialization and other puni-
tive measures 4

Other answers 8

To prevent another war 6

Don't know; no opinion 14

121%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

21. (Germany Nov 5 '45) What do you think the occupation
ought to accomplish? (omgus)

Abolition of Nazism and militarism 24%

Insure peace and order 26

Help in reconstruction 11

Establishment of democracy, truth, freedom 19

A place for Germany in world family of nations 4

Re-education of German people 3

Work and bread 6

Other 10

Don't know; no opinion 18

No answer 2

123%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

22. (Germany Nov 5 '45 and Dec 27 '45) In what way can you
personally speed up the end of the occupation? (omgus)

Nov '45 Dec '45
Cooperation with the military govern-
ment; obeying laws 40% 15%

Hard work 9 17

Refusing to support remaining Nazis;
rejecting of old Nazi ideas; personal

anti-fascist propaganda 8 5

Democratic political action 5 8

By being content with necessarily severe

conditions — 1

Not interested in ending occupation. ... 4 2

Nothing I can do 12 11

By doing my duty 2 14

Other 9 1

No answer 2 6

[454]

Don't know 18%

No opinion —

109%-

5%
20

105%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

23. (Germany Nov 5 '45) Has the American occupation proved
to be harsher or less harsh than you had expected? (omgus)

More harsh 10%

Less harsh 72

No opinion 12

No answer 1

Other 5

24. (Germany Nov 5 '45, Mar 29 '46, Oct 26 '46, Dec 10 '46)
Do you think that it is a national humiliation for Germany to
be occupied by foreign powers? (Dec 27 '45 and Feb 21 '46) Do
you consider the occupation of Germany a national humilia-
tion? (oMGus)

No No

Yes No opinion answer

Nov '45 30% 60% 10% —

Dec '45 26 65 9 —

Feb '46 27 64 8 1%

Mar '46 34 60 6 —

Oct '46 29 60 U —

Dec '46 36 55 9 —

25. (Germany Dec 15 '45 and Dec 27 '45) How long should
the Americans occupy Germany? (omgus)

DEC 15 '45 RESULTS

Under 5 years 4%

5-10 years (usual answer 10 years) 8

11-15 years (usual answer 15 years) 1

A few years; several years; a while; as long as necessary 5
Until order — social, political, economic, etc. — is re-
stored; until Germany is self-sufficient 30

Until Nazism has been completely eradicated or party

members punished 2

As long as possible to protect us against the Russians,

Poles, French, Communists, underground 5

Don't care; can stay as long as they like 23

Other answers 1

No opinion; can't say 14

Get it over; as soon as possible; leave right away; OK to

pull out now; get the hell out 6

Irrelevant answers 1

100%

DEC 27 '45 RESULTS

No answer, no opinion 11%

'Very short occupation; one year or less 6

Short occupation (1-5 years) 5

Longer occupation (5-9 years) 5

Long occupation (10 years and over) 4

Until Germany can govern herself 7

Until Nazism and militarism are exterminated 4

Until Germans understand reasons for the occupation ... 1

Until peace and order are assured 16

Other answers 1

Many years (number not specified); as long as necessary . 24

Doesn't care how long it lasts 5

Until fear of Russians, Polish and/or other aggressors is

past 17

26. (Germany Dec 27 '45) In what ways can the Germans
help to speed up the end of the occupation? (omgus)
Occupation will continue until law and order is estab-
lished and we learn to behave 6%

By learning to govern ourselves; until Germany can gov-
ern itself democratically; until we can find and/or
choose good leaders; government by elections; by be-
coming politically self-sufficient 14

By hard work, cooperation with the military govern-
ment; by obeying laws; by discipline 38

By getting rid of National Socialism; by getting rid of

Nazi ideologies; by helping in denazification 5

By helping in reconstruction; rehabilitation 5

Germans must stand on their own feet; Germans must
help themselves; must become unified, self-sufficient;
Germans themselves must show that they are humans,

that they are not criminals 12

We can do nothing about it 2

Don't care how long occupation goes on; can stay as long

as they like 2

Other 1

No opinion; not sufficiently informed; can't say 18

No answer 1

106%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

27. (Germany Jan 14 '46) Have you heard that talks are being
held about the way the American zone is to be administered?
24% of the sample who had heard about the talks were asked:
What have you heard about it? (omgus)

Haven't heard about the talks 76%

Have heard there will be German civilian ad-
ministration (time not specified) 12

Will be German civilian administration by

June, by early '46 1

Will be American civilian administration .... 3
Will be German civilian administration under

US civilian control 2

German civilian administration under US

military control 1

German civilian administration responsible to

US authorities 2

Other answers 2

Didn't say what they had heard 1

28. (Germany Feb 21 '46) Do you think the occupation neces-
sary? (omgus)

Yes 88% No 7% No opinion 5%

29. (Germany Feb '46) Which orders published by the Amer-
ican occupation authorities have the Germans disliked? (omgus)

Should give more freedom; too many restrictions 6%

Denazification too stringent; hit the little man too hard. 20

Requisitioning unfair; houses, autos, cameras 6

Foreign displaced persons not properly controlled by

UNRRA 3

Movement of evacuees into Germany 1

War prisoners mishandled, sent to France to work 3

Soldiers given too much freedom; plundering, robbing,

hunting, "the Negroes" 1

The curfew; limitation on light and/or gas 7

Food was promised to be better but isn't 2

Other 1

None; regulations are liked; all the same; don't know of

any which are disliked 32

[455]

Don't know; no opinion; don't know which laws they

are 26%

No answer 2

110%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer,

30. (Germany Mar 29 '46) How much longer do you think the
Americans will occupy Germany? Quly 25 '46) How long do
you expect the American occupation army to stay in Germany?

(OMGUS)

MAR '46 RESULTS

Short occupation; 3 years or under 7%

Longer occupation; 4 to 10 years 16

Long occupation; 10 years and more 38

Until Germany can govern herself, until Germany can

be self-sufficient 4

Until Nazis are completely out; until all traces of

Nazism and militarism are eradicated 2

Until peace and order are completely restored and

assured 4

Until Germans understand reasons for occupation; until
they become democratic; until Germany understands

democracy 2

Until fear of outside aggression (Russian, Polish; an-
other war) has passed 1

Many years (number not specified) 4

Don't care how long it lasts; can stay a day or forever, , , 4
No answer; don't know; no opinion 20

102%*

JULY '46 RESULTS

Less than 3 years 2%

3-5 years 7

5-7 years 3

7-9 years 1

10 years 20

10-15 years 11

15-20 years 8

20-25 years -5

25-50 years 1

More than 50 years *

An occupation army will always have to be there; occu-
pation army will stay for a long time yet 4

Until the German people have acquired democratic way

of thinking 4

Until order is re-established in Germany 8

Depends on peace treaty, on understanding between

Great Powers 2

Altogether uncertain 1

Until the Russians come 2

Other answers *

Too early to tell yet; have no idea; that is not for me to

say; leave it to the Americans 24

103%**

* Less than 0,5%,

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer,

31. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: Germany should
be occupied by the Allies for many years, in fact, until the Ger-
mans are able to set up a good democratic government of their
own. (oMGUs)

Yes 69% No 23% No opinion 8%

32. (Netherlands May 3 '46) Do you think Dutch troops
should cooperate in occupying Germany? (nipo)

Yes 46% No 22% Don't know 32%

33. (US May 15 '46) Do you think we have done a good job
or a poor job in handling our occupation of Germany? (aipo)

Good Fair Poor No opinion

National total ... , 31% 24% 21% 24%

DY MILITARY STATUS

Veterans 23% 27% 40%, 10%,

All others 32 24 18 26

34. (Canada May 18 '46) Canada plans to withdraw her army
of occupation from Germany. Do you approve or disapprove
of this? (cipo)

Dis- Don't know;
Approve approve undecided
Nationaltotal ,,, 46% 37% 17%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec

Rest of Canada.

60%
40

23%
43

17%
17

35. (Canada June 26 '46) The United States has suggested that
Russia, France, Great Britain, and United States make a
twenty-five-year agreement to keep troops in Germany to see
that Germany docs not build up armies and war plants. Would
you favor or oppose this plan? 72% of the civilians and 70% of
the veterans who favored the plan were asked: Would you
favor this even if it meant that Canada would have to keep
troops in Germany? (cipo)

Civilians Veterans

Oppose 25-year occupation 15% 18%

Qualified answers on 25-year occupation . 4 6

Undecided on 25-year occupation 9 6

Favor even if troops must stay 55 58

Oppose if troops must stay 14 10

Undecided if troops must stay 3 2

36. (Germany July 25 '46) How long do you expect the British
occupation army to be in Germany? How long the Russian?
(oMGUs)

British

Less than 5 years 3%

5-IO years 6

10-15 years 14

15-20 years ' 6

More than 20 years 7

Not as long as Americans 1

Like Americans; like all others 15

Other 1

Will stay for good; will stay for a long time. . . 1

No opinion 45

No answer 1

Kussian

Less than 5 years 1%

5-IO years 3

10-15 years 7

15-20 years 4

More than 20 years 8

Longer than all others *

Longer than Americans 2

Like Americans; like all others 8

Other *

Will stay for good; will stay for a long time ... 16

No opinion 50

No answer 1

* Less than 0,5%.

[ 456 ]

37. (Germany July 25 '46) Have you heard of the Congress in
Stuttgart? 65% of the sample who had heard of the Congress
were asked: What is your opinion of the work the Congress
has been doing up till now — have they been doing a very good,
good, fair, or bad job? (omgus)

Haven't heard of the Congress 35%

Very good 4

Good 30

Fair 10

Bad 1 -

No opinion 20

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

38. (Germany July 25 '46) In your opinion, which of the fol-
lowing describes best the work of the Congress [in Stuttgart]
— (1) The Congress is a central government, which passes all
laws for the American zone; (2) The Congress is a loosely fed-
eralized government which issues only certain kinds of laws
for the American zone; (3) The Congress is not a government
at all. It is a meeting of officials of the three states in the Amer-
ican zone who concern themselves with cooperation between
the states in policy and administration. In this way the states
remain self-reliant and independent. (Correct) (4) The Con-
gress is not composed of Germans but of Americans. These
representatives of the American military government come to-
gether to discuss the solution of questions common to the three
states in the American zone? (omgus)

Statement 1 5%

Statement 2 7

Statement 3 34

Statement 4 5

No opinion 48

No answer 1

39. (US Aug 28 '46) Do you think we are doing the best thing
to keep troops in Germany and other defeated nations in Eu-
rope, or would it be better to bring all our troops home now?
(aipo)

Keep troops in Europe 80%

Bring troops home 16

No opinion 4

40. (Germany Sept 3 '46) In your opinion, has the occupation
been more severe or less severe than you expected? (omgus)

More severe than expected . . 9%

Less severe than expected ... 81

No opinion 9

Just as expected 1

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

41. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Have you or your family suffered in
any way as a result of the occupation? (omgus)

Yes 10%, No 90% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

42. (Germany Sept 3 '46) In what way [have you or your
family suffered as a result of the occupation]? Asked of 10% of
the sample who said they or their families had suffered, (omgus)

Requisitioning of home or house, furniture,

money, car 35%

Plundering 34

Don't get support 3

Raping 1

Denazification 9

Bad behavior of the troops 5

Others; expelled from other zones; food 10

Lack of liberty to move 6%

No answer 5

108%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents questioned
and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one answer.

43. (Germany Oct 4 '46) In your opinion, what is the most

important task of the Americans now stationed in Germany?

(omgus)

To provide calm and order in Germany; to maintain se-
curity of the people; to provide peace, protection from
rapacious attacks 55%

To prevent Germany from a revival of National Social-
ism; supervising of politics, denazification; to get rid
of militarists 8

Removal of industry; to prevent Germany from prepar-
ing for war 8

Supervision of economy; to care for food; to create nor-
mal conditions 11

Fight against attempts of Bolshevism to extend; to pro-
tect the western part of Germany against Communism . 2

Americans here in Germany should be the personification
of democracy 5

Occupation to control the Germans 10

To govern the German people; to help Germany get a
government 2

Exploitation; should leave us alone; don't do their duty. 1

No opinion; don't know 13

No answer 1

116%o*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

44. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Do you find that they [Americans
now in Germany] perform this task very well or not well at
all? Asked of 86%, of the sample who had an opinion about the
most important task of the Americans in Germany, (omgus)

Very well 25%

Fairly 48

Not good 7

No opinion 12

No answer 8

100% of those who

had an opinion

45. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Which of the following statements
do you think most accurately describes the main job which
should be done by the Americans who are stationed in Ger-
many: (l) The Americans are here to see that Germany does
not fight a war again. (2) The Americans are here to prevent
war in Europe again. (3) The Americans are here to direct the
rebuilding of Europe in such a fashion that a sound economy
will be built and tied in with that of the Western Powers. (4)
The Americans arc here to help rebuild German economy as a
part of the world economic system which will be organized
for peace, (omgus)

Statement 1 15%

Statement 2 16

Statement 3 39

Statement 4 28

No opinion 12

No answer 3

113%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[457]

46. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Which of these statements [listed in
preceding question] do you think describes what the Americans
are really doing? (omgus)

Statement 1 25%

Statement 2 23

Statement 3 22

Statement 4 16

No opinion 19

No answer 3

Sat- Dis- Don't

isfied satisfied know

108%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

47. (Germany Nov 25 '46) Are you in agreement or disagree-
ment with the unification of the British and the American
zones? (oMGus)

Agree 84%,

Disagree 2

Qualified 3

No opinion 11

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

Japan

1. (US Dec 28 '44) After the actual fighting in the Pacific is
over, how much longer do you think some of our military
forces will still be serving over there? (nyht)

3 months or less . 1.9%

4-6 months 6.9

7-11 months.

1 year

1-3 years . . . .
Over 3 years.

2.8
15.8
23.5
33.8

Don't know 15. 3

2. (US May 10 '45) Do you think the United Nations should
or should not govern Japan with an occupation force for sev-
eral years? (nyht)

Should 77% Should not 10% Don't know 13%

3. (US Sept 19 '45) What is your opinion of the way we are
treating the Japanese — are we being too tough or not tough
enough? (aipo)

Not tough
enough
National total 61%

BY EDUCATION

College 46%

High school 63

Grade school or less 68

BY AGE

21-29 years 68%

30-49 years 60

50 years and over 59

* Less than 1%.

4. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the Allies' treatment of Japan since the surrender? (bipo)

Too
tough

About
right

32%

No
opinion

*
*

44%

1%
*

25%

National total.

Sat- Dis- Don't

isfied satisfied know
33% 44% 23%

21-29 years 32% 45%

30-49 years 32 46

50 years and over 35 40

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 40% 50%

Middle 33 50

Lower 33 41

23%

10%

5. (US Oct 3 "45) Do you think we will have to police the
Japanese people many years, or do you think we can withdraw
our troops in a few years? (aipo)

Many 64% Few 23% Undecided 13%

6. (US Oct 3 '45) How many years [will we have to police the
Japanese people]? Asked of 87% of the sample who had an
opinion as to how long the United States would have to police
the Japanese people, (aipo)

I through 5 years 24%

6 through 10 years 19

II through 20 years 20

21 through 50 years 13

51 through 100 years 2

Forever 4

Miscellaneous 1

Undecided 17

100% of those

questioned

Median 10 years

Men 35% 48% 17%

Women 32 38 30

7. (US Oct 17 '45) Do you think that General MacArthur
should continue as supreme commander of Japan, or should an
allied council with representatives from England, Russia,
China, and the United States be given rule over Japan? (aipo)
MacArthur 73% Allied council 17% No opinion 10%

8. (US Oct 17 '45) A cross-section comparable to the one used
for the preceding question was asked: Do you think we should
continue ruling Japan as we are, or should an allied council
with representatives from England, Russia, China, and the
United States rule Japan? (aipo)

Continue 60% Allied council 27% No opinion 13%

9. (US Dec '45) There seem to be two schools of thought as to
the way we are now running civilian affairs in Japan. One
group feels that we are letting the Japanese have too much to
do with running their civilian affairs, while others feel this is
the only way the situation could be handled so far. With which
do you agree? (for)

Japanese have too much to do 26.6%

Only way to handle 61.1

Don't know 12.3

10. (US Dec '45) Up to the present time, do you think our
occupation policy in Japan has been too tough, not tough
enough, or do you think it has been handled'about right? (for)

Too tough 0.5%

Not tough enough 37.6

About right 51.0

Don't know 10.9

11. (US May 15 '46) Do you think we have done a good job
or a poor job in handling our occupation of Japan? (aipo)
Good 60% Fair 15% Poor 4% No opinion 21%

[ 458 ]

12. (US Aug 28 '46) Do you think we are doing the best thing
to keep troops in Japan, or would it be better to bring all our
troops home now? (aipo)

Keep troops 81%

Bring troops home 15

No opinion 4

Netherlands

1. (Netherlands July '45) Do you find the attitude adopted by
the following groups towards the occupying forces good,
moderate, or bad? Asked in the three western provinces only.
(nfs)

AW- No

Good erate Bad opinion

National total 41% 49% 10%, = 100% 5%

BY SEI-ECTED OCCUPATIONS

100%

6%
11
17
25
10
46
34
19

Physicians 96%

Church 92

Students 87

Officials 46

Laborers 48

Judges 40

Manufacturers 44

Contractors 19

Poland

1. (US July 15 '42) From what you have heard or read, how-
would vou describe the way the Nazis are treating the Poles?
(opor)

As slaves 6%

Killing 8

Badly 68

Prisoners. . .

Starving. . . .

Fairly

Exploiting. .

Segregation .

Other

Don't know 15

No answer 1

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US July 15 '42) Which of these statements comes closest to

your feeling of what the Nazis intend to do with the Poles?

Each respondent was given a card with the four statements

printed on it. (opor)

On the whole, the Nazis have treated the Poles fairly
well '. 1%

The Nazis have treated them cruelly but they have to do
this to win the war. If the Germans win, they will
treat these people fairlv later on 5

The Nazis intend to control Poland and allow it to exist
only as long as the Poles do what the Nazis want them
to do 31

The Nazis want to crush the Poles so they can be en-
slaved to serve the Germans 53

Other answers 2

Don't know 8

U.S. Insular Possessions

1. (US Aug 29 '42) From what you have heard or read, have
the Japanese succeeded in occupying any of the Aleutian Islands
—that is, our islands near Alaska? 57% of the sample who

thought the japs had succeeded were asked: Do you think we
can drive them out fairly easily, or that it will be a pretty hard
job to get them out of there? (norc)

Japs haven't occupied the Aleutians 23%

Don't know whether or not the Japs have

occupied Aleutians 20

Think we can get them out fairly easily 23

Think it will be a hard job 31

Never be able to get them out *

Don't know how hard getting them out will be 3
♦ Less than 0.5%.

MILITARY SERVICE, COMPULSORY

1. (Great Britain Jan 14 '37) Do you favor compulsor}- mili-
tary training? (bipo)

Yes 25% No 75% = 100% No opinion 1%

2. (Great Britain Jan 14 '37) [Do you favor military training]
Up to the age of t\venty-five years or up to the age of thirty-
five years? Asked of 25% of the sample who favored compul-
sory military training, (bipo)

25 years 57% 35 years 43% = 100%.* No opinion 3%
* 100% of those questioned with opinions.

3. (US Feb 8 '37) Should every able-bodied young man be re-
quired to serve at least six months in the army or navy? (aipo)
Yes 37%, No 56%. No opinion 7%

4. (US Dec 2 '38 to Nov '46, dates listed below) Should every
able-bodied American boy twenty years old be required to go
into the army or navy for one year? (aipo)

S -5

•5,
.a

Q.I

aipo

Dec 2 '38.

63 =

100

*aipo

Mav 2 '39.

5 =

100

**aipo

Sept 19 '39.

61 =

100

(1) aipo

Mav 14 '40.

50 =

100

(2) ALPO

June 11 '40.

36 =

100

**aipo

June 25 '40.

37 =

100

(3) ALPO

Julv 11 '40.

33 =

100

(3) AIPO

Julv 19 '40.

34 =

100

(4) OPOR

Julv 20 '40.

29 =

100

(3) AIPO

Aug 8 '40.

7 =

100

(5) AIPO

Aug 9 '40.

29 =

100

(3) AIPO

Aug 15 '40

Men 16-24 years .

35 =

100

(6) AIPO

Aug 22 '40.

6 =

100

(3) AIPO

Oct 19 '40.

24 =

100

(7) AIPO

Dec 2 '42.

7 =

100

(7) AIPO

Oct 26 '43 .

8 =

100

(8) AIPO

Jan 18 '44.

8 =

100

(9) AIPO

Aug 29 '44.

14 =

100

(10) NORC

Sept '44.

(9) AIPO

Nov 15 '44.

5 =

100

(11) ATPO

Jan 17 '45.

9 =

100

(9) NORC

Apr '45 .

9 =

100

(10) NORC

Apr '45 .

2 =

100

[459]

."■^

s'^

-§1

% % %

(11) AIPO

Apr 4 '45..

6 -

100

(12) AIPO

May 29 '45 . ■

7 =

100

(11) AIPO

June 27 '45 . .

7 =

100

(13) AIPO

Aug 22 '45 . .

6 =

100

(13) AIPO

Oct 17 '45 . .

6 =

100

(13) AIPO

Oct 31 '45..

4 =

100

(14) NORC

Nov '4,5 . .

2 =

(13) AIPO

Nov 21 '45 . .

5 =

100

(13) AIPO

Dec 5 '45 . .

5 =

100

(13) AIPO

Feb 13 '46..

6 =

100

(15) AIPO

Oct 10 '46 . .

8 =

100

(14) NORC

Nov '46 . .

6 =

100

* The question was; Should every able-bodied young man twenty
years old be made to serve in the army or the navy for one year?

** Do you think every able-bodied young man twenty years old
should be made to serve in the army or the navy for one year?

(1) Should the United States do any of the following at this time?
Among other things was listed; Require every able-bodied young man
twenty years old to serve in the army, the navy, or the air force for one
year? A comparable cross-section was asked about service in the army
and navy only. Results were combined.

(2) Do you think every able-bodied young man twenty years old
should be made to serve in the army, the navy, or the air force for one
year? A comparable cross-section was asked about service for young
men in the army or navy only. Results were combined.

(3) Do you think every able-bodied young man twenty years old
should be made to serve in the army, the navy, or the air force for one
year? The Aug 15 '40 question was asked of a national cross-section of
men sixteen to twenty-four years old.

(4) Do you favor increasing the size of our army^ and navy by draft-
ing men between the ages of eighteen and thirty-two to serve in the
armed forces for one year?

(5) Do you favor increasing the size of our army and navy by draft-
ing men between the ages of twenty-one and thirty-one to serve in the
armed forces for one year?

(6) Do you favor increasing the size of our army and navy at this
time by drafting men between the ages of twenty-one and thirty-one
to serve in the armed forces for one year?

(7) After this war is over, do you think every young man should be
required to serve one year in the army or navy?

(8) After this war is over, do you think all able-bodied young men
seventeen and eighteen years of age should be required to serve a year
in the army or navy?

(9) After this war is over, do you think every able-bodied young
man should be required to serve one year in the army or navy?

(10) Would you be in favor of or would you be against a law that
would require boys to take a year's military training after the war
when they become eighteen years old?

(11) After this war is over, do you think every able-bodied young
man should be required to take military or naval training for one year?

(12) Do you think the present Congress should pass a law requiring
every able-bodied man to take military or naval training for one year?

(13) In the future, do you think every able-bodied young man should
be required to take military or naval training for one year?

(14) Would you be in favor of or would you be against a law that
would require boys to take a year's military training in peacetime
when they become eighteen years old?

(15) Should the Congress to be elected this November pass a law to
require every physicallv-fit young man (who has not served in the
armed forces) to take military or naval training for one year?

Don't know;
Yes, No, no opinion;

in favor ■ oppose undecided

BY SEX

M.en

Dec '38 44% 56% —

July 11 '40 70 30 —

July 19 '40 68 32 —

Yes,
in favor

Aug '44 65%

Apr 4 '45 70

June '45 68

Oct 31 '45 76

Women

Dec '38 33

July 11 '40 64

July 19 '40 63

Aug '44 62

Apr 4 '45 70

June '45 70

Oct 31 '45 74

BY AGE

Dec '38

19-22 years 30%

23-29 years 34

30-49 years 39

50 years and over 36

Sept '39

Under 30 years 36

Over 30 years 40

May '40

Total under 30 years 44

Men under 30 years 41

Total 30-49 years 49

Total 50 years and over. . . 55

June 25 '40

Men 21-25 years 52

July 11 '40

15-20 years 67

21-29 years 62

30-49 years 69

50 years and over 68

Aug 15 '40

Men 21-24'years 63

Men 16-21 years 67

Aug '44

21-29 years 61

30-49 years 69

50 years and over 58

June '45

21-29 years 72

30-49 years 69

50 years and over 68

Oct 31 '45

21-29 years 78

30-49 years 75

50 years and over 73

Nov 21 '45

Men 15-18 years 76

Total 21-29 years 72

Total 30-49>years 70

Total 50 years and over. . . 69

BY POLITICS

Democratic or Roosevelt voters

May '40 53%

June 11 '40 65

July 19 '40 73

Aug '44 68

Jan '45 73

Apr 4 '45 77

Oct 31 '45 79

Nov 21 '45 76

Oct '46 68

Don't knoiv.

No,

no opinion;

oppose

undecided

li7o

12%

—

70%

15%

47%

—

13%

[460]

Yes, No,
in favor oppose

Republican or Dewey voters

May '40 46% 54%

June 11 '40 63 37

July 19 '40 60 40

Aug '44 60 28

Jan '45 64 30

Apr 4 '45 61 34

Oct 31 '45 70 27

Nov 21 '45 63 32

Oct '46 67 26

Independents

Oct '46 66 26

BV GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Nf !i' England and mid-Atlantic

June 11 '40 68% 32%

Apr 4 '45 69 25

Nov 21 '45 70 25

New England

Aug '44 65 21

Nov '44 69 26

Middle Atlantic

Aug '44 67 21

Nov '44 73 23

East and west central

Apr 4 '45 66 29

Nov 21 '45 69 27

East central

June 11 '40 61 39

Aug '44 61 24

Nov '44 72 25

West central

June 11 '40 54 46

Aug '44 64 24

Nov '44 63 33

South

June 11 '40 68 32

Aug '44 61 21

Nov '44 71 21

Apr 4 '45 74 17

Nov 21 '45 76 17

Mountain states and Ear West

June 11 '40 60 40

Aug '44 61 27

Apr 4 '45 72 25

Nov 21 '45 69 26

Mountain

Nov '44 64 33

Pacific coast

Nov '44 71 25

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business

Oct 31 '45 74% 23%

Nov 21 '45 71 25

White-collar

Oct 31 '45 76 22

Nov 21 "45 72 24

Farmers

Oct 31 '45 68 28

Nov 21 '45 58 35

Manual workers

Oct 31 '45 78 17

Nov 21 '45 73 22

Don' t know;
no opinion;
undecided

12%
6
5
3
5
7

6%
5

14
5

15
3

12
4

12
3
5

3%
4

2
4

4
7

5
5

Don't know;

Yes, No, no opinion:

in favor oppose undecided

SEPT '39 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 33% 67% —

Lower income and reliefers . . 45 55 —

JUNE 11 '40 RESULTS BY TYPE OF FAMILY

Members of families with

men 18-30 years 61% 39% —

Members of families without

men 18-30 years 67 33 —

OCT 31 '45 RESULTS BY SELECTED GROUPS

Veterans 80% 18% 2%

Union members 76 19 5

NOV 21 '45 RESULTS BY SELECTED GROUPS

World War II veterans 80% 18% 2%,

Parents of boys between 12-18

years 60 36 4

Union members 71 25 4

NOV 21 '45 RESULTS BY EDUCATION

College 68% 29% 3%

High school 72 23 5

Grade school or less 69 25 6

JULY 19 '40 RESULTS STATE BY STATE

New England

Maine 77% 23%

New Hampshire 74 26

Vermont 74 26

Massachusetts 71 29

Rhode Island 72 28

Connecticut 69 31

Mid-Atlantic

New York 68 32

New Jersey 69 31

Pennsylvania 65 35

Maryland 69 31

Delaware 62 38

West Virginia 65 35

East central

Ohio 58 42

Indiana 55 45

Michigan 58 42

Illinois 64 36

West central

Wisconsin 60 40

Minnesota 57 43

Iowa 58 42

Missouri 64 36

North Dakota 71 29

South Dakota 66 34

Nebraska 69 31

Kansas 56 44

South

Virginia 73 27

North Carolina 68 32

South Carolina 72 28

Georgia 79 21

Florida 75 25

Alabama '. 76 24

Mississippi 87 13

Kentucky 72 28

Tennessee 72 28

Arkansas 67 33

Louisiana 72 28

[461]

Yes,

No,

in favor

oppose

80%

20%

Don't know;
no opinion;
undecided

Texas

Oklahoma.
West
Colorado. .

Wyoming 70

Montana ....

Idaho

Utah

Nevada

New Mexico.

Arizona

California ....

Oregon 74

Washington 67

5. (US Mar 8 '39 to May 29 '41, dates listed below) Should the
Constitution be changed to require a national vote before the
country could draft men to fight overseas? (aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

Mar 8 '39 61% 39% = 100% 10%

*Aug 30 '39 51 49 = 100 9

**Jan 10 '40 60 40 = 100%

(1) Jan 19 '40 67 29 4 = 100

(2) May 23 '40 38 52 10 = 100

(3) Dec 16 '40 52 48 =100 5

(3) May 29 '41 56 44 = 100 6

* The question was: Should the Constitution of the United States be
changed to require a national vote before Congress could draft men for
war overseas?

** Should the Constitution be changed to require a national vote
before Congress could draft men for war overseas? A comparable cross-
section was aslced the question about "a vote of the people." Results
were combined.

(1) Should a vote of the people be required before Congress can draft
men for war overseas? A comparable cross-section was asked the ques-
tion about a "national vote." Resuhs were combined.

(2) Should the Constitution be changed to require a vote of the
people before Congress could draft men for war overseas? A comparable
cross-section was asked the question about a "national vote." Results
were combined.

0) Should a vote of the people be required before Congress can send
men to fight overseas?

Yes No

BY SEX

Women Aug '39 58% 42%

Men Aug '39 44 56

21-36 year-old men Dec '40. . 52 48

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England

Aug '39 51%

New England and mid- Atlantic

Jan '40 .
East central

Aug '39.

Jan '40 . .
West central

Aug '39 56

Jan '40 63

South

Aug

Jan
West

Aug

Jan

'39..,
'40. . ,

'39.

'40.

57
62

37
50

47
59

AUG '39 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 47%

Republican 52

49%

43
38

44
37

63
50

53%
48

6. (Great Britain Apr '39) Should compulsory national service
be enforced immediately? (Dec 19 '41) Do you approve of con-
scripting for national service? Asked of a national cross-section
of men up to fifty years old. (bipo)

No opinion;
Yes No don't know

Apr '39 48% 45% 7%

Dec '41 82 13 5

7. (Great Britain Apr '39) It has been decided to enlarge the
Btitish army to thirty-three field divisions. Are you in favor
of obtaining the necessary recruits on a planned and compul-
sory basis or of leaving it to individuals to enroll voluntarily?
(bipo)

Planned 39% Voluntarily 53% No opinion 8%

8. (Great Britain May '39) Do you approve of the govern-
ment's decision to apply conscription, or are you in favor of
leaving it to individuals to enroll voluntarily? (bipo)
Conscription 58% Voluntarily 38% No opinion 4%

9. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not make every adult male spend at least two years in
the army? (for)

Should 18.3% Should not 75.6%

Don't know or depends 6.1%

10. (Great Britain July '39) Conscription applies now to men
between twenty and twenty-one years of age. Should it be
abolished altogether, left as it is, or should the age limits be
extended? (bipo)

Abolished 18%

Left as it is 42

Extended 34

Don't know 6

11. (France July '39) Do you think that conscription in Eng-
land will help the cause of European peace? (fipo)

Yes 91% No 6% No answer 3%

12. (US Dec '39) Would you favor a term of compulsory mili-
tary service for all young men of eighteen or nineteen? (for)
(Sept 15 '42 and Oct '13 '42) Would you approve or disapprove
of drafting young men eighteen and nineteen years old for the
forces now? The Sept '42 sample was asked of a national cross-
section of young men seventeen to nineteen years, and the
phrase "for the forces now" was omitted in the sentence, (aipo)

Yes,
approve

Dec '39 31.3%

Sept '42 81

Oct '42 67

Yes, if No, Don't know;

necessary disapprove no opinion
11.6% 48.8% 8.3%

— 15 4

— 26 7

1939 RESULTS BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Southeast 40.9% 12.8% 35.2% 11.1%

Northwest plains . 18.6 9.0 66.9 5.5

OCT '42 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 73% 21% 6%

Women 60 32 8

The 48.8% of the 1939 sample who were not in favor of com-
pulsory military service gave these reasons for their opposition:

Don't believe in compulsion 21.6%

Not democratic; un-American; free country 11.6

Too much like dictatorship; like Germany 11.5

Too much like Europe 3.0

Not necessary; no immediate danger 19.7

Plenty of volunteers 3.9

Creates war spirit; makes youth war-minded 11.0

[ 462 ]

Too young 8.0%

Interferes with education and career 38

Other 6.8

Don't know 2.0

National tota

102.9%*
* Percentages are based on 48.8% of the sample who were opposed to
compulsory military service and add to more than 100 because some
respondents gave more than one answer.

13. (US June 11 '40) The United States wants to increase the
strength of its regular army to 400,000 men. If enough men do
not volunteer, would you favor drafting men until this figure
is reached? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 72%, 28%o

BY POLITICS

Democratic 77%

Republican 69

BY TYPE OF FAMILY

Members of families with

men 18-30 years 71%i

Members of families with-
out men 18-30 years, ... 74

23%
31

29%
26

14. (US July 31 '40) If the compulsory military training act is
passed, would you be willing to serve, or would you ask to be
excused from serving? Asked of a national cross-section of men
under sixty-five. 26% of the men who said they would ask to
be excused were asked: For what reason would you ask to be
excused? (aipo)

Would be willing to serve 66%

Qualified answers to fitst question 4

Undecided as to whether or not would serve. . . 4

Ask to be excused because of dependents 10

Because too old 2

Because of poor health 2

Against such infringement of personal rights in

peacetime 2

Because of disabilities

Married or going to be

Because don't believe in war.
Because of financial status. . .

In last war

Other reasons 4

Didn't say why would ask to be excused 1

15. (US July 31 '40) President Roosevelt has asked Congtess
for authority to call the National Guard for one year of mili-
tary training. Do you approve or disapprove of calling the
National Guard for one year of training? A comparable cross-
section was asked the question in the following form: Do you
think the National Guard should be called for one year of
military training? Results were combined, (aipo)

Approve 85%

Disapprove 15% = 100% Undecided 9%

16. (US Aug 15 '40) If the draft law is passed, will you, per-
sonally, have any objection to spending a year in some btanch
of military service? Asked of a national ctoss-section of men
sixteen to twenty-four years old. (aipo)

No Yes

Men: 21-24 years 68%, 32%

Men: 16-21 years 81 19

17. (US Oct '40) Are you in favor of the selective draft in prin-
ciple? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

New York City ,
Midwest 78,3

Yes No

... 84.1% 9.7*::;

BY SELECTED AREAS

15.0

No answer
6.2%

6.0%
6,7

18. (US Oct '40) Will the selective draft have a seriously ad-
verse effect upon the opetation of your business? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Yes 6,0%

To some extent 60.2

No 27.7

Don't know or no answer 6.1

19. (US Dec 16 '40) Do you think the draft is a good thing?
(aipo)

Yes 89% No ll%o = 100%, Don't know 3%

20. (US Dec 16 '40, May 6 '41, Apr 15 '42, May 6 '42, Sept 3 '42,
Oct 27 '42, Dec 15 '43, May 29 '45) Do you think the draft is
being handled fairly in your (this) community? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Dec '40 92%, 8%, = 100% 11%

May '41 93 7 =100 11

Apr '42 74 10 16 = 100%

May '42 93 7 =100 11

Sept '42 79 21 =100 5

Oct '42 82 18 =100

Dec '43 75 25 =100

May '45 79 21 =100

DEC '43 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 77% 23%

Women 74 26

APR '42 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and

mid-Atlantic 88% 12%

East central 85 15

West central 84 16

South 90 10

Far West 91 9

Apr '42 vote of those

who have a member

of the family in

service 85 15

21. (US Apr 15 '42, Oct 27 '42, Dec 15 '43) In what way is the
dtaft not being handled fairly? Asked of 10% of the Apr '42
sample; 18% of the Oct '42 sample, 25% of the Dec '43 sample
who thought the dtaft was not being handled fairly in their
community, (aipo)

APR '42 RESULTS

Some deferments look queer 4%

Drafting men who should be in industty 1

Men going in who should be out 1

Should take men without dependents first 1

Miscellaneous 2

No answer 1

10%

OCT '42 RESULTS

Favoritism shown; money and politics talk 5%

Drafting married men when single still around 3

System of drafting faulty; quotas uneven; etc 3

Drafting too many farm boys 3

[463]

Drafting older men when young ones still around 1%

Others 2

Didn't say 1

18%

DEC '43 RESULTS

Drafting fathers ahead of single men 5%

Drafting fathers ahead of unmarried defense workers ... 1

Drafting fathers 2

Draft boards not thorough enough; failure to look into

special cases; illogical to draft some and defer others;

etc 5

Favoritism shown; money and politics talk 5

Drafting older men when younger still around 1

Faulty method of selection; too many taken from some

families and none from other families 1

Drafting too many farm boys 1

System not uniform throughout the country; some places

drafting fathers and other places still drafting single

men; etc 1

Miscellaneous 3

25%

22. (US Dec 31 '40) Do you think that boys between the ages
of sixteen and twenty-one, who are out of high school, should
spend one year in a training camp learning things useful to our
defense program? (aipo)

Yes 79% No 14% Don't know 7%

23. (US Apr 25 '41) At present, men between the ages of eight-
een and twenty-one are not drafted. Do you think the law
should be changed so that men between the ages of eighteen
and twenty-one would be included in the draft along with
those from twenty-one to thirty-five? (aipo)

National total.

Yes

51%

No
44%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and

mid-Atlantic. . . 53% 41%

East central 56 38

West central 53 44

South 45 51

West 47 49

No opinion

24. (US Apr 25 '41) At present, men between the ages of
twenty-one and thirty-five are being drafted. Should the law
be changed so that only men between the ages of eighteen and
twenty-three would be included in the draft? (aipo)

Yes 33% No 61% No opinion 6%

25. (US Apr 25 '41) Should the men who are being drafted be
kept in the army for two years instead of one? (aipo)

Yes, two years 27% No, only one 65% No opinion 8%

26. (US Apr 25 '41) If the army is increased to about three
million men, do you think you will be drafted into the army
(or navy)? Asked of a national cross-section of men under
thirty-six years old. (aipo)

Yes 54%

No 23

Already in service 2

Will volunteer 3

Uncertain 18

27. (US Apr 25 '41) Are there any men in your immediate
family who arc now in any branch of the army or navy? Men

under thirty-six who thought they would be drafted were
excluded from the cross-section, (aipo)

Yes 19% No 81%

28. (US Apr 25 '41) If the army is increased to three million
men, are there any men of military age in your immediate
family who you think will be drafted into the army? Men
under thirty-six who thought they would be drafted and peo-
ple who had members of their immediate family in the service
were excluded from the cross-section, (aipo)

Yes 44% Uncertain 12% No 44%

29. (US July 9 '41 and July 22 '41) The army has asked Con-
gress to change the law which says drafted men cannot be sent
to fight outside the Western Hemisphere. Do you think Con-
gress should give the army power to send drafted soldiers to
points outside the Western Hemisphere? Quly 29 '41, Aug 19
'41, Oct 7 '41, Nov 25 '41) The army has asked Congress to
change the law which says drafted men cannot be sent to fight
outside of North or South America or this country's posses-
sions. Do you think Congress should give the army power to
send drafted soldiers to any part of the world? The Oct '41 and
Nov '41 samples used the words "the right" instead of
"power." (aipo)

No opinion;
Yes No undecided

July 9'41. ...

. 37%

50%

13%

July 22 '41...

July 29 '41....

Aug '41. . . .

Oct '41 ... .

Nov '41....

. 42

OCT

'41 RESULTS 1

3Y politics

Republican . . .

• 38%

58%

Democratic. . .

OCT '41 RESULTS BY SEX

Men

. 49%

48%

Women

30. (US July 22 '41) Do you think drafted men should be kept
in active service for longer than one year, or should they be
released at the end of one year? A comparable cross-section was
asked the question in the following form: Do you think drafted
men should be released at the end of one year, or should they
be kept in active service for longer than one year? Results were
combined, (aipo)

Longer than one year 50%

Released 45

No opinion 5

31. (US Oct 7 '41) Should all workers in defense industries
who have been deferred from the draft because they are defense
workers be drafted if they go on strike? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 20% No opinion 4%

32. (US Dec 10 '41) Do you approve or disapprove of Congress
giving the army the right to send drafted soldiers to any part
of the world? (aipo)

Approve 77%

Disapprove 17

Qualified answers 1

No opinion 5

33. (US Dec 18 '41) What do you think is the youngest age at
which men should be drafted for active military service? (aipo)

[464]

No answer 2%

Less than 18 years 1

18 years 20

19 years 12

20 years 21

21 years 41

More than 21 years 3

34. (US Dec 18 '41) What do you think is the top age at which
men should be drafted for active military service? (aipo)

No answer 5%

Under 30 years 3

30 years 4

31-34 years 1

35 years 16

36-39 years 3

40 years 19

41-43 years 1

44-45 years 37

More than 45 years 11

35. (US Feb 10 '42) Young men with dependent families are
now exempt from the draft. Do you think the government
should provide money for dependent families so that these
young men could be drafted? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 37% No opinion 13%

36. (Canada Feb 14 '42) Do you think the government is
right in calling for this plebiscite or national vote [on con-
scription]? (cipo)

Right Wrong Undecided

National

total, . .

. 31%

BY SEX

54%

15%

Men ....

. 31%

58%

ll%o

Women. .

. 32

BY POLITICS

Liberal . .

. 38%

50%

12%

Conservative. . . .

37. (Canada Feb 21 '42, Mar 14 '42, Apr 4 '42) When the na-
tional vote is taken, will you vote for or againSt freeing the
government from any pledges it has made on restricting the
methods of raising men for military service? The Mar '42 and
Apr '42 samples omitted the phrase "when the national vote
is taken" from the question. (ciPo)

Vote to
free

Feb '42 56%

Mar '42 64

Apr '42 62

FEB '42 RESULTS BY SELB

Quebec 31%

Ontario 69

Mar '42 Quebec only 25 75 —

MAR '42 RESULTS BY AGE

21-35 years 63% 37% —

Over 36 years 73 27 —

APR '42 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 72% 20% —

Middle 70 21 —

Lower 54 34 —

APR '42 RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY'

Farm 57% 29% —

Small town 59 30 —

Urban 68 23 —

Vote

against
freeing

Won't
vote

Don t
know

23%
28

(f/o

15%
8

—

TED PROVINCES

49%
12

4%
7

16%
12

8%
9
12

14%
11
9

Vote

against

freeing

Won't
vote

Don't

know

Vote to
free

APR '42 RESULTS BY PROVINCES*

Nova Scotia and Prince

Edward Island 80% 20%

New Brunswick 65 35

Quebec 26 74

Ontario 88 12

Manitoba 90 10

Saskatchewan 82 18

Alberta 81 19

British Columbia 91 9

♦Released Apr 11 '42.

38. (US Feb 23 '42) Do you think young men who have de-
pendents should be drafted? (aipo)

Yes 25% No 68% No opinion 7%

39. (US Feb 23 '42) If the government provides money for the
families of young men with dependents, do you think these
young men should be drafted? (aipo)

Yes 71%

No 23%

No opinion 6%

40. (US Feb 23 '42) If men with dependents are drafted, should
the government provide money for the dependents? (aipo)
Yes 87% No 3% No opinion 10%

41. (Canada dates as listed below) If you were asked to vote
today on the question of conscription of men for overseas
service, would you vote for it or against it? (cipo)

For Against Undecided

Dec 6 '41 .
Dec 12 '41 .
Dec 30 '41 .
Jan 31 '42.
Feb 25 '42.
Mar 13 '42.

53%

Apr 20 '42 55

May 30 '42* 59

Aug 29 '42 62

Aug 14 '43 61

Nov 13 '43 57

Dec 30 '44 60

35%

12%
10

9
10
11

MAR AND APR '42 RESULTS BY PROVINCES

For Against Undecided

Nova Scotia and Prince Edward
Island

Mar '42 63%

Apr '42 63

New Brunswick

Mar '42

Apr '42

Quebec

Mar '42

Apr '42

Ontario

Mar '42

Apr '42 71

I^nitoba

Mar '42

50
45

20
18

Apr '42 78

Saskatchewan

Mar '42 68

Apr '42 70

25%
29

36
40

76
79

22
22

13
15

24
25

12%

14
15

4
3

[465]

For

Against Undecided

Alberta

Mar '42 65%' 24% 11%

Apr '42 64 27 9

British Columbia

Mar '42 69 26 5

Apr '42 72 25 3

OPINION IN QUEBEC IN NOV '43 AND DEC '44 IN
COMPARISON WITH THE REST OF THE COUNTRY

For Against Undecided

Quebec Nov '43 17% 80% 3%

Quebec Dec '44 19 77 4

Rest of Canada Nov '43 71 21 8

Rest of Canada Dec '44 74 17 9

NOV '43 OPINION BY AGE

21-29 years 44% 50% 6%

30-49 years 58 35 7

50 years and over 61 31 8

'42 RESULTS BY LANGUAGE SPOKEN

APR, MAY, AND AUG

English-speaking, Apr '41 68% 22%

May '42 75 15

Aug '42 78 15

French-speaking, Apr '42 9 88

May '42 6 91

Aug '42 6 90

APR '42 RESULTS BY THE VOTE
IN THE CONSCRIPTION PLEBISCITE

Those who voted in favor . .

Those who voted against. . .

With Quebec eliminated:
Those who voted in favor
Those who voted against .

Quebec only;
Those who voted in favor
Those who voted against .

83%
10

84
23

69
1

11%
86

25
97

10%
10

6%
4

6
5

6
2

* All dates before Aug 29 '42 refer to the time the survey was con-
cluded.

42. (Canada Mar 21 '42) As you understand it, what is the
question which the people will vote on in the plebiscite? (cipo)

To free gov- For or Miscella-

ernment's against con- neous;

hands script ion don't know

National total 45% 42%

Men , , .
Women.

BY SEX

51%
39

BY economic STATUS

Average 49%

Above average 59

Below average 38

39%
46

40%

13%

10%
15

11%
9
17

43. (Canada May 2 '42) If a majority of the people vote "yes"
in the plebiscite — that is, vote to free the government from its
pledges — do you think the government is then likely to con-
script men for overseas service? (cipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 68% 16% 16%

BY provinces

Nova Scotia and Prince Ed-
ward Island 80%

New Brunswick 57

Quebec 72

11%

No opinion

17%

Yes

Ontario 66%

Manitoba 66

Saskatchewan 77

Alberta 66

British Columbia 64

44. (Canada May 6 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of con-
scription for overseas service? (cipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 64% 36% —

BY voting INTENTIONS AT THE PLEBISCITE

Will vote for 83% 11% 6%

Will vote against 10 86 4

THE VOTING INTENTIONS IN QUEBEC IN COMPARISON
WITH THE REST Or THE COUNTRY

With Quebec eliminated

Will vote for 84%

Will vote against 23

Quebec only

Will vote for 69

Will vote against 1

10%
72

6%
5

45. (US May 30 '42) Do you think young men eighteen and
nineteen years old should be drafted for military service? A
comparable cross-section was asked the question in the follow-
ing form: Do you think young men eighteen and nineteen years
old should be drafted for military service, or should they con-
tinue to be exempt? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 42% No 52% No opinion 6%

46. (Canada June 10 '42) Do you think conscription for over-
seas service would mean that you, or any member of your im-
mediate family, would be conscripted for military service?
(cipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 48% 45% 7% = 100%

BY OPINIONS ON CONSCRIPTION
Excluding Quebec

For conscription ....
Against conscription
Don't know

eg-?

67%

57%

Quebec only

For conscription ....
Against conscription
Don't know

100% 100%

16%
81
3

16%
79
5

100%

13%
81
6

100% 100% 100%

47. (Canada June 20 '42) Do you think the results of the recent
plebiscite meant that the people wanted conscription for over-
seas right away, or did it mean that they wanted the govern-
ment to have a free hand to use its own judgment? (ciPo)

Conscrip- Free hands

tion of No

right away government opinion

National total 37% 58% 5%

Quebec

Rest of Canada .

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

21% 72%

42 54

BY OPINIONS ON CONSCRIPTION

Those for conscription 49% 49%

Those against conscription ... 19 73

7%
4

[466]

Unde-

Married

cided; no

men

Married

opinion;

without

men with

don't

children

know

477c

—

10%

—

13%

—

48. (US July 14 '42, July 29 '42, Aug 29 '42) If the government
has to choose between drafting eighteen- and nineteen-year-
old men or married men without children, which should it
choose? The July 29 '42 and Aug '42 samples said "with chil-
dren" instead of "without children." (aipo, norc) (Canada
Oct 21 '42) If the government has to choose between calling
eighteen- and nineteen-year-old men for military service or
calling married men without children, which should it choose?
(cipo)

lS-19
years

AiPO July 14 '42 43%

AIPO July 29 '42 77

NORc Aug '42 80

ciPO Oct '42 41

49. (US Aug '42 and Nov '42) When the war is over, do you
think the (our) government should or should not make every
man take some military training even in peacetime? Asked of
a national cross-section of high-school students. (July '44)
After the war do you think the United States should draft all
young men for a certain amount of army training during peace-
time? (for) (US May 31 '45 and June 13 '46) When the war is
over, do you think the United States should or should not
draft all young men for a certain amount of military training
during peacetime? The 1946 question omitted the phrase
"when the war is over." (nyht)

Yes,
should

Aug '42 70.7%

Nov '42 68.9

July '44 69.1

May '45 69.6

June '46 65. 2

No,
should not

I6.CP/0
11. 1
21.1
23.0
24.9

Don't
know

3.3%

4.0

9.8

7.4

9.9

Men
May
June

Women
May
June

45.

'45..
'46..

69.2%
67.4

69.9
63.3

26.3%
25.9

20.4
23.9

23.2%
23.6

27.7

1946 RESULTS BY AGE

21-34 years 69.4%

35-49 years 67.1

50 years and over 59.9

1946 RESULTS BY EDUCATION

Grade school 55-3% 27.6%

High school 69.7 23.1

College 72.1 23.5

1946 RESULTS BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 63.4% 25.6%

Veteran in household 67.9 24.3

Respondent a veteran 73.7 23.1

1946 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Normally Republican 64.7%

Normally Democratic 69. 1

Independent 72.5

Sometimes one, sometimes other. 59.6

1946 RESULTS BY ATTITUDE TOWARD RUSSIA

Those who thought Russia was

out to dominate the world . . . 67.2%,

Those who had no fears of Rus-
sian aggression 70.4 23.6

26.9%

23.4

24.3

27.6

26.2%

4.5%
6.7

9.7
12.8

7.4%
9.3
12.4

17.1%
7.2
4.4

11.0%
7.8
3.2

8.4%
7.5
3.2
12.8

6.6%
6.0

50. (US Aug 29 '42) Do you think it will be necessary to draft

eighteen- and nineteen-year-old men before the war is over?

(norc)

Yes 70% No 16% Don't know 14%

61. (US Oct 21 '42) In the country as a whole, do you feel that
any particular groups of men have been drafted before they
should have been? 36% of the sample who felt that some
groups were being drafted too early were asked: What particu-
lar groups of men have been drafted before they should have
been? (norc)

None drafted too early 55%

Don't know whether or not some

have been drafted too early 9

Farmers drafted too early 10

Married men with dependents 9

Married men without dependents. ... 8

Older men 6

Defense workers 3

Other men with dependents 2

Men with defects *

Miscellaneous groups 3

Didn't say what groups *

105%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than ICX) because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

52. (US Oct 21 '42) What groups of men do you think should
have been taken instead? Asked of 36% of the sample who felt
that some particular groups of men had been drafted before
they should have been, (norc)

Single men with dependents 15%

Young men; men 20-35 years 7

Men in unessential industries 5

Men without children or dependents 4

18-19 year olds 3 .

Unemployed; men with diseases 3

Defense workers 1

Other 5

Not ascertainable 3

* Percentages add to more than 36 because some respondents gave
more than one answrer.

53. (US Oct 21 '42) Who do you think is chiefly to blame for
this situation — officials in Washington or the local draft
boards? Asked of 36% of the sample who felt that some par-
ticular groups of men had been drafted before they should have
been, (norc)

Washington officials 14%

Local draft boards 16

Don't know 6

36%

54. (US Oct 21 '42) Do you think most people have a clear
idea of when the various groups will be drafted, or do you
think rhat most people are pretty confused about this? 60% of
the sample who thought most people were pretty confused
about the issue were asked: What do you think has caused this
confusion? (norc)

No confusion 30%

Don't know whether or not people are confused 10

Specifically blame government officials 13

Blame local draft boards 5

Lack of uniformity of draft boards 5

Blame changing of rules 2

[467]

Blame politics and personal favors 2%

General statements of corkfusing information having to

do with officials 9

Blame newspapers and magazines 9

Blame radio 3

Blame rumors 3

Blame indifference of the public 2

Blame miscellaneous things or groups 4

Didn't say who or what to blame 10

107%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

65. (Australia Nov '42) Should youths of sixteen and seven-
teen be given military cadet training? (Feb '43) Should com-
pulsory cadet training of youths of sixteen and seventeen begin
immediately? Quly '43) Should compulsory military training
for young men be continued after the war? (June-July '45)
After the war, would you favor compulsory military training
for young men of eighteen? (Dec '45-Jan '46) Do you favor or
oppose compulsory military training for young men of about
eighteen? (May 4 '46) Do you favor or oppose compulsory
military training for young men of eighteen? (Nov 23 '46) Do
you favor or oppose compulsory military training? (apop)

Undecided;

Favor Oppose no opinion

Nov '42 83% 13% 4%

Feb '43 79 16 5

July '43 79 14 7

June-July '45 74 24 2

Dec '45'-Jan '46.. 78 19 3

May '46 76 19 5

Nov '46 73 20 7

56. (US Jan 21 '43) What is your opinion of the way the draft
has been handled? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(aipo)

Very good; very successful 5.4%

Favorable; fair; OK; all right; no criticism; no fault to

find 40.1

All right now but they woke up too late to help many

farmers 1.3

Unfavorable because of farm labor policies 26.8

Unfavorable for other reasons 12.4

Unfavorable, no reasons given 4.4

No opinion 96

57. (Canada Mar 3 '43, Aug 30 '44, Nov 29 '44, Sept 21 '46)
After the war is over, do you think every able-bodied young
man should be required to serve one year in the army, navy,
or air force? (cipo)

Yes,
approve

Mar '43 56%

Aug '44 46

Nov '44 60

Sept '46 66

1943 RESULTS BY SELECTED PROVINCES

Quebec 52% 40% 8%

Ontario 59 31 10

58. (Great Britain Apr 4 '43) Would you approve or disapprove
if military conscription were continued after the war? (Sept
29 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of one year's conscrip-
tion for all young men in peacetime? (Mar '46) Do you ap-
prove or disapprove of compulsory military service for men
in peacetifne? (bipo)

No, Undecided;

disapprove no opinion
34% 10%

40 14

32 8

27 7

Approve

Apr '43 48%

Sept '45 65

Mar '46 55

BY SEX

Men

Sept '45 68%

Mar '46 62

Women

Sept '45 61

Disapprove Don't know

35% 17%

27 8

37 8

Mar '46.

2i-29 years

Sept '45

Mar '46

30-^9 years

Sept '45

Mar '46

JO years and over

Sept '45

Mar '46

59%
52

65
58

67
53

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher

Sept '45 77%

Mar '46.
Middle

Sept '45.

Mar '46.
Lower

Sept '45 .

67
62

25%
33

30
40

31%
39

27
35

26
37

17%
32

28
34

28
38

Mar '46 52,

1946 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Conservative and National

Liberal 68%, 26%,

Labor 52 40

Liberal 49 43

Other 44 41

Did not vote 46 42

7%
5

9
11

10%
9

7
10

8
15
12

59. (Great Britain Mar '46) What length of service should be
required? Asked of 55% of the 1946 sample who said they
approved of compulsory military service for men in peacetime.
(bipo)

6 months to one year 24.5%

18 months to 2 years 24.5

3 years 5.0

5 years 1.0

55.0%,

60. (US Apr 6 '43) Movies are widely used to entertain men
in the armed forces. Some people think Hollywood stars can
do as much for the country by making movies as by going into
the service. Do you think movie stars should be drafted, or
should they be deferred? (aipo)

Drafted 61% Deferred 29%, No answer 1%

No opinion 9%

61. (US Apr 6 '43) At the same time as the preceding question
a comparable cross-section was asked: Should movie stars be
drafted or should they be deferred? (aipo)

Drafted 77% Deferred 15%, No answer 1%

No opinion 7%

62. (US Apr 6 '43) What about radio stars and band leaders
and others who have been going to the front to entertain the

[468]

men — do you think they should be drafted, or should they be
deferred? (aipo)

Drafted 54% Deferred 38% No answer 1%

No opinion 7%

63. (Denmark May 9 '43) Are you yourself willing to serve
as a soldier for several years? Asked of people eighteen to
twenty-five years old. (dgi)

Yes 62.9% No 33.4% Don't know 3.7%

64. (Canada Aug 14 '43) Should men conscripted for military
service be sent overseas or kept in Canada as at present? (cipo)

Sent Some sent Kept in Unde-
overseas overseas Canada cided

National total 46% 15% 32% 7%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 15% 15% 66% 4%

All of Canada ex-
cluding Quebec . . 56 15 21 8

65. (Canada Aug 14 '43) If these [conscripted] men are not
sent overseas, do you think they should be put to work on
farms, or should they be kept for military work only? (ciPo)

Work on farms 28%

Some to work on farms .... 37

Military work only 18

Undecided 17

66. (US Aug 24 '43) If the army needs more men, who do you
think should be drafted first — single men who are employed
in essential war industries or fathers who are not employed in
essential war industries? (aipo)

Single men 68% Fathers 24% No opinion 8%

67. (US Mar 29 '44) At present men between thirty-eight and
forty-five years of age are not being drafted into the army. Do
you think these men should be taken into the army to be placed
in jobs in war industries in order to free young men in war
plants for military combat service? (aipo)

Yes 67% No 23% No opinion 10%

68. (US Mar 29 '44) Do you think that men who are turned
down by the army because they are not physically fit for fight-
ing, but who are able to work in war plants, should be taken
into the army and given war jobs in order to free young men
in war plants for combat service? (Apr 12 '44) Do you think
that men who are turned down by the army, because they are
not physically fit for fighting but able to take a war job, should
be drafted for work in war plants? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Mar '44 78% 15% 7%

Apr '44 64 30 6

69. (US Apr 25 '44) Every time a farm worker is deferred by
the draft a worker in some other industry must be taken. Do
you think more or fewer farm workers should be drafted for
military service this year? Asked of a national cross-section of
farmers, (aipo)

More 9% Fewer 70% Same 15% Undecided 6%

70. (US May 9 '44) A law has been proposed which would
require every man of draft age in a war job to get permission
from his draft board before he can quit his present war job. If
he quits without permission, he would be drafted into the
army. Do you think this law should be passed? (Feb 20 '45)
The War Department has suggested that all men workers under
thirty-eight who leave war jobs without permission or refuse
to take war jobs be drafted into the army to work in war plants
at army pay. Do you approve or disapprove of this? (aipo)

Approve

May '44 56%

Feb '45 74

Disapprove No opinion
32% 12%

18 8

71. (US May 9 '44) If 4F's (men who are physically unfit for
fighting but able to work) refuse to take jobs in war industries,
should they be drafted into a special division of the army for
useful service work around army camps? (aipo)

Yes 72% No 17% No opinion 11%

72. (US May 18 '44) Which do you feel is more important —
to draft farmers under twenty-six, or to keep them on the farm
to raise food? 19% of the sample who thought they should be
drafted were asked: Why? (norc)

Keep them on the farm 71%

Don't know whether or not they should be drafted .... 10
Draft them because older men or other men can do the

jobs 11

Young men are needed in the army 4

Only fair that they should be drafted 3

War needs are primary 2

Young men on farms are trying to escape the draft 1

Miscellaneous reasons why they should be drafted or

didn't say 1

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

73. (US May 23 '44) The army and navy want a draft law
passed which would give local draft boards the right to draft
some men between eighteen and forty-five unless they take
war jobs. Do you favor or oppose such a law? A comparable
cross-section was asked simultaneously: Would you favor or
oppose having a draft law passed which would give local
draft boards the right to draft some men between eighteen
and forty-five unless they take war jobs? (aipo)

Favor

First cross-section 59%

Second cross-section 55

Oppose No opinion
30% 11%

33 12

74. (US May 23 '44) Would you favor or oppose a law which
would permit local draft boards to draft any man between the
ages of eighteen and forty-five who goes on strike? (aipo)
Favor 68% Oppose 23% No opinion 9%

75. (Sweden June '44) How much military service have you
done since 1939? Asked of a national cross-section of men who
had been called up. (sgi)

6 months 7-12 13-18 19-14 Over 24
or less months months months months
National total 28% 40% 19% 8% 5%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 31% 38% 20% 5% 6%

Middle 31 40 17 8 4

Workers 25 40 21 9 5

76. (Sweden June '44) Have you suffered any considerable
break in your work or training on account of doing military
service? Asked of a national cross-section of men who had been
called up. (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total.... 36% 63% 1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper . . . .
Middle...
Workers. ,

40%

57%

[469]

77. (Sweden June '44) In what way [have you suffered a break
in your work or training because of military service]? Asked of
36% of a sample of men who had been called up who said they
had suffered a considerable break, (sgi)

Difficul- Studies
Econom- ties in fin-
ical civil work dered

Other
difficul-
ties

Nothing
serious

National
total. . .

24%

9% 2%

1% 64% = 100%
of those questioned

Upper 25%

Middle 20

Workers.... 27

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

7% 8% - 60%

12 2 2% 64

6 1 2 64

78. (Sweden June '44) Have you incurred debts because of
military service? Asked of a national cross-section of men who
had been called up. (sgi)

No definite
Yes No answer

National total.... 15% 81% 4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper . . .
Middle. .
Workers.

93%

79. (US July '44) After the war, do you think the United States
should draft all young men for a certain amount of army train-
ing during peacetime, or should we go back to the regular army
system of taking volunteers only? (for) (Aug 9 '45) After the
war, do you think the United States should draft all young
men for a certain amount of military training during peacetime,
or should we go back to the regular army and navy system of
taking volunteers only? Asked of a cross-section of navy per-
sonnel from the Atlantic and Pacific theaters. The survey was
made by the United States navy, (nyht)

Draft

July '44 61.4%

Aug '45 63.1

1945 result

17-18 years 50.3%

19-20 years 59.9

21-22 years 60.7

23-24 years 64.4

25-29 years 64.3

30 years and over 69.4

1945 RESULTS 31

Some grade school 58.4%

Finished grade school. . 59. 5

Some high school 60.8

Finished high school. . . 66.3

Some college 70.3

Finished college 61.2

1945 RESULTS BY COMBAT DUTY STATUS
AND VOLUNTEER VS. DRAFTEE

Has had combat duty. . 63.2%
Has not had combat

duty 62.7

Volunteer 64.0

Draftee 60.9

Women only July '44* . . 56

* Breakdown from New York Herald Tribune Jan 18 "45.

Don't

Volun-

know;

Unde-

teers

no answer

cided

19A%

9.2%

—

29.4

7.3%

BY AGE

39.5%

—

10.2%

32.3

.1%

7.7

31.8

7.0

29.2

6.3

28.3

7.3

23.1

7.3

EDUCATII

27.3%

14.3%

31.4

.2%

8.9

31.2

7.8

28.7

4.8

22.5

—

7.2

24.5

—

14.3

29.6% .2% 7.0%

29.2

8.0

29.1

6.6

30.0

9.0

—

80. (US July '44) If all young men in the United States were
to be given military training, how long do you think this
training should last? (for)

About six months 7.5%

About one year 46.9

About one and one-half years 52

About two years 16.7

More than two years 12.3

Don't know 114

81. (US July '44) If all young men in the United States were to
be given military training, at about what age do you think
this training should begin? (for)

Before 18 years of age 32.1%

At 18 years of age 43.8

At 19 years of age 50

At 20 years of age 50

At 21 years of age 56

After 21 years of age 1.9

Don't know 6.6

82. (Canada Aug 16 '44) Do you think men of military age
who go on strike should be drafted into the army? (cipo)

Drafted Not drafted Undecided Qualified

National total 48% 34% 11% 7%

BY SELECTED PROVINCES

Ontario 57% 27%

Quebec 29 54

8%
16

8%
1

83. (US Sept '44) If the United States did pass a law that re-
quired our boys to take military training, do you think other
countries would be more likely or less likely to require mili-
tary training for their boys? (norc)

More likely 71%

Less likely 3

Make no difference 19

Don't know 7

84. (US Sept '44) If the United States and other countries had
laws requiring their boys to take military training, do you
think it would be more likely or less likely that there would
be wars in the future, or wouldn't it make any difference?
(norc)

More likely 14%

Less likely 31

Make no difference 48

Don't know 7

85. (France Dec 1 '44) If the European war isn't over by win-
ter, should France have a general troop mobilization? (fipo)
Yes 70% No 23% No opinion 7%

86. (Canada Dec 9 '44) The government is sending overseas as
reinforcements some of the men who were drafted for home
defense. Do you approve of this, or do you think greater efforts
should have been made to get enough reinforcements through
voluntary enlistment? (cipo)

Volun- All Miscel- Unde-
teer draftees laneous cided

33% 9% 4% 4%

Approve
National total 50%

BY RACIAL ORIGIN

British 66% 16% 12%

French 8 77 3

Other 55 29 8

87. (Canada Dec 20 '44) Have you, yourself, had any reason
to do business with an office of National Selective Service?

[470]

33% of the sample who said they had were asked: Were you
ever dissatisfied with the way you were treated? (cipo)
Never did any business with them. . . . 67%

Dissatisfied 13

Not dissatisfied 20

88. (France Jan 1 '43) Do you tavor mobilization of three age
classes?* (fipo)

Prt-
Yes, mature No

Yes qualified measure No opinion

Paris 56% 15% 8% 14% 7%

Provinces 48 22 7 14 9

* On Nov 15 '44 the press published the news that two or three age
classes would be called to military service. Next day the War Ministry
denied it.

89. (US Jan 17 '45 and Apr 4 '45) Do you think a military
training law should be passed now, or should this wait until
after the war? In Jan '45, 69% of a national sample who thought
that after the war every young man should be required to take
militarv or naval ttaining for one year were questioned. 22%
of the sample who were against the idea and 9% who had no
opinion on the subject were excluded from the cross-section.
In Apr '45, 70% of a national sample who favored postwar
compulsory military training were questioned. 24% of the
sample who were against the idea and 6% who had no opinion
were excluded from the cross-section. (May 29 '45) Do you
think Congtess should pass a law within the next year which
would require every able-bodied young man to take military
and naval training for one year, or should this wait until
latet? (June 12 '45) Congress is now considering passing a law
to take effect after the war, which would require every able-
bodied young man to have one year's military training. What
is your opinion about passing this law now? Qune 12 "45 and
June 27 '45) There is a bill in Congress which would require
every able-bodied young man to have one year's military train-
ing after the wat. Which of these statements expresses your
feeling about this law — pass the law now to go into effect after
the v^'ar; pass the law after the war; don't pass the law at all?
Each respondent was given a card with the three statements
printed on it. (alpo)

•->

1
2;

5=5

Z §

Jan -45....

—

Apr ■45...

—

May '45- . . .

—

June 12 '45

first

cross-

section . .

—

June 12 '45 s

second

cross-

section . .

—

June 27 '45 .

—

90. (Great Britain Mar '45) In general, do you think it would
be a good thing or a bad thing if young people wete required
to spend a year in some sort of national service, military or
non-military? (bipo)

Boys 22%

Girls 1

Both 45

Neither 25

Don't know 7

91. (Canada Mar 3 '45) After the war, do you think every
able-bodied young man eighteen years of age should be forced
to spend a year taking part in a health-building and youth-
training program directed by the government? 76% of the
sample who thought such a ptogram should be put into opera-
tion were asked: Would you favor this even if it meant these
young men would have to leave their homes for the year?
(ciPo)

Against such a program 13%

Undecided as to whether or not such a program should be

adopted 8

Qualified answers to the first question 3

Would still approve if young men had to leave home 64

Wouldn't approve if young men had to leave home 10

Undecided about approval if young men had to leave home 2

92. (Canada Mar 3 '45) Should such a [youth-training] course
include military training or not? Asked of 76% of the sample
who thought that after the war ever\- eighteen-year-old should
be tequired to spend a year taking a training program, (cipo)
Yes 60%, No 12% No opinion 4% = 76%

93. (US Mar 7 '45) A United States Senator says that eighteen-
yeat-old men in the armed forces should be trained in this
countt)' for one year before being sent ovetseas to fight. Do
you approve or disapprove of this? (aipo)

Approve 85% Disapprove 10% No opinion 5%

94. (US Mar 7 '45) Why [should or shouldn't eighteen-year-
old men in the armed forces be trained in this country for one
year before being sent overseas]? (aipo)

Need at least a year of training to be good fighters;
less chance of mistakes at front; the better trained
the more useful they will be; better adjusted;
gain experience; gain emotional maturity; can
accept responsibilin.-; better physical condition. 55%

Too young; just babies; they should be a year
older; give them an extra year of happiness;
nearer home and familv for extra year 24

Less chance of being killed or wounded if thor-
oughly trained and in good shape 2

Need more than a year 1

Didn't say why they approved 3

85%

If need them sooner, take them; national emergency
should govern 4%

Army knows best; army must be allowed to carry
out program 2

Young men are ready to go; too restless in training . 1

Basic training is all that is needed; army can get
them ready quickly, 1

Many alreadv sent, might as %vell send others ... *

Army feels young men more adapted to war condi-
tions; make bettet soldiers 1

Didn't say why they disapproved 1

No opinion

• Less than 0.5%.

10%
5%

95. (US Mar 7 '45) Do you think young men eighteen years of
age in the armed forces should be trained for one year in this
country before being sent overseas to fight, or is it all right to
send them sooner if the army thinks they have had enough
training? (aipo)

[471]

National total. .

Men

Women

One year Sooner No opinion
68% 26% 6%

BY SEX

62% 31% 7%

73 22 5

96. (US Apr '45) Have your friends or any people you know
asked you recently for your ideas about such [postwar com-
pulsory] military training? (norc)

Yes 21%

No, or don't remember 76

Heard about it, discussed it without
being asked for an opinion 3

97. (US Apr '45) If the government had two billion dollars a
year to spend, would you rather have it spent on a program of
better regular education in the schools or on a program of
compulsory military training in the army or the navy? (norc)

Regular education 56%

Military training 25

Neither or both 11

Don't know 8

98. (US June '45) Suppose we have compulsory training after
the war, and you had a brother or a son about to begin his
training. So far as you are concerned, which branch of the
service — the army, or the navy, or the air service — would you
rather see him go into? (Of course, the choice would really be
up to him, but we want to know how you feel about it.) (for)

Army 18.5%

Navy 39.7

Air services 22.7

No difference. . . . 12.0

Don't know 7.1

99. (US June '45) The 22.7% of the sample who said they
would like a brother or son to go into the air services in the
event of compulsory military training after the war, were
asked whether they would prefer the army or the navy air
service, with the following results: (for)

Army air service 10.4%

Navy air service 7.2

No difference 4.3

Don't know 8

22-7%

100. (Denmark July 8 '45) Do you think that it is good or bad
for the yoimg to do military service? (dgi)

Good 92.8%

Bad • 2.5

more than one answer.

8. (US Nov '44) Are thete any groups you think are sometimes
apt to cause trouble when mixed in with other workers? (for)

Negroes 34%

Jews 7

Communists 3

Others 16

None or don't know 48

108%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US June 12 '45) Do you favor or oppose a law in this state
which would require an employer to hire a person if he is
qualified for the job, regardless of his race or color? (aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion

National total 43% 44% 13%

[478]

Favor Oppose

DY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-

Atlantic 58%

East and west central 41

South 30

Far West 41

BY AGE

21-29 years 55%

30-49 years 42

50 years and over 38

Business and professional.

White-collar

Farmers

Manual workers

OCCUPATION

. . . 43%

, .. 41

.. 25

, .. 52

31%

34%

48%
51
57
35

No opinion

11%

8
18
13

10. (US June 12 '45) Would you favor or oppose a law which
would require employees to work along side persons of any
race or color? (aipo)

Favor 34% Oppose 56% No opinion 10%

11. (US Sept '45) Do you think there are any racial or religious
groups that have too much power in this countrv? 27% of the
sample who thought such groups existed were asked: Which
ones? (norc)

None have too much power 62%

Don't know whether or not anv such groups exist 11

Catholics have too much power 9

The Jews 13

Protcsta nts 1

White race 2

Negroes 4

Others including non-religious groups 2

Don't want to say; would rather not say 1

Specified religious groups 1

106%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

12. (Canada Jan 9 '46) When someone is given a license to run
a place of entertainment, like a dance hall or skating rink,
should he have the right to keep out certain races, say Negroes
Qews), or should he be compelled to admit everyone as long
as they behave themselves? (cipo)

Have right Admit Unde-

to keep out everyone cided

Negroes 19% 77% 4%

Jews 12 86 2

13. (Brazil Sept '46) Following are the results of a study of
racial preferences of a cross-section of the population of Rio
de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, (ibope)

Yes

No No opinion

Would you like to have a Japanese

As a neighbor? 2%

As a friend? 4

In your family? 1

As a partner? 2

As an employee? 6

As your boss? 2

Would you like to have an Italian

As a neighbor? 39

As a friend? 42

In your family? 30

As a partner? 33

79%

32
33

45
44

19%
15
9
10
11
11

29
25
25
23

Yes No

As an employee? 40% 37%

As your boss? 30 47

Would you like to have a German

As a neighbor? 13 63

As a friend? 18 64

In your family? 10 73

As a partner? 15 69

As an employee? 20 64

As your boss? 12 71

Would you like to have a Portuguese

As a neighbor? 70 15

As a friend? 72 15

In your family? 67 20

As a partner? 67 20

As an employee? 72 17

As your boss? 60 27

No opinion

23%
23

19
18
17
16
16
17

15
13
13
13
U
13

MONASTICISM AND
RELIGIOUS ORDERS

1. (Denmark Mar 26 '44) Do you think that women should
be allowed to take holy orders? (dgi)

National total

Men . . .
Women.

Yes
38%

BY SEX

41%
36

No Don' t knou

34% 28%

33%
35

26%
29

2. (Denmark Mar 26 '44) Why? Asked of 38% of the sample

who thought that women should be allowed to take holy
orders, (dgi)

Women just as fit 39%

They should be men's equals 31

Women better able to talk to people 3

They are better spiritual advisers 3

There ought to be women clergymen in prisons, etc 2

Women think more deeply than men 1

Other reasons 11

Don't know 10

100%
of those questioned

MONEY

1. (US Jan 25 '36) Are you in favor of currency inflation?
(aipo)

Yes No

National total 27% 73%

BY politics

Democratic 10% 90% .

Republican 40 60

Third party 41 59

Socialist 32 68

[479]

Yes No

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 18% 82%

Mid-Atlantic 23 77

East central 28 72

West central 28 72

South 35 65

Mountain 30 70

Pacific coast 17 83

2. (US June 12 '36) Who should determine the gold content
of the dollar? (aipo)

Congress 79% The President 13% No opinion 8%

3. (US Nov 13 '36) Should Congress renew the President's
power to regulate the amount of gold in the dollar? (aipo)
Yes 48%, No 52% = 100% No opinion 28%

4. (US Sept '42) In the years following the war, do you feel
your dollar volume (at 1939 value of dollar) will be much
greater, somewhat more, the same, or less than your 1939 vol-
ume? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

Much greater 11.3%

Somewhat more 44.2

Same 16.0

Less 28.5

5. (Denmark Oct 8 '44) Do you think that the buying power
of our money will increase or decrease after the war? (dgi)

Increase 7.8%

Decrease 47.9

Neither 6.9

Don't know 37.4

6. (Denmark Oct 8 '44) How much do you think money will
devaluate? Asked of 47.9% of the sample who thought that
the buying power of their money would decrease after the war.
(dgi)

One-quarter 7.3%

One-third 10.1

Half 23.1

More than half 9.1

Don't know 50.4

100.0% of those

questioned

7. (France Apr 16 '45) Do you favor the idea of issuing stamped
currency?* (fipo)

Yes 57% No 23%, No opinion 20%o

* One measure suggested for halting inflation was to hand in all

paper currency for notes stamped with a valuation greater or less than

that of the notes handed in.

(France May 16 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of
e stamping of currency? (fipo)

the stamping ot currency? {tifoJ

66% Disapprove 18% No opinion

Approve

9. (US Aug 8 '45) It has been suggested that the paper money
bills of different values be printed in different colors. Do you
think this is a good idea or a poor idea? (aipo)

Good idea Poor idea No opinion
National total 42%, 42%, 16%

BY EDUCATION

College 49%

High school 45

Grade school or Jess 38

46%

5%
14
20

10. (US Nov 21 '45) Can you tell mc what part of a dollar 10
per cent (23 per cent, 66 per cent) is? (aipo)

Don't know;
Correct incorrect

10 per cent 87%o 13%,

23 per cent 73 27

66 per cent 73 27

11. (France Feb 1 '46) Do you know approximately what the
value of an English pound was in francs right after the libera-
tion? (fipo)

Correct 19% Incorrect 20% No answer 61%

12. (France Feb 1 '46) Do you know what its value [the Eng-
lish pound in francs] is at the present time? (fipo)

Correct 37% Incorrect 24% No answer 39%

13. (France Feb 1 '46) Do you believe the franc will retain its
value in relation to the English pound? (fipo)

Franc Keep No

will fall value Rise opinion

National total 44%, 22%, 7%, 27%,

Informed opinion 49 24 8 19

14. (France Feb 1 '46) In your opinion, what should be done
to assure the stability of the franc? (fipo)

National Informed

total opinion

Work and produce 26% 32%

Take economic and financial measures aimed
at stopping the rise of prices and lessening

the circulation of money 14 15

Produce to develop exports 13 17

Balance the budget and reduce the number

of bureaucrats 3 5

Work toward nationalization 1 —

Decrease the debt and start anew 1 1

Other 6 6

No answer 29 18

Fight against the black market and the deal-
ers 7 6

15. (Germany Feb 14 '46, May 8 '46, June 7 '46, Oct '46, Oct
28 '46) Do you think that the rcichsmark will be worth as
much in six months as it is at present? The Oct '46 question
was asked in the French zone of Germany, (omgus, gmzfo)

Yes,

Yes, fairly No No

surely surely No opinion answer

Feb '46 7% 21% 49% 22% 1%,

May '46 18 29 27 26 *

June '46 15 19 34 31 1

Oct '46 43 — 39 18 —

Oct 28 '46 15 24 43 18 *

Both the 34% who believed in June '46 that the mark would
retain its value and the 34% who believed that it would not
were asked ; Why?

Reasons why the mark will retain its value
As long as economy stays as it is, so will the mark; if
prices do not go up, mark will keep its value; price and

wage control will stabilize the money 4%

Everybody will do everything possible to prevent infla-
tion 4

The government has great interest in controlling the mark 5
Devaluation of the mark would hurt other countries'
dealings with Germany; other countries don't want
inflation in Germany , *

[480]

Have read or heard that there will be no inflation 1%

Because of taxes or other withdrawal of currency 5

Other answers 1

Don't know; can't say 3

If mark is not held at present level, we will have chaos;

inflation means ruin; etc 6

No answer 5

34%
Reasons luhy the mark ivHl not retain its value
Value of the reichsmark has gone down; rcichsmark
worth less or nothing; rcichsmark is worth only half

of its value 5%

Prices are going up; everything costs more 9

There is not backing for the currency; the reichsmark has

no longer anything behind it . 4

Inflation has already begun; nothing to buy 1

Because of the black market 2

Too much money in circulation 3

Because of the high taxes *

Reparations too high 1

Other answers *

Don't know; can't say 1

I think so; people say so; you hear it everywhere, gossip
and rumor; it cannot go on like this, can't stay on this

level; world-wide situation 5

No answer 3

34%

' Less than 0.5%.

16. (Germany July 1 '46) Have you, by any chance, more than
fifty marks on you or at home, besides the amount you have in
bank? (omgus)

Yes 78% No 22%, No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

17. (Germany July 1 '46) Could you tell me how much [money]
you have on you? (omgus)

Under 20 marks 4%

20-40 marks 10

40-50 marks 5

50-70 marks 6

70-100 marks 8

100-150 marks 13

150-200 marks 8

200-300 marks 14

300-500 marks 16

More than 500 marks 12

No answer; don't know. ... 4

18. (Germany July 1 '46) There is ten times as much money
in circulation in Germany today as there was before the war.
In your opinion, where is all this extra money? (omgus)

It is evenly distributed among the people 12%

It is mainly among black market dealers 66

It is from Nazis and people who profited by war 33

It is from occupation troops 5

Don't know, no opinion 17

No answer *

133%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

19. (Germany July 1 '46) Do you think there should be a new
currency in order to clear up the money situation? 36% of the
sample who favored a new currency were asked; What should

the new money value be — the new mark equal to 50, 20, 10, or
1 old pfennigs? (omgus)

Didn't say whether or not should revise currency 1%

Yes, should revise currency 2

No, don't revise 40

Don't know whether should revise 23

New value should be 50 pfennigs 16

New value should be 20 pfennigs 4

New value should be 10 pfennigs 3

New value should be 1 pfennigs *

Don't know what new value should be 11

20. (Germany July 1 '46) How should the adjustment be car-
ried out — by freezing of bank accounts regardless of their size,
or by freezing of bank accounts over a certain amount, or
should there be no freezing? Asked of 40% of the sample who
thought there should not be new currency, (omgus)

Freezing of all bank accounts 4%

Freezing of bank accounts over a certain amount 28

No freezing at all 4

Don't know 3

Others 5

No answer 1

40%

21. (Germany July 1 '46) Should there be such an adjustment
[of currency] immediately, or should one wait until economic
conditions have improved, or until a new German government
has been formed? (omgus)

Immediately 44%

One should wait until economic conditions have improved 12
One should wait until a new German government has

been formed 16

No opinion ' 26

Wait until economic conditions have improved and a new

German government has been formed 1

No answer 1

22. (Germany Oct 28 '46) In which money do you have more
trust, the allied military currency or the German mark? (omgus)

Allied 16%,

Mark 17

No difference 55

No opinion 12

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

MONOPOLIES

1. (us Oct '36) Do you think that a business monopoly is
beneficial, more beneficial than harmful, more harmful than
beneficial, or harmful? (for)

Beneficial 12.1%

More beneficial than harmful 12.9

More harmful than beneficial 22.3

Harmful 44.7

Don't know 8.0

2. (US Oct '36) And if [monopolies] are on the harmful side,
for which reasons? Asked of 67% of the sample who thought
monopolies were harmful, (for)

Oppression of small competitors 35.5%

Higher prices 21.6

Concentration of wealth 19.8

[481]

Restriction of buyers' liberty in purchasing 8.7%

Corruption of lawmakers 8.1

Suppression of new ideas 5-8

All of these 0.5

100.0%
of those questioned

3. (US Jan 18 '38) Have you an opinion on holding companies?
(aipo)

Yes 38% No 60% No answer 2%

4. (US Jan 18 '38) President Roosevelt has suggested that all
holding companies be forced to dissolve. Do you agree? (aipo)
Yes 22% No 24% No opinion 31% No answer 23%

5. (US Jan 18 '38) Do you think stricter regulation of holding
companies is needed at this time? (aipo)

Yes 38% No 6% No opinion 33%, No answer 23%

6. (US Apr '38) Do you believe, as has been charged recently,
that sixty families control most of the economic life of this
country? (for)

.§^"

National total .

28.9%

10.2%

13.5%

Prosperous .
Poor

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

21.2% 10.4% 11.7%
33.6 8.1 10.8

22.1%

42.7%
16.1

Q
25.3%

14.0%
31.4

BY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

Executives 9.7%

Professors 9.5

Truck drivers 44.5

8.0% 7.1% 68.1% 7.1%
15.7 18.9 37.0 18.9
7.0 14.9 18.7 14.9

7. (US Apr 27 '38) Do you think any industry (industries) in
this country is (are) becoming too much of a monopoly? A
comparable cross-section was asked: Do you think any indus-
tries in this country are becoming too much like monopolies?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes, emphatically 24%

Yes 19

No 14

No, emphatically 11

No opinion and no answer 32

8. (US Dec '40) Today the Department of Justice is following
almost exactly the opposite policy from NRA on price fixing,
and Assistant Attorney General Thurman Arnold has launched
the greatest campaign in history to enforce the anti-trust laws
and prevent price-fixing agreements. He says, "The first con-
cern of every democracy is the maintenance of a free market."
Do you agree with Mr. Arnold? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

In most In a few
Yes cases cases No

Total 27.7% 31.0% 18.3% 23.0%

58.7% 41.3%

Commercial and retail

executives 33.3%, 31.8%, 16.9% 18.0%

65.1%, 34.9%

Utility and railroad

executives 21.4%, 33.0% 21.0% 24.6%,

54.4% 45.6%

9. (US Apr 8 '41) Do you think there is too much power in the
hands of a few rich men and large corporations in the United
States? (aipo)

Yes 59% . No 27%, No opinion 14%

10. (Denmark Dec 2 '44) Do you think that the state should
have a monopoly in foreign trade and different commodities,
e.g. coffee, or do you think that such monopolies should not
be introduced in this country? (dgi)

Monopoly 17%

No monopoly 51

In some cases 3

Don't know 29

11. (Denmark Dec 2 '44) Do you think that the old importers
should have the right to control the entire import, or do you
think that other businessmen should be allowed to partake?
Asked of 51% of the sample who were against the state having
monopoly in foreign trade and different commodities, (dgi)

Old importers alone 7%

Other businessmen partake 84

Free import for all 1

Don't know 8

100% of those
questioned

12. (Great Britain June 26 '45) Some people say that prices
are kept up by monopolies or combines in this country. Do
you believe that this is true or untrue? (bipo)

True
National total 56%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 65%
.. 46

21-29 years 48%

30-49 years 59

50 years and over 54

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher.
Middle.
Lower. .

40%

Untrue
17%

20%
15

16%

51%

24
14

Don't know
27%

15%
39

36%

9%
19

13. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: National Socialism
permitted cartels and monopolies which made millions such
as the Krupp industries, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

American zone and Berlin . . . 83% 5% 12%

Berlin only 89 6 5

MORAL CONDITIONS

1. (US Jan '37) Do you think that sexual moral standards in
this country are better or worse than they were a generation
ago? (for)

Better 17.1% Worse 45.0%o Same 27.8%

Don't know 10.1%

2. (US Apr '37) Do you think it is all right for either or both
parties to a marriage to have had previous sexual experience?
(for)

[ 4S2 1

National total 22.3% 7.6% 0.1% 56.2% 13.8%

Men 27.9%

Women 16.8

10.2%
5.1

0.1%
0.2

BY AGE

Under forty 26.7% 9.2%

Over forty 18.0 6.2

47.5%
64.8

51.4%
60.8

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Mountain States 41.3% 9.3% — 46.0%

Southwest 13.8 12.4 — 65.6

Pacific coast 331 1.2 — 49.4

14.3%
13.1

12.7%
14.8

3.4%
8.2
16.3

3. (US Nov '39) Do you consider it all right, unfortunate, or
wicked when young girls have sexual relations before marriage?
Asked of a national cross-section of men. Do vou consider it
all right, unfortunate, or wicked when young men have sexual
relations before marriage? Asked of a national cross-section of
women, (for)

Men Answering about Women

** s? s?

^ t) ^ Q Q

National total 10.9% 52.4% 27.9%

BY AGE

Under forty 15.0% 54.6% 22.9%

Over forty 7.0 50.3 32.7

Women Answering about Men
National total 9.7% 35.4% 47.3%

.3%
.5

BY AGE

Under forty 14.5% 38

Over forty 5.3

32.4

38.6%
55.4

Women Answering about Men by
Size of Community
Cities over 1,000,000. 28.6% 40.0% 17.1% -
Rural 9.0 30.0 54.5

7.2%
9.5

7.2%

8.0%
6.5

14.3%
6.2

4. (US Nov '39) The recent public charges made by Governor
Dickinson of Michigan have raised the question of whether
businessmen and politicians in the East often have immoral
relations with their secretaries. Do you think so? (for)

Yes

Don't know

National total, , .
Negroes only. . . .

■ 19.4%
. 21.2

BY SEX

38.0%
16.4

42.6%
62.4

Men

Women

. 21.2%
. 17.5

38.9%
37.1

39.9%
45.4

economic

status

Executives

Prosperous

Farm labor

. 17.7%
. 20.5
. 23.4

51.4%

505

17.9

30.9%

29.0

58.7

5. (Sweden May '42) Do you think that the relations of young
boys and girls nowadays are healthy and proper, or would
you like to limit their association with one another? Asked of
a national cross-section of parents, (sgi)

National total .

All Would
right limit

Don't

know

Might he
increased

fathers' opinions

56% 19%

l^n

fathers opinions by size of community

Towns and provinces 56% 22% 21%

Countrv 57 15

mothers opinions

National total 42%

25'

32%

MOTHERS OPINIONS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns and provinces 42% 31% 27% —

Country . . . - 42 16 41 1%

6. (US Dec '42) Roughly, about what per cent of high-school
fellows in your class neck when they go out on dates? What
per cent of the high-school girls in your class? What per cent
of the fellows drink? What per cent of the girls? Asked of a
national cross-section of high-school students, (for)

NECK DRINK

Boys

Under 20% 7.6%

20-49% 6.9

50-79% 25.5

80-100% 41.5

Don't know 18.5

Average percentage

named 70.9% 63.3% 21.0% 10.6%

7. (US Dec '42) Which of these comes closest to being your
own attitude on necking by high-school students? on drinking?
Asked of a national cross-section of high-school students, (for)

Necking Drinking

On the whole it does a little harm 30.0% 2.5%

It may not hurt some, but most would be

better off if they didn't 38.4

It would be much better if no one in high

school did it 28.1

Don't know 3.5

Does little Hurts Is unde-
harm some sirahle

Girls

Boys

Girls

9.3%

49.9%

60.1%

9.6

13.6

10.0

31.3

13.1

4.9

30.9

3.9

1.0

18.9

19.5

24.0

Boys.
Girls .

OPINIONS ON NECKING BY SEX

41.8% 33.4% 20.6%

18.1 43.4 35.6

OPINIONS ON NECKING BY RELIGION

Protestants 27.6% 38.3% 30.0%,

Non-churchgoers 52.5 27.9 14.7

19.5

75.9
2.1

Don t
know

4.2%
2.9

4.1%
4.9

8. (US Aug '43) Do you think that during the past ten years
women in general have become more strict in their morals, less
strict, or stayed about the same? Asked of a national cross-
section of women between the ages of twenty and thirty-five.
(for)

More strict 11.1% Less strict 51.4% No change 32.3%
Don't know 52%

9. (US Aug '43) Do you think that women generally should
have more strict morals, less strict, or about the same as they
are now? Asked of a national cross-section of women between
the ages of twenty and thirty-five, (for)

Should be more strict. . . . 66.3%

Should be less strict 1.3

Should stay the same 27.8

Don't know 46

[483]

10. (US Aug '43) Do you feel women's morals should be more
strict, less strict, or about the same as men's? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of women between the ages of twenty and
thirty-five, (for)

More strict than men's. . . 60.0%
Less strict than men's. . . . 2.0

Same as men's 34.2

Don't know 3.8

11. (US Aug '43) Do you think that most men require vir-
ginity in a girl for marriage? Asked of a national cross-section
of women between the ages of twenty and thirty-five, (for)
Yes 59.1% No 31.3% Don't know 9.6%

12. (US Aug '43) Do you think women should require vir-
ginity in men? Asked of a national cross-section of women
between the ages of twenty and thirty-five, (for)

Yes 45.1% No 45.0% Don't know 9.9%

13. (US Aug '43) By and large, do you think that many, only
a few, or practically no married men are untrue to their wives
at some time or another? Asked of a national cross-section of
women between the ages of twenty and thirty-five, (for)

Many husbands are untrue 47.8%

Only a few are untrue 43.2

Practically none are untrue 4.6

Don't know 4.4

14. (US Aug '43) By and large, do you think that many, only
a few, or practically no married women are untrue to their
husbands at some time or another? Asked of a national cross-
section of women between the ages of twenty and thirty-five.
(for)

Many wives are untrue 28.3%

Only a few are untrue 56.1

Practically none are untrue 11.0

Don't know 4.6

15. (Denmark Jan 17 '44) Do you think the morals of young
people today are better, just as good, or worse than they were
about ten years ago? (dgi)

Better 6.9%

Just as good 53.1

Worse 28.4

Don't know 11.6

16. (Denmark Jan 17 '44) What do you think has caused this
change [of morals] in the young? Asked of 28.4% of the sample
who thought the morals of young people were worse and 6.9%
who thought they were better than ten years ago. (dgi)

Morals worse because of

The war 27. 9%

Free education 26.7

The present time 11.8

Amusements 6.8

Too much free time 38

Too much money 3-5

A lack of Christianity 1.9

Too well informed 1.1

Children are spoiled 1.1

The dole 0.7

Young people too free with each other 0.7

Don't know 11.0

No answer 30

Morals better because of

Better informed 16.6%

The war has matured young people 10.7

Freer association of the two sexes 9.5

Youth is more honest and responsible 5.4

Better education 4.2

Sport and open air life 4.2

Better living conditions 2.4

Coed schools 0.6

More zest for work 0.6

Democratic freedom 0.6

Don't know and no answer 45.2

100.0%
of those who thought present-day morals
were better than those of ten years ago

MORALE

100.0%
of those who thought the present day morals
were worse than those of ten years ago

1. (US Aug 19 '41) From what you have hoard or read, do
you think the spirit (morale) of drafted men in the army is
good or poor? (aipo)

Good 39% Fair 22% Poor 25% Don't know 14%

2. (US Aug 26 '41) Do you think the American people are as
stirred up as they should be about this war? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 51% No opinion 5%

3. (US Aug 26 '41) President Roosevelt says the country is not
as stirred up as it should be about the war. Do you agree or
disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree 52% Disagree 41% No opinion 7%

4. (US Feb 10 '42) A Washington writer says that the people
of this country are not alarmed enough about the war. Do
you agree or disagree? (aipo)

Agree 69% Disagree 21% Don't know 10%

5. (US Mar 2 '42, Apr 28 '42, May 30 '42, June 20 '42, July 1
'42, July 18 '42, Aug 21 '42, Nov 27 '42, June 18 '43, Oct 2 '43,
Apr 8 '44) In general, do you feel that the people in this coun-
try are taking the war seriously enough? (norc)

Yes

Mar '42 31%

Apr '42 39

May '42 44

June '42 42

July 1 '42 41

July 18 '42 40

Aug '42 41

Nov '42 50

June '43 47

Oct '43 40

Apr '44 47

6. (US Oct 2 '43) In your opinion, what ate some of the things
that have made people take the war seriously? Asked of 40%
of the Oct '43 sample who felt that the people in this country
were taking the war seriously enough, (norc)

The draft 20%

Drafting of fathers 2

Casualties 7

Shortages 6

Rationing 6

Don't know

64%

Bonds 2%

High taxes 2

Realization of seriousness of war 2

Labor situation 1

Atrocity stories 1

Americanism; patriotism 1

High cost of living 1

Attack on Pearl Harbor 1

More news and propaganda through various

media 3

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 2

[ 484 ]

More unvarnished truth from the government 9%

More action; offensive action 2

Less confusion in Washington; more efficiency 1

Campaign to build up patriotism, interest 4

Total mobilization 1

Greater efforts in educating the people to the fact United

States faces long hard war 2

Keep people satisfied; set fair wage scale 2

Equalize hardships; make all sacrifice in same degree. . . 1

Miscellaneous 23

No answer ■ 42

59%*
* Percentages add to more than 40 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

7. (US Oct 2 '43) In your opinion, what are some of the things
that would make people take the war more seriously? Asked
of 54% of the Oct '43 sample who felt that the people in this
country' were not taking the war seriously enough, (norc)

Enemy attacks on United States 14%

Better, more realistic news about the fighting 10

More sacrifices on the home front 8

Having relatives in the armed forces; father draft 5

More casualties 3

Stricter control over manpower 2

Realistic pictures 2

More bond buying 2

Having less money to spend 1

Better leadership in government 1

Returning veterans or wounded soldiers 1

There isn't any way 2

Miscellaneous 4

Not ascertainable 7

62%*

* Percentages add to more than 54 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

8. (Great Britain May '42 and US July 14 '42) Can you sug-
gest anything which would make people still keener to work
and to fight this war? In the United States the question was
worded "to work harder and fight harder to win this war."
(bipo, aipo)

BRITISH opinion

The prospects of a better postwar world, free from wars;

a full statement of our war aims 11%

Improve workers' conditions by reducing hours; more

holidays paying higher wages; reducing income tax;

allow bigger food rations, improve conditions in

forces 11

More equality of sacrifice; more equality of treatment for

all; protect, increase the liberties of the ordinary man

and woman 11

Government shovild play its part better, organize the

country more completely; rope in the slackers 9

Invading continent 3

Seeing more prospects of victory 4

More speeches by Churchill; more detailed accounts of

real position 7

The public is keen enough already 5

Nationalization of the cotmtry's resources; introduction

of Socialism 3

Miscellaneous; no reply 36

AMERICAN opinion

Having war brought closer home 11%

Call halt to politics 4

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Apr 12 '44) Soldiers back from the war fronts say most
people in this country do not take the war seriously enough.
Do you think this is true? A comparable cross-section was
asked the question in the follo%ving form: Soldiers back from
the war fronts say most people in this country go about their
business and pleasure just as if there were no war. Do you
think this is true? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 66% No 26% No opinion 8%

10. (US Apr 12 '44) What do you think should be done about
this situation, if anything? Asked of 66% of the sample who
thought people in this country were not taking the war seri-
ously enough, (aipo)

Educate people by means of movies, lectures, radio pro-
grams, hospital visits, etc 10%

Give people more war information, more war news 8

Put everyone into war work; labor draft 6

Scare people out of their indifference; have blackouts,

bombs dropped; etc 3

Force people to buy more bonds; conscript money; more

taxation 3

Stop people from driving cars; refuse non-essential gaso-
line 2

Close amusement spots altogether 1

Other answers 8

Nothing should be done about it; it's up to the people

themselves 6

Can't do anything about it 11

Don't know 42

100%
of those questioned

11. (Canada July 5 '44) Some soldiers back from overseas say
too many people in this country do not take the war seriously
enough. Do you think this is true or not? (cipo)

Trui Not true Undecided

National total... 56% 34% 10%

BY geographical SECTION

Quebec 35% 48% 17%

Rest of Canada ... 63 30 7

12. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) Is the morale of workers higher,
lovi'er, or the same as a year ago? (czipo)

Higher Lower The same No opinion

National total.... 42% 20% 23% 15%

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 48% 17% 21% 14%

White-collar 41 23 23 13

Business 39 ' 18 29 14

Farmers 30 27 25 18

[485]

13. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) What steps should the govern-
ment take to improve working morale? (czipo)

Force and punitive measures must be applied 27%

Work must be properly rewarded 21

Organization of work must be improved 8

People must be taught how to work 6

Everyone should work at his proper place 3

Concrete proposals and specific ideas 20

No opinion 24

2. (US Nov 30 '36) Do you go to the movies? (aipo)

109%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents made
more than one suggestion.

Yes 80%

No 17%

No answer 3%

3. (US Mar 1 '37, July 19 '37, Oct 8 "38) Would you rather go
to a movie in color, or rather go to see it if it wasn't in color?
The Mar '37 question was asked only of a national cross-section
of people who have gone to the movies during the past month.
(aipo)

Color

Mar '37 30%,

July '37 '11

Oct '38 33

No prefer-

Not

ence; no dif-

in color

ference

answer

36%

31%

—

MOVING PICTURE PLAYS

1. (us Jan 25 '39) When Gone with the Wind comes out as a
movie, what are the chances of your seeing it? 58% of the sam-
ple who said their chances of seeing the picture were almost
certain, probable, or better than even, were asked: What are
the chances of your seeing it if it is shown in two parts, the
second part coming a week or two after the first part? (aipo)

National If shown in

total two farts

Almost certain 38% 27%

Fifty-fifty 10 4

Probably 17 14

Less than even 6 3

Better than even 3 3

Probably not 22 6

No answer 4 1

58%

2. (us Jan 25 '39) Would you rather see it [Gone with the Wind]
in colors, or rather see it if it is not in colors? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of people who intend to see Gone with the
Wind, (aipo)

Colors 57%

Not in colors 21

No preference 22

100% of those

questioned

3. (US Aug 18 '43) Have you seen the movie Mission to Mos-
cow} (aipo)

Yes 11% No 89%

MOVING PICTURES

1. (us Apr '36) How often do you go to the movies? Those
with children were also asked: How often do they go to the
movies? (for)

Adults Children

More than once a week 13.0% 17.8%

Once a week 24.9 38.6

More than once a month. ... 12.1 9.7

Once a month 13.2 10.6

Less than once a month 21.1 16.2

Never 15.7 7.1

4. (us May 3 '37) Did you happen to go to the movies during
the past month? 66% of the sample who had gone to the
movies during the preceding month were asked: Do you object
to movie scenes of women smoking? (aipo)

Yes, object 16%,

Don't object 48

No opinion 2

Not asked about smoking. . 34

6. (US May 3 '37) Do you object to movie scenes of women
drinking? Asked of 66% of the sample who had gone to the
movies during the preceding month, (aipo)
Yes 28%, No 36% No opinion 2% = 66%

6. (US July '37) Which do you prefer — double featutes or one
feature and some short subjects? (for)

Double features 21.7%

One feature and some good short subjects. . . . 63.9

No preferences 3.1

Don't go to movies 11.3

7. (US Aug 9 '37) Did you happen to go to the movies during
the last month or so? 67% of the sample who had attended
movies during the preceding month were asked: If a movie in
color was at one theater, and the same movie not in color was
at another theater, which would you be more likely to go to?
(aipo)

Color 33%,

Not in colof 19

No preference 12

Didn't say what they preferred 3

Hadn't been to movies in preceding month. . . 33

8. (Great Britain Dec '37) Have you ever seen a colored film?
Do you like them? Do you prefer them to ordinary films? (bipo)

Yes
Have seen colored

film 69%,

Liked them 46

Prefer them 16

31% = 100%

No opinion
1%

= 100%
= 100

9. (US Dec 13 '37 and Jan 11 '38) Would you rather go to a
movie showing a double feature (two full-length plays) or a
single feature (one full-length play)? Quly 11 '40 and Aug 13
'42) Would you rather go to a theater showing one full-length
picture or two full-length pictures? A comparable cross-section
was asked the question in the following form: Would you
rather go to a motion picture theater showing a single feature
or to one showing a double feature? Results were combined.
Children were included in the cross-section, (aipo)

[486]

Jan

J"iy

Aug

38.
40.
42.

Q
30<

40
43
48

45%
60
57
52

100%

100

23%

.a
•S,

2: §

2%
20

= 100%

1940 RESULTS BY AGE

6-12 years 77%, 23%

12-17 years 58 42

24 years and over 32 68

1940 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper income . . . 25%

Middle income. . 37

Lower income. . 53

On relief 58

75%
63

47
42

1940 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England... 57% 43%

Middle Arlantic. 45 55

East central 38 62

West central 43 57

South 42 58

Rocky Mountain 38 62

Pacific coast 44 56

10. (Great Britain Jan '38) When was the last time you at-
tended the cinema? (blpo)

3 days ago 15%

1 week ago 26

2 weeks or 1 month ago .... 43
More than 1 month 16

100%
No answer 28%

11. (Great Britain Jan '38) About how many times a month

do you go [to the cinema]? (bipo)

Less than once a month . . . 3%

Once or twice a month 38

Every week or 10 days 47

More than once a week .... 12

100%
No answer 29%

12. (Great Britain Feb '38) If the seats were the same price,
would you go more to the theater than to the cinema? (bipo)
Yes 39% No 43% Same 18% = 100% No opinion 11%

13. (US Aug 16 '38) Are you going to the movies more often
or less often now than you did six months ago? (aipo)

More 13%

Less 51

No answer 9

Don't know 10

Never go 17

14. (Great Britain Nov '38) How often do you go to the
cinema? (bipo)

Once a %veek 31%

Once a month 9

Twice a week 13

3 times a week 3

4 times a week or more .... 2

Once a fortnight 9

Occasionally 21

Never 12

15. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not establish a bureau to supervise what should be
produced in moving pictures? (for)

Should 26.8% Should not 60.3%

Don't know or depends 12.9%

16. (Great Britain Jan
cinema? (bipo)

'41) How often do you go to the

Never 21%

Occasionally 26

Once a month 7

Once a fortnight 7

Once a week 27

Twice a week 10

More often 2

17. (Great Britain Jan '41) Is this as much [cinema attend-
ance] as before the war? (bipo)

Yes 61% No 38% Don't know 1%

18. (Great Britain Jan '41) What do you do instead [of going
to the cinema]? Asked of 38% of the sample who said they did
not go to the cinema as often as before the war. (bipo)

Reading 19%

Listening to radio 14

Knitting 14

Other answers 4

Didn't say why they would like to see old German films

again 6

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

57. (US Apr 24 '46) Have you been asked to give money for
any national drives in motion-picture theaters? 57% of the
sample who said they had been were asked: For which drives?
(aipo)

Red Cross 41%

Infantile paralysis 24

Cancer 19

Tuberculosis 2

USO 1

Community fund 1

Miscellaneous 5

Didn't say what 2

Haven't been asked 43

138%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

58. (US Apr 24 '46) Do you think this [raising money in
movies] is a good or a poor way to collect part of the money
for such drives as the Red Cross, infantile paralysis, and other
things? (aipo)

Good 46% Poor 9% No opinion 2%

Haven't been asked to contribute 43%

59. (US Apr 24 '46) Have you been asked to give money for
any national drives in motion-picture theaters? Asked of a
cross-section comparable to the one used for the preceding
questions. 65% of the sample who said they had been were
asked: Do you personally object to being asked to give money
for these drives in motion-picture theaters? (aipo)

[490]

Yes 15%

No 50%

Haven't been asked 35%

60. (US Apr 24 '46) Which one of these causes are you most
willing to give money for in a motion-picture theater — Red
Cross, infantile paralysis, or cancer fund? (aipo)

Red Cross 14%

Infantile paralysis 20

Cancer 19

All equally 40

No opinion 7

61. (Hungary May '46) How often do you go to the movies?
Asked of Budapest and suburban adults, (hipor)

EDUCATED SMALL

CLASS BOURGEOISIE WORKERS

^ fe ^ fe ^

% % % % %

Weekly

Once

Twice

Three times

Four times

Monthly

Once

Twice

Three times

Four times

Yearly

Once

Twice

Three times

Four times

Five times

Six times

More than six times.
Do not go; no answer. .

24.4 27.3 32.9 29.3 22.5 19.0

5.6 4.3 4.7 9.0 8.3 6.0

3.1 1.0 3.8 4.2 3.3 3.0

— — 1.6 2.0 0.4 —

21.2 20.7 15.7 20.2 27.9 23.0

16.9 16.5 20.6 16.0 20.8 29.0

4.4 9.8 5.1 6.5 5.4 2.0

— — 0.5 1.3 1.3 2.0

0.6
4.4
3.8
2.5
1.8
1.3
1.2

1.0
3.3
1,0
5.5
2.1
1.0
6.5

3.2
0.5
1.6
3.5
0.5
1.0
1.5
3.3

1.3

0.6
2.7
1.3
3.6

2.0

1.3
1.3
2.1

0.4

0.4
0.8
3.8

3.0
1.0
2.0
2.0

1.0

7.0

62. (Hungary June '46) Do you like educational pictures?
Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

Yes

Other

Educated class

Men

.. 50.0%

44.0%

6.0%

Women

. . 47.3

48.1

4.6

Small bourgeoisie

Men

.. 44.4

48.8

6.8

Women

. . 49.0

47.0

4.0

Workers

Men

.. 51.2

43.6

5.2

Women

. . 55.5

40.7

3.8

63. (Hungary June '46) What would you like most to see in
the newsreels? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

EDUCATED SMALL

CLASS BOURGEOISIE WORKERS

^
^

or
/O

Foreign political facts . . .

28.4

26.5

24.1

19.8

30.3

30.2

Facts about home affairs .

14.2

22.2

19.1

15.8

18.5

22.6

Other actual events

10.7

6.7

15.2

13.6

15.0

10.4

Scientific events

10.6

8.7

9.8

11.8

9.8

7.1

Artistic events

14.5

17.4

11.7

16.4

13.7

12.1

Sports

12.3

12.1

15.2

16.4

9.2

13.4

64. (Czechoslovakia July '46) How often do you go to the
cinema? (czipo)

National total .

'-I

25%

16%

44%

BY OCCUPATION

32%

22%

34%

Other; no answer 9.3 6.4 4.9 6.2 3.5 4.2

White-collar 9%

Laborers

Farmers

65. (Czechoslovakia July '46) How far is your nearest cinema?
(cziPo)

Less than 1 kilometer 55%

1-2 kilometers 20

More than 2 kilometers .... 25

66. (Czechoslovakia July '46) Would you attend moving pic-
tures more frequently if your cinema were nearer? (czipo)

Yes 22% No 49% Don't know 20% No answer 9%

67. (Czechoslovakia July '46) Are the newsreels shown at
your cinema out of date? (cziPo)

Often 22% Sometimes 29% Didn't notice 49%

69. (Czechoslovakia July '46) Do you lose interest in news-
reels which are out of date? (cziPo)
Yes 22% No 46% No opinion 32%

69. (France Oct 16 '46) What is the best movie you have seen
this year? (fipo)

La Bataille du Rail 8%

Les Enfants du Paradis .... 3
La Cage aux Rossignols .... 3

Derniere Chance 2

Pinocchio 2

Jericho 2

Other films 41

No answer 39

70. (US Nov 27 '46) Did you happen to go to any movies dur-
ing the last three weeks? four weeks? (aipo)

Yes No

Three weeks 54% 46%

Four weeks 58 42

71. (US Nov 27 '46) About how many times a month do you
usually go to the movies at this time of the year? (aipo)

Never go 23%

Once every 6 months 2

Once every 2-5 months 2

Once every month or two . . 1

Once a month 20

1-2 times a month 17

2-3 times a month 7

3-5 times a month 17

5-6 times a month 2

6-8 times a month 4

8-10 times a month 1

10-30 times a month 1

No answer 3

72. (US Nov 27 '46) Can you remember what the price of your
[movie] ticket was (including tax)? (aipo)

[491]

25 cents 2%

Over 25 to 30 cents 4

Over 30 to 35 cents 10

Over 35 to 40 cents 12

Over 40 to 45 cents 9

Over 45 to 50 cents 14

Over 50 to 55 cents 6

Over 55 to 60 cents 7

Over 60 to 65 cents 4

Over 65 to 70 cents 2

Over 70 to 80 cents 4

Over 80 to 90 cents 2

Over 90 to $1.00 2

Over $1.00 1

No answer 21

MUNITIONS

1. (us Feb 1 '36) Should the manufacture and sale of war
munitions for private profit be prohibited? (a:po)

Yes No

National total 82% 18%

BY POLITICS

Republican 79% 21%

Democratic 85 15

Socialist 91 9

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 78% 22%

Middle Atlantic 81 19

East central 82 18

West central 83 17

South 82 18

Mountain 82 18

Pacific 88 12

2. (US Feb 15 '36) Should the government build its own battle-
ships and manufacture its own war materials, or should this
be left to private concerns? (aipo)

Government 72% Private concerns 28% = 100%

No opinion 7%

3. (US Nov 20 '36 and Dec 17 '36) Do you favor government
ownership of munitions industry? The December sample used
"the war-munition industry" in the question, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Nov '36. . . . 69% 31% = 100% 7%

Dec '36... . 78 22 = 100 13

4. (Great Britain Apr 3 '37) Should the manufacture of arma-
ments be in the hands of the Government? (bipo)

Yes 86% No 14% = 100% No opinion 1%

5. (US July 31 '40, Sept 3 '40, Sept 30 '40) Are you satisfied
with the present rate of production of airplanes, tanks, war-
ships, and guns for our national defense program? (aipo)

Satis- Not Don't

fied satisfied know

July '40 32% 40% 28% = 100%

Sept 3 '40 40 41 19 =100

Sept 30 '40 55 45 =100% 20

Don't

know

28%
18

29
20

Satis- Not
fied satisfied

BY POLITICS

Democratic

July '40 35% 37%

Sept '40 46 36

Kepublican

July '40 29 42

Sept '40 32 48

JULY '40 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and

mid-Atlantic 34% 41% 25%

East central 27 42 31

West central 37 33 30

South 27 42 31

West 33 39 28

6. (US Sept 3 '40 and Sept 30 '40) Whose fault do you think it
is? Asked of 41% of the total Sept 3 sample and 45% of the Sept
30 sample with opinions who were dissatisfied with the rate
of production of airplanes, tanks, warships, and guns, (aipo)

Seft 3 '40 Sept 30 '40
Administration; Roosevelt; the govern-
ment 14%, 20%

Congress; the politicians 11 5

Industry and business 3 2

Public apathy; the people themselves. . . 2 2

Government red tape — 2

Lack of cooperation between govern-
ment and business

Lack of organization

All others

No reply; no answer

41%

1
1

2
10

45%

7. (US July 31 '40) Do you happen to know whether or not
the production of tanks has already been substantially in-
creased? (aipo)

Yes, it has 19% No, it has not

Don't know 75%

8. (US Dec 16 '40) Should President Roosevelt appoint one
man as head of the Defense Commission and put him in full
charge of defense production? (aipo)

Yes 43% No 43% No opinion 14%

9. (Great Britain Jan '41) Do you think all is being done that
can be done to increase war production in this country? (bipo)
Yes 40% No 36% Don't know 24%

10. (Great Britain Jan '41) What more could be done? Asked
of 36% of the sample who did not think everything possible
was being done to increase war production in Great Britain.
(bipo)

All unemployed and those not now working should be

put to work 23%

Conscript property and employers; socialize industry. ... 13

Closer control over government contracts 10

Restrict unessential work 9

Let women take a greater part in industry 8

Other reasons 37

100%
of those questioned

11. (US Mar 7 '41, July 22 '41, Dec 10 '41) Do you think
America's production of arms, airplanes, and other war mate-

[492]

rials is going ahead fast enough? The Dec '41 sample used the
word "country's" instead of "America's." (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Mar '41 30% 53% 17%

July '41 39 43 18

Dec '41 45 45 10

MAR '41 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and

mid-Atlantic. . . . 30% 50% 20%

East central 30 57 13

■West central 35 47 18

South 21 63 16

West 19 53 18

12. (US Mar 7 '41, July 22 '41, Dec 10 '41) What do you think
is the chief reason why production isn't going ahead faster?
Asked of 53% of the Mar '41 sample, 43% of the July '41 sam-
ple, and 45% of the Dec '41 sample who thought America's
production of arms, airplanes, and other war material wasn't
going ahead fast enough, (aipo)

MAR '41 RESULTS

Strikes; unions; labor troubles; difficulties between labor

and industry 52%

Politics; red tape; regulations 11

Lack of organization; lack of strong central authority;

etc 5

Lack of plants; equipment; etc 6

Lack of skilled labor 3

Lack of enthusiasm; cooperation; people's ignorance of

seriousness of situation 4

Profiteering 2

Fifth column; sabotage 3

Others 2

Don't know 12

100%
of those questioned

JULY '41 RESULTS

Strikes and labor disputes 48%

Lack of coordination in administering the program 18

Fifth column activities and sabotage 6

Lack of materials 4

Sending too much material abroad 3

Lack of plants and equipment 3

Lack of enthusiasm and cooperation in the defense plants 3

Graft 2

Started expanding too late 1

Small plants not getting enough contracts 1

Other reasons 8

No answer 3

100%
of those questioned

DEC '41 RESULTS

Lack of men 5%

Lack of material '. 10

Government red tape 8

Lack of time 8

Strikes 46

Indifference; complacence 8

Too few hours 4

All others 15

13. (Great Britain July '41) Do you think that we are pro-
ducing in our factories the greatest possible amount of war
material? (bipo)

Yes 21% No 54% Don't know 25%

14. (Great Britain Oct '41) What steps do you think could be
taken to speed up production? (bipo)

More efficient planning and supervision inside factories. . 10%

Comb out inefficient managements 7

Encourage, organize workmen's initiative 6

Cut out red tape, decrease government control 5

Better organization of supply of raw materials 3

Extend three-shift system 2

Abolish cost plus ten per cent 1

Conscript women 10

Conscript every able-bodied man and woman 9

Use the old, the idlers, internees 8

Draft skilled men from the army back into industry 4

Make people work harder 5

Pay by results 3

Tighten up against absentees 2

Conscript wealth; nationalize factories 7

Cut out non-essential industries 3

Miscellaneous 15

104%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
our country's production was not going ahead fast enough and add to
more than 100 because some gave more than one answer.

100%
No suggestions 41%

15. (Great Britain Feb '42) Are you satisfied with the govern-
ment's new plans for war production? (bipo)

Yes 38% No 28% Don't know 34%

16. (US Feb 21 '42, Feb 6 '43, June 18 '43) Do you think the
government is giving the public as much information as it
should about our production program here in the United
States? The two 1943 samples used the words "of war mate-
rials" instead of "program" in the question, (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Feb '42 63% 27% 10%

Feb '43 76 11 13

June '43 72 15 13

17. (US Feb 21 '42) Do you think the news the government
does release about our production program is accurate, or that
it makes the situation look better than it really is, or makes
it look worse than it really is? (norc)

Accurate 47%

Looks better 26

Looks worse 12

Don't know 15

18. (US Feb 21 '42) Do you think the government could give
us more information about our production program without
helping the enemy? (norc)

Yes 29% No 62% Don't know 9%

19. (Great Britain Mar '42) Complaints have been made that
factories are not tutning out all the war supplies they might.
Do you believe these complaints are justified or unjustified?
(bipo)

Justified 57% Unjustified 16% Don't know 27%

20. (US Mar 28 '42) Would you say that right now the United
States is ptoducing more war material than Japan, together
with her conquered territories, or not as much? (norc)

More 62%

Same 5

Not as much 10

Don't know 23

[493]

21. (US Mar 28 '42) Would you say that right now the United
States is producing more war material than Germany, together
with her conquered territories, or not as much? (norc)

More 40%

Same 10

Not as much 24

Don't know 26

22. (US Mar 28 '42) Would you say that right now the United
States is producing more war material than Japan and Germany
put together or not as much? Asked of 35% of the sample who
said they thought the United States was producing more war
material than either Germany or Japan, (norc)

More 13%

Same 4

Not as much 12

Don't know 6

35%

23. (US Apr 28 "42) Do you think the news about war pro-
duction has or has not given a good idea of how the program
is coming along? (norc)

Has 69% Has not 16% Don't know 15%

24. (US Apr 28 '42) From what you have heard, do you think
this country will produce this year as much war material as it
planned to? (norc)

Yes 84% No 7% Don't know 9%

25. (US May 30 '42, July 18 '42, Aug 13 '42, Aug 21 '42, Aug
29 '42, Oct 21 '42, Nov 23 '42, Nov 27 '42, June 18 '43) In gen-
eral, do you think that production of war materials in this
country is going along very well, only fairly well, or poorly?
(norc)

Very Only fairly Don't

well well Poorly know

May '42 67% 23% 2% 8%

July '42 50 40 4 6

Aug 13 '42 43 43 9 5

Aug 21 '42 40 50 4 6

Aug 29 '42 53 41 3 3

Oct '42 45 42 4 9

Nov 23 '42 53 38 3 6

Nov 27 '42 53 43 2 2

June '43 59 34 4 3

26. (US May 30 '42, Aug 29 '42, June 18 '43) What do you
think is the chief reason why war production is not going as
well as it might? Asked of 25% of the May '42 sample, 44%
of the Aug 29 '42 sample, and 38% of the June '43 sample who
thought that war production in the United States was going
along only fairly well or poorly, (norc)

MAY '42 RESULTS

Strikes; unions; labor; labor leaders; etc 6%

Management; the rich; etc 1

Selfishness; lack of cooperation; indifference 7

Lack of organization; inefficiency; etc 6

Late getting started 1

Shortage of material 2

Shortage of labor 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 5

30%**

AUG '42 RESULTS

General indifference of the public 3%

Labor differences; strikes; self-interest of workers 19

Labor-management difficulties 2%

Profiteering and politics 6

Discrimination against certain groups *

Poor leadership and organization 7

Shortage or poor allocation of materials 6

Tardy and inadequate preparations 2

Shortage of labor 2

Sabotage 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 3

52%*

JUNE '43 RESULTS

Strikes and self-interest of workers 24%

General indifference and selfishness of the public 4

Self-interest of business and/or politicians 4

Poor leadership and organization 3

Shortages of labor 2

Labor-management difficulties

Shortages or poor allocation of materials

Willful sabotage

Discrimination against certain groups

Miscellaneous

Not ascertainable 2

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 25, 44, and 38 because some respond-
ents gave more than one answer.

27. (US May 30 '42) Is yout work connected in any way with
war production? Asked of a national cross-section of employ-
ers and employees, (aipo)

Yes, directly 10%

Yes, indirectly. ... 13
No 77

28. (US May 30 '42) Could your company produce more than
it is now pfoducing? Asked of a national cross-section of em-
ployees and employers whose work was connected with war
production, (aipo)

Yes 51% No 27% Don't know 22%

29. (US May 30 '42) How [could your company produce
more]? Asked of 51% of the sample of employees or employers,
whose work was connected with war production, who thought
their company could produce more than it was producing.
(aipo)

Better management 5%

More personnel 8

Overtime 7

More equipment 5

More material 5

More contracts 5

No reason given 28

No answer 29

Other reasons 9

101%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
their company could produce more and add to more than 100 because
some gave more than one answer.

30. (US July 15 '42) How about the arms factories now under
German control? Do you think they are producing more or less
than the factories Germany had when the war first began?
(opor)

More 37% Less 34% Same 6% Don't know 23%

[494]

31. (US Aug 13 '42) Do you think the United States is getting
its money's worth out of what is being spent for war materials?
(aipo)

Yes 34% No 45% No opinion 21%

32. (US Aug 21 '42, Nov 27 '42, June 18 '43) From what you've
heard, would you say the United States is producing less than
half or more than half of the war material used by the Allies?
(norc)

Less than About More than Don't

half half half know

Aug '42 12% 18% 51% 19%

Nov '42 11 18 54 17

June '43 7 18 59 16

33. (US Aug 21 '42) Would you say the United States is pro-
ducing practically all of it? Asked of 51% of the sample who
thought the United States was producing more than half of
the war material used by the Allies, (norc)

Yes 18% No 29% Don't know 4% = 51%

34. (Great Britain Sept 20 '42) If your work is connected with
war production do you feel that your firm could produce more
than it is producing? (bipo)

Yes 61% No 30% Don't know 9%

35. (US Jan '43) How do you feel about the speed with which
we are producing war materials — would you say there are
some ways production can be made to go faster, or that on the
whole production is now going along about as fast as it can?
Asked of factory and personal service workers, (for)

Factory Personal

workers service

Production could be faster 48.3% 34.0%

Production now as fast as possible 46.3 54.8

Don't know 5.4 11.2

36. (US Jan '43) By what one or two ways can production be
made to go faster? Asked of a cross-section of factory workers.
(for)

More efficient operation of plants, scheduling, flow of

materials; elimination of waste; etc 33-7%

Draft labor; employ more people; hire women; work

longer week; etc 18.1

Clamp down on unions; stop strikes; prevent loafing;

etc 17.3

Give workers more of a voice, better conditions, more

time off 6.8

Other 38.9

Don't know 12.5

127.3%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

37. (US Apr '44) How do you think Japan's steel industry
compares in size with ours — would you say it is larger, about
the same, or smaller? (for)

Larger 6.5%,

Smaller 62.0

Same 11.2

Don't know 20.3

38. (US Apr '44) Do you feel that Japanese industry in an
equal length of time can produce more goods per workman
than American industry, about the same, or less? (for)

More 10.3%

Less 66.0

Same 11.2

-^ Don't know 12.5

39. (US Apr 4 '45) Are you working in a war plant? 20% of
the sample of employed people who were working in war
plants were asked: What types of products used in the war
effort are made in your plant? (aipo)

War products 13%

Questionable war products 5

Non-war products 1

No answer 1

Not employed in a war plant 80

40. (US June 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that
the army has done in the following matters as excellent, good,
or poor? How about providing the best equipment, has the
army done an excellent, good, or poor job? (aipo)
Excellent 62% Good 32% Poor 1% Don't know 5%

MUSIC

1. (US Aug 16 '38 and Mar 21 '39) Do you like swing music?
(aipo)

Don t know;
Yes No no answer

Aug '38 62% 38% = 100% 9%

Mar '39 56 44 = 100 8

1939 RESULTS BY AGE

Under 30 years 74% 26%

30-49 years 56 44

Over 50 years 35 65

2. (US Aug 16 '38 and Mar 21 '39) Do you think its [swing
music's] popularity is increasing or decreasing? (aipo)

In- De- Don't No

creasing creasing Neither know answer

Aug '38 53% 19% 8% 19% 1%

Mar '39 57 43 — — —

3. (US Oct 18 '39) Do you think orchestras and bands in this
country should play German music? (aipo)

Yes 81% No 19%

4. (US Oct 18 '39) At the same time as the preceding question,
a comparable cross-section was asked: Do you think orchestras
and bands in this country should stop playing German music?
(aipo)

Yes No

National total 9% 91%

BY AGE

Under 30 years 4% 96%

30-49 years 8 92

50 years and over 13 87

5. (Hungary Mar '46) What kind of music do you like best?
Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

EDUCATED SMALL

CLASS BOURGEOISIE WORKERS

§ S §

a 8 a I 8 I

^ ^ ^ ^ ;? fe
% % % % % %

Chamber music; piano;

violin; song 17.3 21.1 10.4 15.7 10.2 10.7

[495]

EDUCATED SMALL

CLASS BOURGEOISIE WORKERS

s s s

S § K S « I

^ ^ ^ ^ ;^ ^

% % % % % %

EDUCATED SMALL

CLASS BOURGEOISIE WORKERS

Orchestral works; sym-
phonies

Choruses; sacred music. .

Opera

Musical comedy

Gypsy music

Light music

Dance music

All kinds

Undecided; no answer. . .

23.3
9.4

20.9
7.0
4.9
8.5
8.5

0.2

21.4
14.7
21.1
6.1
6.1
2.5
6.1
0.3
0.6

8.7
5.2
10.0
21.1
16.4
12.6
15.2

0.4

9.0

8.4

16.2

14.8

12.1

9.0

13.6

0.6

4.6

6.2

6.6

19.4

23.0

9.9

19.4

0.6

0.1

2.1

6.4

4.8

13.9

26.8

11.7

22.6

0.5

6. (Hungary Mar '46) Do you attend concerts regularly?
Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

Yts

Educated class

Men 37.5% 55.6%

Women 38.2 59.0

Small bourgeoisie

Men 18.4 78.1

Women 18.2 78.4

Workers

Men 8.7 89.1

Women 6.2 92.8

Other:
no answer

6.9%
2.8

3.5

3.4

2.2
1.0

7. (Hungary Mar '46) All those Budapest residents who said
they did not attend concerts regularly were asked: Why don't
you go to concerts regularly? (hipor)

I? S >~1 S

O a

Educated class
Men 6.6% 28.6% 23.4% 6.6%, 34.8% = 100%*

Women

Small bourgeoisie

Men

Women

Workers

Men

5.8 29.9 24.5 4.7 35.1

26.1
10.6

30.2

28.4
35.4

29.1
38.3

23.1
26.5

24.7
25.9

6.2
8.5

6.2
5.0

16.2
19.0

9.8
5.8

Women 25.0

* 100% of those who did not attend concerts regularly.

100*

100*
100*

8. (Hungary Mar '46) Should there be an explanatory talk
before the concert? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

Others;
Yes No

Educated class

Men 47.0% 38.8%

Women 59.0 34.0

Small bourgeoisie •.

Men 43.0 38.6

Women 48.6 43.3

Workers

Men 54.6 28.3

Women 41.7 41.7

no answer

14.2%
7.0

18.4
8.1

17.1
16.6

9. (Hungary Mar '46) What would you like most to hear at
concerts? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

8.7

10.2

1.8

5.3

3.5

3.1

22.5

255

12.8

14.7

5.9

6.9

15.1

18.7

16.4

16.9

11.8

13.2

18.8

18.3

15.5

21.3

11.8

11.4

14.3

9.0

10.9

9.7

8.6

—

12.5

10.2

11.9

10.9

14.6

15.1

7.7

5.7

29.7

16.6

36.8

44.0

0.4

2.1

0.5

4.3

1.9

3.1

—

0.3

0.5

0.3

5.1

3.2

Old music

Classical music

Romantic music

Neo-romantic music. . . .
Modern foreign music, . .
Modern Hungarian music
Occasional light music. .

Other; all of them

None; no answer

10. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statements: (omgus)

AMERICAN ZONE

AND BERLIN

BERLIN

ONLY

"I-

>^ :? ;?

.5 ^

5% 4% 95%
84 8 7

2% 3%
91 2

A musical composition
can be excellent re-
gardless of the facial
origins of the composer 91%

The music of Jewish com-
posers is inferior 8

11. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) Have you been to a concert this
year? (czipo)

Several
times
National total 20%

BY SEX

Men 22%

Women. 19

BY AGE

18-29 years 24%

30-49 years 22

50 years and over 16

BY OCCUPATION

Laborers 15%

White-collar 32

Farmers 8

Business 30

12. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Do you like singing or hearing
Slovak songs? (cziPo)

Yes 80% No 8% Other answers 12%

13. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Can a piece of music be considered
excellent regardless of the racial background of the composet?
(oMGUs)

Yes 91% No 1% No opinion 8% No answer *
* Less than 0.5%.

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS

1. (Sweden Apr "42) Do you, or anyone else in your home, play
a musical instrument? If so, which one? (sgi)

Once

Never

20%

60%

21%

57%

23%

53%

20%

65%

[496]

National total. 16% 8%

Organ
Concertina

Guitar
Others
None

6% 6%

4% 5% 66%

111%*

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 24% 7% 3% 6% 4% 6% 63% = 113%

Country 11 9 8 6 4 4 69 = HI

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class. . . . 58% 7% 5% 2% 2% 4% 39% = 117%
Lower class... 22 10 10 4 4 4 61 =115

Others 8 7 4 7 5 5 75 =111

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (Great Britain May '46) In your home, is there a piano?
(blpo)

Yes No

National total 49% 51%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 73% 27%

Middle 64 36

Lower 41 59

3. (Great Britain June '46) Have you ever had lessons in play-
ing a musical instrument? 46% of the sample who said they
had had lessons were asked: Do you still play? (bipo)

No Never

Still longer learned

flay play to play

National total 25% 21% 54%

BY SEX

Men 24% 17% 59%

Women 27 24 49

BY AGE

21-29 years 33% 18% 49%

30-49 years 26 23 51

50 years and over 22 19 59

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 46% 19% 35%

Middle 34 33 33

Lower 20 16 64

4. (Great Britain June '46) Which instrument(s)? Asked of
46% of the sample who said they had had lessons in playing a
musical instrument, (blpo)

Piano 28%

Violin 5

Piano and violin 2

Piano, violin, and others 0.5

Piano and others 2

Violin and others 0.5

Other stringed instruments 1

Organ or harmonium 1

Brass instruments 4

Not specified 2

46%

NATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS

American

1. (us Aug 23 '37) What is your greatest interest in life? (aipo)

Family and home 13%

Making a living 6

Taking care of my children and educating them 4

Working 3

Making a home 3

To be an outstanding success .-. . . 3

To have good health 3

Business or vocation 3

Farming 2

Obtaining a good job 2

Other answers 2

No opinion; don't know; don't know an American; can't

judge 10

No answer 7

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (Brazil Nov '46) Do you think the American people really
live as comfortably as is shown in the movies? (ibope)

Yes No No opinion

Total questioned 37% 50% 13%

BY CITIES

Rio de Janeiro 46% 44% 10%

S5o Paulo 27 56 17

British

1. (US June 3 '42) From the list on this card, which words
seem to you ro describe the English people best? Select as many
as you wish and call off the words and the letters that go with
them, (opor)

Courageous 60%*

Imaginative 9

Snobbish 50

Selfish 32

Generous 13

Dtmib 6

Artistic 52

Stuffy 21

Friendly 23

Clever 23

Conservative 54

Liberal 6

Arrogant 28

Loyal 48

Rude 10

Stubborn 40

Honest 32

Industrious 39

Efficient 24

Unreliable 9

Grasping 18

Sportsmanlike 42

Unimaginative. ... 19

Cowardly 7

Cold 25

Other answers 4

No answer 3

* Since respondents were asked to pick as many descriptive terms as
they liked, percentages add to considerably more than 100.

Canadian

1. (Canada May 5 '45) From what you have heard, or experi-
enced yourself, which of these two groups is more friendly and
sociable — people who live on the prairies and in British Co-
lumbia or people in the rest of Canada? (cipo)

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Think

West

East

7>iore

Vnde-

friendly

cided

Quebec and Maritime

Provinces

■ 22%

37%

41%

Ontario

. 56

Western Canada

. 80

Chinese

1. (US July 15 '42) From the list of words on this card, which
seem to you to describe the Chinese people best? Select as many
as you wish and call off the letters and the words that go with
them, (opor)

Hard-working 69%*

Intelligent 24

Ordinary 18

Radical 2

Warlike 4

Practical 23

Artistic 21

Conceited 1

Quick-tempered 4

Lazy 6

Unimaginative 10

Sly 8

Treacherous 4

Aristocratic 9

Cruel 3

Ignorant 22

Rude 2

Dull 10

Brave 48

Religious 33

Arrogant 1

Progressive 14

Honest 52

Impossible to characterize. . 9

No answer 3

* Since respondents were asked to pick as many descriptive terms as
they liked, percentages add to considetably more than 100.

Czechoslovakian

1. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Do you believe that Slovaks
differ in character substantially from the Czechs, or do you
believe that they are roughly of the same disposition as the
Czechs? (czipo)

Differ in character 66% Same disposition 17%

Don't know 17%

2. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Do you consider the Czechs and
Slovaks to be two branches of the same nation or two nations?
(cziPo)

Branches of one nation 65% Two nations 21%

Don't know 14%

3. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) If you were introducing yourself
to a foreigner, would you say that you are a Czech or a Czecho-
slovakian? (cziPo)

Czech 52% Czechoslovakian 45% Don't know 3%

French

1. (France June 16 '46) What do city people object to most
in country people? (fipo)

[500]

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

■J; S" ^- o o o

36% 49% 35% 35%

Indifference or hostility to

city people; egoism 37%

They thrive at the expense of

city people 23

Greed 11

Backward and unprogressive. 5

They always complain —

Other objections 5

No opinion 19

2. (France June 16 '46) What do country people object to most
in city people? (fipo)

BY SIZE of community

—

■^

28%

26%
15

32% 28%

They have an easy life; they
amuse themselves; they are
immoral 32%

Their work is less laborious;
they are lazy 19

They despise country people,
believing themselves supe-
rior and never work on the
land 17

They are extravagant 6

They worry the country peo-
ple so that they will buy
their products 4

Other objections 8

No opinion 14

German

1. (US Dec '39) Which of these statements comes closest to
your own idea of Germany? (for)

The German people have always had an irrepressible
fondness for brute force and conquest which makes
the country a menace to world peace so long as it is
allowed to be strong enough to fight 19.6%

The German people are essentially peace-loving and
kindly, but they have been unfortunate in being mis-
led too often by ruthless and ambitious rulers 66.6

The needs of Germany's expanding population compel
her to seek to conquer because other jealous powers
try to keep her from expanding in a normal way. . . . 4.2

The best way for peace in Europe is to allow Germany,
with her great organizing ability, to integrate the
small nations of Central Europe 1.8

Don't know 7.8

2. (Great Britain Apr '41) Which of the following statements
expresses most nearly your personal opinion of Germany and
the German people? (bipo)

The Germans are a barbarous and uncivilized people, and
I hate them all 18%

Some Germans are not bad, but as a nation Germany is
dangerous to the peace of the world 52

The German people are all right, it is only their leaders
who are evil 30

30%

42%

3. (US Feb '42, June '43, Feb '44, Nov 26 '44,* Dec '44, July
'45, Nov '45, May '46) Which of the following statements
comes closest to describing how you feel, on the whole, about
the people who live in Germany? Each respondent was handed
a card bearing the following statements: (1) The German peo-
ple will always want to go to war to make themselves as pow-
erful as possible. (2) The German people may not like war,
but they have shown that they are too easily led into war by
powerful leaders. (3) The German people are like any other
people. If they could really choose the leaders they want, they
would become good citizens of the world. The wording for
statement 3 was used only in Feb '42. Subsequent questions
used this statement: The German people do not like war. If
they could have the same chance as people in other countries,
they would become good citizens of the world, (norc)

State- State- State- Don't
ment 1 mint 2 merit 3 know

Feb '42 21%o

June '43 21

Feb "44 24

Nov 26 '44* 27

Dec '44 35

July '45 39

Nov '45 ".. 30

May '46 31

* Release date. Results have been re-percentaged to include those who
didn't know

4. (US July 15 '42) From the words on this card, which seem
to you to describe the German people best? Select as many as
you wish and call off the letters and the words that go with
them, (opor)

Hard-working 62%*

Intelligent 41

A Ordinary 9

Radical 23

Warlike 67

Practical 21

Artistic 8

Conceited 32

Quick-tempered 25

Lazy 1

Unimaginative 8

Sly 21

Treacherous 42

Aristocratic 8

Cruel 57

Ignorant 12

Rude 19

Dull 7

Brave 30

Religious 7

Arrogant 31

Progressive 32

Honest 10

Impossible to characterize. . 5

No answer 1

* Since respondents were asked to pick as many descriptive terms as
they liked, percentages add to considerably more than 100.

6. (US Mar '45) Do you think there will or will not be enough
of the right kind of Germans within Germany to re-educate
the people along democratic lines? (for)

Will be enough 22.3% Will not be enough 57.2%

Don't know 20.5%

6. (US Mar '45 and Canada May 19 '45) Do you believe it
would be possible for Germany to become a good nation within

[501]

twenty years or so after the war, do you think it would take
longer than that, or do you think she never can? (for, cipo)

United

States Canada

Within twenty years 21.8% 28%

Longer 37.1 39

Never can 30.6 33

Don't know 10.5 —

7. (US May 15 '45) Which people do you think are more cruel
at heart, the Germans or the Japanese? (aipo)

Germans 13%

Japanese 51

Equally cruel 33

No opinion 3

8. (US Aug '45 and Dec '45) Do you think Germany will
really learn a lesson by this war and give up her ideas of ruling
the world, or do you think she will just wait for a chance to
try again? (for)

Learn a

Try

Don't

lesson

again

Depends

know

Aug '45...

. 19.7%

60.8%

13.5%

6.0%

Dec '45. ..

. 36.4

46.0

10.9

6.7

9. (US Dec '45) Do you regard the majority of the German
people as being naturally cruel and brutal, if they have the
chance, or do you think that it is only a small part of the pop-
ulation that is like that? (for)

A majority 38.9% A small part 53.7%

Don't know 7.4%

10. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: In general, the
Germans are acknowledged as being the cleverest workers in
the world, (omgus)

Agree
American zone and Berlin .... 54%
Berlin only 63

Disagree No opinion

39% 7%

34 3

11. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: The mass of the
people is stupid and is unable to form its own opinion, (omgus)

Agree Disagree No opinion

American zone and Berlin 42% 52% 6%

Berlin only 49 50 1

12. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Here are three statements which are
often heard in the United States: (1) The German people will
always want to go to war to make themselves as powerful as
possible. (2) The German people may not like war, but they
have shown that they are easily led into war by powerful
leaders. (3) The German people do not like war. If they could
have the same chance as people in other countries, they would
become good citizens of the world. Which one of these do you
think most Americans believe? Which one of these statements
describes most nearly the attitude of the German people as
you know them? (omgus)

Americans Germans

believe actually are

Statement 1 21% 1%

Statement 2 31 13

Statement 3 26 75

No opinion 20 9

No answer 2 2

13. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Do you agree or disagree with the
following statement: The Germans are, in general, recognized
as the best and most industrious workers, (omgus)
Agree 87% Disagree 9% No opinion 4% No answer *
* Less than 0.5%.

Japanese

1. (US Feb '42, June '43, Feb '44, Nov 26 '44,* Dec '44, July
"45, Nov '45, May '46) Which of the following statements
comes closest to describing how you feel, on the whole, about
the people who live in Japan? Each respondent was handed a
card bearing the following statements: (1) The Japanese peo-
ple will always want to go to war to make themselves as pow-
erful as possible. (2) The Japanese people may not like war,
but they have shown that they are too easily led into war by
powerful leaders. (3) The Japanese people are like any other
people. If they could really choose the leaders they want, they
would become good citizens of the world. The wording for
statement 3 was used only in Feb '42. Subsequent questions
used this statement: The Japanese people do not like war. If
they could have the same chance as people in other countries,
they would become good citizens of the world, (norc)

State- State- Don't
ment 1 ment 3 know

Feb '42,...
June '43. . . .
Feb '44...
Nov 26 '44*
Dec '44. . . .
July '45...

Nov '45 45

May '46 35

State-
ment 1

41%

27%

18%

14%

8
13
10

* Release date. Results have been re-percentaged to include those who
didn't know.

2. (US July 15 '42) From the list of words on this card, which
seem to you to describe the Japanese people best? Select as
many as you wish and call off the letters and the words that
go with them, (opor)

5 Hard-working 39%^

7 Intelligent 25 ~

' ', Ordinary 6 "~~"

'S VRadical 12 —

t/ Warlike 46—

n Practical 9 —

"-^Artistic 19-^ /_ - ^Z?'^/

C Conceited 27 — /^IJI^- ' '^

"^-'i_ Quick-tempered 21 —

^T- Lazy 3

'S Unimaginative 7 "~"

^ Sly 63-

l Treacherous 73

20"V Aristocratic 4

3 Cruel 56 —

I '■I Ignorant 16

yivRude 12 —

i<i'>DulI 4

S Brave 24"

' 2) Religious 18 —

^ V-Arrogant 21 —

/ l"i_Progressive 19 — "^

2. 3 Honest 2

- " Impossible to characterize. . 5
No answer 2

* Since respondents were asked to pick as many descriptive terms as
they liked, percentages add to considerably more than 100.

[502]

iP^'

vT/

3. (Canada May 19 '45 and US Oct 4 "45) Do you believe it
would be possible for Japan to become a good nation within
twenty years or so after the war, do you think it would take
longer than that, or do you think she never can? (cipo, nyht)

Unifed
Canada States

Within twenty years 18% 14.0%

Longer 31 26.0

Never can 51 46.7

Don't know — 13.3

4. (US Oct 4 '45) Do you think there will or will not be
enough of the right kind of Japanese to educate their people
along democratic lines? (nyht)

Will be enough 16.1% Will not be enough 60.8%

Don't know 23.1%

5. (US Dec '45) Do you regard the majority of Japanese people
as being naturally cruel and brutal, if they have the chance,
or do you think it is only a small part of the population that
is like that? (for)

A majority 55.9% A small part 34.1% Don't know 10.0%

Russian

1. (US July 15 '42) Now look at the list again and select the

words that you think describe the Russian people best. Each
respondent was handed a card with descriptive terms, (opor)

Hard-working 61%* ''

Intelligent 16 —

Ordinary 25"

Radical 25^

Warlike 14—

Practical 18"^

Artistic 10"

2. K Conceited 3~

/'V-t Quick-tempered 10—

Lazy 5 —

Unimaginative 14 —

. Sly Ir^

I V-TJTreacherous 10^

Z-I'V Aristocratic 3''

n Cruel 9-

C- Ignorant 20

y^ Rude 6-

»'i- Dull 13-

2. Brave 48' —

I'D

/f/'-JReligious

10-

1.3 Arrogant 2 — ^

i Progressive .■ 24

7 Honest 1?~__

^ Impossible to characterize. . 16

No answer 2

* Since respondents were asked to pick as many descriptive terms as
they liked, percentages add to considerably more than 100.

2. (US Sept '45) Would you describe Russia as a peace-loving
nation, willing to fight only if she thinks she has to defend
herself, or as an aggressive nation that would start a war to
get something she wants? (for)

Peace-loving 38.6%

Aggressive 37.8

Both (volunteered) 8.4

Don't know 15.2

3. (US Feb '46) With which of these statements about Russia
do you come closest to agreeing: (1) Russia has proved herself
to be one of the really good nations of the world. (2) While

Russia may have some serious faults, on the whole she is a
good reliable nation. (3) Although Russia may have a few
good points, she will always try to get away with more than
she should if she isn't watched closely. (4) Russia is a danger-
ous nation and can't be trusted? (for)

State-

Don't

ment I

ment 2

ment 3

ment 4

know

National total. .

■ 7.7%

27.3%

39.9%

U.1%

12.9%

Anti-Semites* .

. 7.7

21.3

49.8

16.7

4.5

* Comprising 8.8% of the sample who took one or both opportuni-
ties to iaentify themselves as Anti-Semites in answer to other questions
on the ballot.

South American

1. (US Dec 10 '40 and Jan 16 '42) From the list on this card,
which words seem to you to describe best the people who live
in Central and South America? Select as many as you wish and
call off the words and the letters that go with them, (opor)

Dec '40 Jan '42

Dark-skinned 80%* 59%*

Intelligent 15

Shrewd 16

Imaginative 23

Ignorant 34

Lazy 41

Generous 12

Honest 13

Proud 26

Friendly 30

Efficient 5

Progressive 11

Religious 45

Dirty 28

Brave 12

Suspicious 32

Quick-tempered .
Emotional . .
Backward, ,
No opinion .
No answer. .

49
47
44

22
18
21
22
29
14
16
26
32

6
14
42
17
12
21
41
38
33
12

* Since respondents were a.sked to pick as many descriptive terms as
they liked, percentages add to considerably more than 100.

NATIONAL SOCIALISM

1. (us Oct 24 '39) Do you think most of the people in Ger-
many are in favor of Hitler? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total .

34^

66% = 100% 17%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 43% 57%

Middle 34 66

Lower 30 70

2. (Great Britain Sept '39) Should we continue to fight till
Hitlerism goes? (bipo)

Yes 89% No 7% No opinion 4%

3. (US Nov 19 '41) Some people say that the biggest job fac-
ing this country today is to help defeat the Nazi government.
Do you agree or disagree? 22% of the sample who disagreed

[503]

with the statement were asked: What do you think is the
biggest job facing this country today? (opor)

Agreed that defeating Nazism was biggest job 72%

No opinion as to whether or not defeating Nazism was

biggest job 6

Tend to our own problems 4

Take care of our poor 1

Straighten out own government 1

Settle labor problems here 3

Solve unemployment here 1

Take care of our own defenses 3

National unity 1

We must preserve democracy here 1

Reconstruction after the war 1

Keep out of war 2

Miscellaneous problems 3

Didn't say what was biggest problem 1

4. (US July 15 '42) Have you heard of the German Gestapo?
81% of the sample who said they had heard of the German
Gestapo were asked: Can you tell me which of the following
men is at the head of it — Rommel, Goering, or Himmler? (opor)

Hadn't heard of Gestapo. . . 19%

Rommel is head 3

Goering 15

Himmler 45

Don't know 18

5. (US Oct 6 '42) The way things look now, do you think
there is a good chance of the German people revolting against
Hitler in the next year? (norc)

Yes 37%

No 42

Depends 7

Don't know 14

6. (US Feb '44) Do you think that most of the people living
in Germany would like to get rid of their Nazi leaders now or
not? (norc)

Yes 64%

No 19

Qualified answers 2

Don't know 15

7. (US Feb '44) Do you think that German people could get
rid of their Nazi leaders if they wanted to? (norc)

Yes 31%

No 53

Qualified answers 2

Don't know 14

8. (US Mar '45) Do you think Nazi ideas have been so
firmly fixed in the minds of most German soldiers that they
cannot be changed, or that most of them can be made to re-
alize how bad these ideas are? (for)

Cannot be changed 55. 3% Can be made to realize 33. 8%
Don't know 10.9%

9. (US Apr '45) After Germany has been beaten, do you think
there's a real danger that their Fascist ideas of government
will spring up again somewhere in the world to threaten
democracy, or do you think their Fascist ideas will largely die
out? (norc)

Real danger 58%

Ideas will die 23

Real danger unless supervised 2

Die out if supervised 2

Don't know 15

10. (US Apr '45) In what countries do you think there is any
danger of these Fascist ideas springing up? Asked of 58% of
the sample who thought that after the Germans had been
beaten, there was a real danger that their Fascist ideas would
spring up again, (norc)

Germany 28%

Italy 8

Japan 4

Russia 9

United States 7

Argentina 13

Spain 7

Britain, England, Great Britain 1

Other specific European countries or Europe in general ... 8

Other South or Central American countries 6

Miscellaneous 1

Everywhere; anywhere; no special place 5

Don't know 5

102%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought
there was a real danger and add to more than 100 because some gave
more than one answer.

11. (Great Britain July '45) Now that Germany has been
beaten, do you feel that there is a real danger that Fascist
ideas of government will spring up elsewhere, or do you think
that Fascist ideas will die out? (bipo)

Spring up Die out Don't know

National total 44% 39% 17%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 46%

. . 43

21-29 years 52%

30-49 years 47

50 years and over 39

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher .
Middle.
Lower.

49%

41%
36

33%
39

40%

13%
21

15%

• 11%
13
19

12. (Nethetlands July '45) What is the principal reason for
your aversion to the National Socialist Association? Asked
only in the three western provinces, (nfs)

Bad patriotism (high treason; un-Dutch attitude; etc.). . 39%
Wrong principles (dictatorship and terror; racial theory;

anti-semitism; anti-Christianity; etc.) 39

Quality and conduct of its members 15

Other reasons 7

13. (Netherlands Oct '45) Now for a question about women
who have been members of the National Socialist Association
and have young children. What do you think of the following
possibilities? (nfs)

Such women should be detained as long as other National
Socialists and be deprived of parental rights as being
unfit for bringing up children 14%

They should be detained as long as other National Social-
ists, but thereafter may bring up their children 24

They should be released as soon as possible under certain
supervision in order to be able to devote themselves to
the education of their children 60

No opinion 2

14. (Sweden Sept '45) Duting and since the war, do you think
a JJroper purge of such persons as have shown a distinct sym-

[ 504 ]

pathy for the German "new order" ideas has taken place in
Sweden, or do you think this process should be more far-
reaching? (sGi)

Concerning Officers and Police Force
Should be

more jar- Too far Don' t

reaching Sufficient already know

National total .... 51% 10% 1% 38%

opinion about officers and police force

BY economic status

upper class 45% 18%

Middle class .
Workers.

48
54

37%

Concerning Leaders of Sports,
Abstention Movement, etc.
National total .... 39%

'/o

47%

opinion about leaders by economic status

Upper class 35% 22% 1% 42%

Middle class 36 14 1 49

Workers 42 11 — 47

15. (Germany Nov 3 '43) Do you think the Americans have
made a good or a bad start in eradicating Nazism and mili-
tarism? (oMGUs)

Good 76%

Bad 10

No opinion 12

No answer 2

16. (Germany Nov 5 '45) How could the Americans do more
toward denazification and eradication of militarism? (omgus)

By punishing Nazi activists and leaders only 10%

By investigating all Germans (party member does not

equal guilt) 5

By punishing all party members 13

By exchanging prisoners of war for party members 5

Military government is doing well now 13

Through re-education 6

By encouraging German anti-fascist activity 1

Others 11

No answer 1

No opinion 39

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

17. (Germany Nov 5 '45 to Dec 10 '46, dates listed below) Do
you think National Socialism was a bad idea, or rather a good
idea badly carried out? (omgus)

Good

idea. Partly
but good.

Bad badly partly No No

idea executed bad answer opinion

Nov 5 '45 43% 44% 11% 2% -

Dec 11 '45 41 53 3 — 3%

Dec 27 '45 39 51 — 1 9

Feb 21 '46 38 43 3 1 15

Mar 29 '46 38 54 — — 8

June 7 '46 41 46 2 * 11

July 25 '46 48 42 1 * 9

Aug 9 '46 42 46 — 1 11

Oct 4 '46 38 47 1 1 13

Dec 10 '46 36 53 — * 11

Good

idea. Partly

but good.

Bad badly partly No No

idea executed bad answer opinion

OCT 14 '46 RESULTS BY RADIO LISTENING

Radio listeners . , 44% 43% 1% * 12%

Non-listeners 42 37 2 * 19

38% of the Feb '46 sample who thought National Socialism
was a bad idea were asked: Why was it bad? and 43% who
thought it was a good idea badly executed were asked: Why
good?

Bad idea because
Coercion and regimentation in everyday life: violation

of rights (free speech, etc.) 10%

Lies and deception by leaders; betrayal 7

Attacks on religion 5

Persecution of the Jews 2

Mass murders; concentration camps 1

Made enemies for us throughout the world; wanted to

conquer and dominate the world 3

Corruption, favoritism, graft in the party 1

The war they brought was bad, but everything else was

OK 1

Everything was bad 3

Brought misery and suffering to Germany 2

Other reasons 4

No answer 2

41%**
Good idea because

Brought employment and jobs 16%

Welfare organizations 6

Workers' vocations; Strength-Through-Joy movement . 1

National unity; order 4

Public works; roads 1

Everything good but war, persecution of the church and

Jews 8

Don't really know exactly why; generally good; think

it was good; believe so; it was all I know 1

Other reasons 7

No answer 3

47%**
* Less than 0.3%.

** Percentages add to more than 38 and 43 because some respondents
gave more than one answer.

18. (Germany Nov 26 '45 to Dec 13 '46, dates listed below) In
general, are you satisfied or dissatisfied with the way denazifi-
cation is being carried out? (Sept 3 '46) In general, are you
satisfied or dissatisfied with denazification? (omgus)

■^ -^

3 ^ -s s*

■to

l3 ^ ^cs^»w?i'» ^ ^

% % % % % % vo

07
IX

Nov 26 '45 50 41 — — — — 9 —

Mar 8 '46 54 33 — — 1 — 12 —

Mar 15 '46.. 57 30 — — — — 13 —

June 7 '46 46 — 21 14 — — 18 1

Sept 3 '46 45 32 — — — — 23 *

Oct 4 '46 44 34 — — * _ 21 1

Oct 28 '46 35 — 20 24 — 9 12 *

Dec 10 '46 34 — 19 13 — 13 20 1

Dec 13 '46 50 41 — — 2 — 7 —

[505]

41% of the Nov '45 sample, 33% of the Mar 8 '46 sample,
and 32% of the Sept '46 sample who were not satisfied with
the way denazification was being carried out were asked; Why?

Nov '45 Mar '46 Sept '46
Not enough distinction between

activists and nominal party

members; many forced into

party; little man should be

given another chance 26% 21% 45%

Denazification aggravates short-
age of specialists who could aid

in reconstruction of Germany. .1 — 2

Denazification too stringent (no

further elaboration) 3 2 —

Denazification not so stringent

in other zones — — *

Denazification is not thorough

going enough or hard enough. 9 8 17

Should be in hands of Germans . . — — *

Exchange prisoners of war for

party members — 1 2

Denazification too strict, unjust. . — — 26

Too slow — — 16

Other answers 4

Hope so 8

Don't know; can't say *

No answer 1

* = 1

43%

31. (Germany June 7 '46) Do you expect to be penalized in
any way under this new [denazification] law? 19% of the sample
said they did expect to be penalized, and 2% said they did not.
These two groups were asked: In general, everyone who is
brought before one of these boards will be placed in one of
five categories — major offender, offender, lesser offender, fol-
lower, or exonerated. In which of these categories do you
think you might be placed? (omgus)

Don't expect to be penalized 79%

Expect to be classed as offender (activists,

militarist, or profiteer) 1

Lesser offender or probationer 2

Follower 9

Exonerated 4

Can't say what classification will be 5

32. (Germany June 7 '46) The Americans say that it is neces-
sary to carry through the denazification program in order to
teach the German people that they are individually responsible
for the acts of their government. Do you think that the de-
nazification program serves this purpose or not? (omgus)

Yes, it does 57%

No, it does not 22

Both yes and no *

No opinion 20

No answer 1

33. (Germany Aug 9 '46) Do you think National Socialism
was a good or a bad idea? (omgus)

Good idea 29%

Bad idea 53

Both good and bad 4

No opinion 13

No answer 1

53% of the sample who thought National Socialism was a
bad idea were asked: Do you think it was a bad idea because
of what it did for the German people before the war, or be-
cause it proved incapable of winning the war, or for what
other reasons?

What it did before the war 21%

Because it was incapable of winning the war 5

Idea bad all through 6

Compulsion; suppression; no opposition suffered; no

freedom of speech; brute force 7

Militarism; rearmament; warmongery; isolation from

outside world 7

Lied to us from beginning; did not help us; did not keep
promises made to workers; no Socialism; financial ex-
ploitation of the people 5

Race policy; programs; atrocities 3

No teligious freedom; fight against the church 2

Folly of grandeur; self-glorification; Utopia 2

Others *

No opinion; don't know *

58%^

* Less than 0.5%.

*• Percentages add to more than 53 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[507]

34. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Has denazification been more or less
severe than you expected? (omgus)

More severe than expected 27%

Less severe than expected 40

Both 2

Just as expected 1

No opinion 30

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

35. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Is there a denazification board oper-
ating in this area? (omgus)

Yes 78%

No 7

No opinion 15

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

36. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Can you tell me something about
how the denazification board system works? (omgus)

The Germans are responsible for the denazification boards 2%

Ministers for special tasks are responsible 1

Local government is responsible *

Americans responsible 1

Activists are punished first; it has to be proved in what

way everyone was active 2

They started it first 1

Denazification board consists of public accusers, judge,

defender 1

Not the slightest ideas; I am not informed; no 83

Irrelevant answers 9

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

37. (Germany Sept 3 '46) What is your impression of the work
being done by the denazification boards as far as you know
about it? (omgus)

Act justly according to their directions 3%

It is good, just, humane; it seems to run all right 14

It is just in the beginning; it is going too slowly; there is

no experience; lack of lawyers 9

Too strict; public accuser too sharp; not just 2

Verdicts show too much difference 7

Too much "paper-war"; hinders reconstruction *

Too mild; incorrect; just like a show 3

Others *

No opinion 59

No efficiency; haven't accomplished anything 2

No answer 1

* Less than 0.5%.

38. (Germany Sept 3 '46) In your judgment, would you say
that these denazification boards are efficient or inefficient? just
or unjust? impartial or biased and corrupt? (omgus)

«< 'a

Efficient or unefficient 32%

Just or unjust 36

Impartial or biased and cor-
rupt 31

* Less than 0.5%.

39. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Do you think most of the verdicts
given so far have been just or unjust? (omgus)

Just 40%

Unjust 12

Both 2%

No opinion 46

No answer *

' Less than 0.5%.

^ £

■S

o"
^

58%

40. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Has the [denazification] trial proce-
dure so far been fair to the defendants? (omgus)

Yes 29%

No 9

Both 1

No opinion 61

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

41. (Germany Oct 4 '46 and Dec 10 '46) Do you think that
the German people are at least partly guilty for the actions of
the Hitler regime by having supported it? (omgus)

Partly No No opinion No answer

Oct '46 51% 42% 6% 1%

Dec '46 63 31 6 *

* Less than 0.5%.

42. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Who bears the greatest guilt for
actions of the party, those who were members of the Nazi
party before May 1, 1937 or those who joined the party after
May 1, 1937? (omgus)

Before May 1, 1937 33%

After May 1, 1937 18

No difference 33

No opinion 15

No answer 1

43. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Do you believe that officials of the
party and other Nazi organizations bear more or less guilt for
the actions of the Hitler regime than the little members of
these organizations? (omgus)

Are more guilty. . . 77%

Less guilty 1

No difference 11

No opinion 10

No answer 1

44. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Should the present measures taken
against activists — such as interning the Elite Guard and former
active party members, etc. — last over a long period, or do you
think these measures should be only temporary? 69% of the
sample who thought they should be only temporary were
asked: How long do you think the activists should be handled
in this way? (omgus)

Measures should be lasting 10%

No opinion as to how long they should last 20

Didn't say whether or not should be lasting 1

Measures should not continue after suffering the just

punishment; all depends on the guilt of the individual;

everybody should be sentenced according to his guilt;

they have to be sentenced according to their position,

function 50

If they are not guilty, they ought to be released; one

should shorten it; release them soon 23

After proving themselves good, allow them to go back

among people; one could give them a chance to get

better; release them according to behavior 8

As long as they have changed their minds; until they get

rid of the Nazi idea; until they have learned acting and

thinking democratically 8

Until all prisoners of war have returned 2

Until reconstruction has been finished; until there will

be peace 3

[ r,08 ]

No opinion as to how long measures should last; don't

know; can't decide 6%

Didn't say how long measures should continue 1

Other reasons 4%

Don't know 9

132%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

45. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Have you heard or read that General
Clay criticized the manner of denazification before the Con-
gress? 47% of the sample who had heard of the criticism were
asked: Do you think this criticism was justified? (omgus)

Haven't heard of the criticism 53%

Criticism was just 34

Criticism was unjust 4

No opinion as to whether or not it was just 9

46. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Have you noticed any change in
the manner of denazification since General Clay spoke about
these things? (omgus)

Yes 13%

No 74

No opinion 10

No answer 3

NATIONAL SONGS

1. (us Feb 2 '39) It has been suggested that "The Star Spangled
Banner" be played at the end of every movie performance and
when radio stations sign off at night. Do you favor this idea?
(aipo)

Yes 48% No 52% = 100% No opinion 7%

2. (US Feb 2 '39) Do you think that people should stand when
"The Star Spangled Banner" is played in public? (aipo)

Yes 94% No 6% = 100% No opinion 4%

3. (US Feb 2 '39) We are interested in learning how many peo-
ple know the name of the official national anthem (song) of
the United States. Do you happen to know whac it is? (aipo)

"The Star Spangled Banner" 68%

"America" 11

Others *

Don't know 21

■ Less than 0.5%.

4. (US Feb 2 '39) Do you happen to know all the words of all
the verses [of "The Star Spangled Banner"]? Asked of 68% of
the sample who said they knew "The Star Spangled Banner"
was the national anthem, (aipo)

Yes 19% Only part 76%

None 5% = 100% of those questioned

5. (Sweden Aug '43) Are you satisfied with "Du gamla Du
fria" as a national anthem? (sgi)

Yes 89% No 6% Don't know 5%

6. (Sweden Aug '43) Why not? Asked of 6% of a national
sample who said they were not satisfied with "Du gamla Du
fria" as a national anthem, (sgi)

Tune difficult to sing; sleepy 36%

Text unsuitable; sad 20

There are better ones 26

Not sufficiently Swedish . 5

100% of those
questioned

7. (Australia Dec '43) Are you in favor of playing "Advance,

Australia Fair" with "God Save the King"? (apop)

Favor 58% Oppose 33% Undecided 9%

NATIONALISM AND NATIONALITY

1. (France Apr 16 '45) If you were able to choose your nation-
ality which would you choose? (fipo)

French 74%

Swiss 9

American 3

English 2

Russian 2

Swedish 1

Other 2

No answer 7

2. (Australia July '46) Under international law, the nation-
ality of Australians is British. Does that suit you, or would
you prefer our legal nationality to be Australian? (apop)
British 60% Australian 37% No opinion 3%

NEGROES

Education

1. (us June 20 '42) Would you say that, on the whole, Ne-
groes in this part of the country have the same chance as white
people to get a good education? (norc)

Yes 75% No 22% Don't know 3%

2. (US June 20 '42) Are there any (other) parts of the country
where you feel that Negroes do not have the same chance as
white people to get a good education? (norc)

Yes 54% No 18% Don't know 28%

3. (US June 20 '42) Do you think white students and Negro
students should go to the same schools or to separate schools?
(norc)

Same schools 30% Separate schools 66%

Don't know 4%

4. (US June 20 '42) Did you ever go to school with Negroes?
(norc)

Yes 32%, No 68%,

5. (US May '44) Generally, do you think Negroes in the
United States are as well educated as white people? 77% of the
sample who thought they were not were asked: Why do you
think this is? (norc)

Negroes as well educated as whites 18%

Don't know whether or not they are as well educated. . 4

Qualified answers to the first question 1

Not as well educated because:

Don't have same opportunity H

Not enough schools and poor quality 8

Prejudice of whites prevents interest in condition. ... 13

[509]

Lack of capacity to learn ' 8%

Negro lacks ambition 34

Lower economic status 13

Other reasons 3

Don't know why they are not as well educated 2

115%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US May '44) Do you think the Negroes in this town have
the same chance as white people to get a good education?
(norc)

Yes 85%

No 10

Qualified answers 1

Don't know 4

7. (US May '44) Do you think the Negroes in this town should
have the same chance as white people to get a good education?
(norc)

Yes 89%

No 6

Qualified answers 3

Don't know 2

8. (US May '44) Have you ever known a Negro with about
the same education as you have? (norc)

Yes 55% No 42% Don't know 3%

9. (US July '44) A national cross-section of college students
was asked to comment on a selection of statements about in-
ternational policies. Among others was: Our postwar policy
should be to end discrimination against the Negro in schools,
colleges, and universities, (for)

Approve 68% Uncertain 14% Disapprove 18%

Employment

1. (us May 30 '42) Do they hire Negroes at the place where
you (or your husband or wife) work? 49% of the sample who
worked in places where Negroes were hired were asked: In
what kind of jobs? (norc)

No Negroes hired 43%

Don't know whether or not Negroes are hired . 8
Negroes hired for personal and public service . . 18

Unskilled labor 18

Skilled labor 3

Clerical, sales, and commercial 3

Domestic service 2

Professional and semi-professional 1

All jobs; no discrimination 2

Didn't say what kind of jobs 5

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US May 30 '42) Do you think they [your employers] should
hire Negroes? (norc)

Yes 61% No 31% Don't know 8%

3. (US June 20 '42) In general, do you feel that right now Ne-
groes have just as good a chance as white people to get defense
jobs or not? 39% of the sample who thought Negroes did not
have the same chance to get defense jobs as white people were
asked: Who do you think is most to blame for the fact that
there aren't more Negroes employed as skilled laborers in de-
fense industries — the managers, the Negroes themselves, or
someone else? (norc)

Negroes' chances as good as whites 47%

Don't know whether or not Negroes' chances

arc as good 14

Think managers to blame 9

Labor unions to blame 7

Government to blame 2

Negroes themselves to blame 11

Others to blame 8

Don't know who is to blame 4

102%*

* Percencages :idd to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

4. (US June 20 '42) Generally speaking, if a Negro has the
same training as a white person, do you think he can do a
particular job just as well as a white person? (norc)

Yes 63% No 31% Don't know (>%

5. (US June 20 '42) Do vou think a Negro doing the same
work as a white person should get the same pay? (norc)
Yes, same pay 87% No, less pay 10% Don't know 3%

6. (US June 20 '42) Suppose you were working in an office or
factory and a Negro was hired to work alongside of you,
would it make any difference to you? (norc)

Yes 39% No 55% Don't know 6%

7. (US June 20 '42) Have you ever had any Negroes work for
you? (norc)

Yes 45% No 55%

8. (US June 20 '42) Have you ever been in a job where you
worked with Negroes? (norc)

Yes 27% No 73%

9. (US Oct 21 '42) In general, do you feel that right now Ne-
groes have an equal chance to get good war jobs, or do you
think white people usually have the best chance? (norc)

Negroes have equal chance 22%

Whites have best chance 70

Negroes have best chance 1

Don't know 7

10. (US Oct 21 '42) Do you think that's the way it [the em-
ployment situation of Negroes vs. whites] ought to be? The
7% who didn't know and 9% Negro part of the sample were
excluded from the cross-section, (norc)

-^ ^

■^ J

■«

s-l

That's the way it ought to be . . .
That's not the way it ought to be.
Not ascertainable

41%
55
4

71%
23
6

100%** 100%** *
* Base too small to calculate percentages.
** 100% of those questioned.

11. (US May '44) Do you feel that Negroes in the United
States have just as good a chance as white people to get any
kind of job? 71% of the sample who felt that Negroes did not
have the same chance were asked: Why do you think this is
so? (norc)

Think Negroes have the same chance 21%

Don't know whether or not they have the same chance. 6
Qualified answers to the first question . 2

[510]

Don't have same chance because:

Racial prejudice 27%

Negroes are not prepared 8

White supremacy; past history 13

Negro is mentally incompetent 5

Employers won't hire Negroes 7

Employees won't work with Negroes 6

Customers and patrons won't be served by Negroes. . . 2
Negroes undesirable employees because they are not

dependable 6

Whites fear social equality 1

Negroes' appearance repulsive 1

Whites are educated *

Whites superior race; whites should come first 1

Whites more intelligent *

Unions won't admit Negroes 1

Whites get preference; whites come first 5

Whites don't want Negro boss 1

Whites work better; more dependable *

Other reasons 1

Don't know why Negroes don't have the same chance 1

May 1944 May 1946

Negro prefers manual work, is happier. . * *

Negro is not ready for equality * *

Negro is inferior race * 1%

Would lead to social equality * *

Fear of competition in jobs and wages. . 1% 2

Should be separate, in own community. . 1 2

Don't know 1 2

115%**

• Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

12. (US May '44) After the war, if Negroes could get more
kinds of jobs than they can now, do you think there would be
fewer jobs for white people? (norc)

Yes, would be fewer 40%

No, would not be fewer. ... 45

Don't know 13

Qualified answers 2

13. (US May '44 and May '46) Do you think Negroes should
have as good a chance as white people to get any kind of job,
or do you think white people should have the first chance at
any kind of job? (norc)

As good White peo- Don't Qualified

chance pie first know answers

1944 results 42% 52% 6% *

1946 results 51 46 3 —

1946 RESULTS BY RACE

White 47% 49% 4% —

Negro 92 5 3 —

* Less than 0.5%.

14. (US May '44 and May '46) 52% of the 1944 sample and
46% of the 1946 sample who thought white people should
come first were asked: Why do you think so? (norc)

May 1944 May 1946

Race prejudice 7% 4%

White supremacy; whites superior race. . 15 9

Whites are more educated, trained 3 3

Whites are more intelligent, more cap-
able 4 4

Whites are more dependable, responsible 3 2

There are more whites than Negroes. ... 2 2

This is a white man's country 4 3

White man was here first 5 2

Whites are not ready to accept Negro. ... 2 4

more than one answer.

6. (US Oct '46) On days when you work at your officj, about
how much time do you usually spend in conference with people?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

An hour or less 19.6%

Several hours 69.5

Most of the day 10.9

7. (US Oct '46) On days when you work at your office, about
how much time do you usually spend on the telephone? Asked
of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

An hour Several Most of

or less hours the day

Total 68.0% 31.0% 1.0%

Sales executives only 57.0 38.9 4.1

OILS AND FATS

1. (US Jan 20 '43, Apr 28 '43, June 18 '43, Aug 27 '43, Jan
21 '44, Apr 8 '44) Have you heard anything about people being
asked to turn in their waste kitchen fats and drippings? The
Jan and Apr '43 samples were composed of women, (norc)

Don't know;
Yes No no answer

Jan '43 92% 8% —

Apr '43 96 4 —

June '43 96 4 —

Aug '43 96 4 *

Jan '44 97 3 *

Apr '44 97 3 —

* Less than 0.5%.

2. (US Jan 20 '43, Apr 28 '43, June 18 '43, Jan 21 '44, Apr
8 '44, May 18 '44) Have you started to save any used fats yet?
The Jvme '43 question read: Have you or your family started,
etc. The Jan and Apr '43 samples were women only. In Jan,
Apr, and May '44 the question was: Are you (or your family)
saving any now to be turned in? (norc)

Not questioned
because un-
familiar Don't know;
Yes No with program no answer

Jan '43 59% 33% 8%

Apr '43 63 33 4 —

June '43 69 25 4 2%

Jan '44 61 35 3 1

Apr '44 62 30 3 5

May '44 64 32 — 4

32% of the May '44 sample who said they were not saving
fats were asked: Why not?

Use in cooking; use all 19%

Use to make soap 3

Don't cook; just started 3

Don't have any 3

Use less meat 2

Reduction in family; family too small 1

Lack correct information about campaign. ... *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 1

33%**

• Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 32 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[ .539 ]

3. (US Jan 20 '43, Apr 28 '43, June 18 '43) Have you been able
to turn any [waste fats] in yet? The Jan and Apr samples were
composed of women, (norc)

Unfamiliar with

program or Don't know
hadn't started or

Yes No to save fats no answer

Jan '43 31% 28% 41%

Apr '43 40 23 37 —

June '43 49 18 31 2%

23% of the Apr '43 sample of women who had not been
able to turn in any waste fats were asked: Are you saving these
fats to turn in to the government, or to use in some other way?
Government 14% Other way 7% Both 2% = 23%

40% of the Apr '43 sample of women who had turned in
waste fats were asked: About how many times have you turned
in waste fats?

One 9%

Two 10

Three 8

Four 5

Five 2

Six 1

Seven *

Eight 1

Nine —

Ten or more 2

Many times; several times;

a few; etc 1

Not ascertainable 1

40%

Do you think you will be able to turn in waste fats just as
often in the future as you have so far? Asked of 40% of the
Apr '43 sample of women who had been able to turn in waste
fats. 13% of the sample thought they would not be able to
turn in as much in the future, and 2% said they didn't know.
These two groups were asked: Why not?

Expect to turn in as much in future 25%

Will not be able to turn in as much because:

Can't get fat meats 4

Can't get as much meat (unspecified) 4

Can't get fats on meat *

Can't get butter, oil 2

Use them in cooking 3

Have little or no waste fats 1

Don't cook; cook very little 1

Miscellaneous reasons for not turning in as much ... *
Not ascertainable 1

41%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 40 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

4. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Did you have any difficulties
in turning it [waste fats] in? Asked of women only, (norc)

Unfamiliar with
program or

hadn't turned Don't

Yes No in any fats know

>n '43 2% 28% 69% 1%

Apr '43 2 38 60 —

5. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Is there any certain amount
fof waste fat] you have to have before you can turn it in?

55% of the Jan '43 sample and 59% of the Apr '43 sample of
women who thought a definite amount of fat had to accumulate
to be acceptable were asked: What amount? (norc)

]an '4i Apr '43

Any amount acceptable 18% 20%

Don't know whether or not you have to have

a certain amount 19 17

Must have one pound 49 53

Other amounts 4 5

Didn't say what amount 2 1

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with

program i 4

6. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) What kind of container
should a person keep these fats in? Asked of women only.
(norc)

Jan '43 Apr '43

Can 71% 73%

Other 12 15

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with

program 8 4

Don't know 9 8

7. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Do you think people should
be paid for the waste fats they turn in? Asked of women only.
(norc)

Jan '43 Apr '43

Yes 22% 17%

No 68 76

Don't know 2 3

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with

program 8 4

8. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Can people get paid for it
[waste fats] now if they want to? Asked of women only, (norc)

Jan '43 Apr '43

Yes 78% 79%

No 2 2

Don't know 12 15

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with

program 8 4

9. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) What do you think these
waste fats will be used for? Asked of women only, (norc)

Jan '43 Apr '43

Correct answers

Ammunition, bullets, gunpowder, bombs,

shells 58% 58%

Glycerine to make explosives 9 13

Glycerine 14 14

Incorrect answers

For the war 4 2

Soap 3 2

Greasing guns, etc 1 1

To build morale * —

Miscellaneous 1 2

Not ascertainable 6 6

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity

with program 8 4

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (us Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Do you think there is a
real need for people to turn in these waste fats? Asked of
women, (norc)

[ 540 ]

Yes

Don't know

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with
program

Jan '43 Apr V3

86% 90%

2 1

4 5

11. (US Jan 20 '43 and Apr 28 '43) Who should a person take
these waste fats to? The Apr question added: "when she wants
to turn them in." Both questions were asked only of women.
(norc)

Jan '43 Apr '43

Butcher 74% 76%

Other 9 12

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with

program 8 4

Don't know 9 8

12. (US Apr 28 '43) So far as you know, does anyone come
around in your neighborhood to collect waste fats that people
save? Asked of a national cross-section of women, (norc)

Yes 11% No 89%

13. (US Apr 28 '43) Are you using these fats in any ways
now that you didn't before? 23% of the sample of women
who were using waste fats in new ways were then asked:
In what ways? (norc)

No new uses 39%

Don't know whether or not new uses 1

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with program

or hadn't started to save fats 37

Using fats for:

Frying 10

Baking 4

Seasoning; gravies; sauces 3

Cooking (unspecified) 8

Making soap 1

Never saved fats before 1

104%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US Apr 28 '43) Is there any cooking done in your home?
30% of the sample of women questioned who said they cooked
at home were asked: Are there any fats and drippings left from
the cooking done at your home? (norc)

Not questioned because had already started to save fats

or were unfamiliar with program 67%

No cooking done in home 3

Have leftover fats and drippings 10

No leftover fats and drippings 20

15. (US Apr 28 '43) 20% of the sample of women who said
they had no leftover fats and drippings from cooking were
asked: Why not? 10% who did have leftovers were asked:
Do you save any of your fats and greases? (norc)

Save fats and greases 8%

Don't save fats and greases 2

No leftovers because:

Use for cooking (unspecified) 10

Use for flavoring or seasoning 4

For frying 2

For gravy 1

For baking *

For miscellaneous cooking 1

Cooking methods do not yield much fats 3

No fats left since rationing 1

Miscellaneous reasons 1%

Reason not ascertainable *

33%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 30 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (US Apr 28 '43) Are you using leftover fats and greases
in any ways now that you didn't before? Asked of 10% of
the sample of women who said they had leftover waste fats
from cooking. 5% of the sample said they were using the left-
overs in new ways. This group was asked further: In what
ways? (norc)

Not using leftovers in new ways .... 5%

New uses:

Frying 2

Seasoning; sauces; gravies 2

Baking 1

Cooking (unspecified) 2

Making soap *

12%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 10 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

17. (US Aug 27 '43, Jan 21 '44, Apr 8 '44, May 18 '44) Have
you (or your family) ever turned in any fats? The May '44
question asked about "waste kitchen fats and drippings" in-
stead of "fats." (norc)

Aug '43 Jan '44 Apr '44 May '44

Yes 52% 56% 62% 65%

No 44 40 32 33

Don't know — 1 3 2

Not questioned because of
unfamiliarity with pro-
gram 4 3 3 —

18. (US Aug 27 '43 and Jan 21 '44) Have you heard anything
about a plan to give people extra ration points in return for
their waste fats? The Jan '44 question asked about "the sys-
tem of giving people extra ration points." (norc)

Aug '43 Jan '44

Yes 11% 86%

No 89 11

Don't know * *

Not questioned because of unfa-
miliarity with program — 3

* Less than 0.5%.

19. (US Aug 27 '43 and Jan 21 '44) Do you think this [giving
people extra ration points in return for their waste fat] would
be a good idea? In 1944 "is" was substituted for "would be."
(norc")

Aug '43 Jan '44

Yes 64% 86%

No 26 3

Don't know 10 8

Not questioned because of unfa-
miliarity with program — 3

20. (US Aug 27 '43) Have you (or your family) been able to
save as much fat this summer as you did last winter? 27% of
the sample who said they were saving less were asked: Why is
that? (norc)

Not questioned because had never turned in any fats or

were unfamiliar with program 48%

Saving more fat than previously 6

[541]

Saving about same amount 17%

Don't know whether more or less is being saved 2

Saving less because:

Less meat (no explanation) 8

Less meat because of summer diet 6

Less meat due to change in meat situation Cshortagcs,

etc.) 4

Using fat 6

Summer household arrangements different 3

Miscellaneous reasons 1

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

21. (US Jan 21 '44) Are you now saving more or less fat than
you were last fall? 24% of the sample who said they were
saving more and 8% who were saving less were asked: Why?
(norc)

Not questioned because not saving or unfamiliar with

program 39%

Saving same amount as last fall 26

Don't know whether or not saving more 3

Saving more because:

More careful now 14

Use more meat now 7

The meat has more fat on it now 2

Miscellaneous reasons 2

Don't know *

Saving less because:

Use fats for cooking purposes 1

Use fats for purposes other than cooking 1

Use less meat now 3

Size of family reduced or too small 2

Miscellaneous reasons 1

Don't cook or no reason given *

101%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

22. (US Jan 21 '44) Do you (or your family) use waste fats
over again in your cooking? 81% of the sample who said they
used fats again were asked: Were you in the habit of doing
that before the war? (norc)

Don't use fats again 17%

Don't know whether or not fats are used again 2

Used fats again before the war 74

Didn't use fats again before the war 7

Don't know whether or not fats were used again before

the war *

* Less than 0.5%.

23. (US May 18 '44) Do you think there is as much need to
turn in fats now as there was before? 4% of the sample who
thought the need was not as great as earlier were asked:
Why not? (norc)

Need as great as ever 87%

Don't know whether or not need is as great 9

Fats not needed too much now 2

Oversupply of fats 2

Other reasons or don't know why *

* Less than 0.5%.

24. (France Feb 16 '46) What quantity of shortening [do you
consider necessary for your nourishment] each month? (fipo)

Men Women

Less than 750 gr 6%, 6%,

750-1,250 gr 46 46

1,250-1,750 gr 19 16

1,750-2,250 gr 18 22

More than 2,250 gr 5 5

No answer 6 5

Median: Men 1,430 gr.

Women 1,410 gr.

25. (US Apr 10 '46) Have you heard or read anything which
told exactly how much less fat you are to use? (aipo)

Yes 12% No or no answer 82%

26. (US Apr 10 '46) How much less fat [are you to use]?
Asked of 12% of the sample who were familiar with the fat-
saving program, (aipo)

Under 20% 6%,

20% (correct) 7

25%, K 7

30% 1

Vs 3

40% 1

H 4

% *

As much as possible 1

Miscellaneous 1

No answer; don't know. ... 69

100% of those

questioned

Median 25%

OLD-AGE PENSIONS

1. (US Dec 14 '35 and July 9 '41) Are you in favor of govern-
ment old-age pensions for needy persons? The 1941 question
omitted the phrase "for needy persons." (Aug 10 '38, Jan 10
'39, Nov 8 '39) Do you believe in government old-age pensions?
(aipo)

Yes No

Dec '35 89% 11%

Aug '38 91 9

Jan '39 94 6

Nov '39 90 10

July '41 91 7

No opinion

DEC '35 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 94.5% 5.5% —

Republican 80 20 —

DEC '35 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 87% 13%,

Middle Atlantic 89 U

East central 88 12

West central 90 10

South 88 12

Mountain 94 6

Pacific coast 92 8

2. (US Dec 14 '35, Aug 10 '38, Jan 10 '39, Nov 8 '39) How
much [government old-age pensions] should be paid monthly

[ 542 ]

to each single person (husband and wife)? Asked of a national
cross-section of those who were in favor of pensions, (aipo)

DEC '35 RESULTS

Single h\arried
National total $40 $50

DEC '35 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England $50

Middle Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Mountain

Pacific coast

AUG '38 RESULTS

50
40
30
30
50
60

$ 75
80
65
60
50
90
100

Under $30 per month.
$30 to $50 per month .
Over $50 per month. .

Single

■ 18%
. 58
. 24*

M.arried
Under $60 per month, . . 31%
$60 to $100 per month. . 49
Over $100 per month ... 13
No answer 7

100%
of those questioned

Median $40.00

100%
of those questioned
Median $70

' Includes 7% who favored payment of $100 a month or more
JAN '39
Single

Under $30 20%,

$30-$50 60

Over $50 20

of those questioned
Median $40

National total

New England 7'

Middle Atlantic. . . 8

East central 13

West central 28

Rocky Mountain. . 47

Pacific coast 7

RESULTS

Alarr/W

Under $45 18%

$45 4

Over $45 to $50 16

Over $50 to $55 1

Over $55 to $60 14

Over $60 to $65 2

Over $65 to $70 4

Over $70 to $75 11

Over $75 30

100%
of those questioned
Median $60

'39 RESULTS FOR SINGLE PERSON ONLY

Under Over

130 SiO-$50 $50 Median

.... 21% 62% 17% = 100% $37
of those questioned

'39 RESULTS BY' GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

.... 7% 61% 32%

67 25

70 17

60 12
48 5

67 26

45%
50
40
32

NOV '39 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 15% 68% 17%,

Middle income. .. . 20 61 19

Lower income 23 62 15

NOV '39 RESULTS FOR MARRIED PEOPLE ONLY

Under $45 ... . 17%o

$45-$75 56

Over $75 27

40%

3-8

3. (US Dec 14 '35) What age should a person be to qualify
for an old-age pension? Asked of a national cross-section of
those who favored old-age pensions. Quly 9 '41) At what age
do you think government old-age pensions should start? (aipo)

DEC '35 RESULTS

Average favored eligibility age. ... 60 years

JULY' '41 RESULTS

Should begin before 60 years 17%

Should begin at 60 years 47

At 61 years or later 36

4. (US Mar 7 '36, Mar 14 '36, Jan 25 '39, July 9 '41) Do you
favor the Townsend old-age pension plan? In '39 and '41 only
those familiar with the plan were questioned, (aipo)

Mar 7 '36,

Mar 14 '36 56

Jan '39

Yes

No opinion

42%

58%

= 100%

= 100

42 = 100%

Yf.r

No opinion

68%

■hl% = 100%

18%

31 = 100

23 = 100

100% of those questioned

Median $60

July '41 19

5. (US Mar 14 '36) How much [pension] should be paid
monthly to each person? Asked of a national cross-section of
those who favored the Townsend old-age pension plan, (aipo)

Average amount mentioned $ 87

Amount mentioned most often. . . . 100

6. (US Sept 26 '36) Do you favor the compulsory old-age in-
surance plan, starting January 1, which requires employers
and employees to make equal monthly contributions? (Nov
4 '36) Do you favor the compulsory old-age insurance plan
starting in January, which requires employers and workers to
contribute equally toward workers' pensions? (Jan 18 '37) Do
you favor the present compulsory old-age insurance plan which
requires employers and workers to contribute equally towards
workers' pensions? (aipo)

Sept '36

Nov '36

Jan '37

SEPT '36 RESULTS BY' POLITICS

Republican 50% 50%

Democratic 82 18

Socialist 79 21

7. (US Nov 20 '36) Should the full burden of old-age pension
payments be transferred to employers? (aipo)

Yes 23% No 11% = 100% No opinion 8%

8. (US Mar 10 '37) Do you happen to have a Social Security
number? (aipo)

Yes 31% No 69%. = 100%o No opinion 1%

9. (US Mar 10 '37) Have you ever figured out how much a
month you will get from Social Security when you reach sixty-
five? (aipo)

Yes 16%o No 84% = 100% No opinion 57%

10. (US Mar 10 '37) How much [will you get a month from
Social Security when you reach sixty-five]? Asked of 16% of
the sample eligible for Social Security who had figured how
much social security they would get. (aipo)

$10 and under 10%

$ll-$20 9

$21-$30 11

$31-$40 13

$4I-$50 10

$51-$60 6

[ 54.'5 ]

$61-$70 4%

$71-$80 6

$81-$90 4

No opinion 27

100%
of those questioned

11. (US Apr '37) Are you registered for an old-age pension?
(for)

Yes 27% No 73%

12. (US Apr '37) Do you approve of the United States old-age
pension law? (for)

Yes No Don't know

Registrants 75.0% 22.6% 2.4%

Nonregistrants 72.4 19.0 8.6

13. (US Apr '37) Do you oppose it [the old-age pension law]
for any of the following reasons? (for)

The whole principle of it is wrong 27.0%

The law docs not go far enough to provide real security 32.2
Workers' wages should not be taxed; the employer

should bear the whole cost 6.2

Congress will spend the money on something else be-
fore the people get any benefit 23.9

Other reasons 8.3

Don't know 2.4

14. (Great Britain Feb '38) Are you in favor of granting pen-
sions of ten shillings per week to spinsters at fifty-five years of
age? (Feb '39) Are you in favor of pensions for unmarried
women over the age of fifty-five? (bipo)

Yes No

Feb '38 89% 11%

Feb "39 82 10

No opinion
100% 8%

8 = 100%

15. (US Aug 10 '38) Do you think [old-age] pensions should
be given to all old people or only to old people who arc in
need? Asked of a national cross-section of those who believed
in old-age pensions. 91% of the sample is represented. (Jan
10 '39 and Nov 8 '39) Do you think pensions should be given
only to old people who are in need or to all old people? The
January question was asked only of those who believed in
old-age pensions. (July 9 '41) Should government old-age pen-
sions be paid to all old people, or only to people who have
less than (monthly incomes already named by respondent as
necessary for decent living)? (aipo)

Opposed

All

Those

to all

old

old-age

people

need

pensions

opinion

Aug

'38..

. 21%

79%

— = 1007o*

Jan

'39...

. 25

— =100

Nov

'39 ..

. 23

— = 100

July

'41...

. 22

5 =

100%

100% of those questioned who gave opinions.

16. (US Aug 10 '38) What kind of taxes do you think we
should have to pay for these [old-age] pensions? Asked of a
national cross-section of those who believed in old-age pen-
sion. 91% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Sales 18%

Income 12

Luxury 6

Social Security 6

Wages and salaries 5

Liquor 2

Tax the rich 2%

Paying enough now 2

Miscellaneous 16

No answer 31

100%
of those questioned

Qan 10 '39) What kind of tax [would you be willing to pay
in order to provide old-age pensions]? Asked of those who
would be willing to pay a sales or income tax in order to
provide these old-age pensions, (aipo)

Sales 55%

Income 38

Both ." 4

Miscellaneous 3

100%
of those questioned

(Jan 25 '39) What kind of tax [would you be willing to
have increased to furnish the money for Townsend old-age
pensions]? Asked of a national cross-section of people familiar
with the Townsend plan who would be willing to pay higher
taxes to furnish the money for pensions, (aipo)

Poll tax 4%

Sales and transaction 36

Income 17

All others 9

Indirect taxes 8

No answer 26

100%
of those questioned

17. (US Oct 8 '38 and Oct 24 '39) In California a pension plan
has been proposed to pay thirty dollars every Thursday in
script money to every person fifty years of age and over who
is not employed. Would you favor the adoption of this plan
in this state? (aipo)

Yes

Oct '38 32%

Oct "39 26

No
68%
59

38 RESULTS BY AGE

Californians

not

questioned

Don't
know

Under 30 years 33% 67%

30-49 years 32 68

50 years and over 34 66

OCT '38 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 35% 65%

Middle Atlantic 36 64

East central 35 65

West central 28 72

South 27 73

West 28 72

OCT '38 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 39% 61%

Republican 18 82

OCT '38 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 9% 91%

Middle class 26 74

Lower class 54 46

26% of the Oct '39 sample who favored the California pen-
sion plan and 9% who were uncertain were asked: Would

[544]

you be willing to pay a special tax, if necessary, in order to

provide for these pensions?

Yes 24% No 5% Don't know 4% No answer 2% = 35%

18. (US Oct 8 '38) Do you think such a pension plan [the
thirty-doUar-every-Thursday plan] would help or hurt busi-
ness; increase or decrease employment; bankrupt the state?
(aipo)

Help

Hurt

No opinion .

42%

INCREASE OR DECREASE EMPLOYMENT

Increase 40%

Decrease 39

No opinion ■. , . . 21

BANKRUPT THE STATE

Yes 46%

No 31

No opinion 23

19. (Great Britain Dec '38) Old-age pensions are now ten
shillings a week. Should they remain the same or be increased?
(bipo)

Remain same 7% Be increased 88% No opinion 5%

20. (Great Britain Dec '38) To what sum per week [should
old-age pensions be increased]? Asked of 88% of the sample
who thought old-age pensions should be increased, (bipo)

12/6 4%

ISA 31

17/6 6

20/- 49

Over £1 10

100% of those questioned

21. (US Dec 2 '38) Senator Lodge says he plans to introduce
a bill to pay pensions of sixty dollars a month to every needy
person sixty-five and over — forty dollars of the sixty to come
from the federal government and the remaining twenty from
the state government. Would you favor this bill? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 35%, = 100% No opinion 8%

22. (US Dec 2 '38) Do you think the federal government could
afford to pay forty dollars a month to every needy person
sixty-five and over? Do you think the government of this state
could afford to pay twenty dollars a month to these people in
this state? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Federal government 59% 41% = 100% 14%

State government 66 34 =100 12

23. (US Dec 2 '38) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes
to provide the sixty dollars a month pension [for needy per-
sons over sixty-five]? (aipo)

Yes 51% No 49% = 100% No opinion 9%

24. (US Dec 2 '38) Do you favor reducing the age at which
needy people begin receiving old-age pensions from sixty-five
to sixty? (aipo)

Yes 60%o No 40%, = 100%o No opinion 8%

25. (US Jan 7 '39) Do you think government spending should
be increased or decreased on old-age pension grants? (Jan 20
'39) Should the amount of money paid by the federal govern-
ment for old-age pensions be increased, decreased, or remain
about the same? (aipo)

No Remain

Increased Decreased opinion same

Jan 7 '39 53%o 8%, 10% 29%

Jan 20 '39 44 7 10 39

26. (US Jan 10 '39, Jan 25 '39, Nov 8 '39) Do you think the
government could afford to pay such [old-age] pensions at the
present time without increasing taxes? The Jan 10 '39 question
was asked only of those who said they believed in the pensions
and were willing to name an amount suitable. The Jan 25 '39
question was asked of people familiar with the Townscnd
plan. The Nov '39 question was asked of everyone, (aipo)

No No

Yes No answer opinion

Jan 10 '39 35% 65%, — = 100% 16%

Jan 25 '39 14 77 — 9 = 100%

Nov '39 37 51 2% 10 = 100

27. (US Jan 10 '39 and Jan 25 '39) How [do you think the
government could afford to pay old-age pensions without in-
creasing taxes]? The Jan 10 '39 question was asked of those
who thought the government could afford to pay pensions
without increasing taxes, and the Jan 25 '39 question was
asked of those who were familiar with the Townsend plan
and believed the government could afford the pensions, (aipo)

Jan 10 '39 Jan 25 '39

By reducing expenditures on work relief 13% 7%

Sufficient taxes now 12 13

By new taxes 7 10

Reduce waste and inefficiency in gov-
ernment operations 54 21

Social Security 6 3

All others 8 9

No answer.

100%
19%

100%

28. (US Jan 10 '39) Would you be willing to pay a sales tax
or an income tax in order to provide these [old-age] pensions?
Qan 25 '39) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes to fur-
nish the money for these [old-age pensions]? The two cross-
sections are the same as the preceding questions, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Jan 10 '39 87% 13% = 100% 7%

Jan 25 '39 25 71 4 = 100%

29. (US Jan 25 '39, Nov 8 '39, July 9 '41) Have you heard of
the Townsend plan for old-age pensions? (aipo)

No and
Yes no answer

Jan '39 95% 5%

Nov '39 91 9

July '41 86 14

30. (US Jan 25 '39) How much a month is each person sup-
posed to receive under the Townsend plan? Asked of a national
cross-section of people who had heard of the Townsend old-age
pension plan. 95% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Under $100 19%

$100 to $200 9

$200 52

Above $200 1

No answer 19

100%,
of those familiar with the plan

[545]

(US Nov 8 '39) Do you recall how much [pension] per
month each person is to receive under the Townsend plan?
(aipo)

Yes, $200 a month 46%

Yes, other amounts 12

No 34

No answer 8

(US July 9 '41) Do you know how much per month each
person is supposed to receive under the Townsend plan that
is now being proposed to Congress? Asked of a national cross-
section of those who were familiar with the Townsend plan.
86% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

$50 a month or less 5%

Between $75 and $200 a month 7

$200 a month 15

Don't know 73

100%
of those familiar with the plan

31. (US Mar 30 '39) Do you think federal government spend-
ing for old-age assistance payments should be reduced by 10%?
(aipo)

Yes 14% No 86% = 100% No opinion 11%

32. (US Apr '39) If you were a member of Congress would
you vote yes or no on a bill to increase the size of old-age
pensions payable under present laws? (for)

Don't
Yes No know

National total 46.4% 35.8% 17.8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 27.5% 55.2% 17.3%

Poor 62.7 21.2 16.1

Negroes 66.5 14.8 18.7

BY OPINIONS OF ROOSEVELT

He is essential 62.9% 19.8% 17.3%

Good outweighs bad 49.4 32.8 178

Usefulness over 36.9 47.4 15. 7

More of him a calamity 31.2 55.0 13. 8

33. (US Oct 24 '39) In Ohio a pension plan has been proposed
to pay fifty dollars a month to every former wage earner sixty
and over who is not now employed (eighty dollars to an eli-
gible married couple). Would you favor the adoption of such
a plan in this state? 44% of the sample who favored such a
plan and 8% who didn't know how they felt about the plan
were asked: Would you be willing to pay a special tax in
order to provide money for these pensions? (aipo)

Ohioans not asked the question 9%

Would not favor adoption of the plan 39

Favor pensions and would be willing to pay special tax

for pensions 39

Favor pensions but would not be willing to pay special

tax for pensions 7

Favor pensions but don't know whether or not would

be willing to pay a special tax 4

No answer to the second question 2

34. (US July 9 '41) Would you be willing to pay three cents
out of every dollar of your income until you are sixty in order
to get a pension from the government of fifty dollars a month
after you are sixty? Asked of a national cross-section of people
under sixty years of age. (aipo)

Yes 76% No 18% No opinion 6%

35. (US July 9 '41) Will you (will your husband) receive an
old-age pension of any kind when you reach (he reaches)
sixty-five? Asked of a national cross-section of people under
sixty-five, (aipo)

Yes 40%

No 37

Don't know 18

Already on pension 2

Yes, before sixty-five 3

36. (US July 9 '41) At what age will you (he) receive it [old-
age pension]? Asked of a national cross-section of people under
sixty-five who would receive a pension before they reached
that age. 3% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Under 60 years 21%

60 years 28

Between 60-65 years 25

No answer 26

100%
of those questioned

37. (US July 9 '41) From whom will (he) you receive it [old-
age pension]? Asked of a national cross-section of people under
sixty-five who said they would receive an old-age pension at
sixty-five or earlier. 43% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

The federal government 43%

Social Security and Old-Age Assistance. . 21

Employer 10

Unions *

Insurance 5

Teacher's pension 3

Veteran's pension 1

Local Government 2

State Government 7

All others 1

Don't know 14

107%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages are based on number of respondents under 65 years
of age who said they would receive a pension on or before that age
and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one answer.

38. (US July 9 '41) Do you have any idea how much ir [old-
age pension] will amount to? Asked of a national cross-section
of people under sixty-five. 27% of the sample who said they
did know were asked: About how much? (aipo)

Don't know how much pension will amount to 62%

Didn't say whether or not knew amount of pension 11

Pension will be under $35 7

$36-$55 6

$56-$75 4

$76-$99 2

$100 3

Over $100 3

Didn't say how much 2

39. (Great Britain June '42) Should old-age pensions be in-
creased or remain at their present rate? (bipo)

Increased 94% Same 4% Don't know 2%

40. (Great Britain June '42) To what figure per week? Asked
of 94% of the sample who thought old-age pensions should
be increased, (bipo)

Over 35/- per week 5%

Over 30/- per week 13

Over 25/- per week 14

Over 20/- per week 46

Over 15/- per week 22

[546]

41. (Great Britain June '42} Do you help to support an old-age
pensioner? (bipo)

Yts No

National total 23% 77%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 17% 83%

Middle 21 79

Lower 24 76

42. (US Apr '43) As you may know, under the present Social
Security law, workers in certain occupations have to save
money so when they are too old to work they will receive
money from the government, like insurance. Do you think
this is a good idea or a bad idea? 94% of the sample who
thought the idea good were asked: Do you think this plan
would cover all workers in all occupations or not? (norc)

Think Social Security a bad idea 3%

Qualified answers to first question 1

Don't know whether or not Social Security a good idea . . 2

Should cover all occupations 80

Shouldn't cover all occupations 10

Qualified answers to second question 1

Don't know whether or not should cover all occupations 3

43. (Canada May 29 '43 and Nov 20 '46) If it were your job
to decide how much money old-age pensioners with no other
means of support should receive from the government each
month, what amount would you set? (cipo)

1943 1946

$20 or less 7% 1%

$21-$25 12 12 (from $21-$30)

$26-$30 26

$31-$35 11 21 (from $31-$40)

$36-$40 19

$41-$50 27

$51-$60 23 (from $41- 15

$61-$99 $100 or over) 13

$100 or over 6

Qualified answers — 2
No answer; no

opinion 2 3

44. (US Nov '43) Do you think that old-age pensions should
be mostly controlled by the federal government or mostly con-
trolled by each state government? (norc)

Federal 49%

State 35

Neither 2

Depends 1

Don't know 13

46. (Denmark Oct 15 '44) Do you think that everyone should
receive an old-age pension irrespective of fortune and income?
(dgi)

Yes 25.2% No 65.5% Don't know 9.3%

46. (Denmark Oct 15 '44) In your opinion, what should be
the qualifying age for an old-age pension — sixty years for men
and women, as at present, or sixty-five years for men, or sixty-
five for both men and women? (dgi)

Women 60, men 60 65.3%

Women 60, men 65 7.4

Women 65, men 65 14.0

Don't know 9.5

. Other 3.8

47. (Australia Apr '45) How much a week do you think old-
age and invalid pensions should be? (apop)

From 25/ to 27/6.
From 30/ to 35/..

8%
40

£2 a week 35

£2/10/ 9

£3 6

£5 or higher 2

100%
No opinion 10%

48. (Australia Apr '45) How much would you let an old-age
pensioner earn each week before reducing his pension? (apop)

Answers averaging 26/9. . . . 69%
No limit 31

49. (Australia June-July '45) At present people with an in-
come of £2 a week cannot get the old-age pension. Would
you favor or oppose giving the full pension to all men over
sixty-five and to all women over sixty? (apop)

In favor 69%

Opposed 29

No opinion 2

50. (Australia Dec '45-Jan '46) Which of these social benefits
should be provided by the Commonwealth government? In-
cluded in a list was old-age pensions, (apop)

Favor old-age pensions 95%

Oppose 3

Undecided 2

51. (Canada Nov 23 '46) At what age do you think old-age
pensions should start? (cipo)

50 years 2%

55 years 4

60 years 39

65 years 41

70 years 6

Miscellaneous 5

No answer; no opinion 3

62. (Canada Nov 23 '46) Would you favor granting old-age
pensions to everyone who reaches that age [mentioned in pre-
ceding question] or only to those who have no other means
of support? (ciPo)

Everyone 34%

Only those who have no means of support. . . 58

Qualified answers 6

Undecided 2

OPEN AND CLOSED SHOP

1. (US June 28 '37) Are you in favor of the closed shop, that
is, requiring every worker to belong to the union? (aipo)
Yes 28% No 59% No opinion 13%

2. (US Oct '37) Do you agree or disagree with the charge
that the CIO, headed by John L. Lewis, is forcing workers to
join it or lose their jobs? (for)

Don't

Agree Partly Disagree know

National total 44.6% 7.8% 17.0% 30.6%

BY SELECTED OCCIJPATIONS

Executives 67.2% 10.4% 11.6% 10.8%

Minor salaried workers 41.6 10.8 24.3 23.3

Fac:ory labor 34.5 6.9 31.6 27.0

Farm labor 50.0 4.9 13.4 31.7

[547]

3. (US May 18 '39) Are you in favor of the so-called union
shop — that is, requiring every worker in a factory or mine to
join the union? (Oct 1 '41, July 12 '45, Nov 27 '46) Are you
in favor of the union shop — that is, requiring every worker
in a company to join a union after he is hired? In '43 and '46
the question read ". . . in a company where there is a union.
..." (aipo)

No Don't

Yes No opinion know

May '39... 29% 71% = 100% — 9%

Oct '41 . . . 36 54 10% = 100%

July '45... 25 61 14 = 100

Nov '46. .. 32 59 9 = 100

4. (US May 18 '39) Are you in favor of the so-called closed
shop — that is, hiring only persons who are already members
of the union to work in a factory or a mine? (Oct 1 '41, July
12 '45, Nov 27 '46) Are you in favor of the closed shop — that
is, requiring every worker in a company to belong to a union
before he can be hired? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

May '39 27% 73% = 100% 15%

Oct '41 13 77 10 = 100%

July '45 13 75 12 =100

Nov '46 14 77 9 =100

may '39 results dy politics

Democratic 34% 66%,

Republican 14 86

JULY '45 RESULTS BY LABOR STATUS

Members 39%, 54%, 7%,

Non-members 11 77 12

5. (US Nov '41) Do you have a closed shop in any of your
operations? Asked of a national cross-section of business execu-
tives, (for)

None Some All

National total 66.5% 18.4%, 15.1%

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

South 84.7% 8.5%

Far West 41.2 31.5

6.8%
27.3

6. (US Nov '41) Is a closed shop being discussed by labor in
parts of your operations that are now open shop? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives who had some or
no closed shops in any of their operations, (for)

Yes No

National total 48.5% 51-5%

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

South 30.7% 69.3%

Far West 691 30.9

7. (US Nov '41) Has closed shop interfered with the efficiency
of your operations? Asked of a national cross-section of busi-
ness executives who had complete or some closed shops in any
of their operations, (for)

Has
Not improved
Seriously seriously efficiency

In output per worker 23.8% 70.0% 6.2%

In cost or speed of production .. . 30.5 64.2 5.3

In overhead expense 32.9 63.6 3.5

8. (US Nov 25 '41) Which of these arrangements do you favor
for workers in factories and mines: closed shop, union shop,
open shop? (aipo)

Closed shop 5%

Union shop 23

Open shop 60

No opinion 12

9. (US Feb '42) The terms "open shop" and "closed shop"
seem to mean different things to different people. If I started
talking about open shop, what would it mean to you? What
about closed shop? (for)

National Union Non-

total families union

OPEN SHOP

Both union and nonunion workers

employed 55.2%, 61.2%, 53.5%,

No unions allowed 6.0 5.7 6.1

Wrong but indicating some knowl-
edge 2.8 3.2 2.7

Answers indicating no knowledge
or 100 per cent confusion with
closed shop 5.9 5.4 6.0

Don't know 30.1 24.5 31.7

CLOSED SHOP

Everyone must belong to the

union 60.7 66.3 59.2

Wrong but indicating some knowl-
edge 2.8 4.1 2.4

Answers indicating no knowledge 8.1 7.7 8.2

Don;t know 28.4 21.9 30.2

10. (US Feb '42) If you had the job of deciding which of these
four kinds of companies should be given a government contract
for making airplanes, which would you choose — a factory
where there are no unions at all; a factory where there is an
independent union of the employees, but no national union;
a place where there is a strong national union, but non-union
men can also work; a place where every employee must belong
to a national union? (for)

■^

National

total 12.8%, 19.5% 36.8%, 13.1% 18.0%

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-
informed .

Poorly

informed.. 13.5 23.1 42.2 13.3 8.1

Uninformed . 15.3 11.5 24.0 12.6 36.6
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave

more than one answer.

100.2%*

8.1% 26.5% 48.8% 13.4% 3.6% = 100.4%

100.2

11. (US Aug 25 '42) At the present time, workers who take
jobs in some war factories that have unions must join the
union before they can start work. Do you think that workers
who start to work in a factory because the government has
told them to should have to join the union, or should they
be able to go to work without joining the union? (aipo^

Should be made to join 17%

Should not be made to join 76

No opinion 7

[548]

12. (US Sept '42) After the war do you think that labor should
or should not be given the closed shop? Do you think it will
or will not? Asked of a national cross-section of executives.
(for)

Should 3.6% Will 50.3%

Should not 96.4 Will not 49.7

13. (US Jan '43) Which one of these places would you rather
work in — a place where there is no union and everyone deals
directly with his boss or foreman; a place where there is a
union only of company employees but no national union; a
place where there is a strong national union but non-union
men can also work; a place where everyone must belong to a
national union? Asked of factory labor, miners, personal-service
workers, (for)

Mine workers. . . .
Factory workers .
Personal service. .

18.0%

25.9

42.3

10.7%

16.0

10.2

9.4%
16.3
9.0

a-§

■^ S

-2 S
<o «

54.9%

34.2

21.8

7.0%
7.6
16.7

BY LABOR STATUS

Union members .... / . / 70
Nonunion 44.9

7.7% 14.9% 15.4% 58.6% 3.4%

12.1

11.9

17.5

13.6

14. (US Apr 27 '43) Can you tell mc briefly what is meant by
"closed shop"? (aipo)

Hires only union labor; won't admit nonunion labor. . , . 31%

Union shop; all employees must join the union 22

Vague answers pertaining to union 4

Incorrect answers 8

Don't know 35

15. (US Apr 27 '43) Would you favor or oppose adding a law
to the constitution of this state forbidding the closed shop?
Asked of a national cross-section of people who defined the
term "closed shop." 65% of the total sample is represented.
(aipo)

Favor 48% Oppose 40%o Don't know 12%, = 100%

of those questioned

16. (US May 23 '44) Have you ever heard of the term "main-
tenance of membership" in connection with labor unions?
(aipo)

Yes 37% No 63%

17. (US May 23 '44) Do you think a person who joins a union
should have to continue to belong to that union in order to
hold his job? (aipo)

Yes 27%o No 61%o No opinion 12%,

18. (US May 23 '44) Do you favor or oppose maintenance of
membership — that is, requiring a person who joins a union to
continue to belong to that union in order to hold his job?
(aipo)

Favor 25% Oppose 58% No opinion 17%

19. (US July 12 '45 and Nov 27 '46) Are you in favor of the
open shop — that is, not requiring any worker to join a union
but letting each one decide whether or not to join? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

July '45 68% 19% 13%

Nov '46 70 22 8

20. (US July 12 '45 and Nov 27 '46) Which one of the two
(or three) types of shops (closed, union, or open) do you

prefer? Asked only of those who were in favor of more than
one type of shop in response to three earlier questions. 16% of
the 1945 sample and 21% of the 1946 sample is represented.
(aipo)

July '45.
Nov '46.

Favor

opinion;

closed

union

open

don t

shop

know

27%

36%

32%

5% = 100% of
those questioned

Professional

business 7%

Farmers 3

White-collar. ... 6

Manual workers 11
Union members

only 19

NOV '46 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

and

14%
11
17
23

73%
78
69
56

6%
8
8
10

21. (US July 12 '45) Which one of these three plans do you
prefer? Each respondent was handed a card with the following
statements on it. (aipo)

The closed shop — that is, requiring every worker in a
company to belong to a union before he can be hired. .

The union shop — that is, requiring every worker in a
company where there is a union to join that union
after he is hired 17

The open shop — that is, not requiring any worker to join
a union but letting each one decide whether to join or
not to join 56

No opinion 19

22. (US July 24 '46) It has been proposed that a change be
made in the United States Constitution so that no worker
would have to belong to a union to get or keep a job anywhere.
Would you favor or oppose this change? (aipo)

Favor 58% Oppose 29%, No opinion 13%o

23. (Great Britain Sept 14 '46) Several organizations have
said they will apply the closed shop, which means that all
workmen must belong to one union. Do you approve or dis-
approve? (bipo)

Approve
National total 27%

Disapprove
48%

Don't know
25%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

- 36%
. 19

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 18%

Middle 23

Lower 32

Very poor 30

BY LABOR STATUS

Union members 55%

Nonunion 18

55%
43

70%
62
42
36

40%
54

9%
38

12%

5%
28

PAN-AMERICAN RELATIONS

1. (us Apr 11 '36) Should the countries of North and South
America form their own league of nations? (Feb 26 '38) Do

[549]

you think the countries of North and South America should
form their own league of nations? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Apr -36 56% 44% = 100% 18%

Feb '38 40 36 24 = 100%

APR '36 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 59% 41%

Women 53 47

APR '36 RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farmers 63% 37%,

Small towns 62 38

Cities.. 53 47

APR '36 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 60%

Republican 51

Socialist 53

Others 56

40%o
49
47
44

2. (US Sept '39) If Mexico or any South American country
seizes property belonging to American business concerns, should
the United States use force to protect the rights of those Ameri-
can companies? (for)

Yes 39.1%, No 38.6%o Don't know or depends 22.3%o

3. (US Dec 10 '40) Do you think the United States should
make an effort to bring about better understanding and closer
relations between the people of this country and the people
in Central and South American countries? 94% of the sample
who thought the United States should make the effort were
asked: Are you in favor of making this effort even if it would
cost the United States a great deal of money? (opor)

Not in favor of any effort 3%

No opinion as to whether or not an effort should be made 3

In favor even at great expense 74

Not in favor if expense involved 16

Didn't say whether or not in favor if expense involved. . 4

4. (US Dec 10 '40) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes
to help bring about better understanding and closer relations
between the people of this country and the people in Central
and South America? Asked of 94% of the sample who thought
the United States should make an effort for better understand-
ing and closer relations with Central and South America, (opor)
Yes 54% No 33% No opinion and no answer 7% = 94%

5. (US Dec 10 '40) If the Saturday Evening Post put out a spe-
cial issue of their magazine describing the people in Central
and South America and the way they live, would you be
sufficiently interested to read it? (opor)

Yes 75%

No 13

Don't know and no answer 6

Qualified answers 6

6. (US Dec 10 '40) Would you like to know more about the
life and people of Central and South America? (opor)

Yes 84% No 11% Don't know and no answer 5%

7. (US June 17 '42) Have you heard about the plans for co-
operation with Central and South America which this country
has undertaken? 54% of the sample who had heard of the
program were asked: Do you happen to know whether or not
this inter-American program is part of a larger plan of all of
our Allies? (opor)

Not familiar with program 45%

Didn't say whether or not had heard of program 1

Part of larger plan 22

No connection with larger plan 9%

Don't know whether or not part of larger plan 23

8. (US June 17 '42) In order to improve our relations with
Central and South America, it has been suggested that our
government help South American farmers sell their products
to our Allies, even though this would compete with our own
farmers. Would you approve or disapprove of this? (opor)
Approve 58% Disapprove 26% Don't know 16%

9. (US June 17 '42) Do you know of any particular way by
which the United States is attempting to improve its relations
with Central and South America? 57% of the sample who knew
the United States had attempted to improve relations were
asked: How? (opor)

United States has not attempted to improve relations . . 42%

No answer to the first question 1

United States has attempted to improve relations by:

Conferences; Pan-Americanism; Monroe Doctrine. ... 9
Goodwill tours and cultural programs; radio; student

exchange 15

Rockefeller's office 2

Give them military supplies; build defense bases; pro-
tect their coast 6

Good neighbor policy 11

Trade with them 11

Lowering tariffs; Hull's trade agreements; commercial

preferences 9

Loans; development of natural resources; lend-lease;

highways 12

Other; beat Germany; clean up diseases 1

Didn't say how the United States had attempted to im-
prove relations 2

121%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (US June 17 '42) Do you happen to know of any particular
way in which South and Central American countries are help-
ing us in our fight against the Axis? 52% of the sample who
said they knew ways in which South and Central American
countries were helping us fight the Axis were asked: How?
(opor)
Thought South and Central American countries were not

helping us fight the Axis 47%

No answer to first question 1

They let us establish bases there 8

Curbing Axis activities; blacklisting; freezing funds; in-
terning aliens; declaring war; breaking off relations. . 19
Delivering needed supplies; war industries; shipping;

developing their war industries 19

They have become Allies; are joining United Nations;

settling differences with us 12

Freed ports for our Navy 3

Antisubmarine patrols; coastal defense 7

Moral support; they are helping us 5

Didn't say how they were helping 1

122%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (US June 17 '42) Do you think i: would be possible to
apply our government's good neighbor policy to all the nations
of the world, or do you think this can be used only with the
nearby nations of South America? (opor)

All nations 44%

Only nations of South America 24

[550]

Won't work for any nation 5%

Don't know 25

No answer 2

12. (Canada Jan 12 '44) Have you heard or read about the
Pan-American Union? Those who had were asked: Can you
tell me briefly what it is? At present Canada is not a member
of the Pan-American Union. Do you think she should or should
not be a member? (cipo)

Hadn't heard of it or didn't know what it was 72%

Knew what the Union was and would like to see Canada
a member 24

Knew what it was and would not like to see Canada a
member 2

Knew what it was but undecided about Canada's mem-
bership 2

13. (US Sept '44) Do you think the government of Mexico
(Argentina) is friendly or unfriendly to the United States?
(norc)

Yes

Mexico 55%

Argentina 12

PAPACY

1. (France Apr 16 '46) It has been suggested that the next
Pope might be an American. Would you approve of such a
choice? (fipo)

Approve 17%

Disapprove 14

Indifl^erent 63

No opinion 6

Don' t know

14%

31%

PAPER

1. (US Jan 21 '44) From what you know, is there a serious
shortage of paper in this country? 10% of the sample who
thought there was no shortage were asked: Do you have any
reason for thinking we have enough paper in this country?
What? (norc)

There is a paper shortage 74%

Don't know whether or not there is a paper shortage - 16

There's plenty of paper around 4

There's a lot of paper wasted 3

Paper is not collected 1

No shortage because people are collecting so much ... *

Did hear of shortage 1

Miscellaneous 1

Thought there was no shortage but didn't say why. . . 2

102%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Jan 21 '44) Have you heard anything about people
being asked to save waste paper for salvage? (norc) (Feb 1
'44) Have you read about the present drive to collect scrap
paper? (aipo)

Jan '44

Feb '44....
Less than 0.5%.

Yis

96%
93

No Don' t know
4%

3. (US Jan 21 '44) Are you (or your family) saving waste
paper to turn in? 22% of the sample who said they were not
saving paper were asked: Did you ever save waste paper for
the war effort? (norc) (Feb 1 '44) Are you saving scrap paper
regularly? (aipo)

JAN '44 RESULTS

Saving paper now 78%

Saved paper in the past 7

Never saved paper 15

Don't know whether or not ever saved papet *

FEB '44 RESULTS

Yes 72% No 28%,

* Less than 05%.

4. (US Jan 21 '44) How is it that you're not saving paper now?
Asked of 22% of the sample who were not saving waste paper.
(norc)

We use all our paper 7%

We don't have any paper 7

They don't collect it 3

They've stopped collecting it; they don't need it any

more *

Didn't know they need it 2

It's too much bother and inconvenience 1

Give paper away 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 1

23%*

* Less than 05%.

** Percentages add to more than 22 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (US Jan 21 '44) Are you saving more than you did a few
months ago or not as much? 31% of the sample who said they
were saving more were asked: Why? (norc)

Not questioned because not saving paper 22%,

Saving same amount 40

Not saving as much 5

Don't know whether or not saving more 2

Save more because of shortage; help war effort 12

Save because they asked us to 5

Children credited for increased saving 3

Have more paper available 3

Save now because they take all kinds of paper 2

Save because of radio appeals 2

Had stopped because they didn't collect it, now save

again 1

Miscellaneous reasons 1

Didn't say why saving more 5

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US Jan 21 '44) Have you turned any [waste paper] in?
(norc)

Yes 67%

No 11

Not questioned because not saving paper 22

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.'

[551]

7. (US Jan 21 '44) Do you ever have any trouble turning in
your waste paper for salvage? 15% of the sample who said
they had had trouble were asked: What kind of trouble? (norc)

Not questioned because not saving paper 22%

Had no trouble 59

Don't know whether or not any trouble encountered. . , 4

Trouble because no collection made 7

No one will accept the paper 2

Collections are too infrequent 2

Collections are not regular 2

There is no depot 1

A lot of trouble to take paper to depot 1

Lack of information about collections or depot 1

Miscellaneous or didn't say what kind of trouble 1

102%*
ts gave

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some responden
more than one answer.

8. (US Jan 21 '44) What do you think could be done to get
people to save more paper? (norc)

Just ask for it; remind people 17%

Explain need for paper and uses of it 10

Publicize collection systems and depots 2

Arrange for collection 10

Make regular collection 8

Establish depots 3

Enlist aid of school children 5

Specific ways to eliminate waste 5

General admonition to avoid waste 1

Pay for waste paper 3

Give ration points in return for waste paper 3

Make a law about it 1

Miscellaneous suggestions 4 '

Nothing more can be done 9

Campaign has been successful; no need to do more 2

Don't know 27

110%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Feb 1 '44) Has anyone called at your home in the pres-
ent scrap drive to collect your scrap paper? (aipo)

Yes 42% No 52%) Don't know 6%,

10. (US Feb 1 '44) Is there scrap paper around your home or
place now that could be collected if someone came for it?
Qune 7 '44 and Jan 31 '45) Is there any scrap paper around your
home right now that could be picked up if someone came for
it? (aipo)

Yes No Don' t know

Feb '44 45% 55% —

June '44 41 55 4%

Jan '45 45 49 6

About how many pounds [of scrap paper] would you guess
[you have to be picked up]? Asked of 45% of the 1945 sample
who had scrap paper at home to be picked up.

I to 9 pounds 15%

10 pounds 12

II to 24 pounds 15

25 pounds 10

25 to 99 pounds 26

100 pounds 7

Over 100 pounds 7

No answer 8

Median 25 pounds

100%
of those questioned

11. (US May 18 '44) How about waste paper? Is there as
much need to turn it in now? 5% of the sample who thought
the need was not so great were asked : Why not? (norc)

Need as great as earlier 86%

Don't know whether or not need as great. ... 9

Not needed so much for production 1

Oversupply of waste paper 2

Mentioned difficulties in collection 2

Miscellaneous reasons or didn't say why *

* Less than 0.5%.

(US June 7 '44 and Jan 31 '45) Are you personally convinced
of the need of saving scrap paper? (aipo)

Yes

June '44 76%

Jan '45 82

No No opinion

18% 6%

13 5

12. (US June 7 '44 and Jan 31 '45) Is any member of your
household now regularly saving scrap paper? 78% of the 1944
sample and 56% of the 1945 sample who were saving paper
were asked: Is the scrap paper you save picked up regularly
at your home, or does some member of your family have to
carry it to the collection center? (aipo)

June '44 Jan '43

Not saving paper 20%, 40%

Don't know or didn't say whether or not

saving paper 2 4

Paper is picked up 51 33

Have to carry 24 21 .

Don't know or didn't say how paper is col-
lected 3 2

13. (US June 7 '44 and Jan 31 '45) Do you think you would
save more paper if it were picked up regularly at your home?
In 1944 the question was asked only of 24% of the sample
who said they had to carry the paper to the collection center.
(aipo)

Yes

June '44 13%

Jan '45

10%
37

No opinion;
no answer

1%= 24%
4 = 100

14. (US Jan 31 '45) Do you have any criticism to make of
the way the last scrap-paper drive was conducted in this com-
munity? (aipo)

Poor publicity of drives; poorly advertised; people not

given ample warning 2%

The collectors forget to pick it up; collect only on main

street 4

Not enough collections; poor collection schedule 2

The collections are inefficiently conducted; leaders need

more zeal; much talk, little performance 4

Collectors don't come when they say they will 2

Other criticisms 6

There is no organized drive in this community 6

The paper is not utilized after it is collected 1

No criticism of drive but people should be more cooper-
ative; only kids do work 1

No criticism to make; the job is being conducted well. . 61

Didn't say 12

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[552]

PARENTS' AND TEACHERS'
ASSOCIATIONS

1. (Sweden Mav '42) Have you or your husband (wife) ever
contacted the school regarding your children's upbringing,
choice of profession, or other questions? Asked of a national
cross-section of parents, (sgi)

a
o

National total

O
8%

6 "^ o 6 ^ Q
7% 3% 1% 3% 72% 4%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns 1% 12% 10% 6% —

Provinces 6 8 6 2 1% —

Country 2 5 6 2 13

74
73

PATENT LAWS AND LEGISLATION

1. (us Oct '43) Do you believe that legislation requiring com-
pulsory patent licensing would hurt the United States econ-
omy? would benefit the United States economy? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Hurt Benefit Don't know

Total 31.2% 27.8% 41.0%

Manufacturing only 37.3 28.8 33.9

President

and

President

majority

and

of whole

Vsof

Don't

Congress

Senate

know

58%

21%

14%

President

only

May -45 7%

Apr '44: Those who
knew how peace
treaties were ap-
proved 4 61 33

NOV '44 RESULTS BY EDUCATION

College 3% 65% 29%

High school 5 64 25

Grade school or less . 12 52 19

3%
6
17

2. (US Aug 24 '43) Now, will you tell me which of these you,
personally, would favor as the best way to have peace treaties
approved after the war: approval only by the President; ap-
proval by the President and majority of the whole Congress;
approval by President and two-thirds of Senate? (aipo)

President only 7%

President and majority of Congress 54

President and tv\'0-thirds of Senate 25

Don't know 14

3. (US Apr 25 '44, Nov 29 '44, May 15 '45) Now, will you
tell me which one of these three ways of approving a peace
treaty is at present the law in the United States: approval only
by the President is required at present; approval by the Presi-
dent and a majority of the whole Congress is required at pres-
ent; approval by the President and two-thirds of the Senate is
required at present? The 1945 sample omitted the word "one"
from the question, (aipo)

PEACE TREATIES

President
only

Apr '44 9%

Nov '44 9

May '45 5

President

and
ma'jority
of whole
Congress

18%

President

and

%of

Senate

34%

Don't
know

39%

1. (US Aug 24 '43) When the war is over, it will be necessary
for the Allies to decide on peace terms for the Axis. Which
one of these three ways of approving a peace treaty is now
the law in the United States: approval only by the President
is required at present; approval by the President and a ma-
jority of the whole Congress is required at present; approval
by the President and two-thirds of the Senate is required at
present? (Apr 25 '44, Nov 29 '44, May 15 '45) When the war
is over, it will be necessary for the Allies to decide on peace
terms for the Axis. Which one of these three ways would you,
personally, favor as the best way to have peace treaties af>-
proved after the war: approval only by President; approval by
President and majority of whole Congress; approval by Presi-
dent and two-thirds of Senate? (aipo)

President
only

Aug '43 6%

Apr '44 7

Nov '44 8

President

and
majority
of If hole
Congress

29%

President
and

H of

Senate
32%
19
22

Don't
know

33%
14

PENSIONS

1. (us Feb 10 '42) Would you approve or disapprove of giving
a pension to Congressmen when they leave office? Asked of a
national cross-section of those familiar with the plan to pen-
sion Congressmen, (aipo)

Approve 9% Disapprove 83% No opinion 8%

2. (US July 12 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of the
government giving $25,000.00 a year to a United States Presi-
dent for the rest of his life after he leaves office? (aipo)
Approve 26% Disapprove 64% No opinion 10%

3. (Australia Aug '45) If a man who has been Prime Minister
for some years ceases to be a member of Parliament, would
you favor or oppose paying him a pension? (apop)

Oppose 52%

Favor 43

No opinion 5

[553]

PENSIONS, MILITARY

1. (us Aug 2 '37) Are you in favor of pensions for World War
veterans? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 24% = 100% No opinion 8%

2. (US Oct 18 '37) Do you think government expenditures
should be increased or decreased on soldiers' pensions? (Jan
7 '39) Do you think government spending should be increased
or decreased for veterans' pensions? (Jan 20 '39) Should veter-
ans' pensions be increased, decreased, or remain about the

same? (aipo)

No
opinion.

In-

De-

Remain

crease

same

answer

Oct '37

24%

25%

51% =

100% 6%

Jan 7 '39. . . .

16 =

100%

Jan 20 '39. . .

18 =

100

3. (US Feb 3 '38 and May 23 '40) When a World War veteran
dies from causes not connected with the war, should his widow
and children be given a pension by the government? (aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

Feb '38 44% 56% = 100% 4%

May '40 40 49 11

100%

New England 45%

Middle Atlantic 45

East central 49

West central 46

South 38

Rocky Mountain .... 45

Pacific coast 39

38 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

55%

FEB '38 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Above-average income 31%) 69%

Average income 39 61

Below-average income 46 54

Poor 53 47

On relief 61 39

4. (US Feb 3 '38 and May 23 '40) Would you be willing to
pay heavier taxes in order to give such pensions? In 1938 two
cross-sections were questioned, the second being asked: Would
you be willing to see taxes increased in order to pay these
pensions? 1938 results were combined. In 1940 only the 40%
of the sample who thought that widows and children of veter-
ans who died from causes not connected with the war should
be given pensions were questioned, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Feb '38 32% 68% —

May '40 33 5 2% = 40%,

FEB '38 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 33% 67%

Middle Atlantic 32 68

East central 32 68

West central 31 69

South 29 71

Rocky Mountain 35 65

Pacific coast 25 75

5. (US Mar 30 '39) Should the federal government pay a spe-
cial pension to all World War veterans who reach the age of

sixty-five? 52% of the sample who thought veterans should
get pensions were asked: How much should they be paid?
(aipo)

Should be no pensions 36%

No opinion as to whether or not should be pensions .... 12

Pension should be $25 or less 2

Should be $30 6

Should be $30 to $50 5

Should be $50 7

Should be over $50 11

Didn't say how much 21

6. (US Mar 30 '39) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes
to furnish the money for these pensions? Asked of 52% of the
sample who thought veterans should get government pensions
at sixty-five, (aipo)

Yes 37%, No 10%, No answer 5%, = 52%

7. (Hungary Oct '46) Will it be necessary to organize a final
state support for war invalids? (hipor)

BY economic status

Yes

Well-off 97.8%

Middle class 98.9

Poor 98.5

Other;

no answer

0.4%

1.8%

0.7

0.4

1.1

0.4

PERIODICALS

1. (US Dec 28 '36,
'43) What is your

Feb 3 ':
favorite

58, Jan 20 '39, May 29
magazine? (aipo)

'41, Mar 10

Men

Women

Feb

Jan

May

Mar

Dec '36

•38

■39

'41

'43

Reader's Digest. . .

Saturday Evening

Post

13 /o
10

17%
4

14%

15%
8

American

Colliers

Liberty

Time

7
8',

5
5

5
6

2
6

Good Housekeeping 1

Cosmopolitan. . . .
Redbook

5
2

2
1

Woman's Home

Companion

Ladies' Home

Journal

National

Geographic

McCall's

True Story

Esquire

Literary Digest . . .
Popular Mechanics

1
4
4
3

5
1

3
2

2
1

Life

True Detective. . . .

—

Western Stories . . .

—

Harper's

Fortune

1
1

—

Better Homes and

Gardens

—

]

Pictorial Review. .

—

Newsweek

—

[554]

Men Women Feb Jan May Mar

Dec '36 Dec '36 'iS '39 '41 '4i

Look - - 1% 1% 2% 2%

Country Gentleman — — 1111

Pathfinder — — 1 — 1 —

New Yorker — — — — 1 1

Farm Journal — — — — 11

All others; miscel-
laneous 21% 16% 20 18 14 17

No answer; don't
read any regu-
larly 30 21 — — — —

* = 1 * = 1

132%** 122%** 100% 100% 100% 100%
Don't know — — — — — (18)

* Less than 0 5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (Great Britain Jan '38) Do you read magazines regularly?
(bipo)

Yes 21% No 79% = 100% No opinion 1%

3. (Great Britain Jan '38) Which one [magazine] is your fa-
vorite? Asked of 21% of the sample who said they read maga-
zines regularly, (bipo)

Women's Own 6%

Women 6

Strand 6

John Bull 5

Chambers 5

All others 72

No answer 53

153%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who said they
read magazines regularly and add to more than 100 because some
respondents gave more than one answer.

4. (US Apr 8 '44) If you had your pick of these three maga-
zine stories which one would you rather read: a story about
battle scenes abroad; a story about wartime problems at home;
a story that has little to do with the wat? (norc)

First Second

choke choice

Foreign battle scenes 28% 24%

Domestic war problems 26 44

Little to do with war 38 16

Don't know 8 8

Nation 5%

New Republic 1

Newsweek 15

Reader's Digest 35

Time 30

United States News 14

7. (US Apr 25 '44) Which one of these magazines do you think
would setve best in training high-school boys and girls to be
better American citizens? Asked of a national cross-section of
parents who had children in senior high school, (aipo)

Atlantic Monthly 4%

Coronet 1

Harper's Magazine 2

Nation 5

New Republic 4

Newsweek 6

Readet's Digest 44

Saturday Review of Literature 3

Time 17

United States News 14

8. (US Feb 13 '46) Did you happen to tead the February issue
of any of these magazines? (aipo)

Not sure

February No

Yes No issue answer

Coronet 11% 78% 2% 9%

Ladies' Home Journal 17 73 2 8

Reader's Digest 37 56 4 3

Cosmopolitan 8 82 2 8

Pageant 2 86 * 12

* Less than 0.5%.

9. (Germany Oct 2 '46) Do you read magazines? Which?

(OMGUS)

Amerikanische Rundschau 2%

Heute 6

Neue Auslese 2

Other 5

No 86

1O170
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Have you read any magazines dur-
ing the last six months? (omgus)

Yes 17% No 83%

92% who
made a first choice

5. (US Apr 25 '44) Here is a list of magazines used in English
classes in high schools throughout the country. Which one of
these magazines would you ptefer to have yout high-school
boy Of girl read? Asked of a national cross-section of patents
who had children in senior high school, (aipo)

Atlantic Monthly 6%

Coronet 3

Harper's Magazine 3

Reader's Digest 81

Saturday Review of Literature 7

6. (US Apr 25 '44) Here is a list of magazines in high-school
studies dealing with social sciences (civics and history). Which
one of these magazines would you prefer to have your high-
school boy or girl read? Asked of a national cross-section of
parents who had children in senior high school, (aipo)

PERSONS

1. (US June 21 '37) Should the wife of a President comment
publicly on the issues of the day? (aipo)

Yes 46% No 54% = 100% No opinion 12%

2. (US Aug 23 '37 and Nov 5 '38) Have you ever heard of Sir
Thomas Lipton? 75% of the 1937 sample and 73% of the 1938
sample who said they had heard of Sir Thomas were asked:
What product do you associate with him? (aipo)

^37 1938

Never heard of him 25% 27%

Associate him with tea 52 59

With boats, yachting 5 4

[555]

1937

19iS

Tea and boats

Other associations 1 1%

No associations 9 —

Didn't say what associations. ... 4 9

3. (US Oct '37) Can you think of any well-known man in
business or industry of whom you approve? (for)

Yes 46% No or no answer 54%

4. (US Oct '37) 46% of the sample who said they approved of
someone in business or industry were asked: Who? (for)

Henry Ford 60.6%

Walter P. Chrysler 4.9

John D. Rockefeller Jr 2.1

Tom M. Girdler 1.7

George F. Johnson 1.4

Charles M. Schwab 1.3

Milton S. Hershey 1.3

Owen D. Young 1.2

Alfred P. Sloan Jr 1.1

Edward A. Filene 1.0

Franklin D. Roosevelt 9

William S. Knudsen 8

Myron C. Taylor 7

Du Fonts (in general) 6

John L. Lewis 6

Walter S. Gifford 4

J. P. Morgan 3

All local tycoons 12.8

Other nonlocal magnates 6.3

National total .

Yes

47%

No
53%

No answer
100% 13%

100.0%
of those questioned

5. (US Oct '37) Can you think of any such well-known man
[in business or industry] of whom you disapprove? (for)

Yes 22.2% No or no answer 77.8%

6. (US Oct '37) 22.2% of the sample who said they disapproved
of some man in business or industry were asked: Who? (for)

John L. Lewis 30.4%

Henry Ford 17.7

J.P.Morgan 6.9

Andrew M. Mellon 6.0

Du Fonts (in general) 4.0

Tom M. Girdler 3.9

Franklin D. Roosevelt 31

William R. Hearst 3.0

Herbert C. Hoover 2.2

James A. Farley 1.8

John D. Rockefeller, Jr 1.5

Myron C. Taylor 1.3

Alfred P. Sloan, Jr 1.3

Charles M. Schwab 1.1

William Green 9

William S. Knudsen 6

All big businessmen 5

All local tycoons 5.4

Other nonlocal magnates 8.4

100.0%
of those questioned

7. (US Dec 28 '37) Are you familiar with the Tom Mooney
case? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 56% = 100% No answer 2%

8. (US Dec 28 '37) Do you think he [Tom Mooney] was guilty?
Asked only of those familiar with the case, (aipo)

BY geographical SECTION

New England 51% 49%

Middle Atlantic 31 69

East central 54 46

West central 52 48

South 69 31

Rocky Mountain 48 52

Pacific coast 52 48

California only 52 48

BY POLITICS

Democratic 42% 58%

Republican 64 36

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Small-town dwellers 53% 47%

City dwellers 43 57

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 65% 35%

Businessmen 60 40

Professional 53 47

Skilled laborers 45 55

Unskilled laborers 35 65

White-collar 43 57

9. (US Dec 28 '37) Should he [Tom Mooney] be pardoned and
released from prison? Asked only of those familiar with the
case, (aipo)

Yes No

National total 64% 36%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 71% 29%

Republican 49 51

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 66% 34%

Middle Atlantic 77 23

East central 58 42

West central 57 43

South 52 48

Rocky Mountain 65 35

Pacific coast 55 45

California only 55 45

10. (US June 9 '38) Two comparable cross-sections were used
for these questions. The first was asked: Have you heard of
Mayor Hague? 60% of the sample who had heard of him were
then asked: Do you think President Roosevelt should ask
Mayor Hague to resign from his position as vice-chairman of
the Democratic National Committee? The second cross-section
was asked: Have you heard of Mayor Hague of Jersey City?
The 60% who answered in the affirmative were then asked:
Do you think Mayor Hague should be forced to resign from
his position as vice-chairman of the Democratic National Com-
mittee? Results from both cross-sections were combined, (aipo)

Hadn't heard of Mayor Hague 39%

Didn't say whether or not had heard of him 1

Should be made to resign 17

Should not be made to resign 24

No opinion as to whether or not should resign 19

11. (US July 27 '38 and Aug 16 '38) Have you followed the
discussion about James Roosevelt (the President's son) and
his insurance business? 38% of the July sample and 42% of
the August sample who said they had followed the discussion

[556]

were asked: Do you think James Roosevelt has made improper
use of his rehuion to the President to get insurance business?
(aipo)

July August

results results

Hadn't followed discussion 62% 58%

Made improper use of relationship 20 17

Didn't make improper use of relationship. .13 19
No opinion as to whether or not relation-
ship improperly used 5 6

12. (US Oct '38) If any of these former statesmen were now
alive, which one would you prefer to have as successor to
President Roosevelt? (for)

ti.

National total

<V
/o

% %

[-M

or
/C

32.7 20.1 15.7 4.4 4.3 3.7 2.6 16.5

BY EXTREMES IN ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 35.0 14.1 22.6 9.2 2.6 3.9 2.6 10.0

Poor 30.8 21.1 12.6 4.5 3.4 4.0 1.5 22.1

13. (US Oct '38) Do you approve or disapprove of James
Roosevelt's holding the position of secretary to the President?
(for)

Dis- Don't Don't

Approve approve care know

National total 32.3% 40.7% 20.4% 6.6%

BY ATTITUDE TOWARD FRANKLIN ROOSEVELT

Approving Roosevelt, Sr.... 44.2% 26.8% 21.4% 7.6%
Disapproving Roosevelt, Sr. 11.9 68.5 16. 9 2 7

14. (US Oct 17 '38) Have you heard of Barbara Hutton? 78%
of the sample who had heard of her were asked: Would you
like to see the United States make her a citizen again if she
asks to be? (aipo)

Never heard of her 22%

United States should make her a citizen 32

Should not be made citizen 24

No opinion as to whether or not she should be made a

citizen 22

15. (US Nov '38) Would you describe the
below] as reactionary, conservative, liberal.

following [listed
or radical? (for)

Thomas Corcoran 82.2

Senator Arthur Vandenbcrg. . . . 65-0

Alfred P. Sloan, Jr 58.1

Norman Thomas 50.9

WPA Administrator

Harry Hopkins 44.6

Postmaster General

James A. Farley 37. 7

%
2.4
4.1
3.4
2.5

2.9

3.6

2.4
19.1
28.3

2.9

■-1

%
6.7
8.4
8.1
10.8

%
6.3
3.4
2.1
32.9

6.2 29.9 16.4
11.6 30.7 16.4

> I i 1 1

§ J § ^ 1

Q « o >-; Re;

% % % % %

■Vice-PresidentJohnN. Garner. . 34.2 3.3 39.3 20.7 2.5

John L. Lewis 290 2.3 15 6.0 61.2

Henry Ford 23.4 4.7 50.2 175 4.2

Franklin D. Roosevelt 19.1 30

'.1 50.7 18.5

16. (US Nov 14 '38) Would you like to see the new governor
of California free Tom Mooney? (aipo)

Never heard
Yes No of Mooney

National total 66% 34% = 100% 15%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 74% 26%

Republican 49 51

17. (US Dec 16 '38) Has the fact that George Burns recently
pleaded guilty in connection with a charge of smuggling $4,885
worth of jewelry into this country in any way affected your
opinion of him? 31% of those who answered and said they
had changed their opinion were asked : How? (aipo)

Opinion hasn't changed 69%

Lowered ray opinion of him

No excuse for a man with all his money

Surprised he would do such a thing

Deserves any punishment he gets

Made him look cheap

He's a law breaker

Should bar him from the radio

He's no better than a common crook

Hasn't changed my opinion of him as an entertainer,

just as a man

Don't care to listen to him on the radio any more

A man in his position should set an example

All others

Didn't say how 6

100%*

* 20% of the sample didn't answer the first question.

18. (US Dec 23 '38 and Feb 20 '40) Do you approve or disap-
prove of the way Mrs. Roosevelt has conducted herself as
First Lady of the Land? (aipo)

Dis- No

Approve approve opinion

67% 33% = 100% 17%

68 32 =100 15

Dec '38.
Feb '40.

DEC '38 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 62% 38%

Women 73 27

FEB '40 RESULTS BY AGE

30 years and under 77% 23%

30-50 years 70 30

50 years and over 61 39

DEC '38 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 66% 34%

Middle Atlantic 72 28

East central 64 36

West central 66 34

South 67 33

West 66 34

57]

Dis-
Approve approve

No
opinion

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper income

Dec '38 54% 46%

Feb '40 56 44

Middle income

Dec '38 65 35

Feb '40 68 32

Lower income

Dec '38 76 24

Feb '40 75 25

BY POLITICS

Democratic

Dec '38 81% 19%

Feb '40 84 16

Republican

Dec '38 43 57

Feb '40 49 51

19. (US Dec 23 '38) Do you think the President's wife should
engage in any business activity which interests her if she doesn't
do it for profit? (aipo)

Yes 73% No 27% = 100% No opinion 9%

20. (US Dec 23 '38) Mrs. Roosevelt has taken a position on
the board of directors in her son's insurance company. Do you
approve or disapprove of this? (aipo)

Approve 44% Disapprove 56% = 100% No opinion 20%

21. (US Jan 20 '39) Do you think J. Edgar Hoover has done a
good or a poor job as head of the G-men? A comparable cross-
section was asked; How good a job do you think J. Edgar
Hoover has done as head of the G-men? Results were combined.
(aipo)

Excellent 41%

Good 39

Fair 7

Poor 1

No opinion 12

22. (US May 18 '39) Do you think Herbert Hoover is more
popular or less popular than when he ran against Roosevelt
in 1932? (aipo)

More popular 33%

Less popular 36

Same 19

Don't know 12

23. (US May 18 '39) Do you like Hoover better today than
you did in 1932? (aipo)

Yes 18% No 47% Don't know 7% Same 28%

24. (US June 29 '39) Which European political leader, now
alive, do you like best? Least? Two comparable cross-sections
were used. One was shown a card with a list of names, the
other was not. Results were combined, (aipo)

Best

Chamberlain 27%

Eden 13

Daladier 4

Mussolini 3

Hitler 2

Others 11

No opinion 40

Least

Hitler 70%

Mussolini 9

Stalin 6

Chamberlain 2

Franco 1

All others 1

No answer 11

Roosevelt 58%

Chamberlain 22

Stalin 4.5

Eden 3.5

Salazar (Portugal) 1.5

Others 7

No opinion 3.5

26. (US Jan '40) Would you favor having Colonel Lindbergh
in some high public office such as Secretary of War? (for)

Yes 26.3%

No 54.4

Don't care 5-4

Don't know 13. 9

27. (US Jan '40) Would you favor him [Lindbergh] for the
presidency? Asked of 26.3%i of the sample who favored having
Lindbergh in some high public office, (for)

Yes 25.6% No 60.3% Don't know 14.1% = 100.0%

of those questioned

28. (US May '40) What do you think Mrs. Roosevelt should
do if she does not return to the White House next year? (for)

Men Women
She should be elected or appointed to some

high government office 5.8% 7.3%

She should continue with various activities

like writing and lecturing 39.1 49.5

She should retire entirely from the public

eye 30.3 17.7

Other answers 7

No opinion .

100%
. 1%

48. (US Nov 17 '42) Is there anything about Mrs. Roosevelt
of which you especially approve? 47% of the sample who said

[560]

there was something they approved were then asked: What?
(aipo)

Approve nothing especially 53%

She's a personality in her own right; doesn't allow her-
self to just sit back and do nothing 11

She's a brilliant woman; a perfect President's wife 5

Her social consciousness; her efforts in behalf of mankind 5

Her interest in and activity in behalf of the poor 5

Her interest in current pt^litical problems and her ability

to take a stand on any worthwhile question 4

Her sociability; her genuine interest in people; her friend-
liness 4

Her courage; her spirit; the fact that she does what she

wishes in spite of criticisms 3

Her treatment of Negroes 1

Everything 3

Other answers 6

49. (US Nov 23 '42) Which of these three men do you under-
stand is head of the War Production Board — Leon Henderson,
Donald Nelson, or William L. Jeffers? (norc)

Henderson 26%

Nelson 47

JefFcrs 5

Don't know 22

50. (US Feb 3 '43) Can you tell me who Donald Nelson is?
41% of the sample answered the question correctly, 9% gave
vague answers, 11% gave incorrect answers, and 39% admitted
they didn't know. All but the 39% were asked: In your opinion,
is Donald Nelson's management of the War Production Board
good, fair, or poor? (aipo)

Good 58%

Fair 30

Poor 4

No opinion 8

100%
of those questioned

51. (US Feb 6 '43) Do you happen to know what job Donald
Nelson holds in the government today? (norc)

Correctlv identified 28%

Incorrectly identified 17

Don't know 55

52. (Canada Feb 10 '43) Generally speaking, is your opinion
of John Bracken favorable or unfavorable? (cipo)

Haven't
Favor- Unfa- Unde- heard
able vorahle c'tded of him
National total 43% 9% 18% 30%

BY POLITICS

Liberal

Progressive Conservative .
Cooperative Common-
wealth Federation

40%
75

10%
3

20%
7

30%
15

53. (US Mar 10 '43) In general, do you approve or disapprove

of Mrs. Roosevelt? (aipo)

Approve 52% Disapprove 35% No opinion 13%

64. (US Mar 10 '43) What is there about Mrs. Roosevelt of
which you especially disapprove? (aipo)

Nothing; she has done a perfect job 26%

She runs around too much; travels too much; doesn't stay

at home 8

She uses her position to promote political opinion; too

much talking in politics; interfering in politics (none
of her affair); taking sides on public questions; butts in

on her husband's business 8%

She talks too much; her statements are unnecessary. ... 6
Too much in public eye, in limelight; too much public-
ity; doesn't conduct herself as a President's wife should 7
Too much in everybody's business; a finger in too many

pies; too nosey 6

She has communistic tendencies; espouses radical ideas. . 2
Stirring up racial prejudice in the South by trying to
equalize white and colored; caters too much to the

Negroes 3

Her column; the stuff she writes; her speeches 1

Miscellaneous 6

Everything; lots of things 2

No opinion 26

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

55. (US Mar 10 '43) What is there about Mrs. Roosevelt of
which you especially approve? (aipo)

Nothing 15%

Brilliant; smart; capable; fine woman; perfect President's

wife 12

Her social consciousness; activity in behalf of mankind;

humanitarian interests; interest in people's welfare;

social reform interest 9

Her interest in the common people; activity in behalf of

the poor; her charitableness 8

Takes an active and intelligent interest in public affairs;

interest in current political problems and world affairs. 4
Her sociability and contact with people; genuine interest

in people; mingles well; very democratic 5

Her column; literary abilities; speeches 4

Her courage, spirit, and aggressiveness; does what she

wishes in spite of criticism 4

A personality in her own right; doesn't sit back; a help

to her husband; gets around; sees things; her activity. 5

All right; OK; etc 3

Treatment of Negroes; treats all alike 1

Miscellaneous 8

No opinion 24

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

56. (US Mar 10 '43) Have you heard or read about Mrs. Clare
Luce? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 50%

57. (LIS Mar 10 '43) Can you tell me what her job is now?
Asked of a national cross-section of persons who had heard or
read about Mrs. Clare Luce. 50% of the sample is represented.
(aipo)

Correctlv identified as member of Congress. . . 79%
Incorrectly identified or don't know 21

100%
of those questioned

58. (US Mar 10 '43) In general, what is your opinion of her
[Mrs. Clare Luce]? Asked only of those who knew Mrs. Luce
was in politics. 79% of the informed sample is represented.
(aipo)

[561]

Smart; brilliant; fine woman; good; capable Congress-
woman 32%

Approved her maiden speech, points were well taken. ... 1

New at her job; apprentice in Congress; fair 9

Disapprove; she's silly; better keep quiet; don't think

much of her; incompetent; too opinionated 10

Objected to her maiden speech; globaloney speech rather

cheap 3

Publicity seeker; egoist; likes to hear herself talk 11

No politician; misplaced; in something she knows noth-
ing about 4

Should go back home; go back to play writing 1

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know enough about her to pass an opinion 11

No opinion and no answer 14

of those questioned

69. (US Mar 24 '43) Have you heard of any of the following
persons: Frank Knox? Joseph Eastman? Can you tell me briefly
what his job is now? (aipo)

Yes,

Joseph Eastman 14

Yes,
incorrect

29%
24

16%
62

60. (US June 22 '43) Can you tell me who Elmer Davis is?
(aipo)

Head of Office of War Information 33%

Propaganda head; broadcaster for government 3

Censors news 1

Radio commentator; news commentator; newspaperman;

other former jobs 15

Food administrator 3

Incorrect answers; someone in government 4

No 30

No answer 11

61. (US June 22 '43) In general, how good a job do you think
Elmer Davis is doing as head of the Office of War Information?
Asked of those who explained who they thought Elmer Davis
was. 59% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Good 49%o Fair 21% Poor 7%

opmion

100% of those questioned

62. (US Aug 24 '43) Taking everything into consideration,
which one of these three men has done the best job in organiz-
ing his country to fight the war — Churchill, Roosevelt, or
Stalin? (aipo)

Churchill 15%

Roosevelt 36

Stalin 31

No opinion 18

63. (US Nov '43) Are there any prominent individuals in this
country who you feel might be harmful to the future of the
country unless they are curbed? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 52.4% 24.9% 22.7%,

BY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

Professional 80.4%, 12.6% 7.0%

Salaried executives 79.3 16.0 4.7

Farmhands 35-3 19.3 45.4

Negroes 23.1 33.3 43.6

52.4% of the sample who said "yes" were asked whom
they thought might be harmful to the future of the country
with the following results:

National
total

John L. Lewis 70.6%

Roosevelt 55

Wallace 5.4

Bridges 3.3

Wheeler 3.0

Mrs. Roosevelt 2.8

Willkie 2.3

Lindbergh 2.2

Hamilton Fish 1.9

Harry Hopkins 1.8

Col. McCormick 1.6

Other 19.2

Don't know 8.9

Other

Salaried

Factory

urban

executives

labor

76.6%

60.2%

56.1%

10.9

4.7

5.9

9.8

2.1

3.4

2.7

4.2

1.7

4.3

2.6

3.8

4.3

2.1

1.7

1.6

1.0

3.4

1.6

3.1

3.8

2.1

4.3

2.2

1.6

2.5

11.1

18.3

11.1

1.1

15.7

12.7

128.5%* 150.9%* 116.6%* 120.2%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thou;;ht

there were individuals who might be harmful to the future of the

country and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one

answer.

64. (Denmark Mar '44) Was Rembrandt a sculptor, painter,
or author? (dgi)

Sculptor 3.0%

Painter 69.9

Author 33

Don't know 23.8

65. (Canada Mar 4 '44) At the present time, John Bracken,
leader of the Progressive-Conservative party, does not have a
seat in the House of Commons. Do you think he should try
for a seat now, or should he wait until the next general elec-
tion? (cipo)

Seek seat now 37%

Wait for election 38

Undecided 23

Other 2

66. (US Apr 25 '44) What do you think about the trips that
Mrs. Roosevelt makes? (aipo)

National total ...

Men . . .
Women.

1 H

It' s none of
jfty concern; tha
her own affair

36%

45%

13%

SEX

It' s none of my

concern

etc., and Didn't say

33%

50%

17%

67. (US Aug '44) We'd like to know which of these men you
connect with Office of War Information, pay-as-you-go tax
plan. President of United States Chamber of Commerce, trust
busting, President of CIO. (for)

[ 562 ]

■a

^ s

^ 1

■" -S

? «^

.^^

Philip Murray. . . .

. 2.4%

2.5%

3.2%

2.0%

34.4%

Elmer Davis

. 54.1

1.9

1.8

Harold L. Ickes. . .

. 11.0

6.5

3.3

4.6

Thurman Arnold. .

2.0

7.0

19.8

Eric Johnston

1.7

24.9

4.0

John L. Lewis. .

1.9

2.1

45.7

Beardsley Ruml. .

40.1

1.2

2.1

Don't know

28.6

44.6

58.0

64.6

17.3

68. (US Aug 16 '44) Will you tell mc who Sidney Hillman is?
(aipo)

Chairman of Political Action Committee 5%

President of Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America. 4

CIO leader; head of CIO .' 9

Connected with CIO 4

Labor leader; un ion boss 8

Associated with government bureau or agency 2

Socialist; Communist 1

Others 2

Don't know; no answer 65

69. (US Aug 16 '44) Is your opinion of him [Sidney Hillman]
favorable or unfavorable? Asked of 35% of the sample who
said they knew who Sidney Hillman was. (aipo)
Favorable 6% Unfavorable 17% No opinion 12% = 35%

70. (US Oct '44) Can you tell me who Harry Truman (Norman
Thomas, Sidney Hillman, John Brickcr, Henry Wallace) is,
or what he does? (norc)

Harry Truman

Right answer 68';"

Wrong answer 4

Don't know 28

Norman Thomas

Wrong answer 8

Don't know 43

John Bricker

Right answer 74%

Wrong answer 3

Don't know 23

Sidney Hillman

Right answer 47'/o

Wrong answer 4

Don't know 45

Hillman is a Communist 4

Henry Wallace

Is Vice-President 79%

Is vice-presidential candidate 1

Is Liberal, left wing, and other answers *

Is Secretary of Agriculture 2

Other answers *

Don't know 3

91%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 5^ because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

75. (US Jan 31 '45) Who do you think was the greater mail,
George Washington or Abraham Lincoln? (aipo)

George Washington 22%

Abraham Lincoln 42

Equally great 28

Uncertain 8

76. (US Jan 31 '45) Why [do you think Washington or Lincoln
was the greater man]? Asked of the 22% of the sample who
mentioned Washington and the 42% who mentioned Lincoln.
(aipo)

Lincoln was greater man because
He was more of a humanitarian; the people's President;
more down to earth; demonstrated the principles of

true democracy 26%

He freed the slaves and kept the country one union .... 25
He came up the hard way; self-made; from log cabin to

White House 24

He lived at a time when need was greater; had more com-
plicated problems to deal with 8

He was a great orator; more eloquent; he made the Get-
tysburg Address; the Emancipation Proclamation 2

Washington was too much of an aristocrat 1

He was "Honest Abe" 2

[563]

He was a greater statesman 2%

Other reasons 2

No reason given 14

106%*

■ 36%
. 12

Washington was greater man because

He was father of our country

He was our first President

He had a greater responsibility; worked under more try-
ing conditions; put weak government on its feet;
greater vision in most important historical period. ... 10
He was a great general; won an independence for us. . . . 12

He was honest; never told a lie 4

He was a great man; unselfish; cultured; etc 4

He was a greater statesman 4

Other reasons 9

No reason given 19

110%*
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents choosing Wash-
ington or choosing Lincoln respectively and add to more than 100
because some gave more than one answer,

77. (US Jan 31 '45) Do you happen to know who the Vice-
President of the United States is? (aipo)

Truman 64%

Wallace, Hillman, etc 4

Don't know 32

78. (Denmark Feb 11 '45) Do you know who Knud Kristensen
is? (dgi)

Yes 53.9% No 46.1%

79. (Denmark Feb 11 '45) To what political party does he
[Knud Kristensen] belong? Asked of 53.9% of the sample who
knew who Knud Kristensen was. (dgi)

Left (Farmers) 56.4%

Social Democrat (Labor) 15.1

Conservative 3.9

Radical 2.0

*Retsforbundet 0.1

Other parties 0.3

Don't know 22.2

100.0% of those
questioned
* Small rural intellectual-idealist party who follow the ideas of
Henry George.

80. (Denmark Feb 11 '45) Do you know who Ole Bj0rn Kraft
is? (dgi)

Yes 77.2% No 22.8%

81. (Denmark Feb 11 '45) To what political party does he
[Ole Bi0rn Kraft] belong? Asked of 77.2% of the sample who
knew who Ole Bj0rn Kraft was. (dgi)

Conservative 62.8%

Left 6.0

Social Democrat 3.6

Radical 1.0

*Retsforbundet 0.2

Other parties 0.5

Don't know 25.9

82. (France Mar 1 '45) Are you in favor of transferring the
ashes of Remain Rolland to the national Pantheon? (fipo)
Yes 38% No 25% No opinion 37%

83. (US May 2 '45, June 12 '45, July 12 '45, July 25 '45, May
29 '46, Dec 11 '46) Do you happen to know of any of the fol-
lowing persons? Will you tell me who each one is or what he
does? (aipo)

May '45 Results

WHAT HE does

Knou
of

Anthony Eden 9%

Harry Truman 1

Betty Grable 2

Leverett Saltonstall ... 6

Thomas Dewey 4

Edward Stettinius .... 5

Bob Hope 1

Walter Winchell 2

William Green 5

John L. Lewis 2

Paul McNutt 18

Joe Louis 1

V. M. Molotov 2

Clark Gable 1

Harold Stassen 5

Henry Wallace 5

Arthur Vandenberg. . . 6

Earl Warren 4

Jack Benny 1

Walter Lippmann 4

Philip Murray 4

Charles de Gaulle. ... 3

In-
Correct correct

55%

4
2
1
1
2
3
3
4
2
2
1
5
5
4
4
2
3
5
1

Vague answer
12% 22%

2
2
6
1
2
6
10
15

1
4
9
4
2
3

9
12

15
69

6
24

9
13
34
11
33

3
25

7
51
15
45
62

9
53
45
26

June '45 Results

WHAT he does

100.0% of those

questioned
* Small rural intellectual-idealist party who follow the ideas of
Henrv George.

Dis-
paraging Don't
remarks Correct Incorrect know

Sidney Hillman — 44% 11% 45%

Drew Pearson — 58 4 38

Kathleen Norris — 57' 4 39

Samuel Goldwyn — 59 3 38

Cecil B. DeMille — 67 2 31

Henry Ford — 95 2 3

David O. Sclznick — 48 3 49

Henry Kaiser — 73 3 24

Jack Dempsey — 92 1 7

Elmo Roper — 8 7 85

Gerald Smith 2% 18 6 74

George Patton — 86 1 13

Douglas MacArthur — 95 1 4

Col. Robert McCormick * 24 16 60

Natalie Kalmus — 5 5 90

Hedda Hopper * 47 10 43

Irving Berlin — 67 4 29

Sinclair Lewis — 49 7 44

Walt Disney * 72 2 26

Louis Mayer — 36 3 61

Roy Howard — 16 3 81

Henry Luce — 24 4 72

Tom Girdler * 9 3 88

Robert Hutchins — 17 3 80

Babe Ruth — 90 1 9

Eric Johnston — 22 7 71

Bing Crosby — 91 1 8

[564]

June '45 Results

what he does
Dis-
paraging

remarks Correct Incorrect

Dwight Eisenhower — 90% 1%

Wm. Randolph Hearst * 57 4

DeWitt Wallace — 4 5

Dorothy Dix — 67 4

Louella Parsons — 46 3

July 12 '45 Results

what he does
Partly

Correct correct

Harold Stassen 34% *

Charlie Chaplin 90 *

James Farley 67 —

Frank Sinatra 84 — ■

Eleanor Roosevelt 93 —

Charles F. Kettering 13 1%

Winston Churchill 90 1

Louis Schwellenbach 26 —

Kate Smith 89 *

Westbrook Pcglcr 44 —

Somerset Maugham 29 *

Al Jolson 80 —

Lloyd Douglas 25 —

Dick Tracy 78 *

Clifton Fadiman 28 *

Father Coughlin 65 *

Mel Ott 35 —

Charlie McCarthy 85 *

James F. Byrnes 51 *

Bette Davis 76 —

Herbert Hoover 88 *

Joseph Stalin 85 *

James Forrestal 38 1

Errol Flynn 68 *

John D. Rockefeller, Jr 69 *

Charles Lindbergh 88 *

Dorothy Thompson 55 *

Jimmy Doolittle. 77 *

Dale Carnegie 34 *

Eddie Cantor 83 —

John Steinbeck 36 *

Robert Sherwood 26 *

Fibber McGee & Molly 84 —

July 25 '45 Results

WHAT HE does

Don't
Correct Incorrect know

Benny Goodman 74%, 3% 23%,

Harold Stassen 36 6 58

Paul Whiteman 75 2 23

Bob Burns 83 3 14

Marshall Field 48 8 44

Ginny Simms 62 2 36

Al Capone 80 2 18

Gabriel Heatter 70 3 27

Van Johnson 47 6 47

Fiorello La Guardia 74 2 24

Greer Garson 67 1 32

Lowell Thomas 70 6 24

Guy Lombardo 68 2 30

Upton Sinclair 37 16 47

Robert Taft 46 10 44

Don't

know

9%
39
91
29
51

Don't

know

66%

7
86

9
74
11
56
71
20
75
22
72
35
65
15
49
24
12
15
61
32
31
12
45
23
66
17
64
74
16

July 25 '45 Results

Correct

Harry Emerson Fosdick 31%

Francis Joseph Spellman 28

Tommy Dorsey 76

Albert Einstein 55

Kay Kyser 80

Alben W. Barkley 51

Rudy Vallee 82

Mark Sullivan 32

Dinah Shore 72

Spencer Tracy 77

Bernard Baruch 38

Nicholas Murray Butler 27

Robert (Bob) Ripley 72

Fred Vinson 38

Elsa Maxwell 45

H. V. Kaltenborn 72

Gary Cooper 81

Edna Ferber 46

May' '46 Results

WHAT HE DOES

Don't

^ Incorrect

know

66%

Harold Stassen

John Bricker

Arthur Vandenberg.
Henry Wallace

a ^ 4 ^ § ^ ^-1

. 17% 7% 9% 10% 14% 43%

.17 6 7 14 15 41

. 16 27 5 — 13 39

. 38 11 16 3 16 16

Dec '46 Results

Thomas E. Dewey 8% 75%

John W. Bricker 35 17 14 7 18'r;

Ingrid Bergman 27 69

Hemy A. Wallace 12 37

Dwight D. Eisenhower. 4 92

James F. Byrnes 24 57

William Green 32 57

Joseph W. Martin 65 17

Harold E. Stassen 44 15

Arthur H. Vandenberg. 35 17

Bing Crosby 4 94

Robert A. Taft 29 22

Earl Warren 55 27

Levcrett Saltonstall. . . . 73 8

John L. Lewis 5 70

Henry C. Lodge, Jr 65 12 18 3 —

* Less than 0.5%.

84. (US May 24 '45) Of these ten men which two or three
would you say had done the most for the war effort so far?
(nyht)

Bernard Baruch 119%

Harry Hopkins 12.2

Henry Ford 39.4

Donald M. Nelson 24.2

John L. Lewis 2.9

Henry Kaiser 51-4

9%
14

9
12
37

1
39
10

8
14
18

2
13

7
13

6
6
5

5%
9
2
16
2
6
2
2
6
6
1
4
2
2
1
2

[565]

James F. Byrnes 17.6%

Chester B. Bowles 5-5

William Green 1.1

Philip Murray 2.5

Don't know and no answer 22.4

National

total Men

Wo)

192.2%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

85. (US July '45) In all the history of the United States, who
do you regard as two or three of the greatest men who have
ever lived in this country? (norc)

Franklin D. Roosevelt 61%

Abraham Lincoln 56

George Washington 46

Thomas Edison 11

Woodrow Wilson 8

General Eisenhower 7

Thomas Jefferson 6

General MacArthur 5

Theodore Roosevelt 5

Henry Ford 4

Benjamin Franklin 4

Harry S. Truman 3

Others representing the fields of fine arts, literature,

music, art 2

Others representing scientific fields, medicine, invention . 3
Others representing politics, statesmanship, and govern-
ment 11

Others representing religion, ethics, social uplift 1

Others representing military leadership 4

Others not classifiable above including those in the fields

of finance, education, sports, athletics 3

Cases where in the six preceding categories the respond-
ent mentioned two instead of one person, such as
Wright Brothers or the Mayo Brothers. In such cases
the Wright Brothers are counted as one case in the
field of science, and as one case under this code, in order

to account for every personality mentioned 2

Don't know 3

245%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

86. (Netherlands July '45) Which of the persons who have
played a part on the stage of the world during the last five
years do you appreciate most? Asked in three western prov-
inces only, (nfs)

Roosevelt 50%

Churchill 23

Stalin 5

Eisenhower, Montgomery, Gerbrandy, van

KlefFens, and others 12

No preference 10

87. (Sweden Aug '45) Which living person do you admire
most? (sGi)

National

total Men Women

King Gustaf 25% 16% 34%

Politicians, popular leaders, mili-
tary persons (Churchill, Per Albin
Hansson) 22 30 14

Folke Bernadotte, the Crown Prince,

Prince Carl 3 2 4

Sports stars, film stars (Gunder

Hagg, Edvard Persson) 2 3 1

—

Social and church (Elsa Brandstrom,

Bishop Berggrav) 1%

Scientists (The Svedberg, Herbert

Olivecrona) 1

Husband, wife, parents 3

Others (Sven Jerring) 1

Don't know 28

Admire no one 13

Artists, authors (Jussi Bjorling,
CarlMilles) ^ 1

88. (Sweden Aug '45) Why [do you admire the person men-
tioned]? Asked of a national cross-section of people who
named someone they most admired. 59% of the sample is
represented. (sGi)

Cleverness generally; particular deeds 50%

Character traits 22

Physical qualities 13

Attitude; behavior 9

Other replies 5

Vague answers 6

105%*
* Percentages are based on the number of people who mentioned
someone they admired and add to more than 100 because some gave
more than one answer.

89. (Denmark Oct 13 '45) Which Danish personality has at-
tracted you the most since the capitulation? (dgi)

Christmas M0ller 34%

Axel Larsen 15

Edward Buhl 11

Knud Kristensen 10

Mogens Fog 8

Hedtoft Hansen 6

Erode Jakobsen 3

H. C. Hansen 2

Others 11

90. (US Nov '45) Can you tell me which one of the organiza-
tions on this card is headed by Paul V. McNutt, or don't you
remember right now? The card listed WMC, WPB, OPA, WLB,
State, Interior. 30% of the sample answered correctly and 13%
answered incorrectly. Both these groups were asked: Is your
impression favorable, unfavorable, or haven't you heard
enough to say? The same questions were asked about J. A. Krug.
12% answered correctly and 9% incorrectly, (norc)

Paul V.
McNutt

Don't know which organization 57%

Answers of the well-informed 30%
(12%):
Opinion favorable 18

/. A. Krug
79%

Opinion unfavorable.

Don't know

Answers of the ill-informed 13% (9%):

Opinion favorable

Opinion unfavorable

Don't know

91. (US Nov 21 '45) In your opinion, who is the greatest per-
son, living or dead, in world history? (aipo)

F. D. Roosevelt 28%

Abraham Lincoln 19

Jesus Christ 15

George Washington 8

[ 566 ]

Winston Churchill 1%

Woodrow Wilson

General Eisenhower

General Mac Arthur

Thomas Edison

Benjamin Franklin

Columbus

Napoleon

Thomas Jefferson

Miscellaneous 8

Don't know 12

92. (US Nov 21 '45) 66% of the sample named Americans.*
They were asked: Outside of this country, who do you think
is the greatest person in world history? (aipo)

Julius Caesar 1%

Queen Elizabeth 1

Chiang Kai-shek 1

Winston Churchill 17

Joseph Stalin 5

Jesus Christ 1

Madame Curie 1

Napoleon 2

Louis Pasteur 1

Columbus 1

Miscellaneous 10

No one 1

Don't know 24

66%

* Some Americans mentioned are classified in the miscellaneous group
in the preceding question.

93. (US Dec 19 '45, Jan 3 '46, Jan 23 '46, Feb 13 '46) These are
some public figures who have been in the news. Have you ever
heard of any of them — Wilson Wyatt? Chester Nimitz? (aipo)

answer

83%

—

Dec '45 Wyatt 17%

Jan 3 '46 Wyatt 22

Jan 23 '46 Nimitz 83

Feb '46 Nimitz 83

94. (US Jan '46) Here is a list of a few of our top army, navy,
and air-corps officers. Of the ones on this list, which one do
you personally admire the most? (for)

Admin Admire
7nost next most

Eisenhower 38.7%

MacArthur 36.5

Patton 5.9

Halscy 3.8

Nimitz 3.1

Marshall. . .

Arnold

Bradley

King

Spruance. . . .

Spaatz

Don't know.
Not asked . .

2.6

1.1

6.8

28.3%
21.8

7.8

8.3
11.1

5.1

2.0

2.5

1.4
.2
.5

4.2

6.8

BY EDUCATION

Grade High

school school College

Eisenhower 28.0% 41.0% 51.5%

MacArthur 44.5 36.4 24.1

Patton 6.4 5.7 4.9

Halsey

Nimitz

Marshall

Bradley

King.....

Spruance."

Spaatz —

Arnold 1.3

Don't know 97

No answer 2.6

Grade

school
2.6%
2.2
1.4

High
school

4.5%

2.2

4.2
.2

College

3.3
5.7
1.4

.1
1.4
2.7

95. (US Jan 23 '46) Will you tell me who is now the head of
OPA in Washington, D.C.? (aipo)

Correct — C. Bowles 44%

Correct — Porter 2

Incorrect 3

Don't know and no answer 51

96. (France Sept '46) Do you want M. Paul Reynaud to return
to power? And M. Edouard Daladier? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Reynaud 5% 76% 19%

Daladier 3 80 17

97. (Norway Nov 15 '46) When you think of Sweden (Den-
mark, Finland) which well-known living person, apart from
the royal family, do you think of first? (ngi)

National

total Men Women

Don't know; none in particular 39%

Per Albin Hansson 28

Harry Brandelius 3

Edward Persson 2

Gunder Hagg 2

Selma Lagerl0f 2

Ingrid Bergman 2

Greta Garbo

Ture Nermann

Folke Bernadotte

Torgny Segerstedt

Sven Hcdin

Levi Petrus

Frank Mangs

Edvin Adolfson

Zara Leander

Georg Rydeberg

Lennart Strand —

Karin Juell —

Oluf Sandberg —

Bo Gjcrtz —

Other answers 1

Don't know; not interested; don't know parties; don't

know programs of parties 22

None of the existing parties; non-specific answers, e.g.

Democratic party. Worker's or Labor party 6

No answer 2

105%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (Germany Sept 3 '46) In your judgment does the military
government favor one political party over the other? (omgus)

Yes 10%

No 64

No opinion 26

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

11. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Do you believe that the present
political parties actually care for the interests of the people?
(omgus)

Yes 51%

No 23

No opinion 26

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

12. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Is the interest of the people better
served through several parties than through one unified party?
(omgus)

More 61%

One 23

No opinion 16

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

13. (Germany Dec 10 '46) In your opinion, do the present
parties do just as good, better, or worse work than those be-
fore 1933? (omgus)

As good 21%

Present better 14

Worse 10

No opinion 55

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

Great Britain

1. (Great Britain June 10 '43) Do you think that the Labor
party should or should not admit the Communist party to
membership? (bipo)

Yes 27% No 41% Don't know 32%

2. (Great Britain Mar '44) The three parties — Conservative,
Liberal, and Labor — arranged not to fight each other at war-
time by-elections. Do you support this arrangement, or should
all parties be free to put up candidates at any by-election?
(bipo)

Support 41% Free 42% Don't know 17%

[574]

3. (Great Britain Aug '44) Do you think that British politi-
cians are out merely for themselves, for their party, or to do
their best for their country? (bipo)

Themselves 35%

Party 22

Country 36

Don't know 7

4. (Great Britain Aug '44) Do you think that one of the par-
ties is more selfish than the rest? (blpo)

Yes 31% No 41% Don't know 28%

6. (Great Britain Apr '45) Would you like to see a Conserva-
tive-Labor-Liberal coalition after the general election? (bipo)

Yes 43%

No 43S

Don't know 14%

6. (Great Britain Apr '45) Who would you want to see lead-
ing such a coalition? (bipo)

Eden 17%

Cripps 2

Sinclair 1

Churchill 16

Bcvin 2

Shinwell

Attlee

Morrison

Miscellaneous. .

Don't know. . . .

. 53

7. (Great Britain July 14 '45) Do you know what party Pro-
fessor Laski belongs to? (bipo)

Conservative

National total.

Men . . .
Women.

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

Higher .
Middle.
Lower. .

or Liberal

Labor

Don't know

78%

21%

BY SEX

87%

12%

BY AGE

78%

21%

INOMIC STATUS

93%

8. (Great Britain July 14 '45) Do you know what post Pro-
fessor Harold Laski holds in the party organization? (bipo)

Chairman 40%

President of Labor party 3

Secretary or treasurer 3

Vague answers 3

Member of Labor Executive Council . . 2

Leader of Labor party 2

Chairman of Union 2

Head of national executive 1

Dictator; Labor party boss 2

Miscellaneous 1

No answer; don't know 41

9. (US Aug 8 '45) What do you think the Labor party stands
for? The question was asked only of respondents who had
heard about the Labor party winning the recent election in
England, (aipo)

For the working class; more rights to labor 17%

Raise standard of living; for the working class 6

Government ownership of utilities, mines, etc 7

Almost Communism or Socialism 3%

Communism or Socialism 6

For the common man; more democratic; more voice to the

majority; etc 9

More liberal than the Conservatives 2

Miscellaneous and vague answers 9

Don't know 17

Haven't heard about the election 24

10. (US Aug 8 '45) A cross-section comparable to that used
for the preceding question was asked: What do you think the
Labor party wants to do in government? This, too, was asked
only of those who had heard about the Labor party winning
in England, (aipo)

More rights to labor 9%

Raise the standard of living for the working class 6

Government ownership of utilities, mines, etc 7

Establish system similar to Communism or Socialism. ... 2

Establish Communism or Socialism 3

Be more liberal than the Conservatives 1

Give more voice to majority, etc 7

Revolutionize the government *

Gain complete control 5

Miscellaneous and vague answers 11

Don't know 22

Hadn't heard about the election 27

* Less than 0.5%-

11. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) The Communist party has
applied for affiliation with the Labor party. Do you think
that the Labor party should or should not agree? (bipo)

Don't know
30%

17%
44

Should Should not
National total 16% 54%

BY SEX

Men 20%

Women 12

by age

21-29 years 17%

30-49 years 16

50 years and over 15

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 12%

Middle 11

Lower 18

BY POLITICS

.. 3%
24
10
62
12

63%

54%

63%

62%

29%

25%

35%

17
42

Conservative

Labor

Liberal

Others

Did not vote

Italy

1. (Italy Oct '46) In respect to relations between Socialists
and Communists, which of the following courses do you think
most desirable in the interest of the country? (doxa)

No change

(tactical

agreement
only)
National total 14.9%

BY POLITICS AS INDICATED

Christian Democrat. . . 7.0%

Socialist 29.7

Communist 17.2

Independent 14.8

No newspapers 11.1

Inde-

Other and

pendence

Fusion

don't

better

know

47.9%,

13.6%

23.6%

BY NEWSPAPERS READ

69.1%

3.4%

20.5%

43.5

18.6

8.2

12.6

64.9

5.3

57.5

9.3

18.4

28.7

9.9

50.3

[575]

No change

(tactical Inde- Other and

agreement pendence Fusion don't

only) better better know

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Italy 18.0% 48.1% 14.2% 19.7%

Central Italy 14.7 46,2 14.9 24.2

South Italy 10.2 45.1 13.2 31.5

Islands 12.4 55.5 10.0 22.1

BY OCCUPATION

Employers 12.3% 66.5% 6.4% 14.8%

Peasants 15.6 49.5 9.0 25.9

Farmhands 20.5 33.2 31.1 15.2

Craftsmen 12.7 62.8 12.7 11.8

Workers 19.3 33.6 26.5 20.6

Clerks 15.2 62.3 9.1 13.4

Executives and profes-
sional 5.7 65.7 25.7 2.9

Housewives, etc 12.8 48.5 8.5 30.2

Norway

1. (Norvv'ay May 26 '46) Do you think it would be fortunate
if there were only two large political parties in Norway, one
consisting of the Norwegian Labor party and Norway's Com-
munis: party and another consisting of the present right and
left parties, the Christian National party and the Agrarian
party? (ngi)

Two Better as Other Don't

parties it is replies know

National total 50% 29% 1% 20%

BY SEX

Men 52% 33% 1% 14%

Women 48 26 — 26

BY AGE

18-25 years 35% 36% — 29%

25-35 years 47 33 — 20

35-50 years 54 28 1% 17

50 years and over . . 55 24 1 20

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 60% 34% 1% 5%

Middle 53 33 — 14

Lower 48 28 1 23

2. (Norway June 7 '46) Which of the present Norwegian
politicians do you like best? (ngi)

fi s 2 ::

■~» "S <S "S

"» ~ S, S. S, -^ fc

S S ^ '^ ^ i: a

.S g -^ '/-\ o 2 «»

** K fc rsl rn >/-^ ?s ■>*

t:^ S? ^ oo«^ »r^o5

Gerhardsen 18% 24% 14% 19% 20% 20% 17%

Hambro 6 8 6 6 6 6 10

Scharffenberg ... 1 1 1 — 1 1 1

Lavik 1111111

Worm-Muller... 11111—2
Chr. Oftedal.... 12—131 —
Nygardsvold. ... 1 2 — — — 1 1

Other responses. 26 25 26 32 21 24 27

Don't know 9 5 12 10 9 7 8

No answer 36 31 39 30 38 39 33

Sweden

1. (Sweden June '44) Do you think that any of the political
parties will get great increases at the autumn elections? (soi)

t> 2 ^

♦* *^ S ** ** I*

V. <-) G "-i 5s R

^ 1 .1 Q § -5 g>
^ s ^ ■? I -^ ■*

■SO « fco ^ S § ^

National total... 1% 2% 2% 11% 25% 38% 21%

BY POLITICS*

Right party 8% 3% — 11% 23% 32% 23%

National party . . 2 10 1% 3 26 41 17

Agrarian 2 — 12 10 16 36 24

Social Democrat. — 1 1 19 23 33 23

Communist — — — — 91 5 4

* Political breakdown is based on what the respondent %'oted for
in 1942.

2. (Sweden Aug '45) Do you think that the Social Democrats
and the Communists should be combined into one party, or
do you think it desirable to continue to have two labor parties?
(sgi)

Should not
Should or cannot Don't

combine combine know

National total 25% 55% 20%

BY politics

Right party 15% 68% 17%

Liberal 17 65 18

Agrarian 12 63 25

Social Democrat 27 58 15

Communist 61 35 4

U.S.

1. (US Feb 29 '36, Aug 2 '37, Apr 6 '38) Do you think the time
has come to give up our (two) present political parties and have
two new ones — one for conservatives, the other for liberals?
(Sept 13 '38) Do you think we should give up the Republican
and Democratic parties and have two new parties, one for
conservatives and the other for liberals? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Feb '36 30% 70% = 100% —

Aug '37 30 70 = 100 25%

Apr '38 30 70 —

Sept '38 19 81 =100 20

BY POLITICS

Republican

Feb '36 27% 73%,

Apr '38 26 74

Democratic

Feb '36 28 72

Apr '38 30 70

FEB '36 RESULTS BV GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 34% 66%

Middle Atlantic 32 68

East central 29 71

West central 33 67

South 25 75

Mountain 34 66

Pacific coast 36 64

2. (US Aug 2 '37) If these parties [one for conservatives and
one for liberals] were formed, which one do you think you
would join? (Apr 6 '38) Which party do you think you would
join [if two new parties were formed, one for conservatives
and one for liberals]? (aipo)

[5761

Aug '37.
Apr '38.

Conservative Liberal No opinion

. 53% 47% = 100% 54%

54 46 = 100 —

APR '38 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Republican 85% 15%

Democratic 36 64

3. (US Mar 7 '36, and May 9 '36) If there were only two po-
litical parties in this country, conservative and liberal, which
would you join? (Feb 15 '37 and July 2 '38) If there were only
two political parties in the country — one for conservatives
and one for liberals — which would you join? The 1938 question
asked "which do you think you would join." (aipo)

Conservative Liberal

Mar '36 42% 58%

May '36 53 47

Feb '37 48 52

July '38 51 49

MAY '36 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Republican 80%, 20%

Democratic 37 63

MAY '36 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England . . .

56%

44%

Middle Atlantic.

East central

West central ....

South

Mountain

Pacific

4. (US Aug 22 '36) Do you think America would be more
likely to keep out of war during the next four years under
Landon or under Roosevelt? (aipo)

Landon 40% Roosevelt 60% = 100% No opinion 31%

5. (US Dec 14 '36) Would you join a new farmer-labor party
if one is organized? (July 26 '37) If a farmer-labor party is
organized before the next presidential election, do you think
you would join it? Qan '38) If a farmer-labor party is organ-
ized, do you think you would join it? (aipo)

Yes

Dec '36 18%

July '37 21

Jan '38 14

No No opinion

82% = 100% 12%
79 = 100 22

62 24 = 100%

DEC '36 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England. . . .

18%

82%

Middle Atlantic.

East central

West central

South

Mountain

Pacific coast

JULY '37 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 24% 76%

Republican 12 88

Others 23 77

6. (US Mar 1 '37 to June 26 '46, dates listed below) Do you
regard yourself as a Republican, a Democrat, or a Socialist?
(aipo)

Mar

'37

*Dec

'39

*July

'40

tSept

'40

(1) Sept

'44

(1) Dec

'45

2 :ii

%
50
42
41

44
41

Be;

■IS

&
•a.

—

100

—

100

—

100

—

100

—

100

—

100

—

100

(1) June 26 '46 39

* The question was: In politics, do you consider yourself a Democrat,
Independent, Socialist, or Republican? The order of the political parties
in 1940 was: Democrat, Socialist, Independent, or Republican?

** Less than 0.5%.

t Do you consider yourself a Republican, Socialist, Independent, or
Democrat?

(1) In politics, as of today, do you consider yourself a Republican,
Democrat, Socialist, or Independent?

Demo-
crat

Repub-
lican

Inde-
pendent

Social-
ist

Othei

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England

Mar '37 34%

Dec '39 27

Middle Atlantic

Mar '37 46

Dec '39 39

East central

Mar '37 .... 46

Dec '39 38

West central

Mar '37 44

Dec '39. .

South

Mar '37. .

Dec '39..
Mountain

Mar '37. .
West

Dec '39. .
Pacific coast

Mar '37. .

73
70

45
49

37
42

40
42

34
33

21%
28

20
19

14
19

7
10

6% -
2%

1 —

2 —

DEC '39 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Professional

Businessmen ....
Skilled workers.

Semi-skilled

Unskilled

White-collar ....

Farmers

Farmers (outside
the South). . . .

29*?

44%

25%

Less than 0.5%.

7. (US May 10 '37) Should a new party be formed out of anti-
New Deal Democrats and Republicans with such leaders as
Senators Borah and Nye? (Nov 12 '37) Do you think the time
has come to abandon the Republican party and form a new
party of anti-New Deal Democrats and Republicans? Asked of
a national cross-section of Republicans, (aipo)

May '37.
Nov '37.

Yes

31%
23

69%
77

[ 577 ]

56%

44%

8. (US Nov 12 '37) Which party do you feel most represents
your viewpoint at the present time? Asked of a national cross-
section of independent voters. (Dec 28 '37) Which national
political party do you feel most represents your viewpoint at
the present time? (Feb 26 '38) What national political party
most represents your point of view at the present time? (aipo)

Nov 17 Dec '37 Feb '38

Democratic 60%

Republican 27

Socialist and others 13

No opinion; no answer —

9. (US May 12 '38) Have you heard of the new National Pro-
gressive party led by the La Follette brothers? (aipo)

Yes 64% No 36%

10. (US May 12 '38) Do you think you will join it [National
Progressive party]? Asked of 64% of the sample who had
heard of the new party led by the La Follette brothers, (aipo)

Yes 11% No 89% = 100% of those questioned

11. (US Aug '38) What parties would you like to see com-
peting in the next presidential race? (for)

Republican and Democrat only 44.1%

Republican and Democrat and minor parties as before ... 21.2

Republican, Democrat, and a new strong third party. . . 12.8
Two new parties with all conservatives voting together

and all liberals voting together 6.2

Other 4

Don't know 15. 3

12. (US Aug '38) Which of the following statements do you
believe will be true ten years from now, which untrue? Which
do you hope will be true, which untrue? Among the statements
was included: There will be a powerful new labor party, (for)

Good

Bml

None Don' t know

National total.

§ S a <^ <^ s

ti li Q a: a; Q

38.0% 23.2% 38.8% 21.9% 45.1% 33.0%

BY SELECTED OCCtTPATIONS

Executives 33.7% 35.9% 30.4% 10.0% 70.1% 19.9%

White-collar 43.7 32.6 23.7 21.0 52.4 26.6

Factory labor 41.0 23.1 35.9 32.9 31.6 35.5

13. (US Sept 13 '38) If the Democratic and Republican parties
went out of existence, would you join the conservative or the
liberal party? (Jan 23 '46) It has been suggested that we give
up the present Republican and Democratic parties and have
two new parties — one for the liberals and one for conservatives.
Would you favor this idea? 12% of the sample who said they
would favor two new parties were asked: Which party would
you want to join, the liberal or the conservative? (aipo)

1938

Don't favor change —

Would join liberals 49%

Would join conservatives 51

Don't know which would join. —

100%
No opinion as to whether or not
new parties should be formed (45)

1946

67%
7
3
2

14. (US Oct '38) Governor La Follette of Wisconsin has
launched the National Progressives of America, which he says
"is the party of our times." Do you think this is going to have
a good or bad effect on American politics, or none at all? (for)

National total.

15.9% 11.1% 28.7% 44.3%

BY EXTREME ECONOMIC GROUPS

Prosperous 16.3% 14.2% 39.4% 30.1%

Poor 15.1 8.5 23.1 53.3

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS

Middle West 17.0% 17.6% 27.9% 37.5%

Pacific coast 30.1 7.8 34.1 28.0

15. (US Oct '38) Do you think that the La Follette party is
going to be more radical or more conservative than the New
Deal? (for)

More radical 20.6%

More conservative 18.3

Same 6.3

Neither 4.3

Don't know 50.5

16. (US Oct '38) From which party do you think it [the La
Follette party] will take the most votes? (for)

Democratic 22.1%

Republican 12.7

Both 12.1

Neither 9.9

Don't know 43.2

17. (US Nov '38) In a fireside talk President Roosevelt pro-
posed that old party lines be disregarded and that the liberals
of all parties unite to support liberal candidates for Congress.
Do you think this is a good or bad idea? (for)

Good idea Bad idea Don t knoiu
National total 46.9% 24.3% 28.8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 43.9%

Upper middle class 45.7

Lower middle class 50.1

Poor 44.8

18. (US Nov '38) Do you think it [nonpartisan support of
liberal candidates as suggested by Roosevelt in a fireside chat]
is likely to happen? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 30.2% 34.4% 35.4%

38.8%

17.3%

32.3

22.0

21.7

28.2

17.7

37.5

BY EXTREME ECONOMIC GROUPS

Prosperous 29.6% 47.3%

Poor.

28.8

25.5

23.1%
45.7

19. (US June 15 '39) In politics, do you consider yourself a
radical, a liberal, or a conservative? (aipo)

Conserv- No

Radical Liberal ative opinion

National total 2% 46% 52% = 100% 20%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 2% 56% 42%

Republican 1 26 73

Third-party voters. 5 51 44

20. (US June 16 '39) How do you consider each of the follow-
ing political leaders — as a radical, a liberal, or a conservative?
The political leaders were Garner, Roosevelt, Hopkins, Hoover,
and Vandenberg. A comparable cross-section was asked the
question with the ending changed to read "as a conservative,
a liberal, or a radical?" This group was asked about Dewey,
Hull, Farley, Taft, and La Guardia. (aipo)

[ 578 ]

32%

64% =

100%

13%

Conserv- Don't

Kadical Liberal ative know

Garner 4%

President Roosevelt. 37

Harry Hopkins 41

Herbert Hoover 3

Vandcnberg 4

Dewcv 8

Hull.' 3

Farley 24

Taft 1

La Guardia 28

21. (US July 17 '39) Do you think there would be more people
out of work in this country or fewer people out of work, if we
had a Republican President in the White House? A comparable
cross-section was asked: Do you think there would be more
unemployment in this country if we had a Republican Presi-
dent in the White House? Results were combined, (aipo)

More out of work 24%

Fewer out of work 27

No difference 28

Don't know 21

22. (US Nov 30 '39, Apr 3 '40, June 25 '40) Which political
party do you think is more likely to keep us out of war, the
Republican or the Democratic? In Apr '40 a comparable cross-
section was asked the question with the order of the parties
reversed. Results were combined, (aipo) (Aug '40) Which
party, if it were elected to office next fall, do you think would
be more likely to keep us out of war? (for)

25. (US May '40) Regardless of which party you belong to,
which party — Republican or Democratic — do you think has:
(for)

■a

cii

< -^

Q §

C7
10

Nov '39. . . .

. 21

—

52 =

100

—

Apr '40 ... .

. 33

—

32 =

100

—

June '40. . . .

. 40

—

36 =

100

—

Aug '40. . . .

. 28.4

26.5

20.8

—

9.9

14.4 =

100

BY POLITICS

Democratic

Nov '39. .

. 5

—

Apr '40 . .

. 6

—

June '40. .

. 8

—

Republican

Nov '39. .

. 42

—

Apr '40 . .

. 65

—

June '40 . .

. 68

—

23. (US Apr 3 '40) Have you changed your opinion on this
question [about which political party is more likely to keep
us out of war] within the last six months or so? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 6% 94%

BY OPINION ABOUT WHICH POLITICAL PARTY IS MORE LIKELY
TO KEEP THE UNITED STATES OUT OF WAR

Democratic 4% 96%

Republican 11 89

Makes no difference. . . 5 95

24. (US Feb 20 '40) Which political party do you think is
more likely to reduce unemployment in the next four years,
the Republican or the Democratic? (aipo)

Republican 40% Democratic 38% Neither 22% = 100%
Don't know 18%

The most efficient national

party organization? 44.9% 20.2%

The most real interest in the

people as a whole? 43.4 19.3

The most plain common sense

on national problems? 33.3 28.1

The most men in it good

enough to run for President? 32.0 24.4
The greatest desire to keep us

out of war? 31. 4 16.4

<3
O)

6.5%
15.7
11.1
16.6
32.6

28.4%

21.6

27.5

27.0

19.6

26. (US June '40) Do you think labor unions should form a
national labor party in the United States in addition to the
present parties; or should labor unions support one or the
other of the major parties; or should unions as such keep out of
politics altogether? Asked of a national cross-section of all
working classes, including those workers who were unem-
ployed, (for)

National CIO

total t/iembers

Keep out of politics 56.6% 45-8%

Support one of the two major parties. . . . 18.0 22.9

Form a national labor party 11.4 24.2

Don't know 14.0 7.1

27. (US June 11 '40 and June 25 '40) Which party do you
think would do the better job of strengthening our country's
national defenses, the Republican or the Democratic? (aipo)
(Aug '40) Which party, if it were elected next fall, do you
think would do the better job of building up our national
defense? (for)

2; ..^

16%

June 11 -40 24% 35% 24% 1%

June 25 '40 38 38 24 — — —

Aug '40 26.5 39.1 19.8 — 0.6% 14.0

JUNE 25 '40 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 5% 71% 24%

Republican 69 8 23

JUNE 25 '40 RESULTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-
Atlantic 43%

East central 41

West central 37

South 23

West 34

28. (US June 25 '40) Which party do you think is the more
likely to get us into the war, the Republican or the Demo-
cratic? (aipo)

Makes no

difference

46%

ii/c

-i^yo

Republican
National total 14%

BY politics

Democratic 24%

Republican 5

Democratic
40%

18%
63

58%
32

[579]

29. (US July 30 '40 and Oct 22 MO) Who do you think would
do the better job of strengthening our country's defenses,
Roosevelt or Willkie? The October sample was asked about
"national defenses." (aipo)

July '40.
Oct '40.

■S 5

«i

a i:

•Jk!

«,*^

:=?

^ §

48%

28%

13%

—

■5

100%

11%

100%

30. (us Sept '40) Do you think a better job on preparedness
and industrial mobilization for war can be expected of Willkie
or Roosevelt? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Willkie 91.3%

Roosevelt 6.5

Don't know 0.2

No answer 2.0

31. (US Oct 9 '40 and Oct 23 '40) Have you received any liter-
ature (mail) about the presidential election this year from
either the Republican or the Democratic party? (aipo)

Yes, from Democratic . . .
Yes, from Republican. . .

Yes, from both

Received none

Oct 9 '40

Oct 23 '40

32. (US Oct 9 '40 and Oct 23 '40) Have workers for either
party asked you yet to vote for their presidential candidate?
(aipo)

Oct 9 '40 Oct 23 '40

Yes, from Democratic. . . 3% 3%

Yes, from Republican ... 4 6

Yes, for both 3 6

No 90 85

33. (US Oct 9 '40 and Oct 23 '40) Which party usually takes
the trouble to see that you get to the polls to vote for Presi-
dent? (alpo)

Oct 9 '40 Oct 23 '40

Democratic 14% 14%

Republican 11 12

Both 2 — -

Other — 3

Received no assistance. . . 73 71

34. (US Mar 18 '42, May 21 '42, Aug 25 '42) Which political
party do you think can do the better job of running this State,
the Republican or the Democratic? (aipo)

I Mar '41 May '42 Aug '42

Republican 43% 33% 31%

Democratic 57 39 38

Other — — 3

Undecided — 28 28

35. (US June 9 '42 and Mar 13 '46) Do you think it makes a
great deal of difference or only a little difference which polit-
ical party runs the country? (aipo)

Great deal Little None No opinion

June '42 25% 42% 26% 7%

Mar '46 30 43 21 6

36. (US Aug 25 '42 and Nov 10 '42) Which political party
would you like to have in control in Congress when the war

comes to an end and questions of future peace arc being dis-
cussed? (aipo)

Demo- Repuh- No No party

cratic lican Other opinion in control

Aug '42 41% 29% 3% 27% --

Nov '42 39 31 3 24 3%

37. (US Apr 6 '43) After the war, which party do you think
is more likely to bring better times to the country, the Repub-
lican or the Democratic? (aipo)

Republican 32% Democratic 27% No difference 21%
No opinion 20%

38. (US Apr 6 '43) Which party do you think can handle the
problems of peace better, the Republican or the Democratic?
(Feb 16 '44 and June 20 '44) After the war, which party do
you think will make the best peace arrangements, the Demo-
cratic or the Republican? (aipo)

Demo- Repub- No Undecided:

cratic lican difference no opinion

Apr '43 32% 20% 33% 15%

Feb '44 32 29 25 14

June '44 39 30 19 12

39. (US July 7 '43) Which way do you think there will be
more jobs after the war, if the Republicans or the Democrats
win the next presidential election? (aipo)

Republican 17%

Democratic 27

No difference 40

No opinion 16

40. (US Feb 16 '44) After the war, will good jobs be easier to
get if the Democrats or the Republicans are running the gov-
ernment in Washington? (aipo)

Democratic 21%

Republican 21

No difference 40

No opinion 18

41. (US Feb 16 '44 and June 20 '44) Which party do you think
is more likely to bring the war to a successful end at the earliest
time, the Democratic or the Republican? A comparable cross-
section was asked the Feb '44 question in the following form:
Do you think a Republican victory in the presidential election
this fall would slow up or speed up the winning of the war?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Demo- Kepub- No

cratic lican difference No opinion

Feb '44 36% 22% 29% 13%

June '44 45 22 24 9

42. (US Feb 16 '44) After the war, which party do you think
will handle political and trade relations best with other
countries, the Democratic or the Republican? (aipo)

Republican 32

No difference 21

No opinion 17

43. (US Feb 16 '44 and June 20 '44) After the war, which
party do you think will bring the greatest prosperity and the
greatest number of jobs, the Democratic or the Republican?
(aipo)

Repub- Demo- No No opinion:

lican cratic difference undecided

Feb '44 34% 31% 22% 13%

June '44 36 37 17 10

Feb '44 union
members only , 24 41 21 14

[580]

44. (US Apr 12 '44) Do you think that the Republicans and
the Democrats should work together in shaping our foreign
policy and not make it an issue in the coming election cam-
paign? (aipo)

Yes 88% No 4% No opinion 8%

45. (US July 19 '44) Which party would you like to sec have
most members in Congress after the presidential election this
fall, the Democratic or the Republican? (aipo)
Democratic 42% Republican 44% No opinion 14%

46. (US Oct '44) In general, do you think there are any real
differences between the Democratic and Republican parties?
41% of the sample who thought there were differences were
asked: What are they? (norc)

No difference 48%

Don't know whether or not there are differences 11

Different on business, moneyed interests 1

Different on common man, capital and labor 1

Different on budgets, taxes *

Different on tariff 2

Different on foreign policy 1

Answers favorable to current administration *

Answers unfavorable to current administration 2

Both parties are same fundamentally, but their methods

are different in reaching goals *

Other differences (not specific) 2

Don't know what the differences are 4

Repub- Demo-
Ikan cratic

For capital, big business, laissez-faire, free
enterprise 4% *

For labor, the common man, veterans, farm-
ers, better working conditions, Negroes. , . 1 8%

For centralized power, government power,

dictatorship, bureaucracy * 2

For high tariff, trade barriers 1 —

For no tariff, low tariff, free trade — 1

For prosperity, more work, better times (Re-
publican for cheaper wages) 1 1

Crooks, dishonest * *

For international collaboration, union of

nations — *

For more spending, high budget, big national

debt, high taxes * 1

For less spending, better business administra-
tors, cutting the budget, small national
debt, low taxes 1 *

Are conservative, stable; people have confi-
dence; can depend on them; more reaction-
ary 2 1

Are more liberal, progressive; lean to Com-
munism and Socialism * 3

Are for state's rights; for the South; against

the Negroes — *

Are for isolation; against union of nations;

for noninterference; against war 1 —

* Less than 05%.

47. (US Oct '44) Do you consider yourself a Democrat, Re-
publican, or something else? 39% of the sample identified
themselves as Democrats and 29% as Republicans. These two
groups were asked: Why are you a Democrat (Republican)?
(norc)

Independent; vote for the man 29%

Not a New-Deal Democrat *

Refused to state party *

Other parties 1

Don't know what party 2%

Republican

By inheritance; born that way; raised to be one; parents

were 9

Registered that way; always have been; husband is;

started that way 3

Satisfaction; no reason to change; satisfied with plat-
form; the record; like the principles, the policies, the
tariff laws; believe in isolation; they keep us out of
wars; Negroes are Republicans; nicer class of people;

Negroes vote Republican 8

More American, conservative; Democrats lean to Com-
munism 1

Business party; brings prosperity; work for everybody;
wards off panics, depressions; the country is better
off; they balance the budget; have a sound economy;
business administration; not given to spending
money freely; progressive; better standard of living;

free enterprise 4

They put up the best candidates 1

We need a change; anti-Roosevelt New Deal attitudes. 2

Other answers *

Don't know why 1

Democrat

By inheritance; was born that way; in the South no one

is anything else 12

Started that way; registered that way; always have

been; husband is 4

Satisfaction with platform, record, principles, stand-
ards; it's the best form of government 9

Poor man's party; takes care of the middle man, the
poor man; takes care of employment; brings us out

of depression 7

Progressive; liberal; not given to class or race discrimi-
nation; more American 1

They put up the best candidate 2

They are honest, cleaner, not deceitful; they keep prom-
ises 1

We should not change *

Anti-Republican attitudes 1

Other answers *

Don't know why 2

* Less than 0.5%-

48. (US Oct '44) Sometimes one party does a better job than
the other on certain specific things. Which party — the Repub-
lican or the Democratic — would you say has generally been
better at running the day-to-day business of government effi-
ciently; keeping their administration free from graft; handling
our relations with foreign countries in the right way; running
things so that there are plenty of jobs in private industry; keep-
ing their campaign promises? (for)

Repub- Demo- Don't

lican cratic know

Government business 34.9% 33.9% 31.2%

Eliminating graft 22.5 22.7 54.8

Foreign relations 20.9 48.4 30.7

Full employment 31.3 40.0 28.7

Keeping promises 19.3 23. 1 57.6

49. (US Oct '44) Which party. Republican or Democratic, do
you think would be more successful at keeping unemployment
as low as possible after the war if it were in power? (for)
Republican 27.4% Democratic 45.2% Don't know 27.4%

50. (US Oct '44) On the whole, how do you feel about the
present setup of the political parties in the United States: do
you find that you are usually satisfied with the stands taken
by one or the other of the present big parties, or would you

[581]

like to see a strong new party entirely different from either of
the present parties? (for)

Usually satisfied 77.7% New party 14.3%

Don't know 8.0%

51. (US Oct '44) Do you feel that the Republican and Demo-
cratic parties mainly stand for the same things, or that they
stand for quite different things? (for)

Mainly the same 46.2% Quite different 41.7%

Don't know 12.1%,

62. (US Oct '44) Which party, Republican or Democratic, do
you think would be more successful at making a peace that
would keep us out of war during the next twenty to twenty-
five years if it were in power? (for)
Republican 25.1% Democratic 38.9% Don't know 36.0%

53. (US Oct '44) Do you think labor unions would become
stronger under a Republican administration, become less strong,
or have about the same strength as they would under a Demo-
cratic administration? (for)

Stronger 6.0% Less strong 44.1% Same 32.6%

Don't know 17.3%

54. (tJS Oct '44) Which do you think would be more success-
ful, the Democrats under Roosevelt or the Republicans under
Dewey, at making a peace that would prevent future wars? at
keeping unemployment as low as possible after the war? in
handling labor unions? (for)

Democrats Republicans Don't know

Peace 43.9% 28.7% 27.4%

Unemployment 43.5 34.2 22.3

Labor unions 41.9 35.2 22.9

55. (US Nov '44) Which do you think is the more liberal
party in this country, the Democratic or the Republican party?
(norc)

Democratic 63% Republican 16% Don't know 21%

56. (US Nov '44) Generally, do you feel the Republican and
Democratic parties have about the same ideas of what should
be done about controlling business, or are their ideas quite
different? (norc)

Same ideas 27%

Different 61

Don't know 12

Depends on groups and leaders within

party *

* Less than 0.5%.

67. (US Nov '44) Which party do you think would do the
most to limit the amount a business can make, the Republican
or Democratic party? (norc)
Republican 13% Democratic 69% Don't know 18%

58. (US Aug 8 '45) Do you think a labor party will ever win
an election in this country? (aipo)

Yes 36% No 36% No opinion 28%

59. (US Sept 6 '45) It's another year until the congressional
elections. But as you feel today, which political party — the
Democratic or Republican — do you think can handle each of
these different problems better: (aipo)

Demo- Repub- No dif- No

cratic lican ference opinion

Keeping wages high 49%, 15%, 23%, 13%

Running the government

efficiently 41 23 23 13

Demo Repub- No dif- No
cratic lican ference opinion
Working out a lasting peace

with other countries 45% 14% 28% 13%

Seeing that taxes don't get

too heavy 37 26 23 14

Taking care of veterans

properly 42 12 33 13

Getting business and indus-
try back to high peacetime

production 41 23 20 16

Encouraging new business to

start up 35 30 20 15

Improving the health of the

people 36 15 32 17

Improving the educational

level of the people 36 15 33 16

Reducing strikes and labor

troubles 34 26 23 17

Keeping farmers' income

high 46 19 20 15

OPINIONS ON REDUCING STRIKES AND LABOR TROUBLES
BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional,

white-collar, and farmers . 36% 38% 26%
Manual workers 48 23 29

60. (US Nov 21 '45) Which political party do you think is the
best in the country? Asked of a national cross-section of fifteen-
to eighteen-year-olds, (aipo)

Democratic 65%

Republican 35%

61. (US Jan 3 '46 and May 29 '46) Which political party, the
Democratic or the Republican, do you think is most interested
in these three different groups of people: persons of above
average income; persons of average income; persons of below
average income? (aipo)

Demo- Repub- No dif- No

cratic lican ference opinion

Above average

Jan '46 14% 57% 17% 12%

May '46 16 51 18 15

Average

Jan '46 46 21 21 12

May '46 40 23 22 15

Below average

Jan '46 61 10 18 11

May '46 54 14 18 14

62. (US Jan 3 '46 to Sept 25 '46, dates below) As you feel to-
day, which political party — the Democratic or the Republican
— can handle each of these problems better? (aipo)

Keeping taxes from getting too high?

Demo-
cratic

Jan 3 '46 32%

May 29 '46 30

Sept 25 '46* 24

Repub No

lican difference No opinion
44% 24% —

36 20 14%,

42 22 12

* Cutting taxes instead of keeping taxes from getting too high.
Reducing strikes and labor trouble?

Democratic Republican

Jan 3 '46 38% 36%

May 29 '46 33 41

Sept 25 '46 23 46

No
difference
26%
26
31

[582]

MAY '46 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Democratic

Republican

difference

Business, professional,

white collar, and farmers

28%

48%

1^%

Manual workers

Dealing with world affairs?

Demo-

Repub-

No Jif-

cratic

lican

ference

opinion

Jan 3 •46.... 49%

28%

23%

—

May 29 '46. . . . 35

15%

Keeping farmers' income high?

Detno-

Repub-

No dif-

cratic

lican

ference

opinion

Jan 3 '46.... 56%

Vr/o

19%

—

May 29 '46 41

17%

Sept 25 '46* ... 39

* Two comparable cross-sections were used. The first was asked:
Helping farmers to have good income? The second was asked: Keeping
farmers prosperous? Results were combined.

Keeping wages high?

Demo- Repub- No dif-

cratu lican ference

Jan 3-46 60% 21% 19%

May 29 '46 53 26 21

MAY '46 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 73% 10% 17%,

Republican 30 48 22

MAY '46 RESULTS BY SELECTED GROLTPS

Union members 62%

Veterans 57

Manual workers 56

Keeping business profits high?

Detno- Repub-

18%

20%

No dif-
ference

No
opinion

56%
42

20%
17

Repub
lican

- No dif-
ference

25%

23
up?

Repub-
lican

43%
34

RESULTS

30%

48
27
38

37
29
34
29

17%

No
opinion

13%

Jan 3 '46.... 24%,
May 29 '46 24

Running the government efficiently?

Demo-
cratic
Jan 3 '46.... 37% 38%

May 29 '46 30 34

Encouraging new businesses to start

Demo-
cratic

Jan 3 "46 36%,

May 29 '46 30

FURTHER SEPT 25 '46

Solving the housing problem? 24%
Cutting down government

expense? 17

Dealing with Russia? 28

Reducing the cost of living? . . 23
Getting factories to produce

more? 27

Keeping peace in the world?. 26

Holding prices down? 29

Keeping unemployment low? . 37

63. (US Jan 3 '46 and May 29 '46) If a new political party is
organized by labor in addition to the present Republican and
Democratic parties, do you think you would join it? (aipo)

No dif-
ference

21%
20

34%

22
28
26

24
33
26
22

No
opinion

16%

12%

17
13

12
12
11
12

Yts No No opinion

Jan '46 10% 74% 16%,

May '46 11 72 17

JAN '46 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 13% 67% 20%

Republican 5 83 12

Union members only 24 56 20

64. (US Apr 10 '46) Which political party — the Republican
or the Democratic — do you think is better for the people in
your (your husband's) type of work? (aipo)

Republican 24%

Democratic 36

No difference 32

No opinion 8

66. (US Sept 11 '46 and Sept 25 '46) Do you think it makes
much difference or only a little difference which party wins
the elections for Congress this fall? (aipo)

Much Little None No opinion

Sept 11 '46 49% 31% 11% 9%

Sept 25 '46 51 29 10 10

66. (US Sept 25 '46) If a third party is formed in this country
by Henry Wallace, Claude Pepper, the CIO, and other labor
groups, do you think you would vote for that party? (aipo)

National total.

Yes
10%

BY POLITICS

Republican 3%

Democratic 13

Independent 18

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 5%

White-collar 10

Professional and business. ... 11

Manual workers 11

No
78%

91%

88%
80
80
74

BY LABOR STATUS

Union members (in manual

worker group) 17% 69%

Nonunion 9 76

No opinion
12%

6%
14
17

7%
10

9
15

14%
15

POLITICS, PRACTICAL

Denmark

1. (Denmark Apr 18 '43) Are you interested in politics? Asked
of people 18 to 25 years old. (dgi)

Yes 30.1% No 69.4% Don't know 0.5%,

2. (Denmark Feb 11 '45) In normal times, are you interested
in politics? (dgi)

Yes 41.3% No 55.8% Don't know 2.0% No answer 0.9%

Germany

1. (Germany Oct 26 '45, Dec 13 '45, Jan 31 '46, June 7 '46,
Aug 9 '46, Sept 3 '46) Are you personally interested in politics,
or do you prefer to leave it to others? (omgus)

[583]

Leave

A bit

inter-

others

ested

opinion

answer

70%

—

34%

—

Inter-
ested

Oct '45 29%

Dec "45 32

Jan '46 39

June '46 19

Aug '46 36

Sept '46 36

* Less than 0.5%.

47% of the June '46 sample who said they left politics to
othets wete asked: Who do you think should take an interest
in politics?

Didn't say who 15%

Men; it's men's work 16

Professional politicians; people whose job it is. . 6

People who are interested 6

Young people 1

Everybody (men and women) 1

Miscellaneous answers 2

47%

2. (US Dec 27 '45 and Mar 14 '46) As you may know, political
meetings are again permitted. Do you think such meetings are
desirable? 13% of the 1945 sample and 16% of the 1946 sample
who said they did not think so were asked: Why not? (omgus)

1945 1946

Political meetings desirable 68% 72%

Didn't know or didn't say whether or not

desirable 19 12

Undesirable because:

Fosters disunity 3 —

Politics undesirable 4 9

Germany not ready for politics yet 2 2

No interest in politics 1 4

Leadership inadequate. — 1

Other reasons 1 —

Didn't say why 2 1

101%*
* Percentages add to more than ICX) because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (Germany Dec 27 '45 and Mar 15 '46) Have you attended
any of these [political] meetings? (omgus)

Yes No

Dec '45 11% 89%

Mar '46 25 75

75% of the 1946 sample who had not attended any political
meetings were asked: Why not?

Not interested; leave politics to others, to the men; don't

need politics; not interested in these things 36%

No opportunity; no time; no transportation; sick and

must stay home 24

No meeting; as yet no meetings have been held here. ... 7

Don't belong to party 1

Don't want to join a party right now; want to see how
each one works out in practice; just out of war-prisoner

camps, not yet oriented 2

Don't know; can't say; no opinion 1

No answer 4

75%

4. (Germany Dec 27 '45) Are there any Germans here or in
other parts of Germany who would be suitable as political

leaders? 25% of the sample who thought there were suitable
Germans were asked: Who? (omgus)

Named specific person or persons 11%

Spiritual leaders; clergy 1

Pre-'33 political leaders 1

Present political leaders 1

Local leaders: mayor, lawyers, doctors, etc 2

Other 1

Don't know specifically; can't say; no opinion; must be

people but don't know who 7

No answer to second question 4

No such Germans 59

Don't know or wouldn't say whether or not there are

suitable Germans 16

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Do you think that women should
be as interested in politics as men are, or do you think that
they should not? (omgus)

Yes, interested 28%

No, not interested 68

No opinion 3

No answer 1

6. (Germany Feb 21 '46) Are there people who should be
forbidden to take part in politics as, for example, in the elec-
tions, and who should not be allowed to hold elective offices,
be members of a party, etc.? (omgus)

Nazi party members, followers and/or sympathizers. . . . 20%

(Old pre-'37) party members 6

Nazi activists 23

Militarists 1

Bigshots; profiteers, party founders 13

Other 1

No 20

No opinion 19

No answer 1

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

7. (Germany Mar 8 '46) Do you think that the church par-
ticipates in politics these days? 43% of the sample who thought
it did participate were asked: What makes you think so?
(omgus)

Does not participate in politics 28%

Don't know whether or not it participates 29

Think so because:

Last election shows it 3

Participate through their own party; Christian Demo-
cratic Union, Christian Socialist Union, Christian

Democratic party 13

One reads it in the newspapers 2

One hears it on the radio 1

Participates through sermons, press, pastoral letters. . 16

Through leaders like Niemoeller, etc 1

Miscellaneous reasons 4

Don't know or can't give reason 3

8. (Germany Mar 15 '46 and Oct 28 '46) Are you sufficiently
well informed about present day political affairs? (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Mar '46 54% 46% —

Oct '46 46 51 3%

[584]

46% of the March sample who said they were not sufficiently
well informed about political developments were asked: Do
you attempt to obtain more information?
Yes 18% No 27% No answer 1% = 46%

9. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: As long as the
government takes care of all our essential needs we should not
interest ourselves in politics, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

American zone and Berlin .... 44% 51% 5%

Berlin 52 48 —

10. (Germany Aug 9 '46 and Oct 28 '46) Do you sometimes
think about politics, or would you rather leave that to others?
(oMGUs)

Think Leave No opinion No answer

Aug '46 38% 62% — * '

Oct '46 35 64 1% —

* Less than 0.5%.

Sweden

1. (Sweden Mar '46) Do you think that it is a fault in a grown-
up man or woman not to be interested in politics? (sGi)

Vaf^ue;

In-

Don't

National total.

GROWN-UP MAN

Not a Don't
Fault fault know
66% 26% 8%

GROWN-UP WOMAN

Not a Don't
Fault fault know
54% 36% 10%

BY SEX

Men 66% 28%

Women 65 22

6% 57% 37% 6%
13 53 35 12

Upper class . . .
Middle class. .
Workers

Large towns .
Other towns .
Country

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

74% 23% 3% 66% 29% 5%
66 28 6 56 36 8

65 25 10 52 36 12

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

68% 27% 5% 54%
68 24 8 51

64 26 10 56

40%

U.S.

1. (us Nov '38) Of the following three programs which one
do you think is the most truly liberal — (1) as much social re-
form as possible without injuring capitalism or preventing
capital from making what profits it can; (2) government regu-
lation of capital and wealth, both by law and by competition
with private enterprise, in order that workers may get a larger
share; (3) a new economic setup under government control
abolishing profits? (for)

Statement Statement Statement Don't
7 2 3 know

National total 41.1% 30.8% 7.4% 20.7%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 67.9% 17.6%

Upper middle 53.1 27.5

Lower middle 37.7 33.9

Poor 27.6 36.5

2. (US Jan 19 '40, Feb 14 '41, Feb 27 '46, Dec 31 '46) Please
tell me in your own words what you consider a conservative
in politics. (May 2 '45) Will you tell me briefly what is meant
by these terms? Among others was listed: Conservative (as
applied to politics), (aipo)

5.0%

9.5%

5.8

13.6

8.1

20.3

9.3

26.6

Correct doubtful correct know answer

Jan '40 40%

Feb '41 32

May '45 27

Feb '46 55

Dec '46 50

11%

7
22

5
12

17%

32%
40

41%
32

3. (US July 3 '40) Do you think many voters pay attention to
political platforms today? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 73%

4. (US July 3 '40) Should the platform of a political party be
drawn up by the convention or by the man nominated for
President? (aipo)

Convention 67% Nominee 33%

6. (US July 3 '40) If a candidate for President does not agree
with some points in his party's platform should he be free to
ignore these points and use his own ideas? (aipo)

Yes 40%

No 34

Don't know 13

Yes, qualified 13

6. (US Feb 14 '41, Jan 23 '46, Feb 27 '46, Dec 31 '46) Please
tell me in your own words what you consider a liberal in
politics. (May 2 '45) Will you tell me briefly what is meant
by these terms? Among others was listed: Liberal (as applied
to politics), (aipo)

Feb
May
Feb
Dec

'41.
'45.
'46.
'46.

Vague;

Don't know.

Correct

Incorrect

doubtful

no answer

32%

24%

38%

IAN

'46 RESULTS

Spending; spares no expense; a spendthrift 5%

Favors the working man; looks after the poor; social re-
forms 13

Progressive; stands for progress; accepts new ideas 14

Open-minded; tolerant; free-thinking; votes for man, not

party 17

Stands for goverrmient control; socialization 1

Fanatic; radical; way to get votes; no good; Communist 7
Our government is liberal; all that democracy stands for 2

Has own ideas; stands pat 1

Following the New Deal 1

Like a Socialist 1

Miscellaneous 2

No answer; don't know 36

7. (US Nov '43) It has been said that it is almost impossible
for a man to stay honest if he goes into politics. Do you agree
or disagree? (norc)

Agree 48% Disagree 42% Don't know 10%

8. (US June '44) Leaving aside contributions of money, do
you think it is all right or not all right for labor unions as
organizations to put on a campaign themselves for the election
of a particular national candidate? (for)

All right 39.57o Not all right 43.1% Don't know 17.4%

9. (US Feb 27 '46 and Dec 31 '46) Do you consider the follow-
ing men to be liberal or conservative in their political views?
In Feb. the question was asked only of those who had heard
of each man. (aipo)

[585]

Liberal

Dewey

Feb '46 30%

Dec '46 20

Truman

Feb '46 49

Dec '46 31

Brkker

Feb '46 16

Dec '46 11

Stassen

Feb '46 34

Dec '46 32

Taft

Feb '46 12

Dec '46 12

Vandenberg

Feb '46 21

Dec '46 16

Wallace

Feb '46 50

Dec '46 53

MacArthur

Dec '46 18

Lewis

Dec '46 46

Eisenhower

Dec '46 25

Warren

Dec '46 16

Green

Feb '46 33

Byrnes

Feb '46 30

Saltonstall

Feb '46 11

Douglas

Feb '46 23

Con-
servative

35%
42

20
38

28
38

12
17

46
47

25
30

38
12
27
17
16
21
15
7

Not No opinion;
heard of no answer

8
39
26

33%
38

30
31

42
51

32
51

34
41

38
54

34
39

10. (US Dec 31 '46) Do you consider yourself to be a conserva-
tive or liberal in your political views? (aipo)

Conservative 37%

Liberal 33

No answer 5

No opinion 25

POPULATION

1. (US Dec 10 '40) The United States has a population of one
hundred and thirty-two million people. About how many
people do you think there are in Central and South America?
(opor)

Correct 18%

Below 32

Above 12

Don't know 38

2. (US June 20 '42) Roughly speaking, about how many Ne-
groes would you say there are in the United States? (norc)

Bad underestimate 7%

Close underestimate 6

Pretty accurate 8

Close overestimate 4

Bad overestimate 11

Don't know 64

3. (US July 14 '42) The population of the United States is
about one hundred and thirty-four million. What would you
guess is the population of Canada? (aipo)

Less than 1 million *

1-9 million 5%

10 million 4

11 million 2

12 million 3

13-20 million 9

21-30 million 6

31-40 million 5

41-50 million 6

51-60 million 3

61-70 million 3

71-80 million 4

81-90 million 1

91-100 million 4

Over 100 million 3

No answer 42

Median: 30,000,000
* Less than 0.5%.

4. (US Apr '44) Which of these figures do you think is closest
to the size of the population of Japan proper (the home islands)?
(for)

50 million 5-5%

75 million 13.9

90 million 15.8

110 million 19.3

125 million 16.2

Don't know 29.3

5. (US Jan 31 '45) Will you tell me what the approximate
population of the United States is? (aipo)

Less than 1 million 1%

1 million-49 million 7

50 million-99 million 6

100 million-1 19 million. .. . 6

120 million-129 million. . . 6

130 million-133 million. . 25

134 million-137 million. ... 7

138 million-140 million. .. . 4

141 million-149 million. .. . 1

150 million-199 million. ,. . 4

200 million and over 6

Don't know 27

6%
5

6. (US Jan 31 '45) What is the population of Russia-
best guess? (aipo)

Under 50 million

50 million-99 million. . .

100 million-149 million,

150 million-169 million.

170 million-179 million.

180 million-189 million.

190 million-199 million.

200 million-249 million.

250 million-349 million .

350 million-499 million.

500 million and over. . . .

Don't know

■just your

7. (Canada Feb 24 '45 and Oct 26 '46) Would you like to see

Canada have a much larger population, or do you think the
present population is just about right? (cipo)

Larger

popula- About Unde- Quali-

tion right cided fied

Feb '45 65% 21% 9% 5%

Oct '46 63 27 5 5

[58C]

1946 RESULTS BY MILITARY STATUS

Larger

popula-

About

Unde-

Quali-

tion

right

cided

fied

Veterans of World War I .

■ 74%

18%

Veterans of World War II . .

. 75

Civilians

. 58

8. (Canada Oct 26 '46) When you say Canada needs a larger
population, do you think we are more in need of farm workers
or factory workers? Asked of 63% of the sample who felt that
Canada should have a larger population, (cipo)

Farm workers 28%

Factory workers 4

Both 29

Undecided 2

63%

9. (Canada Feb 24 '45) Do you happen to know about what
the population of Canada is today? (cipo)

Between 11 and 12 million 51%

Between 6 and 11 million 13

Less than 6 million 1

Over 12 million 7

Couldn't guess 28

10. (US Aug 8 '45) Just making your best guess, what is the
population of Nevada? (aipo)

Under 100,000 12%

100,000 and under 150,000 9

150,000 and under 500,000 15

500,000 and under 1,000,000. ... 9

1,000,000 and over 12

Miscellaneous *

Don't know 43

* Less than 0.5%.

11. (Norway Dec 13 '46) How large is the population of Nor-
way? Of Denmark? of Sweden? Of Finland? (ngi)

National

total Men Women

NORWAY

Under 2 million 3%

From 2 to 2^4 million 6

From 2^4 to 3 million 58

From 3,U to 4 million 19

Over 4 million 1

Don't know 13

DENMARK

Under 3 million 4%

From 3 to 3% million 19

From 3?4 to 4J-4 million 22

From 4\i to 5 million 15

Over 5 million 6

Don't know 34

Under 5 million. . . .
From 5 to 6 million.
From 6 to 7 million.
From 7 to 8 million.

Over 8 million

Don't know

17
33
12
3
29

—

0/0

National

total Men Women

FINLAND

Under 3 million 12% 15% 9%

From 3 to 334 million 16 19 13

From 3M to 43< million 22 30 15

From A]/i to 5 million 6 8 4

Over 5 million 2 3 2

Don't know 42 25 57

POPULATION, AGRICULTURAL

1. (us Aug '44) Which of these figures do you think comes
closest to the right proportion of people in the United States
now living on farms? (for)

About one-tenth 25.5%

About one-quarter 39.8

About one-half 14.4

About three-quarters 2.6

Don't know 17.7

POSTAL SERVICE

1. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Have you received any letters from
America since the international postal service has been re-
opened? (oMGUs)

Yes 8% No 92% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

Rates

1. (Great Britain May '40) Do you think it was wise or un-
wise of Sir John Simon to increase the postage from l34d to
23/^d? (bipo)
Wise 45% Unwise 47% Don't know 8%

POSTERS

1. (US Feb 6 '43) In general, from what you have seen of them,
would you say that the posters used in this war have been
very good, only fairly good, or poor? 17% of the sample
thought the posters had been only fairly good, and 5% thought
them poor. Thes-t two groups were asked: What's been wrong
with them? (norc)

Posters good ; 56%

Don't know whether or not they are good 22

Lack interest, punch, impressiveness 7

Lack of point, directness, clarity 3

Biased; give wrong impression; wrong emphasis 2

Lack of informativeness 1

Morbid; gruesome; frightening 1

Lack visual appeal, artistic quality 2

Not enough of them to be effective 2

Too many of them to be effective *

Dislike idea of posters as means of publicity I

[587]

Unfavorable comparisons with other media *

Miscellaneous 1%

Not ascertainable 3

101%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some tespondents gave
more than one answer.

POULTRY

1. (us Mar 1 '44) Did you or your immediate family raise
any chickens last year? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 73%

2. (US Mar 1 '44) Are you raising any [chickens] this year?
(aipo)

Yes 27% No 73%

3. (US Mar 1 '44) Are you going to raise more or fewer chickens
this year than last year? Asked of a national cross-section of
persons who raised chickens last year and were raising them
currently, (aipo)

More 31% Same 53% Fewer 11% Don't know 5%

PRESIDENT ROOSEVELT

Powers and Duties

1. (us Jan 18 '37) Should Congress give the President power
to enlarge the Cabinet and reorganize government offices which
would come under his supervision? (aipo)

Yes 53% No 47% = 100% No opinion 20%

2. (us Jan 18 '37) Do you think such a change [allowing the
President power to enlarge the Cabinet] is in line with the
powers the founders of the Constitution meant the President
to have? (aipo)

Yes 37% No 63% = 100% No opinion 33%

3. (US Dec 23 '38) Should Congress give the President power
to appoint six executive assistants with a salary of ten thousand
dollars a year each? (aipo)

Yes 18% No 82% = 100% No opinion 21%

4. (US Nov 19 '41) Can you think of anything that a President
of the United States should do that President Roosevelt has
not done or is not now doing? 38% of the sample who said
they could think of something were asked : What? (opor)

Can't think of anything 61%

Didn't say whether or not could think of something. . . 1
Has not confided in people (Congress); not prepared

country for war 5

Gone too far in foreign policy 3

Not gone far enough in foreign policy 2

Has not controlled labor adequately 15

Has not helped labor enough; should raise wages, help

the poor 2

Should control wages and/or prices 1

Should curtail civil liberties, minorities, fifth columnist^,

isolationists, lynching 1

Unsound executive policies in executive affairs, finances,
civil service, graft; amateurs in government; business-
men needed in government; should delegate more

power (P/

Miscellaneous adverse criticism from the right 1

Other criticisms 3

Didn't say what 2

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (US Sept 3 '42) Some people say President Roosevelt has
not been tough enough in dealing with heads of government
departments concerned with the war effort. Do you agree or
disagree? (aipo)

Agree Disagree No opinion
National total 52% 31% 17%

BY POLITICS

Republican 58%

Democratic 50

25%
35

17%
15

6. (US Jan 22 '45 and Jan 31 '45) If it becomes necessary to
use force to keep Germany and Japan from arming again, should
the President have the right to order the use of American
armed force immediately, or should the approval of Congress
be obtained first? The Jan 31 sample comprised two comparable ■
cross-sections, the second of which was asked: If it becomes
necessary to use force to keep Germany and Japan from arming
again, should the President have the right to order the use of
American armed force immediately without first obtaining the
approval of Congress? Results were combined, (aipo)

Jan 22 '45.
Jan 31 '45.

Give
President
the right

^^%
38

Kequire

approval

of Congress

54%

JAN 31 '45 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Roosevelt voters 54% 37%

Dewey voters 23 69

Others 35 46

No opinion;
undecided

5%
11

9%
8
19

Radio Addresses, Debates, etc.

1. (US Apr 19 '38) Did you hear President Roosevelt's recent
fireside chat [Apr 14 '38] on government spending? (aipo)
Yes 34% No 64% No answer 2%

2. (US Apr '39) Do you listen to President Roosevelt's fireside
chats over the radio? (for)

Some-
Usually tifMS Never
National total 24.1% 38.6% 37.3% = 100.0%

15.2% 16.2%

BY OPINIONS OF ROOSEVELT

Roosevelt, or man like

him, essential 27.4%

Has made mistakes, but

good outweighs bad. . . 50.8

Usefulness now over 12.7

More of Roosevelt almost

a calamity 6.2

Don't know 2.9

45.6

30.8

24.9

26.7

9.3

18.0

5.0

8.3

100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

3. (US Aug 22 '40) Wendell Willkie proposed that he and
President Roosevelt hold a series of debates, both speaking

[588]

from the same platform. Do you think the President should
accept this proposal? (aipo)

ShotiH Should

accept not accept No opinion

National total 49% 51% = 100% 14%

BY POLITICS

Republican 69% 31%

Democratic 28 72

4. (US Dec 31 '40) Did you happen to listen to President
Roosevelt's radio speech Sunday night (Dec 29)? 59% of the
sample had heard the speech, 16%, had read about it in the
newspaper, 1% had both heard and read it. These three groups
were asked: In general, do you agree or disagree with the
views he expressed? (aipo)

Didn't know about the speech 24%

Agree with views 61

Disagree with views 9

No opinion on views expressed 6

5. (US May 29 '41) Did you happen to listen on the radio to
President Roosevelt's fireside chat Tuesday night (May 27)?
(a:po)

Yes, part of it 14%

Didn't listen but read it 10

No 24

Yes 52

6. (US Jan 9 '42) Did you happen to listen to President Roose-
velt's [State of the Union] speech to Congress last Tuesday?
(norc)

Yes 47.0% No 52.4% Don't know 0.6%

[Did you hear] All of it or only part of it? Asked of 47%
of the sample who had listened to the speech.
All 50.4% Part 49.6% = 100.0% of the listeners

Non-listeners who had read the speech were asked: All of
it or only part of it?

All of it 34.3% Only part of it 58.1%

Don't know 7.6% = 100.0% of those questioned

Did you read the speech? Asked of 52.4% of the sample
who hadn't listened to it.

Yes 38.3%

No 61.7% = 100% of the non-listeners

Those who had neither heard nor read the speech were
asked: Have you heard anything or read anything at all about
the speech?
Yes 50.0% No 50.0% = 100% of those questioned

What one thing in the speech pleased you most?

Determination and assurance 23.2%

Magnitude of production 12.2

Everything 6.7

Nothing 4.1

AEF 3.7

Others 16.8

Don't know 33. 3

What one thing in the speech surprised you most?

Nothing 19.9%

Amount of expenditure and taxes. . 16.3

Magnitude of production 13.7

AEF and offensive war 7.7

Others 6.8

Don't know 35. 6

What do you think was the most outstanding thing he
said in the speech?

Magnitude of war production 12%

Determination and assurance 11

Amount of expenditure and taxes ... 9

AEF and offensive war 5

Others 18

All of it 5

Don't know 40

Was there anything in the speech you didn't like?
Yes 11.0% No 80.7% Don't know 8.3%

Those who said there was something about the speech they
didn't like were asked: What was it?

Taxes and cost 37.5%

AEF 29.2

Too positive and boasting 8.3

All of it 2.1

Other 22.9

100.0%
of those questioned

7. (US Mar 2 '42) Did you hear the President's last radio
speech [that promised offensive but warned of future losses] —
the one in which he asked people to have a map in front of
them? 70% of the sample who said they had heard the speech
were asked: All of it or just part of it? (norc)

Didn't hear 30%

Heard all 50

Heard part 19

Didn't say how much 1

Did you read the President's last radio speech — the one in
which he asked people to have a map in front of them? 30%
of the sample who had read the speech were asked: The whole
speech or just part of it? (norc)

Didn't read 69%

Didn't say whether or not read 1

Read whole 13

Read part 17

8. (US Sept 9 '42) Did you hear the President's speech [about
need for price control] over the radio last Monday night?
(norc)

Yes 53% No 47%

Did you read any newspaper stories or hear any radio broad-
casters talk about the President's speech?

Yes 54% No 46%

Did you read the President's speech itself in the papers?
Yes 23% No 77%

As a whole, did you approve of what the President said
or not?

Approved 63%

Did not approve 5

Didn't know about the speech 26

Don't know 6

What one thing in the President's speech impressed you
most?

Didn't know about the speech 26%

If Congress fails to act, the President will act himself,

etc 14

Other apswers implying promise of immediate action . . 3
Ring of dictatorship in threat to Congress 2

[589]

Control of wages and farm prices 5%

Regulation of wages and labor 5

Regulation of farm prices 6

Dangers of inflation 6

Other mention of anti-inflation program 2

War aspects of speech 10

Miscellaneous aspects of speech 4

Not ascertainable 19

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Was there anything in particular in the speech that you
didn't like? 14% of the sample said there were some things
they didn't like. This group was asked: What didn't you like
about it?

Didn't know about the speech 26%

Disliked nothing 60

Disliked dictatorship attitude 6

Lack of strong action on wage stabilization . . 3

Criticism of farm-price freezing 1

Miscellaneous criticisms 3

Didn't say what disliked 1

9. (US Sept 24 '42) Did you hear the President's last big radio
speech — the one in which he asked Congress to pass laws to
keep the cost of living down? 46% of the sample who said
they had heard the speech were asked: All of it or just part
of it? 53% of the sample who had not heard the speech were
asked: Did you read anything or hear anything at all about it?
(norc)

Didn't say whether or not heard the speech. . 1%

Heard it all 29

Heard part 16

Didn't say how much heard 1

Read it or heard about it 27

Didn't hear or read anything about it 25

Didn't say whether or not read it 1

Was there anything in particular about the [cost of living]
speech that you didn't like? 10% of the sample who said there
was something they didn't like were asked: What was it?

Didn't know about the speech 27%

Disliked nothing in particular 55

Didn't know or didn't say whether or not disliked some-
thing 8

Didn't like the way he handled Congress 5

Criticized the anti-inflation program 4

Miscellaneous specific criticisms 1

General criticisms 2

Didn't say what disliked 1

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (US Oct 21 '42) Did you hear the President's last big radio
speech — the one in which he talked about his trip around the
country and the need for more workers on farms and in war
plants? 52% of the sample who had heard the speech were
asked: All of it or just part of it? 47% who had not heard
the speech were asked: Did you read anything or hear any-
thing about it? (norc)

Didn't say whether or not had heard speech . . 1%

Heard all of it 36

Heard part of it 16

Read or heard about it 26

Didn't read or hear anything about it 20

Didn't say whether or not read or heard 1

11. (US Jan 11 '43) Did you hear the President's radio speech
[which assured allied victory and freedom from want in post-
war America] to Congress last Thursday? 39% of the sample
who said they had heard the speech were asked: All of it or
just part of it? (norc)

Didn't hear any 61%

Heard all 19

Heard part 19

Didn't say how much heard 1

Didn't know whether or not had heard *

* Less than 0.5%.

Did you read the speech or hear any talk about it?
Yes 50% No 48% Don't know 2%

What things in the speech did you like most?

Didn't know about speech 34%

Possibility that war will be over soon 10

Encouraging facts about production 7

Statements that we have passed defensive stage 6

Generally encouraging tone of speech — gave people con-
fidence 3

Measutes for ensuring permanent peace 5

Social security 5

Need for postwar planning now 1

Miscellaneous dealing with plans for peace and postwar

world 1

Emphasis on need for unity 2

Attitude of cooperation with Congress 2

Any reference to budget message 2

Food situation 1

Liked everything in the speech 6

Nothing 3

Other answers *

Don't know why 2%

* Less than 0.5%.

U.S. (Election 1940)

1. (US Nov 13 '36 to Mar 3 '39, dates listed below) If Presi-
dent Roosevelt is not a candidate in 1940, which one of the
following would you favor as the Democratic candidate? With
the exception of the Nov '36 sample, all results represent the
vote of persons who identified themselves as Roosevelt voters.
(aipo)

t^S; QQ

Byrd

Earle

Farley

Lewis

McNutt

Wagner 15

Wallace 17

Garner —

Lehman —

Hull —

Horner —

Mrs. Roosevelt. . —

Murphy —

Smith —

Jones —

Robinson —

Glass —

Barkley —

La Guardia —

R. La Follette. . . —

Jackson —

Wheeler —

All others ....

15%
12

28
6

Undecided .

Earle

Farley

McNutt

Wagner

Garner

Lehman

Hull

Murphy

Barkley

La Guardia . .
R. La Follette.
Kennedy

5^ '.3

.if *

4%
14
22

13%
21

2
9
3
2
2
1
1

10%
19

2% -

9 9%

16 10

— 2

3 9

— 9

4
5

4
1

100% 100% 1007o 100% 100% 100%
42% 83% 74% 73%

QS; QQ

5: ..2

5% 3%

16
5

23
3

12
2

12
5
2

21
3

12
3
4
5
2
3

10%
4

9
11

8% 10%
3 5

42
3

10
2
2

[601]

/~\

'22 '-I oo

i ^
Q ^

Dewey —

Clark —

J. Roosevelt —

Hopkins —

Chandler

Wallace 3%

All others 25

Q05

r-\

■a

2% -

10%
2

5% 2%

— 1

— 4
26 —

100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Undecided 69% 75%

30%

* The question was: If President Roosevelt isn't a candidate, who do
you think will make the best Democratic candidate in 1940?

** If President Roosevelt isn't a candidate in 1940, who do you think
would make the best Democratic candidate?

(1) If Rooseveh does not run in 1940, what person would you like
to see as the Democratic candidate?

(2) If President Roosevelt does not run in 1940, whom would you
favor as the Democratic candidate?

(3) If President Roosevelt does not run in 1940 for a third term,
whom do you favor as the Democratic candidate? This question was
put in two forms — one as above, the other omitted "in 1940."

(4) If Roosevelt is not a candidate in 1940, whom do you favor as
the Democratic candidate?

(5) If Roosevelt is not a candidate for President in 1940, whom
would you favor as the Democratic candidate?

(6) If Roosevelt is not a candidate for President in 1940, which one
of these men would you prefer as the Democratic candidate?

(7) If Roosevelt is not a candidate in 1940, whom would you like
to see as the Democratic candidate for President?

2. (US Nov 13 '36 to Feb 2 '39, dates listed below) Which one
of the following would you favor as the Republican candidate
in 1940? With the exception of the Nov '36 and (for) Feb '39
samples, all results represent the vote of persons who identified
themselves as Landon voters, (aipo, for)

Borah 35%

Hamilton 4

Hoover 9

Landon 24

■is f^

a
« <

9% 10%
1 1

a
tj -

Lodge

Vandenberg. . .
T. Roosevelt Jr.

Knox

Ford

Mills

C. Taft

La Guardia ....

Dewey

Frank

All others

Undecided .

9
32
3
35
3
6
1
1

6
28

2
31

1
1

10% 7% 5%

7
13

18 10

9 6

2 —
35 48

3 —

2 —

6 5

4 2

6 4

18 13

100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

34% 60% 54% 56% 58%

100%

Botah

Hoover

Landon

Lodge

Vandenberg .

Knox

La Guardia. .

Dewey

Frank

Barton

Clark

R. Taft

James

Bricker

Saltonstall . .

Nye

All others. . .

Undecided

a -I
P< O

1
24

(^ 12;

-ft (^

H t^

14% 14
6 6

20
3
3

7% 7% 5.1%

— 7

18
2

18
*

26
3

8.2

4.6

11.5

12.2

2.8

4
27

— — — 1

4.1
2.0

100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

66% 60% 27% 20% 19% 38.0 58%

100.0%
* The question was: Who do you think will make the best Republican

candidate for President in 1940?

** Who do you think will make the best Republican candidate in

1940?
(X) Whom would you like to see as the Republican candidate in

1940?

(2) Whom would you like to see as the Republican candidate for
President in 1940?

(3) Which of these men would you prefer as the Republican candi-
date for President in 1940?

(4) Which one of these men would you prefer as the Republican
candidate for President in 1940?

(5) Regardless of your owii party affiliation, which of the following
men would be your choice to get the Republican nomination for Presi-
dent in 1940? (for)

3. (US Dec 14 '36) Do you think the Republican party will
win in 1940? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 70% = 100% No opinion 17%

4. (US Feb 1 '37) If John L. Lewis becomes a candidate for
President on a third party in 1940, do you think you would
vote for him? (aipo)

Yes 9% No 91% = 100% No opinion 18%

5. (US Mar 10 '37 to Nov 2 '40, dates listed below) If a presi-
dential election were held today, how would you vote? (aipo
except Nov '40, which is from for)

THE NATIONAL VOTE

Vi /'^ a

Sc> a ^

29
28
25

Mar 10 '37 53

*May 24 '37 49

*June 1 '37 51

(8) Nov '40 (for)

Sept results 46.1 35.5

Oct results 45.8 38.5

%
1
1
1

■^ 5

1-1 O

% %

2 —

3 —
3 —

0.3

a
%

^ a

15
19

is^ I

~« -
a a

6.1
5.9

3.6

2.4

8.7
7.1

■ Includes other possible candidates than Willkie.

[ 002 ]

THE MAJOR PARTY VOTE

Democratic Ripublican

(Roosevelt) (Willkie) Undecided

% % % % %

Mar 22 '37 62.8 37.2 —=100

**Scpt 16 '37 61 39 —=100

**Oct 18 '37 63.4 36.6 —=100

(1) Dec 13 '37 62.1 37.9 —=100

(2) Jan 18 '38 59.3 40.7 — = 100

(3)JuIyl9'40 51 49 —=100

(4) Aug 8 '40 51 49 —=100

(5) Sept 3 '40 55 45=100 11

(6) Sept 20 '40 56 44=100 11

(5) Sept 26 '40 55 45=100 9

(7) Oct 5 '40 54.5 45-5=100 7

(5) Oct 22 '40 53 47 =100 8

(5) Nov 2 '40 52 48 =100 4

* The question was: If a presidential election were being held today,
would vou vote for a Democrat, Republican, Socialist, or Third party
candidate?

** If last November's election were being held over again today,
which candidate would you vote for now?

(1) If the 1936 presidential election were being held over again
today, for which candidate would you vote?

(2) If a presidential election were being held today, do you think
you would vote for the Republican, Democratic, or Third party can-
didate? A comparable cross-section was asked : If last year's presidential
election were being held over again today, which candidate would
you vote for now? Results were combined.

(3) If the presidential election were held todav, would you vote for
the Republican candidate, Willkie, or the E3eniocratic candidate,
Roosevelt? A comparable cross-section was asked: If the presidential
election were held today, would you vote for the Republican ticket of
WiUkie and McNary, or the Democratic ticket of Roosevelt and
Wallace? Results were combined.

(4) If the presidential election were held todav, would vou vote
for the Republican candidate, Willkie, the Socialist candidate, Thomas,
or the Democratic candidate, Roosevelt? A comparable cross-section
was asked: As it looks now, do you intend to vote for Roosevelt or for
Willkie this fall? Results were combined.

(5) If the presidential election were held today, would you vote for
Willkie or Roosevelt? Some cross-sections were asked the question
with the order of the names reversed.

(6) As it looks now, do you intend to vote for Roosevelt or for
Willkie this fall? A comparable cross-section was asked: If a presiden-
tial election were held today, would you vote for Thomas (Socialist
candidate), Roosevelt, or Willkie? Results were combined.

(7) If the presidential election were held today, would you vote for
Roosevelt or Willkie, or would you |ust not vote? A comparable cross-
section was asked: If the presidential election were held today, would
you vote for the Democratic ticket of Roosevelt and Wallace or the
Republican ticket of Willkie and McNary? Results were combined.

(8) For whom do you expect to vote in November — Roosevelt or
Willkie?

Democratic Republican
(Roosevelt) (Willkie)

MAJOR PARTY VOTE MAR 22 '37, DEC '37, AND OCT 22 '40
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England

Mar '37 56% 44%

Dec '37 55 45

Oct '40 53 47

Middle Atlantic

Mar '37 62 38

Dec '37 60 40

Oct '40 53 47

East central

Mar '37 58 42

Dec '37 57 43

Oct '40 51 49

West central

Mar '37 60 40

Dec '37 61 39

Oct '40 49 51

Democratic Republican
(Roosevelt) (Willkie)

South

Mar '37 77% 23%

Dec '37 75 25

Oct '40 73 27

Rocky Mountain

Mar '37 66 34

Dec '37 64 36

Oct '40 56 44

Pacific coast

Mar '37 67 33

Dec '37 70 30

Oct '40 58 42

MAJOR PARTY VOTE AUG '40, SEPT 3 '40, AND OCT 22 '40
BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income

Aug '40 29% 71%

Sept '40 32 68

Oct '40 28 72

Middle income

Aug '40 47 53

Sept '40 52 48

Oct '40 53 47

Lower income

Aug '40 66 34

Sept '40 71 29

Oct '40 69 31

On relief

Aug '40 75 25

Sept '40 80 20

MAJOR PARTY VOTE SEPT 3 '40 BY AGE

21-24 years 59%, 41%

25-29 years 59 41

30-49 years 56 44

50 years and over 54 46

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 22 '40 BY AGE

21-29 years 60% 40%,

30-49 years 56 44

50 years and over 51 49

MAJOR PARTY' VOTE SEPT 3 '40 BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Cities 500,000 and over 61% 39%

Cities 2,500 to 500,000 55 45

Towns under 2,500 51 49

Farms 53 47

MAJOR PARTY VOTE SEPT 20 '40 BY PROPERTY OWNED

Owners 47%c, 53%

Non-owners 67 33

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 22 '40 BY OCCUPATION

Businessmen 34% 66%

Professional men 38 62

White-collar 48 52

Skilled workers 59 41

Semi-skilled 67 33

Unskilled 69 31

Farmers 54 46

Mid-west farmers 45 55

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 22 '40 BY' LABOR STATUS

CIO members 79%, 21%

AFL members 71 29

All union members 72 28

[ 603 ]

Approve 83.4'

Disapprove 1.5

Don't know about

Roosevelt 14.1

fortune's results in NOV "40 BY
ATTITUDES TOWARD ROOSEVELT

Democratic Kepublican Won't
(Roosevelt') (IVillkie) vote

.or. mo/. 7.1%

2.5

QVillkie)
2.0%
91.5

16.4

15.5

Other

answers

r57o
4.5

54.0

fortune's analysis of VOTING INTENTIONS NOV '40
BY OPINIONS ABOUT ROOSEVELT

Approve of Roosevelt and will vote for him 44.6%

Disapprove of Roosevelt and will vote for Willkie. . . . 36.5
Mavericks who will apparently vote contrary to their

views of Roosevelt 1.7

Don't expect to vote anyway (although they are better

than four to one for Roosevelt) 5.9

Either don't know about Roosevelt, or don't know how

they will vote, or refused to answer, or will vote for a

minor party 11.3

Democratic Kepublican
CRoosevelt') (Willkie')

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN ALABAMA

July 19 '40 85% 15%

Aug 8 '40 84 16

Sept 3 '40 85 15

Sept 20 '40 88 12

Sept 26 '40 85 15

Oct 5 '40 88 12

Nov 2 '40 86 14

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN ARIZONA

July 19 '40 65% 35%

Aug 8 '40 68 32

Sept 3 '40 69 31

Sept 20 '40 69 31

Sept 26 '40 67 33

Oct 5 '40 66 34

Nov 2 '40 61 39

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN ARKANSAS

July 19 '40 787o 22%

Aug 8 '40 77 23

Sept 3 '40 80 20

Sept 20 '40 82 18

Sept 26 '40 79 21

Oct 5 '40 80 20

Nov 2 '40 82 18

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN CALIFORNIA

July 19 '40 54% 46%

Aug 8 '40 54 46

Sept 3 '40 58 42

Sept 20 '40 57 43

Sept 26 '40 56 44

Oct 5 '40 58 42

Nov 2 '40 58 42

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN COLORADO

July 19 '40 47% 53%

Aug 8 '40 47 53

Sept 3 '40 52 48

Sept 20 '40 54 46

Sept 26 '40 .■ 51 49

Oct 5 '40 52 48

Nov 2 '40 45 55

Democratic Kepublican
(^Roosevelt) QWillkie)

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN CONNECTICUT

July 19 '40 49% 51%,

Aug 8 '40 51 49

Sept 3 '40 56 44

Sept 20 '40 55 . 45

Sept 26 '40 58 42

Oct 5 '40 54 46

Nov 2 '40 53 47

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN DELAWARE

July 19 '40 52% 48%

Aug 8 '40 54 46

Sept 3 '40 60 40

Sept 20 '40 59 41

Sept 26 '40 61 39

Oct 5 '40 57 43

Nov 2 '40 56 44

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN FLORIDA

July 19 '40 74% 26%

Aug 8 '40 73 27

Sept 3 '40 75 25

Sept 20 '40 79 21

Sept 26 '40 76 24

Oct 5 '40 77 23

Nov 2 '40 72 28

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN GEORGIA

July 19 '40 85% 15%

Aug 8 '40 85 15

Sept 3 '40 86 14

Sept 20 '40 89 11

Sept 26 '40 85 15

Oct 5 '40 86 14

Nov 2 '40 87 13

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN IDAHO

July 19 '40 48% 52%

Aug 8 '40 52 48

Sept 3 '40 55 45

Sept 20 '40 56 44

Sept 26 '40 55 45

Oct 5 '40 55 45

Nov 2 '40 49 51

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN ILLINOIS

July 19 '40 47% 53%

Aug 8 '40 43 57

Sept 3 '40 53 47

Sept 20 '40 53 47

Sept 26 '40 48 52

Oct 5 '40 49 51

Nov 2 '40 48 52

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN INDIANA

July 19 '40 45% 55%,

Aug 8 '40 40 60

Sept 3 '40 49 51

Sept 20 '40 51 49

Sept 26 '40 47 53

Oct 5 '40 47 53

Nov 2 '40 45 55

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN IOWA

July 19 '40 43% 57%

Aug 8 '40 39 61

Sept 3 '40 46 54

Sept 20 '40 52 48

Democratic
QRoosevelr^

Sept 26 '40 48%

Oct 5 '40 46

Nov 2 '40 45

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN KANSAS

July 19 '40..'. 44%

Aug 8 '40 42

Sept 3 '40 47

Sept 20 '40 49

Sept 26 '40 45

Oct 5 '40 41

Nov 2 '40 43

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN KENTUCKY

July 19 '40 56%

Aug 8 '40 56

Sept 3 '40 58

Sept 20 '40 62

Sept 26 '40 59

Oct 5 '40 57

Nov 2 '40 54

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN LOUISIANA

July 19 '40 82%

Aug 8 '40 81

Sept 3 '40 86

Sept 20 '40 88

Sept 26 '40 84

Oct 5 '40 87

Nov 2 '40 86

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN MAINE

July 19 '40 35%

Aug 8 '40 36

Sept 3 '40 44

Sept 20 '40 44

Sept 26 '40 47

Oct 5 '40 46

Nov 2 '40 43

MAJOR PARTY' VOTE IN MARYLAND

July 19 '40 53%

Aug 8 '40 56

Sept 3 '40 61

Sept 20 '40 60

Sept 26 '40 64

Oct 5 '40 60

Nov 2 '40 59

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN MASSACHUSETTS

July 19 '40 46%

Aug 8 '40 45

Sept 3 '40 49

Sept 20 '40 52

Sept 26 '40 54

Oct 5 '40 51

Nov 2 '40 51

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN MICHIGAN

July 19 '40 48%

Aug 8 '40 44

Sept 3 '40 54

Sept 20 '40 52

Sept 26 "40 48

Oct 5 '40 47

Nov 2 '40 48

Republican
(WUlkie')

52%

56%

44%

18%

65%

47%

54%

52%

[ f)()4 ]

Democratic

(Roosevelt^

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN MINNESOTA

July 19 '40 49%

Aug 8 '40 45

Sept 3 '40 51

Sept 20 '40 56

Sept 26 '40 54

Oct 5 '40 54

Nov 2 '40 51

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN MISSISSIPPI

July 19 '40 95%

Aug 8 '40 94

Sept 3 '40 95

Sept 20 '40 97

Sept 26 '40 95

Oct 5 '40 96

Nov 2 '40 94

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN MISSOURI

July 19 '40 51%

Aug 8 '40 51

Sept 3 '40 56

Sept 20 '40 55

Sept 26 '40 53

Oct 5 '40 51

Nov 2 '40 49

MAJOR PARTY' VOTE IN MONTANA

July 19 '40 53%

Aug 8 '40 58

Sept 3 '40 60

Sept 20 '40 62

Sept 26 '40 62

Oct 5 '40 63

Nov 2 '40 57

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NEBRASKA

July 19 '40 44%

Aug 8 '40 43

Sept 3 '40 47

Sept 20 '40 43

Sept 26 '40 42

Oct 5 '40 42

Nov 2 '40 41

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NEVADA

July 19 '40 59%

Aug 8 '40 63

Sept 3 '40 62

Sept 20 '40 66

Sept 26 '40 63

Oct 5 '40 61

Nov 2 '40 56

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NEW HAMPSHIRE
July 19 '40 41%

Aug 8 '40 43

Sept 3 '40 49

Sept 20 '40 52

Sept 26 '40 53

Oct 5 '40 49

Nov 2 '40 49

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NEW JERSEY

July 19 '40 46%

Aug 8 '40 49

Sept 3 '40 54

Sept 20 '40 55

Republican
(Willkie')

51%

49%

47%

56%

41%

59%

54%
51
46
45

Democratic
(Roostvelt)

Sept 26 '40 56%

Oct 5 '40 58

Nov 2 '40 52

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NEW MEXICO

July 19 '40 52%

Aug 8 '40 54

Sept 3 '40 63

Sept 20 '40 63

Sept 26 '40 60

Oct 5 '40 54

Nov 2 '40 53

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NEW YORK

July 19 '40 48%

Aug 8 '40 48

Sept 3 '40 52

Sept 20 '40 52

Sepr 26 '40 52

Oct 5 '40 51

Nov 2 '40 49

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NORTH CAROLINA

July 19 '40 69%

Aug 8 '40 69

Sept 3 '40 72

Sept 20 '40 75

Sept 26 '40 72

Oct 5 '40 73

Nov 2 '40 72

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN NORTH DAKOTA

July 19 '40 49%

Aug 8 '40 46

Sept 3 '40 46

Sept 20 '40 46

Sept 26 '40 43

Oct 5 '40 46

Nov 2 '40 46

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN OHIO

July 19 '40 47%

Aug 8 '40 45

Sept 3 '40 53

Sept 20 '40 53

Sept 26 '40 52

Oct 5 '40 51

Nov 2 '40 49

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN OKLAHOMA

July 19 '40 61%

Aug 8 '40 60

Sept 3 '40 63

Sept 20 '40 64

Sept 26 '40 62

Oct 5 '40 62

Nov 2 '40 56

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN OREGON

July 19 '40 47%

Aug 8 '40 52

Sept 3 '40 53

Sept 20 '40 56

Sept 26 '40 57

Oct 5 '40 58

Nov 2 '40 54

Republican
iWillkii)

44%

48%

52%

31%
31

28
25

28
27
28

51%

53%
55

47
47
48
49
51

39%

53%

[605]

Democratic

(Roosevelt^

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN PENNSYLVANIA

July 19 '40 48%

Aug 8 '40 49

Sept 3 '40 52

Sept 20 '40 53

Sept 26 '40 55

Oct 5 '40 54

Nov 2 '40 49

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN RHODE ISLAND

July 19 '40 49%

Aug 8 '40 49

Sept 3 '40 56

Sept 20 '40 57

Sept 26 '40 58

Oct 5 '40 55

Nov 2 '40 54

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN SOUTH CAROLINA

July 19 '40 98%

Aug 8 '40 97

Sept 3 '40 98

Sept 20 '40 99

Sept 26 '40 98

Oct 5 '40 98

Nov 2 '40 97

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN SOUTH DAKOTA

July 19 '40 40%

Aug 8 '40 ■ 40

Sept 3 '40 45

Sept 20 '40 47

Sept 26 '40 43

Oct 5 '40 42

Nov 2 '40 41

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN TENNESSEE

July 19 '40 66%

Aug 8 '40 65

Sept 3 '40 69

Sept 20 '40 72

Sept 26 '40 69

Oct 5 '40 67

Nov 2 '40 64

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN TEXAS

July 19 '40 85%

Aug 8 '40 85

Sept 3 '40 83

Sept 20 '40 89

Sept 26 '40 85

Oct 5 '40 84

Nov 2 '40 79

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN UTAH

July 19 '40 56%

Aug 8 '40 57

Sept 3 '40 57

Sept 20 '40 59

Sept 26 '40 58

Oct 5 '40 60

Nov 2 '40 55

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN VERMONT

July 19 '40 41%

Aug 8 '40 41

Sept 3 '40 44

Sept 20 '40 44

Republican
QVillkie')

52%

51%

60%

34%

15%

44%

59%
59
56
56

[006]

Kepublkan
(IVillkie)

54%

32%

48%

47%

51%

The Aug '40 sample was asked further: How sure are you
that you will vote this way [for Willkie or Roosevelt]?

Very sure Fairly sure

Roosevelt 73% 27%

Willkie 77 23

6. (US Apr 12 '37) Do you think President Roosevelt will be
a candidate for the presidency in 1940? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 72% = 100% No opinion 18%

7. (US June 21 '37, Jan 18 '38, Nov 14 '38) If Roosevelt is not
a candidate for re-election in 1940, would you prefer a con-
servative type of candidate or a New Dealer? The Nov '38
question asked about "President Roosevelt" instead of just
"Roosevelt." (June 21 '38) If Roosevelt is not a candidate in
1940, would you prefer a conservative or a New Dealer for
President? (Jan 20 '39) If Roosevelt is not a candidate for Presi-
dent in 1940, would you prefer a conservative type of candi-
date like Garner, Clark, or Byrd or a New Dealer like Hopkins,

Democratic
(Kooseveli)

Sept 26 '40 '.. 46%

Oct 5 '40 43

Nov 2 '40 42

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN VIRGINIA

July 19 '40 68%

Aug 8 '40 69

Sept 3 "40 70

Sept 20 '40 73

Sept 26 '40 71

Oct 5 '40 72

Nov 2 '40 70

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN WASHINGTON

July 19 '40 52%

Aug 8 '40 55

Sept 3 '40 57

Sept 20 '40 58

Sept 26 '40 57

Oct 5 '40 59

Nov 2 '40 57

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN WEST VIRGINIA

July 19 '40 53%

Aug 8 '40 53

Sept 3 '40 57

Sept 20 '40 60

Sept 26 '40 62

Oct 5 '40 60

Nov 2 '40 59

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN WISCONSIN

July 19 '40 49%

Aug 8 '40 49

Sept 3 '40 51

Sept 20 '40 53

Sept 26 '40 49

Oct 5 '40 49

Nov 2 '40 48

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN WYOMING

July 19 '40 49%

Aug 8 '40 52

Sept 3 '40 54

Sept 20 '40 55

Sept 26 '40 52

Oct 5 '40 52

Nov 2 '40 53

Wallace, or Barkicy? All questions were asked of national
cross-sections of Roosevelt voters, (aipo)

Con-
servative

June '37 33'

Jan '38 37

June '38 1936 Roosevelt voters 34
Current Roosevelt

supporters 25

'38 41

'39 52

New
Dealer
67% = 100%
63
66

Nov
Jan

75
59
48

Conservative New Dealer

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN JUNE '37, JAN '38,
AND JAN '39 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

No
opinion

17%

18
28
28

New England

1937

1938

1939

Middle Atlantic

1937

1938

1939

East central

1937

1938

1939

West central

1937

1938

1939

South

1937

1938

1939

Kocky Mountain

1937

1938

Pacific coast

1937

1938

West

1939

30%

28
41

36
35
53

42
43

32
45
54

36
31

33
31

70%

72
59
53

64
65

57
43

68
55

64
69

67
69

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN JAN

Farm

Small town

City

'38 BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

45% 55%

34 66

36 64

8. (US Aug 23 '37) If he [Roosevelt] is a candidate, do you
think he will win? Quly 2 '38 to Jan 20 '40, dates listed below)
Do you think he [President Roosevelt] will be elected if he
runs? The Aug '39 question read "re-elected" instead of
"elected." (aipo)

Yes

Aug 23 '37 51%

July 2 '38 51

Nov 14 '38 39

Jan 10 '39 44

May 26 '39 45

Aug 17 '39 44

Oct 18 '39 56

Jan 30 '40 60

MAJOR PARTY VOTE MAY '39 AND OCT '39 BY POLITICS

Democratic

May 61% 39%

Oct 72 28

No opinion

49% = 100%

14%

49 = 100

—

61 = 100

56 = 100

55 = 100

56 = 100

44 =100

40 = 100

[607]

Republican
May . . . .
Oct

Yes

16%
31

84%
69

No opinion

9. (US Aug 23 '37 and Apr 12 '38, dates listed below) What
party do you think will win the presidential election in 1940 —
the Democrats, Republicans, Socialists, or some other party?
The Apr '38 sample was asked; "What national political party
. . . ?" (Nov 5 '38) Which party do you think will win the
presidential election in 1940 — Democratic, Republican, Social-
ist, or some other party? (Apr 6 '39 and Sept 22 '39) Which
party do you think will win the presidential election in 1940?
(Apr 23 '40) Do you think this state will be carried by the
Democrats or by the Republicans in the presidential election
next fall? (aipo)

De/nocratic

Aug '37 69?

Apr '38 60

Nov '38 50

Apr '39 48

Sept '39 65

Apr '40 58

Republican

40
50

52 =
35 =

42 =

100%

100

Undecided

13%

MAJOR PARTY VOTE AUG '37, NOV '38, APR '39,
AND SEPT '39 BY POLITICS

Democratic

Aug '37

Nov '38 69

Apr '39 67

Sept '39
Republican

Aug '37 30

Nov '38 12

Apr '39 17

Sept '39 26

Third party

Apr '39 54

MAJOR PARTY VOTE APR '39 AND SEPT '39 BY
GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England

........ 41% 53%

59 41

12%
31
33
14

70
82
83
74

Apr.

Sept

Middle Atlantic

Apr

Sept

East central

Apr

Sept

West central

Apr

Sept

South

Apr

Sept

West

Sept

Wisconsin only

Apr

43
63

42
61

43
58

68
81

57
37

58
39

32
19

10. (US Jan '38) If the next President of the United States
were to be one of the people on this list and not Mr. Roosevelt,
which one of them would you prefer? (for)

Senator William E. Borah 11.9%

Chief Justice Charles Evans Hughes 11.1

Postmaster General James A. Farley 9.9

Senator Arthur H. Vandenberg 9.8

Henry Ford 8.2

Ex-Governor Alf M. Landon 8.0%

Secretary of State Cordell Hull 6.3

Mayor Fiorello H, La Guardia 5-5

Mrs. Franklin Roosevelt 4.8

Ex-President Herbert Clark Hoover 4.1

Senator Robert M. La Follctte 4.0

Governor Frank Murphy 39

Governor George H. Earle 3-3

WPA Administrator Harry Hopkins 2.2

General Hugh S. Johnson 2.1

Senator Burton K. Wheeler 1.3

John L. Lewis of the CIO 1.5

William Green of the AFL 1.2

John D. Rockefeller, Jr 9

No opinion .

100.0%
. 22.4

11. (US Jan 25 '38 and Feb 3 '38) If Roosevelt is not a candi-
date in 1940, would your present inclination lead you to vote
for the Republican or the Democratic candidate for President?
(aipo)

Democratic Republican Third Party No opinion

Jan -38 37% 32% 4% 27%

Feb '38 40 36 3 21

12. (US Mar 30 '38) Do you think the Republican party
would be wise to nominate a conservative Democrat for Presi-
dent in 1940? A comparable cross-section was asked: Do you
think the Republican party would be wise to nominate a con-
servative Democrat, like Senator Byrd, for President in 1940?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 23% No 58% No opinion 19%

13. (US Apr 27 '38) If one of the La Follette brothers runs for
President in 1940, would you vote for him? (aipo)

Yes 18% No 47% No opinion; no answer 35%

14. (US Apr 27 '38) If La Guardia runs for President in 1940,
would you vote for him? (aipo)

Yes 12% No 47% No opinion; no answer 41%

15. (US June 21 '38 to May 14 '40, dates listed below) How
would you vote for President in 1940 if Farley (Dem) runs
against Vandenberg (Rep)? Dewey (Rep)? (aipo)

Repub-

lican

Unde-

Farley

opponent

cided

June 21 '38 Van-

denberg

32%

40%

28% =

100%

June 21 '38 Dewey

30 =

100

*Apr 6 '39 Dewey

58 =

100%

—

**Apr 6'39Taft..

52 =

100

—

(1) Apr 3 '40 Dewey

58 =

100

(2) May 3 '40 Dewey

58 =

100

(3)Mayl4'40Taft...

50 =

100

* If James Farley runs for President in 1940 on the Democratic ticket
and Thomas Dewey runs against him on the Republican ticket, which
one do you think you would prefer?

** If James Farley runs for President in 1940 on the Democratic ticket
and Robert Taft runs against him on the Republican ticket, which one
do you think you would prefer?

(1) If James Farley runs for President on the Democratic ticket against
Thomas Dewey on the Republican ticket, which one would you prefer?

(2) If Dewey runs for President on the Republican ticket against
Farley on the Democratic ticket, which one would you prefer?

(3) If James Farley runs for President on the Democratic ticket
against Senator Taft on the Republican ticket, which one would you
prefer?

[G08]

MAJOR PARTY VOTE FOR FARLEY VS DEWEY MAY '40
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Farley Dewey

New England 38% 62%

Middle Atlantic 39 61

East central 36 64

West central 38 62

South 63 37

West 40 60

16. (US June 21 '38 to Apr 17 '40, dates listed below) How
would you vote for President in 1940 if Garner (Dem) runs
against Vandenberg (Rep)? (aipo)

« •>»

S •» -S

-^ s; ^

June 21 '38 Vandenberg 39% 34% 27% = 100%

* Feb 16 '39 Dewey 52 48 = 100% 16

** Mar 8 '39 Dewey 48 52 =100 16

(1) Mar 30 '39 Vandenberg 57 43 = 100 29

(2) May 2 '39 Taft 54 46 =100 25

(3) June 7 '39 Dewey 49 51 =100 19

(4) June 16 '39 Dewey 46 54 =100 13

(5) Apr 17 '40 Taft 51 49 =100 22

* The question was; If John Garner runs for President in 1940 on the
Democratic ticket against Thomas Dewey on the Republican ticket,
which one do you think you would prefer? A comparable cross-section
was asked the question with the names of the candidates in teverse
order. Results were combined.

** Supposing these [Garner and Farley or Dewey and Taft] are the
candidates for President and Vice-President in 1940, which combina-
tion would you rather vote for?

(1) If Garner runs for President in 1940 on the Democratic ticket
and Senator Arthur Vandenberg runs against him on the Republican
ticket, which one do you think you would prefer?

(2) If John Garner runs for President in 1940 on the Democratic
ticket and Robert Taft runs against him on the Republican ticket,
which one do you think you would prefer?

(3) If John Garner runs for President in 1940 on the Democratic
ticket, and Thomas Dewey runs against him on the Republican ticket,
which one would you prefer?

(4) If John Garner runs for President on the Democtatic ticket against
Thomas Dewey on the Republican ticket, which one would you prefer?
A comparable cross-section was asked the question with the names of
the candidates in reverse order. Results were combined.

(5) If John Garner runs on the Democratic ticket against Senator
Taft on the Republican ticket, which one would you prefer?

MAJOR PARTY VOTE FOR GARNER VS VANDENBERG
MAR '39 BY' POLITICS

Garner Vandenberg

Democratic 81% 19%

Republican 14 86

MAJOR PARTY VOTE FOR GARNER VS VANDENBERG
MAR '39 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 57% 43%

Middle Atlantic 54 46

East central 50 50

West central 51 49

South 78 22

Far West 61 39

MAJOR PARTY VOTE FOR GARNER VS TAFT
APR '40 BY POLITICS

Garner Taf(

Democratic 74% 26%

Republican 11 89

17. (US June 21 '38 to May 23 '40, dates listed below) How
would you vote for President in 1940 if Hull (Dem) runs
against Vandenberg (Rep)? Dewey (Rep)? (aipo)

S •»

% % % % %

June 21 '38 Vandenberg 32 33 35 = 100

June 21 '38 Dewey 29 34 37=100

* Apr 19 '39 Dewey 48 52 = 100 18

** May 2 '39 Taft 50 50 28

(1) July 17 '39 Dewey 48 52 21

(2) Jan 30 '40 Dewey 51 49 18

(3) Feb 6 '40 Dewey 50 50 17

(4) Mar 25 '40 Vandenberg 58 42 12

. (5) Apr 17 '40 Taft 63 37 20

(1) Apr 23 '40 Dewey 51 49 15

(6) Apr 23 '40 Taft 60 40 —

(4) Apr 23 '40 Vandenberg 58 42 20

(1) May 3 '40 Dewey 51 49 —

(6) May 3 '40 Taft 60 40 —

(4) May 3 '40 Vandenberg 52 48 18

(7) May 14 '40 Willkie 69 31 26

(8) May 14 '40 Dewey 55 45 8

(1) May 16 '40 Dewey 55 45 19

(1) May 23 '40 Dewey 53 47 14

* The question was: If Cordell Hull tuns for President in 1940 on the
Democtatic ticket and Thomas Dewey runs against him on the Re-
publican ticket, which one do you think you would prefer? A com-
parable cross-section was asked the question with names of the can-
didates reversed. Results were combined.

** If Cordell Hull runs for President in 1940 on the Democratic ticket
and Robert Taft runs against him on the Republican ticket, which one
do you think you would prefer?

(1) If Cordell Hull runs for President on the Democratic ticket
against Thomas Dewey on the Republican ticket, which one would
you prefer? Some cross-sections reversed the otder of the names of the
candidates.

(2) Supposing these are the candidates for President and Vice-
President this year, which combination would you tather vote for —
Hull and Jackson, Dewey and Taft? A comparable cross-section was
asked about Taft and Dewey. Results were combined.

(3) Supposing these are the candidates for President and Vice-
President this year, which combination would you rather vote for —
Hull and Farley, Dewey and Vandenberg? A comparable cross-section
was asked about Vandenberg and Dewey. Results were combined.

(4) If Cordell Hull runs for President on the Democratic ticket
against Senator Vandenberg on the Republican ticket, which one would
you prefer? In May '40 a comparable cross-section was asked the ques-
tion with the names of the candidates reversed. Results were combined.

(5) If Cordell Hull runs on the Democratic ticket against Senator
Taft on the Republican ticket, which one would you prefer?

(6) If Cordell Hull runs for President on the Democratic ticket
against Senator Taft on the Republican ticket, which one would you
prefer?

(7) If Cordell Hull runs for President on the Democratic ticket against
Wendell Willkie on the Republican ticket, which one would you prefer?

(8) If these are the candidates for President and Vice-President,
which combination would you rather vote for — Dewey and Taft, Hull
and Jackson?

major PARTY VOTE FOR HULL VS DEWEY APR '39 AND
APR 23 '40 BY" POLITICS

Hull Dewey

Democratic

1939 72% 28%

1940 75 25

Republican

1939 9 91

1940 12 88

HULL VS TAFT IN MAY '39 AND APR 17 '40
BY POLITICS

Hull Taft
Democratic

1939 75% 25%

1940 84 16

[609]

Hull Tap
Republican

1939 8% 92%

1940 21 79

HULL VS VANDENBERG IN MAR '40 BY
GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Hull Vandenberg
New England and mid-Atlantic. . . . 59% 41%

East central 51 49

West central 49 51

South 79 21

West 58 42

HULL VS TAFT IN APR '40 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Hull Taft

New England and mid-Atlantic ... . 61% 39%

East central 54 46

West central 62 38

South 81 19

Far West 66 34

HULL VS DEWEY IN APR '40 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Hull Dewey

New England 43% 57%

Middle Atlantic 49 51

East central 46 54

West central 49 51

South 75 25

West 50 50

HULL VS DEWEY IN APR '40 BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Hull Dewey

Upper income 40% 60%

Middle income 49 51

Lower income 59 41

Reliefers only 65 35

18. (US June 21 '38) How would you vote for President in
1940 if Wallace (Dem) runs against Vandenberg (Rep)? (May
10 '39) If Henry Wallace runs for President in 1940 on the
Democratic ticket and Robert Taft runs against him on the
Republican ticket, which one do you think you would prefer?
A comparable cross-section was asked about Thomas Dewey.
(Apr 3 '40) If Henry Wallace runs for President on the Demo-
cratic ticket against Senator Taft on the Republican ticket,
which one would you prefer? (aipo)

-> I - ^

June '38 Vandenberg. . . 28% 36% 36% = 100%

May '39 Taft 34 42 24 =100

May '39 Dewey 31 50 19 =100

Apr '40 Taft 47 53 =100% 22

19. (US June 21 '38) Do you think the Republican party
should nominate a conservative or a liberal type of candidate
for President in 1940? Asked of a national cross-section of
Republicans, (aipo)

Conservative Liberal No opinion

1936 Landon voters 55% 45% = 100% 14%

Those currently against

Roosevelt 55 45 =100 15

20. (US Jan 7 '39) Which would you rather sec as the next
President — a Republican or a Democrat? A comparable cross-
section was asked: Would you favor a Republican or a Demo-
crat as President in 1940? Results were combined, (aipo)

Republican 30%

Democrat 30

Best man 30

Undecided 10

21. (US Jan 20 '39) If Harry Hopkins runs for President in 1940
on the Democratic ticket against Thomas Dewey on the Re-
publican ticket, which candidate would you prefer? A com-
parable cross-section was asked: If President Roosevelt endorses
Harry Hopkins for President in 1940 on the Democratic ticket
and Thomas Dewey runs on the Republican ticket, which
would you prefer? Results were combined, (aipo)

Hopkins Dewey
National total 39% 61%

BY politics

Democratic 61% 39%

Republican 4 96

Other parties 41 59

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 20% 80%

Middle income 34 66

Lower income (including reliefers) 53 47

Reliefers only 60 40

22. (US Mar '39) Which kind of man would you like to see
in the White House in 1941? (for)

Roosevelt 36.9%

Like FDR but don't know 13.3

A New Dealer 1.7

Middle-of-the-road Democrat . . 6.7

Not FDR but other or don't know 6.5

Progressive Republican 17.8

Conservative Republican 17.1

23. (US Mar '39) Which kind of candidate would you like to
see elected to the White House in 1940? Asked of a national
cross-section of people who felt unfavorably toward Roosevelt.
(for)

■^ Q
s s

£ J

^ a,

Q
■^

: o^
; a

M
^

Opinions of Roosevelt op-
ponents 3.5% 13.4% 35.7% 34.3% 4.3% 8.8%

Opinion of those approving
of Roosevelt who would

not vote for him in 1940. . 134 26.6 25.3 13.8 3.1 17.8

OPINIONS OF ROOSEVELT OPPONENTS BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Southwest 16.8% 40.4% 12.6% 6.7% 2.5% 21.0%,

Southeast 8.2 33.6 16.4 24.3 36 13-9

Pacific coast 1.7 20.9 46.3 28.2 0.6 2.3

Middle west 2.1 9.4 37.6 36.0 4.3 10.6

Northwest plains 2.9 7.0 34.5 41.2 3.2 11.2

Northeast 1.1 5.9 432 39.0 6.0 4.8

Mountain states 7.1 8.9 28.6 42.9 7.1 5.4

[(ilO]

24. (US Mar '39) Can you name any individual, offhand, in
either party, who would be your choice to succeed Roosevelt?
(for)

Garner 4.9%

Dewey 4.2

Vandenberg 2.6

Hull 2.5

Taft 1.7

Landon 1.6

THE CHOICE OF DEMOCRATIC SUPPORTERS

Lodge .
Farley.

1.5

1.2

La Guardia 1.0

Hoover 7

Borah 6

Lehman 6

Clark 5

Ford 4

Hopkins 4

Ickes 3

No one can adequately replace Roosevelt. . . .2

Don't know 70.5

Other 4.6

25. (US Mar 3 '39 to June 25 '40, dates listed below) Whom
would you like to see elected President? (aipo)

THE CHOICE OF REPUBLICAN SUPPORTERS

^
^

27
17
4
5
3
1

Dewey 50% 54% 45% 45% 39% 39% 60%

Vandenberg. ... 15 13 14

Taft 13 15 16

Landon 4 3 6

Hoover 5 4 5

Borah 2 3 5

Bricker — 1 2

Lodge 2 1 1 — —

La Guardia .... — 1 — — —

Barton — 1 — — —

Ford — — 2 — —

Lindbergh — — — — 1

James — — — — —

Others 9 4 4 3 3

16
11
1
5
1
1
1

1 —

— 1

4 3

Undecided .

100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
54% 41% 51% 44% 37%

%
Dewey 56

Vandenberg 17

Taft.
Landon. .
Hoover. .
James. . .
Gannett .
Willkie. .
Bridges. .
Others. .

19
17

5
1
1

■».,
^

67
14
12

— — 3

62
13

56
12
16

«'
^

%
29

8 13

29 44

Percentages. . . 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Undecided 36% 40% 28% 26% 32% 30% 34%

Roosevelt 56'

Garner 22

McNutt

Hull

Farley

Wallace

Smith

Murphy

Barkley

Stark

Hopkins

Clark

Wheeler

Others

—

83%

78%

92%

46%

—

1
1

3
1

—

• —

—

— 1

1 2

100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Undecided 44% 54% — 24% 25% 17% —

THE INDEPENDENT CHOICE DEC 13 '39*

Roosevelt 47%

Dewey 19

Garner 10

Vandenberg 6

THE INDEPENDENT CHOICE DEC 13 '39*

Taft 3%

Hull 1

McNutt 1

La Guardia 1

Hoover 1

Others 11

100%

Undecided 38%,

* Question was: Whom would you like to see elected President in

Whom would you like to see elected President this year?

THE CHOICE OF DEMOCRATIC SUPPORTERS MAY 29 '40
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

1940?

Koosevelt
New England 96%

Middle Atlantic.
East central. .
West central .

South

West

97
91
93
86
90

All others

7
14
10

26. (US Mar 8 '39 to June 11 '40, dates listed below) Which
party would you like to see win the presidential election in
1940? (aipo)

Mar 8 '39.

. 49%

51%

Apr 19 '39.

. 53

June 29 '39.

. 54

*July 8 '39.

. 51

July 17 '39.

. 54

July 26 '39.

. 49

Aug 8 '39.

. 51

100%

I ^

- 16%
15%
23
17
17
19

[Gil

o Z

Aug 17 '39..

49%

51%

ii7o

Sept 22 '39 . .

- 21%

Oct 24 '39..

** Nov 8 '39..

1% 20

(l)Dcc 22 '39..

46 =

100% — -

(l)Jan 10 ■40..

— —

(2) Apr 3 '40..

— 14

* Apr 9 '40..

— 14

** May 14 '40 . .

— —

(1) May 23 '40 . .

— 16

**June 11 '40..

58.5

41.5

— —

100%

* Question was; Which party would you like to see win the presi-
dential election?

** Would you prefer to see the Democrats or the Republicans win
the presidential election next year? In some cross-sections the names
of the parties were reversed.

(1) Which party would you like to see win the presidential election
in 1940? Comparable cross-sections were asked: Would you prefer to
see the Democrats or the Republicans win the presidential election
next year? Results were combined.

(2) Which party would you like to see win the presidential election
this year?

MAJOR PARTY VOTE SEPT '39, OCT '39, DEC '39, AND JAN '40
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England

Sept

Oct

Dec

Jan

Middle Atlantic

Sept

Oct

Dec

Jan

East central

Sept

Oct

Dec

Jan

West central

Sept

Oct

Dec

Jan

South

Sept

Oct

Dec

Jan

West

Sept

Oct

Dec

Jan

Democratic

Kepublii

49%

51%

MAJOR PARTY VOTE IN JAN '40 BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 36% 64%

Middle income 51 49

Lower income 69 31

MAJOR PARTY VOTE APR 3 '40 AND MAY 23 '40
STATE BY STATE

Alabama

Apr 89% 11%

May 89 11

Arizona

Apr

May

Arkansas

Apr

May

California

Apr

May

Colorado

Apr

May

Connecticut

Apr

May

Delaware

Apr

May

Florida

Apr

May

Georgia

Apr

May

Idaho

Apr

May

Illinois

Apr

May

Indiana

Apr

May

Iowa

Apr

May

Kansas

Apr

May

Kentucky

Apr

May

Louisiana

Apr

May

Maine

Apr

May

Maryland

Apr

May

Massachusetts

Apr

May

Michigan

Apr

May

Minnesota

Apr

May

Mississippi

Apr

May

Missouri

Apr

May

Democratic

Republic

68%

32%

54 ,

Montana

Apr

May

l^ehraska

Apr

May

Nevada

Apr

May

New Hampshire

Apr

May

New Jersey

Apr

May

New Mexico

Apr

May

New York

Apr

May

North Carolina

Apr

May

North Dakota

Apr

May

Ohio

Apr

May

Oklahoma

Apr

May

Oregon

Apr

May

Pennsylvania

Apr

May

Rhode Island

Apr

May

South Carolina

Apr

May

South Dakota

Apr

May

Tennessee

Apr

May

Texas

Apr 91

May 92

Utah

Apr 60

May 66

Vermont

Apr 39

May 45

Virginia

Apr 72

May 75

Washington

Apr 57

May 63

Democratic

Kepuhlii

64%

36%

46 ^

40
34

61
55

28
25

43
37

[612]

n Democratic Republican

West Virginia

Apr 57% 43%

May 61 39

Wisconsin

Apr 45 55

May 53 47

Wyoming

Apr 51 49

May 59 41

27. (US Mar 21 '39 to May 29 '40, dates listed below) If Roose-
velt is not a candidate, whom would you like to see elected
President in 1940? (aipo)

THE CHOICE OF DEMOCRATIC SUPPORTERS
IF ROOSEVELT ELIMINATED

Garner

McNutt. . . .

Farley

Hull

Murphy . . . .

Clark

Hopkins. . . .
Barkley . . . .

Stark

Wallace....
Lehman . . . .
Kennedy. . . .

Smith

Ickes

Wheeler . . . .
Bankhead . .

Jackson

La Guardia .

Byrd

Others

%
50
3
9
13
3
2
3
2

2
2

%
58
17
5
8
2
1

%
40
11

8
25

1 — — —

Percentages ... 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Undecided 54%, 57%, 55%, 45%,

THE CHOICE OF REPUBLICAN SUPPORTERS MAY 10 '39*

Dewey 47%

Vandenberg 19

Taft 13

Hoover 6

Landon 4

.. 3

. . 2

.. 1

Others 4

Borah

La Guardia .

Lodge

Bricker

100%
No opinion 41%

THE CHOICE OF INDEPENDENT VOTERS DEC 13
IF ROOSEVELT ELIMINATED**

Dewey 33%

Garner 20

Vandenberg 8

Taft 5

[613]

Hull 5%

La Guardia 3

McNutt 3

Hoover 2

Wheeler 2

Borah 1

Murphy 1

Lodge 1

Others 16

100%

No answer 54%

* The question was: If Roosevelt is not a candidate in 1940, whom
would you like to see elected President?

** If Roosevelt is not a candidate, whom would you like to see
elected?

(1) If Roosevelt is not a candidate, whom would you like to see
elected President?

JAN "40 RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper Middle Lower

income income income

Garner

Hull

McNutt

Farley

Wheeler

La Guardia . . .

Jackson

All others ....

30%

37%

48%

28. (US May '39) If you had to choose between these two men
to succeed President Roosevelt in 1940 which one would you
prefer as you feel now — Vice-President Garner, Mayor La
Guardia of New York? And if you had to choose between
these two men, which would you prefer — Secretary of State
Hull, Senator Arthur Vandenberg of Michigan? (for)

GARNER VS LA GUARDIA

Garner La Guard

National total

51.0% 22.6%

BY ATTITUDE TOWARD ROOl

Like Roosevelt ....

58.8% 58.8%

Dislike Roosevelt. .

38.7 38.8

Don't know about

Roosevelt

2.5 2.4

100%

100.0%, 1CX3.0%

HULL VS VANDENBERG

National total 40.6% 24.4% 35.0% = 100.0%,

BY ATTITUDE TOWARD ROOSEVELT

Like Roosevelt ... . 70.4% 32.9%

Dislike Roosevelt. . 27.5 64.4
Don't know about

Roosevelt 2.1 2.7

100.0% 100.0%

29. (US June 7 '39) If you were choosing between Garner and
Roosevelt for the next President, which would you choose?
(aipo)

Garner 32%

Roosevelt 47

Neither 21

Don't know.

100%
. 9%

30. (US June 7 '39) If there were a three-cornered race for the
presidency in 1940, with Garner running on a Conservative-
Democratic ticket, Roosevelt on a New Deal ticket, and Dewey
on a Republican ticket, which would you vote for? (aipo)

Garner 16%

Roosevelt 41

Dewey 43

100%
Don't know 12%

31. (US July 26 '39 to May 16 '40, dates listed below) If
Thomas Dewey runs for President on the Republican ticket
against Paul McNutt on the Democratic ticket, which would
you prefer? (aipo)

1. §

July

*July
**Nov

26
26
15

35% 65%
56

-I

'39 Dewey.

'39Taft 44

'39 Dewey 34 46

(1) May 16 '40 Willkie. ... 56 44

(2) May 16 '40 Taft 50 50

(3) May 16 '40 Vandenberg 50 50

100% 25%

100

100
100
100

31
20
38
29
32

100%

* Question was: If Robert Taft runs for President on the Republican
ticket against Paul McNutt on the Democratic ticket, which would
you prefer?

** If Paul McNutt runs for President in 1940 on the Democratic
ticket against Thomas Dewey on the Republican ticket, which one
would you prefer? A comparable cross-section was asked the question
with the names in reverse order. Results were combined.

(1) If Paul McNutt runs for President on the Democratic ticket
against Wendell Willkie on the Republican ticket, which one would
you prefer?

(2) If Paul McNutt runs for President on the Democratic ticket
against Senator Taft on the Republican ticket, which one would you
prefer?

(3) If Paul McNutt runs for President on the Democratic ticket
against Senator Vandenberg on the Republican ticket, which one would
you prefer?

32. (US Aug 8 '39, Oct 10 '39, Mar 5 '40) If it came to a choice
between Thomas Dewey and Arthur Vandenberg for President
in 1940, which one would you prefer? In the Mar '40 question
the words "this year" were used instead of "in 1940." In Oct
'39 and Mar '40 comparable cross-sections were asked the
question with the names of the candidates in reverse order.
Results were combined, (aipo)

Aug '39 All voters.
Oct '39 Rep voters.
Mar '40 Rep voters.

Unde-

Vanden-

cided;

Dewey

berg

no answer

64%

36% =

100% 35%

49 =

100 24

19 =

100%

33. (US Aug 17 '39) Do you think Mayor La Guardia of New
York would make a good President? 22% of the sample who
thought he would make a good President were asked: Would
you like to see your party nominate him in 1940? (aipo)

Wouldn't make good President 44%

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would be

good 34

Would like to see party nominate him 11

Would not like to see party nominate him 6

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would like

to see party nominate him 5

34. (US Aug 17 '39) Do you think Charles A. Lindbergh would
make a good President? 9% of the sample who thought he

[614]

would make a good President were asked: Would you like to
see your party nominate him in 1940? (aipo)

Wouldn't make good President 78%

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would be

good 13

Would like to see party nominate him 6

Would not like to sec party nominate him 1

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would like

to sec party nominate him 2

36. (US Aug 17 '39) Do you think John D. Rockefeller, Jr.,
would make a good President? 15% of the sample who thought
he would make a good President were asked: Would you like
to see your party nominate him in 1940? (aipo)

Wouldn't make good President 52%

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would be

good 33

Would like to see party nominate him 7

Would not like to see party nominate him 5

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would like

to see party nominate him 3

36. (US Aug 17 '39) Do you think Mrs. Roosevelt would
make a good President? 17% of the sample who thought she
would make a good President were asked: Would you like to
see your party nominate her in 1940? (aipo)

Wouldn't make good President 71%

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would be

good 12

Would like to see party nominate her 8

Would not like to see party nominate her 7

Didn't know or wouldn't say whether or not would like

to see party nominate her 2

37. (US Aug 30 '39) Will you vote for him [President Roose-
velt] if he runs? (aipo)

Yes 43% No 57% = 100% No opinion; no answer 13%

38. (US Sept '39) If you had your choice of candidate for
President in 1940, would you choose Mr. Roosevelt or some-
one else? (Dec '39) Under the circumstances, do you think it
would be better to have a new President in 1940, or to have
Roosevelt remain in office? (for)

Roosevelt Someone else Don't know

Sept '39 34.9% 53.3% 11.8%

Dec '39 47.4 38.6 14.0

SEPT RESULTS BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Southeast 52.1% 38.4% 9.5%

Southwest 48.1 40.6 11.3

SEPT RESULTS BY SELECTED GROUPS

Negroes

Poor

Unemployed

Labor-farm

Labor-miscellaneous . .
Labor-factorv

64.8%

18.6%

16.6%

49.1

37.0

13.9

54.8

35.6

9.6

54.0

29.7

16.3

52.4

38.1

9.5

48.9

43.5

7.6

39. (US Sept '39) Can you, offhand, name your first choice
for President? Asked of 53.3% of the sample who would choose
someone beside Roosevelt as a candidate for President in 1940.
(for)

Dewey 5.1%

Garner 4.3

Vandenberg 3-3

Taft 1,2

Hull 9

Hoover 6

McNutt 5%

Landon 5

Others 2.9

Don't know 34.0

53.3%

40. (US Sept '39) If you had to choose between these two men
to succeed President Roosevelt in 1940, which one would you
prefer, as you feel now — Senator Robert Taft of Ohio, Senator
Bennett C. Clark of Missouri? And these — District Attorney
Thomas E. Dewey of New York City, Postmaster General
James A. Farley? (for)

Taft 27.2% Dewey 45.7%

Clark 14.9 Farley 27.8

Don't know 57. 9 Don't know 26. 5

41. (US Oct 24 '39) If it came to a choice between Justice
Douglas of the Supreme Court, John Garner, or Paul McNutt
for President, which one would you prefer? A comparable
cross-section was asked: If it came to a choice between Paul
McNutt, Justice Douglas of the Supreme Court, or John Garner
for President, which one would you prefer? Results were com-
bined. Only Democrats were questioned, (aipo)

Douglas 15%

Garner 59

McNutt 26

100%
Don't know; no answer. . . . 41%

42. (US Oct 24 '39 to May 23 '40, dates listed below) If it
came to a choice between Robert Taft, Thomas Dewey, or
Arthur Vandenberg for President, which one would you pre-
fer? A comparable cross-section was asked the question with
the names of the candidates reversed. Results were combined.
Only Republicans were questioned, (aipo)

Oct
*Jan

** Mar 6
(1) Mar 13

24 '39 25

20 '40 21

'40.
'40

First choice 25

Second choice 43

Third choice 31

(2) May 23 '40 16

%
44
59

51
25
25
50

s
a

%
31

20
19

100
100

— 24 = 100

— 32 = 100

44
16

100
100

26
17

20
12

4
24

100

* Question was: Which of these three candidates do you think would
have the best chance of getting elected President — Robert Taft, Thomas
Dewey, or Arthur Vandenberg?

** If it came to a choice among Thomas Dewey, Robert Taft, and
Arthur Vandenberg for President this year, which one would you
prefer? A comparable cross-section was asked the question with the
names in reverse order. Results were combined. Only Republicans were
questioned.

(1) If It came to a choice among Dewey, Taft, or Vandenberg for
President, which would be your first choice? Your second choice? Your
third choice? A comparable cross-section was asked the question with
the names in reverse order. Results were combined.

(2) If it came to a choice between Willkie, Dewey, Taft, and Vanden-
berg for the Republican presidential nomination, which man would
you prefer? A comparable cross-section was asked the question with
the candidates listed in this order: "Dewey, Vandenberg, Willkie, and
Taft." Results were combined- Asked of Republicans and Independents.

43. (US Nov 8 '39) If the war is still going on next year,
would you prefer to see the Democrats or the Republicans win
the presidential election? (aipo)

[615]

Democrats 44% Republicans 35% No opinion 21%

44. (US Nov 15 '39) Would you prefer to see the Democrats or
the Republicans win the presidential election next year? 44%
of the sample said they would prefer to see the Democrats
win, 1% voted for parties other than the Republican, and 17%
were undecided. These three groups were asked: If it came to a
choice between Franklin D. Roosevelt and Paul McNutt for
President in 1940, which would you prefer? A cross-section
comparable to that used for the preceding question was asked:
K the war is still going on next year, would you prefer to see
the Democrats or the Republicans win the presidential elec-
tion? 48% of this sample said they would prefer the Democrats,
1% chose other parties, and 17% were undecided. These were
asked: If it came to a choice between Paul McNutt and Frank-
lin D. Roosevelt for President in 1940, which would you
prefer? (aipo)

Without war dement

Prefer Republicans 38%

Prefer Roosevelt 41

Prefer McNutt 10

Didn't say who preferred 2

Undecided about preference 9

// war is still on

Prefer Republicans 34%

Prefer Roosevelt 45

Prefer McNutt 10

Didn't say who preferred 4

Undecided about preference 7

45. (US Dec 13 '39) Do you happen to know the names of two
leading Republican candidates for President in 1940? (aipo)

All Republican

Dewey

Vandenberg 24

Taft

Hoover

Bricker

Landon

Borah

James

All others

voters

59%

69%

4 ■

119%* 143%*

No answer 31% 20%

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

46. (US Dec 13 '39) Do you happen to know the names of two
leading Democratic candidates for President in 1940? (aipo)

Garner. . . .
Roosevelt. .
McNutt . . .

Farley

Hull

Wheeler . . .
Murphy . . .
All others .

All

Democratic

voters

64%

61%

133%* 132%*

No answer 24% 24%

Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave

47. (US Jan '40) Who is your choice for our next President
among these four Democratic [Franklin D. Roosevelt, Vice-
President Garner, Secretary of State Hull, Paul McNutt] or
these four Republican [District Attorney Thomas Dewey,
Senator Vandenberg, Senator Taft, Ex-President Herbert
Hoover] possibilities? (for)

^ ^

^
^

% % % % %

Democrats:

Roosevelt

Garner

Hull

McNutt

Other

Unnamed Demo-
cratic

Republican:

Dewey

Vandenberg

Taft

Hoover

Other

Unnamed Republi-
can

Other possibilities of

neither party

Don't know

Wouldn't answer. . . .

30.6 26.9 23.6

4.5 3.1 3.6

2.9 2.5 1.7

2.1 1.4 3.9

0.5 0.7 0.3

18.7 49.4 40.3

3.3 6.2 9.2

1.4 7.4 .2
1.7 2.1 1.0
0.9 1.0 —

26.9
4.5
1.3
1.9

33.8
4.9
3.7
1.7
0.3

3.0 4.7 5.5 4.9 12.8 23.8 7.1 4.6

9.1
4.9
39
1.6
1.3

13.7
5.9
3.9
2.5

2.4

7.6
8.1
6.8
1.0
1.3

10.1
5.3

5.4
1.2
0.9

2.9
1.5

1.0
0.8
0.4

1.4
1.0
0.7
0.2

10.9
1.3
1.3
0.6
0.6

16.0
3.7
4.6
4.3
1.7

12.7 16.4 12.7 24.5 4.1 2.8 14.7 9.2

0.1

14.31

3.5

15.9 23.9 21.7 10.4 19.4 28.9 11.5

48. (US Jan '40) Regardless of which political party you sym-
pathize with, which of the following courses of action do you
think would give the Republican party the best chance of
winning the 1940 election — (1) campaign on the side of keep-
ing us out of war no matter what happens abroad; (2) base
their election campaign on domestic issues just as if there
were no war; (3) come out for a definite policy of giving the
Allies whatever support they need to win? (for)

State- State- State- Don't

ment I ment 2 ment 3 Other know

National total. ... 41.9% 24.1% 8.2% 2.4% 23.4%

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Prosperous 41.5%

Poor 42.0

Executives 33.7

Unemployed 41.9

Students 66.7

49. (US Jan 30 '40) Which of these combinations of candidates
for President and Vice-President would you rather vote for —
Roosevelt and La Guardia, Dewey and Taft? A comparable
cross-section was asked about Taft and Dewey. Results were
combined. (May 14 '40) Suppose these are the candidates for
President and Vice-President, which combination would you
rather vote for — Dewey and Taft, Roosevelt and Jackson?
(aipo)

30.9%

8.4%

2.1%

17.1%

20.3

7.5

1.6

28.6

46.4

10.2

3.6

6.1

19.5

8.3

1.5

28.8

25.9

3.7

—

3.7

more than one answer.

-. 1

1;!

<^^

§ t:

:, "§ §

■^ «

-§ S

^ a

^.^ ^

3-:^ 5-5

^ O

"i §

Qt^ f§^

«^

Q §

Jan '40 results..

47% -

53% =

100% 12%

May '40 results . .

42 58% =

= 100%

—

[616]

50. (US Feb 20 '40) If Roosevelt does not run for President,
would you prefer to see the Democrats or Republicans win the
presidential election this year? (aipo)

Democrats 52*^

Republicans 48%
Don't know 16%

100%

51. (US Mar 25 '40) If it came
didates for President this year,
(aipo)

Choice of Republicans*

Dewey 43%

Vandenberg 22

to a choice between these can-
which man would you prefer?

Choice of Democrats*
Roosevelt 64%

Taft .
Hoover.
Landon ,
Bridges .
James. . .
Martin. .
Gannett.
Bricker.

17
9
4
1
1
1
1
1

Hull

Garner

Farley

McNutt. . . .
La Guardia.
Wheeler. . . .
Wallace. . . .
Jackson ....
Bankhead . .

12
10
5
3
2
3
1

100%
. 10%

100%

No answer 14% No answer

* Includes those who were undecided.
** Less than 0.5%.

52. (US Mar 25 '40) Regardless of which candidate you prefer
for President, which man do you think will be nominated by
the Republicans? Democrats? (aipo)

Republican candidate

Dewey 51%

Vandenberg 24

Taft 17

Landon 3

Hoover 2

Martin 1

James 1

Bricker *

Bridges *

Gannett 1

Democratic candidate

Roosevelt 64%

Hull 10

Garner 12

Farley 7

McNutt 3

La Guardia 1

Wheeler 2

Jackson 1

Bankhead *

100% 100%

No answer 17% No answer 15%

* Less than 0.5%.

53. (US Apr 17 '40) If you were voting for President which
type of candidate do you think you would be more likely to
vote for — candidate favoring help for England and France,
candidate opposing further help for England and France? A
comparable cross-section was asked the question with the
types in reverse order. Results were combined, (aipo)

Favoring Oppose fur- Unde-

help ther help cided

National total 66% 34% = 100% 9%

MAJOR PARTY VOTE BY POLITICS

Democratic 68% 32%

Republican 64 36

MAJOR PARTY VOTE BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 72% 28%

Middle income 66 34

Lower income 63 37

54. (US Apr 23 '40) What do you think is the most important
issue in the coming presidential campaign? A comparable
cross-section was asked: What is the most important issue
that you would like to hear discussed in the coming presiden-
tial campaign? (aipo)

Most
important

issue

The war situation (general) 18%

Keeping out of war 15

Foreign policy 4

Neutrality 3

Preparedness 1

Unemployment 12

Government spending.
Business restoration. . .

The New Deal

Relief

Third term

Labor and labor laws.
The farm problem ....

Taxation

Old-age pensions

All others

No answers

9
5
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
5
14

discussed

10%
14

1
16

3
5

2
2

7
14

56. (US May '40) Which is your choice for our next President
among these six Democrats or these six Republicans? 20.1%
of the sample who said they didn't know were asked: Would
you rather see a Democrat or a Republican elected? Southern
Negroes were not included in the tabulation, (for)

Democrats

Roosevelt 35.8%

Garner 56

Cordell Hull 4.5

Paul McNutt 1.8

Jim Farley 1.5

Attorney General Jackson 0.2

Don't know but prefer a Democrat 5.0

54.4%

Republicans

Dewey 14.9%

Senator Taft 5 8

Senator Vandenberg 53

Herbert Hoover 35

Congressman Joe Martin 0.6

Publisher Frank Gannett 0.4

Don't know but prefer a Republican 7.3

Neither or don't know.

37.8%

. 7.8%

56. (US May '40) Can you name anyone you would prefer to
any of these six Democrats or six Republicans [named in pre-
ceding question]? 3.5% of the sample who said they could
were asked: Whom? (for)

No, can name none 96.5%

Named other known Democrat. ... 1.1

Other known Republican 1.6

Party not known 0.5

Other party 0.2

Yes, but no one named 0.1

57. (US May 16 '40) It has been suggested that the Republican
party postpone their presidential nominating convention from
June to August of this year in order to wait and see what is
going to happen in Europe. Do you approve or disapprove of
this proposal? Asked of Republicans only, (aipo)

Approve 43% Disapprove 57% = 100% No opinion 27%

58. (US May 23 '40) Would you like to see the Republicans
nominate Roosevelt for President if the Democrats would agree

[617]

to accept the choice of the Republicans for Vice-President?
(aipo)

Yes 26% No 53% Don't know 21%

59. (US July '40) If Roosevelt does not run for re-election,
which party do you think you would be most likely to vote
for, as you feel now? Southern Negroes were omitted in this
tabulation because their franchise is largely ineffective, (for)

.'5

■c^

National total 35.7% 33.7% 0.6% 21.5% 1.7% 6.8%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Other, Don't know.

Wouldn't answer,

and Won't vote

New England 49.4% 26.8% 23.8%

Middle Atlantic 47.7 25.7 26.6

East north central .. . 40.5 26.6 32.9

West north central .. . 47.4 22.2 30.4

South Atlantic 16.5 51.3 32.2

East south central .. . 5.4 47.6 47.0

West south central .. . 12.1 58.9 29.0

Mountain states 29.3 26.7 44.0

Pacific coast 35.9 42.5 21.6

60. (US July '40) If Roosevelt does run for re-election, do you
think you would vote for or against him as you feel now? (for)

National total 49.0% 31.4% 11.2% 2.1% 6.3%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION*

Don't know.

Wouldn't answer,

and Won't vote

South Atlantic 55.7% 14.5% 29.8%

East south central 42.8 5.0 52.2

West south central 54.7 15.4 29.9

Mountain states 48.0 32.0 20.0

East north central 40.8 37.8 21.4

New England 48.2 39.3 12.5

Pacific coast 56.3 32.2 11.5

Middle Atlantic 455 36.3 18.2

West north central 47.8 40.0 12.2

* Breakdown from Fortune Aug '40.

61. (US July 11 '40) Suppose Roosevelt and Hull are the Demo-
cratic candidates for President and Vice-President, would you
prefer to vote for them or for the Republican ticket of Willkie
and McNary? (aipo)

Roosevelt and Hull 54% Willkie and McNary 46% = 100%
Undecided 14%

62. (US July 20 '40) Which presidential candidate do you
think would handle our country's foreign affairs better, Roose-
velt or Willkie? (opor)

Roosevelt 54%

Willkie 27

Other 1

Undecided 17

No answer 1

63. (US July 20 '40) Would you prefer to see Roosevelt or
Willkie win the presidential election this year? (opor)

Roosevelt 49%

Willkie 39

Other 1

Undecided 10

No answer 1

64. (US July 20 '40) Which do you think is more important
to you personally — that England win the war against Ger-
many and Italy, or that [respondent's choice of candidate] be
elected President of the United States this year? (opor)

England defeat Germany and Italy . . 46%

Candidate be elected 38

Undecided 10

No answer 6

65. (US July 31 '40 to Nov 2 '40, dates listed below) Regard-
less of how you, yourself, plan to vote, who do you think will
be elected President? (aipo, for)

1 "*

July 31 '40 60% 40% = 100% —

* Sept 3 '40 55 45 18%

**Sept 3 '40 68 32 16

**Sept 17 '40 73 27 —

** Sept 20 '40 74 26 —

(1) Oct '40 (Asked in

Aug) 58.1 24.2 17.7 = 100%

**Oct 5 '40 74 26 =100 15

**Oct 19 '40 71 29 15

**Oct 22 '40 66 34 16

**Oct 23 '40 69 31 16

**Oct 24 '40 69 31 17

(2) Nov '40 (Asked in

Sept) 60.3 23.0 16.7 = 100

(2) Nov '40 (Asked in

Oct) 66 18 16

**Nov 2 '40 64 36 =100 19

* The question was: Which candidate do you think will win in your
state?

** Regardless of how you, yourself, plan to vote, which presidential
candidate do you think will win?

(1) Regardless of what you hope, who do you think will win the
election — Roosevelt or Willkie? (for)

(2) Regardless of what you hope, who do you think will win —
Roosevelt or Willkie? (for)

SEPT 3 '40 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Koosevelt Willkie Don't know

Republicans 27% 73% —

Democratic 96 4 —

fortune's OCT '40 RESULTS BY ATTITUDES
TO^VARD ROOSEVELT

Favoring Roosevelt 84.4% 4.0% 11.6%

Favoring Willkie 23.8 56.3 19.9

66. (US Aug '40) If Roosevelt does run next fall, do you think
you would vote for him or for Willkie? (for)

Othersj

won't
vote:
For For wouldn't Don't

'R.oosevelt Willkie answer know

National total 44.3% 40.8% 8.0% 6.9%

[618]

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

For Others, etc., and

WHlkie

Don't know

16.4%

17.1%

11.1

24.1

13.9

21.3

39.3

1\A

45.1

16.1

47.2

12.2

51.1

11.9

52.6

11.5

57.6

9.3

For
Roosevelt

South Atlantic. . . : 66.5%

East south central 64.8

West south central 62.8

Mountain states 39.3

East north central 38.8

New England 40.6

Pacific coast 37.0

Middle Atlantic 35.9

West north central 33. 1

67. (US Aug '40) 40.8% of a national sample who said they
would vote for Willkie and 44.3% who said they would vote
for Roosevelt were asked: Which of the following most nearly
represents your opinion of Willkie? (for)

OPINIONS of willkie supporters
He is the best man Republicans have and is likely to

win the election 57.2%

He is the best man Republicans have, but he probably

won't beat Roosevelt 14.1

Someone else would have been better choice, but Willkie

will be better than another term for Roosevelt 21.5

Don't know 7.2

of those

100.0%
vho favored Willkie

opinions of ROOSEVELT SUPPORTERS

He is the best man Republicans could have chosen, but

it is better for the country to keep Roosevelt in office. 68.1%

He may be all right as a person, but Republicans made a

mistake not to have chosen a different candidate. . . - 12.8

He is thoroughly unsuited for office; his election would
be a calamity 58

Don't know 13. 3

100.0%
of those who favored Roosevelt

68. (US Aug 8 '40) If England is defeated between now and
election time and it looks as though the United States might
have to fight Germany, which candidate would you prefer for
President — Willkie or Roosevelt? (aipo)

Willkie 42% Roosevelt 58% = 100% No opinion 10%

69. (US Aug 9 '40 and Oct 5 '40) Do you think it would be a
bad thing for the country if Roosevelt [Willkie] is elected?
Willkie supporters were asked about Roosevelt and Roosevelt
supporters were asked about Willkie. (aipo)

IF ROOSEVELT IS ELECTED

Yes No

Aug '40 67% 20%

Oct '40 82 18

100%

Undecided

13% = 100%

IF WILLKIE IS ELECTED

Aug '40.
Oct '40.

40%
68

34%
32

100%

26% = 100%
21

70. (US Sept 3 '40) If it appears that England is going to be
defeated, which presidential candidate do you think you
would favor? (aipo)

Willkie 38% Roosevelt 48% Undecided 14%

71. (US Sept 3 '40 and Sept 20 '40) Are you more interested or
less interested in the coming presidential election than you
were in the last presidential election? (aipo)

Less

About

same

Don't

know

Sept 3 '40. . .
Sept 20 '40.. .

■ 67%
. 66

5%
4

11%
30 =

1% =
100% 1

100%

72. (US Sept 17 '40) Since he was nominated, do you think
Wendell Willkie has carried on a better or a worse campaign
than you expected he would? (aipo)

Better 15%

About as good .... 25

Worse 42

No opinion 18

73. (US Sept 30 '40) Have you, at any time since Willkie was
nominated, planned to vote for him? Willkie supporters were
excluded from the cross-section, (aipo)

Yes 10% No 90%

74. (US Sept 30 '40) Since Roosevelt's rcnomination last July,
have you at any time planned to vote for him? Roosevelt suj>
porters were excluded from the cross-section, (aipo)

Yes 7% No 93%

75. (US Oct '40) Do you feel that it will be a close election?
(for)

Yes No No opinion

National total 63.6% 26.2% 10.2%

BY ELECTION EXPECTATIONS

Those expecting Roosevelt to

win 54.7% 36.4% 8.9%

Those expecting Willkie to win. 77.8 17.6 4.6

Those who didn't know who

would win 73.9 4.2 21.9

76. (US Oct 5 '40) If there were no war in Europe today, which
presidential candidate would you vote for, Roosevelt or
Willkie? (aipo)

Roosevelt 47% Willkie 53% = 100% Undecided 8%

77. (US Oct 22 '40) As you feel today, would you say you
were a little more for Willkie or a little more for Roosevelt?
Asked of a national cross-section of persons who were unde-
cided as to which presidential candidate they would support.
(aipo)

Willkie 25% Roosevelt 32% No choice 43%

78. (US Oct 22 '40) If the United States should get into the
war, which man would you prefer to have as President —
Roosevelt or Willkie? (aipo)

Roosevelt 60% Willkie 40% = 100% Undecided 9%

79. (US Oct 23 '40) Which candidate for President do you
think is more likely to keep us out of war, Roosevelt or Willkie?
(aipo)

Roosevelt 58% Willkie 42% = 100% Undecided 35%

80. (US Oct 23 '40) Which presidential candidate do you
think would do the most in reducing unemployment, Roose-
velt or Willkie? (aipo)

Roosevelt 55% Willkie 45% = 100% No choice 20%

81. (US Oct 28 '40) Prediction of the vote of 1936 non-voters:

(CP)

Those under

voting age

in 19}6

Roosevelt 45. 7%

Willkie 44.3

Other, undecided, and not voting. . 10.0

Those of

voting age

in 1936

35.1%

29.2

35.7

[619]

82. (US Oct 29 '40) Following is the analysis of vote-shifting
from 1936. (cp)

1936

voters for

Roosevelt Willkie

Men

Landon. . .

Roosevelt.
Women

Landon . . .

3.4%

70.2

2.4

Roosevelt 72.9

BY AGE

25-^0 years

Landon 3.7%

Roosevelt 70.2

Over 40 years

Landon 2.4

Roosevelt 72.9

95.0%
24.2

95.6
20.6

94.4%
23.3

95.9
21.6

BY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

Unetnployed and IVPA

Landon 9.1% 87.5%

Roosevelt 76.6 15.3

Office

Landon .♦. . . 2.5 97.1

Roosevelt 65.0 31.9

Retail

Landon 4.1 94.2

Roosevelt 66.7 28.0

BY RACE

Italian people

Landon 2.8%

Roosevelt 64.4

Jewish people

Landon 8.7

Roosevelt 88.2

l^egroes

Landon 17.1

Roosevelt 72.6

BY INCOME LEVEL

Top

Landon

Roosevelt

Upper middle

Landon

Roosevelt

Middle

Landon

Roosevelt

Lower middle

Landon

Roosevelt 74.5

how

Landon 6.5

Roosevelt 78.1

1.5%
56.3

2.1

60.0

1.9
65.2

3.7

91.6%
23.9

91.2

7.7

73.2
17.8

97.8%
35.2

97.5

36.4

96.7
28.6

93.5
19.6

90.2
15.4

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

New York and Chicago

Landon 4.1% 95.8%

Roosevelt 67.2 26. 3

Others over 100,000 population

Landon 3.2 92.3

Roosevelt 73.3 18.2

25,000-100,000

Landon

Undecided;

non-voters

1.6%
5.6

2.0
65

1.9%
6.5

2.8

Roosevelt 73.4

95.3
21.1

1.7
5.5

3.4%
8.1

.4
3.1

1.7
5.3

5.6%
11.7

.1
4.1

9.7
9.6

.7%
8.5

.4
3.6

1.4
6.2

2.8
5.9

3.3
6.5

.1%
6.5

4.5
8.5

1.9
55

1936
voters for
i, 000-25, 000

Landon

Roosevelt

Under 5,000

Landon

Roosevelt

'{oosevelt

Willkie

Undecided;
non-voters

2.9%
72.8

95.8%
23.8

1.3%
3.4

2.2
71.0

97.5
23.2

5.8

83. (US Oct 30 '40) Chart of reasons for favoring each candi-
date, (cp)

Roosevelt

Qualifications 37%

Policies 29

Party affiliation 17

Personality 7

War and foreign policies . 6

Prosperity 4

Willkie

Third term 36%

Party affiliation 23

Qualifications 10

Prosperity 9

Policies 8

FDR spending 5

Personality 4

War and foreign policies 3
Dictatorship 2

84. (US Nov '40) If any of these things happened between
now and election day, would you be inclined to change your
vote for President? Asked of 81.6% of a national sample who
said they expected to vote for either Roosevelt or Willkie.
(for)

Don't
Yes No know
The sinking by the Germans
of an American owned and

operated ship 2.0% 92.9% 5.1% = 100.0%

of those questioned

The defeat of England 2.4 93.0 4.6

A message from Roosevelt
asking Congress for a dec-
laration of war 6.8 85.4 7.8

The discovery of tremendous
graft in giving out con-
tracts for war equipment . . 24.4 61.1 14.5

Do you think that anything — that is, anything that has a
reasonable chance of happening — would cause you to change
your choice? Those who said one or more things might happen
to make them change their vote were excluded from the cross-
section. ■

Yes 3.4%

Possibility 12.2

No 79.6

Don't know 4.8

100.0%

of those questioned

85. (US Nov '40) Do you think that Roosevelt and Willkie

agree on the following propositions, or do you think they

disagree? (for)

Disagree

On the best way to solve un-
employment 54.2%

How to increase business

confidence 52.2

That most New Deal reforms

should be continued 41 .5

That the government should
economize on everything
but preparedness 35-3 28.9 35.8

Agree

Don't know

9.4%

36.4%

10.3

37.5

30.2

28.3

[ eao ]

41.7%

37.7

Disagree ^ff'" Don' t kn

On the foreign policy we

should pursue 28.0% 30.3%

That the rights of labor

should be preserved 20.6 41.7

Which one do you agree with — Roosevelt or Willkie? Asked
of those who thought that Roosevelt and Willkie disagreed
on the issues.

Agree with Agree ivith Don't
Rooset'elt Willkie know
Solving unemployment 20.4%
Increasing business con-
fidence 16,4

Gallup Poll Actual elec-

tion % for

= 54.2%

Continuing New Deal. 18.7

Government spending. 12.7

Foreign policy 13. 3

Rights of labor 11.8

30.5
18.7
19.8
11.6
7.6

5.3
4.1
2.8
3.1
1.2

52.2
41.5
353
28.0
20.6

86. (US Nov 9 '40) Following is a comparison of the American
Institute report and the election on a state-by-state basis: (aipo)

Gallup Poll Actual elec-
% for tion % for

Roosevelt Roosevelt Deviation

National total.

52.0%

STATE BY STATE

Kansas 43%

Louisiana 86

Maryland 59

New Jersey 52

Wyoming 53

Connecticut 53

Alabama 86

Minnesota 51

Oregon 54

South Dakota 41

Washington 57

Arkansas 82

California 56

Delaware 56

Florida 72

Georgia 87

Massachusetts 51

Michigan 48

Mississippi 94

Nebraska 41

North Dakota 46

Oklahoma 56

South Carolina 97

Texas 79

Virginia 70

West Virginia 59

Illinois 48

Iowa 45

Missouri 49

Montana 57

New York 49

New Mexico 53

Ohio 49

Rhode Island 54

Vermont 42

Wisconsin 48

Arizona 61

Colorado 45

Indiana 45

Kentucky 54

Nevada 56

54.5'/

43%

50-

2.5^

0%
0
0
0

%fo>
Roosevelt

New Hampshire 49%

North Carolina 72

Tennessee 64

Idaho 49

Pennsylvania 49

Maine 43

Utah 55

87. (US Nov 19 '40) How long before the election had you
made up your mind to vote for Roosevelt (Willkie)? Roosevelt
supporters were asked about Roosevelt and Willkie supporters
were asked about Willkie. (aipo)

Roosevelt

Before nomination 35%

At the time of nomination 34

Roosevelt

Deviation

53%

Three months before election 4

Two months before election 5

One month before election 5

Two weeks before the elections 4

One week before the election 2

Within the last week before the election 2

Election day 2

Indefinite answers 3

Always vote Democratic 2

Always vote Republican —

No answer 2

Willkie

27%
39

5
1

88. (US Nov 19 '40) What would you say is the chief reason
why you decided to vote for him [Willkie, Roosevelt]? Roose-
velt supporters were asked about Roosevelt and Willkie sup-
porters were asked about Willkie. (aipo)

Roosevelt

Roosevelt was the better man 20%

Roosevelt has helped the common man 14

Roosevelt has done a lot of good for the country 14

Roosevelt's experience 9

The critical international situation 11

Roosevelt has helped labor 7

Roosevelt was the Democratic candidate 6

Bad time to change 3

To keep this country out of war 1

He has helped the farmer 2

Other reasons 9

No answer 4

Willkie

Willkie's business ability 14%

Against a third term 21

We need a change 16

Against Roosevelt and the New Deal 12

Willkie was the better man 12

Willkie was the Republican candidate 8

Willkie would keep the country out of war 2

Critical international situation 1

Other reasons 12

No answer 2

89. (US Feb '41) Now that the election is over, how do you
feel about the outcome and its effect on the country? Which of
these statements comes closest to describing what you think:
(l) Roosevelt's re-election was the best thing that could have
happened to the country. (2) Although it was better for the
country to re-elect Roosevelt, Willkie would probably have
been all right too. (3) It would have been better to elect
Willkie, but we will probably get along all right with Roose-

[621]

velt. (4) Roosevelt's re-election was a very bad thing for the
country? (for)

Statt-

State-

Don't

mmt 1

ment 2

ment 3

ment 4

know

National total . . .

■ 47.7%

15.4%,

POLITICS

21-9%,

10.3%

4.7%

Roosevelt voters. .

. 79.8%

17.7%,

1.1%

0.2%

1.2%

Willkie voters. . . .

. 3.8

10.9

55.0

26.5

3.8

90. (US Oct '44) Do you remember for certain whether or not
you voted in the 1940 presidential election? 80% of the sample
who said they had voted were asked: Did you vote for Roose-
velt or Willkie? 16% who had not voted were asked: Do you
remember why you didn't vote? (norc)

Too young to vote 2%

Don't remember whether or not voted 2

Voted for Roosevelt 45

Voted for 'Willkie 34

Voted for other candidate or refused to say 1

Didn't vote because:

Inconvenience; sick; no transportation; too far to polls;

mechanics of absentee ballot; busy; got there too late 2
Disinterested; one vote doesn't count; don't know
about candidates; issues not important; not to kill

husband's vote; neglect; no reason 4

Disqualified; not citizen; moved; poll tax; out of town 4

Unacquainted with mechanics of voting *

Not registered; procrastinated too long 3

Disgusted; don't like candidates, issues, mud-slinging;

disapprove third term 1

Politics crooked . . . " *

Women shouldn't vote *

Other reasons *

Don't know why 2

* Less than 0.5%.

91. (US Oct '44) What is the main reason you voted for Roose-
velt (Willkie)? Asked of 45% of the sample who said they
voted for Roosevelt and 34% who said they voted for Willkie.
(norc)

Koosevelt

Because of the war situation; if war comes 3%

Roosevelt is the best diplomat; has the best foreign policy;

best foreign relations; is the best statesman 1

Roosevelt has the best experience, record; is the best man;

done good job 26

Roosevelt is best for the common man, farmer, and special

groups 5

Appreciation; won't bite the hand that's feeding me;

won't shoot Santa Claus *

Roosevelt has the best program; promised to keep us out

of war 1

Roosevelt has stated his policies clearly, is honest *

Roosevelt is a Democrat; the party man; Democratic prin-
ciples are best; always vote Democratic 4

To keep Republicans out; keep Willkie out 3

Other answers 1

Don't know 1

45%

Willkie

We need a change, I am tired of the New Deal; I want to
get Roosevelt out; anti-Roosevelt; has been in long
enough; Roosevelt for Negroes and Jews

On account of labor union trouble and strikes; Roosevelt
sponsors strikes, Willkie will stop them

10%

Willkie is better businessman; has the best economic plan;
is better for the country, for private business, for free
enterprise; for the independent businessman; better

conditions; best man for country 2%

Willkie has a good record 1

I'm against three terms 5

Willkie is young, healthy, peppy, strong *

Willkie is honest, sincere; not backed by gangsters 1

Willkie will balance the budget, straighten out the gov-
ernment, get rid of bureaus, stop government spending,
prevent inflation, prevent depression, houseclean Wash-
ington; more efficient administration 1

Willkie has the best program for farmers, for soldiers, for
the middleman; I like his principles or policies; best for
domestic problems; best for postwar problems; best

platform 1

To prevent Communism *

To prevent dictatorship, civil war; to get government
back into the hands of the people; Roosevelt too pow-
erful 1

To prevent war; keep us out of war *

He's a Republican; the party man; Republican principles

are best; I always voted Republican 5

Foreign policy *

Better man for the job; capable; smarter; has job training;

progressive 7

Other answers *

Don't know *

34%

' Less than 0.5%.

U.S. (Election 1944)

1. (us Aug 27 '41) Please look at this card and tell me which
of these men you think might be good enough to be President
of the United States next time. Select as many as you wish.
Two comparable cross-sections were asked about different lists.
(a:po)

First cross-section Second cross-section

Dewey .

Landon

Hull 31

Taft 16

La Guardia 17

McNutt 11

Wheeler 9

Stassen 8

Jackson 6

Jones 6

Ickes 4

Roberts 4

Nye 3

Pepper 3

Byrd 4

Lodge 2

No answer 24

31% Willkie 37%

Wallace 19

Hoover 11

Vandenberg 14

Farley 17

Hopkins 9

Lindbergh 9

Knox 7

Douglas 5

Edison 4

Clark 3

Stark 3

Bricker 2

Green 2

Lewis 2

Brooks 2

Donovan 1

No answer 33

187%* 180%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer. 20% of the sample mentioned other names not
listed on card.

2. (US Mar 18 '42, Mar 31 '42, Nov 10 '42, Nov 17 '42, Jan 27
'43, Mar 10 '43) Will you tell me frankly what you think of
each of these men as presidential material for 1944? Generally
speaking, is yotu: opinion of them favorable or unfavorable?
The Nov 10 sample was asked about Republican presidential

[622

marcrial, and the Nov 17 sample was asked about Democratic
presidential material, (aipo)

Bricker

Favor- Unfa- Not No

able vorable familiar opinion

Nov 10 '42 12% 11% 63% 14%

BY POLITICS

Nov 10 '42

Republican 19% 9% 59% 13%

Democratic 8 14 64 14

Not familiar
and No opinion
Jan V3

Republican 25 10 65%

OPINION IN OHIO

Nov 10 '42 54% 37% 9%

Byrnes

Favor- Unfa- Not No

able vorahle familiar opinion

BY POLITICS

Nov 17 '42

Republican 11% 23% 51% 15%

Democratic 13 14 57 16

Not familiar
and No opinion
Jan '43

Democratic 19 12 69%

DEMOCRATIC OPINION BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION IN JAN '43

New England and mid-
Atlantic 19% 13% 68%

East and West central. . . 19 U 70

South 25 12 63

Far West 12 12 76

Dewey

Favor- Unfa- Not No

able vorable familiar opinion

Mar 18 '42 39% 35% 15% 11%

Nov 10 '42 53 21 15 11

BY POLITICS

Nov 10 '41

Republican 66% 16% 10% 8%

Democratic 46 26 16 12

Not familiar
and No opinion
Jan '43

Republican 69 13 18%

OPINION IN NEW YORK

Nov 10 '42 52% 32% 16%

Douglas

Favor- Unfa- Not No

able vorable familiar opinion

Mar 31 '42 20% 18% 48% 14%

BY POLITICS

Nov n '42

Republican 9% 23% 52% 16%

Democratic 14 11 57 18

Not familiar
and No opinion
Jan '43

Democratic 21 10 69%

]

DEMOCRATIC OPINION BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION IN JAN '43

Not familiar
and No optnhn
New England and mid-
Atlantic 25%, 11% 64%

East and West central. ... 20 9 71

South 19 11 70

Far West 19 11 70

Favor- Unfa- Not No

Edison able vorable familiar opinion

Mar 31 '42 10% 19% 61%, 10%

Farley

Mar 18 '42 21 55 12 12

Mar '43 17 56 8 19

Henderson

Mar 18 '42 13 39 35 13

K.aiser

Mar '43 18 41 15 26

K.nudsen

Mar 31 '42 22 28 32 18

Lindbergh

Mar 31 '42 10 80 2 8

MacArthur

Mar 31 '42 56 30 3 U

Mar '43 43 44 — 13

McNutt

Mar 18 '42 22 32 34 12

BY POLITICS

Nov 17 '42

Republican 16% 52% 17% 15%

Democratic 26 31 25 18

Not familiar
and No opinion
Jan '43

Democratic 28 31 41%

DEMOCRATIC OPINION BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION IN JAN '43

New England and mid-
Atlantic 29% 29% 42%,

East and West central .. . 32 32 36

South 24 32 44

Far West 20 33 47

Favor- Unfa- Not No

Nelson able vorable familiar opinion

Mar 31 '42 29% 22% 35% 14%

Mar '43 21 39 12 28

^ickenbacker

Mar '43 20 55 4 21

Koberts

Mar 31 '42 18 21 49 12

'R.ockefeller

Mar '43 12 53 4 31

Roosevelt

Mar 18 '42 60 35 — 5

OPINION BY POLITICS NOV 17 '42

Republican 21% 74% — 5%

Democratic 73 22 — 5

Saltonstall

Mar 31 '42 8 13 69 10

REPUBLICAN OPINION ONLY

Not familiar
and No opinion

Jan '43 15% 9% 76%

[623]

Favor-
able
Stasstn

Mar 18 '42 11%

Nov 10 '42 15

Unfa-
vorable

BY POLITICS

Nov 10 '42

Republican 24%

Democratic 10

Jan '43

Republican .

12%
12

Not
familiar

65%
60

No
opinion

1%
14

Favor- Unfa-
able vorable

OPINION IN MINNESOTA

Nov 10 '42 62% 29%

Taft

Mar 18 '42 23 33

Mar 31 '42 29 36

Nov 10 '42 26 29

Mar '43 26 37

OPINION BY POLITICS NOV 10

Republican 37% 29%

Democratic 20 33

Vandenberg

Mar 18 '42 16 33

Mar '43 21 34

Wallace

Mar 18 '42 32 40

Mar 31 '42 31 39

52% 12%
63 15

Not familiar
and No opinion

59%

Not No

familiar opinioti

BY POLITICS

Nov 17 '42

Republican 20%

Democratic 50

Jan '43

Democratic .

57%
22

34%
24
31
11

23%
32

41
15

18
17

11%
14

10
11
14
26

11%
15

10
30

10
13

12%
14

Not familiar
and No opinion

23%

DEMOCRATIC OPINION BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION IN JAN '43

New England and mid-
Atlantic 61%

East and West central. . . 54

South 52

Far West 59

Favor-
Willkie able

Mar 18 '42 47%

Mar 31 '42 41

Nov 10 '42 49

BY POLITICS

Nov 10 '42

Republican 55%

Democratic 45

16%
25
22
20

Unfa-
vorable

42%

23%
21
26
21

37%
41

Not
familiar

No
opinion
8%
9
11

8%
11

Jan '43

Republican .

Not familiar
and No opinion

3. (US Mar 18 '42) If the next presidential election were being
held tomorrow and the two candidates were Willkie and Roo-
sevelt, how would you vote? Quly 7 '43, Aug 17 '43, Aug 24
'43, Sept 14 '43) If the presidential election were being held

today, and Roosevelt were running for President on the Demo-
cratic ticket against Wendell Willkie on the Republican ticket,
how do you think you would vote? In the Aug 24 and Sept
questions, Willkie's first name was omitted. (Nov 9 '43) If
the presidential election were being held today and Wendell
Willkie were running for President on the Republican ticket
against Roosevelt on the Democratic ticket, how do you think
you would vote? A comparable cross-section was asked : How
do you think you would vote if Willkie were running for
President on the Republican ticket against Roosevelt? Results
were combined, (aipo)

Mar '42 61.5% 25.5%

July '43 59

Aug 17 '43 57

Aug 24 '43 60

Sept '43 60

Nov '43 59

major PARTY VOTE JULY

21-29 years 67% 33%

30-49 years 58 42

50 years and over .... 55 45

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY '43 BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 39% 61%

Middle 53 47

Lower 66 34

Willkie

Undecidi
don't kn
no opinit

25.5% 13.0%

= 100%

41 = 100% —

51 12

= 100

11 13

= 100

28 12

= 100

51 10

= 100

E JULY '43 BY AGE

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY

New England 57%

Middle Atlantic 61

East central 56

West central 53

South 71

Rocky Mountain .... 54

Pacific coast 59

'43 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

43%

43 BY SELECTED GROUPS

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY

Skilled, semi-skilled,
and unskilled work-
ers 65% 35%

Union members 71 29

Farmers 50 50

Farmers outside the
South 48 52

4. (US May 21 '42) If it came to a choice between Willkie and
Dewey for Republican candidate for President in 1944, which
man would you prefer? (Oct 6 '43) If you had to choose be-
tween Dewey and Willkie for the presidential nomination of
the Republican Party, which would you prefer? (Nov 9 '43) If
you had to choose between Dewey and Willkie as the Repub-
lican candidate for President, which would you prefer? Qan
18 '44) If your choice of Republican candidate for President
were limited to Willkie and Dewey, which would you prefer?
All questions were asked of national cross-sections of Repub-
licans, (aipo)

Undecided;

no opinion

10%
14
9

May '42.
Oct '43.
Nov '43.
Jan '44.

New England and mid- Atlantic
Oct '43

Dewey
48%
55
48
64

Willkie
52%
35
38
11

[624]

Undecided;

wnikie

no opinion

42%

Dewey
New England

Jan '44 50%

Middle Atlantic

Jan '44 69

East central

Oct '43 69

Jan '44 74

West central

Oct '43 57

Jan '44 63

South

Oct '43 36

Jan '44 47

Rocky Mountain

Jan '44 63

Pacific coast

Jan '44 56

Rocky Mountain and Pacific coast

Oct '43 48

THE VOTE OF BRICKER, MAC ARTHUR,
AND STASSEN FOLLOWERS

Bricker followers

Oct '43 69% 17% 14%

Jan '44 77 U 12

Mac Arthur followers

Oct '43 56 24 20

Jan '44 60 18 22

Stassen folloivers

Oct '43 50 38 12

Jan '44 55 31 14

6. (US June 9 '42) If Roosevelt is a candidate for President in

1944, do you think you will vote for him? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 41% No opinion 15%

6. (US Aug 13 '42) Do you think President Roosevelt is plan-
ning to run for re-election in 1944? (Dec 15 '43) Regardless of
your own preference, do you think President Roosevelt will
run for re-election next year? (June 20 '44) Do you think Roo-
sevelt will be the Democratic candidate for President in the
election this fall? (aipo)

No
opinion:

don't Quali- Depends

Yes No know fied on war

1942 42% 29% 29% — —

1943 68 13 12 2% 5%

1944 92 8 — — —

7. (US Aug 13 '42) If Henry Wallace runs for President in 1944
on the Democratic ticket against Wendell Willkie on the Re-
publican ticket, which man would you favor? (June 22 '43) If
the presidential election were being held today, and Wendell
Willkie were running for President on an Independent ticket
against Governor John Bricker of Ohio on the Republican
ticket and Henry Wallace on the Democratic ticket, how do
you think you would vote? (Aug 17 '43 and Aug 24 '43) If the
presidential election were being held today, and Wallace
were running for President on the Democratic ticket against
Willkie on the Republican ticket, how do you think you
would vote? In the Aug 24 question the respondents were asked
about Wallace running against Dewey. (May 23 '44) If Henry
Wallace is the Democratic candidate for President and Gover-
nor Warren of California is the Republican candidate, how
would you vote — for Wallace or Warren? (aipo)

1^ Q ^ fe ^ :S

1942 — — 38% — 37% 25%

June 1943 20% — 28 — 29 23

Aug 17 1943 — — 32 — 50 18

Aug 24 1943 — 60% 40 — — —

1944 — — 38 39% — 23

MAJOR PARTY VOTE AUG 24 '43 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 69% 31%

Middle Atlantic 64 36

East central 62 38

West central 61 39

South 36 64

Rocky Mountain 61 39

Pacific coast 64 36

8. (US Nov 10 '42, Nov 17 '42, Dec 15 '43) Whom would you
like to see elected President of the country in 1944? On Nov 17
a comparable cross-section was asked: It will be nearly two
years before we elect another President in 1944, but from what
you know of possible candidates at this time, whom would
you like to see elected President? Results were combined.
(Mar 10 '43 and Mar 24 '43) Whom would you like to see
elected President of the country next year? (aipo)

Nov 10 Nov 17 Mar 10 Mar 24 Dec
'41 '41 '43 '4i '4i

Roosevelt 21% 24% 34% 32% 51%

Roosevelt, if still at

war 1 2 11 12 4

Willkie 14 15 9 10 11

Dewey 12 15 6 7 16

Wallace 3 4 111

MacArthur 2 3 117

Taft 11—11

Bricker 1—333

Stassen — 1 1 1 1

McNutt — 1 — — —

Hull _ _ _ 1 _

Hoover — — — 1 —

Marshall — — — — 1

Any Republican .... 2 1 t 1 1

Any Democrat 2 — — — *

Other Republicans. . — — — ■ — 1
Other Democrats ... — — — — 2
Anyone but Roose-
velt — 1 2 2 —

Others 3 4 7 3 —

Don't know; too

early to say 38 28 28 26 —

104%** 102%** ■
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Jan 27 '43) Would you prefer to see the Republicans or
the Democrats win the presidential election next year? (Feb
23 '43, Mar 10 '43, June 22 '43) Which party do you want to
see win the presidential election next year, the Democrats or
the Republicans? In June '43 a comparable cross-section was
asked: If the government required voters in every state to reg-
ister now for the next presidential election, would you register
Republican or Democratic? Results were combined. (Nov 23
'43, Dec 15 '43, Jan 4 '44, Jan 18 '44, Feb 1 '44, Feb 16 '44,
Mar 1 '44, Mar 15 '44, Mar 29 '44, Apr 12 '44, Apr 25 "44,
May 9 '44, May 23 '44, June 7 '44, June 20 '44, July 6 '44)

[ 625 ]

Which party do you want to see win the presidential election
next year (next fall, this fall) — the Republican or the Demo-
cratic? In Nov '43 a comparable cross-section was asked: Will
you look over these possible candidates and tell me which one
man you'd like to see as the next President of the United States?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Jan '43

Feb '43

Mar '43

June '43

Nov '43

Dec '43

Jan 4 '44

Jan 18 '44 CIO and

AFL members only 36 64

Feb 1 '44 47 53

Feb 16 '44 46 54

Mar 1 '44 51 49

Mar 15 '44 47 53

Mar 29 '44 49 51

Apr 12 '44 53 47

Apr 25 '44 52 48

May 9 '44 47 53

May 23 '44 49 51

June 7 '44 50 50

June 20 '44 48 52

July '44 50 50

?■ -

1 §

46%

54% =

100%

28%

—

40.5

59.5

12%

—

MAJOR PARTY VOTE NOV

Those who never
voted before in the
district where they
live 39% 61%

Those who voted be-
before in the dis-
trict where they
live

2 17

1 17

5 42

1 14

1 13

1 12

1 10

— 9

— 11
1 7

* 10

* 12

'43 BY PAST VOTING

MAJOR PARTY VOTE DEC

New England 48%

Middle Atlantic 47

East central 55

West central 58

South 29

Rocky Mountain ... . 52

Pacific coast 51

'43 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

52%
53

45
42
71
48
49

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JAN 18 '44 BY UNION AFFILIATION

CIO members 34% 66%

AFL members 36 64

In June '43 a national cross-section of persons who wanted
to see the Republicans win the presidential election (45% of
the sample) and a national cross-section of persons who wanted
to sec the Democrats win the presidential election (55% of the
sample) were asked: How much chance is there that you might
change your mind — a good chance, a fair chance, or not a
chance?

A chance
may change No chance
mind at all

Those who favored Republicans . 36%

Those who favored Democrats .
* Less than 0.5%.

64% = 100%
of those questioned
65

10. (US Jan 27 '43) If the war is over, would you prefer to see
the Republicans or the Democrats win the presidential election
next year? (aipo)

Republicans 50% Democrats 50% = 100% Other 2%
Undecided 26%

11. (US Feb '43) If the war is over before the next election,
which one of these men do you think would make the best
President in 1944? Asked of a national cross-section of factory
workers. (Nov '43) If the war is over by election time next
November, which would you choose? (for)

OPINION OF factory WORKERS IN FEB '43

Roosevelt

Willkie

MacArthur 15.2

Dewey

Wallace

Murray

Lewis

Don't know

All factory

Well-

Unin-

workers

informed

formed

37.8%

30.2%

46.1%

20.2

27.6

13.1

15.2

11.2

17.9

9.8

13.3

6.3

5.0

8.1

3.2

1.7

1.3

10.6

8.7

12.9

100.8%* 101.3%* 100.9%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

NATIONAL OPINION IN NOV '43

Is s

•5:°

Roosevelt 22.1% 11.2% 13.2% 21.8% 27.2% 43.5%

Dewey 16.3 17.2 21.9 17.0 12.9 5.2

Willkie 15.7 25.4 22.7 13.7 92 15.0

MacArthur 13.3 9.0 9.6 14.9 17.8 7.6

Bricker 4.3 8.5 6.4 4.2 2.3 1.4

Wallace 2.6 1,9 2.0 3.4 2.5 1.6

Byrnes 2.3 5.2 2.9 2.7 .6 .2

Douglas 1.1 1.4 1.3 .9 1.5 .2

None 3.6 3.0 4.6 3.6 3.8 .9

Don't know 18.7 17.2 15.4 17.8 22.2 24.4

12. (US Feb 3 '43) Would you like to see Roosevelt run for
President next year? (aipo)

Yes 39%

No 42

Don't know 7

Qualified answers 2

Depends on war 10

13. (US Feb 23 '43) If the war is still going on, which party
do you want to see win the presidential election next year —
the Democrats or the Republicans? (aipo)

Democrats 59% Republicans 41%

14. (US Apr 6 '43) If the presidential election were being held
today, what party would you vote for? (Oct 6 '43 and Oct 26
'43) Leaving the question of candidates aside, if the presiden-
tial election were being held today, which party would you
vote for? In the Oct 6 question the phrase ' 'the Democratic or
Republican" was added to the question and a comparable
cross-section was asked: If you moved to a community in some
other part of the country and had to register to vote in the
next presidential election, as you feel today would you register
as a Republican or a Democrat? Results were combined, (aipo)
(Jan '44) Of course no one can tell for sure as yet, but which
party's candidate do you feel you will probably vote for in the
next presidential election? (for)

[626

Apr '43 55% 45% = 100% 3% 17%

Oct 6 '43 54 46 =100 — —

Oct 26 '43 52 48 =100 — —

Jan '44 39.6 34.9 .6 249 = 100%

Democratic Kepublkan

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 6 '43 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 51% 49%

Middle Atlantic 52 48

East central 49 51

West central 46 54

South 76 24

Rocky Mountain 55 45

Pacific coast 53 47

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 6 '43 AND OCT 26 '43
BY LABOR STATUS

Union members only, Oct 6 69% 31%

Union members, Oct 26 66 34

Non-union, Oct 26 56 44

CIO members only, Oct 26 68 32

AFL members only, Oct 26 65 35

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 26 '43 BY SEX

Men 51% 49%

Women 53 47

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 26 '43 BY SELECTED GROUPS

Off-year voters 47% 53%

Additional voters in presidential year 60 40

Service men 61 39

Combined civilian and soldier vote. .53 47

15. (US Apr 6 '43) How would you vote if Roosevelt were the
Democratic candidate and Governor Bricker of Ohio were the
Republican candidate? (June 7 '44) How do you chink you
would vote if Governor Bricker were running for President on
the Republican ticket against Roosevelt? A comparable cross-
section was asked: If the presidential election were being held
today and Governor Bricker were running for President on the
Republican ticket against Roosevelt on the Democratic ticket,
how do you think you would vote? Results were combined.
(aipo)

1943.
1944.

Roosevelt

55%
55

Bricker

24%
36

Undecided;
don t know

21%
9

16. (US Apr 27 '43, June 3 '43, June 22 '43, Aug 24 '43, Sept
28 '43) Which one of these men would you prefer as the Re-
publican candidate for President next year? In August a com-
parable cross-section was asked: If these were the candidates
for the Republican presidential nomination next year, which
one would you prefer? Results were combined. In September a
comparable cross-section was asked: Will you look over this
list and tell me which man you'd like to see as the next Presi-
dent of the United States? Results were combined. (Aug 17
'43) What man would you like to see win the Republican
nomination for President next year? All questions were asked
of national cross-sections of Republican supporters with the
exception of the Aug 17 '43 question, which was asked of all
voters, (aipo)

Apr 27

June 3

Aug 17

Aug 24

Sept 2

■43

•«

'4i

■43

Dewey

38%

37%

19%

35%

32%

Willkie

MacArthur

Bricker

Stassen

Saltonstall

Warren

—

Taft

—

Any other Repub-

lican

—

Any other Demo-

crat

1
1

All others

— .

No opinion

—

101%**

JUNE 3 '43 AND AUG 24 '43 RESULTS BY
GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

^ :: 1: ^ s i; s

S:.~^ -j; 2^ ^■~?

% % % % % % % %
New England and mid-Atlan-
tic

June '43 43 32 13 5 4 3 — *

New England

Aug '43 33 41 13 2 * 10 1 *

Middle Atlantic

Aug '43 45 30 14 3 1 1 5 1

East central

June '43 37 16 15 24 7 1 — *

Aug '43 32 20 16 19 4 * 9 *

West central

June '43 40 28 15 6 11 — — *

Aug '43 34 28 16 5 9 1 7 *

South

Aug '43 27 38 21 5 1 1 6 1

Rocky Mountain and Pacific
coast

June '43 29 30 17 7 11 2 — 4

Rocky Mountain

Aug '43 29 35 19 6 5 1 5 *

Pacific coast

Aug '43 29 34 14 3 5 1 4 10

JUNE 22 '43 RESULTS BY VOTING INTENTIONS

% % % % % % % %

Voters now Republican
who say there is no
chance they will shift
parties 39 28 10 15 6 1 — 1

Voters now Republican but
who say they might de-
cide to vote Democratic. 35 34 911 8 1 — 2

Voters unable at present to
decide between the two
parties 29 39 17 5 6 2 — 2

Voters now Democratic but
who say they might de-
cide to vote Republican . 22 45 17 5 7 2 — 2

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

[627]

une '43

July ■•/3

83%

84%

• 2

17. (US Apr 27 '43, June 3 '43, July 28 '43) Which one of these
men would you prefer as the Democratic candidate for Presi-
dent next year? Asked of Democrats, (aipo)

Apr '43

Roosevelt 79%

Wallace 8

Farley 5

McNutt 4

Douglas 2

Byrnes 1

Winant 1

Byrd — — 3

* Less than 0.5%.

18. (US Apr 27 '43 to Oct 26 '44, dates listed below) Suppose
these were the candidates for President and Vice-President in
the election next year, which ticket would you vote for —
Roosevelt (Pres) and Wallace or Dewey (Pres) and MacArthur?
(aipo)

= 100%

Roosevelt

Dewey

Undecided

Apr 27 '43 . .

■ 54%

46% =

100%

13%

*July 7 '43 . .

45 =

100

—

**Sept 14 '43 . .

9 =

(l)Apr 25 '44. .

49 =

100

—

(2)Sept 12 '44. .

49 =

100

—

(2)Sept 20 '44 . .

49 =

100

—

(2)Oct 6 '44 . .

49 =

100

—

(2)Oct 26 '44..

51.5

48.5 =

100

—

* The question was: If the presidential election were being held
today, and Roosevelt were running for President on the Democratic
ticket against Thomas Dewey on the Republican ticket, how do you
think you would vote? A comparable cross-section was asked; Suppose
these were the candidates for President and Vice-President in the elec-
tion next year, which ticket would you vote for — Roosevelt (Pres)
and Wallace or Dewey (Pres) and MacArthur? Results were combined.

** If the presidential election were being held today, and Roosevelt
were running for President on the Democratic ticket against Dewey on
the Republican ticket, how do you think you would vote?

(1) If the presidential election were being held today, and Roosevelt
were running for President on the Democratic ticket against Dewey on
the Republican ticket, how do you think you would vote? A comparable
cross-section was asked : Suppose the war is still going on at election
time this fall, but it looks as if Germany might be defeated in a few
months, how do you think you would vote — for Roosevelt or Dewey?
Results were combined.

(2) If the Presidential election were being held today how would
you vote, for Dewey or for Roosevelt? Some cross-sections reversed the
order of the candidates.

Roosevelt Dewey

MAJOR PARTY VOTE APR 27 '43, JULY 7 '43,
AND APR 25 '44 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid- Atlantic
Apr '43 55%, 45%

Ne«/ England

July '43 52 48

Apr '44 52 48 .-

Middle Atlantic

July '43 57 43

Apr '44 51 49

East central and West central
Apr '43 47 53

East central

July '43 50 50

Apr '44 46 54

West central

July '43 47 53

Apr '44 44 56

South

Apr '43 75 25

July '43 72 28

Apr '44 67 33

Roosevelt Dewey

Rocky Mountain and Pacific coast

Apr '43 50%, 50%

Rocky Mountain

July '43 51 49

Apr '44 46 54

Pacific coast

July '43 60 40

Apr '44 52 48

MAJOR PARTY VOTE APR 27 '43 AND JULY 7 '43
BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper and middle 'income

Apr '43 46%, 54%

Upper income

July '43 43 57

Middle income

July '43 50 50'

Lower income

Apr '43 62 38

July '43 61 39

MAJOR PARTY VOTE APR 27 '43, JULY 7 '43, JULY 6 '44,

AND SEPT 20 '44 BY AGE

21-29 years

Apr '43 66% 34%

July '43 64 36

July '44 57 43

Sept '44 59 .41

JO-49 years

Apr '43 55 ' 45

July '43 54 46

July '44 51 49

Sept '44 51 49

50 years and over

Apr '43 48 52

July '43 51 49

July '44 46 54

Sept '44 47 53

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY 7 '43, APR 25 '44,
AND SEPT 20, '44 BY OCCUPATIONS

Business

July '44

Sept '44

Professional

July '44

Sept '44

White-collar

July '44

Sept '44

Skilled, semi-skilled, and unskilled work-
ers

July '43

Apr '44

Skilled workers

July '44

Sept '44

Semi-skilled workers

July '44

Sept '44

Unskilled workers

July '44

Sept '44

Farmers

July '43

July '44

Sept "44

37%
35

39
39

48
49

59
59

54
58

59
59

63
59

45
45
45

63%
65

61
61

52
51

41
41

46
42

41
41

37
41

55
55
55

Koosevelt Dewey
Midwest farmers

July '44 38% 62%

Sept '44 35 65

Farmers outside the South

July '43 39 61

Southern farmers

July '44 66 34

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY 7 '43, APR 25 '44, AUG 29 '44,
AND SEPT 20 '44 BY LABOR STATUS

All union memhers

July '43 67% 33%

Apr '44 66 34

CIO members

Apr '44 68 32

Aug '44 72 28

Sep": '44 72 28

AFL members

Apr '44 64 36

Aug '44 63 37

Sept '44 64 36

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY 6 '44 BY DEGREE OF
CERTAINTY TO VOTE

Absolutely certain 49% 51%

Fairly certain 56 44

Others 65 35

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY 6 '44 BY PREVIOUS
VOTING RECORD

Those who haven't voted in their dis-
trict 59% 41%

Those who have voted in their district 48 52

MAJOR PARTY VOTE SEPT 12 '44 BY EDUCATION

College 35% 65%

High school 47 53

Grade school or less 58 42

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OF INDEPENDENT VOTERS

Sept 12 '44 results 55% 45%

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OCT 6 '44 BY SEX

Men 49% 51%

Women 52 48

MAJOR PARTY VOTE JULY 6 '44, AUG 29 '44, SEPT 20 '44,
AND OCT 26 '44 STATE BY STATE

Alabama

July '44 80% 20%

Aug '44 78 22

Sept '44 78 22

Oct 6 '44 77 23

Oct 26 '44 78 22

Ari':^ona

July '44 58 42

Aug '44 57 43

Sept '44 58 42

Oct 6 '44 58 42

Oct 26 '44 58 42

Arkansas

July '44 78 22

Aug '44 74 26

Sept '44 : 74 26

Oct 6 '44 70 30

Oct 26 '44 72 28

California

July '44 53 47

Aug '44 55 45

Sept '44 53 47

[628]

Koosevelt Dewey

Oct 6 '44 54% 46%

Oct 26 '44 53 47

Colorado

July '44 45 55

Aug '44 43 57

Sept '44 45 55

Oct 6 '44 45 55

Oct 26 '44 44 56

Connecticut w

July '44 51 49

Aug '44 50 50

Sept '44 51 49

Oct 6 '44 52 48

Oct 26 '44 52 48

Delaware

July '44 51 49

Aug '44 52 48

Sept '44 52 48

Oct 6 '44 50 50

Oct 26 '44 51 49

Florida

July '44 68 32

Aug '44 71 29

Sept '44 74 26

Oct 6 '44 71 29

Oct 26 '44 71 29

Georgia

July '44 84 16

Aug '44 81 19

Sept '44 83 17

Oct 6 '44 80 20

Oct 26 '44 81 19

Idaho

July '44 47 53

Aug '44 48 52

Sept '44 48 52

Oct 6 '44 48 52

Oct 26 '44 51 49

Illinois

July '44 46 54

Aug '44 47 53

Sept '44 46 54

Oct 6 '44 48 52

Oct 26 '44 49 51

Indiana

July '44 43 57

Aug '44 45 55

Sept '44 45 55

Oct 6 '44 46 54

Oct 26 '44 45 55

Iowa

July '44 44 56

Aug '44 45 55

Sept '44 44 56

Oct 6 '44 44 • 56

Oct 26 '44 44 56

Y^ansas

July '44 34 66

Aug '44 37 63

Sept '44 36 64

Oct 6 '44 37 63

Oct 26 '44 36 64

¥i.entucky

July '44 54 46

Aug '44 55 45

Sept '44 55 45

[629

Roosevelt Dewey

Oct 6 '44 •. ... 53% 47%

Oct 26 '44 54 46

Louisiana

July '44 76 24

Aug '44 77 23

Sept '44 77 23

Oct 6 '44 78 22

Oct 26 '44 78 22

Maine

July '44 47 53

Aug '44 46 54

Sept '44 46 54

Oct 6 '44 47 53

Oct 26 '44 48 5?

Maryland

July '44 52 48

Aug '44 52 48

Sept '44 52 48

Oct 6 '44 51 49

Oct 26 '44 53 47

Massachusetts

July '44 52 48

Aug "44 52 48

Sept '44 51 49

Oct 6 '44 50 50

Oct 26 '44 51 49

Michigan

July '44 43 57

Aug '44 45 55

Sept '44 46 54

Oct 6 '44 47 53

Oct 26 '44 46 54

Minnesota

July '44 47 53

Aug '44 48 52

Sept '44 48 52

Oct 6 '44 47 53

Oct 26 '44 47 53

Mississippi

July '44 84 16

Aug '44 84 16

Sept '44 87 13

Oct 6 '44 87 13

Oct 26 '44 89 11

Missouri

July '44 49 51

Aug '44 50 50

Sept '44 50 50

Oct 6 '44 49 51

Oct 26 '44 49 51

Montana

July '44 57 43

Aug '44 56 44

Sept '44 53 47

Oct 6 '44 54 46

Oct 26 '44 54 46

Nebraska

July '44 33 67

Aug '44 34 66

Sept '44 36 64

Oct 6 '44 37 63

Oct 26 '44 38 62

Nevada

July '44 56 44

Aug '44 54 46

Sept '44 53 47

Koosevelt

Oct 6 '44 54%

Oct 26 '44 54

New Hampshire

July '44 51

Aug '44 52

Sept '44 50

Oct 6 '44 49

Oct 26 '44 51

New Jersey

July '44 49

Aug '44 50

Sept '44 48

Oct 6 '44 48

Oct 26 '44 48

New Mexico

July '44 56

Aug '44 53

Sept '44 49

Oct 6 '44 49

Oct 26 '44 49

New York

July '44. . .^ 48

Aug '44 49

Sept '44 49

Oct 6 '44 49

Oct 26 '44 50

North Carolina

July '44 67

Aug '44 68

Sept '44 71

Oct 6 '44 69

Oct 26 '44 71

North Dakota

July '44 38

Aug '44 42

Sept '44 45

Oct 6 '44 40

Oct 26 '44 38

Ohio

July '44 46

Aug '44 47

Sept '44 47

Oct 6 '44 47

Oct 26 '44 48

Oklahoma

July '44 51

Aug '44 51

Sept '44 51

Oct 6 '44 50

Oct 26 '44 51

Oregon

July '44 49

Aug '44 51

Sept '44 50

Oct 6 '44 50

Oct 26 '44 51

Pennsylvania

July '44 52

Aug '44 51

Sept '44 50

Oct 6 '44 50

Oct 26 '44 51

Rhode Island

July '44 51

Aug '44 53

Sept '44 55

Dewey

46%
46

49
48
50
51
49

50
52
52
52

44
47
51
51
51

52
51
51
51

50+

33
32
29
31
29

62
58
55

60
62

54
53
53
53
52

49
49
49
50

51
49
50
50
49

48
49
50
50
49

49
47
45

Roosevelt Dewey

Oct 6 '44 56% 44%

Oct 26 '44 56 44

South Carolina

July '44 89 11

Aug '44 92 8

Sept '44 91 9

Oct 6 '44 87 13

Oct 26 '44 89 11

South Dakota

July '44 37 63

Aug '44 40 60

Sept '44 38 62

Oct 6 '44 37 63

Oct 26 '44 36 64

Tennessee

July '44 67 33

Aug '44 65 35

Sept '44 67 33

Oct 6 '44 64 36

Oct 26 '44 64 36

Texas

July '44 75 25

Aug '44 72 28

Sept '44 74 26

Oct 6 '44 64 36

Oct 26 '44 78 22

Utah

July '44 57 43

Aug '44 57 43

Sept '44 57 43

Oct 6 '44 57 43

Oct 26 '44 56 44

Vermont >

July '44 46 54

Aug '44 45 55

Sept '44 44 . 56

Oct 6 '44 45 55

Oct 26 '44 45 55

Virginia

July '44 64 36

Aug '44 64 36

Sept '44 64 36

Oct 6 '44 64 36

Oct 26 '44 64 36

Washington

July '44 53 47

Aug '44 55 45

Sept '44 54 46

Oct 6 '44 54 46

Oct 26 '44 54 46

West Virginia

July '44 53 47

Aug '44 55 45

Sept '44 52 48

Oct 6 '44 49 51

Oct 26 '44 51 49

Wisconsin

July '44 44 56

Aug '44 46 54

Sept '44 45 55

Oct 6 '44 46 54

Oct 26 '44 44 56

Wyoming

July '44 45 55

Aug '44 45 55

[630]

Roosevelt Dewey

Sept '44 44% 56%

Oct 6 '44 47 53

Oct 26 '44 47 53

19. (US June '43) If the war is still on (if the war is over) by
election day next year, would you favor or oppose the re-
election of Roosevelt for another term? (for)

Don't
Favor Oppose know

If war on 64.8% 27.8% 7.4%

If war over 33.3 59.2 7.5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

High income if the war on 42.1% 50.3% 7.6%

High income if war over 12.6 84.0 3.4

Upper middle if war on 52.8 38.0 9.2

Upper middle if war over 18.9 74.6 6.5

Lower middle if war on 67.3 26.5 6.2

Lower middle if war over 31.9 60.7 7.4

Low income if war on 74.5 19.1 6.4

Low income if war over 47.1 44.7 8.2

Negro if war on 78.9 10.9 10.2

Negro if war over 61.2 25.9 12.9

20. (US June 3 '43) Do you think the farmers (businessmen,
skilled or unskilled workers, white-collar workers) will be
better off if the Republicans or the Democrats win the presi-
dential election next year? (aipo)

Demo- Repub- No dif- No

crats licans ference opinion

Farmers 36% 24% 17% 23%

Businessmen 23 41 14 22

Skilled or unskilled 40 19 19 22.

White-collar workers. . . 27 27 21 25

21. (US June 3 '43 and Nov 10 '43) Suppose that next year at
election time the war with Germany is over but not the war
with Japan. If this is the case, would you be likely to vote for
Roosevelt or against him? (aipo)

For Against No opinion

June results 59% 34% 7%

Nov results 51 38 11

22. (US June 23 '43) If the presidential election were being
held today, and Wendell Willkie were running for President
on an Independent ticket against Thomas Dewey on the Re-
publican ticket and Roosevelt on the Democratic ticket, how
do you think you would vote? (aipo)

Willkie 15%

Dewey 28

Roosevelt 47

Undecided 10

23. (US Aug 17 '43 and Sept 14 '43) If the presidential election
were being held today, and Roosevelt were running for Presi-
dent on the Democratic ticket against MacArthur on the Re-
publican ticket, how do you think you would vote? (aipo)

Roosevelt MacArthur Undecided

Aug '43 58% 42% —

Sept '43 56 33 11%

MAJOR PARTY VOTE AUG '43 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 60% 40%

Middle Atlantic 60 40

East central 54 46

West central 49 51

South 69 31

Rocky Mountain 51 49

Pacific coast 60% 40%

[631]

Roosevelt MacArthur Undecided

MAJOR PARTY VOTE AUG '43 BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 50 50

Middle income 55 45

Lower income 62 38

MAJOR PARTY VOTE AUG '43 BY AGE

21-29 years 71% 29%

30-49 years 59 41

50 years and over 51 49

MAJOR PARTY VOTE OF FARMERS

Aug '43 44% 56%

24. (US Aug 17 '43) If Roosevelt is the Democratic candidate
for President next year, what type of man would you prefer as
the candidate for Vice-President — a conservative Democrat
like Senator Byrd or a New-Deal Democrat like Henry Wal-
lace? A comparable cross-section was asked the question with
James Farley substituted for Senator Byrd. (aipo)

Con-
servative
Democrat

New-Deal
Democrat

No opinion

49%
47

27%
31

24%
22

Like Byrd

Like Farley 47

26. (US Aug 24 '43) If the war in Europe is not over next year
by election time, would you be for or against postponing the
next presidential election until the war in Europe is over? The
question to a comparable cross-section omitted "in Europe."
Results were combined, (aipo)

For 47% Against 45% No opinion 8%

26. (US Sept 14 '43) Have you given any thought to the presi-
dential election next year? (Feb 1 '44) Are you interested in
the coming election for President? A comparable cross-section
was asked: Have you given much thought or only a little
thought to the coming election for President? (Mar 1 '44 and
Mar 15 '44) These two samples were asked the same question
as the second cross-section in Feb '44. The Mar 15 question
omitted the word "coming." (aipo)

None;

don't

Yes Much Little No know

Sept '43 .

58% - -

42% -

Feb '44:

Interested 92

Given thought. . . —

Mar 1 '44 —

Mar 15 '44 —

46% 46%
39 53

44 48

27. (US Sept 28 '43, Oct 6 '43, Mar 1 '44) Now just taking
into account your own interests and problems, do you think
you will be better off if a Republican President is elected next
year (this year) or if a Democrat is elected President? The Oct
'43 question omitted the word "now." (aipo)

Sept '43 .
Oct '43.
Mar '44 .

Democrat

Republican

No opinion

44%

34%

22%

28. (US Sept 28 '43) If the presidential election were being
held today and Senator Byrd were running for President on the
Democratic ticket against Governor Warren on the Republican
ticket, how do you think you would vote? (aipo)

Byrd 30% Warren 24% Undecided 46%

29. (US Sept 28 '43) Do you think the Republican party should
nominate a conservative or a liberal type of candidate for
President next year? (aipo)

Conservative 28% Liberal 40% No opinion 32%

30. (US Sept 28 '43) Which way do you think the most pa-
triotic people are more likely to vote in the presidential elec-
tion next year — to continue the present administration or vote
for a Republican President? (aipo)

Continue present 51% Republican 29% Undecided 20%

31. (US Sept 28 '43) Do you think our war effort would be
helped or hurt if the country were to vote Roosevelt out of
office and put in a Republican as President next year? (aipo)
Helped 26% Hurt 52% Don't know 22%

32. (US Oct 26 '43) If you had to choose between MacArthur
and Willkie as the Republican candidate for President next
year, which would you prefer? Asked of a national cross-section
of Republicans, (aipo)

MacArthur 52% Willkie 42% No opinion 6%

33. (US Oct 26 '43) If you had to choose among Willkie,
Dewey, and MacArthur as the Republican candidate for
President, which would you prefer? Which would be your
second choice? Asked of a national cross-section of Republi-
cans, (aipo)

First choice Second choice

Willkie

Dewey

MacArthur.
No opinion.

32%
38
26
4

23%
35
28
14

34. (US Nov '43) If the war is still on by election time next
November, which of these eight men would you choose for
President? If the war is still on by election time next Novem-
ber, which of these eight men would be your second choice for
President? (for)

^^ ■**

.§

■«!

"^ >s

■^

-«

- ^

"^ s

t-l

^■s

Roosevelt

. 51.5%

—

Dewey

. 12.0

13.9%

10.0%

Willkie

. 9.8

16.3

21.3

MacArthur

8.3

16.2

20.1

Bricker

3.4

—

Wallace

. 1.0

—

Byrnes

. 1.0

—

Douglas

—

None

2.5

—

The five others* and none . .

. —

30.6

29.8

Don't know

. 10.1

23.0

18.8

* Roosevelt, Bricker, Wallace, Byrnes, Douglas.

35. (US Nov 9 '43) Regardless of how you feel yourself, which
party do you think will win the presidential election next
year? All those who said it depended on the war were asked
further: Suppose the war in Europe is over but not the war
with Japan, which party do you think will win? (aipo)

[632]

No
opinion

Quali-
fied

17%

18%
20

—

Demo- Repub-

crats licans

Major party vote 42% 58%

National total 33 45

BY POLITICS

Democratic 65% 17%

Republican 31 49

36. (US Nov 23 '43 to June 20 '44, dates listed below) Will
you look over all these possible candidates and tell me which
one man you'd like to see as the next President of the United
States? (aipo)

THE choice of REPUBLICAN SUPPORTERS

"^ -^ ^ ?v ».

Dewey 36% 42% 45% 55% 65% 58%

Willkie 25 23 21 7 — —

MacArthur 15 18 19 20 — —

Bricker 10 8 7 9 9 12

Stassen 6 6 5 7 5 6

Taft 5 _ _ _ _ _

Saltonstall 1 — — ■ — — —

Warren 112 —

Johnston 1 1 — —

Others — — — — 19 24

100%, 100% 100%, 100%, 100%, 100%o

No opinion — 37% — — — —

THE choice of DEMOCRATIC SUPPORTERS

Union Members

Nov 23 Jan 4 Apr 12

'44 '44 '44*

Roosevelt 85% 88%, 89%o

Wallace 6 6 3

Farley 3 3 —

Byrd 2 — —

McNutt 1 1 1

Rayburn — — —

Marshall 11 —

Byrnes 1 1 1

Douglas 1 — —

Barkley — — 2

Hull _ _ 4

90%
3
1
2

REPUBLICAN CHOICE NOV 23 '43 BY SEX

^
^

•^

13%

11%

Men 38% 27% 13

Women 37 23 19

REPUBLICAN CHOICE IN LABOR UNIONS JAN '44

All union
members.

41% 20% 29% 5% 3%

IVarren

and
Johnston

i7o

REPUBLICAN CHOICE JAN 4 '44, FEB 1 '44, APR 12 '44,
AND JUNE 7 '44 BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

&> ss "^ ^ 5; t:

Q fe ^ CQ ^ 5

New England

Jan '44 38% 41% 14% 3% - 4%,

Feb '44 40 38 16 2 — 4

Apr '44 57 — 17 4 4% 18

June '44 64 — — 14 4 18

Middle Atlantic

Jan '44 54 21 16 4 — 5

Feb '44 55 20 17 5 — 3

Apr '44 62 — 19 7 4 8

June '44 66 — — 7 4 23

East central

Jan '44 35 15 17 21 — 12

Feb "44 41 12 20 19 — 8

Apr '44 53 — 20 19 5 3

June '44 45 — — 21 4 30

West central

Jan '44 40 23 19 3 — 15

Feb '44 44 18 20 4 — 14

Apr '44 54 — 19 4 17 6

June '44 58 — — 8 15 19

South

Jan '44 30 36 24 6 — 4

Feb '44 35 31 26 4 — 4

Apr '44 48 — 27 6 4 15

June '44 59 — — 10 6 25

Kocky Mountain

Jan '44 37 26 21 7 — 9

Feb '44 43 22 21 5 — 9

Apr '44 53 — 18 6 8 15

June '44 54 — — 7 5 34

Pacific coast

Jan '44 35 27 12 4 — 22

Feb '44 39 27 12 4 — 18

Apr '44 52 — 14 6 8 20

June '44 63 — — 6 6 25

DEMOCRATIC CHOICE NOV 23 '43 BY SEX

=> <s ^ a -« a ~

Men 82% 7% 3%o 2% 2% 2%o 2%, **

Women 88 4 2 2 1 1 1 1%,

* The Apr '44 sample was asked further: Who would be your second
choice of all these possible candidates — either Democratic or Republi-
can? Of all voters who named Roosevelt as their first choice, 50%
would prefer a Republican candidate, 50% a Democratic. Of the 20%
who named MacArthur as their first choice, 11% chose Dewey second,
2% chose Bricker, 2% chose Stassen, 5% m.ide other choices.

»♦ Less than 0.3%.

37. (US Nov 23 '43) Can you think of any of your friends or
relatives who have changed their views about Roosevelt since
1940? 51% of the sample who said friends or relatives had
changed their views were asked: Are most of them more in
favor of him or less? (aipo)

Don't know anyone whose views changed 49%

Other answers *

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

98. (US Oct '44) Do you think most big business (soldiers, fac-
tory workers, farmers, labor unions) would rather see Roose-
velt or Dewey elected? (norc)

Roosevelt Dewey difference Don't know

Big busmess 19% 67% 2% ■ 12%

Soldiers 47 18 8 27

Factory workers .. . 70 10 5 15

Farmers 36 39 6 19

Labor unions 72 9 4 15

99. (US Oct '44) Do you plan to vote in this election? 13% of
the sample said they were not planning to vote and 2% didn't
know. These two groups were asked: Why aren't you plan-
ning to vote? (norc)

Definitely plan to vote 85%

Don't plan to vote because of inconvenience; sick; busy . . 1
Disinterested; one vote doesn't count; don't know enough

about the candidates 4

Disqualified; moved; poll tax; out of town 3

Unacquainted with mechanics of voting *

Not registered; procrastinated too long 6

Disgusted; don't like candidates 1

Women shouldn't vote *

Other reasons for not voting *

Don't know why *

* Less than 0.5%.

100. (US Oct '44) If today were election day and you were
going to vote, do you think you'd vote for Roosevelt, Dewey,
or Thomas? Asked of 13% of the sample who did not plan to
vote, (norc)

Roosevelt 8%

Dewey 4

Thomas *

Other *

Undecided 1

Refused *

13%

* Less than 0.5%.

101. (US Oct '44) Are you registered? Asked in all states where
registration was required. 12% of the sample who said they
were not registered were asked: Why not? (norc)

Already registered 88%

Not registered because:

Inconvenience; sick; too busy; too far 3

Disinterested; forgot; don't know candidates 4

Disqualified; moved; poll tax 4

Didn't intend to vote; didn't believe in women voting . . 1

Other answers *

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

102. (US Oct '44) Do you feel you have definitely made up
your mind who you are going to vote for, or are you still unde-
cided? (norc)

Definitely made up mind 79%

Undecided 8

Don't plan to vote 13

Don't know *

103. (US Oct '44) If today were election day, do you think
you would vote for Roosevelt, Dewey, or Thomas? (norc)

Roosevelt 43%

Dewey 39

Thomas *

Other *

Undecided 3

Refused to say 2

Don't plan to vote 13

* Less than 0.5%.

104. (US Oct '44) What is the main reason that you're voting
for Roosevelt (Dewey)? Asked of the 43% who said they
would vote for Roosevelt and the 39% who said they would
vote for Dewey, (norc)

[639]

For Roosevelt

Should not change Presidents during the war 7%

Roosevelt has best foreign policy, foreign relations 2

Roosevelt is the better one for war and peace 6

Roosevelt has good record; pulled us out of depression;

has best experience 18

Roosevelt is best for common man, farmer, for labor, etc. 7

Appreciation; include those on relief *

Roosevelt is anti-money, anti-trust *

Roosevelt has best program; rationing; war production;
job program; platform; old-age assistance; Social Se-
curity; wage adjustment; OPA; postwar adjustment. . . 1
Roosevelt has stated his platforms clearly; is honest. ... *

Roosevelt is a Democrat; the party man 1

To keep Republicans out; to keep Dewey out 1

Other answers *

Don't know *

43%
For Dewey
We need a change; I'm tired of the New Deal; anti-Roose-
velt 15%

On account of labor trouble; Roosevelt sponsors strikes. . *

Dewey is better businessman, is better for the country. . . 4

Dewey has a good record in New York 1

I'm against three or four terms 3

Dewey is young, healthy, peppy, strong 1

Dewey is honest, sincere; not backed by gangsters 2

Dewey will straighten out the government, balance the

budget 3

Dewey has the best program; best postwar program; best

platform 2

To prevent Communism *

To prevent dictatorship; to get the government back into

the hands of the people 1

To stop war; Roosevelt is keeping us in the war on pur-
pose *

He's Republican; the party man; Republican principles

best; always Republican 2

Foreign policy *

Capable; smarter; has training; better man for the job. . . 5

Other answers *

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

39%

105. (US Oct '44) Have you at any time since the nominations
planned to vote for Dewey (Roosevelt)? 43% of the sample
who thought they would vote for Roosevelt were asked about
Dewey, and 39% of the sample who thought they would vote
for Dewey were asked about Roosevelt, (norc)

Yes 6% No 75% Don't know 1% = 82%

106. (US Oct '44) What made you change your mind [about
your voting intentions]? Asked of 6% of the sample who said
they had changed their minds, (norc)

Hearing campaign speeches

Lack of commitment; hedging on

policies

Mud-slinging

Labor policy

Foreign policy

Roosevelt's health

People who supported former

choice

Roosevelt

1
1

Dewey
1%

War needs the same leader.

Don't know

Other answers

Roosevelt

Dewey

4% + 2% = 6%

* Less than 0.5%.

107. (US Oct "44) 3% of a national sample who were unde-
cided about their vote and 2% who refused to say who they
would vote for were asked : Who do you lean toward or favor
at this time — Roosevelt, Dewey, or Thomas? (norc)

Roosevelt 2%

Dewey 1

Thomas —

Other *

Undecided 1

Refused 1

* Less than 0.5%.

108. (US Oct '44) In this election, would you say you're vot-
ing mostly to get one man into office or mostly to keep the
other man out? (norc)

One man in 56%

Other man out 25

Don't know 6

Not planning to vote 13

109. (US Oct '44) Which one of these ideas comes closest to
the way you feel about this election? Each respondent was
handed a card with the statements listed below, (norc)

It is very important to the country that Roosevelt is

elected 31%

The country will be better off if Roosevelt is elected. ... 19
It won't make much difference to the country who is

elected 9

The country will be better off if Dewey is elected 15

It is very important to the country that Dewey is elected . . 23
Don't know or refused to say 3

110. (US Oct '44) Have you heard or read what either the
Gallup or the Fortune public opinion polls have said about
who will win this election? 38% of the sample who had heard
or read of the poll results were asked: The last you heard, who
did they say would win? (norc)

Unfamiliar with the poll results 62%

Say Roosevelt leading 27

Dewey leading 5

Close; neck and neck; tossup 4

Nothing definite; polls show trends only; polls
don't know 2

111. (US Oct '44) Will you read over these statements and tell
me which comes closest to the way you feel about voting in
this election? Each respondent was handed a card with the
statements listed below, (norc)

I'm not going to vote 11%

I doubt if I'll be able to vote 3

I intend to vote if I can 15

It would take something pretty big

to keep me from voting 14

I am positively going to vote 57

Refused to answer *

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

[ MO ]

112. (France Oct '44) Do you hope for the re-election of Presi-
dent Roosevelt? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)
Yes 72% No 4% Don't know 24%

113. (US Oct 3 '44) Have you heard any of Dewey's recent
campaign speeches over the radio? (aipo)

Yes 62% No 38%

114. (US Oct 3 '44) Did you happen to hear Roosevelt's po-
litical speech over the radio on September 23? (aipo)

Yes 52%, No 48%,

115. (US Oct 3 '44) Do you think Dewey is making a better
or a worse campaign than you expected? (aipo)

Better 31%

Worse 19

About as expected 24

No opinion 26

116. (US Oct 6 '44) Do you have any particular reason for
wanting to vote in the November election? The 74% who said
they had a particular reason were asked; What is it? (aipo)

No answer; don't know 26%

Duty to vote; always vote 14

Time for a change; think there should be a change; Roo-
sevelt has had his share; no fourth term; Roosevelt too
old; let another man have a chance 11

No change in wartime; Roosevelt started it and should
finish it; will end the war quicker 6

Support Roosevelt and administration; support Demo-
crats; am a Democrat; want Roosevelt to get in; Roose-
velt best man, has done a good job; want conditions to
remain the same; Roosevelt only man capable, helped
working man, always was a liberal 23

Election is of national and world importance 2

Fed up with administration; fed up with Roosevelt; get
rid of bureaucracy; get rid of crackpots; caused war;
labor too strong 9

Support Dewey: go-getter, young, will end war quicker;
higher wages under Republicans; Dewey best man; sup-
port Republicans; will get taxes down 7

Miscellaneous 2

117. (US Oct 12 '44) Will you tell me who the Democratic
vice-presidential candidate is? (aipo)

Incorrect or
Truman don' t know
National total 60% 40%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 69% 31%

Democrats 55 45

118. (US Oct 12 '44) Who is the Republican vice-presidential
candidate? (aipo)

Incorrect or
Bricker don't know
National total 64% 36%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 54% 46%

Republicans 81 19

119. (US Oct 12 '44) Which of these two men [Truman or
Bricker] do you think would make the better President? (Note:
not Vice-President) Asked of all those who knew the names
of both vice-presidential candidates, (aipo)

Truman 23% Bricker 60% Undecided 17%

120. (US Oct 26 '44) Do you think people as a whole seem to
be more interested in the elections campaign this year, less in-
terested, or about the same as they have been in the past? (for)

IN comparison with earlier dates in 1944

Less

Same

Don't know

July JO

49.1%
16.5
22.5
11.9

Aug?

54.9%
14.1
21.7
9.3

Aug 19
50.5%
17.3
229
93

Aug 16 Oct 7

51.0% 59.3%

17.2 10.9

23.3 21.4
8.5 8.4

121. (US Oct 26 '44) If Germany surrenders before November,
whom do you think you would vote for — Roosevelt or Dewey?
(for)

Roosevelt 45.3%

Dewey 47.9

Other 4

Don't know 6.4

122. (US Nov '44) In your opinion, were there any real dif-
ferences between the Republican and Democratic platforms in
this election? 27% of the sample who thought there were real
differences were asked: What are some of the real differences?
(norc)

No differences 56%

Don't know whether or not there were differences 17

Differences :

On capital; business; moneyed interests 5

On working conditions; jobs; fewer depressions;

labor unions 7

On tariff; free trade 1

On the Constitution; regimentation; dictatorship. . 3

On spending money; budgets; taxes 2

On foreign policy; international collaboration; peace

terms; isolation 6

On conduct of war; unconditional surrender; demo-
bilization 1

On minority-group problems; treatment of Negroes

or foreigners; Southern States *

Both are same except in methods used (Republicans

copied what Democrats set up) 1

Other differences 2

Don't know differences 5

106%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

123. (US Nov '44) If something prevented you from voting in
a presidential election, how much difference would it make to
you petsonally — would it make a great deal of difference, quite
a bit of difference, or not much difference? 29% of the sample
who said it would not make much difference were asked: Why
would you say this is? (norc)

Would make a great deal of difference 38%

Make quite a bit of difference 32

How much difference depends on candidate 1

Not much difference because:

One vote is not important 11

Not interested; don't care who wins; both parties do

same after they are elected 8

My candidate will win without my one vote 1

My candidate won't win with my one vote, has no

chance; minority party *

Lack of information; don't know how to vote 1

Women should not vote 1

Electoral votes decide it; electoral system makes the dif-
ference 2

[641 ]

Personal inconvenience; illness 1%

There is only one party in this state; vote doesn't count

here 1

All candidates are the same; all good men *

All candidates arc crooks; politics crooked; are all bad;

fixed before election 1

Other answers *

Don't know why 2

* Less than 0.5%.

124. (US Nov '44) Regardless of who you voted for, who do
you think made the best campaign — Roosevelt or Dewey?
(norc)

Roosevelt 57% Dewey 32% Don't know 11%

125. (US Nov '44) As far as you are concerned, did the presi-
dential campaign do more to clear up or confuse the real issues
of this election? (norc)

Clear up 41% Confuse 37% Don't know 22%

126. (US Nov '44) Do you think that the United States will
take a more active part in a world organization now that Roo-
sevelt is elected, or would we have been just as active if Dewey
had been elected? (norc)

More active with Roosevelt 50%

More active with Dewey 42

Don't know 8

127. (US Nov '44) Which one of these ideas comes closest to
the way you feel about Roosevelt's re-election? Each respond-
ent was handed a card with the statements listed below.
(norc)

Roosevelt's re-election was the best thing that could have
happened to this country 42%

It was better to have re-elected Roosevelt, but the coun-
try would probably have gotten along all right with
Dewey 16

It won't make much difference to the country who was
elected 8

It would have been better to have elected Dewey, but the
country will probably get along all right with Roose-
velt 25

Now that Roosevelt is in again we can expect the country
to go from bad to worse 8

Don't know 1

128. (US Nov '44) Some people said if Roosevelt were re-
elected the Communists would have more influence in the
government than they should have. Do you think the Com-
munists will have more influence in the government than
they should have or not? (norc)

More influence 30%

Not more influence 57

None at all 1

Don't know 12

129. (US Nov 3 '44) Following is the final election forecast
presented state by state, (cp)

National total

State by State in Comparison with
mid-September Sample

percentage for ROOSEVELT

Pivotal states

Maine

New Hampshire.
Massachusetts. . .

Rhode Island

Connecticut

New York

New Jersey

Pennsylvania. . . .

Ohio

Michigan

Illinois

Minnesota

Missouri

Delaware

Maryland

West Virginia . . .

Kentucky

Oklahoma

Wyoming

Colorado

Idaho

Nevada

Oregon .

Mid-

Late

September*

October*

47%

Roosevelt.
Dewey. . .

52%
48

* These figures include estimates for the armed forces.

Fixed states for Roosevelt are: Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas,
California, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Montana,
New Mexico, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee,
Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington.

Fixed states for Dewey are: Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska,
North Dakota, South Dakota, Vermont, Wisconsin.

130. (US Nov 15 '44) How long before the election had you
definitely made up your mind to vote for Dewey (Roosevelt)?
Asked of Dewey and Roosevelt supporters, (aipo)

Dewey Roosevelt
voters voters

Since convention; since nomination. . .
When I knew he was going to run;

soon as he started running

On announcement of candidacy; soon

as he became a candidate

Always voted for Roosevelt; ever since

he got into office; always intended

to; all the time

Always a Democrat

Always a Republican

Since campaign started

After Dewey's speech

Before he was ever nominated

At the polls

One day before

From one day to and including one

week

From one week up to and including

one month

Two months

Three months

Four months

Five months

Six months

From six months to one year

■9%

16%

—

[042]

One year

Two years

Three years

Four years

Over four years . .
A long time ago.
Other answers. . .

Dewey

Roosevelt

voters

—

100%

131. (us Nov 15 '44) What would you say is the chief reason
why you decided to vote for him [Roosevelt]? Asked of Roose-
velt voters, (aipo)

Win the war; no time for a change; shouldn't change

horses (Dewey doesn't know war strategy) 29%

Qualified; experienced; capable; have confidence in him;

qualified to carry on 16

His accomplishments; like his policy; progressive social

legislation; his ideals; helped everyone; has done a lot

for country; progressive candidate 12

Foreign policy; best man for peace conference; can get

along with Stalin and Churchill; not an isolationist. . 8

Best man; greatest living man 9

Represents common man; relief; helped needy; helped

poor class 7

Helped working class; increased wages; helped labor. ... 7

Am a Democrat 5

Dewey inadequate, immature, too young, not capable;

don't like Dewey; Dewey's speeches 5

For the future welfare of the country; will get country

back on its feet *

Others; miscellaneous 2

* Less than 0.5%.

132. (US Nov 15 '44) People who had voted for Dewey were
asked: What would you say is the chief reason why you de-
cided to vote for him [Dewey]? (aipo)

Don't like Roosevelt; no use for other side; don't like
Roosevelt's method of doing things; disagree with
Roosevelt policies; want a change; to get Roosevelt

out; tired of present administration 41%

Roosevelt in too long; no fourth term; opposed to dicta-
torship; too many terms 15

Am a Republican; because he was candidate of Republi-
can party; believe in platform of Republican party; like

his party 10

Domestic policies; straighten out domestic affairs; econ-
omy in government; economy; sounder administration;
WPA and relief handled poorly by politicians and bu-
reaucrats 11

Younger man; clean, honest, upright; better man; best

man 12

Satisfactory record; outstanding ability; filled New York

position satisfactorily; his speeches 4

Roosevelt holding down small business; too much gov-
ernment interference in business 2

Dewey would prosecute war better 1

Dewey's foreign policy; win peace 1

Against Political Action Committee *

Roosevelt equalizes Negroes *

Other miscellaneous reasons 3

* Less than 0.5%.

133. (US Nov 15 '44) Did you, at any time, seriously think
you would vote for the other candidate (Dewey or Roosevelt)?
(aipo)

Yes No

Dewey voters 13% 87%

Roosevelt voters 14 86

Those who had thought seriously of shifting their vote were
asked: Why did you change your mind?

Dewey voters

Best man after investigation 8%

Political speeches on radio; campaign charges not an-
swered 13

Roosevelt insisted on racial equality 2

Danger of Roosevelt's death 3

Against fourth term; time for a change 28

Democratic vice-presidential candidate; against Truman . . 2

Lack of confidence in Roosevelt 3

Am a Republican 7

Good on domestic issues 6

Dewey would prosecute war better 4

Dewey's foreign policy 1

Other answers 6

No answer 12

31. (US May 19 '40 to July 11 '40, dates listed below) D
Wendell Willkie runs for President on the Republican ticket
against President Roosevelt running for a third term on the
Democratic ticket, which one would you prefer? (aipo)

Roosevelt Willkie Undecided

May 29 '40 65%, 35% = 100%, 16%

June 11 '40 63 37 =100

*June 25 '40 43 47 10 = 100%

**July 3 '40 53 47 =100 10

**July 11 '40 54 46 =100 15

* The question was: If President Roosevelt runs for a third term on
the Democratic ticket against Willkie on the Republican ticket, which
candidate would you prefer?

** If President Roosevelt runs for a third term on the Democratic
ticket against Wendell Willkie on the Republican ticket, how would
you vote?

32. (US Nov '40) With which one of these statements con-
cerning a third term do you come closest to agreeing? (for)

IN COMPARISON WITH RESULTS FROM AN AUGUST QUESTION
PUBLISHED IN OCTOBER

October November November
Qasked in (asked in (asked in
August') September) October)
The idea that a President
should not hold office for
three terms is a silly and
outworn tradition 13.2% 16.0% 15.8%

October November November
{asked in (asked in (asked in
August") September) October)
While it may not generally be
a good idea for a President
to serve three terms, there
should be no rule prevent-
ing him at a time of na-
tional crisis 51.8% 50.1% 46.6%

Never under any conditions
should a President hold of-
fice for three terms 29.9 30.2 33.8

Don't know 51 37 3.8

33. (US Sept 3 '42) Suppose Roosevelt runs for a fourth term
for President in 1944 — as of today, do you think you would
vote for him? A comparable cross-section was asked: Suppose
Roosevelt runs for a fourth term for President in 1944 — as of
today, do you think you would vote for him or against him?
Results were combined. (Nov 17 '42) If President Roosevelt
runs for a fourth term in 1944, will vou vote for him or against
him? (aipo)

Don't know;
For Against undecided

Sept '42 52.4% 37.3% 10.3%

Nov '42 39 44 17

34. (US Jan 7 '43) If Roosevelt runs for a fourth term for
President next year against any of these candidates [Dewey,
Bricker], how do you think you would vote? (aipo)

Roosevelt 49% Roosevelt 49%

Dewey 33 Bricker 18

Don't know 18 Don't know 33

36. (US Jan 27 '43, Feb 23 '43, May 12 '43) If the war is over
and Roosevelt runs for a fourth term next year, do you think
you will vote for him or against him? (aipo)

No opinion;
For Against undecided

Jan '43 39% 50% 11%

Feb '43 37 50 13

May '43 31 69 —

36. (US Jan 27 '43, Feb 23 '43, May 12 '43) If the war is still
going on and Roosevelt runs for a fourth term next year, do
you think you will vote for him or against him? (aipo)

No opinion;
For Against undecided

Jan '43 51% 37% 12%

Feb '43 53 36 11

May '43 56 44 —

37. (US Jan 27 '43 and Apr 25 '44) Do you think President
Roosevelt will run for a fourth term next year? The 1944
sample was asked about "this year" instead of "next year."
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Jan '43 61% 39% —

Apr '44 79 8 13%

38. (US Feb 3 '43) Would you like to see President Roosevelt
run for a fourth term next year? (aipo)

Yes 41%>

No 38

Don't know 6

Qualified 1

Depends on war 14

[654]

39. (US May 12 '43) If the war is not entirely over next year
but looks as though it might be over soon, do you think you
will vote for or against Roosevelt for a fourth term? (aipo)

For 51% Against 49%

40. (US Nov 23 '43) Do you have any friend or relative whose
views on politics you respect highly? 41%, of the sample who
said they had such a friend or relative were asked: Is this
friend or relative for or against a fourth term for Roosevelt?
(aipo)

Have no such friend or relative 59%

Friend or relative for fourth term 11

Friend or relative against fourth term ... 23

Don't know what views are 7

41. (US Feb 1 '44) Do you think a majority, that is, more
than half, of the people with whom you talk politics will
vote for or against a fourth term for Roosevelt? (aipo)

For 44%,

Against 38

Never talk politics .... 7
Don't know 11

42. (US Feb 1 '44) Do you think a majority, that is, more than
half, of your friends will vote for or against a fourth term for
Roosevelt? (aipo)

For 42%,

Against 37%

Don't know 21*;

43. (US June 20 '44) If Roosevelt is re-elected President this
fall, do you think that he will try for a fifth term in 1948?
(aipo)

Yes 35% No 51%, Undecided 14%

44. (US Nov 27 '46) The President is now elected for a four-
year term and Congressmen for two years. Should the Consti-
tution be changed so that the President and all Congressmen
arc elected at the same time to serve terras of four years? (aipo)
Yes 35%, No 45%o No opinion 20%o

PRICE REGULATION

1. (us June 27 '36) Should the federal government fix mini-
mum prices in the coal industry and other basic industries?
(aipo)

Yes 51% No 49% = 100%, No opinion 24%,

2. (US Apr 26 '37) The Michigan senate has passed a bill to
prevent retail stores from cutting prices on standard or trade-
marked goods. Would you favor such a law in this state? (aipo)
Yes 43% No 39%) No opinion 18%o

3. (US Oct '40) In the event that rearmament or the incidence
of war starts a sharp rise in prices, do you believe that the
government should interfere directly, as in 1917, to fix prices
and prevent any sharp rise not directly justified by production
costs; trade associations should voluntarily take an active part
in holding down prices; prices should be allowed to move
freely, find their own levels? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

The government should interfere directly 34.7%

Trade associations should take part in holding down

prices 24.9

Prices be allowed to move freely 26.7

Don't know 7.0

No answer ' 6.7

4. (US Dec '40) As between the National Recovery Act pro-
price-fixing policy and the Thurman Arnold anti-price-fixing
program, which do you prefer as a means of recovery now?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

National Recovery Act 22.0%

Arnold 33.0

Depends 45.0

5. (US Dec '40) In 1933 Mr. Roosevelt announced his determi-
nation to force prices back to the 1926 level. Did you agree
with the policy at that time? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

Yes No

National total 24.0% 76.0%

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Commercial and retail executives 26.2% 73.8%

Utility and railroad executives 14.9 85-1

6. (US Dec '40) Do you think the government should continue
its efforts to restore the 1926 price level? Asked of a national
cross-section of business executives, (for)

Yes No

National total 11.7% 88.3%

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Commercial and retail executives 13.5% 86.5%

Utility and railroad executives 6.6 93. 4

7. (US Dec '40) Do you think industry (through its trade
associations, possibly) should try to restore 1926 price levels?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Yes No

National total " 25.1%o 74.9%,

BY TITE OF BUSINESS

and retail executives 26.8%

Commcrcia

Utility and railroad executives 18.5

73.2%
81.5

8. (US Dec '40) In the early days of the New Deal, an attempt
was made to achieve recovery through the National Recovery
Act, under which trade associations were permitted to raise
and fix prices by agreement (provided they also conformed to
certain wage and hour codes). Many businessmen and most
trade associations approved the National Recovery Act pro-
gram at first. Did you favor the National Recovery Act price-
raising program at the time? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

Yes No

National total 34.9% 65.1%o

Utility and railroad executives only 15.1 84.9

9. (US Dec '40) Did you still consider the National Recovery
Act price-raising plan a sound recovery measure in 1935 when
the Supreme Court killed it? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

Yes No

National total 19.6% 80.4%c,

Utilitv and railroad executives only 8.5 91-5

10. (US Mar 19 '41) Would you like to see the federal govern-
ment fix prices so that as long as the war in Europe lasts
everything you buy will cost the same as it does now? (aipo)

Yes, No, don't No

fix prices fix prices opinion

National total 68% 32% = 100% 9%

[655]

BY OCCUPATION

No
Opinion

Yis, No, don't

fix prices fix prices

Businessmen 53% 47%

Farmers 61 39

White-collar workers .... 68 32

Semiskilled, unskilled,

and skilled labor 80 20

11. (Australia Oct '41) Are you satisfied that price control is
giving a fair deal? (apop)

Dis- Undecided;
Satisfied satisfied no opinion
National total 22% 57% 21%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well-to-do 50%

Comfortably off 26

Artisans, etc 18

Lowest incomes 17

STATE BY STATE

New South Wales 18%

Queensland 24

Victoria 24

Tasmania 27

South Australia 28

Western Australia 33

12. (US Jan 28 '42, Aug 21 '42, Nov 27 '42) How do you feel
about having the government regulate prices — in general, are
you for it or against it? (norc)

31%

19%

64%

18%

Jan '42

Aug '42 91

Nov '42

Don't

For

Against

know

Depends

84%

—

13. (US Jan 28 '42) From what you have heard, is the govern-
ment regulating prices on anything now? 54% of the sample
who thought the government was regulating prices were
asked: Is it your understanding that they are now regulating
retail prices, wholesale prices, or both? (norc)

Government not regulating prices 24%

Don't know whether or not government regulating prices 22

Regulating retail prices 7

Regulating wholesale prices 13

Regulating both wholesale and retail 26

Don't know what kind of prices being regulated 8

14. (US May '42) It is now against the law for the prices of
some products to go any higher during the war than they
were last March. Do you think this a good or a bad idea?
(norc)

Good idea 89%

Bad idea 3

Qualified answer 4

Don't know 4

15. (US May 30 '42) In the stores where you shop do you
check up to see whether you are paying more than the price
set up by the government? (aipo)

Yes 25% No 71% No answer 4%

16. (US Sept '42) Do you think the current system of price
ceilings will prevent price rises, or will the ceilings have to
be revised upward, and by what per cent? Asked of a national
cross-section of business executives, (for)

Ceiling will prevent price rises 33.6%

Prices will have to be revised upward

By 10% or less 12.8

By 10%-20% 37.3

By20%-50% 13.3

By over 50% 3.0

17. (US Sept '42) Do you think the general price ceilings can
be made to work by means of price ceilings on wages, price
ceilings on farm products, government subsidies, or by any
other means? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Price ceilings on wages 90.5%

Price ceilings on farm products 83.6

Government subsidies 26.4

Price ceilings on everything 6.3

Strong government; less politics 2.7

Additional taxes; forced savings 2.0

Other methods 5-5

Price ceilings could not work no matter what is done. . 5-9

* Percentages add to more tha
more than one answer.

222.9%*
100 because some respondents gave

18. (US Sept '42) Is your company having considerable, some,
or no difficulty in meeting costs under present price ceilings?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Considerable 14.5%

Some 44.7

None 17.3

Does not concern my business 23.5

19. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the gov-
ernment's policy with respect to price control? (aipo)
Approve 55% Disapprove 39% No opinion 6%

20. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think there is any real need for
the government to regulate prices during the war? (norc)
Yes 88% No 5% Don't know 7%

21. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think the government will actu-
ally be able to control prices? (norc)

Yes 65% No 19% Don't know 16%

22. (Sweden Oct '42) Do you think that prices have increased
so much that, in some respects, the government should abso-
lutely forbid any further increases? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 70% 12% 18%

BY SELECTED GROtTPS

Townspeople 64%

Work parties 79

19%
7

17%
14

23. (Sweden Oct '42) Do you think that interference of this
kind [government regulation of prices] should include wages
and food or only one of these? (sgi)

Wages Wages Food
and food only only None

National total 38% 2% 48% 12%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Townspeople 47% 4%

Farmers 36 4

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 38% 1%

Work parties 35 1

32% 17%
41 19

53%
55

8%
9

[656]

24. (Canada Mar 6 '43) Do you think that this [price and
wage ceiling] law has been successful in keeping prices from
going up? (cipo)

Yes 62% No 28% No opinion 10%

25. (US Apr '43) Do you think it will be necessary for the
government to continue controlling prices while we are get-
ting back to peacetime conditions? (Mar '45) After the war,
do you think it will be necessary or unnecessary for the gov-
ernment to continue controlling prices while we are getting
back to peacetime conditions? (norc)

Un- Don't Qualified

Necessary necessary know answer

Apr '43 77% 17% 6% *

Mar '45 84 11 5 —

* Less than 0.5%.

26. (Australia Apr '43) Do you think price control has been
reasonably successful or not? (apop)

Yes 47% No 43% No opinion 10%

27. (US May 12 '43) From what you have heard or read, do
you think that Canada has been more successful than we have
in keeping prices from rising during the war or less successful?
(aipo)

More successful 38%

Less successful 7

Same 8

Don't know 47

28. (US May 12 '43) Have you followed the discussions about
keeping prices stabilized through government subsidies? (aipo)

Yes 55% No 45%

29. (US May 12 '43) Because of the cost of production, prices
of some products can be kept down only if producers and re-
tailers are given money by the government in place of profits
they would normally get. Do you think the government should
give money to these producers and retailers, or would it be
better to let the prices of these products go up? (aipo)

Yes 48%, No 26% No opinion 26%

30. (US May 12 '43) Have you noticed any stores in this area
violating price ceilings? 14% of the sample who said they had
noticed some violations were asked: Did you report the fact
to the local OPA office? (aipo)

Hadn't noticed any violations 74%

Not sure of violations 11

Didn't say whether or not had noticed violations 1

Reported violations to OPA 1

Did not report violations. . 12

Didn't say whether or not had reported 1

31. (US May 22 '43 and Sept 9 '43) During the next year, do
you think the government will really be able to keep food
prices under control? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

May '43 60% 22% 18%

Sept '43 63 25 12

32. (US May 22 '43) During the next year, do you think the
government will really be able to keep the prices of manufac-
tured goods under control? (norc)

Yes 65% No 14% Don't know 21%

33. (US June '43) Do you think the government is doing all
it can to control rising prices, or do you think it could do a
better job? (norc)

All it can 47%

Could do better 48

Don't know 5

34. (US Sept 9 '43) As you know, the government is trying
to fix ceiling prices. Can you think of anything else the gov-
ernment is doing to keep the cost of living down? (norc)

Rationing 6%

Rationing fuel or cutting down on transportation 1

Controlling wages 6

Buying war bonds 6

Subsidies to farmers 3

Other help to farmers 1

Encouraging thrift, saving, and discouraging unneces-
sary buying 4

Discouraging black market and enforcing ceiling prices 3

Increasing production 8

Increasing taxes 2

Stabilizing rents 2

Miscellaneous 1

Critical answers 7

Answers in terms of what government should do 1

Praise of government 2

Not ascertainable 60

113%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

35. (US Sept 9 '43) How about clothing prices? Do you think
the government will really be able to keep the price of clothes
under control during the next year? (norc)

Yes 65% No 21% Don't know 14%

36. (US Sept 9 '43) What about prices on house furnishings?
Will they [the government] be able to keep them under con-
trol? (norc)

Yes 63'

No 17%

Don't know 20%

37. (Sweden Oct '43) For some years a ban on raising prices
has been discussed. Has this general price-freezing actually
been practiced? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 50% 18% 32%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 56% 20% 24%

-.44 16 40

38. (US Oct '43) After the war, do you think price ceilings
in general should be abolished immediately in the interests of
a free economy; maintained until adequate consumer stocks
are built up? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Abolished immediately. . . 51.8%

Maintained 46.9

Don't know 1,3

39. (US Oct 22 '43) From what you know, is there a top price
fixed by the government on meat — in other words, a ceiling
price above which stores can't tharge? How about canned
goods? Bread? Asked of a national cross-section of women.
(norc)

Yes,

top price No Don't know

Meat 83% 5% 12%

Canned goods 80 5 15

Bread 45 20 35

[657]

40. (US Oct 22 '43, Dec 10 '43, Jan 15 '44) Do you generally
know what the ceiling prices are before you actually buy?
In Oct '43, 40% of the sample and in Dec '43, 45% of the sample
who said they did know the ceiling prices before buying were
asked; Where do you find out what the prices are? Both ques-
tions were asked of women marketers. The 1944 sample was
not asked the second part of the question, (norc)

OCT '43 RESULTS

Not questioned because didn't know ceiling prices

existed 11%

Don't check on ceiling prices before buying 49

Get ceiling prices from lists in stores 17

From newspapers . 9

From newspapers and store lists 7

From tags on articles on shelves 3

From miscellaneous sources 4

Not ascertainable *

DEC '43 RESULTS

Don't check on ceiling prices 40%

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with ceiling

prices 15

Find out from lists or charts in stores 22

From newspapers 20

From tags on articles or on shelves 7

From radio 3

Get information from storekeeper 2

FromOPA 1

Get information from friends *

From miscellaneous sources 2

Don't know how *

in%*

JAN '44 RESULTS

No 55%

No answer*

Yes 45%

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

41. (US Oct 22 '43 and Dec 10 '43) 49% of the Oct '43 sample
who generally bought without knowing ceiling prices were
asked: Why not? The corresponding 40% of the Dec '43 sample
were asked: Why is that? (norc)

Oct '43 Dec '43

Just don't bother; don't care about price 17% 18%

Trust the stores 9 8

Don't have enough time 5 4

They change too often 5 3

Prices are high anyway 1 1

Don't know where to look 1 2

Different stores have different prices ... 1 1

Improper posting in stores 1 1

Don't do enough buying 6 1

Miscellaneous 2 1

Not ascertainable, don't know 1 1

49% 41%,*

* Percentages add to more than 40 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

42. (US Dec '43) As far as you know, is the government trying
to do anything now to keep prices from going higher? 81%
of the sample who said the government was doing something
were asked: In general, do you think the government is doing
a good job of keeping prices from going higher or not? (norc)

Government not doing anything 10%

Don't know whether or not government is doing anything 9

Government doing a good job curbing prices 47%

Not doing a good job 28

Don't know what kind of job they are doing 6

43. (US Dec '43 and Mar '45) Do you think the government
should be trying to keep prices from going higher than they
are now? 94% of the Dec '43 sample and 97% of the Mar '45
sample who thought the government should be trying were
asked: Do you think all prices should be kept where they are
now, or do you think some should be allowed to go higher?
(norc)

1943 1945

Government shouldn't be trying to keep

prices down 4% 2%

Don't know whether or not should try

to keep prices down 2 1

All prices should be kept down or frozen 57 65

Some prices should be allowed to go

higher 33 20

All frozen but some lower — 8

Don't know whether or not some should

be allowed to go higher 4 4

44. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) You hear a lot about ceiling
prices these days. What do you think ceiling prices are? Asked
of a national cross-section of women marketers, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44

Correct

Ceiling prices arc top prices to be paid 49% 50%

Possibly correct

Prices fixed by government or govern-
ment agency 19 19

Gives purposes of ceiling prices with-
out telling what they are 4 9

Only food prices are fixed 4 2

Misconceptions

All stores must charge the same prices 3 2

Wrong idea of how ceiling price is set 2 4

Miscellaneous misconceptions 1 3

No knowledge of the subject 14 10

Miscellaneous answers 3 *

Not ascertainable 1 1

* Less than 0.5%.

45. (US Dec 10 '43) From what you know, who sets these
ceiling prices? Asked of women marketers, (norc)

OPA 62%,

Food administration 2

The government (no specific agency

mentioned) 8

Miscellaneous 3

Don't know 10

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity

with ceiling prices 15

46. (US Dec 10 '43) Do you happen to know how they decide
what the prices should be? How? Asked of women marketers.
(norc)

Correct answers

Ceiling based on previous prices 17%

Ceiling based on class of store *

Partly correct

Former prices plus cost of production 1

Former prices plus supply and demand *

Former prices plus any other incorrect answers *

Incorrect answers

Ceiling based on supply and demand factors 6

Ceiling based on cost of production (profit over cost) 4

[658]

Ceiling based on average prices 2%

Miscellaneous incorrect 2

Correctness vague or tluhious

OPA sets ceilings 1

Miscellaneous vague answers 3

Don't know 49

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with ceiling

prices 15

* Less than 0.5%.

47. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) Do you think it's really
wrong for people to pay more than ceiling prices? Asked of
women marketers. In 1944 the word "really" was omitted
from the question, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44

Yes 78% 81%

No 4 4

Not questioned because unfamiliar with

ceiling prices 15 H

Don't know 3 4

48. (US Dec 10 '43) Would you please look at this card and
tell me which one of these things you'd do if a friend of yours
paid more than ceiling prices for food? Asked of women
marketers, (norc)

It wouldn't make any difference to me at all, and I

wouldn't do or say anything about it 10%-

I wouldn't like it, but I wouldn't do or say anything .

about it 25

I'd talk to him and try to get him not to do it again 40
I'd call him unpatriotic and avoid seeing him in the future 5
Not questioned because unfamiliar with ceiling prices. . 15
Don't know 5

The 40% of the women marketers who would urge a friend
not to pay more than ceiling prices and the 5% who would
call him unpatriotic were then asked: Is there anything else
you'd do about it? (norc)

Report him 6%

Report him (qualified) 2

Call him unpatriotic (not avoid seeing him) 1

Report dealer 2

Report dealer (qualified) *

Talk to dealer 1

Boycott dealer 1

No, wouldn't do anything else (general) 23

None of my business 1

Nothing else I could do 1

Too busy; don't want to get mixed up in anything , . *

Disapprove but wouldn't do .-invthing else for ethical

reasons 2

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable ' 4

Less than 0.5%.

45%

49. (US Dec 10 '43) From what you know, is it against the
law for a storekeeper to charge more than ceiling prices? Asked
of women marketers, (norc)

Yes 81%

No 1

Don't know 3

Not questioned because unfamiliar with ceiling prices. 15

50. (US Dec 10 '43) In case you wanted to know [what the
ceiling prices are] is there any way of finding out what the
stores are supposed to charge? How? Asked of a sample of
women marketers who bought without knowing the ceiling
prices, (norc)

Lists or charts in store 16%

From OPA 10

Newspapers 7

Get information from storekeepers 3

Tags on articles or on shelves 1

Radio *

Get information from friends *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 7

Know ceiling prices before buying 45

Not questioned because unfamiliar with ceiling prices 15

105%*

* Less than 05%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents ga\'e
more than one answer.

51. (US Dec 10 '43) Have you ever reported a dealer for charg-
ing more than ceiling prices? Asked of women marketers.
(norc)

Yes 2%

No 83

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity

with ceiling prices 15

52. (US Dec 10 '43) Do you think you would report a dealer
that you knew was charging more than ceiling prices? Asked
of 83% of a sample of women marketers who had never re-
ported a dealer for charging more than ceiling prices. 26% of
the sample said they thought they wouldn't report the dealer.
This group was asked: Why not? (norc)

Have already reported dealer 2%

Would report a dealer who was overcharging 45

Don't know whether or not would report the dealer .... 12
Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with ceiling

prices 15

Wouldn't report dealer because:

No dishonesty involved 2

General distaste for "squealing" 5

Distaste for "squealing" with fear of reprisal 4

Respondent says it isn't his business 4

General statement "Let the other guy do it" 1

Respondent hasn't time to do it 1

Respondent ignorant of reporting procedure 1

Miscellaneous reasons for not wanting to do it himself *

Wouldn't buy there any more 4

No use reporting violations, it does no good 1

Would talk with dealer about it (no implication of

eventually reporting him) 1

Would talk with dealer first — if that doesn't help,

would report him *

Miscellaneous answers 1

Don't know why wouldn't report him 3

102^0*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more th.in 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

63. (US Dec 10 '43) If a storekeeper charges more than ceiling
prices, do you think he should be punished in anv way? 71% of
the sample who thought he should be punished were asked: In
what way? Only women marketers were questioned. (June 2 '44)
If a storekeeper deliberately charges more than ceiling prices,
do you think something should be done about it? 82% of a
sample of women marketers who thought something should be
done about it were asked: What? (norc)

[ ()59 ]

Dec '43 June '44
Should not be punished; nothing should

be done 5%

Don't know whether or not should be

punished 9 5

Not questioned because unfamiliar with

ceiling prices 15 11

He should be fined..'. 21 11

Close up the shop; put him out of

business 14 9

More drastic punishment suggested for

more serious offenses or repeated of-
fenders 5 7

Leave punishment up to courts 7 38

Mild punishment; reprimanded; talked

to; scared a bit , 4 3

Some popular measure 2 3

Arrested or jailed 2 2

Restrict sales in one way or another. . 3 1

Miscellaneous suggestions 1 *

Don't know what should be done 12 8

* Less than 0.5%.

54. (US Dec 10 '43) How about the stores where you shop'
Would you say they sometimes charge more than ceiling prices
or do they always observe them? Asked of women marketers.
(norc)

Sometimes charge more 9%

Always observe prices 65

Don't know 11

Not questioned because unfamiliar with ceiling prices. . 15

55. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) Are there ceiling prices on
everything or just on certain things? 49% of the Dec '43 sample
and 43% of the June '44 sample who thought there were ceiling
prices only on certain things were asked: Here's a list of items.
Would you tell me on which of them you think there are ceiling
prices? Only women marketers were questioned, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44

Ceiling prices on everything ll'^o** 'b'1%**

Don't know whether or not there are

ceiling prices on everything 9 14

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity

with ceiling prices 15 11

Ceiling prices on:

Lamb 39 30

Women's dresses 14 19

Pots and pans 7 9

Watches; watch repairs 9 4

Haircuts 10 13

Sugar 36 35

Canned peaches 37 33

Pork .' 44 33

Beef 45 —

Chicken 24 —

Fur coats 9 —

Shoes 19 —

Used cars 13 —

Coffee , 27 —

Butter 40 —

Oranges 18 —

Soap 19 —

Men's suits '. 10 —

On none of the above * *

Don't know which items have ceiling

prices 15 2

* Less than 0.5%.

** Since the women marketers were asked to name all the items they
thought were controlled by ceiling prices, percentages add to consid-
erablv more than 100.

66. (US Dec 10 '43) In general, do you think you're better off
or worse off under a system of ceiling prices? 70% of the sample
who thought thcv were better off were asked: In what way?
Only women marketers were questioned, (norc)
Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with ceiling

prices 15%

About the same under ceiling prices 6

Worse off under ceiling prices 4

Don't know whether better or worse 5

Reason for being better off:

Answers in terms of preventing high prices, profiteer-
ing, overcharging 45

Answers in terms of equalizing distribution 8

Answers in terms of preventing inflation 7

Answers in terms of keeping prices uniform 3

Answers in terms of getting more 3

Miscellaneous answers 2

Don't know why 2

57. (US Dec 10 '43) How about after the war? Do you think
we should keep on with price control, or should we do away
with it then? 53% of the sample who thought we should keep
price control after the war were asked: Do you think it ought
to be continued for just a few months after the war or for
quite a while? 17% of the sample who thought we should do
away with price control after the war were asked; Why?
Only women marketers were questioned, (norc)

Don't know whether or not should continue price control

after the war 15%

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity with ceiling prices 1 5

Should be continued for a few months after the war 10

Should be continued quite a while after the war 39

Don't know how long it should be continued after the war 4
Should be discontinued because:

Desire to return to normal prewar times 5

Desire to return to free enterprise 4

Economic reasons; supply and demand 4

Criticism of system 3

Miscellaneous reasons 1

Don't know why *

* Less than 0.5%.

58. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) From what you know, are
storekeepers getting a fair deal from the OPA? 6% of the 1943
sample and 4% of the 1944 sample who thought storekeepers
were not getting a fair deal were asked: In what way aren't
they? Only women marketers were questioned, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44

Storekeepers getting fair deal from OPA 60% 53%
Don't know whether or not they are

getting fair deal 34 43

Not getting fair deal because:

Difficulty of getting merchandise;

stocks low 2 *

Cfiticism of administration of OPA. . 1 1
Ceiling prices too low; expenses have

risen 1 1

Too much red tape 1 1

Miscellaneous 1 *

Don't know how 1 1

101%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

59. (US Jan 15 '44) Have you found out after buying anything
in the last few weeks that you paid more than ceiling price
for it? (norc)

[ (5(50 ]

Yes 11% No 89% No answer*

• Less than 0.5%.

60. (US Apr 12 '44) Do you think prices on most products
should be allowed to go up, or should prices be held where
they are now? (aipo)

Go up 4%

Held gi*;

Undecided 5%

61. (Sweden June '44) What do you think should happen to
price control if and when, after the war, we return to normal
conditions? Should it be continued, eased, or abolished alto-
gether? (sGi)

Continued Eased Abolished Don't know

National total .... 46%

15^

I'f,

14%

37%

12%

26%

13%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 39% 12%

Middle class 43 15

Workers 48 15

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Country 44% 17%

Towns 44 17

Large towns 68 11

62. (Sweden June '44) Do you think that farmers should
continue to receive subsidies through import regulations and
regulation of prices of agricultural products? (sgi)

More than Less than

As before before before Don't

the war the war the war know

National total 42% 25% 6% 27%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 44/

Middle class.
Workers.

42
42

26%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Country 41% 31%

Towns 47 15

Large towns 41 14

24%

23%

63. (US June 2 '44) Have you ever seen this [OPA] list (either
of these lists) of ceiling prices? 58% of the sample who had
seen the list were asked: Do you have a copy of it? Only women
marketers were questioned, (norc)

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity

with ceiling prices 11%

No list shown respondent 3

Hadn't seen list 27

Didn't say whether or not had seen list. ... 1

Had copy of list 8

Had seen list but had no copy 49

Didn't say whether or not had copy 1

64. (US June 2 '44) What use have you made of it [OPA list]?
Asked of women marketers, (norc)

Check prices 4%

No use made of it 2

Used it, then stopped 1

List acquired too recently to make use of it 1

Miscellaneous or don't know *

Less than 0.5%.

66. (US June 2 '44) Are there any things about ceiling prices
you feel you'd like to know more about? What? Asked of
women marketers, (norc)

Not questioned because of unfamiliarity

with ceiling prices 11%

Would like to know more about:

Nothing (everything clear) 47

Nothing (uninterested) 10

Yes:

Ceiling prices of things 8

Why variations in prices 6

Why ceiling prices are so high 5

Things in general 3

The way ceiling prices are derived 3

Where to get a price list 2

Why enforcement is lax 1

How long ceiling prices will continue. . *

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 2

* Less than 0.5%.

66. (US June 2 '44) Have you ever thought you were being
charged more than ceiling prices on anything? 32% of the
sample who thought they were being overcharged were asked:
On what sort of things? Only women marketers were ques-
tioned, (norc)

Not questioned because unfamiliar with

ceiling prices 11%

Never overcharged 56

Didn't say whether or not overcharged 1
Overcharged on:

Groceries 16

Meats 10

Clothing 5

Dry goods 2

Shoes 1

Children's clothing 1

Restaurant items 1

Poultry 1

Liquor *

Gasoline *

Miscellaneous 3

Don't know what 1

109%**

* Less th.inO,5%,.

** Percentages add to more than lUO because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

67. (US June 2 '44) Did you mention it [being charged more
than ceiling prices] to the dealer? Asked of 32% of the sample
of women marketers who thought they were being over-
charged. 18% of those questioned said they hadn't mentioned
it. This group was asked further; Why not? (norc)

Mentioned it to dealer 14%

Didn't say whether or not mentioned it *
Didn't mention it because:

Desire to have commodity 3

Complaints are ineffectual 3

Didn't bother; no time 3

Wasn't sure of overcharge 2

Dislike of scenes 2

Just doesn't buy 2

Fear of reprisals 1

Miscellaneous reasons *

Didn't know why 2

32%

* Less than 0.5%.

68. (US June 2 '44) Have you ever reported a dealer for charg-
ing more than ceiling prices? Asked of 32% of a sample of

[661]

women marketers who thought they were being overcharged.
2% of the women questioned who said they had reported a
dealer were asked further: What happened? (norc)

Never reported a dealer 30%

Reported dealer with unsatisfactory results 1
Other answers or don't know what happened 1

32%

69. (US June 2 '44) Do you think you would report a dealer
that you knew was charging more than ceiling prices? Asked
of 56% of a sample of women marketers who thought they
were never charged more than the ceiling prices, (norc)
Yes 32% No 13% Don't know 11% = 56%,

70. (US June 2 '44) How does a person go about reporting a
price violation? Asked of women marketers, (norc)

Inform OPA (ho specific knowledge of further procedures) 61%
Inform OPA (some knowledge of specific procedure) ... 3

Inform some agency other than OPA 3

Don't know 22

Not questioned because unfamiliar with ceiling prices. . 11

71. (US June 2 '44) Would you pay a few cents over the ceiling
price if you could get a scarce item you wanted by doing so?
Asked of women marketers, (norc)

Yes 30%

No 51

Don't know 8

Not questioned because unfamiliar with ceiling prices. . 11

72. (US June 2 '44) Have you ever heard of a price panel?
Asked of a national cross-section of women marketers. 13%
of the sample who had heard of a price panel were asked:
What does it do? (norc)

Unfamiliar with price panel 87%

Correct answers about what it docs:

Check retail prices 2

Handle consumer complaints 1

Help retailer with problems . 1

Help consumer with problems *

Incorrect answers:

Sets ceiling 3

Miscellaneous misconceptions 1

Don't know what it does 5

* Less than 0.5%.

73. (US June 2 '44) Well, some communities have local groups
known as price panels which receive complaints on prices and
help retailers with their price problems. Do you happen to
know if one has been organized here? This question, asked
of the 87% of a sample of women marketers unfamiliar with
the price panel, produced an additional 1% of the sample to
add to the 13% already familiar with the price panel. The 14%
was asked: As far as you know, do the members get paid for
their work? (norc)

Don't know whether or not price panel in community. . 71%

No price panel in community 15

Members get paid 1

Members don't get paid 6

Don't know whether or not members are paid 7

74. (US June 2 '44) From what you hear, would you say your
local OPA board is doing a good job or a poor job? Asked of
a national cross-section of women marketers, (norc) Qan 23
'46) What kind of a job do you think the OPA has done?
(aipo)

June '44 Jjn '46

Excellent job, very good . . . 65% 40%

Fair, fairly good 11 40

Poor job 5 13

No opinion; don't know. . 19 7

75. (US June 2 '44) During the last six months, have you had
any occasion to go to your local OPA board except to get your
books? 22% of a sample of women marketers who had had
occasion to go were asked: What was it about? (norc)
No occasion to go to OPA except for books 77%
Didn't say whether or not had gone to OPA

except for books 1

Went for allotment of gasoline 8

For allotment of shoes 4

For allotment of sugar 3

For allotment of fuel 3

For allotment of tires 2

For miscellaneous rationing problems 3

For rent-control problems 1

Other miscellaneous reasons *

Don't know what went for 1

103%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

76. (US June 2 '44) Did they [your local OPA board] handle
your problem very well, only fairly well, or poorly? Asked
of 22% of a sample of women marketers who had gone to their
local OPA board for some reason other than ration books.
(norc)

Very well 14%

Only fairly well 3

Poorly 4

Don't know 1

22%

77. (US June 2 '44) Have you ever done any kind of volunteer
work for OPA in your community? 7% of a sample of women
marketers who said they had done volunteer work were asked:
What? (norc)

Never done any or didn't say 93%

Helped at registration or issuance of ration books 4

Assisted in ration board office 2

Miscellaneous assistance 1

Don't know what kind of work *

* Less than 0.5%.

78. (US June 23 '44) Do you generally find out what the
ceiling prices are before you actually buy? 44% of the sample
who checked on ceiling prices were asked: Do you pay more
attention to ceiling prices now that canned goods and most
meats aren't rationed, or do you pay less attention? (norc)

Don't check on ceiling prices 56%

Pay more attention since reduction of rationing 10

About same amount of attention 27

Less attention 5

Don't know whether more or less attention 2

79. (Australia Nov '44) Would you agree to the Common-
wealth having power to control prices for five years after the
war? (apop)

Yes 56%o No 34% Don't know 10%

80. (US May 2 '45) From what you have seen and experienced,
would you say that our present price-control setup — that is,

[662]

86.3%

3.7%

83.4

5.4

82.0

5.7

61.8

18.1

63.7%

16.2%

84.7

4.5

89.5

2.4

price ceilings — is satisfactory as it is, needs some changes, or
should be abolished? (aipo)

Satisfactory 34%

Need changes 48

Abolish 11

No opinion 7

81. (US June 21 '45) Do you think the government should
take off all price ceilings as soon as the war is over, or do you
think they should be kept for a while? (nyht)

Don't know
Kept for and no

Take off a while answer

BY SEX

Men 17.2% 75.7% 7.1%

Women 11.5 78.1 10.4

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 10.0%

Upper middle ' 11.2

Lower middle 12.3

Poor 20.1

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 20.1%

High school 10.8

College 8.1

82. (US Aug '45) If the government should remove the present
price-control measures right after the war is over, do you think
prices would go up a lot, a little, or stay about the same?
49.3%i of the sample thought they would go up a lot, 12.8%
thought they would go up a little, 6.1% thought they would
go up but didn't know whether a lot or a little. These three
groups totaling 68.2% of the sample were asked: So far as
the country as a whole is concerned, do you think it would
be a bad thing or a good thing if prices went up? (for)

Prices will stay same 17.3%

Will go down (volunteered) 6.3

Don't know what prices will do 8.2

Higher prices will be a good thing for the country. . . 4.8

Higher prices will be bad 59. 0

Don't know whether higher prices will be good or bad 4.4

83. (US Aug 8 '45 and Oct 3 '45) Do you approve or disapprove
of removing all price ceilings now? (aipo)

Du-
Approve approve No opinion

Aug '45 16% 74% 10%

Oct '45 21 72 7

Oct '45 union members only. 21% 75% 4%

84. (Hungary Sept '45 and Mar '46) Can price fixing by decree
be effective? (hipor)

Yes No Uncertain

49% 1%

76 4

Informed . . .
Uninformed.

tvorablt

Unfavorable

Don't know

8% = 42%

4=9

Sept '45 50%

Mar '46 20

85. (US Nov '45) Can you tell me which one of the organiza-
tions on this card is headed by Chester Bowles, or don't you
remember right now? WMC, WPB, OPA, WLB, State, Interior
were listed on a card, (norc)
Right 42%, Wrong 9% Don't know 49%

The 42% of the sample who knew what organization Bowles
headed and the 9% who didn't know were both asked: Is
your impression of Chester Bowles favorable, unfavorable, or
haven't you heard enough to say?

86. (Canada Dec 15 45) Do you think the government should
remove all price ceilings now, just some, or none at all? (cipo)

Remove all now 9%

Remove some 18

Remove none 63

Undecided 10

87. (US Jan 23 '46) The present price ceiling law ends in June.
Do you think the price ceiling law should be continued, or
should it end in June? (aipo)

Continued End in June No opinion

National total 73% 21% 6%

Republicans only 68 28 ■ 4

88. (US Feb 27 '46) The letters U.S.A., for example, stand for
United States of America. Will you tell me what words these
letters stand for? Among others was listed OPA. (aipo)

Correct — Office of Price Administration 70%

Incorrect 3

Partly correct — control prices; rationing 13

No answer or don't know 14

89. (US Mar '46) During the next year, do you think it will
be necessary or unnecessary for the government to continue to
control prices? 82%, of the sample who thought price control
was necessary were asked: About how long do you think price
control laws should be kept on? (norc)

Price control unnecessary 13%

Don't know whether or not control necessary 5

Should be kept on 4 months or less; to June 30 '46 *

Kept 5 to 10 months; to Dec 31 '46 3

Kept 11 to 16 months; to June 30 '47 28

Kept 17 to 28 months; to June 30 '48 25

Kept 29 months or more; beyond June 30 '48 17

Kept permanently 2

Depends 3

Don't know how long 4

' Less than 0.5%.

90. (US Apr 24 '46) For the next year would you like to have
OPA price ceilings kept on or taken off the following: food;
rent; clothing; autos, radios, and other manufactured goods?
(Sept 11 '46) Do you think the present price ceilings should be
kept on or taken off the following items: autos, radios, and
other manufactured goods? (Oct 10 '46) Should the Congress
to be elected this November keep or do away with price control
on autos, radios, and other mantifactured goods? (aipo)

APR '46 RESULTS

Kept on Taken off No opinion

Food 75% 21% 4%

Rent 78 17 5

Clothing 70 26 4

Autos, radios, and other man-
ufactured goods 66 27 7

OPINION ABOUT AUTOS, ETC. IN SEPT AND OCT

Sept '46 45% 46% 9%

Oct '46 35 57 8

91. (US Apr 24 "46) What would you say are the chief argu-
ments for (against) continuing the OPA? (aipo)

[663]

Keep prices under control; keep prices from going higher 44%

Prevent inflation 23

Keeping prices down 8

Prevent black markets; prevent profiteering 4

Protect those vi^ith fixed incomes; cannot afford higher

prices 4

Stabilizing prices; stabilizing our economy 2

Help lower income group, poor people 2

We need it; favor it 1

Miscellaneous 1

No answer 10

None 12

Gain
16.1%

111%^

Black market flourishing too well under present system ll'>

Prices aren't high enough 6

Holding down production; scarcity of goods 16

Inconsistent; unfair; not enforced 15

Too much control; government control 5

Encourages dishonesty 1

Not preventing inflation 1

Business wants more profit 2

Prices have gone higher; lack of competition delays

reconversion; supply and demand will take care of it. 8

Miscellaneous 1

No answer 18

None 22

106%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

92. (US Apr 24 '46) Do you think OPA price ceilings make it
impossible for some manufacturers to produce goods at a profit?
(alpo)

Yes 51% No 35% No opinion 14%

93. (US Apr 24 '46) A year from now, which way do you think
prices would be lower — if OPA is done away with now, or if
it is kept on? (aipo)

Done away with 21%

Kept on 68

No opinion 11

94. (US Apr 24 '46) Should OPA price ceilings make it impos-
sible for some manufacturers to produce goods at a profit?
(alpo)

Yes 84% No 9% No opinion 7%

95. (US Apr 24 '46) Some people say that more goods will be
produced if OPA price ceilings are done away with than are
being produced today because ceilings make it unprofitable to
produce some goods. Do you agree or disagree with this?
(aipo)

Agree 55% Disagree 33% No opinion 12%

96. (US June '46) Here are a few different groups in this coun-
try which might possibly be affected by the removal of ceiling-
price controls. If all OPA price ceilings were taken off now,
do you think that retail merchants (labor, large manufacturers,
the general public, farmers) would gain or lose, or that it
wouldn't make much difference? (for)

The general public. .

Large manufacturers. . 62.1

Retail merchants 52.4

Farmers 32.2

Labor 20.1

No Don't

Lose difference know

61.8% 9.4% 12.7%

9.4 11.8 16.7

13.1 20.8 13.7
359 12.1 19.8

44.2 17.7 18.0

97. (US June '46) Which of these do you believe is the best
way to keep prices within reason this next year — to control
prices by government regulation; to have no regulation and
let competition take care of prices? (for)

Price control Competition Don't know
National total 67.2% 23.8% 9.0%

BY SEX

Men 63.5% 29.5% 7.0%

Women 70.7 18.5 10.8

BY POLITICS

Republican 58.3% 34.6% 7.1%

Democratic 75. 9 16.9 7.2

98. (US June 26 '46) What is your opinion of the action that
Congress has taken on the OPA? (aipo)

Should have kept OPA 13%

Strongly disapprove; terrible; Congress is wrong 36

Inadequate; should have been stronger 3

Should have acted sooner 2

Influenced by lobbyists, politics, NAM 2

Have not removed enough controls *

Approve 24

Try it as experiment; experiment without OPA *

OPA should be done away with completely 4

Haven't done anything yet 1

Miscellaneous 1

No answer; don't know 15

101%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

99. (US July 24 '46) Please tell me which one of these state-
ments comes closest to the way you feci about price control
and the OPA? (aipo)

The former OPA was all right 43%

The new OPA bill is an improvement 9

Do away with all price controls except rents 20

Do away with the OPA entirely 23

No opinion 5

100. (US July 24 '46) Have you heard or read about what is
in the new OPA bill? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 41% No answer 3%

101. (Australia Aug '46) Do you favor or oppose removing
the controls from prices now? (apop)

Favor 21% Oppose 71% Undecided 8%

102. (Netherlands Aug '46) There now are goods again of
which there is an ample supply. Do you think the government
should continue to fix the prices for these goods, or do you
think the government should abandon price control on these
goods? 45% of the sample who thought price controls should
be kept were asked: Why keep price controls for plentiful
articles? 41% of the sample who thought price control should
be abandoned were asked: Whv free prices for plentiful goods?
(nipo)

[664]

Don't know whether or not government should continue

price control 14%

Should keep price control because:

Otherwise prices become too high 22

In order to maintain control 7

Against black market 5

Goods become cheaper 3

Protest small tradesman 2

Miscellaneous reasons for keeping control 4

No reason given 2

Free prices because:

No government interference; free trade; healthy com-
merce; back-to-normal business 16

Competitors must regulate prices 8

Things become cheaper that way 6

Competition will bring more goods 2

Miscellaneous reasons for freeing prices 5

No reason given 4

103. (Germany Aug 9 '46) We should like to know if you have
any criticisms about the following items, for often criticism
is worth more than praise. Are you satisfied, not quite satisfied,
or not satisfied at all with the measures taken for price control?
(oMGus)

Satisfied 41%

Not quite satisfied 27

Not at all satisfied 21

No opinion 11

104. (US Sept '46) If you had your say about it, would there
be more control over prices generally than there is now, or
would there be less control? (norc)

More 38%

About same 4

Less 52

Don't know 6

PRICES

1. (US June 7 '37 and Sept 16 '37) Do you think stock prices
will go higher or lower in the next six months? (Jan 24 '38
and Sept 11 '46) Do you think prices for stocks will be higher
or lower six months from now? (aipo)

BY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

Higher

June '37 75%

Sept '37 68

Jan '38 40

Sept '46 25

Sept '37:

Investors only. 70%

30%

SEPT '37 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 78% 22%

Republican 61 39 •

2. (US July '37) Who, in your opinion, is making the most
money from the increased commodity prices? (for)

-?>

■a

1-a

>-5 <s tei :?

% % % %

Profx-ietors... 38.6 22.8 6.0 3.3 3.8 9.9 2.7 12.9
Factory labor 55.3 11. 2 2.0 3.6 2.0 9.2 1.5 15-2
Farm labor... 24.7 20.6 5.7 4.6 2.6 14.4 4.7 22.7

%
100

BY OPINIONS ON THE THIRD TERM

Of 07 m C7 or 01 01

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

For third term 44.8 39.4 27.6 34.5 28.8 45.8 29.0 45.6
Against third

term 513 56.1 57.7 62.1 69.1 47.8 64.1 39.6

Don't know.. 3.9 4.5 14.7 3.4 2.1 6.4 6.9 14.8

3. (US Oct 18 '37) Do you believe the fall of the stock-market
prices means that a new depression is coming? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 26%, 74% = 100%, 35%,

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Above average income. 21% 79%

Average income 22 78

Below average income. 27 73

Poor 30 70

On relief 40 60

BY POLITICS

Republican 32%, 68%,

Democratic .

Lower

No opinion

25% =

100% 47%

32 =

100 47

Mar 23

45 = 100%

Mar 30

52 = 100

Apr '38

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 22%, 78%o

Middle Atlantic 32 68

East central 25 75

West central 20 80

South 30 70

Rocky Mountain 25 75

Pacific coast 22 78

4. (US Mar 23 '38, Mar 30 '38, Apr 6 '38) Do you think the
price of articles you buy will be higher or lower three months
from now? Both the Mar 30 and Apr 6 samples asked "of most
of the articles you buy" instead of just "of articles you buy."
(aipo)

'38.
'38.

About

ligher

Lower

the same

No opinion

l(>%

24%

^i 10

yi%

National total 41.0 20.1 4.9 3.9 2.6 7.8 2.8 16.9=100

5. (US Dec '40) If prices in those industries that had the worst
unemployment during the depression had been generally re-
duced substantially lower than they were, do you believe the
lower prices would have developed a substantial volume of
additional business that would have made it unnecessary to
lay off so many workers? Asked of a national cross-section of
business executives, (for)

Yes Perhaps No

National total 27.2%, 35.4% 37.4%,

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturing and industry 26.6% 33.6% 39.8%

Finance and investment 27.4 40.6 32.0

Utilities and railroads 22.1 42.1 35. 8

Commerce and retail trade 31.5 37.1 31.4

[G65]

6. (US Dec '40) Do you believe this additional volume would
have made up business for the smaller unit profit, leaving the
total profit or loss about the same? Asked of 27.2% of a sample
of business executives who believed that lower prices would
have increased business and reduced unemployment, (for)

M.on About Less Don't
same profit

profit
National total 20.5%

know

4.3% = 100.0%
of those
questioned

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Finance and invest-
ment executives. .

Utilities and rail-
roads executives . .

23.0% 46.8% 24.5% 5.7%
12.0 34.0 44.0 10.0

7. (US Nov 13 '41) Do you think prices on most products
you buy will be higher, lower, or about the same six months
from now? (May 21 '42) Do you expect prices of the things
you buy will be higher six months from now than they are
today? Quly 14 '42 and Nov 13 '46) Do you think prices in
general will be higher, lower, or about the same six months
from now? Qune 26 '46) Do you think prices will go up in the
next six months? (aipo)

Yes,
higher

Nov '41 83%

May "42 43

July '42 56

June '46 92

Nov '46 31

NOV '46 RESULTS BY SEX

Men 32% 40% 24% 4%

Women 30 35 27 8

NOV '46 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

White-collar 32%

Farmers 27

Professional and

business 33

Manual workers 31

Undecided;

No,

no opinion;

lower

Same

don't know

10%

—

42% 22%
38 30

4%
5

41 22
35 27

EDUCATION

39% 21%
40 26
37 26

3
7

College 36%

High school 31

Grammar school or less 30

83% of the 1941 sample who said they thought prices would
be higher in six months were asked: About how much higher?
(aipo)

Median 10%

8. (US Nov 13 '41) Have you laid in any goods or products
in order to protect yourself against higher prices later on?
(aipo)

Yes No

National total 16% 84%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 20% 80%

Middle income 22 78

Lower income 14 86

The 16% of the sample who said they had laid in some
things were asked: What things have you bought?
Canned foods; staples such as sugar, etc. (includes food

canned at home) 11%

Clothing 3

Home furnishings (furniture, radio

Fuel for the winter

Automobile

Soap.

refrigerators, etc.).

Textiles; blankets. . .
Miscellaneous items.
No answer

22%*

* Percentages add to more than 16 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Dec '41) After the present war is over, do you think
that people will have to pay higher prices for things, about
the same for things, or less for things than before it started?
(for)

Higher prices 43.2%

About the same 20.4

Less 29.6

Don't know 6.8

10. (US Jan 23 '42) Have you bought anything else [except
sugar or canned goods] of any kind to protect yourself against
higher prices or shortages later on? (aipo)

Clothing (excluding rubber goods), etc 3%

Rubber goods: tires, girdles, etc 2

Foods: flour, tea, coffee, etc 1

Household goods : sheets, towels 1

Metal articles: razor blades, bobby pins, etc 1

Leather goods, principally shoes 1

Electrical goods: radios, refrigerators, etc 1

Miscellaneous items 2

Nothing except sugar or canned goods 80

Didn't say 10

102%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (US Jan 28 '42) Since we got into the war in December,
have you found that prices on most things around here have
gone up, stayed about the same, or gone down? 91% of the
sample who found that prices had gone up were asked: Gone
up quite a bit or only a little? (norc)

Prices have stayed same 8%

Don't know what prices have done 1

Gone up quite a bit 57

Gone up only a little 33

Gone up, but don't know how much 1

12. (US Jan 28 '42 and Aug 13 '42) Do you expect that in the
next year prices on most things around here will go up, stay
about the same, or go down? (Sept 19 '45) Do you think prices
in general will be higher, lower, or about the same a year from
now? (norc)

Stay
same

16%

down

1%
1
27

Ue- No opinion;

pends don't know

8% 5%

4 3

— 7

Jan '42 70%

Aug '42 55

Sept "45 28

70% of the Jan '42 sample and 55% of the Aug '42 sample
who thought prices would go up were asked: Quite a bit or
only a little?

Jan '42.

Aug '42 29

Quite

Only a

De-

Don't

a hit

little

pends

know

40%

22%

3% = 70%

1 = 55

[ 666 ]

13. (US Feb '42) Do you think that rising prices are a good
thing or a bad thing for the United States at this time? (norc)
Good 18% Bad 58% Depends 16%, Don't know 8%

14. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think there should be any limit
on how high business profits should go during the war? (norc)
Yes 85%, No 6% Don't know 9%

If there is (is not) a limit on business profits, will this affect
prices in general, or won't it make any difference to prices?
Asked of the 91% of the sample who expressed an opinion on
whether or not business profits should be limited.

Not
Affect No dif- ascer- No

prices ference tainable answer

Total ques-

tioned 50%, 28% 12% 1% = 91%

BY OPINIONS ON LIMITING PROFITS

In favor of lim-
itation 57%o 30% 13%o = 100%o

Don't limit.... 31 51 18 = 100

50% of the sample who thought limiting business profits in
wartime would affect prices were asked: Will it make them go
up or down?

Go Go Stay Don't

up down same know

Total questioned 5%o 16%o 24%, 5% = 50%

BY OPINIONS ON LIMITING PROFITS

In favor of limitation 5% 18%, 28%o 6% = 57%,
Don't limit 23 2 3 3 = 31

The 5% of the sample who thought limiting profits would
raise prices and the 23% who thought unlimited profits would
raise prices were asked: How will this make prices go up? The
18% who thought limiting profits would lower prices and the
28% who thought limitation would stabilize prices were asked:
How will this make prices go down or stay the same?

Limiting profits will raise prices
Decreased volume of sales would necessitate raising

prices to make any profit 24%

Limit of profits will be too high 11

High levels on other things will raise prices even if

profits are limited 10

Limitation of profits will limit production 5

Dealers will hold merchandise waiting for higher prices 3
Prices will be higher because bargains will disappear. . . 1

Miscellaneous answers showing no confusion 4

General statements that greater profits result in higher

prices 9

Miscellaneous confused replies 6

Not ascertainable 29

102%*'

Limiting profits tvill lower or stahili':ie prices

Stay

Go down the same
General statements that limitation of

profits limits prices 55% 53%

Government will fix prices 3 7

Government would set profits lower than

now 5 —

Decreased purchasing power 15 14

Reduce wages paid out — 3

Prevent concentration of wealth 2 2

Reduction of cost of war materials and

government expense * *

Stay
Go down the same
Manufacturers would increase produc-
tion to increase earnings 2% —

Other statements of indirect connection 1 2%
Profit limitations will be accompanied

by other limitations 3 7

Miscellaneous 2 2

Not ascertainable 15 13

103%** 103%,**
Not litriiting profits will raise prices
General statements that no limitation on

profits raises prices 38%

There will be more money in circulation 21

Business will be allowed free play 4

Wages will go up 6

If nothing is limited, prices would have

to go up 6

Miscellaneous answers showing no con-
fusion 3

Slowing down business creates higher

prices 7

Miscellaneous confused replies 1

Not ascertainable 14

* Less than 0.5%.

** All percentages are based on the number of respondents questioned
and add to more than 100 in some cases because some gave more than
one answer.

15. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think people's taxes next year

should be higher than they were this year? (norc)

Higher 44% No, not higher 44% Don't know 12%

If their taxes are (are not) higher, will this affect prices in
general, or won't it make any difference to prices?

Affect No dif- Not ascer- Not

prices ference tainable questioned

National total.... 24%, 48% 16%o 12%

BY' OPINIONS ON TAX RATE

Taxes should

higher ', . 41% 47% 12%

Taxes should not

go higher 14 62 24

24% of the sample who thought the tax question would
affect prices were asked: Will it make them go up or down?
Go Go Stay Not ascer-

up down the same tainable

Total questioned. . . 11%, 6% 5%o 2%c, = 24%o

BY OPINIONS ON TAX RATE

Taxes should go

higher '. . 19% 12% 7% 3% = 41%

Taxes should not go

higher 6 3 4 1 =14

The 19%, of the sample who thought higher taxes would
make prices go up and the 6% who thought lower taxes would
make prices go up were asked: How will this make prices go
up? The 12%, who thought higher taxes would reduce prices
and the 7% who thought higher taxes would keep prices the
same — totaling 19% — were asked: How will this make prices
go down or stay the same?

Higher taxes will raise prices

Taxes will be added to prices 60%

Prices go up as taxes go up 18

Decreased buying power 3

Increased taxes necessitate higher wages and thus higher

prices 3

More money in circulation 1%

Government will have to get money from somewhere. . . 2

Increased buying power goes with lower taxes 1

Miscellaneous answers 1

Not ascertainable 12

101%*'
Lower taxes will raise prices

Government will have to get money from somewhere. . . 21%

Increased buying power 20

Taxes are added to prices 23

Taxes follow prices 11

Increased taxes cause higher wages and hence greater

buying power 4

Decreased buying power 2

Miscellaneous answers 1

Not ascertainable 18

Higher taxes will reduce or stabilize prices

Go down Stay same

Decreased demand 90% 77%

As taxes go, so go prices 1 3

Taxes are added to prices 1 2

Government regulation will control all

fields 3 4

Increased taxes necessitate increased

wages and hence raise prices — 2

Increased demand * —

Miscellaneous answers 1 2

Not ascertainable 5 12

[ (5(57 ]

would lower or stabilize prices were asked: How will this
make prices go down or stay the same?

PRICES WILL GO W

Ration Wait far
now shortages

* No reason 41% 65%

Because merchants would have to com-
pensate for loss of sales volume 17 8

Because people are willing to pay more . 15 12

Unless ceilings are fixed 10 3

Because it occasions racketeering, boot-
legging, etc 3 1

Shortages in one thing tend to raise prices

on others 3 **

Miscellaneous ways that shortages will

increase prices 1 2

Previous experience with rationing

shows prices go up 5 2

Miscellaneous other ways 1 1

Not ascertainable 7 9

101%** 102%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** All percentages are based on the number of respondents questioned
and add to more than 100 in some cases because some gave more than
one answer.

16. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think we ought to start right now
to ration all materials in which shortages may develop, or do
you think we ought to wait until there really is a shortage?
(norc)

Ration right now 72% Wait for shortage 21%

Don't know 7%

If we start more rationing right now (if we wait until there
really are shortages), will this affect prices in general, or won't
it make any difference to prices?

Affect No dif- Not ascer- Not asked
prices ference tainable question
National total 29% 51% 13% 7%

BY OPINIONS ON RATIONING

Yes, ration now 33% 55% 12%

No, wait for shortage. . . 26 55 19

29% of the sample who thought rationing would affect prices
were asked: Will it make them go up or down?

Go Go Stay Not ascer-

up down same tainable

Total questioned 13% 4% 10% 2% = 29%

BY OPINIONS ON RATIONING

Yes, ration now 12% 6% 13% 2% = 33%

No, wait for shortages 21 1 2 2 = 26

The 12% who thought immediate rationing would raise
prices and the 21% who thought waiting would raise prices
were asked: How will this make prices go up? The 19% com-
prising the groups who thought immediate rationing would
lower or stabilize prices and the 3% who thought waiting

103%* 103%*

PRICES WILL GO DOWN OR STAY SAME
IF IMMEDIATE RATIONING

Go down Stay same
Rationing now would prevent shortages

and competitive buying 79% 57%

Rationing is always accompanied by a

ceiling price 12 16

If other things were controlled, ration-
ing would stabilize things 2 4

Miscellaneous pertinent answers 1 1

Nonpertinent answers ** **

Not ascertainable 8 12

102%*

PRICES WILL GO DOWN OR STAY SAME
IF WAIT FOR SHORTAGES

Go down Stay same
Rationing now would prevent shortages

and competitive buying 32% 37%

Rationing is always accompanied by a

ceiling price 6 10

If other things were controlled, rationing

would stabilize things 6 —

Miscellaneous pertinent answers 25 17

Nonpertinent answers 6 7

Not ascertainable 25 30

101%*
* All percentages are based on the number of respondents questioned

and add to more than 100 in some cases because some gave more than

one answer.

** Less than 0.5%.

17. (US Sept 24 '42) If everyone is required to buy bonds or
stamps, would this affect prices in general, or wouldn't it make
any difference to prices? 24% of the sample who thought prices
would be affected were asked: Would it make prices go up or
down? (norc)

Would make no difference in prices 59%

Don't know whether or not would make a difference ... 17

Would make prices go up 3

Would make prices go down 13

Prices would stabilize or stay same 6

Don't know what effect would be 2

[ n«8 1

The 3% who thought compulsory bond and stamp buying
would make prices go up, the 13% who thought it would make
them go down, and the 6% who thought it would make them
stay the same were questioned further: How will this make
prices go up? go down? stay same?

MAKE PRICES GO UP

Producers have to raise prices to make more per unit

with decreased sales volume 16%

Producers will add cost of bonds to prices 13

Bond program will necessitate raising wages 4

People will cash bonds and buy 1

Program will affect credit 1

Less buying power 50

Miscellaneous answers 3

Not ascertainable 18

106%*

MAKE PRICES GO DOWN

Decreased buying power 94%

Small volume of sales causes producers to raise prices. 3

People will cash bonds and buy *

Program will necessitate raising wages *

Program will affect credit *

Miscellaneous answers 1

Not ascertainable 3

101%*

MAKE PRICES STAY SAME

Less purchasing power 87%

People will cash bonds and buy *

Small volume of sales causes producers to charge more

per unit 1

Bond program will necessitate raising wages *

Miscellaneous answers 2

Not ascertainable 11

* Less tfian 0.5%.

** All percentages are based on the number of respondents questioned
and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one answer.

18. (US Dec 30 '42) Compared to six months ago, do you
think prices on most things around here have gone up, stayed
about the same, or gone down? 90%, of the sample who said
that prices had gone up in the preceding six months were
asked: On what things have prices gone up? Of the 90% ques-
tioned, 82% said prices were higher on food. This group was
asked: On what foods are prices higher? (norc)

Price stayed same 9%

Don't know whether have gone up 1

Prices higher on meat 30

On dairy products 23

On canned goods 19

On fruits, vegetables 12

On staples 5

On coffee, tea, spices 3

On sugar 2

On bakery products 1

On frozen foods *

On food in general 41

On miscellaneous other foods 2

On clothing 29

On other dry goods 5

On hardware 4

On feed and fertilizer 4

On services 4

On shoes 3

On luxuries 3%

On livestock 1

On everything 5

On miscellaneous items 5

Didn't say on what 1

212%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

19. (US May 22 '43) How about prices of manufactured goods?
Are they about where they should be, too high, or too low?
42% of the sample who thought they were too high were
asked: What do you think is mostly responsible for the fact
that they are too high? (norc)

Prices about right 42%

Too low 1

Don't know whether too high or not 15

Blame shortages (general) 9

Shortages of labor 5

Shortages because of war needs 2

High wages and demand 4

Both decreased supply and increased demand 2

Hoarding 1

Taking advantage (general) 5

Manufacturers taking advantage 2

Merchants and storekeepers taking advantage 2

Middlemen, jobbers, wholesalers, capitalists taking

advantage 1

Black market *

Miscellaneous groups taking advantage 1

Government (general) 1

Ceilings have not been put on uniformly or soon enough 1

Other criticism of OPA or ceiling 1

Rationing and other government restrictions *

Labor costs 5

Other high costs 2

Other answers 5

No answer 3

Great Britain

1. (Great Britain Nov '40, Mar '41, Aug 30 '41, Dec 19 '41,
Apr '42, Aug 22 '42, Jan 24 '43, Apr '43, Sept '43) What do
you think is the most important war problem the British gov-
ernment must solve this winter (this spring, in the next few
months)? In Apr '42, Jan '43, Apr '43 and Sept '43 the question
read "the government" instead of "the British government."
(bipo)

Maintaining sufficient food supplies;
maintaining supplies

Submarine warfare; shipping losses . . .

Second front; invading the continent;
preparing for coming offensive

Production of armaments and aircraft .

Production and organization of re-
sources

Organize our manpower

Gaining air supremacy

Be prepared against invasion

Night bombing

Middle East, Near East, Balkan prob-
lems

Far East situation

India

Ending the war; victory

Helping Russia with supplies

Safer shelters

Providing for air-raid victims

Nation's health

Internal economic situation

Evacuating problems

Smash Italy

Control and distributing of food

Coordination of war effort with Allies

Other answers 1

Don't know; depends on anything 5

* Less than 0.5%.

(US Aug 22 '45 and Oct 3 '45) What do you think will be
the most important problem facing this country during the
next year? (aipo)

AUG '45 RESULTS

Unemployment 53%

Employment for veterans 9

Labor troubles; strikes 4

Depression; avoiding depression 1

Reconversion; back to normal 15

Inflation 3

Food shortage 3

Housing; slum clearance 1

Keeping wages high 1

Keep the peace 5

Occupation; occupation forces 1

Demobilization 2

Rehabilitation of soldiers 3

Racial problems; colored situation 2

Rehabilitation of Europe 1

Miscellaneous 5

Don't know 5

114%*

OCT '45 RESULTS

Jobs for all 42%

Strikes and labor troubles 32

Reconversion 19

Working out world peace 7

Demobilization 5

Wages 3

Food shortages 2

Controlling atom bomb 2

Others 9

121%*
* Percentages add to more rhan 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(US Feb 27 '46) In your opinion, what is the most im-
portant problem the government must solve in the next few
months? (aipo)

[680]

Strikes; labor problems 34%

Housing 12

Price control; inflation; wages 11

Employment 7

Reconversion; getting production going 4

Food shortages 6

Clothing and material shortages 1

Continuing the draft 1

Continuing the OPA 1

Relations with Russia 11

Peace; United Nations 8

Atomic bomb 3

Taking care of returning soldiers 1

Demobilization of soldiers 1

International policies 4

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 4

113%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(US June 26 '46) What do you think will be the most im-
portant problem facing this country during the next six months?
(aipo)

Control of inflation (high prices, OPA) 46%

Food and other shortages 20

Maintenance of peace and conducting foreign affairs. ... 10

Strikes and labor troubles 9

Housing 5

Jobs :.... 4

Reconversion 3

Atom bomb 3

Miscellaneous 7

No opinion 4

111%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(US Dec 31 '46) In your opinion, what is the most important
problem the United States government must solve in the next
year? (aipo)

Strikes; labor problems; unions 40%

Peace; foreign policy; atomic bomb 26

Cost of living; prices; inflation 13

Housing 10

Taxation 4

Shortages 1

Employment 2

Miscellaneous 10

No opinion 4

110%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

All those of the Aug '43 aipo sample who mentioned prob-
lems were asked; Which party will be best able to deal with
this problem, the Republican or the Democratic? The Oct '44
NORC sample was asked: Who do you think will do the best
job of handling this problem — Roosevelt, Dewey, or Thomas?
Aipo's Aug '45 sample was asked: Which political party do
you think would be better able to deal with this particular
problem, the Democratic or Republican? aipo's June '46 sample
was asked: Which political party do you think can deal best
with this particular problem, the Democratic or Republican?
In all cases, only those who mentioned problems were ques-
tioned.

2-?

Aug '43 (aipo) 45%

55%

—

Oct '44 (norc) 36

Aug '45 (aipo) 23

—

June '46 (aipo) 35

—

» Less than 0.5%.

2. (US Apr '38) Which of these — labor unions, public utilities,
stock exchanges, the Supreme Court — is most in need of reform?
(for)

WD
5

Os ^

National total 38.6% 13.6% 13.2%

3.9%

1.1% 29.6%

Executives. . . .
Factory labor.

DY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

52.9% 13.9% 18.9% 3.3%

35.6

17.1

14.6

7.1

1.2%
1.5

9.8%
23.4

3. (US Nov 19 '41) What problems do you think this country
will be likely to face when the war is over? (opor)

Boom and inflation 4%

General readjustment and economic problems 19

Depression 38

Unemployment 24

High ta xes 4

Trade stabilization 4

Adjustment of production and employment to peacetime

needs 6

National debt 6

Farm problems *

Lower our standard of living 8

Maintaining large army and navy for protection and

world police force 1

more than one answer.

Gov-

Stock-

Man-

ern-

hold-

age-

Don't

ment

ers

ment

know

m
/o

40.4

23.6

17.2

13 =

151.0*

35.9 34.1 25.4 5-2 = 165.7*

21. (Canada Feb 17 '43) Do you think there are some people
in Canada who arc making large fortunes out of the war?
(cipo)

Yes 67%, No 21% No opinion 12%

22. (US Mar '43) If you think someone is getting more than
his share of profits from the consumer's dollar, who do you
think it is? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (for)

BY degree of information

Good
Wholesaler, broker, packer,

middleman, etc 68.1%

Retailer 18.6

Labor 7.4

Other 9.3

No one or don't know 6.9

Fair

Poor

63.4%

47.3%

19.6

33.3

7.9

1.3

7.5

4.0

11.3

18.0

110.3%* 109.77o* 103.9%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

23. (US May 22 '43 and Sept 9 '43) During the next year, do
you think the government will really be able to keep business
profits under control? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

May '43 58% 17% 25%

Sept '43 57 18 25

24. (US Nov '44) After the war, do you think business should
be able to make all the profit it can, or do you think business
profits should be limited in some way? (norc)

Make all profits it can 32%

Limit profit in some way 63

Don't know 5

25. (US Mar 7 '45) Some war plants working on a cost-plus
basis hire more workers than are actually needed because in
that way these companies increase their profits. Would you
favor or oppose having the government set a limit on the num-
ber of workers every war plant and business in the United
States can hire? (aipo)

Favor 47% Oppose 30% No opinion 23%

26. (France Mar 16 45) Do you think the government is doing
everything possible to confiscate illicit profits? (fipo)

Yes 10%

No 75'?

No opinion 15%

27. (US May 29 '45) What class or group of people in this
country has done best financially during the war compared
to what they made before the war? (aipo)

Labor; war workers; other workers 60%

Business executives; upper class people 15

Farmers 5

White-collar workers 3

Miscellaneous or no particular group 17

28. (Denmark June 15 '45) How would you punish the profit-
eers? (dgi)

Death penalty 5.2%

Prison 21.4

Take away their civic rights 3.3

Take away their civic rights for life 9.0

Take away their civic rights for a shorter time 4.7

Confiscation of fortune and property 51.1

Confiscation of war profit 4.1

Other replies 9

No punishment 3

[687]

29. (US Sept '45) Who would you like to see decide what is
a fair profit for big businessmen (small businessmen) to make —
should each businessman decide for himself, or should the
government decide? (norc)

Big Small

businessmen businessmen

Each businessman

Government

Other answers

Both businessmen and government. .
Don't know

27%

41%

30. (US Sept '45) From what you've heard, at the present time
do most big businessmen (small businessmen) make about what
you'd consider a fair profit or more than a fair profit? (norc)

Big Small

businessmen businessmen

Fair profit 29% 54%

Less than fair 3 28

More than fair 58 10

Don't know 10 8

31. (Canada Jan 23 '46) If a company improves its methods
of manufacturing so that it can produce the same quality prod-
uct for less money, which of the following do you think should
be done with the saving: (1) Should the company sell its
product to the consumet for less money, or (2) should the
company sell its product to the consumer at the same price
but increase workers' wages? (cipo)

Lower Kaist No

prices wages Other opinion
National total 35% 42% 11% 12%

BY LABOR STATUS

Union families 31% 51% 10% 8%

Non-union families 36 40 11 13

32. (US Mar '46) Do you think the profits a company makes
should be taken into consideration in setting the wage rates
it pays? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

Yes 13.1% No 67.0% Depends 19.8%, Don't know 0.1%

33. (US Sept '46) Do you think there were any people or groups
in the United States who wanted us to get into World War II
for their own personal gain? 60% of the sample who thought
there were such people or groups were asked: What people
or groups generally do you have in mind? (norc)

No such people or groups 25%

Don't know whether or not such exist 15

Yes, have in mind:

War material contractors 13

Industfialists; monopolies; millionaires; financiers;

black market 34

Government; politicians 7

Roosevelt 1

Labor unions 1

Unemployed 1

Propagandists 8

Jews 2

Others 2

Don't know what people or groups ■. 4

113%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

34. (Brazil Sept '46) Do you think industry, commerce, or
agricultute is getting the best matgin of profits? (ibope)

Industry 52%

Commerce 43

Agriculture 4

No opinion 1

35. (US Nov '46) Take an industry where most of the com-
panies in it make about the same profit. If one company makes
much more profit than the rest of them, do you think it should
pay its workers more for the same jobs than the workers in
the other companies are paid or about the same? (for)

About
More the same Don't know

National total 37.1% 53.6% 9.3%

BY SELECTED OCCUPATIONS

Owners of businesses 31.6% 61.8% 6.6%

Salaried executives 333 62.8 39

Wage earners 42.5 49.7 7.8

36. (US Dec 31 '46) How much profit do you think automobile
companies made in 1946 — very large profits, small profits, no
profits — or do you think that they lost money? (aipo)

Large 33%

Small 38

None 6

Lost 13

No opinion 8

No answer 2

PROHIBITION

1. (US Oct '36) Do you think the repeal of prohibition has
been good or bad? (for)

Good 48.6%

Bad 25.5

Both 17.2

Neither 4.3

Don't know 4.4

All those except the 25.5% who declared repeal bad were
asked: Do you or members of your family drink beer, wine,
spirits? Of those questioned, 74.6% answeted in the afiirmative.

2. (US Nov 30 '36 to Nov 27 '46, dates listed below) If the
question of national prohibition should come up again, would
you vote to make the country dry? (aipo)

Dry Wet

Nov 30 '36 33% 67%

Dec 13 '37 34 66

*Oct 8 '38 36 64

June 7 '39 33 67

Dec 22 '39 34 66

**Oct 24 '40 32 68

**Jan 23 '42 36 64

(l)Feb 10 '42 36 64

(2) Aug 25 '42 38 62

(2) Nov 10 '42 36 64

(2) July 28 '43 34 66

(2) Jan 18 '44 35 65 •

(2) Aug 29 '44 36 64

(2) Sept 6 '44 37 63

(2) Sept 12 '44 34 66

(2) Oct 3 '44 39 61

(2) Oct 6 '44 34 66

(2) Oct 12 '44 37 63

[688]

Dry

Wet

67%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

(2) Oct 26 '44 33%

(2) Oct 3 '45 35

(2) Nov 21 '45 33

(2) July 24 '46 33

(2) Nov 27 '46 36

Those with no opinion on the subject never comprised more than
10% of the sample.

* The question was: If the question of national prohibition should
come up again, would you vote for it?

** If the question of national prohibition should come up again,
would you vote for prohibition or against it?

(1) Would you favor or oppose a law forbidding the sale of all beer,
wines, and liquor throughout the nation?

(2) If the question of national prohibition should come up again,
would you vote wet or drv?

Men

Nov '42.

29%

July '43 27

Oct 12 '44 31

Wo7nen

Nov '42 43

July '43 41

Oct 12 '44 44

21-29 years

Nov '42

30-^9 years

Nov '42

Under 50 years

Dec '39

50 years and over

Dec '39

Nov '42

28
46

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY-

Farms

Nov '36 46%

Dec '37 48

Dec '39 48

Oct '40 46

Jan '42 50

Nov '42 49

July '43 51

Small towns

Nov '36 ,^. ... 47

Dec '37 45

Dec '39 43

Oct '40 38

Jan '42 43

Nov '42 48

July '43 45

10,000 to 100,000 population

Oct '40 29

Jan '42 31

Nov '42 32

July '43 30

Over 100,000 population
Nov '36

Dec
Dec
Oct
Jan

'37.
'39.
'40.
'42.

Nov '42.
July '43.

28
28
27
21
23
22
19

DEC '37 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Democratic 29%

Republican 43

71%

57
59
56

71%

72
54

54%

53
55

57
62
57
52
55

71
69
68
70

72
72
73
79
77
78
81

71%
57

-ts

■§

Dry

Dec

'37...

... 26%

24%

36%

41%

47%

42% 24%

Dec

'39. ..

...27

Oct

'40. ..

...24

Nov

'42...

Dec

'37. . .

. . , 74

Dec

'39. . .

...73

Oct

'40. . .

...76

Nov

'42. ..

3. (US Oct 8 '38 and Dec 13 '39) Do you think young people
would be better ofT if we had national prohibition again?
(Jan 23 '42) Do you think it would be better for young people
if we had national prohibition again? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Oct '38 43% 57% = 100% 9%

Dec '39 42 58 =100 7

Jan '42 45 55 =100 —

4. (Canada Mar 7 '42, Sept 23 '42, Dec 23 '42, Mar 24 '43,
May 1 '43, June 9 '43, Nov 24 '43, Apr 1 '44) Would you favor
or oppose a law to prohibit the sale of all alcoholic beverages
(including wine and beer) in Canada? (cipo)

Undecided;
no opinion

Mar '42.
Sept '42.
Dec '42

Mar '43

May "43 27

June '43 23

Nov '43 27

Apr '44 33

Men

Mar '42.

Dec '42.
Women

Mar '42.

Dec '42.

Favor

20%

BY PROVINCES

Maritimes

Dec '42 49%

May '43 36

Apr '44 30

Quebec

Dec '42 32

May '43 25

Apr '44 17

Ontario

Dec '42 37

May '43 28

Apr '44 27

Prairies

Dec '42 39

Apr '44 24

Manitoba

May '43 23

Oppose
72%
65
57
65
68
68
68
77

78%
66

7%
4

66
48

44%

61
70
83

56
67
73

7%
4

[689]

Undecided:
no opinion

Favor Oppo.

Saskatchewan

May '43 33 60 7

Alberta

May '43 24 71 5

British Columbia

Dec '42 26 70 4

May '43 19 77 4

Apr '44 11 89 —

DEC '42 RESULTS BY EXTREMES IN SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farm areas 51% 42% 7%

Cities over 100,000 24 69 7

JUNE '43 RESULTS BY DRINKING HABITS

Total abstainers 42% 45% 13%

Liquor users 7 87 6

5. (Sweden Apr '42) In 1922 we had a plebiscite concerning
total prohibition of alcoholic drinks. If this should be repeated
today, how would you vote? (sGi)

For Against

prohibition* prohibition*
National total 49% 51%

Yes

National total 36%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Towns . .
Country .

37%

63%

D AGE

407o

60%

BY SEX

Older men

Younger men

Older women

Younger women

* 14% of the total sample had no opinion on the subject.

6. (Australia Sept '42) Would you favor or oppose prohibition
in wartime? (Aug-Sept '43) Would you favor or oppose pro-
hibition of liquor till the end of the war? (apop)

Oppose Favor Undecided

Sept '42 67% 24% 9%

Aug-Sept '43 61 32 7

7. (Canada Sept 23 '42) Would you favor or oppose a law
prohibiting their [alcoholic beverages including wine and beer]
sale in Canada for the duration of the war? (cipo)

Favor 43% Oppose 51% No opinion 6%

8. (US Mar '43) Do you think that during the war there should
or should not be a law prohibiting the sale of hard liquor?
beer and wines? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(for)

Prohibit Prohibit

No hard liquor beer and Don't

prohibition only wine too know

Farmers 47.4% 7.7% 37.9% 7.0%

Wives 26.8 11.5 53.8 7.9

Hands 49.2 31.0 11.4 8.4

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION*

Good 57.7% 7.1% 30.8% 4.4%

Poor 37.0 6.9 45.2 10.9

* Determined by 13 current-information questions.

9. (US Jan 18 '44) There is a bill in Congress which would
forbid the sale of liquor in this country until the war is over.
Do you think this bill should be passed? (aipo)

Men . . . .
Women .

BY SEX

30%
42

No
64%

70%
58

No opinion
100% 5%

PROPERTY

1. (Germany Dec 13 '45) What do you think should be done

with the property of Nazi party members who are now in

jail? (oMGus)

No answer

Take it away from them; should be taken away; divided
up (unqualified) 11

Give it to those that suffered under National Socialism,
concentration camp people, refugees, displaced persons 9

Give it to the poor and needy, bombed out, war invalids,
war prisoners, people who have lost everything 27

Use for reconstruction, social purposes 11

Use to pay war debts, reparations 5

Take it away in part: leave them enough to get along on;
leave wives and children some.thing; go easy if they
have families 4

Let them keep it: should not be taken away; let them
keep it; give it back to them; should be mercifully
treated; they have been punished enough already. ... 5

Should be taken away only if they are really guilty; if it
was illegally acquired; if they were big Nazis little
Nazis should not suffer 23

Other answers 1

Don't know; no opinion; can't say; too early to tell. ... 7

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

PUBLIC HEALTH

1. (US Mat 30 '39 and Mar 19 '41) When was the last time
you had a complete physical examination by a doctor? (aipo)

Mar '39 Mar '41

Within the past 3 months 12% 15%

One year ago 26 27

Two years ago 12 11

2-10 years ago 22 24

10 years ago and over 12 12

Never 10 11

100%
No answer 6 6%

2. (Great Britain July '39) When was the last time you visited
a dentist? (bipo)

Under 6 months 23%

6 months to 1 year 15

1 year to 3 years 23

Over 3 years 39

3. (US Mar 6 '40) Have you ever had a complete physical
examination? (aipo)

Yes 71% No 29%

[690]

4. (US Mar 6 '40) How long ago [did you have a complete
physical examination]? Asked of those who had been examined.
71% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Withinpast 3 months; 1940. .. . 11%

Within last year; 1939 29

Two years ago; 1938 13

Three years ago; 1937 8

Four years ago; 1936 5

Five years ago; 1935 7

Six years ago; 1934 3

Seven years ago; 1933 2

Eight years ago; 1932 2

Nine years ago; 1931 1

Ten or more years ago; 1930. .. . 17

Several years ago 2

No answer.

100% of those who gave an
answer when questioned
■ 2%

Fair

Poor

31%
23

1%
4

Median 2 years

6. (US Mar 6 '40) Would you say that your health is good,
fair, or poor? (Mar 19 '4l) In general, would you say your
health is good, fair, or poor? (aipo)

Good

Mar '40 62%

Mar '41 73

6. (Great Britain Nov '40) In view of the danger of epidemics
under wartime conditions, do you think that the government
should make inoculation against diseases like typhoid compul-
sory and free? (bipo)

Compulsory and free 33%

Free but not compulsory 50

Not necessary 9

Don't know 8

7. (US Nov 30 '40) A university professor says American young
men are lazy and soft and need to be toughened up. Do you
agree? (aipo)

Yes 52% No 48%

8. (US Nov 30 '40) What would you suggest to toughen up
young men? Asked of a national cross-section of persons who
thought young American men needed to be toughened up.
52% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Military training (army, conscrip-
tion, etc.) 50%

More manual work 19

Jobs 8

Exercise (sports, etc.) 6

More responsibility in their work ... 2

Some type of physical training 2

Other answers 4

Don't know 9

100% of those questioned

9. (Great Britain Mar '41) Do you consider that your health
is now as good as, better than, or worse than it was before
the war? (bipo)

As good 66%

Better 11

Worse 19

Don't know 4

10. (US Mar 19 '41) Have you found that the things you eat
have any effect on the general state of your health? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 50% 50%

BY SEX

Men 45% 55%

Women 56 44

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper income 59% 41%

Middle income 51 49

Lower income 46 54

11. (US Mar 19 '41) Have you had a complete physical ex-
amination by a doctor in the past twelve months? (aipo)

Yes 34% No 66%

12. (Great Britain Nov '41) Have you ever been inoculated?
(bipo)

For colds and influenza 9% For other illnesses 29%

No 64% = 102%*

* Since some respondents were uncertain about the meaning of inocu-
lation and may have confused it with vaccination, results should be
interpreted with caution. Percentages add to more than 100 because
some respondents had been inoculated for both colds and other illnesses.

13. (Great Britain Nov '41) Have you been inoculated during
the last three months? (bipo)

For colds and influenza 2%* For other illnesses 2% No 96%

* Number of cases is so small results should be interpreted with
caution.

14. (Australia Dec '41) Should medical certificates be ex-
changed by people before they marry? Quly '46) Would you
favor or oppose a law to compel couples to exchange medical
certificates before marriage? (apop)

Yes, No,

favor oppose

Dec '41 73% 14%

July '46 75 17

Undecided;
no opinion

13%

15. (US Feb 10 '42) Is anyone in your family sick from any
other illness [than colds]? (aipo)

Yes 12%

No 88%

16. (Canada Mar 25 '42) Have you missed any hours of work
daring the past month because of illness? Unemployed persons
were asked: Have you been ill at any time during the past
month? (cipo)

Yes No

National total 15% 85%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Under 10,000 population ....
10,000 to 30,000 population . .
30,000 to 100,000 population

100,000 and over

Farm

17. (Sweden June '43) Do you consider vaccination against
smallpox to be effective, or do you think it ineffective or even
risky? (soi)

Efec- Inef- Other ob- Don't

five fective Kisky jections know
59% 9% 6% 1% 25%

11%

89%

National total ....

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Town 63% 7% 5%

Country 56 10 6

1%
1

24%
26

[691]

Efftc-
tive

Upper class 72%

Middle class 62

Workers 55

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Inef-
fective Risky

4% 7%
6 6

11 6

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden.
Malar district.
East Gotland .

Skane

West Gotland.

44%

13%

8
U

Other ob-
jections

3%
1

Don't

know

\A%

34%

18. (US July 7 '43) Would you say that your health is better
or not so good as a result of food rationing? A second cross-
section comparable to that used for the preceding question
was asked: Would you say your health is better or not so good
since food rationing began? (aipo)

Better
First cross-section 7%

Vof so

No dif-

good

ference

opinion

10%

82%

Second cross-section 11

19. (US July 7 '43) Have you lost weight or gained weight as a
result of food rationing? A second cross-section comparable
to that used for the preceding question was asked: Have you
lost weight or gained weight since food rationing began? (aipo)

Lost Gained Same

First cross-section 11% 6% 83%

Second cross-section 19 12 69

20. (US July 7 '43) In general, do you think most people you
know would be better off if they ate less? (aipo)

Yes
National total 64%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 61%
67

BY AGE

21-29 years 56%

30-49 years 65

50 years and over 68

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper and middle income . . . 70%
Lower 59

No
21%

22%
20

25%

19%
23

Undecided
15%

17%
13

19%

11%
18

21. (Great Britain July '44) Arc you taking any medicine
regularly? 23% of the sample who were taking medicine reg-
ularly were asked: Was it ordered by a doctor? (bipo)

Not taking medicine regularly. . . . 77%

Medicine ordered by doctor 15

Medicine not ordered by doctor. . . 8

22. (US Mar 13 '46 and Mar 27 '46) Do you think your health
would be better or worse if you ate less? (aipo)

Better Worse Same No opinion

Mar 13 '46 44% 27% 25% 4%

Mar 27 '46 41 27 29 3

Yes No

National total 35% 65%

BY SEX

Men 35% 65%o

Women 37 63

20-24 years 43%

25-29 years 35

30-49 years 34

50-64 years 37

65 years and over 29

57%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large towns 46% 54%

Other towns 32 68

Country 34 66

24. (Sweden May '46)
work? Asked of 35% of
who had been ill since

How many days could you not go to
a national sample of employed persons
midsummer 1945. (sgi)

«
^
^

Iday 2%

2 days 4

3 days 4

4 days 2

5-6 days 6

More than one, less

than 2 weeks. ... 5
More than 2, less

than 4 weeks. ... 5

1-2 months 4

More than 2, less

than 6 months. . 2

Longer 1

I «

2% 2% 4% 1% 2% 2% 1%

4 4 5 5 5 5 3

4 3 3 5 4 4 —

13 4 2 2 4 3

7 6 9 6 5 7 5

35% 37% 35% 43% 35% 34% 37% 29%

25. (Sweden May '46) What illness/es did you have? Asked of
a national cross-section of employed persons, (sgi)

Influenza 32%

Cold, catarrh 18

Rheumatic diseases (sciatica, arthritis, rheumatism,

lumbago) 11

Accident 10

Abdominal diseases (gastritis, ulcers, etc.) 7

Illnesses in the throat (tonsilitis, boils, asthma) 4

Nervous disease 2

Diseases in the lungs (pneumonia, pleurisy, tuberculosis) 2

Disease of the eyes, ears, and nose 2

Other diseases 15

Don't know 2

No answer 1

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

23. (Sweden May '46) Have you been ill since midsummer 1945
so that you could not work for at least one whole day? Asked
of a national cross-section of employed persons, (sgi)

26. (US May 2 '46) Roughly, about how many times have
you been to a dentist — never, once or twice, three or four times,
five or six times, a dozen times, or more than that? (nyht)

[692]

^ <^ ^ ■♦^ 1^ "i

■^ O r*^ »/^ r-^ !<; ZI

National total 2.6% 6.1% 10.8% 14.5% 9.0% 56.6% .4%

BY AGE

21-34 years... 3.7% 7.5% 11.5% 17.1% 9.3% 50.7% .2%

35-49 years... 1.5 6.0 11.2 14.1 7.5 59.6 .1
50 years and

over 2.7 4.9 9.7 12.4 10.2 59.2 .9

BY EDUCATION

Grade school. 5.6% 10.9% 16.3% 17.5% 7.4% 41.4% .9%

High school.. 1.1 3.6 9.0 14.8 10.7 60.7 .1

College — 1.9 3.5 7.5 8.6 78.5 —

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northwest. . . 1.59
Middle West. 2.0

South 5.2

Far West 4

3.8% 8.0% 14.4% 9.4% 62.4% .5%

3.5 8.5 10.8 10.3 64.6 .3

11.7 17.0 17.7 7.3 40.9 .2

5.3 8.4 17.3 8.4 59.3 .9

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

25,000 to

100,000 . . . .

1.7

3.0

11.0

13.5

9.7

60.7

Under 25,000.

1.5

4.7

10.2

13.4

9.6

60.2

Rural farm. . .

4.5

10.1

15.7

18.7

8.6

41.9

27. (Germany May 8 '46) Did you suffer from any other illness
[than a cold] last month? Those who said they had some other
illness than a cold were asked: Which? (omgus)

Yes, didn't say what illness 3%

Not ill during last month 79

General malnutrition; lack of strength; dizziness 2

Grippe 1

Throat infection; inflammation of throat 1

Circulatory disease; tuberculosis 1

Rheumatism 2

Abscesses 1

Heart disease 3

Fever *

Other 8

No answer ^ 3

104%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

28. (Germany May 8 '46) Do you know if you have lost any
weight since the first of the year? (omgus)

No, don't know 20%

Didn't lose any weight 14

Yes, lost weight but didn't say how much. . 1

Lost 1-3 kg.** 19

Lost 4-5 kg 21

Lost 6-10 kg 19

Lost 11-15 kg 4

Lost 16-20 kg 2

Lost 21-25 kg *

Lost 26-35 kg *

Lost over 35 kg *

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

** The kilogram is equal to 2.2 pounds avoirdupois.

29. (Australia July '46) Would you prohibit the marriage of
people not likely to have healthy children? (apop)

Yes, would prohibit 51%

Would allow such marriages. . 34
No opinion 15

PUBLIC LAW =346

1. (us May 29 '45) Does the G.L Bill of Rights apply to all
men in the merchant marine? (aipo)

Yes 17?

No 38%

Don't know 45%

2. (US May 29 '45) Should the G.I. Bill of Rights be extended
to include all men in the metcliant matine? Asked of 38% of
the 'sample who knew the G.I. Bill did not apply to men in
the merchant marine, (aipo)

Yes 60% No 33% No opinion 7% = 100% of those questioned

3. (US Aug 22 '45) Should all young men who are now being
drafted into the army or navy receive all the benefits of the
G.I. Bill of Rights? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 19% Don't know 20%

4. (US Aug 22 '45) A cross-section comparable to that used
for the preceding question was asked: Should all young men
who are drafted into the army or navy from now on receive
all the benefits of the G.I. Bill of Rights? (aipo)

Yes 67%) No 18% Don't know 15%

PUBLIC OPINION

1. (US May 17 '37) Did you receive a Literary Digest sttaw-vote
ballot in the presidential campaign last fall? 29% of the sample
who said they had received a ballot were asked: Did you send
it in? 18% of the total sample who said they had sent the ballot
back wete then asked: Did you change your mind regarding
the candidates between the time you sent it in and the election?
(aipo)

Didn't receive a ballot 63%

Didn't remember or wouldn't say whether or not had

received a ballot 8

Received a ballot but didn't send it in 10

Didn't remember or wouldn't say whether or not had

sent ballot in 1

Changed mind after sending the ballot 1

Didn't change mind after sending the ballot 16

Didn't remember or wouldn't say whether or not had

changed mind aftet returning ballot 1

2. (US July 17 '39) Do you think that the majority of the
people in this country are usually correct in their ideas on
important questions? (aipo)

Yes 38% No 42% Don't know and no answer 20%

3. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you think the government should conduct
its own public opinion polls? (aipo)

Yes 30%

No 45

Don't know what public opinion polls are. . 8

No opinion 17

4. (US Aug 22 '45) Have you ever been interviewed within
the past year on any opinion or product survey besides this
one? Those who said they had been interviewed within the

[693]

past year were asked: How many times within the past year,

excluding this time? (aipo)

Yes, once ; 6%

Yes, twice 1

Yes, three to six times *

Can't remember how many times 1

No, not interviewed 92

* Less than 0.5%.

5. (Germany Feb 21 '46) The military government is interested
in public opinion and tests it continually. Have you read the
results of these tests? 19% of the sample who said they had
read the results were asked: What have you read about them?
CoMGus)

Haven't read any results 80%

Didn't say whether or not had read results 1

Read story announcing expansion of service; McCJure;
office will be established, etc.; statistical commentary

on German life; interviews will be made with people 5
Read election prediction or results; people uninformed

about politics 3

Read story about economic or living conditions, difficul-
ties, or worries 1

Read about denazification 1

Read other results 4

Didn't say what read 5

6. (Germany Feb 21 '46) What do you think of the method of
going directly to the people in order to question them about
their opinions, as we are doing now? (omgus)

Very good; excellent 14%

Good 55

O K; nothing wrong with it 12

Not much; can't see it makes any sense 4

Bad; undemocratic; Gestapo-like 1

Other answers 2

Can't say; no opinion 8

No answer 4

7. (Germany Feb 21 '46) Why do you think that way? Asked
of all those who expressed an opinion in answer to the pre-
ceding question, (omgus)

Good to inform the Americans about what we think;

they need to see how the Germans look at problems;

Americans will learn to know us; people in United

States can find out how things go with us 37%

We can make suggestions, speak our minds, unburden

our hearts; free speech; little people are consulted;

it's democratic; people's opinions are decisive 30

It is useless, people will not be truthful 4

It is useless, Americans will not listen; have real interest,

promise but can't act 1

It may help; give us food; try anything in our situation. 4

Not interested; no opinion; can't say 8

Other general expressions of approval; it's wonderful,

praise the Lord; will give us the truth 1

Other general expressions of disapproval; it's no good;

undemocratic 1

Other 1

No answer 13

8. (Hungary May '46) Do you approve of constant public
opinion research? Asked of the participants of the Independent
Smallholders, Farmworkers, and Middle Class party's general
assembly and Journalistic Congress in Vac. (hipor)

Yes 97%, No 2%, Other 1%

9. (Hungary May '46) What question should be asked for
public opinion research? The question was put to the partic-
ipants of the Independent Smallholders, Farmworkers, and
Middle Class party's general assembly and Journalistic Congress
in Vac, the twelfth of May 1946. (hipor)

The democratic problems 7.9%

Hungary's fate and future in general 3.6

Foreign-policy questions; peace treaty; frontier ques-
tion; minority questions; Transylvanian affairs; inter-
national cooperation after the peace treaty; war

prisoners; etc 30.9

Home affairs; new elections; political parties; reaction;
general conditions; coalition; Fascist plots; dismissal
of employees; republican form of government; Jewish

question; etc 17.8

Reconstruction 1.9

Economic questions; inflation; nationalization; etc 23.5

Social problems 2.7

Cultural questions 0.4

Various questions affecting everv subject 1.2

Other ' 4.8

Undecided; no answer 5-3

10. (US May 29 '46) It has been suggested that Congressmen
poll citizens living in their districts to get their opinions when
important issues arise. Would you favor or oppose a plan to
have the federal government conduct and pay for these polls?
(aipo)

Favor 49% Oppose 34% No opinion 17%

11. (US May 29 '46) A cross-section comparable to that used
for the preceding question was asked: Do you approve or dis-
approve of the idea of Congressmen conducting polls of the
citizens of their own districts to find out how they feel on
important issues? (aipo)

Approve 73% Disapprove 13% No opinion 14%

12. (US May 29 '46) If polls like these [mentioned in preced-
ing question] were made, do you think the federal government
should pay the expense of conducting a certain number of
these polls each year? (aipo)

Yes 52% No 32%, No opinion 16%

PUBLIC UTILITIES

1. (us July '35) Do you regard your monthly electric bill as
high, low, or reasonable? (for)

Reason- Don't

High Low able know

National total 40.87o l-9%o 53.9% 3.4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 39.7%

Upper middle class 39. 9

Lower middle class 41.1

Poor 43.7

Negro.

38.3

2.8%

55.5%

2.0%

1.7

54.9

3.5

1.9

53.4

3.6

2.1

50.4

3.8

—

54.6

7.1

2. (US July '35) Do you regard your monthly telephone bill
as high, low, or reasonable? (for)

[694]

National total.

Reason-

Don't

H,/.h

Low

able

know

39.8%

1.3%

55.5%

3.4%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Cities over 1,000,000... 47.0% 1.4% 48.1% 3.5%
Cities 100,000 to

1,000,000 47.6

Small cities 32.2

Towns 36.7

Rural 35.8

2.3

47.6

2.5

63.1

4.3

57.9

4.6

1.2

60.0

3.0

5TATUS

.8%

56.0%

3.3%

1.1

54.7

3.3

1.4

553

3.2

2.6

53. 5

4.2

5.9

82.4

11.7

Prosperous 39. 9%

Upper middle class .... 40.9

Lower middle class. ... 40.1

Poor 39.7

Negro —

3. (US Feb 3 '38) In your opinion, arc the rates you pay for
electricity fair? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 34% Don't have electricity 12% No answer 4%

4. (US Feb 3 '38) A cross-section comparable to that used for
the preceding question was asked the question differently:
In your opinion, are the rates you pav for electricity too high?
(aipo)

Yes 50%

No 34

Don't have electricity 11

No answer 5

5. (US Apr 6 '38) Do you have a telephone in your home?
46% of the sample who had no telephone were asked: If tele-
phone charges were reduced one-quarter, do vou think you
would install a telephone? (aipo)

Already have telephone 53%

Didn't say whether or not had telephone 1

Would install telephone if charges reduced 18

Would not install telephone if charges reduced 21

Don't know whether or not would install telephone if
charges reduced 7

6. (US Apr 6 '38) Do you think the charges of the telephone
company are too high? (aipo)

Yes 48%

No 30%

No opinion 22%

7. (US Apr 6 '38) If [telephone] charges were reduced one-
quarter, do you think the telephone company could give the
same service it gives now? (aipo)

Yes 53%

No 19%

No opinion 28%

8. (US July 31 '40) Do you have electricity in your home?
86% of the sample who had electricity were asked: Do you
think the rates you pay for your electricitv are too high,
about right, or cheap? (aipo)

Don't have electricity 12%

Didn't say whether or not have electricity. . 2

Rates too high 36

Rates about right 43

Rates cheap 4

Don't know about rates 3

9. (US Sept 25 '46) From whom do you buy your electricity?
(aipo)

Electric company 77%

City 6

Rural Electrification Administration. , 3

Home plant 1

Don't have electricity 4

Consolidated Edison 1%

Brooklyn Edison *

Landlord pays *

Consumers' power company 1

No answer 7

* Less than 0.5%.

10. (US Sept 25 '46) Do you think the rates you pay for your
electricity are too high, about right, or cheap? Asked of 88%
of the sample who used electricity and got it from sources
other than a home plant, (aipo)

Too high 21%

About right 55

Cheap 4

No opinion 8

88%

PUBLIC UTILITIES AND STATE

1. (us July '36) Do you believe that the following utilities
should be privately or publicly owned: light? gas? water?
telephone? trolleys and busses? (for)

For public
ownership

Water 60.1%

Light 55.6

Gas 54.8

Telephone 50.0

Trolleys and busses 49.2

Don't know 14.0

2. (us Nov 20 '36) Do you favor government ownership of
public utilities? (aipo)

Yes 40% No 52% No opinion 8%

3. (us Jan 25 '37 to Dec 31 '46, dates listed below) Do you
prefer public ownership or private ownership of the electric
power industry? (aipo)

Don't know;

Jan 25 '37...

*Jan 18 '38...

**July 31 '40...

(1) June 12 '45...

(2) Sept 6 '45...

Union mem-
bers only .

(3) Dec 31 '46.'..
* The question was; Would you prefer public or private ownership

of the electric power industry?

** Do you think the government should own the electric companies?

(1) Should the government own the electric power companies in this
country?

(2) Do you think the government should own the electric power
companies in this country?

(3) Do you think the United States government should own the
electric power companies in this country?

4. (US Nov 30 '37) Do you think the attitude of the Roosevelt
administration toward the electric power companies has been
too severe? (aipo)

Yes 35%. No 65% = 100% No opinion 46%

5. (US Jan 25 '38) Do you think the electric power companies
would be run more efficientlv if the government owned and

Govern?nent

Private

no opinion;

ownership

undecided

67%

33% =

100%

13%

12 =

100%

31 •

20 =

100

21 =

100

12 =

100

23 =

100

8 =

100

[695]

operated them? (Mar 23 '38) Do you think government owner-
ship would be more efficient or less efficient than private
ov/nership? Asked of a national cross-section of people living
in communities where the electrical power systems were not
government-owned. 73% of a national sample is represented.
A cross-section comparable to that used for the preceding ques-
tion was asked simultaneously: Do you think the electric
system would be run more efficiently or less efficiently under
government ownership? 74% of a national sample is repre-
sented, (aipo)

About No

More Less same opinion

Jan '38 37% 49% — 14%

Mar '38:
First cross-
section 30 40 18% = 100% of those 12

questioned
Second cross-
section 32 39 16 =100% of those 13

questioned

6. (US Feb 3 '38) Is the electric power company that serves
your community privately or publicly owned? (Mar 23 '38)
Is the electric power system in this community owned by the
local government? (aipo)

RESULTS IN FEB '38

Private 63% Public 23% No opinion 14%

RESULTS IN MAR '38

Yes 12% No 74% Don't know and no answer 14%

7. (US Feb 3 '38) Would you like to see your local government
buy, own, and operate the electric power system that serves
this community? (Mar 23 '38) Would you like to see the local
government buy and operate the electric power system in this
community? Asked of a national cross-section of people living
in communities where the electrical power systems were not
government-owned. 73% of a national sample is represented.
A cross-section comparable to that used for the preceding ques-
tion was asked simultaneously: Would you favor government
ownership of the electric system here? 74% of a national sample
is represented, (aipo)

No No

Yes No opinion answer

Feb '38 42% 35% 14% 9%

Mar '38:
First cross-
section 41 47 12 =100% of those

questioned
Second cross-
section 44 47 9 = 100% of those

questioned

8. (US Mar 23 '38) Do you think your electric bill would be
larger or smaller if the local government operated the electric
system here? Asked of a national cross-section of people living
in communities where the electrical power systems were not
government-owned. 73% of a national sample is represented.
(aipo)

Larger 19% Smaller 46% Same 17%

No opinion 18% = 100% of those questioned

A cross-section comparable to that used for the preceding
question was asked simultaneously: Do you think government
ownership would result in cheaper electricity rates? 74% of a
national sample is represented.

Yes 50% No 35%

No opinion 15% = 100% of those questioned

9. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not regulate all public-utility rates like electricity,
gas, etc.? (for)

Should 48.5% Should not 38.9%

Don't know or depends 12.6%

10. (US June '39) Do you think that our government should
produce and sell all, some, or none of the nation's electric
power? (for)

Don' t know
All Some None or depends

National total 19.7% 24.3% 41.9% 14.1%

BY OPINIONS ON FEDERAL REGULATION

Advocating federal

regulation 34.9% 27.4% 27.2% 10.5%)

Opposing federal

regulation 4.7 22.2 64.1 9.0

11. (US June '39) Do you think the government should own
and operate all, some, or none of the telephone and telegraph
systems? (for)

All 15.0% Some 14.5% None 57.7%

Don't know or depends 12.8%

12. (US Aug '39) Do you believe the government should own
or more closely control the electric utilities? (for)

Own 15.0%

More closely control 20.2

Leave alone 48.0

Don't know 16.8

13. (US Sept '41) If a more even distribution of the load
within systems is undertaken, how do you think industrial,
commercial, and residential customers can best be persuaded
to cooperate? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

By educational programs conducted by the utilities

themselves 54.8%

By local general committees 26.2

By government order 23.8

By all these methods with emphasis on the one checked
above 47.6

152.4%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US Dec '41) After the war is over, do you think there
will be more, the same, or less government regulation of public
utilities? (for)
More 46.4% , Same 22.4% Less 8.2% Don't know 23.0%

16. (US July '42) After the war is over, do you think the
government should own and operate all telephone companies,
only regulate them, or leave them entirely alone? (for)

Leave alone 46.9%

Regulate 31.7

Own and operate 7.2 '

Don't know 14.2

16. (US Feb '43 and Apr '43) After the war is over, would
you like to see the government own and operate electric-light
companies, only regulate them, or leave them alone? The
Feb results represent the opinions of factory workers and the
Apr results the opinions of farmers, (for)

Leave Own and Don't

alone Kegulate operate know
Feb factory workers . . 39.2% 29.7% 22.6% 8.5%
Apr farmers 35.4 25.8 21.5 17.3

[

17. (US Nov '43) After the war, do you think the federal
government should regulate gas and electric companies more
or less than it did before the war started (say 1938)? (norc)
More 34% Same 30% Less 15%

Depends 2% Don't know 19%

18. (Canada Dec 29 '43) Do you think that all public utilities
such as water, gas, and electricity should be owned by the
government, or should private companies be allowed to operate
public utilities? (cipo)

Government 61% Private companies 27% Undecided 12%

19. (France Jan 16 '45) Do you favor nationalization of the
Paris Gas Company? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 68% 17% 15%

Provinces.. 48 13 39

20. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Are you in favor of the nationaliza-
tion of electric companies? (insoc)

Yes No No opinion

National total 42% 28% 30%

BY SEX

Men 50% 34% 16%

Women 30 25 45

BY ENVIRONMENT

Urban 44%, 30% 26%

Rural 36 33 31

Industrial 48 24 28

DV OCCUPATION

Farm and farm labor 32% 37% 31%

Workers and artisans 55 16 29

White-collar 48 35 17

Merchants, manufacturers,

and foremen 32 54 14

Professional 37 61 2

Living on income 52 30 18

Housewives 30 25 45

21. (Great Britain Oct '46) Do you think that the government
should or should not nationalize gas and electricity under-
takings? (bipo)

Should Should not Don t know
National total 48% 35% 17%

BY SEX

Men 56% 35% 9%

Women 40 36 24

BY AGE

21-29 years 60% 26% 14%

30-49 years 52 36 12

50 years and over 45 36 19

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 39% 58% 3%

Middle 48 42 10

Lower 54 26 20

Very poor 52 24 24

BY POLITICS

Conservative 24% 65% 11%

Labor 72 14 14 .

Liberal 42 40 18

Other 57 30 13

Non-voters 44 27 29

()9() ]

22. (Australia Nov '46) Do you favor government or private
ownership of gas companies? (apop)

Government Private Undecided
National total 37% 46% 17%

BY POLITICS

Labor voters 52% 29% 19%

Liberal-Countrv 19 65 16

PUBLIC WORKS

1. (us Oct '36) Do you believe that the WPA (work-relief

projects) has been doing useful work in this locality? (for)

Yes No Partly Don't know

National total. 54.2% 13.5% 22.2% 10.1% = 100%

BY OPINIONS ON WHAT FORM RELIEF SHOULD TAKE

Cash payment. 7.7% 17.8% 8.1% 6.2%
Jobs created by

government. 82.7 57.5 69.5 64.6

Both 4.6 2.0 5.5 3.8

Neither 2.3 20.1 13.3 6.4

Don't know... 2.7 2.6 3.6 19.0

100% 100% 100% 100%

2. (us Jan 25 '37) Do you believe the TVA should be copied
elsewhere in the United States? (Apr 19 '38) Do you think
TVA projects should be tried in other parts of the country?
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Jan '37 67% 33% = 100% 44%

Apr '38 28 20 52 =100%

3. (US June 14 '37) Do you think local governments should be
required to pay at least forty per cent of the cost of all new
WPA projects? (aipo)

Yes 69% No 31% = 100% No opinion 22%

4. (US Oct '37) Which kind of government — federal, state,
local — do you feel should take care of conservation and flood
control? (for)

Federal 67.4%

State 12.4

Local 3.8

Combinations of these 3.3

None of them 6

Don't know 12.5

5. (US Apr 19 '38) Have you followed the arguments over
the TVA? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 70% No opinion 2%

6. (US Apr 19 '38) Do you approve of the TVA? (aipo)

Yes 30%, No 17% No opinion 53%

7. (US Apr 19 '38) In the fight between ex-chairman Morgan
and the other commissioners of the TVA which side do you
sympathize with? (afpo)

Morgan 15% Others 10% No opinion 75%

8. (US July '38) On the whole, do you approve or disapprove
of President Roosevelt's attitude toward TVA? (for)

[697]

Like
National total 26.8%

Dislike Undecided Uninformed
23.9% 16.1% 33.2%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION*

Southwest 87.2% 12.8%

Southeast 75.2 24.8

Mountain states 55.6 44.4

Middle West 46.7 53.3

Pacific coast 42.2 57.8

Northwest plains 40.8 59.2

Northeast 40.3 59.7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS AND NEGROES*

Negroes 77.9% 22.1%

Poor 64.2 35.8

Lower middle class . . 56.2 43.8

Upper middle class .. . 45.3 54.7

Prosperous 31.7 68.3

BY OCCUPATION*

Factory labor 76.5% 23.5% .

Farm labor 74.0 26.0

Other labor 68.5 31.5

Proprietors 54.5 45. 5

Farmers 53.6 46.4

Unemployed 53.3 46.7

Housekeeper 52.6 47.4

White-collar 49.5 50.5

Professional 42.2 57.8

Students 41.6 58.4

Retired 35.9 64.1

Executives 27.5 72.5

* Those who were undecided or uninformed were excluded from these
breakdowns.

9. (US Jan 7 '39) Do you think government spending should
be increased or decreased on public works (such as roads, dams,
etc.)? (aipo)

Increased 35% Decreased 25% Remain same 31%

No opinion 9%

10. (US Jan 25 '39) Have you heard of the Passamaquoddy
power project in Maine? (aipo)

Yes 39% No 60% No opinion 1%

11. (US Jan 25 '39) Should the federal government spend
$36,000,000 for this [Passamaquoddy] project? Asked only of
those informed on the subject, (aipo)

National total. .

Yes
27%

No
73%

100% of those questioned

Republican 7%

Democratic 43

BY politics

93%
57

12. (US Jan 25 '39) Have you heard of the proposal to build
a ship canal across Florida? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 49% No answer 1%

13. (US Jan 25 '39) Should the federal government spend
$150,000,000 for this [Florida ship canal] project? Asked only
of those informed about the project, (aipo)

National total .

Yes
25%

Republican 13%

Democratic 34

No
75% = 100% of those questioned

BY POLITICS

87%
66

14. (US Mar 30 '39) Do you think federal government spend-
ing for public works (slum clearance) should be reduced by
ten per cent? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Public works 53% 47% = 100% 15%

Slum clearance 27 73 =100 15

16. (US Apr 19 '39) Do you think the WPA in your community
would be handled more efficiently if the local government
had to pay a larger share of its cost? (aipo)
Yes 50% No 30% No opinion 20%

16. (US Apr 19 '39) At the same time as the preceding question,
a comparable cross-section was asked: Do you think the WPA
in your community would be run more efficiently or less effi-
ciently if the local government had more to say about running
it? (aipo)

More 43% Less 26% Same 15% No opinion 16%

17. (US Jan 10 '40) The President proposes a twenty-one per
cent (about one-fifth) reduction in federal government spending
for public works. Do you approve or disapprove of this cut?
(aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National total 62% 38% = 100% 11%,

BY politics

Democratic 52% 48%

Republican 74 26

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farmers 71% 29%

Small towns 64 36

City 58 42

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 79% 21%

Middle income 68 32

Lower income 44 56

18. (US Jan 10 '40) Would you favor a smaller reduction [in
public works funds]? How much? Those who, in answer to
the preceding question, favored a cut of twenty-one per cent
were excluded from the cross-section, (aipo)

Yes, 5% 2%

10%

15%

Over 15%

Yes, didn't say how much.

No answer 31

* Less than 0.5%.

7
2
*

3
55

19. (US Jan 10 '40) A cross-section comparable to the one
sampled with the preceding question was asked this and the
following question: Do you think government spending for
public works should be increased or decreased? (aipo)
Increased 27% Decreased 40% No change 337o = 100%

No opinion 17%

20. (US Jan 10 '40) The President proposes a twenty-one per
cent (about one-fifth) reduction in spending for public works.
Do you think this reduction is too large, about right, or too
small? Asked of a national cross-section of persons who thought
government spending on public works should be decreased.
40% of the sample is represented . (alpo)

Too large 3% About right 58% Too small 32%

No opinion 7% = 100*^0 of those questioned

[698]

21. (US Apr '40) Of these kinds of public construction —
federal power plants, flood control, big national highways,
airports — which do you think is, or might be, the most im-
portant on which to spend money in order to build up a better
and stronger nation? Which second? Third? Fourth? (for)

Flood
control

First 38.0%

Second 21.5

Third 16.3

Fourth 10.8

Unimportant 0.9

Don't do at all. . . 1.0

Don't know 11.5

22. (US July 11 '40) Do you think the National Youth Ad-
ministration should be continued as a regular department
of the government? Asked of a national cross-section of people
who have heard of the National Youth Administration, (aipo)
Yes 82% No 10% No opinion and undecided 8%

23. (Sweden June '44) Do you follow the resolutions passed
by your local municipality? (sgi)

Often Sometimes Never
National total 9% 25% 66%

Big national

Federal

highways

Airports

power plants

21.0%

18.1%

13.9%

265

21.4

16.1

23.0

23.7

18.3

13.3

20.7

25.4

2.1

1.5

1.7

1.8

1.6

9.0

12.3

13.0

15.6

Men. . .
Women.

14%
4

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 15%

Middle class 11

Workers 7

32%
18

32%

54%
78

53%

24. (Sweden June '44) Is there anything you would like to
have done in your locality, any larger project or the like,
even if this means a higher municipal tax? Asked of 34% of
the sample who followed the local municipal resolutions, (soi)
Theater; concert hall; community

hall; etc 19%

Warm and cold baths 15

Water; drains; light 6

Streets; roads; bridges 6

Parks; playgrounds; sports grounds. . 6

School building 6

Municipal hall 2

Industrial works 2

No particular wish . . . ., 38

100% of those questioned

25. (US Apr 18 '45) Have you ever heard of the Tennessee
Valley Authority — TV A? Those who had heard of the project
were asked: Will you tell me briefly what it is? 41% of the
sample who gave a reasonably correct answer were then asked:
From what you know, is your opinion of TVA, in general,
favorable or unfavorable? (aipo)

Incorrect answers 19%

Favorable opinions 32

Unfavorable opinions 5

No opinion 4

Never heard of TVA 40

26. (US Apr 18 '45 and Aug 8 '45) Would you like to sec
something similar [to the TVA] organized for the Missouri
valley? Asked only of those informed on the subject. The
results are not really comparable because the Apr 18 results
represent the opinions of those who gave a reasonably correct

definition of TVA (41%) while the Aug 8 sample used all those
who said they had heard of TVA (67%) including the con-
fused respondents, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion Uninformed

Apr '45 27% 5% 9% 59%

Aug '45 42 5 20 33

27. (US Aug 8 '45) Have you ever heard of the Tennessee
Valley Authority — TVA? 67% of the sample who said they
had heard of it were asked: Will you tell me briefly what it is?
(aipo)

Never heard of TVA 33%

Government valley project to develop water power, irri-
gation systems, and flood control 1

Source for electric supply 32

Flood-control project 3

Irrigation project 2

Electricity and flood control 6

Electricity and irrigation 2

Itrigation and flood control *

Power project; big dam; etc 5

Incorrect and vague descriptions 4

Admitted didn't know 12

* Less than 0.i%.

28. (US Aug 8 '45) All those who said they had heard of TVA
(67%) including the confused respondents were asked: In gen-
eral, is your opinion of the TVA favorable or unfavorable?
(aipo)

Favorable 47% Unfavorable 5% No opinion 15% = 67%

29. (US Aug 8 '45) Have you ever heard of the proposed
Missouri Valley Authority? 38% of the sample who said they
had heard of the project were asked: Can you tell me briefly
what it is? (aipo)

Unfamiliar with MVA 62%

Source for electric supply 8

Flood-control project 4

Irrigation project 3

Electricity and flood control 3

Electricity and irrigation 1

Irrigation and flood control 2

Similar to TVA 5

Power project; big dam project 2

Incorrect and vague descriptions 1

Admitted didn't know 9

30. (US Aug 8 '45) Do you approve or disapprove of it [Mis-
souri Valley Authority]? Asked of 38% of the sample who
said they had heard of the project, (aipo)

Approve 22% Disapprove 4% No opinion 12% = 38%

31. (US Aug 23 '45) There have been all sorts of ideas sug-
gested for things we should do in this country after the war,
and we'd like to know how you feel about some of them.
Do you think it is a good idea or not such a good idea to have
the government start a large program of building things like
dams, roads, etc.? (nyht)

Good idea Not so good Don't know
National total* 58.0% 28.9% 13.1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 54.6%

Upper middle 55.1

Lower middle 57.9

Poor 60.5

* Nadon.il total from Fortune Aug '45-

37.8%

7.6%

36.8

8.1

30.5

11.6

21.3

18.2

[ (599 ]

32. (Canada Jan 30 '46) Have you heard of the St. Lawrence
seaway plan? Those who said they knew what the St. Lawrence
seaway plan was were asked: In general do you favor or oppose
it? (cipo)

Yes (incorrect) 10%

Yes, favor seaway 40

Yes, oppose seaway 6

"On the fence" 7

Don't know what it is 37

33. (US Feb 27 '46) The letters USA, for example, stand for
United States of America. Will you tell me what words these
letters stand for: TV A? (aipo)

Correct: Tennessee Valley Authority 35%

Incorrect: airlines, etc 6

Partly correct: Tennessee Valley, Tennessee

Valley Association 16

Don't know and no answer 43

PUBLIC WORSHIP

1. (US Nov 20 '36) Does your church membership mean more
or less to you than it did ten years ago? Asked of a national
cross-section of church members, (aipo)

More 75% Less 25% = 100% No opinion 22%

2. (Great Britain Nov '37) Are you a member of a church?
(bipo)

Yes 78% No 22%

3. (Great Britain Nov '37) Do you attend [church] regularly?
(bipo)

Yes 42% No 58%

(France Apr 16 '46) Do you go to Mass regularly on Sunday?
(fipo)

Yes 33%

No 55

Belong to independent church. ... 4
No answer 8

(Australia Aug '46) Are you a churchgoer? (apop)

BY RELIGION

Yes No

Roman Catholic 68% 32%

Methodist 58 42

Baptist 52 48

Presbyterian 50 50

Church of England 69 31

Other Protestant 37 63

4. (Great Britain Feb '38) Do you ever stay away from church
(or chapel) because you can hear the service on the radio?
(bipo)

Yes 25% No 75%

5. (Great Britain Jan '39) How often do you go to a place of
worship? (bipo)

Regularly 27%

Occasionally 41

For weddings 17

Never 15

(US Feb 22 '39) About how often do you go to church? (aipo)

Less than once a month 34%

Once a month to once a week 28

Once a week

More than once a week .

30%

(US Nov 19 '40) About how many times a year do you go to
church? (aipo)

1-5 times a year 11%

6-10 times a year 6

11-15 times a year 7

16-25 times a year 9

26-35 times a year 7

36-40 times a year 6

41-51 times a year 6

52 times a year 14

53 times a year and over 6

Never go 18

Not often 4

Several times a year 1

Quite often 3

No answer 2

(Sweden Feb '42, Denmark Jan 2 '44, Czechoslovakia July
'46) How often do you go to church? (sgi, dgi, czipo)

Swedish Results

At least From time Christmas

once a month to time Eve Never

■ 20% 50% 10% 20%

National total .

Men. . .
Women .

SWEDISH RESULTS BY SEX

.. 16% 46% 13%

.25 53 7

SWEDISH RESULTS BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

45% 11%

53 9

Towns 17%

Country 22

25%
15

27%
16

Danish Results

Once a week 5%

Once a fortnight 9

Once a month 20

Seldom 50

Never 16

50% of the Danish sample who said they seldom went to
church were asked: What is the reason?

No time 18%

No desire 11

Listen to the radio service 9

Don't feel like it 5

Go out of duty on special occasions . . 4

A long way to church 2

Illness 2

Don't like the vicar 1

Don't like clergymen 1

No benefit from it 1

Don't know 46

100% of those questioned

Czechoslovakian Results

On major

Reg- Occa-

ularly sionally occasions
National total 20.0% 42.8% 13.6%

czechoslovakian RESULTS BY AGE

18-29 years 16.4% 41.0% 16.0%

30-49 years 17.4 42.4 15.4

50 years and over 26.8 44.5 9.4

Never
23.6%

26.6%

24.8

19.3

[ 700 ]

CZECHOSLOVAKIAN RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Reg-
ularly

Laborers 20.0%

White-collar 16.6

Civil service 17.6

Farmers 30.0

Business 17.8

(US Dec '42 and Mar '43) About how often do you go to
church as a usual thing? The December question was asked of
a national cross-section of high-school students, and the March
question was asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (for)

December '42 Results

Occa-

On major

sionally

occasions

Never

39.1%

13.4%

ii-b7o

40.7

19.2

23.5

47.0

14.7

20.7

50.0

8.6

11.4

46.2

12.4

23.6

Two or

hess often

Do not

Weekly or

three times

than

attend

more often

a month

Monthly

monthly

church

All students 56.5%

11.0%

7.8%

8.6%

5.1%

1942 RESULTS BY SEX

Boys 49.6%

24.3%

9.2%

10.0%

6.9%

Girls 63.5

19.5

6.4

7.3

3.3

1942

RESULTS BY EDUCATIONf

Seniors 48.8%

24.6%

10.1%

10.8%

5.7%

Freshmen... 61.4

19.1

5.7

8.4

5.4

March '41

Results

Farmers 29.1%

18.9%

14.7%

23.3%

14.0%

■Wives 44.3

19.7

11.8

17.3

6.9

Hands 19.3

19.0

17.0

21.3

23.4

(Netherlands Dec '46) How

often do

vou usually go t

church? (nfs)

Some

Some One da)

Every

days

One day days a month

day

a week

a week a month or less

Never

National total. . 4%

37% 8% 12%

30%

BY RELIGION

Roman Catholic 11%

31%

51% 1% 2%

Dutch Reformed —

—

35 18

Calvinist —

—

88 6

Other religions . —

—

32 18

Secular —

—

— 1

6. (US Feb 22 '39, Nov 19 '40, May 30 '42) Did you happen to
go to church last Sunday? (aipo)

Yes

Feb '39 41%

Nov '40 37

May '42 36

59%
63

7. (US Feb 22 '39) What did you do last Sunday morning?
Asked of 59% of a national sample who hadn't attended church
the preceding Sunday, (aipo)

Slept, rested 27%

Worked (house, yard, job) 24

Did nothing in particular 11

Read (Sunday papers, books) 9

Listened to radio 5

Cooked and baked 6

Visited 3

Outdoor sports and walRing 2

Took a drive; was away on a trip. , . 4
Took care of sick person in family. . 4

All others 5

8. (US Feb 22 '39) Do you go to church more often or less
often than your parents did? (aipo)

Less 50% More 18% About same 32% = 100%

No answer 2%

9. (US Feb 22 '39) Do you make your children go to Sunday
school regularly? A comparable cross-section was asked: Do
your children go to Sunday school regularly? Asked of parents
only. Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 61% No 39%

10. (US Feb 22 '39) What could the churches do to get you to
attend more often? (aipo)

More socials 3%

More interesting sermons 2

Cut out hypocrisy

Have better ministers

Become more modern

Not cry for money so often; stop dunning people for money

Have better music

Provide transportation

Get out of politics

Show more interest in young people

Ministers should be more liberal

Visits from the clergy

Show more friendly spirit

Teach about the Bible instead of about trouble and liquor

More services

Apply sermons to everyday conditions

Nothing 1.

Not church's fault

All others 12

No answer 41

11. (US Feb 22 '39) Did you listen to any church services on
the radio last Sunday? (aipo)

Yes 31% No 69%

12. (US May 30 '42) Do you go to church more often or less
often than you did a year ago? (aipo)

More often 13% Less often 19% About the same 68%

13. (US Sept 14 '43 and Nov 15 '44) Have you attended a
religious' service (church. Mass, synagogue) within the past
four weeks? Those who said they had attended religious services
were asked: How many times [have you attended] in the past
four weeks? (aipo) (Canada Aug 21 '46) Have you attended
a religious service within the past four weeks? (cipo)

RESULTS IN UNITED STATES

Have not attended

Once in the past four weeks . .
Twice

1943

43%

6
20

2
3

1944

^1%

Three times

Four times

6
19

Five times

Six times

Seven times

Eight times

Ten times or more.

Have attended but

times

didn

t say

how

many

1
2
2

100% of those questioned

CANADIAN RESULTS

Yes 66% No 32% Not sure or couldn't recall 2%

14. (Canada May 12 '45) Have you attended a religious service
since Easter? (cipo)

[701]

BY AGE

Yes No

21-29 years 69% 31%

30-49 years 64 36

Over 50 years 64 36

15. (Denmark Dec 22 '45) Do you go to church or do you
listen to the wireless service on Christmas Eve? (dgi)

Church 38%

Wireless 32

Nothing 18

Church and wireless 7

Have no time 5

PUNISHMENT

1. (us Aug 2 '37) Would you be in favor of restoring the
whipping post as a means of punishing certain types of crim-
inals? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 39% 61%

BY SEX

Men 43% 57%

Women 34 66

2. (US Aug 2 '37) 39% of the sample who favored the restora-
tion of the whipping post for certain types of criminals were
asked: What types of criminals? (aipo)

Sex criminals 16%

Petty criminals 14

Wife beaters 14

Kidnapers 9

Murderers 9

Habitual criminals 7

Thieves and swindlers 7

Juvenile offenders 5

AH types 4

Drunkards 4

Drunken drivers 3

All others 8

100% of those questioned

3. (Great Britain Mar '38) Do you favor the abolition of
flogging as a punishment for offenders against the law? (bipo)
Yes 44% No 52% No opinion 4%

4. (Great Britain Mar '38) Would you agree to flogging being
kept as a punishment for serious breaches of prison discipline?
(bipo)

Yes 42% No 51% No opinion 7%

5. (Great Britain Dec '38 and June '39) A bill now before
Parliament abolishes flogging and birching except for offenses
committed in prison. Do you approve or disapprove? In June
'39 the question read: A bill now before Parliament proposes
to abolish flogging and birching except for offenses committed
in prison. Do you approve or disapprove of the proposal?
(bipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

Dec '38 47% 45% 8%

June '39 44 54 2

6. (Great Britain Dec '38 and June '39) Should flogging and
birching be abolished entirely? Asked of national cross-sections
who approved of abolishing flogging except for prison offenses.
(bipo)

Yes No No opinion

Dec '38 69% 26% 5%

June '39 61 35 4

7. (Great Britain Mar '39) Motorists arc fined or imprisoned
for dangerous driving. Should walkers also be punished if
found guilty of careless walking, endangering the safety of
others? (bipo)

Yes 79% No 12% No opinion 9%

8. (Great Britain June '40) Do you approve of the prosecutions
there have been under the act which makes it an offense to say
or do anything "calculated to cause alarm or despondency"?
(bipo)

Yes 48% No 21% Not in all cases 24% Don't know 7%

9. (Denmark Jan 21 '45) Do you think the Danish penal code
should be made more severe for murder, violence, or theft
where weapons are used, even when only threatened? (dgi)
Yes 73.6% No 15.5% Don't know 10.9%

10. (Sweden Feb '45) Do you think that the present penal
code makes worse characters out of burglars, for instance,
makes them better, or has only a little influence on their
characters? (sGi)

Worse Better

National total 13% 14%

BY SEX

Men 15% 14%

Women 11 14

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 16% 11%

Middle class 11 14

Workers 14 14

BY AGE

20-24 years 16% 22%

25-29 years 12 14

30-49 years 11 13

50-64 years 12 12

65 years and over 18 11

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Country 12% 14%

Large towns 15 10

Other towns 14 15

11. (Netherlands Oct '45) Should misbehavior in the camps
of those condemned be punished by corporal punishment?
(nfs)

Yes 25% No 72% No opinion 3%

12. (Netherlands Oct '45) Plans are being considered to release
the so-called light cases [of political criminals] before they
have answered to a tribunal but on the condition of a certain
supervision, e.g. a compulsory registration. However, objec-
tions are also raised against these plans because people want
to see them tried first. What is your opinion? (nfs)

Release them under supervision . 45%

Have them tried first 52

No opinion. . 3

Little

Don't

influence

know

43%

30%

46%

25%

41%

32%

37%

25%

43%

31%

[702]

13. (Netherlands Oct '45) Should political prisoners be ad-
mitted in society again after having undergone their punish-
ment? (nfs)

68% No 23% No opinion 9%

Yes

14. (Germany Nov 26 '45) Do you know any former party
members who seem to you to have been dealt with too harshly?
(oMGUs)

Respondent 5%

Relatives 13

Friends 4

Acquaintances 15

Other party members 6

Other answers 4

None 39

No opinion 11

No answer 10

107%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (Canada Jan 19 '46) Recently a good many judges have
been sentencing men convicted of armed robbery to flogging
in addition to jail terms. Do you think judges should be al-
lowed to do this or not? (cipo)

Yes, No, not

allowed allowed Undecided
National total 61% 28% 11%

Men . . .
Women .

65%
57

25%
31

10%
12

16. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statement: Stern treatment
and infliction of death penalties were necessary to rule the
German people, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

American zone and Berlin .. . 27% 62% 11%

Berlin only 39 58 3

17. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) Would you approve or dis-
approve of the proposal to introduce fines for arriving late at
work? (czipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know
National total 70% 17% 13%

BY OCCUPATION

Laborers 66%

White-collar 72

Farmers 74

Business 73

21%
20

13%

8
17
18

QUESTIONS TO GOVERNMENT
OFFICIALS

1. (US Feb 23 '43) If you could ask any question you wanted
to of any of these men which one would you like to ask a
question? Two comparable cross-sections were questioned about
two different lists of men. (aipo)

First group

Wickard 18%

Hershcy 12

McNutt 16

Stimson 6

Morgenthau 9

Jeffers 11

Couldn't say 28

Second group

Nelson 11%

Davis 10

Brown 12

Byrnes 17

Knox 11

Wallace 8

Couldn't say 31

Apr
'43

11%
11

2. (US Mar 10 '43) Many people have questions they want to
ask government officials. You must have questions you'd like
to ask. If you could ask questions of a government official
from Washington on any of these subjects, which subject would
you pick? (Mar 24 '43 and Apr 6 '43) Suppose you could ask a
government official a question on one of these subjects, which
subject would you pick? (aipo)

Mar 10 Mar 14

'43 '43

Rationing (Prentiss Brown) 18% 31%

Prices and wages (James Byrnes). ... 17 —

Manpower and draft (Paul McNutt,

Gen. Hershey) 19 24

Reporting war information (Elmer

Davis) 12 —

World postwar plans (Cordell Hull) — 7

Agriculture and farming (Claude

Wickard) 14 —

Food problem (Chester Davis) — —

Food production (Claude Wickard) — 7

War bonds (Henry Morgenthau). . . — —

Postwar Social-Security plan (Fred-
eric Delano) — 5

No answer; no question 20 26

3. (US Mar 24 '43, Apr 6 '43, May 12 '43) Have you ever
thought you'd like to write a letter to your Congressman or
to a government official? (aipo)

Yes No

Mar '43 45% 55%

Apr '43 46 54

May '43 46.5 53.5

4. (Canada Apr 22 '44) Suppose you could sit down with
Prime Minister Mackenzie King and could ask him any question
you wished, what questions would you like to ask the Prime
Minister about problems here in Canada? (cipo)

Problems dealing with postwar matters other than de-
mobilization 15%

Plans for the demobilization and rehabilitation of soldiers 13

Various questions dealing with social legislation 7

Income tax questions 5

Farm problems 5

Questions concerning Quebec 4

Questions concerning the war effort 4

Conscription 3

Labor problems 3

Elections 3

Immigration 3

Foreign relations 2

Liquor 2

Housing 1

Rationing 1

Miscellaneous questions 10

No questions to ask 19

5. (US Aug 17 '43) If your Congressman asked you, would
you be willing to take the time each month to write him a
letter giving him your views on all major issues? (Jan 17 '45)

[703]

Would you be willing to give your views on national and local
problems if your Congressman wanted them from time to time?
Qan 31 '43, Feb 20 '45) Would you be willing to give your
views on national and local problems if your Congressman
sent you a questionnaire to fill out each month? (Mar 7 '45)
Would you be willing to give your views on local and national
problems if you were sent a questionnaire to fill out each
month? (aipo)

Aug '43. . . .
Jan 17 '45.
Jan 31 '45.
Feb '45. .
Mar '45

Yts

Don't know

64%

26%.

10%

—

6. (US May 29 '46) Have you ever written or wired your
Congressman or Senator in Washington? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 14%, 86%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional 32%

White-collar 17

Farmers 12

Manual workers 7

BY EDUCATION

College 35%

High school 15

Grammar school or no school. . 9

68%
83
88
93

65%

7. (US May 29 '46) Did you do it [write or wire your Congress-
man or Senator] yourself, or did some person or organization
suggest that you do it? Asked of 14% of the sample who had
written or wired their Congressman or Senator, (aipo)

Self 9%

Person or organization 5

14%

RACE

1. (Germany Mar 29 '46) It was often said that the Nordic
race was superior to all other races in the world. Is this your
opinion or not? A cross-section comparable to that used for
the preceding question was asked; Hitler also often said that
the Nordic race was superior to all other races in the world.
Is this your opinion or not? (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

First cross-section 14% 71% 15%

Second cross-section 11 75 14

2. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The Germans were asked whether
they agreed with the following statements: (omgus)

AMERICAN ZONE

AND BERLIN BERLIN ONLY

Yes No

Men and women should be
allowed to marry regard-
less of race 68% 29%

The international bankers
and Communists belong
to various races and coun-
tries 80 6

'pin-

opin-

ion

Yes

ion

3% 80% 20%

No
opin-
Yes No ion

Negroes are members of an

inferior race 30% 59% 11%

If a pure German marries a
non-Aryan wife, he should
be looked down on and
criticized

It has been scientifically es-
tablished that there is no
such thing as a superior
people or a master race. . . .

Negroes have the same abil-
ities as other races

No
opin-

io 85

Yes No

28% 67% 5%

67
57

14
15

72
74

3. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Do you think that some races are
inferior to others? (omgus)

Yes 32% No 56% No opinion 12% No answer*

* Less than 0.5%.

4. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Do you think that some races arc
more suited to rule than others? (omgus)

Yes 48% No 35% No opinion 17% No answer*

* Less than 0.5%.

5. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Should a German who marries a
non-Aryan wife be outlawed and condemned? (omgus)

Yes 3% No 91% No opinion 6%

RADIO

1. (US June 8 '38) Do you think broadcasting stations arc
fair in the way they handle political issues? (aipo)

Yes 63% No 11% No opinion 26%

2. (Great Britain Oct '39) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the way the British Broadcasting Corporation is doing its
wartime job? (bipo)

Satisfied 49% Dissatisfied 34% Don't listen 10%

Don't know 7%

3. (US Nov '39) If you had to give up either going to the
movies or listening to the radio, which one would you give
up? (for)

Going to the movies 79.3%

Listening to the radio 13.9

Don't know 6.8

4. (US Dec 31

3) Do you own a radio? (aipo)
Yes 89% No 11%

5. (US Dec 31 '40) Do you have more than one radio in working
order in your home? (aipo)

Yes, 2 radios 20%

Yes, 3 radios 6

Yes, 4 radios 2

Yes, 5 or more radios 1

Yes, didn't say how many. ... 2

No 58

No answer 11

6. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42, Apr 4 '43, Jan '45) Is there a
wireless set in your home? (bipo)

[704]

Yes No

Jan '42 90% 10%

Apr '43 89 11

Jan '45 91 9

7. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42, Apr 4 '43, Jan '45) Is it [your
wireless set] in working order? Asked of a national cross-section
of wireless owners. 10% of the 1942 sample, 12% of the 1943
sample, and 8% of the 1945 sample who said their sets were
out of order were asked: What is wrong with it? (bipo)

1942 1943 1945

Set in working order 90% 88% 92%

Set needs repairs 4 7 —

No batteries 3 2 1

No valves 2 4 2

Blitzed 1 — —

Lacks other component parts — — 2

Miscellaneous things wrong — — 1

Don't know what's wrong — — 2

From 7 to 12 o'clock 27.1%

From 12 to 2 o'clock 49.4

From 2 to 6 o'clock 20.7

From 6 to 11 o'clock 91.7

Other times 29.3

101%* -
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

How long has it [the wireless set in your home] been out of
order? Asked of 8% of the 1945 sample of wireless owners whose
sets were not in working order.

Under 3 months 4%

3-6 months 1

6-12 months 1

12 months 1

Don't know 1

8. (Australia July-Aug '42) Would you say you listen to the
radio more frequently or less frequently than a year ago?
(apop)

More frequently 49%

About the same 31

Less frequently 14

No radio 6

9. (Denmark June 20 '43) Do you listen daily or only now and
again to station Copenhagen-Kalundborg? (dgi)

Every day 78%

Now and again 22

10. (Denmark June 20 '43) How many hours do you listen to
Copenhagen-Kalundborg? Asked of 78% of the sample who
listened daily, (dgi)

One hour 12.8%

Two hours 25.8

Three hours 22.5

Four hours 9.5

Five hours 5.1

Six hours 2.5

Seven hours 0.6

Eight hours 0.7

Ten hours 0.2

More than ten hours 0.4

Don't know 19.9

100.0% of those questioned

11. (Denmark June 20 '43) At what time of the day do you
listen to Copenhagen Kalundborg? (dgi)

218.2%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

12. (Denmark June 20 '43) What time is it, generally, when
you first switch on the radio? (dgi)

Before 8 22.7%

8 a.m. to 12 noon 55

12 noon to 1 p.m 34.1

Afternoon 1 to 6 p.m 6.5

Evening 6 to 7 13. 1

Evening 7 to 10 6.8

Other times 11.3

13. (Denmark July 14 '43) Do you listen daily, now and then,
or hardly ever to the Swedish radio? (dgi)

Daily 28.6%

Now and then 38.4

Hardly ever 11.4

Never 21.6

14. (Denmark Aug 1 '43) Do you switch on the radio as soon
as you get home, or do you study the program beforehand so
that you switch on to hear only what interests you? (dgi)

Switch on at once 36.1%

First study program 62.7

Don't know 1.2

16. (Denmark Oct 10 '43) Do you often discuss with your

family or others the contents of what you hear on the radio?

(dgi)

Yes 655% No 30.6% Don't know 3.9%

16. (Denmark Oct 10 '43) Do you regard the radio exclusively
as a means of entertainment? (dgi)

Yes 47.2% No 48.0% Don't know 4.8%

17. (Denmark Oct 10 '43) Does the radio mean anything essen-
tial to your cultural development? (dgi)

Yes 39.5% No 49.6% Don't know 10.9%

18. (US Nov 15 '43) Do you have a radio? 10% of the sample
who said they did not own a radio were asked: Do you ever
listen to a radio — someone else's perhaps? (norc)

Own radio 89%

Didn't say whether or not radio owner 1

Listen to someone else's radio _ 3

Never listen 6

Didn't say whether or not listened to someone else's. ... 1

19. (US Nov 15 '43) On an average weekday, about how many
hours do you listen during the daytime — that is, before 6
o'clock in the evening? (norc)

No radio and doesn't listen to anyone else's 7%

Radio out of order 1

Doesn't listen during the daytime 30

Listens up to 15 minutes during the day 5

Listens over 15 minutes to half hour during the day 10

Listens over half hour to one hour during the day 15

Listens over one hour to two hours during the day 12

Listens over two hours to three hours during the day. . . 6
Listens over three hours to four hours during the day. . . 5

Listens over four hours to five hours during the day 3

Listens over five hours to six hours during the day 2

[705]

Listens over six hours during the day 3%

Not ascertainable 1

20. (US Nov 15 '43) How about after 6 o'clock in the evening?
(About how many hours do you listen to the radio on an aver-
age weekday?) (norc)

No radio and doesn't listen to anyone else's 7%

Radio out of order 1

Doesn't listen during the evening 6

Listens up to 15 minutes during the evening 3

Listens over 15 minutes to half hour during the evening. 7
Listens over half hour to one hour during the evening, . . 18
Listens over one hour to two hours during the evening. . 24
Listens over two hours to three hours during the evening 17
Listens over three hours to four hours during the evening 11
Listens over four hours to five hours during the evening 4
Listens over five hours to six hours during the evening 1

Listens over six hours during the evening *

Not ascertainable 1

* Less than 0.5%.

21. (US Nov 15 '43) Would you say that you listen to the
radio more now than you did a year ago or not as much?
27% of the sample said they listened more, and 26% said they
didn't listen as much. These two groups were asked; Why?
(norc)

Don't own radio 11%

Listen about the same amount of time 35

Didn't say whether listened more or less 1

Listen more because:

War; war news 12

More opportunity 9

To get news (no mention of war) 5

Just more interested in radio offerings (no mention of

news) 1

Radio offers more interesting fare now (no mention of

news) 1

Miscellaneous reasons or don't know why *

Listen less because:

Less time; work longer hours 17

Dislike of program (news not mentioned) 3

Surfeited with war news 2

Household arrangements or change in household .... 1

No radio or difficulty getting radio repaired 1

Miscellaneous reasons or don't know why 2

- 101%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

22. (France Jan 1 '45) Do you intend to buy a radio after the
war? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 47% 44% 9%

Provinces 49 44 7

23. (Canada Mar 28 '45) On the whole, do you think the
radio is a good influence or a bad influence on young people?
(cipo)

Good influence 70%

Bad influence 12

Undecided 18

24. (Canada Sept 29 '45) What about radios [do you think
those manufactured in the next few years will be very different
from what they were before the war, or do you think they will
be about the same]? (cipo)

Different 55%

About the same 29

Undecided 16

26. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) If you have a complaint against

the British Broadcasting Corporation in general, what is it?

(bipo)

Too highbrow; too much classical music; too pedantic;

too much prose and poetry reading 5%

Not enough variety programs 2

Too much music 1

Not enough light music 1

Not enough dance music 1

Too many talks 1

Too much dance music; too many crooners 4

Not enough plays 2

Not enough serious music 1

Too much poor-class variety; feeble humor 1

Not enough good quality talks 1

General dissatisfaction; poor talent 8

Programs too dull; old-fashioned; slow 3

Sunday programs too dull 1

Listen only to the news; hardly ever listen 6

Programs insufficiently varied; too many repeated items;

not well balanced 5

Poor reception since change-over; cannot get the Light

Program 4

Not enough regional programs 1

Too many gramophone records 1

Programs should begin earlier 1

No wireless set; no reply 10

No complaint mentioned 40

26. (Germany Oct 26 '45) Do you have a radio? 54% of the
sample who said they had a radio in working order were
asked: At what hours do you usually listen to it? (omgus)

Have radio, but it is broken 12%

No radio 33

Didn't say whether or not had radio. ... 1

Listen early morning 3

Housewives morning 1

Listen at midday 12

In the afternoon 1

At suppertime 2

Evening, 7 to 10 42

At night 5

All day 3

Other answers 4

119%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

27. (Australia Dec 45-Jan '46) In the evening, do you listen
mostly to commercial stations or national stations? (apop)

Commercial National No pref- Don't
stations stations erence listen

National total 56% 21% 15% 8%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Capital cities 64% 15% 14% 7%

Other towns 49 27 15 9

Farmers 41 31 21 7

28. (Germany Jan 21 '46) How long do you listen to the radio
daily? (omgus)

Less than one-half hour 7%

A half to one hour 15

One to two hours 28

[ 70G ]

Two to four hours 30%

Four hours and over 17

No answer 3

29. (Denmark Feb 23 '46) Do you think that the broadcasting
company's management has been good, fairly good, or bad
during the post-liberation period? (dgi)

Good 37%

Fairly good 36

Bad 13

Don't know 14

30. (Netherlands Feb 25 '46) Do you have a radio? (nipo)

Before the

war At present

Had radio or subscribedto Ccw/ra/^ (center

of broadcasting or radio program). . . 79% 61%

Did not have radio 21 39

31. (US Mar 13 '46) Do you have a radio? 92% of the sample
who said they had radios were asked: Is it in working order?
88% who had usable radios were then asked: Did you use it
yesterday? (aipo)

No radio 8%

Radio not working 4

Used radio preceding day 74

Didn't use radio preceding day. ... 14

32. (France Apr 16 '46) How often do you listen to the radio?
(fipo)

Every day 47%

Often 17

Sometimes 23

Never 13

33. (France Apr 16 '46) Did you listen to the radio before the
war? (fipo)

Every day 45%

Often 20

Sometimes 21

Never 14

34. (Canada Aug 31 '46) Which is your favorite Canadian
radio station? 31% of the sample chose a Canadian Broadcasting
Corporation operated station, 25% chose an independent sta-
tion not affiliated with CBC networks, and 24% chose inde-
pendent stations affiliated with CBC. These three groups were
asked: Do you happen to know whether this is an independent
or a CBC station? (cipo)

Had no favorite station M%

Correctly identified their favorite station. . 53
Wrong or didn't know 27

35. (Germany Oct 14 '46) Do you listen to the radio? (omgus)

Yes 51%, No 49%

36. (Germany Oct 14 '46) How long do you listen to the radio
every day? Asked of radio listeners only, (omgus)

Less than half an hour 9%

Half an hour to an hour 21

An hour to two hours 29

Two to four hours 28

Four hours or longer 11

Different; indefinite 1

No answer 1

37. (Germany Oct 14 '46) During what time of the day do
you usually listen? Asked of radio listeners, (omgus)

t6a.m 14%

7a.m 21

8a. m 9

9 am 1

10a. m *

11 am 3

12 noon 26

1 p.m —

2 p.m 2

3 p.m 1

4 p.m 2

5 p.m 6

6 p.m 19

7 p.m 40

8 p.m 69

9 p.m 29

10 p.m 7

11 p.m 1

Midnight and later. . *
The whole day** .... 1

Different times 1

No answer 16

268%***

f Hour given includes any time up to one minute before the next
hour, e.g. 8:45 is considered as 8:00.

* Less than 0.5%.

** When more than 9 hours, a whole day was coded.

*** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

News Reports

1. (US Apr 12 '37) Do you depend on the radio for any of your
daily news? (aipo)

Yes 70% No 30% = 100% No opinion 2%

2. (US Mar 30 '39) Do you listen regularly to news broadcasts?
60% of the sample who said they listened regularly were asked:
Do you think radio news broadcasters are fair in their treat-
ment of political news? (aipo)

Don't listen regularly 40%

Think news broadcasters fair 37

Think news broadcasters unfair 16

No opinion as to whether fair or unfair 7

3. (US Mar 30 '39) Do you think radio news broadcasters
leave out news that is unfavorable to the companies which
sponsor the broadcast? (aipo)

Yes 33%

No 16

No opinion 11

Don't listen to news broadcasters. . 40

4. (US Mar 30 '39 and Apr 6 '39) Do you listen to any radio
news commentators? (aipo)

Mar '3P Apr '39

Yes 70%, 70%

No 30 30

5. (US Mar 30 '39 and Apr 6 '39) Do you think they [radio
news commentators] report the news truthfully? (aipo)

Yes No No answer

Mar '39 68% 13% 19%

Apr '39 70 10 20

6. (US Apr 6 '39 and June 20 '44) Do you listen regularly to
news broadcasts? (aipo)

[707]

Yes

Only occasionally or not at all.

Apr 19

62%
38

June '44
26

7. (US Apr 6 '39) Do you think radio news broadcasters are
fair in their treatment of political news? (aipo)

Yes 60%

No 21%

No opinion 19^

8. (US Jan '40) Who is your favorite radio news commentator?
(for)

Lowell Thomas 24.8%

H. V. Kaltenborn 20.8

Edwin C. Hill 9.3

Walter Winchell 6.8

Boake Carter 6.0

Raymond Gram Swing 3.8

Elmer Davis 3-5

Other 25.0

9. (US Mar 13 '40) Do you listen regularly to news broadcasts?
Asked of a national cross-section of radio owners, (aipo)

Yes 72% No 28%

10. (US Mar 13 '40) At what time of the day do you listen
to news broadcasts? Asked of a national cross-section of radio
owners who listened regularly to news broadcasts, (aipo)

Morning 32%

Afternoon 51

Didn't say 3

All other answers 14

11. (US Dec 19 '41) During the past week have you listened
to any of the following types of broadcasts of war news?
Have you listened to any American news broadcasts from
American stations? Have you listened to any news broadcasts
from correspondents abroad that come over American stations?
(aipo)

Yes No Don't know

American news broadcasts .... 91% 9% —

Correspondents abroad 76 22 2%

12. (Sweden Apr '42) Do you usually listen to the foreign news
on the wireless? 31.4% of the sample who listened were asked:
Which ones? (sgi)

Don't listen to foreign news. . . . 68.6%

Listen to England only 9.9

Listen to Germany only 2.7

Listen to Russia only 0.2

England and Russia 1.0

England and Germany 12.1

Germany and Russia 0.4

England, Germany, and Russia. . 51

13. (Sweden Apr '42) Which broadcasts in Swedish from
abroad do you consider to be most reliable? (sgi)

England 34.3%

Germany 4.0

Russia 0.2

None 18.2

No opinion 43.3

14. (US July 1 '42) Do you listen regularly to news broadcasts?
(aipo)

Yes 71^

No 29%

15. (Sweden Oct '42) Did you listen in the last week on the
radio to any emergency news from the authorities aside from
news about the new rationing period [for flour, bread, coffee,
"fats, and meat]? (sgi)

Yes

National total 32%

BY SEX

Men 34%

Women .

No
51%

51%
52

Don't
remember

15%
20

16. (Sweden Oct '42) Do you think these official notices [from
the authorities on the radio] are usually easy to understand?
(sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 55% 17% 28%

Men . . .
Women .

56%
54

20%
15

24%
31

17. (US Feb 6 '43) Which do you prefer to listen to on the
radio, straight news broadcasts or commentators (that is,
people who explain or give the meaning of the news)? 50%
of the sample who said they preferred commentators were
asked: About how much time on an average day do you spend
listening to news commentators? (norc)

Prefer straight news 41%

No preference 9

Listen to news commentators:

Almost never; practically no time; none. . 1

Up to but not including 15 minutes 1

15 minutes 8

Over 15 minutes to J^ hour 16

Over J4 hour to 1 hour 16

Over 1 hour to 2 hours 5

Over 2 hours to 3 hours 1

Over 3 hours *

Time not ascertainable 2

* Less than 0.5%.

18. (Sweden June '43) Do you listen to the news in Swedish
from foreign radio stations? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 66%

Men . . .
Women .

76%
55

BY AGE

20-29 years 73%

30-49 years 70

50 years and over 54

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 74%

Middle class 67

Workers 64

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Town 65%

Country 66

33%

24%
43

27%

26%

34%
33

1%
2

1%
1

19. (Denmark June 20 '43) Do you hear the Danish news
every day? 64.6% of the sample who said they heard the news
every day were asked: What time? (dgi)

Don't hear news every day. . . . 35-4%

Hear it at 12:30 p.m 40.1

Hear it at 6:35 p.m 57.9

Hear it at 10:00 p.m 18.0

151 4%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents listened
to more than one news broadcast.

[708]

20. (US May 2 '45) Do you listen regularly to any commentator
on the radio? 63% of the sample who listened regularly were
asked : Who? Those who mentioned more than one commentator
were asked: Which one do you like best? (aipo)

Gabriel Heatter 31%

H. V. Kaltenborn

Lowell Thomas

Walter Winchell

Drew Pearson

Fulton Lewis

Baukhage

John W. Vandercook

Raymond Swing

William L. Shirer

Ccdric Foster

Robert St. John

Cecil Blown

Edwin C. Hill

Upton Close

Fred VanDevcnter

John B. Kennedy

Frank Singiser

Ted Malone

George Elliott

Edward Murrow

Martin Agronsky

John Kieran

Paul Schubert

All of them

Miscellaneous

No answer

Listen

regularly

best

31%

14%

—

, 1

181%* * = 3
* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who listened
regularly to a news commentator and add to more than 100 in the first
column because some gave more than one answer.

21. (LTS July '45) Do you think the radio stations you listen
to tell you enough about what goes on in foreign countries,
or do you think they should tell you more? (norc)

Should tell more 39% Enough 53% Don't know 8%

22. (Hungary Feb '46) Does the foreign radio news service
mfluence the opinions of the listener? Asked in Budapest.
(hipor)

by social status
Yes No

Educated class 49.8% 36.7%o

Small bourgeoisie. . . . 51-7 39.9

Workers...'' 52.1 45.2

Sometimes No answer
7.8% 5.7%
5.5 2.9

2.7 —

23. (Netherlands May '46) Do you listen to news broadcasts
at present of the British Broadcasting Corporation Home Serv-
ice? BBC European Service? (nfs)

Yes

BBC Home Service 15%o

BBC European Service 17

No and
no opinion

85%
83

24. (Netherlands May '46) Are you intetested in the musical
programs of the British Broadcasting Corporation European
Service for Dutch listeners? Asked of 17% of the sample who
listened currently to the BBC European Service, (nfs)

Yes 79% No 16%

No answer 5% = 100% of those questioned

25. (Netherlands May '46) Are you interested in the talks
in Dutch about politics, arts and science, sports? Asked of
17% of the sample who listened currently to the BBC European
Service, (nfs)

Yes No No answer

Politics 46% 38%, 16%

Arts and science 21 56 23

Sports 28 51 21

26. (France Apr 16 '46) Do you like the daily news summary
of Henri Benazet? (fipo)

Yes 35%, No 13%) Don't listen to it 52%

27. (Hungary Sept '46) How many times do you listen to
news and commentary on the radio weekly? Asked in Budapest
and suburbs, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Educated Bourgeoisie Workers

1.1%

2.3%

2.3

5.7

82.2

76.7

3.3

5.7

11.1

9.6

Once or twice 0.9%

Occasionally 2.1

Daily; continually 83.5

Seldom; rarely 5-9

Other; no answer 7.6

28. (Germany Oct 14 '46) Which manner of presenting the
daily news do you prefer, straight facts or comments and
discussion? Asked of radio listeners, (omgus)

Facts 51%,

Comments 26

No opinion 23

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

29. (Germany Oct 14 '46) Do you prefer the presentation of
news to be given a personal note by a known announcer, or
do you prefer news just read by an anonymous announcer?
Asked of radio listeners, (omgus)

Personal note 37%

Just read 40

No opinion 22

No answer 1

30. (Czechoslovakia Nov-Dec '46) Do you listen to the Sunday
broadcast of E. F. Buriana?* (czipo)

Regularly Sotfietimes Never No answer
National total 30% 43% 26% 1%

Men . . .
Women .

, Laborers

White-collar.

Farmers

Business

BY SEX

32% 45%

22%

27 41

BY OCCUPATION

29% 40%

29%

33 45

21.5

0.5

26 40

30 48

* Buriana is a news commentator.

31. (Czechoslovakia Nov-Dec '46) Do you agree or disagree
with the point of view v/hich Buriana takes up in his daily
questions? (cziPo)

[709]

National total . .

Men

Women

Agree
34%

34%
34

Sometimes
yes, some-
times no

35%

1 SEX

39%
31

Don't listen
and no
Disagree answer
4% 27%

BY OCCUPATION

Laborers 37% 30%

White-collar 34 40

Farmers 33 32

Business 28 44

5%
3

22%
32

30%
22
33
20

32. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Do you listen to the radio? (omgus)
Yes 53% No 47% No answer *

* Less than 0 5%

33. (Germany Dec 10 '46) In your opinion, has the news service
become better and more complete since the end of the war?
Asked of radio listeners, (omgus)

Yes 51% No 21% No opinion 28%

No answer * = 100% of those questioned

Short Wave

1. (Great Britain Oct '39 and Jan '40) Do you ever happen to
listen to foreign stations? (bipo)

Yes No

Oct '39 53% 47%

Jan '40 65 35

2. (Great Britain Oct '39 and Jan '40) Which was the last one
[foreign station] you heard? Asked of 53% of the 1939 sample
and 65% of the 1940 sample who had listened to foreign
stations, (bipo)

1939 1940

Germany Freedom 1% — ■

Moscow 4 2%

Schenectady 1 2

New York 2 —

Paris 10 4

Toulouse 1 1

Radio Normandy 1 —

Brussels 1 1

Luxembourg 4 1

Hilversum 3 2

Berlin 5 [

Hamburg 50 i 77

Secsen 3 [

Munich and others 4 1

Rome 6 4

Athlone 2 2

Scandinavian 1 —

Miscellaneous 1 3

100% of those

questioned

100% of those
. questioned

3. (US Jan 22 '41) Have you a radio in your home which can
get short-wave broadcasts direct from countries in Europe
(not rebroadcasts of European broadcasts or broadcasts from
Europe on American stations)? (Dec 19 '41) Have you a radio
in your home which has a special short-wave band for getting
short-wave broadcasts direct from European stations (not re-
broadcasts over American stations)? (aipo)

Yes No Don t know

4. (US Jan 22 '41) Have you ever seen a set anywhere else —
in someone's home, or in a club — ^that could get short-wave
broadcasts direct from Europe? (aipo)

Yes 53% No 32% Don't know 15%

5. (US Jan 22 '41) During the past month, have you happened
to hear any of these short-wave radio programs direct from
any European country? (aipo)

Yes 11% No 72%

Don't know 17%

Jan '41.
Dec '41.

31%
35

67%
63

2%
2

6. (US Dec 19 '41) Have you listened to any short-wave news
broadcasts from European stations picked up and rebroadcast
by American stations? (aipo)

Yes 41% No 53% Don't know 6%

7. (US Dec 19 '41) During the past week have you listened to
short-wave news broadcasts direct from European stations
which can be heard in this country only on the short-wave
band of a radio? (aipo)

Yes 7% No 90% Don't know 3%

8. (US Dec 19 '41) Aside from news broadcasts, have you
heard — within the past week — any short-wave broadcast of
any other type direct from Europe on the short-wave band of
a radio? (aipo)

Yes 5% No 93% Don't know 2%

9. (US Dec 19 '41) Have you ever listened to a short-wave
radio broadcast coming direct from Europe and heard on the
short-wave band of a radio? Those who had listened to a
short-wave broadcast direct from Europe were then asked:
How long ago did you hear a program of this sort? The cross-
section was made up of those who had not heard a short-wave
broadcast within the past week direct from Europe, or did
not know whether they had. (aipo)

1 week up to but not including one month. . 6%

1 month up to but not including 6 months. . 11

6 months up to but not including 1 year. . . 4

One year and over 9

Quite a while ago 1

Didn't say when 4

Never listened 59

Don't know whether or not ever listened. . 6

10. (US Dec 24 '41) Can you get short-wave stations in foreign
countries on your radio? (Jan 28 '42) Can you get short-wave
stations direct from foreign countries on your radio? (norc)

Don't Have no
Yes No know radio

Dec '41 32% 62% 2% 4%

Jan '42 27 64 4 5

11. (US Dec 24 '41) Do you ever listen to short-wave stations
in foreign countries? Asked of 32% of the sample who could
get foreign short-wave stations, (norc)

Yes 43% No 57% = 100% of those questioned

12. (US Dec 24 '41) From which countries [can you get short-
wave stations]? Asked of foreign short-wave listeners, (norc)

Germany 44%

England 31

South America 24

Italy 17

Mexico 7

France 7

Japan 6

Russia 5

[710]

Canada 3%

Philippines 3

147%*
* Percentages are based on the niimbet of respondents who listened
to foreign stations and add to more than 100 because some gave more
than one answer.

13. (US Jan 28 '42) Have you ever listened to short-wave
stations direct from foreign countries — not those relayed over
American stations, but stations actually broadcasting direct
from foreign nations? (norc)

Yes 26% No 68% Don't know 6%

14. (US Apr 28 '42) Have you heard in the last week any
short-wave radio programs direct from London — not those
rebroadcast over American stations, but actual broadcasts direct
from London? (norc)

Yes 12% No 86% Don't know 2%

15. (US Apr 28 '42) Do you think people over here ought to
be allowed to listen to short-wave broadcasts direct from
Germany and Japan? (norc)

Yes 57% No 3l7o Don't know 12%

16. (Netherlands May '46) Do you listen at present to foreign
news broadcasts from other than English stations in the Dutch
language? in a foreign language? (nfs)

Yes

Dutch language 13%

Foreign language 12

No and

no opinion

87%

17. (Netherlands May '46) Did you listen during the years
of occupation to the transmissions from London of Radio
Orange, Belgian Radio, British Broadcasting Corporation Eu-
ropean Service, British Broadcasting Corporation Home Service?
(nfs)

Radio Orange 78%

Belgian Radio 57

BBC European Service. ... 50
BBC Home Service 23

No and
no opinion
22%
43
50
77

18. (US July '46) It has been proposed that the United States
government start broadcasting programs to other countries in
the world. With which group [of the three described below]
do you agree? Half of the respondents were asked the question
in the form just given. When rewarded for the other half by
substituting the inflammatory term "propaganda" for the more
restrained pfirase "point of view" diiferent answers emerge.
(for)

Sample I

Some people say this is a good
idea if the programs stick
to news only 11-5%

Other people say it would be
better to explain our point
of view as well as give the
news 42.8

Other people think the gov-
ernment ought to stay en-
tirely out of this 34.3

Don't know 1L4

9.1% 13.2% 11.8%

31.0

39.8
20.1

45.2

32.8

54.6

29.7
3.9

"3
(^

Sample II

Some people say this is a good
idea if the programs stick
to news only and don't in-
clude any propaganda 27.9%

Other people say it would be
better to include some prop-
aganda as well as give the
news 24.7

Other people think the gov-
ernment ought to stay en-
tirely out of this 37.4

Don't know 10.0

23.4% 32.2% 26.0%

15.7

40.8
20.1

24.8

37.1
5.9

37.4

32.9
3.7

All those who backed broadcasts to other countries in either
form suggested were asked : If we could only broadcast programs
to one country, which country would be your first choice?

Russia 40.1%

Great Britain 15.7

Germany 12.3

Argentina 2.8

Japan 2.1

France 2.1

China 1.9

All others 3.3

Don't know 19.7

RADIO ADDRESSES, DEBATES, ETC.

1. (US Apr '36) Would you like to hear more, less, or no polit-
ical speeches on the air? (for)

More Same Less None

National total 15.8% 38.0% 27.9% 18.3%

Men

Women 11.2

41.6

29.4%
26.8

16.0%
20.4

2. (US Nov 19 '37) Do you think radio stations should broad-
cast discussions of social diseases? (aipo)

Yes 62%

No 26^

No opinion 12%

3. (US Apr 19 '39) Have you heard any of the radio debates
between Senator Taft of Ohio and Representative Smith of
Illinois? (aipo)

Yes 6% No 94%

4. (US Apr 19 '39) Which of them [Senator Taft or Representa-
tive Smith] do you think had the better of the argument?
Asked of a national cross-section of persons who had heard
debates, (aipo)

Taft 66% Smith 34% = 100% No answer 33%

5. (US Sept 20 '40) Should Communist party candidates be
allowed the same amount of time on the radio as the Demo-
cratic and Republican candidates? A comparable cross-section
was asked the same question about "free time." (aipo)

Don't know:
Yes No no opinion

First cross-section 29% 71% = 100% 10%

Second cross-section .. . 25 75 = 100 11

[711

6. (US Sept 20 '40) Do you think Communist party candidates
should be allowed any time on the radio? A comparable cross-
section was asked the same question about "free time." (aipo)

Don't know;
Yes No no opinion

First cross-section 37% 63% = 100% 13%

Second cross-section .. . 31 69 = 100 15

7. (Great Britain Feb '42) Provided that on each occasion
Parliament gives special permission, would you approve or
disapprove if important speeches in the House of Commons
were put on records and later broadcast by the British Broad-
casting Corporation? (bipo)

Approve 65% Disapprove 18% Don't know 17%

8. (US Feb 3 '42) Apart from radio news commentators, do
you ever listen to any political discussions or educational
programs over the radio where several different people take
part? (aipo)

Often 22% Occasionally 40% No 37% No answer 1%

9. (US July 29 '42) Did you happen to hear or read Secretary
Hull's radio broadcast Thursday night of last week (July 23)?
(aipo)

Yes 26% No 74%

10. (US Nov 3 '42) Suppose a government official were going
to make regular radio talks to the people — what would you
like to have him talk about? (norc)

Progress of war 40%

Role of leaders 12

General role of civilians 6

Conservation of manpower 1

Economy 1

General postwar conditions 5

Specific postwar problems 3

Production 5

Welfare and morale of troops. ... 2

Shipping 1

Fighting equipment 1

Evils of our enemies 1

Rumor control 1

Budget; finances 5

Farm labor 3

Rationing 3

Cost of living 2

Shortages 1

18-19 draft 1

Miscellaneous domestic issues. ... 7

Nothing 7

Miscellaneous other answers 5

Not ascertainable 7

120%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (Sweden Dec '42) Would you like the more important
debates in Parliament to be broadcast over the radio? (soi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 47% 26% 27%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY AND SEX

Country men 58% 25% 17%

Country women 36 24 40

Town men 54 30 16

Town women 42 25 33

12. (US Dec 30 "42) Did you hear the broadcast by Elmer Davis
and Food Administrator Wickard last Sunday night — the one
in which they talked about food rationing? (norc)

Yes 40% No 60% Don't know ■•:

* Less than 0.5%.

13. (US Dec 30 '42) Did you read either Elmer Davis' or Food
Administrator Wickard's speech [about food rationing] in the
papers or hear any talk about them? (norc)

Yes 37% No 62% Don't know 1%

14. (US Dec 30 '42) As a whole, did you approve or disapprove
of what they [Davis and Wickard] said [about food rationing]?
(norc)

Approve 48%

Disapprove 3

Don't know 6

Not questioned because unfamiliar with speech 43

15. (US Dec 30 '42) What one thing in the speech [about food
rationing] impressed you most? (norc)

Not questioned because unfamiliar with speech 43%

Explanation of the necessity for rationing 10

Explanation of the reasons for advance notice 6

Explanation that rationing provides equitable distribu-
tion 4

Appreciation for the advance notice of rationing 3

Appreciation for naming items to be rationed 2

Appreciation for simplicity of speeches 2

Other overall comments 4

Miscellaneous 1

No special part 7

Miscellaneous derogatory 2

Not ascertainable 18

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (US Dec 30 '42) Was there anything in particular in the
speech [about food rationing] that you didn't like? 9% of the
sample who said they disliked something were asked: What?
(norc)

Not questioned because not familiar with speech 43%

Disliked nothing 46

Didn't say whether or not disliked something 2

Announcing rationing in advance 5

Didn't say enough 2

No necessity for rationing *

Objections to shipping overseas and creating shortages. . *

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable *

* Less than 0.5%.

17. (US Jan 11 '43) Did you hear Vice-President Wallace's
speech on Dec 28 — the one in which he talked about things
we ought to do after the war? (norc)

Yes 15% No 83% Don't know 2%

18. (US Jan 11 '43) Did you read the [Wallace] speech [about
postwar plans] or hear any talk about it? (norc)

Yes 23% No 747o Don't know 3%

19. (US Jan 11 '43) Was there anything in the [Wallace] speech
you didn't like? 5% of the sample who said there was some-
thing they disliked were asked: What? (norc)

Not questioned because unfamiliar with speech 70%

Disliked nothing 21

Didn't know whether or not disliked anything 4

[712]

Speech impractical; he's a dreamer 2%

Speech too radical; his ideas are too red 1

Speech too vague 1

Disliked reference to Bill of Rights *

Disliked miscellaneous things 2

Didn't sav what disliked *

101%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents dis-
liked more than one thing.

20. (US Feb 6 '43) Suppose some one government official starts

making regular radio talks to the people about the war — ■
what would you like to hear him talk about? (norc)

News about the fighting ' 41%

News about the home front 16

War news in general 13

Authentic news 5

Postwar world 3

Don't want a government spokesman 2

Don't want it because there is sufficient news now 2

Don't want it; other reasons 2

Nothing; not interested; nothing in particular 7

Not ascertainable 13

104%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

21. (US Feb 6 '43) Is there anything (else) about the fighting
fronts you would like to hear him [some one government
official] talk about in regular radio talks? What? (norc)

Positive answers 35%

Don't want it because news is sufficient 3

Couldn't give desired information because of security. . 1

Don't want a government spokesman *

Don't want (other reasons) 1

No; not interested at present; nothing in particular. ... 52
Not ascertainable 8

* Less than 0.5%.

22. (US Feb 6 '43) Is there anything (else) about what's
going on in the United States that you would like to hear
him [some one government official] talk about? What? (norc)

Positive answers 52%

Don't want it because news is sufficient 3

Couldn't give desired information because of security. . . *

Don't want a government spokesman *

Don't want it (other reasons) 1

No; not interested at present; nothing in particular 37

Not ascertainable 7

* Less than 0.5%.

23. (US Feb 6 '43) Do you think it's a good idea for some one
government official to make regular radio talks to the people
about the war? 68% of the sample who thought the idea a
good one were asked: Who do you think would be a good
person to make these talks? (norc)

A poor idea 25%

Don't know whether or not a good idea. . 7

Davis would be good 10

Wallace 4

Nelson 1

JefTers 1

Ickes 1

Willkie (volunteered) 1

Hoover (volunteered) 1

Other government official 12

Radio commentator 4%

Any army or navy official 1

Miscellaneous answers 2

No preference 5

Didn't say 28

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents named
more than one man.

24. (US Feb 6 '43) How about any of the (other) people on
this list? Call off any of those you would like to hear regularly.
(norc)

A poor idea 25%

Don't know whether or not a good idea. . 7

Nelson 17

Jeffers 10

Davis 28

Wallace 15

Ickes 8

None 7

Don't know 10

127%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents named
more than one man.

25. (US Feb 6 '43) Do you happen to know whethei the gov-
ernment is actually planning to have one of these officials
[Nelson, JefFers, Davis, Wallace, Ickes] give regular radio
talks? 7% of the sample who thought the government had
such plans were asked : Do you happen to know who is
going to make the talks? (norc)

No such plan or didn't know whether or

not such a thing planned 93%

Elmer Davis to make talks 4

Other suggestions *

Didn't know who would make talks 3

* Less than 0.5%.

26. (US Nov '43 and Nov '45) In peacetime, do you think
members of the Communist party in this country should be
allowed to speak on the radio? (norc) (Gernlany Nov 25 '46)
Should members of the Communist party be allowed to speak
on the radio? (omgus)

Qualified Don't know:
Yes No answer no opinion

US Nov '43 48% 40% — 12%

US Nov '45 49 39 — 12

Germany Nov '46 55 26 8% 11

27. (Australia Aug '45) Do you favor or oppose broadcasting
debates from Parliament? (apop)

Favor Oppose No opinion

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 75%
67

15%
14

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Capital cities 69% 16%

Other centers 73 15

Farmers 79 10

10%
19

15%

28. (US Feb 13 '46) Should Congress spend money to build
a radio station in Washington, D.C. to broadcast its debates?
(aipo)

Yes 51% No 40% No opinion 9%

29. (US Feb 13 '46) A cross-section comparable to the one
used for the preceding question was asked: Would you be

[713]

willing to pay a tax in order to build and operate a radio
station in Washington, D.C. which would broadcast the de-
bates in Congress? (aipo)
Yes 42% No 50% No opinion 8%

30. (US Feb 13 '46) Both cross-sections used for the two pre-
ceding questions were asked further: If this [building a radio
station to broadcast debates in Congress] is done, do you
think many people would listen to these debates? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 35% No opinion 7% No answer 2%

31. (Canada Feb 23 '46) Do you ever listen over the radio to
a political candidate at election time? (cipo)

Yes 70'

No 30%

32. (Canada Feb 23 '46) Do you think there are too many of
these political speakers on the radio, or would you like to
hear more of them? Asked of 70% of the sample who said they
listened to political candidates at election time, (cipo)

Too many 36%

Like more 8

About right 47

Undecided 9

100% of those questioned

33. (Australia Aug '46) Do you think the broadcasts from
Parliament should be continued, reduced, or stopped? (Dec '46)
Do you think those broadcasts [from Parliament] should be
continued, reduced, or stopped altogether? (apop)

Continued deduced Stopped Undecided
Aug '46 68% 7% 18% 7%

Nov '46.

Other and

no answer

35.4%

8.1%

54.5

4.7

51.9

6.2

OPINIONS OF LISTENERS AND NON-LISTENERS IN NOV '46

Had listened 72% 9% 14% 5%

Had not listened. . . 44 4 16 36

34. (Hungary Sept '46) Do you listen to political debates
[on the radio]? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Yes

Educated people 56.5%

Bourgeoisie 40.8

Workers 41.9

35. (Hungary Sept '46) Do you listen to radio interviews?
Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Yes

Educated people 37.3%

Bourgeoisie 46.6

Workers 43.1

36. (Australia Dec '46) Have you listened to the broadcasts
from Parliament during the past fortnight? (apop)

Yes 36% No 64%

37. (Australia Dec '46) Would you favor or oppose broad-
casting of State Parliaments? (apop)

Favor 52% Oppose 26% No opinion 22%

38. (US Dec 11 '46) An atheist is a person who doesn't believe
in God. In San Francisco, a radio station allowed an atheist
to broadcast his views on religion. Would you approve or
disapprove of letting atheists broadcast in this area? (aipo)
Approve 36% Disapprove 56% No opinion 8%

Other and

no answer

56.9%

5.8%

53.0

0.4

53.4

3.5

RADIO ADVERTISING

1. (Great Britain Dec '37) Do you listen to commercial pro-
grams on the radio? (bipo)

Yes 68% No 32% = 100% No opinion 2%

2. (Great Britain Dec '37) Do you listen to them [commercial
radio programs] regularly? (bipo)

Yes 39% No 61% = 100% No opinion 1%

3. (Great Britain Dec '37) Do you prefer them [commercial
radio programs] to the British Broadcasting Corporation pro-
grams? (bipo)

Yes 17% No 46% No opinion 37%

4. (US June 8 '38) Do you think the amount of time given to
advertising on the radio is too much or about right? (aipo)
Too much 36% About right 47% No opinion 17%

6. (US June 8 '38) Advertising on the radio at present pays
for the cost of radio programs. In order to do away with the
advertising, would you be willing to pay a tax? 12% of the
sample who said they would be willing to pay a tax were
asked: How much tax per year would you be willing to pay?
(aipo)

Not willing to pay tax 79%

No opinion as to whether or not would be willing 9

Would be willing to pay $1 to $5 5

Would be willing to pay over $5 5

Didn't say how much would pay 2

6. (US Apr 6 '39) Do you think radio news broadcasters leave
out news that is unfavorable to the companies which sponsor
the broadcasts? (aipo)

Yes 49% No 26% No opinion 25%

7. (Great Britain Sept '43) Would you approve or disapprove
of allowing commercial broadcasting in this country, includ-
ing advertising programs? (bipo)

Approve 40% Disapprove 42% Don't know 18%

RADIO AND MUSIC

1. (us Dec 31 '40) Have you noticed any difference in the
music played on the tadio since New Year's? 45% of the sample
who said they had noticed a difference were asked: Do you
like the music played on the radio since New Year's better or
not as well as the music played in the last year? (aipo)

Hadn't noticed any difference 55%

Liked music better 9

Liked it about the same 10

Didn't like it as well 24

Didn't say how well liked it 2

Hadn't listened to the radio since New Year's.

100%
. 17%

2. (Denmark Oct^lO '43) Do you prefer programs featuring
the radio company's own musicians or broadcasts from other
places? (dgi)

[714]

Own musicians 21.5%

Broadcasts from other places 43. 4

Don't know 35 1

3. (Australia Nov '43) What type of music do you like best
on the radio? (apop)

•--5 -S^

K ^

National total .

39?

23% 19%

s §

V 2

s- '•

:2 ^

^ §

- ^

^ 1;

■^li

> -ii

R 'I

"3 '^

^ s

cq S

M S

15%

14%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Capital cities 35% 27% 21%

Farmers 39 19 21

Country towns. .. . 45 18 13

4. (Australia Nov '43) Would you favor or oppose increasing
the radio license fee two shillings a year to pay for a concert
orchestra in each state? (apop)

Favor 53% Favor 38% No opinion 9%

5. (Germany Jan 21 '46) What kind of musical programs do
you like best? Asked of radio listeners, (omgos)

German music; folk music 33%

pera

Ope

Operetta 19

German dance music 17

Light music; waltzes; entertaining music; cheerful music;

Latin American music 22

Classical; symphonies; etc 15

Chamber music; instrumental concerts 4

Lieder singer; singing 2

Other (organ, church, military) 4

Don't know; can't say; no opinion, no choice; like it all. 5

Ja2Z 2

No answer 2

144%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (Hungary Sept '46) How many times do you listen to musi-
cal programs weekly on the radio? Asked in Budapest and sub-
urbs, (hipor)

BY social status

Educated Bourgeoisie Workers

Once, twice 1.4% 2.3% 5-8%

Occasionally 15.4 7.5 176

Daily; continually 69.8 74.7 61.0

Seldom; rarely 8.6 7.0 9.1

Other; no answer 4.8 8.5 6.5

7. (Hungary Sept '46) What musical works do you prefer on
the radio? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

BY social status

Edu- Bour-

cated geoisie Workers

Orchestral works 22.6% 9.2% 4.0%

Chamber music 11.7 4.5 2.4

Light music 12.3 16.2 11.8

Chorus 3.7 1.3 1.2

Musical works with explanation 2.2 1.8 1.4

Jazz 11.3 14.9 156

Morning music 7.9 10.8 9.3

25.2%

32.5%

5.4

6.6

7.2

10.6

4.6

Gypsy music 153%

Relaying from cofTec house 2.7

Folk song 7.9

All sorts of music 2.4

8. (Sweden Oct 10 '46) The Swedish public was asked which
piece of music they would prefer to hear on the radio. The re-
sults follow, classified as to type of music, (soi)

Classical music; symphonies; operas; music by such com-
posers as Tchaikowsky, Liszt, Schubert, Beethoven,
Petcrson-Berger, Grieg, Sibelius, Smetana, Handel,

Gershwin 22%

Finer arias; finer or patriotic songs; Swedish composers

such as Athcn, Sjobcrg, Stenhammar 6

Spirituals and sacred music; Schubert and some Swedish

composers named 6

Other music, particularly folk melodies, ballads, etc 1

Light-entertainment music; musical comedies; Vienna

waltzes 26

Popular light arias; lute songs 8

Modern dance music; swing 4

Old-fashioned dance music 17

Topical songs 10

9. (Germany Oct 14 '46) In your opinion, how much of its
transmitting time should a radio station devote to the presen-
tation of musical programs — a quarter or less, about half,
about three quarters, or more than three quarters? Asked of
radio listeners, (omgus)

One quarter or less 12%

Almost half of it 53

Three quarters 17

More than three quarters. . . 5

No opinion 12

No answer 1

RADIO AND STATE

1. (US Apr 19 '37) Do you think the United States will some-
time own and operate all radio broadcasting? How certain are
you of your prediction? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 29% 59% 12% = 100%

BY DEGREE OF CERTAINTY

Very certain 22% 27%

Moderately certain. .. . 49 41

Not at all certain 27 26

Didn't answer 2 6

100% 100%

2. (us Jan 25 '38) Do you think government censorship of the
radio would do harm or good? (aipo)

Harm 57% Good 43% = 100% No opinion 30%

3. (US June 8 '38) Would you favor federal government own-
ership and control of all radio broadcasting stations? (aipo)
(Aug '39) Do you believe the government should own or more
closely control radio broadcasting? (for)

June '38 Aug '39

Yes, own j ^^^y 4.6%

More closely control J 14.2

Leave alone 66 68.8

Don't know; no opinion 17 12.4

[715]

4. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not establish a bureau to supervise what should be pro-
duced over the radio? (for)

Should 31.8% Should not 51.2%

Don't know or depends 17.0%

5. (US Apr 28 '42) Would you rather hear a radio program
that just told the facts of the news, or one that told the facts
and commented on them too? 31% of the sample said they pre-
ferred a program that just told the facts and 62% preferred
facts and comments. Both these groups were asked: In general,
would you favor or oppose having the government itself put
on a program of this sort? (norc)

Don't know which type of program preferred 7%

Favor government program 66

Oppose government program 19

Don't know whether favor or oppose government pro-
gram 8

6. (Canada Nov 21 '42) At the present time the radio stations
of the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation are operated by the
government. Are you satisfied with this arrangement, or do
you think the CBC programs would be better under private
ownership? (cipo)

Private
Satisfied ownership Undecided

National total 56% 23% 21%

BY PROVINCES

Maritimes 57% 15% 28%

Quebec 50 27 23

Ontario 50 29 21

Prairies 67 17 16

British Columbia 65 21 14

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farm areas 64% 14% 22%

Under 10,000 55 24 21

10,000 to 100,000 58 25 17

Over 100,000 52 27 21

7. (Sweden Oct '44) Have you noticed the discussion in the
press about the abolition of radio licenses? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 37% 60% 3%

Men . . .
Women .

BY sex

■ . 44%
.. 29

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 47%

Middle class 37

Workers 35

54%
67

53%

3%
3

8. (Sweden Oct '44) Do you think it right that the govern-
ment takes four kronor* of the license money for itself leaving
six kronor for the expenses of radio broadcasts and stations?
(sgi)

Kight Wrong

National total 35% 36%

BY SEX

Men 36% 42%

Women 34 30

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 33% 49%

Middle class 36 36

Workers 34 35

* The Swedish krona was worth approximately 24 cents in American
money.

Don't know
297o

11%
36

18%

9. (Sweden Oct '44) Would you be willing to pay, say, four
kronor extra per year for your radio if this money were spent
entirely on improvement of programs? Asked of a national
cross-section of radio listeners? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 45% 45% 10%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 47%
44

46%
44

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 49% 43%

Middle class 45 45

Workers 45 45

7%
12

8%
10
10

10. (Australia Apr '45) Do you think the Australia Broad-
casting Commission should be controlled by the government,
or should it be independent? (apop)

Independent 60%

Government control 25

Undecided 8

Did not know enough to answer. ... 7

11. (Netherlands July '45) Do you want the broadcasting pro-
gram attended to by a number of broadcasting companies as
formerly, or do you want the institution of one general broad-
cast, representing, however, the diversity of the Dutch people?
(nfs) (Feb 25 '46) Do you prefer one new organization or dif-
ferent broadcasting societies to attend to the radio in our
country? (nipo) (May '46) Do you agree with the present situ-
ation in Dutch broadcasting [five companies giving their own
programs, but under the supervision of a temporary General
Foundation] or do you want the institution of a general broad-
cast? (nfs)

NFS July '45. . . .

Nipo Feb '46. . . .

NFS May '46 ....

Listeners only. .

Do you want a general broadcast with the concurrence of
the former broadcasting companies or without it? Asked of
38% of the May '46 sample who wanted a general broadcast.

With
concurrence Without it Don't know

National total 60% 30% 10% = 100%

of those questioned
Listeners only 58 32 10

12. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) Should the British Broadcasting
Corporation continue with a monopoly of radio in this coun-
try, or should we also have commercial broadcasting paid for
by advertising? (bipo)

One

Broadcasting

Another

Don't know;

broadcast

companies

solution

no opinion

65%

30%

—

. 43

Commercial
Monopoly broadcasting Don't know

National total
Sept '43 ... .
Jan '46. . . .

Men. . .
Women .

21-29 years

30-49 years 45

50 vears and over 46

42%

40%

18%

■ SEX

46%

AGE

38%

53%

[716]

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Monopoly

Higher 62%

Middle 56

Lower 38

Commercial

broadcasting Don't know

33% 5%

37 7

47 15

13. (Sweden Feb '46) It is suggested that broadcasting time
over the radio should be considerably increased and the listen-
ing conditions improved by introducing wire-radios in places
where listening is bad. If the license cost were increased to
fifteen kroner* to make this possible, would you consider that
this increase should be made? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 51% 38% 11%,

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 63%, 27%' 10%,

Middle class 55 35 10

Workers 47 41 12

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large towns 60%o 34% 6%

Other towns 53 39 8

Country 48 39 13

* The Swedish krona was worth approximately 26 cents in American
money at this period.

14. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) Do you feel that the govern-
ment is or is not justified in increasing the wireless license to
£1 per annum? (bipo)

Is Is not Don't know

National total 33% 61% 6%

BY SEX

Men 35% 59% 6%

Women 31 63 6

BY AGE

21-29 years 37%o 57% 6%,

30-^49 years 35 60 5

50 years and over 28 65 7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 51% 45% 4%

Middle 44 51 5

Lower 27 66 7

Very poor 19 72 9

15. (Canada Feb 23 '46) At present everyone with a radio has
to buy a license each year costing two dollars and fifty cents.
As you know, this money is used to pay for Canadian Broad-
casting Corporation programs. Do you approve or disapprove
of this system? (cipo)

Dis- Unde-

Approve approve cided
National total 53%, 40%o 7%

BY POLITICS

Liberal 62% 32%o 6%

Progressive-Conservative 42 53 5

Cooperative Commonwealth Fed-
eration 47 47 6

16. (Germany Oct 14 '46) Do you believe the radio is being
censored today? (omgus)

'Radio Non-
listeners listeners

Ycs.......... 32% 16%

Think it is being censored. . . 32 27

No 19 11

No opinion 17 46

No answer * —

* Less than 0.5%.

RADIO PLAYS AND PROGRAMS

1. (us Jan 9 '37) What radio program do you like best? (aipo)
Qan '38) What is your favorite program? Asked of a national
cross-section of radio owners, (for)

aipo for

1937 1938

Jack Benny 13%, 8.7%,

Eddie Cantor 6 1.9

Major Bowes 4 6.9

Amos 'n' Andy 4 3.0

March of Time 4 —

News broadcasts 4 6.6

Lum and Abner 4 2.3

Kraft Music Hall 3 3.3

Ford Symphony 3 4.3

One Man's Family 2 4.2

Lucky Strike Hit Parade 2 1.8

Lux Theatre of the Air 2 3-5

Gangbusters 2 2.5

Lowell Thomas 2 —

Vick's Open House 2 —

Rudy Vallee 2 —

National Barn Dance 1 —

Burns and Allen 1 —

General Motors Symphony .. . 1 —

Fred Allen 3 —

Charlie McCarthy — 5.8

Fibber McGee and Molly — 2.4

All others 35 42.8

2. (Great Britain July 26 '37) What is your favorite wireless
program? (bipo)

Variety 27%o

Commodore Grand Orchestra 1

Brass band; military; etc 2

Athlone 1

National 1

Regional 1

Opera 1

Talks; topical programs 3

The news 3

Plays 6

Debates 1

Bible and church services 1

Sports 1

Light music (dance) 11

Music Hall 2

Musical comedies 1

Vaudeville 1

Classical music; symphonies; etc 6

Organ recitals 1

All others ; 6

No answer 23

[717]

3. (US Jan 25 '38) During the past year have you heard any
broadcast that has offended you by its vulgarity? Asked of a
national cross-section of radio owners, (aipo)

Yes 15% No 85%

4. (Great Britain Dec '38) Do you wish the British Broad-
casting Corporation to include in Sunday programs a regular
dance-band broadcast? (bipo)

Yes 52% No 32% No opinion 16%

5. (US Dec 16 '38) Did you listen to the Orson Welles broad-
cast of the Invasion from Mars? (aipo)

Yes 12% No 84% No answer 4%

Did you listen from the beginning, or did you tune in after
the program had begun? Asked of those who had listened to
the Orson Welles program.

From beginning 34%

After it had begun 60

Don't remember 4

No answer 2

100% of those

questioned

Did someone suggest that you tune in after the program had
begun? Asked of those who tuned in on the Welles program
after the program had begun.

Yes 19% No 71%

No answer 10% = 100% of those questioned

Did you listen to the broadcast up to the end? Asked of those
who had listened to the Welles program.

Yes 71% No 19%

No answer 10% = 100% of those questioned

At the time you were listening, did you think this broadcast
was a play or a real news report? Asked of all those who had
listened to the Welles program.

Play 68% News report 26%

No answer 6% = 100% of those questioned

Did the broadcast frighten you at the time? Asked of those
who believed the Welles program to be a real news report.

Very much 27%

Somewhat 42

Not at all 30

No answer 1

100% of those

questioned

6. (US Dec 16 '38) Do you listen to George Burns and Gracie
Allen on the radio? 65% of the sample who said they listened
were asked : How often? (aipo)

Don't listen 29%

Didn't say whether or not listen. ... 6

Listen occasionally 39

Listen regularly 16

Seldom listen 9

Didn't say how often 1

7. (Great Britain May '39) Would you be willing to pay more
for a radio license if, in return, you received more and better
programs? (bipo)

Yes 42% No 49% No opinion 9%

8. (Great Britain Jan '40) Which of the two British Broad-
casting Corporation programs do you prefer: "Home Service,"
"BEF Service"? (bipo)

Home Service 59% BEF Service 26% No choice 15%

9. (US Aug 5 '41) Have you ever listened to a quiz program on
the radio? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 12% No opinion 12%

10. (Sweden Feb '42) What did you listen to on the wireless
Saturday evening, January 31? Asked of a national cross-sec-
tion of radio listeners, (soi)

National
total

The Optimist and Pessimist. 55%

Old-time dance music 45

Monthly review 44

Jussi Bj0rling 29

7:30
7:45
8:15
9:15

Town

Country

52%

56%

173%* 173%* 172%*
Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents listened

to more than one program.

11. (Sweden Feb '42) What did you listen to on the
Sunday, Feb 1st? Asked of a national cross-section
listeners, (sgi)

National

total Towns

9:00 News 33%'

Summary of the results Agra-
rian movement lecture by

B. Ager 8

Agricultural-economic re-
view lecture by Prof. Th,
Bj0rkman

9:45 The Swedish mode of living,
an enquiry among the
study circles of the Na-
tional Preparedness Society 3
10:05 Gramophone concert; Liszt,

Chopin, Griffes 5

11:00 Service from St. Jacob's
Church in Gothenburg;
Rev. David Sandberg.... 29
12:40 News 39

1:00 A Russian Social Democrat's
fate, lecture by Marika
Stjernstedt 7

1:30 Concert by the Stockholm
radio orchestra, featuring
Berwald, Norman, Sten-
hammar 5

2:15 Thoughts on the balance and
joys of the soul by J. Land-
quist

2:45 Entertaining music by Wald-

imir's orchestra 18

3:30 From the mountains; chil-
dren's program 9

4:00 Songs and folk songs from
Wales, sung by the singer's
circle 5

4:30 German lesson by Prof. Wel-

lander 2

5:05 Gramophone concert 30

6:00 The Swedish line and the
Christian heritage, meet-
ing at St. John's Church. . 13

7:00 News 50

7:30 Tor Hedberg; The National

Movement, a farce 19

27%

7 —

3
35

wireless
of radio

Country
^6%

2 — —

2
27

14
51

[718 J

National
total Towns

Country
4%

9:00 No Chamber Music If You

Please, a musical farce. . . 5% 7%

9:45 Swedish rococo; lyrical reci-
tation 3 — —

10:00 News 32 38 28

* This is a summarv of the radio programs people listened to. Totals,
of course, add to much more than 100 because some people listened to
several programs.

12. (US Mar 2 '42) Have you heard anything about a radio
program called "This is War"? 30% of the sample who had
heard of the program were asked: Have you ever listened to
it? (norc)

Never heard of it 68%

Don't know whether or not heard of it 2

Have listened to it 20

Heard of it but never listened 9

Didn't say whether or not had listened 1

On what night of the week did you hear it? Asked of 20%
of the sample who had listened to the program.

Saturday 9%

Sunday 2

Other 1

Don't know 8

20%

Have you heard it once or more than once? Asked of 20% of
the sample who had listened to the program.
Once 8% More than once 11% No answer 1% = 20%

13. (US Apr 28 '42) Have you ever listened to the radio pro-
gram "Mr. District Attorney" ("This is War," "The Army
Hour," "Chaplain Jim of the USA," "They Live Forever")?
Those who had listened were asked: Once, or more than once?
Do you happen to remember what day of the week it comes
on? In general, did you like this program very well, only fairly
well, or not at all? (norc)

Mr. This The Chaplain

District is Army Jim of

Attorney War Hour the USA

Yes, listened 67% 36% 29% 7%

No, didn't 31 61 65 90

Don't know 2 3 6 3

NUMBER OF TIMES RESPONDENTS LISTENED

Once

More than once.
Don't know. . . .

5%
61
1

7%
28
1

6%
22
1

They

Live

Forever

84
4

67% 36% 29% 7% 12%

DAY OF WEEK PROGRAM COMES

Correct day 18% 14% 8% 1% 3%

Don't know 49 22 21 6 9

67% 36% 29% 7% 12%

OPINIONS

; OF PROGRAMS

Liked very much .
Like fairly well . .

Poor

Don't know

45%
15

3
4

24%
7
2
3

22%

4
* ■

67%

36%

29%

12%

know

95%

' Less than 0.5%.

14. (US Apr 28 '42) In the last week have you heard over an
American station a rebroadcast of the British radio program
called "Answering You" ("Britain Speaks," "Radio News-
reel," "British Broadcasting Corporation News")? (norc)

Don' t
Yes

Answering You 3%

Britain Speaks 8

Radio Ncwsreel 11

British Broadcasting Corp. News. ... 15

16. (Australia May '42) Did you hear any of the recent radio
sessions a few weeks ago entitled, "Know the Jap as He Really
Is"? Only half the cross-section had heard any of the sessions.
They were asked: Do you think they were a good idea? (apop)
Good idea 44% Not good idea 54%

Undecided 2% = 100% of those who had heard the sessions

16. (Canada Aug 22 '42) 19% of a sample of French-speaking
Canadians who had heard short-wave propaganda broadcasts
from both Paris and Vichy and an additional 38% who had
heard of the broadcasts but had never listened to them directly
were asked: Do you think these broadcasts express the feelings
of the French people or of the German government? (cipo)
French people 19% French government 47%

Not certain 34% = 100% of those questioned

17. (Denmark Aug 1 '43) Will a specially good radio program
make you arrange your evening to fit in with it? (dgi)

Yes 58.3% No 34.9% Don't know 6.8%

18. (Great Britain Aug 22 '43) Is there any person broadcast-
ing who influences your views? (bipo)

John Hilton 5%

J. B. Priestley 5

Winston Churchill 3

The Radio Padre 2

Mr. Middleton 2

The Radio Doctor 1

Brains Trust 1

Miscellaneous speakers 6

I have no time for wireless set 3

I have no time for wireless 3

I think for myself 1

Don't know; no answer 68

19. (Great Britain Sept '43) In general, are you satisfied or
dissatisfied with the British Broadcasting Corporation pro-
grams? (bipo)

Satisfied 60% Dissatisfied 28% Don't know 12%

20. (Denmark Sept 6 '43) Are you in the habit of
regularly to [programs listed below]? (dgi)

Dance music (jazz, etc.)

Light music (operettas, marches, luncheon con-
certs, etc.)

Classical music (operas, romances, symphonies,
etc.)

Modern music (modern composers, not jazz). . . .

Thursday concerts

Gramophone music

Scientific lectures (popular)

Travel lectures

Biography lectures

Specialized lectures

Plays

Recitations

Topical news

listening

53.5%*

64.6

27.7

42.2

14.7

73.1

29.6

33.3

15.5

32.9

81.9

48.7

69.2

[719]

For the young 42.1%

The Week-end Cottage 75-6

Church services 41.4

Language lessons 7.4

Radio serial novels 18.3

* Since respondents were asked to name all programs they listened to
regularly, percentages add to considetably more than 100.

21. (Denmark Sept 15 '43) Which one of the artisi
etc., featured on the radio do you prefer? (dgi)

Poul Reumert

. Aksel Dahlerup

Aksel Schi0tz

Den Gyldenblonde

Ka j Julian

Bodil Ipsen

Elith Pio

Eyvind Johan Svendsen

Louis Preil

Karin Nellemosc

Dr. Poul Bergs0e

Tavs Neiiendam

Teddy Petersen Wivex

Mogens Lind

Mogens Lorentzen

Ludvig Brandstrup

Ebbe Rode

Wandy Tvorek

Mogens Davidsen (^rb0digst Ugerevy). . . .

Ejnar N0rby

Marius Jacobsen

Gunnar Nu-Hansen

Wilhelm Andersen

Else Skouboo

Eddie Russell

Holger Gabrielsen

Anna Borg

Rasmus Christiansen ;

Mogens Wieth

Don't know

153.8%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

22. (Denmark Sept 16 '43) What particular thing makes you
switch off the radio? (dgi)

Thursday Concert

17.5%

13.6

13.2

7.6

5.7

5.5

4.4

3.7

2.7

2.3

2.2

2.1

2.0

1.7

1.6

1.5 ■

1.5

1.3

1.2

1.1

49.0

Sports broadcasts

Songs

Language lessons '

Scientific lectures

Launy Gr0ndahl

Plays

Domestic lectures

Religious lectures

Noisy music

Lectures for housewives

German recitations

The Country Housewife's Monthly Review.

Reading

Dahlerup's Topical News

Music

Merry Broadcasts

Week-end Cottage

Choirs

Gramophone music

Erik Tuxcn

Other things

Don't know

0.6%
0.4
0.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
3.8
33.5

111.6%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

23. (Denmark Oct 10 '43) Have you ever written to the State
Radio Company praising or criticizing the broadcasts? (dgi)

Yes 1.5% No 98.5%

24. (Denmark Oct 10 '43) Did you hear the broadcast of the
Danish-Swedish football match? (dgi)

Yes 61.1%

No 38.9?

Jazz.

Classical music

Female voices (singing) .

Highbrow music

Opera

Chamber music

Bad or tedious lectures . ,

Lectures

Political propaganda. . .

Modern music

Agricultural lectures ...

Noise

Dramas

Light music

Swearing in plays

Church services

Political broadcasts ....
Modern dance music. . . ,

The Hansen Family

Louis Preil

The radio news

22.7%
13.4

4.5

3.8

3.1

2.6

2.1
.2.0

1.9

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.6

25. (US Nov 15 '43) What are some of the things about the
radio that you don't like? (norc)

Commercial advertising 29%

Serials; stories 15

Popular music 10

Classical music 3

Comedy and variety programs 2

News commentators 2

War stories and war news

Sports programs

Food talk

Too much war news

Duplication of news

Too much talking

News (war not mentioned)

War announcements *

Nothing 24

Miscellaneous 8

Don't know 5

No radio 11

116%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

26. (US Nov 15 '43) What kinds of radio programs do you
like to listen to most? Asked of radio listeners, (norc)

News commentators (people who give their

opinions on the news) 55%*

Straight news broadcasts 57

Sports broadcasts 22

Classical music 29

Old familiar music 38 *

Popular music 38

[720]

Hillbilly or cowboy music 2.1%

Radio serial stories 21

Other radio plays 29

Comedy and variety programs 44

Quiz programs 41

Talks, forums, and round-table discussions. . . 29

Religious programs 31

None in particular 1

Don't know 2

* Since respondents were asked to name all programs which they
liked, percentages add to considerably more than 100.

27. (US Nov 15 '43) Do you have any feeling that there are
too many announcements or programs asking people to do
things for the war, or do you feel there ought to be more of
these? (norc)

Too many 11%

About right 52

Should be more 19

Don't know 7

No radio or didn't say whether or not had radio 11

28. (US Nov 15 '43) Well, how about other kinds of war pro-
grams [than those asking people to do things]? So far as your
own personal listening goes, do you ever have the feeling that
there are too many straight news broadcasts about the war?
news commentators? radio plays about the war? radio serial
stories about the war? talks by government officials about the
war? (norc)

No radio or
didn' t say
whether or
Don't not had
Yes No know radio

Straight news broadcasts 16% 66% 7% 11%

News commentators ... , 18 62 9 11

Radio plays 20 45 24 11

Radio serial stories 19 32 38 11

Talks by government offi-
cials 13 56 20 11

29. (US Nov 15 '43 and Apr 8 '44) So far as your own personal
listening goes, which of these things do you think the radio is
spending too much time on and which not enough? How
about urging people to save tin cans? urging people to stick to
their war jobs? urging people to eat enough of the right kind
of food? urging people not to pay more than ceiling prices?
urging people to save waste paper? 11% of the sample who
either didn't have radios or didn't say whether or not they had
radios were not questioned. In 1944 the question read: So far
as your own personal listening goes, do you think the radio is
spending too much time on iu"ging people to buy war bonds or
not enough? urging people to save waste paper? urging women
to get into war-useful jobs? urging women to join the WACS,
WAVES, SPARS, and Marines? urging people to hold prices
down by buying only what they need? urging people not to
pay more than ceiling prices? (norc)

Not

Too About Not Don't ques-

niuch right enough know tioned
Tin cans:

1943 9% 46% 20% 14% 11%

Buy war bonds:

1943 10 54 19 6 11

1944 9 53 31 7 —

Waste paper:

1943 8 44 22 15 11

1944 10 44 35 11 —

Not
Too About Not Don't ques-

much fight enough know tioned
Not paying over
ceiling prices:

1943 6% 41% 29% 13% 11%

1944 5 43 42 10 —

Stay on war jobs:

1943 5 48 24 12 11

Eat right food:

1943 13 45 18 13 11

Women into war
jobs:

1944 15 42 29 14 —

Women to join
service:

1944 14

Buying only what
needed :
1944 5

All those of the 1943 sample who thought the radio was
spending too much time on the things listed in the preceding
question were asked: Why do you think so?

Tin cans

They are not collected 5%

Save without being told 1

Don't think it is necessary to save cans 1

General surfeit; people get tired of it 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know *

Stay on war jobs

Not necessary; people will not quit anyway 1%

Disapprove of idea of persuasion 1

Not necessary; it's compulsory to stick to jobs 1

Not necessary, no labor shortage *

People don't pay attention to it *

Not necessary; people making too much money *

General surfeit; get tired of hearing it 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know *

Eat right food

People already know this 3%

People eat what they can get or afford 3

Too much ballyhoo connected with it 2

People will eat what they want anyway 2

General surfeit; people are tired of hearing about it . . . 2

Subject not important enough 1

Not right to tell people what to eat *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know *

13%

Buy war bonds

People will buy bonds anyway 5%

General surfeit; people are tired of hearing about it. . . 3

Too much repetition lessens value of appeal 1

Enough appeals elsewhere 1

Not sincere *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know *

11%*

Don't pay over ceiling prices

People will buy regardless of ceiling prices 2%

People don't need to be told, they will be careful 1

Criticism of administration of rationing 1

General surfeit; tired of hearing about it 1

Against idea of ceiling prices 1

It's published in the papers and other sources *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know *

6%
Save waste paper

It is not collected 5%

Save without being told 1

There is no paper shortage 1

General surfeit; people are tired of it 1

Paper is wasted by the government *

People don't listen *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know *

. 9%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than respondents questioned because some
gave more than one answer.

30. (US Nov 15 '43) As far as you know, which one of those
[urging people to save tin cans, stick to their war jobs, eat
enough of right kind of food, buy war bonds, not pay more
than ceiling prices, and save waste paper] does the radio spend
most time on now? (norc)

Urging people to buy war bonds 63%

Urging people to eat enough of the right kind of food. ... 6

Urging people to stick to their war jobs 4

Urging people to save tin cans 2

Urging people not to pay more than ceiling prices 2

Urging people to save waste paper 2

Other *

Don't know 10

No radio or didn't say whether or not had radio 11

* Less than 0.5%.

31. (US Nov 15 '43) Do you happen to remember any of these
appeals [about war bonds, war jobs, food, waste paper, tin
cans, ceiling prices] over the radio which you thought were
especially good? What? Do you happen to remember any you
thought weren't especially good? What? (norc)

Especially good

No radio or didn't say whether or not had radio 11%

About bonds: identifies program 8

Describes the program 3

Remembers good program (program not specified). ... 4

About war jobs 2

About food 2

About waste paper 1

About tin cans 1

About ceiling prices 1

About other appeals 1

Type of appeal not mentioned 7

Don't know 59

Don't know, they're all good 2

Don't know, they're all bad *

102%**
No? especially good

No radio or didn't say whether or not had radio 11%

Mention of bonds 2

Mention of foods 1

[721]

Mention of war jobs *

Mention of cans *

Mention of paper *

Mention of prices *

Other specific mention *

Specific program on any of above *

No, I can't remember any specific bad one 79%

No, all or most of them good 2

No, all or most of them bad 1

_ I don't pay any attention; they're all the same; I don't

listen 3

* = 1

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more th.in 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

32. (US Nov 15 '43) Do you think that most people have a
pretty good idea of why it's important to keep buying bonds?
76% oi the sample who thought people were pretty well in-
formed on the subject were asked: Do you think people still
need to be told about bonds on the radio? (norc)

Most people don't know why it's important 10%

Don't know whether or not most people know 3

People still need to be told 61

People don't need to be told 13

Don't know whether or not need to be told 2

No radio or didn't say whether or not had radio 11

61% of the sample who believed people still needed to be
told were asked: Why?

Lest they forget; people need reminding 43%

Lest they become complacent; think the war's over and

we don't need money 5

Just a statement that we still need money to win the war 4

Lest they spend their money on other things 3

Some people are not affected by or are not conscious of

the war 3

Radio is the best way to reach the people 1

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 1

62%*

* Percentages add to more than 61 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10% of the sample who thought most people didn't know
why it was important to continue buying bonds were asked:
Do you think that more radio announcements would help?
3% of the sample thought more radio announcements would
not help, and this 3% was asked: Why not?

Mote radio announcements would help 6%

Don't know whether or not more announcements would

help 1

More announcements won't help because:

Some people just won't buy; don't take the situation
seriously 1

Surfeited with radio plugging of bonds 1

Miscellaneous reasons or don't know why 1

10%

33. (US Nov 15 '43) Aside from raising money for the war,
which one of these other reasons for buying bonds do you
personally think is most important? Which one is least impor-
tant? (norc)

Most Least

important important
To make people feel that they are doing

something for the war 16% 18%

[ 722 ]

Most Least

important important
So people will have savings in case there

is a depression after the war 28% 6%

To take money out of circulation so

prices don't go too high 14 20

Because they are a good investment. ... 14 13

To help the morale of the soldiers 13 13

Don't know 4 19

No radio or didn't say whether or not

had radio 11 11

34. (US Nov 15 '43) Which one of these ways do you think
works best in getting people to buy war bonds? And which
one would you say is the least successful? (norc)

Less
Works sue-
best cessful

Short radio talks by Hollywood stars 9% 7%

House-to-house drives by people in the com-
munity 20 10

Bond rallies with parades and speeches 11 3

Free admission to games and theaters for buy-
ing bonds and stamps 9 7

Posters and billboards 2 14

Newspapers and magazine ads 4 6

Radio speeches by government officials 8 6

Radio plays 3 4

Movie shorts 3 3

Short reminders by radio announcers 10 5

Personal message over the radio by leading

daytime serial characters 2 10

Don't know 8 14

No radio or didn't say whether or not had

radio 11 11

35. (US Nov 15 '43) Would you personally rather have "short
reminder announcements about buying war bonds, or would
you rather have this sort of thing worked right in as part of
the program? 46% of the sample said they preferred short an-
nouncements, and 29% preferred to have it worked in as part
of the program. Both these groups were asked: Why? (norc)
Not questioned because not radio owner or didn't say. . 11%

No preference as to how announcements are made 14

Prefer short reminders because:

The less time devoted to them the better from the
point of view of a successful campaign; short an-
nouncements more effective 18

The less time the better from the point of view of the

bored listener 9

The less time the better (respondent's attitude uncer-
tain) 1

Don't like the program spoiled 15

Miscellaneous reasons 1

Irrelevant answers *

Don't know why 3

Prefer as part of program because:

More interesting in the program; makes the medicine

sugar-coated * 18

Too many people turn off announcements or don't
listen to them; they can't turn off the program in

the middle 8

Certain kinds of programs suggested 1

Miscellaneous reasons 1

Don't know why ^ 2

102%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

36. (Great Britain Feb '44) Do you listen to "The Brains
Trust"? (bipo)

Yes 62%, No 38%

37. (Great Britain Feb '44) Do you think that it [The Brains
Trust] is better or worse than it used to be? (bipo)

Better l?*;

Worse 41%

Same 42%

38. (Great Britain Mar '44) Do you think that the general
Forces program of the British Broadcasting Corporation is
better or worse than the old Forces program?

Better 20% Same 18%, Worse 42% Don't know 20%

39. (Great Britain Mar '44) On the whole, are you satisfied
or dissatisfied with the general Forces program? (bipo)
Satisfied 34% Dissatisfied 46% Don't know 20%

40. (Sweden Apr '44) Is there any radio program of those now
heard which you think should not be broadcast between 6
and 10 p.m.? (sgi)

Modern dance music and similar light music. . 7-5%

Classical music; opera; symphonies 7

Lectures; recitations 4

Gramophone music 1

Old-time dance music 1

Serious plays 1

Mr. Leonard 1

Religious programs 0.5

Other things 4

Nothing 43

No opinion 32

102%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one program.

41. (Sweden Apr '44) Is there any kind of program which you
would like to hear more often during these hours [6 and 10] of
the evening? (sgi)

§ 5

•»*

■^

-£

Modern dance music

and similar light

music

Old-time dance

music

Cabaret, etc

Gramophone music.

Lectures; recitations

Classical music;

opera; symphonies

Religious programs.

Serious plays

Running cnfnmt-n-

tanes

Quizzes

Other things

Don't know

All right as is

130* 129* 132* 127* 131* 133* 130* 129*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one program.

[ 723 ]

42. (US Apr 8 '44) Do you have any feeling that there are too
many radio announcements or programs asking people to do
things for the war, or do you feel there ought to be more of
these? (norc)

Too many 14%

About right 52

Should be more. ... 25
Don't know 9

43. (US Apr 8 '44) Is there any particular thing you feel there
is too much of on the air? What? (norc)

Nothing 49%

Commercials 16

Serials and plays 7

Too much about the war 4

Commentators 3

Music 3

Too many radio announcements about the war ... 3

Silly, vulgar, trashy programs 2

Programs that are bad for children 1

Politics 1

Requests to buy bonds 1

Miscellaneous 2

Don't have a radio; don't listen 7

Don't know 4

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some of the re5pondents
ga\e more than one answer.

44. (Sweden Dec '44) When did you last hear a discussion, a
lecture, or recitation over the radio? (sGi)

National total. . . .

19%

C^§

Men 17%

Women 20

33%

3Y SEX

35%
30

17%

18%
16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 28% 36% 12%

Middle class 21 35 15

Workers 16 31 19

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Town 20% 33% 18%

Country 18 33 16

45. (Sweden Dec '44) What interested you most [on the radio]?
Asked of a national cross-section of people who said they had
heard a discussion, a lecture, or recitation over the radio during
the preceding week. 52% of the sample is represented. (sGi)

21%

21%
22

18%

20%
22

S I
^ So

z §

10%

6%
9
12

9%
11

=1
1

1
f5

Travel descriptions.

Talks on, and ac-

companied by,

music

Services: religious

lectures

War reviews

At the Doctor's, Tit
for Tat, Social
Letter Box, etc. . . 16
Reports from Parlia-
ment 15

Sport commentaries. 12

Discussions 11

Agricultural lecturer 11
Lectures on litera-
ture 9

Poetry reading 4

Cinema and theater

programs 4

Prose reading 3

Talks without music 1

% %

"-.

■^

■c^

(yr

C: Vj

13 19 17 13

—

174* 175* 175* 172* 175* 176* 176* 177*

* Percentages are based on number of people who had listened to a

discussion, a lecture, or a recitation over the radio during the preceding

week and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one

answer.

46. (France Feb 16 '45) Do you listen to the German program
in French, "French Government Station"? (fipo)

Yes 24% No 65% No answer 11%

47. (France Feb 16 '45) Do you think this [German] program
might have a bad influence en French morale? (fipo)

Yes 14% No 49% No opinion 37%

48. (France Feb 16 '45) Do you listen to Ded Rysel's program
"On the Doorstep"? 46% of the sample who had listened were
asked: Do you like it? (fipo)

Didn't listen 40%

Didn't say whether listened 14

Like it 38

Didn't like it 5

No opinion on program 3

49. (US Feb 20 '45) During the last five months have you
heard Kate Smith's Qack Benny's) radio program on Sunday
evenings? Those who said they had listened in the last five
months were asked: Did you happen to listen to Kate Smith
Qack Benny) last Sunday night? (aipo)

Jack Kate

Benny Smith

Haven't listened in the last five months 43% 63%

Listened previous Sunday 23 11

Didn't listen previous Sunday 34 26

50. (US Oct 25 '45) What kinds of programs do you like to
listen to most over the radio? (nyht)

Musical programs

(all kinds) 57.5

News programs and

commentators 35 5

Dramatic programs

or plays 25. 5

%
69.9
19.2
30.9

%
59.9
31.8
28.2

50.8
44,7
21.6

45.1
333
21.0

62 4
33. 7
30-9

%
70.3
44.4
21.0

[ ^'i* ]

Variety programs .
Comedy programs.

Sports

Religious programs

Quiz programs 1.3

Educational pro-
grams; forums. ... 1.2
Foreign language

■1

o
1

19.4

20.6

20,5

18.2

15,4

23.0

18.4

9.8

10.7

10,6

8.9

7.9

11-5

9.0

7.9

5.8

8.8

6.8

8.1

5.1

2.4

3.0

7.6

9,0

3-4

2.0

1.3

1,0

1.4

1.3

1.4

2.4

Sat-
isfied

Not
satisfied

Don't
know

1.3

programs.

.1 —

Other 16

Don't know 4.4

1.4
2.4

1,1

.1
1.5
3.0

1-1

.2
1.7
6,0

3
14
90

1.6
1.7

2.9

1.9

1.2

169.3* 165. 6* 169.0* 170.9* 150, 5* 178.4* 183.1*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

51. (Sweden Dec '45) Mention two of the following radio
programs which you yourself prefer to listen to. (sgi)

Old-fashioned dance music

Light, entertaining music

Plays

Reports

Gramophone music

Serious lectures; recita-
tions; etc

Religious programs; serv-
ices; etc

Modern dance music

Classical music; operas;
symphonies

Talks on food; Social Let-
ter Box; etc

Reports from Parliament.

Chats; lighter dialogues
such as "Us girls,"
"Mr. Leonard," etc.. . .

Language lessons

%
31
25
21
21
18

15
18

%
34
25
17
25
18

9
18

%
28
25
25
17
17

21
17

14
3

%
10
28
27
25
26

11
26

199* 192* 200* 215*

%
28
27
23
20
18

17
18

6
3

200*

%
36
23
19
22
17

14
17

7
3

196*

* Percentages add to more than 100 becaus^e some respondents gave
more than one answer.

52. (Sweden Dec '45) Arc you satisfied with the time given to

these two kinds of [radio] programs [which respondents said

they preferred to listen to]? (sgi)

Sat-
isfied

Old-fashioned dance music 62%

Light, entertaining music 68

Plays 75

Reports 57

Gramophone music 78

Serious lectures; recitations; etc. ... 78

Religious programs; services; etc. ... 86

Modern dance music 57

Classical music; operas; symphonies 78

Not

Don't

xtisfied

know

37%

—

Talks on food; Social Letter Box;

etc 90%o 10% —

Reports from Parliament 84 16 —

Chats; lighter dialogues such as "Us

girls," "Mr. Leonard," etc 84 16 —

Language lessons 52 48 —

53. (Sweden Dec '45) What are your wishes with regard to
the contents of this type of program [mentioned in question
51]? (SGI)

s .a

Old-fashioned music 19

Light, entertaining music 12

Plays 8

Reports 24

Gramophone music 7

Serious lectures; recitations; etc. . 6

Religious programs; services; etc. 2

Modern dance music 18

Classical music; operas; sympho-
nies 7

Talks on food; Social Letter Box;

etc 12

... 19

5 .

»5 "- S
< 9 O

% %

10 18
15 10

12
1

%%
19 11

25 10

18 16

19 13
15 9

20 15

26 14
22 16

106*

101*

100

101*

100

101*

100

Reports from Parliament. . .
Chats; lighter dialogues, such as

"Us Girls," etc 3 10

Language lessons — 10

* Percentages add to more than 100 bee
more than one answer.

7 29 27 25 16 = 118*

7 — 31 32 15 = 100
7 5 25 30 13 = 101*

10 22 19 38 19 = 101*

29 24 14 19 14 = 110*

ause some respondents gave

64. (Australia Dec 45-Jan '46) What kind of radio entertain-
ment do you like most? Is there anything you particularly
dislike? (apop)

hiked
most
Light classics; comic opera; musical comedy;

etc 28%

Plays 16

Variety shows; vaudeville 11

Serials 6

Jazz; swing; popular music 6

Crooning *

Talks; lectures 5

Classics; symphonies 5

News sessions 4

Vocal; ballads; community 3

Quiz programs 2

Racing; sports 2

Other answers 4

Nothing in particular 8

* A small percentage of adults who liked crooning more than any
other kind of radio entertainment is grouped above with jazz, swing.

Dis-
liked

2%
1

2
7

2
5

55. (Germany Jan 21 '46) What would you like to hear on
the radio about America? (omgus)

"Kadio Non-

listeners listeners

What Americans think about Germany;

what others think of us 10% 3%

Economic news: trade (international or

otherwise); food; importations 13 5

[ I'it:

Kadio
listeners
Political news: speeches by policy makers;

international relations; news in general. . 9%

Future plans for Germany 9

Social institutions; life in America; practical

democracy 16

Culture; theater; concerts; art; literature. , . 7

Strikes; unemployment; labor conditions. . . 7

Everything 7

Other 5

Not interested; know it already 7

No answer; no opinion; don't know; can't

say 22

Non-
listeners

5%
3

12
4
3
1
5
4

112%* 104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

56. (Germany Jan 21 '46) Do you listen to the program "The
Voice of America"? 66% of the sample who said they listened
were asked: What do you like best in this program: the news,
the commentaries, or the musical section? (omgus)

News 26%

Commentaries 16

The musical section 6

Other 11

No opinion 8

No answer 33

57. (Hungary Feb '46) In which Hungarian broadcast of the
British Broadcasting Corporation are you most interested, less
interested, and which would you like to hear more of? Asked
in Budapest, (hipor)

Most

interested

News of foreign policy 57%

The Voice of America 7

Hungarian situation 8

The Brains Trust

UNRRA

English by radio

Music

English life

Economic news —

Cultural —

Peace affairs —

Nothing 13

58. (Hungary Mar '46) What are your favorite feature pro-
grams on the radio? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

By Sex and Social Status

Less

Would like

interested

to hear

more of

10%

—

EDUCATED
CLASS

SMALL
BOURGEOISIE

K S a R

^ ^ ^ fe

News 24% 19% 31% 18%

Lectures 7 8 5 4

Plays 13 12 14 15

Radio reports; com-
ments 3 4 7 2

Light music 20 18 31 31

Serious music 31 35 11 24

Everything; others. . , . ' 1 — 4

No answer; nothing. . . 2 3 1 2

■* I.ess than 0.5%.

WORKERS

28% 22%
5 4

14 17

7
34
8
1
3

59. (Denmark Mar 2 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with
the Danish wireless programs since the war? (dgi)

Satisfied 41% Dissatisfied 42% Don't know 17%

60. (Denmark Mar 3 '46) What satisfies you the most in wire-
less programs? Asked of 41% of the sample who were satisfied
with the Danish postwar programs, (dgi)

Entertaining music 23%

Plays 14

Lectures 11

News and topical events .... 9

All kinds of music 9

Week-end Cottage 6

Dance music 4

Services 4

Classical music 2

Thursday concerts 1

Other replies 17

V 100% of those

questioned

61. (France Mar 16 '46) Did you personally hear this broad-
cast [Dr. Helium's broadcast about a mythical atomic catas-
trophe]? (fipo)

Yes No

National total 22% 78%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Rural 9% 91%

Small towns 19 81

Average-sized towns 20 80

Large cities 32 68

62. (France Mar 16 '46) Did you hear talk of it [Dr. Helium's
broadcast]? (fipo)

Yes 73% No 27%

63. (France Mar 16 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of
broadcasts of this [Dr. Helium's] kind? (fipo)

Dis- No

Approve approve opinion
National total 177o 46% 37%

Listeners to the broadcast 35% 56% 9%

Non-listeners 18 59 23

64. (France Mar 16 '46) In general, do you find that French
radio broadcasts are better or worse in recent weeks? (fipo)
Better 18.5% Worse 18.5% No change 63%

65. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) What is your favorite item on
the British Broadcasting Corporation? Which radio item do
you dislike most? (bipo)

Most

Favorite disliked

Itma 16% 8%

Revue and variety series 15 13

Variety (general) 3 1

Dance music (general) 2 14

Other dance bands (named) 1 2

Plays (general) 6 1

Just William 1 2

Appointment with Fear 1 1

Talks (general) 1 3

Religious talks and services 2 3

The Brains Trust 2 5

Sports programs 2 1

Symphony concerts 3 8

Serious music (general) 1 3

[ T-ae ]

Cinema organ recitals

Chamber music

Victor Silvester

Light music (general)

Grand Hotel

Tuesday Serenade

Brass and military bands

Forces' favorites and housewives' choice

Those Were the Days

Saturday Night Theater

Dramatized serial stories

News bulletins

Quiz programs

Miscellaneous items

None in particular

No radio

No reply

66. (Netherlands May '46) In which broadcasting program
are you especially interested? In which broadcasting program
are you not interested? (nfs)

Molt

•avorite

disliked

i7o

—

Educated Bourgeoisie Workers

Especially interested

Music 80%

News 71

Speakers; plays; etc 43

Religious 38

Nor interested

Political 42%

Speakers; plays; etc. ... 39

Religious 30

232%* 111%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

67. (Hungary Sept '46) How many times weekly do you listen
to literary and educational programs on the radio? Asked in
Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

(^1

Educated people. . .

. 11.2%

19.5%

30.1%

17.0%

22.2%

Bourgeoisie

6.6

13.0

33. 5

14.4

32.5

Workers

. 12.3

13.5

24.3

13.9

36.0

68. (Hungary Sept '46) What non-musical programs do you
prefer on the radio? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Educated

Poems 22.1%

Short stories 21.9

Educational and scientific

lectures 24.8

Sport 7.6

Literature 13. 7

Other; no answer 9-9

69. (Hungary Sept '46) What plays do you prefer on the radio?
Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Educated Bourgeoisie Workers

Opera 30.3%, 14.3% 7.8%o

Musical comedy 17.0 25.5 24.0

Prose play relaying from

theater .' 18.7 21.1 16.7

Prose play from the studio 6.9 5-4 6.0

\ourgeoisie

Workers

18.2%

16.3%

26.1

22.5

13.6

17.7

8.9

2.6

10.7

18.4

12.9%

15.3%

12.4

16.2

4.3

7.0

4.1

7.0

Short literary play from the

studio 11.9%

Cabaret 7.5

Short scene 4.0

Other; no answer 3.7

70. (Hungary Sept '46) Do you listen to the regular feature
program of the radio? Asked in Budapest and suburbs. Results
are average of several answers given by each respondent, (hipor)

BY SOCIAL STATUS

Workers Culture Union.
Radio Free University.

Voice of Radio 17.5

Radio newsreel 29. 7

World-economy lectures

Annals

Other; no answer 34.2

148.0%* 172.5%o* 165.7%,*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

71. (Great Britain Oct '46) Have you listened to the British
Broadcasting Corporation's "Third Program"? (bipo)

Educated

Bourgeoisie

Workers

16.3%

33.2%

M.&7o

15.8

19.3

13.3

17.5

24.3

23.7

29.7

34.3

353

20.7

13.6

10.4

13.8

23.0

19.8

34.2

24.8

20.4

National total.

Men

Women

Yes
38%

40%
36

21-29 years 42%

30-49 years 41

50 years 33

No/
interested

41%

BY SEX

41%
42

BY AGE

41%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 64%, 19%,

Middle 54 33

Lower 30 46

Very poor 18 49

Can't
get it

12%

10%
13

9%
11
13

13%
9
12
14

No set
9%

8%
8
11

4%
4

12
19

72. (Great Britain Oct '46) Which do you think you are likely
to listen to most frequently — the "Third Program," the
"Home Service:," or the "Light Program"? Asked of 38% of
the sample who said they had listened to the Third Program.
(bipo)

Third

National total 14%

Men 14%o

Women 13

21-29 years 24%

30-49 years 13

50 years and over. . . 9

Home Light

Don't

know

8% =

100%

of those questioned

35%
34

AGE

22%
31

42%
46

48%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 19% 50% 20%

Middle 18 38 32

Lower 9 29 57

Very poor 6 25 68

9%
7

11%
12

[ 111 ]

73. (Great Britain Oct '46) What do you think of the "Third
Program"? Asked of 38% of the sample who had listened to
the Third Program, (bipo)

Too highbrow; above most people's heads; rather dull;

too serious for my taste 12%

Very bad 3

All right for those who have time to listen 3

All right for those who like that kind of thing 2

Not heard enough yet to judge 2

Reception bad; almost inaudible 1

Pretty good; not bad; not very keen 5

Excellent; very good; most interesting 8

Satisfies long-felt need; step in the right direction 1

Pleasant change from other rubbish 1

Enjoy the plays 1

Enjoy the music 1

Miscellaneous 3

No comment 57

100%
of those questioned

74. (Germany Oct 14 '46} Which one of the three stations in
the American zone presents the best program? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of radio listeners, (omgus)

Frankfort 10%

Munich 41

Stuttgart 31

Munich and Stuttgart 1

Frankfort and Stuttgart. ... 1

No opinion 4

Unable to compare 11

No answer 1

75. (Germany Oct 14 '46) What would you like to hear about
America over the radio? Asked of a national cross-section of
radio listeners, (omgus)

News about world politics; about political life 7%

About social life and social problems 6

Details about economic life in the United States; duty
and finance; economic problems; strikes 26

Cultural matters; handling of musical condition; life
and manner of education in schools 5

Family life of the Americans, way of living; how
women live in America; how people live there in
general 30

About life of German war prisoners in the United States;
when the German war prisoners are supposed to be
released 2

Attitudes toward Germany; what America thinks of
the future of Germany; difference between America
and Germany 8

Factual reports; the latest and most authentic news
about United States 4

Others: church; problem of the negroes *

I am interested in everything; there is sufficient presen-
tation 5

Export of food from America into Germany; when there
will be more food 4

Speeches of great men (Truman, Byrnes, historical). . . 1

What America thinks about the refugee problem in Ger-
many and whether partition of Germany should last . . *

True opinion about the relations between Russia and
America 1

Carrying through the democratic ideas in the United
States 2

Emigration to the United States *

Sport reports 1

Science 1%

Mode of life of Germans in United States *

No interest; nothing 9

No opinion; don't know; can't say 14

* Less than 0,5%

126%*

■ Percentages aJd to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

76. (Germany Oct 14 '46) Do you listen to the program "The
Voice of America"? Asked of a national cross-section of radio
listeners, (omgus)

Yes 25%

No 73

No answer 2

77. (Germany Oct 14 '46) Do you think the radio programs
contain too much propaganda? (omgus)

BY RADIO LISTENING HABITS

Yes No No opinion No answer

Radio listeners. .. 18% 66% 16% *

Non-listeners 7 14 79 —

* Less than 0.5%.

78. (Hungary Dec '46) Which foreign radio feature-programs
do you favor? (hipor)

Moscow New York London

News 57% 57% 64%

Economic 2 1 —

Cultural 3 3 4

Music 25 28 8

Miscellaneous 7 9 11

No answer 6 2 13

RAILROADS

Rates (France)

1. (France Mar 1 '45) Do you approve of the 40 per cent rise
in railway fares? (fipo)

Yes 17%

No 78%

No opinion 5'y

2. (France Mar 1 '45) Do you think tliis rise [in railway fares]
will cut down the number of travelers? (fipo)

Yes 21%

No 73%

No opinion 6%

3. (France Apr 1 '46) Do you think it would be better to in-
crease railroad fares or to leave the deficit of the railroads,
which was thirty-four billion francs in 1945, to the public
treasury? (fipo)

Increase fares 47%

Leave to treasury 30

No opinion 23

Rates (Great Britain)

1. (Great Britain May '40) Do you think the 10% increase in
railway fares last month was fair or unfair? (bipo)

Fair 32% Unfair 56% Don't know 12%

2. (Great Britain Jan '41) What do vou think of the increases
in railway fares? (bipo)

Railways taking advantage of the situation 34%

Justified because of increased cost 22

Necessary because railways are important in wartime. , . 10

Government should keep fares stable in some way 34

[728]

Rates (U.S.)

1. (US Dec '40) Do you believe that the railroads can establish
a healthy recovery until they get their freight rates down low
enough not only to compete with the trucks but to stimulate
additional traffic? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Yes No

National total 21.3% 78.7%

Utility and railroad executives only 31.2 68.8

2. (US Dec '40) Do you believe that a lasting recovery of gen-
eral business (as distinct from a rearmament boom) is possible
until the railroads take steps to stimulate a greater movement
of freight? Asked of a national cross-section of business execu-
tives, (for)

Yes No

National total 36.9% 63.1%

Utility and railroad executives only 43. 4 56.6

RAILROADS AND STATE

Canada

1. (Canada Mar 18 '44) There has been a lot of talk about
how the Canadian railroads should be operated. Which of
these plans do you think would be best: have all railroads
owned and operated by the government; have all railroads
owned and operated by private companies; continue the pres-
ent system with some owned by the government and some run
by private companies? (cipo)

Government ownership. . . . 35%

Private ownership 16

Combination of both 38

Undecided 11

Great Britain

1. (Great Britain Jan '45) Would you approve or disapprove
of the nationalization of the railways? (bipo)

Approve 54% Disapprove 26% Don't know 20%

2. (Great Britain Oct '46) Do you think that the government
should or should not nationalize road transport as well as rail-
ways? (bipo)

Should Don't

Should not know

National total 37% 46% 17%

Men . . .
Women.

21-29 years 48%

30-49 years 40

50 years and over 34

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 23%

Middle 31

Lower 44

Very poor 41

51%
41

37%

71%
58
36
31

8%
26

15%

6%
11

20
28

Should

Don't

not

know

1^%

11%

BY POLITICS

Should

Conservative 14%

Labor 61

Liberal 21

Other voters 46

Non-voters 31

U.S.

1. (US Jan '36 and July '38) Do you believe the government
should take over the railroads? For the 1938 sample, the word
"think" was substituted for "believe." (for) (Nov 20 '36
and Dec 7 '36) Do you favor government ownership of rail-
roads? (Dec 13 '37) Do you believe the government should
buy, own, and operate the railroads? Quly 2 '38) Do you
think the federal government should buy, own, and operate
the railroads? Qune 12 '45 and Sept 6 '45) Do you think the
government should own the railroads in this country? (Dec 31
'46) Do you think the United States government should own
the railroads in this country? (aipo)

Yes

for Jan '36 26

aipo Nov '36 30

aipo Dec '36
AIPO Dec 13

'37.

34
30

FOR July '38 25.7

AIPO July 2 '38... 32

AIPO June '45 19

AIPO Sept '45 24

AIPO Dec '46 26

51.8%
60

66 = 100%
70 = 100
52.8

68 =
64
65
67

100

No opinion;

undecided;

don t know

21.5% =
10
17
18

21.5 =
14
17
11
7

100%
100

100

100
100
100

OPINIONS OF UNION MEMBERS

Sept '45 26% 56% 18%

Dec '46 32 62 6

DEC '46 RESULTS BY OCCUPATION

Business and profes-
sional 21% 75% 4%

Farmers 18 71 H

White-collar 27 68 5

Manual workers. ... 30 61 9

DEC '46 RESULTS BY EDUCATION

College 23% 74% 3%

High school 23 72 5

Grade or no school . 28 62 10

DEC '46 RESULTS BY POLITICS

Republican 167o 77%

Democratic 32 61

7%
7

I'iU have to

2. (US Dec 14 '36) Do you think the government
take over the railroads eventually? (aipo)

Yes 38% No 62%

3. (US Jan 25 '38) Do you think the railroads would be run
more efficiently if the government owned and operated them?
(aipo)

Yes 36% No 64% = 100% No opinion 157o

4. (US June '39) Do you think the government should own
and operate all, some, or none of the railroads? (for)

All 21.79

Some 12.0%

None 52.6%

Don't know or depends 13.7%

5. (US Aug '39) Do you believe the government should own
or more closely control the railroads? (for)

[729]

Own 13.6%

More closely control 18.0

Leave alone 49.0

Don't know 19.4

6. (US Dec '41) After the war, do you think there will be
more, the same, or less government regulation of railroads?
(for)

More 38.9% Same 25.6% Less 10.0%

Don't know 25.5%

7. (US July '42) After the war is over, do you think the gov-
ernment should own and operate all railroads, only regulate
them, or leave them entirely alone? (for)

Leave alone 38.8%

Regulate 36.9

Own and operate 10.6

Don't know 13.7

RATIONING, CONSUMER

1. (Great Britain Jan '41) Do you think that the present ra-
tioning system works fairly for everybody? (bipo) (Sweden
Aug '42) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with the way the
government emergency boards carry out their work? (sgi)
(Canada Feb 20 '43) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with the
way rationing is being handled in this country? (cipo)

Dis- Undecided;

satisfied don't know

31% 6%

16 20

27 9

Satisfied

Britain 63%*

Sweden 64

Canada 64

* Includes 19% who were satisfied with qualifications.

The Aug '42 Swedish sample was asked further: With which
[government emergency] board are you particularly dissatisfied?
Asked of 16% of the sample who said they were dissatisfied
with the way the boards were carrying out their work.

The food board.... 62%

The fuel board .... 14

Other boards 24

100% of those who
were dissatisfied

2. (US Feb '42) Do you think that the government should or
should not ration products at this time in which it thinks there
may be a shortage? (norc)

Should 82% Should not 8% Depends 5%

Don't know 5%

3. (LIS Mar 2 '42) Do you think we ought to start right now
to ration all materials in which shortages may develop, or do
you think we ought to wait until there really is a shortage?
(norc)

Start now 73^

Wait 21%

Don't know

4. (Sweden Apr '42) Do you regard the ration-book system
as necessary? (sgi)

Yes 54% No 29% No opinion 17%

6. (Australia June '42) Are there any things, except tea and
clothing, so hard to get that they should be rationed by
coupons? (apop)

Knew of no shortages to warrant rationing 46%

Tobacco and cigarettes 19

Various groceries or all essentials 13

Firewood 3

Miscellaneous 7

No opinion 12

6. (US Aug 21 '42) Do you think there arc more things besides
sugar and rubber which should be rationed within the next
six months? (norc)

Yes 50% No 24% Don't know 26%

7. (US Sept 24 '42) If more things are rationed, do you think
you would still be able to live as well as you did before the
war or not as well? (norc)

As well 38%

Not as well 52

Depends 6

Don't know 4

8. (Great Britain Oct '42) What wartime restriction do you
dislike most? (bipo)

Blackout 40%

Food 18

Travel 12

Clothes rationing 7

Higher cost of living 5

Industrial conscription 2

General difficulty 4

Miscellaneous 6

None or don't know 6

9. (US Oct 6 '42) If we ration a lot more things, do you think
there'll be much chiseling — that is, people getting more than
their share of these things? (norc)

Yes 49% No 43% Don't know 8%

10. (US Oct 6 '42) At the present time, do you think a lot of
people are getting more than their share of the things that arc
rationed? (norc)

Yes 38% No 52% Don't know 10%

11. (US Dec 15 '42) Do you think the rationing of various
products is being handled fairly? A comparable cross-section
was asked the question substituting "well" for "fairly."
(aipo) (Germany Jan 31 '46) What do you think of the ration
card system? Is it fairly administered? (omgus)

Fairly.
Well..

UNITED STATES RESULTS

Yes No No opinion

.. 64% 29% 7%

..60 34 6

Fairly 90%

GERMAN RESULTS

Unfairly 5%

No opinion 5%

12. (US Dec 15 '42) If there is a shortage of a given product,
would you rather see the government ration it, or would you
prefer to take the chance of being able to obtain it yourself?'
(aipo)

Government ration 89% Take chance 9% ' No opinion 2%

13. (US Dec 15 '42) Within the next six months do you think
any of these products will be rationed? (aipo)

Yes No Don't knov

Clothing 42% 33% 25%

Shoes 48 26 26

Dairy products 84 7 9

Meat 93 2 5

[730]

14. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you think there are any things not
rationed now which ought to be rationed? (norc) (US Jan 27
'43) Are there any products that are not rationed at the present
time which you think the government should ration? (aipo)
(Australia July '43) Are there any things not rationed which
you think should be rationed by coupons? (apop)

Yes No Don't know

NORcDec'42 38% 42% 20%

AIPO Jan '43 39 47 14

APOP July '43 45 55 —

38% of NORc's Dec '42 sample who thought there were things
not rationed which should be, were asked: What?

Dairy products 17%

Meat 11

Canned goods 6

Coffee, tea, spices 2

Staples 1

Sugar 1

Fruits, vegetables *

Food in general 5

Miscellaneous foods 1

Clothing 3

Shoes 1

Luxuries 3

Everything 4

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 1

58%**

39% of Aipo's Jan '43 sample who thought the government
should ration some products were asked: What additional
products do you think the government should ration now?

Everything 3%

Chocolate candy 1

All foods 2

Dairy products, other than those mentioned 2

Butter 14

Milk (fresh or canned) 2

Canned goods (canned fruits and vegetables) 4

Tea 2

Eggs 1

Other foods or food products 3

Meat 13

Shortenings; Crisco 1

Liquor 4

Clothing (including wool, clothing, and shoes) 4

Tobacco 1

Other items 2

Flour, meal 1

No answer 2

62%**
* Less than 0 5%.

** Percentages add to more than those questioned because some re-
spondents named more than one product.

15. (US Apr 6 '43 and Jan 17 '45) What one product that is
now rationed do you find it hardest to cut down on? In 1945
the phrase "or get along without" was added to the end of
the question, (aipo)

Apr '43 Jan '45

Meat 34% 19%

Sugar 8 20

Butter 11 19

Gasoline 8 10

Canned goods; canned foods 3 2

Shoes 2 5

Apr '43

Jan '45

—

Cheese

Fuel oil

Coffee

Other items

Everything

Priority items: tires, farm machinery,

automobile

None; miss nothing 17

Didn't say

102%** 103%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (US May 7 '43) Would it make things easier for you if the
red coupons were kept just for meat — and the butter, cheese,
and oils were on a different coupon? Asked only of women.
(norc)

Yes 38% No 55% Don't know 7%

17. (US May 22 '43) Are there any things now being rationed
that aren't being handled as well as they could be? 33% of the
sample who felt that some things were not being handled as
well as possible were asked: What things? (njorc)

Nothing not being handled as well as possible 51%

Don't know whether or not some things not being han-
dled as well as possible 16

Meat not being handled well 15

Gasoline 7

Sugar 4

Canned goods or frozen foods and dried beans 4

Dairy products and shortening 3

Shoes 2

Coffee 2

Tires 1

Fuel oil; coal oil 1

Other rationed things not being handled well 2

Non-rationed things not being handled well 2

Didn't say what nor being handled as well as possible ... 1

111%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

33% of the sample who thought there were some rationed

items that were not being handled as well as possible were

asked further: How could it be handled better?

Meat

Improve distribution of meat 3%

More supervision; fewer black markets 3

Points too high; should have more points 2

More points for small families; fewer points for chil-
dren 1

Separate points for fresh meat *

Miscellaneous criticism of prices 2

Miscellaneous criticism of points

Miscellaneous criticism

Sugar

Should have bigger or fairer allotments

Should have bigger or fairer allotments for canning. .
Should have bigger allotments because there is no

shortage

Rationing has stimulated buying

Miscellaneous

Canned goods

Points too high 2

Miscellaneous and not ascertainable 2

[731]

Coffee

Should have bigger allotments 1%

Miscellaneous and not ascertainable 1

Shoes

Children should not be rationed; should have more

shoes 1

Working people need more *

Miscellaneous and not ascertainable 1

Gas-oline

More strictly enforced; more supervision 3

Fairer distribution 1

Same distribution all over the country 1

Farmers need more *

Miscellaneous and not ascertainable 2

Miscellaneous 1%

Not ascertainable 2

35%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 33 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (Australia July '43) After the war, which restriction
would you like lifted first? (May '45) Which [wartime] control
or restriction would you like ended first? (apop)

194^

Food 22%

Building 5

Clothing 22

Manpower.
Petrol and tires. .

Travel

Beer and tobacco .

Others

No answer

1945
11%
16
15

7
19

19. (Australia July '43) Which of the wartime restrictions
do you consider the least necessary? (apop)

Brownout 31%

Rationing butter 7

Rationing food 6

Rationing clothes, etc 5

Petrol rationing 2

Travel and transport 4

Restricted sports (racing, etc.) 4

Restricted building 3

Beer and tobacco shortages 1

Manpower control 1

Other restrictions 6

No answer or all necessary 30

20. (US Aug 4 '43 and Aug 27 '43) Did you have any blue
stamps left over at the end of the last ration period? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

Aug 4 '43 36% 53% 11%

Aug 27 '43 37 59 4

Did you spend more points than usual during the last few
days of the period so you wouldn't have any left over? Asked
of 53% of the Aug 4 sample who hadn't any blue stamps left
over at the end of the ration period.

Yes 15% No 37% Don't know 1% = 53%

What did you do with the stamps you had left over? Asked
of 36% of the Aug 4 sample who had blue stamps left over at
the end of the ration period.

Left them in book 14%

Destroyed them 7

Threw them away 6

Gave them to grocer 4

Gave them away 2

36%

21. (US Sept 14 '43) Aside from food, what things that you
need very much tight now for your home or family would you
buy if you could get them? A comparable cross-section was
asked: What products, supplies, equipment, or repairs can't
you get now that you need very much for your home or family
and would buy if you could get hold of them? Results were
combined, (aipo)

None of these; none; nothing; don't know 46%

Refrigerator 28

Washing machines 3

Stoves 1

Vacuum cleaners 2

Tires 6

Mangles ; ironer 3

Irons 5

Toasters 6

Roofing 4

Sewing machines 3

Radios 4

Home equipment and supplies 6

Parts for articles listed above 4

Shoes (except sneakers and rubbers) 4

Other articles of clothing: overalls, woolen clothing,

etc. (except articles made of rubber) 1

Rubber; tires; sneakers; hose; rubber pants; rubber sheets;

girdles; elastic; batteries 3

Food; sugar; chocolate; potatoes; butter; meat 4

Farm and other business equipment and supplies 1

Home repairs and installations; roofing; building mate-
rials; lumber 1

Miscellaneous 3

138%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

22. (US Sept 14 '43) How important is your need for it (them)
[products, supplies, equipment, or repairs]? Asked of a national
cross-section of persons who mentioned greatly needed items.
54% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Very important; can't get along without it 57%

Quite important; work takes longer without it 8

Not very important; can manage without 29

Didn't say 6

100%
of those questioned

23. (US Sept 14 '43) What arc you doing now 'to get along
without it (them) [products, supplies, equipment, or repairs]?
Asked of a national cross-section who mentioned gteatly
needed items. 54% of the sample is represented, (aipo)

Doing without it: walking instead of taking the car;
mix by hand instead of with an electric mixer; etc. . . . 36%

Using old ones though inferior: electric iron; getting
along with hand washer; etc 21

Using substitutes : honey and margarine instead of sugar;
wood for coal; etc 25

Borrowing: alarm clock; sharing someone else's wash-
ing machine 9

Repairing old ones: patching up the-old sweeper; repair-
ing the old iron 5

[732]

Making the most of the old ones: using tires until they

wear out; trying to maice the coal last; etc 2%

Didn't say 6

Buy when can *

Oct '43 Dec '43 June '44

104%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages are based on the number of respondents who needed
one or more items and add to more than 100 because some gave more
than one answer.

24. (US Oct 6 '43) What irritates you most about rationing?

(aipo)

The bother and red tape; keeping track of point values;
bother of stamps when shopping; etc 16%

Insufficient allowance of ration points; points are too
high on some products 17

The shortage; inability to get even the rationed products 14

Unfairness of it; some people can get things and some
people can't; black market 6

It isn't handled properly; too much red tape in Wash-
ington 8

The method of allotment; points aren't dealt out fairly . . 3

The whole thing; it's unnecessary 3

Some parts of rationing are unnecessary 2

The inability of getting products without going to the
black market; you must have money or pull 1

Other reasons: points shouldn't have an expiration date;
the nimierous blanks to fill out; etc 4

Leading specific items mentioned:

Meat 8

Gasoline 8

Butter 7

Sugar 4

Shoes 4

Canned goods 1

Red points 1

Tires 2

Nothing 32

Don't know 4

145%*
* Percentages add to more rhan 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

25. (US Oct 22 '43, Dec 10 '43, June 2 '44) Have there been
any rationed items that you couldn't get recently, even though
you had ration stamps for them? The Dec '43 question used the
word "stamps" and the June '44 question used the phrase
"stamps or tokens" instead of "ration stamps." 46% of the
Oct '43 sample, 44% of the Dec '43 sample, and 29% of the
June '44 sample who said there were rationed items that they
couldn't get were asked: What items? Only women were ques-
tioned in Oct. The Dec and June questions were confined to
women marketers, (norc)

Oct '43 Dec '43 June '44

No rationed items couldn't

get recently 53% 56%, 71%o

Didn't know whether or not
there were any rationed
items couldn't get even
though had ration stamps. 1 — —

Rationed items couldn't get
even though had stamps:

Butter 19 16 3

Cheese 6 8 4

Fats and oils * 1 —

Beef, hamburger ". 7 3 7

Pork, ham, and bacon .... 4 2 —

All other meats and meat in
general

Canned fish and meat

Condensed and evaporated
milk

Canned fruit

Canned vegetables

Canned juices

Other canned goods

Dried fruits (raisins and
prunes)

Baby foods

Miscellaneous food ra-
tioned items

Nonrationed items

Rationed items other than
food

Didn't say what rationed
items couldn't get

3%
5

1
8
5
2
6

4%
5

1
9
5
2
3

6
1

4
1

1%
12

2
1

134%o** 130%** 116%o**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more rhan one answer.

26. (Canada Oct 27 '43) Do you approve of the wartime regu-
lation whereby the borrowing or lending of rationed goods is
rendered illegal? (cipo)

Approve 45% Disapprove 51% No opinion 4%

27. (US Dec 10 '43) Where do you usually find out how many
ration points you should give for the things you are going to
buy? Asked of women marketers, (norc)

Newspapers 38%

Tags on articles or on shelves 28

Get information from storekeeper 26

Lists or charts in stores 18

At the store (source unspecified) 5

Radio 3

From friends *

FromOPA *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 2

121%o*

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

28. (US Dec 10 '43) I don't want you to tell me who the dealer
was, but has a dealer ever given you a chance to buy a rationed
item without collecting enough points or without collecting
any points at all? Qune 2 '44) I don't care who the dealer was,
but within the last few weeks have you had a chance to buy
any rationed items without paying enough points? 6% of the
Dec '43 sample and 3% of the June '44 sample who said that
dealers had given them a chance to buy without paying enough
points were asked: Do you happen to remember what the items
were? Only women marketers were questioned, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44

Did not have a chance to buy without

dealer collecting enough points 93% 96%

Didn't know whether or not had a
chance to buy without dealer collect-
ing points 1 1

Had a chance to buy:

Meat 4 1

Butter; dairy products 1 1

[733]

Canned food; canned goods

Dried foods

Jams and jellies

Sugar

Gasoline

Non-rationed items

Mention of repaying points

Miscellaneous

Didn't say what items had a chance to

buy

Dec '43 June '44
1% 1%

102%*

101%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

29. (US Dec 10 '43 and June 2 '44) If a dealer sells a rationed
item and deliberately doesn't collect enough points, do you
think he should be punished in any way? The second part of
the June '44 question read "Do you think something should
be done about it?" 62% of the Dec '43 sample who thought
the dealer should be punished were asked: In what way? 72%
of the June '44 sample who thought something should be done
to a dealer were asked: What? Only women marketers were
questioned, (norc)

Dec '43 June '44
Thought nothing should be done to the

dealer 14% 7%

Didn't know whether or not anything

should be done 15 15

Qualified answers to the first question . . 9 6

Thought the dealer should be punished:

He should be fined 18 7

Close up the shop 9 5

More drastic punishment suggested
for more serious offenses or for re-
peated offenders 4 5

Leave punishment up to proper au-
thorities 7 30

Restrict sales in one way or another. . 3 1

Mild punishment; reprimanded; talked

to 2 5

Arrested or jailed 2 2

Miscellaneous answers 1 *

Don't know how dealer should be

punished 16 17

* Less than 0.5%.

30. (US Dec 10 '43) After the ration period is over and you
have some unused food stamps, what do you do with them?
Asked of women marketers, (norc)

Throw them away or destroy them 34%

Nothing; leave them in the book 11

Give them to the grocer 6

Give them away to neighbors, friends, relatives 5

Miscellaneous 2

Never have any left 41

Don't know 1

31. (US Dec 10 '43) Is there any way people can get extra al-
lowances from their ration boards if they try? Asked of women
marketers, (norc)

Yes 78% No 3% Don't know 19%

32. (US Dec 10 '43) From what you hear, would you say your
local ration board is doing a good job or a poor job? Asked of
women marketers, (norc)

Good 71%

Average or fair 11

Poor 4

Don't know 14

33. (US Dec 10 '43) Have you ever had any occasion to go to
your local ration board except to get your book? 37% of the
sample who had had occasion were asked: Was it about prices
or about rationing? Only women marketers were questioned.
(norc)

No occasion to visit ration board except for book 63%

Went about prices 1

Went about rationing 35

Went about both ■ *

Didn't say what for 1

* Less than 0.5%.

Did they [local ration board] handle your problem very
well, only fairly well, or poorly? Asked of 37% of the sample
of women marketers who had had occasion to visit their local
ration board for some reason other than to get their books.

Very well 26%

Only fairly well 5

Poorly 5

Don't know 1

37%

The 10% of the sample of women marketers who thought
the ration board had handled their problem only fairly well
or poorly were asked: What could they have done to make it
more satisfactory from your point of view?

Could have given amount asked for 4%

Could have been more courteous, unpreju-
diced, polite, etc 2

Could have been quicker 2

Could have been more efficient 2

Miscellaneous *

Don't know or not ascertainable *

* Less than 0.5%.

10%

34. (US Dec 10 '43) Have you ever heard of the consumer, or
home front, pledge? 41% of the sample who had heard of the
pledge were asked: What does this pledge ask people to do?
(norc)

Hadn't heard of pledge 59%

People asked:

Not to buy black market 10

Not to pay above ceiling prices 8

Correct answer given, "I'll pay no more than top legal
prices, and I will accept no rationed goods without

giving up stamps" 8

To conserve goods; not to waste 7

Not to buy rationed items without stamps 6

Buy only what you need 4

To abide by rules (general). . . . ■. 2

To save fats and salvage 2

Report violators or black markets 1

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 4

115%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Have you signed this [consumer] pledge? Asked of 41% of
the sample of women marketers who were familiar with the
pledge.
Yes 12% No 28% No answer 1% = 41%

[734]

36. (US Dec 10 '43) if there still are shortages after the war,
do you think we should keep on rationing things? Asked of a
national cross-section of women marketers. 85% of the sample
who thought we should continue to ration things after the
war were asked: Do you think rationing ought to be continued
for just a few months after the war or for quite a while after
the war? 8% of the sample who thought we should not con
tinue rationing were asked: Why not? (norc)
Don't know whether or not wc should continue rationing 7%

Continue rationing a few months 20

Continue rationing quite a while 50

Continue rationing but didn't know how long 15

Rationing should not be continued because:

General statements: desire for return of normal pre-war

times 3

Criticism of the system 2

Economic reasons; supply and demand 1

Miscellaneous reasons 1

Don't know why rationing should not be continued . 1

36. (Canada Jan 15 '44) In your opinion are there any things
now being rationed that no longer need to be rationed? (cipo)
Yes 43% No 39% No opinion 18%

37. (Denmark Apr 15 '44) How long after the end of the war
do you think that rationing will be kept up? (dgi)

Rationing abolished at once 1-3%

Under 6 months 1.4

6 months to 1 year 5-2

1 to Ij^ years 20.1

V/2 to 2 years 2.4

2-3 years 19.2

3-4 years 4.5

4-10 years 1.1

Don't know 44.1

No answer 8

38. (US Oct 6 '44) After the war in Europe is over, should the
following government controls be continued or discontinued?
Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

Con- Discon- No

tinued tinued opinion

Food rationing 29% 61% 10%

Gasoline rationing 26 65 9

Price ceilings on things people buy 51 40 9

39. (Australia May '45) Do you consider any of the wartime
controls or restrictions really unnecessary? (apop)

Yes 35% No 57% No opinion 8%

40. (Sweden Sept '45) Which rations did you not use com-
pletely last period? Asked of a national cross-section of mar-
ried women. (sGi)

■=>.
^

Bread, flour, cere

als 21 33

Fats 2 2

Sugar 2 8

Meat, bacon 3 3

Coffee, tea 2 5

Cocoa 4 5

Cheese 13 5

% % % %

£0

C7„

21
2
2
3
1
5

20
1
2
3
2
3

4
8
2
3
3

22
1
3
2
2
1

17
1
1
4
2
5

•1

-<*

2
■1

5
f^

b
S

Washing and clean-

ing materials. . . .

Eggs

Oatmeal, oat flour.

Spices

Used everything. . .

Don t know

11%

12%

152* 158* 153* 150* 175* 147* 149*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents had
more than one kind of ration ticket left.

41. (US Oct 3 '45) Do you think the government should now
remove all controls on the following — meat rationing, shoe
rationing, all rent ceilings? (aipo)

Yes

Meat rationing 66%

Shoe rationing 72

All rent ceilings 29

42. (Netherlands Jan 3 '46) Are there provisions which you
don't buy as much as you arc entitled to according to your
coupons? (nipo)

Do not buy as much 22%

Do buy . ' 76

No opinion 2

43. (Netherlands Jan 3 '46) In your opinion, on which provi-
sions should rations be increased? (nlpo)

Fat

Butter

Sugar

Meat

Milk

Potatoes

Other answers 3

Don't know 14

118%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents
more than one answer.

RUSSIA

Foreign Relations

1. (Great Britain Aug 30 '41) Have events since the German
attack on Russia changed your previous opinion of Russia's
policy? (bipo)

Yes 27% No 57% Don't know 16%

2. (US Sept '45) Just before the war when Germany threatened
Czechoslovakia, do you recall Russia's attitude — did she seem
to sympathize with Germany at that time or with Czecho-
slovakia? (for)

Correct, Czechoslovakia 14.4%

Incorrect, Germany 25.8

Don't know 59.8

3. (US Sept '45) How about Russia's attitude when Italy in-
vaded Ethiopia — did she seem to sympathize with Italy or
with Ethiopia? (for)

Correct, Ethiopia 13.4%

Incorrect, Italy 13. 6

Don't know 73.0

4. (Canada Apr 13 '46) From what you have seen or read of
Russia's policies toward other countries, what do you think
her main object is? (cipo)

World power; supremacy; etc 21%

Wants to expand; grab all she can; greed; etc 15

World supremacy of Communism 8

Looking for another war 5

Wants to keep in with the big nations, but be aggressive
with small nations 1

[764]

Dominate her neighbors; bully small countries around her 1%

Wants to dominate Europe 1

Wants merely to protect herself; secure her boundaries;

etc 9

Desires peace, but doesn't understand democracy (or

democracies); misunderstood 3

Wants to establish equality with other nations; to pro-
tect her rights 3

Wants to be independent; socially and economically se-
cure 1

To better her own living conditions; look after her own

people; etc 1

Wants seaports, Mediterranean ports, Dardanelles, etc.. . 2
Trying to get resources from other countries to build up

her own economic system; Iran oil 2

Miscellaneous neutral answers 11

No opinion 16

5. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46 and Netherlands July '46) Some
people say that Russia's foreign policy is concerned with mak-
ing certain of their security, others say that it is imperialist
expansion. Which do you think? (bipo, nipo)

Imperialist No opinion;

Security expansion don' t know

British results 42% 26% 32%

Netherlands 21 58

Men . . .
Women .

BRITISH RESULTS BY SEX

47% 31%

36 21

BRITISH RESULTS BY AGE

21-29 years 45% 23%

30-49 years 43 27

50 years and over 40 26

Conservative.

Labor

Liberal

Other

BRITISH RESULTS BY POLITICS

30% 45%

52 15

41 25

64 17

Did not vote 34

RESULTS IN iSTETHERLANDS BY POLITICS

Catholic People's party . . . 12% 67%

Labor 23 51

Anti-Revolutionary party. 9 74

Communist 81 9

Christian Historic party. . . 17 64

Liberal 9 74

22%
43

32%

25%
33
34
19

21%

38%
15

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher

Great Britain

Netherlands

Middle

Great Britain 45

Netherlands 18

Lower

Great Britain 42

Lowest

Netherlands 24

Low

Netherlands 22

Politics and Government

1. (us Sept "44) What form of government would you say
Russia has at the present time? (norc)

43%
77

35
65

19%
8

20
17

Communism 24%

Reds; Bolsheviki 1

Dictatorship 15

Socialism; state socialism 6

Democracy 4

Fascism; Nazism; totalitarianism 2

Communism, in combination with any other except

Democracy 3

Democracy, in combination with any other except Com-
munism *

Democratic Communism 1

Other answers

Don't know

No war with country . . .'.

1 —

—

— .

—

]

—

108%** 111%** 107%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

t Includes those who gave qualified answers to the preceding question.

Percentages . . . 108** 101** 101** 101** 100
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

37. (US Oct 31 '45) If the young men of this country receive
this [military] training, do you think the chances of our getting
into another war are increased or decreased? (aipo)

Increased 12%

Decreased 59

No difference 23

No opinion 6

38. (US Mar 13 '46) Do you think the United States will find
itself in another war within, say, the next ten years? (aipo)
Yes 49% No 38% No opinion 13%

39. (US May 15 '46) Do you think it is important to the
United States that England be strong in a military way during
the next twenty-five years? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 22% No opinion 13%

40. (US May 15 '46) Do you think it is important to the
United States that England be strong in a financial way during
the next twenty-five years? (aipo)

[780]

Yes 68%

No 15%

No opinion 17%

41. (US Sept '46) Just about how long would you guess it
might be before we fight in another war? Asked of those who
expected the United States to be involved in another war
within twenty-five years, (norc)

No war within twenty-five years or didn't know 37%

Less than one year 3

One to two years 5

Three to four years 4

Five years 9

Six to ten years 15

Eleven to twenty-five years 21

Don't know 6

SECURITY, INTERNATIONAL

1. (US Oct 6 '35) If one foreign nation insists upon attacking
another, should the United States join with other nations
to compel it to stop? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 29% 71% = 100% 5%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 33% 67%

Middle Atlantic 30 70 '

East central 29 71

West central 30 70

South 27 73

Mountain 23 77

Pacific coast 25 75

2. (US Oct 6 '35) Which measures would you favor [to stop
a foreign nation from attacking another]: economic and non-
military measures only; military measures if necessary? Asked
of 29% of the sample who thought the United States should
join with other nations to stop aggression, (aipo)

Economic and non-military measures only 68%

Military measures if necessary 32

No opinion 4

104%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought

the United States should join other nations to stop one nation from

attacking another and add to more than 100 because some gave more

than one answer.

3. (US Jan '36) Would you be willing to fight, or to have a
member of your family fight, in case a foreign power tried to
seize land in Central or South America? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 17.4% 73.8% 8.8%

Men . . .
Women.

22.4%
11.8

69.5%
78.7

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Northeast 12.6% 77.3%

Southwest 29.3 64.0

West 13.3 75.0

8.1%
9.5

10.1%
6.7
11.7

4. (US Jan '36) Would you be willing to fight, or to have a
member of your family fight, in case the Philippines were
attacked? (for)

Yes

National total 23.8%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

29.6%
17.4

No
66.8%

62.0%
72.3

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Northeast 24.0% 65.6%

Southwest 32.5 59.4

West 16.4 75.4

Don't know
9A7o

8.4%
10.3

10.4%
8.1
8.2

6. (US Apr '37) Would you be in favor of the United States
defending by force any Latin American country from foreign
attack? (for)
Yes 28.7% No 61.4% Don't know 9.9%

6. (US July 12 '37) Do you think there will be another world
war? (aipo)

Yes 73% No 27% = 100% No opinion 8%

7. (US July 12 '37) Do you think it [another world war] will
come within the next year? Asked of 73% of the sample who
thought thete would be a second world war. (aipo)

Yes 16% No 84% = 100% No opinion 28%

8. (US July 12 '37) What nation or nations do you think will
be responsible for starting it [another world war]? Asked of
73% of the sample who thought there would be a second world
war. (aipo)

Germany 30%

Italy 27

Japan 19

Russia 11

Spain 5

China 3

Great Britain ; 2

Others 3

No answer.

100% of those questioned
who had opinions

. 27%

9. (US July 12 '37) Do you think America will stay out [if
there is another world war]? Asked of 73% of the sample who
thought there would be a second world war. (aipo)

Yes 56% No 44%= 100% of those questioned who had
opinions No opinion 23%

10. (US Sept 7 '37) If England gets into war in China, should
the United States go to war to help her? (aipo)

Yes 7% No 88% No opinion 4% No answer 1%

11. (Great Britain Nov '37) Men were asked: If there were
another war, would you volunteer? Women were asked: Would
you urge your husband to volunteer? (bipo)

Yes No No opinion

Men's answets 38% 62% = 100% 6%

Women's answers 22 78 = 100 12

12. (US Mar 14 '38) Should the United States go to war to
help any South American country that, is attacked by any
European or Asiatic country? A comparable cross-section was
asked: Should the United States help defend any South Amer-
ican country that is attacked by any European or Asiatic
country? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 33% No 67% = 100% No opinion 10%

13. (US Aug 10 '38) If a European or Asiatic nation attacks
a nation in our part of the world, such as Mexico or Brazil,

[781]

would you be willing to leave with Congress the power to

declare war without a national vote? (aipo)

Yes 60%, No 40% = 100%, No opinion 8%,

14. (US Sept 13 '38) Do you think England and France will
have a war against Germany within the next twelve months?
(aipo)

Yes 55%) No 45%o = 100% No opinion 20%

15. (US Oct 1 '38) Do you think that this settlement [to allow
Germany to annex Sudeten German areas in Czechoslovakia]
(agreed to by England, France, Italy, and Germany) will re-
sult in peace for a number of years or in a greater possibility
of war? (aipo)

Peace 40% War 60%

16. (US Oct 17 '38) Do you think the settlement reached in
the recent European crisis will result in peace for a number of
years or in a greater possibility of war? (aipo)

Peace 26% War 74%, = 100%o No opinion 15%

17. (US Dec 2 '38) If a nation in Europe or Asia tries to take
land in any part of North or South America outside the United
States, should we go to war to prevent it? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 50%, = 100% No opinion 10%

18. (US Jan '39) Do you think there will be a general European
war anyway in the next few years? Those who thought there
would be a European war were asked: Do you think the United
States will be drawn into that? (for)

Europe will go to war and United States will be in it. . 50.3%

Europe will go to war and United States will not be in it 7.7
Europe will go to war and don't know if United States

will be in it 8.4

Europe will not go to war 15.9

Don't know if Europe will go to war 17.7

19. (US Jan '39) Should the democratic powers, including
the United States, now stand firm together at any cost to pre-
vent Hitler or Mussolini from taking any more territory at
the expense of other nations? (for)

Yes No

National total 56.3%, 31.0%

Don' t know

12.7% = 100.0%

BY SEX

Men 59.8% 30.2% 10.0%

Women 52.8 31.8 15.4

BY EXTREMES IN ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 50.7% 40.7%, 8.6%

Poor 54.0 31.5 14.5

Negroes 56.0 17.6 26.4

BY EXTREMES OF OPINION

Northwest plains 42.5% 43.2%, 14.3%

Pacific coast 65.9 18.4 15.7

BY OPINIONS ON POSSIBILITY OF WAR

A European war with

US in it 61.6% 38.9%,

A European war, US

not in it 6.2 11.9

A European war, don't

know about US 7.4 8.1

No European war 12.4 24.0

Don't know about

European war 12.4 17.1

20. (US Jan '39 and Jan '40) If a major foreign power actually
threatened to take over any of the following countries by
armed invasion, would you be willing to see the United States
come to its defense with armed forces? The 1940 question sub-
stituted the word "rescue" instead of "defense." (Aug '40)
If a major foreign power actually threatened to take over any
of the following places by armed invasion, would you be
willing to see the United States come to the rescue with armed
forces? (for)

Yes No Don't know

Canada

Jan '39

Jan '40.

Aug '40.
Philippines

Jan '39.

Jan

Aug
Brazil

Jan

Aug
Mexico

Jan

Aug
Hawaii

Jan

Aug
Bermuda

Jan '40

Aug '40

England

Jan '39

France

Jan '39

Belgium

Jan '40

Dutch East Indies

Aug '40

'40.
'40.

'39.

'40.
'40.

'39.
'40.
'40.

'40.
'40.

73.1%

74.2

87.8

26.9^
14.6%
6.8

11.2%
5.4

46.3
54.0
65.5

26.4
20.3

53.7

19.6
14.2

27.1
36.8
54.7

40.0
24.9

72.9

23.2
20.4

43.0
54.5
76.5

28.4
12.5

57.0

17.1
11.0

55.1

74.0

25.3
12.5

19.6
13.5

33.9
60.3

39.9
19.1

26.2
20.6

27.8

72.2

22.1

77.9

7.9

72.5

19.6

17.1

54.7

28.2

21. (US Jan 10 '39, Mar 21 '39, May 2 '39, July 17 '39) Do
you believe there will be a war between any of the big European
countries this year? (aipo)

Jan '39

Mar '39

May '39 32

July '39

Men. . . .
Women .

Y,s

No opinion;
no answer

44%
51
32
23

56% = 100%
49 = 100
68 = 100
63

13%

14 = 100%,

MAY '39

RESULTS BY SEX

29%
36

71%
64

100.0% 100.0%

22. (Great Britain May '39) Do you think the risk of war has
increased or decreased since last autumn? (bipo)

Increased 30% Decreased 57% No opinion 13%

23. (Great Britain June '39) Do you think the time has come
for the peace-front countries to draw up a detailed plan for
world peace as the basis of a conference to which all countries
would be invited? (bipo)

Present time 61%

Sometime later 19

Never 11

No opinion 9

[ 782 ]

24. CUS Sept 22 '39) If Cuba or any other country within
fifteen hundred miles of the Panama Canal is actually invaded
by any European power, do you think the United States
should fight to keep the European country out? (aipo)

Yes 72% No 28% = 100% No opinion 9%

25. (US Sept 22 "39) If Brazil, Chile, or any other South
American country is actually invaded by any European power,
do you think the United States should fight to keep the Euro-
pean country out? (aipo) (Dec 10 '40, Mar 29 '41, Nov '41)
If Brazil, Argentina, Chile, or any other Central or South
American country is actually attacked by any European power,
do you think the United States should fight to keep that
European power out? (opor, norc)

Depends:

no answer;

Don't

Yes

no opinion

know

aipo Sept

'39

53%

47% =

100% 13%

—

opor Dec

'40

16 =

100 8

—

opor Mar

'41

14 =

100 6

—

norc Nov

'41

82.8

5.1

3.8

8.3% =

100%

26. (US Jan 10 '40, Feb 14 '41, Mar 19 '41) Have you given
any thought to what should be done to maintain world peace
after the present European war is over? (aipo)

No or

Jan '40.
Feb '41.
Mar '41.

Yes

no answer

34%

66%

34% of the Jan '40 sample, 31% of the Feb '41 sample, and
42% of the Mar '41 sample who had given some thought to
what should be done to maintain world peace were asked:
In your opinion what should be done?

Jan '40 Feb '41 Mar '41

A United States of Europe 16% 3% —

Getting rid of dictatorships in Ger-
many and elsewhere; substituting
governments where the people

would have more voice 8 2 —

A revived and strengthened League
of Nations; League of Nations

with more power 5 4 —

A union of the democracies or a
world union; international fed-
eration 6 2 14%

A better understanding among na-
tions, based on the principles of

tolerance and Christianity 5 3 —

Coipplete disarmament of all na-
tions 3 2 —

Put Germany under military con-
trol; divide Germany among

other nations — 2 5

United States stay out of European

affairs, mind own business 4 — — ■

Extension of democracy 3 — —

World court — 2 —

International police force — 1 — •

A fairer peace than Versailles — 1 —

Disarm Germany completely — 1 —

Education of people for democracy . — 1 —

Moral, social, and political reform. — — 7

Limitations of arms — — 1

Economic readjustments such as
the better division of world re-
sources, removal of trade bar-

Jiin '40
riers, and the sharing of colonies;

free trade 3%

All others 36

No answer 11

Fei '41 M^r '41

2% 2%

5 6

— 7

100%

of those

questioned

31% 42%

27. (US May 23 '40) If Germany defeats the Allies, should
the United States fight if necessary to keep Germany out of the
British, French, and Dutch possessions located in the area
of the Panama Canal? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 84% 16% =

BY POLITICS

Democratic 84% 16%

Republican 84 16

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and mid-
Atlantic 82%

East central 83

West central 81

South 90

Far West 90

No opinion
100% 12%

18%

28. (US July 20 '40) If it becomes clear that Germany is getting
control of South America, should the United States send its
army and navy there to keep Germany from getting control?
(opor)

Yes 66.9% No 22.1% Don't know 11.0%

29. (US Sept '40) Do you think we should or should not fence
off from Europe the part of South America south of the equator
by building a larger fleet or by undertaking to guarantee all
South American exports? Asked of a national cross-section of
business executives, (for)

Should not fence it off at any such expense 24.5%

Should fence it with added fleet only 49.8

Should fence it off by both methods 19. 5

Don't know or no answer 6.2

30. (US Mar 29 '41) Should the United States take steps now
to keep Japan from becoming more powerful, even if this means
risking a war with Japan? (opor)

Yes 59% No 26% No opinion 15%

31. (US Aug '41) I would like to have you look at this map,
showing five geographic areas, and tell me for each area
whether you would be willing to defend all of it, part of it,
or none of it with armed forces if Germany or her allies tried
to take it? (for)

All
of it
Area 1 — Continental United States 98.3%
Area 2 — North America, Hawaii,

Greenland, and Panama

Canal defense zone 79.8

Area 3 — South America below

Canal defense zone 67.4

Area 4 — Philippines, East Indies,

and Australia 37.7

Area 5 — Great Britain and eastern

Atlantic bases 42.5

Part

Don't

of it

None

know

—

0.1%

1.6%

6.9%

4.3

9.0

5.7

12.3

14.6

22.3

17.7

14.4

26.6

16.5

[783]

32. (US Oct "41) Do you think wc should help defend the
following places if either Germany or japan threatened to
take them? (for)

Yes No Don't know

South America (below Bulge) .. . 72.8% 9.2% 18.0%

Azores 459 24.7 29.4

Dakar 41.2 28.3 30.5

Dutch East Indies 39.9 29.1 31.0

Australia 35.4 33.3 31.3

Singapore 34.6 33.0 32.4

Burma Road 29.8 37.1 33.1

Thailand 28.4 36.8 34.8

Union of South Africa 27.5 38.9 336

Vladivostok 23.0 42.1 34.9

33. (US Nov 19 '41 and June 17 '42) If Germany is defeated,
do you think a peace that will last for at least fifty years can
be worked out? 51% of the Nov '41 sample and 57% of the
June '42 sample who thought such a peace could be worked
out were asked; Do you think that such a peace will be worked
out? (opor)

Nov '41 June '42

Peace cannot be worked out 38% 27%

Don't know whether or not peace can be

worked out 11 16

Peace will be worked out 32 35

Peace could be but will not be worked out 12 11
Peace could be worked out but don't know

whether or not it will 7 11

34. (US Jan 16 '42) When the war is over, what single step
do you regard as most necessary for the future peace of the
world? (opor)

Internationalism 57%

Uncertain 30

Isolation 12

No answer 1

35. (US June 17 '42) Do you think there is any real danger
that South America will be invaded? (opor)

Yes 52% No 28% Don't know 207o

36. (US June 17 '42) Have you ever thought about the effect
a Nazi invasion of South America would have on this country?
62% of the sample who said they had given it thought were
asked: What do you think the effect would be? (opor)

Have not thought about a Nazi invasion of South America 38%

Have thought about it and effect would be:

Military disadvantage to United States; attack on

United States 31

Economic loss ; trade suffers 8

Unfavorable 10

Loss of freedom and way of life 1

No, it is impossible 1

No effect on us 1

Loss of morale 3

Stimulate war effort 3

Other answers 3

Didn't say what effect would be 1

37. (US June 17 '42) Do you think there is any danger that
the Nazis will cause a revolution in any South American coun-
try? 35% of the sample who thought there was a danger were
asked: Which country? (opor)

No danger of Nazis causing revolution 39%

Don't know whether or not there is a danger 25

No answer to the first question '. 1

Danger of a revolution in :

Argentina 19

Chile 6%

Brazil 7

Peru 1

All countries 1

Other countries than those mentioned 2

Didn't say 8

109%*
* Percentages add to more than ICO because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

38. (US July 1 '42) If you were the one to decide, what should
we and our Allies do to prevent future wars? (aipo)

Federation of all nations 15%

Set up international police force 8

Federation backed by police force 4

Strong standing army 14

Disarm 4

Police Germany 1

Disarm Germany 4

Completely destroy Germany, Japan 2

Create better understanding between nations 4

See that all nations have what they need 5

Set up democracy thrbughout world 3

Take a Christian attitude toward all nations 2

There will always be wars 5

Irrelevant answers 1

Miscellaneous 7

No answer 24

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

39. (US Nov "42) With which of the following statements do
you agree and with which do you disagree: (1) In spite of all
our efforts for peace, nations just can't live together so we
might as well expect a war every few years. (2) Since life is
so short we might as well eat, drink, and be merry and not
worry too much about what happens to the world. (3) Human
lives are too important to be sacrificed for the preservation of
any form of government. (4) The world is in such a muddle
that no one really knows what people should do, so why
try? Asked of a natio^nal cross-section of high school students.
(for)

Statement Statement Statement Statement
12 3 4

Agree 25.1% 10.7% 17.6% 4.9%

Disagree 71.0 87.3 77.2 92.9

Don't know 39 2.0 5.2 2.2

opinions of boys only*

Agree 28.8% 10.1% 16.1% 4.9%

Disagree 67.8 87.9 79.3 93.1

Don't know 3.4 2.0 4.6 2.0

* From New York Herald Tribune Dec 21 '44.

40. (US Jan '43) After the war, do you think we will be able
to end all wars between nations, or do you think there will
always be big wars? (norc)

Can end wars 33.9%

Always be wars 56.7

Qualified answers 1.2

Don't know 8.2

41. (US June '43, June '45, Aug '45, Dec '45, July '46) Do you
think that there will probably be another big war during the
next twenty-five to thirty years, or do you think there is a
fairly good chance to avoid it? For the 1943 sample, the word
"that" was omitted from the question, (for)

June June August December July
1943 1945 1945 1945 1946

Big war 30.8% 27.1% n.lVv ^^0% 41.0%

Good chance to avoid

it 61.9 63.7 56.0 51.1 49.6

Don't know 7.3 9.2 11,9 10.9 9.4

38% of the Dec '45 sample who thought there would prob-
ably be a big war in the next twenty-five to thirty years were
asked: Who do you think is most likely to start it?

Russia 17.5%

Japan 59

Germany 2.6

Great Britain 2.1

United States 9

All others 1.6

Don't know 10.5

41.1%*
* Percentages add to more than 38 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

42. (US June '43 and Sept '43) Which one of these ideas
comes closest to what you think about the chances of pre-
venting wars in the future? (norc)

June '43 Sept '43

No matter what is done to prevent them,

there will always be wars 36% 32%

It is possible to prevent all wars, but people
will never do what is necessary to pre-
vent them 19 21

Some day all wars will be prevented, but

this war will not be the last one 14 17

After this war, it is likely that a way will

be worked out to prevent any more wars 26 26

Don't know 5 4

53% of the Sept '43 sample who thought there was no chance
of preventing wars or there was a chance to, but people would
never do what was necessary to prevent them, were asked:
Do you think there is anything that people will be able to
do in the future to prevent some wars?
Yes 41% No 8% Don't know 4% = 53%

43. (US June '43) Do you think that the way we treat the
German people after this war will have anything to do with
the chances of having world peace in the future? (norc)

Yes 70% No 20% Don't know 10%

44. (US June 18 '43) Do you think the chances for making a
lasting peace after this war will be any better than they were
after the last war? (norc)

Yes 61% No 26% Don't know 13%

45. (US Sept 28 '43) Assuming that Germany loses the war,
do you think she will start as soon as possible preparing for
another war? A comparable cross-section was asked: Assuming
that Germany loses the war, do you think she will, if she can,
start as soon as possible preparing for another war? (Apr 12 '44)
As soon as Germany is defeated, do you think she will start
making plans for another world war? (aipo)

Don't
Yes No know Qualified

Sept '43:

First cross-section 41% 24% 9% 26%

Second cross-section. ... 70 17 13 —

Apr '44 60 21 19 —

60% of the Apr '44 sample who thought Germany would
start making plans were asked: What do you think should

784]

be done, if anything, to prevent Germany from starting a
third world war?

Police her; international police force 16%

Occupy her; use army of occupation 13

Disarm her 15

Keep her under Allies' control and supervision 6

Supervise her educational system 5

Change her political setup 5

Have international organization with representative

from each nation 3

Allow her no power or freedom 4

Split her up 8

Destroy her; wipe her off the map 8

Destroy Hitler; kill Nazis 5

Keep our armaments up 2

Others 17

Nothing can be done 2

Stop her, no indication how 2

111%*

* Percentages are based on the number of respondents who thought

Germany would start making plans for another war when she was

defeated and add to more than 100 because some gave more than one

answer.

46. (Canada Dec 31 '43, Austtalia May-June '44, Canada
June 6 '45, Australia Nov '46) Do you think there is likely to
be another world war within the next twenty-five years?
Both of the Australian questions used the word "in" instead
of "within." (cipo, Apop) (US Jan 4 '44) Do you think there
will be another world war within the next twenty-five years?
(aipo) (Canada Aug 30 '44) Do you feel that the present war
will be the last world war, or do you think there is likely
to be another world war in the next twenty-five years? (cipo)
(Great Britain Jan '45) Do you think that the present war is
the last world war or that another is likely during the next
twenty-five years? (bipo) (France Jan 16 '46) Do you believe
there will be another war within the next twenty-five years?
(fipo) (Great Britain Oct '46) Do you think that anothet
world war is likely during the next twenty-five years? (bipo)

Yes, No, opinion;

will will not don't Qualified

he war he war know answer

Canada Dec '43 29% 34% 21% 16%

US Jan '44 29 40 17 14

Australia May-June '44. . - 42 34 24 —

Canada Aug '44 46 21 24 9

Britain Jan" '45 48 28 24 —

Canada June '45 31 35 34%

France Jan '46 50 27 23 —

Britain Oct '46 34 37 29 —

Australia Nov '46 62 18 20 —

JUNE '45 RESULTS IN CANADA BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

No opinion;
don't know and
Qualified answer

Quebec 42% 24% 34%

Rest of Canada 27 38 35

RESULTS IN FRANCE AND BRITAIN BY SEX

Men

France Jan '46 56% 26% 18%

Britain Oct '46 37 40 23

Women

France Jan '46 45 28 27

Britain Oct '46 31 33 36 .

[785]

No
Yes, No, opinion:

will will not don' t
be ivar be war know

JAN '46 RESULTS IN FRANCE BY AGE

20-34 years 56% 24% 20%

35-49 years 52 27 21

50-64 years 51 29 20

65 years and over 36 33 31

OCT '46 RESULTS IN BRITAIN BY AGE

21-29 years 35% 37% 28%

30-49 years 36 37 27

50 years and over 32 37 31

JAN '46 RESULTS IN FRANCE BY OCCUPATION

White-collar 62% 22%, 16%

Private income and pensions 43 32 25

Farmers 38 31 31

OCT '46 RESULTS IN BRITAIN BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 44%

Middle 39

Lower 32

Very poor 30

OCT '46 RESULTS IN BRI

Conservative 41%

Labor 32

Liberal 21

Other voters 33

Non-voters 36

50% of the French Jan '46 sample who thought there would
be a war during the next twenty-five years were asked; In
how long a time?

Less than 5 years 13%

5-10 years 11

10-15 years 21

15-20 years 15

20-25 years 16

25 years and over 3

No opinion 21

32%

24%

N BY

POLITICS

34%

25%

100% of those questioned

47. (US Sept '44) Do you think the leaders in our country
(newspapers) have given you a good idea of what things you
personally can do to help prevent another war? 27% of the
sample thought the leaders had done a good job, and 26%
thought the newspapers had done a good job. These were
asked: What do you think you personally could do to help
prevent another war? (norc)

Leaders

Not given good idea 57%

Don't know whether or not have done

good job 16

Can help personally by:

Personal activity 15 15

National endeavor 2 2

Can do nothing 2 2

Irrelevant answers 2 1

Don't know what can do 6 6

48. (US Mar 7 '45) If Argentina invades a neighboring country
in South America, should the United States join in with South
American countries in using armed forces to stop Argentina?
A comparable cross-section was asked: If any South American
country is attacked, cither by another South American country

Newspapers
56%

or a foreign country, should the United States' armed forces
be used to help defend it? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

First cross-section 59% 23%, 18%o

Second cross-section 57 26 17

49. (Sweden Apr '45) Do you think that, through a wise
conclusion of peace after this war, it would be possible to
avoid war for the next fifty years? 54% of the sample who
thought a wise peace would make it possible to avoid war for
fifty years were asked: Do you think this kind of wise peace
will come? (sgi)

Didn't

say
whether

Not

possible possible

National total 31% 157o

BY AGE

36% 16%

33 13

26 14

21 26

20-29 years

30-49 years

50-64 years

65 years and over.

Wise
peace
will
come
21%

17%
20
24
26

W;ll
not
come

^97o

Don't

know

14%

20% 11%

21 13

20 16

11 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

9% 18%

Middle class 34 14 18

Workers 28 17 23

Upper class 37%

26%

10%

50. (Sweden Apr '45 and Apr '46) How long do you think
it will be before the next great war? (Oct 24 '46) How long
a time do you think will pass before a new world war breaks
out? (sGi)

Less than 5 years

5-19 years

20-25 years 17

26-49 years 12

50-99 years 10

100 years or more 3

No more war 6

Don't know 45

Apr '45

1%
6

Apr '46

97o
11
16

1
14
30

Oct '46
13%
23
13

13
33

opinion in APR '46

Uppet
class

Less than 5 years 8%

5-19 years 19

20-25 years 21

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Middle

26-49 years

50-99 years

100 years or more .
No more wars. . . .
Don't know

class

8%
23
17

1
11
32

Workers

10%

1
16
29

54% of the Oct '46 sample who thought there would be
another world war and 33% who said they didn't know were
asked: How firm is your belief that there will be a new world
war?

Firmly convinced 23%

Rather sure 21

Somewhat doubtful 19

Very doubtful 11

In reality did not believe there will be any more war. ... 10
Could not say 3

87%

[786]

61. (US Apr 4 '45) Do you think it will be possible for the
United Nations to work out a peace that will last for at least
fifty years? A comparable cross-section was asked: Do you
think it will be possible for the United Nations to work out a
peace that will prevent another world war for at least fifty
years? Results were combined, (aipo)
Yes 45% No 36% Don't know 19%

52. (US Apr 18 '45) Have you given any thought to the prob-
lems that would arise the first time the proposed world Security
Council voted to use armed force against an aggressor nation?
(aipo)

Yes 40%

No 60%

63. (US Apr 18 '45) Should the United States representative
in that Council have the power to vote to use force, including
American troops along with the troops of other countries,
or should our representative have to obtain the approval of
Congress each time? (aipo)

Power to vote 34%

Obtain approval 47

Other: councilman should have consent of President, same

as other countries 1

No opinion 18

64. (US June '45) What other nations do you think should
be our principal partners after the war in preventing disturb-
ances in the Pacific (Atlantic) area? (for)

Pacific Atlantic

Great Britain 49.5% 73.0%

Russia 35.9 29.7

France 65 27.0

China 43.3 4.0

Other 6.2 3.7

Don't know 16.8 16.8

158.2%* 154.2%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

65. (US June 27 '45) Do you think the plan worked out at
San Francisco will prevent future wars? (aipo)

Thought it would prevent future wars 15%

Would prevent war if the countries take certain specified

precautions 27

Charter would not prevent war 36

No opinion : 22

66. (Great Britain July '45) Do you think the prospects of
world peace are better or worse now than they were after the
last war? (bipo) (Australia Apr-May '46) In your opinion,
are prospects of world peace better or worse now than after
the 1914-1918 war? (apop)

Don't
know;
no No

Better Worse opinion difference

British results 71% 14% 15% —

Australian results 29 40 19 12%

Australian 40-year-oIds and

older 33 46 9 12

BRITISH RESULTS BY SEX

Men 74%

Women 68

BRITISH RESULTS BY AGE

21-29 years 66%

30-49 years 72

50 years and over 72

14%

12%

' AGE

12%

22%

BRITISH RESULTS BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Don't

know;
no No

Better Worse opinion difference

Higher 73% 20% 7%

Middle 70 15 15

Lower 71 14 15

57. (US July '45) If the United States had to do one of these
things after the war, which one do you think would give us
the best chance of helping to keep peace in the world? The
respondents making up two comparable cross-sections were
handed cards with slightly different suggestions, (norc)

First cross-section

By trying to build a bigger army than any other country 32%

By trying to get the world organization to build a police
force that would be bigger than the army of any one
country in the world, including the United States 56

Neither — work on education for peace; let things alone;
etc 1

Don't know 11

Second cross-section

By trying to build a bigger army than any other country,
even though this would probably mean some other
countries would try to build bigger armies than we have 28%

By trying to get the world organization to build a police
force that would be bigger than the army of any one
country in the world, including the United States. ... 59

Neither — work on education for peace; let things alone 1

Don't know 12

58. (US July '45) After the war, suppose the Security Council
has to decide if it should use the police force against one of
the Big Five — in case France, for example, threatens some
country. Do vou think France should have the right to prevent
the Council from using force against her, or don't you think
she should have this right? A comparable cross-section was
asked the same question about Russia, (norc)

Should Shouldn't

have right have right Don' t knew

France 8% 74% 18%

Russia 8 75 17

59. (US July '45) As the Security Council is set up now, do
you think France does have the right to prevent the Council
from using force against her, or doesn't France have this
right? A comparable cross-section was asked the same question
about Russia, (norc)

Does Doesn't

have right have right Don't know

France 14% 29% 57%

Russia 18 27 55

60. (US July '45) As you may know the Security Council of
the world organization is set up to keep the peace, and it has
a police force for this purpose. The Council has eleven members.
Suppose one country attacks another country after this war.
How many members do you think should have to agree before
the Council can use the police force against the attacking
country? Each respondent was handed a card with the state-
ments listed below, (norc)

All eleven members should have to agree to use the police
force. If any one country votes against using the police
force, it can't be used 10%

[7S7]

The Big Five — that is, Russia, England, France, China,
and the United States — and any two other members
should have to agree to use the police force. If only one
of the Big Five votes against using force, it can't be
used 12%

A two-thirds majority of the Council should have to agree
to use the police force. Even if one of the Big Five coun-
tries votes against using force, it can still be used. ... 56

Other answers 2

Don't know 20

61. (US July '45) As far as you know, which one of these
three ways is the Security Council set up now? (norc) (Canada
Mar 6 '46) As far as you know, in which of these ways is the
Security Council set up now? (cipo)

U.S. Canada

July '45 Mar '46

All eleven members 5% 5%

The Big Five and two others 16 15

A two-thirds majority 13 11

Other 1 —

Don't know 65 69

62. (US July '45) What, if anything, do you think could be
done that would give the world organization a better chance
of preventing wars between big nations (small nations)? (norc)

Big Small
nations nations

Better economic cooperation; better living
standards; regulation of trade; stabilization
of business, of commerce, of natural re-
sources; stop exploitation; stop imperialism
and greediness 5% 4%

Foster the four freedoms; foster democracy;
foster better education for all peoples;
world-wide Christianity; the brotherhood
of man; the golden rule; cooperation; keep
down the dictators; stop jealousy; break
up race hatred; foster good will and under-
standing 20 20

World police; strengthen and make powerful
the international police force; have com-
pulsory compliance; make them live up to
their promises; use force immediately. ... 4 4

Leave the union of nations the way it is;
leave it up to the union of nations; do what
they are doing now; put the present plans
into action 6 7

Arbitration; handle difficulties openly 3 3

Disarmament; the curtailment of arms 3 2

Big nations govern, supervise, direct the
affairs of small ones; the small ones join
the big ones 1 3

Nothing; let them alone; nothing can be

done; no world court 7 6

Act quickly; stop little disputes at once before
they become too large 1 2

Other answers 3

No opinion 28

68. (US Sept 10 '45) Should the government take a strong
stand on labor strikes during the present reconversion period?
(aipo)

Yes 74% No 14% Don't know 12%

The 74% of sample who thought the government should take
a strong stand were asked: What do you think the government
should do?

Crack down on labor: prohibit strikes, punish strikers,
control union leaders, abolish unions, force strikers
back to work 24%

Get production going again: step in with mediation or
enforced arbitration; seize strike-bound plants and put
men back to work 28

Help labor, support strikers, compel employers to be fair,
raise wages 6

Miscellaneous suggestions 4

No procedure named 12

(Sept 19 '45) If the government takes a strong stand (in
labor strikes during reconversion period), would you prefer to
have it favor labor or favor employers?

Labor 26% Employers 13% Neither 41%

No answer 11% No opinion 9%

69. (US Sept 11 '45) Asked of a national cross-section of execu-
tives: Suppose there had been no strikes between Pearl Harbor
(in 194l) and VJ Day (in 1945). How much farther ahead in
Our production, in terms of time, do you think the country
would have been — two or three days, two or three weeks,
two or three months, or what? (nyht)

Days

Three days or less 2.. 6%

A matter of days 9

Weeks

About one week 8.6

About three weeks 8.6

A matter of weeks 3.5

Months

One or two months 6.9

Two to three months 22.4

Three to five months 6.0

Six months 12.9

Eight months and over 8.6

A matter of months 6.0

No time lost 2.6

Don't know 10.4

Asked of a national cross-section of executives: Considering
everything, would you call this (labor's record of production
in relation to wartime strikes) an excellent, good, fair, poor,
or terrible record on the part of labor?

Excellent 11.2%

Good 18.9

Fair 32.8

Poor 20.7

Terrible 12.9

Don't know 9

Refused to answer 2.6

70. (Britain Nov 3 '45) Do you think there is likely to be a
wave of strikes in coming months? (bipo)

[ 825 ]

Don't

Yes No know

National total 53% 19% 28%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional, salaried-executive. . . . 65% 17% 18%

Salaried-clerical 59 24 17

Proprietor — shop or business — ■

farmers 70 11 19

Weekly wages, factory, heavy in-
dustry, transport, miner 49 24 27

Agricultural workers (excluding

farmers) 48 25 27

Weekly wages, all others 52 19 29

Housewives 48 17 35

Retired, unoccupied 50 20 30

71. (US Dec 5 '45) Have you heard or read about the strike in
the General Motors Company? (aipo)

Yes 92% No 8%

(Dec 19 '45) 95 5

(Dec 5 '45) Asked of those familiar with the strike: What is
the main issue in the General Motors strike?

More wages, higher wages, etc 57%

30% increase in wages 19

Keep wartime pay, same wages for 40 hour week as for

48 hour week, etc 3

More pay, 40 hour week 4

More wages to meet high cost of living 2

More wages — opening of company's books 2

Want part of company profits 1

Labor wants to continue its power 2

Miscellaneous 3

Don't know 8

101%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Dec 19 '45)

Want part of company profit 1%

More pay, 40 hour week 3

More wages, feel underpaid 60

30% increase 15

Same wages for 40 hour week, keep wartime wages 1

Labor wants to continue its power 3

To meet high cost of living 2

Opening of books 2

Miscellaneous 5

No answer, don't know 10

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Dec 5 '45) Asked of those familiar with the strike: Which
side arc you more inclined to sympathize with?

Labor, union, workers, strikers 44%

General Motors, company, etc 35

Neither, both have their points, etc 10

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 10

(Dec 19 '45) Which side in the General Motors strike arc
you more inclined to sympathize with — the company or the
union? A comparable cross-section was asked the question
with the words "company" and "union" reversed. Results
were combined.

Company 40%

Union 36

No opinion 22

No answer 2

(Dec 5 '45) Do you think workers in General Motors should
get more pay?

Yes No No opinion

National total 60% 22% 18%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business.

Farmers

White-collar workers. . . .
Manual workers

56%
45
62
67

26%
35

20
16

18%

(Dec 5 '45) How much more [should the workers get who
arc on strike at General Motors]?

Opposed to any raise 27%

Favor raise under 10% 2

10%-14% 16

15% 18

16%-19% 2

20% 11

25% 4

30% 11

Indefinite and no opinion 9

(Dec 19 '45) Do you know how much more the union wants
for these workers?

Over 30% 1%

30% 58

20%-30% 1

25% 1

20% 3

15% 1

Miscellaneous amounts 9

No answer; not sure 5

Don't know 21

72. (US Jan 23 '46) In the present General Motors strike,
which do you think is more in the right — the workers or the
company? In the meat packing industry strikes; in the steel
industry; electrical industry? (aipo)

Both right
or
Workers Co>npany both wrong No opinion

General Motors.. 33% 24% 23% 20%

Meatpacking.... 31 16 16 37

Steel 33 20 23 24

Electrical 28 15 15 42

73. (Sweden Feb '46) Do you think that the following group
of professions ought to have the right to go on strike in peace-
time in order to obtain higher pay: the industrial workers,
farmers, railway staff, employed doctors, lawyers in civil
service, policemen? (sgi)

-«! S ? -,

3 "^ " Si °

% % % % % % % % % %

National total. 45 22 12 11 1 6 5 15 16 = 133*

[826]

fe ^

^ ^

Z Q

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

% % % % % % % % % %

Upper class .. 40 21 11 11 1 11 1 23 17 = 136*

Middlcclass ,. 42 21 13 11 1 5 4 16 18=131*

Workers 47 24 11 12 2 6 6 13 15=136*

BY OCCUPATION

% % % % % % % % % %

5 4 16 20 = 130*

7 7 10 12 = 137*

3 3 17 17 = 126*

7 5 17 14 = 133*

Farmers 42 17 16 9 1

Industf)' 48 28 10 14 1

Trade 42 22 10 12 —

Free-lance

workers 48 20 10 10 2

BY POLITICS

% % % % % % % % % %

Right parry.... 34 20 10 11 4 7 5 30 7=128*

Liberal part>'... 36 22 13 10 2 6 4 20 19=132*

Agrarians 55 15 16 8 — 4 3 16 11 = 128*

Social

Democrats... 47 28 10 13 1 7 6 11 14=137*

Communists ... 64 29 15 16 — 6 9 5 2 = 146*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

74. (US Feb 27 '46) Should laws be passed to forbid all strikes
in public service industries such as electric, gas, telephone and
local transportation companies? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National total 60% 32% 8%

Union members 40 52 8

Democrats

Republicans

(May 15 '46)
National total. .
Union members.

s- politics

57%

35%

64%

29%

1- politics

61%

32%

Democrats

Republicans

75. (Denmark Mar 9 '46) When the labor agreements expire
on March 1 there is a danger of wide-spreading strikes and
lockouts. Do you think that such strikes and lockouts should
be allowed to take place, as in normal times, or do you think
that something special should be done by the government to
prevent them? (dgi)

Allowed 22% Should be prevented 62% Don't know 16%

76. (US Apr 28 '46) Mr. Baruch has suggested that all strikes
and lockouts be called off for a year. Do you agree or disagree
with this? (aipo)

Agree 70% Disagree 21% No opinion 9%

Asked of the 70% of sample who agreed with Baruch's sug-
gestion that all strikes and lockouts be called off for a year, and
of the 9% who voiced no opinion on the subject: Do you think
a law should be passed forbidding all strikes and lockouts for
a year?

77. (US Mar 27 "46) In your opinion, who do you think gained
the most in the General Motors strike? (aipo)

No answer 17%

Neither, nobody 18

General Motors, management 39

Workers, unions 19

Both 1

Union officials 4

The public 1

78. (US Mar 27 '46) In your opinion, who do you think lost
the most in the General Motors strike? (aipo)

No answer 6%

Neither, nobody 1

General Motors, management 9

Workers, unions 70

Both 1

• The public 14

79. (US June 14 '46) President Truman has proposed that
employers and employees be compelled to run strike-bound
essential industries which the government has taken over.
In general, do you approve or disapprove of this? (aipo)
Approve 61% Disapprove 28% No opinion 11%

80. (US Mar 13 '46) Do you think Congress should pass any
laws regarding strikes? (Arpo)

Approve 68% Disapprove 23% No opinion 9%

Asked of the 68% of sample who thought Congress should
pass laws regarding strikes: What would you suggest?

No answer, don't know 10%

Require pre-strike discussions between union and man-
agement, insist on compulsory arbitration 10

Follow Truman's suggestion of cooling-off period 5

Outlaw strikes 15

Gov't take over strike-bound industries 2

Make union leaders responsible 2

Make unions responsible, control strikers 14

Abolish unions — let government decide what workers

should get 1

Regulate cost of living 1

Make laws agreeable to labor and management 1

Make employers raise wages, open their books 3

Miscellaneous 5

81. (US Mar 13 '46) Do you think that Congress should or
should not do anything about the strike situation? (aipo)

Should not No opinion
18% 12%

36 12

The 70% of the sample who thought Congress should do
something were asked: What should Congress do? (aipo)
31% favor action involving some sort of discipline of labor
unions
favor a general policy of granting union wage demands
favor provisions requiring cooling-off periods, discussion

before strikes
offer miscellaneous suggestions or have no specific sug-
gestion to offer

Should

National total 70%

Union members 52

4
15

Yes 54?

No 36%,

No opinion 10%

82. (Netherlands, June '46) Do you think workers have a
right to strike? (ntpo)

Yes 70% No 26% No opinion 4%

83. (Netherlands, June '46) Do you think the present strike
in the big ports should be allowed or not? (nipo)

Yes 22% No 68% No opinion 10%

[827]

84. (Netherlands, June '46) Do you think workers in indus-
tries vital to the food supplies of the country have the right
to strike at this moment? (nipo)

Yes 24% No 69% No opinion 7%

The sample who approved the strike was asked to explain
why they thought the strike justified.

Strike is labor's sole weapon; talk doesn't help, etc 13%

Food-workers earn too little 2

Other motives (anti-capitalistic) 4

No answer why 5

The 69% of sample who disapproved of the dock strike were
asked why they did so.
Interests of country as a whole; strike hurts public more

than it injures management, etc 37%

Food situation too critical 24

Other answers 2

No answer why 6

85. (US June '46) Which of these groups do you feel has done
the poorest job of handling its own part in the recent strike
situation? (for)

Labor unions 27.8%

Government 24.9

Management of companies. ... 22.5

Don't know 24.8

86. (US June '46) Asked of a 17% sample who said they had
a close relative or friend on strike in the past six months: Do
you feel it was worthwhile for him [to have been on strike]
or not? (for)

Worthwhile 28.3% Not worthwhile 60.9%

Don't know 10.8%

87. (US June 12 '46) Do you believe communists cause many
or only a few of the strikes in this country? (aipo)

Many 45%

Only a few 29

None 8

No opinion 18

88. (Canada Aug 28 '46) Do you think laboring people in
general in this country are better off or worse off as a result
of the strikes in the past year? (cipo)

Better off 23%

Worse off 52

No difference 11

Undecided 14

89. (Canada Aug 28 '46) Do you think they (laboring people)
will be better off or worse off in the long run — say five years?
(ciPo)

Better off 36%

Worse off 29

No difference 10

Undecided 25

90. (Brazil Sept '46) Do you think strikes are harmful to the
nation? (ibope)

Harmful 78% Not harmful 21% No opinion 1%

91. (Brazil Sept '46) Even if strikes are harmful, should the
law secure the right to strike? (ibope)

Should 73% Should not 26% No opinion 1%

92. (US Nov '46) Have any of the places where you ever shop
or do business had a picket line when the employees were on
strike? (for)

Yes 30.1% No 63.9% Don't know 6.0%

Which of these three statements comes closest to describing
what you would do about picket lines?

Have en-

Have not

National

countered a

encountered a

total

picket line

would never cross a

picket line: it is against
my principles to do so . .
would cross a picket line
or not depending on
whether I think the strik-

34.1%

31.0%

n.'P/o

ers are right or wrong . .

21.1

29.2

18.7

would not hesitate to

cross a picket line at any
time, provided there is
no danger of my getting
hurt

30.6

36.8

29.6

•on't know

14.2

3.0

14.2

93. (US Nov '46) As far as you know, has there been a strike
at the General Motors Corporation since the war ended? Has
there been a strike in the coal mines; on the railroads; at the
DuPont Company? (for)

Yes

General Motors total ... . 69.3%

For Roosevelt 67.5

For Dewey 77.6

Coal mines total 85.3

For Roosevelt 85.0

For Dewey 91. 1

Railroads total 84.0

For Roosevelt 85.4

For Dewey 86.5

DuPont total 15.5

The samples that said there had been a strike at General
Motors Corp., in the coal mines, etc., were asked: Which side
did you favor more, that of the strikers or that of the com-
panies?

BY POLITICS

Don't know

5.6%

25.1%

6.5

26.0

4.3

18.1

2.7

12.0

3.1

11.9

2.3

6.6

5.1

10.9

5.1

9.5

5.2

8.3

16.5

68.0

BY POLITICS

Strikers

Company

Don't know

General Motors sample . . .

11.^0

24.9%

11A%

For Roosevelt

31.9

18.3

17.3

For Dewey

20.2

39.4

18.0

Coal mines sample

49.4

20.0

15.9

For Roosevelt

53.4

16.4

15.2

For Dewey

45.9

29.0

16.2

Railroads sample

31.1

32.7

20.2

For Roosevelt

36.5

22.4

28.8
44.1

20.1

For Dewey

20.0

94. (US Nov '46) Suppose you were a member of Congress — •
would you vote for or against a bill to prohibit all strikes for
any reason whatsoever? For or against a bill to prohibit general
strikes where all the unions in an area go out on strike together?
Strikes in the automobile industry? In companies that have
been taken over by the government? Against the telephone
company? Among civil-service employees? (for)

For Against Don't know
All strikes
National total 27.9% 62.2% 9.9%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 36.0%

Upper middle class 29,1

Lower middle class 26.9

Poor 26.6

60.3%

3.7%

63. 3

7.6

65.5

7.6

56.8

16.6

[ 8^28 ]

For Against Don't know

General [sympathy] strikes

National total 56.2% 27.6% 16.2%

BV ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 74.9% 15.9% 9.2%

Upper middle class 64.1 24.7 11.2

Lower middle class 56.5 30.1 13.4

Poor 44.8 29.1 26.1

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 49.2% 25.0% 25.8%

High school 57.5 31.1 11.4

College 66.9 253 7.8

BY VETERAN STATUS

Respondent a veteran 50.6% 39.0% 10.4%

^'eteran in family 56.4 27.2 16.4

No veteran in family 57.7 25.7 16.6

BY UNION STATUS

Respondent a union member. . 27.6% 60.1% 12.3%

Union member in family 43.0 37.8 19.2

No union member in family . , 64.3 20.0 15-7

Automobile industry — national

total .' 31.5 56.5 12.0

Companies taken over by the

government 59-0

Telephone company 42.5

Civil-service employees 48.7

95. (US Nov '46) When a union goes on a strike at a plant,
do you think it is usually all right, sometimes all right, or
never all right for it to keep evcni'bodv from entering the plant
unless the union wants to let them in? Do vou think it is all
right to continue to strike after the government has taken over
the company? To try to get other unions to strike in sympathy,
even though the other unions have no grievance of their own
at the time? (for)

Usually Sometimes Never Don't

all right all right all right know

25.3

15.7

44.5

13.0

34.4

16.9

Keep everybody out

[National total] . .

AFL

CIO

Continue to strike

[National total] . . .

18.0% 19.8% 50.4% 11.8%

BY UNION

40.1% 28.3%

46.4

25.9

27.6%
22.5

4.0%
5.2

5.4% 17.0% 64.9% 12.7%

BY UNION

AFL

CIO

Sympathy strike

[National total] .

11.6

6.1%

38.3

54.5%
39.2

5.0%
10.9

70.2% 11.6%

BY UNION

AFL 21.5% 30.1%

CIO 25.4 36.8

43.7%
30.4

4.7%
7.4

96. (US Ncrv '46) When its employees go out on strike, do
you think it is usually all right, sometimes all right, or never
all right for the company to hire new people to go in and run
the plant in place of the strikers? (for)

Usually Sometimes

all right all right

National total 21.4%, 33.1%

Union members. . . . 6.4 18.7

Never

Don't

all right

know

35.8%

9.7%

71.2

3.7

Salaried executives.

BY OCCUPATION

31.4% 45.1%

97. (Canada Nov 9 '46) When the workers of a plant are out
on strike, do you think the government at Ottawa should
insist on a secret vote among the workers to see if they want
to continue the strike, or do you think the government should
keep out of it altogether? (cipo)

Gov't should

insist on Gov't should

secret vote keep out Undecided

National total 61% 25% 14%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Labor

51%

36%

White-collar workers . . .

Small business

Business and professional

UNION STATUS

Union families

48%

41%

Non-union families

13%
12
22
11

11%
15

19.6% 3.9%

98. (Netherlands Nov 12 '46) The strike of September 24 was
a demonstration against sending Dutch troops to Indonesia.
It is believed to be Communist-inspired. Do you think it is
right to go on strike for that reason? (nipo)

Absolutely wrong 47%

Wrong, but understandable 17

Right". 18

Don't know 16

Hadn't heard about the strike. . 2

Why was the strike right or wrong?

Wrong because
Strike is action of a small minority; action of Com-
munists; it is unauthorized strike with political

background 14%

Hampers rehabilitation of the country 13

Should obey government, has been voted into office

democratically 10

Strike is senseless; objectives won't be achieved 9

It is right to send troops to Indonesia 5

Holland cannot do without Indonesia 2

Kight because

The strike is the only way to protest sending troops. . 16

Holland has no right to be in Indonesia 3

Sending troops endangers the peace 1

Strikers demonstrating solidaritv with soldiers forced

to go 1

Strike is protest against capitalist interests 1

Don't know 25

99. (US Nov 27 '46) What do you, yourself, think should be
done about strikes? (aipo)

Strikes should be stopped; strikes should be outlawed 32%
Government should legislate to control labor and

force arbitration 15

Differences should be settled before it is necessary to

strike 12

Control unions and union leaders 10

Nothing, leave them alone 9

Pimish strikers 2

Have new legislation to protect employers and work-
ers 2

Miscellaneous 2

No opinion • 16

Abolish unions *

Pass Case Bill *

* Less than 0.5%.

[ 8^29 ]

100. (US Nov 27 '46) When union members vote on whether
or not to strike, should the voting be under the supervision
of a government official? (aipo)

Yes 58% No 26% No opinion 16%

101. (US Nov 27 '46) What is your opinion of the way the
United States government is handling the coal strike? (aipo)

All right; fair; other favorable replies 27%

Doing all they can 8

Too slack in handling strike; too slow 8

Too easy; should be more strict; use more force; too

easy with Lewis 13

Handling it poorly; rotten; terrible; other unfavorable 29
No opinion 15

102. (US Nov 27 '46) Can you tell me why the coal miners
are striking? (aipo)

More money, higher wages 45%

John L. Lewis ordered it; union leaders make men

strike; etc 16

Gjntract has expired; they have no contract 5

They want new contract 6

They want better hours 9

They want better working conditions 6

They want larger welfare fund 1

Other reasons *

No opinion 21

Want to keep advantages of present contract 1

Miscellaneous 1

111%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100% as some respondents gave
more than one answer.

103. (US Nov 27 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of the
way the United States government is handling the coal strike?
(aipo)

Approve 37% Disapprove 40% No opinion 23%

104. (US Nov 27 '46) Do you think the miners are justified
in staying away from work? (aipo)

Yes 20% No 65% No opinion 15%

105. (US Nov 27 '46) In your opinion, who do you think
would handle the following problems better — Truman or
Dewey? Among the problems was reducing the number of
strikes, (aipo)

Truman 18% Dewey 51% Don't know 31%

106. (US Nov 27 '46) In your opinion, who do you think would
handle the following problems better, Truman or Stassen?
Among the problems was reducing the number of strikes.
(aipo)

Truman 20% Stassen 38% Don't know 42%

107. (Norway Dec 6 '46) Do you think it right or wrong that
organized workers call a strike in order to force unorganized
workers in the same work to join their union? (ngi)

Wrong Right Don' t know No answer

National total 54% 31% 11% 4%

Women.
Men. . .

18-25 years

25-35 years

35-50 years

50 years and over.

BY SEX

55% 25%

53 38

BY AGE

54% 30%

48 38

53 33

59 25

15%
5

12%
10
9
12

5%
4

4%
4
5
4

High...
Middle,
Low . , .

Wrong Right Don't knou' No ansu/er

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

73% 13% 7% 7%

68 23 5 4

50 34 12 4

BY UNION MEMBERSHIP

Organized 35% 54% 8% 3%

Unorganized 54 31 11 4

SUCCESS

1. (us Jan '37) Do you think that today any young man with
thrift, ability, and ambition has the opportunity to rise in the
world, own his own home, and earn $5,000 a year? (for)

Yes,
Yes if lucky

National total 39.6% 18.0%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 52.8% 14.3%

Upper middle class. -. . 45.1 17.6

Lower middle class. . . 38.3 20.1

Poor 30.7 17.6

BY RACE

Negroes 32.6% 15.7%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northwest plains 29.7% 12.7%

Pacific coast 42.6 19.5

2. (US Aug 9 '37) Do you think the opportunities for getting
ahead today are greater, or not so great, as they were in your
father's day? (aipo)

Greater 47% Not so great 38% About same 15%

No opinion 4%

3. (US Feb 23 '39) Do you think the opportunities for most
young men to get ahead today are as good as they were 30
years ago? (aipo)

Yes 34%, No 60% No opinion 6%

4. (US Feb 23 '39) Do you think that the opportunities for a
young man to get ahead are better or not as good today as
they were 30 years ago? (aipo)

Better 21% Not as good 61% Same 14% No opinion 4%

5. (US Aug 8 '39) Do you think people who are successful gzt
ahead largely because of their luck or largely because of their
ability? (aipo)

Luck 15% Ability 79% No answer 6%

(Oct '39) Asked of a national cross-section of businessmen:
[If you had a son twenty-two years old] Do you think his op-
portunities for success are greater or less than those you had at
that age? (for)

Don't

know

34.7%

1-1%

29.1%

3.8%

31.4

5.9

35.3

6.3

41.1

10.6

35.3%

16.4%

55.7%

1.9%

30.7

7.2

National total .

37.2%

23.5% 2.0%

BY AGE

Under 55 years 37.7% 25.4% 1.6%

Over 55 years 36.1 19.3 3.2

36.3%

34.3%
40.6

a
1.0%

1.0%

[830]

6. (US Feb "40) Do you think that the years ahead hold for
you, personally, a good chance for advancement or the prob-
ability of no improvement over your present position? (for)

No
Good chance improvement Don' t know

National total 56.3% 33.3% 10.4%

BY AGE

17-25 years 73 9% 15.8%,

26-40 years 64.6 26.1

Over 40 years 41.3 47.3

10.3%
9.3
11.4

10.8%
11.6

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 58.3% 30.9%

Poor 46.9 41.5

7. (US Feb '40) Do you think your opportunities to succeed
are better than, or not so good as, those your father had? (for)
Better 58.5% Same 13.0% Not as good as 21.5%
Not comparable 2.3% Don't know 4.7%

Do you think that you are better or less prepared to get ahead
than your father was?

Better 70.8%, Same 13.5% Less 9.6%

Not comparable 1.6% Don't know 4.5%

Do you think that your son's opportunities to succeed will
be better than, or not as good as, those you have?
Better 59.9% Same 10.3% Not as good 15.0%

Not comparable 2.3% Don't know 12.5%

8. (US Dec '41) Do you think your son's opportunities to
succeed will be better than, or not as good as, those you have?
(for)

Better 37.3% Not as good 30.7% Same 19.3%

Not comparable 1.8% Don't know 10.9%

9. (US Mar 26 '42) Do you think your children twenty years
from now will be better off or worse off than you are now?
(Asked of parents.) Well, suppose you had some children. Do
you think that if you had children they would be better off or
worse off twenty years from now in comparison with you?
(aipo)

Better 43.1% Worse 25.8% Same 17.0% No opinion 14.1%

10. (US Mar 26 '42) Do you think success is dependent mostly
on luck, on ability, or on pull? (opor)

Luck 12% Ability 70% Pull 23%,

No opinion 5%o = 110%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

11. (US July '42) On the whole, after the war do you think
an average young man will have more opportunity, about the
same opportunity, or less opportunity to get ahead than a
young man had after the last war? (for)

More Same Less Don't know

National total 46.0% 26.3% 17.2% 10.5%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 47. 5%

Upper middle class. .
Lower middle class .
Poor

Negroes .

47.5% 30.0%

18.1%

4.4%

44.8 27.8

20.3

7.1

46.3 26.8

18.5

8.4

44.5 26.3

15.9

133

BY RACE

50.0% 18.7%

7.1%

24.2%

before this war? Asked of a national cross-section of high-
school students, (nyht)

Better Same Poorer Don't know

National total 37.1% 20.8% 38.1% 4.0%

BY SEX

Boys 39.8% 19.3% 36.9% 4.0%

GWs 34.4 22.3 39.2 4.1

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 42.6% 20.9% 33.7% 2.8%

Uninformed 34.8 20.6 40.3 4.3

13. (US Jan '43) Asked of a national cross-section of factory
workers: Do you think young men after this war are going to
have a better chance to get ahead, a poorer chance, or about
the same chance young men had after the last war? (for)

Better Same Poorer Don't know

National total 46.9% 21.8% 18.4% 12.9%

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 57 5% — 14.4% —

Poorly informed 48.5 — 18.6 —

Uninformed 40.6 — 19.6 —

(Apr 6 '43) Which has a better chance to get ahead, an aver-
age person in Britain, or an average person in this country?
(norc)

Britain less than 0.5% United States 86%

About the same 5% Don't know 9%

(Apr 6 '43) Asked of the 86% of sample who thought an
average person in this country had a better chance to get ahead
than an average person in Britain: Why do you think that an
average person in this economy has a better chance to get ahead
than an average person in Britain? (norc)

US has no class distinction 27%

More jobs here 17

Natural resources, less population here 12

More opportunity for education 5

More opportunity for social security here. ... 1

Taxes are lower here 1

More opportunity in general 13

More democracy and freedom here 14

Miscellaneous 2

Not asceitainable 5

12. (US Dec 21 '44) On the whole, after the war do you think
young men are going to have a better chance, a poorer chance,
or about the same chance to get ahead which young men had

97%*
* Percentages add to more than 86 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

14. (US June '43) On the whole, after the war do you think
the average young man will have more opportunity, about
the same opportunity, or less opportunity to get ahead than a
young man had after the last war? (for)

More Less Same Don't know

National total 59.5% 14.8% 16.7% 9.0%

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 63.8% 14.6% 17.3% 4.3%

Poorly informed 61.0 155 16.5 7.0

Uninformed 54.4 14.6 16.1 14.9

(Canada Aug 26 '44) Do you think opportunities for young
people in Canada after the war will be better or worse than
they were before the war? (cipo)
Better 53% Same 16% Worse 17% Undecided 14%

(Denmark Jan 14 '45) Do you think that the opportunity
for Danish youth after the war will be greater, smaller or the
same as before the war? (dgp)

[831]

Greater 49.5% Smaller 10.7% Same 16.2%

Don't know 23.6%

(Denmark Jan 14 '45) Do you think more or k-ss is required
of young people who are eager to succeed than before the war?
(dgp)

More 67.8% Less 5.1% Same 15.5% Too much 0.3%
Too little 0.5% Don't know 10.8%

(Denmark Jan 14 '45) Asked of the 67.8% of the sample
who thought that more was asked of youth than before the
war: Why do you think more is asked of youth anxious to
succeed today? (dgp)

Greater training 21.6%

The times 16.2

Competition 12.1

Development 3.7

Country must be rebuilt 1.4

Cannot explain 13.0

Don't know 27.2

Other replies 4.8

(Denmark Jan 14 '45) Do you think there will be great or
small opportunities for Danish youth abroad after the war?
(dgp)

Great 62.0% Small 9.8% Don't know 28.2%

15. (US Mar 29 '45) Do you feel that during the twenty years
or so after the war American business is going to offer the
average person more chance to get ahead, less, or about the
same as before the war? (nyht)

More 41%

Less 22

Same 27

Don't know 10

16. (US Jan '46) On the whole, do you think young men after
this war are going to have a better chance to get ahead, or a
poorer chance, or about the same chance young men had after
the last war? (for)

Better Same Poorer Don't know

National total 57.0% 16.0% 14.1% 12.9%

BY AGE

21-34 years 61.5% 16.4% 11.4% 10.7%

35-49 years 58.5 14.9 14.8 11.8

50 years and over 51.4 16.7 15.8 16.1

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 64.7% 17.2% 12.1% 6.0%

Upper middle class. .. . 64.0 12.9 14.6 8.5

Lower middle class .. . 58.7 15.8 13.7 11.8

Poor 47.6 14.6 18.3 19.5

17. (US July 19 '45) On the whole, do you think young men
after this war are going to have a better chance to get ahead or
a poorer chance than young men had aftet the last war? (nyht)

Better Same Poorer No opinion

National total 71.1% 5.8% 8.9% 13.6%

by age

21-34 years 75.5% 5.6%

35-49 years 71.9 6.4

50 years and over 68.0 5.5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 80.0% 58%

Upper middle class 76.0 6.6

Lower middle class .. . 74.7 55

Poor 61.4 56

7.5%

11.4%

8.7

13.0

10.4

16.1

10.0%

4.2%

8.2

9.2

8.2

11.6

10.4

22,6

Some grade school.
Some high school.
Some college

Better Same Poorer No opinion

BY EDUCATION

62.1% 6.2%

78.8
77.7

4.3
7.8

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and execu-
tive 79.2% 7.7%

Farm owners 58.6 4.8

Salaried minor 79. 6 5.0

Factory wage earners. . 72.3 8.2

10.7%
7.6
7.8

7.3%
17.6
7.7
9.1

21.0%
9.3
6.7

5.8%
19.0

7.7
10.4

18. (US Oct '46) Asked of a national cross-section of execu-
tives: Most people who achieve success have a combination
of many outstanding qualities. Which one of the following
qualities do you rate as having contributed most to your suc-
cess? Which next? (for)

Most Next most

Ability to handle people

Ability to make decisions

Technical or specialized knowledge .

Great capacity for work

Ability to see things through

Imagination

Other

30.0%

22.6%

24.5

26,1

18.9

10.4

16.2

13.3

12.9

18.6

10.2

13.4

1.0

1.6

113.7%* 106.0%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

SUFFRAGE

1. (US Oct 9 '38) It has been suggested that persons on relief
should not be allowed to vote. Do you agree with this sugges-
tion? (aipo)

Yis No

National total 19% 81%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 20% 80%

Mid-Atlantic 21 79

East central 18 82

West central 20 80

South 23 77

West 15 85

BY POLITICS

Democrats 12% 88%

Republicans 32 68

Others 19 81

2. (US Mar '39) If you were a member of the incoming Con-
gress, would you vote yes or no on a bill to make it impossible
for anyone receiving relief to vote? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 17.9% 73.3% 8.8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 27.3% 63.3% 9.4%

3. (US May 18 '39) Do you favor reducing the age at which
American citizens can vote from twenty-one to eighteen?
(aipo)

[ 832 ]

National total .

Favor
17%

BY AGE

21-30 years 17%

30-49 years 17

50 years and over 18

Oppose
79%

83%

No opinion

4. (Canada June 3 '42) In Australia people are made to pay a
fine if they do not vote on election day. Do you think the
Canadian government should make people who do not vote
in the coming plebiscite pay a $5 fine? (cipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 38% 52% 10%

BY VOTING RECORD

Voted in 1940 41%

Stayed at home [1940] 30

50%
56

9%
14

5. (US July 14 '42) Do you really vote a straight ticket, that
is, vote for all the candidates of one party, or do you vote a
split ticket, that is, vote for some candidates of one party and
some of the other? (aipo)

Straight ticket 40% Split ticket 54% Don't know 6%

6. (US July 29 '42) Asked of a national cross-section of eligible
voters: Do you make a point of voting in all elections, or only
in those which particularly interest you? (aipo)

Too

All
elections

73%

(Aug 13 '42) 67

(Sept 6 '44) 63

(Sept 20 '44) 68

(Oct 3 '44).
(Oct 6 '44).
(Oct 12 '44).
(Oct 17 '44).
(Sept 25 '46).
(Oct 10 '46).

68
67
68
68
58
66

Those of
interest

11%

Don't

vote

young

or first

time

7. (US Sept 15 '42) Do you think you will take the trouble to
vote this fall? (aipo)

Yes 83% No 17%

8. (Australia Mar '43) In normal times, at what age should
young men and women be given a vote at elections? (apop)

IS 19 or 20 21 25 No

years years years years answer

National total 14% 3% 77% 4% 2%

(Feb-Mar '44) 21 3 70 6 —

National total .

Yes

39%

21-29 years 41%

30-49 years 38

50 years and over 37

(Apr 9 '43)

National total 42%

No No opinion
32% 9%

53% 9%

52 10

52 11

52%

10. (US Aug 24 '43) Would you favor lowering the voting
age limit so that persons eighteen, nineteen, and twenty years
old could vote in elections? (aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion

44% 51% 5%

(Apr 10 '46) 44 52 4

11. (US Aug 17 '43) Congress may be called upon to consider
a constitutional amendment to allow persons eighteen, nine-
teen, and twenty years old to vote in elections. Would you
like to have your Congressman vote for or against this pro-
posal? (aipo) -

For 52% Against 42% Undecided 6%

A comparable cross-section was asked: Would you favor
lowering the voting age limit so that persons eighteen, nine-
teen, and twenty years old could vote in elections?

For Against Undecided

National total 52% 42% 6%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle At-
lantic 53%

East central 50

West central 50

South 52

Far West 53

(Aug 24 '43) Would you like your Congressman to vote for
or against the proposed amendment to allow persons eighteen,
nineteen, and twenty years old to vote?

For

48%
(Apr 10 '46) 52

41%

Against Undecided

46% 6%

42 6

12. (Canada Nov 10 '43) It has been suggested that voting
requirements be changed to allow persons eighteen, nineteen,
and twenty years old to vote in elections. Would you approve
or disapprove if this were done? (cipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

1>1% 56% 7%

(Apr 14 '45) 47 47 6

(Nov '46)
National total.

2
^

25% 2% 2% 66% 3% 2%

BY POLITICS

Labor 32% 2% 2% 60% 2% 2%

Liberal-Country 21 2 2 71 3 1

9. (US Jan 15 '43) At the present time, American citizens can-
not vote until they become twenty-one years of age. Would
you favor changing the law to allow men and women eighteen,
nineteen, and twenty years old to vote? (aipo)

13. (Australia Oct '43) Do you think voting at federal elections
should be voluntary or compulsory? (apop)

Compulsory 60% Voluntary 35% Undecided 5%

14. (US Jan 12 '44) Have you ever voted in the election dis-
trict where you now live? (aipo)

Yes 75% No 25%

15. (Sweden, Aug '44) Do you think it is the duty of every-
one to vote at the elections or do you think it is a personal
matter? (sgi)

Duty Personal Don't know

National total 77% 18% 5%

[833]

Duty Ptrsotial Dov'tknow

BY SEX

Men 81%

Women 73

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper class 90%

Middle class 80

Workers 74

16. (Sweden Aug '44) Do you appreciate having a vote or
would you mind giving it up? (sgi)

Wouldn't
Appreciate mind giving

16%

National total 87%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. 91%
83

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 96%

Middle class 89

Workers 85

it up

6%
10

3%
7

Don t know

3%
7

17. (US Sept 6 '44) Are you interested in the coming election
for President this November? (aipo)

Yes No

93% 7%

(Sept 20 '44) 93 7

(Sept 3 '44) 93 7

(Sept 6 '44) 94 6

(Sept 12 '44) 93 7

(Sept 17 '44) 94 6

18. (US Oct '44) Have you ever registered to vote from your
present residence? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 74.4% 25.1% .5%

BY VOTING PREFERENCE

Very important Roosevelt be

be elected 67.8% 31.7% .5%

Better that Roosevelt be

elected 72.6 27.1 .3

•Better that Dewey be elected 799 19.7 .4

Re-election of Roosevelt

would be a bad thing . . 85.1 14.6 .3

19. (US Sept '44) Do you usually vote a straight party ticket?
(norc)

Yes 43% No 51% Don't know 2%

Never voted before 4%

20. (US Sept '44) Do you remember for certain whether or
not you voted in the election for Congressman in November
1942? (norc)

Did vote 56% Didn't vote 31% Too young 3%

Don't know 10%

The 56% who did vote were asked: Did you vote for the
Democratic or Republican Congressman?

Democrat 26% Republican 25% Other * No reply 1%
Split vote * Don't know 4%

The 31% who didn't vote were asked: Do you remember
why you didn't vote?

Inconvenience (sick; no transportation; too far to polls;

mechanics of absentee ballot; busy; got there too late). . 6%
Not interested (one vote doesn't count; don't know enough

about the candidates; issues not important; would only

have killed husband's vote; neglect; no reason) 6

Disqualified (not citizen; had moved; poll tax; out of town) 9

Unacquainted with mechanics of voting *

Not registered; procrastinated too long 5

Disgusted; don't like candidates, issues, mud-slinging,

third term *

Women shouldn't vote *

Other answers *

Don't know why not 5

• Indicates less than 0.5%.

21. (France Nov 1 '44) Asked of a cross-section of Parisians:
Should one vote for a man or for a party? (fipo)

Party 72% Man 16% Both; they are inseparable 1%
No opinion 11%

22. (US Nov '44) Do you regard voting more as a duty you
owe your country or more as a right to use if you want to?
(norc)

Duty 59% Right 36% Both 3% Don't know 2%

23. (France Dec 1 '44) Should eighteen-year-olds have the
right to vote? (fipo)

Yes 21% No 76% No opinion 3%

24. (Denmark Feb 25 '45) At present, everyone receives the
right to vote when twenty-five years old. Do you consider this
too early, too late, or just right? (dgp)

Too early 5.2% Too late 12.8% Just right 70.1%

Don't know 11.9%

(Dec 15 '45) The vote for parliamentary elections is obtained
when one is twenty-five. Do you consider this to be too early,
too late, or suitable?

Suitable Too late Too early

National total 61.4% 36.1% 2.5%

BY POLITICS

Social Democrats 61%

Conservative 75

Radical 69

Left 84

Communists 28

Dansk Samling 59

No vote 54

The 38.6% of the sample who thought the voting age un-
suitable were asked: At what age do you think the right to
vote should be obtained?

21 years 85%

23 years 4

24 years 2

30 years 4

Other age 5

25. (England, Apr '45) Have you checked up to see that your
name is on the electoral register? (bipo)

Yes 25% No 75%

26. (England June 26 '45) Do you think it likely that you
will go and vote on Polling Day? (bipo)

Yes No

National total 87% 13%

BY SEX

Men 91% 9%

Women 84 16

38%

[834]

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

Yes

82%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 87%

Middle 91

Lower 56

18%

13%
9

Yes 84%

No 12%

Don't know 4%

The 13% of the sample who thought they would not vote
were asked: What will probably be the reason?

Not interested in politics 2%

Shall be away from home 2

Cannot spare time to vote 1

No suitable candidate 1

Not on local register 1

All parties selfish, no difference be-
tween them 1

Miscellaneous 1

No reply 4

27. (US Jan 23 '46) If you are not able to vote in the coming
Congressional elections, how much difference will it make to
you — a great deal, a fair amount, or only a little? (aipo)
Great deal 45% Fair amount 21% Little 23% None 11%

(Sept 25 '46) If you are not able to vote on Election Day in
November, how much difference will it make to you person-
ally— a great deal, a little, or none?
Great deal 48% Little 30% None 22%

(Sept 25 '46) If something prevented you from voting on
Election Day in November, how much difference would it
make to you personally — would it make a great deal of dif-
ference, quite a bit of difference, or not much difference?
Great deal 34% Quite a hit 20% Not much 35%

No difference 11%

28. (US Jan 23 '46) Do you vote in every state and national
election, or do you often find that something comes up which
keeps you from going to vote? (aipo)

Every election 66% Things often come up 25%

Don't know 9%

29. (Netherlands Jan 30 '46) A bill has been introduced to
lower the voting age from twenty-five to twenty-three years.
Are you in favor or not in favor of franchise for Dutchmen
from twenty-three years? (nipo)

In favor 60% Not in favor 24% Don't know 16%

30. (Netherlands Jan 30 '46) The age at which one votes, of
course, could be changed to younger than twenty-three or
older than twenty-five, for instance. What do you think is
the right age for voting? (nipo)

*-)

'-)

■-)

<-)

<-i

•a

-s

18%

33%

21%

19%

31. (France Feb 1 '46) Should the next constitution, in your
opinion, make the vote obligatory under pain of sanctions?
(fipo)

Yes 39% No 51% No opinion 10%

32. (Netherlands Feb 5 '46) When compulsory voting is abol-
ished and you no longer have to vote, will you go to the polls
at the next election? (nipo)

33. (France June 1 '46) Did you change your mind about your
vote in the referendum once or several times? (fipo)
Changed mind 12% Didn't change 76% No answer 12%

Quly 16 '46) Did you change your mind about your vote
once or several times?

Changed mind 16% Didn't change 68%

Didn't vote or no answer 16%

34. (France June 1 '46) How far in advance did you decide to
vote the way you did in the referendum? (fipo)

The day of the survey 4%

Two or three days before 8

During the week 15

More than a week before 54

Other answers 5

No answer 14

(July 16) How far in advance did you decide to vote the
way you did?

The day of the survey 8%

Two or three days before 8

During the week 10

More than one week before 55

Other answers 3

Didn't vote or no answer 16

35. (France June 1 '46) How did you vote in the referendum?
(fipo)

Yes No

National total 45% 55%

BY SEX

Men 50% 50%,

Women 38 62

Unemployed women 36 64

BY AGE

20-34 years 51% 49%

35-49 years 44 56

50-64 years 43 57

65 years and over 31 69

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 49% 51%

White-collar 45 55

Farmers 40 60

Liberal professions 31 69

Merchants and manufacturers. . 30 70

36. (Netherlands Feb 5 '46) At the moment compulsory vot-
ing exists. Everybody has to go to the polls and even can be
punished if he does not go. A new bill proposes to abolish this
duty. Are you in favor of freedom of voting or of compulsory
voting? (nipo)

Freedom to For corn-
vote or not pulsory vote Don't know

National total 66% 29% 5%

BY SEX

. 65%
68

32%
24

Men

Women

Can you say why you decided to vote as you did in the ref-
erendvim on the Constitution?

Pro-Constitution voters

To go along with my party 24% ^

For the triumph of the people and the party workers. ... 23

Because the Constitution was good 20

[835]

To stabilize the government 18%

Other reasons 10

No answer 5

Anti-Constitution voters

To oppose Communism 33%

Because the Constitution was no good 22

Because the Constitution suppressed liberty 17

To go along with my party 10

Other reasons 12

No answer 6

37. (Australia Nov '46) Polling booths remain open until
8 p.m. on Election Day. Would you object if they closed an
hour earlier, at 7 p.m.? (apop)

Approve 8 :00 closing 30% Approve 7:00 closing 66%

No opinion 4%

SUGAR

1. (us Jan 23 '42) Do you think there will be any shortage of
sugar within the next year? (aipo)

Yes 71% No 29%

2. (US Jan 23 '42) Have you (has your wife) bought any sugar
to protect yourself against higher prices or a shortage later on?
(aipo)

Yes 8% No 92%

3. (Canada Feb 11 '42) Do you think that the government
can cut down the amount of sugar used by putting people on
their honor, or will some system of ration cards be necessary?
(cipo)

Honor system 29% Ration cards 63% No opinion 6%

4. (US Apr 8 '42) About how many pounds of sugar a week
does your family use? Asked of a national cross-section of
women, (aipo)

One pound per person — mean.

5. (US Apr 8 '42) What is the smallest amount of sugar your
family could get along on each week? Asked of a national
cross-section of women, (aipo)

Nine and one half ounces per person — mean.

6. (US Mar 28 '42) From what you have heard about the situ-
ation, do you think we are doing the right thing by rationing
sugar? (norc)

Yes 78% No 16% Don't know 6%

7. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you think it was necessary to ration
sugar and coffee? (norc)

Yes, both 68% Yes, sugar; not coffee 1%

Yes, coffee; not sugar 18% Neither 8%

8. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you think there has been much chiseling
in the rationing of sugar and coffee? (norc)

Yes 26% No 39% Don't know 15%

Asked of the 26% of the sample who thought there had been
chiseling in the rationing of sugar and coffee: Who or what do
you think is chiefly to blame for this?

The consumer 12%

Dealers, producers 7

Administration of rationing 4

Advance notice permitting hoarding 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 2

27%*

* Percentages .idd to more than 26 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

9. (US Jan 20 '43) At the present time, are you buying all the
sugar that your ration books entitle your family to? Asked of
a national cross-section of women, (norc)

Yes 84% No 14% Don't know 2%

10. (US Jan 20 '43) Do your ration books allow you more
sugar than you need for your family, or about the right amount,
or less than you need? Asked of a national cross-section of
women, (norc)

More 16% Right amount 38% Less 23% Don't know 1%

11. (US Jan 20 '43) Right now, are you buying more sugar per
person, or not as much as you did before it was rationed? Asked
of a national cross-section of women, (norc)

More 9% About same 35% Less 52% Don't know 4%

12. (England Jan 18 '44) If more sugar were available, which
would you like to see increased: the sugar ration, chocolates
and sweets, cakes and biscuits, or jam? (bipo)

Ration 67% Chocolates and sweets 17%

Cakes and buscuits 7% Jam 9%

13. (US June 2 '44) Docs your ration allow you to get all the
rationed sugar your family really needs? Asked of a national
cross-section of women marketers, (norc)

Yes 72% No 27% More 1% Don't use sugar *
Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%-

14. (US Aug 17 '45) If you could have any one of these four
things, which would you prefer: 15 gallons of gasoline, 25
pounds of sugar, 5 pounds of butter, or a 3-pound beefsteak?
(The same question was asked of a comparable cross-section
with the listed articles reversed.) (aipo)

Sugar Beefsteak Gasoline Butter
National total 47% 29% 14% 10%

BY rural-urban

Farm areas 71% 14% 10% 5%

Towns and cities up

to 100,000 48 28 12 12

Cities 100,000 and

over 27 40 22 11

15. (France Feb 16 '46) What quantity of sugar do you con-
sider necessary for your nourishment each month? (fipo)

BY SEX

Under 750- 1,150- 1,750- Over No
750 gr. 1,250 gr. 1,750 gr. 2,250 gr. 2,250 gr. answer

Men 6% 55% 19% 15% '4% 1%

Women 4 49 22 20 4 1

16. (Italy July '46) If rationing is maintained, do you think
that 400 grams (14.2 oz) of sugar a month per person would be
sufficient? (doxa)

Don't know 1.3% Plenty 3.9% Sufficient 33.4%

Scarcely sufficient 27.8% Insufficient 33.4%

[836]

17. (Italy July '46) When the next sugar-beet crop increases
the country's sugar stocks, should sugar rationing continue or
be abolished? (doxa)
Don't know 6.8% Continue 22.5% Abolish 70.7%

SUPERSTITION

1. (Denmark June 4 '44) Are you superstitious? (dgp)

Yes 14.0% No 82.0% Don't know 4.0%

2. (Denmark June 4 '44) Does it bother you having 13 at table?
(dgp)

Yes 14.0% No 85.0%, Don't know 1.0%

3. (Denmark June 4 '44) Have you ever omitted beginning
something on a Monday? (dgp)

Yes 9% No 90% Don't know 1%

4. TDcnmark June 4 '44) Are you in the habit of touching
wood or doing similar things to avoid trouble? (dgp)

Yes 16% No 84%

5. (Denmark June 4 '44) Do you put on some special clothes,
jewelry, etc. on another occasion if you imagine that they
have once brought you luck? (dgp)

Yes 2% No 98%

6. (Britain May '46) Are there any superstitions that you
believe in? (bipo)

Yes No

National total 35% 65%

Dropping gloves 1%

Several; too many to name 2

Miscellaneous 12

BY SEX

Men 24%

Women 48

BY AGE

21-29 years 45%

30-49 years 33

50 years and over 35

76%
52

55%

Higher 29%

71%
70
62
62

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

97-

Middle 30

Lower 38

Very poor 38

The 35% of the sample who said they believed in some
superstitions were asked: What are they?

Number 13 5%

Spilling salt 3

Walking under ladders 3

Black cats 3

New moon 3

Three on a match 2

Crossed knives 2

Wearing green 2

Lucky charms — coins — horseshoes.

Friday

Touching wood

Dreams

Putting new shoes on table

May blossom inside house

Picture falling down

Meeting person with a squint

Dropping scissors — knives

48%*

* Percentages add to more chan 35 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

7. (England May '46) Do you throw salt over your shoulder?
Touch wood? Walk under ladders? (bipo)

WALK
THROW TOUCH UNDER

SALT WOOD LADDERS

Yes No Yes No Yes No
National total 33% 67% 41% 59% 47% 53%

BY SEX

Men 19% 81% 30% 70% 53% 47%

Women 47 53 53 47 39 61

BY AGE

21-29 years 39% 61% 47% 53% 44% 56%

30-49 years 32 68 41 59 48 52

50 years and over 31 69 39 61 45 55

8. (Canada July 10 '46) Even though you may not be supersti-
tious, are there any superstitions to which you find yourself
giving way once in a while? (cipo)

Yes No

BY SEX

Men 25% 75%

Women 42 58

BY AGE

21-29 years 42% 58%

30-49 years 34 66

50 years and over 28 72

9. (US Aug 24 '47) Do you throw salt over your shoulder?
(aipo)

Yes 10% No 87% No answer 3%

10. (US Aug 24 '47) Do you knock on wood? (aipo)

Yes 327o No 66% No answer 2%

11. (US Aug 24 '47) Do you avoid walking under ladders?
(aipo)

Yes 24% No 74% No answer 2%

12. (US Aug 24 '47) Do you avoid crossing the path of a black
cat? (aipo)

Yes 18% No 80% No answer 2%

SWEARING

1. (Sweden Feb '44) Do you use swear words in your ordinary
speech? Asked of a national cross-section of men. (sgi)

Yes, occa- No

Yes sionally No answer

National total 35% 40% 24% 1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 20% 41% 37% 2% ,

Middle class 27 41 31 1

Workers 43 39 17 1

[837]

Yts

BY AGE

20-29 years 51%

30-49 years 36

50-64 years 23

65 years and over 25

Yts, occa- No

sionally No answer

38%
42
44
28

11%

2. (Sweden Feb '46) Do you think that the use of swearing to

the extent that it is now common should be abolished or is

there some justification for it? (sgi)

Abolish Limit Not Swearing
swear- swear- impor- is Don't

ing ing tant justified know

National total.... 80% 12% 3% 3% 2%

Women 88% 8% 2%

Men 74 15 5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 85%

Middle class 82

Workers 79

20-29 years 75%

30-49 years 80

50-64 years 86

65 years and over. 87

9%
11
12

BY AGE

17%
12

4%
3

4%
4
2
3

1%
5

3%
3
3
3

1%
1

SWEDEN

Census

1. (Sweden Dec '45) Did you think the public census forms
which you had last time were difficult to understand and fill
in, or did they cause you no difficulty? (sGi)

Understand- Did not

able but personally

difficult to fill in

Difficult fill in Neither forms

14% 19% 38% 29%

National total .

Men

Women

15%
12

BY SEX

25%
13

47%
30

BY RURAL-URBAN

13%

34%

Farmers 15% 22% 29%

Others 13 18 42

Defenses

1. (Sweden Oct '43) Arc you convinced that the state of war
makes it necessary to keep up our present degree of military
preparedness, or do you think that this might be reduced con-
siderably without danger? (sgi)

Might he
Necessary reduced Don't know

National total 56% 20%, 24%,

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 72%

Middle class 59

Workers 53

Working parties 55

Wealthy 66

12%

16%

2. (Sweden June '45) Do you think that, after the war, Swe-
den's defense should be as strong, stronger, or less strong than
it was before the outbreak of war? (sgi)

Less Don't

Stronger Same strong know

National total 46% 31%, 14%, 9%,

BY SEX

Men 48% 30% 16% 6%

Women 44 33 11 12

BY AGE

20-29 years 46% 33%, 16% 5%

30-49 years 47 31 13 9

50-64 years 43 33 14 10

65 years and over 48 25 11 16

BY POLITICS

Right party 16% 76% 5% 3%

Liberals ,. . 23 62 7 8

Agrarians 27 52 9 12

Social democrats 35 42 15 8

Communists 34 29 29 8

3. (Sweden June '45) Which branch of defense do you think
has been the most important for guarding Sweden's neutrality?
(sgi)

12; ^ ^ ^ "^ ^

National total. 28% 15%, 15%, 10%, 15% 17%,

Men 33%

Women 22

BY SEX

18% 14%
11 16

10%
10

16% 9% -
15 26 —

20-29 years
30-49 years
50-64 years. .
65 years
over. . . .

BY AGE

.... 28% 19% 17% 11% 14% 11% -
...31 15 16 9 14 15 —

and

31
23

16
13

9
11

14 10

18 23 —

19 27 —

4. (Sweden June '45) Is there any branch of defense that you
consider should be kept as strong as possible even after the
war? (sgi)

■I
,5

"^ -^ ^ xi S;
National total. 17%, 7%, 7%, 33%, 16%, 19%,

BY SEX

Men 19% 6% 7% 41% 16% 10% 1%

Women 15 6 7 25 18 28 1

20-29 years .... 17%

30-49 years 18

50-64 years ... . 15
65 years and

over 15

BY AGE

6% 6% 36%

19% 15%

7 8 35

13 18

6 7 33

15 23

5. (Sweden Apr '46) Should military expenditm-es be cut down
considerably in order to enable a quick carrying through of
increased national pension, a general health insurance, and
increased support to families with children? (sgi)

[838]

National total.

68%

BY POLITICS

Right party 43%

National liberals 57

Agrarians 66

Social democrats 74

Communists 93

17%

38%
27
14
13
2

Don't know
15%

19%
16
20
13
3

6. (Sweden Apr '46) V\'ould you have anything against di-
minishing the expenditures for defense now and, instead, in-
creasing the budgets for social relief proportionately? (sgi)

Nothing Do not

against approve

this this

suggestion suggestion

National total 72% 16%

BY POLITICS

Right party 43% 48%

National liberals 63 27

Agrarians 70 21

Social democrats 80 9

Communists 91 2

Foreign Relations

1. (Sweden Aug '43) After the war, would you like to ex-
change your job for one month for a corresponding job in one
of the northern neighbor countries in order to gain knowledge
of the conditions there? Asked of a national cross-section of
employed men and single women, (sgi)

Don't
know

12%

National total.

Yes

52%

No
42%

Don'tkno

BY RURAL-URBAN AND ECONOMIC STATUS

Towns

Upper class 55^

Middle class 62

Workers 55

Country

Upper class 54

Middle class 44

Workers 53

41%

38
50
40

In which country would you like to do this? Asked of the
52% of the sample who said they would like to exchange jobs.

National total .

Norway
46%

Denmark

21%

Finland
15%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 29% 26% 16%

Middle class 36 24 22

Workers 55 18 10

Anywhere
18%

29%

2. (Denmark Sept 15 '45) Do you think that during the war
Sweden behaved wrongly or correctly toward its neighboring
countries? (dgp)

■Wrongly 17.8% Correctly 50.8%, Don't know 30.3%
No answer 1.1%

3. (Sweden Dec '45) Do you think that Norwegians, Danes
and Finns should have the same rights as Swedes in obtaining
work and employment in Sweden? (sgi)

National total.

Yes, Yes,

without with

reservations reservations No
. 11% 21% 47%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 22% 23% 49%

Middle class 22 21 47

Workers 23 21 46

Don't
know

10%

6%
10
10

4. (Sweden Dec '45) Would you consider it right if they
[Norwegians, Danes and Finns] had access to your particular
type of work? Housewives were excluded from the cross-
section. (sGi)

BY EMPLOYMENT STATUS

Right Not right No opinion

Employed 22% 5% 8%

Jobless — 65 —

Neutrality

1. (Britain May '40) If Sweden, under German pressure, re-
fused any more iron ore to the Allies, would you regard it as
a breach of neutrality? (bipo)

Yes 64% No 18% Don't know 18%

2. (Sweden Oct '42) Do you think that Sweden will succeed
in keeping out of the war? (sgi)

Yes 58% No 12% Don't know 30%

3. (Sweden April '43) Do you think that Sweden will continue
to keep out of the war? (soi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 58%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Towns 63%

Country 55

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 62%
53

13%
9

31%

24%
36

25%
38

4. (Sweden Dec '43) Do you think that the danger of war for
Sweden is over now, or do you think that things may be really
critical before the war is over? (soi)

Danger May be
over critical Don't know

National total 19% 55% 26%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 20%
19

61%
48

19%
33

BY RURAL-URBAN

Towns 19% 57% 24%

Country 20 53 27

5. (Sweden June '44) Do you think it right that Sweden has
tried to keep out of the war? (sgi)

Right Wrong Don't know

National total 96%

BY' GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden

Dalarna

Malar district

Stockholm

East Gotland

Skane

West Gotland

93%

[ 839 ]

6. (Sweden June '44) If we had had the power to do something
really helpful for our northern neighbors, do you think that
we should have entered the war or still have remained neutral?
(sGi)

Entered
war
National total 16%

Remained
neutral Don't know

61% 23%

By GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 16%

Dalarna

Malar district .
Stockholm. . . .
East Gotland .

Skane

West Gotland.

22
20
9
16
20

60%

24%

Why do you think we should still have remained neutral?
Asked of the 61% of the sample who thought Sweden should
have remained neutral even if she had been powerful enough
to help her northern neighbors.

Not obligated, everyone must take care of himself 31%

In this way we are better able to help others 18

Opposed to war 9

No answer 3

7. (Sweden June '44) Do you think that the danger of war is
over for Sweden or do you think that there may be a further
critical turn for us before the war is finished? (sgi)

Danger May he
past critical Don't know

National total 9% 77% 14%

Men . . . .
Women .

Farmers .
Others . .

10%
9

BY RURAL-URBAN

8%
10

81%
74

9%
17

17%
11

8. (Sweden Apr '45) What do you think is the reason for Swe-
den having avoided the war up until now? (sgi)

S a a

El ^ *^
?^ tin ^*

O D5 ?<) O

National total .

fc^ Q 10 o Q

O/070/0707C/C707

/c /o /o /o /o /o /o /o
50 18 11 8 7 6 8 18

BV SEX

Men 57 23 13 6 10 4

Women 41 14 10 11 5 9

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 57 19 15 5 7 4

Dalarna 48 16 10 10 5 4

Malar district 50 17 10 8 6 6

Stockholm 53 21 17 9 9 2

Skane 41 18 8 12 9 12

Bova 49 17 11 7 7 11

East Gotland 47 18 10 9 9 4

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9 11
8 24

9 15 = 131*

12 20 = 125*

7 20 = 124*

8 15 = 134*

9 21 = 130*
6 17 = 125*
8 17 = 122*

Politics and Government

1. (Sweden Dec '42) Can you name five members of the gov-
ernment? (sgi)

Yes No

National total 44% 56%,

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 74% 26%,

Middle class 47 53

Workers 38 62

2. (Sweden Apr '43) Do you think that there should be a coali-
tion government after the war, or would you prefer a party
cabinet? (sgi)

Coalition
National total 42%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 51%
34

BY RURAL-URBAN

Townsmen 51%

Work parties 44

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 47%

Middle class 48

Workers 37

Party
cabinet

15%

23%
8

15%
23

24%

Don't know
43%

26%
58

34%
33

29%

3. (Sweden Dec '43) After the death of King Gustaf would
you prefer Sweden to continue as a kingdom, or would you
rather have a Swedish republic with an elected President? (soi)

King
National total 84%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 81%
86

President
6%

10%
3

Town . . .
Country .

BY RURAL-URBAN

83%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Working parties 79%

Wealthy 93

8%
5

10%
2

Don t know
10%

9%
11

11%
5

4. (Sweden Dec '43) Suppose Sweden had no heir to the throne
and the choice arose between electing a king or turning the
kingdom into a republic and electing a president for a four
year period. Which would you prefer, the King or the presi-
dent? (sGi)

tiing President Don't know
National total 50% 26% 24%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 46%
55

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Working parties 42%

Wealthy 59

37%
18

27%
18

17%
27

31%
23

5. (Sweden Apr '44) Is there anyone in the present govern-
ment whom you would like to see replaced by someone else?
(sgi)

[840]

Yes
National total 12%

BY SEX

. . 16%
9

No
59%

65%
51

Don't know
29%

19%
40

Men

Women

The 12% who answered Yes were asked whom they would
like replaced.

.60

<>)

-5
O

National total 3% 2% 1.5% 1.5% 1% 0.5% 0.5% 2%

BY SEX

Men 3.5% 3% 2% 2.0% 2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.5%

Women 3-0 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.1 2.7

6. (Sweden Apr '44) Which member of the government do
you consider most indispensable just now? (sGi)

^3 s

§
^

% % % % % % % % %

National total... 34 4.5 2.5 1.5 1 0.5 0.5 1-5 31 23

Men 37 6 3 2 2.0 0.5

Women 30 3 2 1 0.5 0.5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Wealthy 30 7.0 0.5 1 4 1

Working parties. 45 3.5 4.0 2 — —

0.5 1.0 34 14

0.3 2.7 28 32

1 4.5 30 21.0

— — 29 16.5

7. (Sweden June '44) Do you follow the more important reso-
lutions of the government? (sgi)

Often Sometimes

National total .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 27%

Middle class 14

Workers 11

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 21%

34%

41%

Never
53%

32%

35%
69

8. (Sweden June '44) Do you remember anything that has
happened in Parliament this spring? (sgi)

Preparedness budgets, defense question generally 5%

Accusations against certain papers for being un-national . . 1.5

Aeroplanes over Swedish territory, transit-traffic 1.5

Pension questions 1

School questions 1

Sobriety questions 1

Other matters 8

Nothing 81

9. (Sweden Dec '44) Would you like to have a coalition gov-
ernment selected from the four big political parties after the
war, or would you prefer returning to a majority government
with opposition? (soi)

Coalition Majority No opinion
National total 41% 22% 37%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

.. 50%
. . 32

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 40%

Middle class 44

Workers 38

Wealthy 52

Working parties 38

Others 35

30%
12

27%

20%
56

33%

20-29 years 34% 23% 43%

30-49 years 42 23 35

50-64 years 44 20 36

65 years and over 46 12 42

(June '45) Would you prefer to have a coalition government
for the next few years, or do you prefer to go back to majority
government?

Coalition Majority No opinion

National total 47% 27% 26%

Men. . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 50%
43

BY POLITICS

Right party 69%

Liberals 66

Agrarians 58

Social democrats 42

Communists 28

38%
17

18%

12%
40

13%

(June '45) Should Communists take part in such a [coalition]
government?

Yes No No opinion

National total 41% 37% 22%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 53%
.. 30

BY POLITICS

Right party 33%

Liberals 34

Agrarians 23

Social democrats 41

Communists 91

36%
38

56%
50
52
39

11%
32

11%

10. (Sweden Aug '45) Do you think that the new Social Demo-
cratic government is going to work at materializing its own
party program only, or do you think the government will seek
to cooperate with other political parties? (sgi)

Considera-
tion for
No con- other parties
sideration in small Will seek
for other matters to No

parties only cooperate opinion

National total 21% 15% 35% 29%

BY POLITICS

Right party

Liberals

Agrarians

Social democrats .
Communists

35%

19%

22%

24%

[841]

The 35% of the sample who thought the new government
would cooperate were asked: With whom?

National total . . .

Right party

Liberals

Agrarians

Social democrats.
Communists

BY POLITICS

5
11
12

2%
4
5
5
12

2%
5

2
2

5%
3
3
6

Q
10%

6%
8
7
12
5

SWIMMING

1. (US Aug 27 '38) Can you swim? (aipo)

Yes 68% No 32%

The 68% of the sample who knew how to swim were asked:
How far do you think you could swim if you had to?
Median: 440 yards

(France Jan 1 '45) Can you swim? (fipo)

PARIS

Yes No

National total 57'>

43%

Men.

BY SEX

69% 31%

PROVINCES

Yes No

36% 64%

49% 51%

-iiyo

/yvo

64 years and over 25% 75%

50-64 years 37 63

35-49 years 54 46

20-34 years 74 26

(France Jan 1 '45) Do you often visit swimming pools? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

Paris 24% 73% 3%

Provinces 13 85 2 .

(Canada Sept '45) Are you able to swim? (cipo)
National total 51% 49%

. BY SEX

Men 62% 38%

Women 40 60

The 51% able to swim were asked: What is the longest dis-
tance you have ever swum?

Under 25 yards 6%

25-99 yards 7

100 yards to ]4, mile 13

14: mile and over 19

Indefinite 6

(US Mar 13 '46) Can you swim? (alpo)

Yes 61% No 39%

The 61% who can swim were asked: What is the longest
distance you ever swam?

No answer, don't know 1%

Under 50 feet, 10-15 yards 6

50 to under 200 feet, 20-30 yards 8

100 to under 200 feet, 40-50 yards 8

200 to under 400 feet, 100 yards 11

400 to under 600 feet, 150 yards 3

600 to under 1,320 feet, 200-440 yards 6

1,320 to under 2,640 feet, 500 yards, J-^ mile 5

2,640 to under 3,960 feet, Vi mile 4

3,960 to under 5,280 feet, % mile 1

5,280 to under 10,560 feet, 1 mile to under 2 miles 5

10,560 plus, 2 miles and over 3

(England June '46) Can you swim? (dipo)

Yes No

National total 54% 46%

DY SEX

Men 65% 35%

Women 42 58

BY AGE

21-29 years 72% 28%

30-49 years 57 43

50 years and over 42 58

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 73% 27%

Middle 66 34

Lower 47 53

2. (US July 27 '38) Do you think that all children in public
schools should be required to learn how to swim? (aipo)

Yes 87% No 8% No opinion 5%

3. (Sweden Aug '42) Can you swim fifty metres? (sgi)

BY rural-urban AND SEX

Men Women

S 5

e a

**; .^

** •**

1%
3

Urban 81% 18%

Rural 60 37

2 ci «a

>^ s; Q

47% 51% 2%

21 78 1

by AGE AND SEX

57% 42% 1%
38 60 2
11 87 2

20-29 years 80% 19% 1%

30-49 years 74 23 3

50 years and over. . . 47 50 3

(Denmark July 2 '44) Can you swim fifty metres? (dgp)
Yes 36.5% No 57.0% Don't know 6.5%

4. (Sweden Dec '45) Have you ever swum as far as fifty metres?
(sgi)

Yes
National total 53%

BY SEX

Men 67%

Women 40

BY rural-urban

Large towns 72%

Other towns 69

Don't
know

42%

29%
55

4%
5

25%
28

3%
3

[842]

Don't

Yes No know
Country districts:

75% farmers, farm-hands 36% 60% 4%

50-75% farmers and farm-hands. 34 58 8

Under 50% farmers. Two-thirds
of population in sparsely set-
tled areas 47 52 1

Two-thirds of the population. .. . 52 35 13

6. (US Mar 13 '46) Do you think all high school students
should learn how to swim before they can graduate from high
school? (aipo)
Yes 72% No 24% Don't know 4%

SYNTHETIC PRODUCTS

1. (Hungary Oct '46) Which of the synthetic materials used

during the war would be practical in peace-time? Asked of a
Budapest cross-section, (hipor)

Min Women

Clothing

Synthetic soles 4.3% 4.5%

Cork soles 1.6 33

Artificial silk, fibre 4.7 8.0

Industrial and household articles

Synthetic rubber 10.6 6.3

Bakelite 1.3 0.9

Motalko (fuel for cars, gasoline) 2.8 2.4

Chemicals for washing 0.6 1.0

Drugs 0.3 0.2

Food

Margarine 4.3 4.8

Oil 2.1 3.7

Artificial honey 1.2 0.5

Saccharine 3.9 5.3

Molasses 0.7 0.6

Artificial spices 31 6.6

Powdered eggs 1.1 1.0

Powdered milk 91 8.6

Hungarian tea 4.9 4.2

Soy beans 0.4 0.4

None 20.1 20.8

Other, no answer 22.9 16.9

TARIFF

1. (us Oct 26 '43) Will you tell me in your own words what

a tariff is? (aipo)

Correct definitions:

Tax, duty, levy, or excise placed on imports 31%

Tax, duty or levy placed on imports or exports 10

Tax, duty or levy 16

To protect home industries; method of limiting im-
ports; equalize cost of American and foreign products 8

65%

Vague definitions:

Money charged for trading privileges; tariff; has some-
thing to do with prices; etc 4%

Incorrect definitions:

Excise tax on goods; tax on homemade articles; law to

protect one person; etc 5%

Don't know 26

(Dec 15 '43)
Correct definitions:

Tax, duty, levy or excise placed on imports 35%

Tax, duty or levy placed on imports or exports 7

Tax, duty or levy, tax on goods 12%

To protect home industries; method of limiting im-
ports; equalize cost of American and foreign prod-
ucts; charge to protect industry; restriction on trade. 6

60%

Vague definitions 3%

Incorrect definitions 5

No answer 32

(May 2 '45) Can you tell me briefly what is meant by these
terms? Among others was listed: tariff.

Correct 39%

Incorrect 5

Vague 28

No answer 28

(Sept 19 '45) Asked of 73% of a sample who gave an answer
to: Will you please tell me in your own words what a tariff is?
Are you in favor of high tariffs or low tariffs for this country?

High tariffs 27%

Low tariffs 24

No opinion 22

Don't know what a tariff is 27

(Sept 19 '45) Asked of 75% of the sample who indicated
some knowledge when asked: Will you please tell me in your
own words what a tariff is? Which do you think is more im-
portant?

To give special help to some industries by placing high
taxes on foreign goods which compete with the goods

some American industries produce, OR 40%

To build up the greatest amount of foreign trade as possi-
ble by buying the things foreign nations produce more
cheaply than we, and selling them everything we can? 28

No answer 7

Don't know what a tariff is 25

2. (US Mar 16 '38) If Great Britain reduces tariffs on American
goods, should we reduce tariffs on British goods? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 73% 27%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 76% 24%

Republicans 66 34

(Oct 18 '38) If Great Britain reduces tariffs on American
goods, should we reduce tariffs on English goods?
Yes 69% No 31%

3. (US Apr 12 '39) Our government is showing its disapproval
of Germany's policies by putting a special tax on German-
made goods brought into the United States. Are you in favor
of this special tax? A comparable cross-section was asked: Our
government is putting a special tax on German-made goods
brought into the United States. Are you in favor of this special
tax? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 78% No 22%

4. (US Oct '39) Asked of a national cross-section of business-
men: Do you think our present tariffs on manufactured prod-
ucts should be higher or lower than they are or the same? (for)

[843]

■*-*

~si

«^

.■^

.*>c

■ti.

►-J

07
/o

or
/o

National total

26.6

4.9

34.5

10.7

2.9

5.8

14.6

BY T'i'PE OF

BUSINESS

Manufacturers

23.2

3.7

35.8

9.5

6.4

9.5

11.9

Retailers

28.7

<; 7

■^^ 7

11.5

vTESS

3.4

16.4

VOLUME OF BUSn

"«

§<

■-*

■a

^■^

<•

.to

■Ci-

1~1

1-1

Manufacturers

$50,000,000 and

over

3.6

25.0

14.3

17.8

36.7

$50,000-$!, 000,000

37.6

4.0

27.7

7.9

2.0

20.8

$2,000,000 and

over

11 8

5 9

33 3

19 6

2 0

27 4

$10,000-$30,000 . .

40.4

6.4

29.1

8.5

14.9

6. (US Apr '42) After the war is over, do you think vi^e should
or should not have free trade (i.e. no duties) with the British
Empire? (for)

Should Should not Don't know
National total 42.1% 35.3% 22.6%

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Business leaders 25.3% 69.4%

Intellectual leaders 45.2 47.3

5.3%
7.5

Should not

Don't know

16.5%

i-i7o

19.5

18.4

(us)

15.7%

8.2%

7.0

10.5

Asked of 57.9% of the total sample who did not think there
should be free trade or those who did not know if there should
be free trade with the British Empire after the war: After the
war is over, do you think we should or should not have free
trade (i.e. no duties) with Canada?

Should

Canadian public 76.3%

National total (US) 62.1

BY SELECTED GROUPS (us)

Business leaders 76.1%

Intellectual leaders 82.5

After the war is over, do you think we should or should
not have free trade (i.e. no duties) with Australia?
Should 48.0% Should not 29.2% Don't know 22.8%

6. (US Apr '43) Asked of a national cross-section of farmers:
When the war is over, would you like to see all countries, in-
cluding the US, do away with protective tariffs and let any
country send its goods duty-free wherever people will buy
them? (for)

Yes 36.5% No 42.2% Don't know 21.3%

Asked of 63.5% of the sample of farmers who said they did
not approve of abolishing protective tariffs or did not know:
If a foreign country can manufacture a certain article (like
shoes or glassware) as well as we can and can do it cheaper,
would you be in favor of letting that article come in duty-free

20%

17%

20%

10%

if the other country would let us send them duty-free some-
thing we can make cheaper (like radios or furniture)?
Yes 34.0% No 42.9% Don't know 23.1%

In the same way, if a foreign country can grow a certain
farm product as well as we can, but cheaper, would you be in
favor of letting that come in duty-free if they would let us
send them duty-free some farm product wc grow cheaper?
Yes 24.0% No 50.7% Don't know 25.3%

7. (Canada June 2 '43) After the war, do you think we should
have free trade with the United States — that is, that all prod-
ucts and merchandise crossing the border either way should
be free of all tariffs and customs duties? (cipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion

National total 67% 17% 16%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Eastern Canada 63%

Western Canada 78

Quebec 64

Ontario 64

(Feb 19 '44) National total 70%

(Feb 19 '44) If we do have free trade with United States, do
you think that some Canadian industries might have to cut
down their production, or go out of business?
Yes 40% No 38% No opinion 22%

(Feb 19 '44) Would you favor free trade with United States
even if this were the case [that some Canadian industries might
have to cut down their production or go out of business]?
Favor free trade, and do not think it would result in cur-
tailment or close-down on the part of some Canadian

firms 37%

Favor free trade, even though it meant some firms would

have to close or curtail 23

Would not favor free trade if it had this effect (some of

this group think it would and some arc undecided) ... 28
Do not know whether they would favor free trade under
such circumstances or not 12

8. (US Oct '43) Asked of a national cross-section of business-
men: After the war, would you in general favor

For the
sake of

all
business

Lowered tariffs 39.3%*

A policy of free trade 155*

Continuance of present US tariff struc-
tures 38.5

Increased tariffs 6.7

43.7
9.5

* Total of 54.8% for revision downward.
** Total of 46.8% for revision downward.

9. (US July '44) A national cross-section of college students
was confronted with a selection of statements about interna-
tional policies. After the war some degree of international
control of tariffs and trade is necessary, (for)

Approve 92% Uncertain 5% Disapprove 3%

10. (Australia Aug-Sept '44) It's been suggested that, over a
period of years, all countries should gradually lower their
duties on imported goods, so that more goods can be imported
and exported. Would you favor, or oppose that idea? (apop)

Favor 65%

Oppose 18

Undecided 11

Unable to answer 6

[844]

27%

14%

20%

11. (Canada Oct 25 '44) Do you think Canada would be better
off, or worse off, if every country in the world allowed all
products and merchandise crossing their borders to do so free
of all tariff and customs duties? (cipo)

Better Worse About Unde-

off off same cided

National total 43% 29% 11% 17%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 39%

Ontario 38

Prairies 54

12. (US Mar '46) Do you favor a fairly high or a fairly low
American tax on foreign goods coming into this country?
(norc)

High 31% Low 30% Medium 17%

None 2% Don't know 20%

13. (US Mar '46) From what you've heard, what kind of an
effect do you think a high American tax on foreign goods
would have on our foreign trade? (norc)

No effect 9%

Increase trade 1

Lessen trade 26

Lose all foreign trade 10

Decrease exports 5

Good effect by decreasing exports 6

Bad effect by decreasing exports 2

Decrease imports 5

Reciprocal high tax 6

Strained diplomatic relations 1

Lead to another war 1

Hinder foreign reconstruction 1

Bad (unspecified) effect 2

Good (unspecified) effect *

Don't know 29

104%**

* Less than 05%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US Mar '46) Would you consider it fair or unfair if foreign
countries put such a high tariff on American goods that we
couldn't sell our goods to those countries? (norc)

Don't know 9% Fair 15% Unfair 73%

Depends on high or low American tariff 3%

15. (Norway July 12 '46) Do you think that the present cus-
toms barriers between the Scandinavian countries should be
abolished or maintained? (ngi)

Abolished Maintained Don't know
National total 44% 23% 33%

BY SEX

Men 48% 28%

Women 40 18

BY AGE

18-25 years 43% 25%

25-35 years 44 29

35-50 years 46 22

50 years and over 43 19

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 55% 22%

Middle 46 28

Lower 43 23

24%
42

32%
27
32
38

23%

16. (Brazil Aug '46) Should the government introduce modi-
fications in customs duties to encourage import and export?
(ibope)

Yes 92% No 5% No opinion 3%

17. (Hungary Dec '46) A national cross-section of Hungarians
were asked whether or not they thought a customs union with
Rumania would be desirable, (hipor)

Yes 81% No 13%

TAXATION

Australia

1. (Australia July-August '42) If taxes are increased, how
would you prefer to pay — by income tax, or by indirect taxes?
(apop)

Income tax 50%

Indirect taxes 29

No difference 8

Undecided 8

Know nothing about taxes 5

The 27% of the sample who said they would prefer heavier
indirect taxes to higher income tax were asked: Which indirect
taxes: on amusements, beer and spirits, tobacco or higher sales
tax?

Sales tax 22%

All except sales tax 13

Amusement tax 11

Beer and spirits 8

Beer, spirits and tobacco 8

Beer, tobacco and amusements 9

All luxuries 13

All of them 16

2. (Australia July to August '42) What weekly wage should
a single person have before starting to pay income tax? Results
are for those who gave answers, (apop)

At least £1 .
£2

£3

£4

£5

£6

4%
23
41
22

3. (Australia July to August '42) How much a week should
be earned by a married man with a child before he starts to
pay income tax? Results are for those who gave answers, (apop)

At least £3 .
£4

£5

£6

£7

£8

6%
26
41
19

4. (Australia Mar '43) Should the amount of this year's in-
come tax be based on this year's income or on last year's in-
come? (apop)

No answer

This year's

Last year s

and no

income

opinion

ional total

53%

30%

17%

[845]

No answer
This year's Last year's and no

income income opinion

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well-to-do 51% 36% 13%

Comfortably off 53 , 32 15

Tradesmen and artisans. . 58 28 14

Lowest income 39 30 31

(Dec '43) National

total 68% 17% 15%

5. (Australia Nov '44) The federal treasurer (Mr. Chifley)
says that social security must be paid for by taxation, and that
taxes never should return to the prewar level. Do you agree
or disagree with this general statement? (apop)

Agree
National total 33%

BY POLITICS

Labor 36%

Non-labor 30

Disagree No opinion
53% 14%

50%
56

14%
14

6. (Australia Aug '45) Do you think the pay-as-you-earn
method of collecting income tax is a success? (apop)

Yes 71%, No 7% Undecided 10%, No answer 12%

7. (Australia Sept-Oct '45) When taxes can be further re-
duced, which do you think should be reduced first — income
tax or indirect taxes such as sales and excise? (apop)
Income tax 55% Indirect taxes 39% No opinion 6%

8. (Australia Dec '45 to Jan '46) Regarding uniform tax, do
you think the Commonwealth government should or should
not continue to collect all income tax and pay fixed amounts
to each state? (apop)

Men. . .
Women .

BY SEX

One

collector

65%
40

Opposed
to it

25%
19

No
answer

10%
41

9. (Australia Feb-Mar '46) Have you followed the recent
discussions about the Commonwealth collecting all income
tax and paying fixed amounts to each state? Do you agree or
disagree with the decision to continue that system? (apop)

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

Fawr Opposed No opinion

68% 25% 7%

60 28 12

Canada

1. (Canada Apr 15 '42) Suppose it were your job to decide in-
come taxes for the coming year. How much would you have
married men with two children earning (various amounts
from $1500 a year or $30 a week to $25,000 a year or $500 a
week) pay in Dominion income taxes next year? (cipo)

Tax which Tax as

public set by

would set government
Family of 4 earning:

$1,500 $ 23 Nothing

2,500 191 $ 30

5,000 875 525

25,000 8,200 9,511

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper Middle Lower

income income income
Family of 4 earning:

$ 1,500 $ 24 $ 22 $ 22

2,500 186 184 196

5,000 865 904 857

25,000 8,700 8,300 7,900

(Feb 21 '45)

Tax which Tax as

public set by

would set government
Family of 4 earning:

$ 1,500 $ 10 $ 24

2,500 145 218

5,000 742 1,062

25,000 7,213 13,430

2. (Canada Oct 3 '42) If you should find it necessary to make
sacrifices to meet the new income taxes in what ways do you
plan to cut down? (cipo)

Cut down on pleasures, entertainment or holidays 24%

Cut down on clothes 20

Cut down on smoking or drinking 15

Cut down on automobile driving 13

Cut down luxury purchases 3

Cut down on food outlay 7

Cut down on ' 'everything' ' 3

Thought they were down to bare necessities now 12

Hadn't planned how they could meet the taxes 8

Didn't think they would have to sacrifice anything. ... 18

123%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (US Nov 20 '43) As far as you know, do Canadians in gen-
eral pay all their taxes directly to the Canadian government,
or do they pay part of their taxes to Great Britain? (aipo)
All to Canada 28% Part to Britain or Don't know 72%

4. (Canada July 7 '43) Do you expect to be paying about the
same amount of income taxes for a period after the war — say
five years — or do you think that income taxes will come down
a lot after the war? (cipo)

Expect to Will come Will come

pay same down down

amount a little a lot No opinion

49% 26% 18% 7%

National total. .

Upper income. .
Middle income.
Lower income . .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

54% 28% 15% 3%

52 26 17 5

43 26 21 10

6. (Canada Dec 11 '43) It has been suggested that workers
should not have to pay taxes on overtime pay. Do you think
that overtime pay should be taxed or not? (cipo)

Favor Oppose Undecided

National total 37% 57% 6%

Labor 22 74 4

6. (Canada Dec 29 '43) Do you happen to know whether or
not government-owned business such as electricity, liquor,
and government-owned industries pay taxes to the Dominion
government on what they earn? (cipo)
Pay taxes 22% Pay no taxes 12% Don't know 66%

[ 84(i

7. (Canada Dec 29 '43) Should they [govcrnmeiit-owncd busi-
ness and government-owned industries] pay such taxes or not?
(cipo)

Should pay 66% Should not pay 18% Undecided 16%,

8. (Canada Apr 5 '44) Asked of a national cross-section ot
income tax payers: Now, I don't want to know the amount,
but have you (or your husband) figured out how much you
will have to pay [in income taxes]? (cipo)

Had figured 63% Had not figured 37%

Asked of 63% of the sample of income tax payers who had
figured out the amount they would have to pay: Was this
amount more than you expected to have to pay, or was it
about what you expected?

More 53% Amount expected 40% Less 4%

Don't know 3%

9. (Canada Apr 5 '44) Asked of a national cross-section of
income tax payers: Do you think the amount you have to pay
[in income taxes] is fair or not? (cipo)

Fair 55% Unfair 37% Undecided 8%

10. (Canada May 13 '44) Some people have complained about
having trouble filling out their income tax form. Did you fill
yours out by yourself or did you get somebody to help you
with it? (cipo)

Needed help 46% Didn't need help 54%

(Apr 25 '45) Do you think the amount you have to pay is
fair or not?

Fair 57% Unfair 33% Undecided 10%

11. (Canada Apr 25 '45) Asked of a national cross-section of
income tax payers who had figured out how much they would
have to pay for the year. Was this amount more than you ex-
pected to have to pay, or was it about what you expected?
(cipo)

More 27% Amount expected 60% Less 7%

Don't know 6%

12. (Canada Sept 8 '45) Asked of a national cross-section of
income tax payers: Do you think the taxes you will have to
pay on this year's earnings should be reduced now that the war
with Germany is over, or do you think they should be con-
tinued as they are for a year? (cipo)

Qualified
KeduceJ or

now Continued Undecided

National total 56% 36% 8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 44% 49% 7%

Middle income 56 36 8

Lower income 62 31 7

13. (Canada Sept 8 '45) Some people say that after Japan is
defeated, reducing taxes on business profits and personal in-
come taxes will help avoid a depression. Do you agree or dis-
agree with this general idea? (cipo)

Agree 42% Disagree 28% Undecided 30%

Asked of 42% of the sample who agreed with the proposi-
tion [that reducing taxes would help avoid a depression]: In
your opinion, which do you think would help most in avoid-
ing a depression — reducing taxes on business profits, or reduc-
ing personal income taxes?

Business tax 9% Income tax 13% Some of both 19%
Undecided 1%

14. (Canada Dec 26 '45) In the next two or three years do you
think income taxes will be reduced to what they were before
the war? (ciPo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 27% 58% 15%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 21% 70% 9%

Middle income 25 62 13

Lower income 30 51 19

Asked of 73% of the total sample who thought that in the
next few years taxes would not be reduced, (58%) or did not
know (15%): Do you think income taxes will ever be reduced
to what they were before the war?

Yes 20% No 38% No opinion 15%

15. (Canada Apr 20 '46) Who do you think should have the
right to tax incomes — the Dominion government in Ottawa,
or each provincial government? (cipo)

Dominion Provincial Both Undecided
National total 46% 29% 7% 18%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 62% 20% 9% 9%

Middle income. .. . 50 30 5 15

Lower income 37 32 9 22

16. (Canada May 22 '46) Do you think present income taxes
in Canada are too high, or about right? (cipo)

Too high 73% About right 18% Don't know 9%

Asked of 73% of the sample who thought present income
taxes in Canada were too high: Do you think they [present
income taxes in Canada] are too high in all income groups, or
just in certain groups?
All groups 22% Certain groups 45% Don't know 6%

45% of the sample who thought that present income taxes
were too high only in certain groups said they thought they
were too high in the following income groups:

"Small salaries," "working man" 19%

Salaries between $660 to $2,000 10

Salaries between $2,100 and $3,000 6

Salaries over $3,100 2

■ 'Should raise minimum exemption" 3

Salaries of single men 1

Farmers 2

No answer 2

17. (Canada June 15 '46) As you know, the Premiers from the
nine provinces and the federal government could not agree on
certain important tax questions during their recent conference
at Ottawa. Do you think the federal government should now
hold a federal election to let the people vote on these issues,
or should they try to hold another conference? (ciPo)

Hold an election 33% Another conference 48%

Don't know 19%

18. (Canada July 17 '46) In reference to refundable taxes, a
group was asked: When do you think this money [refundable
taxes] will be paid back to you? (cipo)

Can't guess ^9%

Within a year 10

Within two or three years 26

Five years 5

Seven to ten years 6

Never 8

Miscellaneous answers 16

[847]

Denmark

1. (Denmark Nov 9 '43) Would you prefer to pay tax on last
year's income, as customary, or would you prefer to pay tax
on this year's income? (dgi)

Last year's 23.5% This year's 50.4% Don't know 26.1%

2. (Denmark Feb 5 '44) Would you vote for or against a tax
on bachelors? (dgi)

For 23.4% Against 46.5% Don't know 30.1%

3. (Denmark May 6 '44) Do you consider it more justifiable
to mention too low an income to the tax authorities than to
cheat a private person? (dgi)

Yes 29.7% No 41.8% Don't know 14.8%

No answer 13.7%

4. (Denmark May 6 '44) Do you judge it as fraud not to inform
the tax authorities of your entire income? (dgi)

Yes 57.3% No 28.0% Don't know 6.0% No answer 8.7%

5. (Denmark May 6 '44) Are vou for or against mentioning in
the papers the names of those who are fined for cheating the
tax authorities? (dgi)

For 37.3% Against 40.2% Don't know 22.5%

6. (Denmark May 6 '44) Are you for or against prison sen-
tences for those who deliberately cheat the tax authorities?
(dgi)

For 25.6% Against 48.0% Don't know 17.9%

No answer 8.5%

7. (Denmark May 6 '44) Are you for or against prison sen-
tences for repeated, extensive cheating of the taxation authori-
ties? (dgi)

For 55.3% Against 21.0% Don't know 15.2%

No answer 8.5%

8. (Denmark May 6 '44) Would you prefer the assessments to
be made by special taxation experts instead of, as now, by local
government officials? (dgi)

Taxation experts 28.5% Local officials 30.9%

Don't know 40.6%

9. (Denmark May 6 '44) Are you for or against the taxation
authorities' obtaining further access to controlling people;
for instance, through the examination of their bank accounts?
(dgi)

For 35.8% Against 43.1% Don't know 21.1%

10. (Denmark June 22 '46) The government must get money
by increasing taxation. Do you think it more fair to obtain
this money from duty on tobacco, beer, alcohol, theatre
tickets, etc., than from increased income tax? (dgi)
Existing taxes 53% Increasing income tax 29%

Don't know 18%

France

1. (France May 16 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of
a capital levy? (fipo)

Approve 74^

Disapprove 17% No opinion 9%

2. (France Mar 16 '46) Do you approve of the decision of the
government to raise the taxes? (fipo)

Approve 24% Disapprove 69% No opinion 7%

3. (France Apr 1 '46) Have you heard or read about the na-
tional solidarity tax? (fipo)

Yes 96% No 4%

Asked of 96%, of the sample who had heard or read of the
national solidarity tax: It has been said that this tax is too
complicated. Do you agree?
Yes 66% No 6% No opinion 28%

Do you think the tax is fair?
Yes 53% No 25*^0 No opinion 22%

Do vou think this tax will help the financial recovery of
the country?
Yes 24% No 44% No opinion 32%

Germany

1. (Germany Feb '46) The new tax laws will abolish the re-
ductions (rebates, bonuses) for families with many children.
Do you think that this is justified or unjustified? (omgus)
Justified 48% Unjustified 35% No opinion 17%

Asked of 48% of the sample who thought the abolition of
tax reductions justified: Why?
To raise more money. State can't afford reduction, we

must tighten our belts 3%

Equity: justice for people with small or no families 15

To prevent a future war 1

Number of children is individual's own affair — let every-
body take care of his own 13

Too many children now, more Lebcnsraum will be had if

fewer children, more good if fewer people 3

But tough on people who want children 1

Too many privileges for large families; Nazi laws abro-
gated puts us back in Weimar Republic situation 4

Other 4

No answer 4

Asked of 35% of the sample who thought the abolition of
tax reductions not justified: Why?

Unfair to poor people: How will poor with large family
feed their children; children expensive, workers will

have a hard time 28%

Unfair to children — must pay for the sins of the parents 3

Reduces birthrate 1

Other 1

No answer 3

36%*
* Percentages add to more th.in 35 because some respondents gave
more than 'one answer.

2. (Germany Feb '46) Do you think the increase of taxes will

promote or hinder the reconstruction of the German economy?

(omgus)

Promote 61% Hinder 14% No opinion 24% No answer 1%

Asked of 61% of the sample who thought the increase of
taxes would promote the reconstruction of German economy:
Why?

If money is spent for reconstruction 22%

Unless money is spent for reparations 1

State will support and bolster the economy, put money
into circulation, check inflation, more money — check

black market 30

State will rebuild cities 1

State will rehabilitate those who suffered war damage ... 1
Drive people to work harder; force people to work rather

than to live on other income 2

General approval: it is the only way to get back to nor-
mal- -history shows it works 1

Other 1

[848]

Don't know, no opinion . 3%

No answer 1

63%*

* Percentages add to more tli.in 61 because some resfxmdents gave
more than one answer.

Ask-cd of 14% of the sample who thought the increase of
taxes would hinder the reconstruction of German economy:
Why?

Will remove money from circulation 1%

Will hurt business (men or concerns), industry 4

Will remove incentive for work 3

Cost of administration of tax will be too high 2

All will sufFer: Nobody will be able to pay for repairs,

new buildings; only able to support selves, not families 4

General disapproval: taxes too high already 2

Will be used for reparations 2

Other 2

Don't know, no opinion 2

No answer 2

24%*

* Percentages add to more than 14 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (Germany Oct 28 '46) Naturally no one likes to pay taxes,
yet most people see it is necessary to support the government.
Are there any taxes which you feel are too high and should
be lowered? (omgus)
Yes 52% No 26% No opinion 22%

Great Britain

1. (Great Britain Apr 24 '39) If further taxation is necessary,
which would you prefer: (a) An increase in direct taxation
such as income tax, super tax and death duties, or (b) an in-
crease in indirect taxes such as the duties on petrol, oil, beer,
spirits, tobacco, sugar, tea, etc.? (bipo)

Direct 64% Indirect 32% No opinion 4%

2. (Great Britain Apr '41) The new budget bill will increase
income taxation and return some of the money after the war.
Do you approve or disapprove of this idea? (bipo)

Approve 72% Disapprove 16% Don't know 12%

3. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42) Do you think that people would
or would not work harder if no income tax were charged on
overtime earnings? (bipo)

Would 54% Would not 23% Don't know 23%

4. (Great Britain Apr '42) Do you think that the new budget
proposals spread taxation fairly amongst all groups? (bipo)
Yes 45% No 44% Don't know 11%

6. (Great Britain July 12 '43) Arc you liable for income tax?
(bipo)

Yes 54% No 46%

Asked of 54% of the sample who said they were liable for
income tax: Would you prefer income tax to be collected each
week on the amount you have actually earned that week?

Yes 75%

No 15?

Don't know 10%

6. (Great Britain Apr '44) Judging by your experience so far,
are you satisfied or dissatisfied with PAYE [Pay-as-you-earn
plan]? (bipo)

Satisfied 58% Dissatisfied 13% Don't know 29%

7. (Great Britain May '45) Do you think that the amount of
income tax you pay is fair or unfair? (bipo)

Fair 13% Unfair 28% Fair for wartime only 33%

Don't pay 26%

8. (Great Britain July '45) If a cut can be made in income tax,
what form should this take? Should the amount that has to be
paid out of each £ be reduced, or should the rate remain as it
is and allowances be increased? (bipo)

Increase
Cut rate allowances

National total 44% 32%

by sex

Men 43% 34%

Women 45 30

by age

21-29 years 48% 34%

30-49 years 42 35

50 years and over. .45 27

by economic status

Higher 57% 26%

Middle 47 31

Lower 41 33

BY family status

Without children

under 16 years. . . . 48% 27%

With children under

16 years 37 40

'artiy one,

partly
the other

Don't
know

14%

10%

17%
12

6%
13

13%

5%
8
14

15%

2%
5
. 12

15%
14

10%
9

9. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) Are you (your family) keeping
a record of postwar credits due on income tax? (bipo)

Yes No Have none

National total 55% 24% 21%

by sex

Men 61% 24% 15%

Women 50 24 26

BY AGE

21-29 years 51% 27% 22%

30-49 years 59 24 17

50 years and over 53 23 24

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher '. 77% 19% 4%

Middle 72 22 6

Lower 49 25 26

10. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) When do you expect that they
[income tax credits due] will be paid? (bipo)

After a Don't

Soon long time know Other

National total 10% 38% 35% 17%

BY SEX

Men 11% 39% 30% 20%

Women 9 37 41 13

BY AGE

21-29 years 13% 38% 34% 15%

30-49 years 10 39 34 17

50 years and over. .11 37 36 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 9% 48% 20% 23%

Middle 10 46 21 23

Lower 11 34 15 40

[849]

11. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) Which do you think should
come first, a further cut in income tax or a cut in the taxes on
beer and tobacco? (bipo)

Income Beer and Don't
tax tobacco know

National total 69% 27% 4%

Men . . .
Women.

65%

21-29 years 74%

30-49 years 71

50 years and over 67

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

33%
21

22%

16%
16
31
38

2%
5

Higher 847o

Middle 82 16 2%

Lower 64 31 5

Very poor 55 38 7

Netherlands

1. (Netherlands Sept '46) People with no children or with a
few children now pay more taxes than large families. The
government has proposed to let people without and with few
children pay a little less, and big families a little higher tax
than before. Do you think that a good or a bad measure? (nipo)
Good measure 43% Bad measure 44% Don't know 13%

Sweden

1. (Sweden Feb '42) Tax is now paid one year to eighteen
months after the income has been earned. Would you rather
pay it during the year that it is actually earned or is the pres-
ent system good enough? (sgi)

Actual year Good

when enough

earned as it is

National total 53% 47%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Towns 61%

Country 42

Other country dwellers 58

39%

2. (Sweden Aug '42) Do you consider it necessary to give
families with children further tax modifications? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 70% 14% 16%

BY MARITAL STATUS

Married 61% 18% 21%

Unmarried 73 13 14

Asked of 70% of the total sample who considered it neces-
sary to modify taxation of families with children : Do you think
that such modifications [of taxes on families with children]
should be made possible through the introduction of a so-
called bachelor-tax?

National total .

Yes
45%

No
37%

BY SEX AND MARITAL STATUS

Unmarried men 28% 63%

Married men 49 36

Unmarried women 49 32

Married women 46 29

Don't know
18%

9%
15
19

Asked of 45% of a national cross-section of people who con-
sidered tax modification for families with children necessary
and were in favor of a tax on bachelors. (This represents 31.5%
of the total sample.) Do you think that such taxation [on
bachelors] should not only include unmarried people, but also
married, childless persons?

Yes No Don't know

National total 84% 8% 8%

BY MARITAL STATUS AND SEX

Unmarried men 88% 6% 6%

Married men 86 8 6

Unmarried women 84 8 8

Married women 82 8 10

3. (Sweden Oct '42) On account of the enormous increase of
the national debt, the government has to obtain extra income
through taxation. Do you think the state should increase the
direct taxes further or take a once-for-all tax on capital and
property? (sgi)

Once-for- Direct

all tax taxes Don't know

National total 47%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 21%

Middle class 37

Workers 56

18%

48%

35'>

31%

BY RURAL-URBAN

34%
11

37%
28

Towns people 29%

Work parties 61

The 47% of the total sample who favored the once-for-all
tax were asked: Where do you think the limit for this particu-
lar tax should be made?

3000 10,000 10,000 50,000 Don't
kr* kr. kr. kr. know

National total.... 3% 35% 29% 14% 19%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class — 29% 23%

Middle class 2% 28 34

Workers 4 38 27

* The krona is worth approximately 28 cents in American money.

4. (Sweden Oct '42) If the risk of prices going up would be
diminished through a step of this kind (a once-for-all tax),
would you consider it advisable that one-twentieth of all
wages and incomes be paid out in government bonds that
would only be converted into money aftct the war? (sgi)

Inad-
Advisahle vis able Don't know
National total 33% 30% 37%

26%

22%

Men. . . .
Women .

38%
27

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 44%

Middle class 33

Workers 31

33%
27

33%

29%
46

23%

6. (Sweden Oct '43) Where do you think false income tax
declarations occur most frequently? Is there any profession
whose statements you particularly distrust? (sgi)

[850]

National total

19% 14% 4%

BY RURAL-URBAN

O
5%

32% = 109%*

Towns 38% 29% 12% 7% 5% 24% = 115%*

Country 34 13 15 2 5 37 =106*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (Sweden Apr '44) Do you think- that an improved unemploy-
ment insurance, an increase of the national insurance, greater
support to families with children, and other social reforms are
so important that, after the war, we should continue the higher
taxation in order to retain these improvements, or do you think
that we should give them up and reduce the taxation as soon
as possible after the war? (sGi)

Keep Lower Don't

taxis taxes know

National total 43% 41% 16%

BY SEX

Men 46%, 40% 14%,

Women 39 42 19

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 40% 41%, 19%

Towns 47 40 13

BY AGE

20-29 years 44%o 37% 19%,

30-49 years 45 39 16

50-64 years 38 46 16

65 years and over 43 39 18

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Wealthy 42% 43% 15%

Working parties 49 38 13

7. (Sweden Apr '44) Would you, for the sake of these (social)
reforms, want to retain the turnover tax? (soi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 37%o 48%, 15%

BY SEX

Men 37% 53% 10%

Women 37 42 21

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 36%, 46% 18%

Town 38 50 12

BY AGE

20-29 years 41%, 45%o 14%

30-49 years 38 48 14

50-64 years 56 49 15

65 years and over 30 46 24

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Wealthy 39%, 47%, 14%,

Working parties 39 48 13

8. (Sweden Apr '44) If the higher taxes are retained, should
this be done to procure higher national pensions or chiefly to
give greater support to families with children? (sgi)

5 -5

^ I

I "5^
§ s 5

National total 32^0 20%

BY SEX

Men 30% 19%

Women 33 21

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 31%, 19%,

Towns 33 21

BY AGE

20-29 years 22% 29%

30-49 years 29 21

50-64 years 41 13

65 vears and over 46 9

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Wealthy 34% 20%

Working parties 32 20

9. (Sweden Feb '45) Would you prefer to pay your tax by
direct deduction from your wages? Asked of a national cross-
section of wage-earners or their wives, (sgi)

« -J.

§ ij <s

41%

45%

43%

41%

39%

National total

62%

19%

BY SEX

Men 67% 17%

Women 58 21

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 69% 15%

Middle class 60 18

Workers 63 20

6%
9

11%

10%
12

14%
15
9

10. (Sweden Feb '45) Persons on pension, or women who
have married and left their jobs, now pay tax on the income
of last year's high incomes, continuing this for two years. Do
you consider this right or should this kind of taxation be
abolished? (sgi)

Abolish
Keep tax tax Don't know

National total 28% 55%, lV%o

BY SEX

Men 32% 53% 15%

Women 23 57 20

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 37%, 53%o 10%o

Middle class 32 49 19

Workers 23 60 17

BY MARITAL STATUS

Unmarried 29%o 52% 19%

Married 27 56 17

Widowed, divorced 24 59 17

[851]

Abolish

Don't know

48%

20%

Keep tax

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 32%

Town 21

Farmers 36

Others 24

11. (Sweden Feb '45) Do you think it right that married
couples who both have incomes should be taxed higher than
if they had been unmarried, or would you think it right that
the incomes of husband and wife were taxed separately also
after marriage? (sgi)

Assess Assess

jointly separately Don't know
National total 19% 57% 24%,

Men. . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 23%
15

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 23%

Middle class 21

Workers 16

BY MARITAL STATUS

Unmarried 18%

Married 19

Widowed; divorced 17

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 21%

Town 15

Farmers 22

Others 17

58%
57

67%

56%

52%
66
46
62

19%
28

10%

26%

27%
19
32
21

The 19% of the sample who thought married couples should
be taxed higher than if they had remained single were asked
why they thought the system was right, (sgi)

Incomes often become unproportionately large 6%

Cheaper to be married 3

Should keep their wives at home 3

Other motives 2

General antipathy against any reform 5

The 57% of the sample who favored separate taxation of

incomes after marriage were asked why they thought this

should be the case.

People should not be punished for earning larger incomes;
wrong that they should be placed in a separate class . . 24%

This would make more people marry, assist instead of
hinder marriage; newly-weds find budgeting too diffi-
cult already 19

More expensive to be married if wife is working out of
home 2

General sympathy for this reform 7

No answer 5

12. (Sweden Mar '46) The biggest social reforms planned arc:
an increase of the national pension, a compulsory sick insur-
ance with access to free treatment, an improved unemployment
insurance, and more support to families with children. These
reforms, for the most part, must be paid through taxation.
With which of the following statements are you in agreement?
(sgi)

■§"5 -

-2 £■*■

^..5 ft:

fe fe

t^-^

•S-2

*» ►^ ■«» k

National total.

23%

45%

4 = 1

J M

^■5"^
£■5 «

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 28% 46% 10%,

Middle class 23 47 9

Workers 23 43 10

Farmers 25%

Industry 22

Trade 23

Public service. ... 20

Domestic workers 29

Others 22

Right party 31%

National party. . . 30

Agrarian party. . . 29

Social Democrats 15

Communists 35

Others 25

BY OCCUPATION

41%

BY POLITICS

40%

9
10
11

8%
7
9

13
4
6

6%
7

3
12
13

15%

10%

18%

17%
9
17
10
14
25

U.S.

1. (us July '35) Do you regard your yearly tax bill as high,
low, or reasonable? Those who said they had no tax bill were
excluded from the tabulation, (for)

High

Low

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 55.1% .4%

Upper middle class 50.2 1.1

Lower middle class. . . . 49.0 1.8

Poor 47.4 3.6

Reason-
able

40.5%
42.7
40.7
37.4

Don't
know

4.0%
6.0
8.5
11.6

Negroes .

BY RACE

39.0% 2.4%

51.2% 7.4%

BY RURAL-URBAN

2.6

27.9

6.6

35.2

12.0

1.9

41.1

8.0

1.7

52.7

5.3

Cities 1,000,000-1- 59.6% 1.2% 28.8%, 10.4%

Cities 100,000 to

1,000,000 62.9

Small cities 52.4

Towns 49.0

Rural 40.3

2. (US Jan '36) Are there any taxes included in the price you
pay for gasoline, cigarettes, and bread? (for)

Yes

Don't know .

Gasoline

Cigarettes

Bread

62.8%

^i-i7o

39.4%

1.0

1.1

35.7

3.1

3.2

19.7

33.1

47.0

5.2

Don't buy 33.1

Roughly how many cents go into taxes in every gallon of
gas, package of cigarettes, and each loaf of bread? Asked of
62.2% of the sample who said taxes were included in the price
of gasoline, 47.1% of those who said they were included in

[852]

the cigarette price and 39. 4% who said they were included in
the price of bread.

Gasoline
More than 3 cents 21 .2%

5 cents ' 25.6

4 cents 18.5

Under 4 cents 17.8

Don't know 16.9

Cigarettes
More than 6 cents 21.9%

6 cents 14.2

Less than 6 cents 40.5

Don't know 23.4

Bread

1 cent or less 45.5%

More than 1 cent 16.5

Don't know 38.0

3. (US Jan '38) Everyone, rich and poor alike, pays hidden
taxes as a part of the cost of the things he buys. Do you be-
lieve it would be better to tax everyone directly on whatever
he or she earns, so as to lighten these indirect taxes? (for)

Yes, tax No Don't

earnings No difference know

National total... 48.7% 30.2% 8.8% 12.3%

Prosperous 52.7%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

31.3%

Poor.

48.2

28.1

8.7%
9.1

7.3%
14.6

4. (US July 27 '38) In which of these countries do you think
taxes per person are highest? (aipo)

England 47%, France 13% US 40%

5. (US Feb '39) You pay out a part of your income in taxes,
either directly or as part of the cost of what you buy. Do
you think that you (and other taxpayers) are paying too much,
too little, or about right for what the government provides
out of the tax money? (for)

Too much About right Too little Don't know
National total.. 49.2% 41.6% 2.3% 6.9%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 55.2% 38.6% 2.9% 3.3%,

Poor 48.5 41.3 .9 9.3

6. (US June 21 '39) Do you happen to pay any taxes? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 75% 25%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 93% 7%

Middle class 81 19

Lower class 60 40

Qan 19 '40) Do you happen to pay taxes of any kind?
Yes 80% No 20%

Asked of 80% of the sample who had to pay taxes of some
kind: What one tax do you most dislike to pay?

Sales tax 18%

Income 6

Gas tax 4

Cigarette 3

Property 5

Personal 3

Poll 2

School 1

Food 1%

Automobile

State

Hidden

Social Security

All others

No answer 26

80%
(Mar 31 '42) Do you happen to pay any taxes?

Yes 78% No 22%

7. (US Apr 19 '39) Some people believe that unemployn^ent
would be reduced if taxes on the rich were cut so that they
could put more money into business. Do you believe that taxes
on the rich should be reduced? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 59% No opinion 13%

8. (US May 10 '39) Asked of a national cross-section of tax-
payers (75% of the sample represented): About what portion
of your income do you think goes to pay taxes? (aipo)

Under 5% 14%

5% 12

10% 22

15% 9

20% 11

25% 14

30% 3

33% 5

35% 1

40% 3

50% and over 6

No answer and indefinite answer.

100%
. 34%

9. (US May 10 '39) Asked of a national cross-section of tax-
payers (75% of the sample is represented): Which one tax do
you most dislike to pay? (aipo)

Social security tax 2%

Unemployment tax ... 1

Hidden tax 2

Property 3

Food 2

Income 6

Gas 6

Cigarette 2

Sales 26

City sales tax 1

Personal 2

Luxury 1

Poll 2

Tobacco 1

Amusement 1

School 1

Automobile 1

Real estate 3

Others 4

No answer 33

10. (US May 10 '39) Do you think that most of the tax money
that people pay goes to the federal government or to the state,
city and local governments combined? (aipo)

Federal 18% Combined 55% Don't know 27%

11. (US May 18 '39) Do you think that in ten years taxes will
be higher or lower than now? (aipo)

Higher 61% Lower 15% Same 13% Don't know 11%

[853]

12. (US Dec 24 '39) If Congress decides to increase the Army
and Navy, should this increase be paid for by extra taxes next
year, or by borrowing more money? A comparable cross-section
was asked: If Congress decides to increase our national defense,
etc. Results were combined, (aipo)

Favor Favor

new taxes borrowing

National total 58% 41%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 66%

Middle income 60

Lower income (including people on relief) 48

On relief only 44

BY POLITICS

Democrats 55%

Republicans 61

34%
40
52
56

45%
39

13. (US Jan 19 '40) To pay the cost of a bigger army and navy,
should the people now paying federal income taxes be required
to pay one-tenth more tax? A comparable cross-section was
asked: Would you approve or disapprove of increasing all fed-
eral income tax payments by one-tenth (10%) in order to pay
the cost of a bigger army and navy? Results were combined.
• (aipo)

Yes 47% No 44% No opinion 9%

(July 20 '40) Would you be willing to pay considerably
more taxes now in order to meet the cost of our national defense
program? (opor)

Yes 74%, No 20% Don't know 5% No answer 1%,

(Jan 15 '41) Would you be willing to pay considerably more
taxes now in order to meet the cost of our national defense
program? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 61% 27% 12%

BY POLITICS (excluding DOn't KNOw)

For Willkie..
For Roosevelt.

59%
62

41%
38

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Pacific coast

56%

31%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper' income 71% 21%

Middle income 63 27

Lower income 53 31

13%

8%
10
16

14. (US Oct '40) Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives: Assuming that the government must raise added
revenue now to pay part of the cost of rearmament, which do
you believe would be the most effective means? (for)

Maintain present tax structure and rely upon larger
revenues for the increase 10.5%

Superimpose new emergency rates like the Revenue Act
of 1940 and the proposed excess-profits tax 23.8

Make a thorough permanent revision of the tax system
before attempting to levy temporary surtaxes now. . 56.3

Don't know or no answer 9.4

15. (US Feb '41) Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives: Many businessmen and many tax experts believe
that by shifting the incidence, taxation can be used to stim-
ulate business expansion and to encourage re-employment,
whereas the Fortune Forum of Executive Opinion has voted
that the present federal tax policy is a major deterrent to sound
business recovery. Below are listed a few of the suggestions
which have been made for using the tax system to stimulate
instead of penalize business activity. Which of these suggestions
would you approve? (for)

Tax income from bond interest more heavily than in-
come from dividends (to encourage venture capital) 33.9%

Tax improvements on land at a lower rate (as in Pitts-
burgh and other cities) than the land itself (to stim-
ulate fuller economic use of the land) 40.1

Modify the present $800 million a year social-security
tax to impose a tax of several weeks' salary on
laying off an employee without replacing him, at
the same time reducing substantially the present
3% unemployment tax on keeping a man employed
(to reward companies with stable or expanding
payrolls pay a larger share of the cost of taking care
of their laid-off employees on relief or social security) 29. 2

Impose a tax on idle funds so that the entire burden of
taxation would not fall on money actively employed
in creating jobs and supplying services (to discourage
production control and encourage business to quote
prices which would bring the idle capacity back
into use) 23.5

Devise a special tax on idle capacity (to encourage
business to go after volume at low profit margin,
thereby creating jobs for many of the unemployed) 7.5

Change the incidence of some or all of the excess- profits
tax so that all profits up to, say, 5% of a company's
gross would be exempt from this levy, but above 5%
a sliding scale of excess-profits taxation would begin
to apply, running up as high as, say, 50% on profits
in excess of 15% of gross 43.3

No answer 22.0

199.5%,*

* Percentages add to considerably more than 100 because many re-
spondents approved of more than one suggestion.

16. (US Feb '41) Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives: If taxes are increased, a large part of the increase
will have to be paid by business. Do you favor higher taxes
now, either to balance the regular budget or to pay as much
as possible of the cost of rearmament out of current revenue?
(for)

Yes 66.7%o No 28.1% No answer 5.2%

17. (US Feb '41) Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives: Now that the Fortune Forum of Executive Opinion
has voted (Dec 1940) the New Deal's tax policies one of the
two principal government deterrents to lasting recovery, will
you tell us whether your objections to these tax policies are
against: (for)

Specific present taxes 6.0%

The New Deal's general tax philosophy. . . . 37.7

Both 40.6

No answer 15.7

18. (US Feb '41) And will you tell us what you think of the
specific taxes listed below with the approximate full-year
revenue anticipated from each? (for)

[ 8.54 ]

"S -« •,

^ -« ^ .S<)

•| -^ -Ts •-

■^ 8 « =■ fc

■■* "^ ■§ ■:! ?

K 2 2 5 <3

K^ ^ « "5 hS

S « M « !?;
Taxes on consumption

% % % % %

Tariff ($275,000,000) 6.4 11.8 16.0 48.2 17.6

Liquor excise ($750,000,000). . . 1.0 5.2 33.0 48.0 12.8

Tobacco tax ($640,000,000) 1.1 8.4 24.5 52.9 13.1

Gasoline tax ($340,000,000) 4.8 20.0 14.2 48.1 12.9

Other manufacturers' excise

taxes ($250,000,000) 12.8 12.0 9.8 42.3 23.1

Taxes on individuals
Regular income tax

($1,234,000,000) 8.4 20.5 14.4 43.5 13.2

New 10% income tax surcharge

($123,000,000) ^ 27.3 14.8 5.0 38.3 14.6

Estate tax ($360,000,000) 10.5 29.9 10.8 36.8 12.0

Gift tax ($32,000,000) 12.2 19.2 13.4 41.9 13.3

Taxes on business profits

21% normal corporation income

tax ($1,325,000,000) 6.6 31.9 7.2 41.2 13.1

3% rearmament extra corpora-
tion income tax ($175,000,000) 16.6 8.9 9.9 48.4 16.2

Old capital-stock and old excess-
profits tax ($170,000,000). .. . 46.5 10.1 2.3 24.1 17.0

New excess-profits tax

($200,000,000) 40.1 17.4 5.4 21.9 15.2

Taxes on employment

Social security tax

($800,000,000) 23.9 27.3 1.6 33.2 14.0

19. (US Feb '41) With which of these criticisms of the New
Deal tax philosophy do you agree? (for) Asked of a national
cross-section of business executives.

The New Deal is penalizing business enterprise and
business expansion by taxing speculative and ex-
panding business far more heavily than conservative
investment. (For example, idle funds and govern-
ment bonds are tax-exempt. Corporate bond interest
is subject to individual income tax starting at 4%
but is not affected by the 24% corporation income
tax; non-expanding profits of business are subject
to the 24% corporation income tax plus all the indi-
vidual income taxes; profits of business expansion
are subject to a 50% excess-profits tax on top of the
24% corporation tax plus the individual income
taxes) 71%

The New Dealers accept bigness as inevitable and are
therefore indifferent to the effect of taxation on
small and growing enterprise 35.2

The New Deal is deliberately overtaxing the saving
classes of the country because the New Dealers
think unemployment can be reduced by reducing
what they call "oversaving" 52.1

The New Dealers are afraid to let the great bulk of
the voters become conscious of the tax cost of the
New Deal program and consequently they are trying
to raise too much money through hidden taxes and

taxes on the rich 80.7%

No answer 5.6

244.6%,*
* Percentages add to considerably more than ICX) because many re-
sponJents agreed with more than one criticism.

20. (US Feb '41) If you object to the New Deal tax philosophy,
a national cross-section of business executives was asked: (for)
Is it because you feel the Administration is unfriendly

to business and do not trust it not to impose taxes

later on which you would consider unjust 24.6%

Or is the philosophy you object to actually expressed

in present laws 7.3

Or both? 59.8

No answer 8.3

21. (US May 6 '41) Have you heard or read anything about
the new taxes which are being discussed in Washington to pay
for the increased cost of defense? (aipo)

Yes 70S

No 30%,

The 70% of the sample who had heard or read about the
discussion of new taxes to pay for defense expenditures were
asked: How should the federal government pay the increased
cost of defense — by extra taxes or by borrowing more money?

Taxes 70% Borrowing 18% No opinion 12%

22. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the gov-
ernment's policy with respect to taxes? (aipo)

Approve 50% Disapprove 38% No opinion 12%

23. (US Sept 15 '42) Would you approve or disapprove of
having a committee of impartial, qualified men to investigate
and make a report on taxes? (aipo)

Approve 72% Disapprove 14% No opinion 14%

24. (US Oct 6 '42) Has it been a real hardship for you to pay
the total amount of taxes you've had to pay over the past
year or not? (norc)

Yes 22%o No 73% No opinion 3% Didn't pay 2%

25. (US Mar 24 '43) At present about one quarter of the cost
of the war is paid by taxes, the other three quarters is bor-
rowed. Do you think taxes should be increased to pay more
than one quarter of the cost of the war, or should we continue
to borrow and keep taxes at the present level? (aipo)

Increase taxes 40% Borrow and keep tax level 40%

No opinion 20%

26. (US June 22 '43) The President says we need to raise
twelve billion dollars more this year to help pay for the cost
of the war. This means about $400 a year from the typical
American family. This money will either have to be raised by
taxes or by government borrowing. What part of the twelve
billion dollars would you raise by taxes — all of it, three-
fourths, half, one-fourth, or none? (aipo)

All

J'2

None

Other

17%

34%

20%

18%

27. (US June 22 '43) You say you would raise (proportion
mentioned by respondent) by taxes. Here are three kinds of
taxes which you or your family might have to pay. Do you
approve or disapprove of these types of taxes? (aipo)

[855]

Dis-
approve

54%
53

Approve approve No opinion
Increasing income taxes on

every family? 38%

Adding a national sales tax of

5% on all purchases? 41

Increasing taxes on cigarettes,

liquor, entertainment and

things of this kind? 85

28. (US July 7 '43) Which way do you think taxes will be
lower for you aftei the war — if the Republicans or the Demo-
crats win the next presidential election? (aipo)
Republicans 24% Democrats 15% No difference 44%

No opinion 17%

29. (US Oct '43) A reduction in which of the following ele-
ments in the tax structure would, in your opinion, do the most
to stimulate business expansion after the war? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Excess profits 81.5%

Corporate income 78.7

Personal income 65.6

Capital gains 58.1

Inheritance 32.5

Real estate 32.5

Excise taxes 28.9

377.8%*
* Percentages add to considerably more than 100 because many ex-
ecutives mentioned more than one item.

30. (US Mar 19 '44) Would you be willing to pay higher taxes
this next year so that the government could pay a larger part
of our present war costs? (aipo)

Yes 48% No 42%, Undecided 10%

The 48% who would pay higher taxes were asked: How-
much more would you be willing to pay: one quarter, one
half, three quarters or twice as much as you are now paying?

One-fourth 26%

One-half 8

Three-fourths 1

10%-15%-20% 1

As much as needed .... 3

Depends on income .... 1

Again as much 4

Don't know 4

31. (US May '44) Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives: Solely for the purpose of bringing about the highest
level of production after the war, which of the following classes
of taxes would you favor reducing first? (for)

Excess-profits taxes 71.1%

Personal income taxes 22.9

Normal corporation income taxes. . . . 14.7

Taxes on consumer goods 11.7

120.4%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

32. (US Aug '45) So far as the taxes you pay are concerned,
do you think that a year or so after the war you will be paying
more, less or about the same as now? (for)

More 15.3%

Less 15.3

About the same 56.7

Pay no taxes (volunteered) .... 30
Don't know. 9.7

33. (US Aug '45) Would you want your Congressman to vote
for or against continuing the present rate of taxes after the
war for the purpose of setting up government projects to help
prevent unemployment? (for)

For 56.5% Against 30.3% Don't know 13.2%

34. (US Aug '45) Would you want your Congressman to vote
for or against continuing the present rate of taxes after the war
for the purpose of helping the countries that have been freed
from Germany get back on their feet? (for)

For 43.3% Against 41.7% Don't know 15-0%

35. (US Nov 27 '46) In your opinion, who do you think would
handle the problem of cutting taxes better — Truman or Dewey?
(aipo)

Truman 17% Dewey 55% Don't know 28%

36. (US Nov 27 '46) In your opinion, who do you think
would handle the problem of cutting taxes better — Truman or
Stassen? (aipo)

Truman 18% Stassen 38% Don't know 44%

TEA

1. (Great Britain July '40) Since the wat began do you find
that you are using more or less tea? (bipo)

More 12% Less 35% Same 52% Don't use it 1%

2. (Great Britain Oct '40) Are you drinking your accustomed
amount of tea, or has rationing interfered with your tea
drinking? (bipo)

Same 64% Less (due to rationing) 32% Don't know 4%

3. (Australia May '42) Is the present method of rationing tea
working fairly? (apop)

Fairly 63% Unfairly 31% No opinion 6%

TEACHERS

1. (us Sept 5 '46) Are you in favor of legislation requiring
teachers in your state to take a special oath of loyalty? (aipo)
Yes 58% No 42% No opinion (19%)

2. (US May 10 '37) Do you think married women or unmarried
women make the better teachers? (aipo)

Married 29% Unmarried 45% No opinion 26%

3. (US July '37) Do you think it would have a better influence
on schoolboys over thirteen years old if they had men teachers
instead of women? (for)

Yes No

National total 44.6% 26.4%

BY AGE

20-40 years 44.2% 25.9%

Over 40 years 44.9 26.8

BY SEX

Men 45.6% 27.1%

Women 43.6 25.6

Imma-
terial

20.5%

21.7%
195

20.0%
21.1

Don't

know

8.5%
8.2%

7.3%
9.7

[856]

4. (US Sept 7 '37) Four out of every five teachers in public
schools arc women. Would you favor the employment of more
men? (aipo)

Yes 51% No 36% No opinion 11% No answer 2%

5. (US Aug 16 '38) In grade schools, which do you think makes
the better teacher — a married woman or an unmarried woman?
(aipo)

Married 32% Unmarried 37% No difference 31%

No opinion (9%)

6. (US Aug 16 '38) Schools in some states hire only unmarried
teachers and discharge them if they get married. Do you
approve of this rule? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 50% = 100% No opinion 8%,

7. (US Sept 17 '40) Which do you think make the best teach-
ers— men or women? (aipo)

Men 33%,

Women 30

Both 5

Qualified answer 29

No opinion 3

Qan 22 '41)

Men 37%,

Women 31

Both 4

No opinion 28

Qan 23 '42)

Men 29%

■ Women 37

Both 19

Qualified answer 9

No opinion 4

No answer 2

8. (US Dec '42) Asked of a national cross-section of high-
school students: How many of last year's teachers would you
be willing to describe as top-flight, Grade A — ones you really
enjoyed and got something out of? How many of last year's
teachers would you say were really second-rate? How many
teachers in all did you have last year? (for)

Percentage of teachers reported as top-flight 52.6%

Percentage reporting no teachers second-rate 21.7

Percentage of teachers reported as second-rate 27.4

Percentage who consider no teachers top-flight 1.9

103.6%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than ona answer.

9. (US Nov '43) On the average, how much would you say
teachers are paid a month in this city (town) (county)? Just
your best guess, (norc)

Under $90 11%

$90-$110 16

$111-$130 17

Over $130 37

Don't know 19

10. (US Nov '43) In general, do you think teachers are paid
too much or too little for the job they are expected to do?
(norc)

Too much 2% Too little 58% About right 31%

Don't know 9%

11. (Canada Dec 23 '44) In general, do you think that public-
school teachers in this province are paid too much or too little?
(cipo)

Underpaid 63% Other or no answer 37%

Are high-school teachers in this province paid too much or
too little? [This part of the question was not asked in Quebec]
Underpaid 33% Other or no answer 67%

12. (US Aug '46) When men and women are given an equal
chance, who do you think would generally make the best
high-school teachers of history? (for)

Men . . .
Women .

Men

Wimien

No
difference

Don't know

.8.3%
H.7

36.8%
27.5

15.6%
19.3

9.3%
11.5

13. (US Feb 28 '47) Do you think the schoolteachers' pay in
your community is too high, too low, or about right? (aipo)
Too high 2% Too low 44% About right 33%

Don't know 21%

14. (US Dec 25 '46) Do you think schoolteachers should form
unions? (aipo)

Yes 43% No 40% No opinion 17%

16. (US Nov 23 '46) The school boards in many communities
do not allow women schoolteachers to smoke. Do you think
this rule should be changed to allow women schoolteachers to
smoke while outside the classroom? (aipo)
Yes 62% No 32% No opinion 6%

16. (Netherlands Dec 23 '46) What do you think: should
teachers in our country get a higher salary or not? (nipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 77% 10% 13%

Well-to-do

Middle class. . .
Low income . . .
Lowest income.

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Yes No and Don't know

89% 11%

86 14

78 22

66 34

17. (Netherlands Dec 23 '46) Are you prepared to pay higher
taxes if it is necessary to pay teachers higher salaries? (nipo)

Yes
National total 41%

BY economic status

Yes

Well-to-do 57%

Middle class 55

Low income 40

Lowest income 28

18. (Netherlands Dec 23 '46) And would you be prepared to
pay a higher school fee [in order to provide higher salaries for
teachers]? (nipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 40% 35% 25%

No opinion

39%

20%

'^0 and No i

opinion

43%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Yes

Well-to-do 44%

Middle class 51

Low income 41

Lowest income 30

No and Don't know
56%
49
59
70

[857]

TEACHING, FREEDOM OF

1. (us May 17 '36, June 6 '37, June 20 '37) Should schools
teach the facts about all forms of government including fascism
and socialism? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 62% 38%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 62%

Republicans 59

Socialists 85

Third party 73

BY RURAL-URBAN

Farmers 60%

Small towns 63

Big cities 58

Students 95

Teachers 87

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Rhode Island

Massachusetts

Maine

New Hampshire

Vermont

Connecticut

Maryland

New Jersey

New York

Pennsylvania

Delaware

West Virginia

Illinois

Ohio

Indiana

Michigan

Nebraska

Minnesota

Mississippi

North Dakota

Wisconsin

Kansas

South Dakota

Iowa

Kentucky

Virginia

Oklahoma

South Carolina

Texas

Georgia

North Carolina

Louisiana

Arkansas

Florida

Tennessee

Missouri

Alabama

Arizona

Montana

New Mexico

Wyoming

Idaho

Utah

Nevada

(state

58%

38%
41
15
27

40%
37
42
5
13

BY state)

42%

Yes No

Colorado 77 23

California 59 41

Oregon 63 37

Washington 65 35

2. (US May 17 '36, June 6 '37, June 20 '37) Should college
teachers be free to express their views on all subjects, including
government and religion, in classrooms? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 59% 41%

BY RELATION TO COLLEGE

College teachers 79% 21%

College students 83 17

BY geographical SECTION

New England 65% 35%

Middle Atlantic 57 43

East central 55 45

West central 57 43

South 64 36

Mountain 62 38

Pacific coast 51 49

3. (US Apr '45) If the government should start giving some
financial support to those colleges and universities now sup-
ported largely by money from private people, do you think
the professors would have more freedom in teaching, or less
freedom, or about the same as now? (for)

National total 16.4%

College graduates 17.3

4. (US Apr '45) Do you think (the following) should or should
not try to direct the way a professor teaches his subject in a
college or university? (for)

Should
The people who give large sums

of money to a college 110%

The government 19.5

Alumni 26.9

Faculty 24.0

Board of trustees 35.0

Less

Same

Don t know

28.6%

36.4%

18.6%

48.4

27.9

6.4

Should

not

Don t know

74.6%

14.4%

63.4

17.1

563

16.8

51.0

25.0

45.6

19.4

TELEVISION

1. (US Apr 30 '39) If you could buy a television set for $200,
which would produce a picture about five inches by seven
inches, would you buy one? (aipo)

Yes 16%, No 84%

2. (US Dec 29 '45) Do you know what television is? (aipo)

Yes 84% No 16%

The 84% who knew what television is were asked: Have
you ever seen a television set in operation?
Yes 22% No 62%

The same 84% were asked: What is your guess as to how
long it will be before one-fourth of the people in this com-
munity have television sets?

One year to under two years 4%

Two years to under three years 9

[858]

Three years to under four years 6%

Four years to under five years 2

Five years 17

Over five years to under ten years 6

Ten years 19

Over ten years to twenty years 9

Over twenty years 4

It won't be popular 2

Don't know, no answer 6

Median = 5 years

The 84% who knew what television was were also asked:
What is your guess before one-half of the people in this com-
munity have television sets?

Under one year 2%

One year to under two years 4

Two years to under three years 6

Three years to under four years 4

Four years to under five years 2

Five years 13

Over five years to under ten years 6

Ten years 24

Over ten years up to twenty years 11

Over twenty years 4

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know; no answer 6

Median = ten years

The same 84% of the total sample were asked: What would

you regard as a fair price for a television set — that is, one that
would be good enough to give satisfactory service and low
enough in price to interest you in buying it?

Under $100 16%

$100 18

$125 5

$150 to under $200 17

$200 12

$250 6

Over $200 to under $500 7

$500 1

Over $500 (estimates ran to over $5000). . . 1

Don't know 17

Median = $150 to under $200

3. (US Jan '46) Do you think the chances are that you will

own a television set? (for)

Within a year or so 34%

In two or three years 24.6

Longer than that 36.0

Probably never 25.2

Don't know 10.8

TEMPERATURE

1. (US Dec 19 '42) What is the normal temperature at the
place where you work? (alpo)

Under 65° 12%

65° 13

68° 12

70° 32

72° 12

75° 12

Over 75° 7

Median = 70°

2. (US Dec 19 '42, Mar 6 '43) At what temperature do you
keep your home? (aipo)

National total 6% 12% 12% 38% 12% 13% 7% 23%

Homes heated by oil* 7 25 16 32 9 6 5 10

Homes heated by coal
and other types of

furnaces** 7 10 11 39 13 14 6 25

[66% of owners of oil furnaces in the 30 states with fuel oil

rationing say thev keep occupied rooms of their homes above

65°.]

* 68° recommended.

** 63° recommended by health agencies.

3. (US Dec 19 '42) What is the ideal temperature for a home?
(aipo)

Under 65° 3%

65° 5

68° 11

70° 41

72° 19

75° 14

Over 75° 7

Median = 70°

4. (US Mar 6 '43, Feb 11 '45) Asked of residents whose homes
are heated by oil: At what temperature do you keep your home
during the day? (aipo)

In oil In all

rationed states states

Under 65° at present 11% 10%

At 65° 33 28

At 68° 19 19

At 70° 23 27

Above 70° 14 16

Median = 70°*

* 70° was also given as the median temperature at their place of work
by respondents questioned.

5. (US Feb 3 '43) At what temperature do you keep your home
during the night, after going to bed? (aipo)

No heat 8%

Below freezing 2

33°-45° 7

50° 14

55° 8

60° 33

65° 16

70° 10

75° and over 2

100%

Didn't know (36%)

Median = 60°

6. (US Feb 3 '43) What was the normal (average) temperature
of your home during the day last winter? (aipo)

Under 65° 5%

65°-66° 8

67°-69° 8

70° 35

71°-73° 15

[ 859 ]

74°-76° 19%

Over 76° 10

100%

Didn't know (21%)

Median = 70°

7. (US Feb 3 '43) What is the ideal temperature for a home in
the daytime? (aipo)

Under 65° 4%

65°-66° 7

67°-69° 13

70° 37

71°-73° 18

74°-76° 15

Over 76° 6

100%

Didn't know (12%)

Median = 70°

8. (Canada Sept 18 '43) What do you think is an ideal tempera-
ture for a home during the winter months? (cipo)

65° or less 14%

66°-69° 13

70° 43

71°-74° 14

75 or more .

9. (US Aug 24 '47) At what temperature do you keep your
home during the night, after going to bed? What is the ideal
temperature for a home in the daytime? (aipo)

During the Ideal daytime

night

6%
36

1
10

temperature

60°

4
15
30
16
12

3
16

70°

No heat

60° and under

61°-63°

64°-66°

67°-69°

70°

71°-73°

74°-76°

77°-79°

80° and over

Don't know or no answer

Median =
* Less than 1%.

At what temperature do you keep your home during the day?

Under At At At Above
65° 65° 6S° 70° 70°
National total 7% 13% 19% 34% 27%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle
Atlantic 9% 18% 24% 30% 19%

New York, Pennsylvania,
Ohio, West Virginia, Vir-
ginia, Maryland, Kentucky 9 18 23

Oil users (15% of sample) .... 5 17 28

30
32

20
18

THEATRE

1. (Great Britain Apr '41) Do you approve or disapprove of
people being able to go to theatres on Sundays in wartime?
(bipo)

Approve 67%i Disapprove 26%

2. (Sweden Oct '42) When did you go to

Don't know 7%
a theatre last? (sgi)

5 "r^ >»

4 1°

•^ lO 4 w

National total 24% 13% 13% 23% 22% 5%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Town 427o 16% 13%

Country 15 11 12

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 61% 17% 7%

Middle class 25 12 13

Workers 21 14 13

9% 16% 4%
32 25 5

3% 11% 1%
22 24 4
25 21 6

3. (Sweden Oct '42) What did you see [when you last attended
the theatre]? Asked of a national cross-section of theatre-
goers, (sgi)

National total.

309o

12%

Men 31% 12%

Women 28 12

11% 5%

9% 4%
13 6

Q
42%

44%
41

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 32% 24% 17% 3% 24%

Middle class 28 14 13 5 40

Workers 30 9 10 5 46

4. (Great Britain Jan 24 '43) Would you approve or disapprove
of theatres being allowed to open on Sundays, just as they do
on other days? (bipo)

Approve 58% Disapprove 33% Don't know 9%

5. (Germany Dec 1 '45) Will you go to the theatre when they
are reopened? (omgus)

Yes 70% No 29% No opinion

What sort of plays would you like to see?

Musical comedy, operetta, opera 42%

Drama 5

Classical plays 8

Modern plays 7

Comedies 17

Never go to the theatre, prefer movies .... 6

Other 7

No opinion, don't know 2

No answer 16

120%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (Hungary May '46) Asked of Budapest and suburban adults:
How often do you go to [visit] the theatre? (hipor)

[ 860 ]

EDUCATED
CLASSES

s J

Once a week 8% 11%

Twice a week 3 6

Three times a week. . 2 3

Four times a week. . . 1 —

Once a month 25 25

Twice a month 8 7

Three times a month 2 2

Four times a month . . — 2

Once a year 7 11

Twice a year 10 10

Three times a year. . . 6 3

Four times a year. ... 2 4

Five times a year. ... 2 2

Six times a year 2 2

More than six times

a year 5 1

Never, no answer. .. . 17 11

BOURGEOISIE

WORKERS

7%
4

16
3
3
3

8
16
7
6
1
3

4
16

6%
6

6
12
9
6
2
3

4%
3

13
6
3

1
9

18
4

2
13

Asked of Budapest and suburban children: How often do
you visit theatres and movies?

THEATRES MOVIES

Boys Girls

Once a week 12% 4%

Twice a week — 1

Three times a week. . . — —

Four times a week .... — —

Once a month 22 23

Twice a month 12 6

Three times a month . . 1 4

Four times a month ... 4 —

Once a year 4 27

Twice a year 10 4

Three times a year. ... 7 7

Four times a year 3 4

Five times a year 4 4

Six times a year 4 4

More than six times a

year 3 4

Never, no answer 14 8

Boys
30%

1
1
1
1

Girls

17%
6
1

7. (Hungary Sept '46) Asked of Budapest residents: Which
do you prefer, plays or movies? (hipor)

Theatre Movies Both

Educated women 71 .0% 24.8%, 3.6%o

Educated men 66.1 29.2 4.1

Uneducated women 48.5 47.9 3.4

Uneducated men 45.5 49.7 39

Other,
no answer
0.6%
06
0.2
0.9

8. (Hungary Sept '46) Why do you prefer the theatre to the
movies? Asked in Budapest only, (hipor)

More direct, more eventful;
living actors are seen. . . .

More literary, more artistic;
more significant and seri-
ous 31.3 16.6

MEN

WOMEN

Educated
Uneducated

t.0% 41.6%

30.4%, 39.3%,

Has greater effect 13.8%

Films are tiresome, auto-
matic 2.7

Theatre's dialogue is in
Hungarian, thus intelli-
gible 5.4

Other, no answer 12.8

:§

-I

19.5% 18.5% 20.7%

5.8
12.7

2.6

7.6
9.7

2.7

4.7
11.2

WOMEN

1
^

42.5%

17.8%

26.0%

11.4

4.8

16.7

4.2

7.2

8.1

14.3

29.7

25.1

7.3

14.2

8.6

4.1

2.4

2.3

4.1

2.4

2.3

12.1

17 9

10.1

31.2

21.4

9. (Hungary Sept '46) Why do you prefer the movies to the
theatre? (hipor)

"13

\j
*.*

Less expensive 15.1%

More lively, more colorful,

more exciting 15.1

Larger perspectives 22.1

Amusing, varied 21.3

Convenient, easy to reach . . 7.1
More intelligible, more

showy 4.5

Greater selection 9.7

Other, no answer 51

10. (Hungary Sept '46) Which kind of play is your favorite?
(hipor)

I
til

Tragedy 18.0%,

Chamber drama 27.0

Comedy 18.0

Burlesque 2.3

Musical comedy 12.0

Opera 17.0

Other, no answer 5-7

What is the foundation of your decision as to choice of
theatre? Asked in Budapest only.

til

The play 49.6%

The artists 15.4

The acting ensemble 13.7

The management 78

The author 8.0

Other, no answer 55

11. (Hungary Sept '45) Asked in Budapest only: What is the
foundation of your decision as to choice of play? (hipor)

11.0%

16.0%

12.8%

12.3

28.5

15.7

33.3

19.7

30.7

11.4

2.2

22.9

11.7

24.7

5.2

19.0

6.3

3.9

2.9

3.3

WOMEN

24.1%

42.5%

38.9%

38.1

19.2

32.7

19.9

13.3

12.5

7.7

9.1

6.2

2.2

10.6

3.4

8.0

5.3

6.3

[861]

Interest aroused by friends.. 42.8% 48.8% 39.7%

Criticism in papers 43.7 34.2 48.9

A theatre critic 10.7 11.5 8.8

Opportunity, free tickets. . . 2.8 5.5 2.6

Do you read theatrical criticism in the papers? Asked in
Budapest.

MEN WOMEN

50.9%
30.6
14.6
3.9

Yes :

Occasionally, not systemat-
ically

I
84.0%
15.6

0.4

1
J

59.6%
35.0

5.4

81.6%
12.7

5.7

61.2%
35.5

3.3

12. (Czechoslovakia Oct '46) Have you been to the theatre
this year? (czipo)

Several

times Once Never

National total 52%, 23% 25%

BY OCCUPATION

Laborers 44%

White collar and civil service. . . 71

Farmers 38

Business 63

BY AGE

18-29 years 65%

30-49 years 52

50 years and over 44

Men . . .
Women .

54%
50

28%
15
27
15

22%

21%
25

28%
14
35
22

13%

25%
25

TIN

1. (us Apr 28 '43) Asked of women only: Have you turned in
any tin cans? (norc)

Yes 60% No 40%

2. (US Aug 27 '43) About how many tin cans do you use in
an average week? (norc)

One or less 8%

Two 15

Three 19

Four 13

Five 10

Six 7

Seven 4

Eight 3

Nine *

Ten 4

More than ten 7

None 8

Not ascertainable 2

* Less than 0.5%.

3. (US Aug 27 '43) Have you (or you family) turned in any

old tin cans? (norc)

Yes 60% No 40% Don't know less than 0.5%

Asked of the 40% of the total sample who said they or their
family had not turned in any old tin cans: Have you heard
about the campaign to get people to save their old tin cans?

Yes 349

No 6%,

Don't know less than 0.5%

Asked of 34% of the sample who had heard about the cam-
paign to get people to save their tin cans, but hadn't turned
in any yet: How does it happen you haven't turned any in?

Fault of collection system 12%

Lack of cans 10

Fault of collection system and/or information 6

Negligence and distaste 5

Too busy 2

Someone else turns them in 1

Cans are utilized at home 1

Difficulties in opening cans 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable *

39%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 34 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Asked of the 34% of the total sample who had heard about
the campaign to get people to save their tin cans, but hadn't
turned any in yet: Do people around here have to flatten the
cans before they turn them in?
Yes 25% No 2% Don't know 7%

Asked of the 25% of the sample who said people had to
flatten the cans before they turned them in: Why do you sup-
pose the government wants them flattened?

Conservation of space and ease of handling 20%

Preparation for processing 2

Saving of time 1

Saving of labor *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 3

27%**

* Less than 0.5%-

** Percentages add to more than 25% as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Asked of the 60% of the sample who said they or their
family had turned in tin cans. Do you turn in all the tin cans
you have?
Yes 46% No 13% Don't know 1%

Asked of the 13% of the sample who did not turn in all the
tin cans they had: Why not?

Collection difficulties 4%

Type of can 3

Negligence or carelessness 2

Difficulties with opening 1

Too busy 1

Some cans are utilized at home. . . 1

Have too few cans *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable *

* Less than 0.5%.

Asked of 60% of the sample who said they or their family
turned in tin cans: Well, are you turning in as many now as
you were when you first started saving them?
More now 3% Less now 35% Same 20% Don't know 2%

[862]

Asked of the 35% of the total sample who were turning in
less tin cans now than they were when they first started saving
them: Why?

Use fewer cans — no reason given 12%

Use fewer cans in summertime 6

Use fewer cans due to rationing 5

Use fewer cans in summer because of own garden 3

Use fewer cans because foods come in jars 2

Collection system or publicity at fault 5

Change in household arrangement 2

Distaste or carelessness 1

Trouble with can opener *

Miscellaneous 2

38%*

* Less than 0.5%.
** Percentages add to more than 35 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Asked of 60% of total sample who said they or their family
had turned in tin cans. Do you think the government really
needs the cans as badly now as they did when you first started
saving them?
Yes 46% No 7%, Don't know 7%

Asked of 7% of the total sample who thought the govern-
ment didn't need tin cans as badly now as it did when they first
started saving them: Why not?

Because collection efforts have relaxed 2%

Because they've stopped asking for them 1

Because they have plenty of material now 1

Because the results were disappointing *

Because the war is not as serious as expected *

Because the need for tin cans is not so great *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 1

7%*

* Totals 1%.

** Multiple answers were permissible but not enough to add to more
than 7%.

Asked of 60% of the total sample who said they or their
families had turned in old cans: Are the cans collected at your
door or do they have to be taken some place?

Collected at door 37%

Taken some place 20

Both 1

No system 1

Don't know 1

How far do they have to be taken? (Blocks or miles.) Asked
of 21% of total sample whose tin cans had to be taken some
place or were collected at door and also had to be taken some
place.

yi mile or less or five blocks or less 8%

Yl mile or 6 to 10 blocks 4

% mile or 11 to 15 blocks *

1 mile or 16 to 20 blocks 2

1' 2 miles 1

2 miles 1

2} 2 miles 1

3 to 5 miles 2

Over 5 to 6 miles 1

Over 6 to 8 miles 1

Over 8 miles 1

Not ascertainable 1

Is this much of a bother to you? Asked of 21% of total sample
whose tin cans had to be taken some place or were collected
at door and also had to be taken some place.
Yes 4% No 16% Don't know 1%

Is there any way that you think this system could be im-
proved? Asked of 60% of the total sample who said they or
their family had turned in old tin cans.
Yes 19% No 35% Don't know 6%

How? Asked of 19% of the total sample who thought that
the system of collecting tin cans could be improved.
// "taken some place"

Should collect them at door 6%

Remind people to save cans 1

// ' 'collected at door '

Collections should be more regular; systematic 4

Collections should be more frequent 3

Specific suggestions for organization 3

Designate a place where they could be taken 1

More notice of collections should be given 1

Collect cans separately from garbage 1

Don't require tin cans to be specifically prepared. ... *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable *

23%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 21% as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

21%**

* Less than 0,5%).

** Percentages add to more than 19 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Do you (or your family) flatten the cans or do you turn
them in just as they are? Asked of 60% of the total sample
who said they or their family had turned in old tin cans.
Flatten 52% Turn in as is 8% Don't know Less than 0.5%

Is this much of a bother to you? Asked of 52% of the total
sample who flattened the tin cans before turning them in.
Yes 10% No 41% Don't know 1%

Why do you suppose the government wants them flattened?

Asked of 52% of the total sample who flattened their tin cans

before turning them in.

Conservation of space and ease of handling .... 40%

Preparation for processing 5

Saving of labor 4

Saving of time 3

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 3

56%*

* Percentages add to more than 52 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Do you think people should be paid for the cans they turn
in? Asked of 94% of the total sample who had heard of the
campaign to turn in tin cans (34%) or had turned in cans (60%).
Yes 3% No 89% Don't know 2%

As far as you know, is anyone making any money out of
these tin can collections? Asked of 94% of total sample who
had turned in tin cans or had heard of the campaign to turn in
old tin cans.
Yes 2% No 80% Don't know 12%

Have you heard or read anything that told you why people
should save tin cans? Asked of 94% of the total sample who
had turned in old tin cans or had heard of the campaign to
turn in tin cans.
Yes 76% No 17% Don't know 1%

[ 863 ]

Have you heard or read anything of this sort recently?
Asked of 76% of the total sample who had heard or read
something that told them why people should save tin cans.

Yes 20% No 55% Don't know 1%

From what you know or have heard, do you think the
government has enough plants to handle the cans that are
turned in? Asked of 94% of the total sample who had turned
in old tin cans or had heard of the campaign to turn in cans.

Yes 44%, No 8% Don't know 42%,

(Jan 21 '44) Have you (or your family) turned in any old
tin cans? (norc)

Yes 70%,

No 29%

Don't know 1%

4. (US Aug 27 '43) As far as you know, are there any tin
mines in the United States? (norc)

Yes, there are 18% No, there aren't 32% Don't know 50%

5. (US Aug 27 '43) Where do you think we got most of our
tin before the war? (norc)

Pacific :

East Indies 6%

Japan 3

Malaya 2

Japanese controlled (now) 1

Burma 1

Java 1

Other specific places in Pacific area 2

Unspecified 2

Latin America:

Bolivia 2

Brazil *

Argentina *

Other specific places 1

Unspecified 8

India 1

Africa - . *

United States 4

Miscellaneous specific places 4

Imported (no place mentioned) 3

Other answers 1

Not ascertainable 61

TIPPING

1. (US June 7 '37) Would you favor laws against tipping?
(aipo)

Yes 40%

No 60%

No opinion (12%)

2. (US Aug '38) Many people in restaurants, hotels, barber-
shops, etc., depend upon tips for a part of their pay. Do you
think it would be better to have them paid larger wages out
of an additional amount added to the bills the customers pay?
(for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 65.1% 22.2% 12.7%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 75.1% 19.8% 5.1%,

BY RACE

Negroes 53.2%, 25.1%, 21.7%

3. (Denmark Nov 5 '44) How much do you generally tip in
restaurants? (dgi)

10%oorless 6.6%,

12M% 1.5

15% 75.0

20% or more 7.2

Varies 3.9

Don't know 5.8

4. (Denmark Nov 5 '44) How much do you think one should
give if a fixed rate of tipping is introduced all over the country?
(dgi)

On J

dlbUls

10% 29.3%,

123^% 3.5

15% 24.5

20% 3.0

Don't know 33.0

Nothing fixed 6.7

On large bills

40.6%

2.3
14.9

1.8
34.0

6.4

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US May 18 '44) And tin cans? (Is there as much need to
turn them in now?) (norc)

Yes 73%, No 12% Don't know 15%,

Why not? Asked of 12% of the sample who did not think
it necessary to turn in tin cans now.

Difficulties in collection 4%

Tin cans not needed so much now for production 3

Little or no tin in cans any more 2

Requests diminished or not reached by requests 2

Not required to turn in tin tubes now *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know *

12%*

* Totals 1%.

** Multiple answers permissible, but not enough to add to more
than 12%.

5. (Sweden Feb '46) How much did you tip, and how much
did it cost the last time you ate in a restaurant? Asked of a
national cross-section of people who had eaten in restaurants.
(sGi)

"fe5 ^ fe? bO

•S ° 7 7 ^

1 I E^ &5 J25 £^ J.^ fe

•^^iO --H lO *o O f^

National total.... 9% 32% 34% 6% 8% 5% 6%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Large towns 6% 24% 44% 7% 11% 3% 5%

Other towns 5 31 38 6 7 7 6

Country 13 35 29 6 6 5 6

6. (Sweden Feb '46) How much did you tip, and how much
did you pay for the taxi the last time you rode in one? Asked
of a national cross-section of people who had ridden in taxis.

(SGI)

[864]

»^

fe5
7

fe5

li ^ ^ fe? ^ fe^ V

•^-K^O '-H *^ ^O O -^

<^*,i-H ^-H >— H r-H fS lO

National total.... 54% 11% 16% 3% 6% 3% 7%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Large towns 12% 19%o 33% 7% 12% 7% 10%

Small towns 39 12 22 4 9 4 10

Country 73 8 8 2 3 2 4

TIRES AND RUBBER

1. (us Jan 5 '42) Do you think that the rationing of automo-
bile tires by the government is necessary or unnecessary? (norc)

Necessary Unnecessary Don't know

Can 28 '42).
(Aug 21 '42).
(Nov 27 '42).

79% 14% 7%

77
79
83

11
12

12
9
5

2. (US Jan 26 '42) Have you heard about the government
regulation of sales of automobile tires? Asked of a national
cross-section of car owners: 58% of the total sample is repre-
sented, (aipo)

Yes 99% No 1%

3. (US Jan 26 '42) Do you feel that this government regulation
of tire sales is necessary? Asked of a national cross-section of
car owners. 58% of the total sample is represented, (aipo)
Yes 81% No 8%o Don't know 11%

4. (US Jan 26 '42) How long do you expect the government
regulation of tire sales will be in effect? Asked of a national
cross-section of car owners. 58% of the total sample is repre-
sented, (aipo)

1 year 10%

2-5 years 12

For war's duration 44

Others and no opinion 34

5. (US Jan 26 '42) It has been suggested that to save rubber
and reduce automobile accidents every state should pass a law
against people driving more than 35 miles an hour on any
road. Would you approve or disapprove of such a law in every
state in the country? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National total 67% 28% 5%

Car owners 61 36 3

6. (US Feb 25 '42) About how long do you think it will be
before your tires arc so worn that you will not be able to drive
your car? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners.
(aipo)

Tires worn out now 2%

6 months or less 21

6 months to 1}^ years 47

2 years 19

More than 2 years 11

(Canada Mar 18 '42) About how long do you think it will
be before your tires are so worn out that you will not be able
to drive your car? (cipo)

Less than 6 months 8%

6 months to 1 year 15

1 to 2 years 37

2 years or more 40

7. (US Mar 28 '42) From what you have heard about the situa-
tion, do you think we are doing the right thing by rationing
tires? (norc)

Yes 86%o No 8%, Don't know 6%,

8. (US Mar 28 '42) Do you think there is much chiseling in
the rationing of tires, or do you think the rationing rules are
being pretty generally obeyed? (norc)

Chiseling 23% Obeyed 58%, Don't know 19%)

9. (US May 20 '42) Have you changed your way of getting
to work since tire or gas rationing went into effect? Asked of a
national cross-section of employed or employers, (aipo)

Yes 14%o No 86%o

In what way? Asked of 14% of the sample who said they
had changed their way of getting to work.

Walk instead of drive 4%

Bicycle instead of drive 1

Double up with neighbors 2

Use car less 2

Train instead of drive 1

Bus instead of drive 2

Other changes 1

Have changed but didn't say how 1

10. (US June 26 '42) Have you heard anything about a cam-
paign to get people to turn in old rubber to filling stations and
places like that? (norc)

Yes 97%o No 3%

11. (US June 26 '42) Well, from what you know, has anyone
in your house turned in any old rubber during the last two
weeks? (norc)

Yes 58% No 37%o Don't know 5%o

12. (US June 26 '42) Are there any old rubber things around
your house now that you think should be turned in? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

23% 69% 8%

Quly 11 '42) 14 78 8

13. (US June 26 '42) Do you think that collecting old rubber
things will bring in enough rubber to really help the war effort?
(norc)

Yes No Don't know

78% 7% 15%

(July 11 '42) 78 8 14

14. (US June 26 '42) Do you think there is a serious rubber
shortage in this country now? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

64% 16% 20%

Quly 11 '41) 66 15 19

Quly 18 '42) 64 24 12

(Sept 16 '42) 71 13 16

(Sept 16 '42) Asked of 71% of the sample who thought there
was a serious rubber shortage in the United States. Do you
think the rubber shortage is so serious that there is a real need
for people to cut down on their driving and save the tires
they have on their cars now?
Yes 67%, No 3% Don't know 1%

[ 865 ]

Do you think the government did everything it could reason-
ably be expected to do to prevent this rubber shortage? Asked
of 71% of the sample who thought there was a serious rubber
shortage.

Yes 34% No 27% Don't know 10%

(Nov 8 '42) Do you think there is a serious rubber shortage
in this country now?

Yes 64% No 24% Don't know 12%

(Dec 11 '42) Do you think there is a serious rubber shortage
in this country now?

ITes No Don't know

In newly rationed area 67% 23% 10%

In old rationed area 74 16 10

Quly 23 '43) National total . . 57 30 13

16. (Canada July 11 '42) If the rubber shortage became very
serious, do you think the government should take the tires
from automobiles that are not necessary to the war effort,
or for making a living? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 84% 8% 8%

Car owners 84 10 6

Non-car owners 84 7 9

16. (Canada July 11 '42) Do you think the government should
take these tires without paying for them, or do you think the
owner should get a fair price for his tires? (cipo)

Without pay 10% Should pay 87% No opinion 3%

17. (US July 11 '42) From what you know, did anyone in your
house turn in any old rubber things for the scrap rubber col-
lection? (norc)

Yes 69% No 27% Don't know 4%

18. (US July 11 '42) Do you have an automobile in your family?
(norc)

Yes 67% No 33%

Is it [your automobile] still being used? Asked of 67% of
the sample who said there was an automobile in their family.
Yes 64% No 3%

About how much longer do you think your tires will last?

Asked of 64% of the sample who said there was an automobile

in their family that was still being used.

Less than 8 months 17%

8 months to 1 year 23

13 months to 3 years 20

Over 3 years 1

Don't know 3

19. (US Aug 1 '42) If the government needs tires, would you
offer to sell some of your tires to the government for a fair
price? Asked of a national cross-section of car owners (aipo)
Yes 73% No 22% Don't know 5%

20. (US July 14 '42) How long do you think it will be before
we have enough synthetic (artificial) rubber so that people
can buy new tires? (aipo)

Less than 1 year 9%

1 year 19

2 years 33

3 years 14

4 years 5

Never 2

5 or more years 8

Not until after the war 6

Depends on the government's efforts 2
Miscellaneous 2

100%
Don't know (16%)

21. (US Oct 3 '42) In order to save rubber, do you think there
should be a law limiting driving speed to 35 miles per hour in
every state? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 87% 8% 5%

Car owners 89 9 2

22. (US Sept 15 '42) Have you read or heard about the report
of the special committee appointed by the President to investi-
gate the rubber situation? (aipo)

Yes 67% No 33%

23. (US Sept 15 '42) The President appointed a committee of
three, made up of Baruch and two university presidents, to
investigate the rubber situation. Do you think this com-
mittee, or one like it, should be appointed to investigate other
national problems? (aipo)

Yes 67% No 13% No opinion 20%

24. (US Sept 16 '42) Do you think people will be able to get
new tires for pleasure driving any time within the next two
years? (norc)

Don't

Yes No know Qualified

Nat-ional total 12% 69% 19% —

(Dec 11 '42)

Old rationed areas 22 52 12 14%

Newly rationed areas 17 61 9 13

25. (US Sept 16 '42) Did you happen to read anything or hear
anything over the radio about the Baruch Rubber Report — a
report to the President on the rubber situation — about a week
ago? (norc)

Yes 36% No 62% Don't know 2%

26. (US Oct 13 '42) Do you own a car or truck? (aipo)

Yes, car or cars 49%

Yes, both 3

Yes, truck 3

No 45

About how long do you think it will be before your tires
are so worn out that you will not be able to drive your car?
Asked of the 55% who owned a car or truck or both.

Worn out now 2%

Six months or less 24

Seven months to two years 44

Two years 18

More than two years 12

No opinion (7)

27. (US Dec 11 '42) If the car owner himself doesn't mind
putting his car away when the tires are worn out, what would
you say is the government's reason for wanting people to save
their tires? (norc)

Old rationed Newly rationed

area area

Save rubber for war effort 28% 21%

Save tires for public 14 16

Relieve transportation system. . 13 15

Getting people to work 6 8

Keep flow of business normal . . 4 9

[ 8(!() ]

Possibility of government com-
mandeering tires

Make people war-minded

Miscellaneous

Not ascertainable

Old rationed

Hewly rationed

area

12%

11%

112%** 110%**

* Less than 0.5%-

** Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

28. (US Jan 21 '43) Have you tried to buy tires to run your
farm? Asked of a national cross-section of fatmers. (aipo)

Yes 27% No 73%

Were you able to get as many [tires] as you needed? Asked
of the 27% who said they had tried to buy tires.
Yes 18% No 9%

29. (US Apr 28 '43) Have you turned in any old rubber?
Asked of a national cross-section of women, (norc)

Yes No No ansu'er

75% 25%

(Aug 27 '43) 78 22

(Jan 21 '44) 72 28

* Less than 0.5%.

30. (US July 23 '43) How long do you think it will be befote
people will be able to get new tires for pleasure driving?
(norc)

Less than 6 months 3%

6-11 months 9

One year 22

One year and a half 5

Two years 13

Three years 7

Four years 2

Over four years 3

After the war 7

"Depends" answers 1

Not ascertainable 27

Miscellaneous 1

31. (US July 23 '43) About how much longer do you think
your tires will last? (norc)

Don't own a car 31%

Car is not being used 4

Less than 4 months 10

4-5 months 3

6-7 months 10

8-9 months 2

10 months to 1 year 18

13 months to 1 year and a half 3

19 months to 2 yeats 10

25 months to 2 years and a half *

31 months to 3 years 2

Over 3 years 2

Not ascertainable 5

* Less than 0.5%.

(Dec 18 '43) About how much longer do you think your
tires will last? Asked of 63% of the total sample who were
car users.

Less than 4 months 7%

4-5 months- 3

6-7 months 10

8-9 months 3

10 months to 1 year 19%

13 months to 1 year and a half 4

19 months to 2 years 8

25 months to 2 years and a half *

31 months to 3 years 2

Over 3 years 2

Don't know 5

63%
* Less than 0.5%.

32. (US July 23 '43) From what you've heatd, is it hard to get
tire certificates from the ration boards around here? Asked of
65% of the sample who were still using their cars, (norc)
Yes 25% No 23% Don't know 17%

Do you have any trouble actually getting a tire, once you
have a certificate? Asked of 48% of the total sample who had
an opinion as to the difficulty of getting tire certificates from
ration boards.
Yes 12% No 25% Don't know 11%

33. (US Oct 26 '43) After the war, do you think we should
put a tax on natural rubber coming in from foreign countries
in order to cncoutage the production of synthetic rubber in
this country? (aipo)

Yes 39% No 39% No opinion 22%

34. (US Oct 27 '43) After the war, will you be willing to pay
a higher price for all rubber products so that the new synthetic
rubber factories in this country can compete with natutal tubber
from abroad? (aipo)

Yes 53% No 23%, No opinion 19%

Qualified answer 5%

35. (US Dec 18 '43) Do you have an automobile in your im-
mediate family? (norc)

Yes 67%, No 33%

Is it still being used? Asked of 67% of the sample who had a
car in the immediate family.

Yes 63% No 4%,

What arc some of the things the government is asking people

to do, so their tires will last longer? Anything else? Asked of
63% of the sample who were car users.

Have tires checked 24%

Keep tires inflated 20

Drive less; don't do unnecessary driving 21

Drive under 35 m.p.h 17

Rotate tires on car 11

Have tires recapped, retreaded, repaired 10

Be careful about starting and stopping 9

Drive carefully 5

Take care of tires (general) , 3

Don't bump tires against curb 2

Take curves slowly 2

Have proper wheel alignment 2

Keep car in repair 2

Miscellaneous *

Drive slowly *

Don't know 1

129%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 63 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Have you had any tites recapped? Asked of 63% of the sam
pie who were car users.
Yes 24%, No 38%, Don't know 1%,

[867]

Did you have any trouble getting them recapped? What
kind of trouble? Asked of 24% of the total sample who were
car users and had had some tires recapped.

Job poorly done 1%

Too long getting job done 2

Trouble getting permit *

Job cost too much *

Miscellaneous *

No trouble 20

Don't know *

24%

* Total 1%.

From what you've heard, do people have any trouble getting
tires recapped around here? What kind of trouble? Asked of
38% of the total sample who were car users and had not had
tires recapped.

Takes too long getting job -done 2%

Job poorly done 2

Trouble — red tape — getting permit 1

Can't get material to get job done 1

No; not now; but had trouble before. ... 1

Yes (no specific tro.uble mentioned) *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know 7

No trouble 24

38%

* Less than 0.5%.

If you want your tires recapped, do you have to get permis-
sion from your ration board? Asked of 63% of the total sample
who were car users.
Yes 15% No 37% Don't know 11%

Have you tried to buy any tires since rationing went into
effect? Asked of 63% of the total sample who were car users.
Yes 19% No 43% Don't know 1%

[Did you try to buy] new or second hand [tires]? Asked of
19% of the total sample who were car users and had tried to
buy tires since tire rationing went into effect.
New 15% Second hand 4% Don't know Less than 0.5%

Did you have any trouble [buying tires]? Asked of 19% of
the total sample who are car users and had tried to buy tires
since tire rationing went into effect.
Yes 7% No 12%, Don't know Less than 0.5%

Was it trouble getting a certificate, trouble getting the tire
after you had the certificate, or what? Asked of 7% of the total
sample who were car users and had had trouble buying new
tires since tire rationing went into effect.

Trouble getting certificate 3%

Trouble getting tire after had certificate. . 3

Both 1

Miscellaneous 2

9%*

* Percentages add to more than 7 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

From what you've heard, is it hard to get tire certificates
from the ration boards around here? Asked of 43% of the total
sample who were car users and had not tried to buy any tires
since tire rationing went into effect.
Yes 21% No 10% Don't know 12%

From what you've heard, do people have any trouble getting
a tire once they have a certificate? Asked of 43% of the total

sample who were car users and had not tried to buy any tires

since tire rationing went into effect.

Yes 11%, No 16%, Don't know 16%,

Have you had any trouble getting your tires inspected?
What kind of trouble? Asked of 63% of the total sample who
were car users.
Yes 1% No 61% Don't know 1%

Do you think these tire inspections are worth while, or not?
Asked of 63% of the total sample who were car users.
Worth while 45% Not worth while 15% Don't know 3%

Why don't you think so? Asked of 15% of the total sample
who were car users and thought tire inspection was not neces-
sary.

Inspections are not necessary 6%

Owners already know condition of tires — check not

necessary 4

It's unnecessary expense — a racket 2

No good — don't fix tires when something is wrong 1

The inspectofs not qualified 1

Wastes too much time 1

Miscellaneous *

Don't know 1

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 15 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Can you think of any way these tire inspections could be
improved? How? Asked of 48% of the total sample who were
car users and thought tire inspection worthwhile.

Inspections could be more thorough 5%

Have better inspectors 2

Have more frequent inspections 1

Not all places are reliable — honest *

Service is slow *

Fix tires after inspection *

Don't chatge a fee for inspection *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 33

Not ascertainable 1

No — inspections good as they are now 4

48%

■ Total = 1%.

36. (US Dec 18 '43) How long do you think it will be before
there are enough new tires for everyone? (norc)

Less than 6 months. . . . 4%

7-11 months 2

1 year 19

1}-^ years 6

2 years 26

3 years 14

4 years 5

Over 4 years 5

After the war 7

Depends 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 10

37. (US Dec 18 '43) Do you think there is any danger of the
tire shortage becoming so setious in the next six months
that a lot of people will have to stop driving their cars en-
tirely? (norc)

[8(58]

Don't know

51%

Yes

In newly rationed area 40%

In old rationed area 35

38. (US Dec 18 '43) How about trucks? Do you think there's
any danger of the tire shortage becoming so serious that a lot
of trucks will have to be taken off the road in the next six
months? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

In newly rationed area 24% 63% 13%

In old rationed area 20 67 13

39. (US Dec 18 '43) From what you've heard, do you think
the tires they are now making from synthetic rubber are
better than regular tires, or not as good? (norc)

About Not Don't

Better the same as good know

In newly rationed area 8% 12% 63% 17%

In old rationed area 6 13 60 21

TITLES OF HONOR AND NOBILITY

1. (us Apr '42) Do you think the British should or should
not do away with their titles? (for)

Should 50.2% Should not 27.5% Don't know 22.3%

(Canada June '42) Do you believe the British should or
should not be required (in such a united nation) to do away
with their titles? (cipo)
Should 57.9%, Should not 30.6% Don't know 11.5%,

2. (US June 3 '42) Do you think it would be a good idea if we
had titles like Lord, Duke, and Sir in this country the way
they have in England? (opor)

No 98% Don't know 2%

3. (US June 3 '42) Do you think it is a good idea for them to
have those titles (Duke, Lord, and Sir) in England? (opor)

Yes 41%

No 45"^

Don't know 14%

4. (Canada Oct 14 '42) There has been some argument about
whether or not Canadians should he given titles (Sir, Lord,
Viscount) for outstanding service to their country. What are
your views on this? (cipo)

Favor Oppose Undecided

National total 32% 55% 13%,

BY NATIONAL ORIGIN

British 35%, 55%, 10%o

French 30 48 22

Other 27 60 13

5. (Hungary Oct '46) Do you approve of abandoning titles
of noble birth? (hipor)

BY SEX AND ECONOMIC STATUS

Approve

Men

Higher 75.7%

Middle 74.0

Lower 78.9

Women .

Higher 69.6

Middle 67.3

Lower 60.1

Other, no

Oppose

answer

22.1%

2.2%

20.6

5.4

17.1

4.0

24.9

5.5

24.1

8.6

28.4

11.5

Other, no

Oppose

answer

13.7%

3.1%

14.2

4.2

13.3

2.8

12.9

7.4

20.4

6.9

18.9

11.3

Do you approve of abandoning titles of official rank?

BY SEX AND ECONOMIC STATUS

Approve
Men

Higher 83.2%,

Middle 81.6

Lower 83.9

Women

Higher 79.7

Middle 72.7

Lower 69.8

How should men in high position be addressed?

BY SEX AND ECONOMIC STATUS

By By Other,

profession name Sir no answer

Men

Higher 57.9% 6.5% 31.8%, 3.8%

Middle 58.6 7.7 30.7 3.0

Lower 56.7 10.1 31.3 1.9

Women

Higher 55.6 4.6 35.2

Middle 58.3 11.7 26.8

Lower 42.5 14.5 37.6

How should women in high position be addressed?

BY SEX AND ECONOMIC STATUS

4.6
3.2
5.4

husband' s

husband's

Other,

profession

name

Madam

no answer

Men

Higher

9.3%

9.4%

79.0%

2.3%

Middle

16.7

71.9

3.7

Lower

17.6

14.8

63.9

3.7

Women

Higher

8.3

5.6

79.6

6.5

Middle

20.1

11.1

63.2

5.6

Lower

133

13.7

66.9

6.1

TOTALITARIANISM

1. (US June 12 '36) Do you believe the acts and policies of the
Roosevelt administration may lead to dictatorship? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 45% 55%o

BY POLITICS

Republican 83

Third party 53

Socialist 30

BY STATE

Vermont 69%

Maine 66

New Hampshire 59

Kansas 56

Connecticut 54

Massachusetts 54

Indiana 53

Rhode Island 52

West Virginia 52

New Jersey 51

91%
17
47
70

31%

34
41
44
46
46
47
48
48
49

[869]

Yes No

Colorado 50 50

Idaho 50 50

Iowa 49 51

Delaware 48 52

South Dakota 48 52

Minnesota 47 53

New York 47 53

Wyoming 47 53

Illinois 46 54

Pennsylvania 46 54

Ohio 45 55

Florida 44 56

Maryland 43 57

Michigan 43 57

Missouri 43 57

Oregon 42 58

Montana 42 58

Wisconsin 42 58

Oklahoma 41 59

Virginia 41 59

Washington 40 60

New Mexico 39 61

North Dakota 39 61

Arkansas 38 62

Kentucky 38 62

Nebraska 38 62

Louisiana '37 63

Arizona . . 36 64

Tennessee 36 64

California 35 65

Nevada 34 66

North Carolina 34 66

Texas 28 72

Utah 28 72

Georgia 26 74

South Carolina 26 74

Mississippi 22 78

Alabama 20 80

2. (US Mar 22 '37) Have you paid any attention to articles on
Fascism and Cormnunism? (aipo)

Yes 41% No 47% No opinion 12%

If you had to choose between Fascism and Communism,
which would you choose? Asked of 41% of the total sample
who had paid attention to articles on Fascism and Communism.
Fascism 17% Communism 11% No opinion 13%

3. (Great Britain Nov '37) If you had to choose between
Fascism and Communism, which would you choose? (blpo)

No answer
or no
Fascism Communism

(US June 21 '38) (aipo)
(Great Britain Feb '39)

(bipo) 26

21
(US Jan 20 '39) (aipo) . . 25

49%
24

51%
24

74
63
24

opinion

(46%)
52

(16)
16
50

Neither

4. (US May 17 '37) Would you like to see a dictatorship
established in this country? (aipo)

Yes 3% No 91% No opinion 6%

5. (US July 5 '37) If you had to choose, which kind of gov-
ernment would you prefer to live under: the kind in Germany
or the kind in Russia? (aipo)

Don't know

Germany

Kussia

No opinion about them

33%

21%

11% 1A%

Unable

Germany

Russia

No opinion to choose

(Sept 17 '41). .

■ 11%

37%

10% 42%

Qan 6 '42). .

10 29

6. (US Oct 31 '37) Do you believe the policies and acts of the
Roosevelt administration may lead to dictatorship? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

yi% 63% -

(Apr 6 '38) 34 56 10%

7. (US Apr 13 '38) Do you think the United States will have
a dictator in our lifetime? (aipo)

Yes 33% No 61% No opinion 6%

8. (US Apr 13 '38) Do you think the United States will have
a dictator in your lifetime? (aipo)

Yes 17% No 74% No opinion 9%

9. (US May 27 '38) Do you think the foreign countries that
now have dictatorships will sooner or later become democ-
racies? (aipo)

Yes 42% No 32% No opinion 26%

10. (US June 21 '38) Which do you think is worse, Communism
or Fascism? (aipo)

Communism 31% Fascism 22% No opinion 47%

11. (US Aug 16 '38) Do you think that the possibility of a
dictatorship in this country has been increased or decreased by
Roosevelt's policies? (aipo)

Increased 50% Decreased 16% Neither 34%

No opinion (15%)

12. (US Feb 2 '39) Which do you think is the greater danger
to America — -the Communists living in this country or the
Nazis living in this country? (aipo)

Communists 32%

Nazis 29

Both 4

Neither 1

No opinion 34

13. (France Aug '39) Do you think that a French loan to
Spain might detach that country from its friendship with the
totalitarian countries? (fipo)

Yes
National total 37%

BY AGE

20-29 years 40%

30-39 years 32

40-49 years 31

50-59 years 39

60 years and over 49

BY OCCUPATION

Agriculture 34%

Industry and transportation . . 37

Commerce 48

Professional 32

14. (US July '40) Which one of these comes closest to what
you think the government should do about Communist sympa-
thizers? Nazi sympathizers? (for)

No answer

54%

55%

11%

[870]

Communist Nazi

Nothing, or no more than it is now doing 34% 2-7%

Keep track of them so that they could be

rounded up if necessary 16.6 1}.1

Keep track of them and also prevent them

from agitating and organizing 32.9 28.2

Deport them or put them in jail 37.8 46.1

Don't know 9-3 9.9

16. (US July 10 '41) If you were living under a dictatorship
instead of under our present form of government, in what way
do you think you, personally, would be most affected? (opor)

Wouldn't be affected 3%

Loss of personal freedom 60

Loss of political freedom 4

Loss of economic freedom 29

Unpleasant psychologically 4

Loss of religious freedom 12

Control of family 1

We have dictatorship now 2

Others 1

Don't know, but it would be bad 3

Don't know 10

No answer 1

130%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one .inswer.

16. (US Oct '41) Which one of the following statements most
nearly describes your present feelings about the Russian and
German governments? (for)
The Russian government is worse than the

German government 4.6%

The Russian government and the German

government are equally bad 35.1

While there is not much choice between the
two, the Russian government is slightly
better 32.0

The Russian government is far better than the
German government 8.5

Don't know

39.7%

40.5
19.8

17. (Sweden Apr '42) Do you think that Nazis and Com-
munists should be forbidden? (soi)

Nazis Communists Both Don't know
National total.... 10% 10% 43% 37%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Towns 12% 9% 42% 37%

Country 10 11 42 37

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 3% 17% 36% 44%

Lower class 5 12 45 38

Workers 15 8 40 37

18. (US July 15 '42) If you had to choose, which would you
rather see in control of Europe — Germany or Russia? (opor)
Germany 6% Russia 71% Don't know or no answer 23%

19. (Sweden June '43) Do you think that Nazis or Communists
should be forbidden to hold outdoor meetings? (sgi)

National total

Commu- Don't

Nazis nists Both Neither know

11% 2% 45% 18% 24%

23%
15

19%
27

23%
14

15%
32

19%
19

16%
22

BY RURAL-URBAN

Towns 11% 2% 45%

Country 11 2 45

BY SEX

Men 13% 2% 47%

Women 9 2 43

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Working parties... 15% 2% 48%
Higher classes 7 3 49

20. (Sweden Aug '44) Can you give me an example of a typical
dictatorship state? (sgi)

Yes No

National total 70% 30%

BY SEX

Men 8l7o 19%

Women 58 42

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 84% 16%

Middle class 75 25

Workers 65 35

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 65% 35%

Town 77 23

BY POLITICS

Right party 80.3% 19.7%

National party 94.4 5.6

Agrarians 67.6 32.4

Social democrats 69. 8 30.2

Communists 87.8 12.2

Liberals 74.7 25.3

Others 63. 3 36.7

21. (Sweden Feb '45) Do you think that a person with pro-
nounced Nazi sympathies should be allowed to be an officer
in our army or join the police force? With Communistic sympa-
thies? (sGi)

WITH NAZI
SYMPATHIES

Don't
Yes No know

National total .

WITH COMMUNISTIC
SYMPATHIES

Don't
Yes No know
10% 78% 12%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 3% 90% 7% 6% 88% 6%

Middle class 2 91 7 5 85 10

Workers 2 92 6 16 71 13

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 1% 95% 4% 11% 81% 8%

Dalarna — 94 6 9 75 16

Malar district 3 91 6 8 80 12

Stockholm 3 89 8 16 71 13

East Gotland 1 90 9 8 81 11

Skane. . 3 89 8 7 82 11

Bova 1 94 5 16 70 14

[871]

WITH NAZI
SYMPATHIES

Don't
Yes No know

WITH COMMUNISTIC
SYMPATHIES

Don't

Yes No know

Yes

No No

opinion answer

BY POLITICS

Right party 6% 86% 8%

Liberals 1 95 4

Agrarians 1 95 4

Social Democrats. .1 93 6

Communists 1 96 3

5% 87% 8%

3 90 7

— 93 7

8 81 11

75 14 11

22. (Germany Dec 11 '45) If you had the choice between
Communism and National Socialism under which government
would you rather live? (omgus)

National

Communism Socialism No opinion Neither

35% 19% 24% 22%

(Mar 22 '46) 13 25 25 37

23. (US Apr 24 '46) Some people believe that Spain will be
ruled by either Communists or Fascists. It may be that you
don't like either one, but if you had to choose, which of these
two would you prefer to have in power in Spain? (aipo)

Communists Fascists No opinion

35% 19% 46%

(Nov 14 '46) 28 21 51

24. (Germany Apr 26 '46) Do you agree or disagree with the
following statement: the Communists and the Social-Democrats
should be suppressed? (omgus)

Yes 15% No 75% No opinion 10%

25. (US June 12 '46) For the next ten years which do you think
America should fear more — Fascism or Communism? (aipo)
Fascism 20% Communism 57% No opinion 23%

26. (US June 12 '46) How would you describe the difference
between a fascist and a communist? (aipo)

No difference 17%

Gave an answer 32

Answered part on communism 2

Answered part on fascism 1

Don't know 48

27. (Germany Nov 25 '46) If you had to choose between
Communism and National Socialism, what would you choose?
(omgus)

Communism 10% National Socialism 15% Neither 66%
Qualified 4%

TRADE UNIONS

1. (us Mar 21 '36) Are you in favor of stronger labor unions?
(aipo)

Yes 53% No 47%

(US Aug 16 '36, June 20 '37, July 4 '37, June 11 '39) Are you
in favor of labor unions? (aipo)

No No

Yes No opinion answer

National total 76% 24%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 83% 17%

Republican 65 35

Socialist 91 9

Union party 85 15

Other 79 21

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 72% 28%

Middle Atlantic 76 24

East central 76 24

West central 74 26

South 74 26

Mountain. . ! 83 17

Pacific coast 78 22

(US June 21 '37) (aipo)

National total 76 24 (8%)

(US Oct 8 '38) (aipo). . 58 28 14

(US June 11 '39, Oct 25

'41) (aipo) 70 30

(US Aug 8 '39) (aipo). . 71 21 7 1%

(US Oct '39) Are you in favor of the idea of labor unions?
Asked of a national cross-section of manufacturers, (for)

Don't

Yes No Depends know

National total 78.5% 11.4% 9.8% .3%

BY TYPE OF MANUFACTURING

Capital goods 73.8% 11.9% 13.1% 1.2%

Consumers' goods 80.2 11.1 8.7 —

BY VOLUME OF BUSINESS

$50,000,000 and over 100% _ _ _

$50,000,000 to $1,000,000... 76.2 13.9% 8.9% 1.0%

(US Nov 15 '39) Are you in favor of labor unions? (aipo)

No No

Yes No opinion answer

National total 74% 26% (8%)

(US May 3 '40) (aipo) . . 76 24 (U)

(US May 16 '40) (aipo) .64 22 14

(Canada Aug 24 '46) (cipo) 63 23 14

(US Oct 25 '41,

Sept 1 '47) (aipo) 67 33 (9)

(US Oct 25 '41, Nov 21
'41, Nov 16 '41) (aipo)

National total 67 33

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and

Mid-Atlantic 74% 26%

East central 70 30

West central 55 45

South 51 49

West 72 28

BY OCCUPATION*

Farmers 52% 48%

Businessmen 66 34

White-collar 69 31

Professional 77 23

Skilled workers 75 25

Unskilled 71 29

(US May 12 '43) (aipo)

National total 65% 27%

(US Feb 13 '46) (aipo). . 64 32

(Canada Aug 24 '46)

(cipo) National total . . 61 21

BY UNION STATUS

Union members 85% 7%

Non-union members 56 24

* Occup.ational breakdown covers interviewing done between May 29
'41 and Oct 1 '41.

8%
20

[ 872 ]

BY OCCUPATION

% 8.1%

24.9%

30.3%

10.8'

4.6

20.2

22.9

6.5

19.4

25.5

23.4

9.0

26.9

23.5

11.4

4.5

18.2

14.8

10.8

11.7

16.3

20.9

17.8

2. (US July '36) Do you believe that all wage-earners should
belong to a labor union? (for)

Dofi'r
All Most Some None know

National total .. . 29.3% 7.6% 22.9% 24.6% 15.6%

Proprietors 25.9'

Farm labor 29.4

Housekeepers. . , . 25. 2

Salaried workers. . 29.2

Factory workers. . 51-7

Unemployed 33.3

3. (US Aug 16 '36, July 4 '37) Do you favor one union for all
workers in an industry, or separate unions for each craft in
an industry, like carpenters, masons, machinists, etc.? Asked
of 76% of the sample who were in favor of labor unions.
(aipo)

Craft Industrial No opinion
National total 59% 41%

BY POLITICS

Democratic 53% 47%

Republican 70 30

Socialist 34 66

Union party 41 59

Others 30 70

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 61% 39%

Middle Atlantic 57 43

East central 56 44

West central 57 43

South 63 37

Mountain 57 43

Pacific coast 52 48

(Feb 7 '37, Feb 14 '37)
National total 63 37

BY GEOGRAPHICAL AREA

New England 60% 40% '

Middle Atlantic 62 38

East central 69 31

West central 64 36

South 59 41

Mountain states 60 40

Pacific coast 59 41

Women 63 37

Young people 65 35

Reliefers 57 43

Farmers 65 35

Urban voters 62 38

BY POLITICS

Democrats 60% 40%

Republicans 71 29

(Mar 29 '37)

National total 62 38 (27%)

(June 7 '37)

National total 64 , 36

Union members only 57 43

4. (US Feb 15 '37) Would you like to see John L. Lewis suc-
ceed in organizing the steel industry? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 45% No opinion 27%

5. (US Feb 15 '37) Would you like to see John L. Lewis suc-
ceed in organizing the Ford Motor Company? (aipo)

Yes 22% No 52% No opinion 26%

6. (US July 5 '37) John L. Lewis is trying to organize the
workers of the Ford Motor Company into a CIO labor union.
Do you hope he succeeds? (aipo)

Yes 26% No 74% No opinion 18%

7. (US Mar 29 '41) Henry Ford says he will refuse to recog-
nize labor unions in his plants. Do you agree or disagree with
his viewpoint? (aipo)

Agree 47% Disagree 41% No opinion 12%

8. (US Mar 28 '41) Henry Ford has refused to recognize labor
unions in his plants. Do you approve or disapprove of his
attitude toward labor unions? (aipo)

Approve 58% Disapprove 29% No opinion 13%

9. (US May 16 '37, June 20 '37, July 4 '37) Should labor unions
be required to incorporate in order to make them legally respon-
sible for carrying out their contracts? (aipo)

Yes 86% No 14%

10. (US June 21 '37) Do you think that labor unions should
be required to incorporate? (aipo)

Yes 73% No 27% No opinion (11%)

11. (US July '37) Do you approve of the proposal that all
labor unions be incorporated in order that they may be held
legally liable for the contracts they make? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 72.9% 5-0% 22.1%

BY SELECTED OCCIJPATIONS

Executives 86.9% 3.3% 9.8%

Factory labor 62.4 9.3 28.3

12. (US July 4 '37) Has your attitude toward labor unions
changed any during the last six months? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 50%

Are you more in favor or less in favor of labor unions at
this time? Asked of the 50% of the sample whose attitudes had
changed.

More 29% Less 71%

13. (US July '37) In the struggle going on between the Amer-
ican Federation of Labor (headed by William Green) and the
Committee for Industrial Organization (recently organized by
John L. Lewis), where are your sympathies? (for)

National total 10.8% 29.8% 6.4% 17.0% 11.3%

■s

-s

-5

-«

"5
bo

Prosperous.
Poor

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

7.3% 35.9% 5.5% 26.2%
13.8 29.1 7.0 10.5

J
1

11.3%

24.7%

8.8%

16.3%

12.9

26.7

BY OCCUPATION

Executives... 8.2% 41.6% 2.7% 28.8%, 8.7% 10.0%
Factory labor 27.2 21.5 8.7 13.4 7.7 21.5

14. (US Oct 3 '37) Would you like to see the CIO and the AFL
labor unions settle their differences and work as one labor
union? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 79% 21%

Union members 75 25

16. (US Jan 18 '42) Would you like to sec the AFL and the
CIO join in one organization? Asked of a national cross-section
of union members and leaders, (aipo)

[87f?]

Don' t know

11%
9

7%
4

25%
19

9
9

Yes

Members ;.... 71%

Leaders 87

BY UNION

AFL members 69%

CIO members 74

AFL leaders 88

CIO leaders 87

16. (US Jan 19 '38) In the present dispute between Henry Ford
and the automobile workers union, arc your sympathies with
Ford or with the union? (aipo)

Ford Union

National total 66% 34%

Car owners 73 2.7

Non-car owners 54 46

17. (US Aug 10 '38) Do you think Communists have influence
in labor unions? (aipo)

Yes 83% No 17% No opinion (22%)

How much [influence do Communists have with labor
unions]? Asked of the 83% of the sample who thought Com-
munists had such influence.

Very much 45% Some 44% Very little 11%

No opinion (3%)

In what union do you think their [Communists'] influence
is the greater — CIO or AFL? Asked of the 83% of the sample
who thought Communists had influence with labor unions.
CIO 93% AFL 7% No opinion (22%)

18. (US Aug 10 '38) Do you think a [labor] union should
allow a member of the Communist party to be an official in
that union? (aipo)

Yes 15% No 85% No opinion (19%)

19. (US Oct '39) As unions are now organized and run, what
do you think are their greatest virtues? Asked of a national
cross-section of business executives, (for)

They have raised wages, maintained living wages. . . . 24.0%

They have improved working conditions 13.2

They have established collective bargaining 11.6

They protect and help labor against injustice 10.7

They have raised living standards 10.5

They have shortened working hours 9.7

They are a stabilizing and regulating factor 5.7

They have accomplished something for the worker. . . 4.3

Others 16.0

None 12.9

Don't know 7.9

126.5%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents named
more than one item.

20. (US Mar 28 '41) What do you think is the chief argument
in favor of labor unions? (aipo)

Protect worker against exploitation 32%

Keep wages up, provide fair wages, decent living standard 19
Provide shorter hours and higher wages for workers. ... 4

Better working conditions forced 3

Give labor a chance to air its views 1

Job security 1

Others 2

None 17

Don't know 21

21. (US May 30 "42) What good things do you feel labor

unions do? (norc)

Protect wages of workers 29%

Improve working conditions 21

Protect the worker ". . . 10

Secure the job 2

Maintain skilled standards in industry 1

Create labor peace by balance of power 2

Keep up standard of living 5

Miscellaneous 8

Nothing good 15

Not ascertainable 28

121%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

22. (US Oct '39) As unions are now organized and run, what
do you think are their greatest faults? Asked of a national
cross-section of business executives, (for)

Leadership is poor, unreliable 31.6%

Leaders are grafters, gangsters or racketeers 17.0

They are unreasonable 13.1

They or their leaders are insincere 11.2

They are not responsible 10.6

Members are dominated and dictated to by outside. . . 7.9

They are unwilling to cooperate 7.9

The organization is bad 7-0

They are too radical 6.1

The members are exploited 5-5

Internal strife • 5-0

Other 18.6

Don't know 1.7

143.2%*.

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

23. (US Mar 28 '41) What do you think is the chief argument
against labor unions? (aipo)

Racketeers, exploiters among the leaders 12%

Take advantage of their power, never satisfied 14

Strikes 10

Poor leadership and management 6

Reds, Communists, Fascists among the leaders 6

Hindering national defense 6

Raise cost of living, against common good 2

Indulge in violence and law-breaking to gain their ends 3

Dues and initial fees exorbitant 2

Closed shop hinders employment of non-union workers. . 2

Unions not democratic, leaders are dictators 3

Dissension between unions 1

Hurt private enterprise, small business, etc 2

Others 3

None 9

Don't know 19

24. (US May 30 '42) What bad things do you feel labor unions
do? (norc)

Call excessive unnecessary strikes 15%

Union leaders are racketeers 9

Stir up trouble 8

Make unreasonable demands 8

Unions are ' 'rackets' ' 7

Abuse their power 7

Hiring policy is unfair 6

Union tactics interfete with production 5

Charge exorbitant dues and initiation fees. ... 5

Miscellaneous 4

[874]

Nothing bad 9%

Not ascertainable 32

115%*
* Percentages' add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

26. (US Oct '39) Do you think business would be better off
if the unions were to merge into one big powerful union?
Would labor be better off? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

Business
Better Worse Don't

off Same off Depends know

National total.... 42.9% 4.2% 38.5% 10.7% 3.7%

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturers 35.5% 3.7% 44.9% 14.1% 1.8%

Retailers 47.7 45 34.3 8.6 4.9

Labor
National total 53.7% 4.7% 30.3% 8.1% 3.2%,

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturers 43.9% 4.0% 38.3% 12.3% 1.5%

Retailers 60.0 5.1 25.1 5.5 4.3

26. (US Oct '39) Do you think that labor unions have helped
or hurt this country as a whole? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

Don't

Helped Both Hurt know

National total 31.8% 18.0% 48.4% 1.8%

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturers 29.4% 16.8% 514% 2.4%

Retailers 33.3 18.7 46.6 1.4

BY VOLUME OF BUSINESS

$50,000,000 and up 32.1% 21.4% 42.9% 3.6%

$5,000,000 to $50,000,000. . . 32.6 20.0 43.2 4.2

$1,000,000 to $5,000,000.... 29.4 18.6 51.0 1.0

$50,000 to $1,000,000 25.5 10.8 61.7 2.0

BY SELECTED GEOGRAPHICAL SECTIONS

Northeast 25.4%

Middle West 34.9

Balance of the United States 28.6

20.6% 49.2% 4.8%
13.6 49.5 2.0
15.3 56.1 —

27. (US Oct '39) Do you think that they [unions] have helped
or hurt England as a whole? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

Helped Both Hurt Don't know

39.5% 4.6% 14.3% 41.6%

National total

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturers 48.6% 3.7%

Retailers 33.6 5.2

19.0%
11.3

28.7%
49.9

28. (US Nov 15 '39) Do you think it would be a good thing
for the country if the AFL and the CIO got together and settled
their differences? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 90% 10%

(Dec 10 '39)

National total 93% 7%

Union members 94 6

29. (US Dec 10 '39) Do you think it would be a good thing for
labor if the AFL and the CIO settled their differences? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 95% 5%

Union members 97 3

30. (US Jan 10 '40) Should people on WPA be allowed to
form WPA unions? A comparable cross-section was asked if
they thought people on WPA should be allowed to organize
unions. Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 21% No 79%

31. (US Feb 6 '40) Persons on work relief now have the right
to join unions of WPA workers if they want to. Should they
continue to have this right, or should they be forbidden by
law to join such unions? (aipo)

Permit unionization 43% Forbid unionization 57%

No opinion (17%)

32. (US Feb 6 '40) At the same time as the preceding question
was asked, a comparable cross-section was asked: In the last
three or four years, some people on WPA have been joining
unions. Do you approve of their joining these unions? (aipo)
Yes 17% No 83% No opinion (17%)

33. (US June '40) Which of these statements comes closest to
expressing your attitude toward unions in general? Asked of a
national cross-section of workers of all classes including un-
employed workers: (1) The principle of unionism is good,
and we ought to have unions under any circumstances. (2) It
would be better if we didn't need unions, but we certainly
need them now to protect the working man. (3) Unions are
needed in some situations, but certainly not in the majority of
them. (4) Unions do more harm than good and should be
abolished, (for)

State- State- State- State- Don't
ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 ment 4 know

National total. ... 29.1% 30.5% 25.4%, 9.2% 5-8%,

BY UNION AFFILIATION

CIO 55.8% 32.7%

AFL 53.5 32.3

Independent union

members 39.1 39.5

Non-union 21.3 28.9

34. (US June '40) How many unions — all, most, about half,
some, or none — would you say: (Asked of a national cross-
section of wofkers of all classes, including unemployed work-
ers.) (for)

^ S5

% % % % % %
Keep their promises to employers? 3.0 22.0 15.8 27.4 98 22.0
Are headed by racketeers who
are out for all they can get for

themselves? 7.0 20.0 13.0 34.0 4.9 21.1

Are run efficiently? 1.7 16.5 16.3 30.4 10.4 24.7

Are run with absolute honesty? 1.4 15.7 15.7 29.0 20.8 17.4
Gain their membership by forc-
ing workers to join by threats

of violence? 4.9 15.3 10.6 33.7 12.6 22.9

Are dominated by Communists? 1.3 7.2 8.0 33.3 9.4 40.8

36. (US Mar 7 '41) Are you (or is your husband) a member
of a labor union? Which one? 84% of the sample who were
not members were asked: Would you (or would your husband)
join a union if there was one in your place of employment?
(aipo)

8.9%
11.2

1.8%
1.8

0.8%
1.2

18.6
30.5

2.4
11.8

0.4
7.5

[875]

No answer to first question 2%

Member of CIO 4

Member of AFL 8

Other unions 1

Member of union but didn't say what one 1

Not a member and would not join a union 28

Not a member but would join a union 25

Not a member and undecided about joining 18

Not a member and gave qualified answers about joining a

union 13

36. (US Sept 9 '41) Which man would you like to see made
national president of the CIO in the coming convention? Asked
of a national cross-section of those who were members of the
CIO. (4% of the total sample.) (aipo)

Those who named no one 61%

. Phillip Murray 19

Sidney Hillman 2

L. Melvin Bishop 1

John L. Lewis 8

Harry Bridges 2

A.J. Thomas 3

Michael Quill 2

James B. Carey 1

John Brophy 1

37. (US Oct 1 '41) Do you think labor unions should have
more power, or less power, than at present? (aipo)

More 8%

Same 26

Less 50

No opinion 16

38. (US Jan 18 '42) Would you favor or oppose government
efforts to bring the two [AFL and CIO] organizations together?
Asked of a national cross-section of union members and leaders.
(aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion

All members 66% 25% 9%

All leaders 71 23 6

39. (US Jan 18 '42) If government efforts fail to bring the AFL
and CIO together, would you favor a law requiring them to
combine in one union? Asked of a national cross-section of
union members and leaders, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

All members 28% 62% 10%

All leaders 13 81 6

40. (US Feb '42) Which— CIO or AFL— do you feel has the
most members among unskilled labor? The lowest initiation
fees? The strictest entrance requirements as regards the skill
of its members? Which has called the most strikes during the
past year? (for)

Both Don't
CIO AFL equal know

Largest Unskilled Membership
National total 36.9% 9.4% 2.3% 51.4%

BY UNION MEMBERSHIP

Union famiUcs 45.0% 11.2% 4.0% 39.8%

Non-union 34.6 8.9 1.8 54.7

Lowest Initiation Fees
National total 15-6% 10.9% 2.2% 71.3%

BY UNION MEMBERSHIP

Union families 27.5% 12.5% 3.0% 57.0%

Non-union 12.2 10.5 2.0 75.3

Both Don't
CIO AFL equal know

Strictest Entrance Requirements
National total 6.7% 31.0% 2.3% 60.0%

BY UNION MEMBERSHIP

Union families 7.8% 41.2% 3.6% 47.4%

Non-union 6.4 28.2 1.9 63.5

Has Called the Most Strikes
National total 60.4% 4.1% 3.2% 32.3%,

BY UNION MEMBERSHIP

Union families 65.2% 4.5% 4.7% 25.6%

Non-union 59.0 4.0 2.8 34.2

41. (US Feb '42) Generally speaking, what good things do
you feel labor unions do? (for)

Get better wages, get shorter hours for the workingman 47.6%
Get labor a "break," give it a "voice," bargaining

power 17.2

Improve working conditions 12.6

more than one answer.

73. (US Aug 14 '46) Which union do you think does the most
for its members, the CIO or the AFL? (aipo)

CIO 20%o

AFL 28%o

No opinion 52'^/

74. (US Sept 25 '46) What is your criticism of the AFL?
Of the CIO? Asked of a national cross-section of labor union
members, (aipo)

AFL

No answer 15%

None, no criticism 48

Radical, communistic, unreasonable 2

Trying to run the government, make trouble

with the government 1

Too many strikes 2

Don't do enough for members 6

Don't like the leaders 3

Have too much power 1

They intimidate people, members don't ap-
prove of actions 2

Always want more, never satisfied 1

They play ball with management too much . . 1
Miscellaneous 18

CIO

18%

100% t 101%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

t Percentages add to 100 although some respondents gave more than
one answer.

75. (US Nov '46) Do you think a labor union should have
part of the responsibility for seeing that its members work
well when on a job, or is that management's job entirely?
(for)

Both Management

responsible responsible Don't know
National total 64.3% 25.9% 9.8%

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Salaried executives 76.5% 23.5% —

Union members 70.6 23.5 5.9%

76. (US Nov '46) Which do you think American labor unions
should do, support candidates put up by one of the present
political parties, form their own labor party and run their
own candidates, or keep out of jxjlitics altogether? (for)

Support

candidates

of present

parties

National total 20.6%

Form

own
party

11.5%

Keep out

of politics

49.8%

BY 1944 POLITICAL PREFERENCE

Roosevelt 22.0%, 13.9%, 44.9%

Dewey 19.5 8.5 61.9

BY UNION STATUS

All union members. . . 29.9% 22.6^

AFL members 29.0 19.4

CIO members 316 28.4

37.7%

42.6

30.9

Don't
know
18.1%

19.2%
10.1

9.8%

9.0

9.1

77. (US Dec '46) On the whole, would you rate the effort of
the labor unions in this country in helping to win the war as
excellent, good, only fair, or poor? Asked of a national cross-
section of World War U veterans, (for)

Only

Don't

Excellent

Good

fair

Poor

know

9.8%

25.6%

29.7%

26.7%

8.2%

11.1

34.3

26.4

11.1

5.5

National total . ,
Union members.

78. (Canada Jan 2 '47) If you were asked to criticize labor
unions, what would your main criticism be? (cipo)

Leadership unwise; irresponsible; dictatorial 27%

Excessive demands 21

Not familiar enough with subject to criticize 33

No criticism to offer 19

79. (Canada Jan 8 '46) In a factory which has a union, should
the workers who are not members be free to stay out of the
union if they are getting union rates of pay? (cipo)

Not familiar
with issue.
Yes No undecided

National total.

Union families.
Others

45%

34?

BY UNION STATUS

25% 65%

21%

10%
22

Finance

1. (US July 5 '37) In some industries, employers collect the
dues for labor unions by taking the dues out of the workers'
pay. This is called the check-off. Do you favor this plan? (aipo)

Yes 31%,

No 69^

100%

No opinion 17%

2. (US Jan 11 '38) Do you think labor unions should be re-
quired by law to make annual public reports of the money
they collect and spend? (aipo)

No opinion Undecided

(12%)

National total . .
(Sept 30 '41),
(Nov 27 '46)

National total . .

Llnion members.

Yes

90%
87

84
80

10%
6

10
14

6%
6

3. (US May 16 '40) Do you think labor unions should be
required to file with the government every year a statement of
all money taken in and spent? (aipo)

Yes 90% No 10% = 100% No opinion 15%

4. (US June '40) Do you think that most union dues are higher
than necessary, or most of them are about right, or most of
them are not high enough? Asked of a national cross-section
oi workers of all classes including unemployed workers, (for)

[881]

All labor

Non-union workers.

Higher

than

necessary

39.7%
39.7

About
right

31.7%
24.2

Not high Don't

enough know

1.5% 27.1%

1.2 34.9

BY UNION

CIO members 36.1% 56.7%

AFL members 40.5 53.6

Independent union

members 43.5 41.5

2.6%
2.1

2.8

4.6%
3.8

12.2

5. (US Oct 1 '41) Should companies having a closed or union
shop take union dues out of the workers' pay envelopes and
turn the money over to the unions, or should the unions col-
lect the dues themselves? (aipo)

Companies

Unions

should

Qualified

collect

answer

opinion

National total . . .

■ ■ 15%

60%

25%

(Dec 20 '41)

Union leaders ....

.. 46

Union members. .

. . 29

6. (US Apr 3 '42) Do you think all labor unions should be
required to register with the federal government and report
the amount of money they take in and spend each year? (aipo)

No
Yes

National total 80%

(Dec 23 '42)
National total 81

No
6%

opinion
14%

BY OCCUPATION

Business executives and professional 90%

Farmers 81

White-collar 83

Skilled, semi-skilled, and unskilled

labor 77

Qune 16 '43)

National total 85

Union members 80

(Dec 1 '43)

National total 75

Union members 71

7. (Nov '46) Do you think the unions should be required by
law to give a public accounting of the money they collect and
spend, or do you think this is the private business of the union
and should not be made public? (for)

Should give public accounting 68.3%

Private business of union 19.6

Don't know 12.1

8. (Canada Nov 6 '46) In a factory which has a union, should
the workers who are not members be obliged to pay the regular
union fees if they are getting union rates of pay? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 52% 33% 15%

BY UNION STATUS

Union families 75% 18% 7%

Non-imion families 47 36 17

BT OCCUPATION

Labor 62% 25% 13%

White-collar 54 34 12

Small business 36 41 23

Business and professional .... 39 49 12

TRADE UNIONS AND STATE

1. (US Apr 12 '37) Do you think
regulated by the government? (aipo)

National total.

Yes

69%

labor unions should be

No
No opinion

31% = 100% 14%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 64% 36%

Middle Atlantic 68 32

East Central 69 31

West Central 69 31

Southern 77 23

Rocky Mountain 68 32

Pacific Coast 69 31

Democrats 72%

Republicans 67

BY POLITICS

28%
33

BY RURAL-URBAN

Farmers 75% 25%

City dwellers 66 34

Women 69% 31%

Young persons 71 29

People on relief 65 35

(June 21 '37)

National total 73 27

(Aug 8 '39) 61 26

100%

11
13

= 100%

2. (US Sept 12 "37) Do you think the attitude of the Roosevelt
administration toward union labor is too friendly or not
friendly enough? (aipo)

Not
Too friendly About No

friendly enough right answer

National total 46% 13% 41%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 80% 12% 8%

Democrats 29 15 56

Skilled workers . .
Unskilled workers.

(Oct 28 '37)
National total. . , .

BY OCCUPATION

51% 13% 36%
30 19 51

100% 8%

3. (US July '38) On the whole, do you approve or disapprove
of President Roosevelt's attitude toward labor unions? (for)

National total.

Like
38.3%

Dislike Undecided Uninformed
30.4% 13.5% 17.8%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION"

Southwest 81.0% 19.0%

Southeast 74.2 25.8

Mountain states. . 58.5 41.5

Middle west 47.5 52.5

Northeast 46.7 53.3

Pacific coast 46.3 53.7

Northwest plains. 42.5 57.5

[ 88-2 ]

Dislike Undecided Uninformed

BY ECONOMIC STATUS'

Poor 72.9% 27.1%

Lower middle class 57.0 4'}.0

Upper middle class 44.9 55.1

Prosperous 27.1 72.9

Negroes 85.5'^

14.5%

BY- OCCUPATION

Farm labor 76.0% 24.0%,

Unemployed 75 6 24.4

Other labor 73.6 26.4

Factory labor ... . 736 26.4

Housekeeper 55.6 44.4

Farmers 53.9 46.1

White-collar 50.1 49.9

Proprietors 47.7 52.3

Students 44.2 55.8

Professional 43.7 56.3

Retired 35.1 64.9

Executives 27.8 72.2

* Those who were undecided or uninformed were e.xcluded from these
breakdowns.

4. (US July 2 '38) Do you think there should be more federal
regulation of labor unions? (aipo)

Yes 72%, No 28%o = 100%o No opinion 19%

5. (US Mar 1 '39) Do you think every labor union should be
required to take out a license (permit) from the United States
government? A comparable cross-section was asked: To give
the United States government greater control of labor unions,
do you think every labor union should be required to take out
a license (permit) from the federal government? Results were
combined.

Yes No

National total 75% 25%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 76%

Middle income 73

Lower income 72

24%

6. (US Dec 10 '39) Do you think labor unions should be
regulated to a greater extent by the federal government? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 79% 21% = 100% 17%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban 78%, 22%o

Small towns 77 23

Farmers 84 16

Quly 26 '40)

National total 75 25 =100% 18%

(May 29 '41) 76 15 9

7. (US May 3 '40) During the next four years, do you think
there should be more regulation or less regulation of labor
unions by the federal government than at present? (aipo)

No
More Less Same opinion

National total 65% 20% 15%, = 100% 19%

(Nov 22 '40)
National total 60 21 19 = 100 27

BY POLITICS

Democrats 61%o 13% 26%

Republicans 59 28 13

8. (US May 16 '40) Would you approve or disapprove of
Congress' investigating labor unions? (aipo)

Approve 90% Disapprove 10% = 100% No opinion 15%

9. (US May 30 '42) Do you think the government's attitude
toward labor unions is too strict, about right, or not strict
enough? (norc)

Not strict
Too strict About right enough Don't know
2% 37% 46% 15%

(Nov 23 '42).... 6 36 46 12

(June 18 •43).... 5 24 61 10

(Sept 9 '43).... 6 27 50 17

10. (US Nov 25 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the
government's policy with respect to labor unions? (aipo)
Approve 31% Disapprove 63% No opinion 6%

11. (US Feb 19 '43) Do you think there should be more gov-
ernment control of labor unions, or less control? Asked of a
national cross -section of fanners, (aipo)

More 76%, Less 4%, Same 2% No opinion 18%

12. (US Nov '43) After the war, do you think the federal
government should regulate labor unions more or less than it
did before the war started (say 1938)? (norc)

More 61%, Less 9%. Same 15% Depends 1%

Don't know 13%

13. (US Nov 11 '46, July 9 '47) Should the Congress to be
elected this November pass new laws to control labor unions?
(aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 66% 22% 12%,

BY politics

Republicans 77%

Democrats 60

Independents 57

14. (US Nov '46) Which one of these statements comes closest
to what you believe the government should do about a labor
dispute that a small electrical manufacturing company (em-
ploying about two hundred people) and the union can't settle
themselves? (for)

BY selected groups
National Salaried Union
total executives members

The government should do noth-
ing except to see that no vio-
lence is used by cither side ... . 19.2% 26.1% 33.8%

The government should offer its
services to help bring the two
sides together but should make
no proposals itself for settle-
ment 32.0 28.8 28.7

The government should insist on
sitting in as the public's repre-
sentative and should present
the solution it favors, but it
shouldn't force acceptance of it 18.7 22.2 16.0

The government should arbitrate
and require both parties to ac-
cept its decision 18.6 22.2 16.7

Don't know 11.5 .7 4.8

15. (US Nov '46) Which one of these statements comes closest
to what you believe the government should do about a labor

12%

11%

[883]

7.8% 16.0%

dispute that the railroads and the unions can't settle them-
selves? (for)

BY SELECTED GROUPS

National Salaried Union

total executives members

The government should : do noth-
ing beyond barring violence. . . 8.5%

Just help bring the two sides

together 15.2 13.7 18.7

Present a solution without forc-
ing acceptance 18.4 19.6 19.9

Arbitrate and require acceptance 45 6 54. 9 39. 5

Don't know 12.3 4.0 5.9

TRANSPORTATION

1. (us Oct '35) With your choice limited to railroad or a bus,
which would you take if you were going to travel? (for)

Kail Bus

5 miles 34.7% 65.3%

50 miles 58.1 41.9

100 miles 74.7 25.3

500 miles 83.7 16.3

2. (US Apr '36) If you had to travel a distance of five hundred
miles or more and were given a choice of train or airplane,
which would you take? (for)

Train Plane

National total 75.4% 24.6%

20-40 year olds 68.3 31.7

BY SEX

Men 70.0% 30.0%

Women 80.9 19.1

3. (US Feb 15 '37) If you had your choice, would you prefer
to take a long trip by airplane, by train, by automobile, or by
bus? (aipo)

Auto- No

Plane Train mobile Bus answer

National total 22% 41% 27% 5% 5%

Those who had been
up in an airplane

(34% of sample).. 43 31 21 2 3

4. (US July 25 '37) If someone paid your expenses would you
like to go by boat to Europe and back? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 82% 18%

BY AGE

18-20 years 92% 8%

21-24 years 89 11

25-34 years 91 9

35-44 years 82 18

45-54 years '. 84 16

55 years and over 64 36

5. (Great Britain Dec '37) Have you ever traveled in an air-
plane? (bipo)

Yes 13% No 87%

Would you care to [travel in an airplane]?

Yes 58% No 42%

6. (Great Britain Nov '41) Do you feel that the war-time
transport arrangements for you to get to and from work are
reasonable or that you have grounds for complaint? (bipo)

Reasonable Complaint Don't know

(Nov '42) 70

7. (US Jan 26 '42) How do you normally get to work? Asked
of a national cross-section of employed car owners, (aipo)

No answer —

Walk 34%

Drive car or ride with friends 45

Public transportation 18

Other 3

8. (US Jan 23 '42, Jan 26 '42) Could you get to work by any
other means if it were necessary? What other means would you
use? Asked of a national cross-section of employed car owners
who drive or ride to work with friends, (aipo)

Yes; chiefly by trains, buses, street cars . . . 73%
No, could not get to work by other means 27

9. (US June 26 '42) About how many miles do you have to
travel to get to work? Asked of a national cross-section of
employers and employees, (aipo)

Two miles and under 70%

Over two miles 30

Median, excluding farmers = four miles.*
* The distance traveled to get to work by 30% of the sample was so
far over two miles that the median was over two miles.

10. (US June 26 '42) What means of transportation do you
use now? Asked of a national cross-section of employers and
employees, (aipo)

Car 36% Walk 40% Bus 23% Bike 1%

11. (US May 30 '42) How about transportation conditions
(bus service, etc.) for defense workers around here? Would
you say they are satisfactory, only fair, or poor? (norc)

Satisfactory 38%

Only fair 23

Poor 20

No defense workers around here .... 6

Don't know 13

12. (Sweden Feb '44) Do you often travel by train (once every
month or more), by bus (once a month or more in the country,
practically every day in towns), or street car (practically every
day)? (sGi)

Often Not often Rarely

By train (national total) 23% 26% 51%

By bus (national total) 32 29 39

By street car (towns with street cars) 30 26 44

13. (US Apr 8 '45) In your opinion is travel on regular airlines
safer, about as safe, or less safe, than on railroads? (aipo)

Safer 12%

About as safe 45

Less safe 33

Don't know 10

14. (Sweden Aug '45) A parliamentary resolution gives all
members of Parliament free trips on the railroads the whole
year around (even when Parliament is not sitting). Do you
think this is right? (sgi)

[884]

National total .

Kight

18%

BY POLITICS

Right party 19%

Liberals 16

Agrarians 13

Social democrats 21

Communists 13

Wrong
71%

72%

Don't know

9%
10
13
11

16. (Sweden Aug '45) In which class [of railway train] do
you think members of Parliament should travel — first, second,
or third? (sgi)

First cLiss 3%

Second class 37

Third class 50

Don't know 10

16. (US Oct 17 '45) If you were taking a thousand-mile trip
across the country, would you prefer to go by railroad or by
airplane? (aipo)

Railroad 53%

Airplane 46%

No answer

17. (US Jan 12 '46) If you had the money and wanted to take
a thousand-mile trip across the country, and the cost was the
same, would you prefer to go by railroad or airplane? (aipo)

Train Plant

National total 54% 46%

Men 50%

Women 57

21-29 years 32%,

30-49 years 51

50 years and over. ... 68

50%
43

68%

18. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) If you were able to choose for
your journey from Prague to Brun between a train, a coach,
a car, and an airplane, which one would you choose? (czipo)

Train 33%>

Coach 4

Car 32

Plane 31

19. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) Do you think that it is safer
to travel by train or by plane? (cziPo)

By train 61%

By plane 6

No difference 27

Don't know 6

20. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) Why have you not traveled
by plane so far? Asked of 95% of a cross-section of Czechs who
had not traveled by plane. (cziPo)

It is dangerous 13%

It is expensive 24

I am afraid of becoming sick 9

Had no opportunity so far 49

Have already traveled in a plane. ... 5

21. (Czechoslovakia Sept '46) In your opinion, which is more
expensive: to travel by train (second class) or by plane? (cziPo)

Plane 51%

Train 10

No difference 13

Don't know 26

22. (Canada Sept 4 '46) If you were going to make a five hun-
dred mile trip, how would you rather travel — by train, car,
air, or some other way? (cipo)

Un-
Train Car Air Other decided

National total 22%o 46% 26% 3%o 3%,

21-29 years 15%o 43%o

30-49 years 19 50

50 years and over. .31 42

(Great Britain Oct '46) (bipo)
National total 34 30

Men 33%,

Women 35

29%
32

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over.

19%

BY AGE

33%

37%

31%
26

42%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 22%, 33% 40%

Middle 31 30 32

Lower 36 31 27

Very poor 40 31 23

Other way: Sea .

4%
4

3%
4
4
3

. 2%

3%
3

2%
3
2
3

Bus; coach 1

Horse, cycle, walking 1

34% of the total sample who preferred to travel by train,
30% of the total sample who preferred to travel by car, and
29% of the total sample who preferred to travel by air were
asked to give the reasons for their travel preference.

Train

Comfort 12%o

Safety 14

Habit 3

Speed 1

Air travel too risky. ... 1

Miscellaneous 3

Car

Independence 8%

See scenery 6

Comfort and convenience 6

Like driving 4

Safety 2

Habit 1

Air travel too risky 1

Miscellaneous 2

Air

Speed; convenience 18%

Would be an experience;

would like to try it. . 8

Comfort 1

More exciting 1

Miscellaneous 1

23. (Canada Sept 7 '46) Have you ever traveled by air? (cipo)

Yes No

National total 21% 79%o

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 41% 59%

Middle 23 - 77

Lower 14 86

24. (Canada Sept 7 '46) Have you ever taken an overnight
trip on a train? (cipo)

Yes 77% No 23%,

[885]

25. (Australia Nov '46) If you were going to Perth, and the
time and cost did not matter — would you prefer to go by
train, ship, or plane? (apop)
Train 29% Ship 30% Plane 41%

TRAVEL

1. (Great Britain Dec '37) Have you ever traveled to the
Continent? (bipo)

Yes 25% No 75%

Would you care to [travel to the Continent]?

Yes 75% No 25%

Have you ever traveled to America?

Yes 8% No 92%

Would you care to [travel to America]?

Yes 75% No 25%

2. (US Aug 10 '38) If you had your choice of visiting any
foreign country, which one would you most like to see? (aipo)

Russia 3%

Switzerland 5

England 18

France 14

Italy 6

Germany 6

Ireland 5 '

Others 32

No opinion 11

3. (US Aug 10 '38) What country, outside of the United States,
would you most like to see? (aipo)

Sweden 3%

Ireland 4

Italy 4

South America 4

England 16

France 11

Switzerland 6

Germany 5

Canada 5

Others 28

No opinion 14

4. (US Sept 15 '39) Should the United States allow its citizens
to travel on ships of countries which are not at war? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 18% 82%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 16% 84%

Mid-Atlantic 19 81

East central 86 14

West central 18 82

South 16 84

West 22 78

BY POLITICS

Democrats 17% 83%

Republicans 19 81

6. (US Dec 10 '40) If you had your choice of a trip either to
Hawaii or to some Central or South American country, which
would you choose? (opor)

(Mar 29 '41).

Central or

South

American

Hawaii

country

Don't know

49%

42%

6. (US Dec 10 '40) If you were able to take a trip to any Central
or South American country, which country would you choose?
(opor)

Argentina 31%

Brazil 27

Others 17

No answer 25

7. (US May 6 '42) Have you ever been in any countries out-
side of the United States? (norc)

Yes 44% No 56%

Don't know and No answer less than 0.5%

Which ones? Asked of 44% of the sample who said they had
been in countries outside of the United States.
United Nations:

Canada 29%

Mexico 12

England or Scotland 7

Other British possessions (excluding Ireland) 2

Russia 1

China 1

Other United Nations 6

Axis countries 6

Other European countries 3

All other countries 2

Not ascertainable *

69%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 44 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

8. (Great Britain July '42) Have you ever visited the United
States? (bipo)

Yes 6% No 94%

9. (US Apr 6 '43) Have you ever visited Canada or any other
part of the British Empire? (norc)

Yes 38% No 62% No answer less than 0.5%

Where? Asked of 38% of the sample who had visited Canada
or another part of the British Empire.

Canada 34%

England 7

Other 3

Not ascertainable *

44%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 38 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

10. (Great Britain Sept '43) What country would you most

like to visit after the war? (bipo)

United States 20%

British Empire 17

Russia 11

Germany; Austria . . . , 6

Italy 4

England 2

Other European countries 15

China; Japan 1

South America 1

[ 88(i ]

No desire to travel 12%

Miscellaneous 5

No comment; don't know 6

11. (Sweden Dec '43) Have you thought of undertaking a long
journey after the war? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 24% 66% 10%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 52% 37% 11%

Middle class 28 64 8

Workers 19 70 11

BY AGE

20-29 years 38% 50% 12%

30-49 years 25 65 10

50 years and over 13 79 8

Where to? Asked of 24% of a national sample who said they
had thought of taking a long journey after the war.

In Sweden 23%

To Norway 13

Finland 6

Denmark 6

Germany 13

England 9

France 5

Italy 5

Other European countries 11

Other parts of the world 9

100%

Have you begun to save up for this [long journey after the
war]? Asked of 24% of a national sample who said they had
thought of taking a long journey after the war.

Yes No

National total 35% 65%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 26% 74%

Middle class 32 68

Workers 39 61

BY AGE

20-29 years 29% 71%

30-49 years 38 62

50 years and over. ... 38 82

12. (Canada Dec 4 '43) If it becomes necessary to restrict travel
in Canada during the Christmas and New Year's season to
avoid a tie-up of railroad and bus lines, which of these things
would you rather see done — cancel the five-day leave for the
armed services, or forbid all civilian travel not connected with
the war during this period? (cipo)

Cancel leaves 6% Stop civilian travel 83% Undecided 11%

13. (France Oct '44) If you could, what foreign country would
you like to visit after the war? (fipo)

United States 43%

USSR 13

Great Britain 11

Germany 5

Italy 4

Others .- 28

Each country 2

14. (US Apr 14 '45) When this war is over, many Americans
will want to travel to various parts of the world. If you could
take a trip outside of the United States to which one country
would you most like to go? (aipo)

England, Great Britain 20%

France 17

Germany 8

Russia 5

Brazil 3

Canada 4

China 2

Australia 3

Italy 4

Mexico 3

Switzerland 2

Japan 1

Ireland 2

Norway 2

Poland 1

Philippines 2

Palestine 1

All others 20

16. (Sweden June '45) Have you ever been abroad? If so,
where? (sgi)

National Upper Middle

total class class Workers

Denmark and Iceland 23% 59% 29% 17%

Norway 15 38 18 11

Germany 7 38 9 3

Finland 5 16 5 3

France and Italy 3 19 3 2

England 2 15 2 1

Russia and the Baltics. ... 1 5 1 1

Other European countries. . 2 10 2 2

America 2 7 2 2

Other countries outside

Europe 1 2 1 1

Never been abroad 61 16 56 68

122%* 225%* 128%* 111%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

16. (Sweden June '45) Where would you like to go once the
frontiers are open again? (sgi)

National
total

Denmark and Iceland 11%

Norway 16

Germany 9

Finland 3

France and Italy 11

England 8

Russia and the Baltics. ... 4

Other European countries. . 5

America 15

Other countries outside

Europe 4

No particular country 11

No wish to go abroad .... 18

Upper

Middle

class

Workers

11%

10%

115%* 117%* 117%* 112%*
■ Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave

more than one answer.

106%*

* Percentages add to more tli.in 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

17. (US Aug 8 '45) Would you like to travel after the war?

(aipo)

Yes 78% No 19% No opinion 3%

[887]

18. (US Aug 8 '45) What is the most distant place you have
ever visited? About how far is that from here? (aipo)

Under 100 miles 3%

100 and under 200 miles 5

200 and under 300 miles 5

300 and under 400 miles 6

400 and under 500 miles 4

500 and under 750 miles 11

750 and under 1,000 miles 5

1,000 and under 2,000 miles. .. . 18

2,000 and under 3,000 miles. .. . 11

3,000 and under 4,000 miles. ... 10
4,000 and under 7,500 miles. .. . 6

Over 7,500 miles 2

Don't know 14

Median : 1 ,000 and under 2,000 miles

19. (US Aug 8 '45) If you could afford it, would you like to
take a trip outside this country after the war? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 33% No opinion 2%

Where would you like to go? Asked of 65% of the sample
who said they would like to take a trip outside of the United
States after the war if they could afford it.

Around the world 2%

Africa 1

Europe or a European country 32

Asia and the Pacific or a country in Asia, etc 7

South America, etc 7

North America (outside of US and including Central

America) 7

Miscellaneous 8

Don't know 1

20. (Canada Sept 26 '45) Have you ever done any traveling
in Canada outside this province? (cipo)

Yes 64% No 36%

21. (Canada Aug 17 '46) If there were suddenly a big gold
rush, such as that of the Klondike, with all its excitement,
risks, and hardships, would you feel like packing up and
going? (ciPo)

Yes 20% No 76% Don't know 4%

Do you think you really would go? Asked of the 20% of
the sample who said they would feel like packing up and going
if there were a gold rush like that of the Klondike.
Yes 10% No 7% Don't know 3%

22. (US Oct '46) Approximately how much of your time do
you spend traveling on business? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

Less than a quarter 73.6%

About a quarter 17. 6

Between a quarter and a half. . 5.0

A half or more 3.8

23. (Czechoslovakia Dec '46) Have you ever been to Slovakia?
(czipo)

Several times 31% Once 19% Never 50%

Qualified Dis- Miscel- No
Approval approval approval laneous answer
National total.. 71% 7% 6% 1% 15%

TRUMAN, HARRY S.

POLITICS

10%
4

4%
10

11%
14

Democrats 74%

Republicans.... 71

(Jan 3 '46) What is your opinion of President Truman?

Not getting support, lack of cooperation 1%

Good man, doing good job, honest man, etc 56

Follows Roosevelt's ideas — I approve 1

Doing as well as possible, good under the circumstances 12

Has some good points, some bad 1

Too soon to judge 2

Not too strong, lacks leadership 11

Not presidential material 8

Just a politician 1

Policies aren't good, follows Roosevelt too much 1

Disapprove, don't think much of him 6

Miscellaneous 4

No opinion, don't know 4

108%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Apr 18 '45) Is there anything that you would partic-
ularly like to see President Truman do in the next four years?
(aipo)

Solve problems of war and peace 32%

Generally carry out New Deal policies 24

Follow conservative policies 19

Bring about harmony between various groups, labor and

management 2

Cooperate with Congress; confide in the people 2

Take care of servicemen 8

Solve food and clothing shortages; end rationing 2

Take care of reconversion, bring country back to normal 2
Do something about wild living, drinking, gambling,

end of crime, juvenile delinquency 1

Miscellaneous 5

Nothing special, let him use his own judgment 18

1. (US May 11 '45) What is your opinion of President Truman?
(aipo)

115%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because respondents gave more
than one answer.

3. (US Apr 18 '45) Do you think President Truman should
try to do things as he thinks Roosevelt would have done
them, or should he go ahead according to his own ideas?
(aipo)

As Roosevelt 28%

Own ideas 67

Both 1

No opinion 4

4. (US May 12 '45) Do you think Truman will be more favor-
able or less favorable toward business than Roosevelt was?
(aipo)

About No

More same Less opinion

National total 40% 25% 7% 28%

Business and professional

people only 60 18 7 15

Union members only 35 30 7 28

5. (US May 12 '45) Do you think Truman will be more favor-
able or less favorable toward labor unions than Roosevelt
was? (aipo)

[888]

About

same

Ltss

opinion

25%

38%

31%

National total 6%

Business and professional

people only 5

Union members only 9

6. (US Apr 18 '45) Do you think President Truman should go
ahead according to his own ideas, or should he try to do things
as he thinks Roosevelt would have done them? (aipo)

As Roosevelt 38%

Own ideas 56

No opinion 6

7. (US May 13 '45) Some writers believe that with Truman
as President, Congress will have more importance and power
than it had under Roosevelt. Do you think this would be a
good thing or a bad thing for the country? (aipo)

Good thing Bad thing No opinion
National total 65% 16% 19%

BY EDUCATION

College 84%

High school 70

Grade school or less 57

7%
14
25

8. (US May 29 '45) Do you approve or disapprove of the way
Truman is handling his job as President? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 87% 3% 10%

BY POLITICS

2%
3
3
9
14

10%

9
11

Democrats

Republicans 89

(Aug 22 '45) National total 90

(Oct 3 '45) 82

(Oct 31 "45) 75

. (Jan 3 '46)

National total 63

BY POLITICS

Democrats 75%

Republicans 46

(Feb 27 '46) National total 49

(Mar 27 '46) 50

(May 29 '46) 45

(June 12 '46) 43

(Sept 11 '46) 32

(Nov 13 '46) 34

(Dec 11 '46) 35

9. (US Sept 6 '45) So far as President Truman's handling of
our relations with foreign countries goes, would you say he
is doing an excellent, good, only fair, or poor job? (njyht)

Excel- Only Don't

lent Good fair Pom' know
National total 24.1% 48.2% 9.9% .8% 17.0%

13%

12%

12.5%
20.7

BY SEX

Men 24.3% 50.4% 11.6% 1.2%

Women 23.9 46.5 8.5 .4

BY AGE

21-34 years 21.9% 48.5% 10.9% 1.0% 17.7%

35-49 years 25.2 49.8 9.9 .2 14.9

50 years and over 25.0 46.5 9.0 1.1 18.4

Excel-
lent

Good

Only
fair

Poor

Don't

know

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 31.2% 51.2% 8.8%

Upper middle 30.1 50.1 9.4

Lower middle 25.6 48.5 9.3

Poor 16.2 47.5 8.6

.6% 8.2%
.5 99

1.1 15.5

.4 27.3

White 25.1% 48.9%

Negro 13.4 41.2

BY RELIGION

Protestant 23.4% 49.5%

Catholic 28.0 45.5

Jewish 24.4 48.8

Other 15.7 39.2

9.1%
18.1

10.2%

.7%
1.4

16.2%
25.9

8.5

9.8

.8% 16.1%

.6 17.0

1.2 17.1

2.0 33.3

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 18.2% 45.8% 10.0%

High school 25.8 49.4 10.1

College 30.5 50.6 9.3

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northwest 22.2% 45.8% 9.8%

Middle West 24.8 48.3 10.6

South 23.7 51.2 9.1

Far West 28.0 46.4 10.3

BY SIZE OF PLACE

Over 25,000 27.1% 46.1% 11.2%

Under 25,000 23.1 48.9 8.8

Rural 19.6 51.7 9.2

1.3%
.5
.5

24.7%
14.2
9.1

.7% 21.5%

.6 15.7

.9 15.1

1.1 14.2

.8%
5
1.2

14.8%

18.7

183

10. (US Sept 13 '45) So far as his handling of Congress goes,
would you say President Truman is doing an excellent, good,
only fair, or poor job? (nyht)

Excel- Only Don't

lent Good fair Poor know

National total 26.7% 43.1% 8.7% 1.1% 20.4%

BY SEX

Men 28.8% 45.8% 10.2% 1.6%

Women 25.0 41.0 7.4 .7

BY AGE

21-24 years 23.4% 44.1% 9.2% .6%

35-49 years 31.3 42.3 9.0 1.0

50 years and over 25.2 43.1 8.0 1.7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 42.9% 41.8% 5.3% 1.8%

Upper middle 37.0 45.4 6.1 .9

Lower middle 27.2 43.5 9.5 .8

Poor 14.4 42.5 8.0 1.2

White 28.1% 43.6% 8.0% 1.0%

Negro 12.0 38.0 16.2 2.8

BY RELIGION

Protestant 26.6% 44.0% 9.3%

Catholic 27.4 41.5 6.6

Jewish 29.3 46.3 12.2

Other 22.6 33.3 5.9

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 15.0% 40.8% 11 4% 1.6%

High school 28.2 45.4 8.2 .8

College 43.6 42.6 5-1 -9

13.6%
25.9

22.7%

16.4

22.0

8.2%
10.6
19.0
33.9

31.0

1.0% 19.1%

1.0 23.5
2.4 9.8

2.9 35.3

31.2%
17.4
7.8

[889]

Exal- Only Dour

lent Good fair Poor know
BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 25.6% 42.1% 9.6% 1.3% 21.4%

Middle West 28.1 41.5 10.3 .6 19.5

South 22.7 47.7 7.1 1.5 21.0

Far West 35.8 38.3 6.0 1.1 18.8

BY SIZE OF PLACE

Over 25,000 31.5% 39.9% 10.2%, 1.1% 17.3%

Under 25,000 25.3 45.4 6.3 1.0 22.0

Rural 19.2 45.6 10.0 1.4 23.8

11. (US Sept 29 '45) So far as his handling of home problems
goes, would you say President Truman is doing an excellent,
good, only fair, or poor job? (nyht)

Excel- Only Don't

lent Good fair Poor know

National total 18.1% 45.9% 12.7%, 2.3% 21.0%

BY SEX

Men 17.9% 47.5% 13.8% 3.5% 17.3%

Women 18.2 44.6 11.8 1.3 24.1

BY AGE

21-34 years 16.0% 47.2% 14.2%

35-49 years 20.0 46.6 12.6

50 years and over ... . 18.0 44.3 11.4

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 23-5% 52.4% 13.5%,

Upper middle 24.9 48.2 11.8

Lower middle 17.7 453 12.8

Poor 13.0 43.9 10.6

BY RACE

White 18.9% 46.3% 12.1%

Ncgio 9.3 42.6 18.5

BY RELIGION

Protestant 17.6%, 48.1% 12.7%

Catholic 20.1 41.3 12.7

Jewish 15.9 45.1 13.4

Other 17.6 31.4 11.8

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 13.3% 42.6% 13.6%

High school 18.1 48.4 11.5

College 25.7 47.0 13.3

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 17.0% 44.0% 12.3%

Middle West 17.4 45.7 14.7

South 17.1 495 11.1

Far West 25.2 41.8 12.1

2.0% 20.6%
1.9 18.9
2.8 23.5

2.4%
1.6
2.2
2.6

3.7

2.3%
1.4
2.4
5.9

8.2%
13.5
22.0
29.9

20.6%
25.9

19.3%
24.5
23.2
33.3

2.8% 27.7%
2.3 19.7
1.3 12.7

2.3%
2.3
2.4
1.8

24.4%
19.9
19.9
19.1

BY SIZE OF PLACE

Over 25,000 20.0% 42.7% 14.0% 2.5% 20.8%

Under 25,000 17.2 48.3 10.8 1.6 22.1

Rural 15.5 48.3 13.6 2.9 19.7

12. (US Dec 13 '45) Breakdowns of how respondents who
voted for or favored Roosevelt in 1944, and how respondents
who voted for or favored Dewey, rated President Truman's
job in various fields, (nyht)

BY POLITICS

Roosevelt Dewey

voters voters
President Truman's job on our relations with
foreign countries

Excellent 26.5% 22.7%

Good 50.8 53.7

Roosevelt

Only fair 12.5%

Poor 9

Don't know 93

President Truman's job in handling Congress

Excellent 17.9

Good 46.6

Only fair 15.6

Poor 1.4

Don't know 18.5

President Truman's handling of home problems

Excellent 13. 6

• Good 48.8

Only fair 19.3

Poor 3.4

Don't know 14.9

Dewey
voters
16.2%

1.0

6.4

16.8

51.7

17.7

1.5

12.3

11.3
44.8
26.1
5.0
12.8

Poor

13. (US Dec '45) Of the various things Truman has done since
he has been President, which one or two have you not liked
so well? (for)

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

All people Prosperous
National topics:

Unemployment bill 5.1%

Handling of labor 4.1

Other 6.8

International topics:

Giving De Gaulle a plane. , .7

Policy in Japan .7

Other 2.4

General comments (e.g., "just

a politician"} 31

Nothing or don't know 79.4

16.6%

1.0%

8.1

1.6

9.0

4.2

1.2

2.1

1.4

6.8

1.6

58.7

89.3

22.5%

Poor

3.4%

102.3%* 103.8%* 100.1%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US Dec '45) Of the various things Truman has done since
he has been President, which one or two have you liked best?
(for)

by economic status

All people Prosperous
National topics:

Appointments good 8.4%

Adherence to F.D.R.'s pro-
gram 5.7

Unemployment policy 3.4

Cutting down expenses. .. . 3-3
Bringing servicemen home . 2.4

Other 11.6

International topics:

Handling foreign situation 5.6

Canceling lend-lease 3.8

Ending of the war 2.8

Other 3.0

General comments (e.g., "ev-
erything he has done has

been good") 15.2

Nothing or don't know 46.2

6.4

2.1

5.4

8.9

2.0

—

2.8

17.8

5.7

8.1

2.1

6.8

3.6

3.0

4.3

2.3

24.7

10.1

24.7

57.9

111.4%* 123.8%* 106,0%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (US Dec '45) We want to know how the public rates Presi-
dent Truman on several specific things, from what they have
seen of him up to now. So far as his handling of our relations

[ 890 ]

Only

Don't

Good

fair

Poor

know

51.3%

13.4%

1.0%

10.0%

47.8

15.9

1.4

18.0

46.6

21.4

4.0

15.7

28.7

41.5

12.5

13.6

19.6

37.5

21.5

19.7

28.1

38.1

22.4

8.8

with foreign countries (Congress, home problems) goes, would
you say President Truman is doing an excellent, good, only
fair, or poor job? (for)

Excd-
Itnt
Foreign relations. .. . 24.3%

Congress 16.9

Home problems 12.3

(June '46)
Foreign relations. . . . 3.7

Congress 1.7

Home problems 2.6

16. (US Jan '46) With which one of these four statements do
you come closest to agreeing? (for)

Truman is doing such an exxcUent job that he is likely

to be considered one of our great Presidents 19. 7%

While Truman has made some mistakes, on most things
he is doing a good job 62.4

While Truman has done some things well, he is not
really capable of handling the job 8.5

It is unfortunate that we have to have Truman as Presi-
dent at this important period of our history 39

Don't know 55

17. (US Jan '46) Since President Truman took office he has
made quite a number of appointments. Would you say that
his appointments so far have been on the whole excellent, good,
only fair, or poor? (for)

Excel-

Only

Don't

lent

Good

fair

Poor

know

11.0%

48.7%

21.8%

\A%

17.1%

Qune '46)... .

. .. 2.4

25.8

39.3

13.3

19.2

18. (US Jan 23 '46) Do you think that Truman has done all
that he should in handling the strike problem? (aipo)

Yes 45% No 37%, Don't know 18%

What more should he do? Asked of 37% of the sample who
thought that Truman had not done all that he should in
handling the strike problem.

No answer, don't know 4%

Stop strikes 3

Define a definite labor policy and enforce it 12

Have government take over the plants 4

Legislation to control labor unions, stop favoring unions 4

Reach an agreement with management 1

Legislation to force acceptance of arbitration 2

Take union leaders out of politics, make leaders responsi-
ble 1

Get new, qualified leaders 1

Miscellaneous 5

19. (US Jan 23 '46) Generally speaking, do you feel that
President Truman is doing a good, fair, or poor job as Presi-
dent? (aipo)

Good 37%

Fair 43

Poor 13

Undecided 5

20. (US Mar 27 '46) Has your feeling about President Truman
changed since he took office? (aipo)

Yes 33% No 62% No answer 5%

What things has he done, or not done, to make you change
your mind? Asked of 33% of the sample whose feeling about
President Truman had changed since he took office.

No answer, don't know 2%

Has done nothing 1

Lacks leadership, strength 9

Appointments 4

Has followed Roosevelt 1

Has not followed Roosevelt 1

Handling of strike situation 5

Handling of foreign affairs 2

Acts on own responsibility, independent of politics. ... 1

Trying to get along with all factions 3

Changed from original course 3

Miscellaneous 3

35%*
* Percentages add to more than 33 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

21. (us May 29 '46) Have you heard or read about Mr. Tru-
man's recent speech to Congress and the people regarding the
railroad strikes? (aipo)

Yes 82% No 18%

Has your opinion about Mr. Truman changed since that
speech? Asked of 82% of the sample who had heard or read
about Mr. Truman's recent speech to Congress and the people
regarding the railroad strike.
Yes 35% No 46% No answer 1%

Do you think more favorably or less favorably of him?
Asked of 35% of the sample who knew of Truman's speech
concerning the railroad strike and consequently had changed
their opinion of him.

More 23% Less 12%

22. (us June '46) With which one of these four statements
do you come closest to agreeing? (for)

National

total Veterans
Truman is doing such an excellent job that

he is likely to be considered one of our

great Presidents 6.2% 5-0%

While Truman has made some mistakes,

on most things he is doing a good job. .. . 45-9 45.0

While Tfuman has done some things well,

he is not really capable of handling the

job 33.5 40.5

It is an extremely bad thing for the country

to have a man like Truman as President 6.1 53

Don't know 8.3 4.2

23. (us July 10 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of the way
Truman is handling the strike problem? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 36% 49% 15%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional. . . . 37%

56%

White-collar 34

Farmers 42

Manual workers 34

Union members only 30

TUBERCULOSIS

1. (us June 28 '39) What do you think is the cause of tubercu-
losis (consumption)? (aipo)

[891]

Germs or bacteria 18%

Run-down condition 17

Malnutrition 13

Poor living conditions 12

Hereditary 11

Exposure (to bad weather, cold, etc.). . . 11

Improper food 8

Colds, neglect of colds 6

All others 4

2. (US June 28 '39) Do you think it [tuberculosis] is con-
tagious? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 24%

3. (US June 28 '39) Do you think tuberculosis is inherited at
birth? (aipo)

Yes 52%, No 48%,

4. (US June 28 '39) Do you think it [tuberculosis] is curable?
(aipo)

Yes 86%o No 14%o

What do you think is the best way to cure tuberculosis?

Asked of a national cross-section of those who thought it is

curable. 86% of the total sample represented.

Rest 43%

Proper food and nourishment 36

Fresh air 26

Sunshine 18

Climate 25

Sanitarium treatment 13

Medical care 8

Early treatment 7

Collapsing lungs 2

Treatments 2

Living a regular routine life 2

Light exercise 2

All others 3

No answer 12

199%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

5. (Hungary Oct '46) Would you approve of compulsory con-
trol and care of persons with tuberculosis and syphilis? Asked
in Budapest, (hipor)

BY economic status

Yes

Well-ofF 96.8%

Middle class 97.8

Poor 97.4

No
2.8%
1.8
1.8

Other answers *

Don't know 1

* Less than 0.5%.

25. (US July '45) Would you like to see the United States
join the world organization set up at San Francisco, or would
you like to see us stay out? (norc)

Join 79% Stay out 9% Don't know 12%

26. (US May 3 '45) Which one of these comes closest to ex-
pressing what you would like to have the United States do
after the war? (nyht)

Enter into no alliances and have as little as possible to

do with other countries 9.7%

Depend only on separate alliances with certain countries 4.9
Take an active part in an international organization. . 71.8
Don't know 13.6

Which would you prefer: to get an international organiza-
tion started right away even though it may not suit some
Americans in the beginning, or to wait and try to get one
almost every one will like before starting, even if this takes
several years? Asked of 71.8% of the sample who voted for
active American participation in an international organization.
Get an organization started right away. . . . 74.4%

Wait 18.9

Don't know 6.7

27. (US May 3 '45) Do you think an international organiza-
tion could succeed if the rest of the United Nations are in it
but the United States stays out of it, or if the rest of the United
Nations are in it but Russia stays out of it? (nyht)

National total .

Yes

75%

16%

T)ont know
9%

No Don't know
78.0% 14.8%
63.7 20.8

Yes
If the United States stays out 7.2%
If Russia stays out 15-5

28. (US May 3 '45) What do you think is most likely to hap-
pen to this idea of an international organization? (nyht)

That one is really going to get started 54.6%

That there may be something that will be called an

international organization, but it won't have any
real power or effect 158

That an international organization won't even get
started 5.5

Don't know 24.1

29. (US July 29 '42) Some people think there should be a world
court to try to settle international disputes when this war is
over. Would you approve, or disapprove of such a court?
(alpo)

Approve 69% Disapprove 18% No opinion 13%

Would you like to see the United States become a member of
this court? Asked of 69% of the sample who approved of a
world court.
Yes 98% No 1% No opinion 1%

30. (US Dec 28 '42, Mar 24 '43, May 2 '43) Should the gov-
ernment take steps now, before the end of the war, to set up
with our allies a world organization to maintain the future
peace of the world? (aipo)

Yts No No opinion

National total 64% 24% 12%o

BY POLITICS

Democrats 65%

Republicans 63

(Great Britain Mar 1 '43) (bipo)

23%
28

12%
9

31. (US Jan '43) People who think they've found out why the
League of Nations failed are now preparing for a new union
of nations, if we win the war. Nobody can say for sure whether
a new union would end all wars or only lead to worse ones.
In order to try out a union of nations as a possible way of
preventing wars, would you yourself be willing or not willing
to do the following? (norc)

Not Don't

Willing willing know
To stay on a rationing system in

this country for about five

years to help feed the starving

people in other countries 81.6% 14.3% 4.1%

For part of the American army

to remain overseas for several

years after the war to help

establish order 75.5 18.6 5.9

To consider most of our lend-
lease materials as aid to the

Allies and not expect any pay-
ment for them 41.3 48.8 9.9

To pay more taxes for a few years

while the new union was being

organized even if people in the

other countries couldn't afford

to pay much 63.5 28.0 8.5

To give up our army, navy and

air force, if all other nations

would do the same 41.1 54.6 4.3

To allow foreign goods to come

into this country and compete

with the things we grow or

make here — even if the prices

were lower 27.9 61.7 10.4

To forget reparations — that is,

not try to collect any money

from Germany or Japan to pay

for what the war has cost us

and our Allies 27.9 64.5 7.6

32. (US July 10 '43) Here is a resolution which is now being
considered in Congress: That the Congress hereby expresses
itself as favoring the creation of appropriate international
machinery with power adequate to establish and to maintain
a just and lasting peace among the nations of the world, and
as favoring participation by the United States therein. Do you
want your Congressman to vote for or against this resolution?
(aipo)

For Against Undecided

National total 78%o 9% 13%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 82% 18% —

Republicans 77 23 — ■

33. (US Sept '43) After this war, if two countries have a dis-
agreement, do you think it would be better if they tried to
settle it themselves or do you think it would be better if some
kind of organization of nations worked with them to try to
settle the disagreements? (norc)

Themselves 26%

Organization 69

Don't know 5

Qualified answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

[910]

34. (US Sept '43) In general, what chance do you think a
union of nations will have to prevent wars — good, fair, or
no chance at all? (norc)

Good 48%

Fair 36

No chance 10

Don't know 6

36. (US May 19 '44) Should the government take steps now,
before the end of the war, to try to set up with our allies a
world organization to maintain the future peace of the world,
or should we wait until after the war is won? (aipo)

National total

Act now

58%

Wait
30%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Far West

55%

14%

Undecided
12%

11%
15
8
13
10

36. (Great Britain Nov 20 '44) Should the United Nations
adopt the principle of using force against aggressor nations
when this war has ended? (bipo)

Yes 77% No 10% Uncertain 13%

37. (US Apr 8 '45, Apr 11 '45) Do you think the United States
should join a world organization with police power to main-
tain world peace? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 81% 11% 8%

BY POLITICS

Dewey voters . . .
Roosevelt voters.

83%
86

11%

6%
6

38. (US Apr 8 '45) How important do you think it is that we
join such a world organization [with police power to main-
tain world peace] — very important, fairly important, or not
too important? (aipo)

Very important 83%

Not too important 3

Fairly important 11

No opinion 3

39. (US Mar 20 '45) What do you think would happen if we
did not join a world organization? (aipo)

Another war; peace wouldn't last; always fighting other
nations 49%

Trouble start up everywhere; other countries turn against
us; differences 13

We would lose out, be left in the cold; wouldn't get any
advantages 10

No teeth in the organization, handicap it; league wouldn't
mean anything 5

We would lose the present war and what we are fighting
for; lose the peace; a step backwards 2

Our economic destruction; we can't live alone econom-
ically 1

Others; God's will; we would be selfish, etc 3

Nothing, hard to tell, we won't have another war 6

Didn't say 11

40. (US Apr '45) Some people say that future wars can be
prevented if all nations will only get together in some kind
of world organization with enough power to stop any invasion.
After the war, would you like to see the United States belong
to a world organization, or stay out of it? (norc)

Belong 80%

Stay out 12

Belong if United States is head *

Belong if all nations join *

Belong if it's the right kind 1

Don't know 7

* Less than 0.5%.

41. (US July '45) In general, what chance do you think the
world organization set up at San Francisco will have to pre-
vent wars — good, fair, or no chance at all? (norc)

Good 39% Fair 44% No chance 10% Don't know 7%

42. (US July '45) In general, what chance do you think the
world organization set up at San Francisco will have to pre-
vent wars between big nations (between small nations) —
good, fair, or no chance at all? (norc)

No
chance

Don't

know

11%
8

10%
10

Good Fair

Between big nations 36% 43%

Between small nations. ... 57 25

43. (France Jan 16 '46) Do you have confidence in the United
Nations organization to avoid war? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 33% 50% 17%

BY AGE

20-34 years 27% 57% 16%

35-49 years 32 53 15

50-64 years 39 45 16

65 years and over 40 38 22

DY OCCUPATION

Farmers 43% 35% 22%

Private income and pensions 39 43 18

Housewives 36 46 18

Liberal professions 28 58 14

White collar 24 62 14

(May 1 '46) Do you have confidence in the ability of the
UN to avoid war?

Yes 39%

No 43%

No opinion 18%

44. (US Feb 27 '46) Do you think the United Nations organ-
ization will be able to prevent another world war during the
next twenty-five years? (aipo)

Yes 34% No 52% No opinion 14%

45. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Do you have confidence in the
work of the UN for the maintenance of peace? (in'soc)

Yes No No opinion

National total 36% 36% 28%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban 39%

Rural 31

Industrial 35

Men . . .
Women .

39%
32

37%

40%
30

BY AGE

20-34 years 33% 40%

35-49 years 39 34

50-64 years 36 34

65 years and over 38 27

46. (US Feb '42) Supposing that the Allies win the war, do

you think Germany, Italy, and Japan should be in this union?
(norc)

24%

21%
38

27%
27
30
35

[911]

Depends

Don' t know

34%

5«

Germany 51%

Italy 51

Japan 50

47. (US Feb '42) If Germany, Italy, and Japan are defeated,
do you think the United States should try to form some kind
of a union of the allied countries to help keep peace and order
in the world? (norc)

Yes 85%

No 9

Depends 2

No opinion 3

Don't understand question 1

Do you think all the countries on the allied side should be
in this union, or just some of them? Asked of 87%i of the sam-
ple who thought the United States should try to form some
kind of a union of the allied countries to help keep peace and
order.

All 88% Some 6% Depends 1% Don't know 5%

48. (US Sept '43) After the war is over, do you think Germany,
Italy, and Japan should be members of the union? (norc)

Yes 54% No 25% Qualified answer 14% Don't know 7%

49. (France Nov 16 '44) Italy has asked to be admitted to the
United Nations. Should this wish be granted? Asked of a
sample of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes 22% No 71% No opinion 7%

50. (US Mar '45) If a world organization is set up after the
war, would you like to see Germany become a member of it —
right away, after she has proved that she can behave decently,
or never? (for)

Right away ~. 8.3%

After she has proved that she can behave decently 64.9

Never 19.4

Don't know 7.4

51. (US Feb 14 '42) If there is some sort of an organization of
nations after the war, which nations do you think ought to be
in it? (norc) '

All nations everywhere, including the Axis 51%

All nations except the Axis countries 17

The United Nations — those nations now at war with the

Axis 14

Just the English-speaking nations 4

Only those nations in the Western Hemisphere 2

Others 2

Don't know 10

52. (US Feb '42) Supposing that the Allies won the war, do
you think all, some, or none of the countries in Central America
and South America should be in this union? (norc)

All 80%

Some 6

Depends 3

None 2

Don't know 9

63. (US July 1 '42) Do you think the Free French under Gen-
eral De Gaulle should be made one of our Allies and admitted
as a member of the United Nations? Asked of a national cross-
section of those who knew who the Free French were. 56%
of the total sample is represented, (aipo)
Yes 81% No 10% No opinion 9%

54. (US Sept '43) Do you think a union of nations would
have the best chance of working if all countries were members,
or if just some countries were members? (norc)
All 83% Some 11% Don't know 6%

56. (US Mar '44) Here is a list of a few of the countries that
might want to become members of an international organiza-
tion along with the United States. Which ones on the list
would you like to see members at the start? (for)

AH 20.8%

Great Britain 71.9

China 67.4

Russia 65.4

Australia 55.1

Sweden 44.3

Norway 43.2

France 41.9

Greece 39. 1

Brazil 37.3

Italy 19.9

Argentina 19. 5

Spain 16.1

Germany 3.9

Japan 1.7

Don't know 4.3

* Since respondents were encourageJ to name all the countries they
would like to see members, percentages add to considerably more
than 1C».

56. (US Mar '44) Which of these countries [listed in preceding
question] would you want to have the most to say [in the
international organization]? (for)

United States 85.4%

Great Britain 85. 4

Russia 71.7

China 63.4

Australia 18.9

Remaining 10 countries *

Don't know 1.6

326.4%**

* Less than 10% each.

** Percentages add to considerablv more than ICX) since respondents
were asked to say which countries they would hke to have the most
power.

57. (US Sept '43) D070U think countries should get together
in a union of nations to decide how big an army, navy, and
air force each country can have? (norc)
Yes 77% No 17% Don't know 6%

Quly '45) Do you think countries should get together in the
world organization to decide how big an army, navy, and air
force each country can have?
Yes 78% No 14% Don't know 8%

68. (US Sept '43) If the United States does join with other
countries in a union of nations, would you be willing to have
the union decide how big an army, navy, and air force the
United States should have? (norc)
Yes 70% No 24% Don't know 6%

Quly '45) If the United States does join with other countries
in the world organization, would you be willing to have the
organization decide how big an army, navy, and air force
the United States should have?
Yes 64% No 25% Don't know 11%

[912]

(Sept '43) Asked of the 29% who stated in Question 57
(US Sept '43) or Question 58 (US Sept '43) that a union of
nations should not decide how large the armed forces of each
country should be and would not be willing to have such a
union decide about the armed forces of the United States.
If the United States could not become a member of the union
of nations unless we were willing to have the union decide
how big our armed force could be, would you want to join or
stay out?
Join 5% Stay out 18% Don't know 6%

59. (US July '45) As far as you know, does the world organiza-
tion set up at San Francisco have the power to decide how big
an army, navy, and air force each country can have, or doesn't
it have this power? (norc)

Does have power 2.4%

Doesn't have power 23

Don't know 53

60. (US July 1 '42) Did you hear anything at all about United
Nations Day? (norc)

Yes 24% No 73%, Don't know 3%

Were there any parades or speeches or anything like that
around here to celebrate United Nations Day? Asked of 24%
of the sample who had heard of United Nations Day.
Yes 10% No 7% Don't know 7%

Do you think celebrations like these make people take the
war more seriously? Asked of 10% of the sample who said
there were parades and speeches to celebrate United Nations
Day.
Yes 7% No 2% Don't know 1%,

61. (US Sept '43) As you know. Congress has the power to
make laws about problems that may come up between states.
Do you think a union of nations should have power to make
laws about problems that may come up between countries
in the union? (norc)

Yes 76%, No 13%, Don't know 11%,

Do you think a union of nations would need to have some
kind of a military police force to make all countries obey these
laws? Asked of 76% of the sample who thought the union of
nations should have power to make laws about problems aris-
ing between countries in the union.
Yes 68%o No 6%o Don't know 2%

62. (US Sept '43) Would you like to see the United States
Congress take a vote now to find out how Congressmen feel
about the United States joining some kind of a union of nations?
(norc)

Yes 65% No 27%o Don't know 8%o

63. (US Sept '43) If Congress were to vote now on whether
the United States should join a union of nations after the war,
do you think it actually would vote to join or stay out? (norc)
Join 47% Stay out 23% Don't know 30%

64. (US Mar 9 '47) Do you think it would be a good idea for
covmtries to get together in a union of nations to decide how
trade between countries should be handled, or do you think
each country should handle trade any way it wants? (norc)
Get together 65% Any way 29% Don't know 6%

65. (US Sept '43) If the United States could not become a
member of the union of nations unless we were willing to trade
according to ways decided upon by all members of the union,
would you want to join or stay out? (norc)

Join 57%o Stay out 31%c, Don't know 12%,

66. (US Mar '44) If we should take part in an international
organization, which do you think would be better: to let
certain countries have more say at the start than other coun-
tries, or to let all member countries have the same say? (for)

Certain countries 39. 8% All countries 50.3%

Don't know 9.9%

67. (US Mar '44) If a general international organization should
be set up, which of these things do you think it should and
should not be organized to do? (for)

Should Don't
Should not know

Prevent any member country from

starting a war of its own 79.0% 7.0% 14.0%

Decide which country is right if two

members get into a dispute 75-9 8.2 15.9

Decide what taxes individual mem-
ber nations must pay to support

the organization 69.7 8.9 21.4

Decide what military strength each

member nation can have 69.0 13. 6 17.4

Regulate the rights of airplanes from

one member nation to land on

airfields in other member nations 61.1 14.0 24.9

Have a permanent military force of

its own, stronger than any single

nation 54.0 23.3 22.7

Decide what tariff rates should be

charged by member nations 44.8 23.3 31.9

Decide which side is right if a civil

war breaks out in a member na-
tion, and support that side 43.0 31.7 25.3

Decide minimum standards for

working conditions in member

countries 32.0 44.7 23. 3

68. (Great Britain Aug '44) Should the Allies adopt for after
the war the principle of using armed force against an aggressor?
(bipo)

Yes 77%o No 10% Don't know 13%

69. (Great Britain Aug '44) Should Britain be absolutely free
to decide for herself whether to use force or should she vote
along with the other nations and accept the result of the voting?
(bipo)

Be free 23% Vote 63% Don't know 14%

70. (US Sept '44) If some kind of world organization is formed,
which of the following would you like to see? (norc)

The United States have the most to say about running it 26%
Britain, Russia, and the United States together have the

most to say about running it 19

All the countries in the organization have about the same

amount to say about running it 44

Something else *

England, Russia, United States, and China 1

Vote according to size, population, power, etc 3

Russia and United States have the most to say about run-
ning it . . . *

Britain and the United States have the most to say about

running it *

Other answers 1

Don't know 6

* Less than 0.5%.

71. (US Sept '44) Which one of these ways do you think a
world organization is most likely to be run? (norc)

[913]

United States will have the most to say 12%

Britain, Russia, and the United States will have the most

to say 49

All the countries will have the same amount to say 17

Something else 1

England will have the most to say 1

Russia will have the most to say 1

Britain and Russia will have the most to say 1

Russia, the United States, Britain, and China will have

the most to say 1

Don't know 15

No answer 2

72. (Canada Sept 9 '44) After this war, do you think some
sort of league of nations would work, or do you think it is
impossible for the nations of the world to work together to
keep the peace? (cipo)

League would work 55%

League would not work 21

Undecided 16

Qualified 8

73. (Canada Dec 30 '42) After this war, which of these two
steps do you think would do most to insure future peace;
complete domination of Axis countries by the United Nations,
including control of their industry, trade, and politics; or
formation of a league of nations in which every country in the
world, including Italy and Japan, would be represented and
which would decide the differences between nations? (cipo)
Domination 51% League 37% Don't know 12%

In your opinion, why was the League of Nations unable to
prevent a second World Wat?

Selfishness; lack of co-operation, etc 22%

Lack of power to enforce decisions 21

Too many nations not in 11

Failure of US to participate . . .' 9

Germany allowed to rearm 5

Non-enforcement of sanctions 3

Vested interests interfered 1

Miscellaneous 8

No opinion 20

74. (Canada Nov 27 '43) Do you think that, after this war is
over, a new League of Nations will work if it includes the
United States? (cipo)

W HI work Won'ttvork Undecided

Dec '41 53% 28% 19%

Nov '43 62 20 18

75. (Canada Sept 9 '44) If such a league is formed, should
any nation which wants to join be admitted, or should some
nations be excluded? (cipo)

Admit all 66% Exclude some 22% Undecided 12%

76. (Canada Sept 13 '44) Do you think that the British Empire
should be given one vote in such a league — that is, vote as a
single unit — or do you think each Dominion should have a
separate vote? (ciPo)

Separate One vote for
votes the Empire Undecided

National total 84% 8% 8%

Ontario .
Quebec.

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

92% 8%

90 10

77. (US Nov '44) In what large city in the world do you think
a world organization should have its headquarters after the
war? Tnorc)

Quebec *

London ." 6%

Vienna *

Washington 34

Geneva 9

Moscow *

The Hague 1

Paris 3

Otlier answers 30

Don't know 17

* Less than 0.5%-

78. (US Dec '44) If there is a world organization, in which
one of these cities do you think it should have its headquarters:
(norc)

Quebec 2%

London 3

Vienna 1

Washington 58

Geneva 11

Moscow 1

The Hague 2

Paris 4

Other 3

Don't know 15

79. (US Jan 3 '46) The headquarters of the United Nations
Organization is to be located in the eastern part of the United
States. Which of these areas do you favor for its headquarters?
Each respondent was handed a card with the areas listed, (aipo)

Boston 12%

Philadelphia 20

New York City 18

Hyde Park, New York 32

No opinion 18

80. (US Jan 9 '46) On the basis of the United Nations Organ-
ization decision to locate its permanent headquarters in the
eastern part of the United States, in your opinion which of the
following areas would seem to be most suitable: Boston, Hyde
Park, Philadelphia, or New York? (aipo)

Philadelphia 34.1%

Hyde Park 30.9

Boston 20.4

New York 14.6

81. (US Dec 4 '46) Should the permanent United Nations head-
quarters stay in the United States, or should it move to some
other nation? (aipo)

Stay Aiove Undecided
National total 70% 8% 22%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle Atlantic . . 70% 11% 19%

East and West central 67 8 25

South 74 3 23

Mountain and Far West 72 7 21

82. (US Dec 4 '46) If the United Nations headquarters stays
in this country, in what state do you think it should be located?
(aipo)

New York 28%

Any state in United States 9

California 9

Washington, DC 7

Pennsylvania 3

Massachusetts 2

Washington 1

South Dakota 1

[914]

Illinois 2%

No answer '..... 28

Other 10

83. (Canada Nov 18 '44) Russia's army is driving the Germans
out of a number of the smaller countries in eastern Europe.
Do you think that Russia should decide what to do with these
countries by herself, or should all the United Nations have
something to say about it? (cipo)

Russia decide 11%

All nations have a voice 83

Undecided or qualified 6

84. (Canada Nov 18 '44) British, United States, and Canadian
troops are driving the Germans out of a number of the smaller
countries in western Europe. Do you think that Britain, Can-
ada, and the United States should, by themselves, decide what
to do with these countries, or should Russia and the other
United Nations have something to say about it? (ciPo)

Just Britain, Canada, and United States 15%

All United Nations 78

Undecided and qualified 7

85. (Great Britain Nov 20 '44) Do you think Britain should
remain free to decide whether or not to use force against an
"aggressor" nation, or should Britain agree to vote with the
rest of the United Nations and accept the result? (bipo)

Britain should be free to decide for herself. . . 23%

Britain should vote with other nations 63

Uncertain 14

86. (Canada Jan 6 '45) If a world organization is formed after
the war to try to keep the peace, do you think Canada should
join? (ciPo)

Yes No Don' t know

National total 90% 6% 4%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 79% 14% 7%

(Canada Jan 6 '45) Do you think the men who represent
Canada in such an organization should be appointed by the
Government or by the direct vote of the Canadian people?
Asked of 90% of the sample who thought Canada should join
the world organization. (ciPo)

Direct vote 51% Other 2% Government appointment 33%
Don't know 4%

87. (US Mar '45) As far as you know, has the United States
already agreed to join a world organization, or hasn't this
been decided yet? (norc)

Already agreed 27% Not yet decided 40% Don't know 33%

88. (US Mar '45) When the United Nations get together in
San Francisco next month, which of these things comes closest
to what you would like to see the United States delegates
pledge our country to do? (norc)

Agree to join a world organization, and promise that
some American armed forces can be used with those of
other United Nations if this is ever necessary to stop
one country from attacking another 50%

Agree to join a world organization, but do not promise
that American armed forces can be used to stop one
country from attacking another 23

Do not agree to join a world organization of any kind,
and do not promise the use of American armed forces. . 18

Don't know 9

89. (US Mar 7 '45) President Roosevelt named three Repub-
lican leaders to be members of the American delegation at the

World Conference to be held in San Francisco in April. Do you
approve of having Republicans serve on the committee? A
comparable cross-section was asked the question in the 'fol-
lowing form: President Roosevelt named three Republican
leaders to be members of the American delegation of eight
at the World Conference to be held in San Francisco in April.
Do you approve or disapprove of having Republicans serving
on the committee? Results were combined, (aipo)
Approve 83% Disapprove 4% No opinion 13%

90. (Sweden June '45) Do you think that Sweden should join
a new League of Nations if one is formed? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 57% 15% 28%

Upper class . .
Middle class.
Workers.

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

67% 16%

58 16

56 14

17%

91. (Sweden June '45) Do you think that such an organization
[a new League of Nations] would secure the peace for at least
fifty years? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 26% 45% 29%

Men . . .
Women.

BY sex

. ^ 32%
21

48%
41

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 20% 56%

Middle class 25 47

Workers 27 42

20%
38

24%

92. (Sweden June '45) Do you think that a new League of
Nations should be formed and, if so, should it attempt to com-
prise all nations right from the start? (sgi)

Form new

Form new league with Do not

league with certain form new

all nations nations league No opinion

National total 66% 4% 10% 20%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 67% 8% 14%

11%
9
21

Middle class 68- 3 10

Workers 65 5 . 9

Which countries should be excluded [from a new League of
Nations]? Asked of a national cross-section of people who
thought a new League of Nations which would exclude certain
nations should be formed. Only 4% of the total sample is
represented.

Germany 44%

Russia 5

Germany, Italy, Japan 40

Other 13

The small nations 4

Don't know 15

121%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

93. (US July 22 '45) Should the United States approve the
United Nations charter for a world organization as adopted
at the San Francisco conference? (aipo)

[915]

National total .

Yis
66%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle Atlantic. . 64%

East and West central 68

South ■ 62

Far West ....'. 65

No
3%

No
opinion

31%

33%
29
36
31

94. (US July '45) As you know, before the United States can
join the world organization, two-thirds of the Senators have
to approve it. Do you expect two-thirds of the Senators to vote
to join, or not? (norc)

Join 77^

Not

Don't know 17%

96. (US July '45) If the United States does agree to join the
world organization, do you think we should try to do anvthing
more to get countries to cooperate, or do vou think that's
enough to do? (norc)
Do more 63% That's enough 29% Don't know 8%

96. (US July 12 '45) Should the United States Senate approve
the United Nations charter for a world organization as adopted
at the San Francisco conference? (aipo)

12%

64%

97. (Sweden Aug '45) Do you think that Sweden should join
a league with all other nations, binding ourselves (in common
with other members) to place troops at the disposal of a joint
military protection of future peace? (soi)

Yes, with

certain
reservations Yes No Don't know

National total 6% 49% 26% 19%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class . .
Middle class ,
Workers

20-29 years

30-49 years

50-64 years

65 years and over.

Right party

Liberals

Agrarians

Social Democrats.
Communists

5%
6

65%

52%
49
46
45

BY POLITICS

52%

50
60

17%

26%
28
26
25

31%

9%
19
20

17%
17
21
26

13%
19
25
18

98. (US Aug '45) If a general international organization
should be set up, which of these things do you think it should
and should not be organized to do? (for)

Should

Prevent any member country from
starting a war of its own against
an outside country 80.2%

Decide what military strength each
member nation can have 69.5

Decide which side is right if a civil
war breaks out in a member nation
and support that side 46.3

Decide what tariff rates should be
charged by member nations 42.1

Set up a different system of govern-
ment in those countries where it
looks as if their forms of govern-
ment might lead to trouble 52.3

Should

Don't

not

know

7.1%

12.7%

12.7

17.8

28.7

25.0

24.2

33.7

26.3

21.4

99. (Canada Aug 11 '45) Do you happen to know what im-
portant event has just taken place at San Francisco? (cipo)

Yes 82% No 18%

Do you feel that the United Nations plan for peace will be
more successful than the old League of Nations, or not? Asked
of 82% of the sample who knew about the meeting.

More successful 55%

Less successful 3

No difference 9

Undecided 15

100. (US Dec '45) Most people agree that Japan is overpop-
ulated. What do you think the United Nations should do about
it? (for)

Make some arrangements for eventually providing

Japan with some extra land 28.3%

Make Japan work it out with what land she has now. . 58.3
Don't know 13.4

101. (France Feb 16 '46) Did you read the reports of the United
Nations meeting in London? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

National total.

41'

52%

BY SEX

Men 60% 33% 7%

Women 22 70 8

On the whole, do you approve of what is being done there?
Asked of 41% of the sample who had read the reports of the
United Nations meeting in London.

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 41% 27% 32%

Men . . .
Women.

39%
43

BY OCCUPATION

48%

Private income and pensions

Farmers 42

Workers 40

White-collar 41

Merchants and manufacturers 40

32%
22

28%

29%
35

24%

Liberal professions 38

102. (US Feb 27 '46) The letters USA, for example, stand for
United States of America. Will you tell me what words these
letters stand for: UNO? (aipo)

Correct — United Nations Organization 74%

Incorrect 3

Partly correct — League of Nations 1

No answer 22

[916]

103. (US Feb 27 '46) If the United Nations Organization fails,
which one nation, if any, do you think will be the most
responsible for its failure? (aipo)

No answer, don't know 12%

Russia 61

England 13

United States 10

Spain *

Argentina 1

Japan *

Germany 1

A group of nations 1

All of us 2

No one will; it won't fail; mustn't look for failures. . . 1

Miscellaneous 2

104%**
* Less than 0.5%-

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

104. (Sweden Apr '46) Do you think that Sweden should join
the United Nations so that we, like the other members, must
place troops at the disposal of a mutual military defense system
for safeguarding future peace? (sgi)

Yes, with

National total.

Upper class . .
Middle class .
Workers

certain
reservations

■ 5%

Yes
46%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

8% 58%

6 44

4 46

Right party

Liberals

Agrarians

Social Democrats.
Communists

BY POLITICS

50%

49
44
52
52

No
21%

21%

24%

Don't know
28%

13%

21%

105. (US Apr 10 '46) Should France and China be given an
equal say in the United Nations Organization with Russia,
Britain, and the United States? (aipo)

Yes, both 54%

France only 2

China only 11

No 18

No opinion 15

106. (US May '46) As far as you know, is or is not our coun-
try a member of the United Nations Organization — sometimes
called the UNO? (norc)

Is 84% Is not 2% Don't know 14%

107. (US Aug 18 '46) Do you think the United Nations Organ-
ization should be strengthened to make it a world government
with power to control the armed forces of all nations, includ-
ing the United States? (aipo)

Yes
National total 54%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle Atlantic 51%

East central and West central 56

South 56

Far West 57

opinion

24%

22%

21%

28%

Yes

31%

No
opinion

11%

BY EDUCATION

College 58%

High school 53

Grade school or no school 53

(Sept 14 '47) National total 54% 24% 22%

108. (US Nov 30 '46) The United States has as much national
income as all of the other fifty nations in the UNO put to-
gether. In view of this, do you think the United States should
pay one-half of all costs of the United Nations Organization?
(aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 16% 69% 15%

World War II veterans 18 75 7

BY POLITICS

Democrats 19%

Republicans 13

BY EDUCATION

College 11,%

High school 17

Elementary school or less. ... 14

67%
74

71%

14%
13

6%
12
19

109. (Great Britain Feb 16 '46) On the whole, are you satis-
fied or dissatisfied with the work the organization of the
United Nations has done so far? (bipo)

Satisfied Dissatisfied Don' t know
National total 49% 20% 31%

Men. . .
Women .

54%
43

21-29 years ......

30-49 years

50 years and over.

BY AGE

. . 42%
.. 50
.. 49

24%
16

25%

Higher 59%

Middle 59

Lower 44

ECONOMIC STATUS

i<^-. 28%

20
19

BY POLITICS

Conservative or National

Liberal 50%

Labor

Liberal

Other

Did not vote

No answer (as to politics). . .

50
56
56
36

19%

31
20

22%
41

33%

13%

31%

110. (US May 15 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with the
progress that the United Nations has made to date? (aipo)

Satisfied Dissatisfied Don't know

National total 37% 37% 26%

Veterans 37 45 18

BY POLITICS

Democrats 41%

Republicans 36

BY EDUCATION

College 39%

High school 35

Grammar school or less 39

32%
43

51%

27%
21

10%

[917]

Satisfied Dissatisfied Don' r knotv

Quly 24 '46)

National total 26%

Veterans 27

BY EDUCATION

College 23%

High school 26

Grade school or less 26

CJan 5 '47)

National total 39%

Veterans 41

111. (US May '46) Generally speaking, up to now do you
think the United Nations Organization has done a good job,
only a fair job, or a rather poor job? (norc)

Good 25% Fair 45% Poor 18% Don't know 12%

112. (Australia May-June '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the progress to date of the United Nations? (apop)

49%
60

25%
13

69%

8%
21
32

33%
38

28%
21

Satisfied 34%

Dissatisfied 34%

Undecided 32%

113. (Great Britain June '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the progress of UNO to date? (bipo)

Satisfied Dissatisfied Don't know

National total 27%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 32%
22

BY AGE

21-29 years 26%

30-49 years 27

50 years and over 28

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 35%

Middle 31

Lower 25

BY POLITICS

Conservatives 26%

Labor 30

Liberals 34

Other 18

Non-voters 22

39%

47%
32

40%

45%

44%

34%

21%
46

34%

20%

30%

114. (Canada June 12 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the progress made to date by the United Nations Organ-
ization? (cipo)

Satisfied Dissatisfied Undecided

National total 39%

BY SEX

.. 44%
.. 34

Men

Women

(US Jan 5 '47) (aipo)
National total 27%

27%

30%
23

43%

34%

26%
43

30%

115. (Canada July 24 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the progress made so far by the United Nations Organiza-
tion? (ciPo)

Satisfied
31%

(France July 24 '46
[released in Canada]).

Dissat-
isfied
44%

Undecided Indijferent
25% -

116. (US Aug 1 '46) If every other country in the world would
elect representatives to a world congress and let all problems
between countries be decided by this congress, with a strict
provision that all countries have to abide by the decisions
whether they like them or not, would you be willing to have
the United States go along on this? (nyht)

Yes No and Don't know

National total 62.4% 19.8% and 17.8%

BY SEX

Men 65.8% 34.2%,

Women 59.3 40.7

21-34 years 62.6% 37.4%

35-49 years 65.3 34.7

50 years and over 59.5 40.5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 73.4% 26.6%

Upper middle class 68.2 31.8

Lower middle class 62.8 37.2

Poor 53.4 46.6

BY VETERAN STATUS

No veteran in household 62.0% 38.0%

Veteran in household 62.3 37.7

Respondent a veteran 66.8 33.2

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 64.2% 35.8%

Mid-West 66.3 33.7

South 55.4 44.6

Far West 64.9 35.1

BY SIZE OF PLACE

1,000,000 and over 67.1% 32.9%

100,000-1,000,000 63.7 36.3

2,500-100,000 64.3 35.7

Under 2,500 (non-farm) 61.7 38.3

Rural farm 56.2 43.8

117. (Aug 1 '46) If every other country in the world would
turn over to a world organization all their military information
and secrets, and allow continuous inspection, would you be
willing for the United States to go along on this? (nyht)

Yes No Don't know

National total 47.37o 37.7% 15.0%

BY VETERAN STATUS

Yes
No veteran in household. . . . 45.9%

Veteran in household 48.4

Respondent a veteran 53.0

No and Don't know

54.1%

51.6

47.0

UNITED STATES

23%

Appropriations and Expenditures

1. (US Oct 20 '35, Dec 27 '36, June 30 '37) Do you think ex-
penditures by the government for relief and recovery are too
little, too great, or about right? (aipo)

[918]

National total

Too
little

Too
great
60%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

75%

New England 6%

East central 9

Middle Atlantic 13

South 5

West central 7

Pacific coast 9

Mountain 11

About
right

31%

19%

opinion

BY POLITICS

Republican 4%, 89%o 7%,

Democratic 11 36 53

(April '36) National total 12 53 35 5%

2. (US Oct 12 '35) Which policy should the government follow
in handling relief: spend money for new buildings, roads,
playgrounds and the like, to make work for persons on relief,
or give direct cash relief? (aipo)

Projects to make work 87% Cash 13%

3. (US Nov 30 '35) If all direct cash relief is assumed by local
and state governments rather than by the federal government,
do you think large savings will result? (aipo)

Savings will result 57%, Will not result 43% No opinion 9%i
Do you think that the selection of persons who receive relief
will be better, worse, or about the same?
Better selection 53% Worse selection 22% About same 25%)

4. (US Sept 13 '36) Should the federal government reduce
expenditures now? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 77% 23%

BY POLITICS

Republican 96% 4%

Democratic 61 39

77% of the people who thought the federal government
should reduce expenditures were asked to check the division
or divisions in which the greatest reduction should be made.

Unemployment relief 25%

Farm benefits 15

National defense 7

Veterans' pensions 12

Ordinary government expenditures. . 41

5. (US Oct '36) Which do you believe is the better form of
relief for the unemployed, direct cash payments or jobs created
by the government? (for)

Cash payments 9.0%

Government-created jobs 74.5

Both 4.4

Neither 7.6

Don't know : 45

6. (US Nov 4 '36) Do you think that the United States will
have to continue relief appropriations permanently? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 54% 46%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 52% 48%

Republicans 56 44

Persons on relief 62 38

(Apr 24 '38)

National total 67 33

Yes No

BY POLITICS

Democrats 69% 31%

Republicans 63 37

Persons on relief 75 25

BY RURAL-URBAN

City 71% 29%

Small town 61 39

Farmers 60 40

7. (US Jan 3 '37) Do you approve the government's policy of
reducing relief expenditures at this time? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 60%o 40%,

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 54% 46%

Middle Atlantic 55 45

East central 69 31

West central 56 44

South 65 35

Mountain 59 41

Pacific coast 53 47

8. (US Apr 18 '37, May 2 '37, June 20 '37) Do you believe
the federal government should further reduce relief expenditures
at this time? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 56%, 44%,

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 56%c, 44%,

Middle Atlantic 59 41

East central 59 41

West central 54 46

South 57 43

Rocky Mountain 56 44

Pacific coast 43 57

(Mar 29 '37) National total 49 41 10%

9. (US Dec 7 '36) Do you believe relief expenditures should
be reduced in this community? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 53%, 47%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 41%

Middle Atlantic

East central

West central

South

Mountain

Pacific coast

(Mar 15 '37)
National total

41%

59%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 45% 55%

Middle Atlantic 57 43

East central 54 46

West central 50 50

South 48 52

Rocky Mountain 49 51

Pacific coast 40 60

(Mar 29 '37) National total 40 46

10. (US Jan 24 '37) Should the federal government appropriate
money to make a national census of the unemployed? (aipo)

14%

[919]

National total .

Yes

51%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 64%

Middle Atlantic 57

East central 43

West central 48

South 55

Mountain 41

Pacific coast 48

49%

36%

11. (US Jan 25 '37) If there is another depression, should the
government follow the same spending policy as the Roosevelt
administration has followed? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 39% No opinion (14%)

12. (US Apr 5 '37) In your opinion, is the government spending
too little, too much or about the right amount for relief and
recovery? (aipo)

Too little 12% Too much 47% About right 41%

No opinion (6%)

13. (US Apr 5 '37) Should Congress appropriate $20,000,000
for a national census of the unemployed? (aipo)

Yes 24% No 76% No opinion (12%)

14. (US June 13 '37, June 20 '37, Jan 9 '38, Apr 5 '39) Should
the government do away with the WPA and give only cash
on direct relief? (aipo)

Yes -No

19%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 25%

Middle Atlantic 22

East central 20

West central 18

South 21

Rocky Mountain 19

Pacific coast 20

75%

Increased

Decreased

Remain

the same

Oan7 '43)....

24%
24

49%
39

11%
29

16. (US Nov 7 '37) Do you think that government expendi-
tures should be increased or decreased on unemployment relief?
(aipo)

No opinion

16. (US Nov 7 '37) Do you think government expenditures
(spending) should be increased or decreased on the general
government running expenses? (aipo)

Remain
same Increased

25% 5%

(Jan 7 '39) 20 7

Decreased No opinion
70%

13%

17. (US Dec 26 '37, Apr 1 '38, Apr 17 '38) Do you think the
government should start spending again to help get business
out of its present slump? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 38% 62%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 39%

Mid-Atlantic 46

East central 36

West central 30

61%
54
64
70

Yes No

South 41 59%

Mountain 30 70

Pacific coast 34 66

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Better-than-average 19% 81%

Average 30 70

Below average 47 53

Poor 47 53

On relief 69 31

18. (US Jan 18 '38) Do you think government spending should
be increased to help get business out of its present slump? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 37% 63%

(Mar 15 '38)
National total 37 63

BY POLITICS

Democratic 46%

Republican 18

(Apr 19 '38)

National total 42

Heard April 14 Fireside Chat 49
Did not hear April 14 Fireside

Chat

(May 21 '38)
National total . .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 23%

Middle class 32

Lower class 57

BY POLITICS

Democrats 52%

(May 26 '39) National total 29

54%
82

58
51

60
62

68
43

48%
58

No opinion
13%

19. (US Mar 15 '38) Do you think we should try to revive
business by increasing government spending? (aipo)

Yes 32% No 68% No opinion (9%)

20. (US July 2 '38) Do you favor the federal government's
spending program to help get business out of its present slump?
(aipo)

Yes 52% No 40% No opinion 8%

21. (Dec 13 '37) Do you think relief should be given as work
relief (such as a WPA job) or as direct cash relief? (aipo)

Work Cash

National total 90% 10%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 93% 7%

Middle Atlantic 88 12

East central 91 9

West central 90 10

South 89 11

Rocky Mountain 94 6

Pacific coast 84 16

BY POLITICS

Republicans 88% 12%

Democrats 90 10

Other parties 91 9

22. (US May 20 '38) Has the government paid you any money
during the past four years for any of the following: Crop con-
trol, work relief (WPA, CCC, NYA), home or land loans,

[ 920 ]

soldiers' bonus or pensions, home relief? A comparable cross-
section was asked: During the past four years, have you re-
ceived money from the federal government for: (check those
received)? Results were combined, (aipo)

National total.

15%

■^

Vt..^

^ K

s 5

s -;;

:S^

^■§

•z

65%

BY POLITICS

For Roosevelt 68% 80%

For Landon 32 20 27 38 43

23. (US Dec 28 '37) If the government increases its spending to
make jobs, do you think the most money should go for a larger
navy, or for housing and public works? (aipo)

Larger navy 22% Housing and public works 64% Both 4%
No opinion 10%

24. (US Mar 23 '38) In your opinion, which will do more to
get us out of the depression: increase government spending or
reduce ta.xes on business? (aipo)

No opinion 24% Increase government spending 14%

Reduce taxes on business 61% Both 1% Neither *
* Less than 0.5%.

25. (us Mar 23 '38) In your opinion, which will do more to
get us out of the depression: increase government spending or
help business by reducing taxes? (aipo)

Increase government spending 14% Reduce taxes 65%

No opinion 21%

26. (US Apr 17 '38) In your opinion, which will do more to
get us out of the depression: increase government spend-
ing for relief and public works, or help business by reduc-
ing taxes? A comparable cross-section was asked the question
with the alternatives reversed. Results were combined, (aipo)

Increase Reduce

spending taxes

National total 21% 79%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 21%

Middle Atlantic 23

East central 18

West central 20

South 24

Rocky Mountain 32

Pacific coast 22

BY POLITICS

Democrats 31%

Republicans 5

BY RURAL-URBAN

City

Small town

Farm

Persons on relief.

23%

79%

69%
95

77%
76
84
53

27. (US Apr 19 '38) In your opinion, which will do more to
get us out of the depression: increase government spending for
relief and public works, or reduce taxes on business? (aipo)
No opinion 11% Increase spending 26% Reduce taxes 62%

No answer 1%

28. (US June 9 '38) Do you think the new government spending
program will help business out of its present slump? (aipo)
Yes 50% No 50% No opinion (13%)

29. (US Oct '38) Do you think the government's program for

spending and lending five billion dollars is necessary for relief?

For recovery? (for)

Necessary Not necessary

for relief for relief Don't know

National total 52.9% 35.7% 11.4%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 46.6% 44.6%

Northwest plains 36.8 52.9

Southwest 68.2 18.2

10.3
13.6

National total.

Necessary Not necessary
for recovery for recovery Don't km
47.8% 38.3% 13.9%

low

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 39.9% 48.1% 12.0%,

Northwest plains 33.4 54.9 11.7

Southwest 64.6 16.8 18.6

30. (US Nov 25 '38) In deciding where and how to spend fed-
eral moncv for relief and recovery, who should have the greater
say. Congress or the President? (aipo)

Congress 78% President 22%

31. (US Jan 6 '39) Do you think that the federal government
is spending too much, too little, or about the right amount
of money at this time? (aipo)

Too much Too little About right No opinion
National total . . . 61% 10% 29%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 46% 13% 41%

Republicans 89 3 8

(Jan 20 '39)

National total... 52% 7% 31%

10%

32. (US Jan 7 '39) If government spending were reduced one
third, do you think this would help or hurt business recovery?
(aipo)

Help 33% Hurt 44% No opinion 23%

33. (US Jan 10 '39) Do you think the federal government is
spending too much money for relief? (aipo)

Yes 53% No 40% No opinion 7%

34. (US Jan 10 '39) Do you think the federal government is
spending too much money for relief in this community? (aipo)
Yes 34% No 54% No opinion 12%

35. (US Jan 20 '39) Should government spending for relief
be increased, decreased, or remain about the same? (aipo)
Increased 17% Decreased 38% About the same 39%

No opinion 6%

36. (US Jan 10 '40) Do you think federal government spending
for relief should be increased or decreased? (aipo)

Increased 23% No change 27% Decreased 50%

No opinion (12%)

37. (US Mar 8 '39) It has been suggested that the federal gov-
ernment cut all expenditures — including relief, farm aid, pen-
sions, national defense and ordinary government running ex-
penses— by 10%. Do you favor this idea? (aipo)

Yes 42% No 48% No opinion 10%

38. (US Mar 8 '39) Would you favor cutting all these govern-
ment expenditures [relief, farm aid, pensions, national defense
and ordinary government running expenses] by 20%? (aipo)
Yes 18% No 67% No opinion 15%

[ 921 ]

39. (US Apr 21 '39) Do you think federal government spending
for relief should be reduced by 10%? (aipo)

Yes 57% No 43%

40. (US Mar '39) Do you think that: (l) WPA should be
continued by the federal government on the same scale as it
is now. (2) WPA should be continued by the federal gov-
ernment, but on a smaller, more restricted scale. (3) All relief,
including work relief, should be handled by the states only, or
(4) All relief should again become the sole responsibility of
private charity? (for)

s
^

National total 21.5% 36.8% 23.4% 6.2%

+.4

o
.6%

■a

11.5%

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Executives 9.8% 40.8% 37.1% 7.4% .8% 4.1%

Unemployed 32.0 25.6 24.7 4.9 .5 123

Negroes 44.7 24.9 13.4 4.3 — 12.7

41. (US May 26 '39) Which way do you think relief should
be given — in the form of work relief (such as a WPA job) or
as direct cash relief? (aipo)

Work relief 89% Cash relief 11%

42. (US May 2 '39) Do you think that the government should
do away with work relief (such as WPA) and give only home
relief? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 73%

43. (US May 26 '39) In its effort to aid business recovery do
you think the Roosevelt administration should reduce emer-
gency spending or continue spending as at present? (aipo)
Reduce 54% Continue 33% No opinion 13%

44. (US Aug 27 '39) Do you think Congress was right in
defeating President Roosevelt's three-billion dollar Lending
Bill? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove
defeat defeat

National total 68% 32%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 51% 49%

Republicans 93 7

45. (US Aug 8 '39) President Roosevelt says business recovery
will be slowed down because Congress failed to pass the Lend-
ing Bill. Do you agree with him? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 56%

46. (US Nov '39) Do you think Congress wqs right or wrong
in refusing to grant President Roosevelt's request to authorize
the federal government to lend $2,800,000,000 for its recovery
program? (for)

Right Wrong Don't know

National total 55-1% 25.4% 19.5%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 80.8% 11.9%

39.9 31.8

Poo

BY OCCUPATION

Executives 74.9%

Factory labor 39.8

Unemployed 33.6

Negroes .

BY RACE

26.3%

19.4%

37.9

43.1

44.3%

7.3%
28.3

5.7%
22.3
23. 3

29.4%

47. (US Nov 24 '39) The government has tried out a food stamp
plan which lets people on relief buy certain surplus farm prod-
ucts below their regular selling price. The government makes
up the difference to the merchant. Do you approve or dis-
approve of this plan? (aipo)

Approve 70%

Disapprove 30%

48. (Nov 24 '39) Would you approve of extending this [food
stamp] plan to families earning less than $20 a week as well
as to persons on relief? (aipo)

Yes 57% No 43% Don't know (13%)

49. (US Feb 18 '40) President Roosevelt proposes a 28% (about
one-fourth) reduction in federal government spending for relief.
Do you approve or disapprove of this cut? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove

National total .

59'?

BY POLITICS

Democrats 49%

Republicans 73

BY RURAL-URBAN

Farmers 72%

Small towns 61

City 55

41%

51%
27

28%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 79% 21%

Middle income 67 33

Lower income 38 62

Would you favor a smaller reduction? Asked of those who
disapproved of the President's proposal.

Yes 19% No 57% No answer 24%

Asked of 19% of the sample who said they would favor a
smaller reduction: How much?

5% 2%

10% 7

15% : 4

20% 1

Over 20% 1

No answer or indefinite answer 4

The President proposes a 28% (about one-fourth) reduction
in federal government spending for relief. Do you think this
reduction is too large, about right, or too small? Asked of a
national cross-section of persons who thought federal govern-
ment spending for relief should be decreased. 50% of the sample
represented.

Too large 7% About right 58% Too small 21%

No opinion 14%

50. (US Apr '40) Bearing in mind that our problem is to build
the strongest nation possible in order to meet any situation,
on which of these four groups of things do you think the gov-
ernment is warranted in spending the most money — increasing
armaments, dealing with agricultural problems, reducing pov-
erty and unemployment, or public construction? Which second?
Third? Fourth? (for)

Reducing
poverty
and unem-
ployment

First 43.0%

Second 26.0

Third 14.7

Fourth 8.4

Unimportant 0.4

Don't do at all... . 0.9
Don't know 6.6

Dealing

with agri-

Increasing

cultural

Public

armaments

problems

construction

31.5%

16.3%

5.5%

20.3

31.7

12.7

19.0

27.4

27.0

18.4

13.9

42.7

0.5

0.4

0.7

1.4

1.2

1.1

8.9

9.1

10.3

[922]

61. (US Apr '40) Of these things having to do with reducing
poverty^ and unemployment — providing work relief, providing
old-age pensions, clearing slums and providing better housing,
and training skilled labor — which do you think is, or might be,
the most important on which to spend money in order to build
up a better and stronger nation? Which second in importance?
Third? Fourth? (for)

Slum clear-
ance and Training
Old-age better skilled Work

pensions housing labor relief

First 24.4% 20.2% 24.9% 27.3%

Second 27.0 25.8 17.9 20.5

Third 23.2 27.1 18.4 17.3

Fourth 15.6 14.8 26.5 19.6

Unimportant 1.0 1.2 1.5 12

Don't do at all.... 3.6 3.3 2.9 7.8

Don't know 52 7.6 79 6.3

62. (US Apr '40) Of these things dealing with agricultural
problems — removing poor farmland from cultivation, reforesta-
tion and preventing soil erosion, controlling pests that destroy
farm crops, encouraging farmers to raise all they can by paying
them a subsidy, keeping farmers from raising too much in
order to keep prices from falling — which do you think is, or
might be, the most important on which to spend money in
order to build up a better and stronger nation? Which second in
importance? Third? Fourth? Fifth? (for)

Reforesta- Control-
dot! and Control- Removing Subsi- ling farm
soil con- ling poor dicing produc-
servation pests farmland farmers tion

First 28.1% 15.7% 11.4% 23.6% 10.8%

Second 23.3 31.0 15.4 7.6 4.6

Third 18.1 22.3 21.2 8.8 5-7

Fourth 8.7 11.1 20.1 11.7 8.3

Fifth 2.3 1.7 4.3 11.6 19.7

Unimportant 1.1 1.3 3.2 1.5 2.4

Don't do at all.... 1.3 1.8 5.9 18.0 29.2

Don't know 17.1 15.1 18.5 17.2 19.3

BY SELECTED GROUPS

Executives 76% 637o 52% 9% 25%

Factory labor 76 70 39 22 1

Farm owners 65 58 48 23 12

Farm labor 67 64 52 41 16

53. (US Apr '40) Which three of the seventeen individual
things we have just been talking about do you think are, or
might be, the ones justifying the expenditure of the most
money and effort? (for)

The navy 11%*

The air force 11

Providing work relief 10

Providing old-age pensions 9

Slum clearance and better housing 8

Training skilled labor 7

Reforestation and soil conservation 7

Flood control 7

The army 6

Subsidizing farmers 5

Big national highways 3

Training civilian pilots 3

Controlling farm crop pests 3

Airports . 3.

Removing poor farmland from cultivation 3

Controlling farm production 2

Federal power plants 2

* Percentages are based on the total number of answers.

64. (US May 6 '41) Do you think federal government spending,

except for defense, should be reduced at this time? (aipo)

Yes 67% No 25% No opinion 8%

55. (May 6 '41) Do you think spending should be reduced on
farm benefits; on public works not connected with defense;
on WPA; on the CCC; on the National Youth Administration
(NYA)? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Farm benefits 36% 50% 14%

Public works 66 27 7

WPA 62 32 6

CCC 40 51 9

NYA 37 47 16

56. (US Apr 18 '42) Should the NYA (National Youth Ad-
ministration) be done away with until the end of the war?
(aipo)

Yes 38% No 43% No opinion 19%

57. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the gov-
ernment's policy with respect to spending? (aipo)
Approve 34% Disapprove 56% No opinion 10%

58. (US Sept 15 '42) Would you approve or disapprove of
having a committee of impartial, qualified men to investigate
and make a report on government spending? (aipo)
Approve 73% Disapprove 14% No opinion 13%

59. (US Aug '44) About what percentage of its $16 billion
war-plant investment do you judge the government can reason-
ably hope to recover in the long run? Asked of a national cross-
section of executives, (for)

Somewhere between

0% and 25% 50.2%

25% and 50% 43.3

50% and 75%- 6.0

75% and 100% 0.5

Average: 26.7%, i.e. 27 cents on the dollar

60. (US Feb 23 '45) Do you think the money-lending agency —
the RFC (Reconstruction Finance Corporation) — should be
kept under the direction of the Department of Commerce, or
should it be separated? A comparable cross-section was asked:
If Henry Wallace is appointed Secretary of Commerce, should
the money-lending agency — the RFC (Reconstruction Finance
Corporation) — be kept in that department or should it be
separated? Results were combined, (aipo)

Kept 27%

Separated 35

Depends on who is head ... 6
No opinion 32

Army Air Forces

1. (US Aug 13 '41) At present the air force is a part of both the
army and navy, and not a separate branch of our armed forces.
Do you think the air force should be made a separate branch
of the armed forces? (aipo)

Yes 42% No 33% No opinion 25%,

2. (US Aug 21 '42) An airplane expert says that if the Allies
build enough airplanes, they can win the war with a strong
air force alone. Do you agree, or disagree? (aipo)

Agree 40% Disagree 49% No opinion 11%,

3. (US Sept 5 '42) Have you heard or read about the idea of
establishing a separate United States air force? (That would

[923]

mean that the air force would have the same standing and
rating as the army and navy.) (aipo)

Yes 44% No 56%

Would you approve or disapprove of a separate air force
for the United States? Asked of 44% of the sample who had
heard or read about the idea of establishing a separate United
States air force.
Approve 57% Disapprove 27% No opinion 16%

(Aug 11 '43) Would you approve or disapprove of a separate
air force for the United States?

Approve 59% Disapprove 41%

Army Nurse Corps

1. (us Jan 17 '45) What is your opinion of the proposal now
before Congress to draft nurses to serve with the army and
navy? (aipo)

Approve 46%

Leave civilian supply 2

Approve if necessary 24

Lower requirements if not sufficient draft .... 1

Disapprove 14

No opinion 13

2. (US Feb 2 '45) Do you approve or disapprove of this pro-
posal to draft nurses to serve with the army and navy? (aipo)
Approve 73% Disapprove 19% No opinion 8%

3. (US Feb 2 '45) Do you think there is a shortage of nurses
in the armed forces now? (aipo)

Yes 78% No 2% Don't know 20%

4. (US Feb 20 '45) Do you think that single graduate nurses,
twenty to forty-five years of age, should be drafted for service
with the armed forces? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 28% No opinion 7%

Army and Navy

1. (US July 10 '40) If the United States were attacked by some
foreign country, which branch of the armed forces would you
prefer to serve in? Asked of a national cross-section of men
under forty-six years of age. (aipo)

Army Air forces Navy All others
National total 44% 29% 24% 3%

Under 30 years .
30-45 years . . . .

BY AGE

34% 34%
50 26

29%
22

3%
2

2. (US Dec 24 '41) Of our own armed forces, which do you
think is best — our army, our navy, or our air force? (norc)

Army 11%

Navy 47

Air force 21

All same 8

Don't know 13

3. (US Aug 9 '42) Assuming that land, air, and sea power is
each important in winning the war, which of these do you
think will be the most important in winning the present war — •
land power, air power, or sea power? (aipo)

Land power 7%

Sea power 14

Air power 69

No opinion 10

4. (US Jun 18 '43) Is there anything in particular about the
navy or what the navy is doing that you would like to know
more about? What? (norc)

Yes, would like to hear something about

What the navy is doing in general 3%

Casualties, losses 2

Submarine warfare 2

Information about personnel and personnel problems 2
Location and distribution of the ships and size of the

navy.

Naval battles 1

Truthful, prompt information 1

Miscellaneous 4

No, nothing I would want to hear more about

We hear enough — satisfied 10

Because it would aid the enemy 9

Because it's depressing *

Nothing in particular, not ascertainable 66

102%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

5. (US June '45) We were wondering what people think about
the army and navy so far as certain things are concerned. From
what you know or have heard, which do you think generally:
(for)

Army

Is quickest to accept new ideas

and new inventions 22.9%

Is the most democratic in the
relations between officers and
enlisted men 29.0

Is fairest about promoting its
men 24.1

Provides the best living condi-
tions for its men 11.0

Offers the best career to a man
who would like to make the
service his life's work 18.1

Both

Don't

Navy

same

know

28.9%

19.9%

i^.l7o

25.2

13.0

32.8

27.4

16.1

32.4

62.4 11.5 15.1

50.5 12.7 18.7

6. (US June 27 '45) Can you tell me what jobs the army
service forces do? (aipo)

No answer, don't know 28%

Never heard of them 36

Provide war material, material for armed

forces, guns, etc 3

Provide food 3

Provide clothing 1

Transportation, trucks, etc 4

Provides all equipment, everything 14

Combat 4

Communications 1

Office work, clerical 1

Engineering, builds roads, etc 4

Service equipment 3

Miscellaneous 5

Quartermaster 2

Medical aid 3

Entertainment, recreation 4

Service planes, air forces 1

Police duty, MP 1

Unit of army, non-combatants 1

[924]

Veteran's aid, rehabilitation 1%

Each service force has different jobs 1

121%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

7. (US June 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that
the army has done in the following matter (deciding which
soldiers should be sent to fight Japan) as excellent, good, or
poor? (aipo)

Excellent 31% Good 41% Poor 7% Don't know 31%

8. (US June 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that
the army has done in the following matter (being fair to sol-
diers who have broken rules or committed crimes) as excellent,
good, or poor? (aipo)

Excellent 26% Good 46% Poor 8% Don't know 20%

9. (US June 27 '45) Some people say the army buys more things
than it should. Do you think this is true, and how do you feel
about it? (aipo)

True — too much waste of money and materials, no excuse

for it 24%

True — civilians suffer, sell back to civilians 3

True — poorly managed, too many heads for the job,

badly distributed 4

True to untrue — can't be helped, better to be sure 28

True, partly true — human nature to buy too much 1

Partly true — doing better now 1

Untrue 17

Untrue — soldiers not getting enough now 5

Miscellaneous 1

Government must decide that 3

Don't know 13

10. (US June 27 '45) In general, do you have any criticism of
the way the army has handled men and material? (aipo)

No opinion, don't know 4%

No, have done a good job 72

Waste, been extravagant 2

Waste a lot of material, wasted money 6

Waste of food 3

Too much red tape in ordnance 1

Injured men handled rough 1

Objecting to discipline, difference in treatment to over-
seas men vs. non-overseas men 1

Disposition of men criticized 4

Necessary waste, good job under circumstances 2

Miscellaneous 7

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

H. (US July 25 '45) From what you know about the different
branches of the armed service, which do you prefer — the army
or the navy? (If respondent says air force, ask whether army or
navy.) (aipo)
Army 32% Navy 43% Marines 6% No opinion 19%

12. (US July 25 '45) From what you know about the different
branches of the armed service, which do you think is preferred
by most people — the army or the navy? (If respondent says
air force, ask whether army or navy.) (aipo)

Army 27% Navy 58% Marines 3% No opinion 12%

13. (US Jan '46) Everyone agrees that every branch of our
service was essential and did a wonderful job in the war, but
which do you think did most toward winning the war against
Germany (Japan)? (for)

Japan

4.4%
16.6
17.8
16.6
16.4
16.2
12.0

Germany

The army (not including air forces). . . . 28 0%

The army air forces 39.4

The navy (not including air forces) 1.5

The navy air force 1.2

The marines 1.8

All equal 17.4

Don't know 10.7

Army and Navy (Demobilization)

1. (US June 26 '43) Do you think they [men in the armed
forces] should be released from the armed services after the
war if they have no jobs, or should they be kept in the service
until they can show they have jobs? (aipo)

Kept .
Released

National total 38%

Families with members in
armed forces 41

service
50%

Don't know
12%

2. (US July '44) When the war is over, do you think the army
should release all soldiers back to civilian life as soon as pos-
sible, or should it release them only when there are jobs for
them? (for)

Release them only when there are jobs for them 45.7%

Release men as soon as possible whether there are jobs

for them or not 44.6

Don't know 9.7

3. (US July 18 '44) After the war is over in Europe, how long
do you think it will be before all or nearly all of our troops
will be returned to this country? (aipo)

6 months and under 15%

Over 6 months and including l3^ years 36

Over 1}-^ years 42

Don't know 7

Indefinitely *

* Less than 0.5%.

4. (US Feb 20 '45) There are about three million men in the
United States Navy now. After Germany is defeated and we
are still fighting the Japanese, do you think the navy could
release any men? (aipo)

Yes 24% No 63% No opinion 13%

How many do you think could be released? [Asked of the
24% of the sample who thought the navy could release some
men after Germany was defeated.]

Under 250,000 4%

250,000 2

500,000 4

750,000 3

1,000,000 27

Over 1,000,000 18

Don't know 42

Do you think the navy will release more or fewer men than
that? Asked of the same 24%.

More 10% Fewer 30% That number 20% None 9%
Don't know 31%

5. (US Feb 20 '45) There are about eight million men in the
United States Army now. After Germany is defeated and we arc
still fighting the Japanese, do you think the Army could release
any men? (aipo)

Yes 52% No 37% No opinion 11%

How many do you think could be released? Asked of the
52% who thought the Army could release some men after
Germany was defeated.

[ 925 ]

Under 1,000,000 3%

1,000,000 7

1,500,000 3

2,000,000 19

2,500,000 7

3,000,000-3,500,000. . . 10

4,000,000-4,500,000. ... 15

5,000,000 and over 3

Don't know 33

Do you think the army will release more or fewer than that?
Asked of 52% of the sample who thought the army could
release some men after Germany was defeated.

More .■ 11%

Fewer 30

That number 27

None 5

Don't know 27

6. (US May 4 '45) After Germany is defeated, do you think
American soldiers in Europe who are no longer needed there
will be sent home to stay, or do you think most of them will
be sent to fight against Japan? (aipo)

Home to stay 15% Fight against Japan 74% No opinion 11%

7. (US June 23 '45) Do you think the point system for releas-
ing men from the army is fair? (aipo)

Yes 72% No 15% No opinion 13%

8. (US May 29 '45) What changes, if any, would you like to
see made in the point system [for releasing men from the army]?
(aipo)

Credit for children should be higher; release men with

families 6%

Years of service overseas should give more points 3

Age should be given more weight 3

Men who have served longest should be released first. . 4

Men in combat longest should be released first 3

Requirements should be lowered; points are too high. . 2

Wounds should receive more points 1

Essential men with enough points should not be kept in 1

Navy, Marines, medical corps, etc. should be included . . 2

Combat men from Europe should not see further service *

Other 7

No changes 38

Didn't say 32

Should re-

Fast

leasc faster

enough

No opinion

National total 24%

45%

31%

People with a relative in the

navy 38

102%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Sept 21 '45) Do you think that men in the army should
be released faster than they are, or do you think they arc being
released fast enough? (aipo)

Should re-
lease faster

National total 23%

People with a relative in the
army 29

Should re- Fast

lease faster enough

(Jan 23 '46)
National total 27% 53%

Fast

enough

56%

Too fast
8%

No opinion
21%

16
Don't know
12%

10. (us Sept 21 '45) Do you think that men in the navy should
be released faster than they arc, or do you think they are being
released fast enough? (aipo)

11. (us Nov 23 '45) Do you think the army system for re-
leasing men is fair, or do you think it needs some changes?
Asked of a national cross-section of people who had a relative
in the army, (aipo)

Fair 50% Changes 40% No opinion 10%

12. (us Nov 23 '45) Do you think the navy system for releas-
ing is fair, or do you think it needs some changes? Asked of a
national cross-section of people who had a relative in the
navy, (aipo)

Fair 35% Changes 38% No opinion 27%

13. (us Jan 23 '46) Have you heard or read about the com-
plaints of men in the armed forces that they arc not being let
out fast enough? (aipo)

Yes 92% No 8%

Do you think their [men in service] complaints are justified?
Asked of 92% of the sample who had heard or read about the
complaints of men in the armed forces that they were not being
let out fast enough.
Yes 50% No 27% No opinion 15%

What is your opinion of this [complaints of men who think
they are not being let out of the armed forces fast enough]?
Asked of 92% of the sample who had heard or read about the
complaints.

No answer, don't know 6%

Complaints are unavoidable, a natural reaction 6

Some complaints are justified 14

They are coming home fast enough, government doing

as well as it can 32

Officers know best 3

They should come home 20

Some troops are needed to keep order 4

Some investigation necessary 1

Replace them by new men 3

Brass hats want to keep their jobs 1

Complaints justified but troops are necessary 1

Married men should be let out first *

Miscellaneous 1

* Less than 0.5%.

Army and Navy (Officers)

1. (US Nov '41) Do you see any signs that army and navy
procurement officials are using their priority position to hoard
— i.e., to accumulate stocks beyond their actual or probable
requirements? Asked of a national cross-section of executives.
(for)

Yes 21.3% No 11.9% Not in position to know 66.8%

2. (US Aug 29 '42) Do you think a person has to have pull or
influence to become an officer in the American army? (norc)
Yes 23% No 70% Don't know 7%

Army and Navy (Pay, Allowances, Etc.)

1. (US Aug 29 '41) For the duration of the war, would you
be in favor of the government paying an extra $30 a month to
everybody in the army and navy who has been in active service
for more than one year, not including officers? (aipo)
Yes 70% No 22% No opinion 8%

[926

2. (US Mar 28 '42) Do you think that a private soldier should
be paid $42 a month instead of $21 when he enters the army?
(aipo)

Yes 73% No 18% No opinion 9%

3. (US Mar 28 '42) How much pay per month do you think
a private should get when he enters the army? (aipo)

$21 a month or less 9%

$22 to $30 21

$31 to $40 17

$41 to $50 22

$51 to $60 3

More than $60 3

No opinion 25

Mean: $38

4. (US Mar 10 '42) Do you happen to know how much a
private gets now when he enters [the army]? (aipo)

Named correct amount 79% Named incorrect amount 7%
Don't know 14%

5. (US June 17 '42) In your opinion how much money per
month should the wife of an average private soldier without
children receive to live on? (aipo)

None 3%

Up to $29. 99 15

$30 to $39. 99 18

$40 to $49.99 21

$50 to $59. 99 23

$60 and over 20

Median: $40

6. (US June 17 '42) How much would you add to this for each
child? (aipio)

Less than $10 11%

$10 to $20 59

Over $20 to $30 27

Over $30 to $40 2

Over $40 1

Median: $15

7. (US Apr 21 '44) It has been suggested that American service-
men who take part in actual fighting should have their pay
raised so that they get half again as much as at present. Should
Congress pass such a law? A comparable cross-section was
asked: It has been suggested that American servicemen who
take part in actual fighting should get a 50% increase in pay.
Should Congress pass such a law? Results were combined.
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 70%, 23% 7%

DY geographical SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic 72% 21% 7%

East central 71 22 7

West central 68 26 6

South 67 25 8

Mountain and Far West 67 25 8

8. (US Apr 21 '44) Would you yourself be willing to pay higher
taxes to make this [a 50% increase for servicemen who take
part in actual fighting] possible? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 8% No opinion 9% Disapprove of plan 23%

9. (US Mar 29 '44) If men in cither of these groups [38 to 45
years old and physically unfit] arc drafted into the army for
war work, should they receive regular army pay and allow-
ances or should they receive the same pay as civilians doing
war work? (aipo)

]

Army pay 31% Civilian pay 53% No opinion 13%
Qualified 3%

10. (US Jan 3 '46) Suppose the base pay of the United States
army privates were raised from about $55 a month to $100 a
month. Do you think this would be too much or not enough?
(aipo)

Not enough 13

About right 52

No answer 1

No opinion 5

11. (US Jan 3 '46) To get more men to enlist it has been sug-
gested that the base pay of United States army privates be raised
from $55 a month to $100 a month. What is your opinion of
this plan? (aipo)

Don't approve, unnecessary, not good idea 22%

$100 is too much 7

Too much in peacetime, good only during war 2

Would increase taxes too much, too expensive 4

Good, should be increased, $55 not enough 41

May be necessary, would encourage good men to enlist 11
They deserve it, soldiers should be equal to civilians. ... 5

Would be necessary for men with dependents 1

No answer, don't know 6

Miscellaneous 1

12. (US Jan 3 '46) Do you think $100 a month for army privates
is too much or not enough? (aipo)

Too much 37% Not enough 6% About right 51%
No opinion 6%

13. (US Jan 23 '46) The pay today for a United States army
private who is single is $50 per month. How much do you think
they should get a month? (aipo)

No answer, don't know 2%

Under $50 1

$50 to under $60 43

$60 to under $70 10

$70 to under $75 2

$75 to under $80 23

$80 to under $90 4

$90 to under $100 1

$100 12

Over $100 to under $150 1

$150 and over 1

Median: $65

14. (US Jan 23 '46) Do you think the scale of pay in the army
should be higher, lower, or about the same as the scale of pay
in civilian life? (aipo)

Higher 18% Lower 14% Same 60% No opinion 8%

Army and Navy (Recruiting,
Enlistment, Etc.)

1. (US July '44) After the war do you think the United States
could have an army large enough for the country's needs by
taking volunteers only? (for)

Yes 42.07o No 42.3% Don't know 15.7%

2. (US Aug 9 '45) After the war do you think that the United
States could have a military force large enough for the country's
needs by taking volunteers only? (nyht)

Yes 47.5% No 42.2% Undecided 10.2% No answer .1%

3. (US Jan 26 '47) If you had a son or brother eighteen, nine-
teen, or twenty years of age, would you advise him to volun-
teer for service in the army or navy for a year? (aipo)

[927]

Yes No No opinion

National total 53% 40% 7%

Those with son or brother that

age 50 45 5

4. (US Dec 31 '46) Do you happen to have a son or brother
eighteen to twenty years of age? (aipo)

Yes 23% No 76% No answer 1%

5. (US Jan 26 '47) If the army or navy changed their training
program to include regular high school or college courses,
would you then advise him to volunteer? (aipo)

Yes 64% No 28% No opinion 8%

6. (US Jan 26 '47) Would you be in favor of giving these vol-
unteers enough regular school work in the army or navy so
that they could earn one year of high school or college credit
for each year in the service? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 79% 12% 9%

Those with son or brother that

age 80 13 7

Army and Navy (Supplies and Stores)

1. (us Aug 4 '43) Which country would you say supplies
most of the food to our armed forces in the Southwest Pacific —
the United States or Australia? (norc)

United States 68% Australia 22% Don't know 10%

Do we pay for the food, or do they [Australia] give it to us
under lend-lease? Asked of 22% of the sample who thought
Australia supplied most of the food to our armed forces in the
Southwest Pacific.

We pay for it 5% Given under lend-lease 14%

Don't know 3%

2. (US Oct 22 '43) From what you know, are our armed forces
abroad getting any food from our Allies? Asked of a national
cross-section of women, (norc)

Yes 45% No 16% Don't know 39%

A lot or only a little [food from our Allies]? Asked of 45%
of the sample who thought our armed forces abroad were get-
ting some food from our Allies.
Lot 10% Little 27% Don't know 8%

3. (US Jan 15 '44) From what you know, do our armed forces
abroad get any food from our Allies? (norc)

Yes 56% No 19% Don't know 25%

A lot or a little [food from our Allies]? Asked of 56% of the
sample who thought our armed forces abroad had gotten food
from our Allies.
Lot 18% Little 31% Don't know 7%

4. (US June 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that
the army has done in the following matter (disposing of mate-
rial the army doesn't need) as excellent, good, or poor? (aipo)
Excellent 8% Good 28% Poor 29% Don't know 35%

5. (US June 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that
the army has done in the following matter (ordering the right
amount of food and war materials) as excellent, good, or poor?
(aipo)

Excellent 29% Good 49% Poor 13% Don't know 9%

6. (US June 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that
the army has done in the following matter (seeing men get
the right food and clothing) as excellent, good, or poor? (aipo)
Excellent 38% Good 51% Poor 5% Don't know 6%

7. (US Oct 18 '45) As you know, there is a lot of army equip-
ment in Europe that could be used by civilians, much of it
brand new. If our government should decide to sell this equip-
ment to foreign governments, do you think we are likely to
get back a good part or very little of the money we put into
it? (nyht)

GooJ Very De- Don't

part little None pends know

National total 9.0% 69.0% 7.0% 4.4% 10.6%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous. . . , 4.7%

Upper middle. 8.2

Lower middle. 92

Poor 8.6

73.5%
74.9
69.5
62.1

8.8%
6.8
7.5
6.8

7.1%
4.7
4.3
3.8

5.9%
5.4
9.5
18.7

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 7.5% 68.6% 7.5%

Middle West.. 7.0 75.9 5.4

South 13.2 63.2 6.2

Far West 7.4 66.3 12.1

Over 25,000. . .
Under 25,000..
Rural

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

9.6% 69.2% 6.6%
6.0 71.2 8.0

13.2 64.4 5.9

4.7% 11.7%

4.4 7.3

4.0 13.4

4.6 9.6

4.1% 10.5%

5.1 9.7

3.7 12.8

Army and Navy (Unified Command)

1. (us Feb 23 '42) Do you think our army, navy, and air force
should be placed under a single command for the duration of
the war, or should each branch continue to operate under its
own command? A comparable cross-section was asked the
same question with the word "unified" substituted for "single"
(command). Results were combined, (aipo)

Single 45% Own 33% Undecided and no answer 22%

2. (US May 27 '42) Should the President, as commander-in-
chief of the armed forces of the country, name a military leader
to direct both the army and the navy? (aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

National total 41% 41% 18%

Civic and community leaders 49 40 11

Quly 18 '42) National total 48% 36% 16%

(Sept 3 '42) 51 35 14

3. (US Sept 3 '42) Can you tell me what is meant by a unified
command of the military services in this country? (aipo)
Correct answer 55% Incorrect answer 3% Don't know 42%

Would you favor or oppose a unified command for the United
States? Asked of 55% of the sample who knew what was
meant by a unified command of the military services.
Favor 83% Oppose 12% No opinion 5%

4. (US May 9 '44) After the war is over would you like to see
our army and navy combined and run as one military organi-
zation, or would you like them left as two organizations as at
present? A comparable cross-section was asked: After the war
is over would you like to see our War and Navy Departments
combined and run as one department, or would you like them
left as two departments as at present? Results were combined.
(aipo)

One Two No opinion

26% 50% 24%

(Apr 4 '45) 23 54 23

(June 27 '45) ... 28 47 25

[928]

5. (US Dec 19 '45) Would you like to see our War and Navy
Departments combined and run as one department, or would
you like them left as two departments as at present? (aipo)
One 40% Two 35% No opinion 25%

Would you like to see our War and Navy Departments com-
bined and run as one department, or would you like them as
two departments as at present?
One 37% Two 42% No opinion 21%

6. (US June 27 '45) General Eisenhower says that the army
and navy should be combined in one department instead of two
as at present. Do you approve or disapprove of this? (aipo)
Approve 48% Disapprove 36% No opinion 16%

7. (US Oct 17 '45) Will you tell me what your understanding
is of the term "unified command" for the armed forces of the
United States? (aipo)

Satisfactorily correct reply 52% Incorrect or don't know 48%

Do you approve or disapprove of a unified command for this
country? Asked of 52% of the sample who gave a correct defi-
nition of the term "unified command."

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 64% 23%o 13%

BY EDUCATION

College 73% 17% 10%

High school 64 24 12

Grade school or less 57 27 16

(Oct 31 '45) Will you tell me what your understanding is of
the term "unified command" for the armed forces of the United
States?

Armed forces under one head, one command, etc 49%

Merging of armed forces 7

Cooperation of armed forces 1

Miscellaneous 3

Don't know 40

(Dec 5 '45) Will you tell me what your understanding is of
the term "unified command" for the armed forces of the United
States?

Correct reply 62% Incorrect or don't know 38%

Do you approve or disapprove of a unified command for the
armed forces in this country? Asked of 62% of the sample who
gave a correct definition of the term "unified command."
Approve 52% Disapprove 34% No opinion 14%

(Apr 10 '46) Will you tell me what your understanding is of
the term "unified command" for the armed forces in this
country?

Correct 60% Incorrect 6% Don't know 34%

Do you approve or disapprove of a unified command for the
armed forces in this country? Asked of 60% of the sample who
had an understanding of the term "unified command" for the
armed forces of the United States.

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National total

Veterans 65

59% 28% 13%

BY EDUCATION

College 68%

High school 62

Grammar school or less 51

25%

7%
11
19

8. (US Oct 31 '45) Do you approve or disapprove of a unified
command for the armed forces of this country? (aipo)
Approve 37% Disapprove 15% No opinion 48%

9. (US Oct 31 '45) Do you think we could have done better or
not as well if we had had a unified command in the war just
ended? (aipo)

Better 27% Not as well 10% Same 12%, No opinion 51%

10. (US Dec '45) There has been a lot of discussion about how
our military services should be set up in the future. With
which one of the three following statements do you come
closest to agreeing: (l) The army, navy, and air forces should
be combined under a single military command, (2) the army,
navy, and air forces should be three separate military com-
mands, (3) the army and navy should be two separate mili-
tary commands, each with its own air force? (for)

Single Three Two

Com- Com- Com- Don't

mand mauds mands know

National total 40.0% 14.6% 29.2% 16.2%

BY AGE

21-34 years 39.8%o 17.6%, 31.7%, 10.9%o

35-49 years 41.7 12.7 29.6 16.0

50 years and over 38.4 13.6 26.7 21.3

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 55.3% 9.4%, 27.6%, 7.7%,

Upper middle 52.6 12:2 28.3 6.9

Lower middle 39.3 15-6 31.9 13.2

Poor 27.5 16.1 26.7 29.7

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 29.3% 14.1%,

High school 39.3 17.3

College 59.1 10.0

27.1% 29.5%

34.0 9.4

24.1 6.8

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-
dle Atlantic 40.0%o 12.1% 31.4% 16.5%o

East north central 41.1 17.1 30.5 11.3

West north central 46.1 14.4 31.2 8.3

South Atlantic and East

south central 290 15.5 29.0

West south central 36.7 14.3 24.4

Mountain and Pacific. . 53.8 15.1 23.7

26.5

24.6

7.4

11. (US Dec 19 '45) Have you heard or read about the pro-
posed plan for combining the War and Navy Departments into
one department? (aipo)
Yes 76%o No 19% Not sure 5%o

As far as you know, who is backing the plan to combine
the two departments — the army, the navy, or neither of them?
Asked of 76%, of the sample who had heard about the plan
for combining the War and Navy Departments.

Army 36%o

Navy 1

Both 4

Neither 14

Don't know 21

Census

1. (us Mar 6 '40) In the census which the government is tak-
ing this spring, every adult in this country will be asked how
much money he or she makes. Do you think people should
object to giving the census taker this information about them-
selves? (aipo)

Yes! 19%

Yes 13

No! 35

No 33

No opinion (6)

[929]

Called but

didn't get

Don't

information

know

15%

1.4

—

2. (US Mar 7 '40) In the census which the government is tak-
ing this spring, every adult in this country will be asked how
much money he or she makes. Will you have any objections
to giving a census taker this information about yourself? (aipo)

Yes! 13%

Yes 9

No! 45

No 33

3. (US Apr 23 '40) Has a government census taker called at
your home this month and obtained the information for the
government about you? (aipo)

Yes
80%

(May 3 '40) 87

(May 14 '40) 90

(June 9 '40) 91

(Sept 7 '40) 98.6

Congress

1. (US Aug 8 '37) Should Congress adjourn and go home at
this time or should it stay in Washington to consider New
Deal legislation on wages, housing, farm tenancy, and Supreme
Court? (aipo)

Stay Adjourn

National total 63% 37%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 77% 23%

Republicans 37 63

2. (US Sept 16 '37) Do you think Congress should meet in a
special session this fall, or wait until the regular session in
January to meet? (aipo)

Special session 21% Regular session 52% No opinion 27%

3. (US Oct '37) Which is your attitude toward the present
United States Congress as a whole? (1) It is about as good as a
representative body as it is possible for a large nation to have.
(2) It has become too much of a rubber stamp for the wishes
of the President. (3) It has wasted many months this session
doing nothing but talking. (4) Congressmen spend more time
thinking of their own political futures than they do in passing
wise legislation, (for)

State- State- State- Don't
ment 1 tnent 3 ment 4 ktiow

State-
ment 1
National

total 43.6%

12.8% 13.1%

Prosperous .
Poor

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

33.8% 27.8% 13.1%
46.1 7.7 13.1

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

State-
Statements 2, 3, <a
37.4%
39.2
43.1
55.1

ment 1

62.6%

60.8

56.9

44.9

17.7%
12.5

td4

15.0%

7.6%
20.6

South

Southwest. . .
Middle West .
Pacific coast.
Mountain

states 45.6

Northwest... 42.7
Northwest

plains 40.6

* Excluding those who don't know.

54.4
57.3

59.4

4. (US July '38) Would you like to see the next Congress work
more closely with Roosevelt? Or would you rather have it
assert its independence of him? (for)

Work more Assert
closely independence Don't know

National total 47.2% 40.4% 12.4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 30.2% 63.4% '6.4%

Poor 56.0 26.3 17.7

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northwest plains 35.1% 54.6% 10.3%

Southwest 60.9 22.1 17.0

5. (US Aug 27 '39) In general, do you think the present Con-
gress has done (is doing) a good job, or a poor job? (aipo)

Good job Poor job
National total 57% 43%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 52%

Republicans 64

BY geographical SECTION

New England 62%

Middle Atlantic

East central

West central

South

West

57
56
59
55
56

BY rural-urban

Farmers 62%

Urban 56

Small town 58

51
45

38%

44
42

40%
39
49
55

No
opinion

18%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 60%

Middle income

Lower income

Persons on relief or WPA

Good Fair Poor

job job job

(Mar 10 '43)

National total 33% 29% 20%

Quly 7 '43) 34 30 22

(Mar 1 '44) 29 35 26

(Oct 31 '45) 20 35 21

(Apr 10 '46) 14 42 34

(Aug 17 '46)

National total 23% 40% 37%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 27% 39% 34%

Republicans 20 40 40

BY EDUCATION

College 15% 38% 47%

High school 21 42 37

Grade school or no school. 27 39 34

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business

group 14% 40% 46%

Farmers 23 48 29

White-collar 24 38 38

Manual workers 27 38 35

6. (US Aug 8 '39) Which group do you think is more often
right in its views on broad national issues — Congress or the
people? (aipo)

[ 930 ]

Congress 42% People 40% Don't know 18%

7. (US Sept 3 '39) If war breaks out in Europe between now
and January, do you think President Roosevelt should call a
special session of Congress? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 71% 29%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

' New England 79% 21%

Mid-Atlantic 73 27

East central 62 38

West central 71 29

South 80 20

West 69 31

8. (US Feb '41) Do you think it would be a good idea or a
bad idea to create a new and important government position
(like a term in the Senate) to be filled by defeated candidates
for President, starting now with Wendell Willkie? (for)
Good 19.7% Bad 57.1% Don't know 23.2%

9. (US May '42) Do you feel that Congress is doing a good
job, only a fair job, or a poor job in helping the United States
to win the war? (for)

GooJ Only fuir Poor Don't know
National total 33.8% 40.6% 15.3% 10.3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 19.1% 50.3% 26.9% 3.7%

Poor 40.0 37.4 8.1 14.5

BY OCCtTPATION

Executives 19. 0<?;, 51.0%, 27.6% 2.4%

Farm labor 54.6 24.2 5.2 16.0

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Pacific coast 334% 47.8% 13.6%, 5.2%

Mountain states 17.5 45.8 32.5 4.2

10. (US July 14 '42) In your opinion, docs Congress listen to
leaders of business too much? (aipo)

Yes 39% No 33% Don't know 28%

11. (US July 14 '42) Do they [Congress] listen to leaders of
organized labor too much? (aipo)

Yes 54% No 23%

Don't know 23%

12. (US July 14 '42) Do they [Congress] listen to Roosevelt
too much? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 52% Don't know 17%

13. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you think Congress has done all it can
toward furthering our war effort? Those who thought Con-
gress was not doing all it could to further our war effort were
asked: What more should it do? (aipo)

Those who think Congress has done all it can toward

furthering our war effort 38%

Those who think Congress has not done all it could to-
ward furthering our war effort, thought that Congress
should :

Quit playing politics, forget party lines, stress soli-
darity, forget the coming elections, stop putting
off important legislation until after the election,

stay in constant session 12

Stop arguing, agree and get things done, stop quib-
bling over unimportant issues, help the effort in-
stead of delaying it 15

Control labor, and strikes for the duration, stop
racketeering among labor leaders 7

Fix price and wage ceilings, stop inflation 5%

Get behind the President, support their leader 3

Pass a tax bill to raise more money 2

Draft 18-19 year olds, lower draft age 1

Speed up production, put factories on a 24 hour

basis, hire more defense workers 1

Other answers 7

No suggestion as to how Congress could do more. . 4

Those with no opinion on the subject 13

108%*
' Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US Sept 3 '42) Which party do you think is more to blame
for Congress not doing more [to further our war effort] the
Democrats, or the Republicans? Asked of 49% of the total
sample who thought Congress was not doing enough to fur-
ther our war effort, (aipo)

Democrats 14%

Republicans 9

Other 2

Both 9

No opinion 15

15. (US Feb 3 '43) Can you think of any problem which you
feel a Congressional committee should investigate? (aipo)
Yes 38% No 48% No opinion 14%

What [problem do you feel a Congressional committee
should investigate]? Asked of 38% of the total sample who
thought of some problem which should be investigated by a
Congressional committee.

Too many to mention, unlimited, the whole works. . . . 1%
Congressional committees themselves — too many and

they waste too much time 2

Labor union, strikes, labor leaders, unions should be in-
corporated and taxed 4

Washington bureaucracy, inefficiency, and duplication,

too many government employees 3

Expenditures, waste of public funds, cost of government

is too high 2

Manpower situation, especially the necessity of getting

people to work on farms, should draft labor 5

Rationing, unfairness in rationing oil and gas in certain
states only, food rationing, rationing for the sake of

rationing . 2

Food situation, production and distribution of food,

black market activities 3

Selective service setup, lack of coherent instructions to

draft boards, draft evasion 1

Rubber situation, tire regulations, synthetic rubber pro-
duction 1

Un-Ametican activities 1

War production 2

Race discrimination 1

Price ceilings 1

Other answers 4

No comment 81

100%

27. (US May 29 '46) Do you approve or disapprove of the way
the Truman administration is handling our affairs with other
countries? (aipo)

Yes 36% No 45% No opinion 19%

28. (US Sept 13 '46) James F. Byrnes has been Secretary of
State a little over a year. In dealing with foreign nations would
you say he has been doing an excellent, good, fair or poor job?
(aipo)

No
Excellent Good Fair Poor opinion
National total.,.. 16% 41% 17% 10% 16%

Democrats. .
Republicans .

BY politics

Excellent and Good
61%
54

15%
20

8%
11

16%
15

Republicans 86%

Democrats 81

6%
7

8%
12

In what way? Asked of 27% of the sample who thought
James F. Byrnes was doing a fair or poor job as Secretary of
State.

[952]

No answer 7%

Too lenient, should be more aggressive 2

Too weak, allows other countries to dictate, favors other

countries 4

Can't get along with Russia 2

Can't bring about understanding 1

No settled policies, confused 2

Can't handle international affairs 2

Fairly favorable comments 4

Not accomplishing anything 2

Antagonizes *

Talks too much *

Miscellaneous 1

* Less than 0.5%.

29. (US Oct 10 '46) In general, do you approve or disapprove
of the foreign policy the United States government is now
following? (aipo)

Approve 33% Disapprove 36% No opinion 31%

30. (US Nov 27 '46) In your opinion, who do you think would
handle the following problems better — Truman or Dewey?
(aipo)

Dealing with foreign nations?
Truman 28% Dewey 42% Don't know 30%

31. (US Nov 27 '46) In your opinion who do you think would
handle the following problems better — Truman or Stassen?
(aipo)

Dealing with foreign nations?
Truman 22% Stassen 37% Don't know 41%

Foreign Relations (Australia)

1. (US Apr '42) Which of these four statements comes closest
to expressing what you would like to see the United States
do as regards Australia? (for)

Let her come into our union and give her full states'

rights... 5.5%

Do not admit her as a state, but consider her as a favorite
nation with both sides agreeing to fight for each other
in case either is threatened 13.8

Continue to consider her a part of the British Empire
and deal with her in the same manner as we deal with
the British Empire as a whole '. 34.1

Treat her just as we do any other nation 28.5

Don't know 18.1

Foreign Relations (Brazil)

1. (Brazil Mar '47) What do you like best about the Americans?
(ibope)

Race prejudices.

2% Childishness 1%

Nothing 10%

Work..' 9

Spirit of progress 7

Spirit of liberty 5

Democracy 5

Organization 5

Practical way of living. . 4

Organization of industry 4

All qualities 3

Simplicity 3

Gaiety 2%

Intelligence 2

Dynamic quality 2

Frankness 1

Personal initiative 1

Way of living 1

Propaganda 1

Other 23

No opinion 12

2. (Brazil Mar '47) What don't you like about the Americans?
(ibope)

Nothing 25% Immorality 1%

Divorces 4 Political superiority. . 1

Egoism 3 Alcoholism 1

Feeling of superiority. . . 2 Organization of trusts . . 1

Political policies 2

Imperialism 2

Propaganda 2

Haughtiness 2

Self consciousness 2

Liberty of women 1

Frivolity 1

Finances 1

Don't know 27

No answer 19

Foreign Relations (Canada)

1. (us July 3 '40) If England is defeated in the next few weeks,
should we invite Canada to become a part of the United States?
(aipo)

Yes 58%, No 26% Undecided 16%

2. (US Apr '42) Which of these four statements comes closest
to expressing what you would like to see the United States
do as regards Canada? (for)

BY SELECTED GROUPS

National Business Intellectual
total leaders leaders

Let her come into our union and
give her full states' rights. . . .

Do not admit her as a state, but
consider her as a favorite na-
tion with both sides agreeing
to fight for each other in case
either is threatened 28.2

Continue to consider her as part
of the British Empire and deal
with her in the same manner
as we deal with British Empire
as a whole 22.1

Treat her just as we do any other
nation 15. 8

Don't know 9.5

24.4% 28.0% 15.3%

39.0

17.8

9.4
5.8

41.2

17.3

17.5
8.7

3. (US June '42) Which of these statements comes closest to
expressing what you would like to see Canada do as regards
the United States after the war? Asked of a national cross-
section of Canadians, (for)

Form one united nation with one government, one

army, one navy, etc 23.3%

Do not unite in government but consider the United
States as a favorite nation, with both sides agreeing
to fight for each other in case either is threatened ... 62.7

Treat her just as we do any other nation 10.3

Don't know 3-7

4. (US July 1 '42) Some people say it would be a good idea
for Canada and the United States to join together and form one
large country. Would you approve or disapprove of this? The
results of questioning two comparable cross-sections were com-
bined. The second question differed only in the last sentence:
Do you think this would be a good idea? (aipo)
Approve 47% Disapprove 38% No opinion 15%

5. (US Apr 6 '43) Have you known any Canadian people per-
sonally? (norc)

Ves 46% No 52% ' No answer 2%

Foreign Relations (China)

1. (US Oct 8 '43) After the war should the United States make
a permanent military alliance with China, that is, agree to
come to each other's defense immediately if the other is at-
tacked at any future time? (aipo)

[953]

National total.

Yes
56%

BY POLITICS

Republican 55%

Democratic 60

No
23%

28%
18

Undecided
21%

17%
22

2. (US Apr 25 '44) Would you approve of the same kind of
military alliance [an agreement to come to each other's defense
immediately if one is attacked after the war] between the
United States and China? (aipo)

Yes 42%, No 38% Don't know 19% Qualified answer 1%

3. (US Aug 28 '46) Have you heard or read about the dispute
between the two opposing groups in China? (aipo)

Yes 57% No 42% No answer 1%,

What do you think the United States should do about the
situation in China? Asked of 57% of the sample who had read
or heard about the dispute between the two opposing groups
in China.

No answer 7%

Nothing, stay out, leave them alone 25

Help bring about a compromise, offer advice 5

Help Chiang Kai-shek, against the Communists 6

Stop sending arms, recall troops — keep diplomatic repre-
sentation 6

Put it up before UN 1

Keep Russia out 1

Do something, China needs help 3

Miscellaneous 3

Foreign Relations (France)

1. (US July 1 '42) When our government wants to deal with
the French do you happen to know whether we deal with the
Free French headed by De Gaulle or with the Vichy government
headed by Laval? Asked of a national cross-section of those
who knew who the Free French were. 56% of the total sample
represented, (aipo)

Free French 32%, Vichy 48%o Don't know 18%, Both 2%,

2. (US July 1 '42) Do you think we should deal with the Vichy
government or should we recognize the Free French government
instead? Asked of a national cross-section of those who knew
who the Free French were. 56% of the total sample is repre-
sented. (aipo)

Vichy 13% Free French 74% No opinion 12% Both l%o

3. (US June 7 '44) Will you tell me who Dc Gaulle is? (aipo)
Correct 64% Vague 9% Incorrect 1% Don't know 26%

4. (US June 7 '44) Do you know whether or not this country
has recognized the De Gaulle Committee as the temporary
government of France? (aipo)

Yes, has 16%, No, hasn't 36%o

Don't know (and didn't know De Gaulle) 48%

5. (US June 7 '44) What do you think about the United States
recognizing the De Gaulle Committee? (aipo)

Approve 35^

Disapprove 13%

Don't know (and didn't know De Gaulle) 50%
Let people decide 2%

6. (US June 28 '44) Should the United States recognize the
De Gaulle Committee? Asked of a national cross-section of
persons familiar with the controversy on the recognition of
this Committee as the temporary government of France who
had opinions about it. (aipo)

Yes 66% No 34%,

7. (France Dec 1 '44) Do you consider the present United
States attitude toward France satisfactory? (fipo)

Yes 33%o No 53% No opinion 14%o

8. (France Mar 1 '45) Are you satisfied with the present United
States attitude toward France? (fipo)

Yes 30% No 56% No opinion 14%

9. (France Dec 16 '44) Do you think President Roosevelt's
reelection will have favorable results for France? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 84%, 3%, 13%o

Workers

Professionals.

BY OCCUPATION

81% 5% 14%

90 2 8

10. (France June 1 '45) Do you think President Roosevelt's
death will affect Franco-American relations? (fipo)

Yes 25%o No 48% Don't know 27%

11. (US May 15 '46) Do you think it is important to the United
States that France be strong in a military way during the next
twenty-five years? (aipo)

Yes 49%o No 27% No opinion 24%

12. (US May 15 '46) Do you think it is important to the
United States that France be strong in a financial way during
the next twenty-five years? (aipo)

Yes 61%, No 13%o No opinion 26%

13. (US Dec '46) Did you like the French civilians better or
worse the more you saw of them? Asked of a national cross-
section of World War II veterans, (for)

Better 23.1%, Worse 46.9%o No change 21.0%

Don't know 9.0%

14. (US Dec '46) What did you like most about the French?
Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans
who had expressed a preference for the French over the English,
Germans, or Italians, (for)

Friendliness and hospitality 49.2%

Courage, ability to take it 94

Resemblance to ourselves 3.6

Cleanliness 0.8

Industry and enterprise 3.1

Similarity of language

Other good qualities 29.1

Don't know 20.3

115.5%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some liked more than
one trait.

15. (US Dec '46) What did you dislike most about the French?

Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans who

said they disliked the French more than the English, Germans,

or Italians, (for)

Arrogance or superior attitude 1-7%

Filthy appearance or living conditions 31.4

Mercenary attitude, greed 28.6

Laziness, lack of enterprise 19.0

Deceitful, "two-faced" behavior 7.0

Hostility, lack of cooperation 9.0

Low moral standard 16.8

Backwardness, low standard of living 3.3

Responsibility for the war —

[954]

Other bad qualities 16.1%

Don't know 33

136.2%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some disliked more than

one trait.

16. (US Dec 11 '46) Are your feelings toward France more
friendly or less friendly than they were six months ago? (aipo)
More 10% Same 60% Less 13% No opinion 17%,

Foreign Relations (Germany)

1. (us Apr '41) Three comparable cross-sections were used in
the following questions. The second and third groups were
confronted with interventionist and non-interventionist bias
in the questions, (for)

Do you think that Hitler would be harder, about the same,
or easier for us to deal with than England has been in the
past?

Harder 81.1% About the same 9.0% Easier 2.0%
Don't know 7.9%

All of Hitler's past actions show that if he comes to dom-
inate the world, he will be much harder to deal with than
England ever was.
Agree 85.6% Disagree 6.2% Don't know 8.2%

In the past we've had plenty of trouble with England when

she was dominating the world and there's no reason to

think we'd have any more trouble in a world dominated by

Germany.

Disagree 71.4% Agree 14.0% Don't know 14.6%

2. (US May 30 '42) Do you personally hate the German people?
(aipo)

Yes 18% No 82%

3. (US June 30 '42) If it were possible, would you personally
like to go to Europe and kill some German soldiers? Asked of
a national cross-section of men. (aipo)

Yes 55% No 36% Don't know 9%

4. (Germany Nov 5 '45) Has the attitude of the American
soldiers toward the Germans changed since the first days of
the occupation? (omgus)

Yes 29% No 45% No opinion 26%

To what extent? Asked of 29% of the sample who thought
the attitude of American soldiers toward the Germans had
changed ;

Have become more friendly 19%

Have become more gentlemanly 2

Show more respect for property 1

Less severe 1

Mention of lifting of fraternization ban 3

Other 3

If not, how would you describe this attitude? Asked of 45%
of the sample who thought the attitude of American soldiers
had not changed:

Decent, respectable, etc 23%

Friendly 7

Good or satisfactory 6

No change 1

Other 4

No answer 2

No opinion 2

5. (Germany Nov 5 '45) Do you think in the last few weeks
the Americans have become more or less liked by the Germans?
(oMGUs)

More liked 37%

Less liked li

No opinion 33

The same —

Other 19

6. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Do you happen to know any Amer-
icans with the occupation troops in Germany well or fairly
well? (oMGus)

Well 6% Fair 8% None 86%

If "NO": Have you ever had an occasion to talk with an
American since the start of the occupation? Asked of 86%
of the sample who did not know any Americans with the
occupation forces well or fairly well:
Yes 25% No 74% No answer 1%

7. (Germany Sept 3 '46) As far as you have observed would
you say that the Americans in Germany are generally friendly
or unfriendly toward Germans? (omgus)

Friendly 76% Unfriendly 7% Partly friendly 2%

No opinion 15%

8. (Germany Sept 3 '46) Have you noticed any change during
the past year in the attitude of the Americans toward the
Germans? (omgus)

Yes 14% No 70% No opinion 16%

9. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Have you spoken with many Ameri-
cans in the past year? (omgus)

No answer 1%

Yes, to many 10

No, to a few 29

To none 60

10. (Germany Nov 5 '46) Some months ago the rules against
fraternization were relaxed. Do you think non-fraternization
should be reinstituted? (omgus)

Yes 6% No 83% No opinion 9% No answer 2%

Has it led to friendly relations?
Yes 57% No 6% No opinion 21% No answer 14%
Other 2%

11. (US Dec '46) Did you like the German civilians better or
worse the more you saw of them? Asked of a national cross-
section of World War II veterans, (aipo)

Better 35.5%

Worse 27.6

No change 23.0

Don't know 13.9

12. (US Dec '46) What did you dislike most about the Ger-
mans? Asked of a national cross-section of World War II
veterans who said they disliked the Germans more than the
French, English, or Italians, (for)

Arrogance or superior attitude 24.1%

Filthy appearance or living conditions —

Mercenary attitude, greed 1.4

Laziness, lack of enterprise —

Deceitful, "two-faced" behavior 13.3

Hostility, lack of cooperation 8.0

Low moral standard 1.8

Backwardness, low standard of living 2.8

Responsibility for the war 7.1

Other bad qualities 30.3

Don't know 18.7

107.5%*
■ Percentages add to more than 100 because some disliked more than

[955]

13. (US Dec '46) What did you like most about the Germans?

Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans who

expressed a preference for Germans over the English, French,

or Italians, (for)

Friendliness and hospitality 29.3%

Courage, "ability to take it" 3.0

Resemblance to ourselves 10.8

Cleanliness 38.0

Industry and enterprise 22.5

Similarity of language 1.5

Other good qualities 39.7

Don't know 5.6

150.4%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some liked more than
one trait.

14. (US Feb 7 '47) At the present time, do you feel friendly or
unfriendly toward the people of Germany as a whole? (aipo)
Friendly 45% Unfriendly 28% No opinion 27%

Foreign Relations (Great Britain)

1. (US Feb 14 '38) Should the United States and Great Britain
make an agreement to use their armies and navies together to
maintain world peace? (aipo)

Yes 39% No 50% No opinion 11%

2. (US Jan '40) Which of these statements comes closest to
your own idea of Great Britain? (for)

Great Britain has no greater claim upon our sympathy
than any other nation, because she has grown great
by employing practically all of the means of aggres-
sion, oppression, and secret diplomacy that we criti-
cize in such other nations as Germany 9.8%

Britain is probably as decent as any nation is likely to
be, but our national interests call for going it alone
and being on guard against British propaganda. ... 25.5

The British probably are no angels, but as a practical
matter our vital interests are tied up in the mainte-
nance of the Empire, because her navy is an additional
protector of our trade and commercial interests the
world over 16.2

The British do have a special claim on our sympathies
because they are closest to ourselves by ties of blood
and language, and because they too are defenders of
democracy 38.3

Don't know 10.2

3. (Great Britain Mar '41) How do you feel towards the
United States? (bipo)

■Very friendly 39%

Friendly 49

Unfriendly 2

Not interested 6

Don't know 4

4. (US Feb 3 '42) Some people say that the British are largely
to blame for our being in this war. Do you agree, or disagree?
(aipo)

Agree 24% Disagree 60% Qualified answer 2%

No opinion 14%

5. (US Feb 3 '42) Do you think the English will try to get us
to do most of the fighting for them in this war, or do you think
they will do their fair share of the fighting? (aipo)

Will try to get us to do their fighting 32%

Will do their fair share of fighting 58

Qualified answer 1

No opinion 9

(Feb 23 '42)

Will try to get us to do their fighting 29%

Will do their fair share of the fighting 53

Qualified answer 7

No opinion 11

(May 21 '42)

Will get us to do it 36%

Will do their share 57

Qualified answer 1

No opinion 6

6. (US June '42) Which one of these statements comes closest
to expressing what you would like to see the United States
do as regards the British Empire as a whole after the war?
(For Canadians the question was put in reverse — what the
Empire should do as regards the United States — and the last
choice was, of course, omitted.) Asked of a national cross-
section of the population of the United States and Canada, (for)

Form one united n;
with one govern!
one army, one navy

Do not unite in government
but consider it as a fa-
vorite nation with both
sides agreeing to fight for
each other in case either
is threatened 36.5

Treat her just as we do any
other nation 35. 5

See that Britain gives us
some of her colonies. . . . 11.4

Don't know 10.1

BY SELECTED

NATIObfAL TOTAL

us GROUPS

Intel-

Cana-

Business

lectual

dian

leaders

Ticnt,

6.5%

14.6%

3.8%

8.1%

60.7

13.6

11.1

45.8
28.7
11.9

47.3
33.3

3.6

7.7

7. (US June '42) If the United States and Britain should ever
unite in some way into one nation, which kind of money do
you think should be used — the dollar, or the pound, or wouldn't
it make any difference? Asked in the United States and in
Canada, (for)

NATIONAL total

us Canadian

Dollar 67.0% 72.6%

Pound 0.6 1.3

No difference 24.5 23.4

Don't know 7.9 2.7

8. (US June '42) Do you feel that the capital of such a nation
[a union of Britain and the United States] should be in Wash-
ington, London, New York, Montreal, or where? Asked in
Canada and in the United States, (for)

national total

US Canadian

Washington 65.6% 22.0%

Montreal or Ottawa 2.5 14.5

New York, or somewhere in the US or

in North America 7.7 12.6

London 0.8 233

Don't know and other 23.4 27.6

9. (US June '42) Do you believe that the commander of such
a united navy [from a union of Great Britain and the United
States] should always come from the British Empire, or always
from the United States, or from whichever seemed better at
the time? Asked in the United States and in Canada, (for)

[ !)o(i ]

NATIONAL TOTAL

US Canadian

United States 29.9% 4.2%

British Empire 0.6 13.5

Whichever seemed better 58.5 77.8

Don't know 11.0 45

10. (US June '42) Which do you feel would, on the whole,
gain most by uniting: the British Empire or the United States?
Asked of a national cross-section of Canadians, (for)

British Empire 24.6%

United States 27.3

Both about equally 38.9

Don't know 92

11. (US June 3 '42) Some people say that the British are
largely to blame for getting us into the last war. Do you agree,
or disagree? (opor)

Agree 19%

Disagree 43%

No opinion 18%

Why? Asked of 39% of the sample who thought the British
were largely to blame for getting us into the last war.

No answer 5%

Others 2

British victory depends on our help 5

British have to let others do their fighting because of

their dominions 5

British want to have other nations do their fighting. . . 8

We were most logical allies 2

Diplomats and propagandists got us in 6

Bankers and munitions manufacturers got us in 4

Our boats on the oceans got us in 1

It was British who sank Lusitania 2

Instinctively believe they did 2

42%*

* Percentages add to more than 39 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Why? Asked of 43% of the sample who didn't think the Brit-
ish were to blame for getting us into the last war.

Naval warfare got us in 4%

German imperialism got us in 9

We got in on our own although England did want us , . 5

Our financiers and politicians got us in. Munitions makers 4

Neutrals were in tough position 1

Nobody could have forced us in 2

No proof that British got us in 2

Close ideological link with Britain necessitated entry. 1

Had to help others to help ourselves 4

Our greed got us in 1

French had to be helped 1

Had to come, took an incident 4

Atrocities 1

No answer 5

Went in to preserve American way of life 1

Instinctively believe 1

Others 2

48%^

* Percentages add to more than 43 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

12. (US June 3 '42) Some people in this country have a definite
grudge against the British. What do you think is the cause
of this feeling? (opor)

British don't keep their word 1%

Teachings in our schools 3

Axis propaganda 5

Non-payment of war debts 9

British arrogance, manners, aloofness, bull-headcdness,

class distinctions 14%

America had to fight British battles 5

British conservativeness 1

Lack of appreciation for US help 5

Slowness, appeasement 3

Selfishness 7

Slowly are getting better now 1

They have always fought us, or wanted to do so 1

Jealousy 4

Due to the Irish 13

The British are rich parasites 2

Treatment of the colonies 5

Their feeling of superiority 10

Historical prejudice, ignorance 14

The American Revolution 6

Don't know, no answer 17

126%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

13. (US June 3 '42) Do you think most Americans still feel
bitter against the British because of the Revolutionary War?
(opor)

Yes 11% No 81% Don't know and no answer 8%

Why? Asked of 11% of the sample who thought most Amer-
icans still felt bitter against the British because of the Revolu-
tionary war.

No answer 4%

Some have inherited dislike, and not yet forgotten dislike 5

British still feel superior and tax on tea 1

History books 1

Why? Asked of 81% of the sample who thought most Amer-
icans did not feel bitter against the British because of the
Revolutionary war.

No answer 16%

Revolution is mostly forgotten already 49

Britain and US have many common ties since then 4

We are too magnanimous and democratic for that 5

We never hated the British people during the Revolution —

We won the Revolution 3

We aren't all bitter, but careful 1

We fought against the government and not the people. . 1
Britain is different now and US too 2

14. (US June 3 '42) What do you think the English think of
Americans? (opor)

They think Americans unable to accomplish anything. . 2%

They think we are all right 24

They think we are impulsive 2

They think we are uncultured 10

They think we arc saps — don't think we are the outdoor

type 3

They think we are determined 1

They think we are slow and deliberate 1

The love they affect for us (through Churchill) may be

fake 4

The upper classes like us better 1

They feel superior to us 12

They think we are gangsters 1

We are suckers 8

We are alike 6

They like and respect us because we help them 17

We are no good 2

They think we are successful business men and/or play-
boys 6

[957]

They dislike us 4%

They think we are cocky and smart 1

They admire our efficiency 4

No answer, don't know 12

Other answers 2

123%*
* Percentages add to more than 300 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Why do you think they [the English] feel this way [about
Americans]?

No answer, don't know 16%

They feel that Americans accomplished nothing in last

war and slow in this one 4

They feel that we are doing all right in this war and are

OK 22

They meet only a certain type American, always helping

them 3

They arc still mad that we beat them in Revolution .... 3

They have a superiority complex 13

They are jealous of us 4

They are similar to us, and we to them 6

They consider us part of the mother country 3

They are influenced by headlines 1

Lack of understanding and appreciation 5

We are uncultured, also Americans abroad 6

We get easily gypped 5

Commercial contacts favorable for both nations 6

We are openminded 1

We did well in last war 1

They are selfish 1

From reading 5

Upper classes like us better 1

They like their own crown and aristocracy best 1

Admire aggressiveness and capability 1

From talking to British and from experience 3

Because we admire them 1

English are insincere 1

113%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (US June 3 '42) Have you ever known any English people
well? (opor)

Yes 68% No 32%

Did you get along well with them? Asked of 68% of the
sample who had known English people well.
Yes 55% No 6% Qualified answers 6% No answer 1%

Why not? Asked of 6% of the sample who did not get along
well with the English people they knew.

No answer 2%

Hate their guts 1

They are snobbish *

I don't like them 1

One has to get to know them first *

They don't let anybody else have an opinion. . 1

* Totals 1%.

16. (US June 3 '42) What do you like most about the English
people? (opor)

They are friendly, pleasant 10%

They are kind to those in need, helpful 2

They are honest, straightforward, fair and loyal 21

They are very close to us 8

Their manners and language 13

They are jovial, good-natured 2

Their stability, thoroughness, and dependability 11%

Their dignity, good sportsmanship 3

Their diplomacy and statesmanship 1

Their intelligence 3

Their thrift 2

Their love of their country 3

Their tenacity and courage 16

Ideals, tolerance of religion 6

Traveled, interesting 2

Self-esteem 1

No answer, don't know 24

128%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

17. (US June 3 '42) What do you dislike most about them
[the English]? (opor)

Their very strong characters and views, stubborn 8%

Government 1

Their superior attitude, stuck-up, particularly upper class 31

Want to wreck this country 1

Their class system 3

Their coldness and complacency 5

Their conservatism 3

Their treatment of Ireland 1

They don't like becoming Americanized 1

Don't dislike anything 21

They are selfish 6

They don't work, also dishonest and greedy 1

They have had use of colonies 3

Smart and stingy 1

Slowness 3

Domineering, intolerant, cocky 5

Non-payment of war debts, don't appreciate our help. . 1

Oppression of labor 2

No answer, don't know 12

Other answers 1

110%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US June 3 '42) Where do you get most of your ideas about

Great Britain and the English people? (opor)

History 22%

Radio 14

Newspapers and magazines, reading 66

Books 10

Movies 5

People, friends 45

Trips to England, traveling in general 4

Kontacts in last war 3

Relatives from England 3

Observation 4

School — studying, lectures 6

No answer 1

183%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

19. (US June 3 '42) Can you think of the names of any books,
stories, or movies which gave you your ideas about English
life? (opor)

Classical 6%

Last century (romanticism) 15

Modern novelists 9

History books 6

[958]

Popular mysteries 3%

Movies — historical 4

Movies — adventure 2

Movies — romantic 3

Movies — modern English life 18

Magazines 3

No answer 57

126%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

20. (Great Britain July '42) Do you know any Americans
personally? (bipo)

Yes 35% No 65%

21. (Great Britain July '42) Do you feel that as a result of
taking part in the war the United States will or will not want:
(bipo)

Will Dont
Will not know

More than their fair share of credit

for helping to win the war 36% 44% 20%

More than their fair share of world

markets after the war 26 45 29

More than their share in settling the

peace terms 28 49 23

More than their fair share of power

and influence in the postwar world 29 46 25

22. (Great Britain July '42) Here arc some statements which
have been made about the Americans. Do you agree or disagree
with them? (bipo)

Don't
Agree Disagree know

They take a superior attitude to-
wards the British and they have
no grounds for this attitude 37% 44% 19%

They are more democratic people

than we are 52 33 15

The Americans are too willing to let

other people fight for them 28 55 17

We would be better off if we were
more like the Americans in many
respects 41 39 20

23. (US Apr 6 '43) What are some of the things you like
about the British people? (norc)

Spirit, fighting qualities, sportsmanship 26%

Similarity to United States 13

Sincerity, reliability, and frankness 11

Generosity and friendliness 10

Democracy, progressiveness, broadmindedness and love

of freedom 8

Conservatism and solidity:

Thriftincss and industriousness 3

Other solid conservative characteristics 8

Culture and intelligence 6

Patriotism and loyalty (proud of country) 4

Miscellaneous 6

Don't know of anything 10

Not ascertainable 21

126%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

24. (US Apr 6 '43) What are some of the things you don't
like about the British people? (norc)

Superiority and over-confidence 28%

Conservatism and class distinctions 10

Want all the credit without fighting responsibility 9

World policies 5

Stubbornness and narrowness 4

Default on last war debt 2

Lack of sense of humor 2

Reticence and lack of warmth 1

Miscellaneous 4

Nothing in particular 25

Not ascertainable 21

111%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

26. (US Apr 6 '43) Will Britain try to boss the United States

after the war? (norc)

Yes 33% No 55% Don't know 12%,

26. (US Apr 6 '43) Will the United States try to boss Britain
after the war? (norc)

Yes 16% No 76% Don't know 8%

27. (US Apr 6 '43) Have you ever come across British criti-
cisms of America? (norc)

Yes 28% No 72% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

Have they annoyed you? Asked of 28% of the sample who
had come across British criticisms of America.

Yes 15% No 13% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

What "were they? Asked of 28% of the sample who had come
across British criticisms of America.

Criticisms to do with war or fighting:

Too much credit for winning the last war . . . 2%

Tardiness in getting into the war 1

Insufficient assistance 2

Criticism of actual fighting or bravery 2

Other criticisms:

Vulgar and uncouth 6

Too interested in money 3

Stupid and unintelligent 1

Criticisms of speech 1

Criticisms of our form of rule 1

Miscellaneous 4

Criticisms of British attitudes 4

Not ascertainable 5

32%*

* Percentages add to more than 28 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

28. (US Apr 6 '43) What would you say is the main thing
that might cause trouble between the United States and Britain
after the war? (norc)

Territorial settlements 19%

Lend-lease repayment 17

Unspecified difficulties with peace settlement:

Both will want more power 8

Britain will want more power 6

British may suspect the United States 1

Trade agreements or monetary system 9

Control of sea and air traffic 5

Differences in democratic standards 1

World police system 1

[959]

Miscellaneous 5%

No trouble 13

Not ascertainable 23

108%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

29. (US Apr 6 '43) Have you known any English people per-
sonally? (norc)

Yes 53% No 46% No answer 1%

30. (US Sept 8 '43) After the war, should the United States
and Great Britain make a permanent military alliance, that
is, agree to come to each other's defense immediately if the
other is attacked at any future time? (aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 61% 25% 14%

Republicans .
Democrats. .

BY POLITICS

.... 57% 29% 14%

....61 19 14

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic 60% 27% 13%

East central 58 27 15

West central 60 26 14

South 72 11 17

Far West 59 27 14

Yes No Don't know

(Mar 20 '45) National total 54% 35% 11%

31. (US Sept 28 '43) (1) Should the United States and Great
Britain make a permanent military alliance, that is, agree to
come to each other's defense immediately if the other is at-
tacked after the war? A comparable cross-section was asked
the same question about Russia. The Russian question was
followed by: (2) Would you approve of the same kind of
military alliance between the United States and Great Britain?
(aipo)

Don't
Yes No know

First cross-section 65% 24% 11%

Second cross-section 70 19 11

Qualified

(Apr 25 '44)
(1) National total 49% 37% 13% 1%

32. (Australia Oct '43) After the war, would you favor or
oppose a permanent military alliance between the British
Empire and America? (apop)

Favor 82% Oppose 7% No opinion 11%

33. (US Jan '45) Thinking back for a moment to our relations
with England a few years before the war, do you think we
shall get along better with England in the future than we did
in the past, not so well, or about the same? (for)

Get along better 31.1%

Not so well 19.4

About the same 43.1

Don't know 6.4

34. (US Mar 20 '45) What do you think the United States
has most to gain from England after the war? (aipo)

Trade 16%

Cooperation 4

Good will; friendship; gratitude 11

Money — payment of debt 2

Bases for defense; air bases '. 4%

Peace 1

Security; military support 2

Stabilizing influence; balance world power 1

Ideas; sense of loyalty; their management of their empire 1

Culture 1

Others 2

Nothing; not much 33

Didn't say 24

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

35. (US Mar 20 '45) What do you think the United States
has most to fear from England after the war? (aipo)
Imperialism; jealousy of our power; desire for power;

domination of Europe 13%

Trade competition; airways competition 12

Won't pay debts; we'll have to lend them money 9

War; might fight us 5

Alliance between England and Russia; ganging up against

us 1

Lack of good will; unfriendly 2

Indebtedness to feed them '. 1

Mix up on peace treaty 2

Others: Churchill, lack of tolerance, etc 2

Nothing, very little 31

Didn't say 17

Selfishness — they take and don't give 4

Will depend on us for everything 1

36. (Canada Sept 1 '45) Do you think the election of a labor
government in Britain will make it easier or harder for her to
get along with the United States? Asked of the 83% of sample
who had followed the election, (cipo)

Easier 24%

Harder 22

No difference 19

Undecided 18

37. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) Are your feelings towards the
United States more friendly or less friendly than they were
a year ago? (bipo)

Don't

More Same Less know

National total 9% 46% 35% 10%

BY SEX

Men 9% 47% 37% 7%

Women 10 45 33 12

BY AGE

21-29 years 11% 44% 34% 11%

30-49 years 10 45 36 9

50 years and over 8 49 33 10

BY economic status

Higher 8% 61% 29% 2%

Middle 8 47 39 6

Lower 10 45 34 11

BY FEELING TOWARD RUSSIA

More friendly 42% 34% 18% 6%

Same 11 71 13 -5

Less 18 46 29 7

Don't know 9 20 11 60

(Great Britain June '46) (bipo)

[ 960 ]

National total .

More
friendly

11%

BY SEX

Men 11%

Women 11

Same
51%

53%
50

Less

friendly

32%

32%
31

Don't

know

6%
4%

43. (US Dec '46) Did you like the English civilians better or
worse the more you saw of them? Asked of a national cross-
section of World War II veterans, (for)

Better 47.3%

Worse 27.3

No change 19.2

Don't know 6.2

21-29 years 12% 53%

30-49 years 10 50

50 years and over 11 53

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

31%

20%

29%

4%
5

3%
6
6
3

Higher income 16% 62%

Middle income 12 50

Lower income 10 51

BY POLITICS

Conservatives 13% 55%

Labor 10 49

Liberals 9 53

Others 3 42

Non-voters 11 53

(US Dec 11 '46) Are your feelings towards England more
friendly or less friendly than they were six months ago? (aipo)
More 7% Same 64% Less 22% No opinion 7%

38. (Great Britain Mar '46) Have you read about or heard
about Mr. Churchill's speech in the States? (bipo)

Yes 89% No 11%

On the whole, do you approve or disapprove of the state-
ments and proposals he made? Asked of 89% of the sample
who had heard about or read about Churchill's speech in the
United States.
Approve 34% Disapprove 39% Don't know 16%

39. (US Mar 13 '46) Churchill says the United States and
Great Britain should make a permanent military alliance —
that is, agree to come to each other's defense immediately if
the other is attacked. Do you approve or disapprove of this
policy? (aipo)

Yes 31% No 61%, No opinion 8%

40. (US Mar 31 '46) Did you hear or read about Churchill's
speech in which he suggested a continuation of the present
military cooperation between the United States and Great
Britain as a check on Russia's present moves? (aipo)

Yes 68% No 32%

What is your opinion on his suggestion? Asked of 68% of
the sample who had heard or read about Churchill's speech in
which he suggested a continuation of the present military
cooperation between United States and Great Britain as a
check on Russia's present moves.

No answer; don't know 6%

He is right ; good idea ; we should continue .... 18
Approve with modification; stick together but

no military alliance 4

Disapprove 40

41. (Australia Apr-May '46) Would you favor or oppose a
permanent military alliance between the British Empire and
the United States? (apop)

In favor of 83% Against 10% No opinion 7%

42. (US Sept 28 '46) Are your feelings toward Britain more
friendly or less friendly than they were a year ago? (aipo)
More 8% Less 30% About same 53%, No opinion 9%

44. (US Dec '46) What did you dislike most about the English?

Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans

who said they disliked the English more than the French,

Germans, or Italians, (for)

Arrogance or superior attitude 36.9%

Filthy appearance or living conditions —

Mercenary attitude, greed 1.4

Laziness, lack of enterprise 2.7

Deceitful, "two-faced" behavior 5.4

Hostility, lack of cooperation 13.1

Low moral standard —

Backwardness, low standard of living 0.9

Responsibility for the war —

Other bad qualities 31.2

Don't know 14.9

106.5%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some disliked more than
one trait.

45. (US Dec '46) What did you like most about the English?

Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans

who expressed a preference for the English over the French,

Germans, or Italians, (for)

Friendliness and hospitality 36.7%

Courage, "ability to take it" 24.4

Resemblance to ourselves 15.1

Cleanliness 1.5

Industry and enterprise 0.7

Similarity of language 13.3

Other good qualities 25.0

Don't know 6.6

123.3%*
* Percencages add to more than 100 because some liked more than

Foreign Relations (Italy)

1. (US Dec '46) Did you like the Italian civilians better or
worse the more you saw of them? Asked of a national cross-
section of World War II veterans, (for)

Better 23.7%

Worse 44.9

No change 16.2

Don't know 152

2. (US Dec '46) What did you like most about the Italians?
Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans
who expressed a preference for Italians over the English,
French, or Germans.* (for)

* Since only a handful of the men interviewed like Italians best, these
figures are not very reliable. Nevertheless they give some indication
of the characteristics that made the most favorable impression on US
troops.

Friendliness and hospitality 65.8%

Courage, "ability to take it" 7.9

Resemblance to ourselves . . ■ —

Cleanliness —

Industry and enterprise 53

[9C1]

Similarity of language — ■

Other good qualities 15.8%

Don't know 15.8

110.6%**
** Percentages add to more than 100 because some liked more than
one trait.

3. (US Dec '46) What did you dislike most about the Italians?

Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans

who said they disliked the Italians more than the English,

French, or Germans, (for)

Arrogance or superior attitude 0.6%

Filthy appearance or living conditions 35.9

Mercenary attitude, greed 6.5

Laziness, lack of enterprise 15.3

Deceitful, "two-faced" behavior 15.3

Hostility, lack of cooperation 2.4

Low moral standard 7.1

Backwardness, low standard of living 8.8

Responsibility for the war —

Other bad qualities 28.2

Don't know 18.2

138.3%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some disliked more than
one trait.

4. (US Dec 11 '46) Are your feelings towards Italy more
friendly or less friendly than they were six months ago? (aipo)
More 11% Same 58% Less 14% No opinion 17%

Foreign Relations (Japan)

1. (US Sept '40) Which of the following considerations do
you think should have most to do with our relations with
Japan? Asked of a national cross-section of business executives.
(for)

The importance of keeping Japanese ambitions within

bounds 56.2%

The importance of the Orient as a market for our goods 21.8

The safeguarding of our supply lines for raw rubber
and tin 18.5

Don't know or no answer 35

2. (US Sept '40) In dealing with Japan do you think we should
appease them, let nature take its course, or attack them? Asked
of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Appease them 40.1%

Let nature take its course 35. 0

Attack them 19.1

Don't know, or no answer 5-8

By which of these methods? Asked of 40.1% of the sample
of business executives who thought the United States should
appease Japan.

With a new trade treaty 50.6%

With recognition of their sphere of influence 40.8

Both 5.0

Don't know, or no answer 3.6

By which of these methods? Asked of 19.1% of the sample
of executives who thought the United States should attack
Japan.

With an embargo 71.6%

With meaningful threats of force. . 20.9

Both 4.6

No answer 2.9

3. (US Oct '41) Which one of these statements comes closest
to expressing your feelings about Japan? (for)

Japan has proved her right to grow and we should not

interfere with her 3.5%

While Japan may be a threat in the future, we should
not get excited about her until she attacks some of
our territory or interferes with our supplies 43.0

Japan has already gone far enough and we should place
our fleet across her path and tell her another step
means war 33.8

Japan has already gone too far and we should immedi-
ately declare war on her 3.4

Don't know 16.3

4. (US May 30 "42) Do you personally hate the Japanese peo-
ple? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 72%

Foreign Relations (Russia)

1. (us Oct '41) Regardless of how you feel toward Russia,
which of these policies do you think we should pursue toward
her now? (for)

Leave Russia strictly alone and give her no help or en-
couragement of any kind 13.5%

Work along with Russia and give her some aid if we
think it will help beat Hitler 51.4

Accept Russia as a full partner along with England in
the fight against Hitler 21.9

Don't know 13.2

2. (US Feb '42) Regardless of how you feel toward Russia,
which of these policies do you think we should pursue toward
her now? (for)

Stop helping Russia in any way 4.4%

Work along with Russia and give her some aid if we

think it will help her beat the Axis 43.2

Treat Russia as a full partner along with Britain in the

fight against the Axis nations 41.1

Don't know 11.3

3. (US Oct 8 '43) After the war, should the United States and
Russia make a permanent military alliance, that is, agree to
come to each other's defense immediately if the other is at-
tacked at any future time? (aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 39% 37% 24%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 36%

Democrats

New England and Middle At-
lantic

East central

West central

South

Far West

(Apr 18 '45) National total

4. (US Sept 28 '43) Should the United States and Russia make
a permanent military alliance, that is, agree to come to each
other's defense immediately if the other is attacked after the
war? (aipo)
Yes 52% No 27% Don't know 18% Qualified 3%

A comparable cross-section was asked the same question
about Great Britain. The British question was followed by:

36% 43%

21%

45 31

CAL SECTION

39% 38%

23%

37 39

37 42

47 22

40 39

49% 36%

15%

[962]

Would you approve of the same kind of military alliance be-
tween the United States and Russia?
Yes 41% No 39% Don't know 17% Qualified 3%

5. (US Apr 25 '44) Would you approve of the same kind of
[permanent] military alliance between the United States and
Russia? (aipo)

Yes 35% No 46% Don't know 18% Qualified answer 1%

6. (US Jan '45) Thinking back for a moment to our relations
with Russia a few years before the war, do you think that we
shall get along better with Russia in the future than we did
in the past, not so well, or about the same? (for)

Get along better 48.3%

Not so well 22.0

About the same 20.1

Don't know 9.6

7. (US Mar 20 '45) What do you think the United States has
most to gain from Russia after the war? (aipo)

Trade, commerce, a market 33%

Friendship; good will 15

Military help in keeping down aggressors; politically. , 4

Ideas; feeling for common man; technical advances 3

Peace 4

Get money back that we lent her 1

Don't trust Russia 1

Nothing to gain, very little, it's about even 21

Didn't say 21

Other 1

104%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

8. (US Mar 20 '45) What do you think the United States has
most to fear from Russia after this war? (aipo)

Political ideas — Communism, Socialism, form of govern-
ment 19%

Imperialism; domination of Europe; greed for power,

supremacy 12

Military power; might start a war, might fight us 14

Don't trust them — may doublecross us 4

Lack of good will; treachery; unfriendly; lack of coopera-
tion 3

Trade and economic competition 3

Debts, lend lease — won't repay us 1

Settlement of workable peace 1

Others 1

Nothing to fear; they will cooperate 29

Didn't say '. 14

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Sept '45) With which one of these four statements do
you come closest to agreeing? (1) It is going to be very impor-
tant to keep on friendly terms with Russia after the war, and
we should make every possible effort to do so. (2) It is impor-
tant for the United States to be on friendly terms with Russia
after the war, but not so important that we should make too
many concessions to her. (3) If Russia wants to keep on friendly
terms with us after the war, we shouldn't discourage her, but
there is no reason why we should make any special effort to
be friendly. (4) We shall be better off if we have just as little
as possible to do with Russia after the war. (for)

^ S

5 S

National total 22.7% 49.2% 11.3% 9.3% 7.5%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 26.4%, 63.0% 6.9% 2.9% 0.8%

Upper Middle 23.7 61.9 9.0 3.5 1.9

Lower Middle 24.0 50.0 12.4 8.8 4.8

Poor 18.6 36.5 14.1 15-7 15-1

Quly '46)
National total . ,

15.4% 52.3% 15.1% 10,9% 6.3%

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 16.1%

High school 14.6 57.9 15.9

College 15.7

35.1% 15.8% 18.5%

67.0

12.;

14.5%
9.2 2.4

3.2 1.3

10. (US Sept '45) Do you feel that most of the common people
in Russia are now pretty friendly toward the United States,
or not so friendly, or that most of them don't have any feeling
one way or the other? (for)

Friendly toward US 52.7%

Not so friendly 7.0

Not one way or other. . . . 22.0
Don't know 18.3

11. (US Sept 28 '46) Are your feelings toward Russia more
friendly or less friendly than they were a year ago? (aipo)
More 2% Less 62% About same 28% No opinion 8%

12. (US Dec 11 '46) Are your feelings towards Russia more
friendly or less friendly than they were six months ago? (aipo)
More 13% Same 48% Less 32% No opinion 7%

13. (US Sept '46) If the people as a whole in either Russia or
the United States had the final decision to make, do you think
the people would ever decide to start a war against each other?
(norc)

Yes, the people in Russia 7%

Yes, the people in the United States 1

No 87

Both 1

Don't know 4

14. (US Sept 27 '45) Fortune survey asked a cross-section of
civilians in the United States to compare Russia and the United
States on four significant points, (nyht)

United About Don't
Kujsia States Same know

Which country do you think
gives its people as a whole a
better chance to get ahead?.. 2.3% 86.1% 4.3% 7.3%

Which country do you think
gives its people as a whole a
better sense of economic se-
curity? 11.1 70.3 5.4 13.2

Which country do you think
has the better setup for en-
couraging good new inven-
tions? 3.0 75.4 5.6 16.0

Which country do you think in
twenty-five years will be
more important in world
affairs? 6.3 65-5 115 16.7

15. (US Mar 13 '46) Do you think the State Department has
been doing a good or a poor job in handling our relations with
Russia? (aipo)

[963]

Good 20% Fair 23% Poor 36% No opinion 21%

16. (US Mar 13 '46) Do you think the United States is being
too soft or too tough in its policy toward Russia? (aipo)
Too soft 60% Too tough 3% All right 21%

No opinion 16%

17. (US July 24 '46) If Russia continues her present course,
what should we do, if anything? (aipo)

Nothing; let her go; stay out 10%

Be firm; lay down the law; no appeasement; call her bluff 28

Prepare to fight; keep buying arms; continue draft 28

Don't send money or food; end lend-lease; try economic

blockade 4

Get together and work things out 6

Go before UNO— left up to UNO 4

Try to appease 1

Should sever relations with her 1

Miscellaneous and no opinion 22

Dissatisfaction with our assistance 4%

Change of allegiance — pro-Japanese 3

Trade agreements and economic matters 2

Miscellaneous 2

No trouble 10

Not ascertainable 24

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US Mar 31 '46) If Russia continues to follow her present
course, what should we do, if anything? (aipo)

Be firm; make her stick to agreements; no appease-
ments 44%]

Don't send money or materials; cut off lend-lease. . 5 ('50%

Sever relations with her 1 J

Go before the UNO 8%

Get together and work things out 7 16

Try to appease Russia 1 J

Do nothing; let her go; avoid trouble 12

Miscellaneous and no opinion 22

19. (US Mar 27 '46) Do you think that the United States
under the capitalistic system and Russia under the Commu-
nistic system can get along together in the future? (aipo)

Yes 48% No 38% No opinion 14%

20. (France Sept '46) If a conflict were to break out between
the USSR and the United States, on which side would your
sympathies be? (fipo)

United States 40% USSR 21% Neither 33%

Don't know 6%

21. (France Sept '46) Would you want France to remain apart
from this conflict [possible clash between the United States
and Russia]? (fipo)

Yes 82% No 13% No opinion 5%

22. (US Sept '46) Do you think our government is telling us
enough about what is going on between Russia and the United
States, or should it tell us more? (norc)

Enough 29% Should tell more 60% Don't know 11%

23. (US Apr 6 '43) What would you say is the main thing that
might cause trouble between the United States and Russia
after the war? (norc)

Communism or form of government :

Differences in forms of government (unqualified) 26%

Communists have no religion or church 2

Differences in forms of government (qualified) 2

Russia's territorial demands 13

Unspecified difficulties with peace settlement:

Both countries will try to dominate (or unspecified) ... 3

Russia will want more power 8

Russia may suspect the United States 1

Lend-lease repayment 4

104%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

24. (US Sept '46) What do you think are some of the main
disagreements at the present time between Russia and the
United States? (norc)

Neither country mentioned, blamed, or responsible

The atomic bomb 9%

Land; boundaries; imperialism not specified 8

Spheres of influence; small countries 6

Strategic bases; strategic materials; waterways 4

Policies; occupation; policing; dividing of Germany,

Italy and Japan 5

Power; control; superior position; troops in countries . 3

Control of Europe 1

Loans; lend-lease; food; money; UNRRA 1

International cooperative negotiations; commitments. . 2

Difference in government 8

Lack of understanding 1

Greed; wanting more; wanting too much *

Jealousy; lack of cooperation *

Other abstract causes 2

Russia responsible

Russia wants the bomb 2%

Russia imperialistic 8

Russia controlling small countries, increasing sphere of

influence 6

Russia's control of strategic bases or material, oil 3

Russia is dissatisfied with policies; occupation, policing,

dividing of Germany, Italy and Japan 3

Russia wants world power; superior position; balance

of power 8

Russia wants to control Europe 2

Russia dissatisfied with loans, UNRRA 1

Russia dissatisfied over commitments; conferences;

United Nations Organization 2

Russia spreading Communism 4

Russia secretive; has closed press 2

Russia can't understand democracy; distrusts our poli-
cies 4

Russia wants too much 7

Russia won't cooperate 4

Other answers pertaining to Russia and not elsewhere

classifiable 2

Both countries responsible

Both want their government in other countries 1%

Both imperialistic 1

Both want control of small countries 1

Both want strategic materials; places *

Clashing over Germany; occupation; governing poli-
cies 1

Both want to be greatest world power 3

Both want control of Europe *

Both want to control UNRRA *

Both making mistakes in peace negotiations 1

Don't trust or understand each other 4

Both want more than their share; both want too much *

They don't try to get along 2

Other disagreements; both responsible *

[ 0(54 ]

United States responsible
United States blamed for policy; imperialism; dictator;
favoritism; exploitation 4%

Don't know 22%

148%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more th.in 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

25. (US Sept '46) Do you think the present disagreements be-
tween Russia and the United States arc serious enough to con-
sider going to war about, or aren't they that serious? (norc)

Go to war 17%

Not that serious 68

Not that serious yet, could be soon 6

Don't know 9

26. (US Sept '46) In the disagreements between Russia and the
United States, do you think one of the countries is entirely to
blame, or do you think both countries have something to do
with the misunderstanding? (norc)

One country 17% Both countries 74% Don't know 9%

27. (US Sept 11 '46) Do you think the United States should
do anything to get along better with Russia? (aipo)

Yes 41% No 44% No answer 15%

What should be done? Asked of 41% of the sample who
thought the United States should do something to get along
better with Russia.

Miscellaneous 5%

No answer 8

We should be more stern, get tougher 8

Set a definite policy and stick to it, change our state de-
partment 4

Try to understand each other, develop a friendly attitude,

exchange students 14

Stop newspaper talk and comments against Russia 2

Anything within reason 1

42%*

* Percentages add to more than 41 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

28. (US Sept 11 '46) Do you think the United States should
declare war on Russia now? (aipo)

Yes 4% No 87% No opinion 6% Yes, qualified 1%

29. (US Sept 25 '46) Have you followed the arguments about
Byrnes' ideas and Wallace's ideas for dealing with Russia?
(aipo)

Yes 42% No 58%

In general, what do you understand Byrnes' ideas to be re-
garding Russia? Asked of 42% of the sample who had followed
the arguments about Byrnes' ideas and Wallace's ideas for
dealing with Russia.

Byrnes wants to be firm with Russia, fair but firm, tell

them just where they stand 76%

Wants to cooperate with Russia 7

Miscellaneous and don't know 17

In general, what do you understand Wallace's ideas to be
regarding Russia? Asked of 42% of the sample who had fol-
lowed the arguments about Byrnes' ideas and Wallace's ideas
for dealing with Russia?
Wallace wants to be easy with Russia, lenient; wants to

appease her 50%

Try to see Russia's viewpoint, side with her a little more 16

Pro-Russian, a Communist 17%

Miscellaneous and don't know 17

Whose policy do you think we should follow — Byrnes' or
Wallace's? Asked of 42%, of the sample who had followed the
arguments about Byrnes' ideas and Wallace's ideas for dealing
with Russia.
Byrnes' 78% Wallace's 16% No opinion 6%

Do vou think President Truman was right or wrong in
ousting Henry Wallace? Asked of 42% of the sample who had
followed the arguments about Byrnes' ideas and Wallace's
ideas for dealing with Russia.
Right 70% Wrong 22% Don't know 8%

30. (US Sept 25 '46) Do you think that the road to future
peace of the United States lies in being firm with Russia or in
being generous with Russia? (aipo)

Firm 75% Generous 15% No opinion 10%

31. (US Sept 25 '46) Do you think the road to future peace of
the United States lies in being firm with Russia or in being
easy with Russia? (aipo)

Firm 80% Easy 10% No opinion 10%

Foreign Relations (Spain)

1. (US Apr 24 '46) Will you tell me what the arguments are
in favor of breaking off our diplomatic relations with Spain?
(aipo)

No answer 56%

None 5

Franco's government is fascist, to get rid of fascism 11

Franco's government is dictatorial, undemocratic 4

Harboring Nazis and German scientists 11

Help Axis during war 9

She is menace to world peace 7

Miscellaneous 2

105%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (US Apr '46) Will you tell me what the arguments are
against breaking off our diplomatic relations with Spain? (aipo)

No answer 62%

None 8

Spain not endangering peace or giving cause for breaking

relations 3

Russia would have her way again 2

Might cause another war 6

Would lose their exports and imports, world trade 3

Our desire for a United World, should maintain friendly

relations 8

We wouldn't know what goes on in Spain 2

Might cause civil war in Spain 1

We shouldn't interfere 5

Miscellaneous 1

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (US May 25 '46) Do you think we should or should not
break off diplomatic relations with Spain? (aipo)

Should Should not No opinion
National total 43%o 43% 14%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 49% 35% 16%

Republicans 36 52 12

[965]

Foreign Relations (Sweden)

1. (Sweden June '43) Have you any relatives in the United
States? (sGi)

Yes No

National total 49% 51%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 48% 52%

Malar province 40 60

East Gotland 44 56

Skane 57 43

West Gotland 58 42

Have you heard from them [your relatives in the United
States] during the last ten years? Asked of 49% of the sample
who said they had relatives in the United States.

Only letter

or cables Letters from No letters

since out- Gift 1933 to out- for

break of war packages break of war ten years

National total.... 20% 11%, 21% 48%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Town 17%

Country 21

BY Eco:

Upper class 19%

Middle class '21

Workers 18

2. (Sweden June '43) What is the closest relative you have in
the United States? (soi)

Grand-
father, Other No

uncle, rela- Don't rela-

etc. tives know tives

27% 8% 3% 51%

13%

22%

48%

IC STATUS

21%

16%

44%

Sisters,
brothers,
parents,
children
National total 11%

20-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over. .

4% 32%
11 27

18 22

7% 2% 55%
8 3 51

8 3 49

Foreign Relations (Vatican)

1. (US Jan 10 '40) Do you think the United States should send
an ambassador to the court of Pope Pius in Rome, as it does
to foreign countries? (aipo)
Yes 37% No 43% No opinion 20%

Foreign Relations (Yugoslavia)

1. (Great Britain Feb '44) Should the Allies now recognize
the government set up by Marshal Tito in Yugoslavia? (bipo)
Yes 48% No 12% Don't know 40%

2. (France Oct 1 '46) Do you know about the incident which
has recently brought the United States into conflict with Yugo-
slavia? (fipo)

Know a
Yes little Don't know

National total 27% 37% 36%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

.. 40%
14

Know a

little

Don't know

52%

20%

Yis

BY POLITICS

Communists 28%

Socialists 28

Radical-socialists 30

MRP 31

PRL 32

Can you tell me what has been happening? Asked of 64% of
the sample who knew something about the incident which
had recently brought the United States into conflict with
Yugoslavia.

Very Gave an

wrong Wrong Vague interpretation Correct
answers answers answers of the incident answers

31% 10% 4% 8% 3%

No
answer

BY POLITICS

Incorrect

or vague Interpreted Correct

answers answers answers

Communists 79% 19% 2%

Socialists 86 10 4

Radical-socialists.... 88 8 4

MRP 91 5 4

PRL 88 7 5

Do you approve or disapprove of the attitude of the United
States in this incident? Asked of 64% of the sample who knew
something about the incident which had recently caused fric-
tion between the United States and Yugoslavia.

Approve Disapprove No opinion
28% 18% 18%

Communists

Socialists

Radical-socialists .

MRP

PRL

BY POLITICS

.. 5%

29
.. 42
.. 46
.. 47

55%
20

40%
51

49
48
47

Insular Possessions

1. (us Aug 23 '37) Should the Philippine Islands be given
their complete independence now? (aipo)

Yes 34% No 40% No opinion 26%

2. (US Feb 23 '38) In view of conditions in the Orient, do you
think the United States should give the Philippines their inde-
pendence now? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 24% 76%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 25%

Republicans 21

Yes

(Mar 21 '38) National total 17%

75%
79

64%

No opinion
l97o

39%
36

21%
50

3. (US Mar 21 '38) Do you think the United States should
give the Philippines their independence now or in 1946 as pro-
vided by law? (aipo)

Now 16% 1946 58% No opinion 26%

4. (US Sept '39) Should we get out of the Philippines and stay
out, even if Japan seizes them? (for)

Yes 24.1% No 50.1% Don't know or depends 25.8%

[966]

Merchant Marine

1. (US Dec 12 '37) Should the government appropriate money
to build a new United States merchant fleet? (aipo)

Yts No

National total 52% 48%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 62% 38%

Middle Atlantic 62 38

East central 50 50

West central 41 59

Southern 45 55

Rocky Mountain 40 60

Pacific coast 50 50

BY POLITICS

Democrats 58% 42%

Republicans 41 59

2. (US July 7 '45) Are all men in the merchant marine members
of the armed forces? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 45% Don't know 27%

Neutrality

1. (US Apr 4 '36) Do you think the United States will be
drawn into the next European war? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 56%

2. (US Feb 14 '37) If another war like the World War develops
in Europe, should America take part again? (aipo)

Yes 5% No 95%

3. (US Aug 20 '39) If there is another general European war,
do you believe the United States can stay out? (aipo)

Yes 62% No 38%

4. (Great Britain Jan '38) If there is another world war do
you think the United States will/can stay out? (bipo)

Yes 16% No 84% = 100% No opinion 34%

5. (US July 27 '38) If England and France have a war with
Germany and Italy, do you think the United States can stay
out? A comparable cross-section was asked: If England and
France have a war with Germany and Italy, do you think the
United States will stay out? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 54% No 46%

6. (US Aug 20 '39) If England and France go to war against
Germany, do you think the United States can stay out? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 57% 43%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 46% 54%

Middle Atlantic 61 39

East central 60 40

West central 57 43

South 60 40

West 51 49

7. (US Apr 9 '39) If England and France go to war against
Germany, do you think this country should declare war on
Germany? (aipo)

Yes 5% No 95%

8. (US Sept 23 '38) If England and France have a war against
Germany and Italy, do you think the United States will be
drawn in? (aipo)

Yes 68% No 32% = 100% No opinion 11%

9. (US Jan 29 '39) If there is such a war [between any of the
big European countries this year] do you think the United
States will be drawn in? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 57% 43%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 57%

Middle Atlantic 56

East central 55

West central 55

South 61

West 57

43%

10. (US Apr 16 '39) If there is a [European] war [this year]
do you think the United States will be drawn into it? (aipo)

Yes 58%

No 42%

11. (US Sept 3 '39) If England and France have a war against
Germany and Italy, do you think the United States will be
drawn in? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 76% 24%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 69% 31%

Middle Atlantic 74 26

East central 78 22

West central 78 22

South 75 25

West 75 25

BV POLITICS

Democrats 76% 24%

Republicans 78 22

Others 71 29

12. (US Aug 30 '39) Do you think the United States will be
drawn into this war? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 40% = 100% Don't know 14%

13. (US Jan 18 '37) Should Congress or the President be mainly
responsible for America's neutrality policy? (aipo)
Congress 69% President 31% = 100% No opinion 26%

14. (US Oct 2 '38) Which plan for keeping out of war do you
put more faith in — having Congress pass stricter neutrality
laws, or leaving the job up to the President? (aipo)

Stricter

President's

laws

discretion

opinion

National total. . .

69%

31% =

100%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England. . . .

72%

28%

Middle Atlantic.

East central

West central

South

Rocky Mountain

Pacific coast

(Mar 23 '38)

National total . . .

56%

27%

17%^

(Sept 23 '38) . .

27 =

100%

15. (US Mar 23 '38) Do you think the present Neutrality Law
has placed the United States at a disadvantage in dealing with
other nations? (aipo)
Yes 23% No 40% No opinion 37%

[967]

16. (US Mar 23 '38) Would you favor the repeal of the Neu-
trality Law in order to give the President a freer hand in deal-
ing with foreign nations? (aipo)

Yes 18% No 54% No opinion 28%

17. (US Oct 10 '39) Have you followed the debate in Congress
about changing the Neutrality Act? (aipo)

Yes 47% No 52% No answer 1%

Has the debate changed your mind about the Neutrality
Act? Asked of 47% of the sample who had followed the debate
in Congress about changing the Neutrality Act.
Yes 5% No 41% No answer 1%

18. (US Oct 18 '39) If the repeal of the arms embargo would
help England and France, but not Germany, would you favor
such repeal? (aipo)

Yes 58% No 34% Don't know 8%

19. (US Oct 18 '39) If the repeal of the arms embargo would
help Germany, but not England and France, would you favor
such repeal? (aipo)

Yes 4% No 91% Don't know 5%

20. (US Mar 10 '37) Which of these foreign policies should
our government follow: do everything possible to prevent
war between foreign countries, even if it means threatening to
fight countries which start wars, or do everything possible to
keep us out of foreign wars? (aipo)

Prevent war between foreign countries 6%

Keep us out of foreign wars 94

No opinion (2)

21. (US July '37) Do you believe there is likely to be a major
European or Asiatic war in the next two or three years? (for)

Yes No Don' (know

National total 46.9% 29.2% 23.9%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Pacific coast 40.6% 32.2% 27.2%

Southwest 59.2 23.2 17.6

Do you think the United States is likely to be drawn in?
Asked of 46.9% of the sample who thought there might be a
major European or Asiatic war in the next two or three years.

Yes No Don' f know

National total 46.6% 36.6%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Pacific coast 34.8% 43.5%

Southwest 50.0 33.7

16.8%

21.7%
16.3

22. (US Feb 22 '39) If Germany and Italy go to war against
England and France, do you think we should do everything
possible to help England and France win, except go to war our-
selves? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 69% 31% = 100% 6%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 71% 29%

Republicans 69 31

Other parties 65 35

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 73% 27%

Middle income 70 30

Lower income 66 34

23. (US Apr 19 '39) If Germany and Italy go to war against
England and France, do you think we should do everything

possible to help England and France win, except go to war

ourselves? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 30% No opinion 5%

24. (US Oct 3 '39) Do you think the United States should do
everything possible to help England and France win the war,
except go to war ourselves? (aipo)

Yes 62% No 38%

25. (US Feb 16 '39) If Germany and Italy go to war against
England and France, would it be better for the United States
to help England and France or not help either side? (aipo)
Help England and France 30% Help neither 66%

No opinion 4%

26. (US Feb 16 '39) If Germany and Italy go to war against
England and France, should the United States help England
and France or not help either side? (aipo)

Help England and France 32% Help neither 63%

No opinion 5%

27. (US Mar 12 '39) In case such a war [Germany & Italy vs.
England and France] breaks out, how far should we go in
helping England and France — should we send our army and
navy abroad to fight the enemies of England and France? Asked
of a comparable cross-section: In case such a war breaks out,
should we send our army and navy abroad to help England
and France? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 17% No 83%

28. (US May 3 '39) In case Germany and Italy go to war
against England and France, how far should we go in helping
England and France? Should we send our army and navy
abroad to fight Germany and Italy? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 16% 84%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 18%

Republicans 12

BY SEX

Men

Women

BY GEOGRA

New England 18%

Middle Atlantic

East central

West central

South

West

82%

17%

83%

AL SECTION

18%

82%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 18% 82%

Middle income 14 86

Lower income 19 81

Yes No No opinion

Quly 8 '39) National total.. 12% 88% (6%)

29. (US Apr 19 '39) If Germany and Italy go to war against
England and France, do you think we should do everything
possible to help England and France win, even at the risk of
getting into the war ourselves? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 65% No opinion 7%

30. (US Oct 22 '39) Do you think the United States should do
everything possible to help England and France win the war,
even at the risk of getting into the war ourselves? (aipo)

Yes 34% No 66%

[968]

31. (US Sept 22 '39) Do you think the United States will go
into the war before it is over? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 44% = 100% Don't know 26%

32. (US Mar 8 '40) Do you think the United States will go
into war in Europe sometime before it is over, or do you think
wc will stay out of the war? (opor)

(May 14

(June 11

Quly 20

(Sept

(Oct

(Dec

Qan

Can

(Mar

'40) (aipo).
■40) (aipo).
'40) (opor).
■40) (aipo).
'40) (aipo).
'40) (aipo).
'40) (opor).
•41) (aipo).
'41) (opor).
'41) (opor).

12 4 15 6
33.0 15.0
650

I ^

S ■«

O 5

%
10.0
14.0

%
1.6

23.0

67.0
67.0
59.0
33.0
72.0
74.0
80.0

11.0 5.0 7.0

13.0 16.0 2.0

%
45.9
38.0
35.0
48.0
33.0
33.0
41.0
29.0
28.0
26.0
20.0

%
14.5

(15.0)

6.0

7.0

About how soon do you think we will be in the war? Asked
of 80% of the Mar 29 '41 sample who thought the United
States would go into the war before it was over.

From 1-12 months 38.7%

From 2-5 years 2.7

Sometime within next year 14.8

In a few years, soon, etc 7.1

Other 0.4

Don't know and no answer 36.3

(Apr 8 '41) Do you think the United States will go into war
in Europe sometime before it is over, or do you think we will
stay out of the war? (aipo)

Go in 82%, Stay out 18%

About how soon do you think wc will be in the war? Asked
of 82% of the sample who thought the United States would
go into the war in Europe.

2 months or less 12%

3 months 8

4-6 months 22

Later estimates 31

No answer 27

Do you think we will be in the war within two months?
Asked of 82% of the sample who thought the United States
would go into the war in Europe.
Yes 26% No 48% Don't know 26%

(Apr 25 '41) Do you think the United States will go into
the war in Europe sometime before it is over, or do you think
we will stay out of the war? (aipo)

Go in

85%

(May 29 '41) (aipo) 83

(Aug 19 '41) (aipo) 72.6

(Sept 17 '41) (aipo) 77

(Oct 22 '41) (aipo) 85

33. (US July 26 '39) If England and France go to war against
Germany and Italy, what do you think our country will do —

Stay out

Undecided

15%

—

21.6

5.8%

8.0

—

send troops to Europe to help England and France; send them
war materials but no troops; or remain neutral? (aipo)
Send troops 25% Send war materials, no troops 49%

Neutral 35%

34. (US Aug 30 '39) Do you think the United States should
declare war on Germany at once and send our army and navy
abroad to help England, France, and Poland? (aipo)
Yes 8% No 90% Don't know 2%

36. (US Oct 24 '39) Do you think the United States should
declare war on Germany and raise an army to send abroad to
light? (aipo)

Yes 3.5% No 96.5%

36. (US Aug 30 '39) In the present war, how far should we go
in helping England, France and Poland — should we send our
army and navy abroad to fight against Germany? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 16% 84% = 100% 6%

BY SEX

Men 19%

Women 12

81%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 12% 88%

Middle income 15 85

Lower income (including

persons on relief) 20 80

Reliefers only 21 79

BY POLITICS

Democrats 18% 82%

Republicans 13 87

37. (US Aug 30 '39) If it looks within the next few months as
if England and France might be defeated, should the United
States declare war on Germany and send our troops abroad?
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 44% 56% = 100% 10%

54%
58

76% = 100% 6%

BY politics

Democrats 46%

Republicans 42

(Sept 11 '39) National

total 24%

38. (US Oct 3 '39) If it appears that Germany is defeating
England and France, should the United States declare war on
Germany and send our army and navy to Europe to fight?
(aipo)

Yes No

National total 29% 71%

BY geographical SECTION

New England 33%

Middle Atlantic 27

East central 25

West central 26

South 47

West 28

Qan 30 '40) National
total 23%

67%

77%

39. (US Sept '39) If England and France go to war against the
dictator nations, should we send our army and navy abroad to
help them immediately, or only if it is clear they are losing,
or not at all? (for)

[969]

Immediately 3.1% Only if losing 24.5% Not at all 65.6%
Don't know 6.8%

40. (US Sept 11 '39) What should be the policy of the United
States in the present European war — should we declare war
and send our army and navy abroad to fight Germany? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 6% 94%

(Sept 19 '39) 5% 95%

(Sept 22 '39) 5% 95%

BV ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 3% 97%

Lower income 7 93

(Oct 18 '39) National

total 3.5% 96.5%

41. (US Sept 22 '39) Do you think the United States will suc-
ceed in staying out of the war? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 40% = 100% Don't know 26%

42. (US Oct '39) Which of these courses of action comes
closest to describing what you think the United States should
do [about the present European War]: (1) Enter the war at
once on the side of England, France, and Poland, and send an
army to Europe. (2) Enter the war at once, but send only our
navy and air force to help England, France, and Poland. (3)
Enter the war on the side of England, France, and Poland only
if it looks as though they were losing, and in the meantime
help that side with food and materials. (4) Do not enter the
war, but supply England, France, and Poland with materials
and food, and refuse to ship anything to Germany. (5) Take
no sides, and offer to sell to anyone, but on cash-and-carry
basis. (6) Refuse any aid of any kind to either side, and refuse
to sell anything at all to either side. (7) Find some way of
supporting Germany, (for)

National total .

Men

Women

S 5 "S

<>i t-j o

% % %

% % % %
2.3 1.0 13.5 19.9 29.3 24.7 0.1 3.4 58

BY SEX

2.9 1.5 13.8 20.4 34.1 20.1 0.1 3.5 3.6
1.6 0.5 13.2 19.4 24.3 29.6 0.1 3.2 8.1

Under 40 years 2.2 0.8 13.2 19.8 32.0 23.2 0.1 3.3 5.4

Over 40 years 2.4 1.2 13.7 20.0 26.8 26.1 0.1 3.5 6.2

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 1.1 2.7 11.9 20.0 36.2 21.7 — 5.3 11

Upper middle class.. 2.0 1.5 12.3 194 33.7 23.9 — 34 38

Lower middle class. 2.3 0.6 12.6 20.5 29.9 25.1 0.1 3.3 56

Poor 1.9 0.8 13.8 21.0 25.7 26.2 0.2 33 7.1

Negroes .

BY RACE

4.2 1.1 20.1 16.4 20.1 24.0 0.3 2.3 11.5

BY GBOORAJPHICAL SECTION

Other and
don't know

Northeast 1.9 1.1 9.6 19.130.5 28.3 9.5

Middlewest 0.6 0.8 99 25.5 28.7 26.9 7.6

West plains 0.6— 4.5 16.2 358 32.3 10.6

Southeast 4.9 1.9 23.0 17.9 27.4 16.5 8.4

Southwest 3.6 1.0 24.1 19.5 22.8 19.1 9.9

Mountain and Pa-
cific states 1.2 0.4 9.8 18.8 32.125.5 12.2

43. (US Nov '39) Which of these courses of action comes
closest to describing what you think the United States should
do [about the present European war]? (for)

Enter the war at once on the side of England and France

and send an army to Europe 1-7%

Enter on the side of England and France only if it looks
as though they were losing, and in the meantime help
that side with food and materials 10.1

Do not enter the war, but supply England and France
with materials and food, and refuse to ship anything
to Germany 12.2

Take no sides and offer to sell anything to anybody, but
make them pay cash and take it away in their own
ships 36.9

Refuse to sell actual war munitions, but sell the raw
materials that go into the making of war supplies to
anyone 6.4

Refuse aid of any kind to either side, and refuse to sell
anything at all to either side 23. 7

Find some way of supporting Germany 0.1

Other 3.0

Don't know 59

44. (US Oct 10 '39) Do you think the United States will go
into the war in Europe or do you think we will stay out of the
war? A comparable cross-section was asked the question with
the alternatives in reverse order. Results were combined, (aipo)

Will Will
go in stay out
National total 46% 54%

BY geographical SECTION

New England 50% 50%

Middle Atlantic 41 59

East central 45 55

West central 49 51

South 50 50

Far West 51 49

Will Will No

go in stay out opinion

(Oct 18 '39) National total 32% 54% 14%

Oan30'40) 32% 68%

(May 3 '40) Do you think the United States will go into
the war in Europe or do you think we will stay out of the war?
A comparable cross-section was asked: Do you think that be-
fore the war in Europe is over, the United States will get into
it? Results were combined, (aipo)

Will go in SI*/

Will stay out 49%

How soon? [Do you think the United States will go into the
war in Europe?] Asked of a national cross-section of those who
thought the United States would go into the war in Europe.

Less than one year 34%

After the 1940 election 3

One year 19

One and one-half to two years 15

More than two years 4

Miscellaneous indefinite answers .... 3
Don't know how soon 22

Qan 28 '41) Do you think the United States will go into the
war in Europe, or do you think we will stay out of the war?
(opor)

Go in 44.6%

Go in only if it is a long war 73

Go in only if Germany and Italy arc
winning 10.6

[970]

Stay out 26.4%

Other 1.4

Undecided 9.7

45. (US Nov 13 '39) Do you think the United States will go
into the war in Europe if it lasts another year, or do you think
we will stay out of the war? (au>o)

Go in 26% Stay out 62% Don't know 11% No answer 1%

46. (US Nov 15 '39) Do you think the United States will go
in or stay out if the war lasts two years? (aipo)

Go in 42% Stay out 38% Don't know 16% No answer 4%

47. (US Nov 15 '39) Do you think the United States will go
into the war in Europe if it lasts three years, or stay out of the
war? (aipo)

Go in 46% Stay out 39% Don't know 14% No answer 1%

48. (US Nov 15 '39) Do you think the United States will go

in or stay out if the war lasts three years? (aipo)

Go in 55% Stay out 25% Don't know 16% No answer 4%

49. (US Dec '39) Which of these courses of action comes
closest to describing what you think America should do about
the present European war? (for)

Enter the war at once on the side of England and France 2.5%
Stay out now and for as long as we can but go into the
war on the side of England and France if they are in
real danger of losing, and in the meantime help that

side with food and materials 14.7

Do not enter the war but supply England and France
with materials and food, and refuse to ship anything

to Germany 8.9

Take no sides and stay out entirely, but offer to sell to

anyone on a cash-and-carry basis 37.5

Find some way of supporting Gcrmanv 0.2

Have nothing to do with any warring country — don't

even trade with them on a cash-and-carry basis 29. 9

Other 2.4

Don't know 3.9

If it should turn out in practice that only England and
France got the supplies would you still say this? Asked of 37.5%
of the sample who favored neutrality but who were willing to
supply any countr)' on a cash-and-carry basis.
Yes 87.3% No 10.2%o Don't know 2.5%o

If it should turn out in practice that Germany got a lot of
these supplies through Italy or some other nation, would you
still say this? Asked of 37.5% of the sample who favored neu-
trality but who were willing to supply any country on a cash-
and-carr)' basis.

Yes 65.6% ' No 28.4% Don't know 6.0%

60. ^US Jan '40) Regardless of what you hope, what do you
think the chances are that the United States will be drawn
into this war? (for)

Proln Fifty- Uti- Impos- Don't
Sure able fifty likely sible know
National total. 9.9% 29.2% 22.8% 22.2% 4.0%, 11.9%

BY OCCUPATION

Executives 7.6% 25.8% 23.2% 35.9% 3.5% 4.0%

Factory workers 19.1 26.6 24.7 17.9 3.1 8.6

How soon do you think we shall get into it? Asked of 61.9%
of the sample who thought it sure, probable, or fiftv-fiftv that
the United States would be drawn into the war.

Under six months 9.4%

Six months to a year 20.4

One year 19.2

One to two years 9.4

Two years or more 13. 0

Don't know 28.6

Those respondents who thought it impossible or didn't
know whether the United States would be drawn into the war
were excluded from the following question. It was asked of
the remaining 84.1% of the sample. If we are drawn in, do
you think it will be because:
Hitler will have done so many things that feeling will

be aroused against him 34.5%

Business interests will have engineered it for their own

profit 21.9

The government will have worked us into a position

where we can't help it 16.1

British and French propaganda will have stirred us up 14.0
The majority of people think it is necessary' for our own

good 10.9

We must defend ourselves or our rights 33

We must help democracies 1,2

Other 2.2

Don't know 6.7

110.8%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Nov '40) Regardless of what you hope, what do you think
the chances are that the United States will get into this war?

Frob- Fifty- Un- Impos- Don't
Sure able fifty likely sible know

National total... 14.7%o 33.3%, 22.0% 19.3%, 1-4%, 9.3%,

BY OCCUPATION

Executives 13.2% 34.5% 23.6%o 19.6% 3.2%, 5-9%

51. (US Feb 20 '40) Do you think the United States should
declare war on Russia and send our army and navy abroad to
fight? (aipo)

Yes 3%o No 97%, = 100% Don't know 4%

52. (US Feb 20 '40) Do you think the United States should
declare war on Russia and send our army and navy abroad to
help Finland? (aipo)

Yes 5% No 95%, = 100% Don't know 3%

63. (US Mar '40) If Germany and Russia form an active mili-
tary alliance, which one of these statements comes closest to ■
describing what you think the United States should do? (for) 1

Enter the war at once against them 4.3%

Do not enter the war, but extend all the help we can to

the Allies and Finland 38.7

Do not enter the war, but extend all the help we can to

Finland but not to the Allies 5-6

Continue doing business with any warring nation able

to trade with us under our present laws, but extend

no further help 28.9

Trade with no one who is at war 12.8

Other 0.6

Don't knovi' 9.1

64. (US Mar 8 '40) Do you think the United States should de-
clare war on Germany (at this time) and send our army and
navy abroad to fight? (opor)

[971]

Yes

96.4%
93.0

National total 2.4%

(Apr 17 '40) (aipo).... 5.0
(May 16 '44) (aipo)

National total 70 93.0

No opinion

1.2%
2.0

BY POLITICS

Democrats 8% 92%

Republicans 6 94

(June 11 '40) (aipo)

National total 9 91

(Sept 30) (aipo) 6 94

100% 4%
100 6

55. (US Mar 8 '40) If Germany appears to be defeating England
and France, which of the following should the United States
do? (opor)

Declare war on Germany and send troops abroad 8.7%

Do everything possible to help England and France

without actually going to war 52.1

Do what we are now doing 25.8

Do less than we are now doing 6.0

Undecided between first and second alternatives 3.6

No opinion 3.8

56. (US Mar 8 '40) If Russia joins Germany in her fight against
the Allies, what should the United States do? (opor)
Declare war on Germany and Russia and send our army

and navy abroad to fight 9.8%

Do everything possible to help England and France

without actually going to war 51-1

Do what we are now doing 24.2

Do less than we are now doing 5.4

Undecided between first and second alternatives 4.5

No opinion 5.0

57. (US Mar 24 '40) If it appears that Germany is defeating
England and France, how far do you think the United States
should go in helping England and France? (aipo)

Give England and France no help — stop selling them air-
planes and war supplies 19%

Keep on selling them war supplies and other goods for
cash 57

Let them buy goods here on credit supplied by our gov-
ernment 14

Declare war on Germany and send our army and navy
abroad to fight 10

No opinion (4%)

(Mar 26 '40) Should we declare war on Germany and send
our army and navy abroad to fight?

Yes 7% No 93% = 100% No opinion 9%

58. (US May 14 '40) At the present time, which of the follow-
ing should the United States do about helping England and
France: (1) Do less than we are doing now; (2) do no more or
no less than we are now; (3) do everything possible to help
England and France except go to war; (4) declare war on Ger-
many and send our army and navy to Europe? (aipo)

(May 23 '40) (aipo). .
(June 11 '40) (aipo). .
(June 25 '40) (An?o) . .
Quly 20 '40) (opor)..
(Sept 17 '40) (aipo) . .

Statement

Statetnent

Other

No opinior

Undecided
No answer

19% 67% 4% 4%

.. 6

21 65 4 * 4

.. 5

12 73 5 1%, 4

.. 8

15 67 5 1 4

, . 6

72 14 3 1 3%1%

.. 5

11 76 5 1 2

«
^

3
^

"I »

kD "Si ^H

(Apr 17 '40) (aipo).

9% 52% 27% 5% 3% 4%

59. (US Dec 11 '40) At the present time which of the following
should the United States do about helping England: (1) Do
nothing or less than we are doing now; (2) do no more or no
less than we are now; (3) do everything possible to help Eng-
land except go to war; (4) declare war on Germany and Italy
and send our army and navy to Europe, (opor)

2
'o

5% 12% 78% 3% 1% 1%

(Mar 29 '41) 5 12 73 7 1 2

(Apr 25 '41) 6 14 67 9 1 3

60. (US May 29 '40) If the question of the United States going
to war against Germany came up for a national vote within
the next two or three weeks, would you vote to go to war (go
into the war or stay out of the war)? (aipo)

Yes 16%, No 84%

Ounell'40) Go in 19% Stay out 81%

(June 25 '40) If the question of the United States going to
war against Germany and Italy came up for a national vote
within the next two or three weeks, would you vote to go
into the war or to stay out of the war? A comparable cross-
section was asked about a national vote within the next week.
Results were combined.

Go in Stay out

National total 14%, 86%, = 100%,

BY geographical SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic 14% 86%

East central 10 90

West central 11 89

South 23 77

West 16 84

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 10% 90%

Middle income 14 86

Lower income 16 84

Don't

know

BY POLITICS

81%
91

Democrats 19%

Republicans 9

Quly 3 '40) If the question of the United States going to war
against Germany and Italy came up for a national vote within
the next two or three weeks, would you vote to go into the
war or to stay out of the war? A comparable cross-section was
asked about a vote of the people. Results were combined.
Go in 15%, Stay out 85%

61. (US Sept 26 '40) If you were asked to vote today on the
question of the United States entering the war against Germany
and Italy, how would you vote — to go into the war, or to
stay out of the war? (aipo)

Go in Stay out
National total 17% 83%

[972]

BY POLITICS

Go in Stay out

Democrats 19% 81%

Republicans 15 85

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 18% 82%

Middle Atlantic 20 80

East central 12 88

West central 14 86

South 24 76

West 20 80

(Nov 30 '40) (aipo)

National total 12% 88%

BY geographical section
New England and Middle

Atlantic 13% 87%

East central 10 90

West central 9 91

South 17 83

Far West 14 86

Go in Stay out opinion
(Dec 31 '40) (aipo)

National total 15% 85% = 100% 9%

BY AGE

21-29 years 10% 90%

30-49 years 15 85

50 years and over 20 80

Go in Stay out
(Jan 28 '41) (opor)

National total 14% 86%

BY SEX

Men 19% 81%

Women 10 90

BY age and sex

Men

21-29 years 13% 87%

30-49 years 20 80

50 years and over 22 78

Women

21-29 years 10 90

30-49 years 11 89

50 years and over 10 80

BY degree of information (about EUROPEAN AFFAIRS*)

Unde-
cided or

Go in Stay out qualified

Well-informed 17% 78% - 5%

Fairly well-informed 13 81 6

Uninformed 12 78 10

* Groups were formed by gauging a series of questions about Euro-
pean affairs and geography.

Don't
Go in Stay out know
(Feb 27 '41) (aipo) Na-
tional total 7% 83%

(Feb 28 '41) (aipo) 14 86 (6%)

(Apr 8 '41) (aipo) 19 81

(Apr 25 '41) (aipo) Na-
tional total 21% 79%

BY STATE

Wisconsin 14% 86%

Minnesota 15 85

Go in Stay out

Iowa 15% 85%

Indiana 15 85

Ohio 15 85

Massachusetts 17 83

New Hampshire 17 83

Illinois 1"; 83

Michigan 18 82

Nebraska 18 82

South Dakota 18 82

Connecticut 19 81

Kansas 20 80

North Dakota 21 79

Maine 21 79

Rhode Island 22 78

Pennsylvania 22 78

Washington 22 78

Vermont 23 77

New Jersey 23 77

Missouri 23 77

South Carolina 23 77

California 23 77

New York 24 76

New Mexico 24 76

Nevada 24 76

Delaware 25 75

Oklahoma 25 75

Louisiana 26 74

Tennessee 26 74

Montana 26 74

Utah 26 74

Maryland 27 73

West Virginia 27 73

Kentucky 27 73

Idaho 27 73

Oregon 27 73

Georgia 28 72

Arkansas 28 72

Virginia 28 72

Mississippi 28 72

Colorado 28 72

North Carolina 29 71

Alabama 29 71

Texas 29 71

Arizona 33 67

Florida 35 65

Special groups* 22 78

All others 20 80

* Families of men now in service, men who would expect to go into
service if army is greatly increased, and families of the latter.

If it appeared certain that there was no other way of defeat-
ing Germany and Italy, except for the United States to go to
war against them, would you be in favor of the United States
going into war? Asked of 79% of the total sample who thought
the United States should stay out of the war. (aipo)
Yes 72% No 28% = 100% No opinion 8%

Qune 7 '41) If you were asked to vote today on the question
of the United States entering the war now against Germany
and Italy, how would you vote — to go into the war now, or
to stay out of the war? (aipo)

Go in Stay out No opinion

24% 76% -

Qune 24 '41) (aipo) 21 79 —

(July 9 '41) (aipo) 26 67 7%

Would you say we should not go into the war under any
conditions, unless we are invaded or do you think there are

[ 978 ]

Stay out

No opitiiim

76%

conditions under which we should go to war before invasion?
Asked of 74% of the sample who thought the United States
should stay out or had no opinion about going to war. (aipo)

Should fight only if invaded 28%

Sometimes should fight before invaded 38

Undecided or no answer 8

Quly 22 '41) If you were asked to vote today on the question
of the United States entering the war now against Germany
and Italy, how would you vote — to go into the war now, or
to stay out of the war? (aipo)

Go in

19%

(July 29 '41) (aipo) 20

(Aug 5 '41) (aipo) 20

(Aug 19 '41) (aipo) 74

(Aug 27 '41) (aipo) 21

(Sept 9 '41) (aipo) 26

62. (May 29 '41) If you were asked to vote today on the ques-
tion of the United States entering the war now against Ger-
many, Italy, and Japan, how would you vote — to go into the
war now, or to stay out of the war? (aipo)

Go in Stay out No opinion

27% 68% 5%

Ounc7'4l) 20 76 4

63. (July 1 '40) Which of these comes closest to expressing
what you think the United States should do now — (1) Enter
the war at once on the side of the Allies, (2) help the Allies
and go to war only if the Allies seem sure to lose; (3) help the
Allies but never enter the war; (4) take no sides; (5) help Ger-
many, (for)

State- State- State- State- State- Don't

ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 ment 4 ment 5 know

National total... 7.7% 19.2% 40.6% 26.0% 0.2% 6.3%,

BY geographical SECTION

Statement 5 and
Don't know
New England .. . 4.7% 15.5% 60.1% 14.9% 4.8%

Middle West..,, 3.3 14.3 35.4 41.8 5.2

Southwest 12.2 23.5 435 17.3 35

64. (US July 3 '40) Do you think we are giving enough help
to England or do you think ways should be found to give Eng-
land more help than we are at present, but short of going to
war? (aipo)

Enough
More help help now Less help
National total 53% 41% 6%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 56% 38% 6%

Republicans 50 44 6

65. (US Aug '40) Do you think we should do more than we
are now doing to help England against Germany? (for)

Yes 34,2%, No 57.4% Don't know 8.4%

Which of these things do you think we should do to help?
Asked of 34.2% of the sample who thought we should do
more to help England.

Don't
Yes No know

Furnish materials and supplies .. . 98.2% 0.3% 1.5%
Encourage Americans to volunteer

to fight for England 26.9 66,9 6.2

Send our air force 21.2 71,8 7.0

Send our navy 20.4 73.5 6.1

Send our army 14.7 79.0 6.3

66. (US Aug '40) As things look now, do you think the United
States will actually get into the war? (for)

Yes 37.0%

Yes, if England holds on 2.5

Yes, if England collapses 4.3

No 44.8

Don't know 11.4

67. (US May 23 '40) Which of these two things do you think
is the more important for the United States to try to do — keep
out of war ourselves, or to help England and France win, even
at the risk of getting into the war? A comparable cross-section
was asked with the alternatives reversed. Results were com-
bined, (aipo)

Keep out 64% Help England 36%

68. (US June 25 '40) Which of these two things do you think
is the more important for the United States to try to do — to
keep out of war ourselves, or to help England win, even at the
risk of getting into the war? A comparable cross-section was
asked the question with the alternatives reversed. Results were
combined, (aipo)

Keep Help

out England

-STational total 64% 36%

Quly 20 '40) (opor) 61 39

(Aug 22 '40) (aipo) 53 47

(Sept 30 '40) (aipo)

National total 48% 52%

BY geographical SECTION

New England and Middle At-
lantic 48%

East central 52

West central 57

South 30

West 46

(Oct 22 '40) (aipo) Na-
tional total 50%

Keep
out

(Nov 19 '40) (aipo)
National total 40% 60% = 100% 2%

BY geographical SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic 38% 62%

East central 46 54

West central 46 54

South 25 75

West 35 65

BY POLITICS

Willkie voters 40% 60%

Roosevelt voters 38 62

Would you be in favor of the United States going to war
against Germany if you were sure we could win? Asked of a
national cross-section of persons who thought the important
thing for the United States to do was to keep out of war rather
than help England, (aipo)
Yes 17% No 71% Undecided 12%,

(Dec 11 '40) Which of these two things do you think is the
more important for the United States to do? (opor)

Help
Keep out England No choice

l>&7o 58% 4%

(Dec 11 '40) (opor) 37 60 ^

52%

50%

Help

Iniiland

choice

974]

(Jan 29 '41) Which of these two things do you think is the
more important for the United States to try to do — to keep
out of war ourselves; to help England win, even at the risk of
getting into the war? A comparable cross-section was asked:
Which of these two things do you think is more important —
that this country keep out of war, or that Germany be de-
feated, even at the risk of our getting into the war? Results
were combined, (opor)

Help
Keep out England No choice
National total 35% 60% 5%

BY DEGREES OF INFORMATION (aBOUT EUROPEAN AFFAIRS*^

Well-informed 30% 66% 4%

Fairly well-informed 35 62 3

Uninformed 43 47 10

* Groups were formed by gauging a series of questions about Euro-
pean affairs and geography.

(Mar 12 '41) Which of these two things do you think is
more important for the United States to try to do — to keep
out of war ourselves, or to help England win, even at the risk
of getting into the war? (opor)

Help
Keep out England No choke

33% 67% -

(Mar 29 '41) (opor) 27 70 3%

(Mar 29 '41) (opor) 26 71 3

(Dec 31 '40) Which of these two things do you think is the
more important for the United States to try to do — to keep out
of war ourselves, or to help England win, even at the risk of
getting into the war? A comparable cross-section was asked:
Which of these two things do you think is the more important
— that this country keep out of war, or that Germany be de-
feated, even at the risk of getting ourselves into the war?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Help
Keep out England No choke
National total 32% 68%

(Apr 25 '41) (aipo)
National total 38% 62%

Special group* 38 62

All others 39 61

Help
Keep out England No choke
(May 6 "41) (aipo) Na-
tional total 41% 54% 5%

(May 29 '41) (aipo) 39 58 3

(July 10 '41) (opor) 33 61 6

* Families of men now in service, men who would expect to go into
service if army is greatly increased, and families of the latter.

(Sept 17 '41) Which of these two things do you think is the
more important — that this country keep out of war, or that
Germany be defeated? A comparable cross-section was asked:
Which of these two things do you think is more important for
the United States to try to do — to keep out of war ourselves,
or to help Britain even at the risk of getting into the war?
Results were combined, (opor)

That
That Ger- United

many he States stay
defeated out

National total 70% 30%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 77% 23%

Republicans 64 36

IIY GliOGHAPHICAL SECTION

That

That Ger- United

many be States stay

defeated out

New England and Middle Atlantic. . . 70% 30%

East central 63 37

West central 64 36

South 88 12

West 69 31

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 76% 2.4%

Middle income 74 26

Lower income 65 35

69. (US Mar 12 '41) Which one of these three statements best
expresses how strongly you feel — that it is more important to
try to [keep out of war than to help England]; [help England
than to keep out of war]? Each respondent was handed a card
with the following statements: (l) I am not at all strongly
convinced on this matter; (2) I guess it is the best thing to do;
(3) I am absolutely convinced that this is what ought to be
done, (opor)

State- State- State-
ment 1 ment 2 ment 3

Help England 7.5% 28.3% 64.2%

Keep out 20.2 32.4 47.4

What is your chief reason for thinking it is more important
to try to [keep out of war than to help England]; [help England
than to keep out of war]?

Keep out

Reasons concerned with the character of the war aims 3.4%

Appeals to economic self-interest 13. 2

Military disadvantages attendant upon our involve-
ment 5.8

Economic, social, and cultural consequences of in-
volvement 4.0

General isolationist point of view 16.2

Pacifist appeals 31.1

Specific personal reasons 35

Other reasons 22.8

Help England

Economic advantages to the United States of an Eng-
lish victory 52

Military advantages of a "Help England" policy. . . . 53 6

Ideological stakes in an English victory 16.5

Other reasons 24.7

70. (US Dec 10 '40) Which of these two things do you think is
the more important — that this country keep out of war, or that
Germany be defeated? (opor)

Keep out Gennany
of war be defeated No choice

38% 57% 5%

(Dec 11 '40) 41 55 4

(Dec 16 '40) 40 60

Quly 10 '41) 31 62 7

(Nov 5 '41) 32 68

(Nov 19 '41) 28 67 5

What is your chief reason for thinking it is more important
that Germany be defeated? Asked of 67% of the sample who
thought it more important that Germany be defeated than
that this country keep out of war.

[975

Economic threat and dislocations . . . 4%

Ideological emphasis 21

Protection of our way of life 12

Military advantages to us 18

Other.'. 10

No answer *

Don't know 2

Question misunderstood *

♦Less than 0.5%.

What is your chief reason for thinking it is more important
that this country keep out of war? Asked of 28% of the sample
who thought it more important that this country keep out of
war than that Germany be defeated.

Reasons concerned with the character of war aims *

Appeals to economic self-interest 2%

Military disadvantages attendant upon our involvement. 2
Economic, social and cultural consequences of involve-
ment 1

General isolationist point of view 5

Pacifist appeals 11

Specific personal problems 1

Other reasons 4

No answer 2

* Less than 0.5%.

If you were asked to vote today on the question of the United
States entering the war now against Germany and Italy, how
would you vote — to go into the war now or to stay out of the
war? Asked of 72% of the sample who thought it more impor-
tant that Germany be defeated than that this country keep out
of war, or who had no choice.
Go in 30% Stay out 34% No opinion 8%

71. (US Mar 19 '41) Do you think the United States should
send part of our army to Europe to help the English? (aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 17% 79% 4%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle At-
lantic 15%

East central

West central

South

West

15%

81%

72. (US Jan 9 '41) Does it seem to you that the United States

is already in the European War? (aipo)

Yes 48% No 42% Undecided 10%

73. (US Jan 22 '41) If you and some of your friends were dis-
cussing the question of whether or not we will get into the
war, and someone said we were actually in the war already,
would you agree or disagree with him? (aipo)

Agree 38% Disagree 54% Don't know 8%

74. (US June '41) Do you agree or disagree with this state-
ment? Even though we are not actually fighting, we arc now
so much involved in the war that we are in it for all practical
purposes, (for)

Agree 79.5% Disagree 10.9% Don't know 9.6%

75. (US Sept 17 '41) Some people say that the United States
is already in the war. In general, do you agree, or disagree?
(aipo)

Agree 56% Disagree 33% Qualified answer 5%

No opinion 6%

76. (US July 9 '41) Which of these two things do you think is
the more important — that this country keep out of war, or

]

that Germany be defeated, even at the risk of our getting into
the war? A comparable cross-section was asked: Which of
these two things do you think is more important for the
United States to try to do? Results were combined, (aipo)

Keep out Defeat No choice
of war Germany

National total 38%, 57%, 5%

(Oct 7 '41)

National total 68%, 32%,

Union members 66 34

77. (US May 6 '41) Would you rather see Britain surrender to
Germany than have the United States go into the war? A com-
parable cross-section was asked: Would you prefer to have the
United States go into the war, rather than see Britain surren-
der to Germany? Results were combined, (aipo)

Britain surrender 26% United States go to war 62%

No opinion 12%

78. (US Nov '41) Which of these two things do you think is
more important for the United States to try to do — (1) to stay
out of the war, even at the risk of having Germany win; (2)
to do everything we can to help defeat Germany even if this
means getting into the war ourselves? (norc)

Statement 1 Statement 2 No choice
17.7% 68.0% 14.3%

(Nov 13 '41) 20 70 10

79. (US Feb 27 '41) If you were asked to vote on the question
of the United States going to war against Japan, how would
you vote — to go to war, or not to go to war? (aipo)

Go to war 14% Qualified answer 9% Not go to war 66%
Don't know 11%

80. (US Feb 28 '41) If you were asked to vote today on the
question of the United States going to war and sending men to
fight Japan, how would you vote — to go to war, or not to go
to war? (aipo)

Go to war 11% Qualified answer 4% Not go to war 76%
Don't know 9%

81. (US May 29 '41) If our going into the war now meant
going to war against Japan, in addition to Germany and Italy,
how would you vote — to go in now, or to stay out? (aipo)
Go in 22% Stay out 73% No opinion 5%

82. (US May 29 '41) If Japan does not enter the war, how
would you vote — to go into the war against Germany and
Italy now, or to stay out of the war? (aipo)

Go in 30% Stay out 65% No opinion 5%

83. (US Aug 5 '41) If you were asked to vote today on the
question of the United States going to war now against Japan,
how would you vote — to go to war now against Japan, or to
stay out of the war with Japan? (aipo)

Go in 24% Stay out 76% No opinion (8%)

84. (US Aug 5 '41) Should the United States go to war now
against Japan? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

11% 78% = 100% 11%

(Oct 22 '41) 13 74 13

85. (US Nov 25 '41) Do you think the United States will go
to war against Japan some time in the near future? (aipo)
Yes 52% No 27%, Undecided 21%o

[976]

86. (US Apr '41) Regardless of what you liopc, what do you
think the chances arc that we will send an air force to Europe?
a navy? an army? (for)

Air force Navy Army

Sure 11.5% 10.5% 70%

Probable 31.4 31.4 17.9

Fifty-fifty 17.8 17.2 125

Unlikely 24.0 25.3 43.1

Impossible 1,5 1.7 4.7

Don't know 13.8 13.9 14 8

87. (US Apr '41) Would you be in favor of sending an air force
to Europe? A navy? An army? (for)

Yes No Don't know

Air force 35.5%, 57.5% 7.0%

Navy 335 59.4 7.1

Army 21.5 71.2 7.3

Yes No and don't know
Qune '41)

Air force 36.5% 63.5%

Navy 376 62.4

Army 24.7 75-3

88. (US June '41) Regardless of what you hope, what do you
think the chances are that we will send a navy to Europe? (for)

Sure 17.9%,

Probable 37.1

Fifty-fifty 15. 8

Unlikely 16.3

Impossible 1.4

Don't know 11.5

89. (US Apr 8 '41) If it appeared certain that there was no
other way to defeat Germany and Italy except for the United
States to go to war against them, would you be in favor of the
United States going into the war? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 68% 24% 8%

Yes No and no opinion

Special group* 68%, 32%,

All others 66 34

* Families of men now in service, men who would expect to go into
service if army is gre.itly increased, and families of the latter.

90. (US May 20 '41) If Roosevelt and our leading military
experts say that Britain will be defeated unless we go into the
war in the near future, would you favor, or oppose, going into
the war within a few days? (aipo)

Favor 49% Oppose 43% Don't know 8%

91. (US May 20 '41) If President Roosevelt says that military
information in his possession makes him feel certain that
Britain will be defeated unless the United States goes into the
war immediately, would you favor, or oppose, going into the
war now? (aipo)

Favor 54% Oppose 40% Don't know 6%

92. (US Nov 19 '41) If our present leaders and military advi-
sors say that the only way to defeat Germany is for this coun-
try to go into the war, would you be in favor of this country's
going into the war against Germany? (opor)

Yes 70% No 24%o No opinion 6%o

93. (US May 6 '41) Some people say that if the United States
goes on helping England, German v may start a war against
our country. Do you think wc should continue to help England,
even if we run this risk? (aipo)

Yes 76%

No 21%

Nu opinion 3'j

94. (US May 6 '41) Please tell me which of these policies you
think the United States should follow at the present time:
(aipo)

Go to war at once against Germany and Italy 6%

Supply Britain with all war materials we can and also use
our navy to convoy ships carrying these materials to

Britain 36

Supply Britain with all war materials wc can, but do not

use our navy to convov these materials 46

Stop all further aid to Britain 7

Others 1

No opinion 4

96. (Great Britain June '41) Do you think that America will

come into the war? (bipo)

Yes n% No 14%, Don't know 14%,

96. (Great Britain Aug 30 '41) Do you think America will
come fully into the war? (bipo)

Yes 57%o No 23%, Don't know 20%,

When [do you think America will come into the war]?
Asked of 57% of the sample who thought she would.
Next year 35% Next summer 43% By end of next year 22%

97. (US June 24 '41) Should the United States enter the war
now? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

18% 77% 5%

Ouly9'4l) 14 79 7

Would you say we should not go into the war under any
conditions, unless we are invaded, or do you think there are
conditions under which we should go to war before invasion?
Asked of 86% of the sample who thought the United States
should not enter the war, or had no opinion on the subject.

Should fight only if invaded 31%

Sometimes should fight before invaded 44

Undecided or no answer 11

Quly 29 '41) Should the United States enter the war now?

Yes No No opinion

20% 80% —

(Aug 5 '41) 15 78 7%,

(Aug 19 '41) 15 80 5

(Aug 26 '41) 15 80 5

(Sept 17 '41)... 21 79 —

(Oct 22 '41) 24 68.5 7.5

98. (US Sept 17 '41) Should the United States go into the war
now and send an army to Europe to fight? (aipo)

Yes 9% No 87%o No opinion 4%

99. (US July 10 '41) Some people say that since Germany is j
now fighting Russia, as well as Britain, it is not as necessary 4
for this country to help Britain. Do you agree or disagree with
this? (opor)

Agree 20% Disagree 72% No opinion 8% |

100. (US July 10 '41) Some people say that since Germany
will probably defeat Russia within a few weeks and then turn
her full strength against Britain, it is more important than
ever that we help Britain. Do you agree or disagree with this?
(opor)
Agree 71% Disagree 19% No opinion 10%

101. (US July 22 '41) In your opinion, it seems more impor-
tant for the United States to help Britain even at the risk of
our getting into the war, than to keep out of war ourselves.
What, then, is the main reason why you said the United States

[977]

should not enter the war now? Asked of a national cross-section
of people who were against entering the war, but thought it
important to help Britain, (aipo)

United States not prepared 20.1%

Wait and watch for new developments 18.7

Wc furnish the tools, they do the fighting 24.3

We can be more effective if we stay out 6.7

Self-interest 4.4

We are in no danger 1.1

Fear of German aggression 57

Sympathy for Britain's principles 0.6

Keep our men at home 9.5

Others 5.4

No comment 3.5

102. (US Aug '41) What do you think are England's chances
of winning if we don't get any further into the war than we are
now? If we use our navy to make sure that supplies get over
there? If we go into the war with all of our military forces?
(for)

// we go If we use If we use all

no further our navy military forces

Sure 4.9% 21.7% 63.2%

Probable 12.6 36.3 19.8

Fifty-fifty 26.3 21.5 4.1

Poor 25.4 4.2 1.1

Hopeless 15.2 1.1 0.5

Don't know 15.6 152 11.3

103. (US Sept 9 '41) Some people say this is our war. Do you
agree or disagree? (aipo)

Agree 39% Disagree 51% No opinion 10%

104. (US Sept 9 '41) Some people say this is not our war. Do
you agree, or disagree? (aipo)

Agree 43% Disagree 51% No opinion 6%

105. (US Sept 9 '41) Please tell me which of these statements
comes closest to the way you feel about our country staying
out of the war now. Asked of a national cross-section of those
who said they would vote against the United States entering
the war. (aipo)

We should not fight unless we arc attacked 44%

I am sure we should not go into the war now, but I might

change my mind later 31

We should not go into the war now, but we should later

when we are better prepared 16

No opinion and no answer 8

Other 1

106. (US Sept 9 '41) Please tell me which of these statements
comes closest to the way you feel about our country going into
the war now. Asked of a national cross-section of people who
said they would vote for the United States to enter the war.
(aipo)

We should go into the war right now and send all possible
aid abroad including part of our army, our navy, and
our air force 37%

We should go into the war now but not send an army
abroad at present 56

No opinion 5

Other 2

107. (US Oct 7 '41) What persons or groups do you think are
most active in trying to keep us out of the war? (aipo)

America First 23% Lindbergh 21%

Pacifists 10 Wheeler 14

Churches 5 Nye 5

Foreigners 7% Other 21%

Administration 13 No answer 19

Public Opinion 7

108. (US Oct 7 '41) What persons or groups do you think are
most active in trying to get us into the war? (aipo)

Administration 19% Big business 17%

Cabinet 5 No one 9

Foreigners 13 Other 33

Jews 6 No answer 25

109. (US Oct 22 "41) Do you think the United States should
at this time send part of our army to Europe to help Britain?
(aipo)

Yes 13% No 82% No opinion 57o

110. (US Oct 22 '41) Should the United States declare war on
Germany now? (aipo)

Yes 17% No 74% No opinion 9%

111. (US Nov '41) Which one of the following statements
concerning the United States and the war in Europe comes
closest to representing your attitude? (norc)

The government may have brought us closer to the war
in Europe than is necessary, but now that it has gone
as far as it has, the best thing is to support the govern-
ment's program 24.0%

The government has not been active enough regarding
the war. The United States should have been of more
help to those countries in fighting Germany 10.4

The government has brought us much closer to the war
in Europe than is necessary. The best thing now is to
stop doing anything that might bring us closer to the
war 11.0

The government has correctly recognized that Hitler is
a threat to the United States, and in general it has
followed the best course in doing all it can to defeat
Hitler 44.2

Don't know 10.4

In what way could the United States have been of more help
to those countries fighting Germany? Asked of 10.4% of the
sample who thought the government had not been active
enough regarding the war.
Answers concerning aid and defense program :

(a) Should have sent more aid quicker to countries

fighting Hitler 36%

(b) Should be getting more aid to countries fighting

Hitler 21

Should actively enter war with manpower 25

Other reasons 10

Don't know 4

108%**

* One out of ten in these groups referred to l.ibor strikes as a cause
for preventing action.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

112. (US Nov '41) Do you agree or disagree with the following
statements? At the present time the United States should send
its (navy, air force, army) any place where it could best help
to defeat Hitler, (norc)

Agree Disagree Don't know

Navy 58.7% 32.3% 9.0%

Air force 53.6 36.2 10.2

Army 41.5 48.0 10.5

113. (US Nov '41) Do you agree or disagree with the follow-
ing statements? If it appeared certain that Hitler would win

[978]

Disagree

Don' t know

n.1%

15.0%

31.8

15.0

33.0

13.4

the war in Europe, would you agree or disagree that the United
States should send its (navy, air force, army) any place where
it could best help to defeat Hitler? (norc)

Agree

Navy 52.8%

Air force 53.2

Army 53.6

114. (US Nov 5 '41) If, in trying to defeat Germany, it be-
comes necessary to send a large American army to Europe,
would you favor this step? (aipo)

Yes 47% No 46% No opinion 7%

115. (US Nov 5 '41) Would you personally like to have
Wendell Willkie take the lead in trying to get Congress to do
away with the Neutrality Act? (aipo)

Yes 24% No 48% No opinion 16% Not familiar 10%
No answer 2%

116. (US Dec 10 '41) Do vou approve or disapprove of Con-
gress declaring war against Japan? (aipo)

Approve 96% Disapprove 2% No opinion 2%

117. (US June 17 '42) Before the Japs attacked us at Pearl
Harbor, a lot of people thought we should try to keep out of
war rather than run the risk of getting in by sending supplies
to England and Russia. Were you in favor of risking war by
sending supplies to England or were you in favor of trying to
keep out of war? (opor)

Favored running risk 63% Favored trying to keep out 33%
No opinion 4%

118. (US Feb 1 '44) Do you think that in years to come people
will say the United States should have avoided getting into
this war? (aipo)

Yes 31^

No 54^

Don't know 15%

119. (US Feb 1 '44) Do you think people will say wc could
have avoided it [getting into this war]? (aipo)

Yes 37%

No 50%

Don't know 13^

120. (US Feb 2 '44) Do you think that in years to come people
will say it was a mistake for us to have entered this war? (aipo)

Yes 26%

Don't know 14%

121. (US Feb 2 '44) Do you think you, yourself, will feel it
was a mistake for us to have entered this war? (aipo)

Yes 14% No 77%, Don't know 9%

122. (US Apr 12 '44) Twenty years from now do you think
that many people will look upon our going into the war
against Germany as a mistake? (aipo)

Yes 23%, No 59% Don't know 18%

Do you think that this will be your opinion? Asked of 23%
of the sample who thought many people would look upon our
going into the war against Germany as a mistake.
Yes 65% No 22% No opinion 13%

123. (US Apr '45) Do you think this war is as much America's
war as it is England's, or do you think it is more England's
war than ours? (norc)

As much ours 51% More England's 41% Don't know 8%

124. (US Apr '45) Each respondent was handed a card with
the statements of intensity of feeling listed below before the
interviewer made the statement: When I read the following
statement, look at that card and tell me how much you agree
or disagree with what I say. This war is more England's war
than it is ours, (norc)

I agree very much 27%

I tend to agree 17

I don't think I know 14

I tend to disagree 22

I disagree very much 20

125. (US Apr 10 '46) Do you think it was a mistake for the
United States to enter World War II? (aipo)

Yes 15%, No 77% No opinion 8%

Politics and Government

1. (US Nov 24 '35) Do you approve of the acts and policies of
Roosevelt's first two years? (aipo)

2. (US Jan '36) Do you believe that any of the following abuse
their power? Bankers, press, radio, pulpit, veterans, (por)

% %

National total. , 41.8 38.3 26.0 23.4 21.8 7.0 27.8

Prosperous . . .
Upper middle.
Lower middle .
Poor

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

42.4 40.3 26.5 29.8 26.1 3.8 27.6 =

48.5 42.0 30.4 28.4 27.2 5.3 25.7 =
43.0 39.6 24.8 21.6 20.8 6.5 24.0 =
34.8 33.4 20.8 14.5 16.2 8.9 30.9 =

%
186.1*

196.5*
207.5*
180.3*
159.5*

BY RACE

Negroes 24.6 20.7 27.6 12.5 12.1 9.1 — = 106.6*

(Aug '38) Na-
tional total 24.5 22.3 9.6 7.3 5.111.7 19.5 = 100.0

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one group.

3. (US Jan 25 '36) Are you in favor of the New Deal? (aipo)
Yes 50%: No 46% No opinion 4%

4. (US Jan 10 '37) Should President Roosevelt's second ad-
ministration be more liberal, more conservative, or about the
same as his first? (aipo)

More About More con-

liberal same servative

National total 15% 35% 50%

Democrats . .
Republicans. .
Socialists , . .
Lemke party.

BY politics
. . . . 19%

4
53
50

50%

7
20

31%
88
40
30

5. (US Oct '37) Do you think the federal government has been
efficient or inefficient in the present labor crisis? (for)

Efficient Inefficient Don't know

National total 34.1% 44.7% 21.2%

BY occltpation

Executives 20.9% 70.3% 8.8%

Salaried workers 376 47.0 154

Factory labor 339 42.5 236

Farm labor 41.6 33.7 24.7

Unemployed 47.3 29.1 23.6

6. (US Nov 12 '37) Do you think the policies of the Roosevelt
administration are too liberal, too conservative, or about right?
Asked of a national cross-section of Democrats, (aipo)

Too liberal 23% Too conservative 3% About right 74%

[979]

7. (US Nov 12 '37) What do you like most about the Roosevelt
administration? Asked of a national cross-section of inde-
pendents, (aipo)

Roosevelt's attempt to raise living standards of the masses

— the poor and underprivileged 16%

He always tries to do the right thing 6

The attempt to redistribute the wealth of the country. . . 2

The Civilian Conservation Corps 4

Stabilization of banks — banking laws 2

Its helpful attitude toward labor 2

Its efforts to help the unemployed 4

Work Projects Administration 4

Trying to help country 2

Nothing 7

All others 37

No answer 14

8. (US Nov 12 '36) What do you like least about it [Roose-
velt's administration]? Asked of a national cross-section of
independents, (aipo)

Its extravagance — spending policies 10%

Its grasping for dictatorial powers 4

Its relief policies and administration of relief 6

Supreme Court proposal 4

Crop crontrol 3

Failure to balance budget 2

Too many taxes 3

Interference with business 3

The members of the administration group 2

All others 36

No answer 27

9. (US June 29 '38) During the next two years would you like
to see the Roosevelt administration be more liberal or more
conservative? (aipo)

More More

liberal conservative
National total 28% 72%

BY POLITICS

Democrats . .
Republicans.

41%
7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income.
Middle income.
Lower income .

10%

59%
93

90%

10. (US July '38) Do you think that President Roosevelt has
concentrated too much power in his own hands? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 45.3%, 44.4% 10.3%o

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 66.9%

Upper middle class 53.6

Lower middle class 46.5

Poor 33.7

BY RACE

Negroes 19.5%

28.9%,

4.2%

38.4

8.0

43.9

9.6

53.8

12.5

59.2% 21.3%

11. (US Aug 28 '38) During the next two years would you like
to see the Roosevelt administration continue along its present
lines or become more conservative? (aipo)

As is 34% More conservative 66%

12. (US Sept 23 '38) During the next two years would you like
to see the Roosevelt administration become more conservative
or continue along present lines? (aipo)

More conservative

65%o Present lines 35% = 100%

No opinion 9%

13. (US Feb '39) Do you think th.it the government would
be better run if there were people like duPont, Owen D. Young,
and Sloan in charge of it? (for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 21.9% 49.7*^;

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 36.9%

Upper middle class 25.9

Lower middle class 18.2

Poor 15.5

43.3%
51.6
55.4
49.0

28.4%

19.8%
22.5
26.4
355

Negroes .

BY RACE

22.1%

31.1% 46.8%

BY OCCUPATION

Executives 37.0%

Factory labor 10.4

Farm labor 32.4

49.1%

61.0

30.1

13.9%

28.6

37.5

BY OPINION (toward ROOSEVELt)

Approving Roosevelt 20.6% 79.4%

Disapproving Roosevelt 46.2 53.8

14. (US March '39) The Roosevelt administration has tried
many experiments, enacted many reforms. What do you think
it should try to do from now until 1940: (1) Continue with
more reforms along the lines already laid out. <^2) Just make
any necessary improvements on laws already passed but try
nothing new. (3) Let more conservative elements in the party
try to undo the damage already done? (for)

State- State- State- Don't
ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 know

National total 18.8% 40. 5^;

26.9% 13.8

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 10.4% 37.2%

Poor 23.3 40.8

Negroes .

BY RACE

32.9% 31.1%

46.2%
18.8

11.1%

6.2%
17.1

16. (US May 10 '39) What do you think is the greatest ac-
complishment of the Roosevelt administration during the six
years it has been in office? (aipo)

BY politics
National Repub- Demo-
total licans crats

Relief and WPA 28% 12%, 35%o

Banking reforms 21 34 9

Civilian Conservation Corps 11 13 8

Social Security 5 10 6

Farm program 5 — 6

Foreign peace policy 3 4 —

Old age pensions 2

Labor reforms 4

Repeal of prohibition 3

PWA 2

NRA 1

No answer (16)

All others 15 27 26

16. (US June 4 '39) What do you think is the worst thing the
Roosevelt administration has done in the past six years? (aipo)

[ 980 ]

National
total

Relief and WPA 23%

Spending policy 16

Farm program 12

Labor policy 6

Business interference 5

Reorganization of Supreme Court. . 5

Foreign policy (meddling) 6

NRA 4

Repeal of prohibition 3

Raising taxes 2

Trend toward dictatorship 2

Foreign trade policy 2

No answer (32)

All others 14

BY POLITICS

Repub-
licans

Demo-
crats

11%
24

20%
12
16
7

9 —

17. (US May 18 '39) Do you think the federal government
will have more power or less power ten years from now, than
it has today? (aipo)

More 48% Less 19% Same 16% Don't know 17%

18. (US June '39) Do you think our government should or
should not provide for all people who have no other means of
subsistence? Be responsible for seeing to it that everyone who
wants to work has a job? (for)

PROVIDE SUBSISTENCE PROVIDE JOBS

Don't Don't

know know
Should or de- Should or de-
Should not pends Should not pends

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 50.0% 41.6% 8.4% 39.2% 54.6% 6.2%

Upper middle class 59.6 31.4 9.0 50.0 437 6.3

Lower middle class 69.4 22.3 8.3 60.4 31.7 7.9

Poor 77.1 15.0 7.9 71.4 22.7 5.9

BY RACE

Negroes 85.0% 7.9% 7.1% 83.4% 12.9% 3.7%

19. (US Nov '39) Which of the following statements most
nearly represents your idea of the New Deal: (1) The New
Deal has been the kind of government best suited to our times,
and it should be continued without modification (whether
under Mr. Roosevelt or someone else). (2) Although the New
Deal has not worked perfectly in many ways, it has done a lot
of good and should be continued with some modifications and
improvements. (3) The New Deal may have done some good,
but it has done so many bad things that now we need a different
administration. (4) The New Deal had a bad influence upon
the nation, and it will take years of good government by others
to clean up the mistakes? (for)

State- State- State- State- Don't

ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 ment 4 know

National total 10.3% 44.9% 20.9% 16.2% 7.7%

BY AGE

Under 40 years 10.3% 50.2% 20.2% 11.5% 7.8%

Over 40 years 10.2 40.2 21.5 20.5 7.6

20. (US Nov '39) Considering Mr. Roosevelt's six and a half
years in office, on the whole do you approve or disapprove of:
(for)

s I -s l
I .^ -i ■!

The Civilian Conservation Corps 83.7% 7.8% 4.1% 4.4%

His personality, as distinguished
from his policies 82.1 11.7 6.2 —

His banking legislation 49.4 12.9 10.1 27.6

His stock-exchange legislation . . 28.6 10.9 14.5 460

The way he has guided United

States foreign policy 48.5 18.5 14.4 18.6

The means by which his admin-
istration has tried to aid the
farmer 50.6 32.9 7.3 9.2

His relief program 52.3 37.4 7.9 2.4

His attitude toward labor and

labor unions 40.1 32.0 12.1 15.8

His attitude toward business and

businessmen 351 37.3 12.5 15-1

His advisers 27.8 32.5 18.3 21.4

The way he has dealt with polit-
ical opposition 27.4 34.9 14.5 23.2

His theory of government bor-
rowing, spending and lending
for recovery 33.7 46.3 11.0 9.0

21. (US Dec 13 '39) In general, do you approve or disapprove
of the Roosevelt administration today? (aipo)

Approve 59% Disapprove 41% No opinion (18%)

22. (US Mar '40) Which one of the following most nearly
represents your opinion of the American form of government:
(1) Our form of government, based on the Constitution, is as
near perfect as it can be, and no important changes should be
made in it. (2) The Constitution has served its purpose well,
but it has not kept up with the times and should be thoroughly
revised to make it fit present-day needs. (3) The systems of
private capitalism and democracy are breaking down, and wc
might as well accept the fact that sooner or later we shall
have to have a new form of government, (for)

State- State- State- Don't
ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 know

National total 64.2% 19.2% 5-2% 11.4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 79.9% 14.2% 2.4% 3.5%

Upper middle class. . . 71.4 19.8 3.7 5.1

Lower middle class. 64.1 20.5 5.2 10.2

Poor 58.4 18.6 7.6 15.4

BY RACE

Negroes 49.6% 16.7% 5.6% 28.1%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Northeast 71.2% 18.2% 3.3% 7.3%

Pacific coast 553 26.6 11.5 6.6

23. (US Mar '40) Do you think the government should provide
for all people who have no other means of obtaining a living?
(for)

Yes No Don't know

National total 65.1% 27.8%, 7.1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 48.2% 45.3%o 6.5%

Upper middle class 55.7 377 6.6

Lower middle class 64.5 28.7 6.8

Poor 73.9 18.4 7.7

[981]

Yes No Don't know

Negroes 82.8% 9.1% 8.1%

65.1% of the total sample who thought the government
should provide for all people who had no other means of living,
were asked; Would you still be in favor of this if it meant:

Yis

47.5

47.8

28.5

27.5
13.0

12.7

Don't knotv

11.5%
11.0

Higher taxes for business 37.0%

Higher taxes for yourself 41.5

Higher prices for the things you

buy 41.8

More government competition

with industry 50.5

That labor would be deprived of

the right to strike 52.6

End of the capitalistic system. . . 63. 1
That government tells you what

you must work at — assigns you

to your job 72.8

(Nov 21 '46) Do you think the government should provide
for all people who have no other means of obtaining a living?
(nyht)
Yes 72% No 19% Don't know 9%,

24. (US May '40) What would you like to see the next ad-
ministration do about the New Deal? (for)

Go further Keep Repeal

with the it as Modify most Don't
New Deal it is it of it know

10.0% 14.4% 39.4% 20.6% 15.6%

10.4

21,0

199
23.9

14.5

National total .

Modify

it
39.4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 3.3% 6.9% 53.2%,

Upper middle class 6.8 8.9 48.1

Lower middle class 10.1 152 40.1

Poor 13.7 20.3 25.9

30.0%
26.5
18.4
16.4

6.6%

9.7
16.2
23.7

BY RACE

Negroes 25.5% 22.7% 25.5% 12.7%

25. (US May '40) Which of these things do you think

13.6%

the next
administration should do and which shouldn't it do? (for)

Don't
know

Should
National total

Keep us out of war, unless we arc
attacked, no matter what hap-
pens abroad 85.6%

Balance the budget 76.2

Have the government regulate
labor unions 58.9

Continue making reciprocal trade
agreements 55.6

Work toward goverimient own-
ership of public utilities 27.3

Turn TV A over to private opera-
tion 25.1

Raise the tariiF 21.1

Lower the tariff 20.7

Shouldn't

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous

Balance the budget ^1-1%

Reciprocal trade agreements . . 61.0

Regulate labor unions 61.9

Poor

Balance the budget 70.5

Reciprocal trade agreements . . 48.3

Regulate labor unions 57.9

9.1%
9.0

5.3%
14.8

20.8

20.3

12.4

32.0

50.5

22.2

36.4
34.4
35.9

38.5
44.5
43.4

5.7%
15.6
24.8

6.6%
23.4
13.3

8.7
11.7
19.4

20.8
40,0
22.7

BY OCCUPATION

Don't
Should Shouldn't know

Executives

Balance the budget 94.2% 4.8% 1.0%,

Reciprocal trade agreements, . 68.9 16.5 14.6

Regulate labor unions 62.3 2.9.9 7.8

Factory labor

Balance the budget 75.4 11.9 12.7

Reciprocal trade agreements . . 62.9 8.3 28.8

Regulate labor unions 66.7 25.0 8.3

26. (US May '40) Of the things you think the next administra-
tion should do, which do you think is the most important?
Second most important? (for)

Most important

Keep us out of war 56.9%

Balance the budget 17.8

Modify the New Deal 4.2

Regulate labor unions 4.2

Repeal most of the New Deal 2.7

Reciprocal trade agreements 2.5

Keep the New Deal as it is 1.6

Go further with the New Deal 1.5

Public ownership of utilities 1.4

Other (TVA and tariff changes) 1.2

Don't know 6.0

Second most important

Balance the budget 30.7%

Keep us out of war 16.0

Regulate labor unions 13. 1

Reciprocal trade agreements 7.4

Modify the New Deal 7.2

Repeal the New Deal 4.3

Public ownership of utilities 39

Keep New Deal as it is 37

Go further with New Deal 2.6

Other (TVA and tariff changes) 5.0

Don't know . 6.1

27. (US July '40) In view of the present international situation,
which of the following do you think our government should
and should not do now? (for)

Don't

know

Should
not

3.1% 3.3%

9.1 22.4

Should

Spend whatever is necessary to build up
as quickly as possible our army, navy,
and air force 93.6%

Set up a non-political board of leading
men in industry with power to con-
trol industrial production in case we
get into the war 68.5

Exempt all industries producing mili-
tary necessities from the forty-hour
week law in order to speed up produc-
tion 57.1 26.0 16.9

Start compulsory military training for
all young men between eighteen and
twenty 52.6

Form a new cabinet made up of both
Democrats and Republicans 41.9

37.9

29,1 29.0

28. (US Oct '40) Which of these things would you like to see
the next administration do? (for)

[ 98^2 ]

Would Would Don't
like not like know

Let any South American country that
wants to establish a pro-Hitler gov-
ernment 10.1% 73.9% 16.0%

Help England, even to the extent of
selling her naval vessels, but send no
soldiers or sailors 70.2 19.6 10.2

Begin compulsory military training for
all young men 70.2 22.8 7.0

Serve notice on Japan that any interfer-
ence with our tin and rubber supply
from the Dutch East Indies means war 30.3 39.5 30.2

Which of these things do you think Roosevelt will favor,
and which do you think Willkie will favor?

Will Will Don't

favor not know

Selling naval vessels to Britain

Roosevelt 82.0% 3.7%, 14.3%)

Willkie 42.3 11.7 46.0

Beginning compulsory military training

Roosevelt 91.2 1.4 7.4

Willkie 47.1 9.1 43.8

Not letting any South American country

establish a pro-Hitler government

Roosevelt 83.9 4.3 11.8

Willkie 632 37 31.1

29. (US Oct '40) Which of these things concerning domestic
policy would you like to see the next administration do? (for)

Would Would Don't

like not like know

Put all able-bodied unemployed to work

in the war industries 82.9% 9.0% 8.1%

Give more aid to the farmers so as to

increase their buying power 60.0 26.2 13.8

Continue most of the New Deal meas-
ures 51.4 30.3 18.3

Establish government supervision of

labor unions 48.4 25.0 26.6

Abolish WPA 38.9 48.1 13.0

Take over and operate all public utilities 21.8 55.3 22.9

Which of these things do you think Roosevelt will favor,
and which do you think Willkie will favor?

Will Will Don't

favor not know

Place unemployed in war industries

Roosevelt 76.2%, 6.5% 17.3%

Willkie 54.2 5.4 40.4

Increase farm incomes

Roosevelt 81.6 7.0 11.4

Willkie 46.1 12.6 41.3

Continue New Deal measures

Roosevelt 96. 7 0.8 2.5

Willkie 23.7 43.7 32.6

Establish regulation of labor unions

Roosevelt 56.1 19.3 24.6

Willkie ...37.0 15.5 475

30. (US Dec '40) Do you believe that until private industry
makes work for the unemployed, the federal government must
take care of them on relief? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

More generously than now 0.8%

just about as generously as now 2.9

Yes, but the relief rolls should be examined much more
closely to make sure that relief is limited only to cases
of absolute need 45.6%

No, the relief problem should be turned back to the state
and local governments 50.7

31. (US Dec '40) Do you believe that some or all of these
New Deal measures are playing an important part in preventing
recovery now? 94.1% of the sample who said yes were asked:
Which ones? The questions were asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

Wagner Labor Act 74.5%,

Taxation policies 66.8

Wages and Hours Act 48 , 5

Pump priming 44. 3

WPA 42.6

Drive to enforce anti-trust laws 40.0

Silver subsidies 39.1

Gold devaluation and President's gold powers 38.5

Agricultural Adjustment Act 29.3

Guffey Coal Act 27.6

PWA 263

Low money rates 252

Hull reciprocal trade treaties 14.6

Export subsidies 14.5

Housing and Home Loan Acts 11.5

32. (US Dec '40) More specifically, will you tell us, from the
recovery angle, which of these New Deal plans you think
should (a) be continued or revived; (b) which you think were
good once but have outlived their usefulness; (c) which you
think were always bad for recovery; (d) which you think
are still good ideas badly handled? Asked of a national cross-
section of business executives, (for)

Obsolete Good
but all idea Continue
Always right badly or
bad once handled revive

Silver subsidies 90.2%, 4.5%, 3.0% 2.3%,

Guffey Coal Act 753 2.3 15.9 6.5

Gold devaluation and Presi-
dent's gold powers 696 14.5 6.4 9-5

Taxation policies 67.7 2.8 22.0 7.5

Pump priming 61.7 20.2 16.3 1.8

NRA 57.4 12.5 23.2 6.9

AAA 53.6 6.3 33.7 6.4

Wagner Labor Act 48.2 0.6 47.5 3.7

Export subsidies 42.5 10.7 18.5 28,3

WPA 39.3 10.9 43.2 6.6

Low monev rates 32.7 19.4 16.3 31. 6

PWA '. 30.2 14.0 47.4 8.4

Wages and Hours Act 29.2 1.9 47.7 21.2

Hull reciprocal trade treaties. . 22.4 10.4 14.0 53. 2

Drive to enforce anti-trust laws 20.2 7.3 49.4 23.1

Housing and Home Loan Acts . 16.5 12.6 31.7 392

33. (US Apr '41) Three comparable cross-sections were asked
if they agreed or disagreed with the following statements, one
unloaded statement, one with an interventionist bias, and the
third with a non-interventionist bias: (for)

Do you think we would be able to keep our democratic

form of government if Hitler dominated the rest of the

world?

Yes 43.5% No 40.2% Don't know 16.3%o

If Hitler wins, we won't be able to keep our democratic
form of government long because we will be one nation
against the rest of the world.
Agree 47.3%o Disagree 37.1% Don't know 15.6%

[983]

This country was built up mainly by people who came here
to get freedom, and we will keep our democratic form of
government even if Hitler does dominate the rest of the
world.

Agree 60.2% Disagree 26.5% Don't know 13.3%

34. (US Apr '41) Do you think there is too much power in
the hands of the government in Washington? (aipo)

Yes 32% No 56% No opinion 12%

35. (US Sept 9 '41) Some people say that our country is in real
danger from organized groups which are trying to change our
form of government. Do you think our country is in any real
danger from any of these groups? (aipo)

Yes 45% No 44% No opinion 11%

What organized groups do you feel are the most dangerous
to our country? Asked of 45% of the sample who said that our
country was in real danger from organized groups which were
trying to change our form of government.

America First, Lindbergh 4%

Administration, Roosevelt 2

Labor unions 10

Communists 16

Nazi 14

Fascists 2

Fifth Column 3

Foreign groups 1

Miscellaneous 4

No answer 4

60%*

* Percentages add to more than 45 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

36. (US Sept 17 '41) Some people say that if the United States
is to be a free and democratic country, the Nazi government
in Germany must be destroyed. Do you agree or disagree?
A comparable cross-section was asked: President Roosevelt
says that if the United States is to be a free and democratic
country, the Nazi government in Germany must be destroyed.
Do you agree or disagree? Results were combined, (aipo)
Agree 71% Disagree 22% No opinion 7%

37. (US Nov '41) Which of the following statements most
nearly corresponds with your idea of the present status of the
more radical social and economic aims of the New Deal?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)
Whenever possible the administration is using the na-
tional emergency as a pretext for pushing still further

the more radical social and economic aims of the New

Deal 75.6%

The demands of the defense effort have forced the ad-
ministration in most instances to give up temporarily
the further advancement of these aims 17.2

The members of the administration — except for a few
extremists — have largely completed their program of
economic and social reform, and business can hence-
forth expect to operate within the present structure. 7.2

38. (US Nov 19 '41) As far as you personally arc concerned
do you think the United States has gone too far in opposing
Germany, or not far enough? (opok)

Too far 15% About right 44% Not far enough 31%
Don't know 10%

39. (US July '42) After the war, do you feel our form of
government will be about the same, changed only in a few
minor ways, or quite different? (for)

About the same 40.9%

Changed in minor ways 29.8

Quite different 21.2

Don't know 8.1

Do you think these changes will be in the direction of Social-
ism, Fascism, Communism, or something else? Asked of 51-9%
of the sample who thought that after the war the form of
government of the United States would be changed in minor
ways or quite different.

Socialism 19.2%

A bigger and better democracy 6.3

Fascism, Communism, dictatorship 36

Other 3.7

Don't know what direction 18.2

40. (US Sept 3 '42) What do you like least about the present

government in Washington? (aipo)

Its indecision, the red tape and slowness, the incompe-
tence of the leaders, the poor handling of production,
the many superfluous bureaus ^1%

Its extravagance, its spending of too much money fool-
ishly, graft 7

Its playing politics, its refusal to act on important legis-
lation until after elections 10

Its handling of inflation, its failure to control wages and
farm prices 4

Its handling of labor, its failure to prevent strikes in war
industries 5

Its handling of the rationing program, its inefficiency in
the conservation and distribution of fuel oil, gasoline,
rubber, etc 3

Its inconsistency, the conflicting statements it makes, its
failure to be honest with the people 1

The President 3

Its increasing of taxation 1

Other answers 7

46%*

* Percentages add to more than 31 because some respondents gave
more than one criticism.

45. (US Dec 15 '42) In looking back over the first year of the
war, what do you wish the government had done differently?
(aipo)

Rationing should have started earlier, rationed without
warning public 10%

Should have been foresighted enough so that we would
not have to be rationed so severely, shortages could
have been prevented 3

Should have tackled manpower question earlier, drafted
labor, made certain that there was adequate farm labor 3

Handled draft differently, should not have taken 18-year-
olds, should have deferred farm boys, shouldn't have
taken married men 9

Eliminated governmental inefficiency and red tape, ap-
pointed more capable leaders, delegated authority so
things could be handled more swiftly, checked trend
toward dictatorship 10

Conducted war differently, concentrated on winning
Pacific war, given China more aid, started second front
sooner, had unified command from the first 6%

Controlled wages and prices, should have kept a closer
rein on prices, rents, wages, farm prices, etc., all
should have been equalized 4

Shown less indulgence toward labor, outlawed strikes,
cut out time-and-a-half pay 5

Given more information to the public, been more frank,
kept the public better informed and prepared them for
hardships, should not have held back war news 2

Gotten down to real production sooner, government
should have taken over war industries, forced them
to turn out larger amount of war materials 2

Other criticisms 1

Criticisms teferring to acts or omissions prior to our

entrance into the war:

Should have been better prepared, started arming ten

years ago, protected Pearl Harbor better, had a

standing army and strong defenses, should not have

sold scrap to Japan 8

Should not have entered the war, should have stayed

at home and wouldn't have been drawn into wat . 1
We should have entered the war sooner 1

Practiced economy instead of just throwing money
away, spend more money on army and navy, less on
Washington 2

No criticism, everything satisfactory 23

No opinion 16

106%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

46. (US Feb 19 '43) Which of these groups do you think
has received the best treatment from our government — farmers,
labor, or business? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(aipo)

Farmers 10% Labor 72% Business 7% No opinion 11%

47. (US Feb '43) On the whole, which of these groups do you
feel President Roosevelt has given the biggest break to —
farmers, labor, or industrialists? Asked of a national cross-
section of semi-skilled and personal service workers, (for)

Indus- No special
Labor Farmers trialists group
BY occupation

Mine workers 44.9% 7.5% 8.2% 39.4%

Factory workers 33.4 17.3 15.9 33.4

Personal service 31.4 16.6 12.9 39.1

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 45.5% 13.9% 13.3% 27.3%

Uninformed 28.4 16.2 14.1 41.3

48. (US Feb '43) Which one of the following most nearly
represents your opinion of the American form of government:
(1) Our form of government works well and only a few changes,
if any, should be made in it. (2) Our form of government
worked well in the past, but it needs to be thoroughly revised
to meet present-day conditions. (3) Democracy is no longer
working well, and sooner or later we will have to get an
entirely new form of government. Asked of a national cross-
section of labor, (for)

BY OCCUPATION

State- State- State- Don't

ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 know

Factory workers 68.2% 23.7% 3.5% 4.6%

Northern Negro workers . . 54.6 31.5 9.3 4.6

[985]

(Apr '43) Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.

State- State- State- Don't
merit I merit 2
National total 57.8% 24.0%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 61.3% 28.8%

Lower income 58.1 18.0

Good.
Poor.

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

64.3% 28.8%

51.3 16.0

merit 3

know

5.8%

12.4%

5.4%

4.5%

6.8

17.1

4.2%

2.7%

6.6

26.1

49. (US Apr '43) On the whole, did you approve or disapprove
of the New Deal before the war? (norc)

Approve 49% Disapprove 30% Qualified answer 4%

Don't know 17%

50. (US Apr 6 '43) Which do you think have more to say
about the way their government is run, the British people or
the American people? (norc)

British 9% Americans 66% About the same 11%

Don't know 14%

What makes you feel this way? Asked of 9% of the sample
who thought the British people have more to say about the
way their government was run than the Americans.

More responsive turnover of government 3%

Representatives more responsive to people's wishes 2

Ordinary people are in the government 1

Not so much politics as division of opinion in England ... 1

They take more interest in their government 1

General statements that government is better 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 1

(

11%*

* Percentages add to more than 9 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

What makes you feel this way? Asked of 66% of the sample
who thought the American people had more to say about the
way their government was run than the British.

Voting privileges 30%

Class rule in England 19

Freedom of speech 9

Freedom and opportunity in general. 3

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 6

69%*
* Percentages add to more than 66 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

61. (US June '43) After the war do you think the aims and
programs of the New Deal will be entirely done away with,
partly done away with, continued along the same lines, or
made stronger than ever? Those respondents with opinions
were asked; Do you think this will be a good thing or a bad
thing? (for)

National
total
Entirely done away with .. . 8.2%

Partly done away with 41.6

Continued along same lines 17.8
Made stronger than ever. . . 14.1
Don't know 18.3

52. (US July 28 '43) Most people believe the government
should not be controlled by any one group. However, if you

Good

Bad

Don't

thing

know

83.7%

8.7%

7.6%

87.1

7.3

80.6

10.0

9.4

76.3

16.2

7.5

had to choose, which would you prefer to have control of the
government — big business or labor unions? (aipo)

Labor
unions
National total 45% 26%

Big
business

Undecided

197o

BY POLITICS

Republicans 58%

Democrats 35

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 72% 9%

Middle income 55 19

Lower income 33

25%
31

19%

53. (US Oct 1 '43) After the war would you like to see many
changes or reforms made in the United States, or would you
rather have the country remain pretty much the way it was
before the war? (aipo)

Way it was
Changes before Undecided

National total 32% 58% 10%

BY AGE

21-29 years 35%

30-49 years 32

50 years and over 30

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 41%

Middle income.
Lower income.

5370
58

iuyo
10

50%

54. (US Oct 26 '43) Do you think there is any group of people
in America which does not have enough to say regarding the
country's policies at home and abroad? (aipo)

Yes 37% No 42% Don't know 21%

Which group [does not have enough to say regarding the
country's policies at home and abroad]? Asked of 37% of the
sample who thought some groups did not have enough to say
about policies at home and abroad.

Negroes 6%

The general public — people as a whole — the majority —

the common people 3

The middle class — the small businessman 4

The poor people — the lower class, workers, labor 8

The farmers 2

Others: includes Congress, group ignorant of rights,

Chinese, unorganized, and Communists 14

55. (US Oct 26 '43) It has been suggested that labor should
have more to say about the government's financial, domestic
and international policies. Do you agree or disagree? (aipo)
Agree 45%, Disagree 38%, Undecided 17%

56. (US Oct 26 '43) Should farmers have more to say about
these policies [government's financial, domestic, and inter-
national policies]? (aipo)

Yes 62.5% No 23.5% Undecided 14.0%

57. (US Oct 26 '43) Should business men [have more to say
about the government's financial, domestic, and international
policies]? (aipo)

Yes 58% No 26% Undecided 16%

58. (US Dec 26 '43) What do you like least today about the
way the Roosevelt administration is handling things? Asked
of a national cross-section of farmers, (aipo)

[986]

Government extravagance, muddled finances 20%

Incompetent and dictatorial management of home affairs,

red-tape, especially in connection with farm program 13

Coddling of labor, wartime strikes 13

Government farm program not effective, farm prices too

low in relation to costs, farmer not getting square deal 11

Bad job of rationing, OPA inefficiency 6

Failure to keep prices down on things farmers have to

buy, wages out of line, high cost of living 2

Miscellaneous, including too much playing politics,

squabbles with Congress, too much farm labor drafted,

too much secrecy about war news 13

No complaints — nothing 14

Everything 3

Don't know 11

]

108%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

69. (US Feb 16 '44) Most people believe that no one group

should have too much influence on the government. However,

if you had to choose, which would you prefer to have influence

the government more strongly — big business or labor unions?

(aipo)

Big business 43% Labor unions 31% No opinion 26%

60. (US May 9 '44) Do you think the government has treated
organized labor and business corporations with equal fairness,
or has the government been partial to either one? (aipo)

Equal fairness 38%

Partial to business. . ; 6

Partial to labor 37

No opinion 19

61. (US Jan '45) Do you think the government program during
the past few years for (the measures listed below) goes too far,
not far enough, or is just about right? (for)

Too Not far Just Don't
far enough right know
Providing pensions under social

security 5.7% 41.4% 37.5% 15.4%

Providing low-cost housing. .. . 14.4 32.7 36.0 16.9

Preventing too low wages 14.0 28.1 45.6 12.3

Trying to help the farmer make

a decent living 14.1 31.8 39.8 14.3

Regulating things so that the

sale of stocks and bonds is

done honestly 4.4 13.2 35.4 47.0

62. (US Apr 21 '45) After the war, would you like to see many
changes or reforms made in the United States, or would you
rather have the country remain pretty much the way it was
before the war? (aipo)

Want to Want things
see reforms as they were Undecided
National total 39% 52% 9%

BY EDUCATION

College 58%,

High school 43

Grade school or less 32

What changes would you like to see after the war? Asked of
39% of the sample who would like to see changes.
Want to see jobs for all; improvement in wages, working

conditions 9%

Want to end racial and religious discrimination 3

Want to liberalize social security provisions, increase

pensions, provide national health insurance 3

37%

J/0

' 7

Want better educational opportunities 3%

Want better housing and slum clearance 2

Want to get back to Constitution; do away with govern-
ment controls 7

Want better administration of labor unions, settlement

of labor disputes without strikes 3

Want prices kept high 1

Want lower wages 1

Miscellaneous suggestions 9

Did not say 3

44%*

* Percentages add to more than 39 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

63. (US Aug 8 '45) Which of these three policies would you
like to have President Truman (the government) follow? Each
respondent was handed a card with the following statements
on it: (l) Go more to the left by following more of the views
of labor and other liberal groups; (2) go more to the right by
following more of the views of business and conservative
groups; (3) follow a policy half way between the two? (aipo)

State- State- State- No

ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 opinion
National total 16% 18% 55% 11%

BY AGE

21-29 years 19% 9% 60% 12%

30-49 years 17 17 56 10

50 years and over 14 25 49 12

(Dec 19 '45)
National total 18% 21% 52% 9%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 27% 10% 52% 11%

Republicans 6 36 51 7

(Apr 24 '46)
National total 34%, 47% * 19%

* Statement 3 excluded from questionnaire.

64. (US Feb 3 '46) Which of these policies do you think
President Truman has been following? [More to left, more to
right, half way between] (aipo)

More to left 10% More to right 17% Half way between 54%
No opinion 19%

65. (US Sept '45) Are there any groups of people or organiza-
tions that you think have more to say about running this
country than they should have? (norc)

Yes 42% No 58%

What are some of the groups of people or organizations you
think have more to say than they should? Asked of 42% of
the sample who thought there were such groups or organiza-
tions.

Catholics 1%

Jews 4

Protestants — include here all non-Catholics, whether

specified or not *

Whites 1

Negroes *

Labor unions, labor leaders, labor 23

Big business, rich people, moneyed people 4

Farmers *

The government, specific or non-specified answers 6

Isolationists * ,

Foreigners, any nationality groups except Russians. ... *

Communists, Russians 2

Veterans, American Legion, the army 1

[987]

Wouldn't want to say, won't say 1%

Other groups 2

Don't know 2

47%^

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 42 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

66. (US Nov 21 '45) Would you like to see many changes or

reforms made in the United States, or would you rather have

the country remain pretty much the way it was before the

war? Asked of a national cross-section of World War II veterans.

(aipo)

Changes 47% Way it was 40% Undecided 13%

What changes would you like to see? Asked of 47% of the
veterans of World War II who would like to see reforms in the
United States.

Corrupt politics taken out 2%

Enough jobs, employment 7

Better housing 4

Higher wages, stabilize wages 5

Racial problems solved 2

Control labor unions 6

Reorganization of executive department 5

Health insurance, free medical care 4

Better labor conditions, relations 2

Miscellaneous 28

No answer, don't know 2

67%*

* Percentages add to more than 47 because some respondents gave
raore than one answer.

67. (US Feb 3 '46) Which of these policies do you think our
government is now following? (aipo)

M.ore to More to Middle of

left f'^ht road No opinion

National total... 44% 13% 27% 16%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 30% 15% 35% 20%

Republicans 63 9 16 12

68. (US Jan '46) We have here a list of different situations
and we'd like to know for each whether you have any criti-
cisms about it, because of course criticism is often worth more
than praise. For instance, are you well satisfied, or not so well
satisfied with: (for)

Well Not Don't

satisfied satisfied know

The way our occupation of Japan
is going 71.6% 15.0% 13.4%

The way our occupation of Ger-
many is going 60.7 24.3 15.0

The steps being taken to keep

this country at peace 60.6 20.3 19. 1

What is being done about con-
trolling prices 58.4 29.8 11.8

What is being done about full
employment 47.1 31.3 21.6

Our relations with our wartime

allies 37.5 45.5 17.0

The present policies of labor
unions 20.1 61.3 18.6

69. (US Aug 28 '46) What would you say is the ereatest
advantage of our type of government? (aipo)

No answer, don't know 21%

None 1 •

Freedom 24

Freedom of speech, press 19

Free enterprise, competition in business 3

People have voice in government — democracy 17

Freedom of opportunity 7

Freedom of worship 5

Equal rights 5

Four freedoms 4

Miscellaneous 6

112%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

70. (US Sept 11 '46) As you look back, what do you think
is the best thing that was done by the Roosevelt administra-
tion? (aipo)

Bank holiday 12%

Helped the working man, aid to labo.r 7

Got us out of the depression 4

Helped the unemployed, relief for the unemployed, starv-
ing 7

Social security — OAA 14

WPA, government job projects 5

NRA 1

Civilian Conservation Corps 3

Nothing 4

Miscellaneous 11

New Deal policies 1

Foreign policy 3

Prepared United States for war 2

Conduct of war 6

OPA 2

Paralysis fund 2

Bank insurance, federal deposit insurance 3

Helping poor people 7

Everything 1

Don't know, no answer 14

109%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

71. (US Sept 11 '46) What do you think is the chief mistake
that the Roosevelt administration made? (aipo)

Too lenient with Britain 2%

Spent too much money 8

AAA — agricultural policy 4

Too tolerant and lenient with labor 8

Not alert on Pearl Harbor affair 4

Deals with Russia 2

Secret treaties 2

Poor selection of advisors, poor advice 1

No mistakes 7

Miscellaneous 8

Everything 1

Poor handling of problems connected with the war. ... 8
Poor handling of domestic problems, poor domestic pol-
icies (general) 6

Foreign policy — general 1

Grabbing too much power — in office 12 years 3

Too much aid to allies 1

Steering away from Wallace 1

Relief 2

Supreme Court proposals 2

[988]

WPA 4%

NRA 2

Don't know, no answer 26

103%*
* PerceniMges add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

72. (US Dec '46) Here is a list of some things the government
in Washington might try to do in the next year. Which two
things on the list would you pick as the most- important to
make an immediate start on? Asked of a national cross-section
of World War II Veterans, (for)

BY economic level

•ct,

;:3

■-1

tt<

Make better housing available

Prevent inflation

Arrange for international con-
trol of the atomic bomb. . . .

Regulate labor unions more
strictly

Pay a cash bonus to veterans . . .

Make more jobs available

Reduce taxes

Tell more people abroad about
our way of life

Regulate business more strictly

Others (volunteered)

None of the above

Don't know

51.6 36.2 52.3 53.6 47.0

43.7 58.2 48.8 46.1 24.6

21.4 22.4 25.6 20.6 18.0

20.6 38.8 31.1 19.0 6.0

20.6 4.1 6.5 20.3 45.9

16.1 5.6 9.2 14.8 33.0

13.4 12.8 12.5 13.8 12.8

3.7
1.1

0.7

16.8
3.6

0.5

7.8
3.5
1.9
0.1
0.5

4.9

4.2
0.6

3.5

2.6
2.1

0.4 2.1

198.8 199.0 199. 8 198.3 197.6

Percentages**
* Less than 0.1%.

** Percentages add to considerably more than 100 because the veter-
ans were encouraged to give more than one answer.

Race Question

1. (US Mar 19 '39) The Daughters of the American Revolution
would not let a well-known Negro singer give a concert in
one of their halls. As a protest against this, Mrs. Franklin D.
Roosevelt resigned from the organization. Do you approve
of her action? (aipo)

Approve
National total 67%

Disapprove
33%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 68% 32%

Republicans 63 37

BY SEX

Women 69% 31%

Men 66 34

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 79% 21%

Middle Atlantic 75 25

East central 71 29

West central 65 35

South 43 57

West 80 20

2. (US June 9 '42) Should Negro and white soldiers serve

together in all branches of the armed forces? (aipo)

Yes 41% No 51% No opinion 8%

3. (US June 20 '42) If we win the war, do you think the
Negroes will be treated better than they are now, or worse,
or about the same? (norc)

Better 21% Worse 1% Same 69% Don't know 9%

4. (US June 20 '42) Do you think most Negroes are pretty
well satisfied with things in this country, or do you think
most of them are dissatisfied? (norc)

Satisfied Dissatisfied

62% 24%

(Nov 3 '42) 54 35

Don't know

14% J

5. (US June 20 '42) Do you think the Negroes as a whole arc
better off or worse off now, than they were before the war
started? (norc)

Better 40% Worse 2% Same 23% Don't know 35%

6. (US June 20 '42) Do you think the average Negro makes
just as good a soldier as the average white man? (norc)

Yes 55% No 28% Don't know 17%

7. (US June 20 '42) Do you think a Negro makes just as good
an airplane pilot as a white man — if they both have the same
education and training? (norc)

Yes 49% No 30% Don't know 21%

8. (US June 20 '42) Who do you think should lead Negro
troops in the army — white officers, Negro officers, or both?
(norc)

White 28% Negro 28% Both 39% Don't know 5%

9. (US June 20 '42) Would you say that a Negro has the same
chance as a white man to get ahead in the armed forces — if he
has just as much ability? (norc)

Yes 42% No 44% Don't know 14%

10. (US June 20 '42) Do you think Negroes should be given
just as good a chance as white men to get ahead in the armed
forces? (norc)

Yes 72% No 27% Don't know 6%

11. (US June 20 '42) In general, do you think Negroes are as
patriotic as white people in this country? (norc)

Yes 63% No 23% Don't know 14%

12. (US June 20 '42) In general, do you think Negroes are as
intelligent as white people — that is, can they learn things
just as well if they are given the same education (and training)?
(norc)

Yes No Don't know

National total 42% 48% 10%

(May '44) 44 48 8

(May '46) National total 57 37 6

BY race

White 53% 40% 7%

Negro 92 5 3

13. (US June 20 '42) Generally speaking, do you think there
should be separate sections for Negroes in street cars and
buses? (norc)

Yes 51% No 447o Don't know 5%

14. (US June 20 '42) Do you think there should be separate
restaurants for Negroes and white people? (norc)

Yes 69% No 27% Don't know 4%

16. (US June 20 '42) Do you think there should be separate
sections in towns and cities for Negroes to live in? (norc)
Yes 84% No 14% Don't know 2%

[989]

16. (US June 20 '42) Let's put it another way. If a Negro with
just as much income and education as you have, moved into
your block, would it make any difference to you? (norc)
Yes 62% No 35% Don't know 3%

17. (US June 20 '42) Which one of these things do you think
white people would be most willing to grant the Negroes
now? (norc)

Houses 50%

Same places 1

Jobs 17

Wages 22'

Don't know 10

18. (US June 20 '42) Well, from the Negroes' point of view,
which one of these things do you think Negroes themselves
want most? (norc)

Houses 10%

Same places 16

Jobs 30

Wages 36

Don't know 8

19. (US June 20 '42) Do you think Negroes are getting all the
opportunities they deserve in this country, or do you think
that in general they are not being treated fairly? (norc)

All oppor- Not being
tunities they treated
deserve fairly

Don't know

(Nov 3 '42)

59% 31%
61 33

10%
6

20. (US June 20 '42) In general, who would you say is more
to blame for the fact that Negroes don't have the same chances
as white people in this country — the white people or the
Negroes themselves? (norc)

White people 30% Negroes 40% Both 17% Other 1%
Don't know 12%

21. (US Nov '43) Do you think Negroes have the same chance
as white people to make a good living in this country? (norc)

Don't Qualified
Yes No know answer

44% 53% 3% -

(May '44) 50 41 3 6%

22. (US May '44) Do you think most Negroes in the United
States are being treated fairly or unfairly? (norc)

Don't Qualified
Fairly Unfairly know answer

National total 60% 25% 9% 6%

(May '46)
National total 63 28 9

White.
Negro .

race

66%
28

25%
66

9%
6

23. (US May '44) From what you've heard, do most Negroes
in the United States think they are being treated fairly or
unfairly? (norc)

Fairly 25% Unfairly 53% Qualified answer 1%

Don't know 21%

What would you say most Negroes consider unfair about the
way they are being treated? Asked of 53% of the sample who
said they believed that most Negroes in the United States
thought they were being treated unfairly.

Race prejudice 22%

Segregation 14

Can't vote 5

Political 2

Employment 14

Low wages 5

Schools 2

Bad housing 2

Negroes don't know *

Other answers 1

Don't know 3

70%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 53 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

24. (US May '44) After the war do you expect Negroes and
white people to get along with each other better, or not as
well as they did before the war? (norc)

Better 23% Not as well 39% Same 23%

Qualified answer 1% Don't know 14%

Why do you think so [that after the war Negroes and white
people will get along with each other better, not as well, or
the same as they did before the war]? Asked of 85% of the
sample who expressed such opinions.
Those answering "better"

Mutual understanding 12%

Whites have learned from war 2

Improvement for Negroes 2

General trend toward arbitration 2

Sufficient work for all *

Government will prevent trouble 1

Negro more educated 1

Appreciate what Negro did in war 2

Other answers 1

Don't know 1

24%t

Those answering "not as well"

Economic 7%

Political *

Negro causes trouble to hold gains 5

War caused intimacy with whites 9

Agitation 4

Negro represents competition 1

Whites will cause trouble 4

Negro resents treatment from Southerner *

Negro wants equality due to helping win war 3

Other answers 1

Northern people causing trouble among Negroes ... 1

General prejudice on part of whites 2

General unrest after the war 1

Nothing being done to prevent trouble *

Negroes already complaining 6

Negro not doing his part in war *

Don't know 1

45%**
Those answering "same"

War will not remove prejudice 5%

Nothing is being done on Negro problem 5

Due to economic postwar condition 1

Whites will not change 2

Negro will not change 1

Negro satisfied from gains during war 1

Government will prevent trouble *

Negro more educated *

[990]

Normalcy after war 7%

Appreciation for what Negro did in war *

Contacts made for friendliness 1

Other answers *

Don"t know 1

24%t

* Less than 0 S^r-

** Percentages add to more than 39 because some respondents gave
several answers.

t Percentages add to more than 23 because some respondents gave
several answers.

25. (US May '44) As far as you know, is Negro blood the same
as white blood or is it different in some way? (norc)

Same

National total 36%

(May '46)
National total 44%

Different Don't know
32% 32%

Negro ,
White.

68%
42

30%

17%
•31

26%

15%

26. (US May '44) From what you know, do you think most
Negroes in this town would rather go places where only
Negroes go, or do you think they would rather go places
where white people also go? (norc)

Only Negroes 53% White people 34% Don't know 13%

27. (US May '44) Do you think some restaurants in this town
should serve both Negro and white people? (norc)

Yes 46% No 47% Don't know 4% Qualified answer 3%

Why don't you think so? Asked of 47% of the sample who
thought that no restaurants in their town should serve both
Negro and white people.

Negroes are not clean 5%

Negroes bold, obnoxious, unmannered 1

They're different, different habits 1

Whites would stop patronizing 3

Indignation expressed, whites a superior race 16

Would lead to social equality 2

Both races prefer privacy 3

Just a matter of custom, never have mixed 6

It would cause trouble, riots 5

Other answers 2

Should be separate, segregate 6

Don't know *

50%'

* Less than 0.5%.

*' Percentages add to more than 47 because some respondents gave
more than one reason.

28. (US May '44) Do you think you would eat in a restaurant
that served both Negro and white people? (norc)

Yes 51% No 42% Don't know 1% Qualified answer 6%

If a Negro were sitting at one table would you sit at a table
next to his? Asked of 51% of the sample who said they would
cat in a restaurant that served both Negro and white people.
Yes 43% No 4% Don't know 1% Qualified answer 3%

29. (US May '44) Do you think anything should be done about
making it possible for Negroes to have better housing than
most of them have now? (norc)

Yes 69% No 22% Don't know 9% Qualified answer *

What do you think should be done? Asked of 69% of the
sample who thought that something should be done.

Government housing projects 28%

Improve housing standards by law, good sections 25

Lower rents 2

Educate them, health, playground projects 5

Segregate in one part of the country 1

Move Negroes to rural sections, farms 1

Allow Negroes to live in good sections 2

Economic equality, give them better jobs 4

Other answers 2

Segregate them, keep separate 1

Don't know 7

78%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 69 because some respondents sug-
gested more than one change.

30. (US May '44) Would it make any difference to you if a

Negro family moved in next door to you? (norc)

Yes 69% No 22% Don't know 2% Qualified answer 7%

Why would it make a difference? Asked of 69% of the sample

who said that such a thing would make a difference to them.

Real estate depreciates 10%

Whites and Negroes not ready for this relationship. ... 1

Negro undesirable neighbor, dirty, untidy 5

Negro undesirable because immoral, arrogant 7

Negroes are basically different 4

Association would be objectionable 22

That would be too close to Negro, I'm white 22

One Negro family would bring in more 3

Other answers 1

Should be separate, segregate 4

Don't know 1

80%*
* Percentages add to more than 69 because some respondents gave
more than one reason.

31. (US May '44) Since the war started, do you know if there
have been any riots between Negroes and white people any-
where in the United States? (norc)

Yes, no special place 5%

Detroit 45

Haven't heard 28

Los Angeles, New York, Mobile, Beaumont 24

Other places 22

124%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents named
more than one place.

32. (US May '44) Do you think all Negroes are pretty much
alike? (norc)

Yes 39% No 57%. Don't know 4%

33. (US May '44) Do you think all white people arc pretty
much alike? (norc)

Yes 25% No 74% Don't know 1%

Territorial Expansion

1. (US Nov 12 '39) Would you be willing to see the United
States trade the war debts which the English owe us for some
islands near the Panama Canal (in the West Indies)? A compa-
rable cross-section was asked: Would you like to sec, etc.?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 66% No 34%

2. (US Dec '39) If England and France want to buy here and
have no more cash, should we provide them with funds by

[ S)91 ]

buying from their possessions and investments in Soutii America
and other parts of the Western Hemisphere? (for)

No Don't know

39.2% 16.2%

VACATIONS

Yes
National total 44.6%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 48.3% 38.8%

Poor 42.6 38.0

BY OCCUPATION

Executives 61.4%- 32.7%

Factory labor 52.2 35. 6

12.9%
19.4

5.9%
12.2

3. (US June 14 '40) If the Allies need more money for running
the war, would you be in favor of the United States and other
American republics buying the British, French, and Dutch
possessions in the area of the Panama Canal? When a com-
parable cross-section was asked the question, respondents were
shown a map of these possessions in the Panama Canal area.
Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 81% No 19%

4. (US July '40) If England and France run out of cash and
want to buy more supplies here, should we provide them with
the cash by buying some of their territory on this side of the
ocean? (for)

Yes 61.4%, No 22.0% Don't know 16.6%,

5. (US Dec 13 '40) If England offers to pay its World War
debt to the United States by giving us islands or land near the
Panama Canal, would you approve our accepting this offer?
(aipo)

Yes 88% No 12% No opinion (10%)

6. US Mar 15 '46) Would you favor admitting Hawaii into
the Union as a state? A comparable cross-section was asked:
A vote of the people in the Territory of Hawaii showed a
majority wanted Hawaii to be admitted into the Union as the
49th state. Would you favor admitting Hawaii as a state?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 48% No 23% No opinion 29%

(Feb 13 '46) Would you favor admitting Hawaii into the
Union as a state?
Yes 58% No 19%o No opinion 23%,

7. (US Mar 15 '46) Would you favor or oppose having Hawaii
admitted as a 49th state in the Union? (aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion

National total 60%, 19% 21%o

BY POLITICS

Democrats 61%

Republicans 61

17%
21

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic 62% 20%

East and West central 59 20

South 55 16

Far West 66 15

Pacific coast 68 18

22%
18

18%

8. (US Sept 21 '46) Would you favor or oppose having Alaska

admitted as a 49th state in the Union? (aipo)

Favor 64% Oppose 12% No opinion 24%

1. (US July '36) How many days' vacation do you expect to

have this year? (for)

1-7 days 14.0%,

8-16 days 28.3

17-21 days 2.0

22-30 days 3.5

Over 30 days 3.2

None 44.6

Don't know 4.4

How far do you expect to go from home (one way)?

50-100 miles 13.2

100-500 miles 39.5

Over 500 miles 26.3

Don't go away 1.9

Don't know 7.4

2. (US July '36) Has (would) the (proposed) reduction in
railway fares from three and a half to two cents a mile made
(make) a difference in your vacation plans? (for)

Yes 16.5% No 81.3% No answer 2.2%

3. (US July 12 '37) If someone paid all your expenses, where
would you like to go on a two months' vacation? (aipo)

California 11%

Europe 7

Cover United States 6

Florida 4

Western United States 4

Canada 3

Around world 3

Alaska 2

Yellowstone National Park 2

Hawaii 2

South America 2

England 2

Home town 2

All others 44

No answer 6

Quly 26 '37) California 12%

Europe 8

Florida 6

United States (travel) 5

Canada 3

West 3

Hawaii 3

New York City 2

Southern states 2

Colorado 2

To the mountains 2

All others 44

No answer 8

4. (US July 26 '37) Would you rather have a vacation in the
summer or in the winter? (aipo)

Summer 72%

Winter 21

No opinion 6

Fall 1

5. (Great Britain June 12 '39) Can you afford a holiday of a
week or more away from home this summer? (bipo)

Yes 59% No 41%

[992]

What are you doing on your holiday? Asked of 59% of sample
who said they could afford a holiday of a week or more away
from home this summer.

Seaside 44%

Country 21

Abroad 10

Motoring 6

Staying at home 5

Rambling 4

Camping 3

Cruising 2

Visiting 2

Don't get a holiday 1

Yachting 1

Cycling 1

In what month will you take your vacation? Asked of 59%
of sample who said they could afford a holiday of a week or
more away from home this summer.

May 1%

June 12

July 26

August 48

September 11

October 1

Other 1

6. (US June 7 '39) What kind of place do you like best to go for
a vacation — lake, mountains, seashore, or some other place?
(aipo)

Lake 25%

Mountains 34

Seashore 22

Other 7

7. (US June 7 '39) Do you (or your husband) usually get a
vacation with pay each year? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 73%

8. (US June 7 '39) Are you getting a vacation this year? (aipo)

Yes 33'

No 53%

Don't know 14%

How long will it [your vacation] last? Asked of 33% of the
sample who were getting a vacation this year.

One week or less 8%

Over 1 week to 2 weeks 16

Over 2 weeks to 3 weeks 2

Over 3 weeks to 4 weeks 3

Over 4 weeks 2

No answer 2

Do you plan to go on a trip? Asked of 33% of the sample
who were getting a vacation this year.
Yes 22% No 8% Don't know 3%

9. (US June 7 '39) Do you get a vacation with pay this year?
(aipo)

Yes 25% No 75%

How long will it [your vacation] last? Asked of 25% of the
sample who were getting a vacation with pay this year.

One week or less 5%

Over 1 week to 2 weeks 14

Over 2 weeks to 3 weeks 1

Over 3 weeks to 4 weeks 2

Over 4 weeks 2

No answer 1

Do you plan to go on a trip? Asked of 25% of the sample
who were getting a vacation with pay this year.
Yes 17% No 6% Don't know 2%

10. (Great Britain June '42) Are you taking a summer holiday
this year? (bipo)

Yes 48% No 52%

11. (US Sept 29 '42) Did you take a vacation last winter?
(aipo)

Yes 9% No 91% |

Where did you go [on your vacation]? Asked of 9% of the
sample who took a vacation last winter.

New York 1%

Middle Atlantic states 1

Northeast central states 1

Northwest central states 1

Florida 1

Southwestern states 1

Northwestern states 1

California 1

12. (US Sept 29 '42) Have you made any plans to take a vaca-
tion trip this winter? (aipo)

Yes 5% No 95%

Where do you plan to go on your vacation trip this winter?

Asked of 5% of the sample who had planned to take a vacation

trip in the winter.

New York 1%

Northeast central states 1

Northwest central states 1 J

Florida, and the southwestern states. . 1 ^

California 1

How do you plan to go on your vacation this year? Asked
of 5% of the sample who had made plans to take a vacation
trip in the winter.

Train 3%,

Bus 1

Automobile 1

Others *

* Less than 0.5%.

Is there any special reason why you plan to take a vacation
this winter? Asked of 5% of the sample who had planned to
take a vacation trip in the winter.

For health reasons 1%

Company gives it them 1

Visit relatives, parents 1

Other 1 J

No answer 1 "

13. (Sweden Apr '43) How would you like to spend a fort-
night's holiday? How did you spend your holiday last year?
(sGi)

Holiday Holiday

wanted last year

Seaside or health resort on the coast. . 21.0% 5.5%

Summer home or farm 14.5 H.O

Cycling, camping 12.0 8.0

Traveling as a tourist 8.5 2.0

At home _ 7.5 11-5

Mountains 7.0 1.0

Travel to a certain city 7.0 6.5

Bathing place or health resort inland . . 3.5 15

Other 5.0 5.0

Don't know 14.0 —

No holiday last year — 8.0

Unspecified — 40.0

14. (Sweden Apr '43) How long was your summer holiday
last year? (sgi)

[993]

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper Middle

classes classes Workers

Less than one week 4% 5% 3%

1 week 5 12 13

2 weeks 22 17 28

3 weeks 12 6 3

4 weeks or more 29 9 3

No summer holiday last year 21 43 40

Unspecified 7 8 10

15. (Great Britain Mar '44) Do you intend to arrange a holiday
away from home this year? (bipo)

Yes 34% No 57% Don't know 9%,

Have you already arranged your accommodation [for your
holiday]? Asked of 34% of the sample who intended to take
a holiday this year.

Yes 15% No 19%

16. (Denmark June 4 '44) Which summer month do you con-
sider the best for a holiday at the seaside? (dgi)

May 0.5%

June 12.0

July 67.0

August 14.0

September 1.0

Don't know 5-5

17. (Denmark June 11 '44) Which summer month do you
consider the best for taking a holiday in the country (not sea-
side)? (dgi)

May 3%

June 14

July 47

August 22

September 5

Don't know 9

18. (Denmark June 18 '44) How would you like to spend
14 days' summer holiday, if it were possible for you to do so,
and how did you spend your summer holiday last year? (dgi)

This year Last year

Seaside 23.0% 7.0%

Stay at a farm 15.0 13.0

Stay at one's own house 13. 0 7.0

Cycling 12,0 8.0

In the country 4.0 2.0

Visiting family 4.0 9.0

At home 4.0 19.0

Traveling around 2.0 —

Sailing 2.0 1.0

Visit Copenhagen 2.0 2.0

Hiking 1.0 0.5

Camping 0.6 0.6

Allotment gardening, etc 0.6 2.0

Other ways 1.8 4.9

No holidays 1 .0 24.0

Don't know 14.0 —

19. (Denmark July 16 '44) Where in Denmark would you
prefer to spend 14 days' summer holiday? (dgi)

Bornholm 8%

Nordsjaslland 6

Vestkysten 5

Jylland 4

K0benhaven 3

Sjaslland 3

Fyen 3

Silkeborg 3%

Skagen 2

S0nderjylland 2

Vejle 1

Other places 30

Don't know 30

Why? [Referring to preference for spending 14 days' summer
holiday.]

Beautiful country 32%

Have relatives there 20

Never been there before 10

Spent childhood there 9

Good beach 7

Used to go there 5

Have heard about the place 2

Near home 2

Peaceful and quiet 2

Don't know 11

Is it possible for you to do it [spend 14 days' summer holiday
some where in Denmark]?
Yes 58% No 35%

Don't know 7%

20. (Great Britain May '45) Have you booked holiday ac-
commodation? (bipo)

Yes 33%

Tried and failed 4

Still trying 13

No holiday away 46

No plans to yet 4

Are you having to pay more than you wanted to pay? Asked
of 33% of the sample who had booked holiday accommoda-
tions.

Yes 15% No 18%

Do you think that the charge is excessive? Asked of 33%
of the sample who had booked holiday accommodations.
Yes 12%, No 21%,

21. (Denmark Aug 4 '45) Do you think that a housewife
should have her holiday by herself, without husband and
children? (dgi)

Yes 16% No 64% Don't know 10%

22. (Canada Sept 26 '45) Have you had a vacation this sum-
mer, or do you plan to have one? (cipo)

Had vacation 53% No vacation 45% Undecided 2%

23. (Great Britain Sept 29 '45) Did you go on a summer holi-
day? (bipo)

Yes No

National total 51%, 49%

BY SEX

Men 52% 48%

Women 49 51

BY AGE

21-29 years 61% 39%

30-49 years 53 47

50 years and over 45 55

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 78% 22%

Middle income 68 32

Lower income 43 57

What kind of accommodation did you have? Asked of 51%
of the sample who went away on a summer holiday.

[994 ]

National total .

Men

Women

Boarding
Hotel house Rooms

9% 16% 9%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

BY SEX

11% 14%

6 17

21-29 years

30-49 years

50 years and over. . .

19%

10%
8

10
9

Other
17%

17%
18

27%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 44% 14% 6%

Middle income 16 25 8

Lower income 3 13 10

Do you think you got value for your money [in holiday
accommodations]? Asked of 51% of the sample who went away
on a summer holiday.

Yes No

National total 30% 13%

14%

Don't know
8%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 31%
29

BY AGE

21-29 years 35%

30-49 years 31

50 years and over 26

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 48%

Middle income 39

Lower income 26

14%
12

16%

25%

10%

24. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) Have you booked holiday
accommodation? (bipo)

Tried and
Yes jailed

National total.

Men

Women

Still
trying

13%

N» holiday

away

50%

BY SEX

35% 2%

36 3

21-29 years

30-49 years 37

50 years and over. . 33

BY AGE

36% 2%

3
2

Higher income .
Middle income
Lower income .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

58% -

44 3%

30 2

11%
14

15%
15

9%
15
12

52%
47

47%

33%

What is it? Asked of 35% of the sample who said they had
booked holiday accommodations.
Board-
Private
lodgings Hotel

26% 19%

wg
house

National total.

29%

Holiday
camp

Other

17%

Men.

Women 33

21-29 years 32%

30-49 years 31

50 years and over 24

BY SEX

28%
24

BY AGE

18%

22%
16

15%

17
22

10%
9

16%
10
5

16%
18

19%

Higher income.
Middle income.
Lower income. .

Board-
ing
house

■10/

Private

lodgings Hotel

16% 60%

28 23

27 8

Holiday
camp

6 20

13 15

Other

20%

Are you having to pay more than you wanted to pay [for
your holiday accommodations]?

Yes No

National total 39% 61%

BY SEX

Men 34% 66%

Women 43 57

BY AGE

21-29 years 38% 62%

30-49 years 40 60

50 years and over 37 63

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 40% 60%

Middle income 35 65

Lower income 22 78

Do you think that the charge is excessive? Asked of 35%
of the sample who said they had booked holiday accommoda-
tions.

Yes No Don't know

National total 29% 66% 5%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . . 26%
. .. 33

21-29 years 26%

30-49 years 32

50 years and over 27

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher income 25%

Middle income 27

Lower income 31

70%
62

69%

4%
5

25. (France May 1 '46) At what time of the year would you
prefer to take your vacation? (fipo)

Spring 14%

Summer (no month named) 21

July 11

August 23

September 6

Autumn 3

Winter 10

No opinion 12

26. (France May 1 '46) In what part of France would you
prefer to take your vacation? (fipo)

Southern France (Cote d'Azur) 27%

Alps 12

Brittany 12

Pyrenees 7

Central France 5

Western beaches 5

Northern shore 4

Vosges Mountains 2

Paris 2

Jura 1

[995]

Country 6%

Sea 4

Mountains 2

Colonies or abroad 1

Undecided 10

27. (Norway June 28 '46) Where would you prefer to spend
your summer holidays this year? (ngi)

:^ s

.a
a

National total .

t *" S "^ "^ a

x; 5 :? ^ ^ Q
33% 26% 16% 10% 3% 1% 1% 10%

BY SEX

Men 37% 25% 14% 9% 4% 1% 2% 8%

Women 30 26 17 11 2 1 1 12

BY AGE

18-25 years 32% 31% 22% 7% 1% 7%

25-35 years 35 28 19 7 2 1% 1% 7

35-50 years 37 23 14 12 3 1 1 9

50 years and over. ... 30 25 11 11 4 1 4 14

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 26% 37% 13% 10% 3% 2% - 9%

Middle 32 29 20 9 11 2% 6

Lower 34 25 15 10 3 1 2 10

28. (US Aug '46) Who do you think should have the most
to say in deciding where to spend a vacation, the husband or
the wife? (for)

Husband

Men 11.8%

Women 12.8

29. (US Oct '46) It has been said that the trouble with vaca-
tions is that they arc too short. Do you feel you could do a
better job if you had more vacation time than you now take,
less, or is your present vacation about right? Asked of a national
cross-section of business executives, (for)

More 32.9% Less 2.0% About right 65.1%

30. (US Oct '46) How much vacation will you take this year?
Asked of a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

BY SEX

Both the

Don't

Wife

same

Depends

know

13.5%

64.3%

4.5%

5.9%

8.5

69.4

3.8

-5

«1

-«
^

National total 11.4

9.5

24.9

22.0

21.4

10.1

0.7

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Greater New York. . 7.8

5.9

18.6

24.4

30.4

12.1

0.8

Remainder of the

Northeast 11.1

11.7

26.4

21.9

18.4

9.4

1.1

South 17.4

10.5

39.3

18.6

9.6

4.0

0.6

Midwest 12.1

8.7

22.8

21.9

22.8

11.5

0.2

Far West 15.9

11.2

290

17.7

16.8

7.5

1.9

31. (France Oct 1 '46) Did you take a vacation this summer?
(fipo)

Yes 59% No 41%

Did you have a good vacation? Asked of 59% of the sample
who took a vacation.

Very Good Not very No
good enough good answer

National total 41% 42% 15%

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 36% 43% 19%

Farmers 31 49 18

White-collar 45 40 14

Professionals 42 43 12

Business 48 40 9

Private income and pensions 35 59 6 —

BY POLITICS

Communists 19% 28% 15% 38%

Socialists 23 31 10 36

Radical-socialists 25 17 11 47

MRP 30 24 6 40

PRL 27 27 3 43

On the whole, did you have good weather? Asked of 59%
of the sample who took a vacation.

Good weather 32%

Bad weather 26

Neither good nor bad weather 19

Sometimes good, sometimes bad. ... 23

VEGETABLE GARDENING

1. (Great Britain Apr 10 '39) Have you a flower or vegetable
garden? (bipo)

Yes 58% No 42%

2. (Great Britain Dec '39) Since the war began, has your
family started growing foodstuffs or keeping any kind of
livestock? (bipo)

Did so before
Yes No the war

15% 68% 17%

(Mar '41) 33 43 24

3. (US Apr 15 '42) Do you plan to have a vegetable garden
this spring? (aipo)

Don't No place
No know for one

11% 2% 19%

No Undecided

44% 2%

No No place Already
No answer for one have one
31% 1% 18% 4%

Yes

52%

Yes

Can 23 '43)... 54%

Yes

(Apr 13 '46)... 46%

4. (US Apr 15 '42) Did you have a vegetable garden last year?
(aipo)

Yes No

41% 59%

Qan 7 '43)... 48 52

(May 12 '43)..- 53 47

[996]

Y„s

No opinion

(May 9 '44)...

62%

25%

13%

No place

Yts

No answer

for one

(May 29 '45)...

57%

30%

12%

(Mar 13 '46)...

6. (Great Britain Oct '42) Does your family grow any of its
own vegetables? (bipo)

Yes 59% No 41%

Will you be growing your own vegetables next year?
Yes 60% No 30% Don't know 10%

6. (US Apr 2 '43) Do you plan to have a vegetable garden
for home consumption this year? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 17% Don't know 2% No place for one 20%

7. (Canada May 5 '43) Do you plan to have a vegetable garden
for your own use this year? Those who planned to have a
vegetable garden were asked: Will it be a larger or smaller
garden than you had last year? (cipo)

Larger garden 23%

Smaller garden 2

About the same 24

No garden last year 8

Don't plan to have a garden. ... 41

Not sure 2

(May 24 '44)

Larger garden 15%

Smaller garden 4

About the same 36

No garden last year 3

Don't plan to have one 39

Not sure 3

8. (US June 12 "43) Have you put in a vegetable garden? (aipo)
Yes 57% No 25% No opinion 18%

Do you plan to have one [a vegetable garden]? Asked of
25% of the sample who had not put in a vegetable garden.
Yes 35% No 65%

9. (Great Britain Aug 22 '43) Have you a garden or allotment?
(bipo)

Yes 61% No 39%

10. (US Jan 15 '44) Did you have a victory garden last year?
(norc)

Yes 64% No 36% No answer Less than 0.5%

Did you get more food out of it [victory garden] than you
needed for your daily use? Asked of 64% of the sample who
had a victory garden last year.

Yes 43% No 21%

What did you do with the food you couldn't eat right away?
Asked of 43% of the sample who got more food out of their
victory garden last year than they needed for their daily use.

Canned it 36%

Gave it away 14

Sold it 6

Stored it 4

Miscellaneous 2

Nothing left in ground *

Don't know *

(Apr 8 '44) Did you have a victory garden last year?

Yes 64%, No 36%

Do you plan to have one [victory garden] this year?
Yes 61% No 34% Don't know 5%

Do you plan to raise more food this year, about the same
amount, or less than you raised last year? Asked of 56% of
the sample who had victory gardens last year and planned to
have one this year.

More 22%

About the same 30

Less 3

Don't know 1

(May 18 '44) Did you have a victory garden last year?

Yes 63% No 37%

Do you have one [victory garden] this year?

Yes 60% No 40%

Why not? Asked of 40% of the sample who did not have a
victory garden this year.

No place for a victory garden 20%

No time for a victory garden 7

Miscellaneous personal reasons 7

Soil bad or conditions poor 2

A victory garden doesn't pay 1

Lack of help 1

Lack of gasoline or poor tires *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know 3

41%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 40 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Do you plan to raise more food this year, about the same
amount, or less than you raised last year? Asked of 55% of
the sample who had a victory garden last year and intended
to have one this year.

More 20%

About the same 29

Less 5

Don't know 1

Why [do you plan to raise more food]? Asked of 20% of
the sample who planned to raise more food in their victory
garden this year.

To increase family food supply 8%

More ground or better facilities this year. . 5

Patriotic reasons 3

For economic reasons 2

Enjoy experience and/or results 2 ■

Miscellaneous 1 1

Don't know 1

22%*

62%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 43 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

* Percentages add to more than 20 as some of the respondents gave
more than one answer.

In your opinion, did victory gardens help increase the food
supply last year?
Yes 95% No 2% Don't know 3%

Did they [victory gardens] help [increase the food supply]
a lot or only a little? Asked of 95% of the sample who thought
victory gardens did help increase the food supply last year.
Helped a little 11% Helped a lot 81% Don't know 3%

11. (US Mar 25 '44) Did you have a vegetable garden for home
consumption last year? (aipo)

[997]

Yes 58% No 26% No place for one 16%

Do you plan to have one [vegetable garden] this year?
^es 56% No 18% No place for one 24% Don't know 2%

Will it be a larger or smaller garden than you had last year?
A.sk;ed of the sample of those who had a vegetable garden
last year and planned to have one this year.
Larger 27% Smaller 7% Same 66%

12. (US May 31 '44) Have you started a vegetable garden this
►^ear? (aipo)

^es 54% No 31% No place for one 15%

Do you plan to have one [vegetable garden]? Asked of the
iample who had not started a vegetable garden this year.
Yes 24% No 76%

(May 29 '45) Have you started a vegetable garden this year?
fes 54% No 33% No answer 1% No place for one 12%

Do you plan to have one [vegetable garden]? Asked of 33%
jf the sample who had not started a vegetable garden,
fes 4% No 27% No answer 2%

13. (US May 9 '44) Do you think there is as much need for
.fictory gardens this year as there was last year? Asked of a
lational cross-section of persons who had not started a veg-
:tablc garden this year and did not plan to have one. (aipo)
^es 77% No 15% Don't know 8%

(May 29 '45) Do you think there is more need or less need
:or victory gardens this year than there was last year?
V[ore 81% Less 2% Same 13% Don't know 4%

14. (US May 18 '44) How about this year — do you think
:hat victory gardens are needed as much this year as last?

]^NORc)

^es 91% No 5% Don't know 4%

Why not? Asked of 5% of the sample who thought victory
gardens were not needed as much this year.

There is more food now 3%

Rationing has been taken off 1

Contribution of victory gardens is small . . *

Better crops this year *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

(May 26 '44) How about this year — do you think that
j^ictory gardens are needed as much this year as last?
^es 91% No 6% Don't know 3%

16. (US May 26 '44) In your opinion, did victory gardens

lelp increase the food supply last year? (norc)

Yes 94% No 2% Don't know 4%

Did they [victory gardens] help a lot or only a little? Asked
3f 94% of the sample who believed that victory gardens helped
increase the food supply last year.
Helped a lot 77% Helped a little 15% Don't know 2%

16. (Germany May 8 '46) Have you a garden? Those who had
I garden were asked: Approximately how large is it [your
garden]? (omgus)

Yes, no answer 1%

No 40

10 square meters or less 5

11-20 square meters 6

21-59 square meters 14

60-79 square meters 4

80-99 square meters 2

100-199 square meters 10%

200-399 square meters 9

400-799 square meters 5

800 square meters and over 4

VEGETARIANISM

1. (us Oct 2 '43) Many of the people in the United States
are vegetarians, that is people who eat no fish, fowl, or meat
of any kind. Do you happen to be a vegetarian? (aipo)
Yes 4% No 96%

VENEREAL DISEASES

1. (US Dec 20 '36) Would you be in favor of a government
bureau that would distribute information concerning venereal
diseases? (aipo) '

Yes No

National total 90% 10%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 91% 9%

Middle Atlantic 92 8

East central 90 10

West central 84 16

South 93 7

Mountain 92 8

Pacific 89 11

BY RURAL-URBAN

Farmers 88% 12%

Small towns 88 12

Cities 91 9

Should this bureau [to distribute information] set up clinics
for the treatment of venereal diseases?

Yes No

National total 88% 12%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 93%

Middle Atlantic 92

East central 83

West central 81

South 93

Mountain 91

Pacific coast 83

BY RURAL-URBAN

Farmers 86%

Small towns 85

Big cities 89

8
17
19

9
17

14%

2. (US Jan '37) It is said that millions of Americans are unfit
for parenthood because of venereal diseases. One noted author-
ity has said that one of the best ways to curb this evil would
be legalized controlled prostitution. Do you agree with him?
(for)

[998]

Don't know

30.9%

18.6%

32.8%

14.5%

28.9

22.8

30.4%

17.6%

31.3

19.5

Yts
National total 50.5%

BY SEX

Men 52.7%

Women 48.3

BY AGE

Under 40 years 52.0%

Over 40 years 49-2

3. (US May 9 "37) Should Congress appropriate twenty-five
million dollars to help control venereal diseases? (aipo)

Yes 79% No 21%

4. (US May 9 '37) New Hampshire legislators have voted to
require a test for venereal diseases for all persons seeking
marriage licenses. Would you favor such a law in this state?
(aipo)

Yes No

National total 92% 8%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 89% 11%

Middle Atlantic 94 6

East central 93 7

West central 89 U

South 93 7

Rocky Mountain 89 11

Pacific coast 94 6

5. (US May 17 '37) As a means to control social diseases do
you favor providing free treatment for all persons afflicted,
regardless of their circumstances? (aipo)

Yes 77%, No 23% = 100% No opinion 9%

6. (US May 17 '37) As a means to control social diseases, do
you favor punishing by fine or imprisormient all persons afflicted
who do not get treated? (aipo)

Yes 73% No 27% = 100% No opinion 16%

7. (US July 12 '37) Illinois has passed a law requiring a test
for venereal diseases for all persons applying for marriage
licenses. Would you favor such a law in this state? (aipo)

Yes 88% No 6% No opinion 6%

8. (US Aug 8 '37) The United States Department of Health
is mailing a ballot to every family in Chicago, asking this
question: "In strict confidence and at no expense to you, would
you like to be given, by your physician, a blood test for
syphilis?" How would you vote if you received this ballot?
(aipo)

Yes No

National total 87% 13%

BY GEOGR,\PHIC.AL SECTION

New England 83% 17%

Middle Atlantic 88 12

East central 88 12

West central 84 16

South 90 10

Rocky Mountain 89 11

Pacific coast 82 18

BY RURAL-URBAN

Farm 88% 12%

Small town 89 11

Urban 86 14

BY AGE

Men, average 89% 11%

Women, average 85 15

Young persons (18-24 years) . . 90 10

9. (US Jan 26 '38) Would you favor a law requiring doctors
to give every expectant mother a blood test for syphilis? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 88% 12%

BY SEX

Women 90% 10%

Men 87 13

BY AGE (women ONLy)

18-24 years 93% 7%

25-34 years 91 9

35-44 years 89 11

45-54 years 89 11

55 years and over 84 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS (wOMEN ONLy)

Above average 95% 5%

Average 88 12

Below average 95 5

Poor 90 10

On relief 81 19

10. (US May 15 '38) Do you think Congress should appropriate
money to aid states in fighting venereal diseases? (aipo)

Yes 86% No 14%

Would vou be willing to pay higher taxes for this purpose
[to fight venereal diseases]?

Yes 69% No 31%

11. (Great Britain Aug 22 '42) Would you be in favor of public
bureaus to distribute information on venereal diseases? (bipo)
Yes 79% No 8% Don't know 13%

12. (Great Britain Aug 22 '42) Would you favor a law requir-
ing a test for venereal disease for all persons seeking marriage
licenses? (bipo)

Yes 64% No 19% Don't know 177o

13. (Australia Sept-Oct '42) Would you favor an outspoken
press, radio, and pulpit campaign on venereal disease? (apop)

Favor 78%

Oppose 12

Undecided 8

No answer 2

14. (US Nov 13 '42) In order to control the spread of venereal
disease around army camps, which of these plans do you favor:
Require all prostitutes to take a regular weekly medical ex^
amination and quarantine those who are diseased, or conduct
a police drive (rely upon continuous police action) to get rid
of all prostitutes around army camps? (alpo)

Medical
examination

and
quarantine

National total 55%

Police
action

45%

Men . . .
Women

61%
49

39%
51

32%

(Apr 10 '43) National total 68%

15. (Australia Feb '43) Should it be compulsory or voluntary
for people with venereal disease to attend a clinic? (apop)
Compulsory 95% Voluntary 2% Undecided 3%

16. (Great Britain Apr '43) Do you approve or disapprove of
the government's campaign against venereal disease? (bipo)
Approve 87% Disapprove 3% Don't know 10%

[ 999 ]

Is there anything more you think might be done against
venereal disease?

No 30%

More information about venereal disease; straight talk-
ing; films, etc 13

Sex education in general; hygiene taught in schools 8

Regular medical examination for all 8

Compulsory reporting and treatment 6

Licensed houses 3

More clinics 2

Tests before marriage 2

Less immorality 2

Don't know anything about it 2

Preventives for civilians too —

Miscellaneous 6

No answer 18

17. (Canada May 15 '43) Would you approve or disapprove of
a law that would require both men and women to take a
physical examination and blood test before they marry? (cipo)
Approve 84% Disapprove 6% No opinion 10%

18. (Canada May 15 '43) Do you think it would be a good
idea, or a bad idea if the government sponsored a campaign to
give people more information about the treatment of venereal
disease (such as syphilis or gonorrhoea), and made it pos-
sible for anyone to have an examination free of charge? (cipo)

Good idea Bad idea No opinion

90% 2% 8%

(Feb 6 '46) 93 4 3

19. (Canada June 21 '44) At the present time, the government
is carrying on a widespread campaign against venereal disease.
Do you think it would be a good idea or not to give lectures to
senior high school students on this subject? (cipo)

Good idea 93% Poor idea 4% Undecided 3%

20. (Canada June 21 '44) Do you think that any one having a
venereal disease should be forced by law to take treatment free
of charge until cured, or do you think this should be left for
the person to decide? (cipo)

Should force treatment 94% Leave to individual 4%

No opinion 2%

21. (Canada Feb 6 '46) In some provinces there is a law re-
quiring both men and women to take a physical examination
and blood test before they marry. Do you approve or disapprove
of this law? (cipo)

Approve 89% Disapprove 6% Undecided 5%

22. (Canada Feb 6 '46) In some states in the United States the
law also compels mothers to be tested for venereal disease in
order to make sure that the baby is born healthy. Do you
think this is a good law or not? (cipo)

Good law 85% Not a good law 7% Undecided 8%

23. (Sweden Apr '46) Do you think that school children
should be taught the existence and significance of venereal
disease? (sgi)

Yes
National total 74%

BY SEX

Men 77%

Women 72

Yes, but
only in
certain
forms

6%
6

Don't

No know

12% 8%

Yes

Upper class 76%

Middle class 73

Workers 75

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Yes, but
only in

certain
forms

14%
6
5

8%
13
12

Don't

know

20-29 years 81% 5% 9% 5%

30-49 years 79 6 10 5

50-64 years 69 6 15 10

65 years and over 54 5 23 18

At what age do you think they [the children] should be
told [about venereal disease]? Asked of 80% of the sample who

thought children should be taught the existence of venereal
disease.

National total.

►-J

16% 39% 20% 2%

Women 1% 14% 39% 20% 2% 2%

Men 1 19 39 20 2 2

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 1% 13% 35% 33% 8% —

Middle class 1 12 39 23 2 2%

Workers 1 20 40 17 2 —

BY AGE

20-29 years 2% 15% 48% 19% 2% —

30-49 years 1 18 41 20 2 3%o

50-64 years 1 16 34 22 2 —

65 years and over 1 11 25 17 2 3

24. (Sweden Apr '46) Should one do something about it if
one has been infected with a venereal disease? (soi)

Yes No

National total 94% 6%,

BY SEX

Women 93% 7%

Men 95 5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 96% 4%

Middle class 94 6

Workers 94 6

BY AGE

20-29 years 95% 5%

30-49 years 97 3

50-64 years 94 6

65 years and over 81 19

26. (Sweden Apr '46) What do you think are the possibilities
of curing syphilis? (sGi)

Incurable Curable Don't know
National total 8% 52% 40%

11%
14

Women .

Men . . .

BY SEX

.. 8%

45%
59

47%
33

[ 1000 ]

upper class . .
Middle class.
Workers

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Incurable

20-29 years

30-49 years

50-64 years

65 years and over.

10
10

Curable

61%
57
43
28

Don't know

22%

33%
35

47
62

VETERANS

1. (Canada July 4 '42) From what you have seen or read, do
you think the soldiers who returned from the last war were,
on the whole, fairly or unfairly treated? (cipo)

Fairly 39'>

Unfairly 45%

Don't know 16%

2. (Canada July 4 '42) Do you think the soldiers who return
from this war should be treated more generously than the
veterans of the last war? (cipo)

More generously 66% Not more generously 21%

Undecided 13%

3. (Canada Jan 27 '45) From what you have heard or read, do
you think the government in this war is doing too much for
returned men, or not doing enough for them? (cipo)

About right 44*^

Not enough 40%
Don't know 14%

Too much 2%

4. (US June 27 '45) Some people say that our army leaders
will try to run this country after the war. Do you believe this?
(aipo)

Yes 9% No 73% Don't know 18%

6. (US July 27 '45) If war veterans get organized after this
war into a strong political group, do you think that would be
a good thing or a bad thing for the country? (aipo)

Good Bad No opinion

National total 43% 28% 29%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional.

White-collar

Farmers

Manual workers

40%
42
40
49

40%
37
32
18

20%
21
28
33

6. (Canada Dec 1 '45) Do you think that veterans being dis-
charged right now have any cause for complaint about the
way the government plans for them are being carried out? (cipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 24% 52% 24%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional and

small business 28%

White-collar 24

Labor 27

Farm 17

7. (Canada Feb 13 '46) It has been suggested that returned
men should form their own political party in this country.
Would you approve or disapprove if this were done? (cipo)
Approve 18% Disapprove 63% Undecided 19%

52%

20%

8. (US May 11 '46) Would you be interested in going back
into some branch of the service if the pay were increased 50%?
Asked of a national cross-section of veterans of World War II.
(aipo)

Yes 23% No 74% No opinion 3%

9. (Australia July '46) In your opinion, is the federal govern-
ment doing enough for ex-servicemen? (apop)

Yes 26% No 59% No opinion 15%

10. (US July 24 '46) Do you belong to any veterans' organiza-
tion? Asked of a national cross-section of male veterans of
World War II. (aipo)

Yes 41% No 58% No answer 1%

Do you plan to join one [a veterans' organization]? Asked
of 58% of the sample who did not belong to any veterans'
organization.

Yes 31% No 23% No answer 4%

Which one? Asked of 72% of the sample who belonged or
planned to join a veterans' organization.

No answer, don't know 8%

American Legion 38

Veterans of Foreign Wars 26

Disabled American Veterans 2

AMVETS 2

American Veterans Committee 2

Jewish War Veterans *

Miscellaneous 3

81%*

* Less than 0.5%.
** Percentages add to more th.in 72 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

11. (US Sept 20 '46) Has the government given you, as a vet-
eran, all the help you think it should? Asked of a national
cross-section of male veterans of World War II. (aipo)
Yes 71% No 26% No answer 3%

What more should it [the govertmient] do [to help veterans]?
Asked of 26% of the sample who said the government had not
given all the help it should.

No answer 4%

They might give a bonus 4

Do what they say 1

See that each veteran has a good job 2

Speed up getting compensation, pensions, allowances. . . 1

Help veteran find place to live 4

Get rid of red tape — get GI loan through 4

Miscellaneous 7

27%*

* Percentages add to more than 26 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

12. (US Sept 6 '46) What do you think about what the vet-

erans did in the recent local

election in

Athens,

Tennesse

(aipo)

All right.

or all right

Good idea

Haven t

under the

but wrong

heard of

circumstances

method

opinion

affair

National total. .. 25%

20%

48%

Veterans 46

13. (Canada Nov 2 '46) Have you heard or read of the recent
action of some veteran organizations in moving their families
into empty buildings owned by the government? (cipo)

[ 1001

Do you approve of this action or not? Asked of 81% of the
sample who had heard or read of the recent action of some
veteran organizations in moving their families into empty
buildings owned by the government.
Approve 54% Disapprove 17% Undecided 10%

Education

1. (us Apr '45) There has been a lot of talk about the govern-
ment providing further education for returning servicemen at
government expense. In general do you think this is a good
idea or not such a good idea? (for)

Good idea 85.4% Not such a good idea 8.3%

Don't know 6.3%

Employment

1. (us Apr '43) If there aren't enough jobs after the war for
all the men now in the armed forces, do you think it should be
up to the government to guarantee jobs for them or not? (norc)
Should 73% Should not 22% No opinion 3%

Qualified answer 2%

If the government has to do one of these four things to get
them [veterans] all jobs which one would you choose: Start
some government projects which would not compete with
private business; start some government projects which would
compete with private business; take over and run some private
business; give money to some businesses so they can hire more
people? Asked of 78% of the sample who thought the govern-
ment should guarantee jobs for veterans and those who had
no opinion on the subject.
Start government projects which would not compete with

private business 40%

Start government projects which would compete with

private business 6

Take over and run some private businesses 6

Give money to some businesses so they can hire more peo-
ple 17

No opinion 7

Qualified answer 2

2. (Australia May '45) What do you think of the plan to give
servicemen first preference for jobs for seven years after the
war? (apop)

In favor 65% Opposed 27%o Undecided 8%,

3. (Australia May-June '43) If servicemen receive preference
for jobs after the war, should it be permanent — or for only a
few years after discharge — or do you oppose any preference?
(apop)

Favor preference:

Perma- Few years Oppose any Unde-

nently only preference cided

National total.... 47% 28%o 17% 8%

Men 43%, 31%,

Women 52 23

BY POLITICS

Liberal-Country

party

Labor party

50%
44

30%
26

20%
15

13%

6%
10

7%
8

4. (Australia Jan '45) For how long after the war do you think
returned servicemen should have preference for jobs — only a
few years, indefinitely, or not at all? (apop)

Only a few years: 41%

1 to 3 years 10%

5 years 15

About 10 years 9

No exact term 7

Indefinitely 34

Oppose preference 20

No opinion 5

6. (Australia July '43) If servicemen receive preference for jobs
after the war, should all servicemen receive the same preference,
or should some have preference before others? (apop)

Same preference for all 54%

Some before others: 32

Those on active service . . . 16%

Volunteers, AIF 9

Disabled veterans 2

According to circum-
stances 5

No answer because opposed to any
preference 14

6. (US June 26 '43) Do you think the men in the armed forces
will have a hard time finding jobs when the war is over? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 56% 35%, 9%

Families with a member in

Armed Forces 55 35 10

7. (US Aug 17 '43) Will the men now in the armed forces have
a better chance to get a job after the war if the Republicans are
in power in Washington or if the Democrats are in power?
(aipo)

Republicans 16% Democrats 26% No difference 33%
Don't know 25%

8. (US Jan 4 '44) Is it your understanding that each man who
left a job to go into the armed forces has a guarantee to get
that job back at the same salary after the war? (aipo)

Yes 53% No 35% Don't know 12%o

9. (US July '44) After the war, do you think soldiers should
be given first choice of the jobs that are open, or do you think
everybody should have an equal chance to get jobs? (for)
Soldiers first 65.2%o Everybody equal 31.3%,

Don't know 3.5%

10. (US Sept 8 '44) When the war is over and many soldiers
return to civilian life, they may not find jobs. Do you think
the government should give soldiers money if they find them-
selves out of work after the war? (aipo)

Yes 83% No 13% Don't know 4%,

How much money should the government give per week to
a married veteran with two children while he is unemployed?
Asked of 83% of the sample who thought the government
should give veterans money if they find themselves out of
work after the war.

Under $20 6%

$20 9

$25 20

$30 12

$35 8 ■

$40 5

Over $40 7

Estimate 16

Median: $25

[ 1002 ]

11. (Australia June '46) By federal law servicemen have pref-
erence for another 6 and 3^2 years. Do you favor preference
ending then — or should it extend longer? (apop)

Limit to 6}^2 years 70% Extend longer 22% Undecided 8%

12. (US June "46) Do you personally know any veterans who
are trying to get a job? (for)

Yes 37.2% No 61.0%, No answer 1.8%

VOCABULARY

1. (us Aug 5 '41) Here are some words which may be included
on a quiz program, depending upon how many people under-
stand their meaning. We are trying to find out now how fa-
miliar these words are to people. Will you please look at this
card and give me the number of the word that seems to be the
closest to each word in capital letters, (aipo)
K FORM

1. Spa

school 3%

noon 2

captain 2

room 87

board 2

no selection 4

Lift

sort out 2%

raise 90

value 1

enjoy 2

fancy 2

no selection 3

Concern

see clearly 5%

engage .

furnish .

2. Accustom

disappoint 1%

customary 22

encounter 3

get used 65

business 2

no selection 7

Chirrup

aspen 3%

joyful 31

capsize 1

chirp 47

incite 3

no selection 15

Edible

auspicious 2%

eligible 6

fit to eat 76

3. Allusion

aria 1%

illusions 12

eulogy 2

dream 38

reference 30

no selection 17

disturb 13

have to do with. 70
no selection 6

Broaden

efface 1%

make level 3

elapse 2

embroider 1

widen 89

no selection 4

Blunt

■ dull

drowsy.

deaf

doubtful

ugly.

85%
1
3
2
3

no selection 6

sagacious 1

able to speak. ... 6
no selection 9

Fact

puissance 3%

remonstrance.... 1

agreement 73

skillet 2

pressure 12

no selection 9

Solicitor

lawyer 64%

chieftain 4

watchman 3

maggot 7

constable 8

no selection 14

Caprice

value 7%

a star 6

grimace 6

whim 48

inducement 8

no selection 25

Animosity

hatred 58%

animation 11

disobedience .... 5

diversity 3

friendship 4

no selection 19

Emanate

populate 7%

free,
prominent.

4. Cloistered

miniature 2%

bunched 36

arched 5

malady 1

secluded 36

no selection 20

Encomium

repetition 13%

friend 7

panegyric 14

abrasion 7

expulsion 9

no selection 50

Pristine

flashing 15%

earlier 8

primeval 24

T FORM
1. Nation

business 4%

daughter 1

country 92

chief 1

animal —

no selection 2

Every
sweet . .
not hot.
few ....
large,
each . . .

.... 2%
.... 1

.... 11
.... 9

.... 73

no selection 4

Blond

polite 2%,

dishonest 1

dauntless 1

2. Aged

years 11%

active 1

old 83

merciful 1

punctual 1

no selection 3

Conspire

plot 74%

breathe 6

rely 5

rival 6

come 31

no selection 27

Madrigal

song 27%

mountebank. ... 5

lunatic 14

ribald 6

sycophant 6

no selection 42

bound 5

green 6

no selection 42

Tactility

tangibility 13%

grace 13

subtlety 14

extensibility. ... 4

manageablcness . 24

no selection 32

Sedulous

muddied 8%

sluggish 13

stupid 11

assiduous 13

corrupting 17

no selection 38

coy 4

fair 89

no selection 3

Advertise

detain —

explore 2%

give notice of . . . 50

adverse 2

newspaper 43

no selection 3

Bog

ebb 3%,

disorder 3

swamp 76

field 5

difficulty 6

no selection 7

die 4

outrun 3

no selection 8

Concur

agree 73%

race 3

mongrel 3

pounce 4

ramble 4

no selection 13

[ 1003 ]

Downcast

throw down .... 13%

neutral 1

judicious 1

sad 74

broken 7

no selection 4

3. Avarice

ordinary 8%

various 8

empress 3

frailty 5

greed 55

no selection 21

Dynasty

davenport 3%

very unpleasant. 9

framework 4

ruling family. ... 64

engine 4

no selection 16

Sexton

cube 1%

janitor 61

compass 5

21%
10
2

4. Broach
dodge,
clasp. .
open . .
top. . .
edify.

no selection 11

Largess

enormity 21%

present 14

monstrosity 10

amiability 8

size 25

no selection 22

Monomania

flying machine . . 8%

conceit 22

one-colored 20

Average

level

count

evident

ordinary 61 .

distinct 2

no selection 4

archbishop 17

six singers 8

no selection 8

Conflagration

carnival 2%

celebration 13

fire 54

contagion 4

decorate with

flags 12

no selection 15

Reciprocal

saturnine 2%

mutual 42

receptive 31

morose 3

careless 5

no selection 17

endogen 5

aberration 13

no selection 32

Umbel

cluster 14%

canopy 16

shadow 10

pigment 13

ribbing 6

no selection 41

Sequestrate

follow 13%

petition 11

horseman 13

confiscate 28

redwood 2

no selection 33

2. (Denmark Apr 13 '46) Do you understand the meaning of
the word "authorize"? (dgi)

Believe understand, but mistaken 20%

Think so, but can't explain 7

Yes 22

No 51

3. (Denmark Apr 13 '46) Do you understand the meaning of
the word "structure"? (dgi)

Yes 10%

Wrong interpretation 10

Think so, but can't explain 3

No 77

4. (Denmark Apr 13 '46) Do you understand the word "con-
flict"? (dgi)

Yes 71%

Think that it means all sorts of other things . 6

Think so, but can't explain 2

No 21

6. (Denmark Apr 13 '46) Do you understand the meaning of

the word "psychosis"? (dgi)

Yes 20%

Think so, but don't understand 9

Cannot explain 4

No 67

WAGE AND PRICE REGULATION

1. (Great Britain Dec '39) Should the government control
prices and wages in war time? (bipo)

Prices 79% Wages 60% Don't know 18% = 157%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

2. (US July 9 '41) Do you favor, or oppose, the government
doing everything possible to keep prices from going up rap-
idly? (aipo)

Favor 89% Oppose 7% No opinion 4%

3. (US July 22 '41) As one way to prevent rapid increases,
would you favor the government keeping all salaries and wages
and prices of farm products where they are now until the war
in Europe is over? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 31% No opinion 9%

4. (US Sept 12 '41) As one way to prevent prices from going
up rapidly (to prevent rapid price increase), would you be will-
ing to have the government keep your wage (salary) rate
where it is now, if (provided) the government also holds the
prices (keeps the price) of things which you buy where they
are now? Asked of a national cross-section of employed people.
(aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 62% 32% 6%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Families earning:

less than $20 a week 57% 35%

$20 to $40 a week 65 30

over $40 a week 63 32

No opinion

Yes No

(Nov 9 '41) National total. 66% 28%

Quly 29 '42) Asked of 56% of a sample of employed people.

Yes No No opinion

70% 25% 5%

5. (US Sept '41) Which would you favor freezing at their
present levels for the duration of the emergency? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Wages 62.6%

Raw materials 52.3

Wholesale prices 30.8

Farm products 30.7

Retail prices 27.8

All-or-none 14.3

None 11.0

229.5%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

6. (US Nov 9 '41) A new law in Canada keeps prices from
going higher than they are now, and also keeps wages and

[ 1004 ]

salary rates from going higher. Would you approve or dis-
approve of such a law in the United States? A comparable cross-
section was asked: A recent law in Canada keeps wage and
salary rates from going higher than they arc now and also
keeps prices from going higher. Would you approve or dis-
approve of such a law in the United States? Results were com-
bined, (aipo)
Approve 67% Disapprove 24% No opinion 9%

7. (US Dec 14 '41) A recent law in Canada keeps wage and
salary rates from going higher than they arc now and also
keeps all prices, including prices of farm products, from going
higher. Would you approve, or disapprove, of such a law in
the United States? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National total

67%

(Dec 14 '41)
National total .

24%
28%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-At-
lantic 60% 30%

East central 61 29

West central 61 29

South 66 25

Far West 69 24

(Apr 5 '42)

National total 66%

BV OCCUPATION

Skilled, semi-skilled and un-
skilled labor 63%

Farmers 64

(May 24 '42)

National total 74%

24%

26%
27

18%

10%

11%
9

8. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) A recent law in Canada keeps
wages and salaries from going higher than they are now and
also keeps prices from going higher. Would you approve or
disapprove of such a law in Britain? (bipo)

Approve 70% Disapprove 13% Don't know 17%

9. (Canada Jan 7 '42) Do you feel you have a clear idea of what
this law [wage and price ceiling] involves as far as you person-
ally are concerned? (cipo)

Yes No

55% 45%
(July 18 '42) 64 36

10. (Canada Dec '41) There is a price and wage ceiling law to
keep Canadian prices from going higher and also to keep wages
and salaries from going higher. In general do you approve (or
disapprove) of this law? (ciPo)

Approve Disapprove Undecided
71% 22% 7%

(Mar 6 '43) 79 15 6

(Sept 25 '43) 69 20 11

11. (Australia Feb '42) Do you approve or disapprove the new
regulation to stop both wages and prices from going higher
than they are? (apop)

Approve 83% Disapprove 7% Undecided 10%

12. (US May 30 '42) If prices and rents are kept from going
higher during the war, and if profits are limited, do you think
wages ought to be limited too, so they don't go higher during
the war? 77% of the sample who thought wages should be
limited were asked: All wages, or only those over a certain
amount? (norc)

Wages should not be limited 16%

Don't know whether or not wages should be limited. ... 7

All wages should be limited 23

Only wages over a certain amount should be limited. ... 50
Don't know whether all wages or only those over a cer-
tain amount should be limited 4

13. (Canada July 18 '42) Do you think the law which keeps
prices and wages from going higher should remain in effect
after the war? (cipo)

Yes 50'?

No 33%

No opinion 17%

14. (US Sept 9 '42) Do you think it's necessary to control
both wages and farm prices in order to keep the cost of living
from going so high that we'll have a serious inflation? (norc)
Yes 87% No 7% Don't know 6%

15. (Great Britain Sept 20 '42) Would you agree or disagree
with a war measure which doesn't change wages or incomes
but fixes them where they are now provided that it also fixes
the cost of living, rent and profits? (bipo)

Agree 53% Disagree 29% Don't know 18%

16. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think there should be any limit
on how high wages and salaries should go during the war?
(norc)

Yes 85% No 9% Don't know 6%

Do you think all wages and salaries should be kept where
they are now, or do you think some should be allowed to go
higher? Asked of 85% of the sample who thought there should
be a limit on how high wages and salaries should go during
the war.

Kept where they are 21% Some go higher 57%

Don't know 7%

17. (US Sept 24 '42) If there is (is not) a limit on wages and
salaries will this affect prices, in general, or won't it make any
difference to prices? (norc)

Ajfect No dif- Not ascer- Not
prices ference tainahle asked

National total 52% 26% 16% 6%*

BY opinion (on wages during the war)
Wages should be unlimited. 43% 357o 22%
Wages should be kept where

they are or lower 56 32 12

Some should be higher 60 27 13

Not ascertainable 30 13 57

* Included in the national total is the 6% of the sample who did not
know if there should be a limit on wages during the war.

Will it [a limit (no limit)] make them [prices] go up or
down? Asked of 52% of the sample who thought that if there
was (was not) a limit on wages it would affect prices.

Stay Don't
Go up Go down down know
National total 12% 11% 25% 4%

BY OPINION (on wages DURING THE WAr)

Wages should be unlimited . 37% 1% 3% 2%

Wages should be kept where

they are or lower 5 14 33 4

Some should be higher 13 12 30 5

Not ascertainable 3 8 14 5

18. (US May 22 '43) If there were no limit on wages and
salaries, would this have any effect on prices in general, or
wouldn't it have any connection with prices? Would it make
them [prices] go up, stay the same, or go down? Asked of 83%

[ 1005 ]

of the sample who thought unlimited wages would affect
prices, (norc)

No connection between the two 9%

Don't know whether or not there is any connection 8

Prices would go up 78

Would go down 2

Don't know what prices would do 1

Would stay the same or stabilize 2

(Sept 9 '43) Asked of 80% of the sample who thought un-
limited wages would affect prices.

No connection between the two 10%

Don't know whether or not there is any connection 10

Prices would go up 76

Would stay the same or stabilize 2

Would go down 1

Don't know what prices would do 1

(Jan 7 '44) Asked of 77% of the sample who thought un-
limited wages would affect prices.

No connection between the two 11%

Don't know whether or not there is any connection 12

Prices would go up 74

Would stay the same or stabilize 1

Would go down 1

Don't know what prices would do 1

(June 23 '44) Asked of 76% of the sample who thought un-
limited wages would affect prices.

No connection between the two 11%

Don't know whether or not there is any connection 13

Prices would go up 73

Would stay the same or stabilize 1

Would go down 1

Don't know what prices would do 1

19. (Australia Nov '43) For nearly two years both prices and
wages have been pegged or fixed. Do you think this has worked
satisfactorily? (apop)

Yes 33%, No 51% No opinion 16%

(Apr '45) For three years both wages and prices have been
pegged or fixed. Do you think this has worked satisfactorily?
Yes 44% No 42% No opinion 14%

20. (Canada Nov 17 '43) If the ceiling were completely re-
moved from wages, do you think prices would go higher than
they are now, or do you think they would remain about the
same? (cipo)

Go higher 76% Remain about same 15% Don't know 9%

21. (US Nov 24 '43) Do you think the government should let
wages and prices keep on rising, or should the government
refuse to allow any increases in wages and salaries and keep
the cost of living where it is now? (aipo)

Let wages and prices keep on rising 11%

Refuse increases in wages and salaries 79

No opinion 10

22. (US Dec '43) If the government had to do one of these two
things, which one would you rather have it try to do: Allow
both prices and wages to go higher than they are now; keep
both prices and wages right where they are now? (norc)

Allow both
prices and

wages to go Keep both
higher than where they Don't
they are now are now know

National total 11% 80%, 9%o

(US Mar '45) (norc) 6 88 6

Allow both
prices and

wages to go Keep bath
higher than where they Don't
they are now are now know

(Great Britain Aug 26 '45)
(bipo)
National total 11%

Men . . .
Women.

12%
10

21-29 years 11%

30-49 years 12

50 years and over 11

89%

88%
90

89%

Higher .
Middle.
Lower. .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

9% 91%

7 93

13 87

94%
94

94
86
91

BY OCCUPATION

Professional, salaried execu-
tives 6%

Salaried clerical 6

Proprietors, shop or business;

farmers 14

Weekly wages, factory, heavy

industry, transport, miner. . 15

Agricultural workers (exclud-
ing farmers) 6

Weekly wages, all others 14

Housewives 9

Retired, unoccupied 12 88

23. (Canada Dec 11 '43) There is a price and wage ceiling law
to keep Canadian prices from going higher and also to keep
wages and salaries from going higher. Do you think that this
law has been successful in keeping prices from going up? Do
you think that this law has been successful in keeping wages
from going up? (cipo)

Ceilings Partly Not

successful successful successful Undecided

Wages 38% 40% 11% 11%

Prices 34 49 13 4

24. (US Dec '43) Some people say that one way to keep both
pfices and wages from going higher than they are now is for
the government to pay farmers something out of taxes. Do
you agree or disagree? (norc)

Agree 39% Disagree 42% Don't know 19%

24. (Sweden Oct '44) Do you think that wage and price con-
trols which have been introduced in order to stop the rise of
prices should be continued or do you think that one or the
other should be abolished? (sgi)

Wage Control Price Control
Con- Abol- Don't Con- Abol- Don't
tinned ished know tinued ished know
National total 55% 29%, 16% 73% 15%, 12%

BY SEX

Men 56% 34% 10% 73% 19% 8%

Women 54 24 22 74 10 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 71% 20% 9% 81% 13% 6%

Middle class 60 24 16 73 15 12

Workers 50 34 16 73 15 12

[ 1006 ]

by rural-urban

Wage Control Price Control

Con- Abol- Don't Con- Ahol- Don't

tinued ishid know tinned ished know

Country 56% 26% 18% 72% 14% 14%

Town 54 34 12 76 15 9

26. (Canada July 25 '45) Now that the war with Germany is
over, do you think the government should remove the con-
trols on wages and prices, or do you think these controls
should be continued? 77% of the sample who would like con-
tinuance of control were asked: Would you like to see them
continued until things get back to normal? (cipo)

Continue until things normal 54%

Continue for longer than that 20

Continue, but undecided as to how long. . . 3

Remove controls now 16

Undecided whether to continue or remove 7

27. (Australia Aug '45) Do you think wartime controls to
prevent prices and wages from rising should stop at the end of
the war or continue for about 5 years? (apop)

Continue 42%

End within 2 or 3 years of VJ Day 14

Stop 37

No opinion 7

28. (US Aug 8 '45) Some people believe that wage ceilings
cannot be removed without also removing price ceilings. If
you had to vote for or against keeping both wage and price
control, would you vote to keep both or do away with both?
(aipo)

Do away
Keep both with both No opinion
National total 77% 18% 5%

(Oct 3 '45)

National total 67% 21% 12%

Union members only 66 25 9

29. (Hungary Oct '45) Can a valorization of wages keep up
with the price index? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

Yes No Uncertain

71% 20% 9%

(Mar '46) 22 70 8

(June '46) 18 76 6

30. (Australia Nov '45) For how many years should our gov-
ernment continue the regulations which stop prices and wages
from rising? (apop)

Stop now 27%

Another year 12

A few years 4

2 years 14

3 years 7

5 years 7

Forever 6

No opinion 23

31. (US Dec 19 '45) If auto workers' wages are increased,
should OPA permit the price of new cars to be increased ac-
cordingly? (aipo)

Yes: 36%

if necessary for reasonable profit 4

if wages go up 30% *

a slight increase 1

No: 46

88.5%

1.2%

78.9

3.0

72.0

4.5

59.3

9.0

if already making big profits 1%

No opinion 11

Miscellaneous 1

* Less than 0.5%.

32. (US Feb 13 '46) To keep prices from going higher, would
you approve or disapprove of putting wage ceilings back into
effect? (aipo)

Approve 52%

Disapprove 32

No answer 1

No opinion 15

WAGE REGULATION

1. (US Mar '40) Do you think there should be a law limiting
the amount of money any individual is allowed to earn in a
year? (for)

- Yes No Don't know

National total 23.9% 70.0% 6.1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 10.3%

Upper middle 18.1

Lower middle 23.5

Poor 31.7

BY RACE

Negroes 31.5% 51.4% 17.1%

What amount? Asked of 23.9% of the sample who thought
there should be a law limiting individual earnings.

$5,000 and under 3.0%

$5,001 to $10,000 2.0

$10,001 to $15,000 0.8

$15,001 to $20,000 0.6

$20,001 to $25,000 1.0

$25,001 to $45,000.. ... 0.3

$45,001 to $50,000 2.0

$50,001 to $75,000 1.1

$75,001 to $95,000 0.1

$95,001 to $100,000 2.0

$100,001 to $200,000 0.2

$200,001 to $500,000 0.4

Over $500,000 0.4

Don't know 10.0

2. (US Sept '40) Should it be required that all wage rates be
adjusted to reflect marked changes in cost of living? Asked of
a national cross-section of business executives, (for)

Yes 59.9% No 35-9% Don't know or no answer 4.2%

3. (US Apr 9 '41) Would you like to see the federal govern-
ment keep all salaries and wages at the present level so that
nobody's wage could be cut and no one could get an increase
as long as they did the same kind of work, until the present
war in Europe is over? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 52% 48% = 100% 12%

BY OCCUPATION

Businessmen 42% 58%

Farmers 55 45

White-collar workers 47 53

Skilled, semi-skilled, and

unskilled labor 57 43

[ 1007 ]

4. (US Jan 28 '42) How do you feel about having the govern-
ment regulate salaries and wages — in general are you for it or
against it? (norc)

For 65% Against 19% Depends 7% Don't know 9%

5. (US Feb 23 '42) Do you think there should be a general in-
crease in wages throughout the country today, or do you think
wages should be kept at the present level? (aipo)

Increased 41% Present level 48% No opinion 11%

6. (US May 24 '42) The government has already put a ceiling
over prices. Do you think the government should also put a
ceiling over wages? Asked of a national cross-section of civic
and community leaders, (aipo)

Yes 82% No 15% No opinion 3%

7. (US May 24 '42) Do you think the government will put a
ceiling over wages? Asked of a national cross-section of civic
and community leaders, (aipo)

Yes 52% No 35% Don't know 13%

8. (US June 9 '42) How much money should men at the head
of large corporations in this country (like General Motors and
Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer) be able to keep after paying all taxes?
A comparable cross-section was asked the same question with
the corporations General Electric and General Foods substi-
tuted for General Motors and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer. Results
were combined, (aipo)

Up to $5,000 4%

$6,000 to $10,000 6

$11,000 to $15,000 3

$16,000 to $25,000 2

$25,000 23

$26,000 to $50,000 6

Over $50,000 3

Unlimited 15

Not classified 1

No opinion 37

9. (US May '42) Which of the following statements comes
closest to what you think should be done regarding wages
and salaries during the war: (l) There should be no limit on
how high wages and salaries can go for different kinds of jobs.
(2) A limit should be set on how high wages and salaries can
go for different kinds of jobs. (3) Wages and salaries for dif-
ferent kinds of jobs should not be allowed to go any higher
than they are now. (norc)

Statement 1 Statement 2 Statement 3 Something else Don't know
15% 48% 20% 7% 10%

10. (US July 18 '42) Do you think there should be any limit
on how high wages and salaries should go during the war?
80% of the sample who thought there should be a limit on
wages were asked : Do you think all wages and salaries should
be kept where they are now, or do you think some should be
allowed to go higher? (norc)

No limit on wages 14%

Don't know whether or not wages should be limited .... 6

Wages should be kept where they are 27

Some go higher 47

Some go lower 1

Should be a limit on wages, but undecided what to do
about them 5

(Aug 21 '42)

No limit on wages 11%

Don't know whether or not wages should be limited 7

Wages should be kept where they are 25

Some go higher 45

Some go lower 5%

Should be a limit on wages, but undecided what to do
about them 7

(Nov 27 '42) Do you think there should be any limit on
how high wages and salaries should go during the war?
Yes 83% ' No 12% Don't know 5%

(May 22 '43) Do you think there should be any limit on
how high wages and salaries should go during the war? 83%
of the sample who thought there should be a limit on wages
were asked: Do you think all wages and salaries should be
kept where they are now, or do you think some should be
allowed to go higher?

No limit on wages 12%

Don't know whether or not wages should be limited 5

Wages should be kept where they are now 20

Some go higher 58

Wages should be limited, but undecided what to do about

them 5

Qune 18 '43) Do you think there should be any limit on how
high wages and salaries should go during the war?
Yes 75% No 15% Don't know 6%

Depends on cost of living 4%

(Sept 9 '43) Do you think there should be any limit on how
high wages and salaries should go during the war? 78% of the
sample who thought there should be a limit on wages were
asked: Do you think all wages and salaries should be kept
where they are now, or do you think some should be allowed
to go higher?

No limit on wages 15%

Don't know whether or not wages should be limited 7

Wages should be kept where they are 18

Some go higher 55

Should be a limit on wages, but undecided what to do

about them 5

Qan 7 '44) 76% of the sample who thought there should be
a limit on wages were asked: Do you think all wages and
salaries should be kept where they are now, or do you think
some should be allowed to go higher?

No limit on wages 12%

Don't know whether or not wages should be limited. ... 12

Wages should be kept where they are 16

Some wages should go higher 54

Should be a limit on wages, but undecided what to do

about them 6

11. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the gov-
ernment's policy with respect to wage control? (aipo)
Approve 46% Disapprove 43% No opinion 11%

12. (US Dec 2 '42) Some movie stars have been paid $200,000
and more per year. Would you favor or oppose the idea of
limiting their incomes so that they would have only $25,000
left after paying taxes and insurance? (aipo)

Favor 58% Oppose 28% No opinion 14%

13. (US Dec 2 '42) Some heads of industries have been paid
$200,000 and more per year. Would you favor or oppose the
idea of limiting their incomes so that they would have only
$25,000 left after paying taxes and insurance? (aipo)

Favor 55% Oppose 29% No opinion 16%

14. (Great Britain Mar 1 '43) The government is introducing
a bill to regulate wages and working conditions in cafes, hotels,
and restaurants. Do you approve or disapprove of such a bill?
(bipo)

Yes 81% No 6% Don't know 13%

[ 1008 ]

15. (Canada Mar 6 '43) Do you think that this law [price and
wage ceiling law] has been successful in keeping wages from
going up? (cipo)

Yes 65% No 19% No opinion 16%

16. (US Apr '43) Do you think it will be necessary or unneces-
sary for the government to continue controlling high wages
and salaries while we are getting back to peacetime conditions?
(norc)

Necessary 67% Unnecessary 25% Qualified answer *
Don't know 8%
* Less than 0.5%.

17. (US May 22 '43) During the next year, do you think the
government will really be able to keep wages and salaries
under control? (norc)

Yes No

66% 17%

(Sept 9 '43) 65 18

(Jan 7 '44) 46 17

Don't know Depends

17%

32 5%

Why do you think so [that the government will be able to
keep wages under control]? Asked of 46% of the sample who
thought the government could control wages.

Because the government is powerful or capable 12%

Present control successful 11

Because of the efforts they are making 4

Because there is a law controlling wages 3

Because the President will do it 2

Because they have to control inflation 2

Because they are controlling strikes 2

Because the people will cooperate 2

Because it looks as if Congress is going to do something.

The people will demand it

The war will be over or employment will drop

Miscellaneous

Don't know

47%*
* Percentages add to more than 46 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Why do you think so [that the government will not be able
to keep wages under control]? Asked of 22% of the sample
who thought the government could not control wages, and
those who were not sure about it.

Pressure groups (labor) 10%

Hasn't worked yet (general) 3

People won't stand for it 2

Other pressure groups will interfere .' 1

Government:

Dissension or inefficiency in government 3

Will not enforce it because this is election year 1

Other criticism of government 1

Wages can't be controlled unless prices are controlled 1

Miscellaneous . 1

Don't know 1

24%*
* Percentages add to more than 22 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(June 23 '44) During the next year, do you think the gov-
ernment will really be able to keep wages and salaries under
control?
Yes 56% No 11% Don't know 28% Depends 5%

Why do you think so [that the government will be able to
keep wages under control]? Asked of 56% of the sample who
thought the government could control wages.

Present control successful 26%

Because the government is powerful or capable 9

Because of the effort they are making 4

Because they have to control inflation 3

Because the people will cooperate 3

The war will be over or employment will drop 2

Because there is a law controlling wages 1

Because the President will do it 1

Because they are controlling strikes 1

The people will demand it 1

Because it looks as if Congress is going to do something *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 8

60%**

** Percentages add to more than 56 as some ot the respondents gave
more than one answer.

Why do you think so [that the government will not be able
to keep wages under control]? Asked of 16% of the sample who

thought the government could not control wages and those
who were not sure about it.
Government will not enforce it because it is an election

year 3%

Dissension or inefficiency in government 1

Other criticism of government 1

Pressure groups (labor) 4

Other pressure groups will interfere 1

Hasn't worked yet (general) 2

People won't stand for it (no mention of pressure

groups) 1

Employment won't continue 1

Wages can't be controlled unless prices are controlled. .. 1

Depends on war 1

Miscellaneous *

Don't know 1

17%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 16 as some of the respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US Dec '43) As far as you know is the government trying
to do anything now to keep wages and salaries from going
higher? (norc)

Yes 66% No 14% Don't know 20%

In general, do you think the government is doing a good job
of keeping wages and salaries from going higher, or not? Asked
of 66% of the sample who thought the government was doing
something to keep wages from going higher.
Yes 37% No 22% Don't know 7%

19. (US Dec '43) Do you think the government should be try-
ing to keep wages and salaries from going higher than they
are now? 77% of the sample who thought the government
should try to keep wages from going higher were asked: Do
you think all wages and salaries should be kept where they
are now or do you think some should be allowed to go higher?
(norc)

Government should not try to keep wages from going

higher "; 15%

Don't know whether or not the government should try to

keep wages from going higher 8

Keep all wages where they are 19

Allow some wages to go higher 54

Don't know whether all wages should remain the same
or whether some should be allowed to go higher 4

[ 1000 ]

(Mar '45)
Government should not try to keep wages from going

higher 19%

Don't know whether or not the goverrmient should try to

keep wages from going higher 5

Keep all wages where they are — all frozen 30

Allow some to go higher 42

All wages frozen but some lower 1

Don't know whether all wages should remain the same or

whether some should be allowed to go higher 3

20. (US May 14 '44) Do you think wages for most workers
should be allowed to go up, or should wages be held where
they are now? (aipo)

Hold wages

Let wages at present Unde-

go up level cided

National total 18% 72% 10%

BY OCCUPATION

Skilled and unskilled labor. . 23% 67% 10%

21. (US June 23 '44) Would you be willing to have the gov-
ernment freeze your own income where it is now? (norc)

Yes 40% No 39% Don't know 20% Frozen already 1%

Would you be willing to have it [your income] frozen after
it went a little higher, or don't you think it should be limited
at all? Asked of 39% of the sample who would not be willing
to have the government freeze their income.
A little higher 13% No limit 21% Don't know 5%

Suppose all incomes were frozen where they are now — would
you be willing to have your own income frozen? Asked of
39% of the sample who would not be willing to have the
goverrmient freeze their income.
Yes 14% No 20% Don't know 5%

22. (US Aug '44) There has been a lot of talk about the Little
Steel Formula — which of these comes closest to what you
think the Little Steel Formula means? (for)

Small steel companies will receive a subsidy of up to
15% to make it possible for them to compete with the
large steel companies 13-7%

The tariff on steel cannot be raised more than 15% above
prewar levels 4.3

A chemical formula for a new type of alloy steel that
doesn't use more than 15% of other necessary war
metals 4.1

Workers are entitled to a 15% wage increase over pre-
war pay to meet rising living costs 32.9

Don't know 45.0

23. (US Mar '45) How about [the government] controlling
how high wages and salaries can go [after the war]? (norc)
Necessary 74% Unnecessary 19% Don't know 7%

24. (US Mar 20 '45) Have you ever heard or read anything
about the "Little Steel Formula"? (aipo)

Yes 52% No 48%

Will you tell me briefly what you think it is for? Asked of
52% of the sample who had heard or read about the Little
Steel Formula.

Stabilize wages; to avoid inflation 30%

A wage agreement 5

Control prices 2

Keep wages within 15% of prewar level. . 1

Concerns labor 2

Didn't say 12

What is your opinion of it [the Little Steel Formula]? Asked
of 52% of the sample who had heard or read about the Little
Steel Formula.

Favor 40%

Oppose 19

Bad — prices up, wages down 4

Favor — prices down, stop inflation 4

Favor if enforced 1

Good and bad — about even 3

Didn't say 29

25. (US Mar 20 '45) Do you think the government's present
policy in regard to wage and salary increases should be con-

* tinned or should it be changed to permit general increases
in wages and salaries? (aipo)

Qualified No
Continued Changed answers opinion

National total 42% 29% 13% 16%

By those people who know
what the Little Steel
Formula is 45 30 16 9

26. (US Mar 20 '45) Do you think the government should
continue its present policy in regard to increases in wages and
salaries under the "Little Steel Formula," or should its policy
be changed to permit general increases in salaries and wages?
(aipo)

Continued 33% Changed 30% Qualified answers 7%
No opinion 30%

27. (US Aug 8 '45) Do you approve or disapprove of removing
all wage ceilings now? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National total 25% 62% 13%

(Oct 3 '45)
National total 30 58 12

By union members only 39% 54% 7%

28. (Canada Dec 15 '45) Do you think the government should
remove all wage ceilings now, just some, or none at all? (cipo)
Remove all now 23% Remove some 21% Remove none 37%

Undecided 19%

29. (Germany Apr 15 '46) Under the National Socialist regime
the income of the workers was fixed by the government and
the right to strike for higher wages was denied them. In your
opinion, was this a good or a bad idea? (omgus)

No answer 1%

A good idea 35

A bad idea 38

No opinion, don't know 26

30. (Germany Apr 15 '46) Since the beginning of the occupa-
tion, wages have been fixed at their former levels and workers
are still not allowed to strike for higher pay. Do you think
this situation should be allowed to continue, or do you feel a
change is desirable? (omgus)

No answer 2%

Should stay the same 55

Should change 24

No opinion 19

31. (Australia Aug '46) Since 1942 all prices and wages have
been pegged, or fixed to stop increases. Do you favor, or op-
pose, removing those controls from wages now? (apop)
Favor 35% Oppose 55% Undecided 10%

[ 1010 ]

WAGES

1. (us Apr '36) Do you think that in general the officials of
large corporations arc paid too much or too little for the work
they do? (for)

Too About Too Don't

much '''ght little know

National total 54.5% 16.8% 5-8%, 22.9%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 50.7% 23.4%

Upper middle class 534 20.2

Lower middle class 60.2 14.1

Poor 57.1 13. 5

4.4%
5.1
4.9
5.2

21.5%
21.3

20.8
24.2

BY RACE

Negroes 32.5% 17.3% 12.1% 38.1%

BY OPINION (of Roosevelt)

Reelection essential 28.7%

Best man despite mistakes 30.3

Usefulness now over 14.1

Reelection a calamity 19.6

Uncertain 7.3

2. (US Nov 30 '36) Do you think WPA workers should be
given higher wages? (aipo)
Yes 36%

33.0%

38.9%

36.1%

25.9

28.0

27.3

17.3

11.1

12.2

18.9

155

15.0

4.9

6.5

9.4

No 64% = 100%

No opinion 18%

3. (US June 6 '37) Do you think the present wage scale of
workers in industry is too high, too low or about right? (aipo)
Too high 2% Too low 62%, About right 36%

4. (US Mar 8 '38) Do you think the salaries of people who earn
more than $15,000 a year should be made public by the federal
government? (aipo)

Yes 45%,

No 55<!

100%

No opinion 11%

5. (US Mar 30 '38) Do you think salaries over $15,000 a year
that are paid by corporations should be made public by the
federal government? (aipo)

. Yes No

National total 49% 51%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income group 33%

Middle income group. ... 48
Lower income group. ... 61

67%

6. (US Mar 15 '38) Do you think all salaries over $75,000 a
year paid by corporations should be made public by the federal
government? (aipo)

Yes 57%, No 31%, No opinion 12%

7. (US Apr 24 '38) Do you think people on relief in this com-
munity are getting as much as they should? A comparable
cross-section was asked: Do you think this community is
generous enough with people on relief? Results were combined.
(alpo)

Yes 71% No 29%

8. (US Apr 24 '38) Would you favor raising taxes in order to
give them [people on relief] more? A comparable cross-section
was asked: Do you think taxes should be increased in order
to give them more? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 13% No 87%

9. (US May 27 '38) Do you think railroad workers should
take a 15% cut in wages, as demanded by the railroads? (aipo)
Yes 27%o No 57% No opinion 16%

10. (US July '38) Would it improve the general situation if
labor accepted a wage cut? (for)

Most Some
labor labor

hut not but not' Don't

Yes s me most No know
National total 12.6% 2.6%, 11.6% 63.4%c 9.8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 23.7%o 2.9%, 16.6%, 47.6%c 9.2%

Poor 8.7 1.6 9.0 70.8 99

BY OCCUPATION

Executives 20.0%, 4.2%, 20.8% 48.3% 6.7%o

Factory labor 8.8 1.9 8.2 73-6 7.5

Unemployed 1C.4 2.8 9.0 64.6 13.2

11. (US Sept 28 '38) In view of the financial troubles of the
railroads, should the railroad workers accept a pay cut? (aipo)

Yes 52%o No 48%

12. (US Sept 28 '38) If there is a cut [in railroad workers' pay]
should it be 15% as the companies have demanded? Those who
said there should be no cut in pav were asked: If not 15%,
how big should the cut be? Asked of a national cross-section
of those who thought railroad workers should accept a pay
cut in view of the financial troubles of the railroads. 52% of
the total sample represented, (aipo)

15% 54%

10% 24

8% 5

5% 8

All others 2

No answer 7

13. (US Jan 1 '39) Do you think your employer pays you a
fair wage? Asked of a national cross-section of employed per-
sons, (aipo)

Yes No

National total 79% 21%

BY OCCUPATION

Skilled workers 80% 20%

Unskilled workers 75 25

White-collar workers .... 84 16

Professional workers 77 23

14. (US Dec 2 '38) Do you think he [your employer] can afford
to pay you more? (aipo)

Yes 55%, No 45%,

15. (US Aug 6 '39) In general, how much money do you think
WPA workers should be paid: (1) just enough to take care
of their bare living needs; (2) more than enough money to take
care of their bare living needs, but still less than the average
pay for workers in private business; (3) about the same amount
of money as that paid to workers in private business; (4) more
than is paid to workers in private industry? (aipo)
Statement 1 Statement 2 Statement 3 Statement 4

26% 47% 26%, 1%

16. (US Feb 6 '40) Do you think most persons on WPA in
your community are getting as much relief help as they should,
or not as much? (aipo)

As much 57% Not as much 30% Too much 13%

No opinion (23%)

[1011]

17. (US Feb 6 '40} Do you think most persons on home relief
in your community are getting as much relief help as they
should, or not as much? (aipo)

As much 54% Not as much 32% Too much 14%

No opinion (27%)

18. (US Jan 6 '41) Should employees of industries working on
defense contracts have the right to protest, if they believe they
are underpaid? (aipo)

Yes 69% No 22% No opinion 9%

19. (US May 6 '41) Are you making more money or less money
this year than you did last year? (aipo)

More 28% Less 20% No opinion 4% About the same 48%

(May 20 '41)
More 31% Same 45% Less 19% No answer 5%

20. (US Aug 6 '41) Do you consider that you are now being
paid a fair wage (salary)? Asked of a national cross-section of
employed people, (aipo)

Yes 64% No 33%, Undecided 3%,

(Oct 1 '41) Asked of a national cross-section of employed
people except farmers.

Yes 65% No 32% No answer 3%

Quly 29 '42) Asked of a national cross-section of employed
persons, 56% of the sample represented.

Yes 73% No 27%

21. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) Are wages paid to boys and girls
under eighteen years of age too high or too low? (bipo)

Too high 43% Too low 12% Don't know 45%

22. (US Dec '41) After the present war is over, do you think
people will be paid more, about the same, or less than before
it started? (for)

More 10.9% About the same 21.2% Less 60.5%

Don't know 7.4%

23. (US Dec 19 '41) Po you think workers in war industries
should continue to be paid time and one-half for all work over
40 hours per week (the present basis) for as long as the war
lasts? (aipo)

Yes 47% No 45% No opinion 6% No answer 2%

24. (US Dec 19 '41) How many hours do you think workers
in war industries should work in a week before time and one-
half pay for overtime starts? Asked of 45% of the sample who
thought workers in war industries should not be paid time and
one-half for all work over 40 hours per week, (aipo)

Under 46 hours 1%

47-48 hours 12

49-52 hours 4

53-60 hours 4

60-65 hours 7

65 hours and over 1

Should pay no overtime 11

No answer 5

25. (US Feb 23 '42) CIO leaders want a dollar a day more per
mag for all CIO members working in steel industries. Do you
think they should be given this increase? (aipo)

Yes 12% No 61% No opinion 27%

26. (US Feb 23 '42) The CIO wants a dollar a day more per
man for all CIO members working in steel industries. Do you
think they should be given this increase? (aipo)

Yes 17% No 57% No opinion 26%

27. (Canada Mar 23 '42) Do you think workers in war indus-
tries should be paid time and a half for overtime? (cipo)

Yes
National total 57%

Labor

Farmer

White-collar.

BY OCCUPATION

68%

No
33%

25%

Undecided
10%

7%
14
7

28. (Sweden May '42) What do you consider to be the lowest
possible weekly yvage on which a young man or girl between
sixteen and twenty can manage on their own? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of parents, (sgi)

National
total

No answer 3%

Don't know 32

Under 15 kr.*.

15-25 kr

25-35 kr

35-45 kr

45-55 kr

1
3
... 10
... 18
... 19
More than 55 kr 14

Towns

21%

1
5

20
27
26

Provinces

1%
29

14
25
18

Country

7%
44

6
12
13
12

* The kroner is worth approximately 24 cents in American money.

29. (US Oct 21 '42) Do you think your present job pays you
as well as it should or do you think it should pay you more?
(norc)

Pays enough 32% Should pay more 24%

Not employed 42% Don't know 2%

30. (Australia Nov '42) Should special rates of pay for working
overtime be continued or abolished until after the war? (apop)
Continued 55% Abolished in wartime 38% Undecided 7%

31. (Australia Dec '42) Speaking generally, should overtime
be paid in cash or in postwar credits, such as war savings
certificates? (apop)

Cash 49% Postwar credits 38% Undecided 6%

No answer 7%

32. (US Dec '42) How much a week do you think you should
be earning about ten years from now? Asked of a national
cross-section of high-school students, (for)

National total 1.6% 30.7% 30.5% 9.9% 1.4% 5.7% 20.2%,

Boys 0.3% 18.0% 36.3% 15.9% 2.3% 9.6% 17.6%

Girls 2.9 43.7 24.7 3.7 0.5 1.7 22.8

By Highest and Lowest Averages Expected
BY Special Groups

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous and upper middle class.

Children of executives

Choosing certain professions

Highest

Lowest

$58.94

$40.26

62.00

39.60

83.32

37.65

33. (US Jan '43) Would you say that your wages are good,
only fair, or poor? Your working conditions? Your chances for
advancement? Asked of a national cross-section of working
force, including factory labor, miners, transportation and pub-
lic-utility workers, personal-service workers (janitors, beauti-
cians, laundrymen, domestics, etc.) (for)

[ \0V2]

WORKING
CONDITIONS

BY OCCUPATION

Factory workers:

% % % %

Men 62.4 32.3 4.6 0.7

Women 63.5 31.3 5.2 —

Personal service 60.8 32.3 6.6 0.3

Transport and public

utility 57.4 37.0 5.6 —

Mine workers 39.3 47.2 12.7 0.8

20-34 years

35-49 years

50 years and over.

61.8 32.3 5.7 0.2
56.7 36.4 6.5 0.4

% % % %

40.2 52.2 7.2 0.4
53. 9 38.3 7.0 0.8

25.8 58.9 14.8 0.5

34.3 56. 5 9.1 0.1
25.2 60.5 14.1 0.2

% % % %

38.9 52.5 8.3 0.3
33.2 56. 5 9.9 0.4

51.5 39.2 8.3 1.0 26.8 55. 5 17.1 0.6

CHANCES FOR ADVANCEMENT

Don't
Good Fair Poor know

BY OCCUPATION

Factory workers:

Men 32.1% 31.0%

Women 29.8 22.8

Personal service 16.5 19.2

Transports and public

utility 27.9 24.8

Mine workers 18.0 24.6

BY AGE

20-34 years 29.7% 25.1%

35-49 years 24.5 25.4

50 years and over 14.6 23.6

30.6%

40.9

57.1

42.7
47.6

38.5%

44.4

53.0

6.3%

6.5

7.2

4.6
9.8

6.7%
5.7

34. (Sweden Feb '44) Do you think that any particular week-
day is best for pay-day? If so, which day? Asked of a national
cross-section of families whose incomes are paid weekly. (sGi)

National total 34% 2% —

Those paid Friday ... 34 3 1%
Those paid Thursday 26 — —

■^
^

6% 25% 31% 2%
5 22 35 —
4 68 2 —

35. (Sweden Feb '44) Which is your pay-day now? Asked of a
national cross-section who receive their pay weekly, (soi)

Thursday 11%

Friday 77%
Different day 3%,

Saturday 9^

36. (Denmark Feb 28 '43) Would you work more, if you could
earn more by doing so? Asked of a national cross-section of
people eighteen to twenty-five years old. (dgi)

Yes 55.5% No 38.2% Don't know 6.3%

37. (Denmark Apr 11 '43) Which do you prefer: a small, fixed
salary or a larger, but less stable, income? Asked of a national
cross-section of people eighteen to twenty-five years old. (dgi)

Small, fixed salary 64.3%

Large, more insecure income 26. 5

Don't know 92

38. (US May 22 '43) In general, do you think wages and
salaries are about where they should be, too high or too low?
(norc)

About where should be 48%

Too high 21

Too low 16

Some too high, some too low 7

Don't know 8

What do you think is mostly responsible for the fact that
they [wages and salaries] are too high? Asked of 21% of the
sample who thought wages and salaries were too high.

Shortages:

General labor shortages 6%

Taking advantage:

Unions 3

Labor itself 2

Cost plus contracts 1

Government to blame:

Government (general) 1

Defense plants and war industries set example 2

Government sets example for high wages 2

Other costs:

High cost of living and taxes 2

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 2

* Percentages add to more than 21 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(Sept 9 '43) In general, do you think wages and salaries are
about where they should be, too high or too low?

About where should be (unqualified) 30%

About where should be according to cost of living 5

Too high 16

Too low (unqualified) 10

Too low because prices are too high 5

Some too high — some too low (unqualified) 12

Laborers and war workers make too much; others not

enough 18

Don't know 4

Qan 7 '44)

About where should be 37%

Too high 13

Too low ■ 13

Some too high 27

Don't know 10

(June 23 '44)

About where should be 31%

Too high 13

Too low 8

Where should be according to cost of living 9

Too low because prices are too high 5

Laborers and war-workers make too much 11

Some too high, some low 16

Don't know 7

39. (Nov 13 '43) In some plants workers are paid on a piece-
work basis, that is, they are paid for what they actually furn
out, and not on an hourly or daily basis. Would you favor or
oppose putting such a plan into operation in all war plants
in this country? A comparable cross-section was asked: Now
taking into account both the arguments for and the arguments
against, would you like to see all war plants put this plan
into operation on a piecework basis? Results were combined
(aipo)

[ 1013 ]

Oppose

Undecided

33%

13%

Favor

National total 54%

Employed persons only 46

40. (US Nov 10 '43) Do you think the wages now being paid
in industries producing war materials will continue to be as
high when these same industries produce peacetime goods?
Asked of a national cross-section of employed persons, (aipo)
Yes 9% No 85% No opinion 6%

41. (US Nov 10 '43) What would you say is the average weekly
wage today (excluding overtime) for workers in war industries,
taking into account all workers? Asked of a national cross-
section of employed persons, (aipo)

No answer, don't know 8%

Under $30 2

$30-$34 3

$35-$39 9

$40-$44 17

$45-$49 9

$50 22

$51-$59 ■ 5

$60 10

$61 and over 15

Median = $50

42. (US Nov 10 '43) What do you think the average weekly
wage will be for these same workers [in war industries] after
the war? Asked of a national cross-section of employed persons.
(aipo)

No answer, don't know 10%

Under $20 6

$20-$24 10

$25-$30 21

$30 18

$31-$35 14

$36-$40 10

$41-$45 4

$46-$50 5

Over $50 2

Median = $30

43. (US Dec '43) If wages and salaries go any higher than they
are now, do you think this would be a good thing or a bad
thing for the country as a whole? (norc)

Good 17% Bad 67% Neither 6% Don't know 10%

44. (Canada Dec 15 '43) When the war is over, do you expect
to make the same amount of money you are now making per
week, or do you expect to make more or less than you are
now making? (cipo)

Expect to make more 30%

Expect to make the same 34

Expect to make less 19

No opinion 17

45. (Canada Dec 15 '43) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with
the amount of money you are making? (cipo)

Satisfied 58% Dissatisfied 42%

46. (Canada July 22 '44) After the war, do you expect to have
a job which will pay you more money than you are now earn-
ing, the same amount of money you are now earning, or less
money than you are now earning? (cipo)

Earn more 17% Earn the same 45% Earn less 33%
Undecided 5%

47. (US Aug 16 '44) The President of the United States is paid
a salary of $75,000 a year. About how much do you think the
Vice President should get? (aipo)

Under $10,000 1%

$I0,000-$I2,499 5

$12,500-$! 7, 499 5

$17,500-$22,499 5

$22,500-$27,499 24

$27,500-$32,499 3

$32,500-$36,249 7

$36,250-$38,749 7

$38,750-$42,499 5

$42,500- $47,499 1

$47,500-$50,000 22

Over $50,000 7

Don't know 8

Median = $35,000

48. (Sweden Oct '44) Do you think it right if wages, in spite
of the wage control, should be increased for those earning the
lowest ones, leaving wages as they are for all others, or should
such exceptions not be allowed? (sgi)

Wages should Should not be

be increased allowed^ don t

for those earning know and no

the lowest ones answer

National total 85% ' 15%

Men . . .
Women.

87%
82

Upper class . .
Middle class .
Workers

ECONOMIC STATUS

74%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country .
Town . . .

84%
85

13%
18

26%

16%
15

49. (US Jan 3 '45) After the war, do you think the weekly
income of workers will be about the same as it is now, or will
it be more, or less? (aipo)

About No

the same More Less opinion
National total 20% 5% 71% 4%

Men 23% 6%

Women 18

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional 23%

White-collar workers 23

Farmers 15

Skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled... 22

Union members 26

50. (Sweden Feb '45) Do you think that all increases in wages
should wait until after the war, or do you think that wages
should be increased now for certain groups? (sgi)

Certain ones
Must wait now Don't know

National total 21% 62% 17%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 26% 57% 17%

Middle class 28 54 18

Workers 15 70 15

68%

[ 1014 ]

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

M.ust wait

Country 26%

Large towns 12

Other towns 17

Farmers 36

Others 16

61. (Sweden Apr '45) Do vou think that, compared with others
doing similar work, you receive the pay that your work is
worth? (sGi)

Certain one\

worKcrs

now

Don t know

56%

18%

Men. . .

Women

Yu
National total 45%

BY SEX

Men 47%

Women 40

No,

not quite

24%

26%
18

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 61% 17%

Middle class 41 23

Workers 47 25

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Others 47

24%
25

No/
at all

14%

17%
7

8%
14
15

18%
13

Don t

know

17%

10%
35

14%

20%
15

62. (France Mar 1 '45) Did you approve of the raising of
government employees' salaries? (fipo)

Yes 83% No 11% No opinion 6%

63. (US Dec 12 '45) Do you think any class or group of people
in this country is not making as much money as it should?
(aipo)

Yes 59% No 26% No opinion 15%

Which group [is not making as much money as it should]?
Asked of 59% of the sample who thought that a class or group
of people in this country was not making as much money as it
should.

White-collar workers, semi-professional workers 25%

Professional group, small business, business executives 9

Farmers 10

Laboring class, skilled workers, semi-skilled workers,

unskilled workers 13

Others 5

62%*
* Percentages add to more than 59 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

54. (US June 27 '45) After the war, are you expecting the
general level of wages to be higher, lower, or about the same
as it is now? (aipo)

About No
Higher Lower same opinion
National total 5% 63% 27% 5%

BY OCCtJPATION

Business and professional... . 8% 60% 29% 3%

White-collar 4 68 27 1

Farmers 2 73 20 5

Skilled and unskilled workers 4 60 29 7

66. (US June 14 '45) Many large companies have said they
would like to guarantee an annual wage to their workers after
the war instead of laying them off during slack seasons, but
that they can't afford to. Do you think this is probably true.

or that most of them could guarantee an annual wage to their
workers if they wanted to? (nyht)

Probably Most could Don' t know
true if wanted and no answer

BY SEX

31.5%

24.4

21-34 years 26.7%

35-49 years 29.3

50 years and over 26.7

53.6%
496

54.8%
52.0

48.0

BY EDUCATION

Grade school 18.7% 51.8%

High school 29.6 54.9

College 41.2 44.6

BY OCCtTPATION

Professional and executive 47. 6% 39.3%

Proprietor — farm 27.8 47.1

Proprietor — other 47-9 43.7

Housekeeper 21.8 51.1

Salaried — minor 335 53.4

Wages — factory 22.7 659

Wages — farm 13. 6 61.4

Wages — other 22.4 54.5

Other 28.6 41.0

14.9%
26.0

18.5%

18.7

25.3

29.5%
15.5

14.2

13.1%
25.1
8.4
27.1
13.1
11.4
25.0
23.1
30.4

66. (Great Britain Aug 26 '45) Military police receive a salary
of £600 per annum. Do you think that this should be increased
or remain where it is? (bipo)

Increased Remain Don't know
National total 21% 66% 13%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 26%
15

21-29 years 22%

30-49 years 24

50 years and over 18

64%
68

61%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher class 38% 56%

Middle class 28 62

Lower class 17 68

To what amount [should the MP's salary be increased]?
Asked of 21% of the sample who thought the salary of MP's
should be increased.

10%
17

17%

6%
10
15

£700.

£750.

£800.

£850.

£900.
£1,000.
£1,200.

No reply 1

57. (US Sept '45) Do you think that in Russia every worker
gets paid the same amount of money regardless of what kind
of work he does, or that certain workers get paid more than
others? (for)

(Correct), certain paid more 44.7%

(Incorrect), same 22.2

Don't know 33.1

(Germany Apr 15 '46) Do you think that in Russia all
workers get the same pay without consideration for what they

[ 1015 ]

are doing or do you think that certain workers get better pay

than others? (omgus)

No answer 2%

All the same 7

Some get more than others 47

No opinion, don't know, can't say. . 44

Why do some [workers] get better pay? Asked of 47% of
the sample who thought some workers in Russia got better
pay than other workers.

No answer 2%

Because they know more: technical people, skilled work-
ers, specialists 30

Because they are politically better: active members of the

Communist party; spies 3

Because jobs and wages are classified (as in Germany) in

various salary groups 1

Because pay depends on type of job, profession 11

Don't know, can't say 1

58. (US Sept 19 '45) Do you think wage rates in general will
be higher, lower, or about the same a year from now? (aipo)
Higher 23% Lower 35% Same 35% No opinion 7%

59. (US Oct 12 '45) Do you think that automobile workers
should get as much for forty hours in peacetime as they got for
forty-eight hours during the war? (aipo)

Should get Should No

as much pay not opinion

National total 33% 54% 13%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional. . . . 22%

Farmers 21

White-collar 29

All manual workers 44

National total .

Should
64%

Should not No opinion
ll7o 9%

71%

Union members only. 55

60. (US Oct 12 '45) Should workers in a plant who work
forty hours a week be willing to take less pay than they did
for a forty-eight hour week during wartime? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 37% No opinion 7%

61. (US Sept 19 '45) Would you yourself be willing to take
less [than forty-eight hours pay for forty hours work] if you
worked in a plant? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 37% No opinion 7%

62. (US Nov 4 '45) Because there is no overtime now, the total
weekly pay of many factory workers is less than it was during
the war. So that their total weekly pay will be the same as
It was during the war, these workers want a 30% increase in
their hourly rate. Do you think they should or should not
receive this increase? (aipo)

Should Should not No opinion
National total 33% 55% 12%

BY OCCUPATION

Professional and business. . . . 21%

White-collar 31

Farmers 20

All manual workers 44

Union members only 57 37 6

Would you favor increasing factory workers' hourly rates
by 15%? Asked of 67% of the sample who were not in favor of
a 30% wage increase for factory workers.

71%

BY occupation

(Professional and business.

White-collar

Farmers

All manual workers

60%
66
49
71

Union members only 83

33%
27
38
19

7%
7
13

(US Nov 30 '45) Because there is no overtime now, the total
weekly pay of many factory workers is less than it was during
the war. So that their total weekly pay will be the same as it
was during the war, these workers want a 30% increase in
their hourly rate. Do you think they should or should not
receive this increase? (aipo)
Should 38% Should not 52% No opinion 10%

Would you favor increasing factory workers' hourly rates
by 15% [if not by 30%]? Asked of 62% of the sample who
thought the workers should not receive a 30% pay increase.
Yes 69% No 22% No opinion 9%

(Canada Dec 8 '45) Because there is no overtime now, the
total weekly pay of many factory workers is less than it was
during the war. So that their total pay will be the same as it
was during the war, these workers want a 30% increase in their
hourly rate. Do you think they should or should not receive
this increase? (cipo)

Should get 30% increase 41%

Should not get it 44

Undecided 15

Would you favor increasing factory workers' hourly rates
by 15%?

Favor 30% 41%

Favor 15% 27

Oppose 19

Undecided 13

63. (US Nov 21 '45) Because of loss of overtime, the total
weekly pay of many workers in automobile factories is less
than it was during the war. So that their total weekly pay
will be the same as it was during the war, these workers want
a 30% increase in their hourly rate. Do you think they should
or should not receive this increase? (aipo)

Should 30% Should not 60% No opinion 10%

Would you favor increasing factory workers' hourly rate
by 15%?
Yes 68% No 22% No opinion 10%

Because of the loss of overtime, the total weekly pay of
many workers in automobile factories is less than it was during
the war. So that their total weekly pay will be closer to what
it was during the war, these workers want an increase in their
hourly rate. Do you think they should or should not receive
an increase of 15% in their hourly rate?

Should 54% Should not 34% No opinion 12%

Would you favor increasing factory workers' hourly rate
by 30%?

Yes 19% No 67% No opinion 14%

64. (Canada Oct 13 '45) Should war workers who are now
being laid off be expected to accept jobs in industries that are
short of workers, even though this means that they would
get less money than they were getting in their war jobs? (cipo)

[1016]

National total.

Should
accept

11%

DY UNION STATUS

Union members

Non-union members .

64%
80

BY POLITICS

Pro-conservatives .

Liberals

CCF

83%

Should not
accept

14%

26%
12

10%

Undecided
9%

10%
8

7%
8
10

65. (US Nov 15 '45) Generally speaking, would you expect
a big company or a small company to pay labor the best
wages? (nyht)

Big company 53.3%

Small company 22.0

No difference 17.8

Don't know 6.9

66. (US Nov 21 '45) If a company improves its methods of
manufacturing so that it can produce the same quality product
for less money, which of the following do you think should
be done with the saving: (aipo)

Company sell product to consumer for less money 32%

Company sell product at same price but increase workers'

wages 40

Both 21

No opinion 7

67. (US Dec 12 '45) President Truman thinks the wages and
salaries of civil service workers in the federal government
should be raised 20%. Do you favor or oppose such a raise?
(aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion

National total 53% 33% 14%

BY occupation

White-collar 58%

Manual workers

Business and professional.
Farmers

Union members

57
56
32

31%
26
33
53

11%
17
11
15

68. (US Nov 21 '45) President Truman thinks the wages and
salaries of civil service workers in the federal government
should be raised by one-fifth. Do you favor or oppose such a
raise? (aipo)

Favor 55% Oppose 31% No opinion 14%

69. (Canada Nov 24 '45) Do you happen to know how much
a private member of the federal parliament is paid a year by the
government? (cipo)

$4,000 per year 27%

Less than $4,000 6

More than $4,000 8

No idea how much 59

70. (US Dec 19 '45) Do you think the workers in General
Motors should get more pay? (aipo)

Yes 57% No 23% No opinion 20%

How much more [pav should the General Motors workers
get]? Asked of 17% of the sample who thought General Motors
workers should get more pay.

Under 10% 2%

10%, 1/10 6

10%-15% 3

15% 13

15%-20% 5%

20%, 1/5 9

20%-25% 1

25%, 1/4 2

30% 8

Miscellaneous 4

No answer 3

Don't know 1

Median = 15%

71. (US Jan '46) Do you think the basic hourly rates paid to
labor should be generally raised, lowered, or kept about where
they ate now? (for)

Kept where
Raised Lowered they are Don't know
National total.... 30.5% 4.3% 50.8% 14.4%

BY OCCITPATION

Executives 34.9% 4.7%

Farmers 15.2 15.2

Workers 46.4 1.5

72. (US Jan '46) Do you think the 30% raise some labor people
have been asking for is too much, not enough, or about right?
Asked of 30.5% of the sample who thought the basic hourly
rate should be raised, (for)

52.7%

7.7%

54.4

15.2

40.9

11.2

National total. .

Executives.
Farmers . . .
Workers. .

Too much
12.1%

Not enough About right Don't know
1.2% 14.3% 2.9%

BY OCCUPATION

24.0% 1.4% 7.8% 1.7%

4.9 0.8 7.2 2.3

16.0 2.5 24.8 3.1

73. (Great Britain Jan 12 '46) Which do you think is more

important in a job, as high wages as possible, or security with

lower wages? (bipo)

High Don't

wages Security know

National total 23%

BY SEX

Men 24%

Women 22

21-29 years 27%

30-49 years . . : 24

50 years and over 21

BY economic status

Higher income group 17%

Middle income group 17

Lower income group 26

BY OCCUPATION

Professional, salaried-executive 26%

Salaried-clerical 17

Proprietors, shop or business, farmers 21
Weekly wages: factory, heavy indus-
try, transport, miner 32

Agricultural workers (excluding

farmers) 31

Weekly wages, all others 25

Housewives 17

Retired, unoccupied 19

73%

72%
73

70%

3%
4

80%

3%
4

69%
81

66 2

63 6

72 3

76 7

72 9

74. (France Feb 1 '46) In your opinion, should wages and
salaries vary according to the importance of the locality?
(fipo)

[1017]

Yes 67% No 26% No opinion 7%

75. (France Feb 1 '46) Should they [wages and salaries] vary
according to the expenses of the family? (fipo)

Yes 80% No 17% No opinion 3%

76. (Australia Apr-May '46) Should wages be decided by the
arbitration court, or by direct negotiation between employers
and unions? (apop)

Arbitration 56% Direct negotiation 30% No opinion 14%

77. (US June 26 '46) Do you consider the amount of money
which you (or the head of family) are paid is a fair amount
for the work done? (aipo)

Yes 52% No 38% Doesn't work 10%

78. (Great Britain Aug '46) Do you think that amateurs
chosen to represent this country in international sporting con-
tests should be paid for "broken time," i.e. earnings they
lose? (bipo)

Paid Not paid Don't know

National total 65% 14% 21%

Men . . .
Women.

72%
57

18%
10 .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 59% 28%

Middle 67 18

Lower 65 11

10%
33

13%
15

79. (France Sept '46) Do you approve of the increase in sal-
aries such as has just been decided by the government? (fipo)
Approve 45% Disapprove 47% No opinion 8%

Which do you consider will be more valuable: no increase
in salaries, a smaller increase, or a larger increase? Asked of
the 47% who disapproved of the increase in salaries decided
by the government.

Not to increase 31% Increase by more 8% Increase by less 5%
Don't know 3%

80. (Canada Sept 28 '46) Are there any particular occupations
or industries where you think the workers have more reason
to demand an increase than others? (cipo)

No occupations or industries justified 10%

All labor groups justified 12

Miners 16

Unskilled workers 9

Farmers, farm help 8

"White-collar" workers 6

Steel workers 6

Textile workers 4

Skilled workers 3

Teachers 2

Pulp, lumber workers 2

Civil servants 1

Meat packers 1

Miscellaneous 14

Didn't name any 2

Undecided 17

113%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

81. (Canada Sept 28 '46) Generally speaking, do you think
labor is entitled or not entitled to the higher wages they are
demanding? (cipo)

Yes 53% No 15% Some entitled 25% Undecided 7%

82. (US Nov '46) If one company isn't doing so well and is
just breaking even, or perhaps losing a little, do you think
it should pay its workers less for the same jobs than workers
in other companies are paid, or about the same? (for)

About
Less the same Don t know

National total 20.1% 67.4% 125%

BY OCCUPATION

Owners of businesses 26.1% 68.1% 5.8%

Salaried executives 21 6 73.2 52

Wage earners 18.2 70.3 11.5

83. (US Dec '46) On the whole, do you think that the amount
of money paid to business executives during the war was too
high, about right, or not high enough? (for)

Too About Not high Don't

high right enough know

National total 50.5% 29.5% 1.9% 18 1%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 45.9% 40.8% 4.1% 9.2%

Upper middle 48.6 35-8 2.7 12.9

Lower middle 54.6 25.7 2.0 17.7

Poor 38.9 32.4 0.6 28.1

84. (US Dec 22 '46) Labor leaders say that because of the
increased cost of living since the raise in wages of last spring,
workers should be given another wage increase of about 20%.
Do you agree or disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree Disagree No opinion
National total 42% 46% 12%

BY OCCUPATION

Manual workers 54% 36% 10%

All Other occupations 33 53 14

La bot union members only . . 62 31 7

85. (US Jan 12 '47) Many unions of factory workers are going
to ask for a pay increase within the next month or two. Do
you think these factory workers should get more pay? (aipo)

No
Yes No opinion

National total 38% 49% 13%

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 19% 71% 10%

Professional and business 31 56 13

White-collar 37 48 15

Manual workers 50 37 13

Union members only 59

Those who think prices must rise if
wages do 21

Those who think wages can be in-
creased without affecting prices. . . 57 32 11

How much more [pay] should the factory workers get?
Asked of 38% of the sample who thought factory workers
should get more pay.

Under 10% 7%

10% 25

10%-15% 2

15% 12

15%-20% 3

20% 15

20%-25% 2

25% 9

25%-30% *

[ 1018 ]

30% 2%

Over 30% 4

No answer 19

* Less than 0.5%.

86. (US Dec 31 '46) How much do you think automobile work-
ers are paid per hour now? (aipo)

Under $1 per hour 4%

$1 per hour 11

Over $1 to under $1.25 9

$1.25 15

Over $1.25 to under $1.50 9

$1.50 18

Over $1.50 to under $1.75 3

$1.75 4

Over $1.75 13

No opinion 14

87. (US Dec 31 '46) How much do you think automobile
workers should be paid per hour? (aipo)

Under $1 per hour •. 4%

$1 per hour 14

Over $1 to under $1.25 6

$1.25 13

Over $1.25 to under $1.50 7

$1.50 21

Over $1.50 to under $1.75 3

$1.75 5

Over $1.75 12

No opinion 15

88. (US Dec 31 '46) Will you tell me what is meant by the
term "portal-to-portal" pay? (aipo)

Correct 41% Incorrect 8% No answer, don't know 51%

What is your opinion of the union's effort to collect this

portal-to-portal pay for the last several years? Asked of 41%

of the sample who were familiar with the term "portal-to-
portal" pay.

Fair, OK, approve 17% Fair in some cases 3%

Unfair, not right, disapprove 72% No reply 8%

89. (US Dec 31 '46) The unions are trying to collect pay for the
last several years for workers to cover the time they needed to
get from the factory gates until they actuallybegan work on the
job. Should workers be paid for this time for the last several
years? How strongly do you feel about this — very strongly,
fairly strongly, or not at all strongly? (aipo)

No
opinion

No
72%
59

Yes

National total 20%

Skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled 30

BY intensity of FEELING

Very Strongly 48% 58%

Fairly strongly 38 29

Not strongly 12 12

No opinion 2 1

90. (US Dec 31 '46) How about in the future — should workers
be paid for this [portal-to-portal] time? (aipo)

No
No opinion
43% . 12%

Yes
National total 45%

BY OCCUPATION

Skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled

workers 55%

BY INFORMATION

Those who knew what the term

"portal-to-portal" pay meant 48%

32% 13%

Minimum Wages

1. (US Dec 14 '35) Do you think the federal government
ought to set the lowest wage employees should receive in each
business and industry? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 51% 49%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 60%

Republicans 43

Socialists 71

Third par:y 48

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 48%

Middle Atlantic 50

East central 48

West central 42

South 51

Mountain 45

Pacific coast 52

(May 17 '37)

National total.

61%

BY GEOORAPHICAL SECTION

New England 60%

Middle Atlantic. . 60

East central 61

West central 61

South 56

Mountain 69

Pacific coast 63

BY POLITICS

Democrats 71%

Republicans 41

Others 64

40%
57
29
52

52%

39%

40%

29%

(Nov 20 '36) Do you think the federal government ought
to set the lowest wages employees should receive in each
industry?

Yes 63% No 37%

2. (US July 19 '36) Do you favor an amendment to the Consti-
tution to regulate minimum wages? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 70% 30%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 84% 16%

Republicans 51 49

Socialists 84 16

Third party 78 22

Should this power [to regulate minimum wages] be given
to Congress or the individual states? Asked of a national cross-
section of those who favored the amendment. 70% of the sample
represented.

Cong. •■ States
National total 56% 44%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 65%

Republicans 40

Socialists 70

Third party 70

35%
60
30
30

43%

3. (US July '36) Should minimum wages for all or most kinds
of work be fixed by law? (for)

[ 1019]

National total.

All Most Some None

37.8% 14.2% 15.7% 22.5%

Don't

know

9.8%

BY OCCUPATION

All and Most

Proprietors 46.6% — 16.4% 32.5% 4.5%,

Farm labor 40.0 — 22.7 18.2 19.1

Housekeepers 47.5 — 16.9 20.3 15.3

Salaried workers.. 57.7 — 16.1 20.1 6.1

Factory labor 54.4 — 11.4 22.3 11.9

Unemployed 55.7 — 9.7 21.9 12.7

4. (US May 24 '37) Is anyone in this community doing your
type of work paid less than $16.00 a week? Asked of a national
cross-section of employed persons, (aipo)

Yes 31% No 40% No opinion 29%

5. (US June 1 '37) About what figure do you believe should
be set as the minimum (the smallest) hourly wage for this
community? (aipo)

Under $.40 20%

$.40 13

Over $.40 to $.50 4

$.50 21

Over $.50 24

No opinion 18

Median = $.50
Mean = .52

6. (US Jan 25 '38) In your opinion what is the lowest hourly
wage that any worker should receive in this community? (aipo)

Under $.40 31%

$.40 18

Over $.40 to $.50 4

$.50 22

Over $.50 18

No opinion 7

Median = $.40
Mean = .44

7. (US Aug 19 '45) If you were the one to decide, what mini-
mum wage would you set for business or factory workers in
this state? (aipo)

Under $.40 1%

$.40 4

Over $.40 to $.50 1

$.50 17

Over $.50 to $.65 13

$.65 9

Over $.65 to $.75 3

$.75 14

Over $.75 to $1.00 9

$1.00 9

Over $1.00 3

Don't know 17

Median = $.65 per hour
Median for employer and self-employed = $.60
Median for wage and salary group = $.75

(Feb 27 '46)

Under $.40 1%

$.40 2

Over $.40 to $.50 *

$.50 8

Over $.50 to $.65 8

$.65 11

Over $.65 to $.75 5

$.75 17

Over $.75 to $1.00 12%

$1.00 15

Over $1.00 6

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know, no answer 11

Median = $.65 per hour

* Less than 0.5%.

8. (US July 26 '37) Should Congress set the lowest wage em-
ployees should receive in each business and industry? (aipo)
Yes 58% No 42% = 100% No opinion 9%

9. (US Aug 16 '37) Do you think persons who work on an
hourly basis in your community should receive at least 40 cents
an hour or $16.00 a week? (aipo)

Yes 88% No 12% = 100% No opinion 5%

10. (US June 1 '38) If Congress passes a Minimum Wage Law,
do you think the minimum wage per hour should be the same
all over the country or should it be different for different sec-
tions of the country? (aipo)

Same 38% Different 62%

11. (US June 1 '38) If the minimum hourly wage is set higher
in this part of the country than in other sections, do you think
it will hurt business here? (aipo)

Yes 37% No 63%

12. (Great Britain June '42) Do you think that a minimum
wage for miners of 85s a week is too high, too low, or about
right? (bipo)

Too high 4% Too low 43% About right 47%

Don't know 6%

13. (US Nov '44) During peacetime who do you think should
decide what is the lowest wage an employer can pay — the
employer himself, the government or a labor union? (norc)

Employer 24%

Government 32

Labor union 20

Other (not specified) *

Don't know 6

Employees — employees and employer 2

Employer and government combinations *

Employer and labor union combinations 4

Employer, government and labor union combinations ... 8

Government and labor union combinations 2

Other answers not elsewhere classified 2

• Less than 0.5%.

(Sept '45)

Employer 23%

Government 33

Labor union 22

Other answers 2

Employees and employer 1

Employer and government 1

Employer and labor union — collective bargaining 3

Government and labor union 1

Employer, government, labor union 9

Don't know 5

14. (US Sept '45) During peacetime, who do you think should
decide what is the lowest wage an employer can pay — the
employer himself, the government, a labor union, or a combina-
tion of all three? (norc)

Employer 14%

Government 17

Labor union 8

Other answers not elsewhere classified 1

[ MHO ]

Employees and employer *

Employer and government 1%

Employer and labor union — collective bargaining 1

Government and labor union *

Government, labor union and employer 53

Don't know 5

* Uss than 0.5%.

15. (US Nov '44) Who do you think Dewey would rather sec
decide what is the lowest wage an employer can pay — the
employer, government, or a labor union? (norc)

Employer 40%

Government 19

Labor union 7

Other 1

Don't know 28

Employees — employees and employer — people 1

Employer and government combination *

Employer and labor union — labor and capital 2

Government and labor union *

Employer, government and labor union 2

Other answers *

* Less than 0.57c-

16. (US Nov '44) Who do you think Roosevelt would rather
see decide what is the lowest wage an employer can pay —
the employer, government, or a labor union? (norc)

Employer 4%

Government 45

Labor union 35

Other , *

Don't know , 11

Employees — employees and employer — people *

Employer and government combination *

Employer and labor union — labor and capital 1

Government and labor union 2

Employer, government and labor union 2

Other answers *

* Less than 0.5%.

17. (US Aug 19 '45) What does the term "minimum wage"
mean to you? (aipo)

Lowest wages, lowest legal wage 48%

Incorrect 22

Don't know 30

Do you happen to know what the minimum wage per hour
for the country is now? Asked of 48% of the sample who
could correctly identify the term "minimum wage."

$.25 1%

.30 1

.35 1

.40 23

.45 4

.50 12

.55 3

.60 4

.65 3

.75 and over 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 45

Median = $.45

(Sept 19 '45) What does the term "minimum wage" mean to
you?

Lowest wage 16%

Lowest legal wage 35

Lowest wage required by union 1
Average wage 10

Low pay, low wage 2%

Living wage 14

Lowest acceptable wage 1

Starting wage 1

Ability, man's worth *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 19

* Less than 0.5%.

(Feb 27 '46)

No answer 13%

Lowest wage 19

Lowest legal wage (40 cents) 38

Lowest wage required by union 1

Average wage, reasonable wage 5

Low pay, very low wage, substandard wage, bread with-
out butter 3

Living wage, 25, 30, 40, 45 cents per hour, 60 cents per

hour 17

Starting wage 1

Miscellaneous answers 3

18. (Aug 19 '45) Would you favor or oppose making the mini-
mum wage 65 cents an hour for all workers in business and
industry? (aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion
National total 56% 32% 12%

BY OCCUPATION

Wage and salary earners 63% 25% 12%

Employers and self-employed. . . 48 41 11

19. (US Sept 19 '45) At the present time the minimum wage
that can be paid to workers in every state in most businesses
and industries is 40 cents an hour. This means that all persons
working in such businesses, in every state, including young
people who have never worked before, cannot be paid less
than 40 cents an hour. Would you approve or disapprove of
raising this minimum to 60 cents an hour? (aipo)

Approve 59^

Disapprove 33% No opinion 8%

Would you approve or disapprove of raising this minimum
[wage] to 50 cents an hour?
Approve 71% Disapprove 20% No opinion 9%

20. (US Sept 19 '45) At the present time the minimum wage
that can be paid to workers in every state in most businesses
and industries is 40 cents an hour. This means that all persons
working in such businesses, in every state, including young
people who have never worked before, cannot be paid less
than 40 cents an hour. Would you approve or disapprove of
raising this minimum to 65 cents an hour? (aipo)
Approve 56% Disapprove 38% No opinion 6%

Would you approve or disapprove of raising this minimum
[wage] to 55 cents an hour?

Approve 67% Disapprove 24^

No opinion 9%

(Apr 7 '46) At the present time the minimum wage that
can be paid to workers in every state in most businesses and
industries is 40 cents an hour. This means that all persons
working in such businesses, in every state, including young
people who have never worked before, cannot be paid less
than 40 cents an hour. Would you approve or disapprove of
raising this minimum to 65 cents an hour?

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 657o 29% 6%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 70%

Republicans 59

Union members 80

25%

[ 1021 ]

BY CX:CUPATION

Farmers .

Approve
50%

Disapprove No opinion
42% 8%

21. (US Sept 19 '45) Do you think that the minimum wage
rate should be the same for every section of the country? (aipo)
Yes 37% No 45%) No opinion 18%,

22. (US Nov 11 '46) Should the Congress to be elected this
November pass a law raising the minimum wage throughout
the country from 40 to 65 cents an hour — that is, no worker
could receive less than 65 cents an hour? (aipo)

National total .

Yes
66%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 61%

Democrats 70

Independents 70

No
26%

31%

Undecided
8%

Agricultural

1. (Great Britain July '39) Do you think a minimum cash
wage of £2 per week for agricultural workers would be too
high, too low, or about right? (bipo)

Too high 3% Too low 53%o About right 38%

Don't know 6%

2. (Great Britain Aug 30 '41) Do you think that a minimum
cash wage of £3 a week for agricultural workers would be
too high, too low, or about right? (bipo)

Too high 5%, Too low 42% About right 53%o

3. (Great Britain Aug 22 '43) Do you think that a minimum
wage of £4 per week for farm laborers is about right, too
high, or too low? (bipo)

Too high 11% Too low 14% About right 66%

Don't know 9%

4. (US Feb 20 '43) How much do farmers around here have
to pay by the day for farm labor? Asked of a national cross-
section of farmers, (aipo)

Wages per day

Less than $1.00 1%

$1-$1.99 26

$2-$2.99 30

$3-$3.99 19

$4-$4.99 14

$5-$5.99 8

$6 or more 2

National average.

Average daily jartn wage
paid at present

$2.85

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle Atlantic $4.00

East central 3.00

West central 3-75

South 2.00

Far West 4.50

5. (US Apr '43) Do you think that the wages of factory work-
ers are too high, about right, or too low? How about the wages
of farm hands? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(for)

Too About Too Dot?'t

high right low know
Farmers' opinion about:

Wages of factory workers. . . 47.3%, 32.8%o 2.3% 17.6%o

Wages of farm hands 18.2 37.6 36.0 8.2

Hired hands' opinion about:

Wages of factory workers ... 30.4 48.1 2.9 18.6

Wages of farm hands 1.2 37.9 57.7 3.2

WAGES AND HOURS

1. (US Oct 19 '35) Do you favor government regulations to
maintain minimum wage rates and maximum hours of labor?
(aipo)

Yes 57% No 34% No opinion 9%

Should these [regulations to maintain minimum wage rates
and maximum hours of labor] be handled by the federal govern-
ment, or the states? Asked of 57% of the sample who favored
government regulations to maintain minimum wage rates and
maximum hours of labor.

The federal government 41% The states 14%

No opinion 2%

2. (US Feb 8 '36) If employees work fewer hours, should they
be paid less? (aipo)

Yes 28%, No 72%o

3. (US Apr 19 '36) If hours are reduced, should the weekly
wages of employees be lowered or remain the same? (aipo)

Remain Be

the same lowered
National total 84% 16%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 90% 10%

Republicans 74 26

Socialists 94 6

Third party 90 10

4. (US May 24 '37) Do you think the hours can be reduced
without some reduction in pay? Asked of national cross-
section of employed persons, (aipo)

Yes 37% No 39% No opinion 24%

6. (US Oct '37) Which kind of government — federal, state,
or local — do you feel should take care of regulating wages
and hours of labor? (for)

Federal 39.8%

State 17.7

Local 12.3

Combination of these 1.6

None of them 12.1

Don't know 16.5

6. (US Jan 12 '39) Should Congress pass a bill to provide for
minimum wages and maximum hours? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 69% 31%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 72% 28%

Middle Atlantic 75 25

East central 72 28

West central 64 36

South 63 37

Rocky Mountain 67 33

Pacific coast 55 45

[ 1022 ]

7. (US Nov 10 '37) Should minimum wages and maximum
hours be set by one national committee, or by separate com-
mittees in different sections of the country? (aipo)

One committee 18% Separate committees 57%

No opinion 25%)

8. (US Feb 16 '38) Would you favor a federal law requiring
employers to maintain the wage and hours standards you have
suggested? (aipo)

Yes 67% No 33%

9. (US May 11 '38) Should Congress pass a bill regulating
wages and hours before ending this session? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 59% 41%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 74% 26%

Middle Atlantic 62 38

East central 58 42

West central 50 50

South 56 44

Rocky Mountain 61 39

Pacific coast 59 41

BY POLITICS

Democrats 71% 29%

Republicans 34 66

10. (US July '38) On the whole, do you approve or disapprove
of President Roosevelt's wages and hours legislation? (for)

Unde- Unin-

Like Dislike cided formed

National total 48.8%, 21.8% 10.9%, 18.5%,

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION*

Southwest 90.6% 9.4%

Southeast 83.2 16.8

Mountain states 70.9 29.1

Pacific coast 69. 6 30.4

Middle West 62.6 37.4

Northwest plains. ... 62.1 37.9

Northeast 56.9 43.1

BY RACE*

Negroes 91.3% 8.7%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS*

Poor 79.2%, 20.8%

Lower middle class .. . 71.9 28.1

Upper middle class. . 60.3 39.7

Prosperous 45.4 54.6

BY OCCUPATION*

Factory labor 86.6%, 13.4%

Other labor 81.6 18.4

Farm labor 81.4 18.6

Unemployed 80.5 19.5

Students 72.5 27.5

Housekeeper 69.0 31.0

White-collar 68.0 32.0

Proprietors 65.6 34.4

Farmers 62.4 37.6

Professional 60.2 398

Executives 50.6 49.4

Retired 42.6 57.4

* Those who were undecided or uninformed were excluded from these
breakdowns.

11. (US July 2 '38) Do you approve of the federal law which
regulates minimum wages and maximum hours? (aipo)

Yes 62% No 28% No opinion 10%

12. (US Dec 2 '38) Has the Wages and Hours Law had any
effect on the number of hours you work a week? How? Asked
of a national cross-section of employed persons, (aipo)
Raised 1% Lowered 11% No effect 88%

13. (US Dec 2 '38) Has the Wages and Hours Law had any
effect on the weekly wages you receive? How? Asked of a
national cross-section of employed persons, (alpo)

Raised 3%o Lowered 5% No effect 92%,

14. (US Jan 1 '39) Are you in favor of the new Wages and
Hours Law? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 71% 29%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 79% 21%

Middle Atlantic 77 23

East central 66 34

West central 75 25

South 59 41

West 73 27

BY POLITICS

Democrats 80% 20%

Republicans 51 49

Others SO 20

BY OCCUPATION

Employers 56% 44%

Employees 79 21

16. (Great Britain Sept '39) Do you think that employers
have been using the war unfairly to dismiss work people, to
lower wages, to increase the hours of work? (blpo)

To dismiss work people 33%

To lower wages 7

To increase the hours of work 2

Don't know 58

16. (US Jan 6 '41) If it would help speed up the defense pro-
gram, would you be willing to work more hours per week at
the same rate of pay per hour as you arc now getting? Asked
of a national cross-section of employers and employed people.
(aipo)

YfS No Undecided

National total 75%

is-^

BY UNION STATUS

Labor union members.

68%

10%

17. (US Jan 22 '41) If it would help speed up the defense pro-
gram, would you be willing to work overtime for five hours
each week with just straight time pay and not time-and-a
half pay? (aipo)

Yes 74'J

No 12%

Undecided 14%

18. (US Feb '42) Would you be willing to raise the number of
working hours to fifty hours a week with pay on a straight
hourly basis (no extra overtime pay) for the duration of the
emergency? (for)

Yes 80.2% No 11.1%, Don't know 8.7%

19. (Canada Mar 23 '42) How many hours should these
workers put in before time-and-a-half pay for overtime starts?
(cipo)

[ lO'lS ]

48 hours or less 62%

49-59 hours 17

60 hours and over 21

20. (US Mar 29 '42) How many hours do you think workers
in war industries should work in a week before time and one-
half pay for overtime starts? (aipo)

40 hours 27%

40-47 hours 4

48 hours 25

49-59 hours 8

60 or more than 60 hours 9

Should not pay overtime 21

No opinion 6

Median = 48 hours

Median

National total .

average
48 hours

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle Atlantic ... 48 hours

East central 48

West central 48

South 56

Far West 48

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 60 hours

White-collar workers 48

Skilled and unskilled labor 48

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

upper income

Middle income

Lower income

Labor union members

(Mar 31 '42)

No opinion

40 hours or less

41-47 hours

48 hours

49-59 hours

60 hours and over

Should not pay overtime .

(Apr 16 '42)

Less than 48 hours

48 hours

More than 48 hours

Pay no overtime

No answer

48 hours

48
48
40

4%
26

5
31

6
23

34%
34
9
15

(Oct 28 '42)

40 hours or less 33%

41-47 hours 5

48 hours 29

49-59 hours 4

60 hours or more 4

No overtime pay 18

No opinion 7

Median = 48 hours

National War

basis workers

(Nov 27 '42)

40 hours 29% 53%

41-47 hours 4 4

48 hours 38 30

49-59 hours 3 3

60 hours or more 3 2

National War

basis workers

Should not pay overtime 17% 7%

No opinion 6 1

Median = 48 hours 40 hours

Qan 22 '43) How long should they work before time and a
half pay for overtime begins?

40 hours 29%

41-47 hours 4

48 hours 30

49-59 hours 5

60 hours or more 5

No overtime pay at all 23

Undecided 4

Median = 48 hours

(Feb 19 '43) How long should they [people in war plants]
work before time and a half overtime begins? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of farmers.

40 hours 7%

41-4-7 hours *

48 hours 24

49-59 hours 7

60 hours 12

Over 60 hours 2

Should not pay overtime 42

No opinion 6

Median = 60 hours

* Less than 0.5%.

21. (US Apr 15 '42) Overtime pay now starts after 40 hours
work in any week. Should Congress pass a law changing the
regular work week in all war industries to 48 hours so that
time and one-half pay for overtime would not start until aftet
48 hours work? (aipo)
Yes 53% No 33% No opinion and no answer 14%

WAGES AND PRICES

1. (us June 6 '37) Arc you in favor of higher wages for em-
ployees if higher wages means higher prices? (aipo)
Yes 66% No 34%

(Nov 23 '43) Would you rather get a higher wage or salary
than you are now getting and pay still higher prices for things
you buy, or keep your present salary and have prices stay
where they are now?

Higher wages and prices 10% Keep present wages 79%

No opinion 11%

3. (us Dec '43) If some wages and salaries do go higher than
they are now, do you think this would affect prices in any
way? (norc)

Yes 67% No 28% Don't know 5%

Would prices go up or down [if wages went higher]? Asked
of 67% of the sample who thought higher wages would affect
prices.

Up 65% Down 1% Don't know 1%

4. (US Apr 12 '44) Do you think prices (or wages) can go up
without wages (or prices) going up? Asked of a national cross-
section of those who thought prices only should go up, or
those who thought wages only should go up. (aipo)

[ 1024 ]

Prices .
Wages .

Yes

Don't know

46%

6. (US Dec 12 '44) When the war with Germany ends, should
wage rates be increased so that when workers stop putting in
as much overtime as they are now, their total weekly pay will
remain about as much as it is now? (aipo)
Yes 37% No 51%) No opinion 12%

As a way of doing this [keeping total weekly pay on war-
time basis] do you approve or disapprove of reducing taxes on
business? Asked of 37% of the sample who thought wages
should be increased after the war.

Approve 44'

Disapprove 33% No opinion 23%

No rise
of prices

33%

Don't knou
21%

23%

15%

29%

22%

22
37

24
19

As a way of doing this [keeping total weekly pay on war-
time level] would you approve or disapprove of keeping
prices after the war where they are now? Asked of 37% of the
sample who thought wages should be increased after the war.
Approve 55% Disapprove 40% No opinion 5%

6. (Sweden Feb '45) Do you think that prices must necessarily
rise if an increase in wages is given to large groups of workers?
(sGi)

Prices rise
if wages
increased
National total 46%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 62%

Middle class 55

Workers 38

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 49%

Large towns 42

Other towns 43

Farmers 54

Others 44

7. (Sweden Feb '45) Do you think that an improvement in the
standard of living after the war should be effected through a
general lowering of prices or by increased wages? (sGi)

Lowering Increase Don't

of prices in wages know

National total 50% 18% 32%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 54%

Middle class 52

Workers 49

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 49%

Large towns 52

Other towns 52

Farmers 41

Others 54

8. (US Oct 19 '45) The automobile workers union says that
workers' pay can be increased by 30% without making it
necessary to increase the price of automobiles. Do you agree
or disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree Disagree No opinion
26% 42% 32%

11%

35%

17%

34%

Disagree

No opinion

54%

30%

National total .

BY OCCUPATION

Agree

Farmers 16%

Business and professional. . . 19

White-collar 25

Manual workers 34

Union members 40

9. (US Oct 19 '45) Do you think that if wages to auto work-
ers arc increased by thirty percent, the price of new automobiles
will be increased? (aipo)

Yes 78% No 11% No opinion 11%,

10. (US Oct 17 '45) Some people say that automobile workers'
pay can be increased by 15% without making it necessary to
increase the price of automobiles. Do you agree or disagree
with this? (aipo)

Agree 39% Disagree 33% No opinion 28%

11. (US Oct 17 '45) Do you think that if wages to auto work-
ers arc increased by 15%, the price of new automobiles will be
increased? (aipo)

Yes 73% No 16% No opinion 11%

12. (US Feb 13 '46) It is said that prices will go higher to meet
the increase in wages given to workers in recent strikes. If this
is true, which of these statements comes closest to the way
you feel about this: (1) Labor unions are chiefly responsible
for these price increases because of demanding too much in
wages. (2) Big companies are chiefly responsible because they
could pay higher wages to workers without increasing prices.
(aipo)

Statement 1 29%

Statement 2 38

Both 25

No opinion 7

No answer 1

13. (US Mar '46) Some people say that most of the really big
industries could raise their wages without increasing the
prices of things they sell. Do you agree with this or not? (norc)
Agree 56% Disagree 34% Don't know 10%,

14. (Netherlands Aug '46) There is much talk nowadays
about changes in wages and prices. Which would you person-
ally prefer? (nipo)

That all prices are lowered but your income stays exactly
the same as it is now 62%

That your income be raised, but prices stay exactly as
they are 23

That your income and the prices both stay the same that
they arc now 7

Don't know 8

15. (US Sept 11 '46) Some people say that the way to keep
prices down and wages high is to get each worker to turn out
more work per day. Do you agree or disagree with this? (aipo)
Agree 43% Disagree 44% No opinion 13%

16. (US Dec 22 '46) Would you be willing to keep wages
where they are now provided that prices remain where they
are now? (aipo)

Yes, keep

wages at

present

levels

National total 49%

BY OCCUPATION

Manual workers 46%

All other occupations 52

Labor union members 46

0, wages
should

go up
43%

No opinion
8%

47%
40

7%
8

[ 10^25 ]

17. (US Jan 12 '47) Do you think pay increases could be given
by most factories without increasing the prices of the goods
they make? (aipo)

Yes 47^

No 40%

No opinion 13^

Sl%

18. (US Dec 11 '46) Do you think pay increases will mean

higher prices for the goods the factories make? (aipo)

Yes 81% No 13% No opinion 6%

WAR

1. (us Jan 25 '37) Do you believe that modern warfare is
more humane, or less humane, than it used to be? (aipo)
More humane 23% Less humane 77% = 100%

No opinion 18%

2. (us Mar '46) In general, what do you think is usually the
main cause of wars? (norc)

Greed

Greed, desire, ambition, covetousness, grasp-
ing, selfishness, jealousy, competition (not

specified by what or whom) 27%

Greed, etc., for power 19

Greed for land 14

Greed for world domination 4

Greed for money 10

Greed for economic supremacy, exploitation of

resources, war profits, world trade 7

Human nature

Sin, hatred, ignorance, fear, lack -of confidence 7
Intolerance, lack of cooperation, lack of broth-
erhood 7

Patriotism *

Human nature to fight 1

Differences and misunderstandings

Differences of language, race, religion, political

ideals, economic 3

Propaganda 1

Debts, gold standards 1

Differences between peoples and nations (not

specified) 2

Certain people or groups

Capital, business 6

Ambitious men in high positions 6

Dictators 5

Others, such as Jews, international bankers,
politicians, warlords, militarists, munitions

manufacturers 3

Certain countries, politics, armaments

Politics (not specified) 5

Other, such as Germany wants war, Japan
wants war, England wants war, bad diplo-
macy, power politics, secret treaties, arma-
ments, oppression, lack of strong union of

nations 5

Economic reasons

Inevitability of war

Don't know

148%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether it agreed or disagreed with the following statement:
Only through war can the human spirit be glorified, (omgus)
Yes 2% No 95% No opinion 3%

Aerial Operations

1. (us Mar 30 '48) Do you think all nations should agree not
to bomb civilians in cities during wartime? (aipo)

Yes 91

No 9%

Should the United States call a conference of all nations to
make such an agreement [not to bomb civilians in cities dur-
ing wartime]?

Yes No

National total 61% 39%

BY SEX

Men 65% 35%

Women 58 42

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 61% 39%

Middle Atlantic 58 42

East central 56 44

West central 68 32

South 65 35

Rocky Mountain 57 43

Pacific coast 60 40

Do you think all nations that agreed to such a treaty [not
to bomb civilians in cities during wartime] would keep their
word?

Yes 12% No 83%, No opinion 5%

U.S.

1. (US Nov 17 '35) In order to declare war, should Congress
be required to obtain the approval of the people by means of
a national vote? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 75% 25%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 75% 25%

Middle Atlantic 75 25

East central 75 25

West central 77 23

South 70 30

Mountain 79 21

Pacific ■ 77 23

(Apr 4 '47)

National total 71% 29%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farmers 71% 29%

Small towns 66 34

Cities 72 28

BY POLITICS

Democrats 70% 30%

Republicans 68 32

Socialists 85 15

Union party 86 14 - ,

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 71% 29%

Middle Atlantic 74 26

East central 72 28

West central 71 29

South 64 36

Yes No

Mountain 66% 34%

Pacific 71 29

(Oct 10 '37)

National total 73% 27%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 72% 28%

Middle Atlantic 72 28

East central 74 26

West central 75 23

South 75 25

Rocky Mountain 73 27

Pacific coast 67 33

Men 69% 31%

Women 79 21

2. (US Dec 28 '37) In order to declare war, except when our
country is invaded, should Congress be required to obtain the
approval of the people by means of a national vote? (aipo)

Yes

National total 64%

(Mar 26 '38) 62

(Sept 13 '38) '

National total 68%

No ■' opinion

36% = 100% 7%
32 6 = 100%

32%

BY SEX

Men 64% 36%

Women 72 28

BY POLITICS

Democrats 69%

Republicans 63

31%
37

vote, even though it might mean a delay, or would you prefer
to leave the war decision to Congress? (for)

Congress Referendum Don't know
National total 49.8% 42,7% 7-5%

BY SEX

Men 55.4% 40.0% 4.6%

Women 44.2 45.3 10.5

BY AGE

Under 40 years 47.4% 46.0% 6.6%

Over 40 years 52.2 39. 4 8.4

8. (US Nov '40) If it comes to a question of the United States
declaring war, in whose judgment would you have the greater
confidence, that of the President and the Department of State —
whoever they are at the time — or that represented by a vote
of Congress after debate? (for)

■a

■I "3 5 S - t

5 ^fi; |o -S ^ •«

c^ Q -a 0 ca ^ Q

National total 25.7% 6.2% 50.8% 6.8% 1.4% 9.1%

BY POLITICS

For Roosevelt 39.3% 7.0%, 37.8% 7.1% 0.9% 7.9%

ForWiUkie 12.1 4.1 70.2 5.9 1.5 6.2

WAR BONDS AND STAMPS

3. (US Mar 26 '38) In order to declare war, except when the
United States or any other country in North or South America
is invaded, should Congress be required to obtain the approval
of the people in a national vote? (aipo)

Yes 59%

No 36%

No opinion 5^

4. (US Aug 10 '38) Should Congress continue to have sole
power to declare war, or should the approval of the people
through a national vote be required before Congress can de-
clare war? (aipo)

Approval of the people 58%

Congress should have power 37

No opinion 5

6. (US Aug 10 '38) If a nation attacks or threatens to attack
the United States, would you be willing to leave with Con-
gress the power to declare war without a national vote? (aipo)
Yes 77% No 16% No opinion 7%

6. (US Mar 8 '39) Should the Constitution be changed to re-
quire Congress to obtain the approval of the people in a na-
tional vote before the United States could take part in a for-
eign war? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 58% 42%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income group .... 45% 55%

Middle income group. .54 46

Lower income group. ... 67 33

7. (US Dec '39) Do you think that any decision between war
and peace for this country should be submitted to popular

1. (Great Britain Jan '40) Have you bought, or are you buy-
ing, any national defense bonds or any of the new issue of
national saving certificates? (bipo)

Bought 9% Buying through a savings group 5% No 86%

2. (US June 7 '41) Have you heard about defense savings
bonds and stamps? (aipo)

Yes No

91% 9%

(Oct 22 '41) 97 3

3. (Nov 26 '41) Have you made any definite plans to buy any
defense bonds or stamps? A comparable cross-section was
asked; Have you had a chance to work out definite plans for
buying defense bonds or stamps at regular intervals? The two
cross-sections were asked; Have you bought any bonds or
stamps as yet? Results were combined, (aipo)

Have already bought 12%
Have not bought but intend to 12% No 76%

4. (US June 7 '41) Would you favor a plan under which any
part of your salary or wages you decide on would be deducted
each payday to buy defense stamps and bonds for you? Asked
of a national cross-section of employed persons who had
bought bonds or stamps or plan to buy some, (aipo)

Yes 55%

No 40

No opinion 3

Have already bought bonds or stamps but do
not plan to buy any more 2

5. (US Oct 22 '41) Do you happen to know how much interest
is paid on defense bonds? Asked of a national cross-section of

[ 1027 ]

people who knew about defense saving bonds and stamps.
(aipo)

Correct answers 34% Didn't know 58%

Incorrect answers 8%

6. (US Oct 22 '41) Do you know what the difference is be-
tween defense bonds and stamps? Asked of a national cross-
section who knew about defense saving bonds and stamps.
(aipo)

Correct answers 63%

Didn't know 35

Yes, but didn't give an answer 1

No answer 1

7. (US Nov 26 '41) Have you any definite plans to buy any
defense bonds or stamps? Those who had made plans to buy
some were asked: Have you bought any bonds or stamps as
yet? Results were combined, (aipo)

Have already bought 21%
Have not bought but intend to 17% No 62%

8. (US Oct 22 '41) Would you favor a law which would make
it compulsory for everybody to buy defense bonds or stamps,
in proportion to income? (aipo)

Yes 29% No 64% No opinion 7%

9. (US Jan 2 '42) Would you favor a law for buying defense
stamps and bonds which would make it compulsory for every-
body to invest 2 cents out of every dollar of their salary, wages,
or other income in defense stamps and bonds? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of employed people, (aipo)

Yes 33% No 61% No opinion 6%

10. (US Jan 2 '42) Would you be willing to have your employer
take a small part (say, 2 cents out of every dollar) of your
wages or salary each payday to buy defense bonds and stamps
for you? (aipo)

Yes 69% No 19% No opinion 12%

11. (US Jan 9 '42) Which do you think is the better name for
the government's war bonds — victory bonds or defense bonds?
(norc)

Victory Defense Other Don't know
49.7% 42.8% 2.1% 5.4%
Oan28'42) 38 51 1 10

12. (US Feb 11 '42) Would you be willing to have your em-
ployer take 15 cents out of every dollar of your wage or salary
each payday to buy defense bonds and stamps for you? Asked
of a national cross-section of employed people, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 54% 41% 5%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income and middle in-
come 60% 36% 4%

Lower income 48 46 6

(May 26 '43) Asked of a national cross -section of employed
persons: Would you be willing to have your employer take 15
cents out of every dollar of your wages or salary each payday
to buy defense bonds for you? A comparable cross-section was
asked: Would you be willing to have your employer take $1.50
out of every $10 of your wages or salary each payday to buy
defense bonds for you? Results were combined.

Yes No Undecided

National total 52% 43% 5%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper and middle income

groups 54% 41% 5%

Lower income group 49 45 6

13. (US Feb 11 '42) Would you be willing to have your em-
ployer take 10 cents out of every dollar of your wage or salary
each payday to buy defense bonds and stamps for you? Asked
of a national cross-section of employed people, (aipo)

National total .

Yes
66%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper and middle income .... 72%

Lower income .

No
27%

22%
32

No opinion
7%

6%
8

14. (US Jan 28 '42) From what you have heard, how much
do you have to pay for the smallest defense stamp you can buy?
(norc)

5 cents 2%

10 cents 74

25 cents . . .'. 8

Other 1

Scattered 1

Don't know 14

15. (US Jan 28 '42) What's the smallest defense bond you can
buy, and how much docs it cost? (norc)

Both right 70%

Right size, wrong or don't know cost 4

Right cost, wrong or don't know size 5

Wrong or don't know both 21

16. (US Jan 28 '42) Has your employer put in a plan by which
you can buy defense bonds by setting aside a part of your pay
for that purpose every payday? Asked of a national cross-
section of wage, earners, (norc)

Yes 28% No 69% No answer 1% Don't know 2%

Are you buying any bonds this way [on the payroll plan for
buying bonds]? Asked of 28% of a sample of wage earners who
said a payroll plan for buying bonds had been established in
that company.

Yes 18% No 10%

Do you think most of the people where you work would
favor such a plan [payroll plan for buying bonds]? Asked of
71% of a sample of wage earners who said a payroll plan for
buying bonds had not been established in their company and
those who had no opinion on the subject.
Yes 28% No 21% No answer 2% Don't know 20%

Have you (or husband or wife, if married) bought any de-
fense bonds or stamps in any other way [than payroll plan]?
Asked of a national cross-section of wage earners.
Yes 62% No 38%

Did you buy them [defense bonds or stamps] or are you buy-
ing them on any regular plan or schedule? Asked of 62% of a
sample of wage earners who had bought bonds and stamps in
ways other than payroll plan.

Yes 27% No 35%

17. (US Jan 28 '42) Have you (or your husband or wife, if
married) bought any defense bonds or stamps yet? Asked of a
national cross-section of people other than wage earners.
(norc)

Yes 55% No 44% Don't know 1%

Did you buy them [bonds and stamps] or are you buying
them on any more or less regular plan or schedule? Asked of
55% of a sample of people other than wage earners who had
bought bonds and stamps.
Yes 26% No 27% Don't know 2%

18. (US Feb '42) Some people think a way to stop rising prices
or to stop shortages is for the government to take a certain

[ 10^28 ]

amount of each person's wages or salary for defense bonds.
These defense bonds could not be cashed until the war is over.
Would you be in favor of such a plan or against it? Those who
in answer to other questions said they thought rising prices
were a good thing for the country and that the government
should not ration products which might be in short supply
were excluded from the cross-section, (norc)
In favor 34% Against 45% Depends 12% Don't know 9%i

19. (US Mar 26 '42) Have you (or your family) bought any
defense bonds or defense stamps? (opor)

Yes No No answer

11% 11% 1%

(Apr 30 '42) 65 35 —

20. (US Apr 15 '42) Should all people receiving wages, salary,
or other income put 10 cents out of every dollar of their income
in war savings bonds and stamps? (aipo)

Yes 58%,

No 31%

No opinion ll''

Do you think the government should pass a law to make
everybody do this [put 10 cents out of every dollar of their
income into bonds and stamps]? Asked of 69%> of the sample
who thought everyone should put 10 cents out of every dollar
they earn into bonds or stamps and those who had no opinion
on the subject.
Yes 20%, No 38%, No opinion 8% Qualified 3%o

21. (Apr 15 '42) Would you and the other members of your
immediate family who receive any income be able to put 10
cents out of every dollar of your salary (income) in war sav-
ings bonds and stamps? (aipo)

Yes 48% No 43% Don't know 7%, Qualified answer 2%,

22. (US May 15 '42) Would you be willing to have your em-
ployer take a regular part of your wages or salary each payday
to buy war savings bonds or stamps for you? Asked of a national
cross section of employed people, (aipo)

Yes 43% No 32% Already doing it 25%

What is the largest amount out of each dollar of your salary
or wages you would be able to put into war savings bonds or
stamps? Asked of a national cross-section of employed people
who would be willing to take a regular part of their wages
for war bonds and stamps.

Average amount willing
Amount of earnings to have deducted

Less than $30 a week 8%

More than $30 a week .... 10

23. (US May '42) Here is another suggestion which some
people say would help the war effort. The government should
take a certain percentage of each person's wages or salary for
defense bonds or stamps. These bonds or stamps could not be
cashed during the war except in case of an emergency in the
family. Do you think this would be a good idea or a bad idea?
(norc)

Good idea 56% Bad idea 26%, Qualified answer 13%
Don't know 5%

24. (Canada May 20 '42) Would you be willing to have your
employer take 10 cents out of every dollar of your wages or
salary to lend to the government without interest until the
war is over? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 51% 43% 6%o

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Above average 66%

Average 55

Below average 45

25. (US May 30 '42) Would you favor or oppose having the
government require you (or your husband or wife) to take a
certain part of your pay in war bonds instead of cash? (norc)
Favor 61% Oppose 33% Don't know 6%

26. (US May 30 '42) Docs the company for which you work
deduct part of your wages to buy war bonds for you? Asked of
a national cross-section of employed people, (aipo)

Yes 28% No 72%

27. (US June 1 '42) Have you (or your husband or wife)
bought any government war bonds? (norc)

Yes 47%

No 51^

Don't know 2%

28%

Did you buy the bonds outright, or did you buy war stamps
first and then turn them in for bonds? Asked of 47% of the
sample who had bought government bonds.
Outright 27% Stamps first 10% Both 10%

28. (US June 1 '42) Have you (or your husband or wife)
bought any government war stamps? (norc)

Yes 55%o No 44%o Don't know l%o

Have you turned in any of your war stamps for cash? Asked
of 55%, of the sample who had bought war stamps.
Yes 1% No 53% Don't know 1%,

29. (US June 1 '42) As you know, you can cash in war savings
stamps any time you want to now, and get your money back.
Would you be in favor of changing this so war stamps could
not be cashed in till after the war — provided you could still
buy bonds with the stamps and cash in the bonds just as you
can now? (norc)

Yes 63% No 24% Don't know 13%o

30. (US June 9 '42) Has anyone called (at your home) to ask
you to buy war bonds or stamps (or to increase your purchase
of them)? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

59% 41%

Ouly29'42) 53 43 4%

(Aug 21 '42) Has anyone ever called at your home to ask
you to buy war savings stamps and bonds? (norc)
Yes 49% No 48% Don't know 3%

31. (US June 9 '42) Have you bought any war savings bonds
or stamps (as yet)? (aipo)

Yes No

78% 22%

(Apr 6 '43) 83 17

Have you bought any since the first of January? Asked of
83% of the sample who had bought war bonds or stamps.

Yes 80% No 20%

Qune 20 '44) Have you bought any war bonds or stamps as
yet?

. Yes No

National total 82% 18%,

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional 88% 1^%

White-collar 88 12

Skilled and semi-skilled workers 83 17

Unskilled 73 27

Farmers 80 20

[ 1029 ]

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Yes No

Farms 80% 20%

Towns under 10,000 80 20

Towns and cities 10,000 to 100,000 87 13

Cities 100,000 and over 84 16

(Apr 4 '45) 85% 15%

(Oct 3 '45) Have you bought any war bonds yet?
Yes 84% No 16%

32. (US July 29 '42) Have you got around yet to buying any
war savings stamps and bonds? (aipo)

Yes No No answer

11% 21% 2%

(Aug 21 '42) 82 18 —

33. (US Sept 18 '42) Should all people receiving wages,
salaries, or other income be required by law to put 10 cents
out of every dollar of their income in war savings stamps and
bonds? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

52% 43% 5%

(Dec 2 '44) 38 58 4

34. (US Sept 9 '42) If you had to pay a 5% sales tax out of
every dollar you spent, could you buy the same amount of war
bonds and stamps you are buying now or not? (norc)

Could buy same amount 30%

Could not buy same amount 53

Not buying any now 13

Don't Icnow 4

Did you happen to buy any war bonds or stamps in the last
month or two? Asked of the 87% who answered yes, no, or
don't know in regard to effect of sales tax on bond and stamp
purchases.

Yes 63% No 24%

35. (Great Britain Sept 20 '42) Do you belong to a national
war savings group? (bipo)

Yes 55% No 42% Object 3%

36. (Great Britain Sept 20 '42) Does anyone call at your house
to find out whether you will buy national savings stamps?
(bipo)

Yes 38% No 51% Don't know 11%

37. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think the government should
require everyone to buy war bonds and stamps every month?
(norc)

Yes 49% No 30% No answer 1% Depends 20%

38. (US Sept 24 '42) In the last month have you or your family
bought any bonds or stamps? (norc)

Yes 73% No 27%

39. (US Sept 24 '42) Would you yourself be willing to have
the government tell you how many bonds or stamps you had
to buy each month, or do you thinii: it should be left up to you
to decide how many you want to buy? (norc)
Government tell 19% Left up to individual 78%

Don't know 3%

40. (US Oct 6 '42) Do you (or your husband, wife) own any
war savings stamps? (norc)

Yes 64% No 36%

41. (US Oct 6 '42) How about bonds? Have you (or your hus-
band, wife) got around to buying any war savings bonds?
(norc)

Yes 64% No 36%

Have you bought any [bonds] within the last two months?
Asked of 64% of the sample who own some war bonds.
Yes 49% No 14% No answer 1%

About how much have you been able to spend for bonds in
the last two months? Asked of 49% of the sample who had
bought bonds within the last two months.

$10 and under 2%

$ll-$20 8

$21-$30 4

$31~$40 6

$41-$50 5

$51-$60 1

$61-$80 3

$81-$100 3

$101-$200 3

Over $200 2

Indefinite 1

Not ascertainable 11

Percent of salary represented

Less than 5% of salary 5%

5% or less than 10% of salary 9

10% of salary 2

Over 107o of salary 16

Not ascertainable 17

Are you buying bonds on a payroll deduction plan — that is,
a plan where a certain amount is taken out of your pay check
each week or month? Asked of 49% of the sample who had
bought bonds within the last two months.

Yes 23% No 26%

42. (US Oct 27 '42) Do you happen to have bought any war
bonds or stamps as yet? (aipo)

Yes 78% No 22%

Do you think you might sell some of these bonds or stamps
in order to have money to help pay your income tax? Asked of
78% of the sample who had bought war bonds or stamps.
Yes 7% No 60% Don't know 10% Qualified answers 1%

43. (US Nov 27 '42) Have you started to buy any war savings
stamps or bonds yet? (norc)

Yes No

86% 14%

(Apr 6 '43) 90 10

44. (US Mar '43) Comparing now with a year ago, have you
more, less, or about the same amount of money in government
bonds or stamps? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers.
(for)

BY economic status

None

either

Don't

Less

Same

year

know

Well-to-do...

■ 77.9%

0.6%

14.2%

6.7%

0.6%

Moderately

well off. . .

. 59.1

1.0

18.4

21.0

0.5

Poor

. 32.3

2.2

20.2

43.8

1.5

45. (US Apr 6 '43) What do you think could be done to get
people to buy more war bonds and stamps? (aipo)

[ 1030 ]

Have compulsory savings — take percentage from salary . . 13%
Sell seriousness of war to people — frighten them by more

details of war 9

Control prices, inflation, and cost of living 4

Personal effort — bond drives, club work, door to door

canvass, etc 5

Increase advertising — keep need in front of people all

the time 6

Rallies, parades, talks by servicemen, movie, or radio

celebrities 3

Increase wages — pay people more 5

Control taxes — prevent further rise 2

Stress patriotism — give pin to those who buy 10% etc. . 2

Others 13

People are doing all they can now — can't do any more 14

Don't know 26

102%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

46. (US Apr 27 '43) Does your employer now deduct money
from your wages or salary to buy war bonds for you? 26% of
the sample who had money from their wages deducted were
asked : How much? (aipo)

Have under 10% deducted 5%

10% deducted 16

Over 10% deducted 4

Percentage of deduction not given 1

Employer does not deduct anything 33

Employer or self-employed 20

Not employed 21

47. (Apr 27 '43) Do you think a law should be passed requir-
ing all persons to contribute 15 cents out of every dollar of
their wages or salary to buy war bonds? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

29% 66% 5%

Oan4'44) 38 57 5

48. (US Apr 27 '43) Do you think a law should be passed re-
quiring all persons to contribute $1.50 out of every $10 of their
wages or salary to buy war bonds? (aipo)

Yes 32% No 64% No opinion 4%

49. (US May 22 "43) Would you yourself be willing to have
the goverimient require you to buy war bonds or stamps? (norc)
Yes 45% No 46% Don't know 1% Depends 8%

Should the government tell you how much to buy, or should
this be up to you to decide? Asked of 45% of the sample who
were willing to have the government require them to buy war
bonds or stamps.

Government tell 9%

Left to individual 32

Depends on amount 3

Don't know 1

60. (US July 4 '43) Have you been able to buy any war bonds
and stamps since January first of this year? (aipo)

Yis No

National total 60% 40%

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Farmers 50%, 50%

Towns under 10,000 57 43

10,000 to 100,000 69 -31

100,000 and over 65 35

51. (US July 4 '43) Do you or your family happen to have
any war bonds or stamps? (aipo)

Yes 81%
No (never bought any or if have, cashed them) 19%

52. (US June 3 '43) Can you tell me roughly the total value
of all the war bonds and stamps you and your family have?
(aipo)

$5 and under 3%

$6 to $25 9

$26 to $50 10

$51 to $100 13

$101 to $500 26

Over $500 21

No answer 5

Don't have any 13

53. (US June 22 '43) Should the government require every
family to put 15% of its income into war bonds? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 68% No opinion 5%

54. (US June 22 '43) Should the government require every
family to put 15 cents of every dollar of its income into war
bonds? (aipo)

Yes 36% No 60% No opinion 4%

55. (US Sept 9 '43) Have you (or your family) ever bought
any war bonds or stamps? (norc)

Yes 88%, No 12%

Have you (or your family) ever cashed any of them [bonds
or stamps] in? Asked of 88% of the sample who had bought
war bonds and stamps.
Yes 13% No 74% Don't know 1%

56. (US Oct 15 '43) Do you or your family happen to have
any war bonds or stamps? A comparable cross-section was
asked: Have you, yourself, bought any war bonds or stamps
during the last four weeks? Results were combined, (aipo)

% owning % owning
no bond bonds or
or stamp stamps

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Middle Atlantic 12% 88%

East central 15 85

West central 18 82

South 32 68

Mountain states and Pacific coast 15 85

BY EDUCATION

Grade school .
High school .
College

73%

57. (US Nov 15 '43) Have you (or your family) bought any
war bonds? (norc)

Yes 88% No 12%

Are you (or any member of your family) buying bonds on a
regular payroll deduction plan — that is, a plan where a certain
amount is taken out of your pay check each week or month?
Yes 45% No 43% Have not bought any war bonds 12%

Have you (or any member of your family) been able to buy
any bonds outside of the ones you bought on the payroll de-
duction plan?
Yes 27% No 18% Have not bought any war bonds 55%

What was the main thing that made you buy one [war bond]
at that particular time? Asked of a national cross-section of
people not buying war bonds on the payroll deduction plan

[ 1031 ]

Felt duty bound — patriotic reasons 18%

Bond drive 16

Had extra money 12

Buy regularly anyway 9

As an investment 6

Had stamps, turned them in 6

School, store, employees' etc. drive 6

For a gift 4

Approached personally 4

To help meet the community quota

Bond rally, show; auction, booth, etc

Some personal (emotional) experience

Saved for it

Radio appeal

Miscellaneous

Don't know 9

Do you happen to remember where you bought your last
bond? Asked of a national cross-section of people not buying
war bonds on the payroll deduction plan.

Bank 39%

Post-office 20

Place of employment 6

Store 6

School 4

Personal calls at home 4

Theatre or place of entertainment 3

Bond rally 1

Credit or loan company 1

Miscellaneous •. 1

Don't know 15

58. (US Jan 4 '44) Should all people receiving wages, salary,
or other income, be required by law to put 15 cents out of every
dollar of their income in war bonds and stamps? (aipo)

Yes 39% No 55% No opinion 6%

59. (US Jan 7 '44) Have you (or your family) ever bought
any war bonds? (norc)

Yes 85% No 14% Don't know 1%

Are you (or any member of your family) buying bonds on a

regular payroll deduction plan — that is a plan where a certain

amount is taken out of your pay check each week or month?

(norc)

Yes 38% No 47%

Are you planning to keep your bonds until they come due,

or do you plan on using them for something right after the

war? Asked of 85% of the sample who had bought war bonds.

Keep until due 66% Planning to cash 7% Don't know 12%

Have you (or your family) ever cashed any of them in?
Asked of 85% of the sample who had bought war bonds.
Yes 15% No 68% Don't know 2%

60. (Feb 16 '44) The goal set for civilians in recent war loan
drives was not reached for the nation. What do you think the
government should do about this problem? (aipo)

Continue attempt to reach goal by bond sales 46%

Make bond buying compulsory
[ Force people to buy bonds — compulsory saving 24%

Make those who can afford it buy bonds 6

Increase efforts to sell bonds
Have more and better campaigning — empha-
size need 11

Urge people to buy bonds but do not force them 4
Make purchase of bonds easier

Cut down taxes so that people could afford to
buy bonds 1

Raise money by other means — increase taxes 9%

Economize so that need is reduced 2

Thought that the goal had been achieved 2

Don't know 29

Miscellaneous 15

103%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

61. (US Feb 16 '44) Do you think a law should be passed re-
quiring all persons with incomes of over $1,000 a year to save
15 cents out of every dollar of their incomes to buy war bonds?
(aipo)

Yes 41% No 54% No opinion 5%)

62. (US Mar 29 '44) Many people have been cashing in their
war bonds. Do you think the government should make it
more difficult for people to cash in war bonds while the war is
on? A comparable cross-section was asked this question omit-
ting the first sentence. Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 60% No 33% No opinion 7%

63. (US Mar 29 '44) Should the government make a greater
effort to get people to buy more war bonds? (aipo)

Yes 48% No 42% No opinion 10%

64. (US Apr 8 '44) Have you (or your family) ever bought
any war bonds? (norc)

Yes 89% No 11%

Are you (or any member of your family) buying bonds on a
regular payroll deduction plan — that is, a plan where a certain
amount is taken out of your pay check each week or month?
Asked of 89% of the sample who had bought some war bonds.
Yes 42% No 46% No answer 1%

Are you planning to keep your bonds until they come due,
or do you plan on using them for something right after the
war? Asked of 89% of the sample who had bought some war
bonds.
Keep until due 71% Planning to cash 7% Don't know 11%

What are you planning to use them [bonds] for? Asked of
7% of the sample who were planning to cash in their war
bonds.

Buy a home; build or repair home or farm buildings 2%

Pay living costs; use for necessities 1

Emergencies, doctor's bills, expected depression 1

Buy furniture or home equipment 1

Other and don't know 1

Miscellaneous 1

Have you (or your family) ever cashed any of them in?
Asked of 89% of the sample who had bought some war bonds.
Yes 16% No 71% Don't know 2%

65. (US June 20 '44) Do you, personally, plan to buy any war
bonds or stamps? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 10% Have already bought 63%

66. (US June 23 '44) Have you (or your family) bought any
war bonds in the last month or so? (norc)

Yes 73% No 26% Don't know 1%

Are you (or any member of your family) buying bonds on a
regular payroll deduction plan — ^that is, a plan where a certain
amount is taken out of your pay check each week or month?
Asked of 73% of the sample who had bought bonds in the last
month.
Yes 40% No 32% No answer 1%

[ 1032 ]

Are you planning to keep your bonds until they come due,
or do you plan on using them for something right after the
war? Asked of 73% of the sample who had bought bonds in
the last month.

Keep until due 61% Planning to cash 3% Don't know 7% National total .

Have you (or your family) ever cashed any of them [bonds]
in? Asked of 73% of the sample who had bought bonds in the
last month.

Yes 14%

No 57%

Don't know 2%

67. (US Aug '44) If our national debt should be double what
it is now, do you expect that the government might have to
stop payments on war loans, or that it could keep right on
paying? (for)

Could keep on paying 52.3% Might have to stop 27.3%
Don't know 20.4%

68. (US Nov 15 '44) Do you believe that war bonds are a good
investment? (aipo)

Yes 91% No 5% Don't know 4%

Why [do you think war bonds are or are not a good invest-
ment]?

Don't
Yes No know
A means of saving for future return, good

way of saving, prevents spending un-
necessarily, future security 31% 4% 2%

Good investment financially, good interest

rate, redeemable 22 2 —

"If the country goes broke, money is no

good anyway," "If war bonds are no

good, nothing is," "Bound to be good

as long as government exists," "If

United States is not worth investing in,

nothing else is," "Good as long as

country is good," "If government fails,

everything fails" 13 — —

Back up fighting man, least we can do,

help war effort, government needs it,

helping country 13 4 1

Backed by government, secure investment,

safe investment, safe 14 — —

An investment in our country, in our gov-
ernment, in America 2 — • —

Miscellaneous reasons why bonds are a

good investment 1 — —

Country may not be able to pay off, poor

investment, not safe, no good — 57 7

Money not needed, government spending

too much, waste, etc — 12 8

Interest too low, poor financial return. ... * 1 —

Miscellaneous reasons why bonds are a

poor investment * 15

No opinion 4 5

* Less than 0.5%.

1
81

69. (Canada Mar 31 '45) Aside from raising money for the
war, which one of these reasons for buying victory bonds do
you think is the most important one: (1) To let everyone feel
that he is doing something to win the war; (2) to let fighting
men know we are doing our part; (3) so people will have some
savings put by for after the war; (4) because they are a good
investment; (5) so that people will not push prices higher by
too much spending, (cipo)

Ontario .
Quebec .

Patri- mvest-
otism: mcnt: Anti-
statements statements infla-
1 and 2 3 and 4 tionary

. 35% 46% 19%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

■• 34% 45% 24%

.22 62 16

Don't

know

70. (US Sept 19 '45) Arc your friends planning to spend the
money they have put into war bonds on things they need now,
or do most of them plan to keep their war bonds? (aipo)
Plan to spend 16% Plan to keep 43% Don't know 41%

71. (US Sept 19 '45) Do you think you will cash in any of
your bonds in the next year? (aipo)

Yes 17% No 69% No opinion 14%

72. (US Oct 27 '45) Some people say that since the war is over
it is no longer important nor is there any need to buy war
bonds. Do you agree or disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree 22% Disagree 67% No opinion 11%

73. (US Oct 3 '45) There will be another war loan or victory
loan drive starting in a few weeks. Do you intend to buy any
war bonds during this drive? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 27% Don't know 17%

Do you plan to buy more or fewer bonds than you did in the
last drive? Asked of 56% of the sample who planned to buy
bonds during the drive.
More 5% Fewer 12% Same 33% Don't know 6%

WAR CRIMES AND TRIALS

1. (Canada June 30 '43) If it were your job to sentence the
following men for their past actions, would you imprison,
execute, or exile them? (cipo)

Im-

Unde-

Exile

prison

Other

cided

13%

11%

Execute

Hitler 63%

Mussolini 53

Hirohito 61

2. (Canada June 30 '43) If it were your job to sentence the fol-
lowing men for their past actions, what would you have done
with them? (cipo)

Im- Unde-

Exile prison Torture Other cided

8% 11% 8% 15% 7%
9 13 7 16 8

8 10 9 14 8

Execute

Hitler 51%

Mussolini . . 47
Hirohito . . 51

3. (Great Britain Aug '44) Should Germans who have com-
mitted crimes against other Germans in Germany, as for ex-
ample against German Jews, be tried and punished by the
United Nations, or should their trial and punishment be left
to the German people? (bipo)

By United Nations 66% By German people 26%

Don't know 8%

4. (France Oct 16 '44) Do you approve of the (recent) arrest
of Sacha-Guitry? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians. (fipoJ

[ 1033 ]

National total .

Yes

Don't know

56%

12%

32%

61%

33%

Workers 61%

White-collar

Business

Professional

Private income and pensions.
Unemployed 50

5. (France Oct 16 '44) Did you approve of the execution of
(former) Minister Pucheu? Asked of a cross-section of Pari
sians. (fipo)

Yes
42%

(Dec 1 '44).

Don't know

18%

40%

No opinion

30%

6. (France Oct 16 '44) Do you think Marshall Petain should
be punished? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes
National total 32%

Men. . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 37%
26

No
58%

52%
66

Don't knou
10%

11%

BY OCCtrPATION

Workers 48%, 40%, 12%,

White-collar 29 61 10

Business 30 61 9

Professional 24 70 6

Private income and pensions 14 86 —

Unemployed 25 65 10

(Feb 16 '45) Should Marshall Petain be punished?

Yes No Don't know

53% 34% 13%

(May 16 '45) 69 22 9

With what punishment? Asked of 69% of the (May 16 '45)
sample who thought Petain should be punished.

Capital punishment 28%

Detention 19

Degradation 10

Too old to be judged 2

He was mistaken in good faith 1

Other answers 6

No answer 34

7. (France Nov 16 '44) What fate should be reserved for Pierre
Laval? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Capital punishment 65%

Banishment, permanent or temporary deportation 15

Try him, it is the right of the court of justice to pass a

sentence 7

Confiscate his property 1

Miscellaneous, including mercy 4

No opinion 8

8. (France Nov 16 '44) What fate should be reserved for
Doriot? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Punish him with death 75%

Deportation or life or temporary imprisonment. 11

Take away his French citizenship 6

Try him 6

Miscellaneous and no opinion 2

9. (France Nov 16 '44) What fate should be reserved for
Bichelonne? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Punish him with death 44%

Deportation or life or temporary imprisonment 17

Try him 5

Confiscate his property or forfeit his French nationality . . 1
Other answers and in particular — but don't be too hard

on him 3

No opinion 30

10. (France Dec 1 '44) Do you approve of the death sentence
passed by the high court on Georges Suarez, publisher of the
paper Aujourd' huil (fipo)

Yes 65%, No 16%, • No opinion 19%

11. (France Dec 1 '44) The high court has sentenced M.
Stephane Lauzanne, editor in chief of Le Matin, to twenty years
imprisonment. Do you find this judgment just, not stiff enough,
or too severe? (fipo)

Not stiff enough 40% Just 31% Too severe 11%

No opinion 18%

12. (France Dec 16 '44) Should punitive action be taken
against the bishops who collaborated with the Germans?
(fipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 82% 10% 8%

BY occupation

Workers 91%

Living on income 92

White-collar 87

Business 78

Professional 62

Housewives 76

Should it [punitive action against collaborating bishops] be
taken by the church or by the government? Asked of 82% of
the sample who thought that punitive action should be taken
against the bishops who had collaborated with the Germans.
Government 57% Church 32% Both 11%

13. (France Jan 1 '45) Do you approve of the arrest of the
Count of Paris, pretender to the French throne?* (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 47% 29% 24%,

Provinces 62 16 22

* The November 14 press had announced the Count's arrest after a
brush with the FFI. It later turned out that he was really in Spain.

14. (France Jan 1 '45) M. Sacha-Guitry [French actor and
director accused of collaboration] has been let out on parole.
Do you approve of this? (fipo)

Yes No No opinion

Paris 26% 51% 23%

Provinces 17 40 43

15. (France Jan 1 '45) The Catholic vicar general of the diocese
of Arras has been sentenced to five years' imprisonment for in-
telligence with the enemy. Do you find this sentence just, too
severe, or not stiff enough? (fipo)

Too
Just severe

Paris 34% 7%,

Provinces 34 6

Not stiff

enough No opinion

35% 24%

36 24

16. (France Mar 1 '45) Did you approve of the death sentence
for Paul Chack? (fipo)

Yes 55%, No 22% No opinion 23%

[ 10S4 ]

17. (France Mar 1 '45) Did you approve of the death sentence
for Henri Beraud? (fipo)

Yes 49% No 30% No opinion 21%,

18. (France Mar 1 '45) Albertini, chief of Marcel Dear's
Cabinet, has been sentenced to five years' hard labor. Do you
find this sentence just, too severe, or not severe enough? (fipo)
Just 19%. Too severe 2% Not severe enough 56%

No opinion 23%

19. (France Mar 16 '45) Henri Beraud, condemned to death,
has been pardoned. Do you approve of the pardon? (fipo)

Yes 34% No 42% No opinion 24%

20. (France Mar 16 '45) Did you approve of the death sen-
tence given Robert Bresillach, editor-in-chief oi Je Suts Partoutl
(fipo)

Yes 52% No 18% No opinion 30%

21. (France May 16 '45) Admiral Esteva has been sentenced
to military degradation and life imprisonment. Do you find
this sentence just, too severe, or not stiff enough? (fipo)

Nof severe Too

enough severe Just No opinion

National total.... 24% 21% 39% 16%

BV AGE

20-34 years 26% 23%o

35-64 years 23 21

65 years or more . . 10 19

22. (France May 16 '45) Should General Dcntz be punished?
(fipo)

Yes 63% No 8% No opinion 29%

23. (Sweden June '45) How do you think the following per-
sons, generally speaking, should be punished — the leading
Quislings in Denmark and Norway? (sgi)

34%

17%

— other Quislings in Denmark and Norway who have helped
to oppress their own countrymen?

$> -^ a ^ - J S

1 i s :$ ^ : § fc s. >

% % % % % % % % %

National total 29 27 7 9 11 2 5 1 9

BY SEX

% % % % % % % % %

Men 29 27 8 7 12 3 6 1 7

Women 29 26 6 10 10 2 3 2 12

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

% % % % % % % % %

Upper class 23 21 9 8 15 5 5 3 U

Middle class 26 25 8 10 11 3 3 1 10

Workers 31 28 7 8 10 1 5 1 9

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

% % % % % % % % %

North Sweden 26 29 7 10 10 2 6 1 9

Dalarna 24 29 8 9 13 4 4 — 9

Malar district 27 32 7 6 11 2 5 — 10

Stockholm 30 22 8 9 11 3 8 2 7

East Gotland 30 25 10 11 9 3 2 1 9

Skane 38 21 3 8 9 1 7 2 11

Bova 27 26 8 9 14 2 3 2 9

— Danes and Norwegians who have worked with the occu-
pation forces in other ways?

** ^ — I *-,

5 i; -S b

I ^ ^ I 33-11 ^ a

% % % % % % % % %

National total 56 19 1 4 4 1 6 1 8

BY SEX

% % % % % % % % %

Men 62 16 1 3 3 1 7 2 5

Women 51 21 1 4 5 1 6 1 10

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

% % % % % % % % %

Upper class 53 16 1 4 6 1 7 4 8

Middle class 53 20 2 4 5 1 6 1 8

Workers 59 18 1 3 4 1 6 1 7

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

% % % % % % % % %

North Sweden 54 19 — 4 5 1 9 1 7

Dalarna 51 26 2 3 4 1 8 — 5

Malar district 50 25 1 3 4 1 6 — 10

Stockholm 65 13— 5 3— 6 2 6

East Gotland 58 20 2 4 4 1 3 1 7

Skane 62 12 — 3 3 — 8 2 10

Bova 55 18 2 3 7 1 3 3 8

e -^ -^

« 5 5

$> < a '- *- J 2

Q^ .S ^ I 3 3-lS ^ I

% % % % % % % % %

National total 14 16 18 9 16 7 4 3 13

BY SEX

% % % % % % % % %

Men 15 16 19 7 17 8 5 3 10

Women 14 16 17 11 15 6 3 2 16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

% % % % % % % % %

Upper class 11 9 22 3 19 11 2 6 17

Middle class 12 15 18 10 17 8 4 3 13

Workers 16 17 18 9 15 6 4 3 12

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

% % % % % % % % %

North Sweden 16 16 24 8 12 5 5 3 11

Dalarna 10 18 16 7 21 11 5 2 10

Malar district 12 15 22 10 16 7 2 1 15

Stockholm 10 15 15 7 17 7 10 7 12

East Gotland 14 16 23 9 14 7 2 3 12

Skine 20 16 12 12 12 6 6 3 13

Bova 13 16 13 8 23 8 4 3 12

[ 1035 ]

24. (Denmark June 15 '45) How would you punish the Hipo-
people [Danish members of the German police]? (dgi)

Death penalty 89.2%

Prison 6.2

Take away their civic rights 0.2

Take away their civic rights for life 1.7

Take away their civic rights for a shorter time 0.3

Confiscation of fortune and property 1.9

Other replies 0.5

25. (Denmark June 15 '45) How would you punish the Gestapo
people? (dgi)

Death penalty 84.8%

Prison 91

Take away their civic rights 0.5

Take away their civic rights for life 2.1

Take away their civic rights for a shorter time 0.5

Confiscation of fortune and property 2.3

Other replies 0.7

26. (Great Britain July "45) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the progress made in the punishment of war criminals?
(bipo)

Dis-
satisfied satisfied Don't know
National total 25% 59% 16%

Men. . .
Women .

26%
24

21-29 years 21%

30-49 years 23

50 years and over 28

62%
55

65%

Higher.
Middle.
Lower. .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

33% 55%

26 62

23 59

12%
21

14%

12%

Why [are you dissatisfied with the progress made in the
punishment of war criminals]? Asked of 59% of the sample
who were dissatisfied with the progress.
Too slow, too much red tape; playing about with legal

niceties 30%

Why try them? Should have been shot long ago. Shoot

them. Should be treated as our men were treated 10

We are too soft, like we were with the Kaiser. Too lenient.

Letting them off too lightly 5

We treat them with too much courtesy. Well fed. Living

in luxury 4

No progress at all ; 3

Influence being used to cause delay until people's mood

softens and causes apathy . . . •. 2

Fear the majority will get away with it 1

Trying only small-fry. Big ones getting away 1

Some are afiraid of evidence against our leaders 1

Don't believe they are responsible; did only their duty;

should not be pimished 1

Miscellaneous 2

No reply, don't know 40

27. (Germany Oct 26 '45) In your opinion, will fair legal
treatment be given the Nazi leaders now on trial in Nuremberg?
(oMGus)

Yes 78% No 4% No opinion 16% No answer 2%

(Nov 19 '45) Do you think the Nazi leaders now being tried
in Nuremberg will get a fair legal treatment?
Yes 81% No 2% No opinion 17%

28. (Germany Oct 26 '45) The Allies have indicted some Ger-
man organizations in their entirety; for example, the SS, SA,
the general staff of the armed forces, the Gestapo, as well as
the cabinet of the Reich, and the entire leadership of the Nazi
Party. In your opinion, is the prosecution of these organiza-
tions justified? (oMGUs)
Yes 56% No 27% No opinion 15% No answer 2%

Are there any organizations against which you think an

indictment should be drawn up? Asked of 27% of the sample

who thought the prosecution of some German organizations
was not justified.

SS 10%

SA 5

General staff of the armed forces .... 8

Gestapo 13

Cabinet of the Reich 10

Leadership of the Nazi party 14

None of these 1

No opinion 1

No answer 3

65%*
* Percentages add to. more than 27 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(Dec 27 '45) The four Allies have laid charges against entire
German organizations; for example, the SS, SA, the general
staff, and the whole party leadership. In your opinion, is the
prosecution of these organizations justified?

Yes 60%

No 25

No opinion 13

Partly yes, partly no 1

No answer 1

29. (Germany Oct 26 '45) Do you think that the press reports
of the Nuremberg trials are complete and authentic? (omgus)

Yes

79%

(Nov 19 '45) 75

(Nov 26 '45) 77

(Dec 27 '45) 75

(Mar 15 '46) 69

(Aug 9 '46) 67

(Oct 4 '46) 68

30. (Germany Nov 26 '45) In your opinion, are (Do you think
that) the trials in Nuremberg (against Nazi leaders) (are)
being carried out fairly? (omgus)

Nff

opin-

an-

Don't

Nfl

ion

swer

know Other

flo 1%

— —

—

— —

—

— —

—

— —

Yes

opinion

answer

Other

83%

14%

—

(Dec 27 '45).

... 81

—

Qan 14 '46).

... 82

—

(Feb 14 '46).

... 81

—

(Feb 21 '46).

... 75

—

(Aug 9 '46).

.. , 76

—

(Oct 4 '46).

... 78

—

31. (Germany Dec 27 '45) What do you think of the way in

which the newspapers are handling the Nuremberg trials?

(omgus)

Good, satisfactory; tells the truth; objective, reports

fairly; like it; informative; glad to hear the truth; just 51%
Good in general but: insufficient or dubious details; bad

pictures; should give more details 6

[ 1036 ]

Incomplete; inadequate 3%

Biased; much propaganda 3

Slow and tedious; dull; too much irrelevant material. ... 3

Unjust; untrue; don't like it; can't believe it; humiliating 2
Don't (or rarely) read the papers; don't or can't get a

newspaper 14

No interest in politics 1

Other 1

No opinion; can't say 14

No answer 1

Qan 14 '46)
Good, satisfactory; tells the truth; objective, r^^iorts

fairly; like it; informative; glad to hear the truth; just 58%
Good in general but: insufficient or dubious details; bad

pictures; should give more details . 4

Incomplete; inadequate 3

Biased; much propaganda 3

Slow and tedious; dull; too much irrelevant material. . 1

Unjust; untrue; don't like it; can't believe it; humiliating 3
Don't (or rarely) read the papers; don't or can't get a

paper 4

Hope so; hope it is true 1

No opinion; can't say 19

No answer 4

(Oct 4 '46) What do you think about the reports in the
German newspapers of the Nuremberg trials?
Good; satisfactory; say the truth; objective; reports are

just; think it good; good news; glad to hear the truth . 44%
Good in general, but details are insufficient or dubious;

bad pictures; they should go more for details 6

Incomplete and insufficient 3

Influenced; very much propaganda 3

Unjust; not true; can't judge it as right; can't believe it;

humiliating 3

I never read (or very seldom); can't get a newspaper. . . 16

No opinion; can't say 24

No answer 1

(Feb 14 '46)
Good; satisfactory; tells the truth; objective, reports

fairly; like it; informative; glad to hear the truth . . . 46%
Good in general but: insufficient or dubious details; bad

pictures; should give more details 5

Incomplete; inadequate 4

Biased; much propaganda 4

Slow and tedious; dull; too much irrelevant material. ... 4

Unjust; untrue; don't like it; can't believe it; humiliating 4
Don't (or rarely read) the papers; don't or can't get a

paper 12

Other answers 2

No opinion; can't say 12

Hope so; hope it's true 7

32. (Germany (Dec 27 '45) Which defendant (Nuremberg

trials) do you think is not guilty? (omgus)

All are guilty; none are not guilty; all are bad; all are

responsible 70%

Reserve judgement; can't say yet 1

Generals, military not guilty 2

Mentioned specific people as being either guilty or not

guilty 9

No opinion; no information; no knowledge; I can't judge 16
No answer 2

(Mar 15 '46)

All are guilty; none not guilty; all are bad; all are re-
sponsible 75%

None are guilty 1

Mentioned specific people as being either guilty or not

guilty ; 5%

No opinion; no information; no knowledge; can't judge. 18

No answer 1

33. (Germany Dec 27 '45) Have you learned anything new

from the evidence presented at the Nuremberg trials? (omgus)

Yes No No opinion No answer

84% 13% 1% 2%

Qan 14 '46) 87 11 — 2

(Oct 4 '46) 71 27 — 2

(Dec 27 '45) What did you find out that you didn't already
know? Asked of 84% of the sample who learned something
they didn't know from the trials.

Concentration camp 64%

War preparations made so long ago 6

Germany was the aggressor 3

Betrayed, swindled 5

Activities of party leaders 7

Annihilation of Jews, mass murders 23

Hitler and/or Nazi party worse than we thought,

thought them OK until now 1

Didn't know anything before, just finding out now, have

learned much 13

Other 7

129%*

* Percentages add to more than 84 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Qan 14 '46) Asked of 87% of the sample who learned some-
thing they didn't know from the trials.

Concentration camp 57%

War preparations made so long ago 5

Germany was the aggressor 3

Betrayed, swindled 4

Activities of party leaders 8

Annihilation of Jews, mass murders 30

Hitler and/or Nazi party worse than we thought,

thought them OK until now 3

Didn't know anything before, just finding out now, have

learned much 10

Other 7

No answer 1

128%*

* Percentages add to more than 87 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(Oct 4 '46) Asked of 71% of the sample who learned some-
thing they didn't know from the trials.

Concentration camp , 71%

War preparation 3

Germany was the aggressor 1

We were cheated, swindled 7

Activity of party leaders 5

Extermination of the Jews, mass murders 12

Hitler and the members of the Nazi party were worse

than we were, thought they were OK 3

Did not know anything before, have learned a lot now. . 8

Politics 1

Othets 2

No answer 1

No opinion, no interest, don't know, can't say 1

* Percentages add to more than 71 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

[ 1037 ]

34. (Germany Jan 14 '46) Do you read the newspaper reports
on the Nuremberg trials? (omgus)

Yes 82% No 17% No answer 1%

Arc you very interested in these reports, or only a little?
Asked of 82% of the sample who had read the reports of the
Nuremberg trials.
Greatly 62% A little 19% Not at all 1%

(Germany Jan 31 '46) Do you read the newspaper reports
on the Nuremberg trials? (omgus)

Yes 78% No 22%

(France Feb 1 '46) (fipo)
Sometimes 42% Always 30% Never 18% No answer 10%,

(Germany Mar 29 '46) (omgus)
Yes 67% No 32% No answer 1%

Are you very much or only a little interested in them [news-
paper reports of the trials]? Asked of 67% of the sample who
read the newspaper reports of the Nuremberg trials.
Very much 36% A little 18% A very little 12%

No answer 1%

Do you always read the reports completely or only partly?
Asked of 67% of the sample who read the newspaper reports
of the Nuremberg trials.

Completely 34% Partly 32% Not at all 1%

No answer 1%

(Germany Aug 9 '46) Have you been following the newspaper
reports of the Nuremberg trials? (omgus)
Yes, all of them 31% Yes, partly 41% No 28%

Are you very much or only a little interested in the reports?
Asked of 72% of the sample who had followed the reports of
the trials.
Interested 45% Not very interested 25% No answer 2%

35. (Germany Jan 14 '46) Do the papers report the (Nurem-
berg) trials as completely as you wish or are the reports given
too much space? (omgus)

Too little space given the trials 14%

OK as it is 58

Too much space given the trials 7

No opinion 19

No answer 2

36. (Germany Jan 31 '46) Do you think the verdict will be
the same for all the accused? (omgus)

Yes 37% No 46% No opinion 16% No answer 1%

37. (France Feb 1 '46) In your opinion, should the following
defendants [at the Nuremberg trials] undergo punishment,
and what should the punishment be? (fipo)

(a ^ "*2 ^ *, ci

O P< to a; u< Q
Capital punishment

(generally hanging) 82%o 79% 77% 75% 75% 75%
Slow death with cor-
poral punishment ... 3 3 3 3 3 2
Imprisonment, exile.. 3 5 5 8 7 7

No punishment 111112

No answer 11 12 14 13 14 14

38. (Germany Feb 21 '46) Why is the German general staff
being tried in Nuremberg? What is it accused of? (omgus)

Responsible for the war, made plans for war long in ad-
vance 47%

Started war of aggression 7

Started total war, inhumane measures used in war 4

Party collaborators, worked with party, carried on war

too long, followed Hitler's orders 6

Cruelties against PW's 2

Responsible for mass murders; concentration camps 3

Responsible for misery of German people 3

Can't say, don't know, ask my husband 27

No answer 1

Do you think this accusation is justified? Asked of 47% of
the sample who said the German general staff was being tried
because it was responsible for the war.
Yes 38% No 4% No opinion 4% No answer 1%

39. (Germany Feb '46) Are the accused people in Nuremberg
the only ones who have committed war crimes or do you think
that there are others? (omgus)

They are the only guilty ones 17%

There are still other war criminals . . 71

Don't know, can't say 10

No answer 2

Who are they? Asked of 71% of the sample who thought
there were other war criminals in addition to the accused in
Nuremberg.

Party people — leaders, ward and district bosses, politi-
cians 23%

Party people — activists and fanatics 5

Industrialists, profiteers, those who profited from war. . . 9

Army men — officers, Wehrmacht generals 6

SS 5

Gestapo 1

Other party subsidiary organizations 1

Idea men — Rosenberg types, Nietzschians 1

Other 6

War-mongers in other countries, lands, states, e.g. for-
eign general staffs, leading men in other countries,
those in England, US and/or Russia responsible for

war 6

Those who ran concentration camps 3

No answer 39

105%*
* Percentages add to more than 71 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Should these people also be tried? Asked of 71% of the sam-
ple who thought there were other criminals in addition to the
accused in Nuremberg.
Yes 58% No 6% No opinion 11% No answer 25%

40. (Finland Feb 22 '46) Have you followed through the press
and radio fairly regularly, now and then, or hardly at all, our
procedure to decide the responsibility for the war? (fgi)
Fairly regularly 34% Now and then 43%
Hardly at all 22% Don't know 1%

41. (Germany Mar 8 '46) Do you think all of those accused
in the Nuremberg trials took part in planning the war? (omgus)
Yes, all of them 71% No, not all of them 10% No one 1%

No answer 18%

42. (Germany Mar 29 '46) Do you think any of the accused
have successfully proven that they can clear themselves of the
accusations made against them? (omgus)

Yes 5% No 59% Don't know 35% No answer 1%

1(».'?8 ]

43. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following state-
ment: The German people are responsible for the war and
should pay the penalty for war crimes, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzonc 30% 62% 8%

Berlin only 50 47 3

44. (Germany Ajm- 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following state-
ment: All German officials who ordered the murdering of
civilians or prisoners of war, or who participated in such mur-
ders should be tried as criminals, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzonc 94% 2% 4%

Berlin only 97 2 1

46. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following state-
ment: Since Germany was not responsible for the war, German
leaders should not be brought to trial as war criminals, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 32% 56% 12%

Berlin 29 69 2

46. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Did you read the accounts of the
trials at Nuremberg (these last weeks) in your newspaper?
(iNsoc)

Some-
Always times Rarely Never
National total 28% 34% 16% 22%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban 28% 37% 17% 18%

Rural 26 33 15 26

Industrial 32 29 13 26

BY OCCUPATION

Farm and farm labor 22% 35% 17% 26%

Workers and artisans 35 29 15 21

Employees and executives 26 40 17 17
Merchants, manufacturers,

foremen 26 38 16 20

Liberal professions 39 35 18 8

Property holders 50 30 8 12

Unemployed women 17 35 15 33

BY SEX

Men 36% 33% 15% 16%

Women 16 36 16 32

BY AGE

20-34 years 23% 35% 18% 24%

35-49 years 27 34 16 23

50-64 years 37 33 10 20

65 years and over 41 32 10 17

47. (Belgium July-Oct '46) Does the Nuremberg verdict seem
to you just, too severe, or too indulgent? (insoc)

Too Too No

Just severe indulgent opinion

National total 37.3% 3.2% 46.0% 13.5%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban 39.9% 4.1% 44.2% 11.8%

Rural 37.6 2.8 43.8 15.8

Industrial 32.0 1.9 52.8 13.3

BY OCCUPATION

Too Too No

Just severe indulgent opinion

Farmers 38.0% 1 .7% 41 .5'.o 18.87o

Workers 30.7 2.2 51.0 16.1

White-collar workers. 36.1 4.2 52.6 7.1

Businessmen 49.8 4.2 354 10.6

Professional 59.3 6.6 27.5 6.6

Private income and

pensions 41.7 3.0 48.5 6.8

Housewives 36.2 3.8 44.7 15-3

BY SEX

Men 38.8% 3.5% 47.2% 10.5%

Women 35.4 2.7 44.4 17.5

BY AGE

20-34 years 37.1% 3.2% 47.0% 12.7%

35-49 years 36.7 3.6 45.9 13.8

50-64 years 38.3 2.2 45.1 14.4

65 years and over. . . 39.3 3-4 44.1 13.2

Do the recently handed-down court decisions concerning

economic collaboration with the enemy seem to you just, too
severe, too indulgent?

Too Too No

Just severe indulgent opinion

National total 15.9% 9.4% 44.0% 30.7%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban 17.6% 11.3%

Rural 14.3 6.8

Industrial 15.0 9.7

BY OCCUPATION

Farmers 12.8% 56%

Workers 14.1 9.0

White-collar workers. 18.0 7.4

Businessmen 21.4 18.9

Professional 34.0 17.7

Private income and

pensions 21.5 7-3

Housewives 11.2 8.4

BY SEX

Men 17.7% 11.2%

Women 13.5 7.1

20-34 years 15.8% 8.7^

35-49 years 15.7 11.5

50-64 years 16.0 7.2

65 years and over 17.2 9.3

43.0%

45.7

43.2

47.8
51.8

41.2
34.0

41.7
38.0

47.8%
38.7

45.0%
44.7
44.6
34.8

28.1%

33.2

32.1

38.9%

29.1

22.8

18.5

14.3

29.5

42.4

23.3%
40.7

30.5%
28.1
32.2
38.7

48. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Do you think the verdicts in general
too harsh or too lenient? (omgus)

Too harsh 9%

Too lenient 21

Just 55

Both 1

No opinion 13

No answer 1

49. (Germany Aug 9 '46) Which of the defendants do you be-
lieve to be less guilty or not guilty at all? (omgus)

All equally guilty 52%

Military men, officers, soldiers 4

Neurath 4

Schacht 4

Spccr 4

[ 1039 ]

Papen 2

Schirach 1

Fritzschc 1

Hess 3

Keitel 1

DoenitZ 1

Raedcr 2

Jodl..... 2

No opinion, can't judge; no sufficient

insight; don't know defendants. . 29

110%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

60. (Sweden Sept 5 '46) Which penalty do you consider that

the Nazi leaders should be sentenced to? (sgi)

Penalty of death for all 64%

Penalty of death for one or more. . 6

Penalty of death for none 9

Don't know 21

51. (Germany Oct '46) What did you feel on hearing the ver-
dicts at the Nuremberg trials? (gmzfo)

Satisfaction 26%

Feeling that justice had been done. . 23

Indifference 13

Amazement 10

Pity 8

Indignation, rebellion 7

Joy 3

Anger 3

Grief, sadness 2

Other 3

No opinion 2

52. (Germany Oct '46) Do you believe that the verdicts handed
down at the Nuremberg trials will tend to prevent a war?
(gmzfo)

Yes 19% No 67% No opinion 14%

53. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Have you followed the newspaper
or radio reports of the Nuremberg trials against the former
German statesmen and political leaders? (omgus)

Yes 79% No 21%

54. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Have you heard the verdict regarding
the accused at the Nuremberg trials? (omgus)

Yes 93%

No 7%

65. (Germany Oct 4 '46) What can the German people learn
from these trials, that is, what lesson can the German people
draw from these trials? (omgus)
Lasting peace; never start a war again; the people always

have to suffer from the consequences of war 26%

Never elect a dictator as a leader again; no one-sided

party economy, politics, caution in election of future

statesmen 30

The accused in Nuremberg are guilty of all misery 2

No offence against the rights of humanity 2

Not to join any party; not to be a member of any party ... 2

Justice 3

There is no justice; only we Germans get punished, not

the Allies • 1

Others; that Allies agree; concentration camps 1

Don't understand politics; never cared about it; I have

other worries; no opinion 32

Nothing; no lesson; the German people will never learn . . 1
No answer 1

66. (Germany Oct 4 '46) In your opinion were any of the de-
fendants sentenced too harshly? (omgus)
Yes 16% No 65% No opinion 18% No answer 1%

Which [defendants were sentenced too harshly]? Asked of
16% of the sample who thought some defendants were sen-
tenced too harshly.

All those sentenced to death; all those who will be hanged 11%
Officers should die the soldier's death (Keitel and Jodl). . 27

V. Neurath 8

Keitel 26

Jodl 34

DoenitZ 6

Raeder 19

Frick 1

Others 12

Hess 9

No answer 3

57. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Which of these organizations [on
trial at Nuremberg] should not have been prosecuted? (omgus)

SS 17%

SA 30

General staff of the Wehrmacht 24

Gestapo 1

Reichs Cabinet 3

Leadership of the Nazi party 6

Not any of these 28

Others 2

No interest, don't know 6

No answer 15

132%*

* Percentages total more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

68. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Do you think that the Allies were
legally justified in bringing the leaders of their defeated enemy
to trial, or do you think that this should not have been done?
(omgus)

Justified 72% Should not have been done 12%

No opinion 15% No answer 1%

Why not? Asked of 12% of the sample who thought some
of the leaders should not have been brought to trial.

Would have been the task of the German people 37%

It never happened before in history that the government
of a nation has been brought to trial; there is no law to

sanction this action; history will prove it 21

The Allies, too, committed crimes and made mistakes
(air raids and treatment of PW's), nobody has the

right to accuse 18

Things could have happened the opposite way and the
Allies could have been forced to justify their conduct

today 2

Conquerers and conquered should have prosecuted 4

Would be the task of the neutral states 6

Government is acknowledged; Russia, too, has the GPU;
costs too much money, because Germany is the suffering
party; it was the war, had to act like that; have not

done any harm to America 9

No answer 3

59. (Germany Oct 4 '46) As you should know, the Allies also
accused in these trials [Nuremberg] whole organizations and
groups, such as the SA, SS, Gestapo, leadership of the Wehr-
macht, the Reich government, the leadership of the Nazi
party. Do you believe the treatment of these organizations in
such a manner is justified? (omgus)

[ 1040 ]

Yes 59% No 17% No opinion 24%

Why not? Asked of 17% of the sample who thought the
treatment of these organizations was not justified.
There are many innocent people among them; many of

them only did their duty, most people had to join them 46%
Some of these organizations only did their duty; in many

organizations they were unknowing campfollowers

only; the organizations as such are not criminal. ... 29

The majority of the people were not informed ... 9

The Wchrmacht has not been informed enough about the

political events 4

Most cases have to be treated individually . . 4

I refuse to accept the trials; there are organizations like

these in other countries, too 6

No opinion, don't know 1

No answer 3

60. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Do you think the lesser party leaders
should be brought to trial, too, or do you believe it is sufficient
to have the higher leaders punished? (omgus)

Bring the lesser leaders to trial 43%

Be satisfied with this punishment ... 43

No opinion 12

Both 1

No answer 1

61. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Are you in agreement or not with
the following statement: In this war there were many crimi-
nals against humanity and peace among all the opponents.

(oMGUs)

Agree 83% Disagree 6% No opinion 11%

WEALTH

1. (us July '35) Do you believe that the government should
allow a man who has investments worth over a million dol-
lars to keep them, subject only to present taxes? (for)

Don't
Yes No know

National total 45.1% 45.8% 9.1%

BY SEX

Men 49.9%

Women 39.9

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 69. 6%

Upper middle class 48.7

Lower middle class 39. 9

Poor 29. 4

BY RACE

Negroes 60.7% 25.9%, 13.4%,

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

East 53.0%

South 58.0

Middle West 34.6

West 85.2

Pacific coast 33. 8

2. (US Oct '35) How much money do you think any person
should be allowed to inherit? (for)

44.3%
47.1

5.8%
13.0

21.0%
40.7
48.9
59.8

9.4%
10.6
11.2
10.8

38.5%

8.5%

35.8

6.2

54.6

10.8

14.8

54.0

12.2

^ s

i: r-<-

National total.

Prosperous . .
Upper middle.
Lower middle .
Poor

Negroes.

0.7

14.4

15.5

2.2

0.1

51.7

15.4

ECONOMIC

STATUS

0.7

8.2

16.1

1.8

0.7

58.9

13.6

0.7

13.1

15.6

2.8

—

51.1

16.7

0.5

15. 5

16.3

2.3

0.2

51.2

14.0

1.0

16.8

153

1.9

—

47.1

17.9

BY RACE

0.4

14.6

12.0

1.3

—

58.0

13.7

3. (US Dec 7 '36) Do you believe the government should limit

the size of private fortunes? (aipo)

Yes 41% No 50% No opinion 9%

What figure should be set as a limit? Asked of 41% of the
sample who believed the government should limit the size of
private fortunes.

$ 1,000,000 30%

$ 100,000 10

$ 5,000,000 9

$ 500,000 9

$ 50,000..
$ 2,000,000. ,
$10,000,000..
$ 10,000.,
$ 25,000.,
$ 5,000.,

$ 3,000,000.,
$ 250,000..
$50,000,000. .
$ 2,400..

$ 20,000..
$ 300,000,.
$25,000,000..
$ 200,000. .
$ 75,000..

. 7

. 5

. 3

. 2

. 1

All others 7

4. (US Jan '37) John D. Rockefeller Jr. is quoted as agreeing
with the statement that thirty years will see the end of great
American fortunes. Do you agree with him? (for)
Agree 27.6% Disagree 44.5% Don't know 27.9%

If the great fortunes such as Rockefeller's and Morgan's are
going to disappear, will the people as a whole benefit or will
it mean less prosperity for all? Asked of 27.6% of the sample
who agree with Mr. Rockefeller.

People will benefit 57. 4% Less prosperity 29.6%

Don't know 13.0%

6. (US June 7 '37) Do you think the size of private fortunes

should be limited? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 48% No opinion 8%

What figure should be set as the limit? Asked of 44% of the
sample who thought private fortunes should be limited.

[ 1041 ]

$10,000 and under 2%

$10,000 to $40,000 1

$40,000 to $100,000 4

$100,000 4

Over $100,000 to $500,000 2

$500,000 3

Over $500,000 to $1,000,000 *

$1,000,000 U

Over $1,000,000 to $5,000,000 2

$5,000,000 and over 4

No definite amount 10

* Less than 0.5%.

6. (US June 21 '37) Should a limit be placed on the amount of
money any person can inherit? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 62% No opinion 8%

What figures should be set as the limit? Asked of 30% of the
sample who thought there should be a limit on the amount
any person can inherit.

$10,000 or less 1%

$15,000 to $25,000 1

$30,000 to $50,000 2

$60,000 to $100,000 4

$150,000 to $500,000 4

$750,000 to $1,000,000 7

$1,500,000 to $5,000,000 2

Over $5,000,000 1

No definite amount 8

7. (US Oct '37) Do you think that the federal government
should follow a policy of taking money from those who have
much and giving money to those who have little? (for)

Yes, if it

doesn't go Don't

Yes too far No know

National total 30.1% 23.5% 40.7% 5.7%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 18.4% 20.1% 60.0% 1.5%

Poor 42.8 21.6 28.9 6.7

8. (US June '39) Do you think that our government should or
should not redistribute wealth by heavy taxes on the rich?
Confiscate all wealth over and above what people actually
need to live on decently, and use it for the public good? (for)

Redistribute Wealth Confiscate Wealth

Should Don't Should Don't

Should not know Should not know

National total. 34.7% 54.3% 11.0% 15.5%, 76.2% 8.3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 17. 3% 76.2% 6.5% 4.6%

Upper middle. . 27.9 64.3 7.8 7.1

Lower middle. . 33-5 56.8 9.7 13.7

Poor 45.6 40.3 14.1 24.2

BY RACE

Negroes 43.6% 36.8%, 19.6% 30.9% 51.2% 17.9%

9. (US May 7 '41) Do you think there is too much power in
the hands of a few rich men and large corporations in the
United States? (aipo)

Yes 59% No 27% No opinion 14%

10. (US July '42) Five years after the war do you think there
will be more, fewer, or about the same number of rich people
in the United States as before the war? (for)

91.7%

3.7%

86.7

6.2

79.0

7.3

66.4

9.4

National total .

15.7%

Same
24.1%

Fewer Don' t know
50.07o 10.2%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 9.0% 24.0%

Poor 20.1 24.8

62,0%
41.0

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Mountain states 20.5

32.3

39.7

5.0%
14.1

3.6°

7.5

11. (US Nov '42) Do you think the country would be better
off or worse off if we had no rich people? Asked of a national
cross-section of high-school students, (for)

Better
National total 21.2%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous and upper middle. . . 150%

Poor.

26.9

Worse
66.7%

75.4%
56.4

Don' t knotu
12.1%,

9.6%
16.7

Negroes 13.2% 69.8% 17.0%

12. (US Nov '42) How many thousands of dollars a year must
a man get before you would call him a rich man? Asked of a
national cross-section of high-school students, (for)

§
ft

1
O

<3>

"§

National total.

5.0

11.8

24.1

25.5

11.9

6.9

2.4

12.4

BY ECONOMIC

STATUS

Prosperous and

upper middle

3.1

9.7

24.2

29.7

13.3

6.7

2.3

11.0

Poor

9.7

16.1

22.6

21.7

7.5

6.5

2.8

13.1

BY RACE

Negroes

6.6

14.0

17.8

19.6

14.9

3.7

16.8

13. (Canada Dec 5 '42) Do you think that it will still be pos-
sible for a man to become a millionaire after the war? (cipo)

National total.

Will he
possible

43%

BY AGE

21-39 years 47%

40-59 years 40

60 years and over 38

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income 48%

Middle income 46

Lower income 40

Will not be

possible

43%

42%

43%

No
opinion

\^%

11%

9%
10
17

WEATHER FORECASTING

1. (Canada June 5 '46) How often do you read or listen to the
daily weather reports and forecasts — every day, fairly often,
or hardly ever? (cipo)

[ 1042 ]

'ds, and

Phases of

trees

the moon

Jj/o

39%

Every day 55% Fairly often 23% Hardly ever 22%

2. (Canada June 6 '46) In weather forecasts, which of these
items is usually of most interest to you — temperature, cloudi-
ness of the sky, wind, or rain and snowfall? (cipo)

Temperature 37%

Rain or snow 30

Cloudiness 6 .

Wind 4

No preference . - . 23

3. (Canada June 5 '46) In your opinion, can you get a fairly
reliable weather forecast by studying the almanac? (The ques-
tion was repeated with "almanac" substituted by animals,
birds, and trees and phases of the moon.) (cipo)

Animals,

Almanac

Reliable 15%,

Not reliable 62

Undecided 23

WILLKIE, WENDELL LEWIS

1. (US July 3 '40) Do you think Wendell WiUkie would make
a good President? (aipo)

Yes 76%, No 24% = 100% Undecided 22%

2. (US Aug '40) Which one of these four statements comes
closest to expressing your opinion of Wendell WiUkie: (1)
Willkie is just the man the country needs for President during
the next four years. (2) Even though Willkie hasn't as much
political and international experience as he needs, he still
would make a better President than Roosevelt. (3) Willkie is
probably an honest and capable businessman, but he hasn't
the right experience to be President in times like these. (4) The
election of a man like Mr. Willkie (at any time) would be a
very bad thing for the country? (for)

State- State-

ment 1

11.5%,
(Sept '40) (for). .. . 12.2

(Oct '40) (for) 11.1

(Oct 19 '40) (aipo). . 15.0
(Oct 24 '40) (aipo). . 14.0

ment 2

24.1%

23.0

26.8

26.0

28.0

State-
ment 3
36.1%
35.1
36.5
33.0
32.0

State-
ment 4

9.4%
16.8
13.8
15.0
17.0

Don't
know

18.9%
12.9
11.8
11.0
9.0

3. (US Aug '40) Does the fact that Mr. Willkie was president
of a large utility holding company make vou feel more or less
favorable toward him as a candidate for President, or doesn't
it make any difference to you? (for)

More No Less Don't

favorable difference favorable know

National total .

19.8% 57.6% 13.9'?

8.7%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

32.1%

55.5%

11.0%

1.4%

28.7

54.7

12.1

4.5.

17.9

58.4

15.2

8.5

10.3

59.9

14.7

15.1

Prosperous

Upper middle class.
Lower middle class .
Poor

BY RACE

Negroes 19.0%, 53.4%, 10.3%, 17.3%

(Sept '40)

National total 21.3 58.6 14.8 5.3

(Oct '40) 20.1 60.6 14.8 4.5

4. (US Nov '40) Did you read or listen to Willkie's speech of
acceptance at Elwood? (for)

Yes Part only No
National total 37.4%, 17.2% 45.4%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 64.5% 14.2%o 21.3%o

Poor 21.8 15.9 62.3

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Mountain States 54.3% 12.2% 33.5%

East south central 20.1 8.1 71.8

On the whole, did it make you more favorable or less favor-
able toward him than you had been, or did it leave you feeling
about the same? Asked of 54.6% of the sample who were fa-
miliar with all or part of Willkie's speech of acceptance.

More Same Less Don't know

National total 30.7% 48.5% 18.6% 2.2%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 39.7%, 44.1% 15.5%o 0.7%

Upper middle class. , , 34.8 46.0 17.5 1.7

Lower middle class. 28.6 495 195 2,4

Poor 24.4 52.0 19.7 39

BY RACE

Negroes (excluding the

South) ' ... 21.3% 59.0% 19.7% —

Do you think that Willkie's campaign so far has been very
well run, fairly well run, or poorly run?

Very well Fairly

run well run

National total 17.8% 31.6S^o

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 18.4%, 44.3%o

22.3

Poorly Don ' t

run know

I'b.e^o 25.0%

Poor.

18.0

23.1%
23.7

14.2%
36.0

Who do you think is mainly responsible for its not being
better — Willkie himself, or his advisors, or the Republican
party as a whole? Asked of 57.2% of the sample who felt
Willkie's campaign so far had been fairly or poorly run.

His Kepub-

advi- lie an Don't

Willkie sors party know

National total 37.3%o 19.4%o 22.0%o 22.8% = 101. 5%o*

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 30.5%o 20.9%o 27.7%o 22.6% = 101.7%o*

Poor 38.0 18.1 18.6 26.5

101.2*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

5. (US Nov 19 '40) If Wendell Willkie is to continue as head
of the Republican party, which of these jobs do you think it
would be best for him to take? Asked of a national cross-section
of Willkie voters, (aipo)

Head of an insurance company 4%

Head of a college or university 13

Head of a manufacturing company 10

Head of a public utilities company 21

Head of a radio forum 19

Take no job 22

No answer 9

6. (US Mar 2 '41) Has your opinion of Wendell Willkie
changed since the election? (aipo)

[ 10-13 ]

Yes No

National total 39% 61%

BY PAST VOTING PREFERENCE

Roosevelt voters 39%

Willkie voters 39

61%
61

Do you like him better or not as well as then [at 1940 elec-
tion]? Asked of 39% of the sample whose opinion of Willkie
had changed since the November election.

Better Same Not as tcell

National total 22% . 64% 14%

BY PAST VOTING PREFERENCE

Roosevelt voters 31% 62% 7%

Willkie voters 14 62 24

Quly 27 '41) Has your opinion of Wendell Willkie changed
since the election?

Yes 39% No 61%

Do you like him [Willkie] better, or not as well as then?

Haven't
changed
Better Less opinion

National total 20% 19% 61%

Republicans.
Democrats.

BY POLITICS

■■.. 9% 38% 53%

.... 30 7 63

7. (US Mar 2 '41) Do you think Wendell Willkie would have
made a good President if he had been elected last November?
Caipo)

Yes No

National total ■ 60% 40%

BY PAST VOTING PREFERENCE

Roosevelt voters 39% 61%

Willkie voters 85 15

Quly 9 '41) National total 41% 59%

8. (US Nov '41) Regardless of whom you favored in the last
presidential election, today do you like Wendell Willkie bet-
ter, about the same, or less than you did when he was running
for President? (norc)

About Don't

the know Don't

Better same Less Willkie know

National total 21.1% 45-5% 19.1% 4.1% 10.1%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 30.8% 47.4% 9.9%, 3.4% 8,5%

Republicans 13.3 43.1 37.8 0.2 5.6

Other 14.9 45.8 12.3 94 17.6

Why [do you like him better (less)]? Asked of 21.1% of the
sample who liked Willkie better and 19.9% of the sample who
liked him less.

BETTER

Like his foreign policies, his support of President — ad-
ministration; doing his best for the country, putting

patriotism ahead of politics 77.4%

Good sport about defeat 6.9

Have gotten to know him better since campaign — just

admire him more 6.3

Individualist — doesn't adhere strictly to party 2.0

Other ^ 7.4

Political turncoat — shouldn't support President —

changed his platform 54.8%

Isn't a big man — doesn't contribute anything — isn't

qualified 4.7

Butting in too much, trying to be in the limelight —

talks too much 7.5

Opposes Roosevelt 1.3

He's just interested in Wendell Willkie 1.5

Indecisive — doesn't know what he wants to do 8.4

Don't like his foreign policy 6.0

Insincere and dishonest 6.4

Other 9.4

9. (US Oct 27 '42) What is your opinion of Wendell Willkie?
(aipo)

Approve his trip, did a good job as good-will messenger . 2%

Good man, very capable and sincere 48

OK, means well, nothing against him 10

He's trying to make a name for Willkie, a publicity seeker 5

He has too much to say, he talks too much 5

Disapprove of much that he does — some good ideas, some

not 1

Dislike him 16

Disapprove of his trip 1

No opinion 12

Qune 3 '43) . . General approval 53%

General disapproval 32

Mixed views 3

No answer 12

10. (US June 2 '43) Do you approve or disapprove of Wendell
Willkie? (aipo)

Approve 47% Disapprove 30% No opinion 23%

11. (US June 2 '43) Do you approve or disapprove of Willkie's
ideas on the part this country should play in the postwar
world? (aipo)

Approve 31% Disapprove 14% No opinion 55%

12. (US June 2 '43) Do you approve or disapprove of Willkie's
ideas on how this country should be run? (aipo)

No opinion 50%

Approve 27% Disapprove 23%

13. (US Oct 31 '43) We would like to find out what things
people like and dislike about Wendell Willkie. What do you,
yourself, like best about him? (aipo)

His sincerity, frankness, outspokenness, and truthfulness. 17%

His ability, intelligence, and aggressiveness 12

His participation in international affairs — his knowledge

of world affairs 5

His wholehearted interest in the country — he's a "man

of the people" 5

His openmindedness, freedom of thought, and progres-

siveness 7

His winning personality and friendliness 8

His cooperation with the President .*. . 3

Other reasons 5

Like everything about him 1

Like nothing about him 18

No opinion 19

14. (US Oct 31 '43) Now what would you say you like the
least about him [Wendell Willkie]? (aipo)

His insincerity and changeableness — you can't tell where

he stands 14%

He talks too much 14

He's too much like Roosevelt 4

[ 1044 ]

He's a Republican 3%

His connections with big business —

He criticizes the government and the President —

He lacks ability and actual experience 4

His know-it-all attitude 3

He's too much of a publicity hound and a politician .... 3

His poor appearance 3

His foreign policy 1

Other reasons 10

Dislike everything about him 2

Dislike nothing about him 14

No opinion 25

15. (US Oct 31 '43) What kind of a job do you think he
[Willkic] would do in running the country? (aipo)

Excellent job 9%

Good job 29

Poor job 24

Fair job 14

Very poor job 3

Better than Roosevelt *

Same as Roosevelt 2

Not as good as Roosevelt. . . 2

Don't know 17

* Less than 0.5%.

16. (US Oct 31 '43) Do you think he [VVillkie] could handle
big problems like unemployment better than Roosevelt, as
well as Roosevelt, or not as well? (aipo)

WOMAN

Better As well
National total 16% 30%

Not No

as well opinion

41% 13%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 30% 36%

Democrats 5 24

11%
13

17. (US Oct 31 "43) Do you think he [Willkic] will be good
at handling problems which will come up after the war con-
cerning our relations with other nations? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 53% 24% 23%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 62% 22% 16%

Democrats 46 28 26

18. (US Sept 29 '43) Do you think he [Willkie] has a good
understanding of world problems? (aipo)

Yes 66% No 17% No answer 1% Don't know 16%

19. (US Sept 29 '43) Do you think he [Willkie] has a good
understanding of national problems? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 19% No answer 2%, Don't know 19%

20. (US Sept 29 '43) Do you think he [Willkie] could get along
with businessmen, Congress, labor union leaders, workers
themselves? (aipo)

Yes

Businessmen 69%

Congress 35

Labor union leaders 32

Workers themselves 53

Don't

know

answer

12%

18%

Employment

1. (US June 20 '37) Do you approve of a married woman earn-
ing money in business or industry if she has a husband capable
of supporting her? (aipo)

. Yes No

18% 82%

(Dec 25 '38)

National total 22%

Men voters 19%

Women voters 25

78%

81%
75

(Oct 31 '45)

Approve 18%

Disapprove 62

No opinion 4

Approve if she is capable 2

Approve if she does valuable work 1

Approve if she is specially talented 1

Approve only when first married *

Approve if there are no children 3

Miscellaneous 9

* Less than 0.5%.

2. (US Oct '36) Do you believe that married women should
have a full-time job outside of the home? (for)

No, unless

they Don't

Yes No need it know

National total 15.1% 47.7% 34.6% 2.6%

BY SEX

Men 11.9% 53.8% 31.4% 2.9%

Women 18.3 41.7 37.7 2.3

[Should married women work] even if they have children?
Asked of 151% of the sample who believed married women
should work.

Yes 70% No 30%

For which of the following reasons [shouldn't married
women work]? Asked of 47.7% of the sample who believed
married women should not work.

They take jobs that otherwise would be filled by men. . 36.2%
Healthier children and happier home life if women don't

work 20.8

Woman's place is in the home 35-3

Women's labor is cheap labor that brings down stand-
ard of living 6.9

Don't know 0.8

3. (Great Britain Apr 30 '39) Do you favor trained women
such as teachers and doctors giving up their jobs when they
marry? (bipo)

Yes 48% No 46% No opinion 6%

4. (Great Britain Apr 30 '39) Do you consider that women
not holding skilled posts should give up their jobs when they
marry? (bipo)

Yes 56% No 39% No opinion 5%

[ 1045 ]

5. (Great Britain Dec 6 '38) Do you think a woman should be
barred from any form of employment simply because she is
married? (blpo)

Yes 31% No 69% = 100% No opinion 9%

6. (US July 26 '39) A bill was introduced in the Illinois state
legislature prohibiting married women from working in busi-
ness or industry if their husbands earn more than $1,600 a year
($133 a month). Would you favor such a law in this state?
(aipo)

No No

Yes, ofin- an-

Yes if No ion swer

National total 67% 7% 23% 2%, 1%

BV SEX AND MARITAL STATUS

Married men 68% 7% 22% 2% 1%

Single men 67 6 23 2 2

Widowed and divorced men 71 12 16 1 —

Married women 65 8 24 2 1

Single women 58 5 36 — 1

Widowed and divorced

women 68 9 16 3 4

7. (US July 26 '39) Is your wife working? Asked of a national
cross-section of married men. (aipo)

Yes 12% No 79%, No answer 9%,

If she were offered a job at $25 a week, would you want her
to take it? Asked of 79% of the sample whose wives were not
working.

Yes 17% No 56%, No opinion 6%

Is your wife working? Asked of a national cross-section of
married men.

Yes 12% No 82%o No opinion 6%

If she were offered a job at $50 a week, would you want her
to take it? Asked of 82% of the sample whose wives were not
working.

Yes 27% No 48% No opinion 7%

8. (US July 26 '39) A bill was introduced in the Massachusetts
legislature prohibiting married women from working for the
state or local government if their husbands earn more than
$1,000 a year ($83 a month). Would you favor such a law in
this state? (aipo)

' No Na

Yes Yes, if No opinion answer
National total 56%o 10% 31% 1% 2%

BY SEX AND MARITAL STATUS

Married men 58%o 10% 29% 1% 2%

Single men 57 8 31 3 1

Widowed and di-
vorced men 62 8 17 4 9

Married women 51 12 35 1 1

Single women 48 10 35 4 3

Widowed and di-
vorced women ... 55 6 33 2 4

9. (Great Britain Apr '41) Do you approve or disapprove of
women being compelled to do war work? (bipo)

Approve 72% Disapprove 23% Don't know 5%

10. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) Should women be given the
opportunity to train for fully skilled work in every trade and
profession? Asked of a national cross-section of men. (bipo)

Yes 72% No 28%

11. (US Mar 2 '42) As things arc now, do you think women
should have to register so they can be required to work wher-
ever they're needed? (norc)

Yes 66% No 29% Don't know 5%

12. (US May 30 '42) As things are now, do you think married
women should or should not work in war industries? (norc)
Should 60% Should not 13% Depends 24%

Don't know 3%

On what does it depend? Asked of 24% of the sample who
were not sure whether married women should or should not
work in war industries.

Responsibility to children and home ties 12%

If needed or drafted 7

Not if husband can support her 2

If husband is drafted, in service 2

Financial reasons 2

If they want to 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable *

27%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 24 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Why not? Asked of 13% of the sample who thought women
should not work in war industries.

A woman's place is in the home 6%

Too many men and single women still unemployed 4

Labor shortage not severe enough 2

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascettainable 1

14%*
* Percentages add to more than 13 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

13. (Australia July-Aug '42) Do you favor or oppose employ-
ment of conductresses on trams and buses? (apop)

Favor 78%, Oppose 15% Undecided 7%

14. (US Oct 21 '42) As things are now, do you think there is
any need for married women without children to work in war
industries? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

71% 21% 8%

(Apr 28 '43) Women only. 76 13 11

(Oct 21 '42) How about married women with children?
Right now, do you think there is any need for them to work in
industries? Asked of 71% of the sample who thought there
was need for married women without children to work in war
industries, and also asked of 76% of the sample of women who
thought there was need for married women without children
to work in war industries.

Don't
Yes No know

14% 53% 4% = 71%
(Apr 28 '43) Women only... 17 54 5 = 76

15. (US Jan 31 '43) Would you be willing to have your wife
take a full-time job running a machine in a war plant? Asked
of a national cross-section of married men. (aipo)

Yes 30%

Has one now 2

No 55

Don't know 2

Yes, if 11

[ 104G ]

16. (US Jan 31 '43) Would you be willing to take a full-time
job running a machine in a war plant? Asked of a national
cross-section of women not employed in war industries, (aipo)

Yes 40%

No 40

Don't know 3

Qualified answers 17

Would you be willing to take a job in a war plant in another
city? Asked of the sample of women not employed in war in-
dustries who were willing to take full-time jobs running
machines in war plants.

Yes 55%

No 34

Don't know 3

Yes, if 8

17. (US Mar 10 "43) Should all women over eighteen be re-
quired to register with the government for jobs in war indus-
tries? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 32% No opinion 8%

18. (US Mar 10 '43) Should all single women over eighteen be
required to register with the government for jobs in war in-
dustries? (aipo)

Yes 61% No 29% No opinion 10%

19. (US Mar 10 '43) If you were offered a job in a war plant
today, would you take it? Asked of a national cross-section of
women living within 25 miles of a war plant, (aipo)

Yes 28%

No 51

Have one now .... 4

Yes, if 17

No answer (5)

20. (US Mar 10 '43) If you were asked to sign up for a job in
a war plant today, would you take it? Asked of a national
cross-section of women who lived within 25 miles of a war
plant, (aipo)

Yes 35%

No 43

Have one now .... 2

Yes, if 20

21. (US Mar 10 '43) If you could have your child (children)
cared for in a day nursery free of charge, would you take a job
in a war plant? Asked of a national cross-section of mothers.
(aipo)

Yes 29% No 56% Qualified 15%

22. (Sweden Apr '43) Would you consider it right to introduce
a general conscription of childless women in the form of labor
duty in nationally vital industries, lighter agricultural work,
or non-military functions of the defense? (sgi)

Yes
National total 62%

Men. . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 64%
60

No
22%

24%
20

BY SEX AND RURAL-URBAN

Town men 64% 27%

Town women 67 19

Country men 64 23

Country women Tl 20

Don't know
16%

12%
20

9%
14
13
23

dustry, lighter agricultural work, and non-military defense
operations]? (sGi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 54% 27% 19%

BY SEX AND RURAL-URBAN

Town men 50% 36% 14%.

Town women 58 27 15

Country men 56 26 18

Country women . : 51 23 26

24. (Canada Apr 21 '43) After the war do you think women
should be given equal opportunity with men to compete for
jobs in industry, or do you think employers should give men
the first chance? (cipo)

Equal Give men Unde-
chance first chance cided
National total 24% 72% 4%

BY OCCUPATION

Business and professional 21%

White-collar 27

Labor 21

Farmers 27

Men . . .
Women .

21%
27

75%
70
74
67

75%
68

4%
3
5
6

4%
5

25. (US Aug '43) After the war, do you think that opportuni-
ties for women to advance in business will be better, worse,
or about the same as they were before the war? What about
opportunities in government? Asked of a national cross-section
of young women aged 20-35 years, (for)

Don't
Better Same Worse know

Opportunities in business 43.1% 28.5% 19.4% 9.0%

Opportunities in government. . . 45-4 30.2 12.0 12.4

26. (Sweden Oct '43) Do you work outside your home? Does
your wife work outside the home? Asked of widows and di-
vorced people who had children at home and married men and
women, (sgi)

Wife has
full-time
job
National total 9%

Wife has
part-time

or tem-
porary job

12%

BY SEX AND MARITAL STATUS

Married men 9% 10%

Married women 9 14

Looks after

home only

79%

81%

27. (Sweden Oct '43) Is it need of extra income that makes
you work outside your home, or do you actually prefer it to
domestic work? Asked of a national cross-section of women
who work outside their homes, (soi)

Need extra income 88% Prefer working outside 12%

28. (Sweden Oct '43) Arc you happy in your work as a house-
wife? Asked of a national cross-section of women who stay at
home. (sGi)

Yes 94^

No 3%

Don't know 3%

23. (Sweden Apr '43) Do you think that women could replace
men satisfactorily in these spheres [labor duty in essential in-

29. (Sweden Oct '43) Do you feel happy about your wife
working outside the home? Asked of a national cross-section
of married men with self-supporting wives, (soi)
Yes 52% No 45% Don't know 3%

[ 1047 ]

30. (US May 18 '44) Do you think there is greater need or less
need for women workers now than there was a few months
ago? (norc)

Greater 62%

Same 14

Less 13

Don't know 11

Why? Asked of 13% of the sample who thought there was
less need for women workers.

Production is being cut down and/or workers laid off 8%

Supply of workers is sufficient 2

Returning servicemen can fill jobs 1

Women should stay home 1

The war situation does not require it *

Women are not much help *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

31. (US Dec 14 '44) Arc there any jobs on this list which you
think a woman should not hold? (nyht)

Real-estate agent 16%

Editor of newspaper 17

Treasurer of large company 20

President of a bank 34

United States Senator 39

Foreman airplane factory 43

Governor of a state 56

225%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer. Included in the above figures, in each case, is that
12% of the women who stoutly insisted that no women should hold
any of those jobs; but 30% of the women contended that they could
and should hold all of them.

32. (Great Britain Jan '45) Do you think that it is likely you
will continue to go out to work after the war? Asked of a na-
tional cross-section of occupied women, (bipo)

Yes 61% No 39%

33. (US Feb 10 '45) Do you plan to work in any job after the
war? Asked of a cross-section of employed women, (aipo)
Yes 61% No 29% Don't know 10%

34. (US Oct 31 '45) If there is a limited number of jobs, do
you approve or disapprove of a married woman holding a job
in business or industry when her husband is able to support
her? (aipo)

Approve 10% Disapprove 86% No opinion 4%

35. (Denmark Nov 19 '45) Do you think that society should
make it easier or more difficult for married women to be self-
supporting? (dgi)

Easier 43.4%

More difficult 24.1

Remain as it is 7.6

Don't know 24.9

Why? Asked of 43.4% of the sample who thought society
should make it easier for married women to be self-supporting.

Homes need more economic support 35. 3%

Women should be able to utilize their abilities 25.4

Equality 7.6

Woman should look after her home 5-4

Simdry 4.1

Cannot explain 22.2

Why? Asked of 24.1% of the sample who thought society
should make it more difficult for married women to be self-
supporting.

Woman should look after her home 83.3%

Women take work away from men 9.4

A man should be able to support his wife 3.3

Sundry 1.7

Cannot explain 2.3

Why? Asked of 7.6% of the sample who thought society
should let married women's chances to be self-supporting re-
main the same.

Woman should look after her home 38.3%

Greater economical demands on the home 17.9

Good as it is 9.4

Woman should be able to use her abilities 7.8

Equality '. 5.5

Sundry 4.7

Cannot explain 16.4

36. (Finland Jan 11 '46) Do you think that some of the mar-
ried women, who work in business or other services ought to
leave their work? (fgi)

All should leave 40% None should leave 28%

Don't know 32%

Why? Asked of 40% of the sample who thought that some
of the married women ought to leave their work.

For the sake of home and children 40%

If husband has sufficient income 37

These jobs should be given to those who need them more 32

Other reasons 6

No reason 3

118%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

37. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Do you think that women should
devote themselves exclusively to their family or do you think
that they should be encouraged to take another profession if
they want to? (omgus)

Family only 49%

Other positions 47

No opinion 34

No answer r . . . 1

131%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

38. (Germany Apr 26 '46) Do you agree or disagree that
women should be allowed to have the same job opportunities,
according to their abilities, as men? Asked of the German pub-
lic, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzonc 73% 25% 2%

Berlin 88 11 1

39. (US Aug '46) Do you think a married woman who has no
children under sixteen and whose husband makes enough to
support her should or should not be allowed to take a job if
she wants to? (for)

Should

Men 34.0%

Women 41.6

BY SEX

Should nut

46.3%
38.3

Depends Don't know
15.8% 3.9%

15.9 4.2

40. (US Aug '46) Which of these statements comes closest to
your opinion? (for)

[ 1048 ]

Men Women

All women should have an equal chance
with men for any job in business or in-
dustry regardless of whether they have to
support themselves or not 21.7% 28.5%

Only women who have to support them-
selves should have an equal chance with
men for jobs in business or industry 46.0 49.5

A man should have preference over all
women for any job that he can fill satis-
factorily 27.8 17.3

Don't know 4.5 4.7

41. (US Aug '46) Suppose a young couple want to get mar-
ried, but the man isn't earning enough to support both of them.
Should they wait until he is earning enough, or should the girl
take a job so they can get married right away? (for)

Wait

Men 39.4%

Women 33.2

42. (US Aug '46) On the whole, who do you think has the
more interesting time, the woman who is holding a full-time
job, or the woman who is running a home? (for)

BY SEX

Woman with Woman run- No

full-time job ning a home difference Don't know

Men 27.1% 49.2% 8.4% 15.3%

Women 32.0 49.7 7.8 10.5

BY SEX

Girl should
take a job

Depends

Don' t know

43.7%
49.8

11A%
12.2

4.5%
4.8

43. (Hungary Nov '46) Should the woman look for a job if
her husband is well-paid and they have no children? Asked of
a cross-section of Budapest men and women, (hipor)

Yes. ..
No....
Other .

Men
29.6%
68 5

1.9

Women
30.2%
64.0
5.8

Whose life is more amusing, the working woman's or the
housewife's?

Men Women

Working woman's 51.9% 61.2%

Housewife's 36.6 26.4

No answer 11.5 12.4

Has a housewife spare time for paid or voluntary jobs, or
does housework take all her time?

Men Women

Takes all her time 46.4% 49.0%

Has Sparc time 41.8 32.8

Other; no answer 11.8 18.2

44. (Hungary Nov '46) If a man cannot earn enough to keep a
family, is it better to postpone marriage, or should the woman
look for a job too? Asked of a cross-section of Budapest men
and women, (hipor)

BY SEX

Men Women

Wait 41.0% 26.0%

Woman earn also 56.4 68 2

Other; no answer 2.6 58

45. (Norway Nov 8 '46) Do you consider it right or wrong
that an unmarried woman in an official position keeps her job
after having had a child? (ngi)

National total .

Men, . .
Women .

18-25 years

25-35 years 75

35-50 years

50 years and over

High...
Middle.
Low . . .

Right Wrong
70% 19%

Don't

know

No
answer

BY SEX

74% 17%
67 22

7%
8

2%
3

BY AGE

73% 20%
75 16
69 20
66 21

6%
6
8
9

■ ECONOMIC STATUS

64% 27%
72 20
70 19

2%
1

46. (Sweden Nov 21 '46) Do you think it right for a married
woman to have a professional job when her husband can earn
the living of the family alone? (soi)

Right

23%
(Dec '46) 23

Not
right

58%
58

Not right

when

she has

child(ren')

14%
14

Don't

know

47. (Canada Oct 17 '45) Do you think women should be given
equal opportunity with men to compete for jobs in industry,
or do you think employers should give men the first chance?
(cipo)

Equal Men first Quali- Unde-
chance chance fted cided

National total 20%

Men . . .
Women .

69?

BY SEX

15% 75%
25 62

7%
9

3%
4

Military Service, Compulsory

1. (US Dec 18 '40) Would you be in favor of starting (now) to
draft American (single) women between the ages of twenty-
one and thirty-five to train them for jobs in wartime? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 48% 52% 6%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. ■ 44%
52

BY AGE

21-35 years (women only). . 54%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper income group 41%

Middle income group 44

Lower income group 55

Qan 9 '42)
National total 68%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 63%

56%
48

46%

59%

26%

31%

[

BY AGE

Yes No No opinion

21-35 years (women only). . . 75% 19% 6%

(Mar 27 '42)
National total 69% 23% 8%

BY SEX

Men 66% 27% 7%

BY AGE

21-35 years (women only) ... 76% 18% 6%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-At-
lantic 69% 23% 8%

East central 70 22 8

West central 68 24 8

South 72 18 10

Far West 69 25 6

2. (US Feb 2 '41) Do you think that girls between the ages of
sixteen and twenty-one, who are out of high school, should
spend one year in a training camp learning things useful to our
defense program? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 34% Don't know 10%

3. (Great Britain Nov '41) Would you approve or disapprove
if the government used compulsory measures in getting women
into the Ats, Waafs, Wrens? (bipo)

Approve 55% Disapprove 35% Don't know 10%

4. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) Do you approve of conscripting
for national service women up to fifty years of age? (bipo)
Yes 46% No 44% Don't know 10%

5. (Australia May '42) Should single women be called up for
war work as they are needed? (apop)

Yes 82% No 10% Undecided 8%,

6. (Australia July-Aug '42) If the government began a com-
pulsory transfer of single women from non-essential industries
to war work, would you approve or disapprove? (apop)
Approve 75% Disapprove 18% Undecided 7%

7. (Great Britain Aug 22 '42) Do you think that the call-up
of women is or is not working fairly? (bipo)

Fairly 39% Unfairly 37% Don't know 24%

8. (US Aug 18 '43) Do you favor drafting single women be-
tween the ages of twenty-one and thirty-five to serve in the
WACS, WAVES or other similar branches of the armed serv-
ices? (aipo)

Undecided
(No
Yes No opinion')

National total 45% 48% 7%

by SEX

Men 39% 54% 7%

Women 51 42 7

BY AGE

21-35 years (women only)... 58% 36% 6%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-At-
lantic 45% 49% 6%

East central 46 48 6

West central 42 51 7

South 44 46 10

Far West 47 46 7

(Nov 9 '43) National total 46% 46% 8%

(Mar 15 '44) 40 51 9

1049 ]

9. (Great Britain Aug 22 '43) Do you agree or disagree that
women between forty-six and fifty years of age should be called
up for national service? (bipo)

Yes 24% No 70% Don't know 6%

10. (US Sept 10 '43) The army can either draft 300,000 single
women aged twenty-one to thirty-five for the WACS for non-
fighting jobs, or it can draft the same number of married men
with families for the same work. Which plan would you favor?
(aipo)

Single Married Unde-

women men cided

National total 81% 13% 6%

BY SEX AND FAMILY STATUS

Men 78% 22%

Women 84 16

Men (married with children) . 80 20

(Oct 23 '43)

National total 73% 19% 8%

BY SEX AND MARITAL STATUS

Women 77% 16% 7%

Men 68 23 9

Single women 72 23 5

Married men 70 21 9

(Dec 3 '43)

National total 78% 15% 7%

BY SEX

Women 81% 12% 7%

Men 75 17 8

(Mar 10 '44)

National total 75% 16% 9%

BY SEX

Men 72% 19% 9%

Women 78 13 9

(Apr 2 '44)

National total 76% 16% 8%

BY AGE

21-35 years (single women
only) 75% 18% 7%

11. (US Jan 4 '44) So that more fathers will not be drafted,
would you favor giving local draft boards the right to draft
single women between the ages of twenty-one and thirty-five
for non-fighting jobs with the armed forces? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 32% No opinion 8%

12. (US Feb 16 '44) Would you favor giving local draft boards
the right to draft single women between the ages of twenty-
one and thirty-five for non-fighting jobs with the armed forces?
(aipo)

Yes 56% No 36% No opinion 8%

13. (US Apr 12 '44) Do you think that single women between
the ages of twenty-one and thirty should be drafted for service
in the WACS, to take over non-fighting jobs of young army
men to release them for active combat? (aipo)

Yes 47% No 44% No opinion 9%

14. (US Feb 28 '45) After the war is over, do you think young
women should be required to take one year's training in the
women's branches of the armed services? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 22% 71% 7%

BY SEX

Men 19% 74% 7%

N\'omcn 25 68 7

[ lOoO ]

16. (Great Britain Feb '45) Do you approve or disapprove of
the government's decision to draft women's services overseas?
(bipo)

Yes 43%

No 39?

Don't know 18%

16. (US Oct 31 '45) In the future, do you think that all able-
bodied young women should be required to spend one year
being trained for civilian defense or other work that would
be useful in wartime? (aipo)

Yes 29% No 63% No opinion 8%

17. (Australia Dec '44) Do you approve, or oppose, the com-
pulsory call up of single women for war work? (apop)
Approve 73% Oppose 20% Undecided 7%,

Social and Moral Questions

1. (Canada Sept 30 '42) It has been suggested that women
should not be allowed in places where alcoholic beverages
are sold by the glass. Do you agree or disagree? (cipo)

Agree Disagree No opinion

National total 60% 35% 5%

Men . . .
Women .

58%
63

35%
34

7%
3

2. (US Aug 4 '45) Do you think a woman whose husband is
overseas should accept dates with other men? A comparable
cross-section was asked: What do vou think about the idea of
servicemen's wives having dates with other men while their
husbands are overseas? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes, No

No Yes qualified opinion

National total 85% 6% 5% 4%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

83% 7%
87 5

4%
6

6%
2

3. (Canada Sept 19 '45) In some provinces, women are not
allowed to enter beverage rooms (beer parlors). Do you ap-
prove or disapprove of beverage rooms for women? (cipo)

Approve Disapprove Undecided
National total 31%

Men

Women.

34%
28

63%

60%
66

6%
6

Suffrage

1. (France Nov 1 '44) Are you in favor of votes for women?

Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes 64%

No 28

Yes, under certain conditions. . . 3
No opinion 5

Why? Asked of 28%, of the sample of Parisians who were
not in favor of votes for women.

For reasons of principle 11%

Political ineptitude of women 7

Various hazards in the female vote 3

Other reasons 4

No answer 3

Why? Asked of 64% of the sample of Parisians who were
in favor of votes for women.

For reasons of principle 37%

Political opportunism 7

A woman is more competent of certain questions 5

The reform won't do any harm 3

Other reasons 3

No answer 9

2. (France Nov 1 '44) Do you think that women's votes will
affect the outcome of the next elections? Asked of a cross-
section of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes 54% No 32% No opinion 14%

In what direction do you think women's votes will tend to
sway the elections? Asked of 54%i of the sample who thought
that women's votes would affect the outcome of the next
elections.

Toward the left 14%

Toward the center 12

. Toward both extremes at the same time 10

Toward the right 7

No opinion 11

3. (Belgium Apr-June '46) Are you in favor of women voting
for the legislative elections? (insoc)

No
Yes No opinion

National total '. . . . 61% 30% 9%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban 61% 30% 9%

Rural 61 29 10

Industrial 58 33 9

BY occupation

Workers and artisans 50

Employers and executives 67

Merchants, manufacturers, foremen 62

Liberal professions 58

Property holders 53

Unemploved women 67

BY SEX

Men 55%

Women 68

20-34 years 60%

35-49 years 62

50-64 years 61

65 years and over 55

28%

37%

30%

10%

Wages

1. (Great Britain Oct '41) Do you think that women should
or should not be paid the same wages as men if they are doing
the same work? (bipo)

Should Should not Don't know
68% 26% 6%

(Dec 27 '42) 68 27 5

(US Sept 19 '45) Do you think women should or should not
receive the same rate of pay as men for the same work? (aipo)
Should 76%, Should not 17% Don't know 7%

2. (Australia Oct '41) Do you favor equal pay for men and
women doing the same work? (apop)

[ 1051 ]

National total .

Favor Against Undecided

59% 33% 8%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well-to-do 36% 58%

Comfortably off 52 42

Artisans, etc 63 27

Lowest incomes 67 26

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Capital cities 58% 32%

Other cities and towns 60 35

Rural 56 38

BY POLITICS

Labor 67% 25%

Other 51 42

6%
6
10

10%
5
6

8%
7

3. (Australia July '44) If a woman is doing much the same
work as a man, should she be paid the same wage or less?
(apop)

Equal pay 72% Oppose it 23% Undecided 5%

4. (US Feb 13 '42) If women take the place of men in industry,
should they be paid the same wages as men? (aipo)

Yes

National total 78%

BY SEX

Men 71%

Women 85

(Canada Nov 18 '42) (cipo)

National total 79%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . . 73%
. .. 86

No
14%

20%
7

16%

20%
11

No opinion
8%

9%
8

7%
3

5. (Australia Sept-Oct '42) If women take over men's jobs
for the duration, should they be paid full male award rates,
or less? (apop)

Full male rates 68% Less 28% Undecided 4%

6. (Australia July '43) Do you think that, in normal times,
equal pay for men and women would greatly reduce women's
desire for marriage and a family — or would it make no differ-
ence? (apop)

Greatly reduce 45%

Slightly reduce 18

No difference 34

No answer 3

7. (Sweden Dec '44) Do you consider it right, as a matter of
principle, that women, notwithstanding men's capacity as
breadwinners of the family, should receive the same pay for
equal work? (sgi)

'Kight Wrong Don't know

National total 71% 20% 9%

Men. . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 70%
72

24%
16

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 64% 28%

Middle class 68 24

Workers 74 17

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 70%

Town 71

20%
22

6%
12

10%
7

Do you think that the equal wage principle should apply,
in those cases where men and women do exactly the same
work (for instance, certain jobs in factories, offices, or civil
service)? Asked of 20% of the sample who thought it wrong
for women to receive the same wages as men.

Yes No Don t know

National total 36% 53% 11%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

. . 33%
42

58%
45

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 23% 69%

Middle class 38 55

Workers 36 48

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country 42%

Town 28

49%
59

9%
13

8%
7
16

9%
13

8. (Sweden Dec '44) If equal wages are introduced, do you
think that, on the whole, women will be able to assert them-
selves in the field of work in competition with men? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 30% 51% 19%

Men ....
Women.

24%
36

62%
39

Upper class . .
Middle class.
Workers

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

30% 53%

30 53

30 48

BY RURAL-URBAN

Country.
Town . . .

27%
36

52%
48

14%
25

17%

21%
16

9. (US Sept 19 '45) If a young single woman is doing exactly
the same kind of work as a married man with children (and
doing the work equally as well), do you think she should
(or should not) receive (exactly) the same rate of pay? (aipo)

y.'j-

No opinion

(Australia Aug '46) (apop).

66%
56

28%
39

10. (US June 12 '46) It has been suggested that women ought
to be paid a regular weekly wage by their husbands for the
work they do in the home. Do you approve or disapprove of
this? (aipo)

Approve 26% Disapprove 64% No answer 10%

11. (US Aug '46) Sometimes women get paid less than men
for doing exactly the same jobs. Do you think there is often
a good reason for this, or that women should always be paid
the same as men? (for)

BY SEX

Good reason Paid same Don't know

Men 28.3% 64.7% 7.0%

Women 18.9 72.0 9.1

12. (Hungary Nov '46) Should a woman earn the same amount
as a man if she is as competent? Asked of a cross-section of
Budapest men and women, (hipor)

[ 1052 ]

Men . . .
Women .

Yts

22%
12

Other,

no answer

1%
3

WOMEN AS SOLDIERS

1. (Great Britain Nov '41) Would you approve or disapprove
if women were allowed to become fighting members of the
forces? (bipo)

Approve 25^

Disapprove 65% Don't know 10%

2. (US Jan 4 '44) If you had a daughter or sister, which branch
of the armed services would you prefer that she join — the
WACS, WAVES, SPARS, or the Marines? (aipo)

WACS 19%

WAVES 27

SPARS 2

Nurses 1

Marines 12

Join none 11

Undecided 28

Would you urge her [your daughter or sister] to join [the
armed services]?
Yes 31%, No 60% No opinion Wo

3. (Great Britain Jan 18 '44) After the war should the women's
services (ATS, WAAF, WREN) continue or should they be
discontinued? (bipo)

Continued 34% Discontinued 51% Don't know 15%

4. (US May 18 '44) Do you think there is greater need or less
need for women to join the WACS, WAVES, and other branches
of the armed forces than there was a few months ago? (norc)
Greater 59% Same 11% Less 8% Don't know 22%

Why? Asked of 8% of the sample who thought there was
less need for women to join the armed forces.

Needs have been met; quotas are filled 3%

Women have been unnecessarily taken 2

Women should not be used 2

There are available men to do the work 1

Women needed as much as men — or more — in civilian jobs *

Miscellaneous *

Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

5. (US June 26 '46) It has been proposed that a WAC Corps
(Women's Army Corps) be continued in the army during peace-
time, starting with about five thousand members. Do you
approve or disapprove of this? (aipo)

Approve 42% Disapprove 45% No opinion 13%

WOMEN IN PUBLIC LIFE

1. (US Nov 4 '36) Should President Roosevelt name any more

women to his new cabinet? (aipo)

Yes 35% No 65% = 100% No opinion 12%

2. (US Nov 20 '36) Do we need more women in politics? (aipo)
Yes 38% No 62% = 100% No opinion 4%

3. (US Feb 21 '37) Are you in favor of permitting women to
serve as jurors in this state? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 69% 31%

BY SPECIAL GROUP

Women 78% 22%

Young people 76 24

Farmers 65 35

Reliefers 57 43

Alabama

Arizona

Arkansas*

California*

Colorado

Connecticut

Delaware*

Florida

Georgia

Idaho

Illinois

Indiana*

Iowa*

Kansas*

Kentucky*

Louisiana*

Maine*

Maryland

Massachusetts. . .

Michigan*

Minnesota*

Mississippi

Missouri

Montana

Nebraska

Nevada*

New Hampshire.
New Jersey*. . . .
New Mexico. . . .

New York

North Carolina.
North Dakota*. .

Ohio*

Oklahoma

Oregon*

Pennsylvania*. . .
Rhode Island*. . .
South Carolina. .
South Dakota. . .

Tennessee

Texas

Utah*

Vermont

Virginia

Washington*. . . .
West Virginia. . .

Wisconsin*

Wyoming

65%

35%

.29

* States which permit women jurors.

4. (US Aug 15 '37) Would you vote for a woman for President
if she was qualified in every other respect? (aipo)

Yts

National total 34%

BY SEX

Men 27%

Women 41

66%

73%
59

[ 1053 ]

Yes ' No Undecided

National total 64% 29% 7%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec •. . 38% 53% 9%

Rest of Canada 72 22 6

5. (US Jan 18 '38) Would you favor the appointment of a
woman lawyer to be a judge on the United States Supreme
Court? (aipo)

Yes 37% No 58% No opinion 5%

6. (US July '37) Do you approve of women in high public
office, such as governorships, the United States Senate, and the
Cabinet? (for)

// Dont

Yes No single know

National total 41.9% 50.9% 0.1% 7.1%

BY SEX

Men 36.5% 56.9% 0.1% 6.5%

Women 47.6 44.6 0.2 7.6

BY OPINION TOWARD MALE TEACHERS

Think male teachers are

better for boys over

13 years 36.4% 57.6% 0.1% 5.9%

Think male teachers are

not better for boys over

13 years 50.4 44.7 0.1 4.8

7. (Sweden Aug '42) Do you think there should be more or
fewer women in the Upper House, the local governments and
magistracies, or are you satisfied as it is? (sGi)

More Fewer All right Don t know

National total.... 27% 8% 42% 23%

BY SEX

Men 21% 12% 51% 16%

Women 32 3 34 31

8. (Canada Feb 13 '43) In most provinces, women are not
allowed to serve on juries. Do you think women should serve
on juries in Canada? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

French speaking 32% 56% 12%

English speaking 65 28 7

9. (Australia Mar '43) Speaking generally, do you approve
or disapprove of women standing for Parliament? (apop)
Approve 55% Disapprove 38% Undecided 7%

10. (Australia Apr '45) Do you think women should take
part in the conferences which will plan the postwar world?
Those who thought women should take part were then asked:
Out of each ten at the conferences, how many should be
women? (apop)

Opposed any women at conferences . . 21%

Favored 1 in 10 5

Favored 2 in 10 17

Favored 3 in 10 16

Favored 4 in 10 8

Favored 5 in 10 28

No opinion 5

11. (Canada Apr 18 '45) Do you think women should or should
not take part in international conferences to plan the postwar
world? (ciPo)

12. (Canada Apr 18 '45) Out of each ten delegates at such
conferences, how many do you think should be women? (cipo)

Median average = 3

13. (US Dec 15 '45) A woman leader says not enough of the
capable women are holding important jobs in the United States
government. Do you agree or disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree Disagree No opinion

National total 32% 48% 20%

BY SEX

Men 26% • 53% 21%

Women 38 43 19

14. (US Dec 15 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of
having a capable woman in the President's cabinet? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion

National total 38% 48% 14%

BY SEX

Men 33% 52% 15%

Women 43 43 14

16. (US Dec 15 '45) If the party whose candidate you most
often support nominated a woman for President of the United
States would you vote for her if she seemed best qualified for
the job? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 33% 55% 12%

BY SEX

Men 29% 58% 13%

Women 37 51 12

16. (US Dec 15 '45) Would you approve or disapprove of
having a capable woman on the United States Supreme Court?
(aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 47% 40% 13%

BY SEX

Men 42% 46% 12%

Women 52 35 13

17. (US Dec 15 '45) If the party whose candidate you most
often support nominated a woman for governor of this state,
would you vote for her if she seemed best qualified for the job?
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 56% 35% 9%

BY SEX

Men 52% 40% 8%

Women 60 30 10

18. (Sweden Mar '46) Do you think that Sweden would be
ruled better or worse if women had more to say in politics?
(sGi)

[ 1054 ]

No No

Worse difference opinion
29% 34% 13%

21%
37

32%
36

33%

16%
11

10%

9%
15
13

Better
National total 24%

BY SE^

Women 31%

Men 16

DY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 23% 34%

Middle class 24 30

Workers 23 28

BY SIZE OF COMMUNITY

Large towns 28% 30%

Other towns 22 33

Country 23 28

In what way [would Sweden be ruled better if women had
more to say in politics]? Asked of 24% of the sample who
thought Sweden would be ruled better.
Better for certain matters: They would work more for
peace; take better care of economy, social relief; ques-
tions of women's rights; questions of the young; etc. 52%
On the whole, better on account of certain qualities: Less
quarrelsome and aggressive; less greedy for power;
more practical; more idealistic; more intelligent; look

deeper into things; more pliant 9

New faces needed; the woman's point of view to the fore 7
In favor, generally, of women using their influence; equal-
ity of the sexes 12

Don't know 8

No answer 12

In what way [would Sweden be ruled worse if women had
more to say in politics]? Asked of 29% of the sample who
thought Sweden would be ruled worse.
Women lack the qualities of leadership; not made to rule;
lack a broad vision, cannot see the whole, see details
only; not mature enough to handle the situation. . , 10%
No order, only discord; women not men's equals; talk too

much; cannot discuss, only chat 13

Lack of judgment; lack logic; too emotional; too easy
to influence; changeable; too impulsive; no will of

their own 7

Women lack political interest; have no knowledge of the
situation; politics no woman's matter; do not under-
stand politics; politics for men; better that men decide 21
Women not suited to some things; not to foreign politics;

not so practical 3

Women more suited to stay at home 4

Against women generally 12

Don't know 10

No answer 20

19. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether it agreed or disagreed with the following statement:
Women should be encouraged to participate in government.
(oMGUs)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 53% 44% 3%

Berlin only 65 35 —

20. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether it agreed or disagreed with the following statement:
Women should not be allowed to become doctors, lawyers,
or engineers, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

21. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether it agreed or disagreed with the following statement:
Only men are able to govern a nation, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 63% 34% 3%

Berlin only 60 40 —

22. (Norway June 14 '46) Do you think that Norway would
be governed better, worse, or as now, if women went more
actively into politics? (ngi)

Just the Don't

Better Worse same know

National total 39% 13% 32% 16%

BY SEX

Men 27% 18% 42% 13%

Women 50 7 23 20

18-25 years 32% 12% 37% 19%

25-35 years 34 13 38 15

35-50 years 41 14 31 14

50 years and over 42 12 28 18

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

High 52% 13% 26% 9%

Middle 44 10 35 11

Low 36 13 33 18

23. (US Aug '46) Do you think women should take as much
interest in public affairs as men do, or do you think they
shouldn't be expected to take as much interest in them as
men? (for)

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

Should

Should not

Don' t know

57.6%

37.3%

5.1%

61.6

32.3

6.1

24. (US Aug '46) Do you think that the position of mayor of
the city should nearly always be held by a man or by a woman?
(for)

Man Woman

Men 87.8% 1.7%

Women 87.0 1.2

Don't
Either know

8.1% 2.4%
8.0 3.8

25. (US Aug '46) Do you think that the position of head of
the school board should nearly always be held by a man or by
a woman? (for)

Man Woman Either

Men 72.6% 6.5% 16.2%

Women 69.3 7.8 17.6

Don't

know

26. (US Aug '46) Do you think that the position of president
of the Parent-Teacher Association should nearly always be
held by a man or by a woman? (for)

Amzone 35% 62%

Berlin only 31 69

SEX

Don't

Man

Woman

Either

know

Men

17.6%

47.8%

23.4%

11.2%

Women

14.1

54.7

21.4

9.8

[ 1055 ]

WORLD POLITICS

1. (us Mar 30 '38) Which nation can be least trusted to keep
the treaties it makes? (aipo)

Germany 65%*

Japan 28

Italy 26

Russia 7

All others 7

No opinion 36

169%**
* 65% of all those responding mentioned Germany. Some mentioned

more than one country.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave

more than one answer.

2. (US Mar '40) Which nation do you regard as the worst
influence in Europe? (for)

Germany 55.3%

Russia 34.2

England 1.8

Italy 1.2

France 0.3

Don't know 12.9

105.7%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (US Aug '41) When the war is over, and whether we have

been fighting in it or not, which one of these things would

you rather have this country do? (for)

Stay home, minding our own business, and try to keep

out of trouble in the future 25.6%

Make Germany so weak in comparison with other na-
tions that she can never fight another war 36.7

Take a place of leadership in organizing world peace,
but form no actual ties with other countries 21.7

Admit into a union with us all real democracies, giv-
ing each member votes in proportion to its popula-
tion 6.9

Admit into a union with us all the other countries in
North and South America, giving each member votes
in proportion to its population 5.7

Don't know 6.0

102.6%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

4. (US Dec '41) After the war, do you think the United States
should play a larger part, about the same part, or a smaller
part in world affairs than it did up to a couple of years ago?
(for)

Larger 58.4%

About the same 18.3

Smaller 10.1

Don't know 13.2

Which one of these is closest to the course you would like
to see the United States follow? Asked of 58.4% of the sample
who thought the United States should play a larger part in
world affairs.

Limit our activities to Western Hemisphere defense. . . . 6.9%
Join a union of democracies in all parts of the world to

keep order 34.9

Join forces with Great Britain to keep order 6.4%

Try, all by ourselves, to keep order 6.6

Don't know 36

6. (US June '43) After the war, do you think the United States
should play a larger part, or a smaller part in world affairs
than it did before the war? (for)

Larger 76.6%

Same 12.1

Smaller 4.0

Don't know 7.3

6. (US Jan 16 '42) Which of these two things do you think

the United States should try to do when the war is over —

stay out of world affairs or take active part in world affairs?

(opor)

Stay out 24% No answer 1% Take part 71% Undecided 4%

Which of these statements comes closest to what you think
we should do? Asked of the 24% of the sample who felt the
United States should stay out of world affairs:
We should maintain a large armed force in our own coun-
try and have as little as possible to do with the rest of

the world 9%

We should maintain a large enough armed force to protect
North America, including Canada and Mexico, but have

little to do with the rest of the world 6

We should maintain a large enough armed force to protect
both North and South America but have little to do

with the rest of the world 8

Other *

No opinion 1

Which of these statements comes closest to what you think
we should do? Asked of the 71% who thought we should take
an active part in world politics:
We should do everything by ourselves that is necessary

to protect our own national interests wherever they are 23%
The United States and the British Empire should combine

as one powerful English-speaking nation 10

The United States, the British Empire and other nations

should join their people and resources into one big

world organization 36

Other 1

Are there any countries that you think should be kept out
of such an organization? Asked of the 36% of the sample who
thought the United States should join her people and resources
in one world organization with Britain and other nations.
Yes 11% No 22% No answer 3%

Which countries should be kept out (of the world organiza-
tion)? Asked of the 11% of the sample who thought some
countries should be excluded from the world union.

Germany 7%

Japan 7

Italy 4

China, France, Spain, others. ... 1
Russia 1

22%*

* Percentages add to more than 11 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Feb 3 '42) Which of these two things do you think the
United States should try to do when the war is over — stay out
of world affairs or take active part in world affairs? (aipo)
Stay out 21% Take active part 69% Undecided 10%

Which of these statements comes closest to what you think
we should do? Asked of the 69% of the sample who thought

[ 10;)G]

the United States should take an active part in world affairs
when the war was over.

We should do everything by ourselves that is necessary
to protect our own national interests wherever they arc 19%

The United States and the British Empire should combine
as one English-speaking nation 5

The United States and the British Empire and other na-
tions should form a world organization 43

(Mar 26 '42) Which of these two things do you think the
United States should try to do when the war is over — stay out
of world affairs or take active part in world affairs? (opor)

Take an
Stay out

20%
Qune 17 '42) 21

active part No opinion

73% 7%

If it should happen that there is trouble and other nations
get ready again for war, do you think we should stay out of
world affairs then? Asked of the 21% of the June 17 '42 sample
who thought we should stay out of world affairs.

Yes 12%

No 5

Don't know 2

Couldn't happen *

Other 1

No answer 1

* Less than 0.5%.

Suppose our standard of living is reduced when we try to
get along on what we grow and produce at home. Would you
still think that it would be best to stay out of world affairs?

Yes 13%

No 3

Don't know 3

Couldn't happen 1

Others *

No answer 1

* Less than 0.5%.

Have you ever considered the possibility that we might have
to keep up a large army, navy and air force at great expense
to help police the world if we want to take an active part in
world affairs? Asked of the 67% of the sample who thought
we should take an active part in world affairs.

Yes 63% No 4%

Do you think this expense would be justified? Asked of the
63% of the sample who thought we should help police the
world if we want to take an active part in world affairs.

Yes 61% No 1% Don't know 1%

Yes 54%

No 7

No answer 2

Don't know 4

(Jan 27 '43) After this war, do you think the United States
should stay out of world affairs or take an active part in world
affairs? A comparable cross-section was asked: Do you think
the United States should mind its own business and keep out
of world affairs after this war, or should we take an active
part in world affairs to try to prevent future wars? Results
were combined, (aipo)

Take active
part
National total 76%

BY POLITICS

Democratic voters 78%

Republican voters 76

Stay out No opinion
14% 10%

12%
15

10%
9

7. (US Apr '42) As far as America and the rest of the world
are concerned, which of these six policies comes closest to
what you would like to see us do when the war is over? (1) Stay
at home and have just as little as possible to do with any other
country. (2) Have as little as possible to do with any countries
in Europe and Asia, but form a new United States to include
in one government all North and South American countries.
(3) Use our influence to try to organize the world for peace,
but form no actual ties with any other country. (4) Form a
new league or association with all the nations of the world
and take an active part in making it work. (5) Try to form
some close connection with the British Empire (with the
United States*). (6) Form a new United States to include in
one government all democracies everywhere in the world, (for)
* Asked in Canada only.

Don't

Statement

1 2

5 6

know

% %

National total

11.1 6.9

26.2

34.3

3.5 8.4

9.6

DEGREE OF

INFORMATION

(i)W(2)

% %

Well-informed

11.9

26.4

47.6

5.1 7.4

1.6

Poorly informed ....

19.1

29.7

31.7

3.0 11.1

5.4

Uninformed

26.0

22.8

16.5

1.7 7.8

25.2

BY OPINION

IN CANADA

(released J

une '42)

% %

Canadian total

7.9 5.8

9.4

33.8

24.3 12.9

5.9

BY SPECIAL GROUP (RELEASED JUNE '42)

% %

Business leaders

3.5 4.4

22.4

43.6

9.9 6.8

9.4

Intellectual leaders .

1.0 1.1

9.2

61.2

7.9 10.6

9.0

BY HIGH-SCHOOL STUDENTS (RELEASED

NOV '42)

% %

Students

4.2 3.9

31.2

50.9

1.1 6.4

2.3

BY FACTORY WORKERS

(released FEB '43)

% %

Workers

12.0 6.2

31.4

34.2

1.8 7.5

6.9

DEGREE OF

INFORMATION

(J)W(2)

(5)<»W(0

Well-informed

12.1

37.0

43.0

6.2

1.7

Poorly informed ....

15.1

33.8

38.6

9.2

3.3

Uninformed

23.5

29.3

24.2

9.1

13.9

BY FARMERS (RELEASED

APR '43)

% %

Farmers

11.7 2.5

23. 3

40.3

.7 3.5

18.0

DEGREE OF

INFORMATION

Don't

il)andi2-)

0^and(6)

know

Well-informed

36.2

60.6

3.2

Fairly well informed

42.0

46.1

11.9

Poorly informed ....

33.3

29.9

36.8

[ 1057 ]

8. (US June 3 '42) How far do you think the United States
should go in talcing part in world politics after the war? (opor)

No answer, don't know 10%

We should do our part 8

We should police the world 5

We should become leaders in a postwar world 32

We should send our ablest men to the peace conference . . 1

We should not participate at all 9

All the way 21

We should only see that the peace treaty is made as we

would like to have it made 4

We should participate as much but not more than other

countries 4

Police the world with Great Britain and USSR 1

Sanctity of treaties under United States supervision. ... 1
Restore independence to conquered nations *

* Less than 0.5%.

9. (US June 17 '42) Have you given any thought to the role
the United States should take in world affairs when the war
is over? (opor)

Yes 59%

No 26

Don't know 1

No answer 14

What part do you think the United States should play (in
world affairs)? Asked of the 59% of the sample who had given
some thought to the role the United States should play after
the war.

Economic and social readjustment 1%

American Century; United States take leading part; run

the world our way 25

Propose an international conference for peace 2

Active participation; vague phrases; partnership, United

Nations 19

Advisory; promulgate democratic ideals, four freedoms 5
Prepare for and guard against next war; police world;

strong army and navy 4

Set up a United States of Europe *

Clean up Washington politics *

Stay out of world affairs, mind otu: own business, etc. . . . 2
No answer 1

59%

* Less than 0.5%.

Which of these two things do you think the United States
should try to do when the war is over? Asked of 41% of the
sample who had given no thought to the postwar role of the
United States in world affairs and those who had no opinion
on the subject.

Stay out of world affairs 13%

Take an active part 19

Don't know or unable to choose. ... 8
No answer 1

If it should happen that there is trouble and other nations
get ready again for war, do you think we should stay out of
world affairs then? Asked of the 13% of the sample who
thought the United States should stay out of world affairs
when the war was over.

Yes 7%

. No 4

Don't know 1

Couldn't happen *

Other 1

Suppose our standard of living is reduced when we try to
get along on what we grow and produce at home — would you

still think that it would be best to stay out of world affairs?
Asked of the 13% of the sample who thought that the United
States should stay out of world affairs when the war was over.

Yes 8%

No 2

Don't know 2

Couldn't happen 1

Other *

Have you ever considered the possibility that we might
have to keep up a large army, navy, and air force at great
expense to help police the world if we want to take an active
part in world affairs? Asked of the 19% of the sample who
thought the United States should take an active part in world
affairs when the war was over.

Yes 16% No 3%

Do you think that this expense would be justified? Asked
of the 16% of the sample who thought we might have to keep
up a large army, navy, and air force to help police the world
if we take an active part in world affairs.
Yes 15% No * Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

If our trade with other countries after the war gets us in-
volved in entangling alliances and power politics, as Europe
always has been, would you still think it would be best to
take an active part in world affairs? Asked of the 19% of the
sample who thought the United States should take an active
part in world affairs after the war.

Yes 11%

No 4

Don't know 3

No answer 1

10. (US July '42) As a result of this war, do you think the
United States will be more powerful, less powerful, or have
about the same amount of power as before the war? Will Russia?
Germany? Britain? Japan? China? Italy? (for)

•3
a

■S

-5>

More.
Same.
Less. .

Don't know.

.. 72.6 57.3 54.8 25.3 1.2 1.7 1.1

. . 16.8 16.7 21.4 27.9 7.6 3.4 2.3

. . 3.9 7.1 8.1 34.0 77.5 85.8 89.2

. . 6.7 18.9 15.7 12.8 13.7 9.1 7.4

11. (US Nov 17 '42) Do you think the United States should
take an active part with other nations in running the world
after the war is over? (aipo)

Yes 77% No 14% No opinion 9%

12. (US June '43) Which one of these statements comes closest
to what you would like to see us do when the war is over?
(1) Stay on our side of the oceans and have as little as possible
to do with Europe and Asia. (2) Try to keep the world at peace,
but make no definite agreements with other countries. (3) Take
an active part in some sort of international organization with
a court and police force strong enough to enforce its decisions.
(for)

State- State- State- Don't
ment 1 merit 2 ment 3 know

National total 13.0% 25.2% 56.6% 5.2%

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 5.4%

Poorly informed 10.7

Uninformed 22.0

15.5%

77.7%

1.4%

26.0

61.4

1.9

33.5

33.3

11.2

[ 1058 ]

(Aug '43) Asked of a national cross-section of women be-
tween the ages of 21 and 35 years.

State- State- State- Don't
mint 1 ment 1 mcnt 3 know

15.2% 32.8% 46.6% 5.4%

(Oct '43) Asked of a national cross-section of business ex-
ecutives.

State State- State- Don't

ment 1 ment 2 ment 3 know

5.1% 23.0% 70.6% 1.3%

13. (US Mar '44) Which of these comes closest to expressing
what you would like to have the United States do after the
war? (1) Enter into no alliances and have as little as possible
to do with other countries. (2) Depend only on separate alli-
ances with certain countries. (3) Take an active part in an
international organization, (for)

State- State-
ment 1 ment 2
11.1% 1.1%
(Aug '45) 9.0 4.4

State-
ment 3
68.1%
75.3

Don't

know

11.5%
11. 3

14. (US Apr 25 '44) Do you agree with those people who
think that the United States should take an active part in
world affairs after the war, or with those people who think
we should stay out of world affairs? (aipo)

Take active

part Stay out Undecided

National total 73%, 18% 9%

Middle West 72 18 10

15. (Canada May 17 '44) Do you think the Dominions and
Britain should send delegates to an Empire Council to try to
plan how they will deal with other countries in the world?
(cipo)

Favor Council 81% Oppose Council 9% No opinion 10%

16. (Canada May 17 '44) If this (Empire Council) were done,
do you think Canada and the other British nations should
agree to deal with other countries in whatever way the majority
of such a council decided, or do you think Canada should be
free to act by herself? (cipo)

Majority Canada

rule free Undecided

National total 40% 50% 10%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Quebec 21% 66% 13%

Rest of Canada 46 45 9

17. (US Feb 20 '45) Not counting the United States, which
country do you think will be the leading world power after
the war? (aipo)

Russia 71%

England 20

Russia and England. ... 2

Germany *

France 1

Didn't say 5

Other 1

* Less than 0.5%.

18. (US Feb 20 '45) After the war, which country do you think
will actually have the most influence in world affairs? (aipo)

I 3

■>♦"'« "^

3 <« § " '^ . ^

* 59% 27% 7% 2% * 1% 4%

(May 15 '45)
— 63 24 5 2 1% — 5

* Less than 0.5%.

19. (Sweden June '45) Which country do you think will have
the greatest influence in the world after the war? (sgi)

England 8%

Russia 21

United States 50

Others 1

No single country 4

Don't know 16

20. (Canada July 11 '45) After the war with Japan is over,
which country do you think will have the most influence in
world affairs? (cipo)

USA 36%o Russia 24% Britain 19%

21. (Denmark July 22 '45) Which country do you think will
have the greatest political and economic influence in the post-
war period? (dgp)

USA 21.1%

Russia 19.2

America and England 12.0

England 9.3

America and Russia 6.4

Other combinations of the Allies. . 3.8

Other answers 4

Canada

1. (us Nov 5 '41) Have you heard or read anything about
Canada's war effort? (aipo)

Yes 59% No 41%

2. i^US Nov 5 '41) How do you feel about Canada's part in the
war — do you feel that Canadians are doing their part to defeat
Hitler? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 10% No opinion 5%

Uninformed about Canada's war effort 41%

What aren't they [Canadians] doing [to defeat Hitler] that
you think they should do? Asked of the 10% of the sample
who thought the Canadians were not doing enough to defeat
Hitler.

Not sending enough aid (troops, war materials, etc.)

to Britain 5%

No compulsory draft 2

Requiring Britain to pay cash 1

Those who said Canada was not doing her part, but gave

no reason or suggestion 1

Not producing as much as they should 1

Miscellaneous 1

11%*
* Percentages add to more than 10 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (Canada May 27 '42) Do you think that a Japanese attack
on Canada's west coast is likely within the next year? (cipo)

Don'r
Yes

Those for conscription 63%

Those against conscription 51

Those voting "yes" in plebiscite. . 61
Those voting "no" in plebiscite. ... 50

4. (Canada May 30 '42) It has been said that quarreling among
political parties has interfered with Canada's war effort. Do
you agree or disagree? (cipo)

Agree Disagree Undecided

know

32%
40

5%
9

National total

Ontario .
Quebec .
Prairies.

49%,

BY PROVINCE

53%

36
53

Men . . .
Women .

BY SE.\

. . 49%
49

33%

34%

36%
27

18%

13%

24
16

15%
24

5. (US July 14 '42) Do you think Canada is doing all it [she]
[possibly] can to win the war? (aipo)

(Canada Aug '42) (cipo).

Yes

No Don't
No opininn know

41 5%

BY LANGUAGE

French-speaking 89%

English-speaking 44

(US May 12 '43) (aipo) 59%

(Canada Oct 13 '43) (cipo) . . 71

8%
50

3%
6

8% 33%
21 8

/ ,'0

BY' LANGUAGE

French-speaking 84% 9%

English-speaking 67 26

(Canadajunel7 '44)(ciPo).. 73% 18% 9%

(US May 12 '43) In what way would you say that Canada
is not doing all it possibly can to win the war? Asked of the
8% of the sample who did not think Canada was doing all it
possiblv could to win the war. (aipo)
Hasn't sent enough men abroad, is not drafting for

overseas duty 18%

Isn't giving enough aid to England and other Allies,

isn't using her resources to the fullest extent, not

carrying her share of the war 35

Is not conscripting men to same extent that US is. We

had conscription before Canada had it . 8

Has not started to draft men for compulsory military

service vet 14

Other reasons 16

[1073

No special reason 19%

Is only interested in protecting Canada 4

114%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

6. (US July 14 '42) Do you think Canada is working as hard
as the United States to win the war? (aipo)

Yes 58% No 27% Don't know 15%

7. (Canada Feb 17 '43) Would you say that, in general, Can-
ada's war effort has been satisfactory or not satisfactory?
(cipo)

Satisfactory 70% Unsatisfactory 16% Qualified 6%
Undecided 8%

8. (Canada Feb 17 '43) Do you think that people in Canada
have been asked to make too many sacrifices for the war, or
not enough? (cipo)

Too many 12%

Not enough 45

About right 39

Undecided 4

9. (Canada Aug 25 '43) What do you most look forward to
doing the day the war ends? (ciPo)

Celebrating; going wild; dancing in the streets; getting

tight ^ 23%

Thanking (3od it's over; quiet rejoicing; watching cele-
bration '. . . . 16

Preparing to welcome the boys back 5

Getting ready to return to prewar job; getting back to

normal 4

Spending the day in bed; getting a well-earned rest 3

Taking a trip; vacationing 3

Getting married 1

Getting lots to eat; preparing to forget about rationing 1

Retiring from work 1

Miscellaneous 20

No opinion 23

10. (Canada Oct 16 '43) Of the things you are cutting down
on, or doing without, because of the war, which do you miss
the most? (cipo)

Sugar 30%

Gas, cars, tires 13

Butter 10

Tea 10

Meat 4

Liquor, beer 3

Coffee 2

Miscellaneous 21

Nothing 21

114%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents men-
tioned more than one item.

11. (Canada July 21 '45) In the war with Japan, do you feel
that Canada is doing all she should, or do you think she should
do more? (cipo)

Doing all Should Doing Qual- Unde-
necessary do more too much ified cided

National total.. 67% 17% 6% 3% 7%

Liberals 75%

Progressive Con-
servatives .... 59
CCF 66

BY POLITICS

12%

]

12. (Canada Aug 25 '45) As you know, there have been quite
a few shortages in Canada of such things as coal, and certain
kinds of food and clothing. Do you think things will be easier
to get this winter than last, harder to get, or just about the
same? (cipo)

Easier 7%

Harder 51

About the same 34

Undecided 7

Qualified 1

Casualties

1. (US June 24 '41) If we go into the war, would you say
that we will have more soldiers and sailors killed, or fewer,
than in the First World War? (aipo)

More 45%

About the same 9

Fewer 31

Don't know 15

2. (US Dec 24 '41) Which of these statements comes closest
to how you think the government should handle news of any
losses suffered by our armed forces? Each respondent was given
a card with the three alternatives on it. (norc)

Not release news of such losses at all because it might
encourage the enemy and discourage our own people. . 10%

Hold up bad news of this kind at least until some good
news can be released with it 13

Release news about such losses as soon as they are con-
firmed, so long as the news doesn't actually help the
enemy 73

Don't know 4

3. (US May 15 '45) Which of these two plans do you think
we should follow in our war with Japan — try to end the war
quickly even if it means greater loss of American life, or take
more time to end the war, in order to keep down the loss of
American life, or try to end the war quickly in order to save
more lives? (aipo)

End war quickly despite casualties 9%

Take time and save lives 79

End war quickly and save lives 4

No opinion 8

4. (US May 15 '45) Which of these two plans do you think
we should follow in our war with Japan — take more time to
end the war in order to keep down the loss of American life,
or try to end the war quickly even if it means greater loss of
American life, or try to end the war quickly in order to save
lives? (aipo)

Take time and save lives 73%

End war quickly despite casualties 14

End war quickly and save lives 7

No opinion 6

5. (US June '45) Which do you think would result in fewer
men getting killed or wounded in fighting the war against
Japan: to throw everything we have against Japan's homeland
and try to conquer it in a hurry, or to take more time to try
to weaken her by conquering one by one the places she controls
outside of Japan proper? (for)

Conquer in a hurry 33.3%

Take more time 43.0

No difference 7.0

Don't know 16.7

6. (US Oct 17 '45) How many American soldiers, sailors, and
airmen were killed in the war — just your best guess? (aipo)

1074 ]

Under 100,000 6%

100,000 to under 200,000 9

200,000 to under 250,000 7

250,000 to 260,000 (correct answer) 8

Over 260,000 to 300,000 7

Over 300,000 to under 500,000 5

500,000 10

Over 500,000 to under 750,000 3

750,000 to under 1,000,000 4

1,000,000 to under 1,500,000 14

1,500,000 to 2,000,000 6

Over 2 million 5

Don't know 16

Median: Over 300,000 to under 500,000

7. (US Oct 17 '45) How many [American soldiers, sailors,
and airmen] were wounded? (aipo)

Under 200,000 7%

200,000 to under 500,000 6

500,000 to under 600,000 7

600.000 to 700,000 (correct answer) 5

Over 700,000 to 800,000 7

Over 800,000 to under 1,000,000 2

One million 22

One and a half million 7

Two million 8

Two to four million 6

Over four million 3

Don't know 20

Median = one million

8. (US Oct 17 '45) Were the number of killed and wounded
more than you expected when the war started, or less? (aipo)

More 38%

Less 42

Same 6

No opinion 14

9. (US Oct 17 '45) Were there more Americans killed in this
war or in the last war? (aipo)

This war 87%

Last war 6

No opinion 7

Causes

1. (US Dec 13 '37) Would you like to see the United States
send more warships to China, or should it withdraw those
now there? (aipo)

Send more 15%

Withdraw all 61

Make no change 24

No answer (3)

2. (US Dec 28 '37) Which policy should the government follow
with regard to American citizens in China — warn them to
leave, and withdraw our soldiers and naval forces, or continue
to maintain the present armed forces in China for their pro-
tection? (aipo)

Withdraw Stay

National total 70% 30%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 64% 36%

Middle Atlantic 65 35

East central 71 29

West central 77 23

South 74 26

Rocky Mountain 66 34

Pacific coast 65 35

3. (Great Britain Jan '38) If there is another serious incident
with the Japanese in China, would you be in favor of war
against Japan? (bipo)

Yes 19%, No 40%, No opinion 41%

4. (US Apr '38) In view of the recent Japanese attacks upon
Americans in China, do you think we should withdraw entirely
from China or that we should take steps to make them respect
our right? (for)

Withdraw 53.9%

Take steps 29.9

Neither 5.1

Don't know 11.1

If Japan went too far in trampling on our rights in the Orient,
would you favor declaring war upon Japan? Asked of the 35%
of the sample who thought that the United States should take
steps to make Japan respect her rights or that she should
neither withdraw from China nor take steps to make Japan
respect her.

Yes No Don't know

National total 45.9% 45.0% 9.1%

Men 58.8%,

Women 29.2

34.4%
58.7

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 45.3%, 48.3%

Poor 54.1 38.3

6.8%
12.1

6.4%
7.6

5. (US July '38) Which of the recent foreign military aggres-
sions disturbed you most? (for)

Japan's invasion of China 29.4%

Germany's seizure of Austria 22.8

Outside intervention in Spain 10.3

The Russian treason trials 2.7

None 21.3

All 6

Don't know 12.9

6. (US Jan '39) Which of these four statements comes closest
to describing what you think was the real issue in the recent
crisis over Czechoslovakia? (for)

Hitler's desire to rule Europe 49.2%

Germany's desire for Czech natural resources 24.9

The desire to bring all Germans under one flag 12.1

Mistreatment of the Sudeten Germans by the Czechs 2.4
Other (including "desire to recover territory lost

through Versailles Treaty") 1.7

Don't know 9.7

7. (US Jan '39) With which one of these four statements about
the actions of England and France in the recent Czechoslo-
vakian crisis do you come closest to agreeing? (for)

They should be strongly condemned 8.3%

They made a foolish, shortsighted choice 19.1

It was too bad, but it was the best thing to do under

the circumstances 47.0

Their actions were highly commendable 11.6

Don't know 14.0

8. (US Jan '39) If there had been a general war in Europe [at
the time of the Munich crisis] do you think the United States
would eventually have been drawn in? (for)

Don't
Yes No know

National total 76.2% 14.6% 9.2%

[ 1075 ]

Yes

People who answered that the issue was

Mistreatment of Sudetens (n.1%

Hitler's desire to rule 79.7

Czech natural resources 77.6

Bringing the Germans under one flag 75. 7
Don't know 58.5

People who answered that the Peace of Munich

Should be condemned 76.8

Was a foolish choice 78.4

Was best under the circumstances. . . 79.4

Was highly commendable 75. 5

Don't know 63.2

Don't

know

BY OCCUPATION

20.2%

12.1%

13.3

7.0

14.8

7.6

16.7

7.6

16.4

25.1

17.3

5.9

155

6.1

13.3

7.3

17.4

7.1

14.3

22.5

9. (US

which
(aipo)

Jan 10 '39) If there is such a [European] war [this year]
covmtry do you think will be responsible for starting it?

■^ K>

5 la

'~| S .|

"« fe b

*->

§ ^ §

.§ w

Germany

Italy
Germany

Italy and
and other

Other nat

No answe

62%

12% 20% -

—

6% -

(May 2 '39) 51

1 32 9%

7% =

100%

- 18%

44%

15%

34%

10. (us Mar 21 '39) Do you think England and France treated
Germany fairly in the years following the World War? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 40%

11. (US June 29 '39) Please look at this card and tell me how
far you think the United States government should go to pro-
tect American interests in China, (aipo)

Stop Do

Fight shipments Protest nothing
National total 6% 51% 18% 25%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 7%

Mid-Atlantic 4

East central 5 *

West central 7

South 11

West 9

12. (Great Britain July '39) How far should Britain go at the
present time to defend her interests in China: fight Japan if
necessary, forbid all trade between Britain and Japan, supply
credits and munitions to China, withdraw our ambassador
as a protest, or do nothing? (bipo)

Fight 22%

Forbid 37

Supply 17

Withdraw 9

Do nothing 15

13. (France July '39) Do you think that, if Germany tries to
seize Danzig, we should stop them, by force if necessary? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

National total 76% 17% 7%

20-29 years 79%

30-39 years 72

40-49 years 71

50-59 years 79

60 years and over 82

14%

Agriculture

Industry and transportation, .

Business

Professions

Yes

73%
76

77
78

17%
17
18
18

No answer

10%
7
5
4

14. (France July '39) Do you think that France and England
should energetically resist further Japanese penetration into
China? (fipo)

Yes No No answer

National total 80% 13% 7%

20-29 years

30-39 years 76

40-49 years 75

50-59 years 79

60 years and over 77

BY OCCirPATION

Agriculture 81%

Industry and transportation, . 82

Business 82

Professions 75

12%

11%
11
13
18

7%
8
8
13

15. (US Aug 17 '39) Do you think Poland should go to war
with Germany in case Danzig votes to return to Germany?
(aipo)

Yes 32%

No 37

No opinion 30

No answer 1

16. (Aug 30 '39) Which country or countries do you consider
responsible for causing the present war? (aipo)

Germany 82%

England and/or France 3

Poland 1

Versailles Treaty 3

Others 5

No opinion 6

17. (Great Britain Sept '39) Do you feel that our enemy is the
German people [as a whole] or simply the Hitler [Nazi, Ger-
man] government? (bipo)

(J
7%

(Great Britain May '40) (bipo) 45

(Great Britain Nov '40) (bipo) 52

(US Feb 3 '42) (aipo) 6

(US May 21 '42) (aipo) 6

(US June 17 '42) (opor) 6

(US July 15 '42) (opor) 5

(US Nov 17 '42) (aipo) 6

(Great Britain Apr 4 '43) (bipo) 41

(US Sept 28 '43) (aipo) 10

(US Oct 6 '43) (aipo) 11

(US Feb 20 '45) (aipo) 12

Why? Asked of the 5% of the July 15 '42 sample who felt
that our chief enemy was the German people as a whole rather
than the German government.

90%

—

13%

—

[ 1076 ]

People are as much to blame as the leaders 9%

They put Hitler in power 6

They are behind government 39

German people are naturally or always have been warlike 28

Other irrelevant comments 17

No answer 1

Why? Asked of the 74% of the July 13 '42 sample who felt
that our chief enemy was the German government rather than
the German people.

People are forced by their leaders to fight 33%

Government wants war 17

Nazi party wants to rule the world 5

People have been misled 8

General dislike of Hitler and Nazi party and leaders .13

Government doesn't represent the people 8

People are good people 6

People are easily led 4

Other irrelevant comments 3

No answer 3

18. (US Sept 22 '39) Which of these statements do you think
is closer to the truth: The present war in Europe is just another
struggle between the European nations for power and wealth,
or the present war in Europe is just a struggle of democracy
against the spread o( dictatorship? (aipo)
Power struggle 50% Democracy vs dictatorship 50% = 100%

19. (Great Britain Oct '39) Should Great Britain and France
draw up and publish their war aims? (bipo)

Yes 44%

No 12

Already explicit enough. .. , 29
Don't know 15

20. (US Nov 8 '39) Do you think England and France should
explain more fully just what they are fighting for, or do you
think that they have already made their war aims clear enough?
(aipo)

Explain more fully 38% Clear enough now 62% = 100%

Don't know 16%

21. (US Nov 8 '39) Do you think England and France have
made it clear what they are fighting for? (aipo)

Yes 57% No 43% = 100% No opinion 12%o

22. (US Dec '39) Which of these reasons comes closest to
describing your own ideas as to the real cause of the present
European war? (Please select only one most important reason
if you can, but two if absolutely necessary.) (for)

The German people always want to have their own

way, even if that brings a war 6.0%

Hitler's greed for land and lust for power 54.0

Germany's (or Hitler's) desire to regain all possessions

lost in the last war 19.5

The Treaty of Versailles — it was unfair to Germany. . 10.2
England and France are trying to keep Germany from

becoming a really strong power 6.0

The same old hatred between the peoples of Europe. . 10.5
The overpopulation of Europe — a war is needed to

thin them out 1.5

Other 2.8

Don't know 4.9

Democ-

racy

Both

opinion

40%

18%

23. (US Mar 8 '40) Which of these two statements do you
think is closer to the truth: England and France are now fight-
ing mainly to keep their power and wealth, or England and
France are now fighting mainly to preserve democracy against
the spread of dictatorship? (opor)

Power

and

wealth

36%

(May 29 '40) (aipo) 30

24. (US July 20 '40) Do you think the United States should
let Japan get control of China, or do you think that we should
risk a war with Japan to keep the Japanese from controlling
China? (opor)

Let
Japan
control

46%
(Sept 30 '40) (aipo)... 41

25. (US Sept '40) Should the United States take steps now
to keep Japan from becoming more powerful, even- if this
means risking a war with Japan? (aipo)

No
opinion
17%
18 = 100%o

Kuk

war

opinion

Other

answer

l27o

25%

16%

—

Yes No

National total 46%, 54%

Quly 10 '41) (opor) 51 31

100%

BY geographical SECTION

New England and

Mid-Atlantic 53%, 30%

East central 46 37

West central 42 37

South 60 16

West 55 32

(Aug 19 '41) (aipo)

National total 70%, 18%o

BY geographical SECTION

New England and

Mid-Atlantic 72%, 16%

East central 61 24

West central 64 21

South 76 11

West 76 14

(Oct 22 '41) (aipo)

National total 64%o ^5%

(Nov 19 '41) (opor) 64 23

(Nov 25 '41) (aipo) 69 20

17%

12%

11%

26. (US Nov '40) Do you think the time has come for us to
take strong measures against Japan? (for)

Yes
National total 49.4%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

56.4%
42.4

No
24.2%

27.1%
21.4

Don't know
16.4%

16.5%
36.2

28.9%
32.6

115.4%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one reason.

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Pacific coast 53.0% 18.1%

West north central 42.9 24.5

Even military measures? Asked of the 49.4% of the total
sample who thought the time had come to take strong meas-
ures against Japan.

[ 1077 ]

Yes

BY SEX

Men 60.8%

Women 48.9

31.0%
34.6

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Pacific coast 62.0% 21.6%

West north central 50.4 34.7

Don't know

11.8%

8.2%
16.5

16.4%
14.9

27. (Great Britain Nov '40) Do you think the government
should draw up and publish our war aims? (bipo)

Yes 42%, No 35% Don't know 23%

28. (US Jan 28 '41) Which of these two statements do you
think is closer to the truth? (opor)

England is now fighting mainly to keep her power and

wealth 28%

England is fighting mainly to preserve democracy against

the spread of dictatorship 37

Both 30

No opinion 5

29. (US Jan 29 '41) Which of these two statements do you
think is closer to the truth? (opor)

Jan 29 July 10

'41 '41
England is now fighting (mainly) to preserve

democracy against the spread of dictatorship 31% 37%
England is now fighting (mainly) to keep her

power and wealth 33 31

Both 32 28

No opinion 4 4

30. (US Feb 14 '41) Do you think the United States should
risk war with Japan, if necessary, in order to keep Japan from
taking the Dutch East Indies and Singapore? (aipo)

Yes 40% No 39% No opinion 21%,

31. (Great Britain Mar '41) If the Japanese attempt to seize
either our colonies or any of the colonies of our Allies in the
Far East, should we go to war with them? (bipo)

Yes 64% No 12% Don't know 24%

32. (US Mar 12 '41) Do you think the United States should
go to war only after it has actually been invaded, or do you
think that there are times when we should fight before we are
invaded? (opor)

Fight only if invaded 26%

Fight before invasion 67

No answer 1

No opinion 6

33. (US Apr 8 '41) If Japan attacks Singapore, should we send
part of our navy there to help Britain? (aipo)

Yes 38%, No 43%o No opinion 19%

34. (US Apr 8 '41) If Japan attacks the Philippine Islands,
should we declare war on Japan? (aipo)

Yes 68%o . No 20% No opinion 12%

35. (US Apr 8 '41) If Japan attacks Hawaii, should we declare
war on Japan? (aipo)

Yes 74%o No 12% No opinion 14%

36. (Great Britain June '41) What do you think we are fighting
for? (bipo)

Freedom, liberty, and democracy 46%

To stop Fascism, Hitlerism, Nazism, aggression 14

It is Britain versus Germany; we are fighting to keep what

we've got; it's them or us 8

For a better world; for lasting peace 7

For our existence, our lives 5

For capitalism; power for a few; imperialism 4

Miscellaneous 9

No opinion 7

37. (Great Britain June '41) Are we going about it (the war)
the right way? (bipo)

Yes No

Of those believing that we were fighting for

"Freedom, liberty, and democracy," "a

better postwar world," and "to free the

small nations" 73% 27%

Of those saying that it was "Britain versus

Germany" or that we were fighting "to

keep what we've got," "it's them or us"

or "for our existence, our lives" 54 46

Of those saying "to stop Fascism, Hitlerism,

Nazism, aggression" 69 31

38. (US July 22 '41) Do you think the United States should
go to war with Japan, if that is the only way to keep Japan
from taking British, French and Dutch possessions in the South
Pacific? (aipo)

Yes 46%o No 40% No opinion 14%

39. (US July 29 '41) Do you think the United States should
go to war with Japan, if that is the only way to keep Japan
from seizing the Dutch East Indies and Singapore? (aipo)

Yes 52% No 35% No opinion 13%

40. (US Aug 26 '41) If the Japanese sink American ships carry-
ing gasoline to Russia, should we go to war against Japan?
(aipo)

Yes 49% No 41%c, No opinion 10%

41. (US Nov 19 '41) Do you feel that you have a clear idea of
what the war is all about (that is, what we are fighting for)?
(opor)

Yes 50%c, No . 47% No opinion 3%

What would you say the war is all about? Asked of the 50%
of the sample who felt that they had a clear idea of what the
war is all about.

War between two idologies 3%

It is Hitler's war; the Nazis' war 14

Germany wants to achieve her objectives through this war 14

It is a war for the defeat of anti-democratic forces 2

Race doctrines have caused this war 1

Great Britain is responsible for the war 1

It is an economic war 8

Miscellaneous 7

(US Mar 26 '42) Do you feel that you have a clear idea of
what the war is all about? (opor)
Yes 48% No 47% Qualified answer 5%

Briefly, what would you say the war is all about? Asked of
the 53% of the sample who said they had a clear idea of what
the war was all about, or who gave a qualified answer.

Ideological interpretations 13%

Economic interpretations 7

War for power 25

Someone is to blame for the war .... 5

Miscellaneous 1

No comment 1

Words but no interpretation 1

[1078]

(US June 9 '42) Do you feel that you have a clear idea of
what the war is all about [that is, what we are fighting for]?
(aipo)

No opinion
and
Yes No no answer

53% 47% 7%

Quly 15 '42) (opor) 64 29 —

What do you think we are fighting for? Asked of the 64%
of the July 15 '42 sample who felt that they had a clear idea
of what we were fighting for.

Ideological aims 27%

For America 3

Global aims 9

Economic and political power 5

Religious interpretation 1

War of survival 16

Peace 3

Get rid of Nazism 4

Other 1

69%*
* Percentages add to more than 64 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Dec 2 '42) Do you feel that you have a clear idea of what
this war is all about — that is, what we [the United States is]
are fighting for? (aipo)

Don't
Yes No know

National total 68% 32%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

20%

22%

Upper income group 80%

Middle income group 69

Lower income group 65

(Great Britain Jan 24 '43) (bipo)

National total 78%

(US Feb 6'43)(norc) 75

(US Mar 29 '44) (aipo) 59

What? Asked of the 75% of the Feb 6 '43 sample who felt

that they had a clear idea of what the United States was fight-
ing for in this war.

Freedom, liberty, rights (general) 16%

Democracy (general) 12

Freedom and democracy for the world 11

Freedom for United States 9

To preserve our way of life 5

Freedom of religion or worship 4

Freedom of speech or press or thought 4

Four freedoms 3

Freedom from want or fear 1

Peace (general) 3

World peace 2

Peace forever 3

Fighting against fascism 6

Fighting in self-protection or self-defense 14

Trade, money, power 3

Miscellaneous 3

Not ascertainable 1

100%*
* Percentages add to more than 75 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

42. (Dec 10 '41) Why do you think Japan is fighting the United
States — what are the underlying reasons? (aipo)

No answer and don't know 12%

Urged by Germany 48

Wants control of Orient 30

Needs raw inaterials 5

Our embargo 5

Jealous of United States' power 2

Hard feelings 3

Our aid to China 4

Desperation 1

Miscellaneous 6

116%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

43. (US Dec 18 '41) Do you think President Roosevelt did
everything he should have to prevent war with Germany?
(aipo)

Yes 76% No 16% No opinion 7% No answer 1%

44. (US Jan 23 '42) In the war with Japan, do you feel that
our chief enemy is the Japanese people as a whole, or the
Japanese government? A comparable cross-section was asked
the question with the order reversed, i.e. : Japanese government
or the Japanese people as a whole. Results were combined.
(aipo)

People 10%

Government 64

Don't know 8

Both 16

Other (including Germany, which uses Japan as a pawn) 2

Qune 17 '42) (opor)

People 10%

Government 63

Both 23

Don't know 4

45. (US Feb '42) Which of these statements comes closest to
your idea of the main reason why Japan attacked us: (for)

National Pacific
total coast

It was an insane act on the part of Japan to
save face (or what she considers her na-
tional honor) 5.0% 5.0%

The Japanese have always intended to fight
us and thought that now was a good time
because of the European war 18.7 20.9

The Japanese government is doing its part
as Hitler's ally, and its move was part
of German strategy 68.5 70.4

Other 0.6 1.8

Don't know 72 1.9

46. (Feb 14 '42) What do you think the United States (Eng-
land, Russia) is really fighting for in this war? (norc)

C S

;5 -I ^ t^ Q

United States 86% 8% 63% 21% — 7% = 185%*

England 63 22 32 31 16% 16 =180*

Russia 63 15 15 49 — 23 = 165*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

47. (Great Britain May '42) What do you think is the main
cause of this war? (bipo)

[ 1079 ]

German aggression and desire for world domination .... 40%
Greed on the part of all nations, vested interests, struggle

for markets; capitalism and imperialism 29

Insufficiently drastic handling of Germany after last war;

the League of Nations was a failure 7

Appeasement, unpreparedness and slackness on part of

the democracies 10

Lack of Christianity 2

Miscellaneous, don't know, no answer 12

48. (US Aug '42) What are we fighting this war for? Asked
of a national cross-section of high-school students, (for)

Freedom — liberty 45-1%

Democracy — American ideals 26.9

To stop Fascism, Nazism 18.7

Peace 9.0

To protect this country 7.9

Because we were attacked 1.3

108.9%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

49. (US Nov '42) What do you really think we arc fighting
this war for? Asked of a national cross-section of high-school
students, (for)

Want to Want
keep on peace

fighting now
Liberty, freedom, democracy, American

ideals, etc 70.7% 49.3%

Because attacked, to stop Hitler and Japan,

to protect our country 17.3 14.9

Peace 10.8 12.3

To get rid of dictatorship, Hitlerism, Nazi

ideas 11.1 3.6

World freedom, to make world a better

place, free conquered countries 10.9 2.0

For England, for power, territory, money

interests 1.8 7.3 .

Other 10.8 17.9

Don't know 2.3 13.8

135.7%* 121.1%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

60. (US Aug 25 '42) The United States is fighting this war
because. . . . (aipo)

Freedom and democracy throughout the world have

been threatened 27%

Our freedom and democracy are endangered 32

Wc were attacked and must fight to defend our country

and possessions 11

Germany and Japan must be defeated and their systems

of government overthrown 6

We want to establish world peace 3

The capitalists got us into it 2

England needed our help — she could not win alone 2

The last war was not properly settled 1

The politicians got us into it 1

Miscellaneous reasons 7

Non-specific answers: we had to, forced into it 9

No opinion 5

61. (US Apr 6 '43) What do you think arc the chief things

Britain is fighting for? (norc)

Self-defense:

Self-preservation and survival 37%

To defend the empire 22

Idealistic reasons:

Freedom, democracy, peace (general) 21

Her own freedom 16

Defeat of totalitarianism 6

Four Freedoms 1

Power or prestige 8

Economic reasons 4

Imperialism and gain 3

Skeptical answers 1

Not ascertainable 8

127%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

62. (US Apr 6 '43) What do you think are the chief things
America is fighting for? (norc)
Idealistic reasons:

Freedom, democracy, peace (general) 40%

For our own freedom 31

Four Freedoms 5

Humanitarian reasons — to help others 8

For defeat of totalitarianism 7

Self-defense 27

Economic reasons 4

Power and prestige 2

Imperialism and gain 1

Miscellaneous 1

Skeptical answers 1

Not ascertainable 2

129%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one reply.

53. (US Apr 6 '43) Can you think of any ways in which Britain

is to blame for this war? (norc)

Yes 39% No 61% No opinion *

* Less than 0.5%.

How? Asked of the 39% of the sample who could think
of ways in which Britain was to blame for this war.

Appeasement 17%

Lack of isolationism 11

Mishandling of the last peace 9

Actively helping rearmament 3

Lack of preparedness 2

Not going far enough in the prosecution of the last war 1

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 1

46%*

106%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

* Percentages add to more than 39 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

64. (US Apr 6 '43) Can you think of any ways in which the

United States is to blame for this war? (norc)

Yes 35% No 65% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

How? Asked of the 35% of the sample who could think of
ways in which the United States was to blame for this war.
Not going far enough in the prosecution of the last war 3%
Lack of cooperation after the last war 10

Isolationism:

Lack of preparedness 5%

Our isolationism led us to condone the growth of

Fascism 4

Tariff barriers 1

Too strict with Japanese 1

General mentions 5

Lack of isolationism:

Lack of isolationism (general) 5

Actively helping Axis to rearm 4

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 1

40%-

* Percentages add to more than 35 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

55. (US Feb '44) Do you think the way we treated Germany
after the First World War had anything to do with starting
this war? (norc)

Yes 49% No 37% Don't know 14%

In what way? Asked of the 49% of the sample who thought
that Germany's treatment after the First World War was a
factor in causing World War II.

Didn't finish the job last time 5%

Peace terms were too lenient : 2

Enforcement was too lax, they armed and grew too

powerful 18

Peace treaty was unfair, reparations too heavy, couldn't

make decent standatd of living, gave Hitler a chance 10

We took land that we shouldn't have taken 2

Created a spirit of revenge, general bad feelings over peace 5
We didn't carry our responsibility, didn't join the League 3

Other 1

Don't know 1

Not ascertainable 2

56. (Canada Nov 4 '44) Do you think it is the German people
themselves that make Germany go to war, or do you think
it is because they have warlike leaders? (cipo)

German people ? 25%

Some German people 11

Leaders 57

Undecided 7

57. (Netherlands July '45) Do you hold the entire German
nation or only the Nazis responsible for the torments our
nation has been put to? Asked in the three western provinces
only, (njfs)

German nation 38% Nazis only 57%

No opinion and other 5%

58. (Germany Oct 26 '45) Do you think there is any truth
in the following statement? All the German people are responsi-
ble for the war because they petmitted a government to assume
power which wanted to plunge the entire world into war.
(oMGUs)

No No

Yes No opinion answer

19% 73% 7% 1%

(Nov 19 '45) 23 68 9 —

(Dec 27 '45) 20 76 4 —

(June 7 '46) 15 79 6 —

59. (US Jan '46) Do you think that we did or did not deliber-
ately provoke Japan into making war against us? (for)

1080]

Did Did not Don' t know

National total 14.0% 70.6% 15.4%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

West coast 22.1% 69.0% 9.9%

Southwest 2.8 85.5 11.7

60. (Hungary Jan '46) In what order do Hungary and its
neighboring Danubian countries share the war guilt? (hipor)

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

i I .3 I ■,- 1^ !

H *! v! ^ *^ ton V

J^ M vj cq "^ m o

% % % % % % % %

Budapest 74.2 80.6 45.1 20.2 55.3 67.6 19.0 = 362*

Trans Danubia... 67.2 88.7 21.5 17.4 33.0 58.5 24.6 = 310.9*
Area between

Danube &Tisza 76.4 81.2 42.4 26.5 26.4 64.5 28.7 = 346.1*

North 56.3 86.9 28.6 10.3 37.1 57.6 20.8 = 297.6*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because the respondents were
asked to give more than one answer.

61. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following statement:
The Versailles Treaty was so severe on Germany that it jus-
tified Germany's bringing on the second world war. (omgsu)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 32% 52% 16%

Berlin only 40 53 7

Was the harshness of this treaty one provocation for this
war? Asked of the 68% of the sample who did not think the
Versailles Treaty's harshness gave the Germans the right to
begin World War II.

Yes No No opinion No answer

Amzone 7% 68% 25% *

Berlin only 25 36 7 *

62. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following statement :
Nothing can justify Germany's second World War. (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 47% 38% 15%

Berlin only 50 48 2

63. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following statement :
This war was caused by a conspiracy between the international
bankers and Communists, (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 18% 62% 20%

Berlin only 21 71 8

64. (US Sept '46) Do you think we fought in World War II
only because we were attacked at Pearl Harbor, or do you
think there were some other reasons why we fought? (norc)
Pearl Harbor only 29% Other reasons 61% Don't know 10%

What reasons are you thinking of? Asked of the 61% of the
sample who thought we fought World War II for other reasons
than Japan's attack on Pearl Harbor.
Prevent world aggression, guarantee Four Freedoms to all 14%

Prevent aggression of United States soil 8

We had to help England and Russia and all allies 10

England dragged us in, resentment toward England. ... 4

[ 1081 ]

Circumstances accumulated, bound to come, World War I

never settled 6%

Protect foreign investments, overcome depression, world

trade 12

Our goverimient was preparing, foreign entanglements 10

Roosevelt 1

Germany, Japan planned long time 3

Miscellaneous, not elsewhere classifiable 2

Don't know 4

National total .

Neither
55%

China
43%

* Percentages add
more than one answer

74%*

to more than 61 because some respondents gave

65. (Germany Oct 4 '46) Many people maintain the entire
German people are guilty of the war for having brought into
power a government which wanted to get the whole world
into war. Do you believe that the German people are guilty
on this basis? (omgus)

Yes.
No.
No opinion .

5%
92
3

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

66. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Do you believe that the German
people are guilty for the war because they let a government
come to power which wanted to bring war upon the world?
(oMGUs)

Yes, in part 28%

No 67

No opinion 5

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

67. (Germany Dec 10 '46) Did Germany attack Poland because
she wanted to protect the Germans living there from Polish
mistreatment? (omgus)

Yes 21%

No 46

No opinion 33

No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

Children

1. (us Jan 20 '39) It has been proposed that the government
permit 10,000 refugee children from Germany to be brought
into this country and taken care of in American homes. Do you
favor this plan? (aipo)

Yes 26% No 66% No opinion 8%

2. (US Jan 20 '39) It has been proposed to bring to this country
10,000 refugee children from Germany — most of them Jewish —
to be taken care of in American homes. Should the government
permit these children to come in? (aipo)

Yes 30% No 61% No opinion 9%

China and Japan

1. (US Aug 2 '37) In the present fight between Japan and China,
are your sympathies with either side? (aipo)
Yes 45% No 55%

Which side [are your sympathies on in the present fight
between Japan and China]?

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 54%

Middle Atlantic 50

East central 58

West central 56

South 66

Rocky Mountain 44

Pacific coast 53

45%

Japan

2. (US Oct 4 '37) In the present fight between China and
Japan, are your sympathies with China, Japan or neither side?
(aipo)

China Japan Neither

National total 59% 1% 40%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 62%

Middle Atlantic.

East central

West central

South

Rocky Mountain .
Pacific coast

64
52
54
57
63
73

37%

40%

37%

22%

BY POLITICS

Democratic voters 59%

Republican voters 64

Third party voters 56

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban dwellers 62%

Small town dwellers 61

Farm dwellers 50

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Better than average 76%

Average 64

Below average 54

Poor " 50

Relief 49

Is your sympathy for China great enough to keep you from
buying goods made in Japan? Asked of the 59% of the sample
whose sympathies are with China in the present fight between
China and Japan.

Yes No

. National total 37% 63%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 44% 56%

Middle Atlantic 47 53

East central 30 70

West central 28 72

South 30 70

Rocky Mountain 39 61

Pacific coast 50 50

BY POLITICS

Democratic voters 40% 60%

Republican voters 39 61

Third Party voters 32 68

BY RURAL-URBAN

Urban dwellers 41% 59%

Small town dwellers 35 65

Farm dwellers 27 73

[ 1082 ]

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Yes No

Better than average 48% 52%

Average 41 59

Below average 33 67

Poor 32 68

On relief 34 66

3. (US May 19 '39) In the present war between Japan and
China, which side do you sympathize with? (aipo)

Japan China Neither

2% 74% 24%

(Feb 20 '40) 2 77 13

4. (US Feb 20 "40) In the present war between Japan and China,
which side do you want to sec win? (aipo)

Japan 2% China 76% Neither 22%

Civilian Relief

1. (Sweden Feb '43) Have you or your family contributed to-
ward helping our northern neighbor lands? (sGi)

-«
o

National total 62% 15% 5% 2% 8% 24%

116%*

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper 81% 33% 20% 7% 4% 6% = 151%*

Middle 76 20 8 3 4 16 =127*

Workers 54 9 2 1 12 32 =110*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

2. (Sweden Dec '44) Do you think that the Swedish govern-
ment has done all it can in the question of the distress in north-
ern Norway, or do you think that the government, through
conferences, could put still harder pressure on the Germans
in order to make more help possible? (sgi)

Done all Could put on Don't

possible more pressure know

National total 46% 23% 31%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

48%
43

Upper class . .
Middle class .
Workers

Country .
Town . . .

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

.... 53%
48
43

BY RURAL-URBAN

.... 45%

29%
16

19%

20%
27

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden .

Dalarna

Malar district.
Stockholm. . .
East Gotland .

Skane

Bova

44%

26%

23%
41

28%

35%
27

30%

3. (Hungary May '46) What should decide the distribution of
presents received from foreign relief? (hipor) Asked in Budapest
and suburbs.

FIXED INCOME

Men Women

FREE INCOME

Men Women

Need, merit 32.2% 38.0% 33.9% 33.6%

Children 14.5 16.3 18.0 20.5

Old persons 6.0 6.2 7.4 6.2

Sick persons 6.1 6.9 7.1 6.6

Poor 13.8 15.0 18.2 13.2

Workers only 17.1 8.3 4.9 10.0

Everybody equally 3.2 3.4 4.9 30

Other, no answer 7.1 5-9 5-6 6.9

4. (Hungary May '46) Who should be entrusted with the fair
distribution [of foreign relief articles]? Asked in Budapest and
suburbs, (hipor)

FIXED INCOME

FREE INCOME

Men

Women
30.1%

Men
29.1%

Women

Public administration 292%

Charitable institutions,

churches 36.8 33.4 39.3 38.8

Political parties 32 5.1 4.4 3.3

Special organization, for-
eign or home institutions 26.3 26.3 22.0 25.0

Other, no answer 4.5 5-1 5.2 4.5

6. (Himgary May '46) What does Hungary need most from
foreign relief action? Asked in Budapest and suburbs, (hipor)

FIXED INCOME

FREE INCOME

Shoes

Clothing

Food

Medicine

Money, loan, credit

Soap

Books

Tobacco, cigarettes

Agricultural equipment. . .

Livestock

Industrial articles, ma-
chines, vehicles

Everything .

Men

8.3%
42.0
38.1

4.5

2.2

0.2

0.1

0.7

Women

8.4%
436
34.6

4.4

1.2

0.1

;.o

Men

6.9%
44.3
33.1

2.3

2.1

0.7
1.4
0.2

Women
4.9%

36.3

40.0
4.2
2.3

0.3
0.6

0.3 —

— 1.3

Other, no answer

6. (Hungary Oct '46) Have
Red Cross for help since the

0.2
2.9
0.5

0.3
3.8
1.6

0.7
2.7
5.6

6.0
4.1

you or your family turned to the
outbreak of war? (hipor)

BY economic status

Yes

no answer

60.3%

0.9%

60.6

1.3

56.6

2.5

Well off 38.8%

Middle class 38.1

Poor 40.9

7. (Hungary Oct '46) What kind of help would you approve
of giving to the Red Cross? (hipor)

BY economic status
Charity
of society

Well off 32.2%

Middle class 26.4

Poor 30.9

Congresses, Conferences, etc.

1. (US Apr 19 '39) Do you approve or disapprove of President'
Roosevelt's action in sending his message to Hitler and Musso-
lini, suggesting a conference to settle Europe's war problems?
(aipo)

State

Other,

support

Both

no answer

33.0%

1,1.(>%

2.2%

38.4

32.3

2.9

41.8

23.6

3.7

Approve 57%

Disapprove 369o No opinion 7%

[ 108;] ]

2. (US Aug 26 '41) Have you heard or read about the eight-
point program which Roosevelt and Churchill drew up at
their recent meeting? (aipo)

Yes 75% No 25%

In general, what do you think of the program [drawn up
by Roosevelt and Churchill at their recent meeting]? Asked
of the 75% of the sample who had heard or read about Roose-
velt's and Churchill's eight-point program.

Approve, good thing 19%

Mild approval 17

Approve in part 2

Good if it works _ 4

Nothing new, repetition of Wilson's Fourteen Points 2

Impractical 3

General disapproval 6

Opposed to involvement 2

Too soon for plans to be made 1

Roosevelt takes things too much into his own hands. ... 1

Just a blind for real purpose of meeting 2

No answer and no opinion 16

3. (Great Britain Aug 30 '41) Are you pleased or disappointed
with the results of the Roosevelt-Churchill meeting in the
Atlantic? (bipo)

Pleased 58% Disappointed 22% No opinion 20%

4. (US Oct '41) Do you think it was a good idea or a bad idea
for President Roosevelt and Prime Minister Churchill to have
their recent meeting? (for)

Good 54.7%

Part good, part bad . . 6.6

Bad 12.8

Don't know 25.9

5. (US Jan 23 '42) Have you heard or read about the Atlantic
Charter? (aipo)

Yes 21% No 79%

Did you hear or read about the meeting between President
Roosevelt and Prime Minister Churchill, held at sea last sum-
mer? Asked of the 79% of the sample who had not heard or '
read about the Atlantic Charter.

Yes 64% No 15%

6. (US Jan 23 '42) Can you tell me briefly any of the main
provisions of the Atlantic Charter? (aipo)

No 79%

Yes, one correct provision named 3

Two to four correct provisions named 1

No provisions named, but answer generally correct 6

Incorrect provision 1

Those who said they could name a provision but didn't

give any answer.

7. (US Feb 14 '42) Have you heard or read anything about the
Pan-American conference of nations which was held recently
in Rio (Brazil)? (norc)
Yes 53% No 46% Don't know 1%

In general, would you say the results of the conference were
satisfactory or unsatisfactory to the United States? Asked of
the 53% of the sample who had heard or read something about
the Pan-American conference of nations held in Brazil.

Satisfactory 31%

Unsatisfactory 6

Partially satisfactory, partially unsatisfactory 10

Don't know 6

8. (US July 1 '42) Have you ever heard of the Four Freedoms?

(norc)

Yes 35% No 61% Don't know 4%

. Do you happen to remember what they are? Asked of the
35% of the sample who had heard of the Four Freedoms.

Freedom of speech 23%

Freedom of religion 22

Freedom from fear 5

Freedom from want 5

55%*

* Percentages add to more than 35 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (Canada Jan 23 '43) Do you by any chance recall who drew
up the Atlantic Charter? (cipo)

BY education
Koosevclt

and Don't know

Churchill Roosevelt Churchill or wrong

Public school 46% 3% 2% 49%

High school 65 2 1 32

College 85 2 * 13

* Less than 1%

10. (Canada Jan 23 '43) Do you by any chance remember
any of the war aims included in this [Atlantic] Charter? (cipo)

Freedom from fear 3%

Freedom from want 4

Freedom of speech 4

Freedom of religion 5

No territorial gains *

Self-determination of nations 2

Free access to trade, etc 4

Social security *

Freedom of the seas 2

Disarm aggressor nations *

Could name no war aims 86

110%**

* Less than 1%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents named
more than one war aim.

11. (US Nov '43) Did you know that the United States, Great
Britain, and Russia held a conference in Moscow recently?
(norc)

Yes 80%, No 20%

Will you tell me, in general, some of the things that were
decided at this conference? Asked of the 80% of the sample
who knew of the Moscow conference.
Right 41% Wrong 9% Don't know 30%

Do you think all three countries will stick to these agree-
ments after the war? Asked of the 80% of the sample who knew
of the Moscow conference.

Yes 45%

No 18

No answer 3

Don't know 14

Which countries do you think might not [stick to these
agreements after the war]? Asked of 32% of the sample who
had heard of the Moscow conference and did not think that
all three countries would stick to the agreements or didn't
know whether they would or not.

[ 1()S4 ]

United States 3%

Great Britain 10

Russia 22

Don't know and no answer 5

* Percentages add to more than 32 because some respondents named
more than one country.

12. (US Nov 9 '43) Have you read or heard reports about the
meeting of England, Russia, China, and the United States in
Moscow? (aipo)

Yes 77% No 23%

Did the Moscow conference produce greater or smaller results
than you expected? Asked of a national cross-section of per-
sons who had read or heard reports about the Moscow con-
ference.

Greater 48%,

Same 13

Smaller 8

No opinion 31

13. (US Nov 9 '43) At Moscow the Allies agreed that after
the war they would continue the cooperation established
during the war. Do you expect that they will be able to work
together after the war? (aipo)

Yes 54% No 26%, No opinion 20%

14. (US Nov 15 '43) By the way, have you heard or read any-
thing about the recent conference in Moscow between the
United States, Russia, and England? (norc)

Yes 71% No 29%o No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

Do you think this conference was a success from the point
of view of the United States, or not? Asked of the 71% of the
sample who had heard or read something about the recent
conference in Moscow between the United States, Russia and
England.

Success 45%

Partly a success, partly not 7

Not a success 3

Don't know 16

What are some of the things that were decided? Asked of
the 71% of the sample who had heard or read something about
the recent conference in Moscow between the United States,
Russia and England.

Unconditional surrender 6%

No separate peace 6

Punishment of war criminals 2

Organization of nations after the war 1

Enforcement of peace 1

Liberation of Austria 1

Destruction of Fascism in Italy *

Guarantee of peace and security pending international

organization *

No unilateral military action by an allied country. ... *

General unspecific 15

Miscellaneous (specific) 15

Reserve judgment 4

Don't know 28

79%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 71% because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

15. (Great Britain Nov 20 '43) Did the Moscow conference
produce greater results than you expected or smaller results
than you expected? (bipo)

Greater 28%

About expected 32

Less 8

Don't know 32

16. (US Feb 20 '45) Have you heard or read about the recent
Crimean conference between Stalin, Churchill and Roosevelt?
(aipo) \

Yes 70%, No 30%

On the whole, is your opinion of what was accomplished
at the conference favorable or unfavorable? Asked of the 70%
of the sample who had heard or read about the Crimean con-
ference.

Favorable Unfavorable No opinion
National total 61% 9% 30%

BY POLITICS

Roosevelt voters

70%

24%

Dewey voters

17. (US Apr 4 '45) Have you heard or read anything about the
San Francisco conference to be held this month? (aipo)

Yes 70'

No 30%

Will you tell me what the purpose of the [San Francisco]
conference is? Asked of the 70% of the sample who had heard
or read of the San Francisco conference.

Work out peace terms; dispose of the Axis 41%

Create machinery for world league; establish basis for

permanent peace 34

Discuss postwar plans; settle economic questions; trade

problems, etc 11

Make plans for finishing the war 2

Settle boundary disputes 1

Miscellaneous 3

Don't know 17

109%*

^ Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Will you tell me what problems are to be discussed at it

[the San Francisco conference]? What do you hope it will

accomplish? Asked of the 70% of the sample who had heard

or read of the San Francisco conference.

Problems Hope con-
to be ference will
discussed accomplish

Make peace terms; peace 12% 22%

Create a union of all nations; set up ma-
chinery for world organization; agree
on votes of assembly 23 16

Postwar plans; successful solution of
world problems 4 4

Make a lasting peace; avoid future wars 5 35

Friendship; cooperation; unity; adjust

differences 1 10

Disposition of Axis nations; division
of Getmany and Japan, occupation of
them; disarmament; our treatment of
them 17 3

Completion of war against Axis; deter-
mine if Russia will enter Japanese war 2 1

Economic security; settle trade problems;

monetary system 10 3

Rehabilitation; build up other countries

and governments of liberated countries 9 2

Establish four freedoms or any of them 1 1

Union of Big Four or Big Three 1 1

[ 1085 ]

Problems Hopt con-
to he ference will
discussed accomplish
Boundary and territorial settlements of

all countries 15% 2%

Punish Axis nations; destroy them * 1

Food shortages of world; clothing short-
ages 2 *

Miscellaneous 3 1

Didn't say 33 13

138%** 115%**
* Less than 1%.

** Percentages add to more than ICX) because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Do you think it will accomplish these things? Asked of a
national cross-section of people who knew what the general
purpose of the San Francisco conference was.
Yes 45% No 28% Don't know 27%

18. (France Apr 16 '45) Do you think it advantageous to France
to participate in the San Francisco conference, even though
as an invited rather than an inviting power? (fipo)

Yes 36% No 31% No opinion 33%

19. (US May 15 '45) Have you followed the [radio and news-
paper] reports of the [discussions at the] San Francisco con-
ference? (aipo)

Yes No

51% 49%

(May 29 '45) 52 48

On the whole, are you satisfied or dissatisfied with the
progress that has been made to date? Asked of the sample
who had followed the discussions of the San Francisco con-
ference.

Satisfied Dissatisfied No opinion

(May 15 '45) 26% 19% 6%

(May 29 '45) 27 18 7

(Sweden June '45) Have you followed the events of the San
Francisco conference closely? (sgi)

Read

Followed only some Not Not heard

closely of it followed of it

National total 9% 40% 49% 2%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 19%

Middle class 10

Workers 7

56% 24%

42 46

37 54

Are you satisfied with the results of the [San Francisco]
conference? Asked of the 49% of the sample who had followed
the events of the conference closely or had read some of the
accounts of it.
Yes 22% No 48% Don't know 30%

(Australia June to July '45) Have you followed the reports
of the San Francisco conference? (apop)

Yes 42% No 58%,

Arc you satisfied — or dissatisfied — with what has been done
at the [San Francisco] conference? Asked of the 42% of the
sample who had followed the discussions of the conference.
Satisfied 20% Dissatisfied 12% No opinion 10%

(Denmark July 15 '45) Have you followed the news about
the San Francisco conference in the papers and on the radio?
(dgi)

Yes 52.1% No 47.9%

Are you satisfied with the results of the [San Francisco]
conference?
Yes 46.5% No 18.3% Don't know 35.2%

20. (Great Britain June '45) Mr. Attlee has been asked by
Mr. Churchill to go to the meeting of the Big Three after the
election. Do you approve or disapprove of the invitation?
(bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don t know
National total 80% 10% 10%

BY SEX

Men 83% 12% 5%

Women 77 9 14

BY AGE

21-29 years 77% 8% 15%

30-49 years 82 10 8

50 years and over 79 11 10

BY economic status

Higher.
Middle.
Lower. .

81%

11%

21. (Great Britain June '45) Should Sir Archibald Sinclair,
the leader of the Liberal party, also be invited to go with
Mr. Churchill [to the meeting of the Big Three]? (bipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 55% 27% 18%

Men. . . .
Women.

57%
53

21-29 years 55%

30-49 years 57

50 years and over 51

31%
22

21%

by economic status

Higher .
Middle .
Lower. .

50% 41%

63 27

52 26

12%
25

24%

9%
10
22

22. (Canada June 20 '45) As you know, the United Nations
are meeting in San Francisco to try to set up an organization
which will help to keep the peace. As things look now, are
you more confident or less confident than you were before the
conference started that it will be successful? (cipo)

More 40%

Less 15

Same 22

Undecided 23

23. (US Aug '45) From everything that you have heard so far,
do you think the conference at San Francisco has been a great
success, that it has accomplished some good but not as much
as it should have, or that on the whole it has been disap-
pointing? (for)

BY preference IN FOREIGN POLICY

Hadn't

heard
Great Some Disap- Don't of Con-
success good pointing know ference

No alliances 6.2% 35.3% 26.9% 26.3% 5.3%

Separate alliances. . 10.7 42.8 17.6 23.9 5.0
International
organization. ... 8.0 63.9 16.3 10.9 .9

[ 1086 ]

24. (Australia Aug "45) Have you followed reports of the
World Charter, drawn up at the San Francisco conference,
and now awaiting approval by world governments? The third
of the men and the quarter of the women answering yes were
asked: Do you think Australia should or should not agree to
be bound by the provisions of the Charter? (apop)

BY SEX

Ratify
Charter

Men 84")

Women 72

Don't
ratify

10%
10

No
opinion

6%
18

25. (US Oct 17 '45) Have you heard or read anything about
the recent London conference of Foreign Ministers from Eng-
land, Russia, China, the United States, and France? (aipo)

Yes 46% No 54%

Do you think it was a success or a failure? Asked of the 46%
of the sample who knew of the recent London conference.
Success 6% Failure 27% Don't know 13%

26. (Hungary Dec 20 '45) What do you expect from the
Moscow conference? Asked in Budapest, (hipor)

Agreement 57%

No solution 19

Conflict 13

Couldn't answer 11

27. (Hungary May '46) A national cross-section of Hungarians
was asked whether or not they thought the Paris conference
would be effective. Results follow, (hipor)

Yes 67% No 28% Uncertain 5%

28. (France July 1 '46) Which of the four ministers, in your
opinion, did most for the cause of peace [at the conference of
Foreign Ministers in London]? (fipo)

French minister (Bidault) 33%

Russian minister (Molotov) 7

American minister (Byrnes) 6

British minister (Bevin) 2

No opinion 52

29. (France July 1 '46) Do you think the results [of the London
conference] were satisfactory? (fipo)

Yes 3% No 57% No opinion 40%

30. (France July 1 '46) The Paris conference (April 25 to May
16) which brought together the foreign ministers of the United
States, England, France, and Russia has just ended. Have you
followed the reports of the conference? (fipo)

Yes, regularly 28% Yes, a little 38% Not at all 34%

31. (Germany July 25 '46) Have you been following the news
reports of the Paris conference of Foreign Ministers? (omgus)
Yes 37% No 63% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

In your opinion, what was the most important outcome of
this conference? Asked of the 37% of the sample who had
followed the reports of the Paris conference.

No answer 1%

Summoning of Peace conference; discussion of peace

treaties 11

Question of German economic unity; unification of

German economy 3

Elimination of zonal borders in Germany 3

Other countries to be satisfied first; discussions about

Italy; peace treaties with Balkan states 3

Russia's attitude toward Ruhr question; Ruhr and Saar

districts to remain with Germany. . . 2%

Allies agreed on some points 2

No agreement as far as Germany is concerned 6

Other *

Don't know, cannot judge 7

38%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 37 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Do you consider this conference a success or a failure? Asked
of the 37% who had followed reports of the Paris conference.
Success 20% Failure 10% No opinion 6% No answer 1%

What importance has this conference for you as a German
citizen? As Iced of the 37% of the sample who had followed
reports of the conference.

No answer 1%

A step toward a peace treaty and peace for Germany. ... 7
Our future depends on it: it is a question of life and death

for Germany 14

Unification of German economy 3

Conference was of no importance for us as German citizens 5

Other 1

Don't know, no opinion 5

Allies don't agree; Russia unwilling to cooperate 1

Do you consider this conference of importance to you as a
German citizen? Asked of the 63% of the sample who had not
followed reports of the Paris conference.

No answer 2%

Very important 5

Important 22

Not important at all 3

No opinion 31

32. (Germany July 25 '46) Did you hear or read about Mr.
Molotov's speech on the future of Germany, at the conclusion
of the conference? (omgus)

Yes 24% No 76% No answer *

* Less than 0.5%.

What do you think about Russia's intentions concerning the
future of Germany as expressed by Mr. Molotov in his speech?
Asked of the 24% of the sample who had heard or read about
Molotov's speech.

No answer

Russia wants to bolshevize Europe, wants position of

supreme power over entire Europe 2%

Russia wants to introduce Bolshevism into Germany . . 3
Russia wants Ruhr district to remain with Germany. . 2

Molotov's views on Germany are sensible 3

Doubt Molotov's sincerity; don't think much of it; it

is politics 12.

Russia is top dog; is opposed to any proposition the

other might make ^

Reparations too high

Too early yet to judge ^

26%**

* Less than 0-3%.

** Percentages add to more than 24 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

33. (Netherlands Sept '46) Do you follow the news (in your
paper, on the wireless) about the Paris peace conference? (nipo)

Yes 61%) No 39%

[ 1087 ]

34. (Netherlands Sept '46) Which representative do you think
is doing the best job on the Paris peace conference? (nipo)

This conference is all nonsense; not interested, etc 2%

Don't know 51

Byrnes, the US representative or delegation 17

Bevin, the British representative or delegation 10

Evatt, the Australian representative or delegation 7

Molotov, the Russian representative or delegation 6

Boetzelaar, the Netherland tepresentative or delegation . . 4
Bidault, the French representative or delegation 3

35. (Netherlands Sept 5 '46) At this moment the Netherlands
is taking part in the big peace conference in Paris. In your
opinion, what should our country try to achieve there? (nipo)

National
total

Permanent peace, no more war 16%
Better international relations. . . 6

Just peace for all countries 4

Disarmament, abolish atomic

bombs 1

Reparation, get back German

loot 12

Annexation German territory. . 9
Bigger say for small nations, de-
cent place in world politics for

Netherlands 12

Keep Netherlands Indies, solve

Indonesian problem 2

Punish Germany and Japan,

keep them under control 2

Enlarge migration possibilities. 1

Miscellaneous 12

Don't know 28

Men

■27%

29%

Women

26%

0.5

105%* 109%* 102.5%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one reply.

Contributions

1. (us Aug 29 '42) Has anyone asked you, personally, to con-
tribute money to the Army Relief Fund, the Navy Relief Fund,
or the USO? (norc)

Yes 37% No 63%

2. (US Aug 29 '42) Have you ever contributed any money to
any of these funds [Army Relief Fund, Navy Relief Fund,
USO]? (norc)

Yes 57% No 43%

Displaced Persons

1. (us July '44) A national cross-section of college students
was confronted with the following statement and asked
whether or not they approved of it. If, after the war, resettle-
ment of South and Central Europeans should be necessary, I
would be willing to have my community accept a number of
them even if it involved some inconvenience and sacrifice.
(for)

Approve 60% Uncertain 24% Disapprove 16%

2. (Germany Dec 1 '45) What do you think of so many Ger-
mans coming from the East, from Czechoslovakia and from
Austria into Germany? (omgus)

Germany will become terribly overcrowded and the food

situation will become much worse 32%

It's unjust 13

It's unjust to drive them from purely German territories

like East Prussia, Pomerania and Silesia 3%

Nazi response (we are a people without space, these

lands belong to Germany, etc.) 2

Germans did the same thing 8

We must help them 15

Does not realize that evacuation was forced 4

Bavaria will suffer most 1

Doesn't care 27

They can be accommodated (with help of US) 1

Those poor people; it's awful 12

Other 9

127%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

3. (Germany Dec 1 '45) What should be done with the former
slave workers who are still in Germany? (omgus)

Send them home 84%

Put them to work 4

Let the Americans take care of them *

Let the good ones stay 34

Other 3

No answer 1

Don't know, no opinion 3

129%**

* Less than 1%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

4. (Germany Dec 6 '45) Arc the foreign workers treated better
as regards provisions and housing than the Germans? (omgus)

Better 36%

Worse — ■

The same 29

No opinion 34

No answer 1

5. (Germany Dec 6 '45) In your opinion should the foreign
workers have more provisions and better housing than the
Germans? (omgus)

Yes 12%

No 80

No opinion 6

No answer 2

6. (Germany Dec 6 '45) Do you think that the foreign workers
have been forced to come to Germany or that they came vol-
untarily? (omgus)

Forced to come 32%

Came voluntarily 12

No opinion 10

Partly 46

7. (Germany Dec 6 '45) Are you of the opinion that a large
nimiber of the foreign workers were not well treated by the
Nazis? (omgus)

Well treated 41%

Not well treated 29

Partly 8

No opinion 21

No answer 1

8. (Germany Dec 6 '45) Were there, in this community or re-
gion, any sort of difficulties with the foreign workers? (omgus)

Yes 30%

No ... 56

No opinion 14

[ 1088 ]

9. (Hungary Jan '46) Do you approve of repatriation of the
Suabian population; or do you want stricter or milder meas
ures? (hipor)

Stricttr Other,

measures Milder no

Approve expected measures answer

BY CLASS AND SEX

Total 42.8% 35.1% 20.0% 2.1%

Educated men 42.1 34.6 18.8 4.5

Educated women 47.4 27.7 22.5 2.4

Small bourgeoisie men. .. . 376 44.3 154 2.7

Small bourgeoisie women. 48.6 28.8 22.0 0.6

Worker men 46.7 33-6 17.4 2.3

Worker women 36.5 34.9 26.6 2.0

BY GEOGR.'U>HIC.\L SECTIO.^J .\ND T1TE OF COMMUNITY

Trans Danubia area— town 34.8% 24.7% 34.3% 6.2%

Trans Danubia— village. . . 32.7 30.6 27.4 9.3

Between Danube and Tisza

—town 593 136 11.8 15-3

Between Danube and Tisza

—village 51.9 18.2 12.1 17.8

North— town 52.6 18.7 114 173

North— village 533 18.1 10.1 18.5

Total— town 45.0 20.0 24.0 11.0

Total— village 43.0 22.0 20.0 15.0

10. (Germanv Mar 22 '46) .\re there any German refugees
from the east in this community? Asked of 86% of a sample
who were "regular residents." (omgus)

Yes 52% No 20% Don't know 12% No answer 2%

11. (Germany Mar 22 '46) Do you think the refugees from
the east, from Czechoslovakia and from Austria will get alons
with the people here? (omgus)

Yes 42% No 21%, No opinion, can't sav 20%

No answer 3%,

12. (Germany Mar 22 '46) As you know, many Germans come
to Western Germany from Czechoslovakia, Hungary and
Austria. Have you any information as to the total number of
evacuees coming to the American zone? (omgus)

Under 100,000 1%

100,000 to 499,000 11

500,000 to 999,000 12

1,000,000 to 2 million 21

2-3 million 8

3-4 million 2

4 million and over 3

Know only own area, can't estimate for whole zone. ... 1

Don't know, can't say, can't estimate 36

No answer 5

13. (Germany Mar 22 '46) Apart from the war, whom or
what do you consider responsible for the great niunber of
evacuees? (omgus)

Our last system; Hitler; Nazis are to blame for all misery;

bad occupation policy of the Nazis 29%

The feeling against Germany; the hatred of the Germans;

only because they are Germans — no real reason; the

anti-German attitude of the surrounding countries;

everybody hates the Germans, can't imagine why 10

Because we lost the war; hatred and revenge; because of

the war; we are hated by everybody 22

The government of these countries that are throwing

people out; the Poles, Czechs, etc. are bitter toward

Germans 14

The Allies; the Potsdam declaration 5

We ourselves are guilty; it's our fault 1

Food shortage — problem of feeding them 2%

To avoid a war 1

Don't know, can't say, no opinion 13

To return the countries to their own 1

No answer 12

Apart from the war, what is the essential reason why those
people arc evacuated?

Worry about German minority 2%

The other countries are nationalistic; don't want foreign-
ers around 6

For political reasons — to get rid of Communists 3

Need the space for their own people 2

They want space for their own people 1

So that all Germans will be in Germany 1

Don't know, can't say, no opinion 8

No answer 77

Do you believe the evacuation of those people to be justified
or unjustified?

Justified 14%

Unjustified 72

Partly justified or partly unjustified 2

No opinion 12

Why? Asked of 14% of the sample who thought the evacua-
tion justified.

To make up for Hitler's crazy policies; because we lost the
war, we've got to take these measures upon ourselves. . 4%

We would have done the same 2

Gotta be done to get rid of PG's 1

We must help these people; they are all our brothers and

we must help them 6

Only for those who went there willingly 1

Why? Asked of 72% of the sample who thought the evacua-
tion unjustified.

Not fair to kick people out of house and home; unchristian
to make so many people homeless; many have lived

there for centuries 47%

Germany will be even more thickly populated as a result
of this; these countries have enough space and food for

these people — we don't 9

Not all Germans are guilty; it's not everj-body's fault

that there was a war 14

The world is open to everybody 1

Yes, but send back all foreigners now in Germany 2

14. (Germany Mar 22 '46) In your view, %vho should be re-
sponsible for the care of those people (evacuees)? (omgus)
The Germans; Germany; each commimity milst help;

those who receive them 40%

The Nazis; PG's; Hitler's gang 7

The Americans 7

The Allies, UNRRA, UN 7

Countries that chased them out 7

Germany and the countries that kicked them out 12

Germany and the Americans, Allies 11

The whole world, those who started the war themselves 4

Don't know, can't say, no opinion 12

No answer 1

108%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Why?
Everybody must help — can't let them starve, got to help,

otherwise no one will 6%

It is our dutv, our responsibility; Germany's business

since they are Germans too; it's not an American or

foreign responsibility 27

[1089]

Because we are all in some way guilty; because we lost
the war 12%

We arc not in a position to help; we are poor; we are inno-
cent and also poor; because they are not at home and
have their possessions — so don't need anything 24

They ordered the evacuation; they brought these difficul-
ties on Germany, they are responsible 13

Don't know, can't say 1

No answer 17

15. (Germany Mar 22 '46) Should equal rights be given to
the evacuees to participate in politics and elections, just like
the rest of the population, or should their political rights be
limited? (omgus)

No curtailment 74%

Should be curtailed 17

Don't know, can't say, no opinion 8

No answer 1

For how long [should the political rights of the evacuees
be limited]? Asked of 17% of the sample who thought the
political rights of the evacuees should be limited.

One half to 1 year 4%

2 to 3 years 3

4 to 5 years 1

10 years *

For a few years (unspecified) *

Till they prove themselves; till they prove themselves

politically fit; till the political thinking is no longer

immature 6

Until living conditions are better 1

Till their political thinking is no longer threatened by

Communism *

As long as they remain here *

No answer 1

* Totals 1%.

16. (Germany Mar 22 '46) Should an opportunity be given to
the evacuees to secure a good position or to make themselves
independent, or should those better positions and independent
professions mainly be reserved for the local population? (omgus)

Equal opportunity 81%

Reserved for local population 14

No opinion 4

No answer 1

17. (Finland Apr 12 '46) Do you think that the arrangements
made for and benefits given to displaced persons, considering
the circumstances, have been good, good enough, or bad?
(fgi)

Good Don't

Good enough Bad know

National total 16% 59% 12% 13%

BY RURAL-URBAN

Rural 16% 61% 11% 12%

Urban 15 54 15 16

18. (Germany Aug 9 '46) We should like to know if you have
any criticisms about the following items, for often criticism is
worth more than praise. Are you satisfied, not quite satisfied,
or not at all satisfied with government welfare measures for
the evacuees? (omgus)

Satisfied 50%

Not quite satisfied 18

Not at all satisfied 11

No opinion 21

19. (US Sept 25 '46) About a million Polish people, Jews, and
other displaced persons must find new homes in different coun-

tries. Do you think the United States should take any of these

displaced persons? (aipo)

Yes 43% No 50% No opinion 7%

How many of these one million Poles, Jews, and other dis-
placed persons should this country take in? Asked of 43% of
the sample who thought the United States should take some
of the displaced persons.

Under 25,000; under 2}/^% 5%

25,000 to under 50,000; lli, to under 5% 1

50,000; 5% 8

Over 50,000 to 100,000; over 5% to 10% 4

Over 100,000 to under 250,000; over 10% to under 25%. . . 2

250,000; 25%; ]i of total 5

Over 250,000 to under 333,333; over M to M; 25% to under

33^% 1

333,333; 14; 33^% 2

500,000; 3.2; 50% 4

Over 500,000; over }^ 1

Miscellaneous 6

No answer 4

20. (US Sept 25 '46) About a million Polish people, Jews, and
other displaced persons must find new homes in different coun-
tries. Do you think the United States should let any of these
displaced persons enter this country? (aipo)

Yes 36% No 58% No opinion 6%

How many of these one million Poles, Jews and other dis-
placed persons should we let enter this country? Asked of 36%
of the sample who thought the United States should let dis-
placed persons enter this country.

Under 25,000; under 2^2% 5%

25,000 to under 50,000; 2} 2 to under 5% 1

50,000; 5% 6

Over 50,000 to 100,000; over 5% to 10% 4

Over 100,000 to under 250,000; over 10% to under 25%. . . 2

250,000; 25%; li of total 5

Over 250,000 to under 333,333; over }i to H; 25% to under

33^i% *

333,333; Vz; 33H% 2

500,000; 1-2; 50% 4

Over 500,000; over 3^ 2

Miscellaneous 3

No answer 2

* Less than 0.5%.

21. (Germany Nov 25 '46) Do you consider the evacuation of
people from Czechoslovakia and Hungary as justified or un-
justified? (omgus)

Just 3% Unjust 91% No opinion 6%

Duration (Europe)

1. (us Jan 25 '37) Do you think a war in Europe today would

last as long as the World War? (aipo)

Yes 24% No 55% No opinion 21%

How long do you think it will last? Asked of 55% of the
sample who thought a war in Europe today would not last as
long as the World War.

Under 6 months 1%

6 months to 1 year 3

1 year 6

2 years 9

3 years 2

4 years or over 2

No opinion 32

[ 1090

2. (US Sept 17 '39) About how long do you think the present
war will last? (aipo)

Less than 1 year 49% More than 1 year 51%

3. (Great Britain Sept '39) How much longer do you think
the war will last? (dipo)

6 months 16%

7-11 months 10

1 year 12

1 year and 6 months 44

2 years 21

Ij'^ to 1 year and 11 months 1

2 years and 6 months 2

3 years 20

Indefinite 14

4. (Great Britain Dec '39) How long do you think the war
will continue from now? (bipo)

Under 6 months 12%

6-12 months 18

12-18 months 7

18-24 months 18

2-3 years 17

Over 3 years 13

No opinion 15

6. (US Jan 30 '40) What is your guess on how long the present

war between Germany, and England and France will last?
(aipo)

Under 1 year 6%

12-18 months 18

19-24 months 21

3 years 13

4 years 8

5 years and over 12

Miscellaneous 7

Don't know 15

6. (US Dec 16 '40) How much longer do you think the war
between Germany and England will last? (aipo)

Under 6 months 3%

6 months to 1 year 9

1 year to Ij-^ years 18

13^ to 2 years 7

2 years to 2j'2 years 18

2J-2 to 3 years 3

3 years to 4 years 7

4 years to 5 years 2

5 years or more 3

Miscellaneous 12

No answer 18

Median = \]/2 years up to but not including 2 years

7. (Great Britain Jan '41) How long do you think the war
will last? (bipo^

Under 6 months. . . 7%

5-12 months 23

12-18 months 8

1J4 to 2 years 18

2-3 years 8

Over 3 years 7

Don't know 29

8. (US Dec '41) Regardless of what you hope, how long do
you think the war will last? (for)

Less than 6 months 0.9%

6 months to 1 year 4.6

1-2 years 14.5

2-5 years 37.8

5-10 years 9.7%

10 years and over 2.7

Depends on what the US does 5.9

Depends on what Soviet Russia does 1.4

Depends on other factors 1.1

Don't know 22.0

100.6%,*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (Great Britain Feb '42) Do you think Russia will beat
Germany this year? (bipo)

Yes 39% No 31% Don't know 30%,

10. (Great Britain Apr '42) Do you think it is possible for
the Allies to defeat Germany this year? (bipo)

Yes 41% No 40%, Don't know 19%

11. (Great Britain May '42) Do you think it is possible for
the Allies to beat Germany this year? (bipo)

Yes No Don' r know

52% 24% 24%

Qunc 10 '43) 42 40 18

12. (US May 30 '42) How much longer do you think the war
with Germany will last? (aipo)

Less than one year 12%

One year 18

Between 1 and 2 years 10

Two years 17

Over 2 years to 3 years 10

Over 3 years to 5 years 7

Over 5 years . . 1

No opinion 25

Median = 1.20 years

(US Jan 13 '43) (aipo)

Within a year 64%

1-2 years 24

2-5 years or more 8

No opinion 4

Median = 1 year

(US Feb 26 '43) (aipo)

Within a year 66%

1-2 years 23

2-5 years or more 6

No opinion 5

Median = 1 year

(US June 25 '43) (aipo)

Within a year 68%c>

1-2 years 26

2-5 years or more 6

Median = 1 year

(US Oct 6 '43) (aipo)

Will be over:

this year 8%

in first half of 1944 31

in last half of 1944 34

in first half of 1945 6

in last half of 1945 12

sometime during 1946 3

later than 1946 2

No opinion 4

Median = 1 year

rUS Jan 22 "44) (aipo)

First half of 1944 12%

Last half of 1944 46

In 1945 31

In 1946 5

In 1947 or later 1

Undecided 5

(US Mar 31 '44) (aipo)

First half of 1944 2%

Last half of 1944 31

First half of 1945 39

Last half of 1945 7

Sometime in 1946 12

1947 or later 2

No opinion 7

Median = 1 year

(US July 7 '44) (aipo)

In 1944 59%

First half of 1945 28

Last half of 1945 3

In 1946 or later 6

Unwilling to guess ^ 4

Median = 6 months

(US Aug 29 '44) (aipo)

1 month 24%

2 months 25

3 months 17

4 months 11

5 months 2

6 months 8

7 months 1

8 months 1

9 months through 11 months 1

1 year 4

Over 1 year 2

Undecided 4

(US Sept 6 '44) (aipo)

Under 1 month 5%

1 month 18

2 months 25

3 months 19

4 months 9

5 months 2

6 months 9

More than 6 months 7

No opinion 6

(US Sept 12 '44) (aipo)

1 month 19%

2 months .23

3 months 19

4 months 9

5 months 2

6 months 13

7 months through 11 months 3

1 year 5

Over one year 2

Undecided 5

(US Oct 6 '44) (aipo)

Under 1 month *%

1 month 4

2 months 11

3 months 18

4 months 7

5 months 4

[ 1091 ]

6 months 27%

7 months 2

8 months 4

9 months through 11 months 4

1 year 13

Over 1 year 6

* Less than 0.5%.

(US Nov 24 '44) (aipo)

Less than 1 month 1%

1 month ■. 3

2 months 9

3 months 15

4-5 months 9

6 months 26

More than 6 months 28

No opinion 9

(US Jan 19 '45) (aipo)

3 months or less 4%

4-5 months 4

6 months 19

More than 6 months 64

No opinion 9

(US Feb 20 '45) (aipo)

1 month 6%

2 months 12

3 months 17

4 months 9

5 months 5

6 months 24

7 through 10 months, by end of 1945 8

11 or 12 months, one year 11

Over 1 year 5

Don't know 3

Median = 5 months

(Canada Jan 2 '43) How much longer do you think the war
with Germany will last? (cipo)

3 months or less 1%

3-6 months 4

6 months to 1 year 34

2 years 40

3 years or more 15

No opinion 6

(Canada June 26 '43) (cipo)

This year 9%

First half of 1944 38

Last half of 1944 11

1945 or later 34

No opinion 8

Median =19 months

(Canada Dec 1 '43) (cipo)

This year 1%

First half of 1944. 26

Last half of 1944 44

1945 or later 26

No opinion 3

(Canada Apr 15 '44) (cipo)

First half of 1944 2%

Last half of 1944 23

First half of 1945 36

Last half of 1945 9

In 1946 21

In 1947 or later 5

Couldn't guess 4

[ 1092 ]

(Canada Sept 23 '44) (cipo)

End of September 19%

End of October 22

End of November 19

End of December 11

By end of June 1945 20

Longer 7

No opinion 2

(Canada Jan 31 '45) (cipo)

3 months or less 6%

3-6 months 26

7-9 months 11

10-12 months 37

Over 12 months 17

No guess 3

13. (Sweden Oct '42) Do you think that the European war
will end next year or last longer? (sgi)

End in Last No

194} longer opinion

National total .

Men

Women

. . 27%

BY SEX

44%

46%
41

29%

25%
34

14. (US Jan '43) About how much longer do you think the
war with Germany will last from now? Just your own best
guess, (norc)

Up to 6 months 12.4%

Up to 1 year 47.6

Up to 2 years 24.7

Up to 3 years 4.0

Up to 4 years 0.8

Up to 5 years 0.9

Over 5 years 0.4

Don't know 92

(Apr '43)

Up to 6 months 7%

Up to 1 year 33

Up to 2 years 36

Up to 3 years 8

Up to 4 years 3

Up to 5 years 2

Over 5 years 1

Don't know 10

Qune '43)

Up to 6 months 16%

Up to 1 year 43

Up to 2 years 25

Up to 3 years 4

Up to 4 years 2

Up to 5 years 1

Over 5 years 1

Don't know 8

(Sept '43)

Up to 6 months 28%

Up to 1 year 44

Up to 2 years 15

Up to 3 years

Up to 4 years I

Up to 5 years j

Over 5 years

Don't know 9

(Nov '43)

Up to 3 months 8%

3-4 months 26

7-12 months 38

2 years 13

3 years and over 4

Don't know 11

15. (US Jan '43) About how much longer do you think the
war with Italy will last from now? Just your own best guess.
(norc)

Up to 6 months.". 42.1%

Up to 1 year 32.1

Up to 2 years 10.2

Up to 3 years 1.5

Up to 4 years 0.3

Up to 5 years 0.3

Over 5 years 0.2

Don't know 13-3

(Apr '43)

Up to 6 months 33%

Up to 1 year 30

Up to 2 years 15

Up to 3 years 4

Up to 4 years 1

Up to 5 years 1

Over 5 years *

Don't know 16

* Less than 0.5%.

Qune '43)

Up to 6 months 69%

Up to 1 year 16

Up to 2 years 4

Up to 3 years 1

Up to 4 years *

Up to 5 years *

Over 5 years *

Don't know 10

* Less than 0.5%.

16. (Canada Jan 2 '43) How much longer do you think the
war with Italy will last? (cipo)

3 months or less 17%

3-6 months 26

6 months to 1 year 39

2 years 10

3 years or.more 1

No opinion 7

17. (US June '43) Regardless of what you hope, about how
long from now do you think the war in Europe will last? (for)

Less than 6 months 1-5%

6 months to 1 year 15-2

1-2 years 33.1

2-3 years 26.7

3 years or more 12.4

Don't know 11.1

Qan '45)

Till the end of 1944 5.0%

Into 1945, but not past next fall 57.5

About 1 year 19-5

Over 1 year 10.1

Don't know 7.9

18. (US .\ug 27 '43) About how much longer do you think
the war with Germany will last? Just your best guess, (norc^

Under 6 months 18%

6 months to 1 year 49

13 months to 2 years 20

25 months to 3 years 4

37 months to 4 years 1

49 months to 5 years 1

Over 5 years *

Don't know 7

* Less than 0.5%.

(Oct 2 '43)

Under 6 months 24%

6 months to 1 year 46

13 months to 2 years 17

25 months to 3 years 2

37 months to 4 years *

49 months to 5 years *

O.ver 5 years 1

Don't know 10

* Less than 0.5%.

(Nov 15 '43)

Under 6 months 21%

6 months to 1 year 46

13 months to 2 years 16

25 months to 3 years 2

37 months to 4 years 1

49 months to 5 years 1

Over 5 years *

Don't know 13

* Less than 0.5%.

Qan 21 '44)

Under 3 months 1%

3-6 months 25

7-9 months 10

10 months to 1 year 35

13-18 months 4

19 months to 2 years 8

25 months to 3 years 1

37 months to 4 years 1

49 months to 5 years 1

Over 5 years —

Don't know 14

(Feb '44)

Up to 3 months 2%

4-6 months 16

7-12 months 53

1-2 years 20

2-3 years 2

3-4 years 1

4-5 years —

Over 5 years 1

Don't know 5

(Apr 8 '44)

Under 3 months 1%

3-6 months 21

7-9 months 13

10 months to 1 year . 34

13-18 months 7

19 months to 2 years 12

Over 2 years to 3 years 3

Over 3 years to 4 years 1

Over 4 years to 5 years *

Over 5 years *

Don't know 8

* Less than 0.5%.

[ 1093 ]

Qune 23 '44)

Under 3 months 4%

3 months to 6 months 52

7-9 months 7

10 months to 1 year 20

13-18 months 3

19 months to 2 years 5

Over 2 years to 3 years 1

Over 3 years to 4 years *

Over 4 years to 5 years *

Over 5 years *

Don't know 8

* Less than 0.5%.

(Sept '44)

1 month 12%

2 months 24

3 months 23

4 months 9

5 months 2

6-11 months 18

1 year to 23 months 7

2 years to 35 months 1

3 years to 47 months *

4 years to 59 months *

5 years and over *

Don't know, refuse to guess, can't say, give

up, depends on election 4

19. (Great Britain Sept '43) How long do you think that the
war in Europe is likely to continue from now? (bipo)

6 months 18%

1 year 43

18 months 18

2 years 16

3 years 3

Longer 2

20. (Great Britain Dec '43) How long do you think the war
with Germany will last from now? (bipo)

3 months 7%

6 months 29

9 months 24

1 year 32

2 years 7

3 years 1

21. (Sweden Dec '43) 'When do you think the war in Europe
will be over? (soi)

i ^ s s

■^ a ^ ^ I

ft R 5; ;» -ft;

2; ^ <; ".5: til -^^

*2. '^ .*^ .*-' e^ '^

cq cq S S k3 Q

National total 19%, 35% 15%, 3%, 1%) 27%,

BY SEX

Men 20% 43% 16% 3% 1% 17%

Women 18 28 13 3 2 36

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Stockholm 24% 35% 11% 5% 1% 24%

North Sweden 20 29 8 2 1 40

Dalarna 11 52 10 2 1 24

Malar district 21 34 17 3 2 23

West Gotland 22 36 16 4 2 20

East Gotland 11 32 17 3 1 36

Skane 22 38 18 3 1 18

[ 1094 ]

22. (Great Britain Mar "44) Do you think the war against
Germany will end this year? (bipo)

Yes 38% No 45% Don't know 17%

23. (Great Britain Apr '44) When do you think the war
against Germany will end? (bipo)

3 months 5%

6 months 19

9 months 20

1 year 36

2 years 13

3 years or more 2

Don't know 5

24. (Great Britain June '44) When do you think the war with
Germany will end? (bipo)

3 months 8%

6 months 30

9 months 21

1 year 29

2 years 8

3 years or more 2

Don't know 2

25. (Canada June 8 '44) Once the invasion of Europe starts,
how long do you think it will take the Allies to defeat Ger-
many? (cipo)

By end of Aug '44 12%

By end of Dec '44 23

By end of June '45 27

By end of Dec '45 7

Longer 15

, Couldn't guess 16

26. (Great Britain Aug '44) How long do you think the war
against Germany will last? (bipo)

3 months 37%

6 months 31

9 months 12

1 year 13

2 years 2

3 years or more 1

Don't know 4

27. (France Oct 1 '44) When do you think the European war
will end? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians) (fipo)

End of Sept at latest .
End of Oct at latest. .
End of Nov at latest.
End of Dec at latest .

In 1945 or later

Don't know

Aug 28 '44 Sept 11 '44

7% 4%

24 20

26 32

23 27

17 15

3 2

(Nov 16 '44)

Before the end of the winter 30%

Spring of 1945 at latest 37

Summer of 1945 at latest 14

Fall of 1945 at latest 4

End of 1945 6

Later 2

No opinion 7

(Mar 1 '45) Asked of a national cross-section.

Mar "45 at the latest 4%

June '45 at the latest 18

Sept '45 at the latest 33

Dec '45 at the latest 27

In 1946 at the latest 10

No answer 8

28. (Great Britain Nov '44) How long do you think the war
IS likely to last? (bipo)

3 months 17%

6 months 39

9 months 25

1 year 14

2 years 2

3 years or more —

Don't know 3

29. (France Jan 16 '45) When do you think the war in Europe
will be over? (fipo)

Dec '44 at the latest 2%

Mar '45 at the latest 10

June '45 at the latest 37

Sept '45 at the latest 31

Dec '45 at the latest 14

In 1946 or later 3 •

No opinion 3

30. (France May 16 '45) When will the war be over in Europe?
(fipo)

Apr '45 at the latest 22%

May '45 at the latest 27

Aug '45 at the latest 39

In the fall of 1945 at the latest 6

Later than the fall of 1945 3

No answer 3

Duration (Europe and Japan)

1. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) How long do you think the war
will last from now? (bipo)

6-12 months 15

12-18 months 13

18 months to 2 years 29

2-3 years 18

3 years 16

Don't know .^ 4

(Sept 20 '42)

Up to 6 months 8%

1 year 25

18 months 15

2 years 24

3 years 10

Longer 9

Don't know 9

(Dec 27 '42)

6 months 14%

1 year 35

IB months 21

2 years 19

3 years 5

Longer 3

Don't know 3

Have your views changed on this recently?
Yes 44% No 56%

(Apr '43) How long do you think the war will last from
now?

6 months 7%

1 year 27

18 months 22

2 years 26

3 years 9

Longer 6

Don't know 3

[ 1095 ]

2. (US Dec 24 '41) Regardless of what you hope, do you think
the war will be a long or a short war? (norc)

Long 65% Short 24% Depends 2% Don't know 9%

About how short? About how long? Asked of 89% of the
sample who thought that the war would be long or short.

Under 6 months 1%

6 months to 1 year 13

13 months to 2 years 27

25 months to 3 years 26

4 years 13

5 years 9

Over 5 years 6

Don't know 5

3. (US Jan 5 '42) Regardless of what you hope, about how
long do you think the war will last? (norc)

Under 6 months 3%

6 months to 1 year 9

13 months to 2 years 33

25 months to 3 years 22

4 years 13

5 years 10

Over 5 years 5

Don't know 5

4. (US Jan 6 '42) About how much longer do you think the
war will last? (aipo)

Less than 2 years 21%

2 years 29

3 years 16

3 years and more 22

No opinion 12

Median = 2.16 years

(Jan 28 '42) (norc)

Under 6 months 1%

6 months to 1 year 12

13 months to 2 years 26

25 months to 3 years 16

3-4 years 9

4-5 years 10

Over 5 years 6

Don't know 20

(Feb 14 '42) (norc)

Under 6 months 1%

6 months to 1 year 7

13 months to 2 years 20

25 months to 3 years 21

37 months to 4 years 10

49 months to 5 years 12

Over 5 years 13

Don't know 16

(Mar 2 '42) (norc)

6 months to 1 year 8%

13 months to 2 years 22

25 months to 3 years 20

37 months to 4 years 10

49 months to 5 years 11

Over 5 years 8

Don't know 21

(Mar 10 '42) (aipo)

Less than 2 years 15%

2 years 22

3 years 16

3 years and over 28%

No answer 19

Median = 2.82 years
(Mar 26 '42) (opor)

6 months or less 1%

7 months to 1 year 12

1-2 years 24

2-3 years 18

3-4 years 7

4-5 years 10

More than 5 years, less than 10 4

10 years plus 2

Indefinitely *

No opinion 22

* Less than 0.5%.

(Mar 28 '42) (norc)

Under 6 months 1%

6 months to 1 year 12

13 months to 2 years 24

25 months to 3 years 18

37 months to 4 years 8

49 months to 5 years 8

Over 5 years 7

Don't know 22

(Apr 28 '42) (norc)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 20

13 months to 2 years 28

25 months to 3 years 16

37 months to 4 years 5

49 months to 5 years 6

Over 5 years 5

Don't know 18

(May 6 '42) (norc)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 22

13 months to 2 years 29

25 months to 3 years 15

37 months to 4 years 6

49 months to 5 years 6

Over 5 years 3

Don't know and no answer 17

(May 21 '42) (aipo)

Less than 2 years 35%

2 years 26

3 years 14

More than 3 years 15

Others and no answer 10

Median = 2.0 years

(May 30 '42) (norc)

Under 6 months 3%

6 months to 1 year 23

13 months to 2 years 33

25 months to 3 years 14

37 months to 4 years 5

49 months to 5 y ars 4

Over 5 years 2

Don't know 16

Quly 29 '42) (aipo)

Less than 1 year 5%

1 year 15

Between 1 and 2 years 7

2 years 25

[ 1096 ]

Between 2 and 3 years 5%

3 years 16

Between 3 and 5 years 10

5 years or more 17

Median = 2.20 years

5. (US Feb '42) How much longer do you think the war will
last from now? (norc)

Less than 1 year 8%

1-2 years 24

2-3 years 16

More than 3 years 34

Declined to guess 18

6. (US May '42) It took us a year and a half after our entry
into the last war to win it. Do you feel it will take more time,
less time, or about the same time to win this war? Those re-
spondents who thought it would take more time were asked:
About how long do you feel it will take? (for)

Less (than a year and a half) 9.9%

About the same length of time 11.1

More time 67.8

IH to 2 years 6.5%'

2-3 years 23.4

3-4 years 17 .0

4-5 years 11 .0

5-7 years 3.9

7-10 years 1.4

10 years and over 4

Don't know how much longer. . . . 4.2
Don't know about length of war, . , . 11.2

7. (US May '42) How much longer do you think the war will
last from now? (norc)

Up to 1 year 26%

Up to 2 years 29

Up to 3 years 11

Up to 5 years 10

Don't know 24

Median = 1.5 years
(Great Britain June '42) (bipo)

6 months 11%

1 year 28

18 months 22

2 years 21

3 years 7

Longer 5

Don't know 6

8. (US June 20 '42) About how much longer do you think the
war will last? Just your best guess, (norc)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 17

13 months to 2 years 29

25 months to 3 years 16

37 months to 4 years 7

49 months to 5 years 7

Over 5 years 5

Don't know 17

(June 26 '42)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 16

13 months to 2 years 25

25 months to 3 years 17

37 months to 4 years 7

49 months to 5 years 10

Over 5 years 4

Don't know 19

Quly 1 '42)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 14

13 months to 2 years 27

25 months to 3 years 20

37 months to 4 years 9

49 months to 5 years 10

Over 5 years 5

Don't know 13

Quly 11 '42)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 16

13 months to 2 years 28

25 months to 3 years 18

37 months to 4 years 8

49 months to 5 years 7

Over 5 years 5

Don't know 16

(July 18 '42)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 15

13 months to 2 years 30

25 months to 3 years 19

37 months to 4 years 6

49 months to 5 years 8

Over 5 years 5

Don't know 15

(July 31 '42)

Under 3 years 62%

37 months to 4 years 8

49 months to 5 years 9

Over 5 years 9

Don't know 12

(Aug 21 -42)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 15

13 months to 2 years 27

25 months to 3 years 17

37 months to 4 years 8

49 months to 5 years 9

Over 5 years 6

Don't know 16

(Aug 29 '42)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 17

13 months to 2 years 30

25 months to 3 years 19

37 months to 4 years 9

49 months to 5 years 8

Over 5 years 4

Don't know 11

(Sept 24 '42)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 15

13 months to 2 years 28

25 months to 3 years 18

37 months to 4 years 7

49 months to 5 years 8

Over 5 years 4

Don't know 18

(Oct 21 '42)

Under 6 months 1%

6 months to 1 year 15

13 months to 2 years 32

[ 1097 ]

25 months to 3 years 19%

37 months to 4 years 7

49 months to 5 years 7

Over 5 years 5

Don't know 14

(Nov 3 '41)

Under 6 months 4%

6 months to 1 year 29

13 months to 2 years 30

25 months to 3 years 15

37 months to 4 years 4

49 months to 5 years 4

Over 5 years 2

Not ascertainable 12

(Nov 19 '42)

Under 6 months 5%

6 months to 1 year 32

13 months to 2 years 35

25 months to 3 years 13

37 months to 4 years 4

49 months to 5 years 2

Over 5 years 2

Don't know 7

(Nov 27 '42)

Under 6 months 4%

6 months to 1 year 28

13 months to 2 years 33

25 months to 3 years 14

37 months to 4 years 4

49 months to 5 years 3

Over 5 years 2

Don't know 12

(Jan 11 '43)

Under 6 months 3%

6 months to 1 year 34

13 months to 2 years 34

25 months to 3 years 11

37 months to 4 years 3

49 months to 5 years 2

Over 5 years 1

Don't know 12

Qunc 18 '43)

Under 6 months 4%

6 months to 1 year 24

13 months to 2 years 35

25 months to 3 years 15

37 months to 4 years 5

49 months to 5 years 4

Over 5 years 2

Don't know 11

Quly 23 '43)

Under 6 months 4%

6 months to 1 year 24

13 months to 2 years 31

25 months to 3 years 16

37 months to 4 years 6

49 months to 5 years 4

Over 5 years 3

Don't know 12

9. (US July 18 '42) You said you thought the war would last

. Suppose Germany defeats Russia this summer, how

long do you think the war will last? (norc)

Shorter 6% Same length 16% Longer 50%

Don't know 28%

10. (Great Britain June 10 '43) Do you think that the war
will actually end this year? (bipo)

Yes 14% No 69% Don't know 17%

11. (Denmark Apr '44) When do you think the war will end?
(dgi)

1944 ■ 31.0%

1945 11-6

1946 3.2

1947-1950 0.8

Don't know 53.4

12. (Sweden June '44) When do you think the war will be
over? (sGi)

Nat. Farm-
total Men Women ers Others

In 1944 20%, 21% 20% 12% 24%

Before midsummer 1945 16 20 12 14 17

Second part of 1945 14 18 11 16 13

In 1946 7 8 6 8 7

Within 5 years 6 7 4 7 5

Over 5 years 3 3 3 4 3

Don't know 34 23 44 39 31

Duration (Japan)

1. (US Dec 10 '41) If the United States goes to war against
Japan, do you think it will be a long war, or a short one? (aipo)
Long 21% Short- 59% Don't know 20%

2. (US Dec 10 '41) Do you think the war against Japan will
be a long war, or a short one? (aipo)

Long 50% Short 35% Don't know 15%

3. (US Feb '42) Do you think the war with Japan will be a
long one or a short one? (for)

Long Short Don't know

National total 52.5% 32.5% 15.0%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

Pacific coast 55.4% 33.2% 11.4%

4. (Canada Feb 4 '42) How long do you think it will take for
the Allies to defeat the Japanese? (cipo)

2 years or more 45%

1-2 years 30

Less than 1 year 11

Undecided or unwilling to guess .... 14

6. (US May 30 '42) How much longer do you think the war
with Japan will last? (aipo)

Less than 1 year 20%

1 year 22

Between 1 and 2 years 7

2 years 17

Over 2 to 3 years 7

Over 3 to 5 years 5

Over 5 years 1

No opinion 21

Median = 1 year and 11 months

(US Jan 13 '43) (aipo)

Within a year 40%

1-2 years 33

2-5 years or more 20

No opinion 7

Median = 1-2 years

(US Feb 26 '43) (aipo)

Within a year 24%

1-2 years 42

2-5 years 25

No opinion 9

Median = 2 years

(US June 25 '43) (aipo)

Within a year 27%

1-2 years 41

2-5 years or more 32

Median = 2 years

(US Aug 13 '43) (aipo)

Will be over this year 1%

In first half of 1944 6

In last half of 1944 17

First half of 1945 9

Last half of 1945 27

Sometime during 1946 19

Later than 1946 16

No opinion 5

Median = 2 years

(US Oct 6 '43) (aipo)

In 1943 1%

First half of 1944 7

Last half of 1944 20

In 1945 40

Later than 1945 • 25

Unwilling to guess 7

(US Jan 22 '44) (aipo)

First half of 1944 1%

Last half of 1944 5

In 1945 33

In 1946 33

In 1947 or later 20

Undecided 8

(US Mar 1 '44) (aipo)

In 1944 6%

In 1945 33

In 1946 32

1947 or later 21

No opinion 8

Median = 2 years

(US July 7 '44) (aipo)

In 1944 14%

In 1945 49

In 1946 21

In 1947 or later 11

Unwilling to guess 5

Median =13-2 years

(US Sept 30 '44) (aipo)

In 1944 4%

In 1945 60

In 1946 28

In 1947 or later 8

(US Feb 20 '45) (aipo)

3 months and under 2%

4-5 months 2

6 months 5

7-10 months 7

12 months or 1 year 30

1^2 years 16

2 years 24

[ 1098 ]

2H years 2%

3 years 5

Over 3 years 3

Don't know 4

Median = \]/2 years
(US July 20 '45) (aipo)

Until end of 1945 20%

First half of 1946 42

Last half of 1946 '....;. 12

1947 or later '. 20

Unwilling to guess 6

Median = 1 year

(Canada Jan 2 '43) (cipo)

3 months or less 1%

3-6 months 3

6 months to 1 year 21

2 years 40

3 years or more 26

No opinion 9

Median = 2.1 years
(Canada June 26 '43) (cipo)

This year 3%

First half of 1944 17

Last half of 1944 9

1945 or later 61

No opinion 10

(Canada Dec 1 '43) (cipo)

First half of 1944 3%

Last half of 1944 19

1945 or later 72

No opinion . 6

(Canada Apr 15 '44) (cipo)

Will end in 1944 3%

In 1945 26

In 1946 33

In 1947 or later 31

Couldn ■ t guess 7

(Canada Sept 23 '44) (cipo)

End of year 6%

End of June 1945 23

End of 1945 34

Longer 34

No opinion 3

(Canada Jan 31 '45) (cipo)

6 months 2%

9 months 1

12 months 16

18 months 12

24 months 35

Over 2 years 30

No guess 4

6. (US Jan '43) About how much longer do you think the war
with Japan will last from now? Just your own best guess.
(norc)

Up to 6 months 4.0%

Up to 1 year 21.7

Up to 2 years 35 0

Up to 3 years 156

Up to 4 years 5-1

Up to 5 years 3.7

Over 5 years 2.1

Don't know 12.8

[ 1099

(Apr '43)

Up to 6 months 2%

Up to 1 year 13

Up to 2 years 32

Up to 3 years 21

Up to 4 years . .' 8

Up to 5 years 6

Over 5 years 4

Don't know 14

(June '43)

Up to 6 months 4%

Up to 1 year 15

Up to 2 years 35

Up to 3 years 19

Up to 4 years 6

Up to 5 years 5

Over 5 years 4

Don't know 12

(Aug 27 '43)

Under 6 months 3%

6 months to 1 year 18

13 months to 2 years 38

25 months to 3 years 17

37 months to 4 years 5

49 months to 5 years 5

Over 5 years 3

Don't know 11

(Sept '43)

Up to 6 months 3%

Up to 1 year 23

Up to 2 years 37

Up to 3 years 13

Up to 4 years]

Up to 5 years \ 10

Over 5 years J

Don't know 14

(Oct 2 '43)

Under 6 months 2%

6 months to 1 year 17

13 months to 2 years 40

25 months to 3 years 18

37 months to 4 years 5

49 months to 5 years 3

Over 5 years 2

Don't know 13

(Nov '43)

Up to 3 months 1%

4-6 months 3

7-12 months 22

2 years 35

3 years 12

4 years 5

5 years and over 6

Don't know 16

(Jan 21 '44)

Under 3 months —

3-6 months 2%

7-9 months 2

10 months to 1 year 16

13-18 months 10

19 months to 2 years 26

25 months to 3 years 15 •

37 months to 4 years 4

49 months to 5 years 4%

Over 5 years 2

Don't know .* 19

(Feb '44)

Up to 3 months 1%

4-6 months 4

7-12 months 22

1-2 years 42

2-3 years 15

3-4 years 4

4-5 years 3

Over 5 years 2

Don't know 7

(Apr 8 '44)

Under 3 months *

3-6 months 4%

7-9 months 3

10 months to 1 year 17

13-18 months 12

19 months to 2 years 28

Over 2 years to 3 years 15

Over 3 years to 4 years 4

Over 4 years to 5 years 4

Over 5 years 2

Don't know 11

Qune 23 '44)

Under 3 months 1%

3-6 months 11

7-9 months 6

10 months to 1 year 27

13-18 months 14

19 months to 2 years 18

Over 2 years to 3 years 8

Over 3 years to 4 years 2

Over 4 years to 5 years 1

Over 5 years 1

Don't know 11

(Sept '44)

1 month *

2 months 1%

3 months 2

4 months 1

5 months 1

6-11 months 19

1 year to 23 months 48

2 years to 35 months 16

3 years to 47 months 3

4 years to 59 months 1

5 years and over 2

Don't know, refuse to guess, can't

say, give up, depends on election . . 6
* Less than 0.5%.

7. (US June '43) Regardless of what you hope, about how
long from now do you think the war in Asia will last? (for)

Less than 6 months 7%

6 months to 1 year 6.5

1-2 years 19.2

2-3 years 24.7

3 years or more 27.2

Don't know 21.7

8. (Great Britain July 12 '43) How long do you think it will
take to beat Japan after Germany has been defeated? (bipo)

[ 1100]

up to 6 months 17%

1 year 27

18 months .* 13

2 years 19

3 years 6

Longer 6

Don't know 12

9. (Great Britain Sept '43) How long do you think that the
war in the Far East is likely to continue from now? (bipo)

6 months 4%

1 year 15

18 months 20

2 years 30

3 years 19

Longer 12

10. (Great Britain Dec '43) How long do you think the war
with Japan will last from now? (bipo)

3 months —

6 months 4%

1 year 18

18 months 25

2 years 32

3 years 13

Longer 8

11. (France Oct 16 '44) When do you think the Far Eastern
war will end? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

During 1945 at the latest 61%

In 3 years at the latest 16

In more than 3 years 3

Don't know 20

12. (Great Britain Nov '44) How long do you think the war
is likely to last? (bipo)

3 months 3%

6 months —

9 months —

1 year 40

2 years 40

3 years or more 12

Don't know 5

13. (US Jan '45) About how long from now do you think the
war in the Pacific will last? (for)

Till the end of 1944 2%

Into 1945, but not past next fall. ... 11.9

About a year 18.8

Over a year 56.6

Don't know 12.5

14. (France Mar 1 '45) When do you think the Far Eastern
war will be over? (fipo)

June 1945 at the latest 2%

December 1945 at the latest 9

December 1946 at the latest 35

December 1947 at the latest 16

December 1948 at the latest 6

Later than 1948 4

No answer 28

16. (France May 16 '45) When will the war be over in Asia?

(fipo)

Fall of 1945 at the latest 32%

In 1946 at the latest 47

In 1947 at the latest 6

Later than 1947 3

No answer 12

16. (US May 17 '45) After the end of the German war how
much longer do you think it will probably be before Japan sur-
renders or is occupied? (nyht)

Less than 1 year 24.6%

About 1 year 24.5

Between 13^ and 2 years 25.3

Between lYi and 3 years 5.8

Over 3 years 3.7

Don't know 16.1

17. (US July '45) Opinions of American public on how long
the Pacific war will last; (for)

Japan will give up before she is beaten

as Germany was 26.9%

Japan will fight on 62.2

Don't know 10.9

Evacuation of Civilians

1. (Great Britain Oct '39) Should the evacuation of children
be made compulsory? (bipo)

Yes N Don' t know

National total 43% 46% 11%

Parents of children who are

or could be evacuated 42 50 8

All others 47 40 13

2. (Great Britain Oct '39) Do you think the government's
decision to compel parents to pay something for the upkeep
of evacuated children is fair or unfair? (bipo)

Fair Unfair Don't know

National total 76% 18% 6%

Parents of children who are

or could be evacuated 70 25 5

All others 76 17 7

Do you think parents will pay or will bring their children
home?

Pay Home Don't know

National total 32% 38% 30%

Patents of children who are

or could be evacuated 37 42 21

All others 30 37 33

3. (Great Britain Feb '40) The government's new evacuation
scheme is to send children into the country as soon as bombing
of the civilian population starts. Parents must promise to
leave their children in the country until the government says
that it is safe to bring them back. Arc you willing to let your
children go away under this scheme? Asked of a national cross-
section of parents of children who are or could be evacuated.
(bipo)

Yes 30% No 34% Away already 25% Don't know 11%

4. (Gteat Britain Feb '40) Are you in favor of billeting evacu-
ated school children in private houses or should the govern-
ment house them together in such places as permanent school
camps, which could be used all the year round? (bipo)
Billeting 25% Camps and other suitable buildings 72%

Don't know 3%

5. (Great Britain July '40) Do you approve or disapprove of
the proposal to evacuate children (British) to the Dominions
and the United States? (bipo)

Yes 56% No 30% Don't know 14%

6. (Great Britain Nov '40) Are you in favor of compulsory
evacuation from dangerous areas of: aged and infirm, children
and nursing mothers, housewives? (bipo)

[1101]

Yes

Quuli-

Don't

fitd

know

21%

14%

Yes

Aged and infirm 59%

Children and nursing moth-
ers 65

Housewives 15

Finance

1. (us Sept 19 '37) Should American banks lend money to
Japan and China during the present war? (aipo)

Yes 5% No 95%

2. (US Apr 19 '39) We are prevented by law from lending
money to foreign countries whose war debts are not paid up
to date. Do you think we should change this law so that we
might lend money to England and France, if there is another
war in Europe? (aipo)

Yes 21% No 79%

3. (US May 14 "39) In case Germany and Italy go to war
against England and France, should we lend money to England
and France to buy airplanes and other war materials in this
country? (aipo)

Yes No

National total 31% 69%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 18%, 82%

Middle Atlantic 34 66

East central 30 70

West central 21 79

South 45 55

West 33 67

4. (US June 4 '39) If England and France pay something on
the war debts they now owe us, should the United States lend
them more money? A comparable cross-section was asked: If
England and France get into a European war, and at that time
start paying something on the war debts they now owe us,
should the United States lend them more money? Results were
combined, (aipo)

Yes 21% No 79%

5. (US Sept 24 '39) If the Neutrality Law is changed should
England and France be required to pay cash for goods or should
we give them credit if they cannot pay cash? (aipo)

Pay cash 90% Receive credit from US 10%

No opinion (3%)

6. (US Dec '39) Under the Johnson Act now in force, this
country is forbidden to lend money to any of the countries
whose debts to us have not been paid. England and France are
among those countries. Do you think the Johnson Act should
be repealed, so that we might lend money to England and
France to buy supplies here? (for)

Yes 11.5%o

Only if it looks as if Allies were losing. . . . 12.3

No 68.1

Don't know 8.1

7. (US Dec 22 '39) Should the United States government lend
Finland $60,000,000 to buy war supplies in this country? (aipo)
Yes 61% No 39%, = 100% No opinion 12%

8. (US Dec 22 '39) Should the United States government lend
Finland money to buy war supplies in this country? (aipo)
Yes 65%, No 35%o = 100%, No opinion 9%,

9. (US Dec 22 '39) Should the United States government lend
money to England and France to buy war supplies in this
country? (aipo)

Yes 18% No 82%, = 100% No opinion 9%

10. (US Dec 22 '39) If England and France pay something on
the war debts they now owe us, should the United States gov-
ernment lend them money to buy war supplies in this country?
(aipo)

Yes 25%, No 75% = 100%, No opinion 8%

11. (US Jan 10 '40) Congress will soon vote on whether or not
the United States government should lend Finland $60,000,000
to help her in her war against Russia. Do you approve or dis-
approve of lending Finland this money? (aipo)

Approve 55% Disapprove 39% No opinion 6%

Would you approve lending a smaller sum [to Finland]?
Asked of 45% of the sample who either disapproved or had no
opinion on the subject of the United States government lend-
ing Finland $60,000,000 to help her in her war against Russia.
Yes:

No amount named 2%

1-5 million 1

6-10 million 1

10 million 1

11-15 million 1

16-20 million 1

25 million 1

30 million and over 2

No 28

No answer 7

12. (US Feb 7 '40) Some members of Congress favor our gov-
ernment lending Finland money to buy farm products and
other non-military supplies in this country. Others say this
might get us into war. Do you think the government should
lend money to Finland or should not lend money to Finland?
(aipo)

Should lend 58% Should not lend 42%

Do you think the United States government should lend
money to Finland for airplanes, arms, and other war materials?
Asked of 58% of the sample who thought our government
should lend money to Finland. A comparable cross-section
was asked: Would you favor the United States government
lending money to Finland for airplanes, arms, and other war
materials? Results were combined.
Yes 39%, No 61% = 100%o Don't know 12%

13. (US Mar 4 '40) If it looked as though England and France
would lose the war unless we loaned them money to buy war
supplies here, would you be in favor of our government lend-
ing them money? (ai'o)

Yes 55%, No 45%

14. (US Mar 4 '40) Would you approve or disapprove of letting
Finland raise money for her war against Russia by selling
bonds to America? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove
National total 73% 27%

BY politics

Democrats 72% 28%

Republicans 75 25

BY geographical SECTION

New England and Mid- Atlantic 73% 27%

East central 74 26

West central 70 30

South 80 20

West 69 31

[1102]

15. (US Feb 20 '40) Some members of Congress favor our gov-
ernment lending China money to buy farm products and other
non-military supplies in this country. Others say this might
get us into war. Do you thinic the government should lend
money to China, or should not lend money to China? (aipo)
Should lend 34% Should not lend 52% Don't know 14%

16. (US Mar 26 '40) If it appears that Germany is defeating
England and France, how far do you think the United States
should go in helping England and France? Should we let them
buy goods here on credit supplied by our government? (aipo)
Yes 34% No 66% = 100% No opinion 8%

17. (US Apr 28 '40) Should the United States lend money to
Norway (and Sweden) to buy war supplies in this country?
(aipo)

Yes 43% No 57%

18. (US May 24 '40) If during the next year England and
France are unable to pay cash for materials bought in this
country, should we sell them goods on credit? A comparable
cross-section was asked: If during the next year England and
France are unable to pay cash for materials bought in this
country, should we let them buy goods here on credit supplied
by our government? The results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 34% No 66%

19. (Great Britain May '40) Do you think our present war
expenditure is sufficient, too small, or too great? (bipo)
Sufficient 32% Too small 20% Too great 15%

Don't know 33%

20. (US May 24 '40) If England and France are unable to pay
cash for airplanes they buy in this country, do you think we
should sell them planes on credit supplied by our government?
(aipo)

Yes 51% No 49% = 100% No opinion 6%

21. (US Nov 20 '40) The Johnson Act prevents any country
which has stopped paying interest on its debt of the last World
War from borrowing money in the United States. Would you
approve of changing this law so that England and France
could borrow money from our government? (aipo)

Yes 35% No 65%

22. (US July 20 '40) In order to help England, should the law
be changed so that England could borrow money from our
government to buy more food and war materials in this coun-
try? (opor)

Don't No

Yes No know answer

42% 47% 10% 1%

(Oct 9 '40) (aipo) 49 51 = 100% 14 —

23. (US Aug 22 "40) In order to help England should the law
[Neutrality Law] be changed so that England could borrow
money from our government to buy more food and war mate-
rials in this country? (aipo)

Yes 44% No 43% Don't know 13%

24. (US Nov 20 '40) The Johnson Act prevents any country
which has stopped paying interest on its debt of the last World
War from borrowing money in the United States. Would you
approve of changing this law so that England could borrow
money from our government? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 54% 46%

BY politics

Democrats 60% 40%

Republicans 47 53

(Dec 20 '40)

National total 55% 45% = 100% 9%

ay geographical section

New England and Mid-
Atlantic 57% 43%

East central 49 51

West central 49 51

South 69 31

Far West 57 43

Qan 9 '41)

National total 43% 47% 10%

26. (US Oct 5 '40) If England is unable to pay cash for air-
planes bought in this country, do you think we should sell
them planes on credit supplied by our government? (aipo)
Yes 62% No 38% = 100% No opinion 9%

26. (US Nov 29 '40) Do you think the United States should
lend money to Greece for the purchase of arms, airplanes, and
other war materials? (aipo)

Yes 60% No 40% = 100% No opinion 15%

27. (US Nov 30 '40) Have you ever heard of the Johnson Act?
(aipo)

Yes 51% No 49%

What is the principal thing that the Johnson Act does?
Asked of 51% of the sample who had heard of the Johnson
Act.

Correct answer 27%

Doubtful answer 3

Incorrect answer 3

Don't know 18

Do you favor repealing the Johnson Act? Asked of 51% of
the sample who had heard of the Johnson Act.
Yes 26% No 31% Undecided 43%

28. (Great Britain Apr '41) Do you think that the new budget
spreads the cost of the war fairly? (bipo)

Yes 57% No 24% Don't know 19%

29. (US July 16 '41) If we go into the war, would you say
that it will cost our country more money, or less money than
the First World War? (aipo)

More 87% About the same 5% Less 1% Don't know 7%

30. (US Sept 27 '41) If Russia is unable to pay cash for war
materials bought in this country, do you think we should sell
them materials on credit supplied by our government? (aipo)
Yes 49% No 44% No opinion 7%

31. (Australia Oct '41) How would you prefer to pay for the
war: by heavier taxes or by a rise in the cost of living? (apop)

Prefer No

Prefer higher preference

heavier living and no

taxes costs opinion

National total 50% 11% 39%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Well to-do 53% 15% 32%

Comfortably off 55 13 32

Artisans, etc 48 9 43

Lowest incomes 39 10 51

[ 1103 ]

BY POLITICS

Prefer
heavier
taxes

Labor voters 43%

Other voters 57

Prefer
higher
living
costs

10%
12

preference
and no
opinion

47%
31

National total.

32. (US Feb 3 '42) Some people say that when the war is over
the British will not pay their debts to us. Do you agree, or
disagree with this? (aipo)

Agree 55% Disagree 19% Qualified answer 4%

No opinion 22%

33. (Canada Oct 7 '42) At present the government's policy is
to try to pay about three quarters of the cost of the war out of
its present income. Do you think this is a good policy or do
you think more of this expense should be left to be paid after
the war is over? (cipo)

National total .

Approve
present
policy

67%

BY POLITICS

Liberals 67%

Conservatives 75

Pay more

after war

20%

20%
17

No
opinion

13%
13%

34. (US Mar 29 '44) What part or proportion of the cost of
the war and other government expenses would you guess is
being paid now by taxes? (aipo)

Less than 20% 14%

20% (1/5) 6

25% (1/4) 10

331/3% (1/3) 9

40% (2/5) [Correct] 5

50%

(1/2)

60%

(3/5)

66 2/3%

(2/3)

75%

(3/4)

80% •

(4/5)

Over 80% thru 99% 2

100% (all of it) 3

No estimate 20

Median = 40%

Food Question

1. (US Apr 9 '39) If a war like this [England and France
against Germany] develops, should the United States sell food
to England and France, to Germany, or to neither side? (aipo)

England and France 57% Neither 43%

2. (US Mar 12 '39) In case such a war breaks out [Germany
and Italy vs. England and France] should we sell them [England
and France] food supplies? A comparable cross-section was
asked: In case such a war breaks out, how far should we go in
helping England and France? Should we sell them food sup-
plies? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 76% No 24%

3. (US Apr 9 '39) In case Germany and Italy go to war against
England and France, how far should we go in helping England
and France? Should we sell them food supplies? (aipo)

Yts

82%

18%

No opinion

15%
20

24% = 100% 6%

Nfl No opinion

22% -

21 = 100% 4%

BY POLITICS

Democrats 85%

Republicans 80

Quly 8 '39)
National total 76%

4. (US Aug 30 '39) How far should we go in helping England,
France and Poland — should we sell them food supplies? (aipo)
Yes 76% No 24% = 100% No opinion 6%

5. (US Sept 11 '39) What should be the policy of the United
States in the present European war — should we sell food sup-
plies to England and France? (aipo)

Yes
78%
(Sept 22 '39) 79

6. (US Oct 8 '39) What should be the policy of the United
States in the present war — should we sell food supplies? (aipo)
Yes 82% No 18% = 100% No opinion 6%

7. (US July 31 '40) Do you think the United States should
change the Neutrality Law to permit us to send food to Eng-
land in our own ships? (aipo)

Yes 26% No 61% Don't know 13%

8. (US Sept 2 '40) If there is starvation in France, Holland,
and Belgium this winter, should the United States try to send
food to these countries in our ships? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 38% 62% = 100% 10%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-
Atlantic 37% 63%

East central 41 59

West central 38 62

South 37 63

West 38 62

9. (US Sept 2 '40) Would you be willing to do this [send food
to France, Holland and Belgium] even if some of this food
might go to the Germans? (aipo)

Yes 22% No 78%

10. (US Nov '40) One of Great Britain's weapons against
Germany is a blockade to keep food and supplies out of Ger-
many and the countries she has occupied. Lf this results in
serious .famine in these countries she has occupied, do you
think we should or should not try to send food to them through
the blockade? (for)

Should Shouldn't Don't know
National total 19.1% 67.0% 13.9%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 12.9% 78.0%

Poor 21.3 59.1

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

West north central 23.1% 64.4%

East south central 6.6 76.8

9.1%
19.6

12.5%
16.6

11. (US Feb '42) If, after the war, people in some of the coun-
tries in the world are starving, do you think the United States
should help to feed the people in these countries? This question
was asked supposing that the Allies win the war. (norc)

[ 1104]

Yes 80% No 7% Depends 11% Don't know 1%

How do you think this food should be paid for? Asked of
91% of the sample who thought that after the war the United
States should help feed the starving people of the world, or
who gave a qualified answer.

By the people of the United States through taxes 6%

By loans to the countries getting the food 45

By the people of the United States giving money — like

through the Red Cross 34

Some other way 8

Don't know 7

12. (US July 15 '42) On the whole, do you think the German
people today are getting more food, or less food than they did
at the time the war began? (opor)

13. (US Dec 2 '42) If we made peace with Italy, would you
favor having the United States send food and other supplies
to the Italian people to help them rebuild their country? A
comparable cross-section was asked: If we made peace with
Italy, would you favor the United States sending food and
other supplies to the Italian people to help them rebuild their
country? Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes 66%, No 23% No opinion 11%

14. (Great Britain Dec 27 '42) If it is proposed to continue
food rationing for some time after the war so that the people
on the Continent may be fed, would you approve or disapprove?
(bipo)

Approve 79% Disapprove 12% Don't know 9%

15. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you happen to know whether we arc
shipping any food over to help feed England and Russia?
(norc)

Yes 74% No 1% Don't know 25%

(Jan 20 '43) Do you happen to know whether we are shipping
any food over to help feed England and Russia? Asked of women
only, (norc)
Yes 80% No 1% Don't know 19%

16. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you think we ought to send food to
England and Russia, even if it means rationing a lot more
foods over here? (norc)

Should 90% Should not 5% Don't know 5%

Qan 20 '43) Asked of women only.
Should 84% Should not 8% Don't know $%

17. (US Dec 30 '42) Do you happen to know whether we arc
sending any food to North Africa to feed the people of the
countries we have occupied there? (norc)

Yes 44% No 4% Don't know 52%

Do you approve or disapprove of our doing this? Asked of
44% of the sample who said the United States was sending
food to North Africa to feed the people of the countries it had
occupied there.
Approve 42% Disapprove 2% Don't know Less than 0.5%

Why do you think we're doing this? Asked of 44% of the
sample who said the United States was sending food to North
Africa.

To win the people over to our side . . 17%

Humanitarian reasons 12

Obligations of our Allies 11

Needs to our own troops 4

Winning the war. ...;.. 3%

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 1

* Percentages add to more than 44 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Do you think we should send food to North Africa to feed
the people of the countries we have occupied there? Asked of
56% of the sample who said the United States was not sending
any food to North Africa to feed the people of the countries
occupied there, and those who didn't know whether the United
States was sending food or not.
Yes 43% No 5% Don't know 8%,

18. (US Jan '43) If the people in Germany Qapan) arc starving
right after the war, do you think the United States should sell
them only what food they can pay for, or send them food as a
gift if they can't pay, or not send them any food at all? (norc)

Germany Japan

Sell (exchange) 40.5%o 34.2%o

Gift 39.3 29.8

None 16.0 31.3

Don't know 4.2 4.7

19. (Sweden Apr '43) Would you be willing to continue food
rationing for a short period after the war in order to counteract
the condition of hunger in Norway and Finland? (sGi)

For For For Don't

Norway Finland both No know

National total.

Upper class . .
Middle class .
Workers

76% 7% 10%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

3% - 93%

6 — 78

9 — 72

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden. . .
Malar district. .
West Gotland. ,
East Gotland . . .
Skane

9%
7

12
3
4

59%

3%
6

1%
10
11

23%
4
7

20. (Sweden Apr '43) Would you be prepared to do this [con-
tinue food rationing for a short period after the war] for other
European countries in distress? (sgi)

Yes No Don't know

National total 66% 16% 18%o

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 87% ll%o 2%,

Middle class 67 16 17

Workers 63 16 21

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden 54%o 16%, 30%

Malar district 75 12 13

West Gotland 70 10 20

East Gotland 63 21 16

Skane 61 26 13

21. (US Apr 27 '43) In order to interest the German people

in asking for peace terms now, would you favor or oppose
having the Office of War Information broadcast the following
offer: to send food free when they are ready to talk peace?
(aipo)

[1105]

Favor 29%

Oppose 61

No opinion 10

22. (US May 7 '43) About what part of our total food supply
would you suppose is going for direct war purposes this year —
that is, to our armed forces and to our Allies? A half, a fourth,
a tenth, or less than that? Asked of women only, (norc)

Half 51%

Fourth 23

Tenth 3

Less than a tenth 1

Don't know 22

23. (US May 7 '43) Do you think we're sending too much food
to our Allies, about the right amount, or too little? Asked of
women only, (norc)

Too much 8%

About right amount . . 57

Too little 13

Don't know 22

24. (US May 7 '43) Do you think the amount of food we send
to our Allies is more, or less, than the amount of food going to
our own Army and Navy? Asked of women only, (norc)

More 13%

About the same 14

Less 38

Don't know 35

A lot more, or only a little more? Asked of 13% of the sample
who thought the amount of food going to our Allies was more
than the amount sent to our own army and navy.
Lot 5% Little 6% Don't know 2%

A lot less, or only a little less? Asked of 38% of the sample
who thought the amount of food we send our Allies was less
than the amount going to our own army and navy.
Lot 13%, Little 18% Don't know 7%

25. (US June '43) People who think they've found out why
the League of Nations failed are now preparing for a new union
of nations, if we win the war. Nobody can say for sure whether
a new union would end all wars or only lead to worse ones.
In order to try out a union of nations as a possible way of pre-
venting wars, would you yourself be willing or not willing
to stay on a rationing system in this country for about five
years to help feed the starving people in other countries? (norc)
Willing 86% Not willing 11% Don't know 3%

26. (Sweden Oct '43) If Finland withdrew from the war and
thus was left without provisions from Germany, do you think
that Sweden should give her some of its food reserves, even if
this meant smaller rations for Sweden for perhaps about four
months? (sgi)

Help for

Finland No help Don't know
National total 68% 16% 16%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 84%

Middle class 74

Workers 64

Working parties 69

Wealthy 75

27. (US Oct 22 '43) From what you know, are we sending
any food to the people in the countries we have occupied, like
Sicily? Asked of women only, (norc)

Yes 70% No 2% Don't know 28%

28. (US Oct 22 '43) Do you think we should send food to these
people in the countries we have occupied? Asked of women
only, (norc)

Yes 71%

No 3

Depends 19

Don't know 7

Why? Asked of 71% of the sample who thought we should
send food to the people in countries we had occupied.

Humanitarian reasons (they need it) 39%

We are better off than they are 8

It's clever diplomacy (will win friends) 6

They are helping us — ^are our allies 5

It will help win the war 5

Will lessen postwar reconstruction problem 4

We are responsible for them (our duty) 4

A Christian duty 3

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 2

78%*
* Percentages add to more than 71 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

29. (US Oct 22 '43) Do you think we should send food supplies

to the British? Asked of women only, (norc)

Yes 73% No 16% Don't know 11%

Why not? Asked of 16% of the sample who thought we
should not send food supplies to the British.

They should be able to take care of themselves 10%

We've done too much already

We haven't enough ourselves

Misuse of lend-lease

Other countries need it more

Let them fight their own war

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable *

17%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 16 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

30. (US Oct 22 '43) Should we send food supplies to the Rus-
sians? Asked of women only, (norc)
Yes 79% No 8% Don't know 13%

Why not? Asked of 8% of the sample who thought we should
not send food supplies to the Russians.

They should be able to take care of themselves. ....... 4%

No, because we will need it ourselves 2

They can't be trusted 2

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable *

9%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 8 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

31. (US Oct 22 '43) About what part of our total food supply
would you suppose is going for direct war purposes this year — •
that is, to our armed forces and to our Allies? A half, a fourth,
a tenth, or less than that? Asked of women only, (norc)

Half 37%

Fourth 26

Tenth 7

Less than tenth 2

Don't know 28

[ 1106 ]

32. (Canada Oct 30 '43) After the war, would you approve or
disapprove if Canada, along with the United Nations, were
to give food supplies free to the people of Germany and Japan,
until they get on their feet, even if this means that rationing
will have to be continued in Canada? (cipo)

Approve 33% Disapprove 59% No opinion 8%

33. (US Dec 31 '43) For a year or two after the war, should
people in the United States continue to put up with shortages
of butter, sugar, meat, and other rationed food products in
order to give food to people who need it in Europe? (aipo)

Yes No Qualified Undecided

National total 67% 21% 4% 8%

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

62% 26%

71 16

34. (US Nov 23 '43) Would you favor this plan [sending food
to needy countries in Europe] if it required higher taxes for
everyone? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 31% Don't know 13%

35. (Great Britain Dec '43) If food rationing is continued
after the war so that people on the Continent can be fed,
would you agree or disagree? (bipo)

Agree Disagree Don' t know
85% 9% 6%

(Oct '44) 71 22 7

36. (Canada Jan 5 '44) For a year or two after the war, should
people in Canada continue to put up with shortages of butter,
sugar, meat and other rationed foods in order to give food to
people who need it in Europe? (cipo)

Yes 70%

No 18

No opinion 7

Qualified answer 5

37. (US Jan 15 '44) From what you know, are we sending any
food to our Allies or to the people in the countries we have
occupied? (norc)

Yes 86% No 1% Don't know 13%)

Are we sending any food to them that you think we should
not be sending? Asked of 86% of the sample who thought we
were sending food to our Allies and to the people in the coun-
tries we had occupied.
Yes 9% No 75% No answer 2%

38. (US Jan 15 '44) As things are now, if we only had enough
food for one of the countries on this list, which one should
we send it to? (norc)

China

England ....

France

Greece

India

Russia

Sicily

Don't know.
None

irst choice

Last choice

41%

99%*

* Asked of 99% of the sample who made a first choice.

Holland, and other countries now occupied by German troops?
(aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 65% 22% 13%

BY SEX

Men 62% 26% 12%

Women 67 18 15

40. (Australia June '44) It has been suggested we should reduce
our butter ration from 1 lb. to ^i lb. a fortnight, so that more
can be sent to England. Do you favor or oppose that reduction?
(apop)

Favor 51% Oppose 45% Undecided 4%

41. (Canada Aug 27 '44) The United Nations have made plans
for supplying food and other material to friendly countries
as they are released from German occupation. Do you think
this organization should also supply the Germans as the Allies
occupy German territory? (cipo)

Should 44%

Should not 41

Undecided 9

Qualified 6

42. (Sweden Dec '44) Do you think that Sweden should help
the distressed population in northern Norway as much as
possible, even if it means reducing rations, or should we help
them just so much that we need not reduce rations, or should
we not help them at all? (soi)

All the

help
possible
National total 81%

Men . . .
Women .

79%
83

Not
so that
Sweden
suffers

16%

17%
14

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Upper class 89% 10%

Middle class 83 14

Workers 79 18

BY RURAL-URBAN

Town 86% 11%

Country 78 19

No help
at all

1%
1%

1%
1

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

North Sweden.

Dalarna

Malar district.
Stockholm. . . .
East Gotland. .

Skane

Bova

84%

13%

2
1
1

Don't

know

3%
3

2%
2

43. (US Apr 25 '45) For a year after the war in Europe is over,
should people in the United States continue to put up with
present shortages of butter, sugar, meat, and other rationed
food products in order to give food to people who need it in
Europe? (aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 65% 27% 8%

Men. . .
Women .

61%
69

32%
22

7%
9

39. (US Feb 12 '44) Should the United States send food by
neutral Swedish ships to the children of France, Belgium,

44. (US Apr 25 '45) For two years after the war in Europe is
over, should people in the United States continue to put up

[1107]

with present shortages of butter, sugar, meat, and other ra-
tioned food products in order to give food to people who need
it in Europe? (aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 57% 36% 7%

Men . . .
Women .

BY SEX

■•■ 53% 41% 6%

. . . 60 32 8

46. (US June 17 '45) Do you think many people in Europe will

starve this year unless we send them food? (aipo)

Yes 70% No 23% No opinion 7%

46. (US June 17 '45) Do you think there is enough food in this
country to keep Europeans from starving and still not reduce
the amount people eat here? (aipo)

Yes 35% No 56% No opinion 9%

47. (US Mar 10 '46) If necessary would you and your family
be willing to eat about one-fifth less than you are now eating
in order to send more food to Europe? (aipo)

Yes 70% No 23% No opinion 7%

48. (US June 17 '45) Would you be willing to continue to
put up with present shortages of butter, sugar, meat, and other
rationed food products in order to give food to people who need
it in Europe? (aipo)

Yes 85% No 12% No opinion 3%

France

1. (US Sept 11 '39) Do you think most of the people of France
approve or disapprove of the present war? (aipo)

Approve 44% Disapprove 44% No opinion 129o

2. (US July 3 '40) Do you think the French should have given
in to Hitler when they did, or do you think they should have
continued to fight? (aipo)

Should have given in 37%

Should have continued fighting 47

No opinion 16

3. (US Aug '40) Some are saying the French let the British
down and others are saying the British let the French down.
What do you think? (for)

British let the French down 27.8%

French let the British down 13. 0

Let each other down 11.4

Neither 28.1

Don't know 19.7

4. (US Aug 17 '43) In the war between Britain and Germany,
do you think the Vichy French government is helping one
side, rather than the other? (aipo)

Yes, helping Germany 58%

Yes, helping Britain 4

No, neutral 13

No opinion 25

5. (Great Britain June '42) Do you think that the French
people would welcome and assist British troops invading
France, or would they resist them? (bipo)

Welcome 68%

Resist 4

Do nothing 13

Don't know 15

6. (France Oct 1 '44) Which of the events of the last few days
(Liberation of Paris) has caused you the greatest joy? Asked
of a cross-section of Parisians, (npo)

The arrival of the allied forces and the announcement of

this arrival 58%

Political liberation, the popular uprising 13

The departure of the Germans 12

The patriotic manifestations 5

The German capitulation of August 25 2

Other events 9

No answer 1

7. (France Oct 1 '44) Who were the persons taking pot shots
at people after the German surrender of Paris? Asked of a cross-
section of Parisians, (fipo)

Vichy militia 63%

German men and women 66

Frenchmen other than militia, PPF, RNP, etc 32

Strangers, madmen, fugitives from justice, etc 13

Don't know 2

181%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Germany

1. (US Sept 11 '39) Do you think most of the people of Ger-
many approve or disapprove of the present war? (aipo)
Approve 23% Disapprove 64% No opinion 13%

2. (US Nov 15 '39) Do you think the German people are pre-
pared to hold out as long as they did in the last war, or not
as long? (aipo)

Longer 19% Not as long 58% As long 23%

3. (US July 15 '42) Do you think most people in Germany
are behind Hitler in this war? (opor)

Yes 51%

No 37

No opinion 11

No answer 1

Why do you think the people are not behind Hitler? Asked
of 37% of the sample who thought that most people in Ger-
many were not behind Hitler in the war.
They don't believe in him; don't believe in Axis politics,

are against his form of government 7%

Their support of Hitler is only apparent, not real; they

have to be forced to give their support 12

They don't want to fight, would like peace 6

They have human decency and Christian principles —

don't like killing and cruelty of Nazi regime 2

Because of deprivations and discontent caused by the

war 3

They realize that they will lose the war 1

They will revolt, or would if they could 1

Sabotage — rebelling, underground *

Other 3

No answer 2

37%**
* Less than 0.5%.
■ Percentages add to 37 although a few respondents gave more than

one answer.

Why do you think the people are behind Hitler? Asked of
51% of the sample who thought that most people in Germany
were behind Hitler in the war.

[ 1108]

They are forced to be; are afraid to be otherwise 16%

They arc taught to be; arc propagandized 7

The government couldn't stay in power unless it was

supported by the people 7

Because of Hitler's personal qualities of leadership 3

Common German aims: Dcutschland uber AUes; he will

put Germany on the map 4

He offers the only hope for victory; it's a war for survival 4
The Nazi regime has made social improvements; holds

out promises for the future 2

Otherwise the Germans wouldn't have been so successful

militarily — still fighting 5

Germans warlike people 1

Other 2

No answer 1

* Percentages add to more than 51 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

4. (US June 18 '43) The way things look now, do you think
there is a good chance of the German people revolting against
Hitler in the next year? (norc}

Yes 48%

No 34

Depends 5

Don't know 13

Great Britain

1. (us Sept 11 '39) Do you think most of the people of England

approve or disapprove of the present war? (aipo)

Approve 43%, Disapprove 45%) No opinion 12%

2. (Great Britain Dec 13 '39) (In
are you satisfied or dissatisfied with
of the war? (bipo)

general) (on the whole)
the government's conduct

(Feb

(June

(Oct

(Mar

(Apr

(May

(June

Quiy

(Aug

(Sept

(Oct

(Nov

(Dec

(Jan

(Apr

(June

(Nov

Can

(Mar

(Apr

(June

(Aug

(Sept

(Oct

Qan

(Feb

(Mar

(Apr

(May

•40). . .
•41)...
'41)...
'42)...
'42)...
'42)...
'42)...
•42)...
22 '42).
20 '42).
'42)...
■42)...,
27 •42).
24 •43).
4 '43).
10 '43).
20 ^43).
18 •44).
•44) . . .
■44). ..
■44) . . .
'44). ..
•44) . . .
•44). ..
•45)...
•45)...
•45)...
•45)...
•45)...

Dissat-

Don't Stop

Satisfied

isfied

know the war

61%

18%

10% 11%

13 9

3. (Great Britain Mar '40) Quly '42) Has the war separated
you from anyone that was dear to you, such as a member of
your family, your fiance(e) or sweetheart? (bipo)

By evacuation. .

By service

By employment.

Killed

Mar '40

July '41

103%*

107%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents had
been separated from more than one person dear to them.

4. (US Aug '40) As things look now, do you think that
Germany will conquer the British Isles? (Regardless of what
you hope.) (for)

Yes 37.5% No 39.8% Don't know 22.7%

5. (US Dec 16 '40) Do you think Germany will tty to invade
England within the next year? (aipo)

Yes 76% No 13% No opinion 11%,

(Great Britain Aug 22 '42) Do you believe that the Germans
will try to invade this country this year? (bipo)
Will 8%o Will not 74% Don't know 18%

6. (US Jan 3 '41) If Germany tries to invade England within
the next year, do you think she will be successful in conquering
England? (aipo)

Yes ll%o No 74% Don't know 15%o

7. (Great Britain Jan '41) (June '41) Do you think the Ger-
mans will try an invasion of this country during this year?
(bipo)

Jan '41 June '41

Yes 62% 39%

No 21 40

Don't know 17 21

8. (Great Britain Jan '41) Have you had any difficulty in
getting anything you use apart from food? (bipo)

Prices too high 16%, None in shops 29% No 46%

Don't know 9%

9. (Great Britain Mar '41) (June '41) Do you think that
Germany could win the war bv defeating Great Britain in
the Mediterranean and the Near East? (bipo)

Mar '41 June '41

Yes 12% 10%

No 66 70

Don't know 22 20

10. (US Apr 8 '41) Do you think Britain will call for help
from the American army before the war is over? (aipo)

Yes 57% No 20% Already doing it 14% No opinion 9%

11. (Great Britain June '41) Do you think they [the Germans]
would be defeated if they came [to invade England]? (bipo)
Yes 82%o No 4%, Don't know 14%o

12. (Great Britain Oct '41) Do you feel that Britain has
(or has not) taken full advantage of the opportunities offered
by the German attack on Russia? (bipo)

Has Has not Don' t know

Oct '41 29% 49% 22%

Nov '41 35 32 33

Sept 20 '42 28 44 28

[ 1109]

13. (Great Britain Oct '41) Do you think that the Germans
will or will not try an invasion of this country this winter
or next spring? (bipo)

Will 36% Will not 40% Don't know 24%

14. (Great Britain Oct '41) Do you think that they [the
Germans] will be defeated if they come [to invade England]?
(bipo)

Yes 77% No 4% Don't know 19%

15. (US Nov 19 '41) Do you believe the British are doing all
they possibly can to win the war? (opor)

Yes 60% No 34% No opinion 6%

What more do you think they could do? Asked of 34% of
the sample who didn't think the British were doing all they
could to win the war.

They should take the initiative in fighting 21%

They should stop waiting for US to get in 5

They should speed up production 1

They should get more help to Russia 5

They should become more efficient, cease muddling,

cooperate within government 1

Other answers 2

No answer 3

They should help China more 2%

No answer 2

38%*
* Percentages add to more than 34 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Feb 3 '42) Do you think the British are doing all they
possibly can to win the war? (aipo)
Yes 63% No 27% No opinion 10%

What more do you think they could do? Asked of 27% of
the sample who thought the British were not doing all they
could do to win the war.

Fight an offensive battle — get in and fight 9%

Send more of own men, depend less on other nations. ... 9
Distribute materials and men in more adequate quantities

to colonial possessions 2

Miscellaneous reasons 5

No reason 2

(Feb 23 '42) Do you think the British are doing all they
possibly can to win the war? (aipo)

Yes

(Feb 23 '42) (aipo) 49%

(Mar 10 '42) (aipo) 49

(Mar 26 '42) (opor) 51

(Apr 30 '42) (aipo) 65

(May 21 '42) (aipo) 63

Qune 3 '42) (opor) 72

Qune 3 '42) What more do you think they [British] should
be doing? Asked of 24% of the sample who did not think the
British were doing all they possibly could to win the war.
(opor)

Should be doing more by themselves, without American

pushing 6%

They should open a second front 11

Arrange the disposal of their manpower and materials

better 3

Should give India a chance to work out her own problems 2
Should throw out the Conservatives and give British

labor more power 1

Are still not doing well, but getting better 2

No opinion

33%

18%

29%^

* Percentages add to more than 24 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(June 9 '42) Do you think the British are doing all they
possibly can to win the war? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

Qune 9 '42) (aipo) 73% 18% 9%

Qune 25 '42) (opor) 55 41 4

Quly 1 '42) (aipo) 58 33 9

(Aug 13 '42) (aipo) 59 23 13

(Aug 25 '42) (aipo) 65 21 14

(Sep 15 '42) (aipo) 56 26 13

(Sep 29 '42) (aipo) 60 23 17

(Oct 13 '42) (aipo) 60 24 16

(Oct 27 '42) (aipo) 64 23 13

(Nov 10 '42) (aipo) 74 18 8

(Nov 17 '42) (aipo) 74 17 9

16. (Great Britain Dec 19 '41) In the light of Britain's two
years' war experience, what mistakes would you warn America
to try to avoid? (bipo)

Production. Lack of preparedness in planes, men, and
munitions. Make sure you have enough munitions be-
fore starting an offensive. Air supremacy. Air protection

for battleships. Mechanization of army 35%

Overconfidence, complacency, underrating opponents... 20
Take initiative, vigorous action, don't leave it to enemy

to strike first 9

Proper use of man and woman power; immediate organi-
zation of industry; industrial conscription of men and

women 5

Maximum war effort from the start; guard against apathy 5
Wrong people in important positions. Red tape and waste

of time. Inefficient civil service. Get rid of the old men 3
Efficient air-raid shelters. ARP. Evacuation of children. . 3
Maintain efficient home defense, including aerodromes. . 3

Fifth column. Aliens. Ex-isolationists 2

Lack of cooperation between army, navy and air force. . 2

Efficient, up-to-date command of air force 2

Miscellaneous 11

17. (Great Britain Feb '42) In order to help the war effort,
do you think it would be possible for you, personally, to make
greater sacrifices than at present? (bipo)

Yes 36% No 56% Don't know 8%

18. (Great Britain Mar '42) Do you think that our chances
will be better this year — by remaining on the defensive or by
developing offensive warfare? (bipo)

Defensive 10% Offensive 67% Don't know 23%

19. (Great Britain May '42) How do you think Britain can
best help to beat Germany this year? (bipo)

Invading European continent 32%

Helping USSR in every possible way .... 14

Bombing Germany 21

Improve production 11

Miscellaneous 7

Don't know and no answer 15

20. (US July 1 '42) From what you have heard or read, how
do you account for British defeats in North Africa? (aipo)

Lack of men and material 26%

Lack of competent leadership 25

Overconfidence 5

[1110]

British won't fight; not good fighting, lack spirit... 8%

British are too slow and unprepared, lethargic 10

Blundering and bad planning by government 1

Miscellaneous 3

No opinion 33

111%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Canada July 22 '42) (cipo)

Not enough men and equipment 33%

German leaders and strategy were better 32

Allies unprepared 8

Allies overconfident 3

Lack of fighting spirit 1

Poor quality of equipment 3

Miscellaneous 15

No opinion 21

116%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

21. (Great Britain Aug 22 "42) Do you think that Britain is
doing everything possible to win the war? (bipo)

Yes 50% No 39% Don't know 11%

22. (Great Britain Dec 27 '42) Mr. Churchill says that if
Germany is beaten first we shall continue to fight until Japan
is defeated. Do you approve or disapprove of this course? (bipo)
Approve 88% ' Disapprove 6% Don't know 6%

23. (Great Britain Apr 4 '43) What do you most look forward
to doing on the day the war ends? (bipo)

Celebrating, going wild, dancing in streets, getting drunk

(5%) 24%

Tearing down blackout, putting on the lights 9

Relaxing, well-earned rest, taking day off, staying in

bed, doing nothing 9

Having back near relatives now evacuated or in forces,

having family reunion 9

Feeling of relief; thanking heaven it's all over; rejoicing

quietly, watching celebrations 9

Travelling abroad, having holiday 6

Carrying on as usual 4

Going back to prewar job, prewar hours, resuming do-
mestic duties 4

Going to church 3

Ending of wartime restrictions; feeling of having freedom

again 3

Getting married 1

Retiring from work 1

Miscellaneous 6

Don't know 12

24. (US Apr 6 '43) Is Britain doing all she possibly can to
win the war? (norc)

Yes 77% No 10% Don't kno\v 13%

25. (Great Britain Jime 10 '43) What do you think is the most
important thing we have to do to beat Germany? (bipo)
Second front; invade Germany; get to Berlin; defeat the

German army in the field; attack at once 39%

Continue or increase bombing of Germany; bomb fac-
tories, airfields, military targets 27

Destroy the U-boats 6

Break their morale 3

Blockade; starve them out 2

Go all out in production drive 2

Unity among the Allies 2%

Foster revolution inside Germany 1

Good propaganda ; 1

Get rid of Hitler and Nazi party 1

Get Italy out of the war first 1

Help Russia with supplies 1

Go on as we are 1

Miscellaneous 5

Don't know 8

26. (Great Britain Aug 22 '43) Are you satisfied with the
government's conduct of the war? (bipo)

Satisfied 81% Dissatisfied 12% Don't know 7%

27. (Great Britain Nov 3 '45) On the whole, do you think
that shortages are greater or less now than they were a year
ago? (bipo)

Greater Same hiss Don' t know

National total 55% 24% 16% 5%

Men . . .
Women .

8%
2

BY AGE

21-29 years 49%, 24%

30-49 years 56 24

50 years and over. . 57 24

18% 9%

16 4

14 5

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Higher 56% 24% 17% 3%

Middle 56 22 17 5

Lower 55 25 15 5

Influence and Results

1. (US Feb 14 '42) Now assume the Allies have won the war,
the Axis governments have been overthrown, and all con-
quered territories have been returned. Which of these state-
ments comes closest to the way you think we ought to treat
the Axis nations? (norc)

Do nothing more to them — just treat them like any other

nation 29%

Let them remain as nations but keep an army there to

police them 40

Divide up their territory and destroy them as nations. . 26

Other 2

Don't know 3

2. (US Dec 12 '44) Now that the Germans have been driven
out of most of Italy and Greece, these countries have the
problem of setting up new governments. Which of these two
plans do you think we should follow in liberated countries
like these? (aipo)

Stay out of the politics of liberated countries and let their
people work out the form of government they want. . 57%

Actively support individuals or groups in liberated coun-
tries which we believe would set up the best govern-
ment 33

No opinion 10

3. (US Dec 12 '44) Now that the Germans have been driven
out of most of Italy and Greece, these countries have the
problem of setting up new governments. Which of these two
plans do you think we should follow in liberated countries
like these? (aipo)

Let the politics of liberated countries strictly alone and
allow their people to work out the form of government
they want 62%

[1111]

Actively support individuals or groups in liberated coun-
tries which we would prefer as leaders of government
in those countries 26%

No opinion 12

4. (US Dec 12 '44) Which of those plans [staying out of pol-
itics of liberated countries or actively supporting certain groups
or individuals in these countries] do you think our government
has actually followed in the liberated countries of Europe?
(aipo)

Stay out 46% Actively support 30% Don't know 24%

5. (US Dec 12 '44) Which plan [staying out of politics of
liberated countries or actively supporting certain groups or
individuals in these countries] has Great Britain been fol-
lowing? (aipo)

Stay out 5% Actively support 71% Don't know 24%

Do you approve or disapprove of Britain doing this? Asked
of 71% of the sample who thought Great Britain was actively
supporting certain individuals or groups in liberated countries.
Approve 15% Disapprove 51% No opinion and no answer 5%

6. (US Dec 12 '44) Which plan [staying out of politics of lib-
erated countries or actively supporting certain groups or indi-
viduals in these countries] do you think Russia has followed?
(aipo)

Stay out 18% Actively support 45% Don't know 37%

Do you approve or disapprove of Russia doing this? Asked
of 45% of the sample who thought Russia was actively sup-
porting certain individuals or groups in the liberated countries.
Approve 12% Disapprove 29% No opinion and no answer 4%

7. (France Mar 16 '45) Do you consider that there exist wide
differences of opinion among the Allies on the policy to be
followed in Greece? (fipo)

Yes 54% No 15% No opinion 31%

8. (US Sept '46) Do you think the war helped to solve any
of the problems the world faced before the war? (norc)

Yes 24%o No 63%, Don't know 13%,

What problems do you think the war helped to solve? Asked
of 24% of the sample who thought the war helped to solve
some of the problems the world faced before the war.
Stopped Fascism, Nazis, world conquest, Germany. . . . 13%

Science and medicine discoveries 2

Employment, depression ? . . 3

National, we can't stay isolationist 2

Personal, people willing to share, get along with differ-
ent races 2

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 2

25%*

* Percentages add to more than 24 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

9. (US Sept '46) Would you say the war brought about any
new problems for the world to solve that we wouldn't have if
there hadn't been a war? (norc)
Yes 77%, No 12% Don't know 11%

What problems are you thinking of? Asked of 77% of the
sample who felt the war brought about new problems for the
world to solve that wouldn't have arisen otherwise.

Atom bomb, arming against atom 21%

Territorial or boundary dispute, not specified 3

World starvation 14

Economic and social rehabilitation 17

Russia, Communism 7%

Policing Europe 3

Political reorganization in Europe, Near East, Japan. . 3

International collaboration, how to keep peace 10

Prices and wages, inflation, OPA 10

Food shortages 6

Housing shortages 7

Other shortages 3

General shortages, not specified 4

Strikes, labor 4

Unemployment, depression 1

Our veterans 4

Social delinquency 4

Other answers 3

No answer 18

4. (Great Britain Jan 16 '42) What do you think our feelings
should be toward Germany after the war? (bipo)

Exterminate the German people 11%

Prevent Germany ever making war again:

Keep Germany under control 33

Break Germany up 8

Exterminate Fascism, not Germany:

Shoot Nazis; give the people a chance 18

Invite the Germans to our democratic world 7

Punish the Germans, but do not exact vengeance 16

Miscellaneous 4

No comment 3

5. (US Mar 26 '42) If we win the war, how do you think we
should treat the people in Germany? (opor)

Treat them as ourselves, very kindly, the best we can,
help them ' 12%

Treat them fairly, like human beings, same as anybody
else, same as after last war, kindly, treat them all right,
forgive them 40

Don't punish them, treat them tolerantly, leniently, they
are not to blame 9

Help most of them, those not guilty, punish them but not
harshly 1

Treat them kindly but firmly 4

Re-educate them, train them in democracy, have to guide

them 4%

Disarm them, keep them weak 7

Put them in their place, keep them in subjection 5

Treat them harshly, give them a dose of their own medi-
cine 5

More severe reprisals, e.g. lock them up, shoot them, etc. 2

Others 6

No opinion 5

6. (US Mar 26 '42) If we win the war, how should we treat
the Nazi leaders? (opor)

Forgive them, treat them all right 3%

Keep them under control 3

Punish them, hold them responsible 7

Isolate them, exile them 8

Treat them harshly, give them a dose of their own medi-
cine 6

Imprison them, intern them, lock them up 17

Kill them, get rid of them, liquidate them 40

Torture them 3

Depose them, take away their power 3

Other 4 .

No opinion 5

No answer 1

7. (US June 9 '42) After the war is over, how should we treat
the Nazi leaders in Germany? (aipo)

None of our affair — let their own people take care of

them. We should stay out of European governments. . 2%
They won't be alive to be treated. They will have com-
mitted suicide or someone will have killed them 2

Be lenient, not too hard on them 2

Court martial them, give them a fair trial, face a military

tribunal 2

Isolate them, exile them, same as Kaiser 2

Imprison them — confine them 31

Torture them, make them suffer mentally and physically,

persecute them 2

Kill them 35

Treat them as they have treated others, an eye for an eye,

give them some of their own medicine 5

Other answers 5

No opinion 12

(Feb 20 '45)

Kill them all 41%

Torture tliem 7

Exile them 2

Imprison them 13

Punish them severely 18

Bring them before a tribunal of the United Nations, try

them and punish those found guilty 10

Be lenient with them, do unto them as we would have

them do unto us 3

That's not our concern, leave it up to their own people 1

Undecided 5

8. (US June 17 '42) If you were the one to decide, what would
you do with Germany after she has been defeated? (opor)

Political change 6%

Economic adjustment 1

Disarm them 13

League of Nations 11

Treat their leaders roughly 6

Territorial adjustment 2

Military rule 6

Eye for an eye 19

Annihilate 10

[111.-5]

Pious phrases 6%

Don't know 19

No answer 2

101%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents g.ive
more than one answer.

(US July 1 '42) (aipo)

Eliminate Hitler and Nazi leaders 11%

Destroy Germany 14

Divide Germany up 10

Put her under US rule 3

Put her under some outside rule 6

Control her by means of an army or inter-police force . . 10

Disarm her and never permit her to rearm 15

Be more severe than last time 2

Recognize her politically, establish a republic 8

Devise a peace which will eliminate the evils which

cause wars 1

Apply the golden rule, no police force 3

Re-educate the people with different ideals 4

Give her economic aid 1

Help Germany, let them have the things they need .... 2

Supervision or control by United Nations 2

Keep her under control, under supervision, we should

keep an eye on them 4

Take away conquered countries, take all acquired terri-
tory 2

Miscellaneous 4

No opinion 15

117%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(US July 15 '42) (opor)

Annihilate them; wipe them out; shoot them 9%

Divide Germany up; split her into parts 16

Disarm them; strip them of power; keep them down. . . 22

Police them; army of occupation 9

Punish them; treat them severely 4

International control; control of United Nations or

League of Nations 12

Punish the leaders; do away with them 7

Be kind to them; treat them fairly; a just peace 6

Economic and territorial adjustments; give them colonies

and resources 2

Political adjustments; give them democracy; see that

they have the right leaders 9

Take away conquered countries from Germany 2

Don't know 12

No answer 3

113%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Canada Aug 12 '42) (cipo)

End Germany as a nation 38%

Put her in a strait jacket 25

End of Nazidom 11

Make a new Germany 8

Miscellaneous 11

No opinion 7

(Canada Nov 1 '44) (cipo)

End German nation 42%

Strait jacket 23

End Nazi regime 7

Re-educate, etc 9%

Miscellaneous 4

Undecided 15

(Canada July 7 '45) (cipo)

Supervision : control 35%

Destroy as a nation 32

Rehabilitate; education 14

Miscellaneous and undecided 19

9. (US July 15 '42) When the war is over, how do you think
we should treat the Nazi leaders? (opor)

Torture them; treat them cruelly; as badly as possible. . 5%
Kill them; do away with them; liquidate them; shoot

them 44

Imprison them, concentration camp; hard labor 11

Treat them harshly; punish them severely; treat them

as they would us 10

Isolate them; exile them; get rid of them 7

Take their power away; keep them down and out of

power; keep them under control 6

Treat them fairly; give them a fair trial; treat them all

right 4

Treat them fairly, but make sure they are kept under

control 1

Rehabilitate them *

Other 2

Don't know 8

No answer 2

* Less than 0.5%.

10. (US July 15 '42) How should we treat the German people
themselves [after the war]? (opor)

Keep them under control; keep them down; prevent

rearming; police them 14%

Isolate them; keep them b> themselves 1

Treat them kindly, humanely; treat them like we would

like to be treated; fairly 34

Reeducate them in democracy, in our way of life 9

Treat them well, but keep them under military super-
vision and control 9

Drastic steps — kill them, shoot them; as they treated
other nations; scatter around world — divide up in

small parts 7

Help them; help them reconstruct their country 4

Retribution; punish them; treat them severely 4

Reparations; make them pay for the damage they have

done 2

Under government of UN; US *

Other 3

No opinion 10

No answer 3

100%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to 100 although a few respondents gave more than

one answer.

11. (US Apr 27 '43) In order to interest the German people
in asking for peace terms now, would you favor or oppose
having the Office of War Information broadcast the following
offer to them: an equal standing with other nations in any
post war union of nations? (aipo)

Favor 37%o Oppose 53%, No opinion 10%

To punish only German leaders and not to punish the people?

Favor 76% Oppose 19% No opinion 5%

To try to protect the German people from being killed or
injured by people of the countries Germany has occupied?

[111-t]

Favor 60% Oppose 29% No opinion

To help restore the business life of Germany?
Favor 56% Oppose 31% No opinion

11%

12. (US June '43) If we win the war, which of these things
comes closest to what you think should be done with Ger-
many? (for)

BY DEGREE OF
INFORMATION

S si

% %

Set up a United Nations council to

rule Germany for ten years or so,

and eventually make her adopt a

democratic government and see that

she sticks to it 36.9 48.4

Bring to trial and execute all found to

be leading Nazi officials 31-5 43.1

Make Germany use all her available

men, money and materials to re-
build the damage done in other

countries 27.2 25.9

Set up an international government

to rule Germany for 100 years 20.7 19.8

Do nothing to Germany but see to it

shestays within her own boundaries 132 10
Carve Germany up and divide her

among some of the United Nations 11.2 8
Kill a Nazi for every person killed by

the Germans in occupied countries 3 7 3
None or don't know 6.9 3

37.7 25.7

31.9 20.6

29.4

23.7

5 12.1

2 12.7

2.7
4.1

26.8

19.3

16.4

13.0

4.7
12.3

Percentages* 151.3 162.5 154.3 138.8

* Percentages add to more than 100 because many respondents gave
more than one answer.

13. (Great Britain Sept '43) At the end of the war what do
you think should be done with the Axis leaders? (bipo)

Should be shot 40%

Should be put on trial and punished 18

Nothing horrible enough; torture them. . 15

Imprison; solitary confinement; exile. ... 11
Hand them over to the Jews, Poles, etc. . 4

Let them go; ignore them 1

They will not be found 1

Leave that to their own people 1

Miscellaneous 5

No comment; don't know 4

14. (Australia Nov '43) What do you think we should do
with Germany as a country after the war? (apop)

Police them 14%

Disarm them 10

Allied control 12

British control 4

Eliminate Nazis 4

Cripple forever 15

Divide into states 11

Teach them democracy 6

Start afresh 3

Other answers 4

No opinion 17

(US Nov 24 '43) (aipo)

Strict supervision 49%

Destroy completely 21

Rehabilitate 19

Do nothing 4

No opinion , 14

107%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Canada Jan 8 '44) (cipo)

Supervision and control 40%

Destroy her as a political entity; divide into small states 35

Rehabilitate; re-educate; encourage trade 12

Miscellaneous and no opinion 13

(US Dec 20 '44) (aipo)
Control and supervision by Allies, short of dismember-
ment of Germany 32%

Destruction of Germany as a nation 34

Re-education and rehabilitation 12

Miscellaneous and no opinion 22

(US Oct 17 '44) (aipo)

Destroy her 9%

Split her up 9

Occupy her 5

Severely penalized 4

Govern under Allied control 11

Police her 9

Disarm her 22

Change her political set-up 3

Isolate her 1

Anything to prevent another war 3

Restore her 1

Let people run their own countries 4

Give them a chance but supervise 4

Re-educate her 3

Turn it into farm 1

Nothing, leave her alone 2

Treat her fairly 3

No answer, don't know 18

112%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 since some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(US May 28 '43) (aipo)
Be lenient — rehabilitate, re-educate, encourage trade,

start afresh 8%

Supervise and control — police, disarm, eliminate Nazis,

control heavy industries 46

Treat very severely — divide country into small states,

destroy her as a political entity, cripple her 34

Miscellaneous and undecided 12

15. (Great Britain Dec '43) What should the Allies do with
Germany as a country after the war? (bipo)

Occupation for a number of years, strict supervision 29%

Breaking up into small states, destroy it as a country. ... 24
Disarm them and make it impossible to make war again 10

Divide it among Russia, Poland, France, etc 7

Make sure they don't escape retribution, punish them. . . 2

Make Germans rebuild devastated countries 2

Give people a chance to choose their own government. . 6

Stamp out present regime and re-educate people 4

Miscellaneous 9

No answer, don't know 7

[1115]

16. (US Jan '44) We have listed a number of things here that
might be done with Germany when we are victorious. Do you
think the United Nations should or should not: (for)

Should Don ' t
Should not know

Abolish the Nazi party? 87.9% 3.2% 8.9%

Completely demobilize the German

army and keep them from having any

army again? 77.2 13.0 9.8

Govern Germany with an occupation

force for several years? 73-2 11.4 15.4

Break Germany up into smaller states?. . 29.5 40.5 30.0
Prevent the Germans from rebuilding

their steel, chemical, and automotive

industries? 30.9 52.8 16.3

Make German labor rebuild devastated

areas in other countries at the rate

usually paid prisoners of war? 46.1 31. 9 22.0

Some feel that the best way to make Germany into a good
nation is to govern her by an occupation force for at least ten
years and maybe longer while others feel that Germany should
be governed only until the Nazis are crushed and a new gov-
ernment set up. With which do you agree? Asked of 73.2%
of the sample who thought the United Nations should govern
Germany with an occupation force for several years.

Govern for at least ten years 40.1%

Govern only until Nazis are crushed. . . 28.2
Don't know 4.9

If a candidate for President said he thought Germany should
not be governed by an occupation force for several years, but
you agree with him on everything else, would you vote against
him? Asked of 73.2% of the sample who thought the United
Nations should govern Germany with an occupation force
for several years.

Would vote against 20.4%

Would not vote against 41.3

Don't know 11.5

If a candidate for President said he thought Germany should
be governed by an occupation force for several years, but you
agreed with him on everything else, would you vote against
him? Asked of 11.4% of the sample who thought the United
Nations should not govern Germany with an occupation force
for several years.

Would vote against 1-7%

Would not vote against 8.3

Don't know 1.4

(Mar '45) We have listed a number of things that might be
done with Germany when we are victorious. Do you think
the United Nations should or should not:

Should Don't
Should not know

Abolish the Nazi party? 93.0% 1.8% 5.2%

Completely demobilize the German

army and keep them from having an

army again? 84.7 9.3 6.0

Govern Germany with an occupation

force for several years? 85. 5 6.3 8.2

Break Germany up into smaller states?. . 40.5 33.7 25.8
Make German labor rebuild devastated

areas in other countries at the rate

usually paid prisoners of war? 62.4 21.8 15.8

Prevent the Germans from rebuilding

their steel, chemical, and automotive

industries? 43.0 41.0 16.0

17. (US Feb '44) If you had your say, how would we treat
the people who live in Germany after this war? (norc)

Active assistance 6%

Friendly attitude 50

Educate them 9

Put them on probation 5

Unfriendly attitude — isolation 7

Supervise government, industry, finance. . 14

Police them, military government 6

Punishment, torture 6

Extermination 2

Other 1

Disarmament 10

Don't know 5

121%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

18. (US Feb '44) If the people in Germany had their say, do
you think they might surrender sooner if they thought, we.
would help them get their peacetime industries going again
after the war? (norc)

Yes 69%, No 19%o Qualified 1% Don't know ll%o

19. (US Feb '44) Some people say that Germany should be
divided up and given to other countries. Would you like to
see this done after the war or not? (norc)

Yes 25% No 63% Qualified 1% Don't know 11%

20. (Great Britain Aug '44) Do you think Hitler, Himmler,
Goering, Goebbels, and the other chief Nazis should be pun-
ished or not punished? (bipo)

Punished 97% Not punished 2% Don't know 1%

21. (Great Britain Aug '44) What should be done with mem-
bers of the Gestapo, SS, and other German terrorist organiza-
tions against whom no specific charges of war crimes can be
brought? (bipo)

Shoot them with or without trial 21%

Imprison them: solitary confinement 14

Put on trial and punished 12

Put to forced labor 9

Torture them; nothing horrible enough 8

Exiled 6

Hand them over to the Jews, Poles, or their own people 5

Re-educate them 2

Let them go; ignore them 1

Miscellaneous 12

No answer 10

22. (Great Britain Aug '44) Would you approve or disapprove
of a plan which called for splitting up Germany permanently
into a number of smaller German areas? (bipo)

Approve 56% Disapprove 23% Don't know 21%

23. (Great Britain Aug '44) Would you approve or disapprove
if the whole industrial area of the Ruhr and Rhineland —
containing about 40% of Germany's industries — were taken
away from Germany permanently and made into an interna-
tional zone under international administration? (bipo)
Approve 66% Disapprove 17% Don't know 17%

24. (US Aug 1 '44) Would you be in favor of reducing Germany
to a third-rate nation after the war? (alpo)

Yes 73% No 14% Don't know 13%

26. (US Aug 1 '44) Do you think the Allies should supervise
the education and training of German youth after the war?
(aipo)

[IHB]

Yes 66% No 19%, Undecided 15%

26. (Canada Oct 11 '44) If some neutral country should give
refuge to Nazi leaders after the war, and try to protect them
from the Allies, do you think the Allied countries should make
an effort to get hold of these men, to try them, or do you think
we should do nothing about it? (cipo)

Try to get them 91% Do nothing 5% Uncertain 4%

How far do you think we should go in our efforts to get
these men? Asked of 91% of the sample who thought that
after the war the Allied countries should try to get hold of the
Nazi leaders.

Make war 36%

Stop trade 29

Try persuasion 14

Other methods 5

Uncertain on method 7

27. (France Oct 16 '44) Will it be necessary to dismember
Germany? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians, (fipo)

Yes 76% No 19% Don't know 5%

28. (France Oct 16 '44) Will it be necessary to deport part
of the German population? Asked of a cross-section of Parisians.
(fipo)

Yes No Don't know

National total 59% 37% 4%

BY AGE

20-34 years 57%

35-49 years 62

50-64 years 60 ■

65 years and over 47

BY OCCUPATION

Workers 67%

White-collar 58

Business 64

Professional 44

What section of the German population should be deported?
Asked of 59% of the sample of Parisians who thought it would
be necessary to deport part of the German population.
Nazis, SS, Gestapo, military elements, Nazi youth . . , . 24%

High military, political and economic figures 3

Young men 3

Prussians or inhabitants of the provinces east of Elbe. . 10

Miscellaneous 16

Don't know 3

Where should they be sent? Asked of 59% of the sample of
Parisians who thought it would be necessary to deport part
of the German population.

USSR 31%

Unhealthy climates, penal labor. 3

Countries devastated by Germany. . 10

Africa 2

Miscellaneous 8

Don't know 5

29. (France Dec 16 '44) After the war should German industry
be imder Allied control? (fipo)

41%

28%

Yes 91%

No 4%

No opinion 5%

For how long? Asked of 91% of the sample who thought
that after the war German industry should be controlled by
the Allies?

10 years or more 3%

25 years or more 17 '

50 years or more 31

Always 21%

As long as possible 10

No answer 18

30. (France Jan 1 '45) Which of the following solutions to
the problem of the left bank of the Rhine do you favor: (1) an-
nexation to France, (2) organization into an independent terri-
tory under international control, (3) military occupation for at
least ten years, or (4) demilitarization? (fipo)

Responses in Paris

Annexation to France

International control

Military occupation.

Demilitarization ....
Responses in Provinces

Annexation to France

International control

Military occupation .

Demilitarization ....

31. (US Mar '45) Do you think the United Nations should
try to find some way to let Germany remain an industrial
nation without being a menace to the rest of the world, or do
you think it would be safer if we stopped Germany from being
an industrial nation entirely? (for)

Let her remain an industrial nation 50.9%

Stop her from being an industrial nation 32.9

Don't know 16.2

1st

2nd

^rd

Last

choice

opinion

41%

12%

11%

31%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Let her remain an industrial nation . . .
Stop her from being industrial nation .
Don't know

BY EDUCATION

Let her remain an industrial nation . . .
Stop her from being industrial nation .
Don't know

Prosperous
69.4%
28.1
2.5

College
69.0%
25.1
59

Poor

yi.9%

37.5
24.6

Grade school
34.8%
40.1
25.1

32. (France Mar 16 '45) Do you teel that there are great
differences of opinion concerning the way to dispose of the
German problem? (fipo)

Yes 54% No 30% No opinion 16%

33. (US Apr 20 '45) What do you think should be done with
German industry after the war? (aipo)

Close supervision and control 56%

Destroy German industry; make her mainly agricultural 13

Take it over ourselves and run it 10

Promote it; encourage Germans to build up their industry 4

Do nothing, not our concern 4

No opinion 13

(Oct 17 '45) What do you think should be done with German
industry? (aipo)

Decentralize from government control 1%

Stop all industry, destroy completely 9

Make Germany agricultural 3

Take it over completely, run it ourselves 4

Supervise, control strictly, etc, , 30

Regulate for peace production only, prohibit manufacture

of war goods 27

Allow manufacturing to make Germany self-supporting 6

Use it to help rebuild what Germans destroyed 3

Encourage it, build it up, equal with rest of the world .... 3

1117

Nothing 2%

Miscellaneous 1

Let leaders decide 1

Don't know 10

34. (Great Britain Apr '45) If a neutral country gives refuge
to Nazi leaders, should the Allies try to get hold of the Nazi
leaders? (bipo)

Yes 94% No 4% Don't know 2%

35. (Great Britain Apr '45) What should the Allies do to
try to get hold of the leaders? (bipo)

Persuasion 15%

Diplomatic pressure 20

Economic pressure 17

Force 50

44%

14%

102%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

36. (US Apr 28 '45) Do you approve or disapprove of splitting
Germany permanently into a number of smaller countries?
(aipo)

Approve Disapprove Undecided
National total 40% 32% 28%

BY EDUCATION

College 42%

High school 46

Grade school or less 37

37. (Australia May '45) In your opinion how should the
German people be treated after the war? (apop)

Severely 37% Harshly 20% Moderately 31%

Leniently 8% No opinion 4%

38. (US May 15 '45) What do you think should be done with
members of the German Gestapo and the Nazi Storm Troopers?
(aipo)

Kill, hang, destroy them 39%

Try, prosecute, punish if guilty 15

Punish them 8

Imprison them, jail, cage them 6

Get rid of them, exile, isolate, put them away 5

Treat them as they treated others 5

Kill them slowly, torture, hard work and starvation .... 8

No punishment bad enough 2

Put at hard work rebuilding destroyed places 3

Miscellaneous 2

No answer, don't know 6

Lenient responses, re-educate, rehabilitate 1

39. (US May 15 '45) Will you tell me who Hermann Goering
is? (aipo)

Number 2 man in Germany, Hitler's right-hand man .... 18%

Big-shot Nazi, one of Hitler's henchmen 13

Minister of aviation, chief of Luftwaffe, head of air force 16

Big-shot German, high-up official 10

Big military man, general. Field Marshal, Minister of

War 7

A German, a Nazi 4

Number 2 man in Germany and head of air force 4

War criminal, murderer, German bandit, German Jew. . . 3

Reichmarshal, Minister in Hitler's cabinet 1

Head of Gestapo 2

Other: Minister of propaganda, Jap general. Prime Min-
ister of Germany 2

No answer 20

What punishment, if any, do you think we should give
Goering? Asked of 80% of sample who said they knew who
Goering was.

Kill him 67%

Imprison for life 6

Give him a trial 4

Other punishment 5

Do nothing 1

No opinion 17

40. (US Oct 17 '45) Should we remove from Germany all
heavy industries which make such things as steel, automobiles,
ships, and the like? (aipo)

Yes 50% No 41% No opinion 9%

41. (France Dec 16 '45) Among the following solutions, which
do you prefer for the Ruhr: international territory administered
by the UNO; independent state; simple attachment to Ger-
many? (fipo)

International territory 63%

Independent state 18

Annexing to France — French control 4

Annexing to Germany 3

No opinion 12

42. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following state-
ment: The German people should not be made responsible for
the mistakes of their leaders and should not have to pay charges
arising out of the war. (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 53% 41% 6%

Berlin only 59 40 1

43. (Germany Apr 26 '46) The German public was asked
whether they agreed or disagreed with the following state-
ment: Germany's attempt to rule other countries is the main
cause of her misfortune (omgus)

Yes No No opinion

Amzone 80% 12% 8%

Berlin only 89 9 2

44. (Great Britain Apr 27 '46) Have you followed the dis-
cussion about the future of the Ruhr, Germany's heavy industry
center? (bipo)

Yes No

National total 44% 56%

BY SEX

Men 60% 40%

Women 27 73

by age

21-29 years 39% 61%

30-49 years 47 53

50 years and over 42 58

by economic status

Higher 71% 29%

Middle 57 43

Lower 36 64

by politics

Conservative 50% 50%

Labor 44 56

Liberal 51 49

Others 64 36

Non-voters 27 73

[1118]

Are you in favor of it being completely separated from
Germany politically or should it remain part of Germany?
Asked of 44% of the sample who had followed the discussion
about the future of the Ruhr.
Separated 23% Remain part 17% Don't know 4%

Would you approve or disapprove of permanent interna-
tional control of its resources and production? Asked of 17%
of the sample who thought that the Ruhr should remain a
part of Germany.
Approve 13% Disapprove 3% Don't know 1%

46. (France May 16 '46) Which of these solutions to the Ruhr
problem do you prefer? (fipo)

Separating the Ruhr from the rest of Germany and placing
it under international political and economic control 71%

Keeping the Ruhr under the authority of the central
German government, but placing its industries under
international economic control 14

No opinion 15

BY POLITICS

Separate Keep No opinion

Communists 76% 14% 10%

Socialists 75 18 7

MRP 75 14 11

PRL 71 14 15

Radical-Socialists 74 17 9

Others 75 11 14

(Sept '46) Of the two following solutions in regard to the
Ruhr, which do you prefer: (1) Separating the Ruhr from the
rest of Germany and placing it under international political
and economic control, or (2) keeping the Ruhr under the
central German government and placing its industries under
international economic control?

First solution 63% Second solution 14%

more than one answer.

6. (US July 25 '45) Here are some of the things that will have
to be decided when Japan is defeated. Will you give me your
opinion on each? (aipo)

No
opinion

Yes No

Should we forbid the Japanese to

have an emperor? 48% 37% 15%

Should we destroy their industries
which make such things as steel
automobiles, ships, and the like? 48 44 8

Should we permit the people of
Japan to keep their present re-
ligion? 38 28

7. (US July 25 '45) Here are some things which will have
to be decided when Japan is defeated. Will you give me your
opinion on each? (aipo)

Yts

opinion

33%

60%

Should we let the Japanese choose

their own form of government? . . .
Should we make the Japanese give up

their army and navy?

Should we make Japan give up all

her possessions in China and the

Pacific, except her home islands?. .

Influence and Results (Norway)

1. (Norway May 31 '46) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with
the political cleaning up proceedings after the liberation? (ngi)

Dissatisfied Satisfied Don't know

National total 48% 34% 18%,

Men . . .
Women.

BY SEX

. . 53%

BY AGE

18-25 years 51%

25-35 years 50

35-50 years 53

50 years and over 41

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

High...
Middle.
Low. . .

49
49

37%
32

31%
35
31
39

35
34

10%
24

18%
15
16
20

15%

Influence and Results (Poland)

1. (France Mar 16 '45) Do you feel that the Allies hold widely

divergent views on the treatment of Poland? (fipo)

Yes 68% No 13% No opinion 19%

Influence and Results (Sweden)

1. (Sweden Sept '44) Do you think that the postwar years
will bring any particular difficulties for our nation or do you
think that the transition into peace conditions will come
without major difficulties? (soi)

Difficulties will arise 52%

No particular difficulties 28

Don't know 20

Which two do you consider the most serious? Asked of
52% of the sample who thought difficulties would arise.

Unemployment 43%

Lower standard of living through increased prices, lower

wages, higher taxes 14

Lack of food and other commodities 2

Export and import difficulties 2

The refugee problem 1

Other difficulties 4

Don't know 4

70%*

* Percentages add to more than 52 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Influence and Results (U.S.)

1. (us Sept '40) If Hitler wins, do you think that American
business will have to be reorganized in a manner resembling
the totalitarians? Asked of a national cross-section of business
executives, (for)

Yes, at home as well as in such foreign trade as we do 14.1%

Yes, but in foreign trade field only 35.3

No 48.3

Don't know, or no answer 2.3

2. (US Mar 12 '41) Do you think that, if the Nazis win the
war, we would eventually have to do pretty much as they
wanted us to, like the Poles? (opor)

Yes 40%o No 55% No opinion 5%

3. (US Mar 12 '41) If Germany defeats England in the present
war, do you think you will be as free to do what you want
to as you are now? (opor)

Yes 33%o No 61% No opinion 6%

4. (US Apr '41) Three comparable cross-sections were asked
the following questions, one unloaded, the second with an
interventionist bias, and the third with a noninterventionist
bias, (for)

If Hitler wins, do you think he will be able to invade the
United States?
Yes 33.0% No 56.1% Don't know 10.9%

If Hitler subdues Europe and gets the British fleet in his
possession, he would be able to invade us.
Agree 52.9% Disagree 33.9% Don't know 13.2%

There isn't much chance of Hitler's crossing 3,000 miles of
ocean to invade us when he hasn't even been able to cross
20 miles of English channel.
Disagree 42.3% Agree 47.2% Don't know 10.5%

5. (US Apr '41) If Hitler wins the war, what do you think
will be the effect on the future well-being of this country? (for)

Very A little Not Good Don't

serious serious serious thing know

National total 73.6% 14.4% 5.2% 0.5% 6.3%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 77.3% 14.8% 4.4%, 0.8%o 2.7%

Poor 69.0 16.5 5.7 0.3 8.5

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 67.2%o 24.2%, 5.8% 0.6% 2.2%

East, south, central.. 85.4 6.0 1.0 0.3 7.3

Qune '41)
National total 78.7% 10,4%o 5.7%o 0.5% 4.7%

[ 1120 ]

6. (US May '41) Suppose Great Britain is defeated without
our having gone formally into the war ourselves, which do
you think would be the most likely consequence? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)
Germany will succeed in establishing a new order in

Europe with which it will be possible for us to resume
business relations following approximately prewar
methods 8.5%

In the resulting peace the United States will be safe from
attack without the need for huge armament expenses,
but to protect our economic position it will be neces-
sary for us to compete for foreign trade by matching
totalitarian methods of government-controlled barter 5 3

Not only would the United States have to adopt meth-
ods of barter in foreign trade, but we would have to
maintain a very large and costly military establish-
ment to assure our domestic security 36.5

We would be faced with an eventual war with the new
"Nazi order" for which we would have to continue
to arm at top speed and regardless of price 22.6

Not only the United States but most surviving countries
of the earth would be faced with the calamitous pros-
pect of continuous conflict and economic chaos. . . . 25.0

No answer 2.1

7. (US Nov '41) If Germany wins the war in Europe, how do
you think the peace that will be established by Hitler will
affect the United States? Do you think it will: (norc)

Be quite helpful to us 0.7%

Be a little helpful to us 0.6

Not make much difference to us 6.9

Be a little harmful to us 6.9

Be quite harmful to us 74.0

Something else 2.6

Don't know 8.3

8. (US Dec '41) After the war, do you think the aims and
programs of the New Deal will be: (for)

Partly or entirely done away with 30. 0%

Continued as is 20.5

Made stronger than ever 29.8

Don't know 19.7

9. (US Mar 26 '42) Do you think that if Germany and Japan
should win this war they would keep their armies over here
to police the United States? (opor)

Yes 70%

No 12

They won't win 12

No opinion 6

Why not? Asked of 12% of the sample who did not think
that if Japan and Germany should win this war they would
keep their armies over here to police the United States.
They wouldn't be able to — they might win the war but
could never conquer US — they can never invade the US —
physically impossible — we'd fight to the end — we

wouldn't let them 5%

They would have their hands full at home and with the
countries they have already conquered — they would have

enough trouble taking care of themselves 1

It wouldn't be profitable for them *

The Allies won the last war but didn't keep their armies in
Germany to police it — reparations rather than occupa-
tion *

They would find Quislings over here who would do the
job for them — would set up a puppet government over

here, we would be too helpless 1

They would control us economically 1

They wouldn't really want to after the war — or need to 1%

"No," other 1

No comment 2

* Less than 0.5%.

10. (US July 15 '42) Suppose Germany defeated this country.
I would like to get some of your ideas about what the Germans
might do to us. (opor)

Do you think they would keep an army over here to police
us?
Yes 88% No 8% No opinion 4%

Do you think they would make us pay for the cost of the war?
Yes 94% No 2% No opinion 4%

Do you think they would kill some of our business and polit-
ical leaders?
Yes 87% No 7% No opinion 6%

Do you think most of us would have to work for the Nazis
instead of for ourselves?
Yes 91%

No 5%

No opinion 4%

Do you think they would take a lot of our food away from
us so they would starve most of us?
Yes 71%, No 20% No opinion 9%

11. (US Aug 21 '42) If we win the war, do you think business
conditions in the five years right afterward will be better, or
worse, than they were in the five years before the war started?
(norc)

Better 48%

Worse 33

About the same 10

Don't know 9

12. (US Feb 6 '43) Is there anything you would like to know
about otir plans for after the war? (norc)

Yes 58% No 34% Don't know 8%

What? Asked of 58% of the sample who felt there were some
things they would like to know about our plans for after the
war.

Employment and working conditions 19%

Business conditions in general 13

Production and distribution 3

Political issues 4

Position of Negroes 1

Writing the peace 8

Maintaining the peace, disarmament, policing the world,

treatment of enemy 6

Postwar adjustment in foreign countries 4

Postwar world — unspecified 7

Other 2

Too early to plan; win the war first 1

Not ascertainable 2

70%*

* Percentages add to more thin 58 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

13. (US May '44) After the war, will your business resume
(or continue) its prewar line of goods or activities except for
technical improvements, will you open up some new additional
line, or will you go into a wholly new line? Asked of a national
cross-section of business executives, (for)

Resume (or continue) its prewar line 77.2%

Open up some new line 30.1

[1121]

Change to a wholly new line 0-7%

Don't know 4.8

112.8%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

14. (US May '44) In general, does it seem to you that after
the war the prospects of your company will be better, or
worse, or about the same as they were before? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

About Don't

Better Worse the same know

National total 51.2% 8.5% 36.8% 3.5%,

BY TYPE OF BUSINESS

Manufacturing 49.5%

Finance 53.6

Commerce 59.7

Utilities 41.2

Other -19.8

9.5% 37.3% 3.7%,

6.1 36.5 3.8

6.1 31.0 3.2

10.4 44.1 4.3

8.1 39.5 2.6

15. (US May '44) Do you plan to use about the same distribu-
tion setup after the war as before, or do you plan to make
marked changes in your distribution methods? Asked of a
national cross-section of business executives, (for)

About the same 88.7%

Marked changes 9.0

Don't know 2.3

16. (US July 12 '45) Of course, in America we really haven't
felt the war the way other countries have, but wartime living
is different and inconvenient. In what one or two ways would
you say you have felt it most? (nyht)

Various shortages

Food (other than meat) 19.1%

Meat : 6.7

Gasoline 14.2

Clothes 3.4

Tires 2.9

Shoes 2.4

Cigarettes 1.9

Other shortages 53

Rationing in general 7.0

High prices

General cost of living 7.5

Of food 1.3

Of clothing 1.1

Other costs 0.3

Other answers

Absence or loss of relatives 15.0

Labor shortage 6.2

Business difficulties, lack of merchandise, equipment 4.4

Transportation is limited, crowded 39

Housing shortage 1.6

Poor quality of materials, clothing, shoes 1.2

All other 8.9

None or don't know and no answer 19.4

133 7%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

17. (US Sept '46) Has your own life been changed a great

deal because of the war? (norc)

Yes 51% No 48% Don't know 1%,

Would you say that the war has made your life generally
better or worse? Asked of 51% of the sample whose life had
been changed a great deal because of the war.
Better 11% Worse 36% Don't know 4%

Would you mind telling me in what general ways your life
has been changed by the war? Asked of 51% of the sample
whose life had been changed by the war.

Inflation, financial insufficiency 11%

Economic and financial setbacks, unemployment 7

Food shortages 5

Housing shortages 3

Other shortages 4

Death 3

Broken home 1

Temporary disruption of home, separations 4

Other disruptions 3

Time lost 1

Civilian illness, nervousness 9

Veteran illness, disability 5

Living conditions bad 1

Financial advantages 5

Improved education , 2

Character worse 2

Character better 4

Got married 1

Changed jobs 2

Other miscellaneous 1

Don't know 1

75%*

* Percentages add to more than 51 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Italy

1. (Great Britain Jan '40) Which do you think Italy will do
in this war? (bipo)

Join the Allies 34%

Join Germany 5

Remain neutral 34

Don't know 27

2. (US Apr 26 '40) If Italy goes into the war in Europe, which
side do you think she will join — Germany, or England and
France? (aipo)

Germany 55%

England and France 45

Undecided 33

3. (US Apr 26 '40) If Italy goes into the war, which side
would you like to see her join? (aipo)

Germany 4%

England and France 96

Undecided 17

4. (Great Britain Dec 27 '42) Do you think that Italy can be
made to turn against Germany? (bipo)

Yes 48% No 29% Don't know 23%

Manpower

1. (us Jan 6 '41) In order to speed up defense production,
should factories making war materials hire enough men to
work twenty-four hours a day (three shifts)? (aipo)

Yes 89% No 7% Undecided 4%

2. (Great Britain Jan '41) Do you think that the government
should be able to make people work where and when it thinks
fit? (bipo)

Yes -.'.... 31%

Yes, qualified 25

No 30

Don't know 14

[^n2]

3. (Great Britain Oct '41) Are you satisfied or dissatisfied
with the government's handling of the man and woman power
problem? (bipo)

Satisfied 27% Dissatisfied 53% Don't know 20%

4. (US Jan 12 '42) In time of war, should the government have
the right to tell workers what job they arc to work at, what
they will be paid, and how manv hours they shall work?
(aipo)

Qualified
Yes No answer No opinion

National total 67%, 22%, 4%o V%,

Unskilled and skilled

workers 64 25 4 7

BY UNION STATUS

Qualified answer and

No opinion

Union members . . .

• 58%

29%

13%

Union leaders

5. (US Aug 2 '42) Do you think a law should be passed giving
the government the right to require workers not employed in
war industries to take jobs in war industries? A comparable
cross-section was asked: Do you think a law should be passed
giving the government the right to require workers to take
jobs in war industries if they are not already employed in one?
Results were combined, (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 71% 23% 6%

All workers 72 23 5

6. (US Aug 2 '42) Should a law be passed giving the govern-
ment the right to require workers to move to any place in the
country to take jobs in war industries? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 53% 39%o 8%,

All workers 53 40 7

7. (US Aug 25 '42) Have you filled out your occupational
questionnaire for the government yet and sent it in to your
draft board? Asked of a national cross-section of men under
66 years of age. (aipo)

Yes 79% No 21%

8. (US Aug 25 '42) Can the government now make you take
a job anywhere in a war factory? Asked of a national cross-
section of men under 66 years of age. (aipo)

Yes 47%, No 30%p Don't know 23%

9. (US Aug 25 '42) Do you think the government should have
the power to tell men workers what kind of a job they should
work at and where they should work? (aipo)

Yes 57%o No 38%o No opinion 5%o

10. (US Oct 6 '42) Would you approve or disapprove of having
a committee of impartial, qualified men to investigate and
make a report on drafting manpower for war industries? (aipo)
Approve 74% Disapprove 14% No opinion 12%

11. rUS Oct 21 '42) From what you've heard, do you think
war plants in this country can get all the workers they need
now? (norc)

Yes 57% No 33% Don't know 10%

12. (US Oct 21 '42) If a person wanted to get a job in a war
industry, do you know of any government office or agency
he could go to for advice and help? (norc)

What agency? Asked of 45% of the sample who knew of a
government office or agency which he could go to for advice
and help about getting a job in a war industry.

US Employment Service 19%

State Employment Service 5

Other comments showing familiarity with USES 11

Civil Service Commission 2

Other mentions of government 4

Private agencies 1

Miscellaneous 6

Not ascertainable *

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 45 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

13. (US Oct 21 '42) Right now, do you think the government
should take some of the people out of jobs not connected with
the war effort and put them to work in war industries? (norc)

Yes 61%

No 16

Depends 14

Don't know 9

14. (US Oct 21 '42) From what you've heard, do you think
the government actually will do this [take people out of jobs
not connected with the war effort and put them to work in
war industries] within the next six months? (norc)

Yes 72%o No 10% Don't know 18%

15. (US Oct 21 '42) Would you favor a plan under which war
workers would have to get permission from the government
if they want to leave their present jobs to take a job somewhere
else? (norc)

Yes 65% No 25% Don't know 10%

16. (US Oct 21 '42) Next spring or summer, do you think the
government will probably have to take some of the people
not already connected with the war effort and put them to
work on farms? (norc) i

Yes 83% >Jr. 7<% r)r.nV L-nnw ^CP7^ I

No 7%

Don't know 10%

17. (US Oct 21 '42) If the government should take you out
of the job you're in now, and put you to work in a (another)
war job, what inconveniences or trouble do you think it might
cause you? (norc)

Losing business or business connections 15%

General family considerations 15

Care of children 14

Care of invalids and other dependents 2

Transportation difficulties 13

Considerations of health and age 12

Inexperience on new job 5

Financial considerations 5

Housing difficulties 3

Care of house 2

Miscellaneous 3

No difficulties 25

Not ascertainable 4

Yes 45%

No 53^

No answer 2%

118%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

18. (Canada Nov 4 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the
recent government order requiring workers to get a permit be-
fore changing jobs, and employers to get a permit before firing
a worker? (cipo)

[1123]

Approve Disapprove Undecided

30%

31%

National total 70%

BY OCCUPATION

Employees 63%

Employers and self-employed 59

Farmers 61

Housewives 63

19. (US Dec 15 '42) Does the government have the right at
the present time to require a person to take any job any place
in the country? (aipo)

Yes 31% No 51% No opinion 18%

20. (US Jan 6 '43) Do you favor or oppose giving the govern-
ment the right to tell workers where to work and at what
jobs? (aipo)

Favor 56% Oppose 35% Undecided 9%

21. (US Apr 18 '43) Do you think there is a shortage of work-
ers (in war plants) in this country? (aipo)

Yes No Don't know

37% 45% 18%

(Aug 24 '43) 30 40 30

(Oct 16 '43) 36 42 22

22. (US Feb '43) What is your opinion as a businessman,
regardless of whether you have a serious problem of your own,
as to the nature of the national labor problems; and what would
be the most likely remedies? Asked of a national cross-section
of business executives, (for)

Dis-
agreeing

describing his situation as "acute'
calling theirs "serious." (for)

there were two or three

Agreeing

A true national labor draft and
allocation:

Is necessary now 39-7%

Is desirable now 36.2

Is feasible now 34.1

Will become necessary in the

future 37.3

Will become desirable in the

future 30.8

Will become feasible in the

future 32.1

The problem should be tackled
by an all-powerful man-
power agency superimposed

on present agencies 44.2

It could be handled by the pres-
ent War Manpower Commis-
sion from Washington if
given the necessary powers 44.1
It could be handled by a local
board system based on an
expansion of the Selective

Service setup 44.6

The allocation of labor should
be undertaken without wage
increases in the lower paid
industries 47.1

Qualified
reply

13.5%

14.1

17.9

32.3

33.7

35.1

13.4

17.5

18.5

29.1

46.8%

49.7

48.0

30.4

355

32.8

42.4

38.4

36.9

23.8

23. (US Feb '43) Answering a multi-part question about the
personnel situation facing their companies, a national cross-
section of manufacturing executives divided into the following
percentages on the seriousness of each item in the list. To
simplify the tabulation, those answering "acute" are lumped
with those saying "serious" since both probably mean the
same thing, viz., a critical situation. Generally for every man

Our manpower problem

As to quality 51-3

As to quantity 47.5

Our shortage in

Semi-skilled labor 56.7

Technicians 48.7

Unskilled workers 41.8

Supervisory personnel. ... 35.2

Clerical help 28.4

Managerial personnel ... . 18.5
As a cause of shortages, the fol-
lowing
Losses to the armed forces 53. 5
General shortage in area. . 50.1
Losses to other industries . 48.9
Unauthorized time off. .. . 24.5
Rapid expansion of our

business 23.8

Losses to other companies

in our industry 14.3

As a result of shortages, the fol
lowing
Increasing wage and salary

cost 48.9

Reducing efficiency 43 7

Preventing expansion 33.4

Reducing the volume of

production 31.3

The transportation situation
Discouraging new employ-
ees from coming in 17.9

Affecting employee morale 9.2
The housing problem

Discouraging new employ-
ees from coming in 15. 2

Affecting employee morale 3.5

* Percentages add to more or less th

the double answer of "mild, but will

minorities, not here tabulated, replied '

% % % %

17.4
21.8

12.1

9.3

11.6

10.4

10.1

6.4

33.0
31.9

27.7
21.9
32.7
27.9
41.9
23.2

5.2 = 106.9

6.3 = 107.5

4.4 =
14.8 =
13.2 =
24.0 =
193 =
46.4 =

100.9
94.7
99.3
97.5
99.7
94.5

6.5 38.8 2.7 = 101.5

4.8 31.5 11.4 = 97.8
3 2 34.7 11.4 = 98.2
1.3 39.0 29.5 = 94.3

1.9 28.0 32.8 = 86.5
0.9 32.9 44.7 = 92.8

6.7 36.3

7.1 =

99.0

7.8 38.9

99 =

100.3

7.2 18.4

30.1 =

89.1

10.0 27.2 28.3 = 96.8

4.7 27.1 41.5 =

91.2

3.8 27.7 49.7 =

90.4

1.7 19.3 48.9 = 85.1

0.9 19.0 60.2 = 83.6

an 100 as some minorities gave

become serious," and as other

does not apply to my business."

24. (US Apr 28 '43) From what you've heard, do you think
war plants in this country can get all the workers they need
now? Asked of women only, (norc)

Yes 58% No 24% Don't know 18%

25. (US Aug 30 '43) If there is a shortage of men and women
workers for war industries this fall, should the government
draft persons to fill these jobs? (aipo)

Yes 79% No 14% No opinion 7%

26. (US July 28 '43) If such a law [to draft men and women
workers for war industries] is passed, do you think that you
might be drafted to take a war job? (aipo)

Yes 37% No 52% Don't know 11%

27. (US July 28 '43) A proposal being considered by Congress
would draft men and women for work in war industries.

[ 1124 ]

through local draft boards. Would you like to have your

Congressman vote for or against this proposal? (aipo)

For 47% Against 43% No opinion 10%

Why not? Asked of 52% of the sample who did not want
their Congressman to vote for a law drafting men and women
to work in defense industry.

Over age 16%

In essential work now 19

Other responsibilities won't permit 10

Health won't permit 5

Lack of ability 1

Others will volunteer first 1

(Aug 24 '43) A proposal being considered by Congress would
draft men and women for work in war industries, through local
draft boards. Would you like to have your Congressman vote
for or against this proposal?
For 52% Against 35% No opinion 1391-

28. (US Aug 24 '43) If there is a shortage of workers in war
industries, should the government draft men and women to
fill these jobs, or should the government continue to depend
upon people volunteering? (aipo)

Draft men Let people No

and women volunteer opinion

58% 34% 8%

(Sept 14 '43) 55 36 9

29. (US Sept 14 '43) If a law is passed drafting men and women
for work in war industries, do you think that local draft boards
should handle the filling of these war jobs? (aipo)

Yes 55% No 24% Don't know 21%,

30. (US Sept 14 '43) If a law is passed drafting men and women
for work in war industries, do vou think you might be drafted?
(aipo)

Yes 23%

No 53

Don't know 11

Already in war industry 13

Why do you think that? Asked of 23% of the sample who
thought they might be drafted if a law was passed for drafting
men and women to work in war industries, and 53% of the
sample who thought they would not be drafted in such a
situation.
Reasons by those who thought they might be drafted

Have responsibilities but can dispose of them 4%

Healthy and able to work 31

Present work not essential 20

Everyone would be drafted 9

Have ability — skilled in work they want 13

No responsibilities to hold me back 10

Other reasons 2

No reasons given 2

Women will be needed for other work 1

Will depend on how great need 7

Unemployed 1

No answer 5

105%*
* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Reasons by those who thought they would not be drafted

Not physically able 45%

Present work essential although not in a war industry 23
Other responsibilities would prevent it — home duties,
children, etc 19

Lack of ability — unskilled, etc 2%

Other reasons 2

No reasons given 5

Employed elsewhere 2

No personal need 1

Others 1

31. (US Feb 13 '44) If there is a shortage of men and women
workers for war industries this spring, should the government
draft persons to fill these jobs? (aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 65% 26% 9%

Union members only 60 30 10

32. (US Feb 13 '44) Do you think there is a good chance that
you might be called to take a war job? A comparable cross-
section was asked: If a national service law is passed, do you
think you might be drafted for a war job? Results were com-
bined, (aipo)

Yes 20% No* 66% Don't know 14%

* Including those who say they already have war jobs.

33. (US Feb 13 '44) Do you think there is a shortage of work-
ers in war plants in this country, as a whole, now? (aipo)
Yes 16% No 59% No opinion 25%

34. (US Jan 18 '44) Have you heard or read about President
Roosevelt's proposal for a national service law? (aipo)

Yes 62% No 38%,

What is your understanding of %vhat this proposed law calls
for? .A.sked of 62% of the sample who had heard or read about
the President's proposal for a national service law.

Correct answer 48%

Vague answer 3

Incorrect answer 3

No answer 8

What is your opinion about having a national service law?
Asked of 62% of the sample who had heard of the proposed
national service law.

Don't know — undecided as vet — no opinion — no answer 12%
It's good — %ve need something like it — good idea — OK 40

It's all right if necessary 10

Not for women 1

Don't want it — it's awful — against it — don't like it —

opposed 28

Don't think it is necessary 9

(Feb 2 '44) Have vou heard or read about President Roose-
velt's proposal for a national service law?
Yes 67% No 33%

What is your understanding of what this proposed law calls
for? Asked of 67% of the sample who had read or heard about
Roosevelt's proposal for a national service law.

Correct answer 88%

Vague answer 5

Incorrect answer 7

What is your opinion about having a national serv'ice law?
Asked of 67%, of the sample who had heard or read about
Roosevelt's proposed national service law.

Favor 43%

Favor, if necessary 9

Oppose 32

Undecided 16

35. (US Feb '44) Do you think it would be a good idea or
bad idea to expand the United States Employment Service so
that all jobs could be filled through that one agency? (for)
Good idea 16.6% Bad idea 69. 3% Don't know 14.1%

[ 1125 ]

36. (US Feb 1 '44) If there is a shortage of men and women
workers for war industries in any part of the country this
spring, should the government pass a national draft or service
law? (aipo)

Yes 55% No 35% No opinion 10%

37. (US Feb 1 '44) Do you think there is a good chance that
you might be drafted to take a war job? (aipo)

Yes 19%

No 60

Don't know 9

Have a war job 12

38. (US Feb 1 '44) Do you think there is a shortage of workers
in war plants in any part of this country now? (aipo)

Yes No Don' t know

29% 46% 25%

(Feb 2 '44) 33 42 25

(Mar 29 '44) 30 40 30

39. (US Feb 2 '44) If a national service law is passed, do you
think you might be drafted for a war job? (aipo)

Don't Have a

Yes No know war job

21% 52% 14% 13%

(Mar 29 '44) 25 49 10 16

(Nov 29 '44) 21 56 10 13

40. (US Mar 1 '44) Germany and Japan have national service
laws which require all able-bodied people to fight or take a
war job. Do you think such a law should or should not be
passed in this country? (aipo)

Should 44% Should not 47% No opinion 9%

41. (US Mar 29 '44) Should Congress pass a national service
act which would permit local draft boards to draft some men
and women to fill jobs now unfilled in war industries? (aipo)
Yes 57% No 33% No opinion 10%

42. (US Mar 29 '44) Would you have any objections to being
drafted for a war job? (aipo)

Don't Have a

Yts No know war job

24% 56% 4% 16%

(Nov 29 '44) 29 56 4 11

43. (US Aug 26 '44) After July 1 no employer who hires more
than eight people can hire men between 18 and 65 years of
age without getting approval of the United States Employment
Service. Do you approve or disapprove of this measure? (aipo)
Approve 33% Disapprove 53% Undecided 14%

44. (US June 7 '44) Have you heard or read that the War
Manpower Commission has issued a new order to meet the
shortage of war workers saying that men between 18 and 65,
except farm workers, cannot take or change jobs after July 1st
unless given permission by the United States Employment
Service? (aipo)

Yes. 65% No 35%

Do you approve or disapprove of this measure? Asked of
total sample.
Approve 46% Disapprove 41% No opinion 13%

45. (US July 6 '44) Have you heard or read about the new
ruling which requires men 18 to 65 to get permission from the
United States Employment Service before taking a new job
with a business firm or factory? (aipo)

Yes 74% No 26%

What is your opinion of this ruling? Asked of 74% of the
sample who had heard or read about the new ruling which
required men 18 to 65 to get permission from the United States
Employment Service before taking new jobs in a business firm
or factory.

Approve, good ruling 23%

Prevents turnover 9

Enables government to use manpower to best advantage 4

Necessary because of war 3

Gives check on men 1

All right during wartime, only for war, wouldn't like in

normal times 14

Disapprove (general) 10

Un-American, smacks of Nazism, dictatorial 8

Interferes with individual freedom 8

Unnecessary 4

Regimentation, too much like a draft 2

Unfair in certain instances 1

Don't know 13

Will you tell whether you are for or against this ruling?
Asked of 74% of the sample who had heard or read of the
ruling.
For 51% Against 37% No opinion 12%

46. (Australia Aug-Scpt '44) It's claimed we'll need something
like the present manpower control for a few years after the war.
Do you agree or disagree? (apop)

Needed (agree) 50% Not needed (disagree) 43%

Undecided 7%

47. (Canada Oct 28 '44) Selective service regulations make it
very difficult for men or women working in certain essential
lines to change their jobs. Do you think this control is neces-
sary at the present time? (cipo)

Yes 61% No 32% No opinion 7%

48. (Canada Oct 28 '44) Under selective service regulations
men looking for jobs, or those employed in non-essential jobs,
can be made to take up essential work. Do you think this
control is necessary at the present time? (ciPo)

Yes 63% No 30% No opinion 7%

49. (Canada Oct 28 '44) Selective service now requires a per-
mit before an employer can hire anyone in most lines of busi-
ness and industry. Do you think this control is necessary in
wartime? (cipo)

Necessary 69% Not necessary 24% No opinion 7%
Do you think this control requiring a permit before an
employer can hire anyone should be continued after the war
until things get back to normal? Asked of 69% of the sample
who thought this control was necessary.
Yes 50% No 16% No opinion 3%

50. (US Feb 9 '45) Government and army officials say it is
absolutely necessary to have more men to work in munitions
plants and war industries. Do you think Congress should pass
a law to permit local draft boards to draft civilian men between
the ages of 21 and 45 who are able to work for these war
industries? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 36% Uncertain 8%

51. (US Nov 29 '44) Should Congress pass a national service
act which would permit local draft boards to draft some men
and women to fill jobs now unfilled in war industries? (aipo)
Yes 47% No 42% No opinion 11%

52. (US Jan 21 '45) What do you think should be done to keep
war workers in their jobs as long as they are needed? (aipo)
Freeze them, force them to stay, government take a hand

in it 24%

[ 1126 ]

Draft them into army if they won't work, work or fight 19%
Appeal to their patriotism, show them importance of

sticking it out 5

Provide adequate wages, bonus system 5

Prepare for postwar security of war workers, cut out re-
conversion but have definite postwar plans for conver-
sion and continued work 4

Make it impossible for them to get another job as long

as they are needed 4

Give them more pleasant working conditions, shorten

hours 4

Impose a penalty if they leave 2

Miscellaneous (includes: provide proper housing for em-
ployees, hold pay back, square deal, etc.) 2

Nothing can be done about it 3

Don't know 16

Nothing should be done about it 2

Pass National Service Act 14

104%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

53. (US Jan 17 '45) Have you followed the discussion over a
National Service Act which would require more people to
take war jobs? (aipo)

Yes 63% No 37%

54. (US Jan 17 '45) If a national service law is passed do you
think you would be required to take a war job? (aipo)

Yes 19%

No 57

Don't know 13

Have war job 11

What is your opinion of the proposal to draft people for
war jobs?

Approve only
Approve if necessary Disapprove

National total 55% 21% 24%

19% of the sample who
thought they would be af-
fected by such a law 59 19 22

55. (US Jan 17 '45) Congress is considering a plan whereby
a number of men 18 to 45 who are not in the armed forces,
or in war jobs now, would be required by law to leave their
present jobs and work in war industries. Would you favor or
oppose this plan? (aipo)

Favor 64% Oppose 25% No opinion 11%

56. (US Jan 17 '45) Most people in this country agree that
250,000 more war workers are needed right away. Which of
these two ways of getting these workers do you think should
be followed: continue to do it, as at present, by asking people
to take war jobs; or pass a law which would permit the draft-
ing of certain civilians for war jobs? (aipo)

Favor
voluntary Favor
methods
National total 39%

BY geographical SECTION

New England and Middle

Atlantic 41%

East central

West central

South

Mountain and West coast. . ,

42
36

27
44

draft

Uncertain

53%
■I

53%

57. (US Mar 20 '45) Have you followed the discussions about
getting more people to work in war plants? (aipo)

Yes 71% No 29%

58. (US Mar 20 '45) What do you think should be done, if
anything, to get more people to take jobs in war plants? (aipo)

Draft them for work; use force; work or fight 35%

Make it voluntary but do more urging; appeal to their

patriotism; show them how necessary it is; show them

the horrors of war 8

Offer better wages 3

Investigate health conditions; make conditions favorable 2
Do away with non-essential workers and jobs and put

those people in war plants 1

Guarantee employment for all after the war 2

Better housing near plants 1

Nothing; things are going all right; they've done enough

already 8

Not a question of more workers but get more work out

of present ones; too many men now; too much idleness;

they are laying them off now 12

Other _ 4

Didn't say 24

Medical and Sanitary Affairs

1. (US Mar 19 '41) The army has been rejecting volunteers
and draftees who have not been able to pass the physical ex-
amination because they have bad teeth. Do you think the
army should accept these men for duty and fix their teeth
before they begin training? (aipo)

Yes 80% No 13% Don't know 7%

2. (US Mar 19 '41) Do you think men who have a venereal
disease that can be cured should be accepted by the army and
placed in special camps until they are cured before starting
training? (aipo)

Yes 65% No 25% No opinion 10%

3. (US Apr 8 '44) Have you ever donated blood to the Red
Cross? (norc)

Yes 13% No 87%

4. (US Apr 4 '45) Have you given any of your blood to the
Red Cross blood bank as yet? 14% of the sample who had
given some of their blood were asked: What type is your blood?
(aipo)

Named types 5% Didn't know type 9%

Didn't give blood 86%

5. (US June 27 '45) In general, would you rate the job that
the army has done in the following matters as excellent, good,
or poor? How about providing proper medical care; has the
army done an excellent, good, or poor job? (aipo)

Excellent 60%

Good 35

Poor 1

Don't know 4

Moral Aspects

(Feb 20 '45) 48

1. (Denmark June 15 '45) How would you punish the girls
who have fraternized with the German soldiers? (dgi)

Death penalty 1-3%

Prison 22.0

Take away their civic rights 3.4

Take away their civic rights for life 4.9

Take away their civic rights for a shorter time 7.9

Confiscation of fortune and property 1.0

[ 1127 ]

Expel them from the country 9-5%

Put them in public charge 9.2

Branding or boycotting 14.8

Other measures 1.1

No punishment 24 9

Naval Operations

1. (us Aug 20 '39) Should our government allow American
ships to carry goods anywhere or should our ships be kept out
of war zones? (aipo)

Carry Keep out of
anywhere war zones
National total 16% 84%

17%

83%

15%

85%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England 17^

Mid-Atlantic

East central

West central

South

West

BY POLITICS

Democrats 15%

Republicans 17

2. (US Sept 11 '39) Should England and France be required
to carry the goods away in their own ships? (aipo)

Yes 94%, No 6% No opinion (4%)

3. (US May 29 '40) The Neutrality Law prevents American
ships from traveling in the war zone in Europe. Should this
law be changed so that American ships can carry war supplies
to England and France? (aipo)

Yes 18% No 74% Undecided 8%,

4. (US July 20 '40) In order to help England, should the
Neutrality Law be changed so that American ships can carry
war supplies to England? (opor)

Don't

Yes

National total 35%

(Aug 22 '40) (aipo) 40
(Oct 9 '46) (aipo) 40

No
54%
47
60 = 100%

know

10%

No
answer

BY POLITICS

Democrats 48% 52%

Republicans 33 67 -

5. (US Oct 1 '41) Should the Neutrality Act be changed to
permit American merchant ships with American crews to
carry war materials to Britain? (aipo)

Yes No No opinion

National total 46% 40%, 14%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 40%

Democrats 53

National total (Sept 17 '41) 46%

BY POLITICS

Republicans 42%

Democrats 51

(Oct 7 '41) 54%,

(Oct 22 '41) 61

BY POLITICS

Republicans 59%

Democrats 66

40%

48%
33

37%
31

34%
27

12%
14

14%

10%
16

9%
8

7%
7

45%

13%

47%

14%

6. (US Dec 31 '40) Since the English have lost many ships,
they may not be able to come and get the war materials we
make for them. If this proves to be the case, should American
ships with American crews be used for this purpose [be used
to carry war materials to England]? (aipo)

Yes No Undecided

National total 42%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-Atlantic. . . . 39%

East central 38

West central 38

South 58

West 45

If American ships and American crews are used to carry war
materials to England, should these ships be guarded by our
navy while crossing? Asked of the 42% of the sample who
favored sending American ships.
Yes 82% No 12% Undecided 6%

(Feb 14 '41) Since the English have lost many ships, they
may not be able to come and get the war materials we make
for them. If this proves to be the case, should American ships
with American crews be used to carry war materials to Eng-
land? A comparable cross-section was asked: If the English
do not have enough ships to come and get the war materials
we make for them do you think that American ships with
American crews should be used to carry war materials to
England? Results were combined.
Yes 33% No 53% No opinion 6% Qualified answer 8%

7. (US Jan 9 '41) Do you think we should sell American ships
to the English to carry war materials to England? (aipo)
Yes 71% No 20% No opinion 7%

Qualified answer 1% No answer 1%

8. (US Feb 14 '41) If American ships and American crew":
are used to carry war materials to England, should these ships
be guarded by our navy while crossing? (aipo)

Yes 56% No 38% No opinion 6%

9. (US Jan 28 '41) If American merchant ships with American
crews are used to carry war materials to Britain, and some of
them are sunk by the Germans on the way over, would you be
in favor of going to war against Germany? (opor)

Yes 27% No 61% No opinion 12%

10. (US Jan 28 '41) Do you think this [if American ships and
crews carrying materials to Britain are sunk] would make most
people want to go to war against Germany? (opor)

Yes 67% No 21% No opinion 11%

11. (Apr 8 '41) If we do use our navy to guard merchant ships
crossing the Atlantic, and some of our warships are sunk by
German submarines, would you be in favor of going to war
against Germany? (aipo)

Yes 40% No 50% No opinion 10%

12. (US Apr 8 '41) If we do send American merchant ships
to Britain with war materials, and some of them are sunk by
German submarines, would you be in favor of going to war
against Germany? (aipo)

Yes 34% No 58% No opinion 8%

13. (US Apr 8 '41) Should the United States navy be used to
guard ships carrying war materials to Britain? (aipo)

[1128]

National total.

Ya
41%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-Atlantic 41%

East central 35

West central 33

South 59

West 42

(May '41)
National total

No
50%

49%
56

58 •
30
52

52% 41%

No
opinion

10%

9
11

6%
7

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-Atlantic . . . 55% 38%

East central 43 50

West central 42 50

South 74 20

West 51 44

BY POLITICS

Republicans 42% 52%

Democrats 60 33

Special group* 52 42 6

All others 52 40 8

* Families of men now in service, men who would expect to go into
service if the army is greatly increased, and families of the latter.

14. (US May 20 '41) Do you think the United States Navy
should be used to convoy (guard) ships carrying war materials
to Britain? (aipo)

No
opinion

Yes
52%
(May 29 '41) 55

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-Atlantic . , 55%

East central 48

West central 49

South 75

West 53

Yes

(June 24 '41) ' 56%,

(Aug 5 '41) 52

(Aug 19 '41) 55

(Aug 26 '41) 54

(Sept 9 '41) 60

(Oct 1 '41) 58

40%
38

38%

35%

37 -

No
opinion

15. (US Apr 8 '41) Do you think American merchant ships
with American crews should be used to carry war materials
to Britain? (aipo)

Yes 30%

No 61%

No opinion 9°

16. (US Apr 8 '41) If it appears certain that Britain will be
defeated unless we use part of our navy to protect ships going
to Britain, would you favor or oppose such convoys? (aipo)

Favor Oppose No opinion

71% 21% 8%

(May 6 '41) 73 23 4

17. (US Apr 25 '41) Should the United States navy be used
to guard ships half way across the Atlantic Ocean, when the
ships are carrying war materials to Britain? (aipo)

Yes 49% No 43% No opinion 8%

18. (US Apr 25 '41) Would you favor, or oppose, using the
United States navy to guard ships all the way across the ocean,
when they are carrying war materials to Britain? (aipo)
Favor 33% Oppose 59% No opinion 8%

19. (US May 6 '41) Do you think that if our navy guards
ships carrying war materials to Britain, this will get us into
the war? (aipo)

Yes 74% No 16% No opinion 10%

20. (US July 29 '41) Do you think the United States navy
should be used to convoy these ships as far as Iceland? (aipo)
Yes 75% No 15% No opinion 8% Don't know 2%

21. (US Sept 9 '41) Do you believe that the United States
navy should shoot at German submarines on sight, or should
our ships wait until they are attacked? (aipo)

Shoot on sight 57% Wait until attacked 34% No opinion 9%

22. (US Sept 10 '41) Do you believe United States navy war-
ships should wait until being attacked before shooting at
German submarines or should our ships shoot at German
submarines on sight? (aipo)

Shoot on sight 60% Wait until attacked 32% No opinion 8%

23. (US Sept 9 '41) Have you heard or read about the fight
between the German submarine and the United States destroyer
Greer a few days ago? (aipo)

Yes 89% No 10% No answer 1%

24. (US Sept 17 '41) In general, do you approve or disapprove
of having the United States navy shoot at German submarines
or war ships on sight? (aipo)

Approve Disapprove No opinion
National total 62% 28% 10%

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

New England and Mid-
Atlantic 61%

East central 56

West central 56

South 78

Far West 64

BY POLITICS

Republicans 56%

Democrats 68

25. (US Oct 1 '41) Should the Neutrality Act be changed to
permit American merchant ships to be armed? (aipo)

29%

10%

36%

Yes
National total 72%

BY politics

Republicans 66%

Democrats 76

(Oct 22 '41) National total 81%

No
21%

27%
17

14%

No opinion

7%
7

26. (US Oct 22 '41) Do you think that we should at this time
send some of our warships manned by American sailors to
Europe to help Britain? (aipo)

Yes 27% No 68% No opinion 5%

27. (US Nov '41) Within the past few weeks Congress has
changed the law so that the United States can now arm her
merchant ships. Do you think this is a good idea or a bad idea?
(norc)

Good idea 79.3% Bad idea 11.2%. Don't know 9.5%

[1129]

28. (US Nov '41) At the same time, Congress also changed the
law so that United States ships can carry war materials all the
way to (Britain) (Russia). Do you think this is a good idea or
a bad idea? (norc)

Britain Russia

Good idea 62.4% 54.4%

Bad idea 25.2 30.2

Don't know 12.4 15.4

29. (US Nov 25 '41) Congress has voted to change the Neutral-
ity Act to permit American merchant ships with American
crews to carry war materials to Britain. Do you approve, or
disapprove? (aipo)

Approve 66% Disapprove 26% No opinion 8%

30. (US Aug 21 '42) In your opinion, are we doing all we
possibly can to keep submarines from sinking our ships in the
Atlantic? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

74% 16% 10%

(Aug 29 '42) 76 14 10

(Nov 27 '42) 79 9 12

(June 18 '43) 83 6 U

31. (US Aug 21 '42) Do you think we'll be able to get the
submarine menace under control within the next six months,
or do you think it will take longer? (nokc)

Already

Next Never he under Don't

6 months Longer able to control know

42% 40% 1% 2% 15%

(Aug 29 '42) 46 37 2 2 13

(June 18 '43) 44 36 1 5 14

32. (US July 14 '42) How do you account for the success of
German submarines in sinking our ships along the Atlantic
coast? (aipo)

Our navy not yet large enough to handle situation —
patrol ships more necessary elsewhere — greater part of
our navy diverted elsewhere — inadequate protection,

too many subs for us to combat at present 27%

Spies, 5th columnists, loose talk in this country 18

Navy caught off guard — not smart enough 13

The Germans' cleverness, efficiency, preparation, large

number of subs 17

Laxity in the service, insufficient cooperation between

the army and the navy 2

Miscellaneous 5

No opinion 26

108%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

33. (US Feb -6 '43) As you know, the Navy Department gives
out the news about ship sinkings and naval battles. Do you
think they have been handling this news very well, only
fairly well, or poorly? (norc)

Very well 63% Only fairly well 20% Poorly 4%,

Don't know 13%

How do you think they [the Navy Department] could have
handled it [news of battle and sinkings] better? Asked of the
24% of the sample who thought the Navy Department had
been handling the news of ship sinkings and naval battles
"only fairly well" or "poorly."

Criticism of timing:

News not released soon enough 9%

Criticism of volume:

Should tell more news, more details, news is withheld 3

Should tell less news for security of information 1%

Criticism of the way news is handled:

Too optimistic, should tell bad as well as good news 2

Want truth, accurate news, fewer conflicting reports 3
Qualified satisfaction:

News couldn't be handled better under circumstances 1

Mention of shipping news or losses 4

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 5

29%*

* Percentages .ndd to more tlian 24 .is some respondents gave more
than one answer.

34. (US Aug 4 '43) Do you think most of our troops are car-
ried across the Atlantic in British ships or in American ships?
(norc)

British 10%

American 77'

Don't know 13%

35. (US Aug 4 '43) Right now, which country do you think
is doing most of the convoying of Allied ships on the Atlantic —
the United States or England? (norc)
United States 66% England 17% Don't know 17%

News Reports

1. (US Sept 11 '39) Do you have confidence in the news from
England and France at the present time? (aipo)

Complete confidence 8% Some confidence 62%

No confidence 30%

2. (US Sept 1 '39) Do you have confidence in the news from
Germany at the present time? (aipo)

Complete confidence 1% Some confidence 33%

No confidence 66%

3. (US Nov 30 '39) Which two of these news events of 1939
interested you most? (aipo)

Declaration of war in Europe 42%

Repeal of arms embargo 24

Attempt on Hitler's life in Munich beer hall 13

Germany's conquest of Poland 12

Visit of King and Queen of England 12

Yankees win four straight world series 6

Russia's demands on Finland 10

Russian-German treaty 7

Dies Committee hearings 7

Roosevelt's proclamation changing date of Thanksgiving 8

Germany's seizure of Czechoslovakia 8

Roosevelt's third term mystery 7

Sinking of submarines Squalls and Thetis 6

Cardinal Pacelli elected Pope Pius XII 4

New York and San Francisco World's Fairs 5

"Ham and Eggs" Pension Plan election in California. . . 7

City of Flint incident 3

Germany's mine warfare 3

Sinking of Athenia 3

No answer 4

191%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

4. (US Mar 8 '40) About how much confidence do you have
in the news coming from England and France at this time?
(opor)

Complete 1.8%

Good deal 12.9

Some 29.2

[ 1130]

Very little 38.1%

None 15.9

No answer 2.1

6. (US Mar 8 '40) About how much confidence do you have
in the news coming from Germany at this time? (opor)

Complete 0.6%

Good deal 33

Some : . . . . 16.5

Very little 38.4

None 39.0

No answer 2.2

6. (US July 10 '41) About how much of the news coming from
newspaper and radio reporters in England do you believe at
this time? (opor)

No answer 3%

Don't know 4

All 4

Great deal 24

Some 38

Little 20

None 7

7. (US July 10 '41) About how much of the news coming from
newspaper and radio reporters in Germany do you believe at
this time? (opor)

Don't know 4%

No answer 3

All 1

Great deal 3

Some 24

Little 39

None 26

8. (US July 10 '41) About how much of the news coming from
newspaper and radio reporters in France (Vichy) do you believe
at this time? (opor)

Don't know 8%

No answer 5

All 1

Great deal 4

Some 25

Little 35

None 22

9. (US Nov 19 '41) Do you feel that, in general, the informa-
tion you are getting about the war situation is true and ac-
curate? (opor)

Yes 27% No 54% Don't know 6%

Qualified answer 12% No answer 1%

10. (US Dec 10 '41) Do you think the government is giving
the public as much information as it should about the (fighting
in the) war? (aipo)

^
o

-S!

-«

"5-

■-1

68%

14%

(Nov 19 '41) (opor) . .

J/0

(Mar 26 '42) (aipo). . .

(June 17 '42) (opor) . .

Quly 18 '42)(norc)..

Quly 31 '42)(norc)..

(Aug 13 '42)(norc)..

(Nov 3 '42)(norc).

1^0

^ Z Q =3/ 1^ ^

(Nov 17 '42) (aipo). . . . 70% 23% 7%

(Nov 19 '42) (norc). 75 19 6

(Dec 15 '42) (aipo).... 69 22 9

(Feb 6 '43) (norc)... 74 18 8

What makes you feel this way? Asked of 18% of the Feb 6 '43
sample who do not think the government is giving the public as
much information as it should about the fighting in this war.
Criticism of volume:

News is withheld, covered up; should tell more, give
more details 5%

More news would raise public morale 2

Criticism of timing:

News not released soon enough 4

Criticism of way news is handled:

News too optimistic 3

News too conflicting 3

Specific events on which news is wanted *

Qualified answers:

Realize we can't have more because of secrecy de-
mands 1

Miscellaneous *

Not ascertainable 1

19%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 18 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(June 18 '43) Do you think the government is giving the
public as much information as it should about the fighting
in this war? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

68% 21% 11%

(Apr 8 '44) (norc) 57 35 8

(Feb 20 '45) (aipo) 55 36 9

What further information do you think should be asked?
Asked of the 36% who said that the government was not
giving the public as much information as it should about the
war.

Truth; bad news; details 47%

News of losses, casualties, sinkings 23

Foreign policy, political commitments, postwar aims. . . 14

All news is withheld longer than need be 8

Facts about home production front 1

Censorship here exercised longer than in other countries;
we should not have to be getting news through other

countries 3

Didn't say 10

* Percentages add to mote than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Feb 21 '42) Do you think the government is giving the
public as much information as it should about the fighting in
this war? (norc)

Yes No Don't know

67% 24% 9%

(Mar 2 '42) (norc) 69 22 9

11. (US Dec 24 '41) How about the news from the Philippines?
Do you think we are getting pretty much the whole story of

[n;n]

what's happening there, or do you think that some important
news is being held back? (norc)

Qan 28 '42).

Getting
whole story
26%
27

Some news
withheld

67%
61

Don't
know

-lOr

I/O

12. (US Dec 24 '41) Which of these two ways of releasing war
news to the public do you favor: Let newspaper reporters and
radio commentators handle the war news as they are doing
now, or have official government spokesmen write the war
news for the papers and broadcast it over the radio? (norc)
Let newsmen and commentators handle the war news. . . 41%

Let government spokesmen take over news reports 53

Don't know 6

13. (US Feb 21 '42) Do you think the war news the government
does release is accurate, or that it makes the situation look
better or worse than it really is? (norc)

Looks hooks Don ' t

(Aug 13 '42)...
(Nov 19 '42)...
(Feb 6 '43)...
(June 18 '43)...
(Apr 8 '44)...
(Mar 2 '42)...
(Oct 2 '43)...

What makes you think so? Asked of the 5% of the Oct 2 '43
sample who thought the news released by the government made
the situation look worse than it really was.
To prevent overconfidence; make people war-conscious 3%

To boost war bond sales 1

Redundant answers 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable *

Iccurate

better

worse

know Both

39%

36%

12%

13%

15 2%

6%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 5 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

What makes you think so? Asked of the 38% of the sample
who thought the news released by the government made the
situation look better than it really was.

News is made better to keep up morale 9%

Feel things are worse (no factual proof) 8

Bad news is given out later 7

Know from hearsay things are worse 3

For political reasons 1

For propaganda 1

For security — to keep from enemy 1

Redundant 5

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 2

Has the accuracy of the news improved recently, or has it
been accurate since the beginning of the war? Asked of the
40% of the sample who thought news released by the govern-
ment was accurate.

Improved 16% Always accurate 18% Don't know 6%

14. (US Feb 21 '42) Do you think the government could give
us more information about the fighting in this war without
helping the enemy? (norc)

Yes

25%

(Mar 2 '42) 20

Quly 18 '42) 23

(June 18 '43) 24

•(Oct 2 '43) 32

(Apr 8 '44) 36

15. (US Apr 28 '42) Since we got into the war, do you think
the news of fighting in the Pacific has or has not given a good
idea of what's really been going on there? (norc)

Don't know

65%

10%

55%

Has not 26*^

Don't know 19%

16. (US Apr 28 '42) In general, do you think the censorship
of news is too strict, not strict enough, or about right? (norc)
Too strict 8% Not strict enough 20% About right 60%

Don't know 12%

17. (US Apr 28 '42) Do you think the government is trying
to present the war news accurately, or is trying to make it
look better or look worse than it really is? (norc)

Better Worse Accurately Don't know

21% 4% 62% 13%

(July 18 '42). . . . 28 4 58 10

18. (US Apr 28 '42) Of the things on this list, which
you feel you know most about, which one the least
and which one would you most like to have more or
information about? (norc)

Most Least
The progress of the production program

here at home 14% 6%

The fighting in the Far East 5 17

The fighting in Eutope 6 10

What kind of world we're fighting to

have 20 6

What would happen if the Axis won

the war 7 17

What each of our Allies is doing to help

win the war 2 13

The part I could play now in winning

the war 8 4

The reasons why we're having rationing 17 5

Don't know 21 22

one do
about,
clearer

Want
infor-
mation

11%
8
5

11
9

19. (US May '42) Do you feel that too much news, too little
news, or about the right amount of news is being given out
about the war? (for)

About right 50%, Too much 26.9% Too little 13.9%

Don't know 9.2%

20. (US May '42) Do you feel the news presents things about
the way they actually are, or that it is being colored to make
things better than they are or worse than they are? (for)

Uncolored 40.9% Colored better 36.3% Worse 7.8%

Don't know 15-0%

21. (US July 18 '42) Which part of the fighting would you
especially like to know more about? (norc)

BY theatres of war

Pacific 13%

Aleutians, Alaska 6

Russia vs. Germany 9

England — her fighting 1

North Africa battle 2

[1132]

BY SPECIFIC BRANCH OF ARMED FORCES

Sea forces 7%

Land forces 2

Air forces 4

GENERAL INTEREST IN ARMED FORCES

General — our boys, where they are, etc 4%

Interest in colored soldiers *

Special interest in forces in Ireland 1

INTEREST IN EXPLANATION FOR INACTIVITY

General inactivity of Great Britain 1%

Inactivity of US re: Far East or Alaskan situation *

General inactivity of US 1

Special mention of 2nd front — invasion of Europe —

lack of aid to USSR 2

More information re: US war effort

Home protection and defense 1

Domestic difficulties *

General progress US war effort 6

Special request for more information re: defeat 4

Truth about everything ... 6

No more information desired 10

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 24

106%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more th.in 100 .is some respondents gave more
than one answer.

22. (US July 31 '42) Do you think the war news as a whole
this past week has been generally favorable for our side or
generally unfavorable? (norc)

Un- About evenly

Favorable favorable divided Don't know

21% 53% 14% 12%

(Aug 13 '42).. . 46 29 16 9

23. (US Aug 13 '42) What would you say is the most important
news story of this past week — that is, what is the most im-
portant thing that has happened? (norc)

Offensive at Solomon Islands 51%

German gains in Russia 8

Situation in India 4

News of saboteurs 3

Air attacks on Germans 1

Rationing and shortages 1

News of transportation and shipping leases 1

Local news 2

Miscellaneous 4

Not ascertainable 25

Quly 31 '42)

Bad news about Russia 22%

Good news about Russia 4

General news about Russia 8

Saboteur trial news 11

News from Aleutians, Africa, Egypt 4

Second Front stories 4

RAF bombing of German cities 3

War news in general 3

Rationing 2

Proposed air transport 1

Miscellaneous — local news, elections, etc 6

Not ascertainable 32

24. (Australia Sept '42) Do you think the war news gives
you a sufficiently clear idea of how the war is going? (apop)
Yes 41% No 47% Don't know 12%

26. (Canada Sept 19 '42) Arc you satisfied that you arc getting
as much important war news as you should, or do you think
too much of this news is being censored? (cipo)
Satisfied 56% Not satisfied 36% No opinion 8%

26. (Australia Dec '42) Are you satisfied with the censorship
of the war news, or should the public be told more? (apop)

More should
Satisfied he told Undecided
National total 54% 39% 7%

BY SEX

Men 48% 46% 6%

Women 61 31 8

27. (US Feb 6 '43) How about the way the War Department
has handled the news of fighting on land. Would you say they
have been handling this news very well, only fairly well, or
poorly? (norc)

Very well 71% Fairly well 14% Poorly 2%

Don't know 13%

How do you think they (War Department) could have
handled it (news of fighting) better? Asked of the 16% of the
sample who thought the War Department had been handling
the news of fighting on land "only fairly well" or "poorly."

Criticism of timing:

News not released soon enough 2%

Criticism of volume:

Should tell more news, more details; news is withheld 4

Should tell less news for security of information *

Criticism of way news is handled:

Too optimistic, should tell bad as well as good news 2

Should tell the truth, accurate news 3

Qualified satisfaction:

Couldn't do better under the circumstances 1

Mention casualties or losses *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 5

18%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 16 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Qune 18 '43) How about the way the War Department has
handled the news of fighting on land? Would you say that
they have been handling this news very well, only fairly well,
or poorly?

Very well 73% Only fairly well 16% Poorly 3%

Don't know 8%

How do you think they (War Department) could have
handled it (news of fighting) better? Asked of 19% of the
sample who thought the War Department had been handling
the news of fighting on land "only fairly well" or "poorly."
Criticism of timing:

News not released soon enough 2%

Criticism of volume:

Want more news; more details 4

Want less news for security of information 1

Criticism of accuracy:

Want the truth — fewer conflicting reports 4

News is overoptimistic 1

Qualified satisfaction:

Couldn't do better under the circumstances 1

No mention of casualties or losses 1

[ 1133 ]

Miscellaneous 1%

Not ascertainable 6

21%*

* Percentages add to more than 19, as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(Apr 8 '44) How about the way the War Department has

handled the news of fighting on land? Would you say they have

been handling this news very well, only fairly well, or poorly?

Very well 56% Only fairly well 25% Poorly 6%

Don't know 13%

How do you think they (War Department) could have
handled it (news of fighting) better? Asked of the 31% of the
sample who thought the War Department had handled the
news of fighting on land only fairly well or poorly.
Criticism of timing:

News is not released soon enough 8%

Criticism of way news is handled:

Want the truth, accurate news, fewer conflicting
reports 7

News too optimistic; should tell bad as well as good

news 4

Criticism of volume_:

Should tell more news, more details. News is with-
held 6

Should tell less news for security of information .... 1
Qualified satisfaction:

Couldn't do better under the circumstances 1

No mention of casualties or losses 1

Navy doing a better job than Army *

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 6

35%*

*Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 31 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

28. (US June 18 '43) As you know, the Navy Department
gives out the news about ship sinkings and naval battles.
Do you think they have been handling this news very well,
only fairly well, or poorly? (norc)

Very well 63%

Only fairly well 20

Poorly 7

Don't know 10

How do you think they (the Navy Department) could have
handled it [news of ship sinkings and battles] better? Asked
of the 27% of the sample who thought the Navy Department
had been handling the news of ship sinkings and naval battles
only fairly well or poorly.
Criticism of timing:

News is not released soon enough 8%

Criticism of volume:

Want more news; more details 4

Want less news for security of information 2

Criticism of accuracy:

Want the truth — fewer conflicting reports 4

News is overoptimistic 2

Qualified satisfaction:

Couldn't do better under the circumstances 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 7

(Apr 8 '44) As you know, the Navy Department gives out
the news about the ship sinkings and naval battles. Do you
think they have been handling this news very well, only fairly
well, or poorly?

Very well 55%

Only fairly well 25

Poorly 6

Don't know 14

How do you think they (the Navy Department) could have
handled it (news of battles and sinkings) better? Asked of
31% of the sample who thought the Navy Department had
been handling news of sinkings and battles fairly well or
poorly.
Criticism of timing:

News is not released soon enough 10%

Criticism of the way news is handled:

Want the truth, accurate news, fewer conflicting re-
ports 4

News too optimistic: should tell bad as well as good

news 3

Criticism of volume:

Should tell more news, more details; news is withheld 4

Should tell less news for security of information 2

Qualified satisfaction:

Couldn't do better under the circumstances 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 7

33%*

29%*

* Percentages add to more than 27 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

* Percentages add to more than 31 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

29. (US Mar 7 '45) Any news on what the navy is doing is
released by the Navy Department. Do you think the navy
has been handling this news very well, fairly well, or poorly?
(aipo)

Very well 41%

Fairly well 31

Poorly 5

No opinion 23

30. (US Mar 7 '45) Any news on what the army is doing is
released by the War Department. Do you think the army has
been handling this news very well, fairly well, or poorly?
(aipo)

Very well 39%

Fairly well 34

Poorly 7

No opinion 20

31. (US Feb 6 '43) Have there been any particular times when
you wanted more news than was actually given out about
something that happened in the war? (norc)

Yes 40% No 56%, Don't know 4%

What particular things? Asked of the 40% of the total
sample who said there had been times that they had wanted
more news than was given out.
Pacific:

Pearl Harbor 10%

Solomons, Guadalcanal, and general Pacific fighting 9

Other specified Pacific fighting 4

Africa :

Invasion of Africa 5

Casablanca meeting 3

Russia 1

Other places or events specified 1

Losses, casualties 4

[1134]

Lots of things, but nothing in particular 3%

Miscellaneous 4

Not ascertainable 2

46%*

* Percentages add to more than 40 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Why do you suppose more information wasn't given out
about it at that time? Asked of the same 40%.

Need for secrecy as protection from the enemy 24%

Possible effect on public morale 4

Hushing up 3

Information wasn't available 2

Skeptical "no opinions" *

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 6

* Less than 0.5%.

Do you think it was a good idea to keep this information
back? Asked of the same 40%.
Yes 29% No 6% Don't know 5%

32. (US Oct 2 '43) Do you think the government is giving
the public as much information as it should about the fighting
in this war? (norc)

Yes 61%, No 27% Don't know 12%

Why do you think the government should give out more
information to the public? Asked of the 27% who thought
the government should give out more information about
fighting.

Ideological answers — a democratic fight 9%

Should give bad as well as good 6

For better understanding 4

People would do more for war effort 3

Make people more war-conscious 3

Those with relatives are entitled to know 1

People would have more confidence in the government 1

Miscellaneous *

Not ascertainable 1

28%*

•Less than 0,5%.

** Percentages add to more than 27 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

Would you say that the amount of news given out has
changed any during the last three months? Asked of the 61%
of the sample who thought the government was giving the
public as much information about the fighting as it should.
Yes 30% No 19% Don't know 12%

How (has the amount of news changed)? Asked of the 30%
of the sample who thought the amount of news had changed
during the last three months.

More news 11%

More details 4

More realistic reports 4

More news because news is better, more favorable to

United States 4

More news because more is happening 2

More news and released more quickly 1

Less news 1

More realistic pictures 1

Miscellaneous 1

Not ascertainable 1

33. (Feb 6 '43) Do you happen to know what job Elmer Davis
holds in the government today? (norc)

Identified as head of OWI 13%

Identified in connection with news dissemination 18

Incorrectly identified 27

Don't know 42

Do you happen to know the name of the government agency
that has charge of handling all information about the war?
What is it?

OWI 10%

Answers approaching OWI 4

Wrong answer 5

Don't know 68

34. (US June '43) Would you rate as good, fair, or poor the
job that has been done so far on giving out news about the
war? (for)

Good 42.7%

Fair 35.9

Poor 11.5

Don't know. 99

35. (US Oct 2 '43) Where do you get most of your news about
the war — from talking to people, from the newspapers, or
from the radio? (norc)

Talking to people 7% Newspapers 34% Radio 57%
Other l%o

Do you ever listen to the news over the radio? Asked of the
43% of the sample who got most of the news about the war
from sources other than the radio.
Yes 37% No 5% No answer 1%

Do you listen at any particular time each day? Asked of the
57% of the sample who got most of the news about the war
from the radio.

Yes 40% No 17%

Would you say you listened to the news every day, three or
four times a week, or only occasionally?

Every day 10%

3 or 4 times weekly 3

Only occasionally 3

Don't know 1

36. (US Oct 2 '43) Some people say that a lot of the news
about the war and problems here at home is confusing because
of the different stories that have been given out. What arc
some of the things you have felt confused about because of the
different stories which have been given out? (norc)
Shortages and rationing:

Rationing, shortages in gasoline, fuel oil 8%

Food rationing and shortages 7

Rubber shortages and tire rationing 5

Rationing and shortages in general 8

Drafting manpower:

Father-draft 12

Labor draft 2

Draft in general 6

Other domestic issues:

New taxes 4

Government policy 4

Inflation, price control, ceiling prices 3

War production and strikes 3

Actual fighting:

Specific battles and campaigns 3

Coalition of the United Nations 3

Shipments to fighting zones 1

Places where fighting is taking place 1

General conditions under which men arc fighting ... *

Miscellaneous 2

[1135]

Losses on the fighting fronts:

Losses of manpower 3%

Losses of material, ships, equipment 1

Losses in general 1

The fighting fronts:

Asiatic and Pacific situation 1

Second front 1

Peace and postwar:

Postwar plans, issues 1

Rumors and negotiations *

Anything and everything 3

Miscellaneous 3

Nothing 28

Not ascertainable 15

129%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

37. (US Oct 2 '43) There has been a lot of talk about whether
we ought to get more complete stories of what happens on the
battlefield — even stories and pictures showing how American
soldiers are suffering and dying. What do you think about this?
(norc)

Approval 45% Qualified 8% Disapproval 42%

Don't know 5%

38. (US Oct 2 '43) Have you seen any newspaper or magazine
pictures of this kind (photos depicting suffering of GI's on
battlefield) which you thought it would have been better not
to give out? (norc)

Yes: specific mention of picture of three dead American

boys on beach 3%

Other mentions of pictures of dead soldiers 4

Pictures of wounded soldiers 3

Atrocity pictures 1

Pictures of starving children 1

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 3

Have not seen any news or magazine pictures 83

39. (US Apr 8 '44) As far as you know, have any of the Allies
ever given out an important news story before it was given
out by our own government? (norc)

Yes 33% No 67%

Do you happen to remember any particular examples of
this? What? Asked of the 33% who thought some of our Allies
had given out important news stories before our government
released them.
England or Churchill do it generally; no mention of

specific items 7%

Russia does it; no mention of specific news items 1

The conference at Teheran 7

The Cairo conference 2

Reference to conference of allied leaders 2

The meeting in North America 2

Russia released news of her acceptance of King Victor

Emanuel and Badoglio 1

The Moscow conference *

Miscellaneous 4

Don't know 9

■ 35%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 33 because some of the respondents
gave more than one answer.

How do you feel about the news being given out in other
countries first? Asked of the same 33%.

News should be released simultaneously in all countries . . 7%

I don't like it; think it unfair; resent it a little 7

The matter is unimportant; doesn't bother me 5

It should be given here first 4

I don't think it should be (no further comment on feeling) 3

It is all right; perhaps there is a reason for it 3

Depends 1

Miscellaneous 2

Don't know 1

40. (US Mar 7 '45) As a whole, do you think the war news
that is released to the public makes the situation look better,
or worse, or about as it really is? (aipo)
Better 40% Worse 8% As it is 40% No opinion 12%

Where do you think the blame for most of this [distortion
of war news] belongs? Asked of the 40% of the sample who
thought the war news made the situation look better and the
8% who felt the news made matter appear worse.

The government, Washington, our leaders; politics 12%

Newspapers; desire of the press to please the public 5

Censorship 4

OWI 3

Public morale must be kept up 3

Commentators, radio 1

Propaganda 1

President Roosevelt; the White House 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 9

40%
2%

Government, Washington, our leaders; politics

Newspapers 1

Stop optimism; help war production 1

Censorship 1

Miscellaneous 1

Don't know 2

41. (Czechoslovakia, Oct '46) Judging from the Czech language
broadcasts from abroad, did you believe that the Czechoslovak
resistance movement abroad was well informed about condi-
tions in occupied Czechoslovakia? Asked of a cross-section of
people who said they had listened to Czech language broad-
casts during the German occupation. 87.2% of the sample
said they had listened to broadcasts from London. 70.8% said
they had listened to Moscow, (cipo)

Well-informed 51.5%

Sometimes well-informed, sometimes ill-informed 33. 0

Ill-informed 2.8

Don't know 12.7

Peace

1. (US Dec 13 '37) Do you think the United States should
offer to act as peacemaker in the war between China and
Japan? (aipo)

Yes 19% No 81% = 100% No opinion 8%

2. (Great Britain, Sept '39) Would you approve or disapprove
if the British government were to discuss peace proposals
(now) with Germany? (bipo)

Approve Disapprove Don't know

17% 77% 6%

(Feb "40) 29 61 10

(Mar '40) 25 69 6

Qan '41) 13 77 10

Qune '41) 12 82 6

(Nov '41) 8 84 8

[ 1136]

3. (Great Britain Oct '39) Should tiie Allies and Germany
tell President Roosevelt the terms on which they would make
peace, to see if he thinks a settlement could be arranged? (bipo)
Yes 4S% No 41% Don't know 11%

4. (US Nov 8 '39) If England and France defeat Germany,
should the peace treaty be more severe on Germany or less
severe than the treaty at the end of the last war? A comparable
cross-section was asked the same question with "If Germany
is defeated by England and France" substituted for "If England
and France defeat Germany." Results were combined, (aipo)
More severe 58% Less severe 36% About the same 6%

5. (US Jan '40) If it is quite clear that the Allies are beating
Germany, do you think they should stop if Germany asks for
peace or do you think they should continue until Germany
is so badly beaten that she will never again rise as a nation?
(for)

Keep going Stop Don't know

National total 57.1% 32.3% 10.6%

Men 59.3% 32.9%

Women 54.9 31.8

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

Prosperous 51.2% 38.4%

Poor 59.6 23.1

BY GEOGRAPHICAL SECTION

15.7%

Southwest 70.6%

Pacific coast 45.1

44.8

7.8%
133

10.4%
12.3

13.7%
10.1

6. (US Jan '40) If the Allies should win the war, what kind
of peace should they make with Germany? (for)

One which will wipe Germany out completely as a na-
tion and divide her up among the Allies so that she
can never organize and start trouble again 19.2%

One which, while it will completely crush Hitler and
his type of government, will not oppress the German
nation or give them reason to let a man like Hitler
gain control again 50.5

One which will leave Germany as a nation but com-
pletely disarmed and in some way prevented from
making trouble 14.4

One which will give Germany back everything she
owned before the last war and thereby put her on an
equal footing with the other big European powers 50

Other answers 5

38%*

* Percentages add to more th.in 33 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Why do you disagree with Senator Wheeler's statement?
Asked of the 51% of the sample who did not want the United
States to back a peace-no w movement.

Disagree with Wheeler in general 6%

We must help England 1

Hitler must be defeated first 9

Peace now would be to Hitler's advantage 3

Hitler can't be trusted to keep promises 3

Peace now would be only temporary 2

Peace now would endanger USA 1

The war must be fought to a finish 2

Peace now would be a compromise 2

Now is not the time 9

USA is too far gone now for peace 1

USA (Roosevelt's) policies are all right 1

War has gone on too long for peace to be possible now . . 1

Previous peace efforts were unsatisfactory 1

USA has not power to make or enforce peace 1

We don't want to get into it 2

Other answers 4

No comment 2

19. (US July 10 '41) It has been said recently that the power
of the United States should be put behind a peace movement
to end the war now. Do you agree, or disagree? (opor)
Agree 42% Disagree 49% No opinion 9%

Why? Asked of the 42% of the sample who agreed that the
United States should press for peace now.

No comment 3%

It's not our war 1

To preserve economy or social gains of USA 1

War is bad 13

Wars never settle anything 1

To avoid slaughter 2

Keep our boys out of war 2

The sooner the war ends, the better 1

Too much destruction in war 1

A satisfactory peace can be made now 1

If war continues, USA will be drawn in 4

USA is the country that can take the lead for peace. . . 3

Agree, if satisfactory peace can be made 1

Agree in theory, but peace now would not be possible. . 1

If it can be done 2

If we don't make peace, Germany may win still more. . . 1%
Other answers 4

Why? Asked of the 49% of the sample who did not want the
United States to press for peace now.

We must help England 1%

We should go to war 1

Now is not the time 8

Hitler must be defeated first 11

Peace now would be to Hitler's advantage 5

Hitler can't be trusted to keep promises 3

Peace now would be only temporary 4

The war must be fought to a finish 2

Peace now would be a compromise 1

War has gone on too long for peace to be possible now. . 1

Previous peace efforts were unsatisfactory 1

USA has no power to make or enforce peace 1

We don't want to get into it 5

Other answers 3

No comment 2

20. (Great Britain Oct '41) Would you approve or disapprove
if the government were to negotiate a separate peace with
Italy? (bipo)

Approve 36% Disapprove 51% Don't know 13%

21. (US Nov 19 '41) Do you happen to have any ideas that
you would like to see put into a peace plan? (opor)

An improved League of Nations 6%

An international police force 5

A World Court 2

International Economic Cooperation 4

Equal opportunities (liberties) for all nations 4

Greater opportunities for the have-nots 2

Specific freedoms proposed for everybody 1

USA must take leading part in the world 1

USA and Britain must dominate the world 1

A union of all the democracies 1

A United States of Europe 3

Do away with war, dictators 3

Religious suggestions 2

Universal disarmament 3

A just peace 2

Should go back to a prewar basis 2

Germany must be repressed 8

German leaders must be eliminated 1

England's power must be curtailed 1

All countries should be democracies 2

Isolationist, laissez-faire solutions 1

Other 2

No ideas 57

No answer 4

118%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

22. (US Dec 24 '41) Which of these statements come closest
to the way you feel the war will end? Each respondent was
handed a card with the four statements on it. (1) There is no
question but that the United States and her allies will win the
war and be able to write the peace terms. (2) We'll win the
war, all right, but the losers will be strong enough so that wc
will have to make some concessions, too. (3) We won't be
defeated, but neither will the Axis — the war will end in a
draw. (4) I'm afraid the Axis powers have a pretty good chance
to win the war. Don't know, (norc)

[ 1138 ]

State-
mint 1

(Feb 14 '42) 54

(Mar 28 '42) 60

(July 1 '42) 61

(July 18 '42) 58

(Nov 19 '42) 73

* Less than 0.5%.

State- State- State- Don't

ment 2 ment 3 tnent 4 know

11% 4% 1% 4%

30 7 4 5

28 3 2 7

26 6 2 5

28 6 3 5

19 3 * 5

23. (US Jan 16 '42) If Hitler offered to stop the war now and
discuss peace terms with the Allies, would you favor or oppose
accepting Hitler's offer? (opor)

Favor 12% Oppose 80% Undecided 5%

Qualified answers 3%

If the German army overthrew Hitler and then offered to
stop the war and discuss peace terms with the Allies, would
you favor or oppose accepting the offer of the German army?
Asked of the 85% of the sample who were opposed or unde-
cided about accepting a possible offer to discuss peace terms
with Hitler.

Favor 22% Oppose 52% Undecided 7%

Qualified answers 4%

24. (US Jan 16 '42) If the German army overthrew Hitler
and then offered to stop the war and discuss peace terms with
the Allies, would you favor or oppose accepting the offer of
the German army? (opor)

Qualified
Favor Oppose Undecided ansivers

iO% 60% 7% 3%

Qune 17 '42)... 32 58 10 —

(June 18 '43)... 25 65 10 —

If Hitler offered to stop the war now and discuss peace terms
with the Allies, would you favor or oppose accepting Hitler's
offer? Asked of the 30% of the Jan 16 '42 sample who favored
and the 7% of the same sample who were undecided in reference
to making peace with the German army if it overthrew Hitler.
Favor 9% Oppose 23% Undecided 2% Qualified 1%

25. (US Jan 16 '42) If the Allies accepted the German peace
offer and stopped the war now, do you think the peace settle-
ment would mean a victory for Germany, or a defeat for Ger-
many? Asked of 32% of the total sample who favored either
making peace terms with the German army if it overthrew
Hitler, or making peace terms with Hitler, (opor)

Would mean victory 8% Would mean defeat 15%

No answer 3% Don't know 6%

26. (US Mar 26 '42) What will bring the war to an end? (opor)

We will win; downfall of Hitler, Axis, dictators 68%

Axis (Germany) will be exhausted by a war of attrition 7
Revolt in conquered countries will bring the war to an end *

Revolution within Germany — uprising in Germany 2

Indecisive answers 4

We will win, probably; I hope we will win 1

A stalemate — an agreement — a negotiated peace 3

Defeat of Japan; defeat of Japan and negotiated peace with

Germany 2

People will come to their senses and stop war — world

revolution *

Religious interpretations 2

An Axis victory — defeat of the United Nations *

No opinion 8

No answer 1

Total of three responses marked by * = 2% 2

27. (US July 29 '42) What will bring the war to an end? (aipo)

Axis *

Stalemate 3%

Allies 69

USA 10

Other 10

Don't know 8

* Less than 0.5%.

28. (US May 6 '42) Do you think England might make a
separate peace with Germany without talking it over with the
Allies? (norc)

No opinion
and
Yes No no answer

10% 77% 13%

Quly 1 '42) 9 81 10

29. (US May 6 '42) Do you think Russia might make a sep-
arate peace with Germany without talking it over with her
Allies? (norc)

No opinion
and
Yes No no answer

26% 51% 23%

(July 1 '42) 25 56 19

(July 18 '42) 29 55 16

(Oct 6 '42) 26 57 17

30. (US May 6 '42) Do you think China might make a sep-
arate peace with Japan without talking it over with her
Allies? (norc)

No opinion
and
Yes No no answer

7% 80% 13%

(July 1 '42) 9 80 11

31. (US May 6 '42) If the Allies win the war, which country
do you think will have most to say in writing the peace treaty?
(norc)

Russia 4%

England 12

US 61

Other *

Don't know and no answer 23

Why do you think the United States will have more to say
than the other Allies? Asked of the 61% of the sample who
thought the United States would have most influence in writing
the peace treaty.

We are doing the most 30%

We are most powerful 11

We have most prestige 5

We stand for fair ideals 5

We have a higher intellectual and educational level. ... 2

We have learned a lesson from the last war 2

We will have the most to say because of Mr. Roosevelt 2

Blind patriotism 1

Miscellaneous pertinent answers 2

Non-pertinent answers 1

Not ascertainable 4

65%*

* Percentages add to more than 61 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Why do you think England will have more to say than the
other Allies? Asked of 12% of the sample who thought Eng-

[ 1139 ]

land would have more to say than the other Allies in writing
the peace treaty.

England is doing the most to win the war 2%

England has always had the most to say 6

England is strongest, has greatest holding 1

England has the best brains, best diplomats 2

England is most vitally concerned 1

Miscellaneous pertinent answers *

Not ascertainable *

13%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 12 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Why do you think Russia will have more to say than the
other Allies? Asked of the 4% who thought that Russia would
have more to say than the other Allies in writing the peace
treaty.

Russia is doing most to win the war 3%

Russia is (will be postwar) strongest 1

Russia is not friendly to her Allies *

Miscellaneous pertinent answers 1

Non-pertinent answers *

Not ascertainable *

5%**
* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 4 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(July 1 '42) If the Allies win the war, which country do
you think will have most to say in writing the peace treaty?

Don't

Russia

England

know and
Other no answer

13%
12

68%
57

- 16%
* 26

Qan 11 -43).

Why do you feel this way? Asked of the 5% of the (Jan 11 '43)
sample who thought Russia would have most to say in writing
the peace treaty.

Russia is doing most to win the war 3%

Russia is (will be postwar) strongest 1

Russia is not friendly to other Allies *

Miscellaneous 1

5%
* Less than 0.5%.

Why do you feel this way? Asked of the 12% of the sample
who thought England would have the most to say in writing
the peace treaty.

England has always had the most to say 6%

England has best brains — best diplomats 2

England is dictating to us now 2

England is doing most to win the war 1

England is strongest, has greatest holdings 1

England is most vitally concerned 1

Non-pertinent answers *

Miscellaneous *

Not ascertainable *

13%**

* Less than 0.5%,-

** Percentages add to more than 12 as some respondents gave more
than one reply.

Why do you feel this way? Asked of the 57% of the sample
who thought the United States would have the most to say
in writing the peace treaty if the Allies won.

US is doing most, is decisive factor in the war 30%

US is most powerful 12

US has most prestige 6

US stands for fair ideals 6

US has higher intellectual and educational level 2

We will have the most to say because of Mr. Roosevelt 2

We have learned a lesson from the last war 1

Blind patriotism 1

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 2

64%*
* Percentages add to more than 57 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

32. (US May 8 '42) Should the Allies offer peace terms at this
time to Finland? Asked of a national cross-section of civic and
community leaders, (aipo)

Yes 43% No 45% No opinion 12%

33. (US May 30 '42) Should the Allies offer peace terms at
this time to Italy? Asked of a national cross-section of civic
and community leaders, (aipo)

Yes 16% No 79% No opinion 5%

34. (US June '42) Which of these seems better to you — for us
to win the war first and then think about the peace, or to start
now thinking about the kind of peace we want after the war?
Asked in the United States and Canada, (for)

Win war Plan peace
first

US public 58.8%

Canadian public 57.8

Business leaders 49-9

Intellectual leaders 16.6

35. (US June '42) Which country do you think should have
the most to say about what kind of peace there should be?
Which country do you think will have the most to say? Asked
of a national cross-section of Canadians, (for)

Should Will

Great Britain 46.0% 32.3%

United States 22.0 40.5

Canada 10.6 3.4

now

Don't know

33.1%

8.1%

39.0

3.2

46.5

3.6

79.1

4.3

78.6%* 76.2%*
* A number of respondents mentioned two or more countries, or de-
clared that all countries, or all democracies, should have an equal s.iy.
The miscellany of answers is too confused as to meaning for complete
tabulation.

36. Quly 1 '42) From what you know, has Germany ever
offered to make peace with England since the war began in 1939?
(norc)

Yes 30% No 47% Don't know 23%

Do you think England should have made peace? Asked of
30% of the sample who said that Germany had offered to make
peace with England.
Yes 2% No 27% Don't know 1%

37. (US July 15 '42) Do you think the people of Italy would
like to make peace with the Allies if they could? (opor)

Yes 82% Qualified 1% No 5% No opinion 12%

38. (US July 15 '42) How about the present Italian govern-
ment? Do you think they would like to make peace with the
Allies if they could? (opor)

Yes 49% Qualified 3% No 31% No opinion 17%

[1140]

39. (US July 18 '42) Suppose Germany defeats Russia this
summer; what would you think then about the way the war
would end? (norc)

There would be no question that the United States and
her Allies would win the war and be able to write the
peace terms 41%

We would win the war all right, but the losers would be
strong enough so we would have to make some con-
cessions too 30

We wouldn't be defeated, but neither would the Axis —
the war would end in a draw 9

I'm afraid the Axis powers would have a pretty good
chance to win the war 9

Don't know 11

40. (US Aug '42) (Taking everything into consideration) do
you feel it is worth while to keep on fighting this war, or do
you think it would be better to try to make peace as things
stand now? Asked of a national cross-section of high-school
students, (for)

Keep Try No

on fighting for peace opinion

National total 91% 8% 1%

(Nov '42) 90.9% 8.2% .9%

BY SEX

Boys 94.8% 4.6% .6%

Girls 86.9 11.9 12

(Mar '43 — asked of a national cross-section of farmers)

Keep Try No

on fighting for peace opinion

Farmers 85.7% 8.8% 5.5%

Wives 76.0 13.4 9.6

Hands 85.5 9.6 4.9

41. (US Aug 21 '42) If we win this war, do you think the
peace should be harder on the German people than the one
after the last war, or not as hard? (norc)

Harder 65% Not as hard 17% About the same 6%
Don't know 12%

42. (Canada Aug 22 '42) If the Allies win the war, do you
think that France should have an equal voice with Russia,
the United States, China, and England in deciding the peace
terms? (cipo)

Yes No Undecided

French Canadians 78% 8% 14%

English Canadians 36 52 12

43. (US Dec 2 '42) Would you approve or disapprove of our
offering Italy generous peace terms if she will stop fighting
now? (aipo)

Approve 44% Disapprove 40% No opinion 16%

44. (Canada Dec 26 '42) If Italy should ask for a separate peace
now, should we make such a peace, or should we continue to
fight until Italy has been invaded and conquered? (cipo)

Grant peace Fight an Undecided
National total 45% 48% 7%

Men . . .
Women .

BV SEX

. . . 50%
. . 41

45%
50

45. (Great Britain Dec 27 '42) If the Mussolini government
sued for peace now, should the Allies negotiate with them?
(bipo)

Should 40% Should not 50% Don't know 10%

46. (US Jan '43) In addition to waging war, should the Allies
start talking and preparing now for the kind of peace we want
after the war, or should we think and plan only for winning
the war, letting peace plans wait? (norc)

Prepare Don't Qualified

now Wait know answers

■ 59.1% 38.4% 2.3% 0.1%

Qune '43) 60 36 4 *

* Less than 0.5%.

47. (US Jan 11 '43) Do you think the chances for making a
lasting peace after this war will be any better than they were
after the last war? (norc)

Yes 62% No 24%, Don't know 14%

Why? Asked of the 62% of the sample who thought chances
for a lasting peace after this war would be better than they were
after the last war.
We will not repeat the same mistakes made after the last

war 21%

This war is different, or, people are different 9

Our mistake was in allowing them to arm or in not

policing them after the last war 7

Should have exterminated them last time 6

We arc preparing better this time 6

Our mistake was in not cooperating with other countries 5

Miscellaneous 5

Not ascertainable 4

63%*

* Percentages add to more than 62% as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Why? Asked of the 24% of the sample who thought the
chances for a lasting peace after this war would not be better
than they were after the last war.

History repeats itself 6%

Because of human nature 6

Because the Bible says so 1

There will be wars as long as present differences exist. ... 4

The approach is no better than last time 2

The United States cannot prevent wars from starting 1

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 2

48. (US Jan 11 '43) Do you think we ought to begin right now
deciding what the peace terms after this war should be, or do
you think the peace plans ought to wait until later? (norc)
Plan now 55% Wait 37% Don't know 8%

Why? Asked of 55% of the sample who thought we ought
to make plans now as to what the peace terms after this war
should be.
General approval of preparedness for a better peace. . . . 13%

Size of job requires much time, planning 12

Need for planning in order to have a statement of our

aims 7

For quicker reconstruction after the war is over 5

Can think more clearly now than at the end of the war 4

To avoid mistakes that followed last war 3

To have strong binding terms now on which agreement

can be reached 2

To have our proper share in postwar planning 1

Broad principles should be established now but details

have to wait 4

Miscellaneous 4

Not ascertainable 2

57%*
• Percentages add to more than 55 as some respondents gave more

than one answer.

[1141]

49. (US Jan 27 '43) If the German army overthrew Hitler
and then offered to stop the war and discuss peace terms with
the Allies, do you think we should discuss peace terms with
the German army? (aipo)

Yes 28% No 63% Don't know 9%,

50. (US June '43) If you had to take a choice between a peace
planned by Roosevelt and his Cabinet and one planned by the
present Congress, which would you prefer to take your chances
on? (for)

Roosevelt Congress Don't know
National total 58.1% 27.9% 14.0%

BY ECONOMIC STATUS

High 45.4%

Upper middle 53.2

Lower middle 59.5

Low 60.7

BY RACE

Negroes 67.2%

(US Jan '45)
National total 53.2%

DY POLITICS

Roosevelt voters 77.1%

Dewey voters 24.4

45.1%
35.6
27.9
20.9

11.2
12.6
18.4

11.1% 21.7%

36.5% 10.3%

15.4%
64.3

7 5%
11.3

51. (US June '43) Do you expect that Russia will want about
the same kind of peace that we do or that she will make
demands that we can't agree to? (for)

Same Make Don't

peace demands know

National total 30.0%, 48.1% 21.9%,

Executives 38.6 52.5 8.9

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 33.1% 55.2%

Poorly informed 30.4 52.0

Uninformed 26.8 38.6

11.7%

17.6

34.6

26.2%

6.7%

31.2

10.8

25.4

28.4

52. (US June '43) Do you expect that Russia will stay in the
war until Hitler is completely defeated, or that she is likely
to make a separate peace with him as soon as she finds it to her
advantage? (for)

Stay Separate peace Don' t know

National total 56.8% 27.3% 15.9%

Executives 75.0 20.3 4.7

BY DEGREE OF INFORMATION

Well-informed 67.1%

Poorly informed 58.0

Uninformed 46.2

53. (US Sept '43) Do you think Russia ought to have as much
to say as the United States about the peace that is made with
Germany? (norc)

Yes 75% No 17%, Don't know 8%

54. (US Feb '44) Do you think we should demand an uncondi-
tional surrender from Germany before we stop fighting, or not?
(norc)

Don't allow surrender 1% Yes 81% No 10%

Don't know 8%

55. (US Feb '44) What do you understand by the term "un-
conditional surrender"? (norc)

Allies dictate peace terms 50%

Overthrow Nazi government 4

They give up everything — country, industries, etc 15

Disarmament, no more wars 8%

Pay reparations *

Surrender all rights, live like we say; personal 1

Extermination of people, of nation 1

Stop fighting, no mention of peace terms 4

Harsh answers; take war to Germany, make them give

up what they have taken 2

Other answers 1

Avoid dispersion of forces (one front at a time) 1

Not ascertainable 5

16%*

* Percentages add to more than 15 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Nov 27 '42) Do you think the United States should be
willing to fight the Axis on all fronts, or only on some fronts?
All fronts 73% Some fronts 17% Don't know 10%

57. (US Aug 21 '42) Do you think the people in this com-
munity have been asked to make too many sacrifices, or not
enough? (norc)

Too About right Not Don't

many amount enough know

2% 22% 70% 6%

(Nov 27 '42) 4 26 65 5

(Dec 30 '42) 3 31 61 5

(June 18 '43) 4 34 59 3

(Oct 2 '43) 2 44 47 7

What are some of the things they might have been asked
to do? Asked of the 47% of the sample who thought that
people had not been asked to make enough sacrifices.

Buy more bonds 12%

Cut down on unnecessary spending, luxuries, amusements 8

More volunteer civilian activity 8

Cut down on unnecessary driving 5

More rationing, fewer supplies 5

Draft women for labor 4

Labor draft 3

Work harder 3

Women should work more 1

Stricter obedience to rules 3

Cooperate in salvage campaigns 2

Raise taxes 2

Miscellaneous 4

Not ascertainable 7

67%*
* Percentages add to more than 47 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Nov 15 '43) Do you think the people in this community
have been asked to make too many sacrifices, or not enough?

Too About right Not Don't

many amount enough know

4% 41% 46% 9%

(Apr 8 '44) 3 33 58 6

(June 23 '44) 3 37 54 6

58. (US Aug 21 '42) So far in the war, do you feel that you
personally have had to make more sacrifices or less sacrifices
than other people in this community? (norc)
More 9% About the same 65% Less 23% Don't know 3%

69. (US Aug 21 '42) As the war goes on, will you be willing
to make more sacrifices, even though other people are not
making as many as you? (norc)
Yes 94% No 4% Don't know 2%

60. (US Aug 24 '43) In general, do you think the government
has gone too far or not far enough in asking people to make
sacrifices for the war? (aipo)

Qan 18 '44). ...
(Apr 25 '44). . ..

Too fat

8%
7
12

Not far
enough

44%

About
right

40%

47
42

Undecided

61. (US Aug 24 '43) Have you had to make any real sacrifices?
(aipo)

Yes 31% No 69%

What [real sacrifices have you had to make for the war]?
Asked of the 31% of the sample who said they had had to do so.

Financial sacrifices:

Buy war bonds 15%

Paying more taxes 8

Decreased income 5

Increased cost of living 6

Husband, son, relative or self in armed services 34

Sacrifices due to material shortages and rationing:

Less food, poorer quality, less variety 12

Gasoline and tire shortages 9

Less fuel oil, coal, etc 1

Sacrifices of a business nature:

Taken war job (gave up former job, moved from state,

frozen in present job) 6

Less help and machinery 6

Loss of business or job 3

Sacrifice of time — volunteer work, civilian defense, Red

Cross 2

Others (financial donations, blood donations, harder

work) 9

Vague: way of life, doing without things used to have 9

Undesignated 1

126%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

(Apr 25 '44) Have you had to make any real sacrifices?

Yes No

34% 66%

Qan 17 '45) 36 64

What [real sacrifices have you had to make for the war]?
Asked of the 36% of the sample who said they had made real
sacrifices.

Relative in armed services

Husband, son, relative, fiance, close friend in service 49%
Husband, son, relative, fiance, close friend a war cas-
ualty 7

Self in service 2

Financial sacrifices

Buying war bonds 9

Paying more taxes ■. 2

Decreased income, less money 2

Increased cost of living 2

Others (assumed financial responsibility, donations) . . 2

Sacrifices due to material shortages and rationing

Less, poorer, unvaried food; food rationing 7

Gas and tire shortages, no gas, no tires, gave up car. . 4

Rationing in general 1

No machinery or repairs 1

Less fuel oil, coal, etc. — fuel rationing 1

Others (less clothing, cigarettes, shoes, stockings). . . 4

[1179]

Business sacrificts
Taken war job, gave up former job, moved from home

state, frozen in job 3%

Loss of business or job 3

Less help 4

Others (work harder, longer hours, etc.) 7

Vague

Cutting down, doing without, giving up things we
had or need 5

Other personal sacrifices

Given blood 1

Less travelling 1

Time (volimteering for civilian defense. Red Cross,
USO) 2

Miscellaneous 3

122%*

* Percentagas add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

62. (US Apr 8 '44) Before this war is over, do you expect
to have to make more sacrifices than you have made so far?
(norc)

Yes 80% No 15% Don't know 5%

63. (US Aug 29 '42) As things are now, do you think we are
doing the right thing in sending our men overseas to fight?
(norc)

Yes 87%, No 8% Don't know 5%

64. (US Sept 3 '42) Do you approve or disapprove of the gov-
ernment's policy with respect to conduct of the war? (aipo)
Approve 59% Disapprove 28% No opinion 13%

66. (US Sept 24 '42) Do you think we will ever have shortages
in this country as bad as they are in other countries? (norc)
Yes 10% No 71% Don't know 9% Depends 10%

66. (US Oct 6 '42) So far in this war, do you think there are
any groups of people in this country who have gotten off easier
than most others? (norc)
Yes 38%, No 43% Don't know 19%

What groups do you have in mind? Asked of the 38% of
the sample who thought there were groups which had gotten
off easier than most others in this war so far.

Defense workers 8%

Capitalists 7

Politicians 4

Draft dodgers 4

Industrialists 3

Jews 2

Enemy aliens 1

Negroes 1

Union men 1

Miscellaneous 5

Not ascertainable 4

40%*

* Percentages add to more than 38 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

In what way are they getting off easier? Asked of the 38%
of the sample who thought there were groups in this country
getting off easier than others in this war.

Called less for military service 12%

Get higher wages 9

Sacrificing less than others 8

Have easier or best jobs, work shorter hours 3

Do just as they please 2

Taxed unfairly in comparison with others 2%

Not buying as many bonds 2

Getting commissions more than others 2

Getting good, or best, jobs 2

Making too much profit 2

Miscellaneous 2

Not ascertainable 3

49%*

* Percentages add to more than 38 as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

(June 18 '43) So far in this war, do you think there arc any
groups of people in this country who have gotten off easier
than most others?
Yes 44% No 40% Don't know 16%

What groups do you have in mind? Asked of the 44% of
the sample who thought there were groups in this country
who had gotten off easier than most other groups so far in
this war.

Draft dodgers 7%

Politicians, government groups, government employees 6

Moneyed class or capitalists 6

Union men, labor heads, labor groups, miners 5

Defense workers 4

Jews 4

Enemy aliens 2

Negroes 2

Industrialists 2

People in Middle West and West 1

Miscellaneous 6

Not ascertainable ■ 2

47%*
* Percentages add to more than 44 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

In what ways are they getting off easier? Asked of the 44%
of the sample who thought there were groups in this country
who had gotten off easier than most other groups so far in
this war.
They are not being called for military service as much

as other people 16%

They are not sacrificing as much as other people 10

Getting higher wages or salaries 7

Making too much profit ; 3

Working shorter hours 3

They do just as they please 2

They are getting good jobs or the best jobs 1

Their taxes are not fair in comparison 1

They have been getting commissions more than other

people 1

They are not buying as many bonds *

Miscellaneous 5

Not ascertainable 3

52%*

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 44, as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

67. (US Oct 6 '42) The government is trying to get people
not to talk about certain things that will get back to the en-
emy. What sort of things do you think people should be
careful not to talk about? (norc)
Production and supplies

General mention of production 23%

Products produced, methods, techniques 10

Volume of production and supplies 7

[1180]

Location of war plants and supplies

Miscellaneous mentions of production

Military affairs

Military movements

General objections to any talk

Military locations

Military occupations and occurrences

Future plans

Size of military

Miscellaneous military affairs

Shipping affairs

Shipping movements (no mention of troops)

Ship production

Miscellaneous mention of shipping

Morale

Criticism of or talk of dissension in the government

Miscellaneous mention of dissension

Pessimism on progress of war

Criticism of, or talk of dissension between Allies . . .

Nothing

Miscellaneous

Not ascertainable

Who talks

Defense workers

Relatives of military men

Military men in person

Military men in letters

Girl friends, sweethearts, and other friends

6%
1

21
18
13

13
3

175%**

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100% as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

68. (US Nov '42) In general, which one of these groups do
you feci is doing most toward winning the war? Asked of a
national cross-section of high school students, (for)

Soldiers and sailors 44.1%

Factory workers 28.7

Farmers 8.5

People now important in Washington 4.6

Businessmen 1.2

Labor leaders 9

None or don't know 12.0

69. (US Nov 27 '42) Which one of these four statements comes
closest to the way you feel the war with Germany and Japan
is going? (norc)

Nov 11 '42 June 18 '43
We've practically beaten them already. . 8% 8%

It may take some time to beat them, but

the way we're working now, we can't

possibly lose 72 73

Unless we work a lot harder, we won't

beat them at all 17 15

It looks as if it's too late — it would take

a miracle to overcome the losses we've

already had * 1

Don't know 3 3

70. (US Feb 6 '43) When the government wants to tell the
people some way in which they can help win the war, which
one of these do you think gets the message across best? (norc)

Newspaper advertisements 14%

Magazine advertisements 1

Posters in public places 5

Printed booklets 1

Announcements over the radio 75

Don't know 4

71. (US Feb 6 '43) Do you feel you have a clear idea of what
things you can do to help out in the war effort? (norc)

Yes 80% No 17% Don't know 3%

72. (US Feb 23 '43) How do you, personally, account for the
recent set-back of our troops in Tunisia, North Africa? (aipo)
Equipment;

Lack of general equipment — oil, ammunition 15%

Too few planes 1

Too few tanks, and these too light in comparison with

Rommel's 2

Experience and training:
Too little experience in actual combat; up against more

experienced soldiers 18

Insufficient training 3

Manpower:

Too few troops 7

Troops too thinly spread — not enough at that point 3

German strategy; enemy found weak spot and attacked 4

Superior strength of enemy — local superiority 4

Unpreparedness 5

Type of warfare — weather conditions, climate 3

Poor leadership and poor military strategy 4

Underestimation of enemy's strength 1

Our strategy — a feint to ambush Rommel 2

Fortunes of war — all in the game 2

Miscellaneous 2

No opinion 35

Overconfident 1

112%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

73. (US Mar '43) What should be done to people during the
war who — ? Asked of a national cross-section of farmers, (for)

Don't

Jail Fine Nothing know
Lie about how much gasoline

they need for cars. . .\ 13.3% 56.9% 14.6% 15.2%

Regularly drive over 35 miles

per hour 16.5 68.6 5.5 9.4

Tell people they think Hitler

has a 95% chance to win., ,44.2 12.3 23.3 20.2

74. (US June 18 '43) Are there any particular things having
to do with the war that you would like more information
about? What? (norc)

Military fronts; fighting 17%

Military fronts; other than fighting 11

Home front 11

Political front; administration and government bureaus 2

Lend-lease 1

Postwar conditions 1

International relations 1

Miscellaneous 1

Satisfied with present information 3

No information wanted because of necessity for military

secrecy 1

None 61

Not ascertainable 1

111%*

* Percentages add to more than 100, as some respondents gave more
than one answer.

Do you think this information would help the enemy if it
were given out? Asked of 45% of the sample v/ho would like

[1181]

more information about some particular things having to do

with the war.

Yes, would help enemy 12% No 30% Don't know 3%

How interested are you in getting this information — would
you say you are very interested, or only mildly interested?
Asked of the 30% of the sample who wanted information on
particular subjects and did not think this information would
help the enemy.
Very interested 25% Mildly 5% Don't know *

* Less than 0.5%.

(Oct 2 '43) There are probably a lot of things about the war

and problems here at home, that everyone would like more

information about. What are some of the things that you would

like to have more information about?

The fighting fronts:

Treatment of soldiers 5%

Losses, casualties 5

Fighting the war 4

Shortages and rationing 13

Manpower:

Father draft 4

Draft practices, deferments, etc 3

Need for women in industry 1

Other answers 3

No answer 6

BY OCCUPATION

Living on income .... 60% 15% 3%

White collar 48 14 11

Workers 45 20 6

Professional 41 15 5

Business 34 13 7

Farmers 32 9 2

3%
6
5
5
6
14

2% 17%

1 20

3 21

6 28

13 27

BY POPULATION

a
til

■2

S«S

13%

18%

21%

0 to 2,000 33%

2,000-20,000 40

20,000-40,000 53

40,000-100,000 47

Over 100,000 46

(US Dec 31 '46 (aipo)

Cost of living 47%

Housing shortage 13

Other shortages 9

No problems 9

Personal problems 9

Getting or keeping a job 3

Farm problems 2

Financial security, old age security. . 2

Shortage of help 2

Miscellaneous 4

No opinion 3

103%*

* Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondent
more than one answer.

gave

7. (Canada May 4 '46) What is the most difficult problem that

you, yourself, face today? (cipo)

Had no problems 22% Had problems 68% Don't know 10%
The 68% who had problems cited the following:

Financial, wages, cost of living, family expenses 14%

Housing, a place to live 11

Domestic problems (food, rationing, maid service, poor
coal, bringing up children in husband's absence, etc.) 9

Employment (trying to find suitable job, veteran reestab-
lishment, etc.) 7

Business problems (getting farm/office help, lack of ma-
terials, crop conditions, etc.) 7

Personal problems (childrens' future, getting shirts, try-
ing to buy a car, etc .) 5

Taxes (income tax forms, high taxation, etc.) 4

Economic security (Old Age Pensions, "What will hap-
pen when I'm too old to work?" "Will I lose my job
in a depression?" etc.) 4

Health matters 3

Miscellaneous 6

70%*

* Percentages add to more than 68 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

8. (Germany Feb 14 '46) Have you heard any rumors which
disturbed you recently? (omgus)

(Mar 22 '46) 38

(Mar 29 '46) 41

If so, what are they?

No answer

Inflation, prices will rise. .
No

Yes

No answer

33%

67%

Fdl4

Marl!

Mar 29

'46

—

[1191]

Devaluation of the currency

War with Russia, civil war,
world war

Russia will take over more
of Germany

Atrocities or dark happen-
ings in Russian zone. . , .

There will be less food,
smaller rations, starva-
tion

Less housing due to the
Americans requisitioning
it

Less housing due to needs
of refugees, evacuees. . . .

FtbU
'46

Mar 22
'46
*

Mar 29
'46
*

33%

Other: war prisoners won't
come home, human flesh
sold on the black market,
etc

Former party members will
be worse off

Yes, no answer

Feb 14
'46

103%*

Mar 22 Mar 29
'46 '46

2% 3%

40%t 43%t

* Less than 0.5%.

** Percentages add to more than 100 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

t Percentages add to more than 38 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

X Percentages add to more than 41 because some respondents gave
more than one answer.

KEEP CARD IN POCKET

Public opinion, 1935 1946 mam
301 154P976C2

3 12b2 03E17 Tfl70

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Public opinion, 1935-1946"

See other formats